《Life Mission》 Chapter 1 Wiing. A cold wind swept through a city in ruins. Even the simple wind was dreary and caused a hair-raising atmosphere. Destion. He could not detect a breath of life. Most likely it was just that he could not tell if there really was no life, or if it was hiding somewhere. Whatever it was, it was not visible to the naked eye. This was a dangerous ce. No. Dangerous did not cut it. Why? It was home to the Level 9 Mutant Shapiollin faction that ruled the whole of North America. In other words, it could be called the nest of the Evil Queen. Crumble. Hard stone crumbled like crackers as he crushed them in his hands. He was young. He looked as though he would be in his early to mid twenties at most. He was known for his dark red armor and the long sword he wore at his waist. Kiki! An eerieugh rang out. Were they making themselves known now because a person appeared? Or did his human flesh stir up their hunger so much that they let it slip? Then, another hair-raising sound rang throughout the silent city and mutants that were difficult to look at appeared. Each of them was beyond Level 5, and there were some Level 6s among them. They were all strong. However, they were still nothing more than the Queen¡¯s servants. ¡°Whew! It¡¯d be upsetting if I didn¡¯t get at least this much of a weing party. I wandered for years looking for the Shapiollin. But you guys wouldn¡¯t know that, would you?¡± Cha Jun Sung talked to the mutants, but there was no response. Conversation was usually possible for these mutants starting from Level 7. There were some exceptions though. It depended on what it evolved from first. What was certain was that those who could speak were definitely more powerful. ¡°I was bored to pieces. Really.¡± He had finally arrived here at this final battle stage after fighting against all types of monsters and tremor-inducing suffering. Kiha! The mutants who had obviously not been listening to a single word approached Cha Jun Sung. Though they did not possessnguage, they had a high level of cunning and signs of caution were clear. But they did not hesitate. They seemed to be trusting their numerical advantage. ¡°There¡¯s no time to waste on the little ones. It¡¯s hard to deal with even one of the Shapiollin. I¡¯ll hurry and take you guys to your graves.¡± Snap! Cha Jun Sung snapped his fingers. At that moment, his equipment, Overload, spurred a massive shootout. Kwang kwang kwang kwang! Countless skyscrapers copsed from Overload¡¯s attack. Explosions ensued all around. It amplified the destructiveness bypressing gunpowder. There was even the illusion that the space had be contorted from all the attacks. Keuk!! However, since their numbers were many and most were of high enough levels, there were a lot who escaped the indiscriminate firing. This had been anticipated. [Code input. Goal annihtion.] [Program execution. 1522 objects! Metal cyborg closing in! Distance between enemy under 0.2%, damage probability 99.8%! Body unite!] As the mode was phoned in, Overload stopped the shooting. He tossed his firearms and pulled out his secondary arms. The driving force of the booster surged Overload¡¯s gas. Cha Jun Sung sped up in the blink of an eye and collided with the mutants. The secondary arms cut the mutants¡¯ bones and flesh. Easy. Cha Jun Sung casually strolled past the battlefield. None of the mutants that tried to stop him were able to get past Overload and copsed. After walking for a while, he stopped at a ce that had once been packed with expensive buildings, but was now the center of rubble, lost in the aftermath of destruction. At the peak, there was a naked woman looking down at Cha Jun Sung atop a giant creature. She detected he wasing and had been waiting for him in a quiet ce. The Evil Queen. Evil Queen Shapiollin. She was one of the 6 disasters, infected by the A virus, called the human despair, and was in the final stage of evolution. She was Cha Jun Sung¡¯s objective. ¡°Evil Queen Shapiollin.¡± ¡°Well. You¡¯re more handsome than I thought you¡¯d be. I was going to kill you, but I guess I¡¯ll have to keep you alive.¡± Lap. The Shapiollin¡¯s disgusting tongue licked every corner of his body. There was an imbnce in a snake-like tongueing from a beautiful woman. She had an appetite for human men, so if she found a man that was okay, she would not kill him and keep him to y with. ¡°Your intentions are different from mine.¡± ¡°What are your intentions?¡± ¡°To kill the wrinkly old mutant in front of me.¡± In human years the Shapiollin was almost 200 years old. Even if she was beautiful, calling her an old woman was appropriate. ¡°Is that so? Then I guess I¡¯ll have to change mine. I won¡¯t kill you, but I¡¯ll put you in so much pain you¡¯ll beg for death.¡± Kwajijijik. The Shapiollin¡¯s body inted like a balloon and a horrible aura was ejected. She was breaking out of her human image and going back to her main body. Each of the six disasters had their own title. This title was created from one part character and another part physical appearance. She was called the Evil Queen because of her depraved nature and the appearance of a queen that she took on. ¡°So this is the Queen.¡± Chapter 2 She looked like a bizarre but regal and refined woman wearing a billowy navy blue dress. The tentacles configuring her dress looked like sharp swords. The Shapiollin¡¯s shape changed at will. Of the six disasters, she was considered to have the greatest cutting force and to be the best at avoiding attacks. ¡°Are you the one who killed three of my children?¡± ¡°I am.¡± The Shapiollin opened its mouth in its true state. Her voice now nged as if metal was scratching on metal. It was an unpleasant voice that could easily cut a man¡¯s confidence. ¡°I did it as practice before facing the real one. They were strong. But not strong enough.¡± While Cha Jun Sung was on his journey to the Shapiollin, he had killed three mutants at Level 8 born from her womb. He had done so measure up his own level as aparison. To see if he would be able to handle the Level 9 mutant, if you will. ¡°Do you know how much I prayed to the skull so that I could birth those children?¡± ¡°You talk too much. It¡¯s fine to have a lot of children, but we don¡¯t need more mutants. Starting next year, I¡¯m going to fix North America.¡± Woowoong! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s armor made the sound of a loud engine. The machinery flowing at units of nanometers were responding to their owner¡¯s call. This product of early science was what made it possible for the weak human body to fight against powerful mutants. Though there were varying shooting capabilities, a human would die under the pressure of the shot unless he had gone through some body modifications. After 10 body modifications, Cha Jun Sung had created a body that was hundreds of times beyond the average person¡¯s. On top of that, since he had the best battle shooting ability, he was appropriately called a biological weapon with the ability to destroy a country. -[Battle core 60% deployed!] -[Over-booster! 150 meters to the target. 0.7 seconds before impact.] Bam! A great force came down on the earth. Cracks like spiderwebs formed in the concrete. It had not been able to put up against the violent force. The Shapiollin moved as it used the tentacles of her dress to escape hundreds of shards. She had amazing vision and was able to avoid the onught. Tatatatat! Cha Jun Sung also avoided the shower with ease. Tentacles swept as he passed. Buildings were cut to strips. Kwakwakwakwa! As spaces to hide were reduced, he stepped on the side of a skyscraper and sprinted. He had deceived thews of gravity, but he was not able to approach her. She was spinning in the same spot. ¡°Ha! Look at you! You won¡¯t be able to kill me, much less injure me like that.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t need to egg me on, I¡¯m going to try it anyway.¡± Bang! Cha Jun Sung who had only been escaping the tentacles took on the offensive and cut one approaching him. The quick trajectory of his sword ripped the Shapiollin¡¯s tentacle. It only looked like he had done it once, but he had made dozens of motions. Papat! He advanced as he avoided and blocked the others. Once he brandished his sword, there was nothing to stop him. ¡®Since its stamina is its weak spot, I need to wound her so she allocates her strength to recovering. She¡¯ll slowly dry out and die.¡¯ Compared to other disasters, the Shapiollin were weak in stamina. She was most likely a level 9 mutant. Her attacks only confirmed his suspicions. Zapzapzapzap! It was intense. The two collided at extreme speeds. The only difference was that Cha Jun Sung focused on defense while the Shapiollin focused on the offense. ¡°Seems I¡¯m almost there.¡± ¡°Where?¡± Pat! Cha Jun Sung got through the intense standoff and approached the Shapiollin. He leapt into the air. Though he could not fly, he was able to use the battle shoot to move freely in the air. ¡°I shall rip you apart.¡± -[Battle core 80% deployed.] -[Cut it off.] Cha Jun Sung brought down the swords he had been holding with both hands. The heavy wind pressure and a stem of light created the illusion that the world had split. The Shapiollin opened her red eyes widely. It was dangerous. If she were to be hit with that, she would be split in half. It hurt her pride, but she had to avoid it. Tuang! The tentacle that had beenpressed like a spring pushed her off in the direction she wanted. Sukuk! Kwung! A thin gold thread was drawn in the air. The Shapiollin avoided it, but the Level 7 mutant protecting her received it full on. Fitting itsrge size, an enormous amount of its blood and guts covered the surrounding buildings. Long ago, hundreds of people had to unite against the strength of a mutant of that caliber, but it was now possible for a strong modified human to overtake it alone. ¡°I admit that could have hurt me a bit, but all I have to do is avoid getting hit.¡± ¡°I¡¯ve banked everything on catching you. I can swing this hundreds of times. It¡¯s only a matter of time, Queen.¡± If he lost, all of his suffering thus far would have been in vain. It would be okay if he lost his arms and legs if he could just end the Shapiollin¡¯s life. Shiik. Cha Jun Sung bared his teeth and showed his resolution. His hands shook as he repeated a series of the attack he had just demonstrated. It was a skill that could only be used after reaching more than 80% of the battle core. ¡°Why do you think I chose you of the six disasters?¡± ¡°What does that mean?¡± ¡°Your character fits mine well.¡± -[Battle core 100% deployed.] -[Duplication of the over-booster gives you a retention time of 7 hours.] As the battle core reached full operation, hot steam came out of the body. At the same time, there was an energy that could upset the heavens and earth. Though it could only be maintained for 7 hours, it would be enough. It needed to be enough. He needed to finish it in here. Pang! Cha Jun Sung dug into the Shapiollin¡¯s chest. The power of the fully deployed over-booster broke the sound barrier. It was possible to maintain this tremendous speed during the allotted time without trouble. ¡°The nerve of an insignificant insect!¡± ¡°You were also one of those insignificant insects before you became infected with the disease.¡± She felt threatened. The ckened Shapiollin dropped her poker face. ¡°Let¡¯s end this.¡± It had been a long journey. He had put everything down for this battle. He had prayed and prayed. He prayed that if there is a god, it would hold his hand. Chapter 3 There were 10 one-hour videos. Each of them was extravagant and ostentatious enough to beparable to a blockbuster movie. They could not take their eyes off of them. The lifers were watching a life mission between the Evil Queen and Overload¡¯s battle, and it was almost enough to strip the gamers of their souls. Thest video was especially amazing. Overload lost both of his eyes and his left arm, but he did not care and killed the fleeing Evil Queen. -[Is this for real?] -[Wow..... I spent the whole night watching the videos, and I didn¡¯t even go to school the next day.] -[It¡¯s surprising that he even found the Evil Queen. But to think he was able to catch her? A Level 9 mutant?] -[That¡¯s Overload alright! He¡¯s on a different level from the guys who fire their arms from a distance!] -[I threw up raiding the Level 6 mutants. I guess I have to go kill myself.] -[He diced her with just abat weapon. How do you do something like that?] -[To the person above, watch Overload¡¯s videos from 10 years ago in order. You¡¯ll know if you watch. Your world will change.] -[What do you mean his world will change? This person seems to be mistaken ¨C your universe will change.] Scroll. His mouse rolled through thements on the video. He went through hundreds of pages with 100ments each. ¡°Good.¡± Cha Jun Sung looked through his blog. It had been one week since he uploaded the video. The fervor did not fade and, with time, there were even more visitors. It was evidence that word of his raid with the Evil Queen was spreading. It would have been unfortunate if he did not receive this kind of response. He had invested a lot in this raid. Thinking about the bnce, she was not an opponent that could be defeated with pure skill. When he caught a Level 8 mutant, he had earned two and a half times the investment. He was not sure how much he would raise this time, but he was expecting it to be more than ever before. ¡°I guess the mission was a sess. It¡¯s needless to say there¡¯s no greater glory tomemorate a retirement.¡± He had yed Life Mission for 10 years. He began ying games ever since he was young and his start was the same as everyone else¡¯s ¨C but his mastery was obvious soon after. One day he wondered what it would be like if he filmed his games and posted the videos up. As a joke, he created his own blog and uploaded each and every one of them. Mutant strategy, promotion, creation. There had not been very many visitors at first but after 3 years, he had be a power blogger. That was the start of a new world. When he became a power blogger, several advertising partners came in. He did not make a profit off of Life Mission, but it was still a good amount of money. Cha Jun Sung was Overload, one of the 36 rankers in Life Mission, a game enjoyed by millions of people. The synergy he demonstrated was impressive. There were currently about 100 advertisements on his banner, giving him an ie of around $100,000 every month. At this rate, it wasparable to a small business. Look. There were usually 400,000 visitors in one day. Sometimes it even went up to 600,000 on a good day. But day before yesterday, the site had umted 1.2 million views. In many ways, it was a happy event. ¡°I¡¯ll have to hurry and wrap it up so I can finally go travel. I can¡¯t y games my whole life.¡± Life Mission was fun. It was almost as addictive as drugs. Even after ying for 10 years, the possibilities were endless. But he did not want to leave his body in capsule and y in his room until he grew old and died. ¡°Let¡¯s see. The parts I have to sell are the legend patch, 15 sets of switching equipment, metal cyborgs, and 5 mansions. Ah! This is one I¡¯d like to keep.¡± Even without connecting to the game, it was possible to see the market situation through searches. Most of the items he had registered on the auction had been sold. This was bound to happen because he had posted items of the highest quality for cheaper than the market price. ¡°Hades..... My everything.¡± -[+18 ultimate Hades de.] 5 years ago, he had taken $500,000 worth of materials and $300,000 for reinforcement to create this treasure. Elite weapons had a lower rating than legends so they did not have as many options, but it was not +18 for no reason. The most important attribute for ders is by far agility; it was still an unbroken record. There was a famous rumor amongst lifers that a member of Middle East royalty was inspired by his enhanced video and had given a lot of money. ¡°Is there someone who would be willing to buy this?¡± Using it as an upation other than der was like a pig wearing a pearl ne. There were only a few lifers who could handle being a der perfectly. ¡°I¡¯ll just keep it if it doesn¡¯t sell. Honestly, it¡¯s a waste to give to someone else.¡± Other items could be bought with money, but not Hades. It seemed foolish when he was quitting, but didn¡¯t he need to keep one symbol toter prove that he used to have a great reputation as ¡°Overload¡±? ¡°Bye.¡± Tatak! Cha Jun Sung posted a notice on his blog saying that he was no longer ying Life Mission. There werements uponments. Thements were a motley of people congratting him on leaving, some saying that everything he had done until now was a waste to throw away, and some begging him for items. Pushuk! As theputer powered off, the overheated machine cooled down. ¡°I guess I would have been working at part-time jobs until I reached this age if it hadn¡¯t been for Life Mission?¡± Heid on his bed and looked at the ceiling. The game and his life were at a standstill. He could not believe that he had put everything down. He felt likee tomorrow, or even immediately, he might feel the impulse to ess the game to fight mutants. Ping. A text message came through, because his phone rang. Cha Jun Sung did not get up and reached his hand out to grab his phone. Friends? Advertiser? Could be spam. -[The virtual version of Life Mission has been stopped from May 7, 2020. Thank you for your interest. We will meet you in the reality version.] ¡°That¡¯s a new kind of spam.¡± Cha Jun Sung gave his best wishes to the spammingpany and deleted the message. Seuk. While he was ying around on his phone, he instinctively went on the Life Mission homepage. He rubbed his eyes as though he had seen something that did not make sense. ¡°What is this saying? Is it a joke? This wasn¡¯t spam? Is my phone broken?¡± The same text from the message was on the homepage. On top of that, the whole site must have been paralyzed because he could not do anything beyond looking the text. Wiing. Cha Jun Sung powered up theputer again. If he wanted to confirm it, he needed to look on theputer and not his phone. He plopped down. His legs were weakening. It was the same on theputer. All top 10 real-time searches on the portal site were about Life Mission¡¯s suspended service. ¡°Why now?¡± Cha Jun Sung and the lifers had known that this was going to happen at some point. Life Mission was strange. First, this incredible system was open to people for free. Even the maintenance costs were funded by thepany. Its industrial utility value must have been overwhelming, but it had stayed the same for 10 years. ¡°Was that contract about this?¡± To create a Life Mission ount, he had needed to sign a contract. It said that thepany would not be responsible even if the service was suspended. He had thought that this meant that they just needed to deal with it since thepany was taking on everything else. Sigh. He sighed automatically. There was still a fair number of equipment he had not taken care of yet. The tion he felt at seeding in the raid fell t. At this rate, it was hard to break even. It was even more frustrating that he couldn¡¯tin. ¡°There are going to be people whomit suicide.....¡± It was not a joke. It wasmon for people to put all of their sries into this game. In the most extreme cases, there was a person who sold his house to buy an item. Cha Jun Sung experienced minimal damage because he had coincidentally quit, but those people were ruined. Jing! -[Apologies for the inconvenience. The virtual version has been suspended. We ask that you use the reality version that will be running soon.] He opened the capsule to check, but it was for nothing. The homepage and virtual path were blocked. Now, he had to fold everything even if he did not want to. ¡°But what¡¯s the reality version?¡± If it was an update, there was no reason to suspend the service. He could not figure out what thepany was thinking. Could they be ying some kind of joke? Ping. The bell rang again. Cha Jun Sung instinctively read the text message. It was from thepany. The message was as ridiculous as the one before. -[Would you like to activate the reality version of Life Mission?] -[Yes/No] Chapter 4 ¡°Does the text message send a signal to the capsule and start the update?¡± Cha Jun Sung wasining about the hassle, but he had already pressed YES. He would stop ying, but first he needed to take care of his leftover items. -[Date and time: May 9, 2020 8pm. Present location: Seoul, Cheomdang-dong, home. Location: 255. 213. Confirming Cha Jun Sung. Running the summons.] sh. ¡°Uh.....?¡± Then he felt something weird. His vision faded to white and he disappeared from his home. The only evidence that he had been there was the warm temperature of his seat. *** Cha Jun Sung rubbed his eyes. His focus blurred as he was exposed to a bright light without any protection. His vision returned after blinking a few times. -[Reserved lifer selectionplete. Standard for selection is Life Mission ount holders.] -[Cha Jun Sung.] -[The only person whopleted a Level-S mission in the 10 years of the virtual version of Life Mission by killing the Level 9 Evil Queen mutant, Shapiollin.] It was the kind of voice that digs into the brain. Maybe because it was monotonous and without emotion. It sounded like the lower level cyborgs he had seen every day. He could clearly remember downloading the reality version of Life Mission on his phone. The problem was that he was in a strange ce when he opened his eyes. ¡°Who¡¯s talking? Where am I?¡± -[This is the briefing room where you will hear the exnation for your mission. It is also where you can learn the value of the equipment you may need to purchase.] ¡°Did I connect to Life Mission? They said it was suspended.¡± Cha Jun Sung was deep in thought, moreso of being connected to the game than suspicious. -[If you are referring to the connection to the virtual version in the capsule, it has been suspended. Reserved lifer Mr. Cha Jun Sung has connected to the reality version.] Could it be that he had not been able to identify the situation fully? Cha Jun Sung heard the response to his question, but he could not understand what the unknown voice was saying. Cha Jun Sung stood aloof for 10 minutes and smirked as he spoke, ¡°Log out.¡± He had not gone to sleep but unless this was a dream, he had connected to the game. If not that, then he could not exin the situation. All he had to do was get out. -[This is a firm reality. You cannot leave until youplete the mission.] ¡°Are you joking? You¡¯re saying this is reality? I¡¯m going to go crazy. Have I yed the game for too long? I heard that people went crazy from ying Life Mission, but I didn¡¯t think it would happen to me.¡± Cha Jun Sung called himself insane as he hit his own head. He felt something on his wrist and lowered his arm to take a look at it. ¡°A watch smartphone? I don¡¯t wear watches, so what is this?¡± -[Through this PDA, you and I are able tomunicate whenever we need, even if we are not in the briefing room.] -[Once youplete the tutorial mission, this device will make it easy to ess the store that will open. There are only restrictions on some functions.] Cha Jun Sung looked around him half in desperation. He did not know where he was, but as time passed, his head cooled. ¡°It looks like a mechanic¡¯s store from the outside, but its contents seem all-inclusive.¡± There were items that beginners could use, along with a body modification room and an item modification room. To put it simply, everything necessary was here. ¡°Hm. You said this is a briefing room? What do I have to do to get out?¡± -[As long as you¡¯ve entered as a reserved lifer, you mustplete the mission.] ¡°Please exin in a way that I can understand.¡± Cha Jun Sung was conversing with the voice. He could not believe it, but he had decided to ept the reality. There was nothing he could do even if he wanted to get out. -[The overall framework is simr to the virtual version. But it is a firm reality.] -[If you die here, you are actually dying in real life. Starting with the tutorial of the mission that will progress, I, Odin, will be your supporter as well as your helper.] Odin gave a step-by-step exnation in detail. He did not tell him everything. He was programmed from the beginning to provide just the basics. ¡°Ha ha!¡± Cha Jun Sungughed nkly as he listened to the exnation. The part of the exnation he liked least was that he would actually die if he died in the game. Honestly, he was still dubious. It was operated by beings in space. If it was not a dream, it was a game. It had to be. He did not know why he could not wake up or leave, but he figured he would find out something soon enough if he just went along with it. ¡°Let¡¯s start immediately.¡± -[Searching for tutorials appropriate for reserved lifer Cha Jun Sung.] Woong! -[Tutorial mission: Closed areas] [Goal: Escape] -[Scenario: Escape from a building with A virus infectants] [Reward: 100 points] Cha Jun Sung frowned. They weren¡¯t telling him to escape without any equipment, were they? -[Look to your left and there are outrements. If you listen to what I say and use them, you will not lose your life.] Cha Jun Sung found the bag and looked inside. All that was inside was bedding, food, medicine, spray, tape, and a dagger. He wished there was a gun. -[Are you ready?] ¡°Sure.¡± -[Approved. You will be sent to the tutorial mission closed area. Mission start.] Hwak! His field of view reversed, revealing a different atmosphere from the briefing room. When he became used to the sudden change in view, a drab building weed him. Chapter 5 It was a dismal space. Everything was blocked with musty cement, and all he could see was a worn out desk, window, and a door leading outside. No matter how much a game was like reality, there were some significant differences whenpared. The key difference was the experience. Experiencing it with the body. ¡°My body?¡± -[It is your body, not the character you used in the virtual version.] Difort from the heat and a fishy smell came through his nose. There was also an ominous feeling that could not be exined. There were no elements of convenience to a gamer. He was being awakened to reality more and more. Kikik! Seuseuk. There was the sound of life outside the building. They must be mutants. It must have been because he had 10 years of experience in Life Mission, but he stuck his back against the wall and moved towards the window. He wanted to examine the situation outside. ¡°There are more than a few buildings. Just looking out, there must be hundreds.¡± -[They are all for the reserved lifer. This entire region is at difficulty level C, so the building you are starting at is just the tip of the iceberg.] Cha Jun Sung listened to Odin¡¯s exnation as he geared his hearing to the movement outside. He intended to move slowly since there was not an allotted time. Click! -[Level 1 mutant Kawod is approaching. Take out your odorless spray and use it on your body. You need toplete this in 1 minute.] ¡°Keuk!¡± Cha Jun Sung looked through his bag and took the spray out. He had flipped everything out of his bag while trying to take it out quickly. It was an item he had used thousands of times in the virtual version. His brain was not functioning when he thought of it as real. Chiik. A transparent powder floated in the air. There was no scent. Just like its name, it was odorless. -[There is arge vent on the right. Go up and hide.] The vent was installed 3 meters above the ground. It was a height that could not be reached without tall height or muscr strength. Cha Jun Sung looked at the desk and shook his head. The ce waspletely silent. The desk was too heavy to lift. If he dragged it, there would be too much noise. Pat! He put force into both feet and kicked off from the ground. His 184cm height and body moved through exercise went through the air. ¡°Hup!¡± It felt like he was doing a pull-up. He had thrown his bag to the floor. There was no need to hang on to it if it would not help him live, and it was too heavy for him to bring up. Once he was inside, it was not hard to crawl around because the venttor was torn. Kiik. Right when Cha Jun Sung hid himself, the worn door opened and a Level 1 Kawod entered the room sniffing around just as Odin had anticipated. ¡®It¡¯s the same!¡¯ With a smashed and deformed face, it was the size of an 8 or 9 year old elementary school student. The only weapons that could be of danger were its sharp teeth and nails. A coward. It was exactly the same as the Kawod he had seen in the virtual version. Weak alone and weak as a crowd, they were at the bottom of the mutant food chain. An adult man could take one on with his bare hands even if he was wounded. -[There are 21 Kawods in this building. I rmend that you avoid them since you are not armed to take them all on.] The only weapon Cha Jun Sung had was a dagger. If it were only a few, he could have done something, but he would be a piece of meat if 21 came at him. Sniff sniff! The Kawod bent over and went around the room. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s heart beat to the sound of its sniffing. It was a fear-inducing game of hide-and-seek. The Kawod that had been sniffing around everywhere put his nose to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s bag. It seemed there was a remaining odor because he had not sprayed it. Seuruk. An unexpected situation, the Kawodid down next to the bag. Does it like the smell? Since the building was their home, it was their business where theyy. But why, of all ces, next to his bag? Cha Jun Sung almost threw a fit. ¡°Hey there. Do I have to take that bag?¡± Cha Jun Sung slightly opened his mouth. Odin understood what he was saying. -[Necessities for Level E missions are sold for 100 points in the store.] -[Points are as precious as your life in the real version, so you are expected to recover all of your items unless it is absolutely impossible.] ¡°What are you telling me to do with one dagger? I¡¯m just an ordinary human.¡± -[Is the Overload who killed the Evil Queen afraid of a Kawod?] ¡°Are you kidding me right now? That¡¯s a game and this is reality.¡± -[The virtual version is a training facility created to prepare you for the real version. Nothing is different. Act as you did there.] The instructions he had to follow were obvious. Kill the Kawod and recover the equipment. Choice? None. He needed to do it. If he wanted to go home, he needed to kill it. Cha Jun Sung thought about it while lying down in the vent and made up his mind. ¡°Fine. I¡¯ll do it.¡± Surprisingly, his vision became clearer as he abandoned his negative thoughts. He thought of the best way to kill the Kawod. ¡°I have to take a look at the venttor first.¡± Cha Jun Sung crawled through the vent. He would recover the bagter. He needed to see how long the vent was and how he would get down. Tak. Though it was ufortable, he took the dagger by his teeth. It would be a problem if he put it in a pocket and scratched something, or if he lost it. The vent was fairly long. It did not connect to every room. There were ces scattered throughout where he could escape. Odin gave him the information on each room he discovered, as well as the room the Kawod was sleeping in. He was doing his job as a supporter properly. Cha Jun Sung went around for hours. It took a long time because movement was difficult, but he had been able to familiarize himself with everything he could see through the venttor. There was a kitchen about nine to ten meters from the stairs that went downwards. There were doors in the front and back, so he could use them during an emergency escape. There was the danger of being surrounded from either side, but if the Kawod were the same from the game, they would be too cowardly to scatter and would move in a group if they sensed danger. Tak. Cha Jun Sung ended his short journey and returned to his original location. The Kawod had passed out sleeping. He did not attack right away, but thought of a n. ¡®If I show up, I¡¯m sure he¡¯ll get scared and run away, making them all charge in.¡¯ If that happened, he would have the time it took for the Kawod to run away ande back with the group. He could move the bag to the vent in that time. It was difficult to move everything at once, but he could do some items one by one. The key was the amount of time he would have. Should he just kill it without anyone knowing? It would be okay if the smell of blood did not spread, but he would be in trouble if something went wrong. Shak. Cha Jun Sung brandished the dagger. He had not imagined killing a living being in real life. Even if that being was a mutant. ¡®Kawods like dark ces because of their sensitivity to sunlight.¡¯ While he was effectively invisible, Kawods still had an enhanced sense of hearing and smell. Since he used the spray, all he had to be careful of was making sound. He lowered himself as close to the ground as possible. Even if he fell to the ground carefully, he would still make a sound. He needed to divert the attention before his location was detected. Cha Jun Sung hung by the strength of his arms. The Kawod had not yet caught on but as soon as it did, it would either run to him or run away. Taekang! Kya? There was a fricative as the sheath fell. The Kawod awoke startled and looked to where the sound hade from. At that moment, Cha Jun Sung ran. Pat! As soon as he hit the floor, he shed the Kawod¡¯s throat mercilessly. As its thin childlike throat was slit, blood gushed out as though from a fountain. The Kawod tried to yell, but the sound did note out of its throat filled with blood. Its vitality was weak. It would die even if he did not attack more. Puk! Cha Jun Sung kicked the Kawod¡¯s face with all of his strength. He created an even more unseemly sight as the slit in its neck opened up further. ¡°Damn, damn!¡± Chapter 6 The sensation of slitting a throat remained on his hands. He took his outrements apart and threw each of the items into the vents. The emptied bag became lighter. Cha Jun Sung wore the pack and went back up into the vent. It was narrow, but he could move his body. Chiik. He sprayed the odorless spray on the vent and bag. He wanted to block the entrance, but the cover had be so crushed that it was impossible. -[You have acquired 10 points.] -[Information on the Level 1 mutant Kawod has been added to the PDA.] The Kawod whose neck had been sliced was dead with its tongue hanging out. Cha Jun Sung ignored Odin¡¯s notice and began moving. He could check it once his safety was assured. Kikik. After Cha Jun Sung disappeared, a few more Kawod came in. It must have been because of the smell of blood. They looked around the dead Kawod and opened their mouths. Kwajik. Bones came out as the skin was ripped off. One Kawod had its face in the stomach and swallowed the intestines. Cha Jun Sung would have thrown up if he had witnessed the scene. It could not be helped. Kawods were at the bottom of the food chain. Hunting? It was difficult to even survive. It would be genocide even if dozens of Level 2 mutants came charging. Since they could not starve, cannibalism became the obvious route. Kyakyakyakya! Soon, other Kawods also gathered. Just as the helper had said, there were 21. Since 1 was dead, there were 20 left. Cha Jun Sung heard theirughter from a distance and solidified hismitment to escape. Ack! Hearing the ear-splitting screech, Cha Jun Sung dug deeper into a corner of the kitchen. This was already the third time he heard that sound. It seems four lifers including himself were running the tutorials. But three people had already died. ¡°You said you¡¯re Odin? Is the tutorial easy or hard?¡± -[Should I calcte the variables?] ¡°Other than those.¡± -[With an average mind and body, the difficulty is normal.] ¡°If you calcte it?¡± -[The difficulty of the game is set, but we do not know what might happen at any time. If a change urs, we cannot guarantee safety even in a tutorial.] It seems they had packed lifers into a space that was appropriate to hold the tutorials. And it also sounded like anything coulde out at any time to raise the difficulty since it was not a game. In some ways, it was an irresponsible response. ¡°I did exercise a bit, but am I worse than average? Why am I so tired?¡± -[It is because you excessively protect your body. Your body exceeds the average by a lot, but this is a situation where your mind does not sustain it.] ¡°Forget it.¡± Cha Jun Sung gave up on talking. Protecting? Anyone would try to protect himself. It is his own fault if he gets involved without thinking and dies. The screaming people are the ones who could not differentiate between reality and virtual reality. ¡°It¡¯s safe here.¡± The kitchen doors were made of sturdy iron. The Kawod would not be able to break it down with their strength. -[You cannot do anything in your isted state.] ¡°I know. It¡¯s a bother to talk about every little thing, so just give me a route out.¡± He needed a ce to befortable. An exposed area was dangerous. His n was to move ording to a strategy after fully understanding the tutorial. ¡°It¡¯s easy as long as the Kawods don¡¯t cause a problem.¡± -[There are four Kawods in this area. It is the same downstairs.] Just getting down the stairs meant escape. He did not even expect a machine gun. Even if he just had a pistol, he could use it with the dagger. ¡°I¡¯ll have to kill them.¡± He did not want to be prey, so he would have to be the predator. It would be good to avoid them, but even if there were 100 of them, he would be willing to meet all 100 in this type of environment. It would be better to reduce their numbers and expand the space he could move in. He was not even that averse to it after killing one. ¡°The nearest one?¡± -[One in each of the two rooms between the hallway and front. Two in the room you started in.] Cognate predators slept in one ce. The hallway was open and a small room was past the hall. The room he started in was optimal. ¡°You said that as long as I don¡¯t die, you can put me back to my normal state even if my arms or legs get cut off?¡± -[It is possible.] ¡°Confirmed.¡± Cha Jun Sung took out the tape from his bag and wound it around his arms and legs tightly. He needed to do this at least to avoid mortal wounds since he does not have armor. Hu! He breathed in deeply before acting out his n. It would be a lie if he said that he was not nervous. This was his way of trying to stay alive. That was all. Puk. The dagger dug deep into the Kawod¡¯s heart. A humanoid mutant¡¯s body structure is simr to that of a person. The location of the heart was the same. Instantly killed! ¡°It¡¯s tiring.....¡± 14 of them? Ah! With the first one he killed, it was 15. He spent the whole day on just the 3rd floor. As long as there were no Kawods, going down would be easy. He could leave after killing as many as he could. When he asked Odin if he could jump out of the window instead of going down the stairs, he had said that I could try it if I wanted to die. If he were unlucky, he would be ovee with mutants or he could even meet stronger mutants. He aptly gave up on any path aside from the stairs at that. ¡°It¡¯s thest medicine.¡± The medicine in his pack had healing effects. Homeostasis began as soon as he put it on, and a scab formed. He did not have any mortal wounds, but he had suffered quite a few minor injuries. Especially his arms and legs. This was the result of pushing forward with trust in this medicine¡¯s effects and tape. Even this much had only been possible because he had the medicine. Kak! ¡°It¡¯s been awhile since we heard that. It¡¯s the fourth.¡± It was the first scream he had heard in a day. It seemed the other lifers were doing fairly well. If not, wouldn¡¯t he have heard a series of screams like he did yesterday? Eujuk eujuk. ¡°How could they be rock heads in the game and in real life?¡± -[It was a fact that Kawods were stupid. Level 1 meant that they had been infected by the A virus, but only aggregated inferior cells due to failing to adapt.] Level 2 was still a low level. A mutant needed to reach Level 3 to show some sess in adaptation. ¡°That¡¯s a frank assessment. At any rate, I just have 6 to catch?¡± -[Yes, that¡¯s right.] After fighting with two, he felt that he could take on a third. However, he decided to be careful because his stamina had weakened and he had a lot of minor injuries. ¡°Let¡¯s start again.....¡± ¡°Assholes! Where is this! Send me home. You assholes!¡± As Cha Jun Sung was about to go up the vent, he stopped at the ranting he heard nearby. By his tone, he must have been summoned while drunk. ¡°Reality version? Damn! I blew everything! My life savings were wasted!¡± Cha Jun Sung was not an writer, but he detailed out the man¡¯s behavior in his head. The man had heard the news that the game was suspended and drank as he downloaded the application for the reality version. He had been sent here after being summoned to the briefing room. Since he was drunk out of his mind, everything the helper said was nonsense and the quiet closed area was perfect for his tantrum. ¡°That man¡¯s on a roof. The Kawods can¡¯t get up there because the door is locked?¡± -[It is open. There is another reason why the Kawod are not going up there.] ¡°Huh?¡± -[You must remain calm. You need to take deep breaths and maintain yourposure.] He was bewildered. The man was the one in danger, but why was he being told to stay calm? Kung! A fear-inducing roar. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s legs weakened at the roar and he plopped down. The man did not have a very different reaction. ¡°This, this sound..... Could the boss of this closed area be that guy?¡± Chapter 7 -[He is approaching due to the man¡¯s noise. I rmend you flee.] ¡°His specialty is the same as it is in the virtual reality version?¡± -[It is the same.] ¡°Then it¡¯s okay. I can hold my breath.¡± -[We will generate a special mission with your permission.] -[Level D mission: Predation of Cyclops] [Goal: Attainment] -[Scenario: The owner of the closed area appeared due to a reserved lifer¡¯s drunken tirade. Avoid the Cyclops¡¯ detection and watch its predation] [Reward: 5000 points] Cyclops. It was a name given to him because he looked like the one-eyed giant in Greek mythology. The only difference was that instead of one, there were dozens of eyes on its face. He boasted a steel-like strength with muscles covering his 9-10 meter long body. His strength was as intense as his size, so he could even crush a truck. Among mutants with uncanny abilities, he was called an original strength. He was among the top of Level 5. Boom! As the ground and building shook, powder flew. Cha Jun Sung held his breath and looked towards the next building. He could see arge figure. The Cyclops detects life through their breathing. It is dangerous if one moves wildly, but the Cyclops thinks that someone is inanimate if he holds his breath and is careful in his movement. The Cyclops¡¯ method is to differentiate between what is potentially harmful and what is not. ¡°Cyclops? Hah! You¡¯re so mad I killed you that you appear in my dream?¡± The man spoke gibberish. Any skilled lifer needed to deal with the Cyclops as a required mission. It was popr one because there were a lot of rewards. Burup! Gulp! One of the Cyclops¡¯ eyes focused on Cha Jun Sung¡¯s exact location. It looked away after a moment because he did not move and held his breath. ¡°Come at me asshole! I¡¯ll give you a st with my +13 Titan!¡± Though the man was speaking nonsense because he was drunk, Cha Jun Sung could tell that he was a skilled lifer in the game. The weapon he mentioned was aser with tremendous power. It had a weight and volume that only someone at an elite level could lift. One could handle it by going through body modification and using the battle shoot skill, but it cost hundreds of thousands of dors. It was not an exaggeration to say that the man had invested his life savings for it. Boom. The Cyclops just rolled its eyes around and did not act. Was it confused because the man did not fear it? Kung! Its thick arm lifted into the air. He stood still with patience. It observed the man out of curiosity, but that was only momentary. Kwang! One blow. A part of the building crushed under the Cyclops¡¯ blow. ¡°Huh?¡± The man iled his arms. He stumbled as the roof copsed under the force. It would have been the same even if he had not been drunk on alcohol. Pat. The Cyclops snatched at the falling man. It was not careful and its strength capable of ripping a man apart showed, destroying the bones in his body. The man¡¯s broken bones must have dug into his organs, because blood sputtered from his mouth. His eyes rolled back in pain and he began to convulse. ¡°Cr, crazy.....¡± Cha Jun Sung stepped away from the window for a moment to take a breath as he watched the following scene. His body shook as though his own bones were being broken. Eujuk. Kyak! The man¡¯s arm was being chewed. The next were his legs, head, and body. It was obvious that it intended on giving him pain as it ate him. The Cyclops had a horrid personality and was careful with his meals like a gourmet enjoying delicacies. Smack smack. It had taken seconds for the man to disappear. The Cyclops smacked its lips as though it wanted more. It was sorge that the man had not made a difference. ¡°I have to hurry up and get out of here.¡± The Cyclops was right in front of him. He thought he was going to have a heart attack if he stayed any longer. -[The mission has not ended. It will be considered a failure if you run away.] ¡°What? But he killed the man?¡± -[That reserved lifer¡¯s death is not the predation I talked about.] ¡°That that.....¡± Cha Jun Sung was silent. Suddenly, he recalled the eye he had seen through the window. He had used knowledge of its specialty to avoid its sight, but it still focused on his exact location. Other reserved lifers were doing tutorials here. Pang! The Cyclops struck at the building next to the one he had just knocked down. Ack! Reserved lifers emerged. They had been discovered. The Cyclops repeated the same action a few times. At some point, its hand was full. Brack. It squeezed its grip. Blood came pouring down like rain. The Cyclops put them to his mouth and quenched its thirst. It chewed and ate the bloodless bodies. ¡®Hell.¡¯ 3 people yesterday. 6 people today. 9 people have died in total. 10 people including Cha Jun Sung. With a rough estimate, the chance of survival was 10%. Even if there were hundreds of thousands of lifers, the number would be reduced quickly at this rate. ¡°I can go now, right?¡± -[Thest obstacle remains. It is part of the mission. Stay until the end.] Cha Jun Sung was going to ask what nonsense that was, but covered his mouth with his hand. The Cyclops¡¯ dozens of eyes were facing him. Drip! His cold sweat fell to the floor. Why was it staying and not leaving? Had he been discovered? If so, he would have the same fate as the other lifers who died. ¡®Oof! Go away! I said go away!¡¯ After waiting for 1 minute, he became dizzy and his chest felt stifled. The Cyclops did not waver. He knew why Odin was telling him not to move on. This was a test. He lived if he got past it, and would die if he could not. ¡®Staying longer is too dangerous.....¡¯ He got past 2 minutes. At this rate, he would suffocate to death before the Cyclops killed him. -[A little longer.] Odin may not have known because he was a machine, but there was nothing as painful as not breathing. 2 minutes for someone with weak lungs would have been enough to make them faint at the least. ¡°Puha!¡± -[Congrattions. You have cleared the Level D mission, Cyclops¡¯ Predation.] -[You have earned 5000 points.] -[You have met the conditions to open the store. You can use it up to Level D, and it will open once you clear the tutorial mission.] He had been lucky. As Cha Jun Sung was letting out his breath, the Cyclops turned its attention away. He would have be a piece of meat with his blood squeezed out if he had let his breath out 1 second earlier. -[Oh no.] ¡°Now what?¡± Chapter 8 -[A Kawod has picked up your scent. You had sweat so much in fear of the Cyclops that you got rid of the odorless spray¡¯s effect.] ¡°You should have told me earlier!¡± Cha Jun Sung yelled as he ran to the vent. He had gone up and down it so much that he got up to it with much more ease. -[It is toote.] Kiik! Two Kawods entered the room. Cha Jun Sung stopped his useless movement and grabbed his dagger. He could not show his back to the enemy. -[The rest of the Kawods are observing the Cyclops from the first floor. This is your chance.] Tatat! Cha Jun Sung acted like he was attacking and closed the door to the room. The Kawods who were suddenly trapped scrambled around before giving up and lunging at him. Puk. His long leg hit the stomach of a Kawod running at him. It was light and flew to hit the wall. Cha Jun Sung threatened the others with the dagger and went to the one against the wall and stepped on him. Kwak! ¡°Keuk!¡± There was a sharp pain in his shoulder. The one in good condition had taken advantage of him. He could hear his skin ripping under its sharp teeth. ¡°Assholes!¡± He was angry. Because of the pain? Because he had been bitten by something half his size? More than that, he was angry with the entire situation he was stuck in. Puk. He stabbed the Kawod¡¯s head with the dagger he had clenched in his fist. It rxed its grip as its brain was prated, and it fell to the ground. He took out the dagger and stabbed the one that he was stepping on. ¡°Four Kawods.¡± A vehemence came from Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes. There were only a few left. This hell was over if he could just kill thosest few. He did not go back into the vent. He intended to just kill them as he saw them. *** Kaek! Thest Kawod fell over. He could finally head back. -[Congrattions. You have cleared the closed area tutorial mission.] -[You have earned 100 points.] -[The store is open. Would you like to go to the briefing room?] ¡°Yes.¡± When he nodded his head, his vision faded to white just like when he hade to the closed area, and the briefing room appeared. The principle seemed to be simr to dimensional movement. -[Will you treat your injuries? You will be cured to your normal state with 50 points.] ¡°Yeah.¡± His clothes had been ripped to rags and he was caked in blood all over his body. If he went back like this, he would have to live in a hospital. -[Your treatment will start once youy in the capsule to the left.] Cha Jun Sung followed Odin¡¯s instructions. It felt cool. His injuries were healed with 50 points. His clothes remained the same. -[Congrattions.] ¡°Congrattions?¡± He was bewildered. If Odin was a person, he would have beat him up. -[If you take advantage of the 5260 points you have, excluding the 50 you used, you will be able to raise your chance of survival to the highest for your next mission.] ¡°Ha ha! It¡¯s so funny my stomach hurts. If Ie back here, I¡¯m not a person.¡± Why would hee back here? He had a leisurely life where he lived in a good house with a good car and good food. This was thest time he wasing here. -[You will return.] ¡°You¡¯re sure?¡± -[I am sure.] ¡°And your evidence for that?¡± -[The virtual Overload can be reality.] Cha Jun Sung blinked at the unexpected response. Odin continued speaking. -[I will tell you one thing. Body modification is possible in the Level D store.] -[You can purchase the battle shoot in Level C and the ultimate Hades de that you prized will be in Level A.] His head was spinning. Cha Jun Sung was on the smart side. He was interpreting what that meant. He spoke again to check, ¡°You¡¯re saying that what I did in Life Mission is possible in real life?¡± -[Yes.] ¡°Goodness.¡± Science. Nothing was impossible through science in Life Mission. As long as he had the money, he could make anything. A fearsome weapon was an essory and cyborgs that resembled people rolled around like rocks. If that were to happen on the Earth? It would disruptw and order. -[An age where one cannot live without power will soone to the Earth. You may not want toe at your own will, but something else will push you to return.] ¡°It¡¯s because of you guys. You can just leave it alone whether it¡¯s reality or virtual.¡± -[Are you sure that is so?] He could not say anymore. Going further than this was going beyond what Odin was permitted. He knew Odin would not reveal any more. But there was one thing he was clear on. There would be a time when everyone, including Cha Jun Sung, would understand this whole situation. ¡°Ah! I don¡¯t know! Just send me back for now. I need to clear my mind.¡± -[There is a basic manual in your pack. Read it when you have time.] Pat. The light shed. It made his eyes sting, but he would go through this countless times if he could just go home. -[Lifer Cha Jun Sung.] -[Tutorial at Level E, seeded at Level D special mission.] Odin recorded Cha Jun Sung¡¯s information on the sessful mission after he disappeared, and Cha Jun Sung returned back to his real world. ¡°Hahahaha.....¡± Cha Jun Sungid on his bed andughed. Because he was happy? Because he was baffled. The pack he had received in the briefing room was sitting right in front of him. He was 99.9% sure that it was reality. But 0.1% of him still believed it was virtual. ¡°I almost died.¡± He had experienced the fear of death that he thought he would not have felt within the next 50 years. He was not sure if it was a joke from the gods or if it was a test from aliens, but he was sure that it had happened and that it was going to continue to happen. ¡°Let¡¯s see what happens.¡± They had said that the first round lifer selection criteria was creating an ount in Life Mission. That meant that Cha Jun Sung was not going through this alone. If he waited the situation out, forums on this issue would be created. The human psychology likes to explore. He did not have to bother with it because those with impatient natures would get involved instead. Chapter 9 Often, people have strange dreams. Call them dog dreams. A few cannot shake them off. There is nothing they can do. It is not reality. But it bothers them. If multiple people have the same dream and acknowledge that they are not dreaming and that it is reality, they would work to figure out what the phenomenon is. -[I killed 5 Kawods with a hammer.] -[3 Gremlins.] -[Everyone. My friend did note back. I think he died there.] -[Mine was to steal something weird.] -[Same with me. I had to steal 2 eggs from Beck and it felt like I was shooting Mission Impossible.] Tatak. Cha Jun Sung looked through the conversation in the chat room on his blog. As he had expected, there were a lot of people who had gone through what he did. It had not yet been reported on the news, but that was not far off from happening either. -[I caught 21 Kawods by using cognate predators as bait. My goal was to escape, but there was nothing I could do because they were blocking the exit.] -[Amazing!] -[Are you a UFC world champion or something? How could someone catch 21?] -[Don¡¯t lie.] ¡°I can¡¯t believe it either ok.¡± Cha Jun Sung had been learning fencing since he was young, and added boxing in order to maintain his health while ying Life Mission. Had that helped? Reading the text in the chat room, it seemed the average time getting in and out was 3 hours. It was fast because they had only faced 5 to 6 Kawods. ¡°Some people had an easy time while some spent an entire day on it. That¡¯s pretty shitty.¡± The day after his return, he read the manual. If he spent a day inside the mission, a day passed in real life as well. It was an exact 1:1 ratio. It was important that he could not bring items from reality into the briefing room or mission location. The helper decides what is allowed and what is not. -[Will you go again?] Cha Jun Sung thought for a second before texting back. -[I¡¯m going to go. Why?] -[Hey fake Overload, you haven¡¯t gone into the store yet, right? Try going in.] Cha Jun Sung looked at the PDA on his wrist. It was a piece of equipment with a lot of functions. There were so many that he could not even list them all. ¡®Alright let¡¯s open it.¡¯ He did not open the store as people expected him to. He was curious, but hadpletely forgotten about it with his thoughts about whether or not he would go again. Ping. He operated the PDA. A clear hologram and a list window shed. -[Store: Level D] -[Equipment] [Food] [Medicine] [Materials] [Reinforcements] [Synthesis] [Transformation] [Misceneous] [Body Modification] [Daily Necessities] The list became more detailed when he clicked on a menu item. For example, if he went into Equipment, there was Weapon and Armor. -[Did you open it?] -[Yes.] -[There are a lot of things on the menu, but try going into just one. Go into Materials.] Cha Jun Sung went into Materials. A motley of materials made him dizzy. There was a wide variety of materials. Most of them were strange. -[Try typing precious metals or gems in the search window. You¡¯ll be surprised.] He tried searching precious metals. tinum, gold, silver, etc. ¨C they were sold by weight. -[Gold 100g: 100 points] -[Description: Material that goes into item synthesis, reinforcement, and transformation.] ¡°Was the price of gold $5,000 for 100g? The reward for the tutorial was 100 points. No, it would be 150 points for 150g since he had killed a bunch of mutants. He had earned $7,500 in one go. So in the end, it was money?¡± $7,500. It is too little to change a person¡¯s life, but it was more than a month¡¯s wages at a good job. This was a world where people would sell their souls for money. High risk, high return. Even if it was a hell where people had to risk their lives, there would be plenty of people willing to do it as long as the return was appropriate. -[If you be strong with the equipment, moneyes in. It¡¯s an opportunity!] -[I agree!] -[If you go through body modification and use the battle shoot, you¡¯re a walking one-man army! An opportunity in Life Mission! Let¡¯s fly our employment worries to Andromeda!] -[I bought 50g of gold with 50 points. $2,500 is in my hand!] As this specific subject became discussed, the chat room¡¯s fervor rose. They acted in a frenzy as though they had earned everything with their inted dreams. ¡°That¡¯s when you¡¯re still alive. As if everything will go their way.¡± Each mission was a matter of life and death. Cha Jun Sung lived freely, but the others had greed, ambition, and avarice. -[If you look in the Medicine menu, they sold cancer inhibitors, growth promoters, and blood too!] That was a bit surprising. Each item could provoke medical innovation. Cha Jun Sung left the chat room to properly look through the store. Even if others did not exin it to him, it was easy to understand it as long as he had the PDA. ¡°Unbelievable. Do points use money to control all things?¡± Money is what has decided everything until now. Now, that would be points. There was nothing they could not do as long as they had points. ¡°Do I need to go too.....? If I don¡¯t go, that would mean these people would rise above me. I don¡¯t like that.¡± He was not undermining others, but the people who were below him would stand atop his Overload reputation if this continued. He would rather die than lose. Odin¡¯s warning that he would not be able to live if he did not have power also stuck in his mind. He was muddled for various reasons. ¡°I can select between Level D and E missions. By difficulty, Level E has Level 1 and 2, D has Level 3 and 4 mutants. From Level 3, their strength and growth expand so I won¡¯t be able to even leave a scratch unless I¡¯m properly armed.¡± He could tell throughmon sense. His pack and basic items were just 100 points. Even with 5260 points, he would not be able to acquire the equipment necessary toplete a Level D mission. He would need many more points. -[Body Modification] Cha Jun Sung clicked on the list that would make it possible for him to take on a crowd of mutants. In the Level D store, there was surgery up to stage 2. -[Gains from 1st stage body modification: 100,000 points] -[Gains from 2nd stage body modification: 200,000 points] Gain and probability were ensured until the 4th stage in the virtual version. But the gain and probability fell from the 5th stage, and the character could die if the body modification failed. The character is deleted from the 9th stage onwards. In a situation where people can evolve into superhumans, it had to be difficult. Swipe. Cha Jun Sung looked through the store for a few hours. There were a lot of curious things. He did not get sick of it. He chose the optimal equipment he could get with his 5260 points. The Level D store was taken out of consideration, his points did not allow for it. -[Low ss impact tights: 1500 points] -[stic armor: 1500 points] -[Steel katana: 1000 points] Impact tights fit the body closely and absorb external shock. The 1cm thick special textile acted like a sponge. The disadvantage was that it was vulnerable to attacks of focused strength or sharp materials because of its low level. The stic armor is light, but high in sticity and hard. If worn with the impact tights, they covered each other¡¯s disadvantages. The steel katana is a sword. It¡¯s power and cutting force were strong, so it was advantageous to have before a fray. It was a symbol of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s Overload and a weapon he was very familiar with. ¡°I¡¯m gaining confidence.¡± This was the equipment he chose costing a total of 4000 points. If he were wearing these, he would be able to fight 21 Kawods with his eyes closed. ¡°I guess I¡¯ll need weapons? A pistol is a little weak, but a submachine gun is good.¡± -[Mp7 red fire: 500 points] It was a good one. It had a fast burst speed and its pration was significant. It had the basic 8 magazines with 271 bullets... 30 rounds per magazine. He intended to leave 1 round loaded. ¡°I¡¯ll use the remaining 409 points on expendables. Food and medicine are important.¡± If he didn¡¯t eat, he would be exhausted even without moving. If he treated his wounds right away, he could prevent major injuries. It was a grave mistake to think that weapons are the only essential items. ¡°Perfect.¡± Cha Jun Sung praised himself as he looked at the item list. He had not wasted even 1 point. He had calcted the weight he could lift and efficiency as well. ¡°I can handle Level 1 with this equipment for sure, but I can also give Level 2 a try.¡± Level 1 could not get through the stic armor and impact tights. It could if the damage umted, but he would not stay still. Level 2 was dangerous to go up against right now, but the odds for a one-on-one fight were greater than 90% if he used the red fire and dagger before a struggle. How did he know? He was following the route he had gone through as a beginner again. He did not even think about Level 3 because there was a high possibility of dying from a single blow. ¡°Uh..... What the hell am I thinking? What am I doing right now?¡± Chapter 10 Cha Jun Sung came back to his senses. While we was getting he his equipment, he had forgotten that these were the actions of someone who was thinking about going back. ¡°Am I going?¡± Thump. His heart trembled. Because he was scared? It was that, but also..... out of expectation? Excitement? It was like when he had first entered Life Mission 10 years ago. ¡°It¡¯s only been a day since I said I wouldn¡¯t go back, but I guess I won¡¯tst another 3 days.¡± He could not deny his instincts. His determination was weakening. He wanted to go in the mission and get ahead of everyone else. He was actually ahead of everyone now. But only if he didn¡¯t stop here. ¡°It¡¯s toote to go to sleep now.¡± The equipment that appeared as holograms looked at him and seduced him. They were more tempting than a naked woman. It became a night of worry. *** ¡°I don¡¯t know!¡± The equipment Cha Jun Sung had bought in the middle of the night were organized next to him. The impact tights and stic armor were okay, but he would be arrested if the red fire and steel katana were found. It was all equipment that he had used when he started ying Life Mission. ¡°E-ss mission list.¡± -[Searching E-ss missions. There are 35122 missions avable.] There were a variety of missions. They all had different goals and rewards. The lowest were 300-400 points, but there were some that exceeded 1500. The highest in ss E was 3000, but he had no intention on overdoing it from the beginning. ¡°Since there isn¡¯t a limit on how many I can enter and leave, let¡¯s start from the lowest and make our way up in order.¡± He decided on starting with missions below 400 points. The 3 goals were annihtion, attainment, and escape. It was simple. Either kill everyone, do something, or run away. ¡°This looks good.¡± -[E-ss mission: Dwarves in the darkness] [Goal: Annihtion] -[Scenario: Kill the dwarves that have passed the barricades and upied a supermarket.] [Reward: 350 points] Since it was ss E, the scenario was as simple as the tutorial¡¯s. There was not a lot of thought put into it. It would be moreplicated as he went higher in ss. ¡°There are a few more things I need to buy if I want toplete a real mission.¡± He was short on points, so he could onlyplete a few E-ss missions. He did not want to overdo it. ¡°Even if I want to collect more information on the missions, any more than this is too much.¡± It had only been 2 days since the reality version started. Everyone was in a state where they had taken the first step. No one was in a position to teach someone else. Everyone was in the same situation. ¡°I¡¯ll advance a step while everyone else is hesitating.¡± Though it was a simple step now, soon it would be a distance that could not be shortened. *** Wiing. ¡°Is that the ce?¡± -[3-floor supermarket] Cha Jun Sung examined the sign. The writing was unfamiliar. It looked like thenguage of a developing country. From the outside, it looked like a supermarket from one of Korea¡¯s majorpanies. Judging by its size, it must have beenrge inside as well. ¡°If they¡¯re Level 1 mutant dwarves that like the darkness, they must be gremlins.¡± They are aggressive. Their darts are toxic. As they are fairly strong,pared to other weak mutants, they enjoy hunting more than they act as cognate predators. Even level 2 mutants avoid gremlins who attack in hordes. ¡°I¡¯ll start with the red fire and use the sword once I get used to battle.¡± This is reality. He did not confuse it with the virtual version. In the virtual version, he may have been the Overload that killed a Level 9 mutant, but in reality he was just an average person who exercised a bit. He would die if he overreached by excessively trusting his equipment. ¡°Should I wait until the morning?¡± It was evening. He did not have any equipment for his vision, so everything was dark. Even if he got used to the dark, there was only so much he could do with human vision. In the morning when it became lighter, he could check the market and its surrounding area. Nod. Cha Jun Sung decided to wait it out. There was nothing to lose in waiting. Kiki! He heard unpleasantughter. It was like something wasughing at him. ¡°Ugh! They¡¯ll be walking around because it¡¯s nighttime, but I haven¡¯t used the odorless spray.¡± Gremlins were nocturnal. They would avoid the sun by staying inside the supermarket during the day, but they woulde out at night to move around or hunt. He had forgotten. Bang! Chiik! Cha Jun Sung searched through his pack and sprayed himself. He could not fool the ones who had already seen him, but it would be better to spray it even now. There! Let¡¯s greet some customers. ¡°One gremlin?¡± Seuk. He could see a gremlin¡¯s head by the building. Cha Jun Sung took his red fire with a silencer. It was around 30 meters away. Pew! Puk! The gremlin was shot in the head, whether by luck or skill, and fell over. There was a bursting sound in the air, but it was not enough to cause trouble. -[You have earned 12 points.] ¡°A gun really is good.¡± It was easy. It died in a shot. He would be able to kill dozens. Seuseuk. Cha Jun Sung approached the gremlin. It was carrying a coarse but not dangerous weapon. It was the type that could be blocked with just his stic armor. As he searched the body, he found a dart and tried jabbing his impact tights with it. He had controlled the length so that it would not touch his skin even if it got through the fabric. ¡°It doesn¡¯t go through.¡± It did not go in no matter how much he pushed on it. It might go in if he pushed against it on a wall, but there was almost no risk of an external attack because that was unlikely to happen. ¡°I¡¯ll still wait.¡± Conceit bes a trap, and the best decision is to go along with his n. Nothing lost from being cautious. *** Pewpewpewpew! Changchangchangchang! Every time he shot the red fire, a window of the dark supermarket shattered. He broke each one he saw mercilessly. Hwak! Kyak! Rays of sunlight flooded in. Shrieks followed. The gremlins scrambled to find a dark ce to hide from the light. That was his chance. It seemed they were more averse to the sunlight than they were to intruders. The red fire chased their unprotected movement like a swarm of bees. ¡°There are a ton of them.¡± He stopped counting after he killed over 100 of them. He had swept the first three floors, and all that was left was the basement. It did not have windows, but that was okay. He had spent 50 points for a photothermal magazine. Snap. Cha Jun Sung switched the magazine. It was hisst one. He had used them sparingly, but he still used 241 bullets. If he failed in the basement sweep, he would have to go into battle. Sukuk. He took the dagger out and slit the throats of the gremlins that were still alive. There might have been ones that were hiding, but he would check after finishing up with the basement. Tubuktubuk. Cha Jun Sung got on the esctor with the dagger in his left hand and the red fire in his right. He did not turn it on. He was just following its path. He left the esctor and stopped walking. Dozens of pairs of eyes blinked at him from afar. Cha Jun Sung sneered as he took out a round object from his chest. The photothermal magazine would shine a tremendous light for five minutes. If this went off, it would be as though there was daylight in the basement. Seuk. Cha Jun Sung wore the sses attached to his stic armor. Its tinted lenses would protect his eyes from the photothermal magazine. Bibibibi! The timer was five seconds. If he did not throw it in time, it would detonate in front of him. Pwak! Kyah! He closed his eyes because of the light that seeped through the tinted sses. The eyes and skin of the gremlins who had been exposed to the photothermal magazine burned. It was so painful that they died one after the other. ¡°If the missions under 400 points are all like this, I can do a bunch.¡± It was advantageous to have more points. But rash behavior always proved to be ineffective. The equipment he could carry was limited if he did not have 50,000 points to acquire the spacepression bag. A lot of items interfered with his movement unnecessarily. ¡°I won¡¯t getcent, but from what I¡¯ve felt...... I¡¯m embarrassed that I was so nervous.¡± He knew that it was because of the equipment. Other than his exhaustion, he did not have any injuries. All that he had was a few scratches on the stic armor. Pewpew! Cha Jun Sung used the red fire on a struggling gremlin and picked up the photothermal magazine. He could use it in a better way. The photothermal magazine he had purchased was not to be thrown on the ground, but imprinted. Swish. Snap. Cha Jun Sung threw the photothermal on the ceiling. A strong ma came out of it and it attached itself to the structure. The interior of the basement became bright. As the range of light widened, the darkness went away. The gremlins naturally fled into areas where the light was weak. Kiik! It was pathetic how they were struggling with each other to stay in the shadows. ¡°So you¡¯re the leader.¡± Deep in the darkness hid a gremlin about a halfrger than the rest. The leader gremlin looked at Cha Jun Sung with malice. ¡°Goodnight.¡± Pewpew! Chapter 11 Cha Jun Sung put his gun down and hit each of the gremlins one by one. As a beginner for the first time in the virtual game, he had made a series of mistakes. Unlike back then, he was currently being resourceful with his bullets since he would die if he did not have them when he needed them. For real. He had to maintain his reason at every moment. Kyak! Such as this very gremlin. Too bad for them, Cha Jun Sung was a predator they could not approach easily. *** It had been one month since Cha Jun Sung delved into Life Mission in reality. From the dwarf mission, his level had gone up little by little. Even within E-ss missions, the difficulty depended upon the reward points. When the reward was under 1000 points, the only differences were in the number of Level 1 mutants and the area they were in. It all went smoothly up to here. Even if they came charging at him in numbers, they would still just be deadwood in front of his red fire. The problem began when the missions reached over 1000 points. This was when the Level 2 mutants appeared. Though they came one by one, they were not to be underestimated. The Level 2 mutants would send their underlings first and the bullet consumption increased. They had recognized the dangerous object. The intent of their enemy was obvious, but they could not prevent it. It was impossible to kill dozens of mutants at the same time. He had purchased a generous amount of bullets because of this, but he used all of them up before he could fight with Level 2. At times, they hid amongst their underlings and waited it out. They did note at him openly. If they had charged at him without any thought, he would have been faced with a difficult situation. What was fortunate was that most of the Level 2 battles were one-on-one. When the Level 2 minions were left over, there would not be more than 10 of them. He stood his ground with his steel katana and sturdy armor. In contrast to Level 1 mutants, each hit was stronger and damaged his stic armor, but his impact tights still absorbed most of the shock. Cha Jun Sung had proved that his equipment worked on Level 2 mutants. As he umted experience, his intuition was revived. Grenades were a definite asset, and he began to use equipment like the ymore with ease. Though it was exhausting, he could not describe the pleasure he felt when he overcame all of the hardships andpleted each mission. He felt alive every time. He had gathered 80,000 points like this. The total was close to 110,000, but he had used some on repairing his equipment and buying expendables. When he hadpleted a 1300 point mission to annihte mutants, he had gained 5000 points. However, 30% of that would evaporate into thin air due to repair costs. In the worst cases, there were times when 70% of what he earned disappeared. These were when his armor and tights had be so ragged that he had to rece them. Ever since he reached missions over 1500 points, his equipment woulde back as rags. It had already happened twice and it seemed like this time would be the third. *** Tutututu! Cha Jun Sung brandished his red fire. He just wanted one shot to hit. He tried his best to hit his target, but it was not easy because it moved in a zigzag. Nothing worked, so he was just hoping for luck. Kwang! Huk! Cha Jun Sung went flying a few meters at a hit to the chest. His already ragged shoulder patch shattered into debris. Tutu! Even while he was falling, he did not let go of the red fire. Roads were tough. He needed to stay alert so that the opponent would not undermine him. Crunk! Cha Jun Sung used his sword as a cane to stand up. His legs trembled. He took a deep breath and created a greater distance between himself and his approaching enemy. Level 2 Mad Dog. It was a crazy dog. It was asrge as a bear. Its tight muscles grotesquely shook between its veins as if it had been skinned. It was as strong as it wasrge. But more than anything, it was fast. ¡°One is hard enough, but two!¡± At first, he thought that there was just one. But while they fought, another one suddenly came in. He was unprotected, but he had turned his body and avoided being harmed. Its biting strength was incredible, so his protective stic patch was smashed. After that, it was a ruckus. He fought as though he were rabid because he was in a situation where he was fighting one against two. He set off a grenade, brandished his gun, and swung his sword. He somehow killed one, but the remaining Mad Dog¡¯s actions became careful. Could it be because itspanion met its death? . He did not approach it without thought. Pewpew The Mad Dog followed the movement of his red fire. The bullets¡¯ speed surpassed the speed of sound. With the Level 2 mutant¡¯s eyesight, they might not have been able to see the bulletsing, but they could anticipate their direction. Papat! The Mad Dog hid behind a wall he had knocked over while jumping to avoid the bullets. The bullets could not prate the wall and bounced off. Snap! ¡°Ow!¡± He swore automatically. He was out of bullets. He had brought 1000, but he had used half on the two Mad Dogs. And he had not even been able to kill both. Seurung! Cha Jun Sung took his sword. He was in a dangerous situation, but he did not feel threatened. It was his 30th Level E mission. Though he had never suffered any fatal wounds, he had sustainedparable injuries. Even if his arms and legs got cut off, all he had to do wasplete the mission. Keurung! The Mad Dog crept out when Cha Jun Sung held his sword. It knew. It was fully aware of what was and was not a threat to it. ¡°Come on! I¡¯ll slice you up!¡± Tatat! Cha Jun Sung provoked the Mad Dog and made the first attack. Instead of swinging the sword, he jabbed with it as in fencing because it was easier to recover. Shwish shwish! Kwatuk! The Mad Dog had dodged off to the side to find an opportunity to attack, and took the sword with its teeth. It shook the sword vigorously to try and get rid of Cha Jun Sung. ¡°I knew you would bite it.¡± He had anticipated that it would try to incapacitate his sword, the only weapon he had after the red fire. He had not let it bite his sword on purpose, but he had waited for this moment. Swish. Thest grenade fell near the Mad Dog¡¯s rear. ¡°Blow up.¡± Kwang! The Mad Dog could not avoid it and received the grenade¡¯s st on his rear. Right before it exploded, Cha Jun Sung threw the sword and jumped. There was only a small timing window and the distance was too short to avoid the st, so he was hit. Kwajijijik! Fragments of the grenade prated his stic armor and ripped his impact tights. His protective helmet and sses shattered as well. ¡°Ugh..... I won¡¯t be able to save even a fourth of this.¡± Cha Jun Sungid down andined. If hebined this mission¡¯s reward with the mutants he had caught, he had earned around 6000 points. If he thought about the equipment he would have to dispose of and the expendables he used, he had not earned as much as he had suffered. ¡°I can¡¯t lower my expectations..... I¡¯ll have to start party y soon.¡± 500 points was enough for manualbor. But missions under Level 2 were not fun because they were just an average massacre. Even while he was ying the tutorial, he had directed himself to the safe y. Once he made up his mind however, he could not hold back. He needed to hurry up and gather points to pay for body modification procedures and Level D equipment. If he worked in a party, he might gain fewer points than if he were acting alone, but there was also less waste. In addition, his exhaustion would be distributed to different members of the party. ¡°I¡¯ll go back, receive treatment, and prepare for a 3000 point mission.¡± There was really no reason for him to go back to the briefing room unless it was to use the healing capsule. Body modification. Once synthesis bes possible, he would visit it often. He returned home once the mission wasplete. This was when he needed to start being on guard the most. Mutants were mutants, but the party needed to beposed of people he could fully trust. Life Mission was a ce where one could gain anything but it was also a space free from others and from conventional rules. He would need to watch his back at every moment. Chapter 12 While Cha Jun Sung was busy with missions, a site called ¡°Lifer World¡± went up. Its base was in English, but it could be tranted into anynguage. Lifers with a lot of imagination guessed that it was created in America. As time went by, the number of Lifers increased exponentially. There is no such thing as a secret in this world ¨C especially with the inte where rumors spread fast. It did not matter whether or not it was created in America because no matter what, the reality version of Life Mission was growing its number of ¡°yers¡±. Cha Jun Sung knew that there would be a rush between countries to identify Lifers within a few months. The number of Lifers would be the measure of a nation¡¯s power. It was inevitable. ¡°Let¡¯s stayfortable until then.¡± Cha Jun Sung sat at hisputer and looked through the Lifers¡¯ notice board. It was a ce to exchange information and trade points. But that did not mean that hundreds of points were traded. Even one point could decide someone¡¯s life ¨C points were extremely valuable. So, most exchanges were done in one or two point increments, and the maximum was five. The market rate of one point was the equivalent of $70 to $80. It was better to just save them and buy weapons; it did not make sense to trade them. ¡°ss E.¡± Hundreds ofments appeared and were erased from the information exchange board each day. 80% of it consisted of ss E missions. -[Writer: Anonymous] -[Title: Level of ss E Missions] -[Content: I am leaving this review after failing twice. The tutorial reward is around 150 points? I hope people will have some sense and buy the exit with 100 points. Anyway, if youplete this mission, you can buy a machine gun worth 500 points. But for a beginner toplete it alone? In reality, it¡¯s impossible toplete with a piece of iron unless you are in the Special Forces or an equivalent field. I met a team that I worked well with in the beginning, and we seeded at five missions and failed two. Even with three people, we had five sesses and two fails. Don¡¯t throw your lives away. Create parties.] Mission fails meant death or giving up. In ss E, you could give up for 100 points. But as the difficulty increased, so did themount of points you have to sacrifice to give up. There were a lot of simrments. The subject matter was also pretty much the same. They all rmended refraining from solo missions and changing to party missions. ¡°It is too hard to keep trying to move forward alone ¨C especially when your life is on the line.¡± Cha Jun Sung was also in agreement. If he did not have the points he had earned in the special missions, he would have been suffering right now. If he went into a Level 1 against 100 mutants holding just one dagger, it wouldn¡¯t have been a fight. It would have been suicide, in and simple. He could expect a safer hunt if he gave up the take-all and joined a group. While slowly moving up thedder, equipment and points would follow. Though slower, it was better than dying. ¡®Heh..... There¡¯s a Lifer who was able to break through 1000 points with a party.¡¯ Click. -[Writer: Anonymous] -[Title: 1000 Point Boundary] -[Content: I will say it briefly. Once you get past the boundary, Level 2 mutants appear. We each purchased the equipment that we wanted with the points we gathered over the past month and attempted the ss-E mission, ¡®Red Building¡¯. The process went smoothly. But in the middle of the mission, the boss Krollion began to lead the dwarves to bother us. Fortunately, we were able to gather our strength and beat them, but it is definitely different than Level 1. Be careful.] Krollion was a humanoid mutant standing at 2 meters. It was a problem if someone got caught in its grip because it had 5 to 6 times the muscr strength of a human. But its shoring was that it was ignorant. Woong! Cha Jun Sung turned on the PDA and looked through the ss E list. They were listed in order of points, and a few at 3000 points stuck out. They were not just any ss E missions, but ones that allowed the yer to advance to ss D. Mission sess meant a whole slew of points. But, as with every pro, there were cons. There was a high chance of Level 2s swarming out. For this type of mission, a party was absolutely necessary. There weren¡¯t many of these missions avable ¨C just five. It seemed they were controlling the numbers. Cha Jun Sung chose the one that he liked best among them. ¡®Field of Meat¡¯ Just by looking at the name, he could tell it would reek of blood. The title and scenario seemed much harder than the mission he hadpleted the day before yesterday, ¡®Our Mad Dog¡¯. ¡®It doesn¡¯t mean I¡¯ll attempt a Level D if I get through this, but it can be a kind of reference point for me.¡¯ One thing he knew though was he needed to avoid meeting a Level 3 before his 2nd body modification wasplete. There was an order to everything! He needed to maintain this order if he wanted to live long. ¡®What should I do?¡¯ It would take a long time for other Lifers to get to his level. But he needed to join a party. Though he looked through the list, there was no party willing to try a 3000 point mission. It seemed like most groups took these out of the running because they were intimidated just by the number of points. ¡®Isn¡¯t there anyone willing to try? Well...at the same time, it¡¯s not good to just go into any party. I have to be selective too. Shit.¡¯ He needed to test out the people he would work with before going into ¡®Field of Meat¡¯. 1 plus 1 is 2. Math is math. But when you added humans into the equation, you could potentially get a different result. More people could mean easier battles...but the wrong person could also make things a whole lot worse. ¡°Odin, search for parties at the level of 1000 points in Korea.¡± [6 parties have resulted. There are 2 in the Seoul region.] One needed to write their qualifications in the application for parties. It was true of both the person who was adding people to a party and the person searching for a party. ¡°They¡¯re all pretty much the same.¡± The first party had 5 people, the second had 7. All they had was armor that barely protected their vitals and one weapon each. -[Would you like to apply for the Kill-All team?] ¡°Yeah.¡± -[You have applied for the team. Speaking with the team¡¯s helper.] Odin was familiar with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s habits now. He did not need to talk too much. Odin would do well if left on his own. During this time, Cha Jun Sung would check his equipment. ¡®What a waste. The body modification! Why does it have to be so damn expensive!¡¯ He had gathered a total of 80,000 points. After the first modification, he had exactly 20,000 left. He wanted to try and stick it out without doing the mods, but his equipment had been ruined in Our Mad Dog. Since he could not go around with a bare body with mutants abound, he changed his low ss impact tights to high ss, and got stic armor made of strong stic. There was a vision sensor attached to his helmet. Night looked like day and he could detect enemies by body temperature. In terms of equipment, he was ready to go at any time. -[The conversation has ended.] ¡°What did he say?¡± -[The leader of the Kill-All team cannot believe your qualifications.] On party applications, qualifications can be yed down but not up. ¡°So?¡± -[He would like to meet you in person.] ¡°Picky. We¡¯ll meet in the mission anyway. Arrange an appointment.¡± -[Mission confirmed.] Odin reserved a ce to meet. Cha Jun Sung hoped it would be a party that looked at the person rather than the points. Chapter 13 Bang. As the Devereaux¡¯s head was punctured, its flesh scattered. Cha Jun Sung, who was fighting hard, was disgusted and quickly jumped away. Chiik. The blood sttered to the ground. Level 2 Devereaux¡¯s blood had toxicity. There were many of them in sizes asrge as bulls ¨C and the blood stter was proportionate to their size. ¡®That asshole.....¡¯ Cha Jun Sung¡¯s gaze became sinister. This was intentional. He had said that he would fight alone, but the other guy had jumped in without any warning. ¡°Hell yea! That toad gave me 180 points just now!¡± ¡°Wow! That¡¯s a lot.¡± ¡°Nice! You should have like 3000 points now! Are you going to buy some equipment then?¡± Three men were making a fuss out of nothing in the damp swampy area. Cha Jun Sung repressed the urge to throw a grenade at the idiots. ¡°Are you okay?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± A young man approached him. It was the party leader in charge of the idiots. Cha Jun Sung shrugged indifferently. These assholes were useless. Any party that he thought would be good already had full membership. Since people who matched well had joined together a long time ago, Cha Jun Sung had had nowhere to join as a stranger. He had finally found a party that had exceeded 1000 points in the past 15 days...and this was it. ¡°What do you think abouting on permanently? Hunting has be much morefortable since Mr. Odin joined!¡± Lifers did not ask names before they revealed them themselves. It was awkward to choose aliases, so they went with the names of their helpers. ¡°Sorry. I¡¯ll be going now since the mission has beenpleted. Good luck.¡± Cha Jun Sung swallowed the swears on the tip of his tongue and returned home. He heard the word ¡®wait¡¯ as he unterally ended the conversation and headed back home, but he ignored it. He felt he would develop a cancer if he stayed any longer. ¡°Trash. The whole lot of them.¡± Eudeuk. He had fought the Devereaux alone on behalf of the injured people. He left the other three people as escorts to take care of the injured person, but one of them went and took his Devereaux kill in the end. He did not want to use the word steal because it was a party, but the guy had done nothing until he stepped in at the end to take the bounty. And then what? They want me to join their team after that shit? After the Kill-All team, he had already gone through fifteen. One party per day. His first impression of each party wasn¡¯t the best, but he figured he should try a mission with them first before making a decision. Nope. He was right. They were all trash. They only looked at points and made it a priority over their friends and teammates. He knew he would have a lot of regrets if he fostered rtionships with these kinds of people. ¡®How is there not one normal person? In reality or in the virtual version.¡¯ The game had the interesting power of making a perfectly normal person into a psychopath. Cha Jun Sung met all types of people while ying the virtual version. There were people who were probablypletely normal in reality, but turned into someone who should be ced into a mental hospital right away once they entered the game. Life Mission¡¯s reality version was very simr to the virtual version excluding the fact that they only had one life. And it seemed the crazy transferred right on over. This game, both in virtual reality and in reality, seemed to attract the kind of people whose gut reactions to situations were immediately to do something less than wholesome. -[Are you feeling okay?] ¡°All I want to do at this point is just save like crazy for a month and go through body modification to move on to ss D. But I¡¯m going to go crazy because I can¡¯t do it, okay?¡± There was something he found out while talking to Odin not too long ago. The number of times he died in the virtual version. It was 3225 ¨C a higher numberpared to others. Cha Jun Sung had only done solo ys. He learned as he confronted enemies beyond his capabilities. This was possible because it was the virtual version. ¡®If I want to take on something like Caicus in ss C, even 10 lives are too few. If I don¡¯t make friends, my strength willck starting at ss E.¡¯ They had to meet before they had deepened their ties. If it¡¯s a Lifer who has advanced to Level D, won¡¯t they have all of their bases covered already? Then they be people looking for business partners that they need. And if those partners be useless? They endure it and leave. It had to be now. This moment was the best time to find a team. ¡®Let¡¯s do one more today before folding.¡¯ He did not experience fatigue because he was going into missions below his level. Even so, he did not want to remain annoyed, so he would only do one more for the day. ¡°Party, party.¡± Cha Jun Sung murmured the word party as he searched through Life World. There were a lot of ads, but many of the parties were preupied with aspects like bribes, how many mutants each person took care of, and points. Beginning like this would only end in disaster. ¡°Oh?¡± -[Writer: Anonymous] -[Title: Permanent Party] -[Content: If you¡¯re going to say some nonsense about point bribes or mutant distribution, press escape. Solo missions are possible for me up to 500 points. I am only looking forrades I can trust until the end. If you lie to get in and get caught, you¡¯re dead.] These words instantly captured Cha Jun Sung¡¯s attention. The content matched his thoughts exactly. Is it someone else who finds importance in loyalty? Anyway, it was refreshing to read. ¡°Odin, search Underpass and send a party application.¡± -[Searching mission ¡®Underpass¡¯. Searchplete. I have sent a party application.] It said that he was bringing people in on a firste, first-serve basis. He was not sure if it would be good, but the ad was definitely different from what he had seen until now. He had high expectations. -[The individual has epted the party application.] -[On standby..... If you agree, you will be sent to ss E mission ¡®Underpass¡¯.] Of course he agreed. He wanted to see the party leader¡¯s face as soon as possible. He was sick of dead ends. ¡®If there is a God, have pity and bring me a winner.¡¯ ¡°Hello, I am party leader, Zephyrus. It¡¯s nice to meet you.¡± ¡°Oh, I¡¯m Odin.¡± Cha Jun Sung lowered his head in surprise. It was in greeting but also because of the person¡¯s short height. 18? 19? He did not look like a middle schooler. Probably a high school student. Whatever he was, he was not an adult. He was a pretty looking boy. Maybe because of that, the manly aura he had felt from the post disappeared. ¡°Are you disappointed because I¡¯m young?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t say I¡¯m disappointed because age has nothing to do with skill... but I¡¯m surprised that a young person came into a ce like this.¡± The primary selection criteria had been Life Mission ount holders. It was an adult game, but some high school students entered by adjusting their birth dates. ¡°I¡¯m going to catch all of the mutants in this mission, but I figure you won¡¯t care?¡± ¡°Excuse me?¡± ¡°This is my 10th timepleting Underpass, so I know this ce well.¡± Cha Jun Sung thought he had heard wrong. 10th time? Did that mean this was a repeat mission? He assumed missions could only bepleted once. He learned something new today. If Zephyrus was not lying, he would know Underpass like the back of his hand. ¡°It seems you didn¡¯t know. Well, I guess no one would just tell you great information like this.¡± Zephyrus scanned Cha Jun Sung. He observed carefully as though examining an object. It was not ufortable. Rather, he was curious on what words would follow. ¡°Your equipment is outstanding. I¡¯ve seen hundreds of Lifers, but no one else evenes close.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± ¡°Even if you get lost, it looks like you wouldn¡¯t die.¡± ¡°Die?¡± ¡°This ce is ss E, but it¡¯s dangerous. I gained a lot of information while basically living here. I¡¯m sure you have information that others don¡¯t as well? That type of equipment is impossible to get with normal methods.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes rounded. Not only was Zephyrus not surprised at his equipment, he even showed some intelligent thinking. ¡°Even when I think about it, I was lucky.¡± ¡°I see.¡± He admitted it. Caicus¡¯ appearance to make a special mission was all luck. Though it could have been unlucky if something had gone slightly wrong. ¡°Can I ask an ufortable question?¡± ¡°Sure.¡± ¡°It seems like you do missions solo too, but how far have you gone?¡± ¡°To 1500 points, but I wouldn¡¯t suggest it because it¡¯s inefficient.¡± ¡°Wow!¡± Zephyrus who had remained calm at Cha Jun Sung¡¯s equipment showed surprise. He was thinking that someone great hade in. ¡°Let¡¯s do the mission first.¡± ¡°Oh right!¡± Chapter 14 Zephyrus hit his own head. He was being stupid. He said that he would catch everything himself but had forgotten about the mission while lost in this conversation. Zephyrus put the rectangr case in his left hand and stic box in his right on the floor. His attire was exceedingly casual. ¡®He doesn¡¯t have any outrements. Is this a state of rxation from this being his 10thpletion? I¡¯ll see how he does.¡¯ It seemed the case was his weapon. All he wore were low ss tights and partial protectors. He appeared to have gathered a fair amount of points. ¡®His equipment is weak. From the way he speaks, he isn¡¯t the type to waste his points. Either he gathered them or..... had he used all of them on that case?¡¯ The case opened. Inside was a 3-level stair-like structure. Each level was immactely organized with 3ponents. They were separated into parts ¨C crossbow, sniper rifle, a variety of bombs. ¡®Terrorist? Sniper?¡¯ Terrorist bomber. Sniper shooter. Cha Jun Sung thought Zephyrus¡¯ job to be one of those two. It couldn¡¯t be both because that would be inefficient. Cha Jun Sung thought of the der job. With the virtual version¡¯s qualifications, he would need millions of points. He could not waste points in this situation. Other Lifers were the same. They needed to choose one thing and focus all their points on that. It didn¡¯t do to spread your points thin. He was extremely quick in putting the crossbow together. It was not an ordinary crossbow. It was an automatic crossbow capable of firing 20 shots. ¡°I finally bought this.¡± Zephyrus admired it when he finished its assembly, as he pulled the sniper rifle out. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s gaze went to the sniper rifle. He had seen it in the store while looking at firearms. He could remember it being worth more than 3000 points. It was shorter than a normal sniper rifle. It was a semi-automatic sniper rifle. ¡°This is a set item. I used 20,000 points to buy it.¡± ¡°Ho ho.¡± Cha Jun Sunughed in disbelief. 20,000 for a case and a few weapons? It was ridiculously expensive, but there must have been a reason why Zephyrus bought it. ¡°If you buy this case, every day you automatically get 10 arrows, 50 bullets, and 2 bombs of your choice. There¡¯s a benefit in the long term.¡± That meant he saved the cost of daily ammunition for low level missions. ¡°Wait here.¡± Tatat! Zephyrus took the crossbow and box and went forward 20 meters. They were in the sewers, but there was no problem with vision because light seeped in from many ces. ¡®What is he trying to do?¡¯ Cha Jun Sung observed Zephyrus. His hunting method was the opposite of his. It seems like he uses his head to hunt rather than his body? His profession leaned toward the sniper side. A terrorist is called a life destroyer. Zephyrus had a fever bomb in his hand. He then opened his box and took something else out. It was raw meat dripping with bright red blood. It was a fever shot. ¡°These guys go crazy over blood. After a minute, they¡¯lle in hordes.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a double-edged sword.¡± ¡°Exactly.¡± He did not go around killing them, but instead made them all gather in one ce. If something went wrong, it could turn into a concentrated attack instead of a lure. Their shadows appeared first because of the angle of the light. The mutants were not walking towards them, but crawling. They wriggled like maggots. Their number was unclear. ¡°Blood-sucking insects?¡± ¡°The mission isplete once you catch about 150 of them.¡± A white lump the size of a human head with hair growing out of it was crawling. It was impossible to differentiate between the head and the rear. A strange liquid was dripping from the hair. Paralysis toxin. He was certain it was a blood-sucking insect. ¡®Could it be?¡¯ Cha Jun Sung quickly looked around him. Blood-sucking insects were scary. They became stronger as they matured. The ones in front of them were just newborn babies. One could not underestimate them just because they were babies, however. They were still among the top five strongest in Level 1. Though they seemed slow, they became as fast as lightning once they detected food. ¡°The evil blood-suckers aren¡¯t here.¡± ¡°Have you seen the evil blood-suckers? How far is their home?¡± ¡°You don¡¯t have to worry about them as long as you don¡¯t go too far in.¡± Zephyrus¡¯ exnation was sinct. It was a silent indication that he would not say more. Cha Jun Sung believed that the information this boy had said he earned from this ce, the Underpass, had to do with his approach to the blood-sucking insects. Whatever it was. His eyes squinted. The fact that evil blood-suckers were here meant that there were creatures of a higher level. Just an evil blood-sucker alone was Level 3. Getting caught meant death. They could only abandon the mission with a bow. He could not understand what kind of ce this was. Judging by the forages, it seemed to be linked to a special mission like the Closed Area mission. Slurp slurp. The blood-sucking insects had attached themselves to the raw meat and began sucking the blood. Some took pieces of it and chewed. It was grotesque. A rough guess was that there were 35 to 40 of them. Zephyrus waited until they gathered, press the button on the fever bomb, and threw it into the center of the insects. Puak! Kiak! As the fever bomb went off, the blood-sucking insects melted. Smoke filled the underpass. The cost of the bombs was high, but this much was worth it. ¡°I got like this after ying Life Mission for half a year. How about you, Odin?¡± ¡°It¡¯s been 10 years since I started with the beta. I know the blood-sucking insects well. Can we speak a little after the mission is over? Or should I say to exchange information?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll see.¡± Zephyrus pretended to be indifferent, but showed a positive attitude. He would have turned down the offer if Cha Jun Sung had just been asking for information, but he was interested in an exchange. Click. Zephyrus stood in position with his sniper rifle and waited for the blood-sucking insects to re-emerge. He had no anxiety. There was a sense of calm in his actions. Kiki! Immature blood-sucking insects only have a developed sense of smell, and the rest of their senses were degenerate. The reason why he lured them as a strategy was for the advantage of the terrain. He meant to fight without worrying about other variables. They came out as long as there was an odor. Going around finding them one by one was unnecessary in many ways. Kwajik. The blood-sucking insects that had appeared in hordes ate the burnt pieces. Their sizes expanded as they ate. If one became as big as a person, it would advance to a Level 3 evil blood-sucker. Tang! Zephyrus¡¯ sniper rifle hit a blood-sucking insect. That was when he showed the power of a semi-automatic. Even while the blood-sucking insects were being attacked, they focused on eating. Tatatatang! He shot and shot. Zephyrus did not use a grenade. He only focused on the distant enemies with his eye on the scope. He had great aim. He might have shot for too long, because the blood-sucking insects reacted to the smell of gunpowder. They could differentiate between smellsing from near and far. Kiak! The insects that had been busy eating the meat began screaming in Zephyrus¡¯ direction. They were poised for attack, recognizing an enemy. They went from the speed of a person walking to almost a run. Dozens of muckworms came in like a wave. It was truly detestable. Some rode the walls and some the ceiling. Their attention was dispersed in all directions. ¡°We¡¯ll kill them as we escape.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Tangtang. Each time Zephyrus took a step back, an insect died. Even disregarding his age, he had amazing skill. ¡°Careful!¡± Cha Jun Sung held his red fire in a desperate gesture. The insects riding the walls sprang off with their teeth bared. The distance was not more than a few meters. Within seconds, one was right in front of Zephyrus¡¯ face. Puk! A surprising incident arose. Zephyrus took out his crossbow and fired at the insect. The arrow pierced through its mouth and hit the ceiling, breaking in half. He kicked the dead insect and continued on. ¡°Ha......¡± Cha Jun Sung was truly in awe. Even if this was Zephyrus¡¯s 10th time in the mission, his performance could not be attributed to a familiarity with the mutants and terrain alone. That was talent. He did not yet know a lot about Zephyrus, but he was showing great talent as a sniper. -[Congrattions. You have cleared ss E mission ¡®Underpass¡¯.] -[You have earned 500 points.] At some point, they had reachedpletion of the mission. He had received a free 500 points just while observing. Other Lifers would have asked for a distribution of the points instead of a sweep, but Cha Jun Sung was honestly at peace. He did not care if they did this a few more times. ¡°You said you wanted to talk? Since it¡¯s a hassle to speak through our helpers or outside, follow me. We have to move quickly.¡± Zephyrus rushed to gather his equipment and directed Cha Jun Sung. He went along obediently since it did not seem like Zephyrus had bad intentions. Chapter 15 ¡°What is this ce?¡± ¡°I found it by chance while I was running away. There are a few other ces too.¡± The ce where Zephyrus had led him was a bunker that could fit around 10 people. There were things like food and supplies in random ces. He said that they were not purchased, but already here when he first found it. Items found on a mission can be used. They cannot forget that it is reality. ¡°Odin, you passed the interview.¡± ¡°Interview?¡± Cha Jun Sung tipped his head in puzzlement. It sounded like Zephyrus had decided on some benchmarks and tested him. Zephyrus relieved his curiosity. ¡°I saw 3 things.¡± He then exined. First, he did not underestimate him because he was young. Second, he allowed him to take on all of the mutants. Third, he was the same until the very end. He was young, but he had his own standards. He could be seen as very thoughtful. ¡°Are those three criterions hard to fulfill?¡± ¡°I tried out a lot of parties, but there weren¡¯t many who even passed the first.¡± Countless times, he had heardughter of disbelief at first sight or the words that a minor should not be leaving prankments online. They did not see him as a Lifer. ¡°The second was to see which side you considered important.¡± It had not mattered that he used harsh words in his post to try to filter out the garbage. The people who came in were all the same. However, he had not given up. He had the belief that a good person woulde in at some point. Someone like Cha Jun Sung who was still looking for a party even after experiencing the bitter aspects of it. ¡°Until now, there were 3 other people who had passed the second point. But they were busy shooting their guns when the blood-sucking insects came swarming in.¡± This he could understand. Blood-sucking insects needed to be eliminated early on. Those people must not have trusted Zephyrus¡¯ skills. Cha Jun Sung himself could not guarantee that he would not have done the same if he had not trusted Zephyrus. That was how dangerous the insects were. ¡°Since I passed the interview, is it time to earn trust?¡± ¡°Of course.¡± Cha Jun Sung thought Zephyrus was cute. Though he did not act young, he was. Looking at him as one Lifer to another however, his skill and personality was one to be admired. Age cannot be a determining standard of evaluation. ¡°What can I say to gain that trust? Information that only I know?¡± Cha Jun Sung spoke casually. He did not have any intentions on surprising him. Zephyrus was someone he wanted to make into arade, but he did not want to be at a disadvantage. Since he did not seem like he would speak first, he would have to tell him in the pretense that he had been fooled. ¡°I¡¯m sure you know that Level 2 mutants appear when it¡¯s 1000 points?¡± ¡°I saw that on Lifer World.¡± ¡°From 1500 points, 2e out. I think there were about 400 Level 1 mutants?¡± Cha Jun Sung continued to exin that because they were smart, they recognized objects that were a danger to them and hid while ordering the dwarves around. Zephyrus asked questions as he listened. The difference between reading about it and listening to someone who had experience speak was that of theory and encounter. Then Cha Jun Sung said the most important thing. ¡°Acting alone instead of as a party will make it difficult to reach over 1000 points. Even if you are the best out of 100, you¡¯re nothing when facing numbers.¡± Whew. Zephyrus sighed. There was no disputing it. That was the reason why he did not move over to another mission. He had spent everything on the case, but his goal was to get points from Underpass and buy the best equipment from the ss E store. He estimated it would take a month. ¡°While we¡¯re on it, I¡¯ll tell you one more thing. I earned 5260 points in the tutorial. That became the foundation for this equipment.¡± ¡°A special mission?¡± ¡°I guess that¡¯s what is linked to the reason why we need to move quickly. If you stay in one ce for a while, the evil blood-sucker could appear or there could be another format...¡± Zephyrus was shocked. He looked like he had seen a ghost. He muttered, ¡°Oh, how did you know that.....!¡± ¡°Knowing the term special mission means you¡¯ve already gone through it and..... looking at your behavior upon entering Underpass, I can assume.¡± Cha Jun Sung had not only looked at Zephyrus¡¯ skills. He had kept Zephyrus¡¯ words and defensive behavior in mind. It might be difficult to put something together with one piece, but a profile can be made out after gathering pieces. It was like a puzzle. ¡°With this much, I believe you have something to say as well.¡± Talking alone defied the courtesies of give-and-take. Since he taught Zephyrus something he did not know, Zephyrus also needed to hand over information. ¡°I only know what I learned through Underpass.¡± Seuk. Cha Jun Sung gestured to him to continue as he did not care about such things. The listener is to decide if the information is useful or not. Even if it is useless, he liked Zephyrus. He would be satisfied with bingrades. ¡°Exactly 12 days ago, I came into Underpass in a 6-person party.¡± He was rewinding his memory. Zephyrus recalled when he first stepped into Underpass 12 days ago. *** Zephyrus¡¯ first party. It is also the only party that was annihted. Their reason for choosing Underpass was nothing special. It stood out while they were looking for 500-point missions. To put it simply, they were just looking for something that would pay. The start was smooth. Since they were all experienced in Life Mission, they knew what they needed to be careful of while facing the blood-sucking insects. Since there were 6 of them and they were all fairly skilled, theypleted the mission without much problem. Then, one of the party members suggested looking around the underpass just for fun instead of heading back. The party had delightfully agreed. It was a ss E mission anyway. Blood-sucking insects did not pose much of a danger. This was why the party was wiped out. ¡°Had you not heard an exnation on the overall difficulty from your helper?¡± ¡°..... We had heard it, but didn¡¯t know how exactly it would apply.¡± Tsk. Cha Jun Sung had a bitter expression. The information from helpers were basic, but you could avoid a meaningless death by following their instructions. They had overlooked that. It was difficult to survive while taking caution of only what was visible. The chance of survival was higher when being careful of something that could not be seen to the eye than what could. Zephyrus¡¯ party had ignored this and crossed a river they could not return from. He could empathize on the one hand. He had listened to Odin, but he would not have understood the importance of it if he had not experienced Caicus. ¡°As we went along the path in the Underpass, we came upon the evil blood-sucker¡¯s home and the mission went from ss E to ss D.¡± Siksik. They had heard a sounde from a hole they saw in an alley they were passing. They thought that it was the sound of wind passing through, but threw a grenade into it just in case, opening the door to hell themselves. ¡°2 evil blood-suckers who were guarding hundreds of cocoons came out.¡± Evil blood-suckers were Level 3. They were the final evolution of blood-sucking insects. They were repulsive because they looked like a cross between an earthworm and centipede. Its nature was as atrocious as its appearance ¨C it was cruel. It enjoyed stabbing its opponent to death with its spikes or wrapping itself around the opponent to cut it up. It showed its strength as a Level 3 mutant through its fast speed and unexpected movement. But 2 evil blood-suckers came out? That was bound to be a disaster. ¡°Was giving up the mission not an option?¡± ¡°We were forced. We could have if we had not been discovered by the evil blood-suckers, but we weren¡¯t given the option once they had already seen us.¡± ¡°So you couldn¡¯t force a return.¡± ¡°No.¡± Lifers¡¯ forced returns were only possible if they did not move from the spot they were in. When he asked Odin about the principles, Odin had said that the location needed to return switches if someone moves, so they cannot calcte it in real time. The time it takes to calcte the return was 5 to 6 seconds. But to stay still for that time while an evil blood-sucker was approaching meant that they were flirting with death. ¡°Even if you shoot your gun and somehow hit it, you can¡¯t wound it very much.¡± ¡°Maybe.....¡± ¡°All our party members had were pistols and simple SMGs.¡± Ugh. Cha Jun Sung let out a sick sound. He pitied Zephyrus who had witnessed the deaths of all of his first party members. The flesh of the evil blood-sucker was thick and tough. It would be hard to prate even with his red fire. For pration, stronger firearm was necessary. Zephyrus¡¯ sniper rifle was just barely suitable. ¡°2 people died like that and 4 people including me, ran away.¡± ¡°You can¡¯t show your back.¡± ¡°There was nothing we could do because our options were dying or running away.¡± Blood-sucking insects only had a developed sense of smell. But the evil blood-sucker had a variety of the five senses. They were natural hunters. It did not let go of any prey it targeted. ¡°Each person was hunted. That was the first time I heard screaming like that.¡± When emotions were mixed in, screaming sounded different. It was hair-raising. Eventually they reached a different ce as they ran away. Fortunately, onerade also survived, but he was out of his mind after witnessing 4 people die. ¡°That¡¯s when you discovered this bunker?¡± ¡°No. It was a different one.¡± ¡°The other person.....¡± ¡°The way to get into each bunker is different.¡± The bunker they were currently in could be entered by opening the door. The bunker Zephyrus was talking about was another ce where they needed to open the top door as if it were a tank and go down into it. ¡°I was faster because I had discovered it, and he was following behind me.¡± ¡°So he got dragged out.¡± ¡°The entry was so narrow that they could not kill me without dragging him out. In that time, I was able to crawl into the bunker, and I lived.¡± Zephyrus¡¯ face turned dark. He was feeling guilt. To him, it was as though he had sacrificed arade for his own survival. ¡°I would like to say something, but can you listen to it as though it wasing from an adult?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll listen.¡± ¡°You cannot be free from death the second you enter this ce. But if you be involved in another¡¯s death, only think about one thing.¡± ¡°What is that?¡± ¡°Whether it was intentional or not.¡± ¡°That¡¯s hard.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll solve it for you. Did you kill that man to live?¡± ¡°Never!¡± Zephyrus denied it vehemently. You couldn¡¯t automatically say he was pure just because he was young, but he was also clearly not someone who would kill another to stay alive. ¡°That¡¯s it. If you didn¡¯t make it happen, it was that person¡¯s fate to die there. And it was your fate to live.¡± Chapter 16 The deepest hideout in the underpass ¨C it was built as a bunker in case of emergency situations, but it had been a long time since it was used for those purposes. A ce with plenty of space for tens of thousands of people was bustling with blood-sucking insects. To use military terms, this was their headquarters. The habitat that Zephyrus had discovered was a small camp of the evil blood-suckers. Seuseuk. As they got closer to the center, higher levels appeared. There was a clear order. The weaker ones were gathered on the outside, but the stronger ones had constantly dug in to get to the center. Something was brewing. Kyarung! A stifled cry as if something was caught in the throat. As soon as the sound was heard, it became quiet. As a thorn the size of a human arm scratched the hard concrete, 5 demon blood-suckers a few times the size of the evil blood-suckers raised their heads. Demon blood-suckers controlled the iing insects and drew a circle. It was to protect the giant cocoon behind them. The cocoon wasrge enough for all 5 of the demon blood-suckers to fit in. The top of the cocoon cracked. Something inside was trying to get out. The demon blood-suckers and insects moved as if they were having seizures. It was like looking at fanatics enshrining a pseudo-Sheikh. It was about halfrger than the normal demon blood-sucker. It was an elder to the insects. Kiik! They could not describe the despair they felt when they lost their king in a losing war. Fortunately, the king left an heir and the heir was about to be born. -[We are not yet finished. Worship his return.] This was what they would have said if the demon blood-suckers¡¯ thoughts were tranted into humannguage. Kwakwang! The cocoon could not withstand the power being exerted from inside and a hole formed. The creature that sprang out of it surged towards the ceiling. Woowoowoowoo! There was a mighty power in its roar. This was when Cha Jun Sung had passed out. This was the type of mental copse that a Level 7 mutant could invoke. Keukeukeukeuk. The ceiling was cracking. It had been split by a thorn sharper than a knife. As it was in the basement, the concrete¡¯s thickness was unimaginable ¨C but the mutant had pierced it. It was easily 100m from its head to its tail, and 10m in diameter. Other than the cone-shaped thorn, the underground creature also had des attached to it. The thorn wasrger than a person. It looked simr to the demon blood-suckers but the underground creature was more fit for destruction. Its color was a harmony of blue, red, and ck. The blood-sucking insect¡¯s 3rd form of evolution. The blood-sucking lords took one spot in the 36 nightmares. Seuk. The blood-sucking lord looked down. The things that gathered. They were weak and insignificant, but he could tell that they were a fellow species. Kiah! The blood-sucking insects howled. The king they had so waited for had been born. How could they express this happiness? They were ready to avenge the sorrow they felt in the past under the new king¡¯smand. Mental copse. It was the mind control used when high level mutants wanted lower creatures to submit. This concept of lower creatures included humans. 3 years ago in Life Mission, a Level 8 mutant was let loose in a big city. Outbreak event? That was the basic objective. At the time, Lifers below the 5th stage of body modifications in a 500m radius passed out. Cha Jun Sung survived the mental copse and caught the mutant with other Lifers. Level 8 was that fearsome. He recognized the same noise in the Underpass before passing out. But Underpass was only supposed to be a ss E. What was going on? ¡°How could it be a blood-sucking lord. Even I¡¯ve only caught one before because they¡¯re so hard to find.¡± Disaster and nightmare. It was the way to refer to Level 9 and Level 8 mutants. Blood-sucking lords were a Level 8 mutant. Its ability to exert its power was real. In the virtual version, it destroyed a 10-floor building that Cha Jun Sung was hiding in with a flick of its tail. He had meant to surprise it, but could not fool its sensitive senses. ¡®This is incredible information. It¡¯s information that brings value just by having it!¡¯ Lifers advance through missions. He was struggling with ss E right now, but it was obvious that he would soon pass ss D to go on to C and B. There were missions until ss S. The blood-sucking lord¡¯s strength was estimated at Level A. It was unthinkable at the moment, but as it became a goal to seek without rest, it would be the grounds to cross over to Level S. ¡®Keep the goal big. We advance one step at a time, but I must be ever prepared. And knowledge is key.¡¯ He did not care about the boundary between the virtual and real. As long as he had made up his mind, he would be the best in reality as he had been in the virtual version. Overload does not change just because it was now in reality. Kiak! The Great Spider, whose body was cut off, fell over. Cha Jun Sung blew at the heating out of the red fire. This signified missionpletion as he had caught thest one. ¡°Jin Hyuk,e here.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Cha Jun Sung called Zephyrus, Park Jin Hyuk. 10 days ago after the Underpass mission, Park Jin Hyuk had contacted him immediately upon his return. They made ns the next day and entered a mission where they formally introduced themselves. Park Jin Hyuk was young. He was now 19 years old. He had earned his GED for school. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t see it as a problem because this was not a day and age where schooling meant everything as it had in the past. ¡°With today, you¡¯ll be getting all ss E equipment?¡± ¡°It¡¯s close but it should be. It¡¯s all because of you. Thank you.¡± Bow. Park Jin Hyuk bowed politely. In 10 days, they raised 30,000 points. They had initially nned to get there in a month, but they had done it 20 days faster. A lot of it was thanks to Cha Jun Sung and his experience. Underpass, which had been Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s reliable mission, became the one to avoid. The blood-sucking lord was there. It was a given to avoid it in their right mind. They had to have at least the 7th body modification and the battle shoot to try it. But at least they knew to avoid it. Valuable information indeed. ¡°Tomemorate bingrades, I¡¯ll tell you something.¡± ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°I said Ipleted a Level D special mission, right? ss D store has something important.¡± Park Jin Hyuk thought about it. Cha Jun Sung would not have told him this for no reason. Cha Jun Sung was curious to see if Jin Hyuk would be able to read what he was thinking. ¡°What¡¯s in the ss D store?¡± ¡°Body modification.¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s eyes rounded. He had not yed Life Mission for long, but he knew the importance of body modifications. It was absolutely necessary for Lifers. He had not been able to find it anywhere in ss E, but it was hiding in ss D? ¡°Are you saying we should attempt a Level D mission? I don¡¯t have it in my list.¡± ¡°Think outside the box.¡± He was at an age where he had a questioning and curious nature. They were discussing Level D mission and store right now. It must be rted. ¡°I think I know what is it.¡± ¡°What are you thinking?¡± ¡°Special mission!¡± ¡°Right. I¡¯m thinking of giving that mission a try. There¡¯s nothing left to do in Level E. It¡¯ll take half a year to buy Level D equipment with the points we earn here.¡± Each level had its own wall. If he could not break through it, he could not advance. Cha Jun Sung was at an advantage over Park Jin Hyuk because hepleted a Level D mission. If he invested 1 year, he could freely advance to Level D missions. On the other hand, Park Jin Hyuk was a Level E. Unless he attempted a Level D mission, he would stay at Level E even if he gathered hundreds of thousands of points. Cha Jun Sung was asking if he will take the challenge. No reward without risk. ¡°My guess is that if we get it, the Level D mission will open. Granted, mine is already open.¡± ¡°Will it be okay with the two of us?¡± ¡°No.¡± Cha Jun Sung revealed his negative thoughts. It was 3000 points at least. He did not know what type of mission the upgrade mission was. But it was dangerous for just two to go in. ¡°There are more 1000 point parties. I¡¯m sure we¡¯ll find someone soon.¡± Chapter 17 ¡°Party..... Will there be normal people?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll see.¡± Though they might seem fine on the outside, people were mazes inside. The world inside a mission had now or order. Even if someonemited a crime, they could not put them on trial. When people are put in extreme situations, they turn into devils. ¡°I¡¯m not forcing you to do it.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll try it. I got this far in Level E missions with just my body. The advance mission shouldn¡¯t be so bad since I¡¯ve got good equipment and you.¡± Park Jin Hyuk made up his mind. If he changed his equipment, he would have the confidence to take on 1000-point missions alone. With Cha Jun Sung on top of that, he was not scared. ¡°That¡¯s impressive.¡± Cha Jun Sung knew that he would do it and patted his shoulder. They had be quite close in a matter of 10 days. Ifpatible, time didn¡¯t matter. ¡°It¡¯s for me. I¡¯m sure you¡¯re the same, but I hate losing.¡± ¡°Except in studying.¡± ¡°Ha ha! Right. Except in studying.¡± Kikik! They checked each other¡¯s thoughts. All they had left was to wait until the D-day. If they gave up a mission, it would be congested. Lifers were growing by the day. If they stayed still, the Lifers would catch up to them and then they would be left behind. ¡°How many points go into body modification?¡± ¡°300,000 for the 2nd stage and 100,000 for the first stage.¡± Ahem. Park Jin Hyuk coughed. 300,000 points! It was easy to say 300,000, but it was dark. It would take them months. ¡°I gathered 100,000 so I can do the first stage.¡± ¡°You¡¯ve gathered 100,000 already? Jackpot! So I guess you¡¯ll do the 1st stage of body modifications?¡± ¡°Yeah. I¡¯m going to go do it today.¡± ¡°The advance mission after a body modification? It¡¯ll be easier than we thought.¡± He wished it could be like that, but Cha Jun Sung knew that it would not be as easy as they were thinking. Level 1 was fine. But if Level 2 mutants came out in hordes, he would not be able to handle it. 1 or 2 mutants between the two of them was just right. Even with body modification, 3 or 4 mutants would be all. He was not going to be unbelievably strong. ¡°From now on, let¡¯s observe Lifers¡¯ dynamics instead of gathering points.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Now they would lower the number of missions and search for a party to go into the advance mission with. The maximum number of people they could enter with for a mission in ss E is 10. The day that number is filled would be the day they go into the advance mission. *** After Cha Jun Sung left Park Jin Hyuk, he did not return to the real world. He needs to go through body modification. He went into the briefing room for the first time in a long while. ¡°100,000 points.¡± Gulp. He swallowed as he saw the number of points he had umtede up on the PDA screen. It was the result of suffering for two months. With this, he could purchase the one or two of the best equipment in the Level D store. The list of things he wanted to buy was endless, but he had already made up his mind. ¡°Body modification.¡± He needed to rely on personal skill rather than equipment. In that end, body modification is a necessary course for Lifers to strengthen their bodies. No matter how great the equipment was, he could not use it properly if his body was garbage. If the foundation was weak, it was just a sand castle that will be blown over in the wind. ¡°Odin, prepare it.¡± -[Once you ept it, you cannot overturn it. Shall I set the body modification?] ¡°Yeah.¡± -[Setting, settingplete. 100,000 points will be deducted.] Cha Jun Sung¡¯s points fell to 100. He went into the body modification room slowly. It was simple. A cylindrical object in a transparent material closed around him. It was simr to the body modification room in the virtual version. He did not see any terror-inducing instruments. There were only tubes to eject liquid. Seureuk. Cha Jun Sung took off the equipment he had been wearing. Body modification was not a raw surgery where his flesh was opened to tamper with his bones, muscles, and organs. It was instead injected with transcendental cells that transformed people into superhumans. ¡°This is nerve-wracking.¡± -[You do not have to worry as there are no side effects until the 4th stage.] ¡°How about the 5th?¡± -[I will tell you then.] ¡°Stingy.¡± Wiing. Cha Jun Sung pressed the switch on the cylinder. The clear entrance opened. This is the first time he is doing it in real life, but he already knew what was going to happen. Since he knew, Odin did not offer a separate exnation. He did well on his own. There was no reason to tell him what to do. -[Take a deep nap.] A thick reddish liquid came down the hose and filled the cylinder, swallowing Cha Jun Sung. It must¡¯ve allowed him to breathe though because he quickly fell asleep. Though there was nothing like an oxygen tank, he did not choke but breathed normally. The cylinder¡¯s shape was simple, but it contained the technology of a secondary science. Bibik! A hologram appeared on the face of the cylinder that listed Cha Jun Sung¡¯s condition. -[1st stage of body modification operation. Time 3 hours. Heart, pulse, blood pressure normal.] The probability of sess is 100%, but Odin did not neglect his duties. He did not miss any of the changes arising in Cha Jun Sung and checked each. -[Congrattions on taking a step, however small, into the world of being a superhuman.] Though his physical ability had barely doubled, he was definitely on the path to bing a superhuman. When he woke up, the world would be different. *** Seureuk. His eyelids quivered as he opened his eyes. He saw a familiar wall. It had felt like a moment, but he had returned from the briefing room and was home. ¡®I¡¯m naked.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung got up from his bed. He was still in his undressed state. His equipment was organized on one side of the room. Odin had sent it to him because he could not wear it. Tak. Since he woke up at home, his body was activated. He could feel a power that he did not normally have. When he looked in the full length mirror, he could see the new muscles that had developed everywhere wriggle. He swung his fist. Was it fast? Honestly, he could not tell. It was difficult to determine because body modification was not just in muscr strength, but also in fortifying strength and the senses. Cha Jun Sung went up to the 2nd floor in afortable training suit. It was a gym rivaling a professional health center. It was just for 1 person, so there was just one of each machine but this would be enough to tell him how much he had changed basically. ¡®You need to know yourself well. Being drunk on power is stupid.¡¯ He started exercising after a little stretching. He did not overexert himself from the beginning. He set everything to the strength he had done before the body modification. 10 minutes passed. He put the dumbbell down. 10kg did not feel very heavy. The heaviest was 50kg. He would need to lift that. His biceps split and his veins bulged. He smiled. The normal person could never lift 50kg with one hand. To lift the weight of a woman with an easy movement of the arm would hurt anyone who is not a bodybuilder or of a rted career. Clunk! As the weight was greater, so was the sound. If he had been at a professional gym, he would have gotten everyone¡¯s attention because he was using weights beyond imagination. Whether it was a push-up or a chin-up, it was easy to do with one hand. Exercises that could be increased in intensity with the help of machines did not put any burden on his body. He became more surprised as he continued to exercise. It felt like he had all of the advantages that athletes have. ¡®It¡¯s embarrassing to be called a superhuman.¡¯ It was outstanding, but the anatomy was a mystery. There were a lot of people who could get to this state without going through body modification if they put the effort into it. He had to be much stronger to gain the strength of a true superhuman. ¡®This won¡¯t do.¡¯ His body itched. He cannot wait until tomorrow. He had decided on one mission per day because no matter what happened, there was always fatigue. He stopped exercising and went back to his room to put on his equipment. The red fire would be back-up ¨C he would only use the sword. With this body, Level 1 would not be a problem even if he did not have the help of firearms and grenades. Chapter 18 Kwajik! The massive middle-kick struck the knife-tailed macaque in the temple. It was an attack to the death. Its head tipped at just one blow and its neck broke. The knife-tailed macaques made a fuss and encircled Cha Jun Sung. It was obvious that they were angry. He did not worry though because they were weak. It was just annoying that they attacked without warning. Dozens of them poured in. Everything was blocked off, so there was no retreat. Whether he struck through either side or he kill all of them, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s only choice was annihtion. The sword danced. It was a simple sh and stab. The knife-tailed macaques¡¯ limbs were getting cut off. The power in the sh was like the strength of an axe. Cha Jun Sung stabbed the knife-tailed macaque in the stomach and broke its neck. It was because another one tried to get his head with its tail. Knife-tail. It is simr to the knives used in the kitchen. Since the tail was connected by a bone, being stabbed with the tail would feel like being stabbed with a knife. It was the best to avoid it. ¡°Cocky.¡± Cha Jun Sung avoided the tail and grabbed the tail, pulling the arm. The knife-tailed macaque flew through the air and fell to the ground. It wriggled as though it were having a seizure. Something had gone wrong with its back on the impact from the fall. It would die if left alone, but Cha Jun Sung did not do that. He held it by its tail and spinned before letting go. It flew and mixed in amongst the others that had been approaching. Papat! Cha Jun Sung hit the floor. There was no need to hesitate. His vision that had increased by 2 times and reflexes reacted automatically to the dangerous attack. He had be strong enough to kill dozens of Level 1 mutants with his bare hands. No matter how much they attacked, his outstanding equipment and strong body protected him. This was body modification. It was the best item that made it possible for an individual to fight without cumbersome equipment. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s sword split the knife-tailed macaque from its head to its rear. It felt strange. It was not bad. His smile twisted. It was so sinister that Park Jin Hyuk would have taken a step back if he had seen. Cha Jun Sung was gripped with this newck of emotion. His blood boiled as his heart beat faster. He was ovee with an impulse to ughter the mutants. His sanity sank and his instincts took over. ¡°I¡¯ll kill you all.¡± Bang bang! Tutututu! The grenade and red fire he had been holding back on did their jobs. Beyond the smoke, Cha Jun Sung looked like a devil. Hahaha! Cha Jun Sung took the head of a macaque with a half-broken neck and pulled with all of his strength. The bones ripped apart. This was not something he would have done under normal circumstances. He did kill as much as he could, but he had not done anything so cruel before. He shoved the sword into open parts relentlessly. He only wounded them to the point right before death on purpose. He wanted to make them feel pain. His eyes were bloodshot like a beast seeking its prey. He killed and killed without stopping. He could not control the madness. He swept back and forth like a sailboat pushed over by a wave. Roar! As he heard a great cry, the leader of the macaques appeared. It was a Level 2 knife-tailed macaque. The numbers in his subordinates had visibly been reduced. It was only a matter of time before they would be wiped out. The macaque needs to hurry up and kill Cha Jun Sung before they suffered more damages. This was only his thinking. ¡®Is that the leader?¡¯ Cha Jun Sung looked the macaque up in down while covered in blood. It was big. There would be much pleasure in shing it. If he were in his right mind, he would have started a search but he considered it cumbersome now. He brandished the sword while he thought. ¡®Come at me at the same time. I¡¯ll cut you into pieces of meat.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung dragged his sword as he ran. The macaque also ran. He needed to relieve his desire before this feeling disappears. *** Cha Jun Sung leaned against a boulder as he gasped for breath. It was apromising situation. In front of him, the macaque with the stomach ripped open was dead with its tongue hanging out. ¡°I.....¡± More serious than the fact that he had killed the mutants with cruelty was that he had lost his senses. He had gotten to this point after feeling strange when seeing blood. He did not know the cause. Was it that he naturally fell into ughter as he started killing living things? Or could this be post-traumatic stress disorder? ¡°No. I would have shown symptoms if it were PTSD. This happened suddenly.¡± What could the problem be? He would figure it out no matter what. If he went crazy while working in a party, nothing said that they would not mistake him for a mutant. If he had been as he just was, he would kill everyone. ¡°Body modification?¡± The only change that had happened to him was the body modification. The equipment was inanimate. It could not shake a person¡¯s sanity. He had no doubt it was the body modification. ¡°Odin.¡± Cha Jun Sung called Odin. There was no response. The helper does notmunicate with their Lifer during a mission. ¡°I¡¯ll just let it go since I¡¯ll hear it once I return to the briefing room anyway. I don¡¯t want to hear it while I¡¯m in this mood.¡± -[What do you think body modification is?] Odin replied. But instead of a response, he turned it into a question. ¡°It¡¯s strengthening a person¡¯s body to make it possible for them to fight against mutants.¡± -[That is correct. Then I will ask, won¡¯t there be a price to this power?] ¡°Price?¡± -[Each person has a different depth to their talent. People who are born with a talent are often called geniuses.] Cha Jun Sung just listened. Odin¡¯s exnation had not ended. -[But genius or not, people are just another object, and there is an obvious limit when looking at the strain.] Body modification breaks through the limits of each person and their strain. It is taking the skin off of the existing being and giving rebirth as a new being. Evolution into a superhuman. Body modification was the process of making an unhumanly human by injecting a special transcendence cell. ¡°There is no price. I¡¯m losing as much as I gain. So in other words, you¡¯re saying it¡¯s a side effect?¡± -[I will not deny it.] ¡°That¡¯s weird. Didn¡¯t you say there would be no side effects until the 4th stage?¡± -[This is not a side effect. It is something that naturally follows once you go through body modification. The side effects you will experience in the 5th stage have a direct impact on your life.] ¡°Why didn¡¯t you tell me in advance? If I had known, I would have at least been expecting it.¡± -[All we can do is answer your questions at a standard we are allowed to. We do not amicably solve your curiosity.] Cha Jun Sung had an expression of giving up. It was just like an emotionless artificial intelligence to answer in this way. This meant that he must now preemptively ask every possible question. Odin was saying that it was all the fault of the person who purchased the item without looking into everything. ¡°What¡¯s the solution? If I get like this every time I see blood, I¡¯ll have to keep doing solo missions forever.¡± -[You can only focus so you don¡¯t lose your sanity.] ¡°That¡¯s.....¡± -[Control your sanity with your will. If you are swayed by just body modification, you will not be able to advance as a Lifer.] ¡°You¡¯re ying on my pride. I was eaten up whole this time, but it won¡¯t happen again. You think I¡¯ll lose to a cell?¡± -[You could lose.....] ¡°What? Tell me honestly. You¡¯re a person or artificial intelligence with emotions, right? When I think about it, you taunt people. You¡¯re cunning.¡± -[Since you have resolved your curiosity, please return if you would like to ask further questions. Would you like to return to the briefing room or reality?] ¡°Send me home.¡± Only he would suffer if he kept arguing with Odin. He was satisfied with finding out the cause. He would need to learn to try to control himself while going through solo missions. Chapter 19 He exined his situation to Park Jin Hyuk and went into solo missions alone until he became more stable. Once he recognized the side effects of the body modification, there was little bacsh. The madness came as it had, but it was not uncontroble. While he was busily spending his days, more and more Lifer group leaders broke through 1000 points. They had not broken through it alone, though. It was the result of a full party of 10 people or of at least 5 or 6. There were even people who had stepped into 1500 among them. The ying field was bing more leveled. If he did not cross into Level D, Lifers were advancing so fast that, they might even catch up to Cha Jun Sung. He looked for a party that slowly gathered points to try higher level missions. As Lifers advance, their interest in higher missions increased. There were somements on it on Lifer World. Though not sure how difficult it would be, they were sure that they could beat it if Lifers with the skill gathered together. Cha Jun Sung agreed with this point. If there were 10 people who had the best equipment in Level E, body modification, they would be able to go against 20 Level 2 mutants. But there were not very many Lifers like him. The world was big and there are a lot of people, so it could not be that they did not exist. It was just not easy to find them. It was very lucky that he had found even Park Jin Hyuk. ¡®It doesn¡¯t need to be Korean Lifers. Let¡¯s widen the area.¡¯ This is what Park Jin Hyuk had said about 2 weeks after forming the party. Park Jin Hyuk was certain. There was no Lifer higher than Cha Jun Sung in Korea. Korea was a country with a small poption. It would be solved if they broadened their horizons. They had only acted in Korea until now. Mission locations, however, were all over the world and they had only met Korean people up to this point. It was time to get out of it. They loosened their restrictions. As they did so, an unimaginable number of parties appeared. There were variousnguages as well. Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk purchased a trantor. It cost them 500 points, but it was worth the cost. It tranted variousnguages. They foundrades from countless countries like America, Britain, Russia, China, Japan, et cetera. A new world had opened. A coffee shop in Seoul. Cha Jun Sung called Park Jin Hyuk and had a meeting. There were too few members to call it a meeting, but he was leaving significance in meeting in person. ¡°Finally.¡± ¡°I found it.¡± They each said a word. The result of broadening their horizon appeared. There were a lot of parties attempting the advance mission, but they were all below standard. The thought of attempting with equipment that would be appropriate for a 1000 point mission! The more people there were, the more crazy people there were. If you wanted to die, you could die alone. ¡°If your equipment is in this state, you must be even greater in actuality.¡± ¡°That we don¡¯t know.¡± ¡°The departure is in 5 days.¡± ¡°Until then, we¡¯ll have to gather points and fill the spacepression bag all the way.¡± The two of them had purchased the spacepression bag for 50,000 points. They could put in a cartful of items and the bag had the bonus of making all the items lighter. They had passed the ordinary outrements they had carried along to a regr Lifer for free. He had been so thrilled to receive it to the point that they were embarrassed to hand it over. They were out of points after getting the spacepression bag. They could not know how long they would stay in the mission area. It could be a long time. If they wanted to gather everything they needed to live, they would need to move busily for 5 days. They could not just fill it however, so they had decided on taking enough for 10 days. ¡°Let¡¯s volunteer.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Of the 5 advance missions, they chose ¡®Field of Meat¡¯. That was the one that they were more attracted to and a party was being made for it. Woong! They each applied for it. They revealed their qualifications as one level above the party members. There was no meaning to fooling the equipment they have. The party name was Kingdom. It seemed appropriate since the party leader was from Britain. He must not have been a very suspicious guy because he did not ask much about the qualifications. Their team of 6 people became 8 with the 2 new people. It was up to the leader whether they would go with this group or fill the remaining 2 spots. The departure time was different by country, but it was 8pm on the dot in 5 days for Korea. They would be notified if there were any changes. ¡°Stay next to me.¡± ¡°Of course.¡± They did not know what kind of Lifers they would bepleting the mission with. They needed to be wary of any team. The only people they could trust were each other for now. The two discussed a number of cases in the coffee shop before separating. 5 dayster, the morning came bright. -[Level E Advance Mission: Field of Meat] -[Goal: Attainment] -[Scenario: An ind located in the southern Philippines. A military base that housed 1500 soldiers has been abandoned for several years. Lifers must infiltrate the base to confirm the situation of the Field of Meat and quickly escape.] -[Reward: 3000 points, Level D mission open] Wiing. Cha Jun Sung reread the mission information that he had already read through multiple times. There was scrappy information hidden inside each mission scenario. 1500 personnel. It would not be wrong to think there could be 1500 mutants. Also, there was one goal but two conditions ¨C confirming the situation and escaping. ¡®Confirm the situation. And escape, there would naturally be an escape once theyplete the mission. Does it mean that they need to get to the outside instead of returning?¡¯ That could be wrong. It was just a guess. However, if they had expectations in advance, they would not be so surprised when the situation actually arose. ¡®What about Jin Hyuk?¡¯ Cha Jun Sung was the first to be summoned. Summons were done sequentially. Since all he could do was wait, he watched the vast sea in solitude. 1 to 2 minutes? After around that much time, there was a signal for a summons. Woongwoong. With a resonance, Lifers from all different nations were summoned one by one. Park Ji Hyuk was among them. ¡°Jun Sung.¡± ¡°I was scared when you didn¡¯te.¡± Seuk. Cha Jun Sung joked around as he and Park Jin Hyuk checked their equipment. The other Lifers did the same. As they did this, they recognized each other and gathered in one ce since they were a party. 4 people from Britain, 3 from America, 1 from Japan, and 2 from Korea. Looking at his outstanding equipment, he looked like he had the skill to break 1000 points alone. ¡°It¡¯s nice to meet you. I¡¯m Lloyd from Britain. These are myrades Henry and Martin, and this is Carlyle.¡± The trantor worked well. The fluent English was tranted into Korean. Seuk. The Lifers¡¯ eyes flitted around. It was a search to determine each person¡¯s intention. Could it be said to be an evaluation of whether or not the person would be of assistance to themselves and to the party? Cha Jun Sung did the same. Lloyd and the sturdy men he introduced did not seem to be ordinary people. How could he give an example? Right. They were like soldiers. It was like looking at well-trained soldiers. They had only nodded courteously at Lloyd¡¯s introduction, and had not spoken a word. ¡®That man. He seems like he¡¯ll be a troublemaker.¡¯ Park Jin Hyuk wrote on his PDA and showed it to Cha Jun Sung. He was referring to Carlyle, not Lloyd. An arrogant look. This young man had an air that he knew he was the best in the world. Parties were about teamwork. It was a headache if they did notmunicate well. ¡®It¡¯s toote to be averse to him.¡¯ ¡®Okay.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung spoke like this, but he also had negative thoughts. If he said it badly, he seemed self-righteous. There was a need to watch over him a little more. Chapter 20 ¡°Hicks from America, this is Smith and Jamie.¡± ¡°My name is Kayamoto.¡± ¡°Cha Jun Sung.¡± ¡°I¡¯m Park Jin Hyuk.¡± Everyone left their helpers¡¯ names and used their real names. At that, Cha Jun Sung also revealed his real name. It did not really matter because they were all foreign. As it became Cha Jun Sung¡¯s turn, Carlyle crossed his arms and looked at him. It was the first time that they were meeting. Why was he staring like that? Did he like men? ¡®Gay?¡¯ ¡®Looks like he¡¯s examining the equipment.¡¯ ¡®Wow! Has he put down all his courtesy? He¡¯s left quite an intense first impression.¡¯ He did not react to Park Jin Hyuk¡¯sint. He could put up with this much and get past it. It would beughable to start a fight over something like this. Carlyle motioned a finger at Lloyd. It showed his personality. He was treating someone as old as his father like his dog. He whispered something in Lloyd¡¯s ear. It became the focus of everyone¡¯s attention. He spoke so low that Cha Jun Sung could not hear it even with his developed sense of hearing from the body modification. Lloyd¡¯s expression became ufortable. He must have been demanding something strange. ¡°Mister Cha?¡± ¡°Do you have something to ask?¡± ¡°Excuse me, but is the equipment you¡¯re using the best of ss E?¡± Cha Jun Sung nodded. He did not hide it. It was something that they could find out if they looked at the points in the store. Once he answered, the questions became stark. ¡°How many functions are there in the vision aid on your helmet? Is that a spacepression bag on your back? How were you able to gather points?¡± Cha Jun Sung frowned. This was surpassing courtesy. The other Lifers who had been watching stopped treating it like someone else¡¯s ordeal. Equipment worth a few tens of thousands. They could not help but be curious. The spacepression bag was especially the object of awe. ¡°Look here. What are you trying to do?¡± ¡°Just stay put.¡± Park Jin Hyuk went at Lloyd in disbelief and red at Carlyle. Cha Jun Sung spoke. He was just the messenger. ¡°What do you want to say? If he¡¯s curious, tell him to ask himself.¡± ¡°Carlyle is expressing interest in Mr. Cha¡¯s equipment. The market price for 1 point is $70, but he¡¯ll give you $100.¡± He said that he would pay the price in diamonds on the spot. Park Jin Hyuk held his stomach inughter. He was incredulous. The man is crazy. He ising into a mission area to do what? Buy equipment? He could not understand. ¡°I will refuse.¡± ¡°If you will sell it, Carlyle will give you his equipment as well. Then there is no issue in going through with the mission. It¡¯s a chance to make a lot of money.¡± ¡°No!¡± Cha Jun Sung looked past Carlyle to reject. It did not make sense to sell it in the first ce ¨C they were facing a 3000-point mission. In a situation where their lives were at stake, his equipment was invaluable. ¡°I¡¯ll give you $200 for every 1 point.¡± ¡°No thank you.¡± ¡°A bag with $15 million. I¡¯ll hand the whole thing over with my equipment. What do you think?¡± ¡°You brought useless diamonds in a situation where bullets and food arecking? Did you acquire all of your equipment like this?¡± Carlyle must have felt guilty because his expression became cold. The atmosphere was bing dark because of a rude British man. ¡®Let¡¯s go with n B.¡¯ ¡®Call!¡¯ Cha Jun Sung sent him the signal. Park Jin Hyuk epted his decision delightfully. n A and B. They did not hold great meanings. A was in the event that they liked the party, B was if they did not. Since they chose B, they were thinking of escaping. ¡°We will leave the party. Instead, we¡¯ll block off the rear for you.¡± ¡°What does that mean?¡± ¡°Can you control Carlyle? A party is a team. If there is any one unit that cannot be controlled, it is worse than working alone.¡± Carlyle did not understand the concept of a team. He would do everything in the way he pleased it seemed. 3 out of the 10 people in the party were under his influence. Including the one speaking for him, it was 4 people. He had control of 40% of the power. ¡°Um.....¡± ¡°We¡¯ll move on our own somewhere nearby. Only call us when you need to.¡± Though it had not worked out well, they were tied together because they had entered as a party. Separating would not be good for anyone. He meant that they would stay together but not ¡®stay together¡¯. ¡°Stop.¡± Cha Jun Sung ignored the voice behind him and walked toward the forest. ¡°Drag him to back him.¡± ¡°Drag him?¡± He stopped at the offensive tone. Henry and Martin approached him, walking past Lloyd who wasughing in defeat. They must really intend on dragging him back. ¡°Don¡¯t approach him.¡± ¡°Put it down.¡± Cha Jun Sung stopped Park Jin Hyuk who was threatening them with his crossbow. Using their weapons was the worst method. It was better not to do something that they could not reverse. Carlyle showed his teeth to Cha Jun Sung. A pretentious smirk. ¡°They¡¯re elites in the Special Forces back at home. Should we take a look at what you¡¯ve got?¡± ¡°Ha ha!¡± Special Forces? In this world where boundaries have fallen apart, Lifers were murder weapons. It seemed Carlyle thought that he picked the best weapons. Pat! Cha Jun Sung moved first to wilt their wills. This ce was a hell wheremon sense did not always work. He was also curious to see what made them so confident. Seuk. Henry and Martin did not get surprised and split to either side. It was a cheap trick to split Cha Jun Sung¡¯s attention. Unfortunately, this did not matter. ¡°Better for me if you separate.¡± Cha Jun Sung twisted his body as he kicked at Henry¡¯s head. Henry easily blocked it by putting up both of his arms. He was puzzled. He had blocked it lightly, but he felt like his body had lifted into the air. Lifers¡¯ faces passed him. Everyone looked astonished. ¡°Kuk!¡± Cha Jun Sung first hit Henry¡¯s abdomen and he went flying off to the side. The shock of pration in his stomach...it was almost too much. He coughed a rough breath. He would have passed out if he had not been wearing impact tights. Cha Jun Sung had twice the muscle strength, but Henry would not die from getting beaten thanks to the absorption of his equipment. Cha Jun Sung counted on this and stepped on Henry¡¯s body with cruelty. ¡°If youe at me again, you can expect an arm or leg to break.¡± Henry grinded his teeth. His head was clear but his body is not listening. He had lost embarrassingly. Whether or not he had been prepared, the result was decided. ¡°Next?¡± Cha Jun Sung looked at Martin. He seemed to be very tense since he had watched everything just now. He looked absurd in his hesitation. ¡°Be careful.¡± Henry warned Martin while he was still lying down. He did not know how Cha Jun Sung had gained such strength, but his vision would be white with the wrong hit. Martin shouted as he stretched out his arm. As expected of someone from the Special Forces, his movement was deliberate. He kept attacking the vitals. Cha Jun Sung moved his body to avoid all of Martin¡¯s attacks. A speed that was neither slow nor fast. This was all thanks to his improved eyesight. Kwang! A strong turning kick hit Martin¡¯s chest. The strength of his legs was 3 times that of his arms. If it had not been for Martin¡¯s equipment, his breastbone would have been shattered and he would have died. Cough cough! Martin grabbed his chest and got to his knees. The impact must have pressed on his lungs because he could not stop coughing. Saliva kepting out of his mouth. ¡°Body modification?¡± ¡°What?¡± Smith spoke on a whim. If the reality version was the same as the virtual, there was no way it would be missing body modification, the most important element in fighting mutants. It was not an item avable in Level E. Then did that mean Cha Jun Sung opened a higher level store? ¡°If that¡¯s true, it means the spacepression bag and body modification are in the superior equipment section of Level E...... How many points did you umte? Is that even possible?¡± The Lifers gave their opinions. He had just fought with his bare hands and left a big impression. It was clear to everyone he would be the most skilled among the 10 people. Cha Jun Sung shortened the distance between himself and Carlyle who was staring nkly. Lloyd blocked him, but he did notst long and fell like Henry and Martin did. ¡°Cover me so they can¡¯t do anything stupid.¡± ¡°There there! Please be quiet until he¡¯s done talking.¡± Park Jin Hyuk pointed his crossbow at Lloyd. It was an automatic crossbow. At this distance, it was no different from a SMG. ¡°Don¡¯te close.¡± ¡°Why do I have to follow your orders? Show the confidence you just had.¡± ¡°How dare you!¡± Carlyle took out the pistol from his waist. It could not have taken more than a second, but Cha Jun Sung was much faster. A sword was withdrawn and stopped right in front of Carlyle¡¯s forehead. If he had been unable to control his strength, it would have dug into Carlyle¡¯s head. Carlyle fell to the floor. His bleak face was pitiful. It had been an instant to change his haughtiness into fear. In the end, he was just an immature asshole. Cha Jun Sung would have epted it if he had kept his nose turned up until the end. ¡°Stupid asshole. Let¡¯s go.¡± Kik kik! He was so pathetic that Cha Jun Sung cursed and went into the forest. Park Jin Hyuk looked at Carlyle as if it served him right and followed. The Lifers watching the twoughed. Cha Jun Sung seemed impressive, but Carlyle seemed like an idiot. Chapter 21 ¡°That felt great!¡± ¡°This isn¡¯t what we came here for, but it¡¯s hard to meet normal people. It was expected.¡± ¡°The world is full of greed.¡± ¡°Right. And this ce is like heaven and hell where your dreamse true as long as you survive.¡± For people who were sick of their lives, Life Mission was and of opportunity for them to escape reality. It was not impossible to just close their eyes and throw themselves away into the game world. ¡°Are we really going to support them from the rear?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll have to.¡± Cha Jun Sung intended on supporting the back as he had said he would. He did not care if he could not catch mutants since he had not entered the mission to gain points. The goal of this mission was to open Level D for Park Jin Hyuk. They needed to do this for themselves. When their power is suspended, the radius for their activity bes smaller. They could be the target for mutants if they fell too far from the party. He had realized as he did missions that the helper ced them in starting ces that were rtively as safe as possible. As long as they did not go wherever they wanted, they were always ced at the optimal starting point. ¡°What do you think they¡¯re doing?¡± ¡°They¡¯ll have to discuss their ns. Even if their personalities don¡¯t match, they¡¯ll be fine if they can tune them. But it¡¯s dangerous because Carlyle is a maverick who won¡¯t listen to anyone else.¡± Cha Jun Sung had spent 10 years in Life Mission. He had been in thousands of parties and he had met all kinds of troublemakers. Swiping items wasmonce, and there were people who threw others under the bus or ordered their parties around. What¡¯s yours is mine. What¡¯s mine is mine. Your mistakes are your mistakes. My mistakes are also your mistakes. He had never ended missions with people like that with a smile. ¡°Do you think he¡¯s nobility?¡± ¡°He could be since he said something about the elite Special Forces.¡± There was still nobility in Britain. The boundaries with people had be more rxed in modern times, but it was difficult to shake off the arrogance of tradition. His behavior was understandable if he umted an enormous wealth and a rich history behind him, though it didn¡¯t change the fact that he was a jerk. ¡°I¡¯m pretty sure they won¡¯t move from a safe ce at night. They don¡¯t have night-vision goggles.¡± Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk had night vision. It functioned so well that they could see at night as if it were broad daylight. They needed to take advantage of points like this. ¡°It¡¯s wide.¡± ¡°Very.¡± Cha Jun Sung examined the forest before him. He could not know how wide the ind was. There was no way the helpers would tell them willingly. The location of the military base was more important than the width of the area. Maybe it was because of the low altitude, but they could not see any towering buildings. It was highly possible that the base was in a basement somewhere. ¡°Change the vision goggles to thermographics.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± People were more vulnerable in nature because their senses have degraded infortable environments. They would not be able to function without help from their items. A light came from the vision goggles, changing it to thermographics. It was the disagreeable party members. ¡°They¡¯re still in the same ce.¡± ¡°Seems they¡¯re not in a rush.¡± The thermographic mode detected heat within 50 meters. Since there was also an infrared mode, they could see organisms who did not have heat signatures as well. The party was not moving. There were a lot of objects obstructing their view, but they could see each movement through the goggles. ¡°Huh? Ah..... He¡¯s really trash.¡± ¡°Hm!¡± A Lifer who seemed to be Carlyle was hitting someone who looked like Henry and Martin. He was venting his anger at Cha Jun Sung out on them. ¡°Is he really an idiot?¡± ¡°I¡¯m pretty sure he¡¯s had everything go his way until now because he was born with a silver spoon.¡± It might have been the first indignity he had experienced since birth. He was wrapped up in the thought, ¡®How dare someone like he¡¯. ¡°They don¡¯t have a spacepression bag and all they have in terms of weapons are firearms with a silencer.¡± ¡°50 points.¡± It was a good thing that they brought the silencer, but mutants were sensitive to the smell of gunpowder. They needed to have something like a crossbow at least. As long as other variables didn¡¯t arise, Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s crossbow would work. It was pretty powerful. If hit from a close distance, even a Level 2 would be badly wounded. A silencer could not be underestimated as an advantage. Since it can be reused, it can be used in ughter as long as it was not broken or lost. ¡°I¡¯m going.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s keep some distance. Whether we like them or not, we need to help cover the rear.¡± The party went into the forest without hesitation. Staying still in one ce did not help inpleting missions. They needed to go through with the mission even if it was dangerous. Seuk. Lloyd and the two men stood in a triangle to protect Carlyle. The rest took in their own boundaries as they went forward. They could not trust Hicks and the others. Carlyle¡¯s ipetence had been revealed in the fight just now. The first impression of him was of him slumping to the floor at an attack with a sword. As an afterthought, they wondered how it would have been if they followed Cha Jun Sung instead. ¡°It¡¯s peaceful.¡± ¡°You can¡¯t let your guard down even for a moment. It can break in an instant.¡± It would have been better if the mutants just appeared because they would have focused on battle. As long as this silence continued, they would have to be consumed in anxiety. But that did not mean in any way that they wanted to fight with the mutants. ¡°Will they really help us?¡± ¡°They will.¡± Lloyd responded to Hicks with certainty. If they were going topletely leave the party, they would not have mentioned support. ¡°They¡¯ll probably be following us from a blind spot.¡± The vision goggles sold in the store have a few times the capability of those from the military. They could not hide from them no matter where they tried to go. ¡®I¡¯m sure they¡¯ll be 40 to 50 meters from us.¡¯ It was frustrating. A skilled Lifer was more appreciated as the mission is more dangerous. It was a loss to miss out on Cha Jun Sung because of Carlyle. Carlyle Venter. Duke Venter¡¯s 2nd son. Because he was spoiled as a child, he had the shoring of looking at the world from his standard. Lloyd also knew. Telling someone to sell their equipment during a missions was unheard of. However, he had a duty to act on the orders given by his superior. Even though he became a Lifer, he was a citizen of Britain and soldier under Duke Venter. He was just holding back because Duke Venter had warned him. He was not blindly holding back. He would be getting that muchpensation from Carlyle and his family. Duke Venter wants Carlyle to be a famous Lifer in Britain. He had pushed him in so he could somehow make a living for himself. The reality version of Life Mission was already known in ces all over the world. Each nation was in the process of gathering as many Lifers as they could. It had been impossible to prevent the information from leaking because it was mushrooming. In a few months, Lifers¡¯ identities would be known to the whole world. Children from rich families in Ennd got into parties by handing overrge sums of money. Lifers thought of it as a way to make money on the side and did not turn it down because they were making money on top of the points they get for catching mutants. This was happening outside of Ennd as well. Life Mission was a different world, but the wealthy advanced faster than those without money. The estimation came out from the way someone like Carlyle without the talent was able to make it so far. ¡°There is a vacant lot ahead. What do you think about resting while we scout the area?¡± ¡°Very well.¡± Lloyd was brought back from his thoughts at Hicks¡¯ words. There was a limit to moving at night without night vision. It woulde in handy to keep ces to rest in mind. Seureuk. An opening appeared when they cleared the forest. Smith and Jamie who are rangers went out first to examine the area. Smith sent the signal that nothing was suspicious. Jamie set up booby traps. Henry and Martin also helped in setting them up with their skillful workmanship. A cave or something simr was useful. The smaller a ce was and the less space there was to guard, the safer Lifers felt. ¡°Hicks, I looked from the top of a tree but there isn¡¯t a building that looked like the military base. It seems the prediction that it¡¯s underground is correct.¡± Smith¡¯s binocrs did not catch anything. Because the ind was at a low altitude they had purposefully chosen a high location. At this height, they would be able to tell buildings apart if they even reached 3 floors. ¡°Can you find it?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll be able to find it but..... the process will be a burden for the party.¡± Hicks squirmed his fingers. There was a limit to what the equipment they brought could do. The longer they stayed in a mission area, the more they are at a disadvantage. If they wasted time in looking for the military base, they would not be able to survive once they prated it. ¡°It¡¯s fine. We can find the path.¡± ¡°Path?¡± ¡°It¡¯ll automatically appear if we pass it.¡± Lloyd organized his thoughts and spoke. It had been years since it had been abandoned. There would be a path somewhere that the mutants used to ess it. ¡°So the path is the entrance?¡± ¡°Yes. Do you think they would have been smart enough to erase their trail?¡± Hicks waved his hand in denial. Assume that somehow they had erased it the first time. To repeat this for several years? Even a thorough person would find it bothersometer. What was the point of that on an ind where no one looked for them? ¡°The night vision would have been of great help in finding the path.¡± Hicksined that it was a waste. He could not be sure how many functions there were in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s goggles, but it would have been helpful if they had it. Hicks wanted to work with people he wasfortable with as well, but he held back. If they scattered here, they would be divided. They needed to maintain this group even if it was fragile. One needed to be quick in everything. He envied Cha Jun Sung who fell out of the group. ¡°Everyone here for a second.¡± Lloyd called the party. All members except Carlyle gathered. ¡°As you know, time is gold to us. Instead of wasting it on looking for a path, it¡¯s right to go into the military base.¡± ¡°Do you have a method?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll have to lure them and follow their route.¡± ¡°It¡¯s dangerous but we¡¯ll save on time if it works.¡± ¡°How can we lure them if we¡¯ve used the odorless spray? Have you bought the bloody meat or something from the store? Ha ha!¡± Chapter 22 From afar, Park Jin Hyuk picked his ear with his finger. ¡°We don¡¯t need to think so deeply into it. I mean someone will be the bait.¡± The expressions of the party members hardened at the mention of bait. If they had not heard wrong, he meant for someone to be live bait to lure the mutants. ¡°It¡¯s a joke. If we make a small wound and put the blood in a specific location, I¡¯m sure they¡¯lle looking for it. We can follow after hiding.¡± They would havee up with a precise operation if the opponent were human, but there was no need to go that far with mutants. This was a simple, yet effective method. ¡°The person who will make the wound.....?¡± ¡°Since I brought it up, I¡¯ll do it. Let¡¯s look for a location.¡± As Lloyd imed it, Hicks¡¯ people brightened. They were not scared of making a wound, but they did not like the thought of what could happen if the mutants caught scent of the wound. Tatak. The party¡¯s movement became active as they now had a task toplete. They would save time if they seeded or would have to keep looking if they did not. There was nothing to lose. *** The party members hid behind a boulder and tree. They had chosen the location to lure the mutants to as an open ce about 30m away. Seukuk. Lloyd cut his hand with a dagger. As the sharp de cut along his palm, blood flowed out. The flow became stronger as he squeezed his wrist. A small amount might not carry the smell very far even with the wind. and he needed to make it count. Seuk. He wiped his hands with a clean cloth and put ointment on it. As soon as he put the medicine on, a scab formed. He stayed on the spot and used the odorless spray. If he cleaned the blood while he moved, they would not be able to control the smell. He needed to take care of it in one spot. The party members were waiting behind a projection. The projection was a camouge item that let objects pass through while hiding up to 10 people. Lloyd¡¯s party had invested 1000 points on the projection. They had survived a few times because of it. It waspatible with the odorless spray. ¡°That¡¯s fascinating.¡± ¡°There are a lot of cool things when you look through the store.¡± It was impossible to look inside from outside, but the reverse was possible. Just as there were items necessary in battle, there were items necessary to survival. Jiing. Lloyd joined them. When Henry covered them with the projection, a boulder and tree appeared, erasing all traces of the party. Perfect camouging. From then, they waited in silence for the mutants to appear. *** They started getting hungry 2 hours after they set up the trap. A strange sound came from one side of the forest. No one suspected that it was a mutant. Hwak. There was a fishy smell. The smell of blood. It had been long since Lloyd¡¯s blood had hardened. This was fresh ¨C like that of an animal that had just been ughtered. The human sense of smell was not sensitive. But it was clear that it was nearby. And then, in a matter of a few blinks, there was a mutant in front of them. It is a biped and simr to a human being. The differences were in its sharp teeth, awl-like fingers and toenails, and arms and legs that seemed a bit too long. ¡®Cannibal!¡¯ ¡®There¡¯s no way all 1500 mutants mentioned in the scenario are cannibals?¡¯ Cannibal. It was the strongest creature in Level 1. Its physical ability was that of a sturdy man, but its speed was supreme. With a crafty personality, it had the habit of figuring out the opponent¡¯s disadvantage while fighting. Facing one cannibal was like going up against 3 or 4 mid-Level 1 mutants. Sniff sniff. The cannibal looked around and put his nose to Lloyd¡¯s blood. It seemed to like the smell by the way it kept ring its nose. Its bumpy tongue licked the blood. The party members shivered when thinking about something so hideous running its tongue along their skin. Kwajik. The cannibal ate something it had been holding in its hand. It had been chewed to the point where it was unrecognizable, but it looked like a mutant. He ate it ravenously. Therge piece of meat was gone in seconds and its stomach bulged. It was an amount that a person would not have been able to eat. It did not leave even after eating the meat. Looking at it closely, it was hesitating around the area where Lloyd¡¯s blood had fallen. It wanted more. The party members watched this for dozens of minutes while hiding behind the projection. Every second felt like a minute. They just wanted for it to go away. Seuk. Their desperation was rewarded when the cannibal left the blood and turned its back. ¡®Are we going to follow it?¡¯ ¡®Not yet.¡¯ Lloyd shook his head. If the cannibal was using its head, they would be caught as soon as they went out. They needed to take some time instead of going out right away. 30 minutes passed after the cannibal disappeared. At that point, they put the projection away. There was a limit to how long they could hide. With this much time, it was okay for them to slowly follow it. Lloyd searched the ground. Since it had not been long since it left, it left its trace in broken twigs and footsteps. ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± The party got their equipment together and followed Lloyd. The search had started. Rustle. It was after the cannibal and Lloyd¡¯s party had disappeared. Bushes nearby rustled as something raised its head. Kiki! A rough face drew a dark line. Another cannibal was looking in the direction that the party had gone in. It was a horrific scene. Papat! The cannibal hid its trace. It looked like the party who had set up a trap to lure the mutants were the ones being lured instead. *** ¡°What is that?¡± ¡°A trap.¡± ¡°Not that. Why is it so smart? It would put Zhuge Liang to shame.¡± If Zhuge Liang had heard this, he would have been astonished. One of the most aplished strategists of the past beingpared to cannibals. Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk had witnessed everything from the start to finish. When the first cannibal appeared, the second had settled in the bushes without moving. It looked like a lookout just in case it was a trap. It seemed to be a case where they knew of the party¡¯s existence but did not know its exact location. Its smile when the party folded the projection proved this. The situation was like a snake luring itself with its own tail and ripping it apart to get eaten. The party thought that it had seeded in luring the cannibal, but it had dug its own grave. They were Lifers who had gone through everything, but they could not have dreamed that a Level 1 would use such strategy like a high level mutant. They had gotten caught in a trap so easily. Cha Jun Sung did not consider them stupid. He would have fallen for it as well if he had been in their position. ¡°Don¡¯t we need to go and tell them? They¡¯ll be annihted like that.¡± Park Jin Hyuk was right. If left alone, they would get trapped and be the cannibals¡¯ food. If they ran to tell them now, they could stop it. ¡°They might be able to find the military base too.¡± ¡°That¡¯s so, but I feel wrong about using people as live bait.¡± Park Jin Hyuk was pure like his young age. Cha Jun Sung did not want to do it either, but they could get dragged into it as well if they acted too quickly. ¡°We don¡¯t have the responsibility of saving them just because we saw what happened.¡± It may have sounded cold, but it was the truth. To put their lives on the line for others? They could do that, but only as long as they were people worth doing that for. At this moment, Cha Jun Sung was not bothered by being on the sidelines. He was just sorry that just as the party had lured the mutant to find the base, he was using the party though it could be dangerous. ¡°Let¡¯s help them if we get the chance. Then we¡¯ll have to follow them, won¡¯t we?¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s face brightened. Cha Jun Sung did not want them to be killed either. It was better the more Lifers there were. If they had the chance, they would help in any way they could. If not...... they would leave them. Chapter 23 Cha Jun Sung scanned the area with his goggles and slowly followed. If a battle ensued, an explosion would go off and their location would be revealed anyway. He was a beginner at chasing but since he knew the direction that the cannibals and party had gone, he could just go straight without going off route. The interval of time between Cha Jun Sung and the party members was 10 minutes. They thought that the party would be slow because it was a forest but the thermographic goggles could not detect them. ¡°What do you think Field of Meat means? It seems to be rted to cannibals.¡± ¡°As in meat.¡± The mission name was the mission itself. In explicit situations, they could figure out what mutant it was before being summoned. Field of Meatcked that kind of hint. ¡°Should we try figuring out the meaning?¡± ¡°He he!¡± There was no need to figure it out too deeply. Meat referred to the meat of cattle, and the field meantnd to grow crops on. Putting the words together, it was Field of Meat. It was a strangebination. ¡°Meat farm?¡± ¡°Could be since they can¡¯t have just eaten whatever they wanted on this isted ind for years. My thoughts are a little different though.¡± Cultivating could be used to mean herding. It could be possible from the behavior they just showed, but their patience would not allow for it. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s eye shone. He wanted Cha Jun Sung to hurry up and tell him because he was curious. ¡°It seems like a meat warehouse.¡± ¡°Farm or warehouse, same thing.¡± ¡°There¡¯s a difference between cultivating it and saving it. I¡¯m positive the cannibals have a warehouse where they gathered their provisions. All we have to do is confirm that and escape.¡± ¡°That¡¯s random.¡± ¡°What is?¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter for missions like annihtion because you can just kill everyone, but there was always a fair reason for ones where the goal was attainment. It¡¯s too random.¡± Annihtion and escape was just killing and running away, so the mission scenarios were notplex. In attainment, they needed toplete a duty toplete the mission. In the attainment missions that Park Jin Hyuk hadpleted until now, there had always been a fair reason. Situations like destroying mutant hatcheries to stop their breeding, connecting the electricity in a demolished building, or quickly reaching another area. However, Field of Meat was to check a ntation, warehouse, whatever it was, and escape. This was where his question arose. What were they supposed to do once they checked it? He had just thought that was how it was just in the beginning, but this was an ind and there were cannibals ¨C he realized that it was not just a regr attainment mission when he linked the food issue. ¡°What¡¯s it to us if it¡¯s random? Did we pay attention to things like that when we epted missions?¡± ¡°That¡¯s true!¡± All they had to do wasplete it to go on to Level D. The rest did not matter. ¡°It seems they went pretty far.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll say. I think it¡¯s been an hour since we started following them and we still haven¡¯t caught up to them.¡± With the search range on the goggles, they could speedily prepare for any danger. Therefore, they were moving pretty fast. Under the pressure that they needed to follow the cannibal, the party members inparison could not help but be slow. At this point, they needed to catch up to them. Ack! Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk hid behind arge tree. One of the party members was screaming. Something had happened. Had they gotten caught in the cannibals¡¯ trap? ¡°I can¡¯t catch them on the thermographics.¡± ¡°That means they¡¯re at least 50m away.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll go left.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll go right.¡± It was better to share the work instead of setting up an unnecessary boundary. The two went along each of their routes and carefully approached where the sound came from. He controlled the distance with the thermographic goggles in mind. After advancing a few dozen meters, it flushed in heat with the detection of several living beings. There are a lot. It is difficult to count the exact number in these circumstances, but an estimated 50 or 60 mutants were closing in on the party members. ¡®Jun Sung, what is that solid thing? The thing that¡¯s tying the Lifers down.¡¯ ¡®A?¡¯ The party was caught in a woven intricately like a spider web so that they could not move. Like a tightening in on its prize, it made movement awkward. Hihi! Kyakya! The cannibals did not attack the party members. They acted as if they were observing monkeys at a zoo. It seemed they had no intention to kill them. ¡®Save them?¡¯ Cha Jun Sung contemted it. As his thoughts turned, he calcted their gains and losses. 50 mutants? They could win if they attacked. If Park Jin Hyuk just covered him well, he could cut the and work with the party members. ¡®I¡¯m reluctant.¡¯ ¡®Jun Sung?¡¯ ¡®If they¡¯re going to kill them, they¡¯ll act on it. Wait until they move.¡¯ They caught the Lifers but were not killing them. He could not figure out the cannibals¡¯ ns. Who could tell if that was also a trap? There was an impending flow and they need to figure out what that flow was. Caution was key. *** ¡®Save us!¡¯ ¡®I don¡¯t want to die like this!¡¯ ¡®Ack!¡¯ The party screamed like crazy. To be rescued. To be helped. Their voices just echoed inside because they were being shocked by the electrical. They only had their five senses. They were paralyzed except for their eyes flitting back and forth. ¡®How could something like a cannibal have an item like this.....¡¯ Lloyd felt as if what had happened to the party was a dream. Cannibals that had been waiting high in trees had dropped the. A shocking current had gone through their bodies and they were unable to move. Where could they have gone wrong? It was all so sudden. They were trying to lure the mutants, but they had been lured instead. Electric. It is a capture item that can be bought in the store for 500 points. A mutant under Level 2 bes paralyzed under the and is not able to get out. But he himself had been caught under it instead of a mutant. ¡®Youid out the method! Figure out a solution!¡¯ Hicks looked at Lloyd with despair and resentment. He did not care about politeness or courtesy when they were about to be killed like dogs. Lloyd epted Hicks¡¯ resentment. There was no solution. They could not speak and their bodies were not listening. They had not imagined that the cannibals would be so smart. An electric on top of that. ¡®I¡¯m sure he¡¯ll be watching?¡¯ Lloyd suddenly thought about Cha Jun Sung. He was by far the best Lifer he has seen thus far. Hisrade Park Jin Hyuk was no joke either. Since they had spoken as if they would follow from behind, they could have been watching the scene. He hoped that they woulde to the rescue, but the reality was the gutter. There were too many cannibals. Cha Jun Sung needed to take some risk if they wanted to save the party. If any of the party members had to make the same choice, they would choose safety instead. ¡®Why aren¡¯t they killing us?¡¯ The cannibals did not do anything other than observe them. They yed around and yelled. It felt like they were subordinates who hadpleted their tasks and were waiting to report to their seniors. Keureung! Kik! They heard an uncanny cry. The cannibals straightened their shoulders and stood to either side. A mutant 2 heads taller than the cannibals came and walked over to the party members. Their expressions were that of horror. ¡®Evil Cannibal!¡¯ ¡®We¡¯re done.¡¯ It was a desperate situation ¨C the evil cannibal was an adult cannibal. Visually, it just looked longer, but it actually had 3 times the physical strength of a regr cannibal. They could not guarantee beating it even if they had full use of their equipment. Kuku! The evil cannibal pushed its face toward the party members. They wanted to die every time the vicious pupil scanned over their entire bodies. That would¡¯ve been better than being ripped apart in a painful death. Kwak! Kyak! The evil cannibal waved its hands andid down orders. The cannibals were going to take them out of the and take them to headquarters. ¡°Let me go, you assholes!¡± ¡°Ack!¡± Puk puk! As soon as the shock was released, Smith and Jamie struggled. The cannibals swung at their heads with their primitive bodies. Since they were hit without their equipment, they just fell like corpses. This anger was vented on others as well. All 8 people who were hit because of the 2 who struggled became quiet. Kukya! The cannibals were returning. They seemed to be happy because they seeded in their hunt. A few even danced. Chapter 24 ¡°If we had gotten involved, there would have been a struggle.¡± ¡°A struggle would have been fortunate.¡± Cha Jun Sung who had been watching in hiding let out his breath. The cannibals disappeared from the goggles. They had not been picked up in the cannibals¡¯ senses because they were far off. ¡°If I had fought the evil cannibal, I¡¯m pretty sure you would have had to handle all of the cannibals.¡± ¡°That¡¯s too much.¡± Park Jin Hyuk waved the notion away. If it had been a small space like the underpass, the space he had to cover would¡¯ve been limited and it could have worked. A sniper was most appreciated as support, not as the main. This was a forest. They might have been able to do something if they had already imed their spots from a distance, but they would notst long if they approached them in this state. If cannibals appeared from everywhere, they would die helplessly even if the heavens sent a sharpshooter down to them. They might even curse the heavens. ¡°It¡¯s different from the virtual version.¡± ¡°Are you saying that reality can change at any time unlike the virtual where everything is already decided?¡± Cha Jun Sung nodded. His brain held extensive information on Life Mission. He could think of a mutant¡¯s name, skill, and weakness just by looking at its face. Though it was just the virtual version, he had run his blog for 10 years and had gone up to a high position ¨C past the super rankers. Hisst Evil Queen raid was still a legend. ¡°The mutants in the virtual version moved in a system, but the mutants in reality move on their own. The difference between an existing limit and theck of one. This difference is creating variables that Lifers can¡¯t expect.¡± The cannibals had built certain ranks albeit barbaric. They were even putting good use to Lifers¡¯ items that they had somehow gotten their hands on. They had developed the learning ability to use tools and remember things they had seen. This would not have been possible in the virtual version where they followed the system. Just as ancient people had followed the steps to be modern humans, it looked like the mutants were following the same steps. ¡°What are you going to do?¡± ¡°Should we give up?¡± ¡°Are you serious?¡± ¡°Joking.¡± They could not give up now when this was the beginning. Cha Jun Sung looked at the ground. The cannibals had left a clear trace. If they had used a mix of traces and hunches toe here, now they were going to follow only by looking at the floor. The military base would be where the trail ends. *** Kuok! The cannibals and evil cannibal went into a cave among crevices. Is the base inside a cave? It is the best location to avoid sightings from outside. A few cannibals were standing guard at the entrance. ¡°Is that the only entrance?¡± ¡°That¡¯s the worst.¡± They looked all over the area, but there was only one entry into the base. If they wanted to infiltrate, they had no choice but to go where they would be seen. ¡°There are 2 guards.¡± ¡°We need to go closer. There¡¯s a limit to what the goggles can pick up because of the distance.¡± From 50m, there were only 2 cannibals. Since they could not just go barging in, they needed to get at least 10m from the cave to identify what was inside. ¡°There¡¯s less cover as we get closer. It¡¯s dangerous if you think of their senses.¡± ¡°Hm..... we can¡¯t stay here.¡± ¡°Even if we kill the guards or lure them somewhere and somehow seed in infiltrating, we don¡¯t know how many are inside. As long as we¡¯re checking it, let¡¯s do it right.¡± Cha Jun Sung left Park Jin Hyuk where they were and disappeared for 10 minutes before returning. They needed a simple experiment to take on the cannibals. ¡°Let¡¯s go up that tree. It¡¯s possible, right?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think I can do it.¡± Park Jin Hyuk looked at the tree and shook his head. It was about 20m high. The support was not very sturdy either. He could not climb it with his muscr strength. ¡°Get on my back.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°Hurry.¡± Park Jin Hyuk put all of their equipment in the spacepression bag and got on his back. Cha Jun Sung felt the heavy weight and carefully went up the tree. The two weighed over 160kg with all of their equipment. Even with the body modification, he would not have been able to climb up if his basic strength had been terrible. ¡°After 1 and 6 minutes, I¡¯m going to set off a shot at 150m on either side.¡± ¡°Ah! They¡¯lle out in hordes.¡± ¡°If the cannibals were standing guard on a schedule, only the ones that were on duty wille out. The others won¡¯t pay attention to it.¡± The feeling of being annoyed was existent regardless of species, an emotion that all living beings have inmon. Even cannibals will want to rest during their breaks. The cannibals thate out to the noise will be the ones on duty at the time. They had brought 8 sonic grenades to create disturbances. There were 6 left. He had set up 2 just in case because changes could happen at any time. Wiing! The first grenade went off. It was fine because it went off from afar, but anyone who had been in front of it would have gone deaf. Kyak? Kya! The first to react were the 2 guards. As soon as they yelled in the direction of the noise, dozens of cannibals rushed out of the cave. ¡®2, 5, 7, 15, 20.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung counted their heads. There are 20 guards. 20 cannibals left the entrance and looked for the noise. No more came out. Wiing! After a moment, the 2nd grenade went off. The cannibals that had gone running left changed their direction and went the opposite way. The entrance remained the same. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s posttion had been correct. The cannibals on break did not care what was going on outside. ¡°Get on my back! We need to go inside!¡± ¡°Let me know your ns beforehand!¡± Park Jin Hyuk frowned. Cha Jun Sung was saying they needed to go inside the cave without giving him time to get ready. His body was already getting on his back though. Tak! Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk who descended as if falling infiltrated the cave. Their heart beat faster. They were experiencing fear and bliss at the same time. Entry into the cave was linear. They could not turn around once they entered. Papat! ¡°The path splits.¡± ¡°That¡¯s blood.¡± Cha Jun Sung slid his finger along the blood on the ground. It was still wet. It must be that of the party members that had been dragged away by the cannibals. ¡°We¡¯re going down the middle.¡± ¡°I think my heart is going to burst.¡± They chose the middle of the 3 paths. It would all be the same because they were all new ces, but probability told them to go through the middle. As they went further inside, the more it went from a dank cave to a military base. Nothing could be done about the west of time, but the structure itself became moreplex. ¡°Since it¡¯s arge ce, let¡¯s look for a ce to hide first.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± It was a ce where 1500 soldiers used to work. If it had been created for daily life, there would have been a lot of separate spaces for rooms or warehouses. They said it had be air for cannibals, but an empty ce woulde out if they searched for it. Chapter 25 Drip drip. Carlyle struggled to open his eyes at the sound of water dripping. As he was hanging upside down, his vision was upside down as well. His brain started moving and trying to figure out what was happening like putting pieces of a puzzle together. ¡®Ah.....¡¯ They had been following the cannibal when an electric fell on them and he had been hit over the head a few times. He was surprised they were still alive. He was caught up in his thoughts. Though he was only the second, he was of a noble aristocratic family. He was not someone who should be captured by mutants. ¡®I don¡¯t want to go on this mission.¡¯ ¡®You have to go. Look at your brother and sister. Until when are you going to fall behind them?¡¯ He recalled the conversation he had with his father, Duke Venter. He had been forced toe here when he did not want to. He had been nervous. There were countless dangerous obstacles even in a 1500-point mission, but 3000? It was beyond his capabilities. ¡®But my brother and sister are geniuses.¡¯ ¡®You brat!¡¯ His father had always been disappointed in him. Because his oldest son and daughter had the poise of nobility, but he did not? However, Carlyle only thought this because he did not know. There is no child that a parent does not love. No matter what, he was a son. Duke Venter pushed Carlyle so that he might find his own calling. And he put Special Forces on him for his safety. Duke Venter¡¯s true feelings were delivered incorrectly to Carlyle. Carlyle lifted his head. As he was hanging, he did not see the ceiling but the floor. There was a small puddle of blood. He had thought that water was dripping from somewhere, but it had been blood falling from a wound. ¡°Euk!¡± ¡°Keuk!¡± After Carlyle, the party members slowly came to their senses one by one. Thankfully, no one had been beaten to death. ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°Ack!¡± Hicks and Smith, who came to their senses, began to go mad. All of the party members reacted simrly. They were looking at hell. Unidentifiable bundles of blood were hanging like they were. There was a mix of those with hardened blood because they had been dead for a long time, those where the blood was still draining, and some that were still breathing weakly. The mutants were using them for food. This was their meat locker. Carlyle did not know this even though he was the first to wake up. There was no way he could know unless he had eyes on the back of his head. ¡°Pe, people...!¡± ¡°Lifers. They¡¯re Lifers!¡± They killed mutants every day. ughtered meat did not scare them. The party members were scared because of the human corpses hanging along with the mutants. To be precise, they were surprised that they were looking at Lifers like themselves. The PDA on their wrists was the proof. The body Hicks was looking at did not have organs. Their stomachs had been split opened. Looking closely, they did not have eyeballs and the parts with a lot of meat like the arms, butt, and thighs had been cut out. Their eyes followed the blood that fell from the corpses. At the end, there were tools that could be found in a butcher shop and a cutting board asrge as a table. Shining blood, pieces of flesh and organs floating around. It was grotesque just to look at, but they could not imagine going through it. Basically, humans were bing meals for cannibals. They each counted the number of corpses they could see from their positions. From what they could see, they counted 15 bodies. ¡°15.....¡± ¡°How many parties have died? Hee hee! Is it 23 including us?¡± Hicks mumbled madly. He wished he could go mad instead. How could they maintain their sanity? All of their equipment had been taken while they were sleeping and all they had left were their PDAs and a set of tights. It seemed they were just thinking of it as a skin to take offter. If the impact tights were easy to take off, they would have been naked already. [You have confirmed the situation in Field of Meat. Please escape to the summons area.] ¡°Escape? Don¡¯t be funny! I already gave up on this mission!¡± ¡°Me too!¡± [You are in a state without freedom. You cannot exit the mission.] ¡°Shut up!¡± ¡°Send us back immediately!¡± This was not a children¡¯s yground. Reckless abandonment was not an option. ¡°How noisy. Be quiet unless you all want to be cooked.¡± ¡°Who?¡± ¡°Could it be a survivor?¡± They heard an unfamiliar voice but could not find the direction because they were upside down. They did not have their trantors, but they could understand. He was speaking in English. ¡°Your lives are at high risk as it is. Your lifespan will be shortened if you keep jabbering like that.¡± ¡°Hey! Where are you?¡± ¡°Are you on the side of the cannibals? Get us loose first!¡± They had hope for their lives. They ignored the warning and grew louder. If they could just be untied and reunited with their equipment, they could kill all of the mutants or escape this damned mission. ¡°We¡¯ll do anything!¡± ¡°There¡¯s no answer. I¡¯m locked in here just like you guys are. How can I get you loose?¡± ¡°This asshole!¡± Hicks shouted in anger. The meat warehouse rang to the point where everyone else¡¯s voices were covered. That called in their misery. Keurung! A beast¡¯s growling that could not havee from a human ¨C and the sound grew closer. A cold sweat dripped down the party members¡¯ spines. ¡°The chef is here. I mourn for whoever it will be.¡± His voice darkened. It was full of me for their stupidity. Bang! As the crude steel doors opened, the chef that the survivor mentioned came in. An evil cannibal. It was fittingly fat for something that maintained the meat locker. The party members froze like ster. They just trembled as if they had mria. The words that he mourned for one person kept turning in their heads. There was no way not to understand what this meant unless they were stupid. 1 of the 8 people would be going into the chef¡¯s stomach. The chef poked each person with its finger. Then he took the ropes tying their legs and pulled them up and down as if weighing them. He looked at Hicks. The selection criteria was uncertain, but he had been chosen. ¡°It can¡¯t be!¡± Bang! The chef cut the rope holding Hicks and dragged him to the cutting board. ¡°I don¡¯t want to die!¡± Hicks fervently moved his body, but it was no use. The party did not speak as if their mouths had been locked shut because they did not want to call the attention to themselves. The chef ced Hicks on the cutting board. It pressed down on his chest so he could not move and brought the cleavers that had been lying in the corner down on his shoulder. Kyak! A fountain of blood spewed. The white of Hicks¡¯ eyes showed. It felt like thousands of ants were eating his skin. An indescribable pain. The chef chewed on the arm whole. It ate ravenously. One arm must have been too little because it cut the other and ate it as well. Next was the legs. Hicks died of a heart attack once his arms and legs were cut off. If he had survived that pain, he would have died from bleeding out or something worse. The chef burped and put the corpse with just a head and torso in arge container. It was going to save it forter since it was full now. Seuk. ng! The chef went towards the party members, loosened the rope tying them up, paired them off, and locked them in pens fit for animals. It had learned from experience that they would die if left hanging for too long. Kwang! The door closed and the chef left the meat locker. The party looked at the dead Hicks and realized that their turn would not be long. ¡°He won¡¯te for another half day.¡± ¡°Half day.....¡± ¡°Keep in mind that 1 person always dies each time hees. If we¡¯re unlucky, it¡¯s 2 people.¡± The meat locker was the chef¡¯s area, but the meat was shared by all of the cannibals. It could not keep all of the meat to itself when it thought of the other evil cannibals. Seuk. Lloyd turned his head in the direction of the voice. The meat locker was dim. The shape was hazy, but the owner of the voice was sitting up not far away. He was also locked up. ¡°My name is Lloyd. Can we ask you to exin the situation?¡± ¡°dly.¡± He was just waiting for the day he died. Exining was nothing difficult. Chapter 26 Kyak! It was weak, but Cha Jun Sung heard it. His amplified hearing caught the sound of a person¡¯s scream. It seemed one of the party members taken away by the cannibals had died. He felt bad for him but that was it. There was nothing that they could do for the party in the present. ¡°It¡¯s a scream.¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t hear it..... Can you tell where it is?¡± ¡°No.¡± He might have been able to locate it if it came out in a series, but it would be difficult to figure that out with one yell. He did get something out of it however. Thanks to the sound, he could tell the approximate direction. The two of them waited in a storage room to observe the situation. Cannibals wandered around outside, but they did note in. This ce held conventional weapons right before the disposal, so it was full of scrap metal or broken supplies. The residents before the cannibals, the soldiers, had put them in here. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s keen eye had discovered this ce. Cannibals do not have a concept of cleaning. They thought that they had nothing to worry about as long as they did not do anything that would call attention to them. Chichik! ¡°This..... The walls must be so thick that the goggles can¡¯t function properly.¡± ¡°How much of the energy is left?¡± ¡°24%.¡± ¡°I have 26%. We only have 4 charging kits. If we don¡¯t save it, we won¡¯tst for more than a few days.¡± ¡°6 hours per charging kit, 12 hours on power save mode, 24 to 48 hours at most since we have 4, so it¡¯s 27 to 54 hours with the remaining energy.¡± The 50m search range was drastically reduced because not only were they underground, but there were a lot of concrete and iron structures. It barely reached a fourth of its normal range. Tak. Cha Jun Sung took out his share of the 2 charging kits and handed them to Park Jin Hyuk. Park Jin Hyuk did not say anything and took them. He knew what it meant. ¡°Gather them.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Cha Jun Sung was a der. He was an expert in melees, so he did not really need to use it. Instead of taking turns using it, it was better to give them all to the sniper. ¡°We can¡¯t keep staying here...... Should we kill them as we go or hide as we go?¡± ¡°There are pros and cons.¡± ¡°If we kill them as we go, we¡¯ll reduce their numbers but we¡¯ll be revealing our presence. If we hide as we go, we¡¯ll avoid being seen but we¡¯ll have to keep on alert.¡± Park Jin Hyuk stroked his chin. He thought for a moment and hardened his expression. ¡°Let¡¯s go bold.¡± ¡°Bold?¡± ¡°Lure them into a narrow passage where a surprise attack is impossible and kill everything thates. Throw a grenade once too manye; we have plenty of supplies.¡± 10,000 only in bullets, they had packed dozens of different types of bombs including fever shots and grenades. They also had a few remote control ymores even if they had never used them before. They had filled the spacepression bag. If they had anything left over after the mission, they could use itter. It was better to be over prepared. ¡°I saw a ce where we can do this on the way here. It¡¯s close.¡± Maybe because Park Jin Hyuk had gotten used to life in the underpass, he was first to identify other locations like ces to hide or run away to. He had memorized the path and characteristics of the structure while they were finding this storage room. ¡°Your role will be important.¡± ¡°I might be on top in terms of firepower, but it¡¯s hollow without you, Jun Sung.¡± The cannibals who could only attack in a straight line in a confined space, one shot of the powerful sniper rifle would go through 2 or 3 of them. If there were too many for them to handle, they could clear it with one grenade at a time. However, if they did not have Cha Jun Sung actively fighting on the forefront, they would not be able to focus on the fire support no matter how strong the attack was. ¡°Let¡¯s go out.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± Click! Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk checked their equipment and left the storage room. It is not something they would have been able to do in the open forest, but it would be possible here. *** An arrow pierced the forehead of a cannibal turning in the alley. It died instantly. As the smell of the blood spread, more cannibals started gaining interest. Cha Jun Sung took out the arrow. They could not underestimate the advantage of recycling. 12 died with one. They could kill hundreds if they came one at a time, but only as long as the situation arose. Park Jin Hyukid on his stomach at the end of the alley with his eye to the scope. The sniper rifle did not shake because it was ced on top of the cradle. They were done researching the area. It was a space so tight it was frustrating. There was a door behind Park Jin Hyuk, but it was storage full of useless material. This entire area seemed to be designated to storage. Regardless, it was a good space for the them to face many. They would kill them as they saw them. Kyak! Pew! As soon as a cannibal appeared, Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s sniper rifle fired before Cha Jun Sung¡¯s red fire did. His reaction was as good as a sniper¡¯s should be. Pew pew! Cha Jun Sung had nothing to do and observed. They died even if he left them alone. He was helping by staying out of the line of fire. They did not dwell on the points. They wererades who would share billions of points in the future. Sincere trust could not be traded for anything. ¡°Your aim is good.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not really aiming either.¡± It was the truth. He was not even moving the cradle. The cannibals were putting themselves in the line of the scope. It was all thanks to the small space. Papat! ¡°They¡¯reing.¡± ¡°Confirmed.¡± The floor vibrated and the sound came. They could feel more than 100. They came in hordes because none of them had returned from this ce and there was the smell of gunpowder. Cannibals remember the smell of gunpowder. Before Cha Jun Sung, they had suffered a lot of damages because of Lifers who tried to fight back before they were taken away. Cha Jun Sung held up his red fire. There won¡¯t be time to take his finger off the trigger. All that was left to do was to shoot until the battle was over. It was obvious that they would try to overwhelm them with volume. Using the sword would not help. They could be pushed back if they all came rushing in at the same time. Cha Jun Sung went to the front of the alley to slow them down as they rushed in. ¡°It¡¯s bloody.¡± Kyak! The cannibals discovered Cha Jun Sung who had appeared suddenly, acted surprised, and red. They stared at him. Pew pew! The red fire set to serial emptied its magazine. The forefront of the cannibals unexpectedly became meat shields for those in the back because they were pushed in. Beep beep. Cha Jun Sung hit the switch of the fever shot he set for 10 seconds and threw it above the cannibals¡¯ heads. He could not see where it fell. He made sure they could not get in with the red fire and counted 10 seconds with the clock on his PDA. With 2 seconds, he escaped to where Park Jin Hyuk was stationed. Bam! Kyak! A fiery heat engulfed the cannibals. Because there was a destruction radius, the aftermath did not affect Cha Jun Sung who had turned the corner of the alley. The destruction radius of the fever shot was 15m. If someone was even 1cm outside of this, he wouldn¡¯t suffer any damages. Thepressed heat was released to that distance exactly. ¡°Come take a look. It¡¯s a spectacle.¡± ¡°Where!¡± Park Jin Hyuk put his sniper rifle down and ran over quickly. He was speechless at the devastation created by the fever shot. It had burned everything. ¡°It¡¯s no joke.¡± ¡°I threw one and it¡¯s like that.¡± It did not kill all of the cannibals. 70%? The remaining 30% were not in good condition either. The ones that had been burned badly were melted and staying alive with their bodies in half liquid state. There were only a few that were capable of movement. ¡°I¡¯ll be back there.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± He ended their lives with the crossbow. It would take time for them toe rushing in again. He took care of the rest of the cannibals because he could not just sit around. He recovered all of the arrows. Bullets are not infinite. He was thinking of saving them as much as possible. They would decrease if he used them without thought. Cha Jun Sung took out the empty magazine. They had plenty of bullets, but only 9 magazines. It would be a problem if they ran out during battle. He needed to keep them filled up beforehand. Kereung! Cha Jun Sung was filling the magazine when he shifted his eyes to the side. There were suddenly a group of cannibals in numbers simr to thest group staring at him and drooling. Tak. Thest bullet indicated a full magazine. The 30-bullet magazine wasplete. ¡°Sorry.¡± He was going to y them a song as an apology for keeping such important guests waiting. Prelude to Massacre with the guests¡¯ screams set as the base. Chapter 27 ¡°I¡¯m going to throw up.¡± ¡°I thought I¡¯d gotten used to it, but I guess not as the degree gets more severe.¡± Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk frowned as they looked at the cannibal corpses. There was no full body. Even if they had died whole, they had been blown up by the fever shots and grenades. The alley they are standing in was flooded with the cannibals¡¯ blood, flesh, bones, and guts. They felt sick as they looked at it. The cannibals stopped approaching because they died every time they entered. They had realized that they were at a disadvantage no matter what they did. They resented that the two had infiltrated their roost, but they did not have clear measures to take. All they could do was wait. ¡°They have learning ability.¡± ¡°If it had been like the blood-sucking insects, they would have really showed us their numbers.¡± ¡°How many did you kill?¡± ¡°Roughly 300? How about you?¡± ¡°Simr.¡± In theory, there was still a long way to annihtion. They could have expanded their numbers by breeding, but it was a Level E mission. It did not look like that would be the case. ¡°They act pretty smart. How do we catch them?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you think we can fool them into thinking we¡¯re out of bullets if we act like it?¡± ¡°You think they¡¯ll fall for it?¡± ¡°Seeing how they lured the party to put an electric over them, it seems they have the ability to remember what they saw or learned, but theyck improvisation.¡± They had suffered huge losses when they tried to push in with sheer numbers. If they really had intelligenceparable to that of humans, 600 of them would not have died. Since they had witnessed the deaths of their kin, the methods they used until now would no longer work. However, if they acted like they were out of bullets, they would think that there was no longer any threat and start fighting again. ¡°Shall we try it?¡± ¡°Show them your acting skills. Just keep in mind that I can¡¯t act, so I can¡¯t do it.¡± Park Jin Hyuk pushed Cha Jun Sung and went back to his station. Cha Jun Sung needed to start acting suddenly. To cannibals. Pew pew! Kyak! Cha Jun Sung randomly shot at the cannibals watching him. A program was unnecessary. They would be able to tell once he showed them the results. Click! ¡°I don¡¯t have bullets? Did I run out? I¡¯m going to die now!¡± Ugh! Park Jin Hyuk squirmed in embarrassment. Cha Jun Sung pretended he did not see this and continued acting. He locked the gun. Bullets did note out no matter how many times he pulled the trigger. One cannibal could not resist its curiosity and approached Cha Jun Sung. The others did not let their guards down and watched. ¡°Are you asking for a one-on-one match? I¡¯m sure I¡¯ll have to kill you without a gun to make them less suspicious?¡± Cha Jun Sung brandished his sword. The pale de appeared. He thought it might back down but it stayed put. ¡°Come on, you ugly thing.¡± Kyak! The cannibal expanded. It was moving that quickly. Cha Jun Sung was calm. It was a narrow space. No matter how fast it was, it was in his palm. It would have been harder to face if it had been blindly strong. Cha Jun Sung swung his sword at it as it aimed for his side. Its arm was shed off and wriggled on the ground. He took a small step back and jabbed with the sword held long. The cannibal held its neck and copsed. As a hole formed, blood poured out and bubbled. Kwajik. Cha Jun Sung lifted his leg and stomped on its face. He was provoking the entire group. It must have been effective because they slowly crawled out. Kung! ¡°You¡¯re finally here. You guys need to die so the area we can act in expands.¡± The cannibals made a path and 2 evil cannibals walked through. They had killed 600, but none of them were evil cannibals. Fitting for their rank, they had been rxing and only showed up because the situation had be serious. Humans and mutants were the same in pushing off work to the subordinates. ¡®2 of them.¡¯ They need to kill the evil cannibals to make searching the military base morefortable. He needed to cut off their heads. Even in war, killing thousands of soldiers was not as good as killing one general. Cha Jun Sung took one step back at a time and the cannibals advanced that much each time. They had gained confidence from the appearance of their leaders. ¡°Get ready.¡± ¡°I¡¯ve been ready.¡± He started at the start of the curve and retreated to the end. It could be thest chance to wipe them out. He needed to fill the space as much as possible. The evil cannibal¡¯s muscle flexed. It was contemting how it would rip him apart since it had him cornered. Cha Jun Sung had no intention of letting it go his way. ¡°Shoot.¡± ¡°Bang!¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s sniper rifle could even prate a 2cm steel te within 150m. Fitting for a mighty force, it was not satisfied with taking one out and went through two or three at once. The cannibals panicked and tried to run, but it was no use. Kwang! Cha Jun Sung pressed the switch on the remote control. The first ymore he set up went off. To make matters worse for them, their exit was blocked. Kya! The evil cannibal pushed through the bullets raining down and came in. It honored its high level. They had expected it. He threw a sonic grenade at them. Wiing! Kwang! The sonic grenade and 2nd ymore went off at the same time. The evil cannibal covered its ears and writhed in pain until it was shot in the head with the sniper rifle and fell over. The cannibals were frantic and could not do anything. Ack of judgment when faced with devastation leads to death. ¡°Is it over?¡± ¡°Probably?¡± The cannibals had be pieces of meat. The ones that had died from being shot had at least maintained their shapes. There were no trace of the ones that were killed by the ymore. The two did not leave quickly, but checked their equipment. They also needed to rest. All they had done was shoot their guns, but that did not mean they were not tired. They could not sense any more cannibals. They would see this as an entry to hell since even the evil cannibals had been killed. ¡°Let¡¯s regain our strength and go.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± They needed to maintain the best conditions to increase their chances at seeding in the missions. If they went looking for the field of meat in this state, they would be exhausted within hours. Looking for another ce to rest was alsobor. They were sorry to do this when they thought of the captured party members who were waiting for their deaths, but many things held them back. Their own safety was the priority. Chapter 28 Campbell Brian was a Lifer from America. He had been epted into Field of Meat with 9rades and came into the mission 26 days ago. 20 days passed since they had been captured and he was the only survivor. His party was the first to attempt Field of Meat. Lloyd¡¯s team had thought that they would be the first, but they were wrong. The world wasrge and there was a huge poption. Talented Lifers all imed that they were the best, butpetition was fierce. ording to Campbell, 20 Lifers died in the meat locker instead of 15, and 9 people died outside while fighting the cannibals. Though he lived, there were 30 people including himself ¨C exactly 3 parties. Including Lloyd¡¯s party, 4 had fallen for the cannibals¡¯ trap. ¡°Are you saying that the cannibals learned while fighting with your party?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. It must have been their first time battling with Lifers because we were dominant at first, but they became more cunning with time. That¡¯s how this happened.¡± They had not just been captured. They had taken a few hundred down with them. ¡°It seems they have the intellect of a 4 or 5 year old. You said that you were captured with an electric? That¡¯s an item that the party before you had.¡± Campbell had spoken with the dying Lifers and found out the details of how they fought with the cannibals and how they were captured. It was to help him survive. It was precious information that could not be traded for money. ¡°They were clumsy with the 2nd party, but the 3rd was different.¡± The 3rd party had been caught when they fell into a hole in the ground. Not all of them fell in but the oue was obvious because their power had been divided. ¡°They be more intelligent as they fight, and we just happened to be the 4th party.¡± ¡°Why did they keep you alive? Not just for a day or two, but for dozens?¡± Carlyle tossed a question sharply. Lifers were meat to cannibals. It was definite for them to eat him but to keep him alive? Something did not make sense. ¡°There are 2 things. Their intention is to dry me out slowly since I killed hundreds of their kin and I am helping them a little in order to stay alive.¡± ¡°Help?¡± ¡°If you stay alive, you will find out. It¡¯s a bother to say anymore.¡± Campbell changed the subject as though they would find out even if he did not tell them. It could be that he did not want to tell them. It was a way to stay alive even for a little bit longer. The second he shared it, he would be useless to the cannibals. Carlyle did not ask further either. In this state, he was going to end up being eaten by the cannibals. The only difference was in whether it would be faster or slower. ¡°Ke ke! Those guys are lucky. I¡¯m sure they¡¯ll have quit by now?¡± Carlyle thought of Cha Jun Sung. He had resented them when they quit, but he was now envious. Had that not saved their lives? ¡°Who do you mean?¡± ¡°We also came in as a full party, but 2 people left because there was friction. I¡¯m pretty sure they gave up and went back.¡± ¡°Those are some lucky people.¡± ¡°They¡¯re outstanding Lifers. They¡¯re the best that I¡¯ve seen so far.¡± ¡°What makes you say that?¡± ¡°They have each spent more than 10,000 points on their equipment alone. It also looked like the one who seems to be the leader has gone through body modification.¡± Campbell¡¯s eyes widened with surprise. The more points someone umted meant that they hadpleted that many missions. At that rate, it was appropriate to call him the best. Though it could not be reversed now, they would have been of great help if they had not left. ¡°Whew! What a waste. But what use is it since they¡¯re not here?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± He could not help but wish they were there. If Cha Jun Sung or another party did note in to save them, they would notst more than a few days. Kwa kwa kwa kwang! While they were waiting to die, they heard an explosion that shook the base. This kind of power had to havee from outside. It was an explosion that could not be made with a gun, but with something like a ymore or grenade. Even a fever shot was far from a bomb because it was something that only let out heat. ¡°They didn¡¯t leave? They infiltrated the base!¡± ¡°No way!¡± ¡°Can they make it alive? I don¡¯t want to die like Hicks! We¡¯re here! Save us!¡± The color returned to Lloyd¡¯s gloomy face. The heavens had thrown them a lifeline. There was no way of knowing if that lifeline would be of use to them at the moment, but they would think about thatter. ¡®2 people came?¡¯ Campbell¡¯s eyes narrowed. He had been conscious when dragged in, so he knew how dangerous it was outside. It was a problem from the entrance. There were dozens of sentry guarding the entry. He guaranteed that if they killed those cannibals, they would raise an emergency and make the situationplication. They needed to lure the cannibals away if they wanted to move freely. It was not 100% certain, but that was how Campbell had seen it. Please! Tsk tsk! Campbell clucked his tongue at Smith and Jamie who were screaming. Unlike Special Forces officers, they started Life Mission as regr people. He did not know of their skills, but they showed their weak mentality in extreme situations. Lloyd¡¯s team was equally scared. The difference from Smith¡¯s team was that they did not want to be pathetic if there was nothing they could do, so they had just given up. ¡°It would be great if the luck you people are counting on reaches all the way here.¡± Campbell had never seen Cha Jun Sung, but he wanted him toe as soon as possible. As he said before, at least one person dies every half day. Chapter 29 Pupuk! Jiik! Lloyd¡¯s party was giving up hope. It had been days and Cha Jun Sung had not found Field of Meat. In that time, Smith and Jamie died. In the present, Japanese Kayamoto was being sliced like raw fish. That did not mean they could give up all hope because they kept hearing explosions. They were sure that he was lost somewhere, unable to find the way. Kwakwang! Kyak! The chef who had been eating Kayamoto¡¯s flesh punched the wall in anger and threw its tools anywhere. It was much more violent today. With its eyes narrowed and nose ring, it killed Kayamoto with more cruelty. It was angry. Lloyd¡¯s team did not know, but the chef hade after fighting with the other evil cannibals. 10 evil cannibals had died at the hands of Cha Jun Sung. There were only a few left. The chef was not happy even though it went up in ranking. He was being pressured to personally fight as he should in his position. Evil cannibals were smarter than cannibals. The chef knew he would die if he went out there. His mutant instincts allowed him to predict the future. Keureung. The chef brought the wagon over and packed human meat. He put the meat of the freshly ughtered Kayamoto in arge bucket. He needed to use a bribe since he did not want to fight. Mutants like human or animal meat. It did not have impurities because it had not gone through a transition. The meat of mutants infected with A virus was tough, so it did not taste as good. There was also toxicity in the blood. Had Caicus of Closed Area not relished the taste of the paste he made of people? To mutants, humans were just one of many delicacies. Ke ke! The chefughed in satisfaction and left the meat locker. He held the wagon and bucket tightly so as not to let even a drop fall. They had shared a fair amount before but the meat supply had ended once Lloyd¡¯s party came in, so this amount should be convincing. ¡°Hah! Others died until now, but it¡¯ll be our turn starting tomorrow.¡± Whether by luck or coincidence, the 4 British people were left. The 4 American and Japanese people were sacrificed first. They could say it was fortunate, but even that luck was over. *** ¡°It was right around here.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s look in each ce.¡± Cha Jun Sung searched the base for a few days. It had not been at random. Every half day, he heard screaming. He guessed the path with the sound, and he heard a scream just now as well. The base wasplex. Not only was itrge, but it was dizzying because there were a lot of forked roads. It was like a maze because they are not used to the internal structure. Seuseuk. The two freely searched for the meat warehouse. Cannibals rarely appeared. They had killed close to 1000 of them. Bump! ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°It¡¯s close.¡± It was dull. It was closer to the sound of something rolling along than the sound of a collision. It was getting closer. It wasing in their direction. Cha Jun Sung took out his sword and red fire at the same time. Park Jin Hyuk also took out his crossbow and prepared for a surprise attack. They were used to fighting as they moved. Kuk? ¡°Evil cannibal!¡± ¡°Look at the wagon it¡¯s pushing! It¡¯s full of human bodies!¡± ¡°Kayamoto?¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eye went to the top of the bucket where a dead head had its tongue out. The expression was twisted in pain. It was Kayamoto. ¡°I¡¯ll take care of it. Cover me.¡± ¡°Leave it to me.¡± Park Jin Hyuk stepped back and made an environment for Cha Jun Sung to fight in. Kung! The chef was surprised. Of all the ces to meet. There were no cannibals to call to. They were all gathered in one ce because they could not split up. ¡°Did you kill all of those people?¡± It was rhetorical. He was thinking to himself. ¡°The trail of blood is clear. Thanks. It¡¯ll be easy to find because of you.¡± Kyak! Its flesh was so thick that the bullet could notpletely prate the chef with the red fire¡¯s power. It was wounded, but the shot was not fatal. Cha Jun Sung shot near its eyes so it could not see. The chef swung its arms. It was fairly strong. His bones could break with one hit. Park Jin Hyuk could even die. ¡°That¡¯s not where I am.¡± The sword shed its leg. He cut with such force that the skin split open. It was extremely strong, but incredibly slow. ¡°Kuk!¡± The chef threw the bucket at Cha Jun Sung. Kayamoto¡¯s blood drenched him. There was a problem with his eyesight as it became red. Pew! Puk! Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s bullet went through the chef¡¯s eye and to the brain. The chef took a few steps and could not handle the heavy weight, copsing. It was dangerous. If Park Jin Hyuk had beente in shooting, Cha Jun Sung would have been hit. ¡°That¡¯s disgusting. How is he going to throw that?¡± ¡°Ugh, the smell!¡± Cha Jun Sung took out a bottle of water from the spacepression bag and poured it all. The water washed the blood away as it poured out but it did not get rid of the smell. It was their drinking water, but he did not think it a waste. They could get more water in the base. They must have been using the underground water, because water came out in different ces. They were suspicious of the water, so they used a cleaning agent to purify it. After pouring 2 bottles, much of the sticky feeling was gone. He left what was on the stic armor and impact tights. ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± ¡°It¡¯s right in front of us.¡± As they followed the tire tracks, an ominous iron door appeared. There was so much blood hardened on it that it could not be cleaned. Especially on the handle. ¡°If this is the right ce, all that¡¯s left is the escape?¡± ¡°Escaping is easy. We can just go back the way we came when we killed everything.¡± Creak. The hinges creaked as the door opened. It stuck because it had not been oiled. ¡°I was right, right? I had a feeling it would be a meat warehouse.¡± ¡°Ah.....¡± Park Jin Hyuk had thought that the description of hanging was only fitting for fruit trees. Starting today, he would need to change the way he thinks. ¡°Do you think all of those people were Lifers?¡± ¡°The likelihood is high. There must have been people who were faster than we were.¡± ¡°Telling us to check the Field of Meat meant to confirm their deaths.¡± There were two types of Lifers to enter this meat house ¨C those who were captured and those who infiltrated. The goal of this mission was to infiltrate it with their skill. It meant that they needed to get past this much to be able to advance into Level D. [You have confirmed the situation in Field of Meat. Please escape to the summons area.] They can escape now that they had seen it. They pushed it back because they could do that at any time. Cha Jun Sung had something to do here. He looked for survivors. ¡°Mi, Mister Cha?¡± ¡°You were alive?¡± ¡°Oh! Thank God! Thank you!¡± Cha Jun Sung went into the meat warehouse and found Lloyd locked in a pen. He looked ovee with emotion upon seeing his savior. He had be emaciated while going back and forth between heaven and hell over the past few days. ¡®That one¡¯s not dead.¡¯ ¡®I¡¯ll say.¡¯ Park Jin Hyuk looked at Carlyle with displeasure. The rude asshole had a lot of luck. He had not wanted him to die, but that was just his thinking. Cha Jun Sung moved to rescue them. He would need to let them go first. [You have discovered survivors. Activating a conjunction special mission.] [Level E Special Mission: Rescue Survivors] [Goal: Attainment] [Scenario: Rescue the Lifers locked up in Field of Meat] [Reward: 1000 points per person] Conjunction special mission? Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk looked at each other. By choice or force, there were special missions by association. This case was forced, but it felt like a bonus because it had been activated while they were rescuing them already. They would always wee this kind of mission. Tatang! Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk shot at the locks on the pens and broke them. The party was freed. They all seemed to be fine. [You have earned 1000 points.] [You have earned 1000 points.] As Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk released Lloyd and Carlyle, Henry and Martin, they each received 4000 points. They were free points that they had not expected. ¡°We don¡¯t have the trantor anymore because they took our helmets. We can¡¯t understand Korean, but I¡¯m sure you¡¯re able to understand me?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± The trantor installed in the PDA allowed them to listen to what others were saying in the desirednguage through the helmet, so the function was halted without the helmet. Speaking was of the same principle. He needed to be fluent in English to talk to Lloyd. He was at least able to understand Lloyd because of the trantor. ¡°Please save him as well.¡± ¡°Who?¡± Cha Jun Sung followed Lloyd¡¯s finger and saw Campbell locked in the corner. A new face, he was not a member of the party he entered with. ¡°He¡¯s a survivor from the first party.¡± ¡°The first party?¡± He moved as he asked. It was 1000 points just for letting him out. Even without the points, he was a Lifer with the cannibal as amon enemy. In a situation where rescuing was possible, it was not right to leave him there. ¡°So.....¡± Lloyd exined what he heard from Campbell on behalf of the party. It was easy to understand because he left out the guesswork and only ryed the main points. ¡°Thank you. My name is Campbell Brian.¡± ¡°No problem.¡± Campbell did not have a trantor either. Cha Jun Sung could hear, but was disappointed that he could notmunicate. Park Jin Hyuk kept his mouth shut as well. ¡°Your equipment is as impressive as I¡¯ve been told. You did body modification as well?¡± ¡°Yes, yes.¡± One person spoke and one person listened ¨C it was a one-way conversation. He thought he was going to start sweating. Park Jin Hyuk was the one who saved him in a dangerous situation. ¡°Jun Sung, annihtion? Escape?¡± ¡°Hm, annihtion?¡± ¡°What do we do with those people? They¡¯ll die on the way out without their equipment.¡± Cha Jun Sung wanted to end the cannibals instead of escaping right away. There was no guarantee that everything would go as well as it did today once they entered the top mission in Level E. If they left Lloyd¡¯s team however, they would lose the lives they had saved. ¡°I guess so.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s think about it after we get those people to the summons area.¡± It made sense. They had plenty of time. 3 or 4 hours was enough to get to the summons area from the meat warehouse. They could decide after sending these people. ¡°We don¡¯t have weaponry, but the things that aren¡¯t dangerous are over there.¡± Different types of protective gear were in the area that Campbell pointed out. There were items for dozens of people. Armor was like a shell that cannibals could not eat. It looked like they dumped it all here because they had no use for it. Lloyd¡¯s team went through the equipment. All they had to do was find the identification number that indicated it was theirs. It included the helmets that would activate the PDA¡¯s tranting function. ¡°Where are the weapons?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know, but I saw them take them to a location in the 2nd forked path to the meat warehouse.¡± Campbell searched his memories. He was not positive it was really a storage room for weaponry. ¡°We¡¯ll go ande back. Use this to protect yourself until wee back.¡± Cha Jun Sung handed the automatic crossbow to Lloyd. They would kill any cannibals they saw on the way, but it was just in case. Chapter 30 The ce Campbell directed them to was where the Lifers¡¯ weapons were held. Pistols, SMGs, crossbows, and bows ¨C there was a motley of weapons. ¡°There are a lot of good weapons.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s pack the supplies. We deserve this much after what we suffered.¡± Cha Jun Sung separated the weapons to give to Lloyd¡¯s group. It would be convenient to put them in the packs, but the cannibals had ripped them all apart so none of them were very useful. The spacepression bag was already full of the loot. If they took these weapons back with them to sell, they would make enough money to each buy a car. ¡°But.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°Why don¡¯t the cannibals use the guns and bombs when they use the electric?¡± Guns and bombs. Once they are unlocked, these were items that make the user into Rambo. In some ways, the electric was harder to use than these. If the cannibals had faced Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk in an armed state, they would have died, been captured, or run away. ¡°If I were the leader here, I would be totally against the subordinates using these weapons.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ¡°Because they might stab me in the back.¡± With a gun, a cannibal could easily kill an evil cannibal. If they do not control it, the order can be overturned and thew could be a mess. ¡°When you say it like that, it makes sense.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± Cha Jun Sung put the weapons in the least torn pack and went back to Lloyd¡¯s group. He gave each person an SMG with a couple hundred bullets, and a few grenades. Everyone took it withoutint except for one person. ¡°This is it for weapons?¡± ¡°No.¡± Carlyle asked the whereabouts of the weapons. There had to be more than dozens of weapons because that many Lifers had died. Cha Jun Sung spoke honestly. ¡°I packed the rest of them.¡± ¡°What did you say?¡± ¡°Be thankful I¡¯m giving you that much. I could have left you here.¡± Carlyle felt shame at Cha Jun Sung¡¯s words. It sounded like he was saying, ¡®What have you done that you¡¯re iming weapons?¡¯ ¡°Mister Cha, let¡¯s stop.¡± ¡°Are we leaving right away?¡± ¡°Let¡¯s get out since there¡¯s no good in staying in this terrible ce.¡± As soon as they made their decision, everything went ording to n. They got out of the base within 2 hours through the path that Cha Jun Sung had memorized. The strange thing was that they were never attacked while they were leaving. Are they hiding themselves because they are scared of being annihted? It could be. Even if they were angry, it is another way to conserve their species. Kiik! He was mistaken however. There was no reason for them to let them go easily in the first ce. Jiing! As soon as they got outside, the vision goggles returned to their original search range. At the same time, the cannibals¡¯ heat was captured en masse. ¡°Jin Hyuk, put the crossbow away and take out your sniper rifle. They¡¯re too close.¡± ¡°Damn!¡± Park Jin Hyuk held his rifle. He knew they were letting them go too easily. They had known that they were at a disadvantage in a narrow area and had brought them to an open space. ¡°Are we under siege?¡± ¡°It should be about 300 of them. I think we¡¯ll have to go as we kill them.¡± He could sense the cannibals¡¯ movement clearly. They were watching Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group from just 40m away. These cunning creatures must be waiting for them to enter the forest. ¡®5 big ones..... 1 bigger one, that¡¯s the leader.¡¯ It was not Level 3. The bnce would be destroyed if it were Level 3. The cannibal itself was a strong mutant, so he estimated it to be a high Level 2. It was impossible to face one-on-one without a gun. Seuk. Cha Jun Sung moved around and searched with his bow. The cannibals did not intend to let him go and blocked each path. They needed to somehow lure the cannibals elsewhere if they wanted to get to the summons area. This was their home ground, so the party members were at a disadvantage. ¡°They¡¯re trying to fight intellectually with people? Let¡¯s see who wins.¡± ¡°Do you have a n?¡± ¡°If we just barge in, they¡¯ll kill half of us at least. We¡¯ll have to y with them.¡± Cha Jun Sung resisted saying, ¡®Though we probably won¡¯t die.¡¯ He had the confidence to protect Park Jin Hyuk no matter what. ¡°It¡¯s about 36 to 49m.¡± He measured the distance. The closer cannibals were 36m away, the farther ones at 49m. They were exact figures. They were farther away the stronger they were and it did not get closer than that. ¡°Please give me the fever shots.¡± ¡°How many?¡± ¡°All of them!¡± Cha Jun Sung himself had 5, Park Jin Hyuk had 6, and Lloyd¡¯s group each had one. Once everyone handed them over, they had a total of 16. Cha Jun Sung threw them into the forest without even setting the timer. 36 to 49m, the fever shot weighed 1kg. It was impossible to throw this heavy weight over 36m. ¡°Huk!¡± ¡°What are you doing!¡± ¡°Mister Cha!¡± Lloyd¡¯s team yelled. Fever shots were important bombs because they are capable of mass destruction. He had thrown something like that as if it were a rock without setting the timer. Kyak kyak! The cannibals ran from their spots as they saw the fever shots fly toward them. The ones that knew of its danger led the ones that did not know out of range. At that, the distance between them and the cannibals became evenrger. Now, they could not be detected by the goggle¡¯s 50m range. ¡°You can detect the fever shot with the goggles, right?¡± ¡°I can just shoot it and set it off, right?¡± ¡°You¡¯re smart.¡± Hee hee! There was a limit to adjusting the timer. He would not have been able to cause much damage if he had thrown it after setting the timer. But if he threw it as is? It would not go off. ¡°Since they¡¯re so suspicious, they¡¯ll wait for a bit before going back to their ces.¡± Cannibals do not have a concept of misfires. They can only differentiate between something that goes off and something that does not. They will go back into formation if they know that it does not go off. Lloyd clucked his tongue. This operation was possible because they had vision goggles. Shyashyak! Cha Jun Sung smiled. The situation was unfolding as expected. The cannibals who released their suspicion after 30 minutes went back to their positions at 40m. ¡°See. No matter how smart they are, they¡¯re smart for that level, not smart enough to win against humans.¡± ¡°Rtively?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Cannibals were perceived to be smart because they were inparison to mutants. Lifers were fooled by them because they perceived the cannibals to be on a simr level. If they had fought with the thought that they were on the same level, they might have been pushed back by sheer numbers but they would not have died pathetically in the meat warehouse. Does it make sense? It is not even the primeval ages and they fall into a hole, or that they try to set a trap but instead are trapped under an electric? ¡°The range of the fever shot is 15m, so there will be a series of explosions even if one goes off.¡± ¡°Will it be able to kill all of them?¡± ¡°They¡¯re such fast creatures that they¡¯ll reflexively get out as soon as it goes off.¡± Annihtion was ambitious. Looking at the way they were spread out, 50% would not be able to escape and would burn to death. It was obvious that they would be on their highest guard. For the rest, they would have to use all their tricks whether it was to shoot or beat them to death. It was a pity that they would not fall for the same methods. ¡°Which one should I shoot?¡± ¡°The one furthest.¡± ¡°The one all the way at the end? There are a lot of obstacles along the way, let¡¯s see if I can get through all of them.¡± Park Jin Hyuk aimed his rifle at the fever shot Cha Jun Sung had indicated. There were a few trees blocking the path to it. He was not sure the bullet would be able to go through because they were fairly thick, but he did not linger on it for too long. ¡°If it doesn¡¯t work with one shot, it¡¯ll go with two or three.¡± ¡°That¡¯s the spirit.¡± Pew! The bullet cut through the air. It went through the trees and looked like it was going to reach the fever shot as it rotated violently, but it lost power and stopped. Pew! As heat formed where the bullet had passed, the target he needed to match was marked. He fired again and went through the hole that had been formed before. It pushed the bullet that was stuck out and cleared the rest of the obstacles. Puk. Kwang! It finally hit the fever shot. The heat called its fellows. Kwakwakwakwa! The 16 fever shots exploded in a row. The 15m range expanded by 5 or 6 times in seconds. It was like a missile. Kyak! It worked. The cannibals were swept by the st and ran around frantically. It was unsure whether it was the forest or the cannibals burning. Kung! The leader was furious. The surviving cannibals gathered at its roar and charged at Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. They had given up on psychological warfare. Tutu! Lloyd¡¯s team each aimed and killed one. Carlyle also attacked once in a while, but he was scared of the cannibals and busy hiding. Kwakwang! When a grenade went off, 4 cannibals ripped into pieces. It was thest stage. They needed to mobilize thest of their power andplete the mission. ¡°We can¡¯tst! We need to get out!¡± ¡°Follow me!¡± Cha Jun Sung led the way. There were much more survivors than those that had died from the fever shots. It was dangerous to remain in this spot. They needed to move. Kuk! Cannibals charged at them from all directions. They built momentum. They did not guard their lives because of the leader¡¯s orders. It was the suicide squad. Sukuk! Tatang! He shot his gun to clear a path. Everyone fought desperately but as the cannibals became more vigorous, Carlyle became more unstable. ¡°We need to follow Mr. Cha!¡± ¡°It¡¯s too much! There are too many cannibals closing in and the forest is on fire!¡± ¡°Sir!¡± Carlyle blocked his ears. Cha Jun Sung was leaving all of the paths and choosing the one with the highest probability for them to die. He could not find the motivation to follow him. ¡°Let¡¯s take the path on the side! Look at it. The cannibals are following him!¡± The majority of the cannibals chased Cha Jun Sung. They knew exactly who had killed all of their kin. He had killed more than 1000, so they could not forget him. ¡°Mister Cha saved us!¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Tatak! Carlyle left the group and went through the path on the side. Lloyd¡¯s group was a team of Special Forces meant to protect him. They had no choice but to follow him. Seuk. Campbell who had been looking on as a third party looked over at Carlyle. A pathetic expression on a spoiled brat who was selfish when assessing a situation. His traits made him perfect for an unnecessary death. Cha Jun Sung was taking an off-road even though it would be more difficult because he knew the path and it would take the least time to reach the summons area. This was the cannibals¡¯ hometown. If they got lost even for a moment in another path, they would be captured without being able to do anything. They needed to be swift if they wanted to live. Papat! Campbell needed to choose between Cha Jun Sung and Lloyd¡¯s group, and chose thetter. He was already far from Cha Jun Sung and it was too burdensome to follow him alone. ¡°Ho ho! 4 people is better than 2 and weaker is better than the stronger.¡± Campbell turned to the side. With this, the party split into two. Chapter 31 Papapapat! Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk ran. They looked back when they could to shoot and throw grenades. Each time, one or two cannibals always died. ¡°I did as much as I could.¡± ¡°Agreed!¡± Lloyd¡¯s group did not follow them. They had set everything up for them with difficulty and all they had to do was take it, but he could not take care of that for them as well. It seemed the man they met in the meat locker, Campbell, had also followed Lloyd. Had they formed a friendship in the few days they spent together? ¡°They¡¯re persistent!¡± ¡°Jump into the ocean once we reach the summons area.¡± ¡°The ocean?¡± ¡°If they follow us in, today¡¯s the day they die.¡± If they had taken the right path, the cliff they were first summoned to would appear. It was 20 to 25m high. Even if they fell into the ocean, the absorptivity of their equipment would reduce the friction. The end of the forest wasing. They could hear the sound of waves nearby. Cha Jun Sung took out a grenade and pulled the pin. Park Jin Hyuk followed suit. ¡°Put the grenade on the ground and run!¡± ¡°Ack!¡± Pat! The grenade fell to the ground. It would go off in 5 seconds. Park Jin Hyuk made a fuss and jumped into the ocean. The cannibals filled the area behind them. They were simr in speed to Cha Jun Sung, but the distance closed in as they ran. There was the problem of stamina as well, so it would have been a problem if it had been a long distance. Kwang! The grenades exploded and fragments flew out. It swept the cannibals that had gathered and they copsed. But it was not over. There were still some standing. Kung! When the explosion disappeared, the evil cannibals and dozens of cannibals threw themselves into the ocean. They were determined to kill Cha Jun Sung at the very least. ¡°I prepared this for you.¡± ¡°Kung!¡± Cha Jun Sung threw the grenade in his hand. The cannibals opened their eyes wide. They were falling in open space. Unless they could fly away like birds, there was no way to avoid it. Kwang! The shockwaves of the grenade hit Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s bodies. Fragments came flying at them, but their stic armor and impact tights absorbed it. Ssh! Still it was early to think that they were safe because they had fallen in the water. The cannibals that had survived the st were swimming towards the two. It was aplete horror. Tutututu! The cannibals were not used to swimming and there was a notable difference in the way they moved inparison to the way they moved onnd. This made it easier to shoot them. In their submerged state, they made the approaching cannibals into fish food. ¡°Let¡¯s end this, it¡¯s a drag.¡± ¡°My thoughts exactly!¡± If the difficulty of Level E was this high, nothing needed to be said about Level D. Level D would be uncertain even after acquiring the best gear and going through the 2nd stage of body modification. The number of cannibals gradually decreased and they eventually killed all of them off. ¡°Is that the end?¡± ¡°Could be?¡± ¡°There aren¡¯t anymore.¡± ¡°Wow!¡± Park Jin Hyuk put his hands in the air and cheered. Their attack on the cannibals was over. Then they heard the words they wanted to hear so much. -[Congrattions. You have cleared Level E upgrade mission, Field of Meat.] -[You have earned 3000 points, and Level D mission and store are open.] Park Jin Hyuk was delighted at the fact that the Level D mission and store had been unlocked. Cha Jun Sung did not hear thest words because he had already unlocked them. -[Please go to shore to return to the briefing room or reality.] ¡°Let¡¯s find a low ce.¡± Cha Jun Sung looked at the cliff slopes and shook his head. They could not climb it. But they both knew how to swim. They swam and rested by floating when they were too tired. After swimming like this for 20 minutes, they came to a beautiful waterfront. Park Jin Hyuk put all of the weaponry into the spacepression bag and held only the sniper rifle. It was the best weapon against a surprise attack. ¡°Now that we¡¯ve finished, it¡¯s a bother to annihte them.¡± ¡°Should we go back?¡± The purpose of Field of Meat was not annihtion. There could be cannibals remaining on the base, but he did not want to continue fighting. ¡°Let¡¯s follow the waterfront. We might find Lloyd and his men.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Their shoulders were heavy. They were exhausted and as their tension rxed, the fatigue spread. However, he did wonder what happened to Lloyd and the others. There was nothing they could do if they had died in the forest, but they might run into them if they had made it out. ¡°There!¡± ¡°I saw.¡± They could see what they estimated to be 40 to 50 dead bodies. It could not be people. It had to be cannibals. It seemed there had been a great battle. Among the cannibal corpses, there were the bodies of Lloyd, Henry, and Martin. They had died in a gruesome way. It looked like they had fought back until the end and were hacked up. Could it be that they thought it unfair that they died? There was anger in their widely open eyes. Cha Jun Sung touched Lloyd¡¯s body. It was still warm but some time must have passed since his death because it was starting to cool. This was the same for Henry and Martin. ¡°What about Carlyle and Campbell?¡± ¡°Do you think these three died while opening up a path for them?¡± ¡°Could be.¡± Cha Jun Sung walked away from the bodies. They could make money by selling their gear, but he did not need it and did not really want to do it. They found Carlyle¡¯s body not far from Lloyd and the others. He had his face down in the sands. ¡°They opened up the path for him for nothing.¡± ¡°Tsk!¡± Park Jin Hyuk had a bitter look. He did not like the man, but he had never wished for his death. He just did not like him, it was nothing more and nothing less. Cha Jun Sung felt something strange while examining Carlyle¡¯s body. ¡°What are you doing?¡± ¡°The cause of death is unclear. Other than his blue face, there isn¡¯t any wound.¡± ¡°What about it?¡± ¡°There isn¡¯t a cannibal¡¯s body nearby and he¡¯s dead alone.¡± He looked for a mortal wound to figure out Carlyle¡¯s cause of death, but he was perfectly fine. Other than his blue face, there was nothing that could have killed him. ¡°I think he suffocated.¡± ¡°Suffocated?¡± ¡°They say when someone suffocates, their face turns blue. I saw in on TV.¡± Cha Jun Sung thought that Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s exnation made sense. ¡°Fight against me.¡± ¡°What? Kuk!¡± Cha Jun Sung went behind Park Jin Hyuk, put his head in a headlock, and squeezed. Park Jin Hyuk iled. The impact tights expanded and pushed against Cha Jun Sung¡¯s strength, but it was loose. He had discovered a new vulnerability. ¡°Ow..... My neck.¡± ¡°What do you think?¡± ¡°I think suffocation is right. The impact tights don¡¯t function against it.¡± ¡°But there was a repelling force.¡± ¡°You have a lot of muscr strength because you went through body modification. How could I withstand it?¡± It sounded like the impact tights would have been able to protect him if he had not gone through body modification. A cannibal would not have done something so onerous. ¡°Campbell.....¡± ¡°Are you saying he went through body modification and is the one who killed Carlyle?¡± ¡°In context.¡± The only other survivor in this mission was Campbell. It could not help but raise suspicion. It would be a PK if it were a game, but it was murder since it was reality. ¡°That guypleted a Level D mission and opened the store!¡± ¡°Since I¡¯m not the only one who¡¯s special.¡± ¡°Why do you think he did it?¡± ¡°The reason why he did a PK? There¡¯s a different pleasure in killing users than in killing mutants. Or he¡¯s doing it to gain experience.¡± ¡°But this is reality. What experience? He¡¯s psycho.¡± ¡°Point.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°Do you think he can take another Lifer¡¯s points if he kills them?¡± It was not information that was recorded in Lifer World. Of course opinions were divided. Would they be rewarded points even if they killed Lifers? Was there someone who had killed before? ¡°I¡¯m sure there are a lot. A ton.¡± There was no way murderers did not exist in this crazy world. If they were given points? They would tell people not to share the information in the greed of wanting to take all the points. ¡°Kill someone to confirm?¡± ¡°Probably.¡± ¡°If you find Campbell?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll probably kill him if it¡¯s possible, but I have no intention of going out of my way. Let¡¯s look and decide.¡± As he continued with Life Mission, there would be a day when he killed a human and not a mutant with these hands, wouldn¡¯t there? The only difference was whether that day woulde sooner orter. ¡°He¡¯ll be close by.¡± ¡°How do you know?¡± ¡°Lloyd¡¯s body was cold, but this one is warm. He¡¯s close.¡± Cha Jun Sung lifted his head. They needed to go to the summon area if they wanted toplete the mission. Campbell would be heading towards the summon area as well. Chapter 32 Park Jin Hyuk held his sniper rifle and walked toward the waterfront. It was impossible to go into the forest and create an ambush. They could also be attacked if a cannibal were alive. Cha Jun Sung thought the same. In a position where they were on a quiet chase, they could not take that kind of risk. Seuseuk. The two who had been walking as though running, lowered their bodies. They had found Campbell. ¡°Shoot?¡± ¡°We can¡¯t shoot without talking to him. We need to be sure he¡¯s the killer.¡± The context pointed to Campbell, but what if it wasn¡¯t him? Blindly shooting him was not something someone in their right mind could do. ¡°I¡¯m going. You stay here and aim. Pull the trigger if I send the signal.¡± ¡°Be careful.¡± Cha Jun Sung approached Campbell. He left some distance between them and made his presence known. If his senses had been amplified with body modification, he would already know anyway. ¡°Campbell.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± Campbell reacted to the voice and turned around. His shaking eyes ¨C Cha Jun Sung did not miss this change like an eagle watching its prey. ¡°Mister Cha? You hadn¡¯t gone back?¡± ¡°Carlyle.¡± ¡°Carlyle?¡± ¡°He died. I¡¯m assuming you won¡¯t give the excuse that a cannibal killed him?¡± ¡°I want to say, ¡®I didn¡¯t kill him!¡¯ but the situation won¡¯t let me. That¡¯s right. I took more care in killing him, but I guess I got caught.¡± Campbell put on an expression of difort. This was a scenario he had not expected. He had procrastinated thinking that Cha Jun Sung had already gone back. He had given his back to him while he had peace of mind. It was surprising, but he was unfazed. ¡°Are points the goal?¡± ¡°About half?¡± ¡°What is the other half?¡± ¡°Points are the main reason, but killing is also fun.¡± Kik kik! His mask wasing off. Cha Jun Sung realized that he was facing a psychopath. ¡°Aren¡¯t you curious as to how many points you¡¯re given when you kill a Lifer?¡± He was curious. If all of the deceased¡¯s points were passed over, a war could arise among Lifers. It would be more rewarding than hunting mutants. ¡°They give you 10%. I earned about 5000 points after killing 4 people.¡± Cha Jun Sung needed to get through a 1500-point mission. He could earn that easily by killing just a few Lifers. He could see how it would be addictive. ¡°Did you kill Lloyd and his men as well?¡± ¡°They were mortally wounded while trying to save Carlyle. I am the one who killed them, but I guess it would be right to say that they pulled it ahead of schedule.¡± This is why he had not found traces of Campbell on Lloyd and his men. ¡°You have an impressive eye. It¡¯s a good thing I didn¡¯t follow you back there.¡± If he had followed Cha Jun Sung, not only would he not have been able to kill him, but he might have died himself. ¡°Let me ask you. Is what you said the truth? What about the party you came with?¡± ¡°I killed everyone because they tried to quit when they found out it was impossible toplete the mission. I was captured because I was unlucky. Thank you, Mister Cha. You saved me.¡± This much was the truth. If Cha Jun Sung had not saved him, he would have died 100%. ¡°Everything is true except that?¡± ¡°There¡¯s no reason to hide the rest is there?¡± ¡°How did you stay alive?¡± ¡°The cannibals..... They¡¯re stupid but maybe they felt a certain level of kinship with their own?¡± Campbell annihted his party and killed hundreds of cannibals. The smell of blood spread all throughout the ind because he had been unable to clean up the battlefield. This had called the cannibals to him. He fought back because he could not die so pathetically, but he could not handle the numbers that swarmed to him. The funny thing was that the cannibals had locked him in a pen and killed Lifers in front of him. They had wanted him to experience the pain of watching his kin die. They did not want to starve him to death, so they had thrown him the provisions that Lifers brought in with them. ¡°I even pretended to be surprised sometimes because I thought they might kill me if I didn¡¯t care. And..... I told them how to use the electric.¡± After he had spent a few days in the pen, the evil cannibals came looking for him. They brought a few items that had bothered them and motioned something with their hands and feet. What could it be? They were asking how to use them. They put the dangerous firearms in storage and started using the items for capture and camouge in hunting Lifers because all they had to do was press a button. Campbell had felt some pleasure in watching this because it was like watching a y. This was why he had not been bored even though he had been locked up for weeks. Guilt? He didn¡¯t have anything like that. If it was to stay alive, he could kill thousands of people without blinking. Look at him. Hadn¡¯t he survived? Chapter 33 ¡°The life I saved, I¡¯ll take it again.¡± ¡°That¡¯s true, but I can¡¯t let you do that. It seems too early to die.¡± Campbell raised his fist. He was holding a grenade with its pin pulled. ¡°I pulled it when I heard you call me. That young friend of yours over there is aiming at me, right? If this goes off, you won¡¯t be safe either.¡± Cha Jun Sung clenched his teeth. He is cunning to have prepared such a thing. ¡°Ke ke! That expression is great even though it isn¡¯t as good as the one people show when they¡¯re dying.¡± Campbell covered his face andughed. His eyes showed through his fingers. ¡®He seems familiar.¡¯ Something had been bothering him. Campbell¡¯s strange tone that is half formal and half informal, seems to ovep with someone but he cannot remember who that is. Cha Jun Sung watched Campbell and tried to give Park Jin Hyuk the signal. ¡°No no! Don¡¯t move.¡± ¡°Keuk!¡± ¡°The moment you give a signal, I¡¯ll let this go off. I¡¯ll only be caught off guard once.¡± Cha Jun Sung stopped moving at Campbell¡¯s warning. They are not even 5m apart. Even if he does not die when the grenade goes off, he woulde out with serious wounds. ¡®Jin Hyuk, shoot him. Shoot.¡¯ He sent the signal in his mind. Jin Hyuk is fast to catch on. Cha Jun Sung willed him to shoot Campbell in the head. Park Jin Hyuk squinted as he looked at Campbellughing from afar. It looked like he is the culprit, but Cha Jun Sung is not giving the signal. ¡°What¡¯s going on?¡± When Campbell covered his face with his hand, his other hand came up and Park Jin Hyuk could see that it held a round object through the scope. It is a grenade without its pin. He had not seen what was in Campbell¡¯s hand because he had been focusing on getting a signal. Campbell had turned his back with the grenade in his hand. ¡°This is driving me crazy.¡± It is an ambiguous moment. The decision is all up to Park Jin Hyuk. Anyone in this situation would be conflicted. He cannot reverse a decision made on bad judgment. ¡°If that goes off, Jun Sung will be hit too. Will his body and equipment be able to handle it?¡± Kiik! Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s finger pressed on the trigger. Slowly, so Campbell would not be able to sense it. If he reacts when he hears the sound, it will be toote. Once his head is hit, he will lose strength and the grenade will go off within a few seconds. There is just sand, with nothing to find cover in. In that time, how far would Cha Jun Sung be able to get away in order to minimize damages? ¡°Die.¡± Tang! The bullet is shot. Campbell dies. Park Jin Hyuk did not doubt this would happen. Cha Jun Sung would use his speed from the 1st stage of body modifications to get away. Puk! He is hit by the bullet and he falls without strength. With that, Cha Jun Sung runs. But something is weird. Through the scope, Campbell is looking at Park Jin Hyuk andughing. While Campbell watched Cha Jun Sung, he was aware of Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s movements. He could be prepared for Cha Jun Sung in any way. Park Jin Hyuk on the other hand is far away and there is nothing he can do to him. If Campbell misses a change in his behavior, he is dead. S A feeling. It is a distance that he cannot see from even with twice the sight, but Campbell got a feeling that Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s finger was moving on the trigger. He could not be sure. He just felt like it could be. The behavior of a person whose life is threatened? It is just hisst attempt to live. Campbell had the feeling that Park Jin Hyuk was going to shoot him and tilted his body slightly. At the same moment, a shot from the rifle rang the ocean. As Campbell fell, he threw the grenade past Cha Jun Sung¡¯s head. Instead of going farther from the grenade, Cha Jun Sung had be even closer to it. He thought that Campbell would drop it nearby, but had not expected him to throw it. Bang! As the grenade explodes, countless pieces of shrapnel flew out. Cha Jun Sung protected his entire body with his heavily shielded arms and legs. Bang! The bomb exploded again. The fortunate thing was that it was not a bomb for attack, but a smoke shell. ¡°Jun Sung!¡± Park Jin Hyuk held his SMG and ran. He did not care if Campbell was alive. If Cha Jun Sung was hurt, they needed to return right away and receive treatment. ¡°He, he didn¡¯t die.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s hurry up and go back!¡± Dozens of shrapnel fragments were embedded in his arms and legs. Blood gushed from his wounds. His bones must have broken while his skin was ripped because he could not put strength in them. ¡°What about Campbell?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t tell what happened to him because he set a smoke shell off.¡± ¡°He¡¯ll be alive. He tilted his body before the shot and got out of range.¡± ¡°Ugh! You¡¯re right. I¡¯m at a disadvantage like this, so there¡¯s nothing I can do.¡± Park Jin Hyuk pointed the SMG around them. It is Campbell¡¯s voice. He could not see him because of all of the smoke. ¡°You... I¡¯ll kill you the next time I see you.¡± That¡¯s what I should be saying. If it had been a warning from trash, I would haveughed it off, but I anticipate it because you seem to be skilled.¡± Campbell must be activating his return because his voice was bing distant. ¡°I¡¯ll be leaving first.¡± The sound of blowing air from the mouth. When Cha Jun Sung heard that sound that the guy had made when they met in Life Mission, his pupils grewrger. That tone and madness, the sound from his mouth upon leaving. He remembered. ¡°Blood King?¡± ¡°Who are you?¡± Papat! Campbell was shocked. He had returned before they could discuss. That is how Cha Jun Sung and Campbell separated after leaving strong impressions. ¡°Blood King?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll tell you when we get back.¡± He could exin the situation to Park Jin Hyuk when they got back. Cha Jun Sung realized that other Lifers were catching up to his rapid growth. Campbell returns and looks weak as he goes over the situation just now. He earned a lot from this mission. He had gone through all of his points for body modification, but he earned 20,000 points uponpleting Field of Meat. The mutant hunting points and reward points were generous, but the 5,000 points he got from killing Lloyd could not be ignored. Lifer hunting. The secret to Campbell¡¯s points. If you kill a Lifer, you are given 10% of their holdings. It is an easy way to gain points? That is amon misconception that people have. It¡¯s a double-edged sword with high risk. You could kill someone, but you could be killed if something goes wrong. There are things that Lifer hunters need to keep in mind. Avoid full parties. To kill a full party of 10, 9 people excluding myself? There is no chance of winning if fighting face to face. Defeating them individually is also difficult because of the numbers. If there is no way to avoid going into a full party, it is better to gather murderers together but it is not a rmended method. They are a team but murderers are also enemies. You do not know when they might stab you in the back. Campbell had gone into Field of Meat with a team, but all of the members had died at his hand. Know your opponent well. Make a distinction in strength and only catch the weak guys. If he had followed Cha Jun Sung instead of Lloyd¡¯s people, he would not havee back alive. If the party you go into only has strong people? You need to hide your intentions. Do not leave any survivors. If you be known as a murderer and your face is posted, there will be restrictions to your movements. If you do not have the confidence to see it through until the end, do not start at all. Of the three precautions, Campbell broke the 3rd. The bigger problem is that Cha Jun Sung knows who he is. Blood King. That is his nickname in the virtual version of Life Mission. There are a lot of ways to change his identity in the virtual version. No one can recognize him by his looks. Then how did Cha Jun Sung identify him? It had been through his actions. ¡°I know it too. That kind of person can¡¯t just be a minnow.¡± Blood King is included in the top of the 36 people ranked in breaking through the 36 nightmares. Someone who could recognize him through his actions had to have been someone at a simr ranking whom he had met often. It could be that he is wrong, but his intuition said that this is right. ¡°There¡¯s no special characteristic. A special characteristic.¡± His body modification is weak and he does not have a unique weapon. Campbell¡¯s pride was hurt. His opponent had recognized him, but he could not recognize his opponent. It is difficult to figure him out from his appearance, but there will be a special characteristic if he looks for one. He needs to find his tail. There are rankers who reveal themselves. Whoever he is, Campbell had a basic knowledge of who is he. ¡°It¡¯s because he doesn¡¯t have full potential now, but I¡¯ll be able to tell who he is when I see his battle style. I have no doubt that he enjoys the melee. Was the weapon on his belt a katana?¡± Katana. Sword. In Campbell¡¯s memory, there are 2 Lifers among the rankers who use swords. Korea¡¯s Overload. China¡¯s Chammadogaek. Chammadogaek is also strong, but he cannot stand his ground against Overload who is in 1st ce. He is strong and grand. Even Campbell who was 1st ce in PK lost against him. ¡°That¡¯s right. Overload was Korean, right? Then he would recognize me.¡± It is not something to be surprised by. It was right to have met someone among the 36 rankers in Life Mission by now. ¡°It feels like I¡¯m at a disadvantage... but I¡¯ll be satisfied with having memorized your face.¡± If they meet again to fight, he would win then. For now, he needs to focus on growing and finding Blood King¡¯s force again. ¡°We¡¯ll meet again.¡± Campbell fell asleep. He is not an exception to being tired. Chapter 34 Chullung. Wine sloshed back and forth in a luxurious crystal ss. The man holding the ss was middle-aged and full of grace. ¡°Father. Field of Meat disappeared from the mission list.¡± ¡°I heard.¡± Duke Venter¡¯s voice is monotonous. It disappeared on the list. This meant the mission had beenpleted. But Carlyle has not returned. ¡°Our sister or I needed to go with him.¡± ¡°Do you think it is right to keep following him around and doing everything for him?¡± ¡°He was not strong enough.¡± ¡°He wasn¡¯t. That¡¯s why we needed to make him stronger. Even if by force.¡± A tiger cub is a tiger. But even a cat is excessive for Carlyle. Duke Venter tried to raise him as a tiger, but this is what had happened. ¡°Leave.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± As Brayburke left the office, a voice sounded, ¡°Sorry dear. We lost our youngest.¡± When he heard this, Brayburke clenched his fist and closed the door. Even a top authority of Ennd is just a father. ¡°Brother.¡± ¡°Isabel.¡± A beautiful blonde woman in her mid-20s was waiting for Brayburke outside the office. She is the only daughter among 3 children. ¡°An idiot went like an idiot.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Carlyle was a brother with a lot of shorings. He always got into trouble and there was not a part of him they likes, but that did not change the fact that he is the youngest of the 3 siblings. ¡°What do you think the problem was?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know. ¡°There are a lot of variables. There¡¯s no way to pinpoint one as the culprit.¡± The mission waspleted, but Carlyle and the Special Forces members were unable to return. Since the result was decided, the affairs is now what is important ¨C how he died. ¡°Was he killed by a mutant, or by an outside force?¡± ¡°If it¡¯s thetter?¡± ¡°Revenge I guess.¡± They had been unable to keep their mother¡¯sst will to protect their youngest brother. Just by making them go against this will, the culprit deserves to die. Carlyle had told them ¨C 3 Americans, 1 Japanese, and 2 Koreans. If they even found one person, they could figure out what the situation was. One of those people could also be the culprit. ¡°I¡¯m ready to go. Are you going to go?¡± ¡°I¡¯m going.¡± Brayburke took various kinds of weapons from his spacepression bag and equipped his body. There were a lot like a sword, spear, dagger, and hatchet. He and Isabel armed themselves and went out into the garden of the mansion. 8 Special Forces members were standing in a line, waiting for them. ¡°We¡¯re going in.¡± ¡°Attention!¡± [Approved. You are being transferred to Bone Mountain, Level E advance mission. Mission start.] Brayburke, Isabel, and the 8 Special Forces members entered the mission. Brayburke Venter. In reality, he is second to Duke Venter, but he is one of the 36 rankers and Ennd¡¯s weapon master. [Over 10,000 official figures of Korea are missing. It is said that only those revealed to be missing around the world reaches 400,000.] Cha Jun Sung sat on a bench downtown and watched the news televised on arge sign. They are all victims of Life Mission. Nearby, hundreds of other people watched the news and whispered. With time, Life Mission¡¯s existence is bing known. ¡°Has the stupid Korean government still not been able to figure out what Life Mission is?¡± ¡°It makes sense.¡± ¡°Our country is like that.¡± Cha Jun Sung thought that the government knew the situation and was neglecting it. The person right next to him is also a Lifer. The reality version of Life Mission is spreading like a virus. He does not have to say anything for it to reveal itself. People need to figure it out for themselves. If he gets involved, he could get implicated for nothing. ¡°That¡¯s a funny anchor.¡± The mark left on the wrist from a PDA, that anchor is also a Lifer. He must have taken it off for the authenticity of the news, but tons of people had already caught on. 1 or 2 out of 100 people on the street had PDAs on their wrists. Just because they took them off because they are detachable does not mean that they are not still Lifers. Hm! It was not far now. Within a month, the confusion would be gone. When that happens, the reality version of Life Mission will dissolve into modern society like sugar dissolves in water. It will be natural as though it had always existed. ¡°Anyway, why is he sote? He¡¯spletely ignoring the time we promised.¡± Cha Jun Sung was waiting for someone. A few days ago, he put up a post on Lifer World that he was selling the booty he found in Field of Meat. There had been a lot ofments, but he chose to sell to a fellow Korean. They had agreed to meet at 1 o¡¯clock, but no one has appeared for 20 minutes. ¡°Mr. Odin?¡± He heard a delicate voice. A beautiful woman in sses was standing in front of him. People¡¯s attention focused their attention on her because she was so pretty. ¡°You¡¯rete.¡± ¡°Sorry. Something suddenly came up and I didn¡¯t have a way to get in contact with you.¡± When she bowed her head, the picture he had drawn came apart. Cha Jun Sung felt himself in the wrong. Since it is of the past, he did not hold a grudge. ¡°Since there are a lot of people here, let¡¯s go somewhere else.¡± ¡°There¡¯s a ce I saw on the way here.¡± She took the lead and Cha Jun Sung followed. The curves of her body hidden under her suit are a form of art. He would not be bored on their way. The ce she brought them to is the top of a newmercial construction site. The security is tight. 6 security guards are blocking people from entering. ¡°Let me introduce myself. I¡¯m Jung Hye Ryung of the virtual department of Chilsung Group.¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°The virtual department.¡± ¡°There are all types of departments now.¡± ¡°Life Mission is a next generation business that can bring in vast profits, so Chilsung Group has already contracted many Lifers.¡± Lifers are not able to do everything. If the toppany in Korea supports them with items, they can expect growth at a much faster rate. They receive support and fulfill a request in return. It is mutual aid. ¡°No wonder you beat the others¡¯ prices. Chilsung was moving.¡± The government andrgepanies are the two ranges of public and private organizations. Chilsung Group, with dozens of subsidiaries, is one of the world¡¯s 100 groups. There is not apany in Korea that will fight with money against Chilsung Group. Since government assets are made from citizen taxes, its use for personal reasons is limited. On the other hand, the chairman of Chilsung Group ranks 30 on personal assets alone on Forbes. With all of the membersbined, they exceed 50. No one can beat them with money. ¡°Can I see the items?¡± ¡°Of course.¡± Cha Jun Sung took items out from the spacepression bag. There was a pistol, machine gun, sniper rifle, automatic crossbow, ammunition case, parachute, GPS, et cetera. They are the items of dozens of people. He had brought everything including what Park Jin Hyuk brought. There was quite a considerable amount. This could arm 2 parties. ¡°Is that bag a spacepression bag?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Jun Hye Ryung¡¯s eyes became ecstatic and looked at it as though it were a brand name bag. A whopping 50,000 points. Even she had only ever seen it once because it is the most expensive item in the Level E store. To think that there is another Lifer who purchased this. ¡°Because there¡¯s nowhere to hide this. If I¡¯m caught by enforcement with this in my car, I¡¯ll be arrested or I¡¯ll have to go through investigation, and it¡¯s too heavy for me to even carry.¡± He was not trying to be mysterious, but there is no good in revealing it either. He was thinking of using a big bag, but had chosen a spacepression bag for various reasons. ¡°Do you have any thoughts of selling it? We¡¯ll match whatever price you ask for.¡± Of course she would want it. He did not necessarily need it for the ss E he wouldplete in a few days, but it will definitely be an item that he needs as he goes to higher missions. Even if it is just the best item sold in level E. ¡°Money is just useless paper in Life Mission.¡± It is just a fractionpared to Chilsung Group, but before he had enough wealth to buy the entire store even became a Lifer. It may be different if something betteres along, but he would not sell it even for millions of dors. ¡°Ah ah.¡± Jung Hye Ryung thought it a pity. The Lifers under contract with Chilsung Group were still new. But it was fine because money couldpensate what experience theycked. But this guy Odin is different and has gone far ahead as an expert. She needed to learn more. Chapter 35 ¡°Please excuse my rudeness.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s okay.¡± ¡°How did you get these items? Did you buy them with your points?¡± Cha Jun Sung smiled gently so that Jung Hye Ryung would not get the wrong idea. There is no crazy Lifer who would buy items with points to sell them. They sell items when they no longer need them or if theye across them by coincidence as Cha Jun Sung did. ¡°They were gathered in a mutant nest.¡± ¡°There are store item numbers, but does that mean that many Lifers died?¡± Items are ssified into two groups. Ones that were bought in the store or ones found while going through a mission. The difference is in the product number. ¡°Since there were 3 survivors in 4 parties with 40 people, 37 people died.¡± ¡°Goodness!¡± Jung Hye Ryung¡¯s eyes widened in surprise. If 37 people went in and died in parties instead of solo, she could guess the difficulty level. ¡°And purchasing them?¡± ¡°Ah! They¡¯re the point pricing decided in the group. Please check.¡± Thepetent employees at Chilsung Group had created appropriate pricing. Jung Hye Ryung showed him the prices written out simply. He had heard of the approximate prices on Lifer World, but seeing them is different. The situation is different when selling items worth hundreds of points instead of 1 point Of course an item is more expensive. 300 points is $45,000. 400 points is $64,000. 500 points is $85,000. This is how the price of points rises. The most expensive items that Cha Jun Sung brought are the 1000-point machine gun and sniper rifle. If he sells the booty he discovered in Field of Meat, he would get hundreds of thousands of dors. It is quite easy to make money. To someone with nothing, Life Mission is a way of life. ¡°Let¡¯s do it.¡± ¡°That¡¯s an excellent decision.¡± Jung Hye Ryung looked satisfied. The items that she buys from Cha Jun Sung would be a way to develop the Chilsung Group Lifers a step. If they arm 2 parties and go in a 1500-point mission, it would be a tremendous help to the guild founded by Chilsung Group/ Jung Hye Ryung handed a bag of money that was under the table. ¡°We rounded thest digit up and it is $25 million.¡± ¡°Thank you. The number makes it easy to split with my friend.¡± ¡°Do you have someone with you?¡± -[Zephyrus, put your gun down.] -[Yes.] Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s voice came out of the PDA. As a means of contact like a cellphone, it is the type that trades points. When Jung Hye Ryung finally understood the situation, there were shivers down her spine. ¡°My friend is a sniper.¡± ¡°He was aiming here.¡± ¡°I had to leave everything covered because we need to meet in person in order to make a deal.¡± How could he go out unarmed without knowing what kind of person would show up? Since he cannot walk the streets with his equipment on him, he needed to do this at least. -[Aim at this woman in front of me for a second.] -[Yay!] A red dot showed up on her stomach. Jung Hye Ryung gulped when she saw it. If she had done something wrong, there would have been a hole in her pretty face. ¡°I did something rude.¡± ¡°Since I did the same thing just now, we¡¯ll call it even.¡± It seemed she was talking about the spacepression bag. ¡°As an apology, I¡¯ll answer one of your questions.¡± ¡°Anything?¡± ¡°I¡¯d like to if possible, but only what I know since I don¡¯t know everything.¡± Cha Jun Sung put the bag with the money in his spacepression bag. Even as he prepared to leave, Jung Hye Ryung was only thinking about what to ask him. ¡°I don¡¯t know how to ask you because I don¡¯t know what you do and don¡¯t know.¡± ¡°I know everything about level E missions.¡± ¡°Are you joking?¡± Jung Hye Ryung¡¯s expression hardened. Level E goes up to 3000 points. Until now, the only attack missions were Field of Meat and Bone Mountain with just a few others. ¡°Looking at the weapons you¡¯re buying, I assume you¡¯re trying to make a full 10 person party concentrated on 1000-1500 points and your goal is 3000 points?¡± ¡°How did you know that!¡± ¡°Are you going to stay at level E forever? You need to go up quickly and advance.¡± Jung Hye Ryung had said that Life Mission would be the next generation of business with huge profits. Even if it is for the reward points, they will fill it uppletely to go out. With the proper weapons, 2 people couldplete a 1000 point mission. As they go through, they will not be able to help but be ambitious and aim for higher. ¡°There are over 1000 mutants in Level 1 and close to 20 in Level 2. If each individual Lifer can¡¯t break through 1000 points, don¡¯t even try.¡± Cha Jun Sung say goodbye to Jung Hye Ryung and walked toward the exit. ¡°Is that information with evidence?¡± ¡°3 survivors among 40 people ¨C that mission is Field of Meat.¡± Cha Jun Sung opened the door and left. Jung Hye Ryung who had been standing nkly understood what that meant and quickly followed him out, but he had already disappeared. Jung Hye Ryung had seen it. Under Cha Jun Sung¡¯s sleeve, there were impact tights worth 15,000 points. No wonder his body looked bulky. With the spacepression bag, he had only shown her 2 pieces of equipment, but even those total 65,000 points. In a mission setting, how good is he? She could not be 100% sure, but he could really be the person whopleted Field of Meat. ¡°Helper name Odin, level D Lifer who recentlypleted an advance mission. Since he said he had someone with him, does that mean there are 2 people just in Korea? I need to report this.¡± It is worth reporting. Chapter 36 The Blue House. The heart of Korea where the president lives. 2 visitors came to this ce where not even senior officials could enter without permission. ¡°Mr. President, the Chief of Staff is here.¡± ¡°Send him in.¡± When the Chief Secretary opened the door, the Army Chief of Staff with 4 stars on his hat and the Captain with 3 diamonds entered the President¡¯s office. ¡°Attention!¡± ¡°Wee. I was waiting for you.¡± The President weed them both. It was a light atmosphere where it felt like he would ask how they are, but the reason for their meeting is not light. For an hour, entry into the Blue House is banned. Not even the Prime Minister would be able to enter. Dozens of security guards and soldiers were outside the office. ¡°So this is him.¡± ¡°Yes! He is very talented and ced 1st in the exam for Lifer skills in the entire army. He even surpassed the soldiers who are UDT Lifers.¡± The President observed the man in his mid-30s. With his 190cm height and strong physique, he seemed invincible. ¡°Captain! Han Chang Jin!¡± ¡°I am familiar with the basic information through the report from the Chief Secretary. For a brief summary, you are saying that you would like to figure out the issue in the army first?¡± Months had already passed since Life Mission became reality. As Cha Jun Sung had expected, the government had alreadypletely identified the situation. ¡°Sir, do you believe that you will be able to control Lifers?¡± The President shook his head. There is no way that he would be able to control them personally. Even super power America was looking into each Lifer¡¯s identity and mollifying them one by one. Clear measures do note out for Korea. ¡°Korea¡¯snd and poption are small. If we lead the army, we can protect the nation from Lifers with rogue intentions.¡± What if a criminal is a Lifer? What is there is no personnel to control these people? Even for an old man, bingwless only takes moments. Sword possession permit? Firearm possession permit? It had been a long time since such formal documents had just be pieces of paper. As long as one has the points, they can go shopping for all of the firearms they desire. Countries have been forced into situations where they need to take measures for national security but as time passes, nations are bound to form unions because they will grow as theybine. ¡°We¡¯ve seen movements fromrgepanies to create private organizations as well.¡± ¡°I know that as well. I am just not doing anything because there is no way to sanction thews. Within a few months, there will bews established regarding Lifers.¡± If they could not force them, they could ce sanctions. They cannot just let Lifers act freely. ¡°Countries are also trying to create army units made of Lifers.¡± The start may be humble, but the goal is to increase the personnel and make it a symbol of Korea, while cing his son, Han Chang Jin, as the Commanding Officer. This is not because it is his son. Han Chang Jin is a great soldier and Lifer. He is patriotic and is skilled enough toplete 1500 point missions alone. If he leads Lifers, he will establish his ce quickly. ¡°What extent of treatment are you thinking?¡± ¡°I was hoping for the most benefits and precedence that the country can offer.¡± ¡°Since we cannot decide it specifically here, I¡¯ll meet you separately.¡± The President finished speaking and looked at Han Chang Jin. It seems there is something he wants to say. ¡°I don¡¯t know this Life Mission game because I have never done it but if it is as the report says, Captain Han was a very famous Lifer.¡± Iron King Han Chang Jin. Like Cha Jun Sung, he was one of the 36 rankers who surpassed the nightmares. Of course he had a separate ID, but he was just called Iron King in the second half. ¡°It is a meaningless virtual name, President!¡± ¡°Even if it is virtual, strictly speaking it is training for reality.¡± ¡°Yes, sir!¡± ¡°Then I¡¯m sure the other 35 rankers will have achieved what you have?¡± Han Chang Jin hesitated in answering the President. The two worlds are different. There is no guarantee that the abilities from the virtual version are manifested in reality. But. ¡°If someone¡¯s name is among the rankers, they will be active somewhere.¡± The monsters he remembered would beughing as they ripped mutants apart. ¡°How many are there in Korea?¡± ¡°There are 3 people including me.¡± ¡°Are you able to contact them?¡± ¡°I would be able to find Ghost Gun through acquaintances, but Overload is difficult.¡± Han Chang Jin felt embarrassment as he said the names aloud. He is over 30 years old and saying things like Iron King, Ghost Gun, and Overload like it is a children¡¯s cartoon. ¡°Ah!¡± ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°Overload has a blog.¡± ¡°Blog?¡± ¡°Yes. That is where he writes his know-how on matters like strategy and weapons. If we find the blog and track the IP address..... we could find him.¡± Han Chang Jin swallowed hisst words. Tracking an IP address is illegal. It is not looked kindly upon if someone is being tracked. ¡°Don¡¯t you think there would be an understanding as it is for the country?¡± ¡°President, are you thinking of him as a member of the Lifer unit?¡± ¡°If he is as great of a Lifer as he is in the game.¡± ¡°He likes to y the game solo. He went around by himself inside the game as well. I can tell you for certain that he will not agree to it.¡± To start, the way they are trying to find him is wrong. Even if it takes time, they need to find him in a normal way in order to maintain a rtionship. ¡°There¡¯s no reason to get ahead of ourselves. We can talk about that issueter and establish the Lifer unit first. As the President, I approve it.¡± ¡°Yes, sir!¡± ¡°Yes, sir!¡± The father and son saluted. Just asrgepanies were trying to form private organizations, the government is preparing to defend the nation. *** The Director of the U.S. CIA had been under pressure for 2 months now because of an order from the top. No matter how much he investigated, the situation was not resolved. He was so stressed that his hair was falling out. ¡°Until when do I need to monitor this? Something needs toe out in order for me to investigate.¡± ¡°There really isn¡¯t anything?¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s clean. It¡¯s as if an alien came to Earth for a moment and disappeared. All information regarding Life Inc. evaporated.¡± Life Inc. It is apany that appeared 10 years ago and released Life Mission that was like a nuclear storm. This monster game broke countless records. While it was running, there was never a time when it lost its 1st ce position in the game ranking, and it aplished reaching over 100 million subscribers. Even now when all traces of it are gone, it is the center of controversy ¨C a secret. Does this make sense? They were not satisfied with the game and made a reality version. The director was implementing the order to investigate Life Inc. with dozens of agents. The headquarters of Life Inc. was erected in the center of U.S. Washington DC. The greatest gamingpany in the world was operating from a mere 10 story building. ¡°300 employees disappeared at the same time. We cannot search their identities and they do not have families. No one has seen them since May 9, 2020 either.¡± Life Inc. was a strangepany from the start. It appeared unexpectedly as if it had fallen from the sky, and it cruised by from then without any problems. They had 100 million cumtive users, and they always had more than 10 million current users at any given time. In a state where they had such a strong fan base, if someone just calls for a fee, they would see astronomical profits thatrgepanies could not even speak of. If they put an advertisement up through the game? The profits increase even more. It is a goose thatys golden eggs. But Life Inc. did not have anything like that. They offered the game for free and they kept a distance from actions that would bring in profits. They just left the game to be what it may because there were no bugs either. Money hungry authorities and enterprises made huge efforts to create smooth rtionships with Life Inc. in any way they could, but it was all in vain. When they shook it, not even dust came out. When they set traps, it did not get caught. Who could have known that gamingpany sess story Life Mission would create such a fiasco? If they want to find the cause of the reality version, they need to find anyone whether it is the Life Inc. employees or executives. ¡°This is driving me nuts.¡± ¡°I think it¡¯ll be better to pretend you¡¯re searching and to ignore the orders. Nothinges out no matter how much we dig. It¡¯s not like we can make information up.¡± The director sat at his desk and massaged his face. It is easy in words, but the pressure he is receiving in reality is not something he wants to suffer again. Even if he cannot implement the order, he does not have a problem because he gave it his best. However, that is a cause for being criticized that he cannot do his job properly. Ring! A phone rang with a text message. The agent looked at the director. It is discourteous to check his phone without permission from his supervisor. ¡°Check it. It could be important.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± The agent took out his phone and checked his message. [2nd preliminary Lifer selectionplete.] [Selection criteria: random 0.1% of men and women from all over the world in their 20s-40s.] ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°What is it?¡± The agent just blinked and gave his cellphone to the director. ¡°2nd preliminary Lifer selection? Hey! Hurry up and track the sender to find the location!¡± If they track the text, they can find the person who sent it as well as the location that it was sent from. They are going to find it even if they need to dig through the ground in the middle of a desert. The CIA became busy. A clue they had been so longing for had appeared and they needed to go with it as much as they could. Ring! This time, the director¡¯s phone rang. It was a call, not a text. He subconsciously checked the caller and became tense. ¡°I understand.¡± The director¡¯s tone was serious. The agents could feel that something was off. ¡°Call all agents who receive a selection text going forward. If you are working, bring him to me even if you need to employ someone else.¡± ¡°Who is it that you are being like this?¡± ¡°The White House secretary office.¡± The agents did not ask questions and left right away. If it is the White House secretary office, it would be the Chief Secretary and the person who had moved him is the President. August 2, 2020, 5pm. After the 1st preliminary Lifer selection, the 2nd preliminary Lifer selection began. Chapter 37 1st preliminary Lifer selection, half a year has passed since the reality version of Life Mission was started. It seems as though 3 months had passed with the 2nd round standards. How had the world changed? It had changed a lot. Since the number of people going in was increasing, they began to understand on their own without anyone telling them. The people who are selected be Lifers and go into the game. They kill mutants andplete missions to earn points. Then they can purchase items that can be of help or that have value, from the store. People see those that are worth money as the most important. The sweet reward received in exchange for the unidentified reason for creating Life Mission or the problems that arise from this, is trivial. It is the harm of a capitalist society¡¯s only thought that I need to seed as an individual. It did not matter whether others died, and these kinds of situations grew worse with time. The world is changing with the benefits provided by an unknown market. Because the Lifers who started early, have an advantage with points, they could sell their items for hundreds of thousands of dors. An unusual path had opened for even the underdogs of society with nothing to live in prosperity if they were just good at killing mutants. The people who had not been chosen as Lifers in the 1st and 2nd rounds envied those who had been and wished and wished for an opportunity in the 3rd round. *** Vroom! An impressive BMW I8 rides the road. Its red body is sensual and tough at the same time. It is a sports carunched this year for $200,000. Youths gazed at the car as though examining it. All had their respective thoughts. They thought it was no big deal, envied him, or were jealous. There were a lot of other thoughts on the car, but these were the leading ones. The car was parked next to the Han River. The weather had be chilly because it is December, but there were a lot of people regardless of gender and age. People¡¯s faces were flushed. Not because it is cold, but because it is warm. To feel warmth in this weather? There is a reason for that. Wiing. The car doors went up like wings and the owner of the car came out. It is Cha Jun Sung, a handsome man with looks fitting for a sports car. ¡°Insting long johns are good. People are moving so actively.¡± Insting long johns that holds inner body temperature while blocking out cold air are sold for 10 points in the store. For some time, the bulk distribution of store products through Lifers working with majorpanies have had an impact on the public. Harmless items like medicine that stops bleeding and makes the wound scab as soon as it is applied, and odorless spray that gets rid of all smells were among them. They were expensive, but very useful once purchased. They do their money¡¯s worth. With therge poption, they sold quickly. The products in a ss E store is at this standard. The items in ss D have not yet been revealed, but they could have an effect on electronicster. A cyborg that can only be seen in movies might roam the streets. The government and majorpanies are taking these items that surpass modern science, deconstructing them and trying to grasp the principles of them. ¡°Look here. It¡¯s another shooting ident.¡± ¡°Even ifws have been strengthened, there are so many crazy people. It¡¯s an apocalypse.¡± A young couple passed Cha Jun Sung¡¯s car. They were looking at the news on their smartphone and discussing it. As much as Life Mission and the store have had a positive impact on the world, they have had negative effects as well. Effects like the shooting ident being reported on the smartphone. There is no way to determine the state of firearm possession without searching through millions of people. They can buy whatever they want from the store as long as they have the points. Crime rates had surged 150% fromst year. A professional burr needs a gun but if that is hard, there is the automatic crossbow. They are going crazy. The shocking part is that Lifers themselves are quiet, but it is the general public that is going around doing these things. They were expressing their frustration with not being chosen in crime. One month ago, aw targeting Lifers was enacted. It ordered them to enroll as Lifers while paying taxes as citizens. $100,000 in taxes every year. As it is impossible to calcte exactly how much Lifers make in profits, a sum of money had been decided. A Lifer earns $100,000 bypleting a 300 point mission. The government had chosen an amount that is not burdensome and instead low. After thew was enacted, there was almost no protest to it. The next part, the national registry. On the outside, it looks like it is just a Lifer license like an identification card or driver¡¯s license, but it is not at all on the inside. There is the sneaky ulterior motive to track the number of Lifers and watch them with various goals like migration. Cha Jun Sung did not see it in a negative way. There was a trend of private organizations popping up everywhere. If they are not managed, they might bewless. However, the taxing and registry havemon problems. They need to enroll in order to pay their taxes? This meant that they do not need to pay if they are unregistered. The government expected this transgression and put a powerful restriction in ce. -[Lifers are a potential threat to the well-being of the country.] -[Ifw enforcement catches an unregistered Liferpleting missions, it is punishable with 5 years ofmunity service.] It did not mean that they would receive punishment for 5 years but that they would act as a Lifer for the state. Then what would happen to a Lifer who is registered, but does not like missions and wants to give up the privilege? How could he manage the $100,000 tax? Nothing has been revealed in detail, but the government is in the process of creating a program for these kinds of Lifers. They will do well as it is a great power. ¡°Now that I¡¯m here, my mood is better.¡± Today, Cha Jun Sung shut down the blog that he had run for 10 years. He did not delete itpletely, but ced a lock on it so that only he would have ess to it. Once the reality version was introduced, the number of visitors gradually decreased and starting a few days ago, it did not even go over 30,000. There were still a lot, but it had diminished. Of course, advertisements had dropped off one by one. It was not like nothing was left, but Cha Jun Sung called the advertisers himself to take them down. He got the sense that the advertisers were in favor of this in their voices. He was able to take care of it within minutes because he was solving a dilemma they had due to their contract period. The virtual version of Life Mission was dead. The age of the reality version hase. He does not care about money. He felt strange because the blog had been like an alter ego. -[Where are you?] -[Han River. Are you done with the mission?] -[1500 points is easy. I want to go into a 3000 point mission, but I¡¯m scared.] -[It¡¯ll be dangerous because you have distance.] -[Huk! To say that you can do it but I can¡¯t! I should just fold and do something else.] A few months after doing Field of Meat, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s skills had advanced so much that he was capable ofpleting advance missions by himself. It is the power of the 2nd stage of body modifications. Park Jin Hyuk went through the 2nd stage as well, but going alone was dangerous because his basic aptitude was low. He could guess what would be said next. -[Now is it level D?] -[Yeah.] -[The easiest preview is 5000 points, but how strong do you think a level 3 will be?] Cha Jun Sung has fought the Evil Queen before. Compared to level 9, level 3 would be like less than the dirt on his foot, but it is a fearsome monster in reality. -[It¡¯ll be separated by what style they are.] -[Mind or body?] -[Right.] Thebat style of mutant are split into two. The type that uses skill to make up for its weak body. The type that is purely physical in pushing forward. The ones that use their heads use poison or stealth, but whatever it is has shorings. Therefore, Park Jin Hyuk could face them as long as they prepare well. With those that use physical strength however, failure is inevitable unless one has gone through the 3rd stage of body modification. -[Do you know what yer is?] Chapter 38 -[yer?] It seems he does not know. Park Jin Hyuk had not been in the virtual version for even half a year. Unlike Cha Jun Sung who started in South America, his starting point was Asia. yers do not appear in Asia. -[That¡¯s a disgusting bastard. If even 2 gather, they can fight 3 Evil Bloodsuckers.] -[What! But Evil Bloodsuckers are at the top of Level 3!] -[Opinions are divided, but I see yers as the strongest in Level 3.] They are fast and sharp. That is Cha Jun Sung¡¯s assessment of yers. Its body is two or three times the size of a person¡¯s, its legs are abnormally long, arms are sickles like a mantis¡¯, and it¡¯s fast enough to make someone pass out. It may be possible with an ambush, but it is impossible to hit with an automatic crossbow. It may or may not work with a gun either. It moves to get out of the way before the shot goes off. Its thin skin is a w, but if its skin was thick and even had guarding properties, it would have gone over to Level 4. This is the type that uses pure physical strength. -[If webine our strength, we¡¯ll be able to fight with 1 yer, right?] -[If it¡¯s in a wide space.] He could not guarantee it. One of the two of them would die. It could be that both do. -[Are we going to go as a party?] -[It is our first attempt, so don¡¯t you think it¡¯ll be better to go in as part of a raid?] It is not like he is looking for wealth, so they must go in and take a look with the thought that it is a quest. If they go in together and fall into an unfavorable situation, they can only quit the mission. It is better to earn less points and join a raid operated by the guild. Most private organizations cannot go out because they are blocked at 3000 points but when viewed globally, there are many people who have gone into Level D. Is their equipment better than Cha Jun Sung¡¯s? The answeres out just from looking at a Level E mission. The difference between 2 peoplepleting it and 10 is 5 times the points. If the number of people who enter Level D goes from 10 to 100 people, it goes from a party to a force. They are making up for theck of skills with equipment. The word is that if a private Lifer goes into a guild raid, there are a lot of opportunities to take all of the points with few casualties in situations that are not dangerous. This is why even if the rewards are great, people are unable to gather enough points to go through body modification as Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk did. It is fortunate if they even get toplete the 1st stage. -[Have you decided on a ce?] -[Hocheon.] -[If you say Hocheon, are you talking about Daeho Group? Their reputation is bad..... It¡¯ll be alright, right?] Daeho Group is one of the 10 groups. Their ranking is at 8? Since theypleted this advance mission, they could be expected to make an attempt at Level D. Rumors say that several majorpanies shed a lot of blood and eachpleted Level D, but the number of casualties exceeded 60. Daeho Group is on thete side. Enterprises do not like to lose. It is inevitable that they will be impatient in trying to catch up. They could be followed then. -[Since there are a lot of people going in, I guess it¡¯ll be genocide if we don¡¯tmand properly.] -[Strangely, majorpanies don¡¯t have patience. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s an issue with guilds or with alliances, but they rush into assault. That¡¯s why so many of them die.] They are armed with good weapons like limited SMGs and sent into missions. It seems their strategy is to blindly run in since there is an unending supply of Lifers. 3 months have flown by since Cha Jun Sungpleted Field of Meat. He only looked at Level D missions. He felt that he was toocking. The standard for making an attempt at a challenge is whether or not he is able to fight a Level 3 alone. After preparing for 3 months, he finally felt like he was qualified. He found new Lifers who went into missions recklessly daft and pathetic. -[Rest for a few days. I¡¯ll contact you.] -[You rx too.] They ended the call. Soon, Daeho Group would be recruiting Lifers entering Level D. They would need toplete simple missions while examining the situation until then. Kyak! People gather in. While Cha Jun Sung was leaning on his car, locked in his thoughts, there was a fuss not far from him. ¡°You bitch! I fed you, gave you a ce to sleep, and gave you clothes to wear and you cheat on me?¡± ¡°Honey! That¡¯s not what happened!¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± A Lifer holding a crossbow was ring at a man with a woman while aiming at them. He looked as though he would kill both of them. Cha Jun Sung slowly moved in among the people. A crossbow show at Han River, it would be something unimaginable before. Life Mission had ruined the world. ¡°Everyone, go away! I¡¯m going to kill you two! You guys want to die too?¡± When he swung the crossbow back and forth, people became frightened and backs away. There are Lifers among them. Lifers are people too. They die if a hole goes through their heads. ¡°Who are you!¡± ¡°Me? Just an observer. Don¡¯t pay attention to me and go on so I can watch.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s finger was pointing at himself. It is an infuriating gesture. He did not back off and watched from his spot, pretending he did not care. The angry Lifer felt as though he had been lit up. ¡°Asshole! I¡¯ll kill you too!¡± ¡°If you can.¡± An arrow from the loaded crossbow flies out. It is not a bullet, but it reaches a speed of almost 200km, so the average person cannot avoid it. As the distance is a mere 10m, it is over in the blink of an eye. ¡°It¡¯s the lowest level of the crossbows. It has short range and weak pration.¡± Cha Jun Sung lowered his body and ran forward. He could see the arrow clearly. With the 2nd stage of body modifications, his physical abilities increased by 4 times. His calloused hand caught the arrow. The repulsive force pulls his shoulder. ¡°He caught the arrow with his hand!¡± ¡°Goodness!¡± The people who had watched a scene that was like magic made a fuss. Cha Jun Sung reached the Lifer within moments and punched him in the stomach. His eyes rolled with the pain of his guts being twisted. Cha Jun Sung had really only hit him slightly. If he had hit him with force, his muscles would have been ruptured or he would have died. ¡°Tsk!¡± Cha Jun Sung looked at the Lifer who had passed out with pity, and went back to his car. Rather than getting involved because he wanted to, he felt that he would have been in a terrible mood if someone had been murdered right next to him. ¡°I saved a couple people¡¯s lives.¡± Thew says that a Lifer whomits murder is to be executed. That is what it says, but no one knows if it is actually true. They may not really kill the murderer. Vroom! He started the car and left Han River. If he stays here, there will just be bothersome incidents. In a short while, the police woulde and resolve it themselves. Chapter 39 ¡°It¡¯s up.¡± Cha Jun Sung clicked on the recruitment announcement on Hocheon¡¯s homepage. They had cast their bait 9 days after he made up his mind at Han River. During that time, other guilds were diligently recruiting Lifers as well. Their standards must have been raised however, because their goal was 6000-7000 points. It did not seem like there would be a great gap between 5000 points, but they could not ignore the step. Even if it makes themte, it is important to take each step. If their patience runs low in the first ce, they would not have waited 3 months. -[We are recruiting intrepid Lifers in Hocheon to go into a Level D mission. We will be selecting personnel with a test, so please knock on the door to Hocheon on the given date and time. Thank you.] Information like the sponsor and how many people would be recruited were posted, but it meant for them to wait until the test and go to Hocheon. ¡°The number of people they¡¯re recruiting is 50..... Since it¡¯s the first, are they saying they¡¯ll go in a controlled orientation?¡± Controlling bes easier as a guild has more people. If it is 50:50, he could guess Hocheon¡¯s intent. It meant that this round is a quest. Filling a guild toplete a Level D mission is solely for the reward points. They ept bribes to take people with them. People could say, ¡®If they¡¯re going to do that, why follow them.¡¯ ¡®If individuals make a force, they can get rid of point bribes and take-alls.¡¯ Would all Lifers who went through the advance mission to go on to Level D have outstanding skills? It would have been good if they did, but the reality is in the gutters. Top Lifers create a party and allow 1 or 2 mediocre Liferse along in exchange for a bribe of points or money. Mediocre Lifers couldplete the advance mission just by watching from the rear. This is why problems in skill arise. They only think about getting out of Level E, and do not think about honing their skills. Since there are Lifers that still struggle with Level D 1000 point solo missions, there is a type that cannote out alive without the help of a guild. -[You have applied for the recruitment announcement.] Cha Jun Sung applied. Simultaneously, Park Jin Hyuk followed suit and applied. ¡°We just have to hide our body modification.¡± There is no change in the equipment. It was all the same as when they left Field of Meat. 450,000 points umted. Of those, 200,000 points were invested in the 2nd stage of body modifications. He did not buy anything with the 250,000 points and they were being held in his PDA. The price of each Level D equipment is at least 30,000 to 40,000 and reaches 300,000. As there is no way to resell them, there could be great regrets with the wrong click. If there is something that Cha Jun Sung needs to buy, he deals with the most expensive item first. The first thing he wants in the Level D store! The thing that made him fall in love at first sight! ¡°Wolf de.¡± It is the best de to buy from the Level D store. Its weak cutting force is a w, but it is understandable because it is a downgraded version. 300,000 points! If he just gathers 50,000 points, the wolf de is his. If the body modification and weapon arebined, he could confidently take on the lower half level Level 3 mutants as long as they are not as extreme as yers. Park Jin Hyuk was also aiming for head hunter, a 350,000 point explosive sniper rifle. These are sitting right in front of them. They woulde into their possession if theyplete a few more missions. ¡°100 applicants. It¡¯ll be noisy.¡± An annoying situation could arise, but thinking like that before even going is unlucky. It is better to see everything in a positive light. ¡°I might as well warm up.¡± The test is in 3 days. He does not want to just hang around, so he should justplete a mission. He wanted to break through a 3000 point mission while he was at it, but it would easily take 5 days alone, but it would be enough to do two 1500 point missions. ¡°Hey!¡± ¡°It¡¯splicated.¡± Park Jin Hyuk and Cha Jun Sung had expressions of disbelief as Lifers came swarming in like bees. Seuk. They could feel explicit attention. Everyone wasparing their equipment. The test is simple. After checking their equipment and mission experience, they just have to go into a 1000 point mission apanied by observers toplete it alone. ¡°I can¡¯t tell by looking at them.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll say.¡± Everyone had impressive gear as people making attempts at a Level D mission should. A 1000 point would be simple toplete if they had gotten here on their sole effort, but those that did not would be filtered out easily. The difference between an expert and someone who is not shows in the simplest of behaviors. Only a few users had equipment like Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s. They would need to keep an eye out but from what they saw so far, there were only three or four people. There is a rxed sense to their waiting. Those people are the real deal. They are Lifers who have gotten here on skill. ¡°There are a lot of pretty women.¡± ¡°So you are a man.¡± ¡°But it¡¯s not like I¡¯m trying to do something about it. I just like seeing women more than I like seeing men. Cha Jun Sung nodded in agreement. Could it be because the ratio is small? Strangely, he has never been in a party with a female Lifer. ording to the government census, the ratio of men to women is 7:3. In some ways, it is inevitable that there are more men. The violence of Life Mission is more attractive to men than it is to women. Since that was reborn into the reality version, what would happen? Even among the 36 rankers, only 6 are women. Cha Jung Sung had maintained an amicable friendship with one of those women. ¡°Reminds me of that woman.¡± ¡°Who.¡± ¡°Someone. She¡¯s pretty, cold, and quiet, but makes me feel good when we¡¯re together?¡± ¡°Oh oh! Invite her to a party!¡± ¡°She¡¯s a foreigner. She can¡¯te here easily and I don¡¯t know her contact information.¡± With the ability to add friends in the virtual version, they could take actions like meeting up, but they had lost contact when the game switched to a reality version. She is not a woman to be taken easily, but if it had been possible to contact her, he would have asked her opinion before inviting her to be part of a party with him and Park Jin Hyuk. ¡°We¡¯ll meet if it¡¯s fate.¡± ¡°What a pity.¡± If they are fated to meet, they would meet. If the trust they had fostered in Life Mission had note apart, the feeling would not have changed with time. ¡°Lifers, please gather in the auditorium! We will begin the test.¡± A staff member of Hocheon¡¯s guild yelled through a speaker. He moved the disorderly Lifers into the building auditorium. Cha Jun Sung was mixed in here as well. When they went into the auditorium, judges were waiting for the Lifers at the end. They are the primary filter. They could lie about their mission experience, but they could not lie about their equipment. ¡°I will call you in order by your names.¡± The guild staff member started withst names beginning with K. Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk settled into the seats for Lifers with the thought that they would have to wait for a while. The order passed in order. There were 2 or 3 people eliminated out of every 10. Even those who passed were separated by their equipment. People with mediocre equipment and those with distinguished equipment. The guild staff members spoke politely to thetter. Park Jin Hyuk went out and shortly after, Cha Jun Sung also went out. Both were assessed as the highest level and joined the ranks of Lifers receiving better treatment. The practice test was also conducted by order of name. Even if a lot of people had been eliminated, it is impossible to observe each mission with just the staff members in one day. It is safe because the observers are veterans who have gone through 1200 to 1300 point missions. Park Jin Hyuk went on the 2nd day and Cha Jun Sung went on the 3rd. They were told to stay at a reserved dormitory in Hocheon until their turns came. ¡°Numbers 1 to 250 will enter the assigned missions.¡± The mission numbers are decided, but another is assigned if one disappears. Even if tens of thousands of people enter, there is not a shortage of missions. If there were, Life Mission would not have been able to handle the Lifers all around the world. ¡°Enter.¡± In order to be chosen to enter the group entering Level D, Lifers were making themitment and throwing themselves into the mission. They just hoped there would be no deaths. Chapter 40 ¡°You don¡¯t have to do this.....¡± ¡°I can¡¯t receive special treatment when everyone is doing it. There¡¯s no reason to either.¡± An observer had an ufortable expression. After checking Cha Jun Sung¡¯s equipment and mission experience, the observer proposed skipping the practical test. His equipment was of a category indicative of someone who bribes others to join a group. A few other Lifers also received this proposal. There were people who epted and those who rejected, and Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk were among those who rejected. In this situation, that was a favor. A majorpany giving out a favor? Cha Jun Sung did not want to be connected to Hocheon in any way. There must be something that they want from him. He is blocking it, whatever it is. ¡°Phew! It¡¯s high.¡± The roof of a 12 story building. All he needed to do was get down from here. The goal is the escape. There is nothing as quick as escape if someone has the skill. He opened the door of the roof with a crossbow in his hand. He only needs 30 minutes. Noting up with a strategy? What strategy. Kill it if he is detected while going downstairs, and keep going if he is not. The only aspect he needs to pay a bit of attention to are Level 2 mutants. ¡°Excuse me!¡± ¡°Yes?¡± ¡°Are you just going downstairs?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Aren¡¯t you going to take equipment like bombs? You¡¯re just going with one automatic crossbow?¡± The observer was taken aback by the straightforward answer. He had seen a lot of Lifers¡¯ missions, but this is the first time someone is acting so recklessly. When they enter missions, they rack their brains to prepare for all potential situations that could arise or equip themselves with all types of gear and crawl out. On the other hand, test number 617, Cha Jun Sung, ignored all processes. ¡°It is escape, not annihtion. We need to move quietly to avoid engagement.¡± Would it be necessary to call in mutants that he does not need to fight by firing a gun? ¡°But still.....¡± ¡°Does Hocheon get involved in ying styles?¡± The observer gulped. He could only assess if a Lifer is passing or eliminated, and he does not have jurisdiction beyond that. He was just worried that he would have to get involved. ¡°I¡¯m going.¡± ¡°Number 617 test is beginning.¡± The observer gave up. He thought that Cha Jun Sung was cing his trust in the gear on his body. If it bes dangerous, he could eliminate Cha Jun Sung and handle it himself. Cha Jun Sung went down the stairs. About 300 Level 1 mutants appear in a 1000 point mission. There would be about 20 to 30 per floor. When he arrived on the 12th floor, demons with thin arms and legs and a bulging stomach greeted him. He could not tell what they had been eating, but their mouths were messy. An arrow embedded in its forehead. The same scene repeated a few times. One shot, one hit. It was just one shot no matter what. Before the demons could react to the strange presence in their nest, they were dead. A demon that had been hiding behind some shelves, flung his body at Cha Jun Sung. The observer watching from a distance pretended he did not notice. He could not get involved. Cha Jun Sung did not even look at it and grabbed it by the neck. The demon that had been caught suddenly made a choking sound. As its neck broke under the force of squeezing, there was the sound of cracking. Its body went limp. Cha Jun Sung threw the body. The 12th floor was handled within moments. Even though it is a Level 1, it was done too easily. The observer fully realized that Cha Jun Sung is a true Lifer. He is not like the people whotch onto others. He is better than Hocheon¡¯s raid leader. 10 arrows in one bundle, is 5 points. Since they are a waste to throw away, they can be taken out and reused. It is a bit ufortable to do, but quick. ¡°What are you doing?¡± ¡°It¡¯s nothing.¡± He was about to go down to the 11th floor, but the observer was standing with a nk look. ¡®Its neck..... Would I be able to do that too?¡¯ Level 1 mutants are weaker than humans, but breaking its neck would not be easy. The observer suspected body modification but went past it thinking that it is probably not possible. Even the master of Hocheon only went through the 1st stage of body modification a month ago. Since he is now preparing for the 2nd stage, it is hard to believe that a private Lifer is able to go through body modification after getting that kind of equipment. He thought that Cha Jun Sung in front of him could not do that unless he is a world renowned Lifer. This is why stereotypes are dangerous. ¡°Ugh, it¡¯s bothersome.¡± He wanted to go through the emergency stairs. But these damned helpers cannot let their Lifers take the easy route. He suddenly remembered something funny he read on Lifer World. One Lifer had posted that hepleted an escape mission by jumping off with a parachute. As he left the mission area, a special mission was activated while it became Level D and because there was no way to go back, he had to give up the mission. It is a scary situation where one might die, but it is funny in text. To take a parachute off of a building, he is probably an unusual person in real life as well. Every time they went down a floor, they met the demons living there. The numbers that ran away in fear of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s strength increase. They had smelled the blooding from upstairs. Even if theyck intellect, they have instinct. This is where mutants have an advantage over humans. After killing mutants here and there, they got closer to the 1st floor. At the same time, they detected strange movement in the front. It must be a Level 2. ¡°Will you hide somewhere you can¡¯t be seen?¡± ¡°Ah, sure.¡± The observer left. It is not necessary for him to put himself in danger to see the battle. His mission isplete just by seeing the results. ¡°Where are you?¡± Kyak! He even went into a shaded area on purpose with the thought, ¡®I¡¯m unprotected. I¡¯ll give you the benefit of surprise.¡¯ Going further in, it bit the bait. Cha Jun Sung tilted his head and got out of the way. A sharp toenail passed right in front of him. It was really close. He moved just the amount that he needed to. He had nned this. ¡°Demon Chief.¡± It is at least a head taller than he is. With its sturdy muscles, it must have muscr strength as well. A normal Lifer would not have been able to take it on with a bare body. Cha Jun Sung looked the Demon Chief up and down and stopped on a spot. Even the cannibals covered their important parts, but this goes around naked. The Demon Chief¡¯s voice sounded as though it were mocking him. It made him angry. ¡°You¡¯re going to be executed.¡± Its crime is crushing a man¡¯s pride. He could not forgive it. Chapter 41 A sharp-looking man, the master of Hocheon, Chun Myung Ik, carefully looked through the list of applicants who passed. He does not look through the entire list with hundreds of people. Chun Myung Ik only looked at Lifers with gold ratings. The vice master looks through the silver, and the raider leader goes through the rest. Contacting them is a matter forter. He turns the page of the list. Shin Ho Young, the operating officer, waited in silence. ¡°Are there 6 people?¡± Chun Myung Ik who read through the content, spoke. He sounds pleased. He does not know about body modification, but they are at the vice master¡¯s level if they are gold level. ¡°So 3 people rejected the exception.¡± ¡°Their reasons for rejecting are simr. They said they would do what everyone else needs to do.¡± ¡°Contact the guys that epted first.¡± ¡°We handled them first.¡± ¡°The difference between the guys who epted the exception is just whether they have a lot or a little, and there¡¯s going to be a prestigious ceremony. If they are treated like kings, they¡¯ll fall into that and be easy to handle.¡± Chun Myung Ik grew up in a rich family. He knows how to identify a situation. Even if they are annoying because they are so full of themselves, it could be overlooked as long as their skills are there. They would be blood and flesh for Hocheon at any time. ¡°It has be quite a fun world, hasn¡¯t it?¡± ¡°A dream has be realized.¡± Chun Myung Ik leaned on a plush chair. He is the second son of Daeho Group. He had been far from business administration since a young age. While his brother was advancing in business, he was going into Life Mission. Is that why? Everyone thought him pathetic. The situation is reversed now. Chun Myung Ik¡¯s brother does not have an ount for Life Mission. He was not chosen in the random 2nd round of selection either. Chun Myung Ik¡¯s position in Daeho Group went up everyday. He did not have ambition before. But now that he has gained power, his thoughts changed. He wanted to take Hocheon past Korea to make it a world-renowned guild. He desperately needs talent. He does not need bookworms who write up business ns at their desks. The type of talent he needs is skilled Lifers. He did not feel that they fell behind other guilds, but the reality version is not like an open highway. There are obstacles everywhere. It is not a situation where starting first meant reaching the finish line first. ¡°What about preparations?¡± ¡°They are being processed without issues. Currently, we are picking outside personnel.¡± Chun Myung Ik, the vice master, 10 raid leaders, and upper levels will participate in the level D mission. Since there are limitations to the crew, small adjustments need to be made to the operations. The advancement of Hocheon is riding on this. They need to button the first hole well. If they fail, Hocheon¡¯s honor falls to the ground. Members of average guilds and Lifers at lower levels do not get an opportunity. ¡°We¡¯repleting this no matter what.¡± ¡°Of course.¡± Chun Myung Ik stood up and enjoyed the scenery outside. Sacrifice on behalf of a handful is inevitable. He is always part of that handful. He would try to save as many members as possible, but they would be turned out if the situation calls for it. For Hocheon, there is nothing more important than missionpletion. *** Lifers¡¯ actions be busy. Various sounds rang in their ears. It was the sound of firearms and gear being checked. They will be entering a Level D mission in 10 minutes. They checked their equipment multiple times, but they need to quickly go to the store and supplement whatever they werecking in. The top 50 Lifers of the 1000 who took the test, were chosen. They have the skills toplete a 1500 point mission alone. If 10 of them make up a party, they couldplete a Level E advance mission as well. ¡°They¡¯replete burrs.¡± ¡°Think of it as an investment for the future.¡± ¡°Does it make sense? To ask for half of the reward points! They¡¯re thinking of getting 2500 points for nothing. They¡¯re going to take all of the mutants anyway.¡± Cha Jun Sung calmed down Park Jin Hyuk who was grumbling. It was harsh even to him. He heard that other guilds asked for 30%, but Hocheon is 50%. Since the guild is the subject of the mission, they go in with a mutant take-all. Lifers other than Park Jin Hyuk had issues with it, but Hocheon did not force the mission on them. If they do not like the conditions, they can leave. ¡°I¡¯m tearing.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s go see the mood.¡± Their purpose in applying for Hocheon is to see how many level 1, 2, and 3 mutants appear, how wide the map is, and what they need to prepare and keep in mind. ¡°If they¡¯re going to be like this, they should have just gone in by themselves.¡± ¡°If they do that, they can¡¯t earn points.¡± ¡°Why not?¡± ¡°Think of getting 50% of points from each guild member. If it were you, what would you do?¡± If it is a guild at Hocheon¡¯s level, it is possible toe up with the members toplete a level D mission. The reason they do not do this is for the bribes. They are thinking of using outside personnel as a means to earn points. Lifers who pass the test have gotten on the ride whether they wanted to or not. The auditorium door opened and Hocheon¡¯s master Chun Myung Ik, vice master Oh Min Ho, 10 raid leaders, and the 38 upper levels they chose, came in. Along with the personnel in waiting, 100 people had gathered together. Chun Myung Ik¡¯s people acted pompous and went up on the stage. Lifers focused on them. ¡°It¡¯s the burr boss.¡± ¡°Be careful what you say.¡± Cha Jun Sung scolded Park Jin Hyuk. When Chun Myung Ik turned around, the auditorium became quiet. If he hears someone saying negative things about him, it could be an ufortable situation. ¡°I am Chun Myung Ik, master of Hocheon.¡± Hocheon¡¯s guild members pped. Lifers did not follow suit and looked at him. They just wanted him to quickly say what he needs to and go into the mission. ¡°I¡¯ll get to the point. As this is a mission of extreme importance to Hocheon, we hope that you will give it your best.¡± Chun Myung Ik said a few more words. If it were not for the mission ahead of them, these are people that he can ignore. Lifers searched the mission name on their PDAs. -[Level D Mission: Empire Biology Institute] [Goal: Attainment] -[Content: Pharmaceuticalpany, Empire, established hundreds ofboratories around the world. Laboratories study samples that are respectively differentiated. ording to current Lifers¡¯ standards, deodorizing the sample on thest floor is impossible, so you must create a path to the middle half first.] -[Reward: 5000 points. Lucky box.] ¡°Empire Biology Institute? Even the conglomerates can¡¯t escape the clutches of missions.¡± Empire. It is a world-renowned representative pharmaceuticalpany of America and exists in reality as well. With time, there was a connection between the mission¡¯s worldview and reality, but what that was is not revealed. There are severalpanies that have experienced damage because of missions. There were even times when government secrets were revealed. ¡°Give me your force applications. My helper name is Vulcanus.¡± Lifers gave their force applications under Chun Myung Ik¡¯s helper name. Cha Jun Sung erased the questions in his head and decided to focus on the mission. It is not his duty to reveal the phenomenon. If they keep going, there will be a day when they find out. Until then, he will just keep going forward. Chapter 42 It is an open space like a tunnel. Nothing was visible because of the darkness where no light entered. It was damp and heavy. The starting point was quiet. It is as an area specified by the helper should be. A red light shes. The force members¡¯ vision goggles had turned on. As their vision sharpened, they could see around them. There is a difference with built-in features, but everyone had vision goggles because their equipment was on the better side. ¡°Is this the path to theboratory?¡± ¡°This scale is no joke.¡± It is not certain where it is open until. It was not ufortable even though 100 people had gathered. If the path is to this extent, theboratory will be incrediblyrge. ¡°I think it¡¯s a linking mission.¡± ¡°It could be.¡± Park Jin Hyuk whispered. He thought that it was impossible to reach the sample on thest floor with the current Lifers¡¯ standards. There is a high probability that as with the underpass, it is a linking mission where the level of difficulty bes higher as they travel in. Until the middle is the limit that the force is to be allowed. A catastrophe could arise if they stepped into this without tension, but he did not think that Chun Myung Ik would be that stupid. ¡°Who activated the radio feature?¡± ¡°Me.¡± ¡°I did as well.¡± ¡°We can do it too.¡± Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk also raised their hands. If they use the radio feature, it is possible to deliver a messy situation and react quickly. ¡°We¡¯ll match them to frequency number 6.¡± -[Ah ah! Can you hear me?] -[I can hear you.] -[Confirmed.] The voice is clear. It was just right in dealing with arge scale of members. Those without radio features agreed to follow the Hocheon guild members¡¯ orders. -[Seeker input.] 10 seekers in simple gear went into the tunnel ahead of the force. The vision goggle range is 100m. It is extremely efficient on this kind of straight road. It is an invisibility cloak that conceals a moment¡¯s appearance. A clear system is not visible because it does not have the former system of the virtual version, but they could work out a frame. A mechanical engineer who uses all sorts of means like stealth, search,ser, sniper, hand-to-handbat der, professional terrorist. There is even a medic who has the ability to fight and is also specialized in medical equipment. There are hundreds of upations in the virtual version. If they gather points and purchase equipment, Lifers¡¯ styles will be more determined. ¡°Do you think there will be something outside?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you think it¡¯ll be a deste desert, the middle of nowhere, or in the middle of the sea?¡± There is no detour. It is a cul-de-sac. Behind them, an iron door of a thickness they cannot guess is blocking the way. There has not been a Lifer who escaped the mission area, and no one who escape had anything good to say. Unnecessary curiosity brings trouble. It is wise to only do what they are being told to do. -[200 meters in front, we¡¯ve discovered an object simr to the iron door behind us.] -[We found a door that one person can go through. Force, proceed.] Chun Myung Ik signaled with his hand to move them. The force formed a long line and took one step at a time. Cha Jun Sung was going to follow as well, but he did not see Park Jin Hyuk. He looked around for him and saw him stuck to the iron door behind them. ¡®What are you doing?¡¯ ¡®There¡¯s a door here too. I want to open it.¡¯ ¡®Follow me.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung took him by the hand and dragged him. Park Jin Hyuk still looked like he wanted to open the door. When they arrived at the front, a seeker was waiting with the door open. It seemed opening the door was not difficult. They went inside in turn. About 5 minutes passed and everyone on the force had seeded in entering theboratory. ¡°Geez.¡± ¡°It¡¯s incredible.¡± Even if it is aboratory, it is a building. When the force members looked at it however, it did not seem to have the configuration of a normal building. It was so wide that it was like looking outside. It was to the point where they could hold a ser or baseball match there. ¡°There are a lot of strange things here because it is aboratory.¡± ¡°It¡¯s perfect for a mutant to ambush in.¡± ¡°Be careful.¡± ¡°You be careful.¡± The Hocheon guild members were quiet but as there were so many Lifers, they could hear a reckless local broadcast. It was difficult to control each person. -[For a smooth mission process, we will temporarily operate theboratory power.] The darkb lit up brightly. The Lifers took their vision goggles off. More than what they could see, there is nothing they could do about the cumbersome aspect. ¡°He should have just left it off.¡± ¡°Really.¡± ¡°We can¡¯t avoid battle anyway. This kind of environment is easier to fight in.¡± ¡°We have to take care of it manually if the power doesn¡¯te in, but how could we do that? If the path to the middle is blocked by an automatic door, what are we going to do then?¡± The force members were divided by positive and negative thoughts. If a mutant wakes up, the risk bes higher but it is convenient in some ways. Cha Jun Sung was on the positive side. In a mission, not being able to avoid mutants while trying to is an added option. On top of that, is this not their living room? Since they are used to the darkness, using them is another option. -[We will not move on until wepletely attack one area.] Chun Myung Ik radioed in. To interpret, that meant he wanted to make sure they kill all of the mutants to get the points before moving on. The average time toplete a level D mission is 1 week if it is short and 2 weeks if it is long. In this situation, it would take 2 weeks because they are cleaning up the entire ce. Clunk! ¡°You heard that, right?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± They heard the noise of metal colliding far away. Because obstructions blocked their view, they could not tell what was making the sound. The force members were not able to hear it and were busy chatting amongst themselves. Chun Myung Ik and Oh Min Ho who had only gone through the 1st stage of body modification were focused on exining the operation. If the first metal sound was a fricative noise, the sound now is clearly a mutant¡¯s cry. It is getting closer. As the sound grew louder, Chun Myung Ik reactedter. -[To the raid circle.] Hocheon¡¯s raider took out his SMG. It is not visible yet. ¡°Slow and frustrating, it¡¯s those guys.¡± ¡°What type is it?¡± ¡°Demon.¡± ¡°Ah! Demon.¡± The cry of demons is unique. A few force members realized what the approaching mutants were. It is simr to zombies that appear in movies. The difference is that it is not a corpse but a living being. It is an easy opponent as long as they are careful of its vomit, salient with acid solution. Demons swarm in from everywhere. It is ugly as though a person was melted down. They were covered by obstructions, but there looked to be 200 to 250. With so many of theming in early, it shows the difficulty of level D. -[Aim a shot each and fire.] Pew pew! They could only go as fast as human speed would allow them, so they could not even approach them and fell to the floor one by one. When a bullet goes through them, blood stters. Compared to their numbers, they were pushed back rtively easily. There is no reason to take their heads off. Wherever they hit them, all they have to do is get the shot. On the other hand, Chun Myung Ik did not kill them instantly and hoped to end it without acting. -[Stop.] The hail of shooting stopped. Chun Myung Ik and Oh Min Ho looked among the demons sprawled on the ground and happily killed the ones that were still alive. They are getting all of the points at one time. That is why the point umtion speed ofrge guild cadres was so fast. They take others¡¯ points and take the easy work. -[Move.] They are remaining by the iron door because of Chun Myung Ik¡¯s predation. They need to move diligently if they want to get to the middle. The Lifers followed orders well. Cha Jun Sung watched the Lifers¡¯ actions and focused on understanding the mission. He had given up on points before entering the mission. Instead, he would be gaining something better. First, he needs to find the changes. Even if the answer is different, the goal is to find the form. If the points are the same, the difficulty will be simr. Level E was like that as well. Theb is arge maze. No matter how much they wandered, the terrain did not be more familiar but instead, moreplex. This is howrge the map of a level D is. C and B could be guessed to be about the size of a small town. Then the time it will take toplete? It could take at least a few months and up to a few years. ¡°They¡¯re scraping everything up.¡± ¡°They¡¯re persistent.¡± There are dozens of rooms where people sleep and warehouses that store items. Hocheon went around digging through each to see if there would be anything to take. Theical aspect was that outsiders like Cha Jun Sung were under control, ordered to just follow them everywhere without any other rights. The tyranny of arge guild. Hocheon was showing them the epitome of a take-all. Chapter 43 Unlike the other Lifers, Cha Jun Sung did not have a problem with it. He had chosen this. He even thought it convenient that he did not have to do anything but watch. Park Jin Hyuk was also rxed and had a drowsy expression. Several hours had passed since they entered theb. In that time, they had engaged in fights just 3 times and each time, 200 mutants had turned up like the first time. It seemed the mutants wereing at them with numbers since the Lifers came in as a force. ¡°We could handle the beginning on our own.¡± ¡°Level 3 is the issue. Since the goal is getting the path to the middle, it¡¯s probably there, but it wouldn¡¯t be weird if they turned up now either.¡± What if they were at ease because it is the beginning and a Level 3 turned up amongst the Level 1s and 2s? The aspect they must not overlook in missions even more so than the mutants is change. If a change in the flow urs, everything bes a mess. ¡°Looks like we¡¯ll be here a few days.¡± ¡°Probably.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll draw a map.¡± Park Jin Hyuk activated the hologram on his PDA. It had memo and drawing pad functions, so it was useful for writing information down. He must memorize the entire situation including the terrain and mutants. If it really is a linking mission, they may need toe here often. He could not guarantee that they would being as part of a force the next time, but if they made the evaluation that they could handle it between the two of them, they woulde in before Hocheon could make another attempt. Whether it is 1 person or 2 people, no one else can enter a mission until the leader of the party that entered firstes out. Life is speed. There is no sharing. ¡®Let¡¯s enjoy this freedom.¡¯ He looked peaceful, but his eyes and head were attacking theb. *** They went around and around for 5 days. Chun Myung Ik is a man and he kept his word. They did not move on to the next area until they cleaned one out. A mission that started with tension became covered in annoyance. Park Jin Hyuk swore about Chun Myung Ik randomly. He is ignorant and only hunting. As the same situation kept repeating, the mission became long and extremely tedious. ¡°I can¡¯t take this anymore.¡± ¡°Me neither.¡± ¡°What is he doing? This is too much. We¡¯re not just lookouts.¡± The other Lifers expressed theirints out loud. They could understand bribes and take-alls because they were told about this ahead of time. The issue was that there was no progress. If they finish like this, all theye out with are 2500 reward points. They wanted to speed up the mission even if it meant catching less mutants, but Hocheon did not seem to have any intentions of doing so. A take-all and this situation arepletely different. Lifers had participated in this level D mission while knowing that they are at a disadvantage, for the experience. If this was a level E mission, they would have earned about 10,000 points by now. ¡°Looks like they¡¯re going to start something.¡± ¡°It¡¯s just that they ask for too much patience, but it¡¯s not like there¡¯s nothing to get out of this.¡± They had stayed in theb for a long time, but he had learned a lot. And in a broad view, they had been able to see the difficulty level of the beginning of a level D mission. Nearly 2500 level 1 mutants appeared. There were over 30 level 2 mutants. Even with that, they had not been able to reach the middle. The map is vast and ording to the region to perform in, it is important to know how to use the facility. Because power bes the operation, there is freedom in a primitive life. The boiler turned on in the room with the Lifers and it would have even been possible to take a warm shower. In the food warehouse, there was abundant food for all of the force members to eat for 1 year. Though it was worn out, it even had a medical facility as ab should. If only there were no mutants, they could have figured out the food, clothing, and shelter in theb. The more interesting thing was that if there was a well-informed Lifer, he would be able to dominate theb¡¯s main system like the helpers. Then they would be able to find out theb¡¯s exact configuration and why it was founded. They might even be able to find out some secrets of Life Mission. The question was of how many people there were in the world who would be able to do this. 15 Lifers went to Chun Myung Ik who was taking a break amongst Hocheon members. It seemed they were going to voice theirints like Park Jin Hyuk had said. ¡°Look here, Mr. Chun Myung Ik.¡± ¡°Do not call the master by his name. Show respect.¡± The raid leaders blocked the Lifers. They looked like loyal servants. ¡°Name? Respect? Are you filming a soap opera?¡± ¡°What?¡± Ha ha! The Lifersughed when the raid leader became angry. Chun Myung Ik is only a master to Hocheon. He is just Mr. Chun Myung Ik to Lifers. ¡°Speak.¡± ¡°You get to the point.¡± Chun Myung Ik had the raid leader back down and asked the Lifers why they hade to him. ¡°I¡¯ll be direct. Until when are we going to keep going in circles?¡± ¡°I think we told you.¡± ¡°If you were going to take so much of our time, you should have told us on the notice or before entering. What are we supposed to do if you tell us once we¡¯re inside?¡± Chun Myung Ik looked into the Lifer¡¯s eyes. In the sudden eye match, the Lifer was pushed down by his opponent¡¯s force, but he endured it with his trust in his colleagues. ¡°Did you really not know?¡± ¡°So you[re saying you didn¡¯t do anything wrong because this is something that other guilds do as well?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°You¡¯re joking.¡± Hocheon¡¯s infamous ways are like a practice. Lifers are notpletely ignorant to this. However, there is a difference between hearing about others falling to it and going through it yourself. There is no loss like this. There was a need for calctions. Lifers needed to choose between quitting the mission and going through with the mission the way Hocheon wants to. Chun Myung Ik listened quietly and then filled the rest of their words. ¡°So it seems like you¡¯re asking for the chance to hunt equivalent to Hocheon¡¯s.¡± The Lifer coughed as though he had hit the bullseye. Anyone, not just Chun Myung Ik, could think like this. He thought for a moment before speaking. ¡°You 15 take part time shifts at the front, hunting the mutants.¡± ¡°Really?¡± ¡°Really. Just one thing! You have to fall back right now if you don¡¯t have the confidence. I really don¡¯t like people who take back what they say.¡± The Lifers were happy with Chun Myung Ik¡¯s decision. They had already gotten an idea of theb¡¯s pattern. They could kill hundreds as long as a level 3 does not appear. Even if it does appear, the force members would help. It is a golden opportunity. ¡°Are you finished?¡± ¡°Ha ha! It¡¯s a good thing the master of Hocheon isn¡¯t too stiff.¡± The Lifers were satisfied with the result and went backughing. ¡®Hm.....¡¯ Cha Jun Sung saw everything that had happened and felt off about it. He thought Chun Myung Ik would have rejected them, but he gave in so easily. He is less fun that expected. Unless he is up to something. -[Let¡¯s go.] The short break ended and Chun Myung Ik stepped in for the progression. After solving the problems of the discontented, the mood of the force became much lighter. Chapter 44 -[You have gotten through the beginning of the Biology Institute and entered the center.] As soon as the door to the cargo lift opened, they received a wee and unexpected notice. The journey through the beginning had finally ended and they were moving on to the next step. The lifts wererge enough to hold all of the force members with space for more. It had not been created for transportation at first, but since it was aimed forrge capacity loads, it was easy to load and move people with it. ¡°The warehouse is as big as a gym.¡± ¡°What do they have saved here? Is this too rted to the linked special mission?¡± One Lifer approached a container box and tried opening it. It has a padlock on it but that does not matter. -[You have discovered arge object. The linking special mission is starting.] -[Level E Special Mission: Procurement] -[Goal: Attainment] -[Content: Move the materials into the briefing room regardless of the type.] -[Reward: 1 point per 1kg] ¡°The food storage and hospital are the same.¡± ¡°Tsk! If the spacepression bag were big enough, we would have gotten a few thousand points.¡± There was so much that Hocheon could not keep all of it to themselves, but they did not bother putting their hands on it. The absence of spacepression bags is a big reason why. Even if they had them, there would be no room inside because it would be full of items they need to take care of the mission. ¡°What a waste.¡± ¡°It¡¯s however you think about it.¡± Cha Jun Sung looked around the warehouse. If all of it was taken to the briefing room, it would be worth a few million points. If the food warehouse and hospital was added, they would no longer need to worry about points. If theyplete the mission however, there is no re-entrance. It is a type of bnce. There is a limit to the points that they can obtain. With the underpass that Park Jin Hyuk found, it could not be seen as apleting with killing the blood-sucking insects. The blood-sucking lord needs to be killed for it to be over. Repeating the task of emptying the bag and filling it again seems to be ignorant. If someone enters the mission during that time, it bes like a dog chasing a chicken. The reality version that Lifers experience is not forgiving enough to allow for tricks to work. It is an enclosed space with restricted ess, save for a few cargo lifts. It was ominously silent. They could only hear the sound of wind leaking in from somewhere. ¡°It¡¯s the entrance.¡± ¡°Is there just one?¡± As they walked along the container box, they quickly found the entrance door. Unlike the lift, there was just one. It seems they have to leave through that door. It has a door like a valve because it stores important material. The handle did not turn whether it was because it is locked or rusted over. Chun Myung Ik called one of his guild members. The man cut the valve with a fever cutter from the spacepression bag. They carried with them all sorts of items. It did not cut in one try. It took quite a while to open the door, but it was still better than making a lot of noise by trying to open it with a bomb. Creak! The door opened up to a narrow passage like a trainpartment. One person at a time? If they tried to fit two people in, it would be packed tight. Now it was time to input the seekers, but Chun Myung Ik spoke to the Lifers who asked for equal hunting opportunities. -[Go in.] -[You¡¯re telling me to go in there?] -[Of course not. I¡¯m telling all 15 people who came to me yesterday.] -[I¡¯ll turn it down. If we go in and a mutantes at us, won¡¯t we be the ones taking the hit? Put in the seekers like you normally do!] At that, Chun Myung Ik touched his face. Hocheon¡¯s guild members held their breaths. It is behavior that he shows when he is really angry. -[Do you swallow it if it¡¯s sweet and spit it out if it¡¯s bitter?] -[What are you talking about?] -[I told you to fall back if you don¡¯t have the confidence and now you¡¯re saying that you want to put the seekers in because it seems dangerous? I¡¯m sure I told you that I don¡¯t like people who don¡¯t keep their word.] The Lifers shut their mouths as though glued. Their shock was apparent. Everything that Chun Myung Ik was saying is correct. ¡°They¡¯re caught.¡± ¡°Chun Myung Ik is obnoxious, but they won¡¯t be able to refute that.¡± He had given them the opportunity to hunt because they had frustrations about the slow progress. However, they are trying to pull out now because it is a dangerous situation. No matter how much they tried to look at it in a good light, they could not. They werepletely trapped. Chun Myung Ik had justified reason to condemn those who disobeyed him. -[If you will not go in, I¡¯m going to send the list of your names to all guilds in Korea. If you can¡¯t follow through, you shouldn¡¯t have said anything in the first ce.] -[You can¡¯t do that!] -[Please!] It is an extreme measure and it is possible with Hocheon¡¯s influence. The 15 Lifers looked at each other. It is safer theter they go in. If they are being forced to go in, they need to avoid being at the forefront. Everyone looked at one person. The first Lifer who brought up the issue to Chun Myung Ik. He looked like he was going to cry. He would turn back time if he could. The Lifers went into the passage. They do not have a choice. It is not a width that can hold 100 people, so they went in 20 people at a time from the beginning. Cha Jun Sung was in the 2nd half of the group. There were thick and thin pipes all over the passage walls. The surface itself is a sturdy steel. It would be difficult for a mutant to get through. The ceiling and floor were simr. All they have to do is be careful with the front. Since it was the basement and there was not much venttion, the internal temperature was high. Tension and heat mixed to make them sweat. It felt bad, but they endured it. Each time they opened the door, the group leader was relieved. They were on edge just in case a mutant might appear. It was when the door opened for the 4th time. The view changed suddenly from that of a ce they needed to go into a ce that they need to escape from. They could not go out recklessly. They were going out as though waiting for something. The group leader put his vision goggles on. The range is short because it is a basic model. The effect was weak as well because the wall is thick. Only the open front is clear. -[Go forward.] ¡®Damn it!¡¯ ¡®Damn.¡¯ Chun Myung Ik¡¯s radio reacted the same as if it were the leader¡¯s. It was strangely dark even though the power had been turned on. Why is this? Is it something the mutants did? As they rxed, they started having other thoughts. Their feet became heavy with tension. They could not get out because they might be attacked by surprise in their blind spots. One Lifer threw a photothermal grenade after thinking a while. The grenade flung far hit the ground and gave off a bright light. As it is an open space without obstructions, the brightness had its best effect. ¡®Chair? Table? Vending machine?¡¯ ¡®Is it a rest area?¡¯ A few people from the leading group stuck their heads out and looked around. They could not figure out the situation outside by seeing what is inside the door. What could they do when they did not want to expose their bodies but stick their heads out. They were in desperate need of navigation equipment, but the point consumption for that would be severe. There aremonly seen products on the market. Their first impression was that it is a rest area for public use. They could be wrong but this was their feeling. Fortunately, they did not see any mutants. ¡®Seems empty.¡¯ ¡®Whew!¡¯ One Lifer let out a deep breath. The hot breath rode the air and spread throughout the rest area. Thump. A sound simr to a heartbeat rang in the leading group¡¯s ears. It was weak at first, but it grew loud enough for all of the force members to hear. It is a living sound that a machine cannot make ¨C there is no doubt that it is a mutant. Sniff sniff! They are certain that it is the heartbeat of one being. It just seems like several hearts were beating at the same time and after ovepping multiple time, it was like a drum was being pounded mercilessly. -[It¡¯s a hatchery.] Cha Jun Sung unintentionally revealed the mutant¡¯s identity in the radio. Chapter 45 There are few mutants that show their identities in such a unique manner. Of them, only the hatchery follows heartbeats. -[Of course.] -[I think it is as well.] The force members agreed with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s opinion. They had each also experienced Life Mission for a few years. They knew how to distinguish between unique mutants. -[Which stage do you think it¡¯s at?] -[Since it¡¯s level D, 1st stage is highly possible and 2nd if it¡¯s more evolved?] -[That¡¯s right. If it¡¯spletely developed, it would not be 5000 points.] It is a hatchery. It is nearly unable to fight but like its name, it consumes nutrients when it feels danger to produce mutants. Hatcheries go through the nest in the 2nd stage and be aplete headquarters. Headquarters in the virtual version are whopping levels 5 to 7. Cha Jun Sung had never seen a level 7 headquarters before either. ording to rumors, only Nine Tail of the 36 rankers had caught one but he could not remember well. The guy outside is a hatchery or nest. It would be better if it were a hatchery, as long as it is not an old nest with a level 4. -[Seeing how it is waking up from hibernation, it seems it smelled the force members.] -[There isn¡¯t movement in the production. It hasn¡¯t sensed danger yet.] The radio became busy. It is easy for 100 people to get rid of a hatchery. What they are reluctant about ising across a new mutant during battle. Mutants are each individuals. So most of them including the hatchery, do not like encroaching on other areas. This is a variable. They could get in trouble if they let their guards down thinking that it is just a hatchery area. They must calcte all possibilities in every situation. More is better does not apply in the case of mutants. If there are more mutants, there are only more disasters. Not having any is the shortcut to world peace. -[I still see a few dark corners. Let¡¯s throw a few more photothermal grenades.] -[If possible, I¡¯d like to get visibility and get by without fighting.] They cannot bother it. It is important to deliver the message, ¡®I want to get by this path. I don¡¯t intend to impose on you.¡¯ Instead of throwing the photothermal grenades, they were rolled out. 3 photothermal grenades lit up the rest area. The panorama came into sight, including the hatchery hanging on the ceiling. -[Nest?] -[Damn it!] Thump. It is a living being hanging ominously over a rest area exceeding hundreds of square feet. It is like a wrinkled piece of meat with disgusting veins, bumpy thorns, and dozens of open wombs that give birth to mutants. A hatchery has less than10 wombs. It has a short range, thin veins, and thorns that look as though they are not fully protruding. The one on the roof is immature. The light red color shows this. Regardless of its evolution, the color gets darker the longer it stays. In the case of headquarters, it is a darker red than blood. Even if it is freshly evolved, a nest is a nest. Therefore, it is definitely a level 3. -[Does anyone know how many minutes it takes to pull a level 3 in the virtual version?] -[It only takes a few seconds for level 1, 1 minute for level 2, and 5 minutes for level 3.] There must be a Lifer other than Cha Jun Sung who knows because someone responded as soon as they heard the question. -[How many wombs are there?] -[26.] It was hard for people other than the leading group to check the situation, so it was ryed by word of mouth. -[It could pull out 400 mutants by itself. It looks like we¡¯ll have to expect at least 2 mutants in level 3 as well.] This is in the case of a fight. If they just get past this safely, they will not have to face even one. -[Do you see a way out?] -[Wait a second.] The Lifers that were an issue to Chun Myung Ik had found a path using photothermal grenades. With the force as the point, there were doors simr to the one they hade through to the east and west. They must be paths to ces like warehouses. In a direction slight off a straight line, a connection that they could go in and out of with ease was waiting for visitors. -[I can see it. It¡¯s difficult for us to assess this on our own, so pleasee and take a look for yourself.] -[I¡¯ll go up.] The force members pushed their bodies against the wall. The passage is narrow but when they moved around a little, they could make enough space for Chun Myung Ik and a few others to get through. When they arrived at the front, Chun Myung Ik looked in the direction the Lifers indicated. -[We¡¯ve found the right ce.] A rest area is a ce to meet. Even if they had rode the cargo lifts into a different warehouse, they would have had to go through this one anyway. It seems the road pioneering mission exists because of the nest. Since it is in the center, blocking the path to thetter half of the mission, they will need to either avoid it or kill it. ¡°Do you think the mission will beplete even if we avoid it?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think so if it¡¯s pioneering.¡± ¡°Right? If we avoid it, it¡¯ll stay alive. That¡¯s not pioneering it. With time, it¡¯ll multiply or develop into headquarters.¡± The force members nodded to Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s words without realizing. It makes sense. What if when they received a sample takeover that is suspected to be a link, the starting point selection is always a tunnel? Every time theye, they would have to face the nest. [Battle will be the worst possible situation. We will go in the direction of avoiding it.] Chun Myung Ik thought on Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s words before making his decision. They will go with the lower risk first. Battle is not the best method, it is the second best. *** Cha Jun Sung who was passing through the rest area with the force members slightly tilted his head. Boom boom! The nest is moving. Is it because it senses movement in the area but not danger? They were being consistent without showing activity. Even if it noticed that they have a motive, it had no way to know what that is. Look. Does that bizarre creature have expression? It is just stuck to wall. ¡®Throwing it is a problem too, but the middle falls and sts if the bomb¡¯s timing is off. In this battle, a bomb is a double-edged sword.¡¯ The distance between the floor and ceiling is about 30m, higher than a 10 story building. This problem is not to be resolved with strength alone. There needs to be a sense for measuring distance. Even with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s muscr strength, he could not guarantee that he would get the timing right. To only bring shock? As a building type, the outer shell of the nest is tough and thick. The eggs is hatches are indescribably hard as well. ¡®Confine them.¡¯ There are 100 people in the force. It is arge space of almost 500 to 600 square feet, but a battle here would put shackles on the Lifers. If they misuse the weapons, allies will be hurt. Weapons do not have eyes. ¡®It¡¯s the best way.¡¯ A few Lifers kill the hatching eggs that fall one by one. A few check from the rear. The Lifers cannot get mixed up no matter what. A level 3 that falls will keep several Lifers tied up. If this happens, there will be fewer deaths. There is no guarantee for what will happen once they encounter it. It is all just prediction. -[The situation at the tail-end?] -[Groups 7 and 8 just passed. Now, only 9 and 10 need to pass.] Soon after, the rest of the groups came over. The force went into a connected path. A change urred while they were get farther away from the nest¡¯s sensing range like this. -[If you would like toplete the mission, you must get rid of the nest in the rest area.] -[Ack!] -[This is crazy!] The force was in despair. What Park Jin Hyuk said hade true. They could not avoid battle. They reacted with sensitivity because the situation has a direct impact on their lives. -[We¡¯ll need to split up into teams. It is not a good environment for 100 people to start shooting.] -[Are you saying that some people will have to go out and fight while others stay back and keep a lookout?] -[If you have a twisted outlook like that from the beginning, our teamwork will onlye apart.] There are several conversations. There is one meaning in all of the conversations. ¡®I don¡¯t want to go out and fight, so you go out.¡¯ It is different if the entire force goes out, but they do not want to take the initiative to go out and fight. Cha Jun Sung did not refute this either. He was the same. -[Can¡¯t we lure them into the warehouse?] -[Oh! It would work if we take on a few with ourrge numbers!] It is the method that Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk used in Field of Meat. If they use that narrow passage, they could reduce the nest¡¯s productivity for sure. ¡®Will the nest be deceived so easily?¡¯ Chapter 46 Hatcheries and nests are intelligent. This is unnecessary to say for the headquarters. If the nest is the head, the womb that produces mutants is the body or arms and legs. There is no reason that something that needs to control hundreds of mutants would not be smart. Cha Jun Sung hid his inner thoughts. Even if it is not deceived easily, it is still better to fight it in the warehouse than it is to fight in the rest area. ¡®So this is how the situation bes twisted.¡¯ Chun Myung Ik wanted to avoid the nest in order to reduce the damage. Level 1 and 2 could not harm the force. Level 3 is different. There are a lot of points to be earned if they catch it, but it is wise to go past it if they can. -[We will decide the order of going back to the warehouse to face the nest.] They need to create a rotation however they can, whether it is by drawing lots. If they do not, it could end with everyone trying to push it off to the other. If they are chosen, they will just have to think of it as fate. Chun Myung Ik started with looking at thest group that came in. Maybe because they already passed through once or because they need to fight, their tension was released. Achoo! A Lifer who had been moving in the middle, sneezed. The smell in his saliva filled the nest as it sprayed out. Kung! It is a sweet smell contrasting that of a mutant¡¯s. A smell that was once sensed a long time ago, wet the nest¡¯s resting appetite. -[Bastard! Why would you sneeze! You bastard!] Ranting was poured on the Lifer who sneezed. As the radio became noisy, the rest area rang. It did not matter if they lowered their voices because they had already been discovered. 26 wombs open and eggs the size of humanse out. It is impossible to distinguish their levels visually. The force rushed to the warehouse. With so many people, the eggs fell before even half of them could go in. When the eggs hit the ground, they broke and unidentifiable mutants sprang out. Kiak! A nest operates the genes of the mutants that it gives birth to as it pleases. It could even maintain the characteristics of the types that it swallowed. As long as it has nutrients and freedom, it can bring out new types as easy as production. ¡°Get away!¡± ¡°Die!¡± Pew pew! A Lifer was caught and brandished his SMG. It was washed out because it is a level 1. They cannot drag the time. These guys are bait. There are 26 eggs but 20 hatched. It is obvious that 6 of them will be level 2 and 3. Level 1 only takes a few seconds, so they fell down as they were killed. ¡°Hurry up and get in, asshole!¡± ¡°Move!¡± The entrance is narrow, but nearly 50 Lifers had gathered there. Since it is awless situation, their speed was faster than usual. Zing! Woah! When there were about 20 Lifers left, 4 out of 6 eggs cracked. A roar let them know that a muscle monster over 2m in size had been born. ¡°It¡¯s a Crawlion!¡± ¡°Shoot!¡± It is a simple and ignorant mutant. Its intellectual level brinks on retardation as it only eats, sleeps, and kills, but its tremendous muscr strength covers this shoring. Its muscr strength alone is 5 to 6 times that of a human. The toughness and thickness of the muscles are reminiscent of elephant skin. Even as it is hit by an SMG, it pushes forward. Kung! Bang! The Crawlion pushed through the shooting and headbutted a Lifer, hitting his chest and making him fly at a wall of the rest area. With the shock of the pressure on his chest, the protective gear and his sternum shattered, and his ribs pierced through his heart, lungs, and skin. The more shocking thing was that he must have still been alive because he moved his head. Kiak! While 4 Crawlions were hanging in, the number of level 1 mutants increased to 50. Wrapping up was up to the Crawlions. -[Shit! Chun Myung Ik, you asshole!] -[If you still have the strength to curse, how about blocking the mutants from the rear?] When Chun Myung Ik heard the radioe in, heughed in mockery. The Lifer cursing at him is the one who had asked him for an equal chance to hunt. He had not known that there was a nest when he had sent the Lifer to the front. How could he have known? All he had done was allow the 15 Lifers who did not know their ce to have the first meeting with a level 3. If they live, they live and if they die, it is their own fault. When they discovered the rest area, the nest realized their presence. This is when they started thinking. They needed to know the cognizance of the nest. It was the perfect location to force them out. They could push the look out onto other Lifers. The thought ¡®as long as it isn¡¯t me¡¯ made the 50 members of Hocheon and the other 35 Lifers into aplices. It was a cause that could make them into sacrifices. After Chun Myung Ik confirmed safety through the 15 Lifers, he sent the 85 people into the rest area. There was no issue until he heard his helper¡¯s announcement. From now on? The faster they go into the warehouse, the lower their chances are of being attacked. The slower they are to go in, the higher their chances of attack. He was fair and sent the people who came outst, in first. 15 is the end. 1 idiot had sneezed but the results were not bad. Someone needed to block the mutants at the passage anyway. Though it was a forced matter without consideration for their wills, but he did not care. -[Ack!] -[Kya!] The radio is full of screaming. 20 Lifers were battling the Crawlions and level 1 mutants that surrounded them. Escape was not feasible either. Pew pew pew pew! Sparks fly in the passage. 6 Lifers paired off and took positions to shoot to the side, sitting, and standing, supporting the Lifers outside. Kung! Kung! The nest cries. 1 Crawlion understood it and went toward the passage. Its flesh ripped as the shooting was focused on it, but it kept pushing on. Bang! And the door closed. Ping! Since it is an iron door, the bullets did not go through and bounced in all directions. One flew by a Lifer¡¯s head, but he avoided pration thanks to his helmet. ¡°How could it close the door!¡± ¡°Go and open it! We¡¯ll all die like this!¡± ¡°You go!¡± None of the 6 people approached the door. If they open the door and are captured by the Crawlion or are dragged outside, they are dead. -[Help!] -[There are only 12 people left!] Ping ping ping ping! Even while hesitating, Lifers died. Everyone ignored it because another¡¯s death was not as important as their own safety. Papat! 6 Lifers closed their eyes and went into the warehouse. There, 74 Lifers were preparing for battle. The first casualties were 20 people. [If a level 3 is born while we¡¯re fighting out there, we don¡¯t know how many people will die. The best we can do is to block the passage and only kill the ones that approach us.] Everyone looked at the only door that was closed at a distance, and sighed deeply. The second that door opens, they would be stuck at the border. -[Ha ha ha ha! They¡¯re all dead!] -[Hurry up and move this! Chun Myung Ik, you asshole! I¡¯m going to kill you!] A few Lifers must have survived because the radio rang. It seems they killed the Crawlions. Since there are 20 people, they had to have a lot of fire power. -[Behind you!] -[Huh! That¡¯s s.....!] Not even 10 seconds had passed since they let them know that they are alive. They had talked as though they woulde in through the door at any time, but the radio ended with an eerie sound. ¡°It¡¯s a level 3.¡± Cha Jun Sung touched the sword on his belt. It is not enough with level E equipment. Is the store level separated for no reason? If he had the level D wolf de, he would have been able to take it on alone but it was a pity. Kihik! Kiki! ¡°There are 2 of them.¡± There is no particr characteristic to the sound. They need to see it for themselves to know. It could probably rip an iron door as if it is paper, but it does note in. They seem to be under the nest¡¯smand. -[Snipers, please get into position where you have a good view of the passage.] -[Install your Craymores and support with fire power against whateveres from the head. The people with grenadeunchers, please wait on the side.] Their roles are distributed. If a mutantes in through the passage, there was enough fire power aimed at it to take care of it whether it is a level 3 or 4. There is confidence in the Lifers¡¯ expressions. It can never get through this. Trying at them. Chapter 47 Blood dripping from the stomach flows down the leg. The Lifer who had radioed in was hanging 2 meters in the air. 6 nails that were like a rake had prated his stomach, and came out. They are almost 1m long. A lifeless body hit the cold cement. A forked tongue covered in yellow bumps licked the blood on its nails. Kihik! It looks around the area. There are objects born from the matrix and pieces of meat with sweet scents everywhere. It is a favorable scene. -[Sniper.....] -[Craymore.....] The Lifers could sense movement beyond the door. Even though they could not see it, they could hear it and their emotions showed in their sweat. After taking a few steps, it is at the door. Asrge as it is, its strides are long. It can see a Crawlion leaning lifeless on the door. It is a hindrance to its focus. It grabbed the Crawlion by the head and flung it to the side. A 200kg weight hit the ground. Kikik! Kyak! Another of the same type appeared. Brothers born at the same time, their appearance and ability to fight were the same. The two mutants recognized each other. They both thought. Should they break the door? They could crush it with one or two hits. Should they crush it and go in to fill their stomachs with the blood and guts of weak beings? Kung! Kyak! The nest stopped them and gave them a different order. They made a fuss and gathered the corpses in one ce. They even made sure to pick up the small pieces. They did not separate the mutants and humans. Arge lump detached itself from the nest¡¯s main body, crawled down, and swallowed the corpses. It is getting supplements by consuming nutrients. It spit out the gear that it cannot digest and even sucked the bones of what it could digest. With this amount, it would not need to worry about food for a while. The lump that absorbed the corpses went back to the main body and supplied it with rich nutrients. It went back to a healthier state than before it had given birth. Woowoo! Kyahak! The nest gave its 2nd order. Because the creatures arerge, it is dangerous to go through the passage. They need to find a path where they will not be attacked. Papat! Kwajik! They searched through the rest area, broke a door on the east side, and entered the warehouse. Kihaek! They disappeared into the warehouse and the rest area fell into silence. The nest trusted the creatures and produced 26 eggs. They are all level 2 mutants. The creatures surprise attack the force from the back and the level 2 mutants can join to spread confusion. That is the nest¡¯s n. Oh! Level 2 mutants are born. They varied by specialty in those with sturdy skin, petite and fast bodies, andrge with strength. The nest had distributed roles just as the force did. It did not know if the force members knew this or not, and was just waiting for the door to open. *** The snipers climbed to the top of a container box. No matter how much they look around, this is the best ce as there are no obstructions and it is high up. It is refreshing because they have a view of everything. If they need to shoot from the bottom, they could. They could stay in a corner. There is a worst case scenario. If the mutants get through the passage and go to the warehouse, a higher ce is best. ¡°I can see well.¡± Park Jin Hyuk put his eye to the scope to check the passage. It seems they could see everything from the bottom, but the view is clearly different from the top. He changed the scope. The long-range expands too much, so it disturbs the short-range. A proper sniper has 3 or 4 scopes to fit distance. ¡°If theye in, I¡¯ll have to hit all of them.¡± Hihit! Park Jin Hyuk got in position 25m away from the passage. Of the 7 snipers on top of the container box, he was closest. He could not know the other Lifers¡¯ sniper skills, but being closer is better if the speed of their bullets is simr. That is of course if the passage is open. Crunch. ¡°Huh?¡± Is someone grinding his teeth? Park Jin Hyuk tilted his head and looked behind him. He sees snipers. They all have their faces on the container box. Their necks are stiff from keeping their eyes on the scope. If they rest, there is less of a burden if battle starts. ¡°I¡¯ll have to rest too.¡± Tung! Park Jin Hyukid on his stomachfortably as well. If it bes noisy outside, there will be a signal from under them. He willst longer if he starts abusing his neck from then. Shashak! ¡°Who¡¯s been ying around since before?¡± Someone is grinding his teeth and blowing into the air. It is bothering him. ¡°Uh.....?¡± He turned his head again and his thoughts became paralyzed. He could not tell if what he is seeing is a dream of if it is real. A monster one and a half times the size of a Crawlion was sticking its tongue out. Spat! Ugh! It was just a short moment of 1 second. Park Jin Hyuk fell off of the container box as he tried to avoid the tongue from reaching his neck. Shoong! He did not fall without doing anything. He threw any of the grenades that he could get his hands on. He was not able to check the type. He did not have the time to do that. Bang! As the impact grenade went off, the container box was crushed. The force members¡¯ attention went to the source of the explosion. Then they saw the mutant¡¯s body leaping to the side. ¡°It¡¯s a Spectre!¡± It is 3 to 4 times the size of a human, has long malformed arms and legs, 12 rake-like nails, and it is as fast as a yer. [Groups 1 and 2, check the passage. Group 3, fall back and face the Spectre!] Chun Myung Ik determined the situation as the master of arge guild should. He did not know what had happened, but it hade in already. They need to end it before the situation worsens. Pew pew pew pew! Dozens of Lifers brandished SMGs. The Spectre climbed the ceiling and walls to avoid the shower of bullets. It moves like a ghost. Then it disappeared among hundreds of container boxes. They failed. -[Put on your vision goggles!] All of the force members wore their vision goggles. They would not perform to the fullest because of the thickness and number of container boxes, but they had to put them on. Zing! The sensor could not get past 2 of them and got stuck on the way. -[Sniper, sniper respond.] -[Everyone will have died. I think I was thest.] Park Jin Hyuk spoke. The Spectre had been going for his neck to break it. It seems like what he thought had been the sound of teeth grinding was the sound of a neck breaking. If he had not been able to detect the Spectre¡¯s movement with his senses enhanced through body modification, he would have fallen to the same fate as the other snipers. ¡®Where did ite from?¡¯ The Spectre made a round in the next passage. It had tracked the body odor of the force toe through the ceiling of the cargo lift. It had not made any sounds because it cut through it carefully with its nails. Everyone had been moving busily. Even if there had been a sound, the force would not have been able to hear it unless it was loud because it was so far away. The Spectre handled the easy targets first. That was the snipers. The reason why it left its nails and used its tongue to break their necks? It wanted to avoid having the other Lifers detect the smell of blood. -[It might go through the passage after creating confusion, so..... Huk!] Sukukuk! Chun Myung Ik and Oh Min Ho got t on the ground. Another Spectre appeared out of nowhere and waved its nails. Kuhuk! Kyah! Its long arms and nails swung around a 7 meter radius. Excluding the 2 who had reflexively gotten on the floor, 3 Lifers got caught on the nails and were ripped into pieces. ¡®Hocheon is going to attempt a level D, too? Give some advice, not interference. Stay focused if you don¡¯t want to be wiped out. It ispletely different from level E.¡¯ Chun Myung Ik suddenly remembered what he said a few days beforeunching the mission. ¡®Do you think it¡¯s pathetic that 50 people die at a time? Try going. You¡¯ll know if you go.¡¯ 29 people died already. But the danger had not passed. Rather, it is getting worse as they go. Annihtion? This is not a dream. Chapter 48 Kihik! The Spectre that made a fuss in the middle of the force fled the spot without dy. It wanted to escape without getting greedy. Somehow, it escaped to the spot where Park Jin Hyuk was standing. He was clenching his teeth and holding an automatic crossbow. His rifle is on the container box. ¡°Hey, what are you going to do with that? Get down!¡± Seuk! Pang! Park Jin Hyuk quickly bent over. Cha Jun Sung appeared from behind and jumped a few meters into the air. He pulled the sword from his belt and brandished it. Cheng! The Spectre swished its nails and blocked the sword. The repulsive force was great even though its muscr strength is incredible. However, it did not back down. Chechechecheng! Cha Jun Sung fought with the Spectre. The force could not shoot. They were moving around so much that they could hit him by ident. Klunk! While Cha Jun Sung bought time, Park Jin Hyuk climbed up the container box and retrieved his rifle. He did not go back down. He aimed at the Spectre right away. Bang bang! ¡°Mutants entered the passage!¡± ¡°Diversion tactic?¡± The iron door was torn off. A mutant that looked as if it was wearing iron armor all over its body, walked into the passage. Just by looking at it, it was clear it had the role of a tank. Pipipiping! Bullets bounce off of its body. The Tanker covered its face with both arms and it was as though a barricade wasing through. It is a species that had not been seen in the virtual version. The nest could identify the force¡¯s weapons and style to create new mutants to take them on. It is pushing through. Guns do not work. They need to raise their fire power. Kwang! The ymore went off. The Spectre¡¯s defense must not work against a bomb, because its arm fell off. They had no time to suspect that it was dead. ¡°Keep setting them off! Throw bombs too! Grenades too! They¡¯reing at us in a line!¡± There was not just 1 Tanker. Excluding the one that is dead, there were 7 of them. The Tankers did not advance together. If the ymore goes off, they would all feel the impact. They came in sequentially, a few meters apart. Impact and shot grenades only buy a bit of time. Shot grenades had less effect in particr because are for noise rather than destruction. Pupupupung! They were through the ymores they had installed ahead of time. It is dangerous, but they even threw them and then clicked the switch. They need to block the advance in any way they can. ¡°Push forward!¡± ¡°I¡¯ll wrap it up!¡± After killing without thought, only 1 Tanker was was left. It would be over with 2 grenades. They could kill the Crawlion outside with a gun. The Lifer who was about to throw the grenade felt pain in his neck and touched it. Blood was flowing out. He lost strength and fell to the ground. Kikik! Kya kya! A Snatcher cut the Lifer¡¯s neck and immediately changed its target. It is a level 2 mutant as small as a Kawod, but with des like scythes on its elbows. Ack! Ack! There are 10 of them. It used its speed to fly around the area. The Snatchers followed the path the Spectre had taken. Since the Tankers and Crawlions cannot climb walls, they had the role of diverting attention. The nest¡¯s diversion tactic created chaos in the warehouse. Kung! When the Snatchers¡¯ entry halted the attack, the 8 Crawlions that had been waiting got through the passage while wielding their muscles. They had started battle. The defensive ring that they had thought to be sturdy, had easilye apart. Pew pew! Puk puk! 2 shots that had been waiting punctured holes in the head of one Snatcher that was climbing on top of a Lifer. It iled and died. Kiak! Pat pat. As the Snatchers scattered, they figured out the source of the bullets. There is an enemy aiming at them from a high position. They need to get rid of the bothersome enemies first. ¡°Tsk!¡± Tak! Park Jin Hyuk put his gun down and jumped to another container box. Aiming at such a fast and continuously moving target is useless. Pat! He moved a distance of 5 to 6 meters in one go. He fell back and had his automatic crossbow ready for attack. The Snatchers hid their bodies at the siege of arrows. They run on the sides and ceilings of container boxes to chase after Park Jin Hyuk. Even with his body modification, they caught up to him quickly because it is a limited distance. Seureung! ¡°You think I¡¯ll lose to guys smaller than me? You little kids!¡± Park Jin Hyuk went at them with a dagger in his left hand and an automatic crossbow in his right. With his current senses, he could detect the Snatchers¡¯ movements. Snatchers are really nothing if he is just careful with their speed and the des on their elbows. They have poor stamina, so the situation is over with one arrow. *** Jjung! Keuk! Cha Jun Sung took a few steps backwards. He was dizzy from the Spectre¡¯s attack. It went for all parts of his body ¨C if he avoided its nails, he had to watch out for its tongue. Its tongue changes shape freely. Long to try and catch him, sharp to stab him, and blunt to hit him. It used various methods to bother Cha Jun Sung. He yielded his sword multiple times, but it bounced off like it is rubber and he did not even leave a wound. It is also so strong that he almost had his sword taken away. Hab! Cha Jun Sung shouted and ran at the Spectre. He matched the speed he was running at and cut horizontally with his sword. The Spectre¡¯s lower body pressed to the ground. It hit the side of the container box, stuck to the wall, and hit Cha Jun Sung¡¯s back with its tongue. Bang! Cha Jun Sung fell. It felt like he had been beaten with a club. It would be easier to handle if he could just incapacitate its tongue, but it provides him with a physical challenge when it can reach a distance of over 5 meters. ¡®If only I had the de!¡¯ The de has the strength to cut through cement. If he incapacitates the Spectre¡¯s tongue and nails, all that is left is its physical ability. If there is too much of a difference in the level of the mutant that he needs to face, it will not be able to handle even with good gear. However, he could take on a Spectre. Pew pew! His red fire drew a line on the wall that the Spectre is stuck to. Even when he identifies its movements and fires in the expected direction, it moves to avoid all of the shots. Kik! The Spectre was also annoyed. Its instinct is at work, telling it not to lose the prey it had focused on. But that prey is stronger than it thought it would be. Tatang! ¡°Over there! Chase it!¡± ¡°Catch it!¡± The Lifers corner the Spectre. As there are so many of them, the Spectre had small wounds every time it killed a Lifer. Park Jin Hyuk is in a bloody battle with 8 Snatchers from the top of a container box. And the passage is chaotic because of the Crawlion. Kiang! The Spectre that Cha Jun Sung was fighting with requested help from its brother. If it leaves this prey and goes, there will be problems. It is not systematic thought, but it just felt that way. ¡°Where are you trying to go?¡± Cha Jun Sung smirked. If its thoughts are elsewhere, it cannot focus on what it needs to do. That is the same for humans and mutants. The Spectre was already conflicted between its instinct to kill Cha Jun Sung and the thought that it needs to save its brother. Kyah! The Spectre that the Lifers had cornered, expressed its pain. If it stays in one ce for even a moment, dozens of bullets follow it. It needs to move without resting. The Lifers beat the Spectre in a fight of volume. Unless it is extremely strong, it cannot underestimate the difference in numbers. Twang! The Spectre made up its mind and got on the wall to go to its brother. ¡°I won¡¯t let you go!¡± Cha Jun Sung stepped on the container box and went up. He cannot ride the walls or ceiling like mutants can, but it is possible for him to chase it with the current state of his body. Pew pew! He used his red fire to make it go in the direction that he wanted it to go in. A few bullets hit it, but it did not prate the muscle because the fire power is weak. Kyak! ¡°There¡¯s another Spectre!¡± ¡°Even the one that was running away ising back!¡± The Spectre that Cha Jun Sung is chasing swiped at the side of the Lifers. To make matters worse, the one that had been running away changed its course and came down. The troops are copsing under the Spectres. It is normally a power that they can cope with, but the Lifers were stopped under an attack while they had their guard down. ¡°It¡¯s here!¡± Cha Jun Sung had his sword held inverted and jumped from a container box. The Spectre that had been fighting with him saw him and moved to avoid him. It knows that he is dangerous. However, the other Spectre was drunk on ughter and instead of moving, it scratched with its nail. Cha Jun Sung turned in the air, avoided the nail, and stuck the sword in the Spectre¡¯s head. It is its fault for mistaking Cha Jun Sung as an average human. Kyak! The Spectre¡¯s brain had been prated, and it screamed and iled to try to remove the sword. It was no use. Even if it got the sword out, the wound is there. It will die. Chapter 49 Clunk! The 3 meter body of the Spectre lost strength and fell to the ground. The floor rang under the weight. -[You have acquired 1800 points.] ¡°You¡¯re giving a lot.¡± Every level jumps by 10 times the points before, so level 1 is 10 to 20, level 2 is 100 to 200. Points are separated into 5 stages, and one can confirm the level of a mutant he catches by getting 200. It means that Spectres are top level. The Lifers could not take their eyes off of Cha Jun Sung. Even though it is a surprise attack, he killed a level 3. The way he moved before that was extraordinary as well. Kyak! The angry Spectre red at Cha Jun Sung. Its brother had died of an error in judgment. ¡°You regret it, right?¡± Puk! Cha Jun Sung recovered his sword from the dead Spectre¡¯s head and shook the blood off. He wanted to end that one too, but he had something to do. If he killed one, he had done his duty. He would leave the rest to the other Lifers. ¡°You kill them.¡± ¡°Help us! We ask you respectfully! It¡¯s taking a toll on us!¡± The Lifers beg Cha Jun Sung. 5 people died while chasing the Spectres. With the members now, a few more will die. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but I have a friend. His safety is priority.¡± He had discovered Park Jin Hyuk while crossing the container boxes. He was fighting Snatchers from a corner. Support? He was alone. Park Jin Hyuk is weak in a melee. He can hold out now, but he will soon reach hisst. He needs to get to him as quickly as possible. He cannot waste time here. Cha Jun Sung squinted at the Spectre and moved. It is a problem if it follows him. Fortunately, it did not follow him. The Lifers bothered the Spectre as well. Kwakwang! A dark heates in from the passage. There are no level 3 mutants and it is dense with the most powerful of the force. There is less and less noise. It must be the end. Tu tu! Battle with the Spectre begins again as well. He was sorry, but he only has one body. Cha Jun Sung aimed his red fire at the Snatchers. Pew! The Snatcher¡¯s body plunges and hits under the container box. No matter how fast they are, they cannot avoid the shots unless they have eyes on the back of their heads. Pew pew! ¡°You¡¯re here?¡± ¡°How many are you fighting?¡± ¡°8.¡± ¡°I saw 5, I killed 1, so you killed 3?¡± Blood covered Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s gear. It is a mix of the Snatchers¡¯ blood and his own. He has a lot of wounds where he was ripped and stabbed. They are signs of struggle. Kik! 4 Snatchers are wary of Cha Jun Sung. He looksrger and stronger than Park Jin Hyuk. They get farther away from him if he even scares them a little. ¡°Rest. I¡¯ll take care of it.¡± ¡°Oy!¡± Park Jin Hyuk sat on the floor. It is not a joke. He had spoken like he was joking, but he really is tired. What would have happened if Cha Jun Sung had beente? Kyak! They are just 4 Snatchers. There is nothing they could do against Cha Jun Sung with his sword and gun. If they try anything, they die? Their intestines were cleaned up. *** Bang! The Crawlion¡¯s chest was split open after he was hit by the grenadeuncher, and fell over. The Lifers look at the passage with hope. Please stoping! Following level 2 and 3 mutants, level 1 mutants came out to bother the Lifers. Even if runtse at them, they are on the brink of insanity because it is so chaotic. ¡°It¡¯s, it¡¯s over!¡± ¡°Wow!¡± ¡°The nest stopped producing!¡± Mutants do note in anymore. It seems it has consumed all of the nutrients and cells necessary for production. In the end, the Lifers had won. Among the celebrating Lifers, Chun Myung Ik looked ufortable. He had expected for there to be casualties before progressing with the mission. But he had not calcted this much. They had built a tight defensive ring in the warehouse. The mutants had taken it apartpletely. Groups 1, 2, and 4 of 60 people had been focused on the passage. Group 4 was made up of the Lifers who had epted Hocheon guild¡¯s invitation. Since group 3 was put up against the Spectres, they could see the damage situation upon their return. ¡°How many people died?¡± ¡°9 people from group 1, 2 from group 8, 6 from group 4. Group 4 includes the snipers. It seems a lot of them survived because their skill and equipment are at the level of raid leaders.¡± Oh Min Ho looked haggard as he gave his report. 23 people died in 3 groups. It is not what they had expected, but it is better than failing the mission. -[Master, we handled the Spectres.] -[Losses?] -[..... 1 raid leader, 3 guild members, and 6 external members died.] That is 10 people. Thenbining 20, 23, 10 people, there were a total of 53 dead. 47 survivors. He almostughed out of disbelief. They can consider the first 20 as people they had sacrificed with consideration for the future. 33 people! His warning that it could be annihtion if they let their guards down, was real. -[What¡¯s left?] There is nothing. Since they took care of the passage, they had killed all mutants that the nest had produced. Now if they kill the nest and cross through the rest area, the mission isplete. -[Did you figure out how they got in?] -[They ripped through the ceiling of the cargo lifts we came in.] This experience made therge guild understand how it had met a strong opponent and had suffered such severe damages in their first attempt. If they had known that the mutants would go around the warehouse toe in, they would have distributed the power instead of focusing it at the passage. If they had done that, the mutants would not have gotten through. ¡®I¡¯m confident we can reduce the losses to under 20 in the next challenge.¡¯ Information is power that is not visible. Ifrge guilds that hadpleted the mission before Hocheon, had shared this information, they would have gone through itparatively easily. -[Who killed the Spectre?] -[The chief killed one and number 617 killed the other.] -[Number 617?] -[Yes. And he and number 429 took care of 10 Snatchers.] 2 people taking on that many mutants? Chun Myung Ik remembered seeing Cha Jun Sung fighting the Spectre with his sword before he moved away. -[Uh..... Master.] -[Speak.] -[I think number 617 went through body modification.] -[I know that much too. You think it would be his bare body when he is running at a Spectre?] He had gone at a level 3 mutant with cutlery. He is either brave or crazy. But neither are applicable. It has to be body modification. -[I believe it is the 2nd stage.] -[What?] The raid leader gave his exnation with a mix of what he saw and his personal opinion. Cha Jun Sung jumped from a 7 meter high, 3 story container box and while avoiding the Spectre¡¯s attack, stabbed it in the head with his sword. ¡®There¡¯s someone other than that guy who¡¯s gone through the 2nd stage of body modification?¡¯ From what Chun Myung Ik knows, there is only 1 other person who has gone through the 2nd stage of body modification. There could be other Lifers, but it was hard for him to believe that. -[Alright.] They are holding on for now. They need toplete the mission first. As the situation became stabilized, the scattered Lifers gathered in the passage. They all looked battered. There were a lot of injured. They take medicine out from their packs and spacepression bag to treat their wounds. Unfortunately, none of the Lifers have medical equipment. ¡°Not even arge guild has a medic.¡± ¡°It was a unique profession even in the virtual version. If you do that, you get sick from anger.¡± A medic is a nonbat job specializing in treatment, but its ability to attack is terrible. In the virtual version, they are at the lowest ranking. It is a time when points push back money. Is there a Lifer willing to purchase expensive medical equipment to give free services? They need to save all of the points they would have used on weapons and equipment to be able to purchase middle standard medical equipment from level D. It is not easy even with help from arge guild. -[The injured rest, and everyone else will go to kill the nest. It¡¯s tired. The only mutants it¡¯ll be able to produce are level 1 or 2.] The nest does not produce on nutrients alone. As it is a hermaphrodite, it needs the cells corresponding with the level. If it is freshly evolved, 2 mutants is its limit. -[Let¡¯s end it. This mission.] The force follows Chun Myung Ik. The time to end it is approaching. Chapter 50 The nest died uneventfully. It consumed all of its nutrients and cells and there was not much of a fight. After that, they arrived at thepletion area without problems. Ding. There are moments when the annoying helper seems lovable. It is when the heavenly voice whispers to them after they have been waiting for it. If theyplete a mission, they gather points. With it, even a lucky box. They can only receive the lucky box in the briefing room. They can check itter. ¡°I guess it¡¯s a surprise.¡± ¡°I want to hurry up and open it.¡± It is a reward given to Lifers with thepletion of a level D mission and points. If they are unlucky, it is worth 1 point and if they are lucky, gear worth thousands of points coulde out. That is why it is a surprise of luck. The probabilities are terrible. In the countlessments regarding the box, there are very few Lifers who received boxes with gear that is of any use to them. As it is possible to deals, there are many Lifers who hoard them. -[I will purchase lucky boxes for $100,000 each. Does anyone have intentions to sell theirs?] Chun Myung Ik looked at the Lifers as he spoke. A few people raised their hands to say that they would sell theirs. Cha Jun Sung did not respond. He is geared toward thrill more than money. Just as people¡¯s personalities are different, their values are all different. If not, would he have used everything on the ultimate Hades de? The Lifers who said that they would sell, were not doing it because they need the money. They would rather ensure getting $100,000 out of this gamble instead of ending up with nothing. -[Daeho Group has prepared a small banquet for you all. We hope everyone will attend as we intend to offer the best services.] Cha Jun Sung was thinking of returning home. What banquet when he is so tired, he is on the verge of copsing? The people who would attend are Hocheon guild members and the Lifers who want to join. They had been stuck together for a week. You stick with your people, not others. This is visible just in the way that Hocheon handles Lifers. -[Alright, let¡¯s return to Hocheon¡¯s auditorium.....] Kyak! Chun Myung Ik could not finish his words. As he was about to finish, an ear-splitting high tone shriek swept over the 47 Lifers like a wave. The location of the shriek? It is to the side of the direction that they are standing in. It is blocked by an iron door that leads to the second half. It seems a mutant is excited because it smelled the Lifers and heard them talking. It seems to be a level 4. If ites out at them, it is annihtion for the force. Bang bang! Kyak! The iron door shakes as if it is going toe crashing down. It did not break down easily because it looked as though it would hold up against a truck. ¡°I, I want to go back!¡± ¡°Me too!¡± Zing! The Lifers start to return. If they are caught while hesitating, they die even afterpleting the mission. They do not want to be in that situation. ¡°The door is stable.¡± ¡°If it were toe down easily, it would not have been a 5000 point mission in the first ce. It coulde out any time it wants and make a fuss.¡± They could not know what type of mutant it is, but it is blocking the door to go outside. Or it is not a size that allows it to go out. ¡®If I can figure out its identity, I can prepare for it, won¡¯t I?¡¯ Woong! Cha Jun Sung turned on his recording function. If you know your enemy, you can win every battle. There are countless mutants in different ways on his blog. He thought there would be results if he couldpare them to reduce the deaths. ¡®Forget it if not.¡¯ Not all mutants are there. If he cannot find them, he cannot find them. Seureuk! Did it tire itself out while making a fuss? The sound of it was getting farther away from the iron door. ¡°It took everything.¡± ¡°What?¡± Cluese from the small things. It took everything. This is important. ¡°Let¡¯s go back. I need to dig through the blog.¡± ¡°Unlock it. I want to see it too.¡± ¡°Alright. I¡¯ll go and add a friend to it.¡± ¡°Woo!¡± When he told Park Jin Hyuk who Campbell is, he had revealed that he is Overload. He was surprised at first, but he is now used to it. Woong! Since they returned as though running away, there were not even 10 people left. Most are in Hocheon. ¡°Number 617? Mr. Ch Jun Sung?¡± ¡°Do you need something?¡± Chun Myung Ik approached him. When the Lifer registration system was formed, helper names became useless. The Lifer registration card had reced citizen registration cards. ¡°Are you attending the banquet?¡± ¡°No.¡± Attend? Do they think he will? He is satisfied with having participated in a level D mission. He is totally against anything bothersome. He needs to rest at home and there are a few things he needs to take care of. ¡°It¡¯s not something to discuss here. Can we go somewhere to talk?¡± ¡°Sorry. I don¡¯t want to get involved with arge guild in any way. I have nothing to give and nothing to get. I¡¯ll be leaving first.¡± Syuk! Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk returned home. If they are going to cut them off, they need to do it for sure. It bes a problem if they leave it up for question. Chun Myung Ik and Hocheon did not move as if they were nailed to the spot. As it happened so suddenly, it took them some time to understand the situation. Chun Myung Ik grinded his teeth. He had been rejected unterally. Why are people so full of themselves? Cha Jun Sung and that guy had their noses up to the sky. ¡°Should I go catch them?¡± ¡°Leave them. We¡¯ll calm the guild down first.¡± He was about to agree with Oh Min Ho¡¯s expression, but settled his anger first. There are a lot of damages. They need to clean up the mess and advertise their missionpletion. ¡°This is Hocheon¡¯s jurisdiction. Let¡¯s gather strength for a few months and make an attempt.¡± Since there is no name to the mission, they would have had nothing to say if they had been cut in line. However, level D missions surpass level E by a lot. There is almost no probability in ovepping unless they seek out the biology institute on purpose. As much as missions reduce withpletions, they are regenerated. ¡®His name is Cha Jun Sung.¡¯ He had met someone simr to him. He is not someone he can forget even if he tried. *** Inside the biology institute. A lot of things were created at the same time including food storage, hospital, warehouse, and a summons gate. One of the bunches out from that ce. ¡°The gate closes after 3 hours. We need to move the material in there.¡± ¡°Okay!¡± There is food and medicine for hundreds of people. They can rip off the container box put the materials past the gate. He seems like a Lifer, but there is something different. He can even lightly lift a 300kg piece of metal. He has the power of 100 people. The speed at which they move the material is fast because there are a lot of people, but it still took them 2 hours and 50 minutes to finish the job. ¡°Whew! I was wondering how long we would have to do this for.¡± A middle-aged man who looked to be the leader, put out his cigarette. It is a bore. Smokees out and scatters. It feels like a life in vain. If the time to ck for Lifers is short, it is 3 years, 5 if it is long. ¡°Time is almost over!¡± ¡°Alright.¡± The man puts his cigarette out. They need to return to that awful ce. Hundreds of people went through the gate. The warehouse became busy. Chapter 51 Han Chang Jin mobilized thework he had built in the virtual version to find Ghost Gun. There is nothing he could do about the people he had met in passing, but there are a few Lifers he had exchanged contact information with. He rode them over and over again. He was able to find out Ghost Gun¡¯s identity in a matter of 3 months, and they are facing each other now. He had one thought after finding Ghost. Ghost Gun is in the dark. He is hard to find. Han Chang Jin and Ghost Gun are not personal acquaintances, but he is someone so famous that everyone in Korea knows who he is. He is a good looking man with a gentle smile. He prepared coffee pods as though they are from a luxurious drip. Strangely, it was like watching a scene from amercial he appears in. Ghost Gun is Lim Si Hyun. One of the top 5 actors in Korea and the master of arge guild sponsored by Chilsung Group. Maybe because the master is an actor, they have their fair share of celebrities. Lim Si Hyun is a distant nephew of the owner of Chilsung. There is not a tremendous reason why this distant cousin became master of the guild above other linear rtives. None of the Chairman¡¯s rtives showed excellence as a Lifer. Since he could not leave it to someone else, he had put Lim Si Hyun in the position. As it was nearing the end of his exclusive contract, he did not say no. His life as an actor is fun too, but it is nothingpared to his life as a Lifer. ¡°It¡¯s a pleasure to meet you. I¡¯m Han Chang Jin.¡± ¡°I¡¯m Lim Si Hyun, leading the 7 Stars.¡± They introduced themselves to each other. They know the basic information on each other, but it is courtesy to give formal introductions. Not too long ago, Lim Si Hyun heard rumors that someone was looking for him. When he heard that the person he would have to meet is Iron King, he allowed for the meeting. Iron King is a fellow Korean and has a good reputation. He is also a soldier. It is fitting for his reputation as someone with a rigid personality. ¡°I got here after going through 4 of China¡¯s ports for the first time.¡± ¡°I heard from Nuclear. Since the 36 rankers keep to themselves, I heard the rumor that you were looking for me.¡± The virtual world map has a 1:1 ratio with the earth. Because of this, the 36 rankers have no way of meeting unless they operate in the same region. ¡°It has be aplicated world. I needed to meet you no matter what.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s get to the point.¡± Lim Si Hyun¡¯s tone became serious. Judging by Han Chang Jin¡¯s attitude, it did not seem like he had ulterior motives. His profession is also ordinary. Is the government on the move? He had thought that it had been strangely quiet. It is a thought that anyone could have unless they are dumb. ¡°Lim Si Hyun, there are 2 reasons why I came looking for you on behalf of the nation.¡± ¡°So it is the government. Is it the President?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll listen.¡± ¡°Sorry, but I have one question first. I canplete a 3000 point level E mission by myself. Are you able to do that as well?¡± ¡°Can I think of this as your way to judge whether or not I am of value?¡± Han Chang Jin bunched his lips. He had pointed it out correctly. He had the feeling that the situation is, ¡®I dide looking for you, but I¡¯m going to turn around now if you have no value.¡¯ ¡°I¡¯ll tell you. As of now, I canplete it by myself in 5 days.¡± Han Chang Jin¡¯s expression became prudent. It is as he had expected. The 36 rankers are using what they know from the virtual version to advance faster than others. Reality and virtual are different? It is true. Could someone who was not able to stand above others in the virtual version, be able to do so in reality? He got to the conclusion. Never! It is impossible. ¡°I apologize if I offended you.¡± ¡°It¡¯s nothing. It is true I¡¯m offended that I¡¯m being judged, but it¡¯s something to be happy about to be recognized by someone of the same ss.¡± Lim Si Hyungughed. He has a refreshing personality. He was not snobby and was easy unlike the rich. He is worthy of leading 7 Stars. ¡°What I saw from now on is a national secret, so only you need to know this.¡± ¡°I¡¯m nervous.¡± Han Chang Jin started speaking. A Lifer organization operated by nations all over the world has been created, and it is nearlypleted. Anything could be a reason for it, but the main purpose is world peace. If they want to live as they did before the real version appeared, the government needs to hold the power. If it loses the power, it is the return of the Dark Ages. Nations that normally have close rtionships share information and show signs of forming alliances. ¡°In just the exposed part, 7 of the 36 rankers are included.¡± ¡°Are you talking about a mutual aid?¡± ¡°What do you think if the most powerful of each country link together toplete missions?¡± They are each famous yers in the virtual version. There are 5 Lifers who have the best equipment in level E and D, and have gone through the 2nd stage of body modifications? Level D where level 4 mutants appear will be difficult, but they could do whatever they wanted in those lower. Since their professions are all different, they could anticipate the synergy. There is a turbo engine on their speed in advancing, and they could reach level C in a short amount of time. This is incredible information. ¡°Are you telling me tomit myself to the government or register in the alliance?¡± ¡°You said mutual aid, right? If you need us or we need you, we can help each other ording to the situation.¡± As it is not just the government, but a worldwide gathering, it surpasses the category of the powerful. In a small scale, it is 7 Stars. Large, it is bringing Chilsung to the world. ¡°So you¡¯re trying to subsume me. Are there other Lifers who received this proposal?¡± ¡°There is a Lifer who will hear it, but you are the first. And that is the 2nd reason why I came looking for you.¡± ¡°The 2nd reason?¡± ¡°Are you able to get in contact with Overload? There¡¯s no way to find him.¡± ¡°Overload..... I see. He existed. I had forgotten.¡± By name, he is 1st in the Life Mission ranking. He is a legend in the virtual version as the only Lifer who seeded in the level 9 Evil Queen raid. Lim Si Hyun had been forgetting because his daily life was so busy. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but I don¡¯t have contact with him either. He¡¯s a Lifer focused on solo ys..... Oh right. Doesn¡¯t he run a blog?¡± Lim Si Hyun had also enjoyed looking up information on the blog. A lot of what they knew ovepped, but the videos were as fun as watching a movie. ¡°We would be able to find him if we track the IP address, but we believe that might just be counterproductive.¡± ¡°Even if you find him through normal means, I don¡¯t think he¡¯ll join the federation. He resisted the seduction of allrge guilds in the virtual version as well.¡± Han Chang Jin knew that aspect well. He wanted to give advice if he could. If they maintain a friendly rtionship, he might be able to request aid at ater time. Creating ties is the primary goal. There is nothing to lose in creating friendly ties with any of the 36 rankers, excluding a few crazy people. They will be reliable reinforcements. ¡°What do you think about sending a note on the blog? He¡¯ll read it.¡± ¡°It¡¯s of no use.¡± He tried sending notes several times. Each time, there was no response. Cha Jun Sung was either reading and ignoring them, or putting them in Trash because he could not be bothered with reading them. ¡°We cannot even put up a notice that we are looking for Overload because we could run into trouble regarding personal privacy issues. This is very frustrating.¡± Lim Si Hyun scratched his forehead. Han Chang Jin was awkward in embarrassment. Truthfully, he had not put that much effort into looking for Cha Jun Sung. He was only pretending to look. ¡°He¡¯ll meet with you if you tell him that you¡¯re Iron King.¡± ¡°Will he?¡± The Cha Jun Sung that Lim Si Hyun knew was not so stiff. He is rather open. He is like any other Lifer, it is just that he prefers to y solo/ ¡°If the 3 people in Korea get together, we couldplete a level D mission as a party.¡± The government had its eyes set on 10,000 points. 7 Stars will be simr. The level D advance mission is 20,000 points. With 10,000 points, a level 4 mutant coulde out. ¡°7 Stars is trying to gather talent with 9000 points on the fringe.¡± ¡°Likewise for the government.¡± Solo missions are impossible in level D. The level 4 mutants are too strong for someone to take them on alone. It is a suicide mission even with ss D gear. A small group could take it on if the mission is under 10,000 points, but filling all 100 spots for anything above that gives them a better chance at surviving. They had a long conversation. They spoke for a few hours beforeing to a close. ¡°Since I cannot decide this easily, I will consider this issue of registration.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll hope for good results.¡± Lim Si Hyun asked for contact information, saying that he would notify him of his decision within a few days. Han Chang Jin left his information happily. Though he had not been able to find Overload, it is fortunate that Lim Si Hyun¡¯s reaction was so positive. Certainty is better than uncertainty. Chapter 52 Knock knock! As soon as Han Chang Jin left the office, a Lifer came in. ¡°Master, Hocheonpleted the biology institute mission and returned.¡± ¡°Did Chun Myung Ik do well?¡± ¡°Other than his selfishness, he is alright but they suffered a lot of damages because the mutants attacked them from behind. I almost died as well.¡± This Lifer who had applied to participate in Hocheon¡¯s force was nted as a monitor. It was not for ill intentions. The intention was to see if they did well or not. The Lifer exined the process. Lim Si Hyun nodded. A lot of people died. It is worse than the average. At any rate, Chun Myung Ik will not do. ¡°That guy thinks he¡¯s a fox when he¡¯s really just a dog.¡± He is in the dog species, but falls short. To be selfish in a mission that he is risking his life for. It is behavior that is not appropriate for the head of arge guild. ¡°And I discovered a Lifer who stood out during the mission.¡± ¡°Tell me.¡± ¡°Lifers were being devastated by a level 3 Spectre when he started a battle with just a sword. He did get pushed back, but it was impressive.¡± The Spectre had underestimated him and put its guard down, but he had stuck a sword in its head. ¡°A Spectre?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± A level 3 with just one sword? Not even Lim Si Hyun had that kind of confidence. ¡°Wait! Did you just say sword? Do you know his name or anything?¡± ¡°Cha Jun Sung? He was number 617.¡± ¡°Well..... I don¡¯t really want to, but I guess I¡¯ll have to meet with loser Chun Myung Ik.¡± To be connected like this. Strange things happen in the world. The reason why Han Chang Jin came looking for him. The Lifer in question who killed a Spectre with a sword. Overload¡¯s weapon? A sword. Doesn¡¯t everything seem to fit together? ¡°You did well. We¡¯ll do 10,000 points for you as a prize.¡± ¡°Thank you!¡± The Lifer¡¯s face brightened. If he keeps stacking results, he will be promoted. Lim Si Hyun is fair. If someone is skilled and devotes himself to the guild, he is given a position even if he is a low employee. There had actually been a few cases where that happened. ¡°I want to get to know him. While Iron King sends notes, shall I see his face?¡± He could not be sure if he would be able to meet Cha Jun Sung or not, but he would be able to get simple information if he ys Chun Myung Ik gently. He will have to reveal a tiny bit of know-how for level D missions in exchange. *** Kung! Woah! Cha Jun Sung locked himself in his room and went through the blog he had run for 10 years. He reyed his videos of battles with level 4 mutants. It isn¡¯t there! There is no mutant whose sound oveps with what he recorded in the biology institute. There are simr ones, but they walked around fine. He recalled what he heard before returning. He is sure it slid on the ground. Slid? It crawls. It cannot have legs. There is no reason for something to crawl unless it is crippled! [Lifers, what type of level 4 mutant has a high tone shriek and goes around without legs?] Cha Jun Sung posted on Lifer World. 99 out of 100 people post insanements, but 1 of those people is bound to put up a proper post. [Haze Ghost?] [Haze Ghost has a pretty husky voice. It¡¯s a Blood nt.] [Is the person above me retarded? Blood nt can¡¯t move at all!] [A Saman Viper or Hermit Ear!] [I agree. If you hear a Saman Viper¡¯s roar, your eardrums burst.] All kinds of bizarre mutants are appearing. They are all types that he does not know about because they do not exist in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s homeground, South America. He searched the mutants mentioned in thements. There was a little information. It is not the Blood nt. The great man-eating flower has the attacking power of a level 5 but as a botanical, it cannot move from the ground where it has its roots. That is why it is ranked a level 4. It cannot be caught with ordinary equipment, but it is just a decorative nt if you do not go 30m near it. He looked up the Haze Ghost and Hermit Ear as well. These do not seem to be it either. The Lifers opened up a heated debate, but he got a few things out of it. ¡°Saman Viper?¡± It is arge wild viper with 3 eyes. It is as long as the anaconda that appeared in a movie created dozens of years ago, and twice the thickness. It is a snake, but rips its prey apart to eat it. It has great vision and is fast. Itpresses its muscle and brings the instant velocity of a bullet. ¡°No, there¡¯s no reason for a snake to be in theb. I¡¯ll look into it slowly.¡± The link mission that appeared when theypleted the biology institute is a 12,000 point sample takeover. Unless they go in fully prepared, they are on a train to hell. [You have a message.] Click. Cha Jun Sung ignored the message. Hundreds of them came in everyday. It is a bother to read through each one, so he gathers them to delete them all at once. The 12th message that Han Chang Jin sent was sent to the trash. Another note from a far away country was buried without knowledge. *** A bunch of Caucasian people walked out of the entry gates at Seoul Airport. They moved with 2 people in the center. A beautiful woman with a cold charm stole everyone¡¯s attention. One is a man withints written on his face. The rest are bodyguards. ¡°Why do I have toe to a country like this? Hey girl? Say something.¡± The man is pestering the woman. She did not even respond. This man is normally ill mannered. ¡°Where shall we go first?¡± ¡°Iron King.¡± A delicate voice. They hade to someone else¡¯snd with impure intentions. They need to reveal their purpose by the Union Federation. Complex steps are burdensome. If they speak with Iron King, they will be taken to the top naturally. ¡°Oh! Iron King, we¡¯ve fought before. He¡¯s like a wild boar. He¡¯s ignorant.¡± The man speaks frivolously. He can be any color. He changes his personality to fit the situation like a chameleon. ¡°Just be careful from the front.¡± ¡°Yeah yeah.¡± The man speaks drily. It is obvious that he hears it as nagging. The woman said it herself, but did not expect much. She needs to get this man to his knees to control him, but she does not have the confidence to do that. ¡°Ms. Irina, Mr. Burke. The car is ready.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± The woman walked away with her long legs in high heels. Ice Queen Irina Headley. Boom Busker Burke Petross. Each have a spot among the 36 rankers and are 2 of the 7 Lifers who have overwhelming support of the American people. Chapter 53 Han Chang Jin had an unexpected visitor while he was working. Ice Queen and Boom Busker are part of the Federation that will be organized by the American government soon. Han Chang Jin, these two, and a few others will belong to the Federation. ¡°Long time no see, Iron King?¡± ¡°It has been a while. You haven¡¯t changed at all. You¡¯re exactly the same as you were before.¡± Boom Busker is the same as he was in the virtual version with his snobby tone and arrogant behavior. It is inevitable since reality is a mirror of the virtual version. Why are they in Korea? Travelling? That cannot be why. It could be true for Ice Queen, but Boom Busker shows that he was forced toe here. He is engaging in an implicit protest. ¡°We came because of the subsumption.¡± ¡°Subsumption!¡± Ice Queen threw a blow. America had made a move after it had been quiet. Which Lifer did they want to subsume that they even sent 2 rankers? ¡°I¡¯ll reveal our purpose ahead of time so that we can meet Ghost Gun and Overload.¡± ¡°Kuk!¡± There is a lot ofnd in America. The poption isrge as well. The powers had remained quiet until now in order to gather strength while calming their homnds. They could not afford reach out to other nations. In this aspect, smaller countries are faster than the powers. The stronger they are, the more difficult it is to absorb. ¡°Are you giving me notice?¡± ¡°Because we could not go against the treaty. If you can block it, you can do so.¡± How could he block it? No matter how much Lifers have be free of material matters with the increased value of points, one is bound to be seduced by the benefits that a powerful country like America could offer. Han Chang Jin also had a basic idea that they cannot match up. They are things that cannot be offered even if a few nations like Korea werebined. Subsumption as a Lifer of another country is left entirely up to the Lifer¡¯s will. If the other country reveals its intention to subsume, they cannot do anything to retract it. ¡°Have you figured out their identities?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°How did you do it?¡± ¡°I asked Nuclear for Ghost Gun¡¯s information, since they have always been in contact.¡± Ice Queen only spoke about Lim Si Hyun. Han Chang Jin was sure that the people in the U.S. had not figured out who Cha Jun Sung is. ¡°I met Mr. Lim Si Hyun a few days ago. I was not able to meet Overload, Mr. Cha Jun Sung, however. Do you really think it is because I can¡¯t meet him?¡± It is easy to pressure the blogpany or to track the IP address. But he had not done it. If the 1st button is done wrong, nothing changes even if the 2nd is done properly. Human rtions are not as simple as clothing. ¡°Will a man be such a sissy that he gets upset over a bit of hacking?¡± Upset? Whose standards is this on? If all people are the same, those are robots. Boom Busker is measuring others purely on his personal standards. Han Chang Jin ignored him and waited for Ice Queen to speak. America had sent her as a scout. Burke is just baggage. ¡°I don¡¯t care.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t care?¡± ¡°I was not part of the cause or process that created the issue. I just need to deliver the message that America wants to give them.¡± Even if Cha Jun Sung seems ufortable, it is something that the U.S. created. Her duty is done with delivering the message. Ice Queen got up from her seat. She had revealed her purpose to Han Chang Jin. It is a waste of time to stay any longer. Boom Buskerins that it is a bother. ¡°I¡¯ll ask just in case. Do you have any thoughts ofing into America?¡± ¡°I would go if I were alone, but I have friends and family here along with everything I have worked for so far. I can¡¯t just throw it all away. I¡¯ll just ept the goodwill.¡± Ice Queen nodded and did not linger on it. It was an impromptu question. Iron King would not leave Korea, but he had not been included in the candidates for subsumption anyway. ¡°How long are you thinking of staying here?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll stay until we would like to leave or until we are called back by the U.S.¡± She does not know the deadline. She intends to stay as long as she can before returning. *** ¡°Who are you to tell me to go up there?¡± Vroom. Cha Jun Sung is heading to Hocheon headquarters in his car. He had received a call to the cellphone he had left as his contact while applying for the force. They are asking him toe just once. He had told them that he does not want to get involved with them before returning. He was going to block their calls, but decided to go because they said they would no longer bother him if he listened to them this one time. He arrived. He parked his car in the lot and entered the building. Personnel waiting in advance escorted Cha Jun Sung. It feels like he has be a VIP member. Where could they be going? Are they going to Chun Myung Ik? The path was new because he had never seen the inside. If he followed them, they would reach the destination. ¡°This is it.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± The personnel brought Cha Jun Sung in front of a luxurious door. It looks toofortable to be used as an office. Knock knock! ¡°Bring him in.¡± The personnel opened the door for him. The hospitality is excessive. What are they aiming at? Cha Jun Sung walked awkwardly into the room. The spaciousness and interior isparable to the luxury hotels he stayed at when he went on the asional trip abroad. ¡°Wee. I was waiting.¡± ¡°Oh?¡± Cha Jun Sung pointed to the man and looked surprised. ¡®He recognizes me.¡¯ He needs to give the other a good impression. Lim Si Hyun¡¯s celebrity life is clean. There are no scandals or corruption because it had all been managed carefully. ¡°Who are you again?¡± ¡°Um!¡± Lim Si Hyun was taken aback. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s behavior is that of someone who was trying to remember but could not. He was weak in his knowledge on the media because he had been living buried in the game. ¡°I¡¯m Lim Si Hyun.¡± ¡°The actor Lim Si Hyun? Master of 7 Stars? Are you the person who was looking for me?¡± The best guild in Korea, 7 Stars. There is no link for it to look for him through Hocheon. Did word of his actions in the mission get out? Aha! This is a contact. He could guess what is happening. In the virtual version, he had been contacted constantly to join guilds. It is just a surprise that the proposal is from 7 Stars and not Hocheon. ¡°I am Ghost Gun.¡± Cha Jun Sung froze. He had not heard incorrectly. Lim Si Hyun is Ghost Gun? Is this not a guild proposal? He will need to hear him out. Chapter 54 ¡°I think we met for the first time while catching Medusa in South America?¡± Level 8 Medusa. It is the top mutant in the snake line. Its appearance in the myth and ability to turn living creatures into stone are all different, but its poison is incredible. Hundreds of people could die because of one drop of Medusa¡¯s blood. It has a lot of meaning. It means that Lim Si Hyun is guessing that he is Overload. ¡°You really are.¡± ¡°Lies are caught quickly.¡± ¡°How did you find me?¡± The only Lifer he still spoke with is that woman and he had not given her his contact information. It is said that a tail is stepped on if it is long. Is that the situation he is finding himself in? Lim Si Hyun motioned Cha Jun Sung to a seat. He sat without suspicion. It felt like the conversation would get long. There must be no misunderstanding. Lim Si Hyun had looked for Cha Jun Sung because he wants to befriend him. ¡°Do you know that the world is moving?¡± ¡°I am expecting it, but I don¡¯t know much about it because I am ignoring the situation.¡± ¡°I met Iron King a few days ago.¡± ¡°Iron King?¡± He is the representative Lifer of Korea. Cha Jun Sung knew that name as well. Lim Si Hyun took out the main point and spoke. Han Chang Jin had trusted him and revealed a top secret. He cannot ignore a gesture shown by another. Cha Jun Sung listened to Lim Si Hyun and understood how he had been found. Lim Si Hyun had guessed and hoped for the best, and he had been caught in that. ¡°Iron King for me?¡± ¡°Yes. He thought about hacking your blog, but said he did not do it because he thought it would be counterproductive. What do you think about meeting him? He¡¯s a good man.¡± His impression of Han Chang Jin increased. He considers the other person¡¯s stance. It is not difficult to meet up if it is a good person. There is nothing to lose in forming allies with other Lifers as they had done in the virtual version. ¡°I have his contact information but if you feel strange about calling him first, shall I set up a meeting?¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s first impression of Lim Si Hyun is aggressive. He clearly shows if he likes something or not. He does not seem to be someone who would do him wrong. ¡°I am busy at the moment, but I can meet himter.¡± ¡°Then can I tell this to Mr. Han Chang Jin? He¡¯ll be happy if he hears about this. He said that he sent you a message everyday, but you never responded.¡± Message? He must be referring to the mail thates through the blog, though 99% of it is spam. He put it all in the trash everyday, but had not thought that there would be a message from Han Chang Jin in there. It is still in the trash and has not been erased. He will need to go home and take a look at it. ¡°I didn¡¯t read them because they were a bother.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t seem to be the type to recklessly ignore; you would say you don¡¯t like it outright.¡± ¡°You as well?¡± ¡°Yes. There are hundreds of instances where you need to swallow your words in the celebrity world, but there are times when you need to be straightforward so you don¡¯t suffer damages.¡± ¡°We have simr personalities.¡± ¡°What do you think of the asional mission together just for fun? I won¡¯t bother you about it if you don¡¯t want to do it.¡± They do not need to go around together now but when confronted with the level D advance mission, they will be a great source of aid to each other. Pushing through with numbers is the only way to take on a level 4 with D ss gear. Experts are needed, not people who die with one blow. If rabbits get involved to catch a tiger, they will have no effect no matter how many of them there are. However, if dozens of wolves run in, it is possible for them to rip it apart. Ring! ¡°Apologies.¡± Lim Si Hyun excused himself from Cha Jun Sung and picked up his call. They had disobeyed his order not to bother him for a few hours. It must be urgent. [Hello.] [Master, you have a visitor from America. I¡¯ll put them on the phone.] There was a short silence while the phone was passed from person to person. [Hi, Ghost!] [Who are you?] Lim Si Hyun spoke in English. He is fluent as someone of a rich family should be. Only a few people beyond his family and the guild know that he is Ghost Gun. [Me? I¡¯m Boom Busker. Hold on, I want to talk to him!] [Sorry. We went to 7 Stars headquarters but you were missing, so we called. My name is Irina Headley, I¡¯m Ice Queen.] He could not understand the situation. It felt like work he had pushed back was suddenly exploding. Ice Queen and Boom Busker ¨C why are they in Korea? [Tell me why you¡¯re here.] [We need to tell you in person. When will you have time?] [I¡¯ll go now. I¡¯ll tell the guild members to arrange a ce for you to rest.] His head hurts. Just as Han Chang Jin came looking for him, it seems the U.S. is trying to subsume famous Lifers. They had sent Ice Queen. He must be right. ¡°Ice Queen and Boom Busker from America came looking for 7 Stars.¡± ¡°Those are nostalgic titles.¡± Various categories of rankers. When all 36 people were active at the same time, it was an age of prestige for each. ¡°Seeing as how they came looking for me, there is a great chance they¡¯ll go to you as well.¡± ¡°Do you think they¡¯ll know who I am and where I live?¡± ¡°It¡¯ll be hacking.¡± ¡°They must be crazy.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll arrange for a meeting with Mr. Han Chang Jin soon. I hope you won¡¯t turn it down.¡± Lim Si Hyun went back to 7 Stars. Cha Jun Sung could feel that his life would be twisted with this. He cannot hope for it to be quiet forever. Something is bound to jump out at him with an awl in its pocket. Chapter 55 Early in the morning, a call came from Park Jin Hyuk. He was not sleeping because he called at the right time. There was regret in his voice. -[Have you opened the lucky box?] -[You opened yours?] Cha Jun Sung has not even gone to the briefing room yet. He has not seen the lucky box yet, much less opened it. He had left it alone since it will not run away. -[There¡¯s nothing. I should have sold it and bought a gaming device. You know what came out?] -[What is it?] -[Ramen! Ramen came out!] Ha ha! Cha Jun Sung held his stomach. $100,000 was disguised as 1 point. Park Jin Hyuk voiced his anger. -[I can¡¯t even sell it and it¡¯s weird to open it.] -[Enjoy it.] There is nothing as naive as dreaming for riches through gamble. Whatever the reward is, it is best without disappointment. There is more disappointment with higher expectations. -[Anyway, you¡¯re saying you didn¡¯t open yours?] -[Yeah.] -[Hit jackpot on my behalf too. But when do we do our next mission?] -[How many points are left for Head Hunter?] -[A lot.] -[Focus on solo missions. It¡¯s hard to match our times together every time anyway.] Head Hunter is a private item sniper rifle that explodes the target. It is a weapon specialized in sniping and genocide. Its use bes different by purpose. If even a level 3 is hit legitimately, it could be killed with one shot. An explosive bomb is pretty expensive, but its power isparable to that of a grenade. It is worth the investment and they can handle that amount of points without problem. Unless it is a difficult mission, the points they earn from solo missions are useful. -[Alright. I think I just need 10 days. I¡¯ll get the Head Hunter and call you.] -[Okay.] They ended the radio. It would take around that much time for Cha Jun Sung as well. If hepletes 7 or 8 1500 point missions, the Wolf de is his. He is thinking of applying for a piecewise force to see how they perform. A piecewise force is when several parties ovep in one force to go into a mission together. It is as though the 100 people who enter the mission area are all strangers. It is perfect to go into with Park Jin Hyuk. The disadvantage is that they cannot guarantee safety. Since there was no focus on matching the members, there was no proportion for the level of skill and gear. It is a group perfect for mediocre yers to linger in. There is a famous rumor that only 2 survivors emerged from a 100-person piecewise force. Was it missionpletion? Of course they had quit. There is a reason why Lifers want to go into forces inrge guilds. There is a huge difference in the chance of survival. Currently, piecewise forces are not very active due to the dangerous aspect. There are ces that have fairly strict recruitment, but they are all the same. ¡°Lucky box, should I open mine too?¡± Park Jin Hyuk lifted his vision goggles and he looked full of interest. They will receive energy from the morning sun, open the box, and contribute it to purchasing the Wolf de. *** It is a rectangr box the size of a person¡¯s head. A gold pattern is splendidly mixed on a white background. It looks to be expensive just by its appearance. -[The lucky box is disposable and though it is small, the inside follows a principle simr to the spacepression bag. Inside, there is an item.] ¡°That means if you¡¯re lucky enough, you could even get a tank worths tens of thousands of points?¡± -[You must be very lucky.] ¡°I can sense emotion in your words.¡± Odin did not respond. He bes silent if something is not in his favor. He is called artificial intelligence, but he is sly like a fox. ¡°You¡¯re saying I just need to push this button.¡± When he pressed a slightly raised, half round button, all sides of the box disappeared. There is no tremendous effect. As it opened, the item came out. ¡°Is it a stick?¡± It is a ck bar. Poking at it, it is hard. He guessed it is made of iron or an alloy. It is heavypared to its length and thickness. -[That is quite a feat. You have received a ck iron alloy. It seems you are not a man of misfortune.] ¡°Just exin it to me.¡± -[It is a material items sold in the level B store. Its strength and resiliency is a few times that of steel, so it raises the quality of the gear it is mixed into.] ¡°Is it expensive?¡± -[2 million for 10 tied together. To calcte for 1, it would be 200,000 points.] ¡°Wow!¡± Cha Jun Sung showed his happiness on hitting jackpot. He would need to live in a mission for a month to get 2 million points. He had gotten that much at once by chance. ¡°Wait.¡± Cha Jun Sung calmed down and thought of the stick¡¯s usage. Where should he use it? He could not sell it to the store or to a Lifer. He would not even brandish it as a weapon instead of his sword. -[You can only synthesize or produce items with the ck iron alloy.] ¡°Make gear with this?¡± ¨C[Since the material is B ss, you might seed in creating an item that you can use in level C. Shall I show you a list of items it is possible to synthesize or produce?] ¡°Show me.¡± A hologram that is clearer andrger than the PDA appeared in front of Cha Jun Sung. There were over hundreds of items on the list, but he only took care of the useless ones. [I would not rmend that you create armor with the amount that you own. I will rmend strengthening your arms.] It is 1 stick. He would have been able to create metal armor if he had 4 more. Iron armor covers the entire body and can be used until the battle shoot. In the chance that he is hit, it can even block a 7.62mm. ¡°Is it just the sword?¡± -[If you use the ck iron alloy as a foundation and create a sword, you will be able to create a weapon better than the Wolf de.] There are 2 ways to purchase the Wolf de. Either buy thepleted product, or create it with materials. There is a 20% discount on thetter. Cha Jun Sung is wary of creating goods. If something goes wrong while producing it, it will not live up to thepleted product or it malfunctions. That is a waste of points. ¡°Are you going to make it well for me?¡± -[You cannot interfere in the production of items. You will have to put trust in your luck.] ¡°You¡¯re just supposed to say you¡¯ll make it well. It¡¯s not like you¡¯re selling something for the first time.¡± Cha Jun Sung contemted for a short time and purchased the materials that go into production by item. He just hoped that there would not be any malfunctions even if its performance fell short. Various assembly pieces like the vibration engine and energy core scraped up the 240,000 points that Cha Jun Sung had worked like an ant for a few months to gather. Clunk! He took his materials and went into a production room in the briefing room. It looks like a small factory. The machine worktable was set to Wolf de. Wiing! The machine changes. It is adjusting the deployment status to meet the production of the weapon. There are as many shapes to the machine as there are types of weapons. -[Please ce the suitable material in the position the hologram indicates, and choose the functions that you want. It will take 3 days untilpletion.] Beep beep! Even when he was active as Overload in the virtual version, he had preferred the sword. It is because regardless of the appearance, weight adjustment is possible as long as he has the materials. However, weight exists in reality. A sword needs to have a heavy feeling to it. If he makes it as it appears in the virtual, it would feel as light as cotton with his body modification and increased muscr strength. ¡°I¡¯ll do this one.¡± The shape he chose is a straight line like a sword. The thickest part of the de is 1cm, the point is 10cm long, and the length of the entire de is 1.5m. The weight is 30kg. Woong! He decided to mix titanium with the remaining parts to make a dagger. After starting the production, the ck iron alloy disappeared. He finally had his first private weapon. The weapons he had possessed until now are just toys. The machine does the direct production, but he had to pay close attention to the small details to match his battle style. He will have a stronger attachment to this weapon than anything else. ¡°I¡¯ll be back in 3 days.¡± He had butterflies in his stomach thinking about the weapon that would be born. He will love it dearly. Chapter 56 When Cha Jun Sung returned home, he went through the messages on his blog. Before meeting Lim Si Hyun, he had dragged them into the trash all together. He had read a few at first, but hundreds of spam maile in everyday. As they piled and piled, they reached over 10,000 like it is a joke. Spam dealers became better by the day, so they got through all of the filters. At some point, he just had a resigned state of mind where he did not pay attention to them. ¡°Ah..... So this is how he sent it.¡± There are 12 messages that Han Chang Jin sent. It took a few days to find all of them. E-mail has a search function. It looks for particr words that are searched. Regretfully, there is no message. He needs to look through each of them individually. Searching through a sea of spam is hard work. He took his time with it since Lim Si Hyun said that he would handle arranging a meeting for what they discussed a few days ago. He does not have to find the messages, but there is the effort that Han Chang Jin had put in to sending them. He should read them at least. -[Overload, I have something I must tell you on behalf of the government. Please contact me when you see this message. We need you.] They were simr to this message. His writing is stiff, fitting for a soldier. He still did not feel rejection toward it. His image is good. ¡°Hm?¡± As he was about to close the window after finishing his work, a title caught Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eye. It is in Japanese. It does not look like spam. Even if he cannot read it because it is in a differentnguage, he could tell if it is spam or not just by looking it over. He put the PDA to hisputer and turned on the trantor. Wiing! -[The scan has begun. Decodingplete. Please check the content.] The trantion is written on the PDA. Cha Jun Sung read it without any thought. -[Pails, are you doing well? This is Koharu. The world is changing so much that I did not have time to get in touch.] Cha Jun Sung sat up straight in his chair and focused on the tranted text on his PDA. How could this be! That woman contacted him! Overload is a title that people had given him, but Pails is Cha Jun Sung¡¯s character name. This woman is the only person who calls him that so amicably. -[Pails, you entered level D as well, haven¡¯t you? There is less need for parties in level E, but I really felt that solo missions are impossible from now on.] -[It is full of people I can¡¯t trust. Ambition has shaken people¡¯s humanity. I am going through a lot because I am a woman.] Because she is a woman? There are an increasing number of cases where women are included in parties as long as they are powerful. Their purpose is to serve as a soother There is nothing that can be done about this because it is done by agreement. Rape and murder are also frequent. The government cannot take responsibility for what happens inside the missions. Evidence is needed to prove a crime. Collecting data in a mission? It does not make sense. A crime cannot be established on testimony alone. -[Thankfully, nothing very bad has happened to me. Honestly Pails, I can¡¯t even trust you 100%. I do trust you enough to put my expectations on you.] Whew! He sighed in relief because his friend is safe. It is upsetting that she does not think of him aspletely trustworthy, but he could understand. The world is going insane. -[I am looking for a fixed party. The members are my little sister and myself. A tyrant proposed a party, but we rejected. We can¡¯t trust him.] The tyrant is Murayama Tanaka. He and Koharu are the only 2 Japanese rankers. He is a hot-blooded maverick who does whatever he wants. He has a bad rtionship with Cha Jun Sung and had a bad reputation in the virtual version. If Campbell garnered an evil reputation as PK, Tanaka is a wrongdoer. -[I¡¯m sure it hasn¡¯t changed?] Mizuki Koharu. It would be a great strength to the party if Cha Jun Sung as an assassination tracker and Koharu as an expert in ????e together. ¡°Of course not.¡± He gives trust to the person who trusts him. That is Cha Jun Sung. That was it for the content in the message. Looking at the iing date, it is 6 days ago. Cha Jun Sung input a response in his PDA and tranted it into Japanese. It is a courtesy to make it easy to read. He copied it into an e-mail and sent it. The PDA works freely with allputerworks. He asked Odin once. What would happen if scientists took the items helpers give Lifers and take them apart to reinvent them? To this, Odin said, -[If a primitive man were given a cellphone, would he be able to understand the principle of it?] Cha Jun Sung was irked but he took it that he was saying it is of such a higher science that he it could not be understood with current knowledge. ¡°Good!¡± He would stay quiet until the weapon came out. Once Park Jin Hyuk gets his Head Hunter and his Wolf dees out a few dayster, they would go in right away. 3 days went by so slowly and Cha Jun Sung had his watch on him everyday. He was full of anticipation and waiting. Seureung! It is beautiful. He can feel the ck metal hidden in the de. Excluding the make-up, it is simr to amon sword but beyond being satisfied, Cha Jun Sung fell in love at first sight. It is heavy. He had to use his muscles to lift 30kg with one hand. If he brandishes this with power, the weight will be increased. -[The vibration function can be adjusted with the switch on/off. In the on state, ess is prohibited in all aspects other than the hilt.] Weapons are inanimate. They do not discriminate between foes. If it goes at someone in a vibrating state, it either breaks or cuts. -[The production method followed the Wolf de, but a new weapon was born with the ck iron alloy as its basic foundation.] -[The D ss energy core and vibration engine are ws, but it is a great incorporation.] The foundation is B ss but theponents are D ss. It is because the materials are mixed. The inside of vibrating weapons are full ofplex machinery. If the core and engine were C ss, he would use it until level B missions. -[I will engrave your name on it as a courtesy. Is there something you had in mind?] Name? He had never thought of it before. Excluding the use of the ck iron alloy, the manufacturing process followed exactly that of the Wolf de. He was going to call it that as well. ¡°Contemting the name for a long time will only make my head hurt. What do you think of Wolf Kill?¡± -[Killing wolves?] ¡°ording to your exnation, it¡¯s somewhere between level D or C? What if it¡¯s mocking but better than a wolf? It¡¯s killing the wolf if it¡¯s overwhelmed.¡± -[Wolf Kill, confirmed. I will embed it right away. It will only take 1 minute.] Zing! A high-densityser embeds the name Wolf Kill in English. It did not bother him because it was subtle. ¡°You¡¯re like a double personality artificial intelligence.¡± -[What does that mean?] ¡°You¡¯re serious when you¡¯re serious, but when you joke, you get to the point where I want to beat you up.¡± -[With a great A.I. like me, you must differentiate between personal and professional feelings.] Cha Jun Sung put the Wolf Kill on his hip. It did not drag on the floor because he is tall. A short Lifer would need to put it on his back. ¡°Well your shit is thick (Korean saying to say someone is arrogant).¡± -[I do not go to the bathroom as an A.I. Where are you going?] Odin was serious and had a conservative tone at first, but he got more annoying as they spent more time together. But Odin is stillpletely on his side, his helper. ¡°Just as I did after the body modification, I¡¯m going into a mission to test the new weapon.¡± -[Wolf Kill¡¯s power is simr to existing products, but it does notpare to the strength and sticity of others and could blow a rock to pieces.] ¡°Thanks.¡± -[It¡¯s nothing.] Woong. Cha Jun Sung entered a mission. It is a 3000 point solo mission. It was a matter of life or death before, but it is now a suitable test site. Chapter 57 ¡°Fresh air!¡± He stroked the Wolf Kill. All he had done was to purchase a weapon, but he felt reassured. If he gets an item like the battle shootter, would it feel like he has the whole world? It could, but his heart would not flutter as much as it did the first time. Cha Jun Sung whistled and entered an area covered in housing. This is a small vige with a poption of 20,000. The mission goal is annihtion. He just has to sweep them. His Wolf Kill and red fire hung from either side of his hip. A gun is absolutely necessary unless it is a mission far below standards. Lifers who are part of a melee like Cha Jun Sung have restrictions to how much of their ability is shown. Even with Park Jin Hyuk, he can do his worth as a sniper as long as he has a rifle. However, an attack group could go wrong if a move is even slightly off. Gear makes the difference to go up against mutants. That is why they hold guns. There is no way to get rid of these tiring restrictions other than to go through the 4th stage of body modifications and use the battle shoot. Until then, he must always be careful. Keureuk! ¡°Stop waiting around ande out. I came to go to war.¡± A mass of mutants holding crude weapons walked out from a shaded area. There were only a few level 2 mutants and the rest are level 1. ¡°Walkers.¡± The transition of the A virus is decided in the first infected tribe. Just as an infected human cannot be an infected nt, the reverse is also impossible. Walkers, cannibals, Crawlions and Spectres all started as humans. Hatcheries are very rare, but it is known as havinge from a cell like an amoeba in the virtual version. It is not a human victory, but a cell victory. Walkerse gathering in. Their physical ability is somewhere in middle to top of level 1. They use tools to support theirck of physical ability, but there are more humanoid mutants that use weapons than those that do not. ¡°After ying with Spectres, you guys are frustrating.¡± Pang! Cha Jun Sung approached the Walkers within moments. He had been about 60m away, but he moved that distance within 5 seconds. If the weight of the gear on his body is allbined, it is that of a person. If it had been his bare body, it would not have even taken 4 seconds. That speed is running 100m in 6 seconds. Seureung! Cha Jun Sung leapt with a running force and shed down his Wolf Kill. A Walker raised a metal pipe and covered its head. It is a reflex action. As the metal pipe cut, the Walker was broken into pieces. There was leftover power and he stabbed down to the ground. He had not even turned on the vibration function. It is a tremendous cutting force. Cha Jun Sung rotated his body and swept the Wolf Kill 360 degrees. Walkersing at him from all directions were cut up and squirmed in pain. ¡°on.¡± The Wolf Kill¡¯s de is electric. A weak vibration rang through his hand. In that state, he stabbed a Walker and brought it up. Nothing was blocked. ¡°Huh?¡± Cutting tofu with a knife? shing through water? Bones and muscle did not get caught. It was over if the de touched it ever so slightly. The offensive power increased abnormally. A Walker hit the back of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s head with a stick. He was okay because he was protected by a helmet. Even without the helmet, he would not have been wounded. His current skeletal strength is almost that of steel. His muscle is also as firm as rubber. He is not in a state where he can be brought down so easily with a few hits. Cha Jun Sung brandished the Wolf Kill diagonally at the Walker that hit him. It hit the wall behind it and left a mark. Once he hit the whole wall, the mounting antagonism was felt. The Walkers were surprised and stepped away from Cha Jun Sung. Dozens of them died. He is too strong. He is fine even if he is hit, and he did not even get tired. ¡°I guess they¡¯ll die even if I throw them slightly.¡± Cha Jun Sung took the pin off of the grenade. When one fights with many, the advantage is that he only needs to watch himself. Other than that, everything is a disadvantage. The grenade went off in the middle of the Walkers. Their flesh scatters. Since they are all gathered together, he did not need to put in much strength to get rid of them all at once. Ha ha! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eye became red. He had gone slightly crazy. Lifers who went through body modification always work to keep their sanity under control. It is an unofficial aftereffect, so it bes nothing if it is not focused on. It is not difficult since they only need to pay a little attention to it. The problem is the building stress. They need to release it asionally. That is why Cha Jun Sung does as he wants when he goes into a solo mission. If he leaves his body to the madness, the offensiveness to killing mutants disappears. He is bing a killing machine. In a militant aspect, it is more effective to go crazy than to try to maintain sanity. The only this is that it is only useful when alone. They need to go crazy while seeing the state of the party or force. Whatever they can see in front of their eyes is an obstacle. In this regard, there are bad cases with Lifers. He has notpletely lost himself to the madness. There is still some sanity left. Usually, it takes 5 days toplete a 3000 point mission. At this rate, it could be shortened to 3 days. It is record-breaking. He gives this honor to the Wolf Kill. Chapter 58 ¡°I got ramen, but you got something like this! It¡¯s not fair!¡± Park Jin Hyuk looked all over the Wolf Kill andined. He had told Cha Jun Sung to get his worth as well, but he is now speaking differently. ¡°It¡¯s not like the Wolf Kill came out. I used 250,000 points to produce it.¡± ¡°Since the ck iron alloy gave birth to this guy, it¡¯s your fortune.¡± Hearing it, it is so. Without the ck iron alloy, the Wolf Kill would not have existed. ¡°How many points is this worth?¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t ask how much it is. Odin, how much is it if you calcte it by points?¡± -[Since the materials are not constant, it is not sold as apleted product. If you need to calcte, 450,000 points is appropriate.] 450,000. Just as Odin expected, it is a weapon that could be used until level C missions. For now, he only needs to focus on upgrading basic gear. Park Jin Hyuk scratched the side of the building with the Wolf Kill. A line forms. Since he switched the on function, it dug in deeply. It would not be a problem to cut not only level 3 mutants, but also level 4 if they are unprotected. ¡°What do you think?¡± Seuk. Park Jin Hyuk drew a line across his neck with his hand. It is a certain gesture. The way he looked at it, getting caught on the Wolf Kill means death. The more minor mutants will be done with just a slight cut. It is the legendary excalibur sword. Cha Jun Sung did a time attack of 3 days in the experimental mission for the Wolf Kill. After killing and killing, the ce had turned bleak. ¡°The Head Hunter looks stupid.¡± ¡°Let me see it for a second.¡± Park Jin Hyuk handed him the Head Hunter. It is twice as heavy as the Wolf Kill. It is 2m long and weighs 60kg. It looks like a grenadeuncher with a muzzler. It is clunky. ¡°It¡¯s heavy, so I can¡¯t snipe with it while on the move.¡± ¡°Hm.¡± Sniping on the go needs a clean shot. Forget the weight, the rebound is severe. The average person cannot lift it and it could break a shoulder when shot. ¡°I¡¯m going to try shooting it.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± This is the first mission they are going in together in 10 days, but they are only ying with their weapons. A shot fires from the Head Hunter. Even a target 2km away is captured in the scope, and has the power to kill through a steel sheet. ¡°It hurts. Someone wouldn¡¯t even be able to shoot it if you gave it to them.¡± He only fired one shot and his shoulder is stiff. Rest is needed every time a shot is fired. Cha Jun Sung aimed at a nearby building. He wants to see the strength of the explosive bomb. The purpose of purchasing the Head Hunter is for the explosive bomb, capable of mass destruction. Something resembling a k4 grenade flew out and reduced the building¡¯s outer wall to ashes. The rebound was worse than that of the bullet, but it isparable to a grenade as the description had said. ¡°You¡¯ll have to be careful when you shoot it. With the wrong move, you could kill your allies.¡± ¡°Inputplete!¡± There is always danger in using weapons. It would not be a weapon if it is safe. A weapon is a weapon. They must keep that in mind. With this, they ended their personal maintenance. ¡°When do we meet the new candidates for a party?¡± ¡°Soon.¡± There is no contact from Koharu yet. Cha Jun Sung worries that something may have happened. He only received her message 6 days after she had sent it. He had seen it toote. Since he sent his response 10 days ago, it has been 16 days. ¡°Is her sibling also a woman?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Hee hee! Park Jin Hyuk smiled widely. He had not shown it, but it was a drag to always be going around with a man. They will be revitalized if there is a flower in their team. Woo woo! A mutant heard the explosion and is approaching them. They prepared for battle. ¡°It¡¯sing.¡± ¡°I want to hurry up and meet the new party members.¡± Cha Jun Sung admitted it. He fully trusted Park Jin Hyuk. He is pickier than anyone else. If he does not like them, they cannot enter their party. ¡®I am waiting.¡¯ Mizuki Koharu, what are you doing that you are not responding? A mistake? Letting their guard down? They had been unlucky. They had gone into the wrong path during the mission. The result was that they had invaded the habitat of level 3 mutants, which had nothing to do with their mission. It only took moments for the reward points to increase from 5000 to 8000. If it had been a formal force operated by arge guild, they would have been able to retaliate in some way. However, the limitations to a piecewise force are clear. Tatat! Mizuki Koharu took her sister, Kyoko, by the hand and ran away. 13 Lifers are following behind her. They cannot quit the mission because they are being tracked. They need to get away from the mutants or kill them. It is a mutant that is impossible to kill with the current members¡¯ skills and equipment. Even the mutants in the original mission were scared of these. ¡°Ko, Koharu!¡± ¡°Run! We¡¯re dead if we stop!¡± Koharu held tightly to Kyoko¡¯s hand. Even with the 2nd stage of body modifications, the female body is weak. They do not receive the effects that healthy men get. The escapested for 1 week. They cannot help but tire out in this environment. After wandering around the same ce, they retreated to the area where they were first summoned. It is a prison where hundreds are held. As the outside is blocked, they have an advantage in defense. They hunted the Lifers one at a time. Very slowly. Even though it is a piecewise party, 100 people was reduced to 15. They had been massacred without even being able to go through with the mission that they needed to do in the first ce. The more surprising part was that they had not fallen to adults, but 2 babies. Koharu stayed alive until now because of her skill and because 85 people died before her. The order of killings was decided randomly. ¡°It¡¯s the prison!¡± At that cry, the Lifers brought up the remainder of their strength to speed up. They can see a building on top of a secluded mountain. The exact destination is a special facility that imprisons criminals. Other than the entrance, everything is closed in. ¡°Ah! We survived! Let¡¯s all take a break and figure out how to kill them!¡± The Lifers had been devastated while taking advantage of the features. They were in a rush to run away, so they did not have the chance to think about it. Since they have some of their basic necessities, they need to plot how they will get rid of the crazy monsters. A few seconds passed since they yelled that they are alive. A crescent-shaped de the length of half of a human prated and came out through the waist. Ack! The Lifers¡¯ faces went blue at the painful groan. They had been mistaken in thinking that they had gotten away. They were moving simrly. They had been ying into the mutants¡¯ hands in the first ce. A mutant 2m tall slices up the Lifer. It is big, but it does not look to be an adult. The way it uses the knife on its arm is also awkward. Behind the baby, 3 mutants dropped down from the trees. 2 of them areplete adults and 1 is about two heads shorter because it is still developing. The 2 adults looked at the baby with pleased expressions. It is inexperienced, but its hunting skills are advancing. It just needs to work a little bit harder. It would have been nothing for the adults to hunt and ughter the Lifers, but they had left them as practice for their babies. They only wanted to get involved when it is dangerous. Koharu went into the prison and turned her head back. She saw a Lifer who had been ripped into a rag and the mutants standing still and looking at them. ¡°yer.....¡± The strongest level 3. yers, which are gifted in hunting, are the culprits that had killed 86 of the Lifers. The other 14 lives would be the same. The male yer said something to therger child. At that, it chased the Lifers with the small child. The adults watched without moving. Chapter 59 -[The tracking has faded. For 5 minutes, 3 people can quit.] With the helper¡¯s notice Koharu, Kyoko, and the other Lifers¡¯ eyes widened. There are 14 members, but only 3 people can quit the mission? One Lifer who was looking around at the others requested to quit the mission. It would not take more than 5 seconds to return, but a Lifer next to him pushed him. As their locations were twisted, the return was canceled. They are both requesting return. Time to discuss? There is none. At this rate, all 3 opportunities will disappear. ¡°Kyoko! Listen to me! I¡¯ll buy you time. Quit in that time!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to!¡± Koharu took her twin daggers and blocked Kyoko from the front. A few Lifers drove their attention to her. If they want to live, they need to block her return. ¡°I¡¯ll stay. Just give one spot to my sister. Don¡¯te.¡± The Lifers witnessed Koharu¡¯s skills as they were running away to the prison. She had never fought an adult, but she is strong enough to battle a child one-on-one. If she goes at it blindly, she could die before the return happens. With a mutual agreement, they handed one spot over. It is better to go after 2 certain spots instead of 1 uncertain spot. Then they fought again. ¡°Why aren¡¯t you going back!¡± ¡°I¡¯m going with you!¡± She cannot go back no matter what. One of the two need to go back, but Kyoko cannot drag out time in battle as a medic. She needs to be the one to stay. Shepletely forgot about the special facilities, which had been her goal. While the Lifers were fighting each other to go back, the baby yers had caught up to them. The yers ran around and hung upside down from the ceiling. The Lifers did not get themselves together until then and started fighting amongst themselves. ¡°Hurry!¡± Kyoko cried as she requested to quit. Neither the Lifers nor the yers stopped her. To do that, they would need to get through Koharu first. Woong! Kyoko gradually began to fade. It was right before her return. ¡°Live strong.¡± The tears that Koharu had been holding back, spilled down her face. There was no transition. She was already sad that she was dying, but also sad to be separating from her sister. ¡®I love you.¡¯ ¡®Me too.¡¯ Kyoko returned to reality. She wanted to at least hold Koharu¡¯s hand for thest time, but the return bes canceled if she moves. She could only express her feelings with her eyes. -[The time to quit the mission is over. It is no longer allowed.] ¡°No!¡± ¡°2 more people could have lived but couldn¡¯t because of you guys!¡± The Lifers med each other. It is not an issue to argue over me. There was not one person who had not been selfish with the requests to quit. Koharu had also turned a blind eye to what they were doing for Kyoko¡¯s return. ¡®It¡¯s dangerous here.¡¯ The yers watched the spectacle below them and did not attack. The adults did not act either. Koharu was watching the situation and went into the special facility. Even if she dies, she would die while doing what she could. She would not just stay still. *** The atmosphere in the special facility is like that of a funeral home. She dide in, but could not exit. The prison had be the yers¡¯ new habitat. Including Koharu, there are 13 Lifers. Even if they put together a n, there was not enough power to take on 4 yers. ¡°Let¡¯s forget the scene from before. We showed shameful behavior because of survival.¡± Hm hm! The Lifers who had just tried to return even if it meant killing others, were busy apologizing. Is this sincere? If they are given another chance, they would do the same. Mutants also have the duplicity that humans have. There is nothing to gain from showing their true selves in an enclosed state, so they are just hiding their inner feelings. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but I¡¯ll speak for everyone. We need to gather all of our goods together. If they wait it out, another force might enter.¡± The Lifers looked at the man negatively. 8 people have spacepression bags. 5 have their packs but it seems he lost his as he was running away. Gathering their necessities together meant giving to the people who do not have. Why do they have to share? If they keep everything to themselves, they can stay alive longer. ¡°I don¡¯t want to.¡± ¡°Excuse me?¡± A short Lifer revealed his rejection. It does not make sense. If even 30 days worth is shared, it bes 15 days. Is he crazy to do this? ¡°Seeing as how you have a pack as well, shouldn¡¯t you agree?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ¡°How did you think ofing into a level D mission without a spacepression bag? Take responsibility for it if you came in without knowing your state.¡± He criticized the Lifers who went into a top mission when they do not have the skills to do so. The owners of spacepression bags discussed and put distance between themselves and the Lifers without bags. If they try toe take the bags, they would put their strength together to fight back. ¡°We fall short of food and supplies to use in battle.¡± ¡°So?¡± ¡°People need to help each other more in times are difficulty.¡± ¡°How are you saying that we must help each other when you tried to prevent others from returning?¡± The people who wanted to share and those who did not continued to argue. Koharu did not get involved, but she felt negative. If they wait it out, would they be able to live? Would she be able to see Kyoko again? If they share their necessities, they need to also share that hope. If they eat sparingly, they canst 2 months. The important thing are the supplies for battle. As they had basically had a shootout while running away until now, they could not guess how much they have left before opening it. It could all be gone. Keureung! ¡°Ack!¡± ¡°yer!¡± While the Lifers had been arguing for a while, a yers eye was looking around through the bulletproof window of the facility. The facility¡¯s purpose is to imprison criminals. Even though the door is sturdy, the entrance would be opened if the yer uses its knife or kicks it down. The yer looked over the Lifers and hid itself. Since they can be hunted and killed at anytime, there is no reason to rush. Koharu watched a few Lifers and hardened her expression. The fact that their sanities have beenpromised because of fear are disyed. It is a bad sign. ¡®They¡¯re in a bad state mentally.¡¯ It is a Lifer who does not have a spacepression bag. He is a ticking time bomb. There is no way of knowing what could happen in an extreme situation. They are facing 2 problems. Getting past the problem regarding the yers, they need to figure out the 5 Lifers who would not be able tost long without supplies. What if they pull out their guns? They¡¯ll die from internal fighting before the yers could even get to them. Koharu was also against sharing supplies, but she was running out of options. ¡®Be straightforward.¡¯ Koharu thought about it calmly. It is difficult to im supplies in this closed off situation even if she purchased them with her own points. If they want to stretch their days of survival, they need to work in harmony. ¡°Let¡¯s split it in half.¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°Who are you to say that!¡± ¡°Should we die amongst ourselves while fighting over supplies? Look at those 2 people. They are having trouble epting this situation with their weak mentality.¡± The people with spacepression bags looked at the Lifers that Koharu pointed out. Just by looking at them, they could tell that the two are in a bad state. It is the perfect state to create a ruckus. ¡°This ce iswless. There¡¯s no use in distinguishing between what¡¯s yours and mine.¡± The Lifers wavered. The people with bags clenched their teeth and faced reality, while the people without felt shame at these words meant to reduce their worth. ¡°Fuck! These assholes! Don¡¯t you guys have any shame? You should have just kept ying in level E. Why did you crawl into level D? If you don¡¯t have the skills, build them!¡± He spits out a lot of offensive rhetoric. His chest feels like it is on fire. No one stopped him and no one refuted him either. He did not say anything wrong. They were not prepared and were only full of will. Lifers who are at no fault have to work harder. ¡°Save the resentment for when you die. If you live, make sure you repay the favor.¡± Knock knock! The Lifers took their supplies out bitterly. Koharu helped. Whatever it is, the mediator needs to go as well. Even if you cannot take the high road, you should not shortcut yourself. The 5 people without bags broke thispletely. They are nuisances, but they need to all be fit to fight the yer. Chapter 60 Meanwhile, Kyoko returned and weeped with her hands to her face. The guilt of leaving Koharu in that hell broke her heart. But she did not just cry without doing anything. She thought about how to rescue her. ¡°What do I do? Re-entry by myself is impossible. It became an 8000 point mission. It¡¯ll be deleted from Lifers¡¯ mission lists.¡± While choosing a mission, there is an extensive list that is dizzying. Beyond a certain number of points, they are private. To do 8000 points when people are iffy about going into 6000 point missions. She is running out of options. The mission names show what types of mutants might be appearing. If she tries to recruit a force, no one would apply and people would say that she is crazy. She needs a full force with theplete 100 people, but she does not have the ability to find all of those people. ¡°Ask him for a favor? No! Koharu told me never to get involved with him.¡± Of the currentrge guilds in Japan, there are only a few that would make an attempt at an 8000 point mission. Of those, the best is Anger. Anger¡¯s master is among the 36 rankers and called Tyrant ¨C Murayama Tanakada. He is a roughneck who acts without ns, but his abilities are real. His personal link to Koharu is that they went to middle and high school together. He showed bad behavior when he was young, and that became worse as he grew older. He likes Koharu. Pure intentions? It is obsession and possessiveness. It is the exclusiveness that differentiates from the average person. Koharu is a famous model in Japan. Men love her for her attractive body and face. Tanaka might grant it if she asks him to rescue Koharu. The only thing is that Koharu or Kyoko would have to pay the corresponding exchange. ¡°Koharu didn¡¯t save it either.¡± She looked through Koharu¡¯s phone left on top of her desk. Tanaka gave his contact information to the both of them, but they had erased it after pretending they saved it. Kyoko turned on theputer and went onto the Anger homepage. She has no choice but to find the guild¡¯s contact to work up to Tanaka. If she reveals her real name, Mizuki Kyoko, a few times, she will get in direct contact. The Anger guild members also know who the sisters are. It is obvious that around now, Koharu and the Lifers will have gone into the facility to buy time. There is no room to hesitate. Time is urgent. She wrote the number on a piece of paper. It is naive to put all of her trust in Tanaka. Before calling him, she needs to get a few trustworthy Lifers together. -[How, how many points did you say? Are you telling me tomit suicide right now?] -[I¡¯m sorry.] -[Are you going with the elite of the Anger guild? Excuse me? You¡¯re saying I¡¯m the first?] She called Lifers she had maintained rtionships with in order. They get scared and reject. Kyoko could understand them. It is the same as her saying that they need to put their lives on the line in saving Koharu, not for the mission itself. People who risk their lives for others¡¯ danger are only moralists who appear in books. -[How about Anger?] -[Aren¡¯t you friendly with Mr. Tanaka of Anger? Try asking him.] Looking for Anger guild conspicuously. Tanaka had let the bomb go off on a broadcasting station that he went to school with Koharu, is her fan, and loves her. For a few days, Koharu¡¯s phone did not stop vibrating. Tanaka does not care about others¡¯ personal lives more than he does of his own opinions. Lifers got excited and thought that Anger would go into the mission because Tanaka explicitly expressed interest, but fell back once they realized that they are not confirmed to go in. Kyoko looked at the phone number on her paper and hesitated. All types of thoughts passed through his mind. Is this right? Is there no one but him? Kyoko went into Koharu¡¯s blog before calling. It is limited to private, so anyone who is not close with Koharu will only see a basic window. It is full of photos of the two sisters. Koharu has a minor hobby. She likes to take pictures and upload them to her blog. ¡°I need to save her.¡± She made up her mind. She will go to Tanaka for the favor. She¡¯ll give him whatever he wants. When Kyoko made up her mind and was about to call Anger guild, the message window blinked brightly. She subconsciously clicked on the window. She saw a few spam messages. There are very few because there are few visitors on the blog. However, there was a strange message in the midst. -[Koharu, this is Pails. I received your message. I¡¯m answering veryte, aren¡¯t I?] -[I ignored it, thinking that it was spam. I¡¯ll give you my response first. I would wee you as a fixed party. It¡¯s just the 2 of us here, my close friend and myself.] -[After checking, send me a message. If you get in contact through my helper¡¯s name Odin, I¡¯ll respond right away. We were short on members as it is!] ¡°Pails? Pails, I heard that name before.¡± Kyoko also yed Life Mission. She is not the standard of a ranker, but she made her name known as a medic. It is an unpopr profession, so more respected. She opened the sent window and read what Koharu wrote. She left some distance while seeming extremely friendly and going past acquaintances. ¡®I think we¡¯ll be gaining a good colleague.¡¯ ¡®Who is it?¡¯ ¡®Pails! Think about it. You know him too. Maybe you don¡¯t remember because you only know him by his alias?¡¯ Kyoko¡¯s eyes shook. She remembered who Pails is. ¡°O, Overload!¡± Once she recalled who it is, she remembered everything Koharu had said about him. Kyoko had also hunted as a party with him. She crumpled up the phone number for Anger guild. She needs to contact Overload. If it is him, he would rescue Koharu without conditions. He is her only hope. Kyoko sent a message to Cha Jun Sung and requested to speak with Odin. It could not be missed since the PDA is on their wrists as if it is a watch. -[Connecting.] -[Odin has epted Aphrodite¡¯s request to speak.] Kyoko clenched her fists. She got through the first obstacle. What follows is important. -[Ms. Koharu?] -[Do you remember me? I¡¯m her little sister, Kyoko! Please, save my sister!] The conversation started. Chapter 61 Cha Jun Sung¡¯s expression is dark. It is ever since he picked up Kyoko¡¯s call. He saw the mission written on his PDA and started worrying. -[Level D Mission: yer¡¯s Prison] [Goal: Annihtion] -[Content: yers who became involved in crimes beat Lifers to death. A section survived, so they ran away to the prison but the yers followed them there and upied it. Annihte the yers and return the mission to its original state.] -[Reward: 8000 points] Annihte the yers. ording to Kyoko¡¯s exnation, there are 4 yers. It is unbelievable. There are 2 adults and 2 children, and therge child is about 2.5mrge. Its attacking power would fit on the weak side of level 3. ¡°Even after ignoring the small child, there are 3 others. Are the heavens testing me?¡± He had not known it would be so difficult to put trustworthy party members together. If he epts this request, he would go in alone or maybe have Park Jin Hyuk follow him in. It is a dangerous mission. If Cha Jun Sung himself had been involved, he would have used his connection to ask Lim Si Hyun. He can just repay as much as he receives. Strictly speaking, Koharu is an outsider. It is impossible to drag them into it when he himself is deciding whether or not he will ept. Tick tock tick tock! The second, minute, and hour hands moved. 2 hours passed as he contemted. He asked Kyoko to give him time to think about it. It may feel like she is being dried out by the second, but he could not act as if he is choosing from a menu at a restaurant. ¡°Kyoko will know the spot, right? If they¡¯re alive, we can join them.¡± There are 13 survivors including Koharu. If they join, there is added power. The goal is to quit and leave the mission rather thanplete it. ¡°What do I do about Jin Hyuk?¡± He searched Zephyrus in the PDA list. Should he tell him? If he has the Head Hunter, he could kill a yer in one go. He had seen the power for himself. -[What are you up to?] -[ying a game. When do we go into a level D mission? Regr life is boring.] Good. Should he tell Park Jin Hyuk that the candidates to join their party are stuck in a mission and ask if he would like to go into an 8000 point mission to kill 4 yers? He could not get himself to ask. The level is too high. Saying it is giving him a burden. He does not want to use this method, but he needs to get an idea of Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s thoughts. -[A party candidate is stuck in a mission. Her sister barely got out.] -[We need to save her!] -[It¡¯s 8000 points. The mutant thates out is the yer. I¡¯m going to say no.] He is not speaking. It is a natural reaction. The difficulty of the mission can be guessed from the reward points and mutant name. Cha Jun Sung was also speechless. -[How trustworthy is the person?] -[Do you know why I liked solo ys more than parties in the virtual version?] -[Because it¡¯s morefortable?] -[As you know, the game is where troublemakers hang out. They do all kinds of things with things we can¡¯t see. Lying and backstabbing aremon.] Cha Jun Sung is the respected Overload, but hiswork is weak. The people he meets just pass by him. He did not contact anyone in the reality version and put in the legwork to find Park Jin Hyuk. He does not have light friendships where he exchanges light chatter. Koharu is the only friend who he thought he would be able to trust in reality. -[But I can¡¯t risk my life for that.] -[Let¡¯s go.] Park Jin Hyuk epted the mission. He is not saying it recklessly. -[We could die.] -[You said she¡¯s trustworthy. As long as we¡¯re in Life Mission, we¡¯re risking our lives whether it¡¯s a 5000 point mission or 8000 points.] The number of points judges the difficulty, but they could get unlucky. Life and death is decided upon entering. -[You were just testing me, right? You said we shouldn¡¯t go but were going to go by yourself?] -[Hey.] Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s answer is 60 points. 40 points were really that he did not want to go in. -[Is it the 2 of us?] -[There¡¯s a Japanese woman, Kyoko, who will also be going with us. She is that rare medic. I think I remember hearing that she goes to medical school.] -[Her level?] -[I didn¡¯t ask. But she is Amhu¡¯s little sister, so you think it¡¯ll be low? She¡¯ll have at least a few pieces of medical equipment from the level D store.] Types of medical equipment are categorized as external, internal, and trauma injuries. Of course, trauma injuries are expensive. How much was it? 400,000? 450,000? All intermediate procedures are possible without visiting the briefing room. Arms and legs could be attached again if cut off. A medic cannot help but be respected. What is more is that she is a medical student. If a doctor is a medic, he is led by a lot more medical knowledge than the average medic is. -[Thanks.] -[She¡¯s a candidate to join our party. Since she¡¯s my sessor, she¡¯s worth saving.] Reward points 8000, mission name is yer¡¯s Prison, Cha Jun Sung created a party. As soon as he created it, Park Jin Hyuk applied. Woong! Cha Jun Sung told Kyoko that they epted. She was so happy she could jump, but was shocked that only 3 people including herself would be entering the mission. However, it would take too much time to get in contact with Tanaka to get Anger¡¯s guild together. They would need to go like this. -[Ms. Kyoko, can you hear me?] -[Yes!] They are tied as a party. Park Jin Hyuk and Kyoko could hear him. -[Leave the mutants to us and lead us through the fastest way possible. Since you¡¯ve gone in before, our chance of survival increases if all goes well.] They will enter the mission, work out their operation, and move. -[We apply.] -[Applicationplete. You are being sent to level D mission yer¡¯s Prison. Mission start.] Cha Jun Sung looked around him. There is nothing special. There are stairs going upstairs to lead outside at the end. It looks to be a subway station. He went toward the stairs. It is a 1m rectangr iron door. It is a warehouse or bunker. It is frustrating because all of the summons areas, indicated by the helpers, are blocked. They must think thatpletely closed areas are perfect. Creak! The door must be rusty because it creaked no matter how carefully he opened the door. It is enclosed in silence, so it rang far. ¡®Is it a factory?¡¯ Warm sunlighting through a broken window shed light on machines that are used to cut through metal. It is covered in spiderwebs. It is evidence that they had been left for a long time. Cha Jun Sung closed the iron door and went back to the people he was with. The moment he goes out, it is a fight for survival. They need to know what Kyoko knows. ¡°What do you think?¡± ¡°I looked over it roughly, but I think it¡¯s a waste nt. I don¡¯t sense any mutants.¡± ¡°Waste, waste nt?¡± Kyoko stammered. Her eyes are full of fear. It is not hot, but there is a cold sweat on her forehead and she was anxious in fear. ¡°Kyoko, what¡¯s wrong?¡± ¡°Including the waste nt, this entire area is the yers¡¯ habitat.¡± The force was passing this ce when they were identified as intruders and were hunted. When they were taking care of mutants here and there while moving, the yers killed Lifers in order on the outside. They avoided facing them cunningly. ¡°There¡¯s no way the helper would have summoned Lifers to the mutants¡¯ living room. This ce is safe.¡± The yers moved their habitat to the prison. What had been the most dangerous ce is now the safest. Mutants living in the vicinity will still think that yers live in the waste nt. They do not have a concept of moving like humans do. ¡°The mission purpose in annihtion, but our goal is to save Koharu.¡± Toe up with an appropriate n for their mission goal, it is important to identify the situation. If they kill the 4 yers, they canplete the mission and rescue Koharu. However, the burden isrge and the possibility is low. It takes 1000 points to quit a level D mission. There is no disadvantage to quitting, so they need to end it as quickly as possible. There is nothing to gain from being greedy in trying to catch the yers. If it bes a situation where they need to kill, they will catch the yers. It is the same for Koharu and the 12 Lifers who are hiding in the facility. He feels bad for them, but he will say it emphatically. He will not take care of them. If they can keep up, they will live. If they cannot, they will die. He needs to keep in mind that they received someone¡¯s request to save someone. As the iron door opened, the entrance waspletely opened. The outside is still peaceful. Kyoko¡¯s anxiety did not go away and she hid amongst the people she came in with. ¡°Let¡¯s go out. Jin Hyuk, guard Ms. Kyoko well. I¡¯ll be the only one to act alone.¡± If there is a reason to move alone, he will go around by himself. If there is no one to take care of, he is confident that he will not pull back if the situation calls for it. The Wolf Kill hit their necks. Even if dozens of mutantse at him, they cannot overtake Cha Jun Sung. It is the limitation to a level 1. Park Jin Hyuk helped him with the automatic crossbow. They refrained from using guns. It feels bad to use them, and they are not in enough trouble to use them. A dog asrge as a wolf pulled its tail down and ran away. It is its way of surviving. 50 to 55 of them came running, but the situation was handled within 10 minutes. He did not go after them to get a few dozen points. He will kill them if theye at him, but he will let them go if they run away. They were attacked 5 times on the way to the prison. Each time, they gratefully took the points provided. Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk took all of the mutants. If something made it out of the attack, they left it to Kyoko to handle. She shot them to death with her mild eyes. ¡°It¡¯s almost the prison.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± They are following an open road in the mountains. Both sides are mountains, so they could not see but it is good because the road is wide for attack. If they go about 10km from here, there is a forked road. It is not far. If they choose the one on the right side, they can go up to the prison. ¡°Let¡¯s turn.¡± ¡°You want to go in the opposite direction?¡± ¡°If you go through the front door, do you think they¡¯ll wee us warmly?¡± As they walked, Kyoko exined the configuration of the inside of the prison. The difference between hearing about it and seeing it for themselves is the difference between heaven and earth. They need to stand from a distance and take it all in. They need to scope out and memorize suitable locations for battle and ces to retreat to. Zing! Park Jin Hyuk used his vision goggles and Cha Jun Sung did not. If they are within range, they can identify the mutants 100% of the time but it is better to see the outside for themselves. Kyoko held the SMG and went with Park Jin Hyuk around as a pair. Before the forked road came out, they got over the safety and entered the mountains. If the sun goes down, night wille for them. The atmosphere went down with the sun. ¡°Wait.¡± ¡°Be careful.¡± Cha Jun Sung went to the front. He needs to examine the dynamics of the prison. Humans have worse vision at night than mutants do. They are at a disadvantage to make a move right now. ¡®It¡¯s dark.¡¯ There wasplete darkness. The prison looked like it had lost its vigor like a dead building. There are 4 yers and 13 Lifers in there. Zing! They changed the vision goggles to night mode. Detecting life form is not easy, but their sight became bright as if it is daylight. It is appropriate to check the prison. The prison is 4 floors above ground and 1 below. The purpose of creating the building was to confine criminals, so theyout is different from an ordinary building. It is separated into floors, but there is ayer. No matter what floor they look down from, they can see the 1st floor. The facility is at the end of the basement. If they just get inside, defense is easy. The key is how to get in. They would like to get in without the yers knowing, but that seems difficult and there is no reason why the Lifers woulde out to greet them. ¡°Odin.¡± He does not answer. If they go into the mission, there is limited functionality to the PDA. Without the installed function, it is basically just a watch. But if the helper connects them to a Lifer in the facility? It is game out. ¡°Can¡¯t you help me just once? You guys are god here.¡± ¡°Odin?¡± ¡°Asshole.¡± Cha Jun Sung mumbled and cursed out Odin. Odin was listening. Once bes twice. He did not help because he knows that. If the rumor spreads, it beswless. They need to guard what they need to. Even though Cha Jun Sung is a great Lifer, it is unfair to give him preferential treatment. ¡°Just tell me if she¡¯s alive or dead.¡± Phew! How consistent! He keeps his mouth shut until the end. Cha Jun Sung gave up. He will need to find out on his own. Chapter 62 The day is bright. The prison is clearly visible. It is the same, without a single change. They wantched for a few hours, but a yer did note out. Park Jin Hyuk had installed the Head Hunter in a bush and aimed at the prison. Going in blindly is a suicide mission. They need to clean up the base. Originally, Cha Jun Sung was going to handle capturing the yers. However, they could not find a way to get inside without reducing their numbers. He will ignore the children and kill the adults if theye out with the explosive bomb. If that happens, the number of cases will increase. No matter how good the small child is, it can only be level 2. The adults are scary, the baby is not. They are sure therge child is weaker than a Spectre. They can take on that much with the Wolf Kill. If all 4e out and go somewhere, that is an opportunity. ¡®Jun Sung.¡¯ ¡®Sh!¡¯ Something jumped down from the 3rd floor window of the prison. 2 yers. A female with its breasts sticking out and its reproductive organs inside, and a male that is 2 heads shorter. There is no way that can be the baby, and it must be therge child. ¡®You guys are living beings too. I¡¯m sure you don¡¯t want to stay inside to wait for death.¡¯ It seems each child has an adult sticking to it. Therge child has the female, the baby has the male. They are distributing their attacking power. With most mutants, the males are stronger than the females. That is why the male is paired with the inexperienced baby. Therge child could take care of itself. ¡®Look how intimidating.¡¯ Park Jin Hyuk briefly assessed his first impression of the female yer. Kyoko put her head down and got on her stomach as soon as she saw the yer. ¡®What kinds of des are that big?¡¯ ¡®Those aren¡¯t used only for attack. It also acts as a shield.¡¯ The female¡¯s de isrge enough to cover Park Jin Hyuk. It is 3cm thick, but it is used to shield an attack in addition to killing enemies. ¡®The adult won¡¯t do. I can definitely kill therge child.¡¯ If he just hits the female, the yers¡¯ power will be reduced by 30%.. ¡®Shall I shoot?¡¯ ¡®Do you think you can hit it?¡¯ If they just move as they are doing now, he can hit it 100%. The problem when that the yers hear something and react. The silencer cannot be installed for the explosive bomb. ¡®Give me a sniper rifle too. I¡¯ll shoot therge child. You shoot the female.¡¯ ¡®Wow!¡¯ Park Jin Hyuk was pleased with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s suggestion, and pulled a sniper rifle out of the spacepression bag. It is what he used until he bought the Head Hunter. ¡®Don¡¯t breathe when you shoot. Your aim moves. Pull the trigger slowly.¡¯ Park Jin Hyuk told him the basic methods. Cha Jun Sungid next to him and aimed at the child. If they kill 2, they could even fight the rest face-to-face. Of course, it is not really going to happen like that. Are they crazy to go running to a fully grown male? ¡®Jun Sung, give me the signal.¡¯ ¡®Hang on.¡¯ Park Jin Hyuk is ready to shoot at any time. The yers were getting fresh air on thewn of the prison. Their movement is extremely limited. ¡®3, 2, 1. Shoot!¡¯ Tang! Pung! The bullet and explosive bomb fired and flew hundreds of meters. The bullet is faster than its sound. The yer¡¯s instincts awakened and realized that something ising at them. They scattered to the sides. Kiak! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s bullet prated the child¡¯s chest. He had aimed for its head, but the aim moved when he pulled the trigger. He still hit a vital spot. The nature of a bullet is to rotate, so it will not be able to survive. ¡°No way!¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s voice grew louder. The female brandished its des in the direction of the explosive bomb. The bomb flew up at the sky. Bang! It blew up in the air. No matter how much it is slower than a bullet, it is unbelievable that it could bat at it like a baseball yer to hit a homerun. It was like watching a circus act. The female adult was not safe either. Its de was broken, the white bone showed through, and blood was flowing out. Just as there are failures in item production, there are bomb misfires. They had been unlucky and got caught in that percentage. If not, the bomb would have gone off the second it touched the de. A window broke and the male and baby jumped down. Cha Jun Sung and the others quickly packed up their gear. Their location will have been identified. They need to get away. The female points to the mountain where they are hiding. The male goes running at an incredibly fast speed. It would not even take 10 seconds to go hundreds of meters. The female goes toward therge child. It is staying alive out of its tough nature, but it is dying because its chest has been ripped apart. Eventually, it died. The female let out a sad roar and became angry. It fixed the wobbling de with the other. It cannot cannot fix it, but can stick it back on with its resilient nature so it does not drop off. As its blood boils, the de sticks. The female¡¯s muscle shrinks back. It has enough nutrients for this. Even if it cannot use the des right now, it can move. The baby is prowling next to therge child. There is an understanding of family even among mutants. This is one of the things that they have inmon with people. The female repaired its de and followed the male with the baby. Only therge child¡¯s corpse was left on the prisonwn. While Cha Jun Sung was making noise outside, the surviving Lifers inside the facility realized that they had help. *** -[The mutant tracking has halted. It is possible to quit the mission.] The 4 yers had left the prison. The adults and baby were out for revenge for the death of their older chid. When their attention went elsewhere, the lock holding the Lifers was undone. ¡°Is this for real?¡± ¡°Has a new force entered? Then this is our chance to quit!¡± It was short, but they heard the gun, bomb explosion, and yers¡¯ roar. Their saviors had appeared after a few days trapped in the facility. ¡°I¡¯m leaving!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to be here anymore!¡± The 2 Lifers who had shown anxiety quickly requested to quit. This annoyed Koharu and she held her dagger to them. ¡°You¡¯re saying it¡¯s okay to abandon the force that¡¯s here to save you so you can save yourself?¡± ¡°You said they¡¯re here to save us? How do you know that! It¡¯s 8000 points! I don¡¯t need to see to realize that it¡¯s arge guilding in for a high level mission!¡± Do these idiots think? Fortunately, the other Lifers were able to think, and understood what Koharu was saying. ¡°It makes sense but it¡¯s only been 2 days since this happened. If we do it by hour, about 50? To find a prison on top of a mountain in that time?¡± They did not know where the summons area is, but they were abnormally quick in finding them. It is as though someone escorted them here. ¡°I¡¯m sure you remember that my little sister quit the mission 2 days ago?¡± ¡°You don¡¯t think!¡± The Lifers drew a picture of the situation. If she were to put a force together, it is possible that it would take her 2 days toe back. ¡°Don¡¯t be stupid! Is your sister that great? Is she part of some great guild or something?¡± ¡°I¡¯m Mizuki Koharu. I¡¯m sure you know that Tyrant of Anger is a huge fan of mine..... Do you get the gist of who is outside?¡± 100 people entered. Though 86 people died, not one of those people did not recognize model Koharu. ¡°Anger is here!¡± ¡°Tyrant Tanaka!¡± ¡°You think they¡¯ll be happy about it if they came all the way here to save us and we just went back?¡± Koharu was pressuring them with power, but her heart was sinking. Kyoko had gone to Tanaka for help in rescuing her. What will he ask for in exchange? She could guess his sinister intentions. These Lifers would be benefiting from Kyoko and her sacrifice. She could not let them go this easily. She will hang on to them until the mission is handled. Even if she has to use force to do so. Tang tang! Chuchuk! While the Lifers were giving their opinions on the situation, someone knocked on the door. Everyone held their weapons and put their guards up. Chapter 63 Koharu! She heard a voice she is familiar with. Koharu carefully went to the door. Beyond the bulletproof window was Kyoko with tears in her eyes. Koharu opened the door. Her sister had reallye to rescue her. ¡°Koharu!¡± ¡°Kyoko!¡± They hugged each other. They had only been apart for 2 days, but time was not important. They had thought that they would never get to see each other again. ¡°Why are you here!¡± ¡°What do you mean why! I came to save you!¡± ¡°Ahem! Sorry to cut you both off, but where are Anger¡¯s elite?¡± ¡°Elite?¡± ¡°Hasn¡¯t Tyrant of Angere to save Ms. Koharu? We¡¯ll help if we can to kill the yers.¡± Kyoko realized what he is saying. Koharu and the Lifers are mistaken in thinking that the Anger guild is here to save them. They will be surprised if she tells them the truth. ¡°Tyrant isn¡¯t here! I was going to ask him first, but the heavens helped! Koharu, you know who came to save you?¡± ¡°Who is it? I don¡¯t know another guild that woulde to help me.¡± ¡°Overload!¡± ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°Pails! Overload came into the mission to save you!¡± Koharu¡¯s eyes were full of emotion. She had gone into a mission because she had not received a response. But he hade here to rescue her. Whispers. The Lifers could not understand what is going on. Overload came instead of Tyrant? Is that the same person from Life Mission? What rtionship does he have with Koharu? They could not get any information out of the sisters¡¯ conversation. They had not even realized that Amhu is next to them. Tanaka invaded Koharu¡¯s private life but did not reveal the fact that she is Amhu. He wants to have the secret to himself. ¡°Pails killed therge child and is luring the adults and baby away!¡± ¡°How many people came?¡± ¡°3 people including me! We need to hurry up and help them! They need you!¡± Koharu thought that it is like Cha Jun Sung. He does not like for things to be cumbersome, so he does not use his influence. Nothing is still impossible for him. ¡°Wh, what? 3 people?¡± ¡°Since you¡¯re here, you¡¯re saying that 2 people are holding the yers?¡± The Lifers looked shocked. Killing therge child is impressive. But what are they going to do about the adults? It will be difficult with these members. ¡°The female yer is wounded as well! Only the male is healthy!¡± If they can lure the yers away, they may not be able toplete the mission but they would be able to quit. They just need to help out a little. ¡°Bring me to them!¡± ¡°Okay!¡± Koharu hesitated as she was leaving. The Lifers are not moving. They did not move at all as if their feet are nailed down to the ground. ¡°You¡¯re not going?¡± ¡°Including the 2 people outside, we¡¯re just 16 people! Those guys killed 86 of us!¡± ¡°Going out is basically suicide!¡± ¡°You can go help him!¡± Koharu¡¯s expression became dreary. Cha Jun Sung came to save her, but they were being rescued as well. Had they forgotten? ¡°If they hadn¡¯t lured the yers away, we would still be trapped without being able to quit the mission. Is that how you take someone¡¯s grace?¡± ¡°That, we¡¯re thankful for that but they came in to rescue Koharu in the first ce!¡± ¡°Then that means you should stay here since he only came to save me?¡± The Lifers shut their mouths. They know that they are indebted to Cha Jun Sung but it does not feel right to go out and help. It is a selfish instinct. ¡°Who will help?¡± ¡°Me.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll go as well.¡± ¡°I can¡¯t live with a debt.¡± 3 people willingly volunteered. The other 9 put their heads down and avoided Koharu¡¯s eyes. ¡°I¡¯ll keep your names and helper names in mind. I hope I never see you in a mission again. I won¡¯t leave you alone.¡± Koharu is certain in the ties she makes and cuts. She treats her people well but shows no mercy to her enemies. There is a reason why she is called Amhu. There is a reason for everything. ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± Papat! The 5 Lifers including the sisters, left the facility. The remaining 9 people were ashamed, but showed happiness at having survived. Boom! ¡°What¡¯s that sound?¡± ¡°How should I know?¡± ¡°Let¡¯s just request to quit. I¡¯m going to go back and catch up on sleep.¡± They could hear a heavy object fall down, but the 9 people ignored it. They had not returned yet because they were caught up in the conversation. They just want to hurry up and get back. A Lifer who was going to request to quit, unintentionally turned his head. There are times when people get the strange feeling that someone is looking at them. ¡°Ack!¡± ¡°yer!¡± As his throat was slit, blood poured out. The Lifers were stunned and took steps backwards. The female yer entered the facility. It had followed Cha Jun Sung, but realized that it needs more nutrients because of its broken de. The male went anyway, so they will be dead. Hunting as it wandered around had not been feasible because it was in bad condition. It decided to catch and eat the prey locked up in the facility. The security is normally thorough, so it is difficult to get inside. However, it is now wide open. On its way here, it had seen 5 prey leaving. It was going to kill them, but left them alone. There is a fairly strong female amongst them. If they fight, its wound will get worse. Why would it leave the weak prey and go for the strong ones? ¡°Shoot it!¡± ¡°Die!¡± Tutututu! Papat! The female¡¯s wide and thick de protected its upper and lower body while it was waved around the inside of the facility. It was so fast that the shape was faded. The bullets could not hit the target. Even if they hit, they were blocked by the de. The surprised Lifers kept firing their guns. The facility is narrow. Since they are shooting in a ce like that, it is inevitable that they hit allies. Their limbs were cut off and their guts spilled out. The tranquil room had be a ughterhouse. The Lifers¡¯ dreams of going back came crashing down. *** Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk had the invisibility screen over them and did not even breathe. They used the odorless spray but it only gets rid of the smell. If they want to deceive all of the yers¡¯ senses, they need to be careful with their breath as well. They spared their conversation too. If they whisper, the sound of their speech will go out. They refrained from PDA chatting. They needed to avoid even grazing their bodies. They need to stay still as if they are corpses. Kung! The male is waving his des around randomly from a distance about 10m away. A tree that both of a person¡¯s arms can wrap around, was cut through. It is a monster with incredible cutting force that makes them speechless. ¡®It is much stronger than the Spectre.¡¯ It is stronger than the female Spectre. It repelled an unexploded bomb. An explosive bomb really is slower than a bullet. There is still no reason for it to be easy to reflect the bomb. The female¡¯s ability to deflect the bomb was half luck. However, it is proof that the yer¡¯s reflexes are outstanding. It is as though it hit a fly that was flying around in its face. In the case of a human, there would be no luck and he would have died as soon as the bomb was shot at him. ¡®This mission has be 8000 points because of the male. The culprit is him!¡¯ It looksrge even from afar, but it looks to be about 3.5m up close. In that state, it could fight with a level 4. The only disadvantage that the yer has is its stamina. If they sustain that, all of their specifications are simr. ¡®It¡¯s good the female went back.¡¯ The male sniffed around and changed its direction to go back down to the prison. It is anguage that they cannot understand. It is good if they can reduce the numbers that they need to fight. This is Cha Jun Sung¡¯s misunderstanding. The female is out of the picture, but there is no answer. The male has the strength of 2 Spectres by itself. If he hits that de with the Wolf Kill, he could cut it but his arm would be destroyed at the impact. The strength of a weapon and arm arepletely different. The male could not find Cha Jun Sung and hollered loudly. It did not see, smell, or hear him. Among mutants, there are those that identify heartbeat sounds. yers are on the side of having better hearing, but it is not good enough for that. The male that was looking for Cha Jun Sung pricked his ears. It could hear something from the bottom of the mountain. There was still no smell, but he could hear it. The male took the baby and went to the top of a tree. It is to check the identity. She got a view and looked down. There is prey looking up at the mountain from a wide opening. Cha Jun Sung thought, ¡®Why is he doing that?¡¯ Koharu and her group wanted to go up the mountain, but there are bushes everywhere. They hesitate because it is an unfavorable environment. It is perfect for the yers to ambush them. If they fight, an open space is perfect. They would not suffer a surprise attack. The male considered going down. It could tell by instinct. Those people are not the ones that killed the child. But they are of the same ss. His consideration did not go for very long. This is a sinister ce where therge child died. It would need to organize the situation here and move its location to the original ce where it was quiet. Chapter 64 -[Pails?] Kyoko radioed in a few times but there was no response from Cha Jun Sung. The radio function on the PDA is delivered through the helmet, so there is no need to worry that it leaks out. He needs to speak in order to respond, but he could be detected by the male. He can hear it. It is just a situation where he cannot respond. ¡°There¡¯s no response.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay. He won¡¯t be able to respond because the yer is nearby.¡± If they had started battling in the mountains, they would have heard noise. This quiet atmosphere would not havested. It seems they are hiding. The sisters and the Lifers assigned each person a direction to create a lookout for where the yers mighte from. They are prone to surprise attacks. They need to stay alert. Their view is clear, so they can prepare for any approaching danger. They will be strengthened if theybine with Cha Jun Sung, but they do not have the nerve to enter. Nature is an unfriendly environment for people who are used to civilization. A massive body weighing hundreds of kg is stepping on the ground. The heavy footsteps make noise. The Lifers all looked to one direction. Their mouths go dry. They could see the male clearly. They are about 60 to 70m apart, and it does note any closer. The male drew a circle around the Lifers. It seems to be calcting something in its head. ¡°It¡¯s measuring the distance.¡± ¡°Distance?¡± ¡°Since it followed the force, it¡¯ll have seen a lot of guns and know what it¡¯s like!¡± The yer¡¯s intellect is that of an elementary school student¡¯s. A bullet goes through trees, rocks, and the ground. It makes anything in its radius a mess. It understands that it cannot get hit. It cannot see the bullet, but it has the ability to detect the direction of the muzzle. yer is more about the body, so it is the type that wins with speed rather than strength. The male was going around in circles and stopped moving with its back to the prison. ¡°Our ce to retreat is blocked.¡± ¡°The yer in the front, mountains in the back? Is it trying to stifle us?¡± The prison is blocked. If they are pushed back in battle, the only ce they can go is the mountains. The moment they go in, it is the male¡¯s world. It had thrown them far out. Another change happened. It is an unwee change for the Lifers. The female walks out of the prison, covered in blood. On its de is a Lifer from the prison. ¡°Save..... Me.¡± The Lifer struggled to put his hand out. Unfortunately, they cannot take the hand. Chills ran down the spine of Lifers who followed Koharu. It is a terrible situation as it is, but they would have already been dead if they had remained in the facility. The de came out. The Lifer¡¯s eyes rolled back as he went lifeless. The female recovered its ability to fight after eating meat and regaining the nutrients it had lost. It had gone back to its original state. The only weapons they can trust are their guns. The male went farther away in order to avoid the bullets. It is a distance at which they can guard themselves from the Lifers. It is impossible to take on both adults between 5 people. They cannot expect to live. Even Kyoko and Koharu who had gone through the 2nd stage of body modifications cannotst more than a few minutes. The sisters¡¯ physical ability is half that of Cha Jun Sung. Aspects like their muscles, bone structure, height, and weight are significantly inferior to that of men. It is a woman¡¯s limit. Their abilities were proportionately converted in the virtual version, so men and women were equal. But this is reality. There is a difference. There is no need to think of it being unfair. Just as mutants and humans are different, men and women are different. Women cannot catch up to men in regards to their bodies. The female speaks to the male. The male looks from the Lifers to the mountains. Then it protected its vital spots with both of its des. An object came flying from a distance to go through therge child, and broke the female¡¯s de. They ryed this to each other in their ownnguage. The baby that was hiding in the trees, could not endure the frustration and came down. The young ones never listen to their parents. ¡°Shoot that one first!¡± A Lifer looking in the direction of the baby, held his gun. They cannot avoid battle. Then they will have to kill the baby and reduce their numbers. When the Lifer was about to shoot the baby, the male ran towards it as though flying, while the female went at the Lifers. The male covered the front of the baby and raised its des diagonally. The bullets bounced off the de and started flinging out. It is an awkward angle to shoot at, so they only left a few scrapes. They were just letting the powerful attack flow past. The baby listened to the male and ran away to the prison. The male blocked its back so it would not be attacked. The baby needs to go away so they can properly fight. The female¡¯s de scratches the surface. Their skin rips and scars form if they are hit. Koharu, Kyoko, and the shooting Lifers rolled on the floor. It is not an attack that they can easily avoid. They cannot even see the swinging de. If they feel like it ising, they need to throw their bodies out of the way. It is trying to rip them apart. The purpose is to reduce their fire power. If it focuses on 1 person, he or she would be easy to kill. But that means that the other Lifers would have room to act, making it possible to be attacked. Mutants do noty out a great scheme to fight. They are born with an instinct to fight that humans do not have. Koharu avoided the de and cut through the female¡¯s thigh with her twin daggers. A slight trace ¨C weapons like daggers cannot leave much of a wound because of its thick flesh and muscles. The female paid more attention to the powerful Koharu than it did to the other Lifers. It is sleek and tricky. The des aim for her neck. As they grew close, she put her head down to avoid them. A piece of her hair was cut and fell to the floor. The male escaped the shower of bullets and went to help the female. Since they have scattered the prey, they just have to go and catch them. Papat! Pew pew! The male ran away before reaching the Lifers when it received a signal of danger. A bullet came from the direction it was going to move in. It came from the mountains. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s fire support. The yers were wary of the mountains. They will not fall to the same trap twice. Pew! Papat! A few more shots fired, but the male put more distance between the mountain and itself to identify the direction of the bullets. It only needs 0.1 seconds to react. ¡°It¡¯s a scam. How does it get out of the way?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not looking to avoid the shots. It knows that it¡¯s the target, so it¡¯s moving its body to avoid the flow. It¡¯s like a reflex.¡± That is also why it is putting more distance. If it is close, it cannot react. It gets hit before it can. It needs to maintain the minimum distance in order to respond. ¡°Keep shooting?¡± ¡°It can¡¯t attack the Lifers because you¡¯re supporting them. If we weren¡¯t here, I¡¯m sure they would have been ripped apart already.¡± It is difficult to detect the yer¡¯s movement with the inferior senses of humans. People would die without knowing where the attack wasing from. Cha Jun Sung put the Wolf Kill to his hand. Park Jin Hyuk is enough for the diversion. With the greatest amount of power, he must go out and work his body. ¡°Let¡¯s just make them go back.¡± It is important to show that they are not easy prey. Even if they cannot kill the yers, they could quit the mission. Chapter 65 ¡°Hurry up and go rescue them.¡± ¡°I was going to go.¡± Cha Jun Sung ran down the mountain. The slope is steep, but he ran as though on t ground. His lower body strength can take the shock. Hended on the ground and went at the male with the Wolf Kill. The vibration function was on and it caught solid. ¡°Hey!¡± He held the Wolf Kill with both of his hands and twisted his body to swing it. There is screaming in the wind. The male blocked it with its des. About ? of the de cut off as it collided with the Wolf Kill, and blood poured out. The Wolf Kill stopped in the middle due to ack of power, but it kept cutting because of the vibration. The male did not take the Wolf Kill out, and lifted its de the way it was. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body lifted into the air and struck out in that state. ¡°Huk!¡± Pat! Cha Jun Sung let go of the Wolf Kill and tumbled to the floor. Fortunately, the Wolf Kill hade out and fallen as well with the force. ¡°Pails!¡± ¡°It¡¯s been a while.¡± When Koharu approached, Cha Jun Sung greeted her. How long has it been since they had seen each other? Thest time was a few months before the virtual version was halted, so it must be about 9 months. A bubble formed on the male¡¯s de as it had for the female, to heal its wound. It ripped and ate the Lifer that the female had killed. The female may not have brought him for this purpose, but he hade in to good use. ¡°Is that a weapon with vibrating function?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Of course! I thought Pails would be ahead of the rankers!¡± Koharu had given all of the points to Kyoko while going through missions, so she had not gathered enough to buy a vibrating de. On the other hand, a medic like Kyoko made it so that she could recover most injuries without going through the briefing room. There is no reason to use points on treatment. As she does not fall too short on points, she will be able to buy a vibrating weapon soon if she works on missions diligently. To use her twin daggers, she needs 2 of everything. Pew! The male fell back when he was about to attack Cha Jun Sung. It was due to Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s timely defense. Since he shot from far away, it must be very annoyed. But what could he do? He did not want to go into the yer¡¯s stomach. ¡°You three there. If we put a sniper on you, will you be able to take on the female?¡± Just by appearances, they can tell that he had gone through the 1st stage of body modifications. They need to distribute the power. He cannot fight the male alone. He must fight it with Koharu. ¡°We¡¯ll try it.¡± -[Jin Hyuk, shoot only the female. Ms. Koharu and I will hold the male.] -[Roger!] Park Jin Hyuk turned the muzzle of the gun to the female and shot 1 as a fire risk. The female ran around. It looked at the mountains and shrieked. The male could pay no mind because it was fighting with the 2 powerful prey. Should they send the baby? They cannot do that. If the prey on top of the mountain is strong, the baby will be killed. The female made up its mind. As long as it covers the vital spots, it will not from a few shots. It will kill the 4 prey, go into the mountains, and kill the rest. If the male kills those 2 before then, the situation bes even better. ¡°Oh, it¡¯sing!¡± Tatang! The female tried to take over the Lifers at a fast speed. It is faster than a cheetah. Even if they shoot at it, they hit the ce it passed. If they could get the shot, it deflected it with its de. Kyoko also helped the Lifers. She takes on the fight against yers as much as she can. There is nothing to gain from not doing anything. Pew pew! Park Jin Hyuk stops the female¡¯s approach. Because he is there, it¡¯s movement besplicated. On the other side, Cha Jun Sung and Koharu put their strength together to fight the male. Even though they are fighting it from the front and back, it is taking them on. It is even pushing them back. ¡°We need to chase them away.¡± From the way the yers are acting, they are so angry that they will not fall back until they get to the conclusion of this fight. He thought as he fired. It is avoiding all of the shots while pressuring the Lifers. He needs to find its weakness. Weakness..... Weakness? The baby! How do they get to the baby? He he. Park Jin Hyuk smiled sneakily and installed an explosive bomb in the Head Hunter. He took dozens of explosive bombs from the spacepression bag and ced them next to him. ¡°I¡¯ll make the prison copse. Let¡¯s see if you guys don¡¯t leave and stick it out.¡± It is as powerful as a grenade. He will need to take the outer wall down bit by bit. He cannot kill the baby. If he does that, it is obvious that they will go crazy. He needs to make them feel the danger. ¡®If you don¡¯t go, your adorable baby will die.¡¯ ¡°Am I a genius?¡± Pang! The first shot is fired. This action is the starting point of extreme fear for the opponent as well as a way to let them know that there is a new system. Pang! The female yer was more surprised than the Lifers were by the deafening noise of the explosive bomb. It could avoid the st somehow, but it could feel the danger in its body. It had been surprised when the object flung into the air had exploded. Judging from the tremor in the air, it would die if hit without protection. The female yelled to warn the male, and put as much distance between itself and the Lifers as quickly as it could. If the Liferse at it, it could just move to avoid them. However, the attack did note to the male and female. This series of events had urred within seconds, and the explosive bombs were going off in a strange ce. Bang! Pung pung! The prison entrance exploded. The following bomb blew up a ce where the baby coulde out of. The female realized its prey¡¯s intentions. Kiak! The baby is howling. It is looking for its parents, saying it is scared and asking where they are. Chapter 66 Bang bang! Explosive bombs came flying without an end. Park Jin Hyuk created a scenario in his mind. The baby is easily scared. If it feels threatened, it will try to run away. But if running away is not feasible? Then it will likely withdraw. He will aim at the entrance a few times and show that it is dangerous. Since it could go out through the window as it had done before, he will destroy the prison wall. There is more space for it to run away if the wallse down, but it will already be after the scared baby is deeply convinced of the danger. He once saw an experiment done on animals on TV. He is applying it to mutants. If it works, it is a sess. If it fails, he can keep doing what he was doing before. His scheme worked. The baby hid in the corner, shaking in fear. An adult would have seen right through the sleazy tricks, but even a newborn tiger is indistinguishable between a tiger and a cat. Kung! The male was taken aback and tried to go to the baby. Cha Jun Sung and Koharu stuck to it. The Lifers also blocked the female¡¯s actions to try to rescue the baby. Keureung! Kung! The female roared and took action. It is only up to here. It wants the Lifers to go where they please, just leave the family alone. There are various andplicated reasons mixed in. Cha Jun Sung and the Lifers gathered to one ce. The yers were showing signs of retreat. The male cleared the debris, went into the prison, and brought the baby out. It shook so much its muscles pped. It is not a fitting appearance, but it is still a baby. As soon as it saw its parents, it stuck to them and would not separate. The female took the baby and went to the mountain on the opposite side. The male kept awareness of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group and followed. As the distance between them grew, the rm sounded. [The yers are giving up on battle in order to ensure the baby¡¯s safety. It is possible to quit the mission. Please halt your attack and wait.] A helper mediated the fight and urged quitting the mission. The Lifers could not fight and win against the yers. Park Jin Hyuk heard the rm, stopped shooting, and observed the yers. It is impossible tomunicate with them. They must not let down their guards until the very end. Papat! Sure enough, the male showed unexpected behavior. It suddenly changed its course and ran in the direction of the prison. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group misunderstood it as an attack. Pung! Park Jin Hyuk had been watching all of this, andunched hisst explosive bomb. If he aims to hit it, it will just avoid the shot. He aimed where he thought it would move. Park Jin Hyuk had made a big mistake. He should have left the male alone. Animals are different from humans in that once they make up their minds, they follow them foolishly. Mutants are simr to animals in that sense. They are not all like that, but yers do not change their minds for the most part. The baby¡¯s life is at risk. If it had decided to retreat, it would have retreated. The male had gone back to the prison because it wanted to retrieve the body of the older child. But Park Jin Hyuk had fired an explosive bomb. It can understand up to here. It is normal for weak prey to try to defend itself. The explosion came with a multitude of fragments and dust. The male was resentful, but looked past it. The wounds from fragments embedded in its skin would heal in a few hours. More important is the body of the older child. The dust cleared up. The male thought something was wrong with his sight. The body of the older child had been intact, but was now a mess like the meat it used to eat. Thest bomb that Park Jin Hyuk set off had taken half of the body and the rest was sttered on the prison wall. Kung! The angry male goes in a craze. It acts like a person who does not know what to do. It even starts drooling as it res at Cha Jun Sung and the Lifers. -[Warning!] -[The male yer¡¯s A virus has passed the limit.] When the Lifers heard the helper¡¯s rm, the male had a strange feeling as though being cut off from consciousness. It is like its sanity is disappearing. It¡¯s skin ripped to sprout new skin. The scratches and wounds Cha Jun Sung had given it, all healed. 3.5m body blew up to almost 5m. A new body is configured to fit the new size. It is no longer a level 3. I has developed beyond its species. -[The adult yer has developed into a level 4 Destroyer. A special mission has been activated and thepensation has gone from 8000 to 20,000 points.] -[The points have been increased to 20,000, promoting this to a level D advance mission.] -[Special missions have been imposed twice. ording to Life Mission regtions, an advanced cyborg will be summoned for the Lifers¡¯ safety.] One special mission in conjunction is activated by the fault of the Lifers but the second can be seen as bad luck, so the helpers intervene. There is no risk of exploiting fear because Lifers¡¯ abilities and deliberation are calcted. -[There are 30 seconds left until the advanced cyborg is summoned. Quit the mission before the adult yer evolves into a Destroyer.] There was chaos. Since Cha Jun Sung had started the reality version, he had never heard so many notices. This is the same for the other Lifers. ¡°Goodness, level 4!¡± ¡°There¡¯s no reason to hang on any longer! We will give up!¡± The Lifers requested to quit. Cha Jun Sung and Koharu did not stop them. These Lifers had given their best. They had been as loyal as they had been rescued. Their breathing bes rough. The yer¡¯s process is bothering the Lifers. It would be pushed back by the Caicus, but their skin crawls. ¡°Koharu and Kyoko, quit the mission.¡± ¡°What are you going to do?¡± ¡°I¡¯m going to quit as well of course. I¡¯ll go with my friend, so go back first.¡± Cha Jun Sung told them that he would get in contact with themter and decided to meet in another mission. Koharu agreed, took Kyoko¡¯s hand, and requested to quit. Woong! When they were disappearing, a gate formed with a resonating sound. The gate formed near Cha Jun Sung, and a cyborg with arge physique appeared. It looks strong even at first nce. It resembles the human form and is over 2mrge. -[What are you doing? Why aren¡¯t you quitting?] ¡°You disappear when I ask for help, and now you¡¯re chirping like a bird?¡± -[I am following the rules.] ¡°Stop nagging and answer my questions. This is an advancing mission, right? Is it consideredplete if we kill the Destroyer with the cyborg?¡± -[Are you crazy? All I did was summon inferior goods to buy you time.] -[There is no reason for helpers to perform missions asplete cyborgs in the first ce. Stop talking nonsense and quit.] ¡°Just tell me.¡± -[It is consideredplete.] ¡°Great.¡± -[What, what is that?] Odin¡¯s words went through Cha Jun Sung¡¯s ear and out the other. He will not fight blindly. He needs to check the cyborg¡¯s attack power. Chapter 67 Kung! A pair of des are sprouting from the area of the male¡¯s armpits. They are shaped for carving. Woong! The cyborg looked at Cha Jun Sung. It is artificial intelligence, but it did not interfere regarding quitting the mission. It does not care if he wants to die. -[Enemy confirmed! External armor reinforced! Closed in mode! Vibrating weapons, buster mounted!] Zing! A sturdy metal armor covers the cyborg. Its left and right hands changed into a vibrating weapon and a buster that generates shockwaves. The level 4 Destroyer looks up toward the top of the mountain. The prey over there is what made it so that he could not even retrieve his older child. With one jump, it advances dozens of meters. It would arrive at Park Jin Hyuk in a few steps and a few seconds, but they would not sit back and watch. The cyborg approached at high speed andunched the buster at the male¡¯s side. The male¡¯s flesh pushed back at the great shockwave. Bang! The ground shook as though a boulder had fallen. The male acted as if it felt nothing, brushed off its side, and got up from the ground. -[If we kill it, level C opens up.] -[Since it takes 5 seconds to return, shall we run away if the cyborg gets pushed back? I know because I¡¯ve yed a lot of games, but you need to take it when the opportunityes.] Pew! Park Jin Hyuk held up the Head Hunter. The male sensed movement in the air and blocks it with the des. The bullet is unable to prate the des and bes embedded on the surface. The 3cm de became twice as thick and is like a steel wall. The cyborg and male face off. It ispletely different from fighting with Cha Jun Sung. He cannot even participate as it is aplete war of monsters. He would be killed by even one hit from either of them. ¡°You said inferior goods?¡± There could be defects with the weapons or the cyborg itself. He does not know when it might be disposed of. It is risky to get involved once the cyborg is disadvantaged. He needs to go in now. -[Kill the female and baby.] -[You¡¯re going to create an opportunity? I¡¯m aiming at them now anyway.] The female and baby are puzzled by the male¡¯s change. It must be hard for even a mutant to understand. There is a way to create a huge blow. -[Kill the female first.] Puk! A bullet from the Head Hunter goes through the female¡¯s head. He had always been toote when the yers were aware of the bullets. Letting their guard down is the downfall for mutants and humans alike. Kyak! Kuh? The baby is wandering confused. The male¡¯s attention goes to the baby. It sees the female fall over. It had lost the female as well as the older child. Kyak! Bang! The cyborg¡¯s kick hit the back of the male¡¯s knees. It lost its bnce because it had not been paying attention, and fell back. So it would not be able to get up, the cyborg shot a series of shockwaves at its chest with the buster. ¡°Now!¡± Pat! Cha Jun Sung kicked off from the ground. He remembered what Park Jin Hyuk had said. Once they step into a mission, the possibility is the difference and they are at the crossroads of life and death. It is wise. They are always risking their lives. To advance farther than others? Then they need to risk more. What if they quit, go into a force, and perform a 20,000 point advance mission? They need more than 100 people to take on something like the Destroyer. With the appearance of the advanced cyborg, they had acquired information on the mission and the chance toplete the mission with reinforcements. [Shoot the baby too!] Pew! They do not consider the baby as a powerful force either. It is a weakness with which to distract the male. Kyak! The baby follows the female. The male looks devastated. He feels empty. In the course of a day, his entire family has been killed and he is all alone in the world. Tatatat! Cha Jun Sung went behind the male fallen on the ground, stepped on its shoulder, and bound it. At the feeling of someone stepping on its shoulder, the male waved its de around. ¡°Ack! Die!¡± He avoided the first de, but the second cut Cha Jun Sung¡¯s right arm off. He clenched his teeth and did not loosen his hold on the Wolf Kill with his left hand. He can be treated in the briefing room. He cannot quit now aftering all the way here. Puk! The Wolf Kill prated the male¡¯s head and went through its brains. Cha Jun Sung stuck it in and jumped down. Blood is seeping out. He feels dizzy. -[Jun Sung!] Park Jin Hyuk was surprised and came down from the mountain. It is the first injury in their mission. Kuh! Bang bang! The cyborg keeps attacking the male. It will only stop once it stops breathing. The male cannot find bnce between of the pain in its head and the attacks, and ils. It has incredible vitality as it can move even after having its brain prated. -[You have earned 20,000 points.] It must be at the top of level 4 mutants because they earned 10 times what they would for a level 3. -[You have cleared yer¡¯s Prison with 2 conjunction special missions nested inside. Level C missions and store have been opened.] Ha ha ha ha! It is a huge sess. Level C missions and store have been opened. As long as they have the points, they can go through the 4th stage of body modifications and purchase the battle shoot. -[Cha Jun Sung... How could you...] There is shock in Odin¡¯s voice. Rather than the missionpletion, he is more surprised by how Cha Jun Sung had risked his life. It is not easy as it means throwing oneself away. The start was foolhardy, but the end paid off. He is so ecstatic, he cannot express it. There is nothing he can do if he is called insane, but what can they do? ¡°Are you okay?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°Ugh! Look at the blood!¡± Park Jin Hyuk looked at Cha Jun Sung with admiration. It felt like he could get through arduous adversity as long as it was with Cha Jun Sung. -[What are you going to do about the cyborg?] ¡°What about it?¡± -[It is inferior goods that was sent to you to buy you time. Since it isn¡¯t worth recovering, it is disposable. It is also out of energy, so it¡¯s no longer of use to us.] ¡°I can keep it?¡± -[That¡¯s what I¡¯m telling you to do. We didn¡¯t know it would end like this.] ¡°Thanks.¡± Cha Jun Sung touched the cyborg. It stopped when its target died. [Were you not scared?] ¡°Of course I was. It¡¯s terror. How could I not be scared when there¡¯s a monster in front of me?¡± He had not expressed it. He faced death several times. But he needs to advance. The day that he does not look up because a wall is high is the day it is all over. ¡°I¡¯m going.¡± -[It was a great y.] He returned to the briefing room. There are a lot of things he gained in this mission. Chapter 68 Cha Jun Sung turned his right arm. It healed over 2 days. He had thought that it could be treated like other normal injuries by going into the healing capsule. ¡°You said it would have taken at least 1 week if I had left my arm there? Whew! How scary!¡± 2 days is considered fast. It had been a strange feeling when he picked up his arm but fortunately, there had been something he saw before that made him take it with him. They said treatment was easy because the cut was clean. It was frustrating because he could not move one arm. It consumed several times what it normally took as well. ¡°Huh! I¡¯ve been looking at it for 2 days straight but I don¡¯t get sick of it. Why is there so much?¡± While he was healing, he was lost in looking through the level C mission list and store. Excluding a part of it, E-D ss store is full of items that can be created with modern science. Starting with C ss on the other hand, there is a mix of half. Even the types of weapons exceed professional levels with guns. It is even possible to purchase a panzer, tank, or helicopter. ¡°There¡¯s nothing easy in any of the missions either. My expectations were exactly right.¡± As long as the effort is made in level E, it is possible to go up to level D. This is where the first testes. He experienced 2 level Ds, but was promoted. When fighting with something like the Destroyer, how many out of 100 people would survive? There will be many Lifers who get stuck with level 4 and give up on advancing to level C. It is unnecessary to mention S through B because those are matters of the future. The range for level C reward points is quite wide, from 10,000 to 2 million. It destroys the point system existing in levels D through E. He can understand. The Caicus is a level 5. Could he guess what a level 6 is like? The points do not increase just because of the mutant¡¯s power. Missions be moreplicated as the maps span more distance and there are more variables. As the difficulty grows, it bes harder for Lifers to advance. They need to pass this to go higher. If D is a test, C will be a wall of despair. ¡°Now there are such things called achievement points.¡± It is a system that did not exist in D and E. These achievement points are needed to purchase items from the ss C store. But not all items require this. Categories that are considered absolutely necessary to Lifers ask for a certain amount. It is a way to estimate the standard of activity in a mission. If mediocre Lifers somehow make it to level C by hopping on the backs of others, they cannot purchase items even if they have a lot of points. It is the helpers¡¯ early measures of blocking out indiscriminate promotions. Could killing mutants be the only way to earn achievement points? The main method is to kill them, but the process is just as important. Did they kill it alone, was it with other people, did they just get help without putting in any effort of their own? It is calcted in real-time by the helper that follows each Lifer. Levels C and D are the limits for bus Lifers, and level C is really half and half. This makes no difference to talented Lifers like Cha Jun Sung. The points wille in if they keep fighting as they had been. ¡°..... I¡¯m losing motivation looking at this.¡± Click! Cha Jun Sung looked at an item on the hologram with fascination. Then he saw the points to purchase it and quickly became depressed. -[Basic Type Battle Shoot: 10,000,000 points.] -[Description: As the basic model of the battle shoot, it uses the helper¡¯s artificial intelligence to create the bestbat experience and attack power. Upgrades vary widely ording to the style.] ¡°Ho ho!¡± He could not helpughing. He was in a state of disbelief. Goodness! It is not 1 million, but 10 million points! It would take several years to gather that much even if he earned thousands of points every day. -[It is possible if youplete a 5000 point level D mission 140 times.] Odin suddenly started talking. He says 140, but this is not made to buy. It means they do not mean to sell it. That is right. It is an ornament. The number of mutants that appear changes ording to the reward points. Calcted on standards of the Biology Institute, there could be over 70,000 points if handled alone. ¡°You guys have no conscience. Do you even want to sell the battle shoot?¡± -[Tsk tsk! Do you even know what kind of item that is? If you go through the 4th stage of body modifications and have the battle shoot, you could take 20,000 points all by yourself.] ¡°How many points do you give me if I earn 20,000 points! You won¡¯t give much.¡± -[We give 400,000 to 450,000.] That is a lot. If he gets 450,000 in one mission, it will be quick to save millions. But what good is that? That is possible on the grounds that he has the battle shoot. ¡°I guess the only thing that is offort is the body modification.¡± Zing! The store window changes. It goes from the battle shoot to body modification. -[Body Modification, 3rd Stage, 100%: 400,000 points] -[Body Modification, 4th Stage, 100%: 800,000 points] -[It would be difficult to find level 4 with the 4th stage, but 3rd stage is enough. It will suffice for missions under 10,000.] He needs 1.2 million points total. At this rate, he will not be able to escape the sea of points. But this is nothingpared to the battle shoot. ¡°Let¡¯s go to the briefing room to take care of the junk you were about to dispose of.¡± -[It will be useful if you just invest the points into it. Exert yourself more.] ¡°Alright alright. Send me.¡± Woong! The image Cha Jun Sung waving his hand to not be bothered was irksome. Chapter 69 Cha Jun Sung looked over the cyborg he had left in the briefing room. It looks fine on the outside, but its energy core has run out and cannot act. The defects are on the good side. Topare it to a car? Its windows and bumper have been broken and its bodywork is dented, but there is no problem with its ability to run. The internal defects are the serious ones. If the main parts including the engine are dysfunctional, it will be hard to fix and it would cost too much to rece the parts. That is the state of the cyborg. Parts like the framework and metal armor are external matters that can be fixed immediately with an investment of a small amount of points. The engine core, which acts as the heart, burned during battle with the Destroyer. It was more difficult to find parts that were intact rather than looking for the parts to fix. ¡°I did take it because it was free, but this is too much.¡± -[It is cheaper to switch out a few parts than to purchase the finished product.] ¡°Is this just a few parts? I have topletely grind this thing out. I would¡¯ve focused on body modification if you hadn¡¯t given this thing to me, but it keeps catching my eye!¡± Although it was short, he had clearly seen the advanced cyborg¡¯s ability to fight. It has the ability to go into hand-to-handbat and battle a level 4 Destroyer. If he can just fix this cyborg, there could not be a betterpanion. -[Power Type Advanced Cyborg: 5,000,000 points] -[Description: Tanker type cyborg configured of C ss parts. With 30 times the strength of humans and a sturdy outer armor, it matches up against enemies without weakness.] It may seem like a windfall just by looking at the point value, but the reality is not as bright. Excluding a few parts, the rest would have to be reced or repaired. Cha Jun Sung has 80,000 points. This will fall short by a lot. The urgent part is the energy core. Without it, it cannot operate at all. He could manage somehow without the other parts, but the energy core would need to be reced immediately. ¡°How am I supposed to buy something that costs 2 million points?¡± -[Even if you can¡¯t buy a C ss energy core, there is a way to quickly resolve it for now.] ¡°What is it?¡± Cha Jun Sung is alert. The cyborg would be able to take on 100 alone. He did keepining, but he really did want to use it. -[Temporarily take the energy core from the Wolf Kill and attach it to the cyborg.] ¡°This?¡± Cha Jun Sung took the Wolf Kill out of his spacepression bag. Dissect this? ¡°Won¡¯t it get messed up?¡± -[You are just taking out the energy core. You can attach it again at any time.] -[The output might be a little weak because it is D ss but if you just make sure to check its arms well, it has the ability to take on 2 level 3 mutants.] ¡°It¡¯s tempting.¡± With the cyborg next to him, it would be helpful in earning points and it would be reassuring. The points that the cyborg earns goes to the owner. Achievement pointse in as well, but a lot of points are taken off because the owner did not catch the mutant himself. -[Most of the machinery in vibrating weapons and cyborg parts ovep.] ¡°So to put it simply, if we dismantle the Wolf Kill, we can make the cyborg run?¡± -[Are you trying to get it for free? You also have to use the 80,000 points you¡¯ve gathered.] ¡°Then how many times can it run?¡± -[Calcting output rate..... Calctionplete. It is different ording to the mission¡¯s difficulty level. 5 times for 3000 points, 2 times for 5000 points.] ¡°Hey! The Wolf Kill is 450,000 points but we won¡¯t make much by going in twice!¡± -[You can charge the energy core as you do with a vibrating weapon. Even if it takes points, it¡¯s just a few thousand. Ites out to be cheap if you think about what you will earn.] ¡°Aha!¡± Cha Jun Sung shouted in understanding. He has charged the Wolf Kill before and after using it once, it only took a few hundred points to recharge. ¡°Do I have a choice?¡± He is desperate for an ally. For efficiency, it is better to repeatedlyplete level E 3000 point missions. Level D 5000 points is not bad either. But he does not feel like joining a force and it is impossible to get through a level D alone. The cyborg will be more helpful than the Wolf Kill. He is sure because he has already seen its ability to fight. It would be dominant in levels E and D. ¡°Fix it.¡± -[Alright.] ¡°It really won¡¯t get messed up, right?¡± Odin is not answering again. He went into theb with the Wolf Kill and cyborg. He bought 80,000 points worth of parts on his PDA. He is told it will take a few days. He put the shell of a Wolf Kill in the cyborg¡¯s hand. It needs something to fight with, doesn¡¯t it? ¡°It¡¯s my new one.¡± Cha Jun Sung held the katana he used in the beginning. Until he earns the points he needs, he¡¯ll let the cyborg lead. He will not just stand back and be helped. He will use it at a line where he does not lose his senses. It is not good to be excessive. *** -[With the Wolf Kill¡¯s energy core as the cyborg¡¯s power source, a few parts, and a deduction of 80,000 points, its basic battle power has been restored.] -[We eliminated its weapon changing function and unified the attack mode. It has been adjusted to obey only orders from artificial intelligence and is in a state where it has lost itself.] -[The only equipment it possesses is the Wolf Kill shell, metal armor, and strong outer shell, but this makes it possible for it to battle one-on-one with level 3.] -[Predictions forpletion are 1 day for 3000 points and 5 days for 5000 points. Keep in mind that it can be dangerous to leave the battle up to the cyborg.] -[Charging the minimum to maximum takes 4000 points.] Cha Jun Sung listened to Odin¡¯s exnation and nodded with satisfaction. ¡°You¡¯re giving me predictions forpletion and warning me about the dangers. Are you really Odin?¡± -[Cha Jun Sung, you opened level C missions and have met certain conditions. You are able to receive more useful information from your helper than other Lifers can.] ¡°So you mean that as I go higher, you can share more of what you know?¡± -[That is right.] If he goes all the way to level S, it looks like he will get to know all of the secrets of Life Mission. ¡°I guess I¡¯ll get to know over time.¡± Letting the cyborg lead, he will gather the points to go through body modification and to fix it. After, he will arm it and they will aim for the battle shoot. Other than that, if he is to get everything he is thinking of including an expansion for the spacepression bag, he needs about 20 million points. It is not an amount to settle short term. It will be a long distance race. Chapter 70 In the few days that he left the cyborg for repair, he got 2 appointments. Koharu and Kyoko, and Ghost Gun Lim Si Hyun. He will be meeting the sisters soon. He has gone into a 3000 point mission to test the cyborg. Park Jin Hyuk will being in as well. The time ising for them to be a 4-person party. They had not spoken after quitting the mission, so there will be a lot that they are wondering about. He was to meet with Lim Si Hyun the week after the next. There are 12 days left. Han Chang Jin will also being out then. He will need to hear what Lim Si Hyun has to say, but his image is not bad. He can tell that the man is upright. Lim Si Hyun had been active in North America as well, so they were in parties together and they hade face-to-face a few times, but he had never seen Han Chang Jin because he is in South America. There are 13 of the 36 rankers that Cha Jun Sung has never seen before. Han Chang Jin is among those. That is how wide the continent is. If they do not look for each other, it is harder than looking for a needle in a haystack. Whatever it is, he will be able to hear what Han Chang Jin is thinking when they meet in person. ¡°I¡¯ll leave it to you.¡± Cha Jun Sung shook off his thoughts and pat the cyborg¡¯s shoulder. There is no reaction. Its artificial intelligence has been minimized. Communication is done by inputting a fewmands in adjustment. This was also barely settled with a part from the Wolf Kill and 80,000 points. Woong! Since they entered as soon as they formed the party, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s summon was the fastest. How many minutes had passed? Koharu, Kyoko, and Park Jin Hyuk came in. ¡°Pails!¡± ¡°Wee, Koharu, Kyoko.¡± ¡°Hello!¡± The situation in yer¡¯s Prison had not allowed them to properly meet. ¡°Female party members!¡± Park Jin Hyuk smiles widely. It is such a dumbugh that the sisters join inughing as well. They know that it is out of pure intentions. ¡°Is that the cyborg you fixed?¡± ¡°My Wolf Kill is inside of that, so it¡¯s been dismantled part by part.¡± Park Jin Hyuk circled the cyborg and examined it carefully. If the metal armor is taken out of ount, it is basically a pro-wrestler. ¡°How about its ability to fight?¡± ¡°It¡¯s output of power falls short with its current state, so it¡¯s simr to 1 or 2 level 3 mutants.¡± 1 strong one and 2 weak ones. The negative is that even though it is an advanced cyborg, the quality of the parts is low and it can only give an intermediate performance. They have to be thankful if it even does that. Even a middle ss goes for 1.5 million. Cyborgs below levels 1 and 2 in power are more helpful in everyday life than they are in battle, and they are a waste of points. It would be better to buy weapons instead. ¡°If we ride this bus, I think we¡¯ll gather points easily. There¡¯s less danger too.¡± Park Jin Hyuk is right, but they need to pay attention to achievement points too. If they raised all the points they need and fall short of achievement points, they are at a dead end. ¡°Pails, what are achievement points? And what¡¯s this cyborg?¡± Koharu intervened in the conversation. She and Kyoko quit and left the mission before the cyborg was summoned. They do not know anything about it. Cha Jun Sung exined it. The women were told what happened after they left the mission as well as what achievement points are. Cha Jun Sung did not leave out anything regarding the cyborg, level C mission, or store either. ¡°It was too dangerous! Why didn¡¯t you let us participate?¡± ¡°Because it isn¡¯t my life. I can¡¯t ask others to risk their lives. That kid doesn¡¯t matter because he isn¡¯t scared of anything.¡± Park Jin Hyuk smiled proudly and put up a V with his fingers. He was far from the Destroyer, so he would have had time to quit the mission in the worst case scenario. ¡°It¡¯s a pity.¡± ¡°Since we¡¯re a fixed party now, we¡¯ll give a lot of help. Don¡¯t regret it too much.¡± It would be busy because they need to practice working together. Koharu asked everything she did not know about level C missions. Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk took care of a sister each. The men did not act bothered by it. The women became surprised as they heard more. It was a new world. ¡°Question! What do I do? I can¡¯t fight.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay.¡± Kyoko is a medic. She cannot earn achievement points by killing mutants. Her mission is to follow Lifers around to treat them. ¡°Apparently at the end of missions, helpers show integrity and give points to medics appropriately. I think the distribution system is different for out ofbat jobs than they are forbat work.¡± This is what he heard from Odin. The helpers built a bnced system to keep everything fair. They do not miss anything. ¡°We¡¯ll need to start by seeing the cyborg¡¯s ability. If it is as useful as we think it is, we¡¯ll be able toplete level D missions with these members.¡± Whether 4 people can go into level D or not is dependent on the cyborg. While going into 3000 point missions several times, they need to figure out how tomunicate with the cyborg. They will go into level D if they are ready. They cannot ignore the atmosphere either. ¡°Mutant in the front.¡± ¡°Really?¡± The cyborg speaks. It is a monotonous and prosaic voice. Its sensor must have captured a mutant. It is not able to detect the numbers of them though. The cyborg¡¯s battling power is middle ss, but everything else is lower. ¡°Kill all of them.¡± ¡°Mission received! Annihtion!¡± The cyborg took out the Wolf Kill and ran forward. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group watched and ran after it in a rxed state. They wanted to see its skills. *** The cyborg showed force. It is not well armed, so it used its strength to kill the mutants by ripping them apart, crushing them, and twisted them. Dozens of angry level 1 mutants join in the melee. Not even attacks from level 2 mutants are able to prate its metal armor and outer shell. The cyborg rolled over the mutants and crushed them as if it were a tank. ¡°What a spectacle.¡± ¡°They get stuck at the metal armor.¡± Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk were not surprised because they had seen the cyborg fight before, but the Koharu sisters showed their shock. ¡°A fly¡¯s going to go into your mouths. That¡¯s pretty weak too. It was a few times stronger than this when it was fighting the Destroyer.¡± It ughters the mutants with the Wolf Kill as they approach it. It does not need the vibration function. It can slice them up with the cutting de and its own strength. -[You have earned 20 points and 2 achievement points.] -[You have earned 20 points and 2 achievement points.] Ring! Point build up in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s PDA. The points only go to the owner of the cyborg that is killing the mutants. They were not distributed to the party members. No oneined. They hade into this mission to test performance. ¡°It toys with level E.¡± ¡°You said that the cyborg doesn¡¯t need points, but parts?¡± ¡°Right.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll buy the parts you need and give them to you.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°If we help it out, it¡¯ll find its original features quickly.¡± They are receiving aid. They would like to make deals with points but since they cannot do that, they are trying to give him parts. If the cyborg bes stronger, it is beneficial for the party as well. ¡°We¡¯ll help as well!¡± ¡°What do you need?¡± Chapter 71 Koharu and Kyoko also said that they would support with parts. If the 4 of them gather together, it will be much faster to get the parts than Cha Jun Sung working alone. If the cyborg is returned to its original state and is equipped with the best gear, they could even go into a 10,000 point mission. The party can support it. Cha Jun Sung figured something out while he was going through the yer¡¯s Prison. This is something that Lifers have been saying for a while, but earning a high number of achievement points does not always mean that there are a lot of mutants. The Destroyer¡¯s inherent strength brought the points up to 20,000. There were the female and baby as well, but most of the power was from the male. Normally while ying the game, they fight with the little guys before facing the boss. But this mission skipped the step and went right to the boss. If they look for missions like that, they can gather a lot of points. If they look through Lifer World, it is evident that these are not rare. There would be as much danger as well, but they need to bear with it. ¡°The Biology Institute. You think the mutants will jump out as soon as we open it, right?¡± ¡°Yes. They were banging on the door. I don¡¯t know how many were inside, but I think there are a few thousand.¡± It was 12,000 points. They can make an attempt as soon as the cyborg isplete. However, there are steps to take and they need to go through the process. ¡°We can deal with the weaponster but let¡¯s adjust the artificial intelligence and core first, and look at the parts.¡± It is better to buy the expensive items first if they are going to buy them. If they purchase the cheaper parts first, they will look at the more expensive parts and think when they will be able to gather enough points. The human psychology is simple. It is a kind of motivation. The basics are important in whatever it is. When constructing a building, the ground and framework are the first focus. They will raise its intellect with artificial intelligence and raise its power with an energy core fitting for an advanced cyborg. Then it will even be able to face off against a level 4 mutant. ¡°Moderately.¡± Riding the bus is good too, but they cannot get into the habit of relying on the cyborg too much. They will invest moderately in the cyborg and invest in themselves. ¡°With body modifications and the necessary parts alone, it¡¯ll be about 3 million points.¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s eyes grew wide at Cha Jun Sung¡¯sint. He thought of something incredible. If they do well, it could contribute greatly to gathering points. ¡°Let¡¯s receive kickbacks of achievement points as well.¡± ¡°Kickbacks?¡± ¡°We won¡¯t be able to get big parts, but I think it would be okay for small ones.¡± No matter how they try to push the points to Cha Jun Sung, it would take months. If they receive bribes likerge guilds do, they can reduce the time. ¡°I don¡¯t really want to do it.¡± ¡°Just listen.¡± Koharu and Kyoko listened carefully as well. Japanese guilds take bribes from Lifers as well. How is he trying to take them? While everyone was concentrating on what Park Jin Hyuk was saying, the cyborg was taking on hundreds of mutants alone. A strange situation was unfolding in the same ce. Click! Cha Jun Sung opened up his blog again. He epted Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s proposal. Bribes are the best way to gather millions of points within moments. He opened the blog because he was going to use Overload¡¯s fame. Say that he leaves a message on Lifer World that he is going to create a party with kickbacks. Why would people trust him to apply? If people ask arge guild, they canplete missions safely. There is a high chance that they will have to give bribes, but that is directly rted to the probability of surviving, so people ept it. If Cha Jun Sung wants to enter the world of bribery, he needs to expect to put in a lot of effort. Since he does not have the time for that, he is going to take a shortcut. ¡°There¡¯s no point in hiding when people are hacking into the blog to get my personal information anyway.¡± He will use his helper¡¯s name and cover his face with a helmet. But what if he is found out anyway? Then he is found out. He needs to be aware of that much danger. The bulletin is going up. It is regarding the party operated by Overload. [Hello. Is everyone well? It has been a long time. I am sure there will be people who look at this negatively, but I am thinking of creating a party with kickbacks.] [Kickbacks for reward points is limited to 20% and I willplete a 3000 point mission for you within a day. I promise this in Overload¡¯s name.] [I put all of the details up on the bulletin, so please take a look at it.] He hit enter. It is guaranteed to be popr. Cha Jun Sung did not think that he himself is great, but Overload is different. ¡°I¡¯ll figure out my affairs myself. I can¡¯t take from my party members.¡± The party members will be acting separately until they gather a certain amount of points. They need to get their gear as well. He will have enough with just the kickbacks. A herd of Lifers are waiting for a summon gate. There are 9 people; Lifers who had seen the notice on Overload¡¯s blog. They are Cha Jun Sung¡¯s customers, passengers on his bus. There are a few with exotic appearances. They are foreigners. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s blog is famous all over the world. It is not limited to Korea. With that, they have a diverse party to work with. Does he take just anyone? He focused on level 7 and 8 Lifers of the people who applied on his blog. There were only a couple hundred, but applicants came in. Like a blog on Life Mission should, it separated Lifers into levels 1 through 9 as mutants are ssified. Level 7s are fans who have been dedicated to Life Mission for over 5 years. It is a pity but he needed to pledge the level 1 through 6 people for next time. There is nothing he can do. Cha Jun Sung was also morefortable dealing with people who are hospitable to him. Cha Jun Sung memorized the ID names of all 9 primary applicants. He does not know their faces, but they hadmunicated actively. ¡°To see Overload in real life!¡± ¡°I¡¯m nervous!¡± ¡°It looks like his blog is more important abroad than it is in Korea.¡± There are only 3 Korean people and the other 6 are foreigners. 4 level 7s, 5 level 8s; the blog owner is Korean but it is more popr abroad. The Korean people were speaking and the rest were quiet. There are differences in nationality, but these Lifers are just here to ride the bus and did not even install trantors. They consider it more important to make money by selling points than purchasing gear. ¡°What do you think Overload¡¯s gear will be like?¡± Chapter 72 ¡°Since his main weapon is the sword, don¡¯t you think he¡¯ll definitely have a vibrating weapon?¡± He did have one. Until he dismantled it to put it in the cyborg¡¯s stomach. Woong! The summons gate opened. Cha Jun Sung is entering. If a party is formed and the members enter a mission, they cannot break up the group or quit. Is that why? The Lifers did not worry about this aspect. ¡°Hello. I am Overload. I¡¯m embarrassed to meet you all in real life.¡± ¡°Hello!¡± When Cha Jun Sung gave his introduction first, the others greeted him. Awkwardness is the first emotion that Cha Jun Sung feels. For him to be the operator of the bus feels like he is wearing clothes that are not his. The Lifers look all over Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body. What could it be? They are examining his body to take a look at the famous Cha Jun Sung¡¯s gear. They look confused. His gear is mediocre. It is okay, but it is the type that can easily be found amongrge guild executives. It does not fit in with what they had imagined and wished for the famous Overload. ¡®His gear is.....¡¯ ¡®Is it because virtual and reality are different?¡¯ ¡®Maybe his gear isn¡¯t much but he wins with control? It¡¯ll be possible with Overload.¡¯ They did not express it, but they had negative thoughts. Cha Jun Sung noticed this. He does not care. They will soon be shocked. The cyborges through the summons gate. The Lifers¡¯ eyes widened. The members entering the mission are a total of 10 including Cha Jun Sung. ¡°Huh? 11 people?¡± ¡°Overload, no Odin, who is that? Our party is full.¡± The summons gate closed. The Lifers were more confused because it came out of the same gate that Cha Jun Sung did. How did 3 of theme from the same ce? ¡°You were disappointed when you saw my gear? Let me give you an introduction. This is my cyborg, Hercules. It¡¯s because I put all of my points into fixing this guy up.¡± He had given the cyborg a name. Hercules, half god and half human son of Zeus and Alcmene. It is perfect for something that fights with strength. ¡°Wow!¡± ¡°Cyborg!¡± The Lifers made a fuss, thinking ¡®Of course! It¡¯s Overload!¡¯ Then they went to Hercules and started touching it. It feels like steel or a rock. Not even a needle would prate it. ¡°It¡¯ll be a lower cyborg since you opened level D, but will it be helpful?¡± One Lifer threw a sharp question. The cyborg sold in level D is of a lower level. Even if it is well armed, it cannot take on more than a few level 2 mutants. ¡°It is of middle ss. I waspleting a mission when I was given the opportunity to get it.¡± It is too early to say that he went into level C. There are chances of experiencing windfall in a mission, and he made sure to emphasize that point. It is true that he did pick it up. He had taken something that was going to be disposed of. ¡°Wow! Middle ss?¡± ¡°Then the abilities of a middle ss?¡± ¡°After testing it, it seems to be able to take on a strong level 3 one-on-one.¡± The Lifers did not have the energy to be surprised anymore, and their jaws were dropped. They have never seen a level 3 mutant because they are in level E missions. How strong does that mean it is? A low ss cyborg costs 150,000 points. Its efficiency is lowpared to the price so even in the virtual version, it is only used as a shield or to carry the owner¡¯s gear. Starting with the middle ss however, it has a lot of uses. Its price is incredible as well. ¡°I guess it¡¯s only sold in the level C store?¡± ¡°I guess so since it¡¯s not in level D.¡± ¡°400,000 points went into just fixing it. I¡¯m sure it will.¡± Cha Jun Sung responded to the Lifers. It is better to release some information rather than trying to hide it all. Word of it will spread anyway while he goes through missions. ¡°We will go in now.¡± ¡°Good!¡± The Lifers cheered. The storm surrounding Hercules was tremendous. ¡°Hercules, go out and kill all mutants within a 1km radius.¡± ¡°Mission confirmed!¡± Hercules went outside the building. The Lifers did not need to follow. If they hang around safe spots, the mission will be over. Attainment or escape is difficult for Hercules with its limited artificial intelligence. The order to kill resolves everything. ¡°I¡¯ve never ridden a bus like this!¡± ¡°How could this be! If the cyborg takes care of all of the mutants, there¡¯s nothing for us to do?¡± Cha Jun Sung is used to level E missions. If they get past the regr radius, there is the chance for a special mission. They need to decide on a distance and y within it. ¡°Is there anyone here who is willing to ride the bus long term?¡± ¡°How are you going to operate long term?¡± ¡°I intend to go periodically once a day at a decided time.¡± 4 Lifers held up their hands. It is a bother even trying to look for another bus. The other 5 did not speak. They were just going to ride the bus a few times and rest for a while. There is one reason why he wants fixed passengers. He can buy the cheaper parts with a couple hundred points, but they can go up to a few tens of thousandster. If Cha Jun Sung takes this on all alone, there is no reason to let other people on his bus. He could figure out a few tens of thousands, but he will need external power beyond that. If he is to do that, he needs to find as many long term passengers as he can. He is thinking of receiving arge part and letting them ride the bus a few times, or letting them ride a few times and then getting therge part. He is estimating that it will take 2 to 3 months to make 3 million. It is a level E mission now, but if he gets back about half of Hercules¡¯ abilities, he will go into level D. The power he is aiming for is that of a weak level 4. If it is at that level, it can be left out to go kill on its own. The limit of an advanced cyborg is level 4. Even if it is armed well, level 5 is asking for too much. It could catch it if it self-destructs, but one goes for 5 million points. They need to act ording to their own abilities. If they go beyond it, they are at a disadvantage. ¡°Do you all just ride the bus and not participate in the mission?¡± ¡°Because it¡¯s dangerous.¡± ¡°The points we have after kickbackse out to the cost of an entire house.¡± Hearing their reasoning, most do not have much ambition, are scared of the danger, or have families to take care of. They are the typical bus Lifers. Bus Lifers are separated into 2 categories. Those trying to make money, and those trying to advance quickly. There is nothing to be done about the first, but thetter is a misjudgment. There is a clear difference between advancing with external forces and advancing through effort. Even if the outside is gold, it is all worth nothing if the inside is hollow. It is as bad as not doing anything at all. -[You have earned 20 points and 2 achievement points.] The points areing in. Hercules had started to catch the mutants. They need to wait a day. The mutants could approach them, so they need to set up booby traps. A few ymores will block all of the passageways. ¡°Would you like to hear a sermon?¡± ¡°Sermon?¡± ¡°Shall I say it¡¯s a sermon regarding staying alive in the mission? It should work until you get to level D.¡± Hercules will catch the mutants. It is a waste to throw away the remaining time. These are people who gave him strength for a long time while he was running the blog. They will go in starting with 300 points. He hopes it bes a well-slicked foundation for them. When there is free time, he teaches the Lifers how to survive in the reality version. Official figures say that there have been over 10 million deaths and people are still dying. Once level C opens up, more people will die. They are on the ride now to make money, but they need to have some basic skills just in case they evere across a solo mission. ¡°If you keep this in mind, you¡¯ll reduce the threat of danger and you¡¯ll be able toplete solo missions of low points. Then you won¡¯t need to find a bus.¡± ¡°Aren¡¯t you losing customers?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right!¡± Hah! Losing customers? He does not care. He will not be operating the bus forever. Once he gathers the basic amount he needs, he will be doing this less and will attack a level C mission. The Lifers listened up. It is what their idol, Overload, is saying. If they listen, it will all be flesh and blood. It was only in the virtual but of these people, there is even a Lifer who reached a decent level. ¡°To survive in a mission.....¡± The lecture proceeds. *** *** Cha Jun Sung is pressing buttons on the calctor. He is calcting the points he earned with his bus. He had been expecting it, but the additional ie is pretty good. With the 3000 reward, 30,000 with taking all of the mutants and the 5400 points worth of parts and necessities from the Lifers, he had made close to 40,000. It is not the exact 600 that he needs for Hercules. There are 540 and 550 as well. He used this for bullets. If he gathers small parts to manufacture, they be a big part that is necessary to Hercules. He only purchases what cannot be produced. ¡°At this rate, I¡¯ll fill the 3 million within 3 months. I¡¯m sure it¡¯ll be faster once we cross into level D. If I estimate with more time, I can even get the battle shoot.¡± epting bribes in level E is 160,000 in 1 month. That¡¯s 500,000 in 3 months. Personal reasons why he cannot go into missions can arise, but the estimate is that much. It is an amount that cannot be underestimated. He could understand whyrge guilds go through so much trouble to take points. It does not mean that they are better off than Cha Jun Sung though. Cha Jun Sung takes everything by himself, butrge guilds need to take care of the master, vice master, cadres, and guild members. They leak through as much as they earn. -[If everything goes favorably, you will be able to finish within the time you allotted.] ¡°Right?¡± -[The thing that holds you back are achievement points. Even though you are the owner of the cyborg, the amount of achievement points you earn are low because you don¡¯t lift a finger.] Odin is not wrong. The achievement points needed to purchase items it 20% of the price. If he catches mutants now, he only gets 10%. If he leaves it the way it is, he could run into trouble at the very end. ¡°I know.¡± -[Do you have a way to resolve it?] ¡°If I think too much into it, there¡¯s no end. I¡¯m going to use Hercules as a defense for a few months to get gear and go through the 4th stage of body modifications. Then, I¡¯m going to start getting involved too.¡± When he dismantled the vibrating function from the Wolf Kill, he had lost the will to fight. Honestly, he is also tired from working so hard. Since his body will not be deteriorating from taking a break, he is going to rest and start the engine up againter. -[Do as you please.] Odin responded bluntly. Cha Jun Sung just went past it. That is his helper. Even if it talks like that, it is because it is worried about him. ¡°I should go in with my colleagues as a party too sometimes since they¡¯re meaningful people to me.¡± The reality version will be a level too high toplete as solo missions as time goes by. Points are important, but there is no point if he does not have a party. *** Today is Friday. As 9 days passed, he ran his bus 10 times. Including the mission he went in with his colleagues, he made about 400,000 points. It is enough to get him through the 3rd stage of body modifications, but he is falling short in achievement points. He invested greatly in Hercules. Thanks to this, defects in small aspects of it disappeared. Of course there are still a lot of ces to work on in the bigger parts. Cha Jun Sung will be taking a break from the bus for 1 day tomorrow. He has an important appointment. It is the day he was supposed to meet with Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin. He is iffy about revealing his face, but they already knew enough about him and he felt like he would need to meet with them at least once. Chapter 73 The headquarters of Seven Stars was unlike otherrge guilds and had a strange atmosphere. This is not in regards to howrge or small the building is, or how modern or shabby it is. It is the best guild in Korea. It is muchrger and more magnificent than Hocheon¡¯s. Cha Jun Sung looks around him. His eyes move without rest. The people walking through the 1st floor lobby stare at him with interest. Due to the nature of the guild, arge proportion is made up of celebrities. The master, Lim Si Hyun, was an actor as well. ¡®She¡¯s pretty.¡¯ Male celebrities do not even catch his eye. Cha Jun Sung focused only on the female celebrities. Normal people do not match up to them. He is a person too. He cannot help but pay attention when he sees a pretty woman. There is a mix of natural and synthetic beauty. Since Cha Jun Sung went through body modifications, he can sense even the most minute movement of his muscles. Somehow, the synthetic beauties are unnatural. ¡°I should go up since I¡¯ve looked around enough.¡± Cha Jun Sung is 30 minutes early. He had wanted to get here early to look around with time. Since he saw a lot of female celebrities, he is satisfied. He walked toward the wee desk. Lim Si Hyun had told him that he would let the front desk know, so all he would have to do is call up. Then, he would send someone down for him. ¡°I¡¯m Cha Jun Sung. I have an appointment with the master, Lim Si Hyun.¡± ¡°Mr. Cha Jun Sung? Ah!¡± The woman at the desk looks through the list. The first person on the list is Cha Jun Sung. It is in a clear color. He must be an important appointment. ¡°The master told me to escort you myself. I¡¯ll take you up.¡± ¡°No, that¡¯s okay.¡± ¡°Excuse me?¡± ¡°It looks like you¡¯re busy. I¡¯ll go by myself. Just tell me where to go.¡± Truthfully, Cha Jun Sung is used to special treatment. When he travels or buys something expensive, the service is bound to follow the amount of money he pays. However, this is burdensome. There is no such thing as a favor without reason in the world. Even when you give to a beggar on the street, it is because you feel bad for them. He will only take what he needs to. The employee frowned and then told him where the master¡¯s room is. It is at the very top on the 15th floor. As it is not a distance he can walk up, he took the elevator. ¡°Wait a second!¡± Right before the door closed, he saw a delicate woman running toward the elevator through the narrowing opening. Cha Jun Sung pressed the button and opened the doors. The woman quickly got on the elevator. She steadied her breath and looked at Cha Jun Sung and nodded to him in thanks. Cha Jun Sung epted the nod as an expression of gratitude. He can sense a maism to her. The shape that her dress takes along the line of her body is amazing. She does not seem synthetic either. It is proof that she is a natural beauty. The woman was looking at Cha Jun Sung and thinking the same thing. ¡®Where have I seen him?¡¯ ¡®I¡¯ve seen her before.¡¯ Woong! The elevator goes up. The woman was about to press the 15th floor when she stopped. It is already pressed. Since he cannot be an employee, he must be here to see Lim Si Hyun. [15th floor.] The door opens. Cha Jun Sung was about to get out when he was surprised. Lim Si Hyun was waiting for him. The front desk must have alerted him. ¡°Ha ha! Are you surprised? I came out because you said that you would go up by yourself.¡± ¡°I see.¡± ¡°Huh? You were in there too. Give me the report tomorrow. I have an important guest.¡± Lim Si Hyun did not wait for her response and took Cha Jun Sung into the master¡¯s room. The woman looked at his back and frowned. Lim Si Hyun cleared his entire schedule for today saying that he has an appointment. Is it because of the man who just followed him in? How important could he be that the reports are pushed back and his schedule has been cleared? And the weird thing is that he seems familiar. The woman stood there for a while. If she has seen him somewhere, she will without a doubt remember him. A decent face and tall height ¨C they had not met for private reasons, but publicly. Excluding outsiders and thinking of the people who could satisfy those conditions from the past few months? ¡°Field of Meat!¡± Jung Hye Ryung remembered the man who told her that he hadpleted a level E mission through body modifications while selling items to her. Thanks to the useful information he gave her as an apology, Seven Stars was able toplete a 3000 point mission with minimal damage. ¡°Is that right? Alright.¡± She called the front desk and asked for the man¡¯s name. It is Cha Jun Sung. She does not have the authority to gain further information. Jung Hye Ryung had turned over to the part 6 master of Seven Stars from the virtual department of Chilsung Group. It is the chairman¡¯s orders to learn guild management while supporting Lim Si Hyun. ¡°What could they be meeting about?¡± Lim Si Hyun¡¯s tone was cautious. They could not be meeting to joke around. The master had made the move instead of the vice masters. She will remain curious until Lim Si Hyun discusses it. If it is important, he will call the vice masters. Until then, she must wait. *** When they entered the master room, Han Chang Jin was already waiting for them. As soon as he saw Cha Jun Sung, he got up from his seat. It is as difficult to meet him as it is to meet the President. ¡°I am Han Chang Jin.¡± ¡°I am Cha Jun Sung.¡± It may have only been in the virtual version, but he had seen Lim Si Hyun several times. This is his first time meeting Han Chang Jin. ¡®Is this Iron King?¡¯ The names given to the 36 rankerses from the abilities of their battle shoots. The basics are the same, but each has their own battle mode ording to the conversions they make. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s special skill is bringing out the power of the over booster, past its limit. It is of the most dangerous abilities in the battle shoot. Han Chang Jin made modifications for iron defense technology, and Lim Si Hyun created a step called shadow moving. ¡°The atmosphere is rigid. If someone else saw us, they would think that we were brought together under bad conditions.¡± Lim Si Hyun is ying the mediator. As the informant who brought the two together, he is making an effort to make the flow smooth to create conversation. Cha Jun Sung does not know exactly why he is here. If someone needs to speak first, it needs to be Han Chang Jin. Lim Si Hyun knew what was going on, but it is not his position to say it in his stead. ¡°I was thinking for too long. Sorry. I¡¯ll get to the point.¡± Cha Jun Sung listened to Han Chang Jin¡¯s exnation. He will ask questions after. There is information on how the world is going around. The world is moving. The exnation is long but to summarize, he is asking what he thinks of creating a government sector to take part in Life Mission together. ¡°Mr. Lim Si Hyun, have you made a decision?¡± ¡°I will not join, but I would like to create a cooperative rtionship where we help each other when we need it. An alliance would be the correct term.¡± Lim Si Hyun is the master of Seven Stars. He knows the strength of a group. If he forms an alliance instead of joining, there is more to earn than lost. ¡°I will say no to both.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ¡°I do not want to be a part of something by joining, and I do not have anything to give or take through an alliance.¡± An alliance is also joining in some ways. Lim Si Hyun might be used to being in groups because he leads a guild, but Cha Jun Sung felt like something was pushing him down. With the opening of level C, he has the confidence to get over any hardship and adversity with his party members. He does not want any help that is not natural. ¡°There¡¯s nothing to give and take? I see it¡¯s the freedom that someone with a middle ss cyborg has.¡± Lim Si Hyun began to speak. It has been a while since the rumor spread that he owns a cyborg. The bus Lifers had spread it eagerly. ¡°I won¡¯t deny it. My party members and I can get to level C on our strength alone. Joining you or bing part of an alliance will actually just be shackles.¡± Chapter 74 Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin heard the rumors through their subordinates and confirmed that it is true today. A middle ss cyborg is an item that is not in level D. ¡°I see everyone is rejecting this.¡± ¡°Because there¡¯s no merit.¡± ¡°Then can you just help us when there is an important mission?¡± It is a request separate from joining. Therge guilds are preparing to go into 10,000 point missions. This is the same for Seven Stars and the government. These two groups willbine half of their strength to make an attempt. They decided to do this in a month. They need to reinforce power in order to do this. ¡°That¡¯s.....¡± If they enter a 10,000 mission, they need to rot inside the mission for at least 1 or 2 weeks. Then who will handle the points that need to be gathered during that time? ¡°I guess the fact that you¡¯re operating a bus means that you are in that much need for points?¡± ¡°My Hercules isn¡¯t fine, so there are a ton of parts that I need to buy. And I am falling short on points to buy my own gear with.¡± It is true. Cha Jun Sung is struggling in a drought of points. Once he buys a few more parts, it will be time to work on gathering achievement points. ¡°If you lend us yours, the cyborg¡¯s, and your party¡¯s strength, we will give you all of the points you would need to gather during that time.¡± These people? Do they know how many points he earns each time he operates the bus? ¡°Don¡¯t you make around 40,000 points each day? I guess you fall just short.¡± His calction is fast because he leads arge guild. If the two groups help him, he will save on a lot of the points he needs for Hercules¡¯ parts. ¡°If you help us, you can get 40,000, as many mutants as you need. We will give you the same treatment and conditions that guild executives are given.¡± Lim Si Hyun is saying that he will make it so that he can buy the items he needs all at one time. It is really hard to reject. If he has 3 level D artificial intelligences and 20,000 points, he can produce level C artificial intelligence. It uses up achievements, but the important thing ispleting therge parts. ¡°If you ept this proposal, we could purchase it for you.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes wavered. Do they have more points than they need? The two groups have been operating buses since the very beginning. That has been saved and saved. Of course tens of thousands of points is burdensome to them as well, but it is an investment for the future. ¡°Don¡¯t you need to experience a 10,000 point mission anyway?¡± Experience? He has done it before. He has done 20,000 points! They will probably not believe him if he says that he fought with a Destroyer. It is a monster that he wants to avoid until Hercules isplete. ¡®Should I do it?¡¯ If he stays in a mission for even 1 week, he will get 560,000 points worth of parts. Andrge ones at that. If hebines the points that he earns before going in, he might be able to get rid of most of Hercules¡¯ internal defects. ¡®Let¡¯s ask.¡¯ He will need to hear what the party members think. He cannot swallow it all by himself. Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin did not rush Cha Jun Sung, and waited for his answer. ¡°I will discuss it with my party members.¡± ¡°If it¡¯s not too much to ask... can we take a look at the cyborg?¡± ¡°Sure.¡± He pressed the summons button on the PDA. It is so big that it does not even fit in the spacepression bag and he does not want to leave it at home, so he is keeping it in the briefing room. Woong Every time he summons it, a couple hundred points are deducted. He is showing it to them for free as a service. With this much, it is okay to show it off. Hercules came out of the summons gate. Because of all the points he poured into it, the inside is a mess but its appearance is shiny. ¡°Wow! It¡¯s impressive. How on earth did you get this?¡± Lim Si Hyun looks on in admiration. Seven Stars went around hundreds and thousands of missions to find missions that they can use, but they had nevere across a jackpot. How many points is a middle ss cyborg? It will surpass 1 million. There is more value when they have the points but cannot purchase it. ¡°Is level 3 the limit like in the virtual version?¡± ¡°Since it¡¯s middle ss.¡± ¡°If you just arm it, it will be able to take on level 4 mutants on its own.¡± It is categorized as middle ss, but it is higher. It will bring shock if he reveals it, so he will hide it. If he epts the proposal and goes into a 10,000 point mission, they will find that out as well. Since he has not epted it yet, he can think about it then. *** -[I have alerted Overload. Please search mission ck Ind.] A text message came in to Lim Si Hyun. It was right before her patience was running out. Ice Queen searched ck Ind on her PDA. An open room caught her eye. If they enter that, they can meet Overload. -[Burke.] -[Speak.] -[Search ck Ind and apply for the party. Overload is there.] -[Yahoo!] Boom Busker cheers. He is just as exhausted as Ice Queen. They waited weeks to meet Cha Jun Sung. This is all because of Lim Si Hyun. ¡®When I got the contact, I was with Overload. He was extremely ufortable when he heard that you had gotten information on him through hacking.¡¯ Ice Queen thought that it was toote for them to join forces now. All she has to do is tell them the results back in America, but first impressions were not good. ¡®I will arrange a meeting since you do not have bad intentions. Please wait.¡¯ Lim Si Hyun said that he would create a good atmosphere for them to speak, and asked for them to wait until he got in contact. They did not want to do it, but epted. There was no news even as weeks passed by. In America, they were urging for news as well. They were thinking of waiting just one more day, when Lim Si Hyun called. -[Don¡¯t goad him. Overload does not avoid provocations.] -[Can¡¯t I try taking him on? There are 8 rankers he brought down. Blood King of PK ranking is included there.] -[Are you upset that you lost to Blood King? So much that you want to take it out on Overload?] Boom Busker did not respond immediately. He lost to Blood King. But he wanted to go up against Overload because he had heard that he had beat Blood King. Ice Queen closed her eyes. Boom Busker wants to beat Overload who beat Blood King to get satisfaction. Say he wins against Overload. Does it mean anything? Everyone is just starting out by struggling and crawling through it. At this point, it is pointless to try to see who is stronger. This is reality. They are not even in the 9th stage of body modifications and they do not have battle shoots. Their weapons are crude as well. They have not filled even 1% of their abilities in the virtual version. -[Do you have the confidence to beat him when he finds his ability again and freely uses the over booster? Do you think it¡¯s a joke that those 8 people lost?] There is an order to the 36 rankers. Life Mission is not a level game. It is an advancement system unlike the reality version in various aspects. The 36 rankers are all Lifers who have passed the final promotion. The conditions are the same. The oue is decided on control, body modification, and subtle differences in equipment, and 8 of the 14 who came within the top 20 rankings lost to him. There are 2 people in the top 5 as well. Of those 2, one is Blood King. -[We came to Korea on official business for America. Forget your personal emotions, or find Blood King and take it out with him.] -[I can¡¯t win in a verbal fight with women.] Boom Busker threw up a white g. He had said it half joking, but she had taken it too seriously. If he had said one more thing, it looks like they would have gotten into a fight. -[Odin epted the party application. Will you enter?] -[I will enter. Please get ready.] -[Yes! Queen.] Woong! Ice Queen and Boom Busker¡¯s bodies disappeared from the hotel. When they opened their eyes again, they saw Overload leaning against a wall, waiting for them. Chapter 75 Cha Jun Sung thought about what had happened a few hours ago. It was when his conversation with Han Chang Jin was wrapping up. Lim Si Hyun spoke with a cautious tone. ¡®They came from America. I said that I would arrange for you to meet. What do you think?¡¯ Lim Si Hyun suggested meeting with them to tell them what he is thinking because they would go barging into Cha Jun Sung¡¯s house if he had not offered to arrange it. ¡®Deny.¡¯ Since the party was formed and he hade into the mission, he would meet with them. It is just that he will turn down the proposal from America no matter what the conditions are. They were already off on the wrong foot in the way they hade looking for him. He thought of Han Chang Jin¡¯s wary face. He was apprehensive that Cha Jun Sung might go to America. That is how great the conditions would be. Woong! A summons gate formed in front of Cha Jun Sung. He left his thoughts. He has seen Ice Queen before, and this is the first time he is meeting Boom Busker. He does not have an evil inclination like Blood King, but the rumors are not good. Let¡¯s be careful. Unpredictable people are more dangerous than the bad people. It is because you cannot predict what they are thinking. ¡°Overload?¡± ¡°It¡¯s been a year, Ice Queen.¡± With a tone of confirmation, Cha Jun Sung took his helmet off. His identity had been revealed without his intention. There is not much of a difference between showing himself and hiding. ¡°Hey! Overload, it¡¯s nice to meet you. I¡¯m Burke. Boom Busker. You know who I am, right?¡± ¡°Ha?¡± There are no honorifics in English. But the trantor rys the message with the person¡¯s ent, emotion, and thought process. Ice Queen spoke respectfully to Cha Jun Sung, so it sounded like she was using honorifics, but it was not so for Boom Busker because he was talking as though Cha Jun Sung is his neighborhood friend. It is not a good feeling. He does not like to meet people who are disrespectful. ¡°Don¡¯t drop the honorifics.¡± ¡°Honorifics? Aha! Does the trantor ry the message without honorifics? That¡¯s too narrow-minded.¡± Boom Busker is provoking Cha Jun Sung. To think that he would get angry over something so insignificant. Cha Jun Sung could be reacting sensitively. He would have gone past it like nothing normally, but he could not look kindly on them because of the hacking. ¡°I¡¯ll speak. I am the person in charge of this subsumption.¡± ¡°Sheesh!¡± Boom Busker fell back. It is true. He had just tagged along, but Ice Queen has all of the authority. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. The government did the hacking. We had nothing to do with it.¡± Cha Jun Sung looked relieved. Ice Queen does not lie. She is professional and she is cold and transparent like an ice queen should be. ¡°Let¡¯s just say there¡¯s nothing we can do about what¡¯s already happened. Is it right that you¡¯re here for a subsumption?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ¡°Then I will turn you down. I will not listen to the conditions. Please go back.¡± He has enough of the corporeal. The reality is a different world. He does not think that the U.S. has overwhelming influence. The only benefits they have are things that they can give in real life. Money and citizenship, giving him different kinds of conveniences or giving him points? It will be iparable to Korea, but it is all useless. Ice Queen looked at Cha Jun Sung. He did not look away. She has clear eyes that are fitting for her beauty. ¡°Of course.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± It is unexpected. Cha Jun Sung was surprised by this woman who had given up so easily. ¡°If it¡¯s a no, it¡¯s a no. This is not an issue that will change because we make an appeal.¡± If his will is set, there is no need to waste effort trying to change his mind. All she needs to do is report the results back to America. Her own duty is over. ¡°Are you joking? This easily? You think we came this far for this?¡± Boom Busker exploded in dissatisfaction of the situation. It is either he epts or rejects their proposal, but this is not it. ¡°You could be a king if youe to America. Your sry will be millions of dors, you¡¯ll have a mansion, and they¡¯ll push for 500,000 points for you. What do you think? Isn¡¯t it tempting?¡± Cha Jun Sung ignored Boom Busker and was going to go outside. As long as they have entered a mission, he might as well finish it instead of quitting. ¡°Stop! Ah, fine! Damn it! Since it won¡¯t work out anyway, let¡¯s fight!¡± ¡°Burke!¡± ¡°What good is there to fight when none of our systems are properly in ce?¡± Did he hear right? Cha Jun Sung spoke with his head half turned. Boom Busker stopped. Cha Jun Sung is saying thesame thing Ice Queen said. A ranker¡¯s possibility is the know-how of building his character to the very top. A level of fighting that is struggling in level D is just a pit. ¡°Get the battle shoot ande find meter. I¡¯ll happily beat you then.¡± Right now, they will throw a few hits and the person who throws one or two lucky punches will be the winner. The loser will feel empty for nothing. ¡°I don¡¯t want to.¡± Boom Busker took out his hand cannon and aimed it at Cha Jun Sung. It is an air cannon that explodes at once bypressing the air. It is a strong weapon like the Wolf Kill and Head Hunter. It needs to be charged for 30 seconds every time it fires, so the rate of fire is low but its power is tremendous. ¡°That¡¯s funny. So you want to force a fight on someone who doesn¡¯t want to get involved?¡± ¡°The subsumption ended so uneventfully after waiting weeks, so don¡¯t you think I have to get something out of it? It looks bad for me to just leave.¡± ¡°Overload, we¡¯ll quit the mission. Burke, quit the mission.¡± Ice Queen mediated. She was frowning. Boom Busker did not listen. He was fully prepared. ¡°Are you scared? The Overload who beat Blood King and Dark Side?¡± ¡°Why are you mentioning them? I¡¯m annoyed enough as it is because I lost to Blood King. Stop being immature and act like an adult if you¡¯re an adult.¡± His patience is running thin. Boom Busker is clinging. Ice Queen and Boom Busker realized that Cha Jun Sung had met Blood King in real life. Boom Busker spoke, ¡°You met him in a mission?¡± ¡°Overload, please understand. Busker lost to him in the virtual version.¡± ¡°Irina!¡± ¡°He¡¯s still going around doing PKs. No. Is it murder now? I don¡¯t care whether you lost to him or not. If you have something to work out with him, take it out on him.¡± The world is big, but there are no restrictions to rumors. What happens to the 36 rankers spreads faster than the wind through Lifers. ¡°Where is that asshole!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know.¡± After losing him in Field of Meat, they had not seen each other again. Cha Jun Sung was going to post him as a PK, but saw that there were thousands and left it. Now, it is more than tens of thousands. It has been a while since murdering through PK has been a method of earning points. He is also not sure if Campbell is his real name. ¡°Put the cannon down.¡± ¡°Pick up your sword!¡± -[Hercules,e back. An enemy emerged.] -[Enemy emergence!] As soon as he entered, he sent Hercules out to scope out the danger. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s gear is far inferior to that of Boom Busker¡¯s. It is obvious that he will lose with his titanium katana against Boom Busker¡¯s air cannon. There is no need to go back too far. Hercules is also his gear. Hercules broke through the wall toe in. Hearing that there is an enemy, it was taking the shortest route. There was no time to even open the door. ¡°Ack! Is that a mutant?¡± The air cannon fired a powerful air grenade. Hercules brought its arms covered in metal arm to an X in front of Cha Jun Sung to block him. Its feet dragged backwards under the pressure, but it withstood the power. Hercules put out its hand. Boom Busker swatted at the hand trying to grab him with his cannon, and dug in. He was going to fire one more. However, the extended hand quickly went back into position. The muscle strength itself is different. Hercules lifted Boom Busker by his head. If it squeezes, his head will explode like a watermelon. ¡°Overload!¡± ¡°Put him down. Kill him if he attacks again.¡± Hercules let go. Boom Busker fell on his rear. He looked back and forth between the air cannon and cyborg in surprise. He had fired at it thinking that it is a mutant, but it is in perfect condition after being hit. ¡°Is this the cyborg you received in a mission? Its battle power is impressive.¡± Had the rumor spread to America already? Cha Jun Sung was wrong. It is possible to find out just by looking into Lifer World once in a while. People who are bound to know, will know. Chapter 76 ¡°Anyway, I think I know why he lost to Blood King.¡± Cha Jun Sung looked at Boom Busker. He is not just saying it. It is true. ¡°What?¡± ¡°You¡¯re easy to read. I¡¯m pretty sure you¡¯ll lose again if you fight again. Tsk tsk!¡± Cha Jun Sung clucked his tongue and left with Hercules to hunt mutants. He wants to rest here, but it seems that would be difficult. ¡°Do you feel refreshed after making a huge fuss?¡± ¡°..... Keuk.¡± Ice Queen left those words and quit the mission. Boom Busker looked at the spot Cha Jun Sung had left through and followed her. He does not have the will to fight him when he has a monstrous cyborg. 6 Lifers form a line and attack an enormous biped mutant. They each have their roles in attacking from a short distance to a long distance. All of the equipment used for their rightful roles were level D. Metal armor is a given, and they had weapons like vibrating des or enhanced rifles. ¡°Eat this!¡± A Lifer threw a grenade at the mutant. A shot grenade and concussive shell blew up within moments of each other. The noise shook the mutant¡¯s brain and enhanced the effect of the shock. He seems to be knowledgeable in bombs. He is used to handling them. Kung! The mutant shook its head back and forth to upright its now upside down world. It was dizzy and stumbled as if it were drunk. ¡°It¡¯s stuck on the stern!¡± ¡°Dual de! Cut its achilles! Don¡¯t fail!¡± Mobility for creatures with legs begins in the lower body. For the lower body, it is the achilles. If it is disconnected, it cannot avoid limping. Even with a level 4 mutant¡¯s ability to heal, it will take dozens of minutes to put the achilles tendon back together. That is the chance to give it a wound that cannot regenerate quickly. A Lifer with twin des and arge sword went behind the stumbling mutant and took each of its legs. He is going to cut them both at the same time. With a sound like a swarm of bees flying away, the mutant¡¯s ankles split open. Red blood sttered out and the mutant fell to the ground. He pulled the twin des and sword back, shaking the blood off of them. The blood that had stained them shakes off cleanly. It shines like it is new. ¡°Lunginoose!¡± ¡°I know!¡± A Lifer who had been standing in front of the mutant put all of his strength into his body and stabbed with the spear in his hand. It is just called a spear, but it is more like a javelin. The spear prated the mutant¡¯s chest and came out through the back. It had not been done with pure strength. The spear is a vibrating weapon. Blood pours out from its mouth and chest. Its lungs must have been damaged because there are bubbles forming. The mutant swung its arms around in its sitting state so that no one coulde close. It looks ridiculous, but their bones will be shattered if they get hit and they will die if they are caught. They cannot rx until it stops breathing. ¡°re Fire! Nuclear!¡± ¡°Watch out!¡± 4 people leave their positions. The 2 who had been appointed use their firepower. re Fire used his hand cannon and Nuclear threw all types of bombs. The mutant¡¯s roar of anger became a cry. It felt that it was dying and its behavior became passive. They are Lifers who can each take on a level 3 mutant. Combining the 6 of them brought an inexpressible synergy. The mutant could not withstand the constant attacks and stopped breathing. -[You have earned 12,000 points.] ¡°Hah! That¡¯s me!¡± ¡°Ow!¡± Nuclear held up both his arms and yelled. He drew in more as a strong terrorist with offensive power. re Fire shifted his feet in regret. He was 2nd in offensive power. Lifers analyzing the offense group gave up early on. That makes it morefortable. ¡°It¡¯s tiring.¡± Tenshao put his sword back as he looked over the dead mutant. It is a great evil level 4. It is overly strong. Its disadvantage is its slow speed, so it is easier to catch among the level 4 mutants as long as they avoid getting hit. ¡°So it¡¯s possible for us toplete the early 10,000 point missions. I think we¡¯ll be able to handle 20,000 if we fill the remaining 4 and create a full party. What do you think, strategist?¡± Sonic Boom Kevin Cruise asked strategist Oliver Dan his opinion. Everyone looked at him. They will know if it is possible or not once he speaks. ¡°We can¡¯t do it.¡± The strategist showed a negative response. 20,000 points? He ispletely against it. ¡°We seeded against the evil with our skills and teamwork, but there¡¯s no guarantee that the same will work when the points are higher.¡± ¡°Even if we add members?¡± ¡°There are clear limits because quantity doesn¡¯t mean quality.¡± The strategist¡¯s exnation is simple, but it was enough to make them understand. He is one of the weakest rankers in battle, but he shows leadership because his intelligence allows him toe up with great strategies. Quick judgment and understanding the flow of events are his weapons. ¡°Let¡¯s not dwell on things that can¡¯t be. That¡¯s that, but what did they say in Korea?¡± ¡°Failure.¡± They were contacted not too long ago. They failed in subsuming Ghost Gun and Overload. From the strategist¡¯s point of view, Han Chang Jin¡¯s subsumption is not necessary. It would be good if he changed his nationality but even without that, they have a rtionship where they help each other. There is no reason to be involved in bad rtionships. ¡°Overload..... What a pity.¡± ¡°Tenshao showed a reaction!¡± Nuclear showed surprise and pointed to him. Lotus de usually does not show interest in others. ¡°It must be consciousness of a rival. If it weren¡¯t for Overload, he would have been the best with a sword.¡± Lotus de shrugged at Sonic Boom. He has a serious and heavy personality, so he does not react much even when he is being teased. It is also true. He has fought with Overload before, but he lost with a small difference. That was the result whether it was a difference in their control or weapon. ¡°How about other countries?¡± ¡°A few said they¡¯lle to America, but don¡¯t you think we¡¯re bothering them too much? Even if it¡¯s a federation, doesn¡¯t it mean we¡¯re just trying to take all of the power?¡± There are 7 rankers from America. If they seed in subsuming, they will extend close to 10 people. Of course a few will act on their own or are disruptive. ¡°So it¡¯s re Fire.¡± ¡°It¡¯s re Fire.¡± World federations and outsiders, private sectors that are neither. Large guilds are included in private sectors because they are private organizations. The term outsiders refer to those who are active on their own. ¡°Dark Side was in contact with Hell Sword.¡± ¡°Is that for real?¡± The strategist spoke in disbelief at re Fire¡¯s bomb. There are people with evil inclinations among the 36 rankers and they include Blood King, Hell Sword, Dark Side, and Tyrant. The frustrating part is that they are skilled among the top rankers. ¡°It happened not too long ago. I ran into Bloodshot by chance in a mission.¡± ¡°Ugh! He willingly told you?¡± ¡°I told him a few things too. I need to give as much as I take.¡± They do not know why, but the evil users gathered together to meet. re Fire had to hand over information on the world federation in order to hear that. If they really take it into consideration, they have neither earned nor lost anything from it. It just resolved a curiosity. ¡°It¡¯s suspicious.¡± ¡°It seemed like they were aiming to create a guild. A worldwide PK guild will appear.¡± People who cannot be underestimated have gotten together. PK Lifers are increasing by the day. Lifers stay alert in order tobat them. As their luck is running out and the radius within which they can act is narrowing, they will need to find a shield. They have no choice but to unite. They may not reach the status of a world foundation, but they will easily surpass thebination of severalrge guilds. PK Lifers are more outstanding than normal Lifers. Think about it. While fighting mutants and a wide variety of people, they naturally became resourceful and are unmatched. ¡°What a pain. First, the 6 people here, Ice Queen, Boom Busker, Iron King, and with a few people who will join soon, we have around 15 people on our side?¡± If there are 15 of 36 rankers, they reach over 40%. If they think of the people in private sectors who do not form partnerships or distractions, it is more. Compared to the evil Lifers, they are the dominant power. But as things go, it is more difficult to settle matters than it is to create them. If they are to set up barriers, it will be a serious face off. ¡°It¡¯splicated.¡± ¡°The government will create the strategy, and we just have to move as we¡¯re told to.¡± It is a response worthy of a strategist. They are refraining from personal actions. That does not mean that they will act as puppets though. They are distinct people and are in partnership with the government. ¡°Let¡¯s go back.¡± ¡°I¡¯m hungry.¡± Woong! 6 Lifers return. At the same time that Cha Jun Sung was gathering experience and points, they were also looking to the top. Chapter 77 It is a static space. 3 Lifers are waiting in afortable spot for the time they had promised to meet. It is not long now. No one spoke first. They will bring it up once everyone has gathered. Woong! A summons gate appears with a resonance. A Lifer in ck and a Lifer wearing a red sword appeared. ¡°You¡¯re here. Dark Side, Hell Sword.¡± Bloodshot wees them. They are on time. ¡°How about Tyrant?¡± ¡°He said he¡¯s busy. 5 people are it.¡± Death Spear responded to Dark Side¡¯s question on Tyrant¡¯s behalf. ¡°It¡¯s not bad for a first start.¡± Blood King is the one who had gathered them all together. Since those that are alike y together, these 6 people helped each other even in the virtual version. They spent their time with PK. And they are doing the same thing in reality. What could they do? Hunting people is more fun than hunting mutants. ¡°Bloodshot, you said you met re Fire?¡± ¡°I told him a few things to get information on the world federation. It¡¯s just what it sounds like. I didn¡¯t get much out of him, so I just grazed the surface.¡± Blood King and Dark Side, Hell Sword and Death Spear, Bloodshot and Tyrant who is not there, they fall short as a powerpared to the world federation. However, it is bigger and stronger than anyrge guild. They have already gathered guild members over the past few months. All they have to do now is to get together. If it all works out well, they will reach over hundreds of thousands. Like Blood King said, it was not bad for a start. They can build up their influence with time. ¡°If the individual is going to fight with the group, all that¡¯s left is skill.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sick of the little guys. I want to hunt those guys as soon as possible.¡± By those guys, he meant the other 36 rankers. There is nothing better than killing someone simr to experience bliss. There is as much joy as there is risk. They are confident that they would not lose against most of them in a one-on-one fight. ¡°The world federation will have gotten past 10,000 point missions. Let¡¯s slowly get to it as well.¡± ¡°That¡¯s why we got together.¡± The 5 people got together to discuss certain issues, but they also mean to get over the 10,000 wall. It is enough even if Tyrant is absent. ¡°They slowly started to move.¡± ¡°Who?¡± ¡°Overload, Weapon Master, Nine Tails, Empress Light.¡± ¡°I saw that Overload was operating a bus. Ha ha ha! Does he not have enough points?¡± ¡°He got a middle ss cyborg. If we only look at the gear, it¡¯ll be top ss.¡± 4 people spoke while Blood King watched and waited for them to stop. Bloodshot must have been bored because he cut them off. ¡°Are you watching?¡± ¡°Keep talking.¡± ¡°You met with Overload. You have to tell us what happened. Did you lose to him again?¡± When Bloodshot held his stomach andughed, Blood King¡¯s eyes nted into a re. He looked like his re could kill, but Bloodshot did not back down. ¡°It¡¯s true. You¡¯re going to fight me too?¡± ¡°No. I¡¯m thinking if I should kill you. But I¡¯ll hold back. I¡¯m against splitting.¡± Bloodshot smiled when Blood King spoke. He does not fall behind in murder or PK. He wants to reestablish an order. ¡°Stop.¡± Death Spear was watching them when he stopped them. They did not meet to do this. ¡°The atmosphere is overheating for no reason. If you have the strength to fight each other, we should go ahead andplete a mission. Since we have a grasp of each guild¡¯s system, let¡¯s stop and go.¡± Hell Sword stood up. Everyone seems to be antsy. It is a waste to fight amongst themselves. They will just have to spend their efforts on killing mutants. Blood King and Bloodshot stopped facing off and left. -[Congrattions. You have cleared the ruins copsed in a level D mission.] Cha Jun Sung was lying on his back among the rubble. He is exhausted and without strength. A few meters away, there are 3 monsters resembling moles that are dead and ripped into pieces. Hercules was also sitting against a wall. ¡°We broke it.¡± Hepleted a 7000 point mission solo. 5 level 3 mutants came out, but he and Hercules took them all without anyone¡¯s help. How could this be possible? The answer is time. 2 months had passed since he met with Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin. He evolved to develop. Points are important, but his experience is in a halfway state. Rather than wasting time here and there, he decided to focus on one thing. Lim Si Hyun thought it a pity that he had rejected, but respected his decision and did not push it further. Instead, Cha Jun Sung promised to help with the advance mission. He needs toplete the advance mission even if it is for the Koharu sisters. It will be much easier if Seven Stars and the governmentbine their strength. They had to sacrifice dozens of people, but it meantpleting 10,000 points. They intend to rest for a few months and then make an attempt at an advance mission. Cha Jun Sung brushed off the dust covered his body and went to Hercules. It is still leaning against the wall and does not stir. The aftermath of the battle must be severe. ¡°Get up.¡± ¡°54.3% of parts damaged. Of these, 39.5% is focused on the lower body. Self repairing! In 5 minutes, 12% will be repaired and movement will be possible.¡± Hercules is reporting its own damage situation. It iscking a lot of things, but it achieved the intellect of a higher cyborg because of a C ss artificial intelligence function. Outside of that, it was given basic arms and a D ss energy core, restoring the Wolf Kill to Cha Jun Sung. How many points had he used? 2 million? Regardless, he had invested a tremendous amount. If he can just rece Hercules¡¯ D ss energy core with one that is C ss, it will bepletely worth its 5 million points. He is excluding arms because they are additional options. Cha Jun Sung cleared away the wreckage that was pressing Hercules down. He is lifting rocks that weigh over hundreds of kgs with ease. It is the muscr strength of the 3rd stage of body modifications. He cannot invest all of his points solely on Hercules. He as the Lifer needs to be the subject of the missions. He stopped at a reasonable level. ¡°1.2 million for the 4th stage, 2 million for a C ss energy core. That¡¯s 3.2 millionbined.¡± That consumes 640,000 achievement points. Calcting it, it will take a little less than 3 months. When that timees, it will be much easier to purchase the battle shoot. He is the one who had made Hercules perfect and gone through the 4th stage of body modifications. A 20,000 point mission gives around 40 to 450,000? He can put his focus there. Around then, Lim Si Hyun will be in contact regarding the advance mission. ¡°You made the moles into rags. Hey, 5 minutes are up.¡± They ripped at its metal armor and shell. Since its defense crumbled, it had been inevitable that it was attacked. Its synthetic skin is hanging off of it. Hercules¡¯ mechanical legs are visible. If it had been human, it was so severely damaged that its limbs would have had to be amputated. Parts were repaired through medical treatment within minutes. An advanced cyborg starts to store a small medical robot and auxiliary parts in its body. Since this could present a shoring by itself, Cha Jun Sung also kept a few things in his spacepression bag. If he buys something, there is always somewhere to use it. He never buys anything unless there is a purpose for it. ¡°Repairplete.¡± Hercules used its arm as a support to stand up. Its walking is somewhat unstable. The mutants they fought this time yed cheap. They were weak for level 3, but they only attacked from underground without showing themselves. They were limited in ways to attack the mutants, so it took a lot of effort to kill them. They need to be visible to attack, but the mutants would hide for a while if they felt the situation was not beneficial to them. Guns are of no use, and bombs did not work either. If Hercules had not acted as bait, they would have run away. ¡°Let¡¯s go get the parts.¡± ¡°Confirmed!¡± On their way here, he had discovered a coupleputer shops and car centers. He stopped in a few of them, and there were quite a lot of useful parts. A special mission to take everything appeared as it had at the Biology Institute, but he had left it. The mission does not go away. There is plenty of time toplete the mission and go back. Cha Jun Sung upgraded his spacepression bag one step. It had been the size of a small pond until yesterday, but it was now like the bathroom of a normal family home. -[You worked hard!] -[Thank you!] -[I will return now!] The bus riders in his force went back. He is operating his bus right now. The day that all of Hercules¡¯ ws are gone is when the operation will be shut down. ¡°Let¡¯s put these in.¡± He wants to take everything, but it is multiple times the spacepression bag¡¯s allowance. He will put in as much as he can fit. Calcting by points, it wille out to about 2000. Whenever these special missions urred, Cha Jun Sung went back and took the bonus without hesitation. Even this turns out to be rewarding if he keeps at it. ¡°Even if I gather millions of points, I use all of them.¡± His points do notst when he buys this and that. Because of his continued efforts, the end was near. All he has to do is get over a few more mountains. Chapter 78 -[Ha ha! Today, Ipleted the 4th stage of body modifications and purchased the level D set!] For the first time in a while, the PDA was full of buzz. The party members have gathered to discuss. They had developed just as Cha Jun Sung had. Park Jin Hyuk does not have a cyborg. He invested his points in body modification and D ss items. No matter how he looks at it, C ss items are a long-distance haul. There is a limit to trying to withstand it with E ss. It bes destroyed just by touching a level 3 mutant. If he skimps on points, he will die. He used 500,000 points to get metal armor and to enhance his existing equipment. Currently, Park Jin Hyuk is going in and out of 5000 point missions as if he were at home. Enhancing his physical ability by 16 times made him a superhuman. He is superior to Cha Jun Sung in terms of physical ability and gear. -[How far did you extend the lifespan?] -[By 18 years. The fire will burn if we keep going like this. It¡¯s already been extended by 26 years.] From the 3rd stage of body modifications, it is more than a mere force of strength. It is optimal when the lifespan is extended and the appearance is the most voracious. Cha Jun Sung does not see a big change because he is 31 years old, but Park Jin Hyuk is different. He quickly changed to the appearance of someone in his mid 20s while going through the 3rd stage of body modifications. He grew almost 10cm and along with that, his weight and body grew as well. When Lifers open the level C store and go through body modification, there will be as much buzz as there was when the reality version first started. An old man waiting to die could go back to being in his 20s. It is different from catching a disease. Even if they can treat a disease with medicine from the store, they cannot find their youth again. It is not a value that can bepared. This is the true devil¡¯s temptation. There is the condition that they must open level C, but it is worth risking their lives. If they seed, they will live a new life. The helpers say that it is different by stage, but the 3rd and 4th stages increase the lifespan by 10 to 20 years. Cha Jun Sung also went 9 years. -[I grew a little taller too.] -[..... That¡¯s simr to me.] Cha Jun Sung felt sad. His small and cute friend had be big and gross. As the Life Mission ranking went up, surreal events happened as if they were nothing. What would they be surprised with beyond level B? -[We didn¡¯t have anything to get in level D, so we each saved up more than 1 million.] Koharu and Kyoko stay in level D. Since they cannot go through body modification, they just purchased gear, saved points, and went over 1 million. -[Leave it for level C. As soon as we go up, there will be a drought of points.] They will get stuck at the normal points if they do not have achievement points, but it is better than not having them. It is wise to save them up as much as they can. Koharu bought twin daggers with vibration, and Kyoko bought intermediate trauma medical devices. They also had metal armor as their basic protection. -[Good.] Cha Jun Sung was certain that the party members were ready. At this rate, the 5 of them including Hercules could take on 10,000 point missions. -[Let¡¯s go to a sample takeover.] -[Yes!] Park Jin Hyuk yelled into the PDA. The time hade to proceed with the sample takeover in the Biology Institute, which they had been pushing off because Cha Jun Sung was so busy. -[Is the sample takeover you¡¯re talking about the 12,000 point mission you did with Hocheon?] Koharu learned about a lot while being in a party with Park Jin Hyuk. Of that, she knew that there was a sample takeover as a linked mission in the Biology Institute. -[There is a high possibility that mission will be over in one shot like yer¡¯s Prison. It¡¯ll be dangerous, but it is perfect to test the party¡¯s power.] -[With our current state, we would be able to take on 2 level 4 mutants, so we can do a sample takeover.] Cha Jun Sung agreed with that. Judging by the points, he could expect 2 weak ones or 1 strong one. If the proceedings are simple, it will be thetter. -[There¡¯s no reason something like the Destroyer wille out, so if we just stay vignt we should be fine!] Even if a mutant at that level appears, they could take it with a concentrated attack. -[Did you figure out what it is inside?] -[I have guesses, but I can¡¯t point out exactly what it is.] -[Which one is the most likely?] -[Saman Viper.] -[A snake? Ack!] It is not a desirable animal. It is bad to have prejudices against animals, but most people do not like snakes. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group is the same. As soon as Park Jin Hyuk showed revulsion, Koharu and Kyoko also expressed their disgust. They do not like normal snakes, but it is a snake that has changed into a mutant. They cannot know until they have seen it. -[When do we go?] -[When do you think will be good?] -[Since we¡¯re on the topic, should we go in tomorrow? No one has gear to get or anything.] They have been ready. They just need to fill up their necessities and go up against them. -[I don¡¯t care.] The sisters are also in agreement. If they want to strategize, they can do it after entering the mission as well. He said that an iron door was blocking the way and the mutant was trapped inside. If they start to hesitate, there will be no end. They need to push forward. -[We¡¯re going tomorrow at noon! Sleep well and let¡¯s meet refreshed.] Resting is as important as battling. They need to soothe their minds and bodies for tomorrow. Chun Myung Ik and the guild members ran without looking back. Afterpleting the Biology Institute, they thought about it for a few months and attempted the sample takeover after finishing all preparations. Seven Stars is ying in the mid to high 10,000 area. Otherrge guilds passed the early 10,000 missions a while ago. Hocheon is in the lower ranks of therge guilds. Aste as they are to entering level D, it is not easy to catch up. They normally would have gone up from 10,000, but they skipped 2000 because they were feeling so rushed. That was a big mistake. Of 100 guild members, around 70 died. There are 12 members following him. The other 17? They are missing. They had be like this within days of opening the iron door and entering. This is all because of that level 4 mutant. -[We¡¯ll go back to the original summons area and quit the mission!] -[What about the rest of the guild members?] -[You¡¯re saying you want to stay here?] Oh Min Ho wiped his forehead with the back of his hand at Chun Myung Ik¡¯s words. He is sweating profusely. He did not think it through. If they stay, they will die. They need to survive in order to n for the future. The summons area is getting closer. If they pull down the lever once they get there, the door will close. Then they can return. They cannot quit right now because they are being chased. Kyak! -[Block it so we can close the door!] None of the guild members listened to the order. Block it? This is the same as saying, ¡®You need to die for me to live. So go die.¡¯ Kyak! That mutant senses people¡¯s temperature, so there is no point in using the odorless spray. It can find them even if they hide. They will be caught in this state where they are sweating and their body temperatures have gone up. They need to go somewhere where it cannot enter. Chun Myung Ik exchanged looks with the guild cadres. They need to buy time. Tatang! A few cadres shot the general guild members that were following behind them. They did not kill, but injured them. As they would not block the mutant, they are being forced to stay behind. Ack! Flesh and bones are being chewed. The sound itself is torture enough to drive them crazy. Chun Myung Ik ran to the door with the sole thought of living and pulled the lever down. Bang! Bang bang! The mutant is banging on the door. It is angry that it lost them and will not stop. ¡°We are quitting.¡± ¡°Quit!¡± Chun Myung Ik and his cadres rushed to quit, but it did not go as they nned. -[The angry ck Horn is looking for a different way to get past the door. You cannot quit the mission until it stops trying.] It is despair. Chapter 79 Woong! The gate spits Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group out. They are rxed. It is a confidence thates from talent. They are one of the top powers of the existing parties. ¡°Is it a room?¡± ¡°I thought we¡¯d be starting in front of that door again, but I guess not.¡± Park Jin Hyuk is right. Normally, they should have appeared in front of the door. That is what would have happened if Chun Myung Ik¡¯s group had not created chaos in the mission. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group was summoned to a small room. A bunk bed, table, desk, and cabs ¨C it is a small space where 2 people can live. ¡°Jin Hyuk.....¡± ¡°He he. It¡¯s changed a lot, right? I was really surprised when I first looked in a mirror too.¡± Park Jin Hyuk scratched his head in embarrassment. He has not just changed. Cha Jun Sung had seen him once after the 3rd stage of modifications, but he is unrecognizable now. His image as an adolescent is gone. He has the charm of a man. He is chiseled enough for people to think that he is Cha Jun Sung¡¯s friend. Koharu and Kyoko were already ustomed to the change in Park Jin Hyuk. -[Level D Mission: Bio Sample Takeover] -[Goal: Attainment] -[Description: Empire Biology Institute¡¯s linked mission. Get inside the sample storage room that is full of darkness and anger, and take the bio samples.] -[Reward: 12,000 points. Lucky box.] Cha Jun Sung read the mission description. The keyword is ¡®full of darkness and anger¡¯. It means the level 4. There is nothing out of the ordinary. ¡°Hercules, go.¡± ¡°Mission confirmed!¡± Hercules ripped the iron door open. Hercules was going to open the door gently, but it was rigid after being unused for so long. Hercules took the head with Cha Jun Sung and the sisters in the center, and Park Jin Hyuk taking the rear. It is the optimal formation in case of a surprise attack from the level 4. ¡°It doesn¡¯t look like the beginning or middle. The configuration is different.¡± Park Jin Hyuk spoke. It helps to get their grounds because it is an area they have been to. They cannot be sure, but they seem to have been summoned to an untargeted area. ¡°We¡¯ll have to go out to a wider space.¡± ¡°What are you going to do about mutants? Ignore? Don¡¯t you think we need to kill them?¡± They chose to annihte the mutants. If they find the path and get the samples, it is over. Cha Jun Sung is thinking that they need to catch the mutants. That would give him peace of mind. If it was a ce that they could escape easily, it would not be worth 12,000 points. Afterpleting various types of missions, he can expect the obvious situations. It is likely that the mutants¡¯ habitat is nearby. They could run into trouble while trying to avoid it. It is not conceit. It would be better if they do not have a run-in, but what if they cannot avoid it? Rather than suffering a surprise attack, it is wise of them to create a situation that is advantageous to them and wait. It is a method that Lifers actually use often. ¡°It¡¯s okay if there is just 1, but it¡¯s dangerous if 2e out with the underlings.¡± It is naive to think that the point value decides the mutants¡¯ strength and numbers. Even if it is based on difficulty, it is not an absolute. Here, the entire process is included. The difficulty could be evenly divided as 12,000, or concentrated in one ce as 12,000. yer¡¯s Prison is a mutation. The male made the mission a mess. He had been lucky, and it cannot be said that Cha Jun Sungpleted the mission under normal conditions. If it had not been for Hercules, they would have been wiped out. ¡°A Destroyer is too much, but I can take on most mutants by myself.¡± ¡°Did you?¡± ¡°I went into 10,000 point missions with Koharu and Kyoko a few times. There was one that gave 12,000 points, but it died when I got the shot to his head with the rifle.¡± Park Jin Hyuk and the sisters had secretly gone past the boundary. Would they have done it blindly? There was a reason for it. ¡°Jun Sung, you¡¯ve never seen Jin Hyuk fight before, right?¡± ¡°No.¡± Kyoko calls his name in a friendly manner. At some point, it had be easy to address him. Cha Jun Sung had been so busy operating the bus that he had not been able to go into a proper mission with his party members. They only warmed up a bit asionally. ¡°He only shoots his gun when you¡¯re here because he doesn¡¯t need to get involved, but he swept the mutants when it was just us. He¡¯s not the little kid he was a few months ago.¡± Park Jin Hyuk yelled ¡®Kyoko, what do you mean a little kid!¡¯ and she stuck her tongue out at him. There is no hesitation in their actions. Their rtionship has be that close. Cha Jun Sung asked Koharu if what Kyoko was saying is true. ¡°You¡¯ll be surprised when you see for yourself. Don¡¯t think of him just as a sniper now.¡± Even Koharu is praising Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s ability to battle. He is curious. What had been happening while they were apart? What is he fighting like? ¡°Heat detected 62m in front! Command ess if you would like confirmation!¡± Cha Jun Sung came back to reality. Hercules must have discovered suspicious matter and is waiting for his permission. It is like a moving sensor. ¡°Go armed.¡± Zing! Hercules strengthened its shell and used the metal armor. It turned its left hand into a vibrating weapon and left the right for analysis purposes. Cha Jun Sung waited slowly. There is no rush. If the silence is maintained, it means that Hercules did not detect a mutant on its sensor. -[Analysisplete! 100% probability that it is human! Estimated time of falling is 10 minutes ago!] 10 minutes means that it was right before Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group entered. They must have left it as Cha Jun Sung and his group entered. Cha Jun Sung went where his party and Hercules were. There were no danger signals and he did not catch mutants with his superhuman senses. ¡°It¡¯s hard. A few minutester and it wouldn¡¯t have been detected with heat sensors.¡± They had been able to discover it because it still had a weak heat. If it had been a littlete, they might have just passed by it because it would have bepletely cold and hard. ¡°It¡¯s weak, but the wind is blowing the other way. That must be why we didn¡¯t sense it.¡± Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s senses should have been able to pick up the smell of blood 62m away. The smell grew farther from them because the wind blew it in the opposite direction. ¡°It¡¯s going somewhere.¡± Cha Jun Sung traced the blood. It is not pooled, but continuing somewhere. If they follow it, they would be able to find the wounded or dead. ¡°Someone entered.¡± ¡°And they must have failed.¡± A re-entry had urred. If they hadpleted it, the mission would have disappeared. ¡°Could it be Hocheon?¡± ¡°They would havee around now, but it¡¯s weird if 100 people came and were exterminated. Is it that strong? Or..... it could be a unique species.¡± Cha Jun Sung nces around the area. It is dark. It does seem like the helpers increased the power, but it is so dark that it is difficult to get visibility. ¡°I guess it uses its head.¡± ¡°Bingo.¡± Koharu gave her opinion. She gets a vague idea of the mutant. As it is a familiar environment, it is perfect if hunting under protection. ¡°You said that something that uses its smarts is weak so it¡¯ll be easier to take on than something that has bodily strength.¡± ¡°Should I say that¡¯s a dpensation? Even if it¡¯s intellectual, it¡¯s a level 4. It needs to fit some kind of standards to be assigned that title. If there is a big difference, it bes more particr.¡± It is easier for Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk to take on a mutant that uses its head to hide itself rather than something that uses bodily strength. It is still weak. However, it is the worst case scenario if anything appears in front of a normal Lifer. The mutant uses its intellect? Even if they know its attack, they do not have the potential to follow through. ¡°Let¡¯s follow the blood.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± They need to find the path that goes to the sampleb. They would rather not just walk around blindly. They need to look into the issue regarding the blood first. Chapter 80 Cha Jun Sung nudged the gun with his foot. Blood is sticky on it. Leftovers from eating. There are traces of Lifers everywhere. They saw a lot of blood on their way here, but this is where they started to see bones and flesh. ¡°It¡¯s the iron door.¡± ¡°That¡¯s the door we sawst time, right?¡± ¡°I think so.¡± Cha Jun Sung touched the door. He could feel where it was dented everywhere. They were not created by firearms. It had been pounded on with a massive body. It seems to be incredible strong and would withstand a bomb going off. He tried knocking. The door shook a little because of his muscr strength. The repulsive force is tremendous. He can say it for sure. It is impossible to break down with strength alone. ¡°Lifers would have tried to go out through this door because it was safe.¡± ¡°So the first summons area is outside?¡± ¡°Probably.¡± When theypleted the Biology Institute, the mutant was blocked by the iron door. If they had returned outside that, they would have opened this to enter. ¡°Jun Sung if you¡¯re right, the outside is safe and the inside is dangerous. So why have we been summoned to where it is dangerous? There¡¯s no reason our helpers would go crazy.¡± ¡°Why do you think it is. The outside must have be dangerous because the Lifers made a fuss.¡± They do not know how but there is no doubt that the mutant got outside. The force must have gotten to its habitat and caused severe trouble. What if it had chased them out of anger and the summons area had changed? The helpers had decided on the inside as the summons area because it had be safe! Cha Jun Sung thought about the mission to ¡®get through the darkness and anger¡¯ again. ¡°Let¡¯s just do the mission. We came around for no reason.¡± They cannot go out and there is no reason to go out. They had followed the blood thinking that it would lead them to the sampleb, but it had taken them farther away. Tak. ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°You heard something outside, right?¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group stopped walking. They heard a sounding from the iron door. There is no way they could have heard it wrong. All 4 of them heard it. It was the sound of a hand hitting the door. ¡°Hercules, can you scan it?¡± ¡°Scanning iron door..... I cannot perform themand! The thickness is greater than the sight allows!¡± He had a feeling it would not work, but he had ordered it anyway. ¡°Who is it?¡± ¡°Are you a survivor?¡± Someone is calling out to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. The trantor is not changing what they are saying. It is Korean. The possibility that it is Hocheon grew higher. ¡°Say where you are from.¡± ¡°What is he saying.¡± Park Jin Hyuk was taken aback. From? What does he mean where are they from? Is he thinking that they are force members? ¡°This mission opened because it was considered a fail. What guild are you from?¡± ¡°Fail..... Right. We failed it.¡± ¡°I asked what guild you¡¯re from.¡± When the man spoke gibberish instead of responding, Park Jin Hyuk repeated his question. ¡°I am Chun Myung Ik of Hocheon. And what about you? Seven Stars? Enemy Dragon? Goblin?¡± He is listing therge guilds in Korea. This is what Chun Myung Ik is hoping for. He needs a strong force. ¡°Private sector.¡± ¡°He he he! You¡¯re crazy. You came here on your own! Are you a force? What about your members?¡± ¡°4 people, no 5?¡± ¡°Ha ha ha ha!¡± He is notughing because it is funny. He is resigned in disbelief. Right now, Hocheon will be recruiting members in order to enter the mission. Entry into the mission has been blocked because Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group came in. To think that the rescuers they had been waiting for are just 5 people ¨C half of a party. ¡°Open the door for us.¡± ¡°No. If we open the door, that monster will get out. I¡¯m sure it¡¯s in the vicinity.¡± Chun Myung Ik thought that they were alive as part of its tricks. It is leaving them alive to get all of them at the same time once the door is open. ¡°You abandoned your guild members and closed the door, right?¡± Chun Myung Ik shook. He could not deny it right away. ¡°I just said it to see, but I guess I was right. Asshole!¡± Park Jin Hyuk is cursing at Chun Myung Ik. He did not like him to being with, so he might as well swear all he wants now. Cha Jun Sung and the Koharu sisters did not stop him either. ¡°You¡¯re not going to open it?¡± ¡°Why should I?¡± ¡°You¡¯re dumb, right? Our summons area was inside. If the mutant is here, would the helpers have summoned us here? They did it because it¡¯s not inside.¡± Chun Myung Ik did not understand what Park Jin Hyuk was saying for a moment. But he quickly understood. With his head? No, it was with his body. It was not by will butpulsory. *** Wind leaks out. Shivers run down their spines. Their backs be wet with sweat. How are they hearing it so close? Shouldn¡¯t they be hearing it from the other side of the door? A different voice sounds from the inability to protest. Chun Myung Ik¡¯s eyes roll around. The other 8 guild members also show anxiety and look around their surroundings. It looks like closing the door had only been a makeshift barrier. When they first discovered that it is a ck Ghost, a few of the guild members had been confident that they had a strategy with which to take it on. They said that because it is specialized in darkness, it will be averse to light. They had thrown a photothermal bomb because they figured light would excite it and make ite at them. It is correct that they do not like the light. It is also correct that it will excite them. They were wrong that it woulde at them. ck Ghosts quickly hide their bodies when they are exposed to light. Then it appeared when the photothermal bomb¡¯s effect disappeared. They repeated throwing the bomb and having it disappear to reappear a few times. The amount of bombs they had kept decreasing. They need to throw 5 or 6 to light up the entire space. There are so many ces to hide, so it just kept retreating where it needed to wherever the light struck. Photothermal bombs are a necessity, but they do not pack as many of them as they do bombs. When they finally realized that they were down by a lot, they were almost all out. That is when it started to make the sound of wind seeping out and attacked. It covers a few bullets with a sturdy coat. Even if it prated, it got caught in the muscle and could not use its strength. There are missions where attacks from the virtual work and there are missions where it does not. Chun Myung Ik had been unlucky and got caught with thetter. It is a dire error. Again. The ck Ghost they had encountered until now attacked as soon as it let out the sound of wind. It is a signal to let them know its location. But it made the sound twice and did not attack. They need to find it before it attacks. The raid leader wiped his helmet when it felt like something was bothering it. There is yellow and sticky mucus on it. He instinctively turned his head and looked up. A dark and red space swallowed him. There is a fishy smell and his hip hurt. He is sleepy. He cannot sleep..... But he is so sleepy. The ck Ghost¡¯s mouth rips the raid leaders upper body. The lower body ils and pours blood. His body has been cut in half. It is a snake but does not swallow its meat and chews it like a carnivore. Its saw like teeth made Chun Myung Ik feel faint. Die! Pew pew pew pew! The ck Ghost shakes its head. It is hanging by its tail and is moving freely in the air. The only thing is that it cannot move beyond a certain distance. ¡°Over there!¡± ¡°Ack!¡± A raid leader pointed somewhere. It is a venttor that is full of the ck Ghost. 60% of its body had alreadye out. The rest is a matter of time. It is not a width that the ck Ghost could fit its body through, but the snake¡¯s physical characteristics and its determination to get out was making the impossible possible. The ck Ghost had made noise because it had contracted its body as much as it could in order to get through the vent, and had finally released its breath once its head came out. Bang bang! The raid leaders threw bombs even though Chun Myung Ik had not ordered them to. However, the ck Ghost is hanging so high that they cannot reach it. The explosives were not delivered properly. And while it moved around to avoid the bullets, the rest of its 40% slipped out. Bang! The ck Ghost brought its massive weight onto the ground. Its length reaches over 15m. It is so thick that 2 adults would be able to wrap their arms around it. Scales that look as hard as turtle shells cover its entire body. There are horns on its forehead, and they arerger than a human¡¯s legs. The worst is its head. It did not have a snake head, but looked like the head of a carnivorous dinosaur was taken off and put on it. It is a mutant that evolved from a snake. Chapter 81 As soon as the ck Ghost came down, it hid. Guns do not have much effect but bombs are dangerous, so it is avoiding a face on battle. ¡°Ah!¡± ¡°Keuk!¡± Chun Myung Ik and the raid leaders are shaking in fear. It is 15m long but it has an sticity that makes it 50% longer when it is attacking. With the width of this room, most of them are within range. Once it propels its body, they would not be able to detect how quickly it protracting and retracting even with their modified bodies. It also avoids detection with their sensors because it can control its body temperature. It has all of the conditions necessary for assassination. Chun Myung Ik slipped back without anyone knowing. He must not provoke the ck Ghost. He moved toward the lever. Even if they are put in a more dangerous situation, that is something to think aboutter. If they die now, there is noter. Chun Myung Ik pulled down the lever he had put up. When the door went up, he saw Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group standing there with nk looks. ¡°What is this asshole doing? He wouldn¡¯t open the door when we asked him to.¡± Park Jin Hyuk went outside and put his face in front of Chun Myung Ik¡¯s. Behind him, Park Jin Hyuk saw a mutant resembling a snake and 7 guild members. Nearly half of the ck Ghost was covered in darkness. It is blurry. ¡°There are only the master, vice master, and raid leaders. What about the regr guild members?¡± He is not asking because he does not know. The superior members sacrificed the lower ones so that they could live. It is sickening. He wanted to kill them. ¡°Huh?¡± Chun Myung Ik ignored Park Jin Hyuk and pulled the lever down again and went inside. The door that had gone up about 2m wasing down. It will close in 10 seconds. Park Jin Hyuk let go of the lever in the middle. The door is open without going up or down. Chun Myung Ik is ring as if he wants to kill him. Should he dig out his eyes? ¡°Hurry up and put it down! We¡¯ll die!¡± ¡°Let¡¯s get it.¡± Cha Jun Sung was watching them and took opposite actions to Chun Myung Ik¡¯s. Even if they get away from it now, they will be tracked. It is better to end it here. ¡°What about this asshole?¡± ¡°Catch him.¡± Cha Jun Sung is just as disgusted by Chun Myung Ik as Park Jin Hyuk is. Because he abandoned his guild members? That is a part of it, but he opened the door without hesitation upon danger when he had not opened it when they asked him to. He cannot just let that go. ¡°Number 617 Cha Jun Sung?¡± Chun Myung Ik recognizes his face. Did he make an impression when he killed the Spectre? ¡°Hercules, watch him so he can¡¯t do anything stupid. Kill him if you sense anything suspicious.¡± ¡°Mission confirmed! Kill on condition!¡± Woong! Hercules¡¯s arms turned into a vibrating weapon and buster, and went into surveince mode. He is someone who abandons others. He needs to be suppressed so there are no further damages. ¡°Cyborg!¡± ¡°Koharu and Kyoko, get ready.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Kyoko is a medic and Koharu was an assassin in the virtual version, but she is now a level D Lifer. It is too much to have her fight against a level 4 when she has only gone through the 2nd stage of body modifications. Cha Jun Sung turned on the Wolf Kill. Park Jin Hyuk wore the Head Hunter on his shoulder as well. Kyak! The ck Ghost hiding in the darkness looked at the both of them and prepared to attack. ¡°Do you know what it is?¡± ¡°No.¡± It is an unfamiliar species to Cha Jun Sung as well. It is something he did not see in South America. There are a lot of mutants in the snake line in Asia. Lifers from that area might know. He had thought it was a Saman Viper, but he was wrong. It is a snake, so did he get half of it right? ¡°Do you want to try fighting it?¡± ¡°Jun Sung, there might not be a turn for you.¡± Cha Jun Sung took a step back and Park Jin Hyuk went forward. He can sense the ck Ghost¡¯s movement. It seems to be watching him. Should he take it through a loop? Park Jin Hyuk turned around. The ck Ghost did not miss his movement. Pang! The contracted muscles released and it went forward like a spring. It is a tremendous speed. Cha Jun Sung was not able to see the scene clearly either. Park Jin Hyuk somersaults in ce. While he was turning, the ck Ghost¡¯s mouth opened and grazed under his feet. It is grosslyrge. ¡°Asshole.¡± Park Jin Hyuk stepped on the ck Ghost¡¯s face and ran, triggering the Head Hunter. He powered through the shell and created a wound. Blood is seeping out. It is a weak woundpared to its body, but it does get wounded. ¡°Try and catch me.¡± Park Jin Hyuk runs. He jumps over obstacles and rides walls. There is a centrifugal force that creates the perception that he has glue on his feet. Tang tang tang! He fires the Head Hunter from that state. He does not make the mistake of falling down. He circled the ck Ghost and showed the essence of firing on the move. His shots get their hit 100 out of 100 times. Chun Myung Ik¡¯s group witnessed this wonder and were in awe. He is firing his gun while moving at that speed and hitting his target. They could not dream of this kind of movement. He surpasses the speed that a human can move in. Bang! The ck Ghost¡¯s tail flies toward Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s stomach. It did not aim exactly, but its precise sense showed it where its enemy is located. When Park Jin Hyuk avoided the tail, it hit the facility¡¯s wall. It is a disposed strike. ¡°Impressive.¡± Not even the Head Hunter¡¯s force can prate the muscles. It would die if he hit it with hundreds or thousands of bullets, but his stamina would not be able to handle that. He may act rxed, but he is not really. He is fighting with all of his power, paying attention to avoiding it while concentrating on attacking it. Even if his stamina has increased, it will drop because it is not just replenished. ¡°It¡¯s doable?¡± ¡°Its coat is the problem! Ugh! I¡¯ll need to use an explosive bomb! Stand back!¡± Park Jin Hyukunched an explosive bomb. The space is narrow so fragments will fly, but he needs to use a bomb if he is to wound the ck Ghost. Bang! The explosive that is embedded in the coat goes off and its flesh stters. It really is strong. The level 4 mutant¡¯s regeneration heals the wound. Park Jin Hyuk used all types of bombs to wound it, and used a small advantage to disturb its attention. ¡°If it was just a little wider!¡± They estimate that the ck Ghost is rated low. It is not strong. If the space to battle was not the size of a gym, he would have won a long time ago. Tatang! Park Jin Hyuk is no longer a sniper who attacks from one ce. He is a versatile Lifer who can create a melee with his excellent physical ability. ¡°I won¡¯t be able to win either.¡± Cha Jun Sung isughing. It is an impressive development. He can tell how hard Park Jin Hyuk worked on himself over thest 2 months. Even if he is weak, he can fight with a level 4. He would be able to put up in level C as well. Of course they do not intend to attempt level C until they have their battle shoots. Bang bang bang! The battle is bing fierce. The ck Ghost epted Park Jin Hyuk to be on his own level. It gets slower as it is wounded. Its stamina has reached the limit. ¡°I¡¯m ending it.¡± Cha Jun Sung took his Wolf Kill and leapt high. He jumped about 3 or 4 meters in the air. He brandished the Wolf Kill at the ck Ghost¡¯s neck. It felt something behind it, tensed the muscles in its neck, and turned its head. When Cha Jun Sung looked next to him, he saw a mouth full of blood and fleshing towards him. It is a strained situation. Tang! A bullet flies by the ck Ghost¡¯s eyes. It stops its attack in surprise. ¡°My heart.¡± ¡°Its senses are good because it¡¯s a snake.¡± Snakes are naturally gifted hunters. Since it has be a mutant from that state, it may as well be a murder weapon. ¡°Support me.¡± ¡°We need to annoy it.¡± Tatang! He is only aiming at its face. Cha Jun Sung held the Wolf Kill and faced it from the front. The ck Ghost is getting pushed back because they havebined their strength. ¡°How!¡± Is that possible with the D ss store? It does not make sense. There is no way they are level D. Level C? There are Lifers who have already gotten past the advance mission? Chun Myung Ik looked at Hercules guarding him and the Koharu sisters waiting in the rear. Do those women also have simr abilities? And what is this cyborg? Was Cha Jun Sung so great? ¡®There¡¯s someone named Cha Jun Sung who went into a mission with Hocheon, right?¡¯ ¡°Ah!¡± He remembered his meeting with Lim Si Hyun. He had been looking for Cha Jun Sung. He had received a small reward for giving him information. Why was he looking for him? It isplicated. If they kill the mutant, will they leave him alone? ¡°Respiratory symptoms discovered from heart and pulse rate! Wavering pupils indicate increase in the probability that he will show adverse reactions! Closely monitored!¡± Hercules who had been monitoring everything, focused on Chun Myung Ik. It had detected that he is having other thoughts by his external reactions. ¡®That¡¯s a function that isn¡¯t in lower level cyborgs.¡¯ There are a few lower level cyborgs in Hocheon as well. They are useless in battle, but they are often used instead of the manpower theyck. If the function is not in a lower level, middle? If he is a Lifer who has a middle ss cyborg? ¡°Overload?¡± He knows that Overload is Korean. He saw the blog asionally. There have been rumors on Lifer World recently that someone is operating a bus with a cyborg. Then it was true? Is that why Lim Si Hyun was looking for Cha Jun Sung? ¡®This.....¡¯ Embarrassment is washing over him. Everyone is so impressive. They are taking on the ck Ghost on their own when he had not been able to do it even with a force dying around him. He wants to nder Cha Jun Sung, but it is hard to do because he is being monitored. The reality that he must sit down and wait until the battle is over was painful. Kyak! The ck Ghost screams. All of its intestines were spilling out. Judging by the flow of events, it would be caught in no time. As expected, the battle ended soon after. Chapter 82 The lower half of the ck Ghost was cut and the giant toppled over. There are gashes and bullet wounds all over its body. It is the work of Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk. It has fallen over but it is still alive, gasping for breath. ¡°Are you okay?¡± ¡°Ow! Are you really asking? A few ribs and an arm is broken. It really hurts.¡± Park Jin Hyuk went towards Cha Jun Sung, who was sitting against a wall. He cannot stand up without support. He had been hit by the ck Ghost while fighting with it at a short distance. He flew 10m. If it had not been for the body modification, his guts would have ruptured from the impact of the tail and hitting the wall and he would have died. Kyoko took a box out of her spacepression bag. The outside is in, but it is a medical device worth 400,000 points for intermediate trauma treatment. Wiing. It must have a fingerprint detecting function on it because as soon as Kyoko put her hand to it, it expanded into a box the size of a person. It was like looking at an operating table in an operating room. 2 medical robots the size of a person¡¯s fist and hundreds of medical robots smaller than a millet were waiting. There is also aputer that check the patient¡¯s state. It shows an MRI and X-ray in real time as a hologram. ¡°Jin Hyuk, get Jun Sung on the table.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± Park Jin Hyuk supported Cha Jun Sung and got him on the operating table. It is cozy andfortable. A slight raise over the table is full of machinery. ¡°Scan the patient.¡± -[Scanning..... Scanplete. 5 ribs and left arm broken from impact of crash, minor damages to organs, surgery difficulty 56%. Will you start the procedure?] ¡°Start.¡± -[Alert. Starting operation is impossible. Level 4 mutant associated with parasites harmful to humans and powerful virus detected 30m away. Expeditemand.] It is referring to the ck Ghost. The snake is full of parasites and viruses. It is the worst environment for the medical device that needs to ensure protection for its patient. ¡°I¡¯ll die. I¡¯m a patient.¡± Kyak! Park Jin Hyuk threw a fever shot at the ck Ghost. The heat went into the wound and went off inside. It became a grilled snake. -[You have earned 12,000 points.] -[Incineration confirmed.] -[Operation starting.] The medical robots apply anesthetic to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s side and arm, and incise the flesh. He can see the broken bones, but he does not feel the pain. The bigger robot holds the wound open, and the smaller robots go in to match the bones like a puzzle. They also treated the injuries like fractures. Kyoko is not staying still either. Like the medical student that she is, she was using surgical instruments that the average person would not have been able to use, in supporting the medical robots. ¡°What should I do with you?¡± Park Jin Hyuk talked to himself and walked toward Hocheon. They cannot move an inch because Hercules is still monitoring them. ¡°Did you open the door?¡± Under a grip strong enough to break his neck, Chun Myung Ik is lifted from the ground. Park Jin Hyuk shook the arm that was holding him up. Chun Myung Ik tried to use his strength to get out of Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s grip, but he just got dragged around. ¡°You asshole. You¡¯re selfish trash. I asked if you opened the door. It¡¯s bad enough that you survived after abandoning your guild members, but you have the nerve to abandon the people you abandoned with again?¡± The raid leaders including Oh Min Ho put their heads down. They are embarrassed. They know how it feels to be abandoned after experiencing it for themselves. They must have resented them as they died. Even as they fell endlessly into hell. ¡°You guys acted so big in the Biology Institute. Cat¡¯s got your tongue now?¡± Park Jin Hyuk tapped Chun Myung Ik¡¯s face with his other hand. He had changed from his obedient self as an effect of the body modification. He is controlling the madness, but a part of his personality has changed. It is not severe, but the change showed when something makes him feel bad. ¡°You want to die?¡± Chun Myung Ik felt the cold in Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s voice. He is sincere. It is attacking powerparable to level 4. If he makes his move, he cannot live. To die here? He is the master of Hocheon. He needs to escape this danger. ¡°I¡¯m ¨C I¡¯m sorry about what happened before. I¡¯ll do anything you want.¡± Park Jin Hyuk punched him in the stomach. He still has note to his senses. -[Operation over!] [The bones and flesh have not healed, so battle is prohibited for a few hours.] While an inclement atmosphere was rising, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s operation waspleted. He endured the pain he felt in his ribs and arm, and got up. The medical robots that had been moving busily, stopped and went back to their ces. Then the operation room folded and became a cube again. It is a huge innovation in the medical field, but it is really expensive. ¡°Should I kill him? I think I could kill an asshole like this without a conscience.¡± While going through missions, there will be a day when they kill a person instead of mutants. He could evenugh while killing someone like Chun Myung Ik. ¡°There¡¯s no reason for us to go through the trouble of killing him ourselves. I¡¯m just going to give him a little punishment.¡± The Wolf Kill with the vibration activated, shes. Chun Myung Ik¡¯s hand is cut off and blood pours out. It had happened in the blink of an eye. ¡°Ack! My arm!¡± Cha Jun Sung put his Wolf Kill in the PDA that came off the wrist. Since the PDA is important equipment that allows the Lifer and helper tomunicate, it is strong enough to withstand force but it is not invincible. Bang! After he stabbed it a few times, it shattered. A Lifer without a PDA? Hocheon¡¯s guild members did not interfere with Cha Jun Sung. ¡°Ack! Cha Jun Sung!¡± ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± After exerting strength, his body is trembling. Cha Jun Sung, Park Jin Hyuk, and the others went through the door. Only Chun Myung Ik and Hocheon were left inside. ¡°Mi ¨C Min Ho. Guys. I¡¯m sorry. Please link the PDA!¡± In the case where someone does not have a PDA, someone else can specially link them to send them back to the briefing room. They just need that person¡¯s permission. ¡°Why should I?¡± Oh Min Ho¡¯s tone is cold. The raid leaders were not looking at him kindly either. ¡°I know why Cha Jun Sung said that he would not need to get his own hands dirty. Vice master ¨C no ¨C master, we will follow your orders.¡± Chun Myung Ik thought he had heard wrong. Master? Oh Min Ho is the master? ¡°I¡¯m the master!¡± ¡°If the master is gone, doesn¡¯t the vice master have to take his ce?¡± ¡°What?¡± Chun Myung Ik started thinking. His older brother is not talented as a Lifer. Oh Min Ho is technically in the Daeho group bloodline. He is a distant cousin. Oh Min Ho snickered. It is thest of the man who controlled his subordinates with power instead of heart. If Chun Myung Ik dies, he gets Hocheon. ¡°You ¨C you assholes!¡± ¡°You know well too, right? If a Lifer without a PDA remains in a mission, the mission disappears from the list and he is trapped inside forever.¡± If he is disconnected from his helper, he cannot live or die. He cannot go back to earth, and must live in the same space as mutants until he dies. The chance of meeting Liferspleting missions in other zones is like winning the lottery. He cannot even take on a level 3 mutant with his bare body, so he will most likely die before then. ¡°Try your luck at staying alive, master.¡± ¡°You!¡± Oh Min Ho pushed Chun Myung Ik by his chest when he tried to charge at him with his foot. He fell over easily after being weakened from blood loss. How long will hest? The raid leader lowered the lever. The door that Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group went through, closed. Pew pew pew pew! He fires at the lever. ck smoke poured from machinery that had be like honeb. This is in case Chun Myung Ik tries to go looking for Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. They also considered that Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group might change their minds and go back for him. Woong! The raid leaders quit the mission and returned to each of their briefing rooms and reality. Oh Min Ho stayed until the end and left Chun Myung Ik with thest words, ¡°I¡¯ll inherit it well.¡± Chun Myung Ik passed out at this reality that was making him crazy. His mentality is already weak because of his wound. It surpassed a shock that he could handle. Hah! As he was losing consciousness, he heard Oh Min Ho¡¯sughter. It is the end. Chapter 83 ¡°Jun Sung, you¡¯re not preventing it?¡± ¡°Are you an angel?¡± ¡°He he!¡± He had made the decision after drawing up a rough picture. Cha Jun Sung felt strong hostility in the way Oh Min Ho and the raid leaders were looking at Chun Myung Ik. He did sin, but it is difficult to see as something that it worthy of dying over. That is why he broke his PDA and threw him to the wolves. The wolves would dispose of him. They could save him, but the probability of that is very low. Even if they stop resenting him, they will not lose an opportunity. If they kill him, they take Hocheon. Honestly, Chun Myung Ik and Oh Min Ho¡¯s group are the same type of people. The only difference was whether they wronged them or not. It is all well-earned punishment. Time is passing. It has been 3 days since Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group entered the mission. A mutant appeared once in a while, but most of them were level 1 or 2 and there were not many level 3. Even those were weak as the ck Ghost¡¯s offspring. It does not seem like there will be more level 4. It would be okay to just send Hercules. ¡°If it¡¯s not here, it means that it¡¯s in a secret location.¡± ¡°That¡¯s probably right.¡± They are searching through everything because they do not know the location of the sampleb. Over a few days, ces that seem usible showed up once in a while. ¡°Hercules, break it.¡± Bang! Hercules is beating the door. It does not have a knob. Since they do not know how to get in, they can only force entry. It must not be a very solid door because it broke quickly. ¡°Found it.¡± ¡°Looks like it.¡± ¡°Wow! It¡¯s packed with samples like it is in the movies!¡± When they went deeper inside, there was a motley of samples stored in a cool frost. They do not know how the freezer is on. They do not want to know either. All they have to do isplete the mission and get the points. ¡°What¡¯s what?¡± -[It is the 3rd blue bottle on the top left, 4th row.] What has gotten into it? Zephyrus spoke to Park Jin Hyuk. It is really quiet, but it is being friendly and telling him which sample will allow him toplete the mission. ¡°Odin, is that the goal?¡± -[That is right.] When Cha Jun Sung asked for confirmation, Odin responded immediately. Normally, he would have said ¡®Figure it out for yourself¡¯ or acted like he is invisible. -[You have attained the samples. You have cleared the sample takeover.] ¡°Is itplete? Hercules, look around to see if there are any items that would be worth points.¡± Once Hercules returns, they will go back. It would be good if it came back with something. Hercules looked around outside and came with a strange locker. When it put it down and they looked through it, it was just full of documents in English. ¡°Let¡¯s go back.¡± ¡°Hold on.¡± Kyoko is reading the documents. Is there something interest in there? As she is interested in the medical field, she has a lot of curiosity regarding the mutants and Biology Institute. ¡°Aphrodite, is this true?¡± -[It is true.] ¡°What is?¡± Park Jin Hyuk asked Kyoko. She did not answer, and kept reading. There is so much of it that she cannot take it all in at once. ¡°I¡¯ll have to take this back to read it. Give me a few days.¡± ¡°Huh? Sure.¡± Cha Jun Sung spoke without concern. He could probably trante it if he put his mind to it, but left it to her thinking that there is no point. Woong! They are returning. They felt uneasy about the ordeal with Chun Myung Ik, but they finished safely without problems. They could increase the difficulty. When Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group was returning, the helpers were discussing the documents they had taken. -[Odin, shouldn¡¯t you have made it so they couldn¡¯t read the documents?] -[All they can find out with those is just the tip of the iceberg.] -[The world is different too.] -[The world is different at the tip of the iceberg too, but we can hide it.] -[As long as Life Mission has been created, the secret will be revealed. We cannot block everything. Even if they take a guess and find something out, it will be buried quickly.] It is all for the Three. Since they are Lifers who have opened level C, it is okay to reveal a small part of the secret to them. They deserve that much. If Cha Jun Sung had heard them talking, he would not have known what it was about. What is what? Three? Secret? -[Will the 36 rankers be able to develop to level S? Or even level A?] -[It¡¯s not if they can do it. Get rid of any suspicion. They need to do it since the purpose of creating Life Mission was to kill them.] -[The one chance to rally for one mistake. We are only given one opportunity! We cannot afford anything else. It is the end if we fail. Keep that in mind.] The helpers are silent. It is so. The rankers need to die for this war to end. It is already toote, but that is the only way if they are to fix the situation. Chapter 84 Kyoko found a dictionary on medical and cytology terms, and looked over the documents. What she had briefly read was interesting. There is useless content mixed in, but she looked those over once and tossed them. They were unimportant andplicated getting to the point. She had asked Cha Jun Sung for a few days, but she could tell that would not be possible once she started working on them. So she extended it by a week. Honestly, Cha Jun Sung would have given her a month if she had asked for it. He cannot force missions on her. She has a personal life too. She only has to participate in the advance mission. They need to cross over to level C. -[These documents deal with the onset of the A virus that urred in the world of Lifers. Pharmaceuticalpany Empire researched this.] -[Empire isn¡¯t the one that made it?] -[No. The method to make it isn¡¯t here. It says that there was a sudden outbreak.] The A virus appeared out of nowhere. It contaminated all life forms including people, animals, and nts. Like the top pharmaceuticalpany in the world, Empire studied the A virus. It is not in pursuit of profit. They were trying to make a vine. The Institute that Cha Jun Sung performed was basically a vine manufacturer as well. -[Is the sample we took the virus or the vine?] -[It¡¯s the vine.] -[If they created a vine tobat the disease, why is that world so messed up?] -[ording to this, there are 2 reasons. The first is that there is no life to inocte, and the second is that they might as well not inocte if it¡¯s done once someone is infected.] -[So does that mean that the vine was created after the world fell?] It is understandable. It is not like the A virus is being spread now and it has already spread, so what point is there in creating the vine? -[Are those documents about the process of creating the vine?] -[Simr.] The Biology Institute had also been packed with mutants. It does not seem like they broke in from outside, but they were infected while doing research. They could not manufacture the vine as though producing them in a factory. They would need to go under a high degree of manufacturing, but they would not have the manpower to deal with that quantity. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group only discovered 1 thing as well. The people who had not been vinated were infected, and the people who had not been infected were killed by those who were. -[Is that ce Earth?] -[Whenparing material from Lifer World and theb, it is the Earth. It seems so from what my sister and I experienced as well. You¡¯re feeling it as well, aren¡¯t you?] A Lifer went on vacation abroad in reality. He left a mark at a ce like a milestone, and went into a mission when he came back. He realized that the ce he ended up happened to be where he went on vacation and when he looked for the monument, he was surprised to find the trace he left behind. -[What do I think it is?] -[The Earth is one. It¡¯s just that the past, present, and future won¡¯t be the same. If dimensional movement is possible, we can go anywhere we want.] Time and space travel. Does that mean that it is the same Earth living in a different world? It is a headache to Cha Jun Sung, who is not fluent in science. Even when they ask the helpers, they do not say anything except that they are not authorized to discuss it. Do they need to advance to level S for the helpers to tell them anything? They need to go all the way to know. -[Since there¡¯s nothing we can figure out right away, let¡¯s focus on advancing.] -[Okay.] Cha Jun Sung wrapped up the discussion. Life Mission, which is full of questions, seems to have a lot of secrets but he does not intend to dig in any further. They had found a small piece without doing anything. If they just go forward as they are doing now, additional pieces will turn up. *** Lim Si Hyun and 6 vice masters are gathered in the Seven Stars master room. They are searching through level D advance missions with the report that the Strategic nning Department put all of their efforts into creating as a foundation. Recently, Seven Stars and the government worked together toplete a 18,000 point mission. There were a lot of victims because 2 level 4 mutants had appeared, but it was a sess. If they get used to it by the 2nd half, all that is left is advancement so they must start to prepare themselves. ¡°This is good for a location that won¡¯t receive interference from outside.¡± Lim Si Hyun shared the mission he chose with the vice masters. It is the perfect single mission. They deal with variables to be ready for special missions. Not long ago, he went to Hocheon to pay his respects to Chun Myung Ik. Even if he was weak, he was the master of arge guild. There is no reason to think that it might not happen to anyone. Oh Min Ho and the raid leaders were suspicious but it had happened in a mission and it is a personal matter of Hocheon, so he had left it at being suspicious. ¡°Hm! A battle at sea..... We can prevent a special mission, but isn¡¯t it too isted? If we fail, it would be hard to escape.¡± ¡°A boat will also provide a narrow space for the force to move around in.¡± Various opinions are exchanged. Lim Si Hyun had not called the vice masters together to push them like a maverick. He wants to hear all of their opinions. ¡°Since it is the world of Life Mission, we cannot think about it as an average boat.¡± If they read the description of the mission, it says that tens of thousands of people can board. This is a city that is called a boat. It will be tremendous in size. ¡°And the more narrow our space is, the better it is for our soldiers.¡± ¡°Why is that?¡± ¡°Are you trying to make the force into party groups for individual movement?¡± Individual movement breaks up the power, so it is suitable for elites. ¡°I¡¯m thinking of inviting mercenaries.¡± ¡°Mercenaries?¡± Seven Stars and the governmentbined to fill the 100 people. The personnel have all gone through the 2nd stage of body modification and have level D gear, so they are the ruthless elite. Are mercenaries necessary? ¡°We n to have 4 mercenaries, and it is someone you all know well.¡± ¡°Who is it?¡± ¡°Overload.¡± ¡°What! Is that real?¡± The room became noisy. Are they surprised by just the name? Overload has a middle ss cyborg. If he joins, it will be a great help to them. Cha Jun Sung rejected the 10,000 points from the other day, and said that he would help with advancement instead. With his personality, he would have done it to keep his promise. ¡°Our power will be stronger, meaning the victim rate of the 2 groups will decrease!¡± ¡°We¡¯ll have to see the activity, but they will be receiving 500,000 from Seven Stars, 500,000 from the government, 1 million total in kickbacks in exchange. If he shows outstanding activity, they could even give 2 million, not just 1 million. Large guilds umte a tremendous amount of points because they operate buses. It cannot be said to be overflowing, but that amount is manageable if the executives spread it amongst themselves. They cannot skimp on investments for the future. Unlike Hocheon, Seven Stars is loyal to Lim Si Hyun and the guild¡¯s atmosphere is free-spirited. It is because he handles them ording to his personality. Even though it seems like nothing, it took a lot of effort on Lim Si Hyun¡¯s part to get it to this ce. A tree cannot grow on cement. ¡°What do you think? Will you go with this?¡± ¡°They¡¯re all simr, so we will follow master¡¯s orders.¡± ¡°Agreed.¡± ¡°I agree.¡± Lim Si Hyun smiled. As long as there are people who trust and follow him, Seven Stars will be famous for all the world to see. Chapter 85 Cha Jun Sung went to Seven Stars again. Lim Si Hyun said that he would meet him wherever it was convenient for him, but Cha Jun Sung just decided to move himself. He does not do much when he is notpleting missions, so he does not get out much. Seven Stars is far away, but it is quite fun to get fresh air and go as exercise. He does not have the aim to go see beautiful female celebrities. On his way, Cha Jun Sung picked Park Jin Hyuk up. Since he is a party member, he has a right to hear what Seven Stars has to say and what conditions they will present. They were originally going to meet inside the mission. Koharu and Kyoko need to meet with them as well. But they said that they did not want to be bothered with it, and left it up to Cha Jun Sung. ¡°Dead Ark? Is this the mission that Seven Stars wants to do?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ¡°It¡¯s the marines.¡± ¡°If we leave the routed field, a special mission appears. We need to find an extinct kind in order to avoid this, and that was this.¡± -[Level D Advance Mission: Dead Ark] [Goal: Attainment] -[Description: The people who boarded the ark leaving the infected city were relieved with the belief that they have left hell, but they were mistaken. The people who were running away, are facing another hell. Remove the source of upation and return it to its normal state.] -[Reward: 20,000 points. Lucky box.] The description is long and it is not ordinary. There are a lot of hidden meanings in it. The aspect that bother them most is the infected city. The people boarded the ark to leave it. It seems that they were trying to escape the dangerous zone when the ark became contaminated. The ark is level D. There is a high chance that the infected city is level C or B. Then is it the A virus infection? Cha Jun Sung did not think it was so. If it were referring to mutants, did it have to use the word infection? The word may be the same, but he had a feeling it would be different. Cha Jun Sung guessed Lim Si Hyun¡¯s hidden intent through the mission. He is trying to gain information in the Dead Ark to get to the infected city. He is nning a linked attack. ¡°Link.¡± ¡°Of course. You guessed it.¡± ¡°I felt that it was ineffective to create a n for each time weplete an unassociated mission. That¡¯s why I changed the way we are thinking.¡± He is looking for a mission that is associated. Dead Ark has all of the consistent elements. The context is like the Closed Area or Underpass. He faced the Caicus while fighting Kawods, and had faced a Blood-Sucking Evil while fighting the blood-sucking insects. This is association. It is a matter of difference in difficulty but with everything in consideration, the mutants they need to fight and the environment must be simr. If they need to go into a mission, this aspect will befortable. When Cha Jun Sung had gone in the mission with the Blood-Sucking Evil, he had been linked by going in the Underpass. That is a safer way of facing the danger. ¡°Dead Ark. Can you think of a mutant that is fitting for the mission?¡± Can he think of one? He can. It is one that is annoying and tricky. They will suffer if they put down their guards. They might witness a scene where a Lifer bes a mutant. ¡°Infection..... Parasite.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Parasites do not distinguish between people and mutants. All life forms except kin are parasitic targets. A variety of parasites exist in the virtual version, from level 1 to 8. Thest level 8 is one of the 36 nightmares, and is truly frightening. Like a level 8, its basic efficiency is excellent and its parasitic capacity is unmatched. If it erodes the brain of a level 9, it will go to the limbs. Taking Evil Queen as an example, the body would be ripped into thousands of pieces before encroachment but that is how strong the grip on life is. ¡°So a me thrower is absolutely necessary.¡± ¡°We are preparing a lot. It is difficult to bring damage with guns.¡± The way to hunt parasites is just to kill the parasites in the host¡¯s brain. If the host is killed, the parasites will just jump out and look for a new host. Setting them on fire is more effective than aiming at each one with a gun. Even with bombs, fever shots are better than grenades. ¡°Ugh! Parasites.¡± ¡°Cheer up.¡± Cha Jun Sungforted Park Jin Hyuk. Looking at parasites digging their way out of their hosts makes them want to puke. Beyond its cruelty, it is disgusting. ¡°We¡¯re leaving in 1 month. We will give you whatever item you want aspensation.¡± Cha Jun Sung said that he understood. They will not do it willingly. They will not like it, but he needs to ry the conversation to Koharu and Kyoko first. *** Cha Jun Sung is writing on a white sheet of paper with a pen. It is full of numbers that do not make sense. He calcted the urgent points. There is a little less than 1 month left until they enter the advance mission. During that time, hepared the points they hoped for to the possible points. ¡°Should we try asking him to pull it forward? It¡¯ll be okay if we just figure out the D ss energy core.¡± A C ss can be produced with a D ss. 3 to 7 are consumed in production. The more there are, the higher the possibility of sess is. He can gather whatever iscking until they enter. However, he cannot catch all of the chickens. It means that he will need to give up either the 4th stage of body modifications or the C ss energy core. This is the same as taking someone else¡¯s toplete my own. That is why he thought of the item he would get from Seven Stars and the government. It is only a matter of time once Hercules¡¯ energy core is resolved. He can ask the party members for help and Lim Si Hyun for an advance? Cha Jun Sung is weak in these types of matters. He is confident if he is asking for a fair price, but he is asking for money before doing work in this situation. ¡°It¡¯ll be revealed once we enter the mission anyway. Should I tell them it¡¯s an advanced cyborg?¡± It is actually not a middle ss cyborg, but an advanced one. Once he purchases the parts, its power will show. So he needs to get an advance if he is thinking about the force¡¯s safety. Sometimes, taking it head on is the silver bullet. He is just revealing something that woulde out, a month earlier. If they keep asking, he can just lie a bit. Cha Jun Sung opened a chat room in the PDA and invited the party members. It is presumptuous, but he needs to discuss the Dead Ark. Chapter 86 Lim Si Hyun did not believe the existence of the advanced cyborg so easily. It took a few hours just to convince him. Even after that, he is still in a dubious state. -[I will speak with the government and vice masters, and contact you again.] This is the answer that Lim Si Hyun gave Cha Jun Sung. If it really is an advanced cyborg, they have no reason not to give him an advance for the parts. It is a power that can fight with level 4. Parasitism is also impossible for it because it is a machine. To parasites, it is a bothersome creature that is not nutritious. Lim Si Hyun said that he would handle Seven Stars, and left the government to Han Chang Jin. The groups are different, so his say does not matter to them. The cadres of the 2 groups said that they could not believe it, and asked to see Hercules¡¯ power. They say that they will give an advance for the items after that. That is not hard to do. Cha Jun Sung showed Seven Stars and the government how Hercules canplete a 5000 point mission by himself. They had only heard of it and were very surprised because it was the first time they were seeing it for themselves. The advance was confirmed. Cha Jun Sung asked for 7 D ss energy cores. He told them to figure out who would give him 3 and who would give him 4 amongst themselves. It was decided that Seven Stars would provide 3 energy cores, the me thrower, and necessities, while the government would provide the other 4. He received the energy cores within a few days. Cha Jun Sung ran to the briefing room, held his trembling heart, and created the C ss energy core. It took 7 D ss energy cores and 20,000 points. He will have 4 leftover if he seeds with 3, but it is worth crying over if this fails. Odin gave fear of failing, but the production was fortunately a sess. Hercules¡¯ specifications had finally be worth its 5 million points. He started working toe up with the points for body modifications himself. After about 2 weeks, Lim Si Hyun proposed a 13,000 point mission to try seeing how they work together. He seems light, but he is a thorough person in various aspects. Cha Jun Sung convened the party members. It is not a bad idea to do a warm-up exercise. They should use this chance to introduce themselves properly and to gain trust. *** Hercules is fighting with a mutant twice its size. It brandishes the vibrating weapon and sts the buster. The radius around the monsters fighting became a mess. They have never seen such chaos. There are dozens of Lifers standing far from the battle zone. They are Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party, Seven Stars, and government officials. They watched the battle and engraved the cyborg¡¯s power in their minds. ¡°To battle with a Giant Hammer! And it isn¡¯t pushed back!¡± They look to be level on the outside, but Hercules is actually at an advantage. The energy core had been limited to 70%. It is fighting the Giant Hammer without 30% of its power. If it deploys the remainder, it could even take on 2 of them. Cha Jun Sung is holding back on the power because of the charging points. If he uses 100% of it, there is a huge difference in the amount of points that are used up. There is no point in wasting. The Giant Hammer ms down its hammer hand weighing hundreds of kilograms. Hercules extended its left hand toward the hammer. Bang! The buster¡¯s shockwave flings the hammer out. As the Giant Hammer¡¯s arm is twisted, it loses bnce toward one side. In that state, Hercules fired the buster again at its face. The shock makes the giant scream and fall over. Its brain was shaken and it cannot get back up. Hercules went on the Giant Hammer¡¯s chest and aimed the buster precisely at its face. There is a continuous firing function in the buster too. It might fall behind in power, but the continuity is like that of a machine gun. The power is enough to rip a human to shreds as well. It cannot stay sane when such a weapon is being fired in series. Hercules did not stop its attack on the Giant Hammer until it stopped writhing in pain. It wrapped it up with the vibrating weapon. It killed the Giant Hammer by cutting its neck. -[You have earned 14,000 points.] It is middle ss. It is stronger than a ck Ghost and weaker than a Destroyer. If it had been the Destroyer, there would have been a lot of repairs to make even if they won. ¡°Killpleted!¡± ¡°You worked hard.¡± Cha Jun Sung praised Hercules¡¯ efforts. The Lifers are envious. If they have just 2 of those, they could sweep any level D mission. They hadpleted a 13,000 point mission with just 1. They want to know how to get such a cyborg, but they cannot ask more when he says that it was by chance. ¡°Is that a pass?¡± ¡°Of course. Well, this advance mission might turn out to be easier than we thought.¡± Pass? He does not need to ask. The Lifers were speechless in front of the cyborg¡¯s power, since they had only seen it in the virtual version. It catches everything by itself. Even if they think about helping it, there is nothing to help with. If it fights with mutants in the center of the party, they will feel as if they had a thousand person military. ¡°Have you stuck to this method of hunting since you got the cyborg?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t say that I haven¡¯t. As you can see, it is safe andfortable..... I need to quickly gather points to fix this guy up.¡± He had poured everything into this investment. If he had relied on himself as a Lifer instead of on Hercules, he would not have been able to do this with such speed. His body modification will also be finished a day or two before going into the mission. Just as he had done with Field of Meat, he had gone through all of the processes that he could go through in level D as well. He had not been able to touch the level C store yet. There are a lot of items that he needs or wants to purchase, but he is not advancing from his drought with points. ¡°We have something to tell the two of you separately.¡± ¡°Do you mean just us?¡± ¡°Yes, that¡¯s right.¡± Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin understood and sent his cadres back. The only people left in the mission now were Cha Jun Sung, his party, and the two leaders of their respective groups. They had discussed plenty, but what more is there to be said? ¡°It is about Koharu, who we introduced earlier.¡± ¡°Ms. Koharu?¡± Lim Si Hyun knows Mizuki Koharu well. There is also a light acquaintance. They are of different nationalities, but they cannot help but know each other because he is an actor and she is a famous model. ¡°She is Amhu.¡± ¡°Amhu!¡± ¡°It¡¯s nice to see you again. We hid it earlier when everyone else was around because it could be messy.¡± She had met Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin in missions before. In a world where everyone is linked, they had even been in parties together before. The reason why they had not recognized her? She had changed the character¡¯s appearance. There are few Lifers who go around with their true faces. Cha Jun Sung had also changed the features of his character to be sharp like the swords he is specialized in. ¡°There are 4 rankers here. I realize how Cha Jun Sung adheres to the minority. The upation bnce is excellent.¡± Cha Jun Sung and Koharu are close-range, Park Jin Hyuk is the cover, and Kyoko is the support. When looking at current abilities, Park Jin Hyuk should be the best of the Lifers all over the world. Someone who has not yet opened level C cannot even be an opponent. Lim Si Hyun¡¯s group does not know what Park Jin Hyuk is like yet. They just think that he is a pretty good sniper. They do not step up and let them know. ¡°Is there anything else you hid?¡± ¡°No, there isn¡¯t anything else.¡± ¡°We would like to keep maintaining a good rtionship.¡± The potential of the 36 rankers is their know-how. They have faced level 8 mutants and countless experiences that average Lifers could not have. There must be Lifers who are excellent even if they are not rankers. But unlike these people who are uncertain, rankers have capabilities. In that sense, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party can be highly anticipated in the future. As long as they do not be enemies, they will advance quickly if they help each other. ¡°It is in 8 days. We will prepare the gear, so just match the time.¡± They do not need to go out of their way to go to Seven Stars. If they go to an assigned room, they can all gather and enter the mission together no matter where they are in the world. ¡°Don¡¯t worry about it.¡± ¡°Then.¡± Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin returned. It is in 8 days. Cha Jun Sung must finish his body modifications. Chapter 87 800,000 points and 160,000 achievement points were deducted. He is out of points again. In exchange, he got through the 4th stage of body modifications. He can tell his senses are amplified by 16 times. He felt he could crush a rock with one blow and move faster than a bullet. He thought that he would even be able to sense an ant¡¯s movement. He easily surpassed the limits of man and advanced to the rank of a superhuman. -[How does it feel?] ¡°Interesting.¡± -[You need to get stronger. That is the only way you can survive in hell.] ¡°You¡¯re nagging again. I¡¯ll be able to do level C if I just get the battle shoot, right?¡± -[As long as you don¡¯t underestimate a level 6.] Mutants¡¯ strength begins with level 7. They are devils that could suck a country dry. Level 5 and 6 are advanced mutants, but level 6 and 7 are downgrades. If Cha Jun Sung uses the battle shoot, he could even fight the Caicus. However, a level 6 is too much. He will need at least 2 or 3 people who are on the same level that he is at. Koharu and Park Jin Hyuk will do. It is better the more colleagues one has. Cha Jun Sung received a notice. It was time. He could have gone through the body modification earlier, but he had to dy it because he did not have enough achievement points. But he had barely managed toplete it before going into the mission. -[Dead Ark..... Be careful.] ¡°If you¡¯re going to tell me, do it freely. What is this?¡± Odin is the best at ying hard to get. Once Cha Jun Sung is curious, Odin shuts up. Cha Jun Sung grumbled, but kept it in mind. If it is to the point where Odin warns him, it must be dangerous. The mission smells fishy. He will need to pay attention. ¡°Go go!¡± -[Approved. You are being sent to level D mission, Dead Ark. Mission start.] Cha Jun Sung entered the mission. Odin¡¯s monologue breaks the silence. -[The boat cannot be anchored at the infected city. Please do your best.] Helpers¡¯ missions advance Lifers. Odin does not want Cha Jun Sung to die. If he dies, Odin will be extremely upset. It is when Cha Jun Sung entered Dead Ark. It is what happened in the world that hepletes missions in, not in the world that he lives in. ¡°No. There¡¯s no reason for me to listen to the request of a human.¡± A man with red eyes scoffed. This man is saying the most unbelievable thing that he has ever heard in his life. And when he is just a human. ¡°I can¡¯t go. But that doesn¡¯t mean your father can go.¡± ¡°You! Who do you think you¡¯re talking about!¡± The red-eyed man is in a rage. He is angry that the man dares mention him but to bring up his father as well, it is something that he cannot stand for. ¡°It¡¯s fine.¡± ¡°Father!¡± ¡°Think of it as getting fresh air for the first time in a while, and listen to his request.¡± The red-eyed man had a look of disbelief. His father¡¯s word is absolute. If his father says it, he listens. He still feels bad though. ¡°All you have to do is deliver this notepad on the right day. It¡¯s easy, no?¡± He wanted to throw his fist in the face that wasughing at him, but he held back. His father is next to him. He cannot be disrespectful in front of his father. ¡°But.¡± ¡°What!¡± ¡°If you go to the area at the time I tell you, you¡¯ll be able to meet some strong mutants. What do you think? Tempting, huh?¡± The red-eyed man showed interest. He has an aggressive personality. He likes battle. He thinks that the only being above him is his father. ¡°Is that true?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± The red-eyed man puts his forehead in his hand. Beyond the temptation, he has to go anyway ording to his father¡¯s orders. He will need to pretend he cannot win and help out. ¡°You unlucky man. Where did you evene from?¡± ¡°The sky?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t talk nonsense. When do I need to go? Tell me for certain now because I never want to speak to you again.¡± He said the date with a nk expression. As soon as the red-eyed man heard the departure date, he greeted his father and left. ¡°I would have beat him if he were my child. Should I do it before he goes?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll apologize as his father. Don¡¯t worry. Even if he talks like that, he will deliver it properly since I told him to do it myself.¡± He naturally needs to do it. Delivering the notepad is the ultimate goal. ¡°He¡¯ll be really surprised.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure that¡¯ll be fun in itself. I was really surprised at first, too.¡± They look at each other. They have a surprising resemnce to each other. Their atmospheres are different, but their overall appearance is so simr that they could be twins. ¡°Right? It¡¯ll be fun?¡± ¡°Fun? You said fun?¡± The father could not speak. The man did not ask for a response either. He knew what the father would say. ¡®Just do it well, mutant son.¡¯ The silence continues. All he can do is hope that he will get what he wants. When building a ship for a singr reason, the aims for creating it are bound to show themselves in its design. So much so that the purpose can be determined by looking at it from the outside. A warship contains all types of firearms and emphasizes practicality. A ferry highlights the grandiosity that will catch the customers¡¯ attentions, and a cargo ship expands the space to load cargo to create the optimal loading dock. Even a submarine is shaped for aquatic activities. Not just with boats, but most things appear to be what they are made for. When they entered Dead Ark and got on a boat to where they thought the ark was, however, the force members were unsure of what it was. ¡°Is that really a boat?¡± ¡°It must be since it¡¯s floating on the sea. Wow! The view for one is amazing.¡± There are curves everywhere but overall, it is a huge cubed structure floating in the middle of an open sea. It is ginormous. If they say that the spot they set foot on is the center, they cannot get a view of the ends. The length is estimated in kilometers and it seemed like it would easily reach over 100 meters in height. They cannot know because they cannot see the side but when looking from the top, all they could see was a vast steel floor that looked like several gymnasiumsbined. Without exaggeration, they could y ser without the ball falling into the sea. Zing! Among the force members, Hercules looks at a spot as its eyes light up. It is scanning something that can be seen lightly in the distance. ¡°Land discovered ahead. Estimated distance 20km, error range is 2 to 3km!¡± The force members adjacent to Hercules turned their heads. That is the infected city. If it had been a ne, it is close enough that they would arrive in a few hours. That ce is a different world to them because there is no reason for the boat to anchor there. -[Master, I found adder to go inside on the right.] -[Wait.] A radio came in from Lim Si Hyun. Whenparing the boat to a building, the force members are on the roof. There has to be adder to take down. The force members gathered to thedder. The gentle wind is peaceful. The moment they go down thedder however, they need to fight with their lives on the line. Lim Si Hyun told them to see how manydders of this kind there were. They split into parties. Since there is no particr danger, there are no restrictions to their movement. After searching for 1 hour, they found that there are 18dders. 7 at the stem, 5 in the center, 6 at the aft. The goal of this mission is to remove the source. If they knew the source¡¯s location, they would be able to end it quickly without bringing warfare, but they need to choose 1 of the 3 regions because they do not know. They will be close to the source if they are lucky, but they need to go to the farthest ce if they are unlucky. They would need to make a full round around a boat the size of a small city. Chapter 88 Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin discussed with each of their groups¡¯ cadres. Cha Jun Sung neglected it. He did not care where they went because it was all the same to him. There are over 10 cadres. 5 of the 6 vice masters of Seven Stars participated and it was a simr case for the government. A lot of people in high positions hade. ¡°She¡¯s familiar.¡± ¡°Who is?¡± ¡°That woman over there. I have seen her somewhere, but I can¡¯t remember where.¡± When Cha Jun Sung nodded toward a woman, Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s eyes followed the direction. It is to where the cadres are gathered. They are just having a droll conversation and there is not much to it. ¡°She¡¯s pretty. People always think that they¡¯ve seen someone somewhere even if they haven¡¯t if they¡¯re pretty.¡± ¡°Hey.¡± ¡°Woah woah! Did you see her at Seven Stars?¡± ¡°I felt the same thing when I saw her at Seven Stars. Have I gotten old too?¡± Jung Hye Ryung remains in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes. He has a feeling he can recall. He is not able to remember because they had met in passing to sell items. He cannot help it because he had only seen her once, and more than half a year has passed since then. ¡°Forget it.¡± He would have remembered if it were important. She must be someone he does not need to know from the way he cannot remember her. It is only a headache to try to force himself to remember. When Cha Jun Sung turned his attention away, Jung Hye Ryung looked at him. She had not imagined that he was such a great and famous Lifer. What else could he be hiding? No matter how manyyers are peeled off like an onion, they do not get to his core. ¡®Maybe he can¡¯t remember me?¡¯ Jung Hye Ryung¡¯s pride was stung. She is fine if he did not have interest in her, but to not be able to remember her after meeting even if it was only one time....that was too much. She spoke with Lim Si Hyun separately. He had been surprised when she said that Cha Jun Sungpleted Field of Meat, but he quickly came back to reality. That is in the past. She even thought about talking to him first. It is not easy for a woman to do. Since it is not the right atmosphere to do so now, she will try prodding himter when the time is right. -[We will use the stem to go down. Everyone start moving.] Lim Si Hyun revealed the results of their meeting. The stem is at the front of the boat. The cadres had made the decision in anticipation of the problems the force could face. In addition, one of Seven Stars¡¯ vice masters used to be in shipbuilding, and his observation was one of the deciding factors, ¡°The outside is wrapped like this because the boat¡¯s purpose isn¡¯t what we¡¯re thinking.¡± It is bigger than a few aircraft carriersbined, and the outside is protected with a steel barrier. It would be able to withstand even a typhoon. Did the description say that it had been boarded once it left the infected city? It was created for survivors. It is a resolution with more than the natural features of a boat. ¡°People involved with the boat like the captain, senior officials, and stewardesses will stay in rooms closest to the stem in order to assure smooth sailing.¡± Otherwise? It is inevitable that they will gather to the corner. That is the aft. Due to the nature of boats,plex structures are concentrated in the aft rather than the stem. That distinction decreases in the lower levels, but the stem is the morefortable area to move in at the top floor. If the stem is blocked, it interferes with the sailing. That is why everything unnecessary is pushed to the back. This includes passengers, their rooms, luggage, and freight. In order to prepare for mutant attacks and to wake the battle senses, it is wiser to go through an easier area than it is to go somewhere difficult. If they go through the aft, they might have to fight with a lot of mutants at the same time amongplicated structures. They need to be smart in their actions. They did not even consider the center. Once they go down, they would need to choose between the front and back again. If they take the wrong path, they would have to search through the entire boat. -[We will enter. Cha Jun Sung, please lower Hercules.] -[Okay.] ¡°Go down and check to see if it¡¯s safe. Kill mutants and hide if it¡¯s dangerous.¡± Hercules opened the steel floor. A ck space weed the force. It is so dark that they do not have the courage to go in willingly even with their vision goggles. Woong! Cha Jun Sung linked the PDA to Hercules¡¯ eyes. A hologram came up with a vivid scene. There are some infringements, but it is rtively clear. The color of the scene changes. Hercules turned on his thermographic and infrared mode. From the outside, nothing can be detected. ¡°It¡¯s really quiet.¡± ¡°Did they all go on vacation or something? How is there not even 1?¡± Cha Jun Sung felt like he had be the BJ of a horror game. Hercules is a game character and the force members watching the hologram are the viewers. Clunk! ¡°Ack!¡± ¡°Why are you yelling!¡± ¡°This asshole got surprised!¡± One of the force members yelled in surprise at the sound of a can being kicked in the hologram. The force members around him calmed their beating hearts. -[Mutant signal detected in the outer wall of the ceiling! Vibrating weapon! Chang methrower!] Parasites are weak to fire. Cha Jun Sung had taken the buster off to attach a methrower. The fire power is so strong that it will melt down in seconds. The hologram splits in half. It is a fairly spacious room, but something is crawling around in the ceiling. There is 1 on each the left and right sides. ¡°Infection pocket!¡± ¡°Ha! Is it a level 3 from the beginning half? It would have been dangerous if we had gone in as is.¡± Dozens of tentacles on a round body writhe like snakes. It has hundreds of infestors in its stomach, but it has a habit of staying in one ce while moving as little as possible. It is a tricky mutant. The methrower spews fire. It headed straight for the infection pocket stuck to the wall like aser and covered it. Kik! The infection pocket¡¯s stomach burst with parasites the size of a human fingering out to try to dig in all over Hercules. The infection pocket¡¯s own power is so weak that it is barely that of a level 2. But it is tricky to handle once it releases the parasites. They are small and fast. There are a lot of them too. It is dangerous if even one digs into the body, so Lifers avoided it in the virtual version as well. Hercules ignored the parasites trying to dig into it, and set fire to the other one as well. There is nothing the parasites can do when they are stuck to a machine. Cyborgs are the worst for parasites. They are basically invincible to mutants that rely on the attack of their parasites. It has to already be infected or be an outstanding fighter to take on Hercules. If they go further in, more will probably appear. -[You have earned X2 1200 points and 120 achievement points.] The parasites fall off of Hercules. It is not because the infection pockets are dead. They realized that Hercules is not a life form. Hercules cremates the parasites. They be harmful to the force members if left to live. Not a single parasite can get away because they are all caught on its thermographic and infrared mode. The hologram starts buffering. The scope of linking with Hercules is only up to 1km, but the hologram does not even reach half of that. They need to go downstairs. -[Search through everything ande back.] -[Mission confirmed!] ¡°It seems there aren¡¯t very many nearby. We will need to enter as well.¡± Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin sent the force down by party following Cha Jun Sung¡¯s words. A lot of their feelings of resistance were reduced because they checked that it was safe. ¡°Let¡¯s go eradicate the parasite.¡± ¡°Kyak!¡± Kyoko rubs her arms. It is so disgusting she gets goosebumps. If she is surprised by that much, she will faint from shock when she sees one. Park Jin Hyuk showed repulsion as well. What does gender matter in disliking parasites? Juste close. He will burn all of them with his methrower. Thest force member closed the door. It is dark because sunlight does not enter. As in the case with the Biology Institute, the helpers do not turn the power on for them. Zing! The force members turn their vision goggles on. It is a necessary item and they would be treated as idiots if they do not possess it. Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk also used their goggles. They actually do not need to use them because the 4th stage of body modifications brightened their night vision, but they followed everyone else in wearing them. It is better to hide it if they can. Hercules¡¯ footsteps grow closer. There must not have been anything to fight after the infection pockets, because they did not hear such noise. -[Start with the head.] Han Chang Jin moved the government¡¯s Lifers forward. Since they had received special training, their behavior was lighter than that of the other Lifer¡¯s in such a heavy atmosphere. This is how they stepped into the Dead Ark. Chapter 89 They went into battle several times after entering the ark. None of them were very serious. They ended with Hercules in charge and the force members acting as support. Too few mutants appear for it to be a 20,000 point mission. It could have been done with a party instead of a force. There is no reason for it to be this easy, so there is a chance that they are hiding somewhere or are concentrated in another area. They wanted to avoid a situation where they would have to face all of them at the same time. -[Multiple biological reactions detected from the front! Expected to be sleeping from its weak vitality! Command approach if you want a precise confirmation!] Sleep? Hercules said that there were at least hundreds, and requestedmand for approach. In searching the ark, the force relied solely on Hercules. They send it as far as the hologram¡¯s range, and follow behind. They do not move together. They need to be careful when they think about the parasite¡¯s infectious properties. Normally when they are wounded by mutants, their skin is ripped or their bones are broken. It is better not to be wounded, but they can live as long as they do not die instantly. Parasites are different. Regardless of the size of the wound, there is no incubation period once contact is allowed, securing itself in the brain, and being reborn as an infection in the host. Mutants are controble by level because they are mutations, but humans are weak to infections because of their simple body structures. There is nothing to do once they enter the body, and it is all over once they start breeding. Dying is the easier way to go. With the current situation, they have no choice but to rely on Hercules. -[Go.] Hercules goes to the ce where he can detect biological reactions. The force waits while holding their breaths in the lobby, about 100m away. 4 parties, 40 people are blocking all of the holes in the lobby. The members are in the passageways, vents,mon rooms, and bathrooms to wait. The petite people evene out of tiny holes. Hercules pulls the door blocking it. It is made of steel, but it opened after being shaken a few times. There is a narrow hallway. At the end, there is a door that looks like that of a bank vault, but it is cut through with the vibrating de. White steam pours out. It is not heat. It is cold air. A cold air in the negatives spreads outside the door. -[Temperature measured negative 40 degrees, determining structure..... Measureplete. Data transmission!] Ping! Hercules got a measure of the room letting out cold air, and sent it to Cha Jun Sung. Then it went in for further investigation. The information is formal. It says that the room¡¯s purpose is to store something, and that the biological reaction expanded to the thousands. As the distance grew closer, the detection radius widened. The temperature kept decreasing and reached negative 60 degrees. It is a temperature that they could somehow work in if the force members all went through the 2nd stage of body modifications and were aided by impact tights and metal armor. However, the environment is too extreme to use as an area for rest. They need to be at least like Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk to be able to stay there for a long period of time. -[Region where lower level parasites cannot act! The parasites cannot withstand the negative 60 degree chill with their thin coats. Discovered as safe zone!] This is the best news that the force members have had. It is better to shiver in the cold than to be weary of parasites that mighte out at them at any time. -[Safety odds?] -[85%! 15% is the odds that a parasite above level 3 appears!] This means that level 3 and 4 would be able to withstand the conditions. When Hercules kills a mutant, it studies the cells and learns everything about it on the spot. It is an artificial intelligence beyond the abilities of aputer. It can analyze up to level 4 as long as it has a specimen. From level 5, the cyborg¡¯s level needs to be increased. -[Force, prepare to move.] -[Army unit! We will focus on the rear once Seven Stars goes.] Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin moved the force. They need to go wherever it is safer. Anywhere as long as they can rx for even a moment. Even as they were moving, Hercules did not stop searching the area. Then as they were arriving, something surprising happened. -[Biological response confirmed! 1200 total! Survivors in frozen surface discovered!] They had discovered survivors for the first time since they had wandered this universe. *** The force members shiver at the declining temperature. Even with strengthened bodies and D ss gear, they were having difficulty with the negative 60 degree temperature. Then they entered the frozen sleeping room. The average person would have frozen to death within moments. That is how severe the difference in temperature was from the outside. Cha Jun Sung turned around once and looked at the 1200 capsules filling the huge room with wonderment. He had never even seen a shadow of a person while going through missions. He was always busy starting and ending with mutants. Could they be woken up? Cha Jun Sung went to Hercules. There is a dizzying amount of machinery. He does not know what anything is because he does not have a foundation in it. ¡°Can we wake up the survivors?¡± ¡°Hacking the freezer system..... Hackingplete. Thawing frozen sleep is possible. Once thawed, they will each have their time difference to wake up!¡± The firewall isx. It was left vulnerable to hacking. Since there is no survivor who is awake, there is no way to block the hacking. Hercules tried to hack the boat¡¯s main system while hacking the freezer system, but it had been impossible because there was no power. It still found out a lot of information. There are 7 more freezer rooms, for rooms number 1 through 8. This is room 1, and it is where the ark¡¯s sailor and his family are frozen. There are over 20,000 survivors. There are 3000 people in therger rooms. It really was a marine city. The hypothesis is that people ran away from the city infested with parasites and settled on this ark. Then an infected host mixed in with the people and created this mess. ¡°Should we wake them?¡± ¡°Hm!¡± Lim Si Hyun is thinking. Do they have to thaw them? It would be humane to wake them up. They might even be able to get some useful information if they are able to converse. However, there is some reluctance. Say they wake them. Do they have to leave them here once the mission is over? Can they take these people to Earth? On top of that, a special mission was not activated when they discovered the survivors. Is it because there are so many? That could be why, but it does not seem to be the reason. The biggest problem is that the ark is the parasites¡¯ nest. What if all of the survivors are infected? Then it bes dangerous for the force. ¡°Don¡¯t you think a special mission isn¡¯t activated because they aren¡¯t Lifers?¡± ¡°Let¡¯s wake them up one by one.¡± From the way things are going, they cannot pass them by without waking them. They can wake them up one by one and minimize the danger. They will need to kill any hosts. ¡°You heard, right? Search the list you secured and start with whoever you get a feeling for first.¡± Hercules chose someone who would know the circumstances well. ording to the search, 1 of the 7 people in room 1 was a lieutenant. -[Frozen capsule number 1200 is being thawed. 5 minutes until thawed. He may be confused because he has been frozen for 4 years.] A capsule positioned at the very top twisted in different directions and made its way down. Inside the thin ice, there is a middle-aged man lying down. The ice melts little by little. Waking him suddenly is the same as making him freeze to death, so they need to revive his body temperature and bring him back little by little with his bodily functions. ¡°Jun Sung, the internal temperature is negative 60. Won¡¯t he die as soon as hees out?¡± ¡°I have no idea. I¡¯m sure there¡¯s a heating function in the capsule or something.¡± Like Cha Jun Sung predicted, there is a heating function. The people also wear snowsuits when they enter the capsules. Once he is revived, he will be able to endure the cold to some extent. -[Thawingplete.] Hercules took the lieutenant in its arms and went outside. He cannot remain here and must be removed to a warm ce. Since the door is closed, he can go there. The force members went past the vault-like door and the door that was ripped off. ¡°Ugh.....¡± The lieutenant ising to. He is tense under the eyes of the force members. It is a world that appears to be the same as Earth, but he is a person of a different universe. He opens his eyes. His focus is blurred. He had been frozen for 4 years. If it had been clear, that would have been suspicious to begin with. They waited with patience. ¡°Ack!¡± The first sound that the lieutenant made once he woke up and saw Cha Jun Sung standing in front of him was to scream so loudly it felt like the ark would copse. Chapter 90 He is a proud captain of the American Navy. At the end of the day, he had not lost that pride. That was until he boarded the ark. ¡°What- what year is it right now?¡± ¡°..... Does anyone know?¡± Cha Jun Sung looked at the force members. How could they know? They could know the year during the mission, but no one paid attention because it did not matter to them. ¡°You slept for 4 years. We don¡¯t know the time here.¡± How should he exin it? Should he say that he became a Lifer because of a game called Life Mission, and came to this universe to save it from mutants? Cha Jun Sung felt that it was crazy even while he was thinking it. He would just try to pass it off. ¡°4 years..... Since I was frozen in 2031, it¡¯s the year 2035. So 4 years passed.¡± It is a self-mocking voice. The lieutenant spaced out for a bit and spoke, ¡°What country are you from?¡± ¡°We¡¯re from Korea.¡± ¡°Korea?¡± The lieutenant is taken aback. How could it be! Korea is one of the first 6 nations that perished without even an ant left behind. The country had been dried outpletely. ¡°How did a Korean get here? You would have perished by the awakened ck Evil.¡± ¡°ck Evil!¡± ck Evil Aduroque. It is a level 9 mutant taking one of the 6 spots as disasters along with the Evil Queen. In the virtual version, it dominated Asia. Its origin was Korea! Even Cha Jun Sung who fought with the Evil Queen is ignorant regarding the 5 disasters. Strictly speaking, he had not seen the end of Life Mission either. If the virtual version had beenmercialized for a few more years, he might have been able to kill all of the disasters. The 36 rankers could have formed a union to kill them too. ¡°Is it important where we¡¯re from at this point? When the world is in ruins?¡± ¡°He he!¡± Heughs at himself to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s straightforward words. He is right. What is it important where they are from? The world has been in pandemonium for a long time. He had boarded the ark to get away from that hell, but this ce had also turned out to be hell. ¡°You said that 4 years has gone by? What on earth happened?¡± He asked outright. He has no choice if he wants to know the situation with the ark and infected city. The lieutenant froze. He holds his head and trembles in fear. The events of 4 years backe back like a nightmare. It had left a trauma for a soldier who had experienced all types of hardships. ¡°Those- those guys!¡± They were indeed mutants, but they were more disgusting and cruel. The parasites upied New Zend and the inds, and designated them as their own areas. This ark is one of the hundreds of vessels created by America with the help of its allies. South America had fallen to the Evil Queen. The few survivors ran away from there as though being chased. They turned the boat¡¯s direction toward Oceania where there are a lot of inds, since they cannot live on sea forever. That was the mistake. Just as they had lost to the Evil Queen, one of the inds was losing a war against the parasites. They quickly got everyone on board and left, but it became irreversible. ¡°Is the ark safe?¡± ¡°We need your help, lieutenant. We discovered the parasites, but they are too few in numbers. It¡¯s as if they aren¡¯t here. ¡°That should be right.¡± ¡°It should be? Then does that mean you know why there are so few?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know, but there are 7 sleeping rooms in addition to this one.¡± They had hacked into the system, but he pretended not to know. Hercules did it, but it would just be a bother to exin its artificial intelligence. It is better to hide the fact. ¡°Huh? Were there 9? Ugh! The parasites! Where did I get to?¡± His consciousness came and went, speaking gibberish and then acting like he could not remember anything. His brain is not able to function, whether it is because of the freezing or fear. He sees the force members armed with bizarre gear, and does not react. He is half out of his mind. It is unsure whether he has gone crazy or has be stupid. ¡°The para- parasites are inside the bodies of the frozen survivors.¡± The lieutenant¡¯s words are shocking. Survivors reaching over 20,000 are hosts? Then even the 1200 people in room 1? ¡°Is it everyone?¡± ¡°That¡¯s not it. About..... 0.1% will be uninfected. Keuk keuk!¡± The lieutenant is genuinely happy. Is he also a host? Should they kill him? ¡°I have not been infected.¡± ¡°Phew!¡± It was like the lieutenant read his mind, and revealed that he is not a host. The force members let out a sigh of relief, but this is not enough. Cha Jun Sung left Lim Si Hyun to speak with the lieutenant, but went among the force members. The lieutenant said that he is not a host, but those are just words. ¡°Scan him without his noticing. If he¡¯s infected, set him on fire.¡± Zing! Hercules is linked to the PDA, and its eyes scan the lieutenant. His muscles, bones, and organse up clearly on the hologram. A few force members saw what they were doing and thought that it was an obvious step. A host is a ticking time bomb. They need to know for sure. Hercules did not speak, and sent the information as text. The lieutenant¡¯s informationes up on the PDA, including his estimated age, height, weight, and health condition. -[Not infected.] To get to the point, he really is not an infected host. There was just one problem in the information. His body is fine, but his mental state is off. -[He shows erratic behavior and symptoms of insanity as though he is looking at a ghost. After analyzing his behavior, there is a 99.9% that he is suffering from PTSD. Potential instability.] Post traumatic stress disorder. When Cha Jun Sung had first gone into the reality version, he also thought he had gone insane with this dream-like reality. The number of Lifers with PTSD is increasing all over the world. Even if they are mutants, they are living beings. Destruction leads to ack of emotion. When they also witness their colleagues being ripped apart, people of weak mentalities cannot help but copse. The lieutenant experienced America¡¯s destruction, the infected city, and the ark¡¯s hell consecutively. He has been eaten up by the terror that was imprinted on his mind then. ¡®But he hasn¡¯t been infected.¡¯ He does not have weapons, and is significantly inferior to the Lifers in physical ability. It does not seem like it will be a big deal to have 1 crazy person make a fuss. -[ording to the scan, he really hasn¡¯t been infected but it has been confirmed that he is suffering from PTSD. Looks like we should ask him as much as we can.] Cha Jun Sung ryed the lieutenant¡¯s condition over the general radio. They did not ignore itpletely, but the force members thought that it was not a big deal. ¡°The captain and 7 lieutenants including me took charge of each of the rooms 1 through 8, and froze the people. We were thest.¡± ¡°How many people were originally on board the ark? What happened?¡± ¡°200,000? Or was it 250,000? Over half died in the infected city and more died on the ark..... Anyone we couldn¡¯t freeze died too! Hee hee!¡± Tonga. It is the name of the ind they can see about 20km away outside. It is slightlyrger than Korea with an area of 747 square km. This is the infected city that the lieutenant is referring to. ¡°An- another ark anchored at a nearby ind, but we lost contact. They¡¯re all dead! Are we going to die too? No! Korea dispatched its troops!¡± His words twist, but he does give them the information that they want. This is really useful. The more they knew about the ark and infected city, the better. ¡°Are hosts mixed in sleeping room? Can you tell them apart?¡± ¡°There are a lot of them mixed in. He he! Under circumstances, it was difficult to distinguish the host, so I can¡¯t distinguish between them.¡± The lieutenant chirped like a bird. He says that when the parasites were introduced to the ark, tens of thousands of people got on the lifeboats to get away. The remaining people chose to be frozen indefinitely. This was because they hade to find out that parasites do not like the cold. Freezing an infected host also slowed down the infection rate. They could not tell who was infected and who was not, so they could not kill everyone either. This was all possible because the soldiers protected the sleeping rooms with their lives so that their families could go through the process. If not, they would have been annihted. The sleeping room was created to extend the lives of anyone who came down with a disease or serious wound. They would hang on to their lives until the practices necessary for treatment were discovered. There were not enough spots because they had not created it while expecting the parasites. Chapter 91 ¡°But why did you wake me? Me, in this hell? Why? Why did you wake me! Ack!¡± The lieutenant expresses his madness. The force members feel bad for him. They can understand. Not even they could guarantee that they would not have gone crazy in his position. ¡°Please help us, Lieutenant.¡± ¡°You¡¯re asking me to help you?¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Han Chang Jin is a soldier. He can understand the burden that the lieutenant had felt. ¡°We are the Special Forces from Korea. Each person is an incredible warrior. If you help us, we can take over the ark again!¡± He gushes in words that would be seen in aic book. The force members put their heads down in embarrassment. For him to say such cheesy things as though it is nothing! The lieutenant¡¯s eyes grow wide as he looks at the force members. It seems it had an effect. He looks on in admiration, full of anticipation. ¡°Restore the ark!¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ¡°Are we taking the infected city back as well! Korea is going to fight the parasites!¡± It felt like this was getting bigger, but Han Chang Jin listened quietly. Now is the ark, but they wouldplete the infected cityter. ¡°Ah! If we take back the ark, the infected city will be easy!¡± The ark is full of gear that could arm a legion ss force. The basic weapons are a given, but there are also tanks, armored cars, and fighter nes. If they had known that Tonga was hell, they would have wiped it out. Without knowing this, they had embarked for the country and gotten in trouble. They will not lose this time. They will win! ¡°Captain. What are you thinking of doing with the 1199 people frozen in the sleeping rooms?¡± A force member asks Han Chang Jin. If the people are mixed together, they all need to be killed whether they distinguish or ignore them. When considering the cases, it is easiest to kill them. ¡°We need to save them.¡± ¡°Seven Stars is against it. Rescuing is good, but there¡¯s no way to distinguish between all of those people. Are you trying to put the force in danger?¡± Han Chang Jin looks over at Cha Jun Sung. He looks at Hercules to be precise. ¡°Huh? I know what you mean, but it can¡¯t. It might be possible if there were just a few people, but scanning thousands of people will use up the entire energy core.¡± He brought 10 batteries. With 3, Hercules¡¯ energy core is charged 100%. They need to be used in emergencies. He cannot waste them on scanning. How could they use all of Hercules¡¯ energy on distinguishing between the people when it has so many uses? It is a matter of saving lives, but what cannot be done cannot be done. One out of three options had been left out. If they cannot make a distinction, they need to kill or ignore them. This is also an issue. Each has its pros and cons. They will earn points if they kill infected hosts, but they will also be killing people. They can distance themselves from guilt if they ignore them, but that would mean they do not earn points and are leaving infection threats as they are. ¡°There is a way.....¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°We can lock the capsule, thaw everyone at the same time, and watch the process.¡± The lieutenant joined the conversation. It takes a long time, but they only need to be watched for a day. They capture and kill those who are infected, and release anyone who is not. The capsules are so strong that bullets cannot go through them, so there is no chance that they would be able to escape. -[I¡¯m against it.] -[Opposed!] The cadres oppose it. First, there will be more than 1100 hosts among the 1199 people ording to the lieutenant¡¯s exnation. Even if the capsule is strong, there is a great danger. Second, it is better for everyone not to wake the survivors if the force is going to leave them behind once the mission isplete. It would be easier to make a choice if the damned helpers would let them know. ¡°Or we can force everyone to thaw and kill them all.¡± Usually, the parasite needs to find a new roost if its host is killed. Since they are in a frozen state however, they would not be able to withstand the forced defrosting. ¡®Figure it out amongst yourselves.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung stayed true to his role as a bystander in the opinions going back and forth. This is why it is difficult for decision makers. It is best to follow what he is told to do. -[Freezer capsule numbers 1 through 1199 are being thawed. 5 minutes until thawed. The temperature of the sleeping rooms is being raised to the normal temperature.] The force chose to collectively thaw. The lieutenant¡¯s opinion yed a great role in this. ¡®I¡¯ll do my best to help you, so just help us get the ark back from the parasites. Then we will figure out how to live on our own.¡¯ As long as there are no parasites, they can live in the middle of the sea. They decided to send the survivors to the bunker. They would be able tost months because there are so few of them. The survivors and infected wake up. They are all out of it and act exactly as the lieutenant did at first. With time, their vision gains focus. They did not seem to be able to recognize the situation properly. The force members stood still in one ce. It is better to let them realize for themselves. ¡°Ack! It¡¯s a parasite!¡± ¡°Ack!¡± As soon as the word ¡®parasite¡¯ came from capsule number 755, the entire ce fell into confusion. It had not really appeared. They have been frozen in time for 4 years. Since the past 4 years is the same as 1 second to these people, their memories are continuing from that point. Their fear had progressed rather than diminished. ¡°Get me out!¡± ¡°They¡¯reing! Run away!¡± Bang bang! They bang on the capsule. They are not able toe out of the border between reality and their dreams. They do not show signs of bing better. It bes worse. -[Can you hear?] The lieutenant turned on the microphone in the machinery. Then he spoke to the survivors in the capsule. When they heard noise, some of the fuss was reduced. ¡°Who is it!¡± ¡°Please!¡± ¡°Open this door!¡± -[This is 3rd Lieutenant, Andre. I was thawed a little before you all were.] ¡°Ah!¡± ¡°Lieutenant!¡± ¡°What about the parasites? What happened to us? Are you okay?¡± There must be a few sane people, because they speak normally. The lieutenant gave them a death sentence. -[Listen well.] ¡®4 years have passed since we have been frozen. The ark is still upied. We woke you up to figure out who is infected and who is not.¡¯ -[Stay for just a day. If you have parasites in your body, they will act soon.] ¡°Asshole!¡± ¡°Let us out!¡± Swearing is rampant. They guarantee that they are not hosts, but the lieutenant is sure that most of those people are already infected. 1 hour, 2 hours, 5 hours, 10 hours. Whether the survivors were fired out or had epted the reality, they stopped expressing their feelings externally, and kept to themselves. 4 years ago, the parasite was introduced in their drinking water. They had quickly filtered it, but it was after the parasite had already spread. Anyone who drank the water before that were infected without exception. ¡°Huh?¡± A man in capsule number 155 lowers his head as he feels something in his stomach. Something is wriggling. Then he feels abdominal pain. ¡°My st- stomach is weird!¡± ¡°Me too!¡± ¡°Ack!¡± Parasites do not kill their hosts. They take nutrients during their incubation period and move to the brain once they are adults. They need to steer. This is also different by case. If the situation is severe, they skip the nutrients and secure the brain from the start. They also received nutrients from parasites of the same level. ¡°It¡¯s started.¡± The lieutenant mumbles. The survivors are experiencing the parasites maturing into adults and moving into the brain. This part just needs to pass. -[Get into position from number 1.] -[Yes!] The force members went in front of the capsule when they heard Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin¡¯smand. If there are symptoms, they will be apparent to the eye as well. The expressions of the force members looking at capsule number 1 distort strangely. A bright blue vein rises on the survivors¡¯ faces with weird bumps in them. Their eyes roll back and a yellow liquid seeps from between their lips. -[If there is a change, adjust the me thrower¡¯spression. If there isn¡¯t a change, wait for a bit longer. Don¡¯t just trust the capsule and stay alert.] There ispression and jet on the me thrower. Thepression makes it go out in a straight line like with welding, and it is advantageous when fighting a small number of enemies. The level 1 parasites living in these weak bodies would melt just by being touched. Ack! Bang bang! The hosts whose brains had been seized banged on the ss as though they would break through it. They had no chance because it is bulletproof, but they cannot help but feel aversion. -[Open it and melt them.] As soon as the force members pressed the button outside, the capsule opened and the hosts ran at them. Before they could take 2 steps, they were cooked. Chapter 92 The power of the mes were so strong that they were pushed back to the capsule. Even while they were screaming, they did their best to try to advance. They left the survivors without change, locked in the capsule. They will be released once this is all taken care of. It will be a problem if they are released and changeter. Burning the hosts went smoothly. Even if the outside was burned, the inside may not be, so Hercules followed after and finished the job up. Parasitese jumping out of the hosts that are burned ck. Hercules caught them instantly and popped them. They really are disgusting. They did not neglect the clean up because there could not be a single mistake. They need to avoid letting even 1 go that could infect a force member. Several hours passed. 90% of the 1199 capsules were done. Now, they only have 1 more leg to go. There are only 17 survivors left. No matter how much they search through sleeping rooms 2 through 8, it seems it would be difficult to reach over 200 people. ording to the lieutenant, the uninfected would not be more than 0.1%. This might as well be annihtion. ¡°Huh?¡± The force members look at capsule number 1156 and are puzzled. They do appear to be hosts, but their behavior patterns are different from the 9 they killed before. The others tried to break open the capsule, but these guys are just staring. It feels weird because they are ring with their bloodshot eyes. ¡°What are you looking at?¡± He got close to the bulletproof ss and taunted the host. Kya! The host opens its mouth. Is it angry? It acted special, but it reacted to the provocation. There! Try making a fuss. It did not take even 0.1 seconds. A parasite flew out of the host¡¯s mouth, prated the bulletproof ss, and flooded the force member¡¯s face. The force member¡¯s body bends reflexively. The 2nd stage of his body modifications helped him barely avoid the tentacles¡¯ attack. He would have already be a host if he had been in the conditions of his beginner days. ¡°Da-damn!¡± The force went back in a cold sweat. They do not have the courage to go forward and press the button. They had almost lost their lives with an involuntary provocation. After a bit of noise, the force members¡¯ attention was directed to capsule number 1156. It cannot be an ordinary parasite if it can get through bulletproof ss. -[Avoid it!] Lim Si Hyun yelled. Avoid it? When they avoided it already? The force members did not understand, and they were losing consciousness when they did. The host¡¯s tentacles inted and a parasite flew out of the hole at the end. It is a dark brown. It isparable just in appearance to the clear or white parasites. As soon as it spit out the brown parasite, the host¡¯s skin crumbled and withered like that of an elderly person. Eventually, it becameid and died. It had already gathered all of the nutrients from the host. The brown parasite went into the metal armor. It did not prate it. It is body armor, but there are holes for venttion to make action easier. The parasite had attacked one of those. It could not get through the strong impact tights and traveled up, entering orally and heading straight for the brain. The host was hidden by the metal armor and started to go through abnormal transitions. If a good seed meets a good field, the fruition must also be good. The Lifer who had been remodeled with body modifications is the best ingredient for the parasite. ¡°It¡¯s toote to save him!¡± ¡°Kill him!¡± While it was transitioning, the force members used the methrower on the host. The mes covered the metal armor, but the transition did not stop. The material itself is strong against heat and cold and he even has the impact tights, so the effect is weak. It is unbelievable that a mutant is benefiting from their gear. ¡°Hercules! Take care of it!¡± ¡°Kill the enemy!¡± Hercules hits off from the ground and rushes. When the force members saw Hercules charge like a bull, they quickly left the site. Bang bang! It struck the metal armor with its shoulder. The host flew 10m and hit the wall. There was not much damage and it stood up right away. Hercules put pressure on the host¡¯s neck and chest, scanned its insides with its eyes, and tried to rip the metal armor off with its hands. Zing! The scanning results are delivered through the hologram. The mutation process is included. A thread-like, brown parasite made roots in the brain. It is abnormal as though looking at a living being rather than a brain. As it was infected by the parasite, the physical ability multiplied. Numerically speaking, it is simr to Cha Jun Sung or Park Jin Hyuk. ¡°It¡¯s at least a level 3.¡± ¡°At most a level 4.¡± Cha Jun Sung and Koharu face each other. Since parasites are not mutants with constant shape, it is hard to make a distinction just from appearances. ording to the stats shown on the hologram, the mutation is in progress from level 3. It can evolve with rich nutrients and time. The host kicked at Hercules¡¯ temple hard with its foot. The power was strong and made Hercules let go. Kiki! The host takes a stance like a human. It is awkward, but it is not behavior that a mutant should be showing. This is the fear of parasites. Parasites dominate their hosts¡¯ brains. Humans have the highest intellect in the world. Inevitably, they will advance as much. It has the memories of when the host was human, and uses what it knows. A restriction per se is that it uses the host¡¯s brain less if it is of a lower level and more if it is at a higher level. If it is level 3 or 4, it will use the brain at least a little. -[Metal armor shock absorber, breakage rate under 1.5%. Mutant level, level 3.] Hercules rxes its neck after being hit, and gives the mutant a level. Intermediate or lower. If it were the yer, there would be 5% damage and more. It is still impressive. A bug had changed a person into a level 3 mutant. Kyak! Papat! The host avoids Hercules. It went up against Hercules once and realized that it cannot win. It is agile and not easily caught. Huh? There is a change in the hologram. The brown parasite that fused with the brain divides into hundreds. Then they came out through the host¡¯s mouth. Papapapat! The parasites as small as ants spread all over the floor and enter the mouths of the burnt hosts. What are they trying to do inside dead bodies? Chomp chomp. They are eating the corpses. They exclude the burnt parts and eat away at the rest. The force members were swinging the methrowers around even more because of their aversion to the effect on the brain. The parasites avoided the mes and repeated their actions several times. They grew bigger and bigger. After a while, they were the size of a human fist. They killed most of the parasites, but dozens of them avoided the bullets and mes to survive. They had the vitality of cockroaches. ¡°Do I need to get involved?¡± Pew pew! Park Jin Hyuk hit the parasites with his Head Hunter. It was like a turtle was crawling. There were so many that he could not kill all of them and missed half. They hear the sound of something being chewed. The host chews and eats the parasites. This is how it makes up for the nutrients itcks. The serious partes next. The host trusts its metal armor, and walks around to eat the dead parasites. It seems it does not matter whether they are dead or alive. Kyak! The host roared, pressed the release button, and took the metal armor off. It had used the force member¡¯s memory. The impact tights are swollen. Its bulky muscles and veins are showing through the thick fibers. The lieutenant¡¯s nightmares hade alive again. He ran away behind the force members, and goes in a frenzy to the survivors in the capsule. A few even fainted. The host went around, hiding in ces with cover. It knows what guns and methrowers are, and it moved while predicting the paths for attack. They cannot set off bombs because the force has gathered to a small space. Tatak! Then it nces over the force from dozens of meters away, on the ceiling. -[Everyone get out.] Cha Jun Sung radios in. He cannot fight properly because there are too many Lifers. -[Are you saying we should ignore it?] -[This is a space where we cannot attack together. Let¡¯s leave it to Hercules.] They cannot win fully, but he had brought some equipment that he needs. He believes that he can repair the damage one or two times. -[Alright.] -[We¡¯re going outside.] Lim Si Hyun sent the force to the entrance. Survivors were kept in the capsules. They mean to keep the time since they need to be watched for a day. The impact tights could not withstand the strength of the intion, and ripped little by little. It does not reach 4m in size, but the tentacles all over its body writhe like snakes. It is certain that anyone caught on those will be a host. ¡°I¡¯ll stay.¡± ¡°What?¡± Lim Si Hyun and the force are surprised when Cha Jun Sung speaks. If he stays here and Hercules loses, he will die or be infected, which would only exacerbate the situation. ¡°I need to remain if I am to give detailed instructions. Don¡¯t worry.¡± They willbine their power and get rid of it quickly. It is not like Cha Jun Sung to drag it on for a long time. ¡°We¡¯ll leave it to you.¡± Lim Si Hyun closed the door. Inside the capsule are only Cha Jun Sung, Hercules, the host, and the survivors. The environment had be suitable for battle. ¡°You won¡¯te down?¡± Kihik! The host has no thoughts ofing down from the ceiling. It is thinking about how it can infect the survivors who are locked up in the capsule. ¡°What are you thinking about so hard? If you don¡¯te down, I¡¯m going up.¡± Pang! Cha Jun Sung steps on the wall and stairs and bursts through the air. Hercules also started up the booster under its feet. It is one level 4 against the 2. There is an obvious oue, but they cannot avoid battle. Chapter 93 Pang pang! The tentacles are great as weapons for attack in addition to infecting others. They split the air like a whip and tickle Cha Jun Sung¡¯s ears. As soon as it grazed an iron pipe, it cut as if cutting through paper. He had been saving his points, but also purchased metal armor. It might have been different before, but he does not get cut up from being hit a few times now. ¡°This thing is only going after me.¡± The host is cunning. It knows that Cha Jun Sung is weaker than Hercules. It also knows that he is a living being that can be infected. So it only goes after Cha Jun Sung. It attacked Hercules as a diversion tactic, but it was not particrly threatening. Their abilities are pretty much on the same level. Since it does not work, their methods are changed from the beginning. If Hercules is to fight the Destroyer again, the odds are 50/50. Parasites are simr since they can infect. It is a matter of ability. ¡°This rat!¡± Woong! The Wolf Kill¡¯s attack radius bes smaller. He is swinging it short. Since the host is fast,rge movements will provide it gaps for attack. Blocking its approach is best. Parasitese out of its tongue. It is the method it used to infect the force member. Cha Jun Sung put down the Wolf Kill and took care of them quickly with a dagger. It is the dagger that he received in the tutorial, but he kept it because it came in useful at times. Hercules flew the buster at the host¡¯s side. This force broke the bone and it fell as its side became depressed. Pew pew pew pew! Cha Jun Sung went at the host with the red fire. If it is wounded, it will use its nutrients to try to heal. If they culminate, the host cannot ignore them. Hercules changed the methrower function into a spray and set fire to a wider area. If the methrower is left onpression, it is easier for the host to avoid it with its speed. ¡°Whew! This is exhausting.¡± Fatigue from the pressure of bing infected with just a graze and a concentrated attack was considerable. Cha Jun Sung hid behind Hercules. He had given it enough wounds. There is still a long way to go. He cannot use all of his strength on this 1 mutant. ¡°If this is this bad, is the source stronger? Well, I guess it could be a hatchery too.¡± Even as an infestor, it is not created out of nothing. Something must be hatching them. They need to get rid of that to restore the ark. Cha Jun Sung threw a fever shot at the host that was being pushed back. At the right timing, he took Hercules out. If Hercules gets swept, he will need to spend more on parts. Kyak! ¡°It¡¯s burning well!¡± When the infestors realize that they cannot live in the host, theye out, burn, and die. It is extremely gross. They are worse than cockroaches. -[You have earned 20,000 points and 8,000 achievement points.] Wow! Was it top level? It must be a level assigned due to the difficulty of attack rather than its body strength. Regardless, it had increased his achievement points by 40%. It must be because he was active in the battle and he had wrapped it up in the end. If he had done it all on his own, he might have been able to increase his points by 50%. Cha Jun Sung was about to open the door when he looked at the survivors. They were surprised and avoided his eyes. It did not seem like they would say anything about what they saw. He told Lim Si Hyun¡¯s group that the battle was over. The inside was taken care of. In a full day, they rescued 17 plus 2 for a total of 19 survivors from sleeping room 1. They will have to work hard if they are to take care of rooms 2 through 9 as well. A few hours after the force left, a small change urred in sleeping room 1. It was such a small change that they would not have realized even if they had been there. A brown parasite millimeters long, as thin as a strand of hair, came out of the dead level 4 host¡¯s skull. It had endured the heat. It did live, but it is notpletely safe. It hadid an egg as the main body was burned, so its vitality shook like a candlelight. Helpers are only almighty in the system, and cannot do anything about mutants. They had given Cha Jun Sung the points thinking that they had all died. They were not mistaken. The brown parasite would die after a few days. Parasites hang on to their lives as much as they can even if they are barely alive in order to alert the emergence of enemies. Kik! The infestor takes in nutrients. It eats away as it pleases because there are no barriers. It needs to build up its body. It cannot move a long distance in its current state. The infestor looked around for a way out once it was as big as a pinky. The freezer mode was released. All it needs is a small hole. The infestor went into a hole in a pipe. It decided on the ce that was giving off the smell of its parent object as its destination, and crawled. It is a far journey for an infestor. As it went, it would find that it is on the wrong path. However, it did not give up. Even if it had to go back, it advanced at least a little. It is warm. As it gets closer to its parent object, its body grows warmer. It is a ce with a temperature suitable for parasites to live in. Thump. As soon as it heard this sound, the infestor felt relief and let go of its lifeline. It had finally arrived where it had been born. Something approaches the dead infestor. It is a tentacle as thick as a snake. The tentacle absorbed the infestor as though praising its efforts. Humans ry information through methods like media ornguage. Mutants? There are various ways that they can do this as well. When parasites absorb their subordinates, they can read their memories. They cannot ry the minor details like humans can, but expression of something like ¡®A strong enemy threatening the east appeared¡¯ is possible. They get rid of anything superfluous and take in the main point. Keureung! The mutant that absorbed the infestor is an infection pocket as big as a truck. It is the source upying the ark. The brown species is the highest level that this infection pocket can produce. It had not produced even 10 over 4 years. 2 were sacrificed when taking over the ark, and 3 are missing. 4 were resurrected to keep with it. They are there to send out when necessary. But 1 of the missing 3 hade back after 4 years. It hade back dying in order to tell it that an enemy had appeared in their habitat. The infection pocket squeezed out nutrients and injected them into the 4 brown infestors. The existence of enemies is dangerous, but it is also a relief. Near the infection pocket, there is a mountain of bones with holes all over them. Even though it is arge space, there are so many bones that it makes movement difficult. Parasites are living beings as well. They need to eat to live. They used the people they caught on the ark as nutrients instead of turning them into hosts. Even that ising to its limits. They do not have enough food. They know that there are a lot of people in the freezer sleeping rooms, but they will die if they enter. It collected infestors to maintain its body as well. Is the saying that crisis is an opportunity? It is the perfect way to describe the situation for the infection pocket. The 4 brown infestors shake off the mucus and wriggle. It is a rainfall. They are as big as a human thigh. They had reaped the benefits of the nutrients. Kyak! Papat! The infestors received their orders and sank into the darkness. The force members who do not know of this, go around the sleeping room and are busy rescuing survivors. Chapter 94 The acrid smell of burning bodies fills the sleeping rooms. The hosts locked up in the capsules were held by methrowers. If the methrowers were fired, they died. It only took a few days to get through rooms 1 through 8. It is because they were being directed by the lieutenant who knows the ark¡¯syout well. Other than the frozen parasites, there were not many of them. They were weak enough at levels 2 and 3 that they could be captured without issues as long as the force members were careful. The parasites in the sleeping rooms are basic infestors and brown infestors. On their way to room 8, they hade across 2 more brown infestors. Since they had experienced the brown species once before, they were not provoked by unusual objects. They took care of them by calling Hercules before the infestors could mutate. They gave 1600 points, but it seems they were judged highly because of the danger of infection. They moved busily, but fortunately no one died after the first member. They are even suspicious that this really is a level D mission. Whew! There are 73 rescued survivors from room 8. Just as the capacity isrge with 3000, there are also a lot of survivors. That also means there were as many hosts. Excluding the lieutenant, with the 73 people from room 8 and 242 people being protected in the bunker, there is a total of 316 people, exceeding the first prediction of 200. Encroached with intense fear, they all show signs of mental instability. The people experiencing severity are delirious. They have gone insane. ¡°So we¡¯ve saved all of them.¡± ¡°I think so.¡± ¡°We need to find the source..... Where are the warm ces?¡± It is the same in the virtual and reality versions, but parasites like warm ces. How many ces like that would there be on this vast ark? The lieutenant says that right before the captain was frozen 4 years ago, he adjusted the main system to leave only the basic power and cut off the rest. There will not be many warm ces because though there is a central heating system, it is inevitable for the chill to seep in unless it is a location deep in the ark. It would have been good if the captain had survived, but there were only 2 survivors among him and the 7 lieutenants. 1 person had even be insane with fear. Due to this, the onlymander level person who could dictate on the ark realistically, is the lieutenant. ¡°If you activate the main system, you will be able to locate the source.¡± Inside the ark are sensors to detect intruders and CCTVs. If that function is restored, it will be easy to find the ce where the source is hiding. ¡®It¡¯s unstable to leave the ark to them. Strictly speaking, isn¡¯t the lieutenant crazy as well?¡¯ Cha Jun Sung is thinking. Even an aircraft carrier is tinypared to the ark. It is a resolution and aplete strategic weapon with the force of a nation. To hand this over whole? Cha Jun Sung and the force cannot im ownership over the ark, but they have the right to help or not. There is a point to restoring the main system as the lieutenant said. But Cha Jun Sung thinks it would be better to look everywhere even if it takes more time and is crude. He can pretend to be fine, but a crazy person is a crazy person. Among the 316 survivors, there are also 70 soldiers. They supported 3 parties from the force and brought out weapons from the armory. The force is currently divided into threes. 3 parties are protecting the survivors in the bunker. With the level 4 in mind, Park Jin Hyuk stayed behind. Another 3 parties took the role of carrying weapons, food, and other necessities to the bunker from storage, along with 50 of the sane soldiers. Lastly, the 4 parties with Cha Jun Sung had been in the role of rescuing survivors from the freezer, but they were returning after saving everyone. They had told them that they would create their own armed forces and lend help in repairing the ark over time, but they cannot say that they are allies outright. If their opinions do not coincide and they be enemies, there will be a 3-way battle between the Lifers, survivors, and mutants. ¡°Oy. They¡¯ll figure it out for themselves.¡± It is a headache. Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin are not stupid either. Rather, they are smart and wise. They will make a good judgment. Bunkers are normally thought of asrge public spaces that can only hold people, but the bunker on the ark is not like that. It is a space that is blocked off on all sides with sturdy walls. It isrge as well. The difference is that the inside is divided into hundreds as though they are apartments. To describe it? A hive? Yes, it is like a hive. It is indeed a bunker, but it is state-of-the-art to optimize it for people to live in. To put it simply, it can be lived in. ¡°It¡¯s split in half.¡± ¡°There are pros and cons to restoring the main system and searching the ark. It is iffy to decide what is good and what is bad. Opinions are divided as well.¡± Seven Stars is saying they should search the ark even if it extends the time until the mission ispleted. On the other hand, the government wants to restore the main system to open up a way for the survivors to live. Since they already started helping out, they wanted to do it properly. The lieutenant is not here. This is something that would not be good for him to hear. ¡°Cha Jun Sung, what do you think?¡± ¡°I am also reluctant to leave the main system in the control of a crazy person.¡± He responded honestly to Lim Si Hyun¡¯s question. But Han Chang Jin did not go over it simply. ¡°Are you saying that you will return right away once the mission isplete?¡± That is right. Han Chang Jin is looking at the end. He is at the crossroads of helping the survivors or abandoning them once the mission is over. He wants to restore the main system at one time instead of going back and forth multiple times. Then they will be able to returnfortably. ¡°Isn¡¯t this a case of do you like your mom or dad?¡± ¡°Let¡¯s just divide into search, restore, and protection parties to distribute roles.¡± Jung Hye Ryung speaks up. It is a good idea, but it would break down their power too much. If the parasite attacks one ce, they could be annihted. ¡°If this situation continues, it is better to divide as that woman said.¡± Neither of the groups are willing to give in. They are both saying, ¡®You give up.¡¯ If they are going to drag this out, splitting up and moving separately is the shortcut to reducing friction. ¡°Let¡¯s have Seven Stars search the ark, and the government restore the main system.¡± ¡°Who will guard the bunker?¡± Jung Hye Ryung pointed to the armed soldiers outside. The force cannot protect them forever. They need to know how to protect themselves. Since anything can happen, wouldn¡¯t it be okay to have 1 party remain? ¡°Should my party stay behind?¡± ¡°Cha Jun Sung, you need to join in either the search or the restoration.¡± Lim Si Hyun said that he cannot. He sees Cha Jun Sung¡¯s abilities as simr to their own. Therefore, there is no problem to have him out. It is just that they need to take Hercules no matter what, since it is able to fight against a level 4. This is of direct rtion to their lives. They cannot give it up to the restoration party. ¡°Hercules will support the search, and I will join the main.¡± It will be temporary, but Hercules will obey someone else¡¯s orders if they are input into the system. Lim Si Hyun feels assured. No matter how they look at it, the search is more dangerous than the main. They need to kill the source if they discover it. That is difficult to do with 40 people. ¡°If that is the decision, the government will leave 1 party behind.¡± Once they each gave in a little, the meeting progressed smoothly. They decided to go in half a day, and Cha Jun Sung continued to keep Park Jin Hyuk at the bunker. Chapter 95 90 people leave the bunker. The Lieutenant went with the main, and a colonel lieutenant ranked soldier went with the search. They need to be directed through the ark. ¡°Be careful.¡± ¡°Are youfortable?¡± ¡°Hah..... I can¡¯t express it! It¡¯s heaven! y and eat, I¡¯ll pass on the next.¡± Park Jin Hyuk gives Cha Jun Sung a taunting look. How good is it to not be moving? All he has to do is stay in the bunker and hang out. Park Jin Hyuk also knows why he is staying behind. If a level 4 appears, he needs to stop it. Anything below that is up to the party and soldiers. ¡°I¡¯ll leave her to you.¡± ¡°Sure. Koharu, be careful.¡± ¡°Yeah!¡± Kyoko smiles and waves her hand. They have a 4 year age difference and they get along well. They seem to be developing a good rtionship. Koharu must also like Park Jin Hyuk, because she does not care. The search party and restoration party are getting farther away. Park Jin Hyuk watched from the bunker entrance and went inside. He does not work as a guard. Seven Stars and the government had been considerate to an extent. Seureuk. ¡°.....?¡± Park Jin Hyuk was about to close the bunker door when he turned his head. A faint sound passed by his ear. He could barely hear it with his enhanced hearing. Bump. 9 parties disappear far away. He thought that he had heard it from a close distance, but he must have mistaken the footsteps of 90 people and their chatter. Park Jin Hyuk smiled and went in. He had joked to Cha Jun Sung, but it would be a lie if he said that he did not feel burdened by having to protect the bunker. It is in a high gap dozens of meters away from the bunker. An odd creature with a fat and wrinkled body and thick fur is looking down. It is a brown infestor. It is difficult to identify due to its dark coat and the dark environment. Of course the reverse is easy. It had almost been discovered by Park Jin Hyuk whose body sensations are abnormally enhanced. 4 of them are stuck to each other. The brown infestors had followed the force all the way here by their scent. But there is a problem. There are too many enemies. They may not be able to make rational decisions like humans do, but they have instincts as mutants. They know that these humans wearing strange shells have considerable power. The infection pocket had shared the knowledge it received from the brown infestor with them. The 4 contemted. If they be adults and emerge, they can fight somehow. But it is impossible to do with these weak bodies. Average infestors cannot divide or create offspring at will. The only species capable of that is the infection pocket. This is simr for the brown infestors. Brown ones can create the average and brown infestors, but they are born without the reproductive function which makes it so that they cannot breed. If infinite breeding had been possible, would the level 4 infection pocket have created just the 4 of them? They can be expressed as the body and alter ego. The brown infestors each used a small amount of nutrients and created offspring. There are 20 of just the brown species. They found the path to prate the bunker, but they are too big to enter. They will need to send these instead. The offspring scatter. They need to go into the bunker, find a host, and quickly open the door. After, the main bodies will take care of the rest. *** The bunker is calm among the unrest regarding the parasites. 316 of the 20,000 people who had been frozen in sleep had survived, for a survival rate of 1.5%. Normally? There had been about 250,000 people on board the ark. Calcting with this as the basis, it is lowered from 1.5% to around 0.12%. It is not annihtion, but it might as well be. Even though it happened 4 years ago, they remember the events as if they happened yesterday so they cannot help but be nervous. ¡°Hee hee! We¡¯re all going to die!¡± ¡°I want to die!¡± Park Jin Hyuk pitied the survivors. Is that really living? There is no difference from being dead. Their families became hosts and ripped people apart to eat them? It is pure hell. Pure hell. There are not even 100 people who arepletely sane. It is to the point where they cannot lead normal lives in society. The force was designated to an area where it is easy to manage the survivors¡¯ dormitories. Seeing them all together, it is more like looking at a mental hospital. Without exaggeration, there is even someone who is smearing feces on the wall. ¡°Grandma, would you like to take a walk?¡± ¡°Yeah yeah!¡± A young man takes the old woman¡¯s hand and goes. He looks to be her grandson. The grandmother¡¯s condition is not good. It is confusing whether she has Alzheimer¡¯s or if she has gone crazy. The young man takes nces at Park Jin Hyuk and keeps their distance. He seems to be scared. He must be since Park Jin Hyuk caught the parasites without fear. Park Jin Hyuk did not really pay attention either. In situations like this, other people are just borders. The party that the government left behind split into pairs to watch the bunker entrances. The soldiers either supported them or guarded other spots. Half of the dorm is at attention. There is nothing that takes priority over life. ¡°I need to rest too.¡± He dropped out of working the guard. He cannot sleep because he would feel bad to the force. He needs to sharpen his des to take on whatever it is that coulde at any time. *** The offspring use all of their strength. They are smaller than millets, but it is not easy for them to enter. A wall made of concrete and steel is blocking the front. After struggling through the passageway that the main bodies discovered however, they seeded in entering. It was a tank that changed rainwater into drinking water. They had targeted the tiny openings in the filter. The offspring were cooped up in a corner and moved together. They are in such a hidden ce that no one would be able to see them unless they were explicitly looking for them. ¡°Grandma, just wait a little. We¡¯ll be able to go back to how it was before.¡± The offspring stop moving. A living being suitable for infection is approaching. There are 2 of them. They are moving camouge without the need to die. The offspring jumped onto the clothes of the man and old woman, digging through their skins. Though they are small, there is bound to be pain since they are ripping through the skin. The man pulled up the clothes from his side because of the pain. A red patch had formed as though he had popped a pimple. The grandmother was still nk as though she had not felt anything. ¡°No..... no!¡± The man¡¯s face turned blue. It couldn¡¯t be? It cannot be. It could not be the aura of the infection he saw 4 years ago. This is a dream. A nightmare. The surprised man¡¯s thoughts are paralyzed. The offspring went up to his brain, took in the nutrients, grew sharply in size, and took over the brain. It happened within moments. His grandmother showed simr symptoms. It is the transition into an infection host. The change happened in a quiet ce, silently. The offspring paced the progress as slowly as they could so that the bodies could not show rejection. 10 minutes passed. The hosts open their eyes. The man is all set up to be a mutant at any time, but it is not working on the grandmother. The cells that configure the body have aged and are on the verge of rotting. They had infected her because they were in a rush, but she is unqualified. They would need to use her as a ce to hide until they find a healthy host to move into. 18 offspring hide themselves amicably inside the host. Inside the man, 1 of the offspring fuses with another. The offspring¡¯s limit is level 2, but they can be level 3 if they fuse. They are bing adults. It is something that they cannot do without a host, so they need to find infection targets to suck the nutrients out of them. The hosts walk. They know where the infection targets are. They need to get the main bodies inside the bunker. To do that, they need strength. Chapter 96 Another victim changed into a host. The offspring did not get greedy and only took a minority. Like this, they went from 2 hosts to creating 5 more. They had eaten the old woman up a long time ago. She is useless because she is so old. The offspring fused 2 into 1, so they became a total of 3 adults. ¡°What are you doing here?¡± ¡°Go back.¡± When the hosts approached the bunker entrance, a few soldiers tried to stop them. Their goal is to open the door, so there is no reason for them to stop. The atmosphere is bing cold. The party made up of Lifers came with their methrowers and had the soldiers go back. It could be that they are crazy and unable to speak, but they have a feeling. ¡°This.¡± ¡°I¡¯m getting a bad premonition. If youe any closer, I¡¯ll cook you.¡± A party member turned the methrower on. A red me flicked out and grazed the floor. Did they feel threatened? They stopped. Keureuk! Their eyes meet and they get a feel for each other. The party members that they are hosts, the hosts that they have been caught. The actions to take after? Wiing! A soldier did not think and rang the siren. It is an emergency. Hosts entered the bunker. The party members prepared for battle as well. ¡°Why now?¡± ¡°There are few of them.¡± They had been crept up on, but it is not a desperate situation. It does not seem like the inside has beenpromised. If it had, there would have been chaos. There are just 3 of them. ¡°Too too!¡± ¡°Infestors!¡± ¡°Get down!¡± The host that spit out 14 brown infestors sheds the human. The sound of bones breaking with the body twisting in a bizarre manner. ¡°That!¡± ¡°Level 4!¡± The party members stutter. It is simr to the level 4 parasite that they had fought in sleeping room 1. The only difference is that it is a bit smaller. The party members avoided the infestors with their enhanced senses, but the soldiers could not do the same. 7 hosts are going through transition. ¡°Fry them!¡± Bang! 1 of the 3 hosts thatpleted transitioning first got to the party within seconds, and hit a member¡¯s stomach. He went rolling back as though flying from the incredible strength. He avoided instant death with his metal armor, impact tights, and body modification. 9 peopleunched their methrowers. The survivors started screaming from the dorms after detecting the noise. They have recalled their nightmares of the past. A long and sharp tentacle licks out like a sword. The party members focus and run around to avoid it. From experience, it is just under level 4. It is a level 3. ¡°Damn it! Hey! Are you dead?¡± ¡°Ugh! Shut up!¡± The party member who had been hit by the host rubs his stomach and joins the formation. At the same time, the 7 hostspleted their transition. ¡°It¡¯s 10 to 10.¡± The number of hosts and the number of party members is the same. The problem is quality. The quantity might be the same, but there is a huge difference in level. These people cannot win against level 3 mutants 1 to 1. On top of that, one of the party members is a medic. He falls behind in battle. They are on a hinge. ¡°Did you radio in?¡± ¡°It¡¯s frozen.¡± A characteristic of the ark makes it so that their radios do not work once they reach a certain distance. To put it simply, getting support is a wish that will onlye true in their dreams. ¡°The bunker isn¡¯t safe either. How did they get in here?¡± Bang! The hosts were about to turn to look at the noise behind them when they fell back from an incredible force from the front. ¡°You?¡± ¡°You, you did that in one hit?¡± ¡°Ah. You guys don¡¯t mind me and guard the bunker. From what the hosts are doing, it looks like they¡¯re trying to open the door.¡± Park Jin Hyuk does not undermine mutants. He has seen and experienced too much to do that. He needs to ept these as a type of extra-terrestrial intelligence as well. Kyak! ¡°Huh? I hit them with all of my strength, but they healed already? So you¡¯re level 3?¡± He had hit with his foot, covered in a metal armor made of steel. And that was with all of his strength. If it had been a level 1 or 2, it would have died instantly. ¡°Shall we y?¡± Papat! Park Jin Hyuk holds the Head Hunter and withdraws. He provoked the hosts. Just 2 of them follow him. He is just a snack. ¡°You guys can¡¯t.¡± Tang tang! Park Jin Hyuk avoids attacks from the tentacles and brought in the attention of more of them. Then, 3 more that had been attacked ran at him. There are 5 now. 5 level 3 mutants. He needs to face them properly to find out if it is too much or not, but there is nothing he can do even if it is too much. If he cannot do it, they all die. The hosts fight and try to break the entrance. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s prediction was correct. They are not the main body, but the alter ego. The main bodies are outside. ¡®Listen well. Parasites have their own shapes, so it was difficult to figure out their levels even in the virtual version. There is one distinction.¡¯ It is what Cha Jun Sung had told him. The ability to infect is a basic ability given to the race, but only the main body is allowed to breed. The 10 level 3s creating a mess right now are alter egos, so they cannot breed. That means that if they kill them now, they are putting out an imminent fire. ¡°Guard the entrance and take them on 2 people to 1! Soldiers, please support! Ugh! They can¡¯t get the entrance open no matter what! Then it¡¯s all over!¡± The party members avoid the hosts while taking action to show that they understand. Even if they do not say it, they will put their lives on the line to fight. Their only choices are to kill the 10 or to hold out until the force returns. While the bunker was battling the infection hosts, the restoration team was reaching the main system at the stem. There were no mutants on their way there. Not even 1 hade out. Is this really an advance mission? It is falling t. They are just tense without the appearance of stimting factors. However, this is because of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party. If it were not for that party, they would have experienced incredible damages with the level 4 that appeared in the beginning. ¡®The difference with yer¡¯s Prison and Dead Ark ¨C a hidden motive?¡¯ With nothing to do, he just has more straying thoughts. It is pretty good for passing the time. Cha Jun Sung thought deeply. Could it be that the location decided on by helpers is calcted not just by difficulty but also by potential? It is entirely possible. There were almost 20,000 of the parasites that they encountered in the freezers. What if they had turned the freezer system off by ignorance and hatched them? Since they are like a germ-like species, they would have spread in the blink of an eye. If they had not handled it, a festival would have opened. An infection festival. It is the same with the source that they have not yet found, but the points could have also been decided with the risk factor in ind. It is the same reasoning for yer¡¯s Prison. A special mission had been superimposed, making it a level D advance mission. Regardless of how strong a Destroyer is, there was just 1. If they went with the force that entered the ark, it would have beenpleted within moments. Measurements of mission points are not absolute, but rtive. yer¡¯s Prison was matched to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group to give them that many points. Looking at the mission alone, it is hard to say that it is worth 20,000 points. Thinking about it like this, there has to be something to the Dead Ark where 100 people have entered for a formal advance mission. Whether it is a potential risk or another. ¡°Are we far?¡± ¡°We¡¯re almost there. Since this is the 4th floor, we just have to go down 3 floors.¡± The Lieutenant responds to Han Chang Jin¡¯s question. The main system is not at the top where they can see the panoramic view of the fairway, but under. The ark was created to separate as a submarine in the case of an emergency. They had not been able to do this 4 years ago because their path was blocked. Going without any obstacles, they went down 3 floors in less than an hour. The path isplex. If they did not have someone escorting them, it would have taken them days. ¡°This is it.¡± A simple door blocks the party. The Lieutenant approaches the door. Beep beep. The automatic functions were off so everything had to be done manually, but the Lieutenant did what he needed to withoutints. The main system will soon be restored. How much does he anticipate this? The ark that had been taken by parasites 4 years ago is being returned to human hands. [Manual code entry. Auxiliary power operated. Headquarters will be opened in 10 seconds.] Is the main system in the headquarters? It is a fitting term. The door opened and they saw everything in the room. It is like a spaceship cockpit. There are hundreds ofputers alone, and all types of things. The Lieutenant went up the stairs. It is obviously the central hub. ¡°I will begin now.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± The Lieutenant took out 5 strange cards from the backpack he brought. They are the captain and lieutenants¡¯ recognition cards, that would be able to recover the main system. He is not the captain. He can turn on the main system with his authority, but he cannot take over the position as captain on his own. The captain and lieutenants each have a card, so they can override the captain if a majority are in agreement. Fortunately, he had gathered 5 of them. 3 cards were lost. He had not been able to find the lieutenants¡¯ bodies. There is strong security on it, but he can release it. If he can authenticate that the cadres were killed, ites over naturally. -[Fingerprint and eye recognition, 100% match! 3rd Lieutenant Andre Gordon confirmed! Main system operation. Restoring the authority ofmander.] ¡°The captain and 5 lieutenants died. I want to receive session of the title.¡± The Lieutenant entered the 5 cards. The main system identifies the cards. -[Main system down 4 years 3 months 21 days. Tracking card location.] While the setting was beingpleted, it went into tracking. Theputers turned on and started to split. They are the thousands of CCTVs that surveil the ark. -[2nd, 5th, and 6th Lieutenants¡¯ cards location confirmed in engine room. Bizarre alien creature found.] ¡°That¡¯s!¡± ¡°Infection pocket!¡± Chapter 97 The CCTV shows them the engine room. In the room, there is an infection pocket as big as a truck that seems to be sleeping. They can guess that it is the source. Woong! The hidden CCTV turns around the area. It is a tomb of bones. The location tracking of the lieutenants is received from inside. Their deaths are confirmed. ¡°The engine room is near the broiler. It is far from headquarters.¡± ¡°Can we reach the search party on the radio?¡± ¡°We can because that much is under my authority. I will connect you.¡± The ark always has a firewall in activation in order to prevent enemies from tracking and hacking. That is why their radios had not been going through smoothly. [Bizarre alien creatures and intruders in bunker 2. Battle engagement among soldiers.] The main system checks everything that happens on the ark with ease. It may have some shorings, but it is like looking at the helpers on their PDA. The main system must find the presence of the force ufortable, because it calls them intruders. More than that, the term ¡®battle¡¯ is disconcerting. Bang bang! The image of Park Jin Hyuk and the party members fighting in a craze shows up on the bunker CCTV. The soldiers are ridden with fear and barely giving their support. ¡°Crazy!¡± Cha Jun Sung yelled. Park Jin Hyuk is taking on 5 mutants by himself. Even still, he is engaged and the fight is tight. They seem to be level 3. The party members are also fighting in pairs, but they are being overwhelmed. It is a fragile bnce. The side that breaks is the side that loses. ¡°Hurry up and check CCTV number 17, and go through with the session! And bring down the firewall!¡± The Lieutenant urges the main system. Identification is required in confirming death. He took the cadres¡¯ bodies to the bunker and left them where they are clearly visible. [The Captain and 1st and 4th Lieutenants confirmed to be dead. 7th Lieutenant alive. Title session following guidelines. Colonel Andre Gordon, you are the captain of the ark.] Woong! The firewall has been brought down. The radio where they had only heard noise, bes clear. [Search party, respond. Can you hear me?] Han Chang Jin rushes to radio in to the search party. It is a dangerous situation. [Huh? I can hear you. So you¡¯ve recovered the main system.] [The source is in the engine room. We expect it to be a level 4 infection pocket, and it is as big as a 3-ton truck. And the bunker is under attack right now.] [The bunker!] [The only thing caught on the CCTV is the infection pocket. Can you take care of it?] [We can do it if we have Hercules. Support the bunker.] ¡°We need people to guard this ce, so I will stay here with 1 party. 3 parties will go back to the bunker. The path will be described through the CCTV.¡± They hade through it, but it was soplex that they could not remember it after one time. They need to capture the engine room and they need to protect the bunker. Everyone became busy. ¡°Main body!¡± ¡°No! It¡¯s the same as what we saw in sleeping room 1! If it infects, that¡¯s a level 4!¡± Cha Jun Sung ran. Koharu and Kyoko followed him as well. The party members were torn, but they also followed suit when Han Chang Jin sent the signal. [I will tell you the path. Go left at the first crossroads..... Then right.] Han Chang Jin and the other party members let them know the paths to the bunker and the engine room. The situation flowed quickly. The interest inside went to that side. ¡°Ack! It¡¯s war! It¡¯s a war with parasites! We need to annihte them!¡± The Lieutenant had a smile of madness. He input themands he could not understand from Han Chang Jin¡¯s group and manipted the dusty machines. They continued this boring work for several hours. [Captain approval. Route reset. Pass destination. Operate engine.] The route twists. Bang! Park Jin Hyuk was hit by a strong force and almost fell, but extended his arm to break his fall. He left without dy. Kyak! 4 hosts will not stop following him. They cannot reproduce, but they cannot have peace of mind. The body died and it came out of the brain to try to infect him. He killed 2 of them with concentrated attacks. When he fired the Head Hunter at the heart and brain, a brown parasite came flying out of its mouth as though spitting. Kyak! Puk! When Park Jin Hyuk heard a scream from closeby, his eyes became overcast. A party member whose arms and legs are broken, is wriggling on the floor. ¡®So they don¡¯t kill.¡¯ The infestors can only take over living creatures. They only wound the party members and kill the soldiers. They are keeping the outstanding candidates for infection alive. On Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s side, he is at an advantage. It is hard, but he can get the other 3 if he fights without stopping. The problem is the other side. They are being pushed back significantly. 5 of the party members are wounded and half of the soldiers are dead. Did they die while fighting? No. Most of them died while running away. 4 hosts died and 6 are left. It would be good if the search or restoration teams would send them support, but how would they know to send help? [Jin Hyuk, can you hear me?] [Jun Sung?] [The main system has been recovered and the radios work. Are you okay?] Park Jin Hyuk brightens up. Luck has not abandoned him. [3 parties are going back to the bunker. Give us 30 or 40 minutes. Don¡¯t let them get out since there are 4 level 4 brown infestors outside!] He gets goosebumps. He had been expecting it, but to think that there are 4 level 4 brown infestors. If they get through, this bes hell. It is annihtion for the 3 partiesing in as well. ¡°He said 40 minutes at the most? We¡¯ll be able to hold out if I keep it up.¡± The chance of winning is decreasing, but he can do it if it is withstanding it and not trying to win. Even if the party members and soldiers all die, he can hold out for that time. ¡°Ack! Don¡¯te!¡± One of the infestors that can move freely, is making a fuss among the soldiers. It is like a wolf among sheep. The party members were fighting with 2 and could not give support. Park Jin Hyuk was also held back by 3 of them. ¡°There¡¯s nothing I can do. If I overdo it and die, it really is the end.¡± He cannot gamble with hundreds of lives including his own in order to save a few people. He feels sorry. They need to be sacrificed for the many. ¡°I¡¯m going to live!¡± One of the soldiers lost his sanity when he saw a colleague being eaten up by the infestor. As he kept going backwards, he got blocked in a dead end. But that dead end happened to be the bunker entrance. There is nowhere to run. An infestor approaches him from the front and the only way out is there. Kik! Kwajik! Everyone¡¯s thoughts stopped. It happened absurdly and stupidly. The soldier had nowhere to run, so he opened the bunker door and ran out. Then, the 4 infestors that were waiting outside took over the soldier. ¡°Get away from the entrance! Get the party members and everyone get back! Hurry!¡± Before getting angry, he gets a hold of the situation. If he cannot turn it back, he needs to at least prevent the infection. Even a level 4 brown infestor is just a bug. Tang tang tang tang. Park Jin Hyuk fired the Head Hunter. He is trying to provide cover until the party members drag the wounded away. But the infestors prevented this. ¡°Get away!¡± He kicked at the infestors that were trying to attack from the back. He used that rebound to attack the ones on either side as well. Even then, he did not take his eye off of the Head Hunter¡¯s scope. ¡®This is tiring. My stamina is falling too quickly. I won¡¯t be able to hold out for long.¡¯ Fighting level 3 infestors and 4 brown infestors at the same time takes an inexpressible amount of concentration. He was already tired, but going through psychological warfare exhausted his mind and body. The party and soldiers were not able to fulfill their own parts. Park Jin Hyuk took responsibility for 90% of the battle. He is taking on the burden of the battlefield all on his own. It would not be enough even if he had 10 hands and feet. The infestor bites Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s shoulder with its sharp teeth. His metal armor crinkles under the force. They attack him in other ces as well. ¡°What are you biting! You think I¡¯ll lose to guys like you!¡± He ignored the one that bit him, grabbed the oneing at him from the left by its neck, and ripped it off. He ripped the skin and brought the bones out. ¡°Let go!¡± Tang tang! He aimed the Head Hunter toward his shoulder and pulled the trigger. The host¡¯s head exploded into pieces and even swept the brown infestor stuck to the brain. The one with the broken neck could not make the body listen, and searched for another body to infect. Park Jin Hyuk would not leave it alone to do so. He picked up a methrower from the ground, and showered it with mes. One that was waiting for a chance to attack, stepped out of range. It knows that the methrower is the most dangerous weapon to it. ¡°If you get farther away from me, it¡¯s only bad for you.¡± Bang! An explosive shell stuck to the host¡¯s chest and exploded. He killed all 5. All that is left are a few level 3 and the 4 brown infestors. [You have earned 1200 points and 600 achievement points.] It is lower ss in level 3. If it had been a yer, even 2 would have been too difficult to handle. Their level led the victory to a 5:1 battle. While retreating, the party members and soldiers killed 1 level 3. The situation is not good. The brown infestor avoided everything and followed him around. ¡°First, the brown.¡± Park Jin Hyuk stopped breathing and aimed carefully. He needs to kill 1 with 1 shot no matter what. That is the only way to handle the situation quickly. Too! The host burning in the fire spit the infestor at Park Jin Hyuk. It is an alter ego that gave up the brain. He was not able to avoid it because his attention was somewhere else. It had been a mistake not to pay attention to the notifications because he was busy with the battle. Ack! The infestor went inside the metal armor, and dug into the right hand that was trying to pull the trigger. He can feel the infestoring up. Chapter 98 Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s flesh and muscles are tougher and stronger than that of a cow. To find aparison for something that the infestor is trying to dig through, it would be like a bullet. Park Jin Hyuk took off the right part of his metal armor. He put the dagger he always carried with him to his armpit and cut it off. The action was quick. A series of processes happened within seconds. ¡°Ack!¡± There is a terrible pain is picking at his right shoulder. He does not know where he found the courage to cut it, but all he thought about was how to prevent infection. Kyak! A brown infestor came out through the cut. Park jin Hyuk brandished his dagger again, skewered it, and popped it with his foot. He stumbled, but regained his bnce. Body modification does not control the flow of blood. He is dizzy from losing so much blood at one time. ¡®I guarantee that if I had been infected, everyone on the ark would have died.¡¯ He is right. A brown infestor is limited to level 4, but its growth increases with the host¡¯s abilities. It would have be a level 5. If that happens, the mission level would have be C and it would have been a special mission. He leaned on the center of the Head Hunter and looked at the party members. While he was being attacked, 4 of the brown infestors had secured infection targets. ¡°Ugh... Damn it.¡± Two level 3s are protecting the level 4s for a smooth transition. He needs to prevent them, but he does not have the strength. He cannot snipe with one hand. Park Jin Hyuk dropped dozens of bombs on the ground. He also held a fever shot in his hand. The second he sets this off, there will be a series of explosions. ¡°Let¡¯s die together.¡± It¡¯s already unfair that he¡¯s dying, but to die alone? Bullshit! He¡¯ll take all of them with him. The level 3s watched him without moving from their positions. Kwajik! The hosts that have had their brains taken over by the brown infestors are starting to change. Once it is over, they will be the same as the level 4 they saw in the 1st sleeping room. The party members despaired with the situation unfolding before them, and the soldiers were panicking. The level 4s took their metal armors off and all looked at Park Jin Hyuk. To kill him? They want his outstanding physical ability. The four of them conversed in thenguage of parasites. They are figuring out who will take his body. One of the level 4s took a step forward. It is the one that was born the fastest of the four. They do not have a concept of order, but that is how the decision was made. Park Jin Hyuk kicked the bombs rolling around under his feet. If he wants to widen the range of the explosions, he needs to control the distances between the bombs. ¡°Bang!¡± Park Jin Hyuk made a sound with his mouth, and motioned with his fingers. He meant that he would set the bombs off if they came close but surprisingly, they understood. ¡°They all try to use tricks.....¡± The infected host circles the area with Park Jin Hyuk at the center. He cannot tell whether it is trying to observe him or if it is trying to figure out the locations of the bombs. Kyak! The level 4s were standing far from the bombs when they called the level 3s in. The level 3s received their orders and approached Park Jin Hyuk withoutints. If they cannot take over him, they mean to kill him with sacrifices. Park Jin Hyuk cannot take on two level 3s with his arm cut off. He needs to choose between setting the bombs off or fighting, but he will be overpowered if he fights. But it would not be satisfying to only take out 2 of them by setting the bombs off. Park Jin Hyuk crouched down. He will get at them quickly and set the bombs off all at once. If he cannot kill all of them, he needs to kill the level 4s. -[Jin Hyuk, Jin Hyuk? Hold out for 5 minutes! We¡¯re almost there. We¡¯re just around the corner!] Cha Jun Sung radioed in. If he is around the corner, he is just a stone¡¯s throw away. He is saying that he will arrive at the bunker in 5 minutes. But it is hard to hold out for 1 minute, let alone 5. -[Sorry. Jun Sung, even 30 seconds is hard. I¡¯ll take these guys with me.] -[Hey!] ¡°Whew!¡± He had be so strong, but to die because of these guys. He is dejected. He had wanted to get past level C and go all the way to S. He did not know that he would fall at just D. Beep! Kyak? At the moment that Park Jin Hyuk was about to run at them, the hosts became surprised and started screaming. There is a high frequency sound from afar that parasites can hear though humans cannot. The infection pocket is calling its subordinates. Bang bang! At the call, the hosts lost interest in Park Jin Hyuk and ran to the bunker entrance. They looked to be in a rush. Park Jin Hyuk had been ready to die, and did not understand the situation. What is this? Why are they running away all of a sudden? No ¨C have they disappeared? There was a reason for the hosts¡¯ behavior. This high frequency sound is a signal for danger. It means that something has happened to the infection pocket. ¡°I¡¯ve been brought back from death.¡± Park Jin Hyuk copsed to the ground. He was dizzy from spilling so much blood, but he was alsocking in strength because his tension was released. ¡°Hey, hey! Treatment!¡± ¡°Yes.¡± One surviving medic came to him with his arm. He was uneasy about it because it is an arm that the infestor had gone in and out of, but a simple test shows that the inside is clean. Park Jin Hyuk wanted to receive treatment in the briefing room, but he decided to reattach the arm because the mission has not ended yet and it could be more dangerous. He cannot exert his full abilities as a sniper with one arm. The medic was next to him, scanning his body and preparing for surgery. The medic, who had been watching the battle, nced at Park Jin Hyuk in disbelief. He had been in a crisis and had done something that no one else could have done. It is not movement that a body that has gone through the 2nd stage of body modifications can handle. ¡®I guess I can¡¯t hide it anymore.¡¯ His arm hurts with shooting pain. He would leave things as theye because he does not want a headache on top of that. *** Cha Jun Sung was desperate. The radio with Park Jin Hyuk bothered him. He said that he can¡¯t hold out! He said that he would take them with him! Jin Hyuk dying? This cannot be. ¡°Corner!¡± Cha Jun Sung rounded the corner. He has superior speed, so the party was far behind him. It would be a few minutes before they catch up to him. As soon as he turned the corner, he encountered the infection hosts that were running somewhere. There are a lot of them. The four level 4s and two level 3s that havee from the bunker. Normally, he would have avoided them, but sparks fired from Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes as he was worrying about Park Jin Hyuk. Nothing would have happened to him, right? He cannot forgive them. Cha Jun Sung took the pin out of a grenade and hit it with the Wolf Kill as if it were a baseball. The grenade flew forward and blew up. Bang bang bang bang! The level 4s avoided it with their unique body movements, but the level 3s could not reactpletely and were swept away with the debris. They are not weak though, and are still alive. Cha Jun Sung leapt up and ran along a wall with pipes. His racing speed let him defy gravity for a moment. -[This is Lim Si Hyun. We sent Hercules back ahead of us. It will take a long time to exin, but we embedded the engine room map in it.] ¡°So you guys are trying to get back to protect the force? But I don¡¯t want to send you.¡± Lim Si Hyun had radioed in. There is a limit to the human memory, so information needs to be repeated. That is why they cannot amodate arge quantity. A cyborg is aputer. With its capacity, nothing is impossible. Memorizing a map is a piece of cake. The engine room is far, but Hercules can be faster than Cha Jun Sung if it turns on the booster. -[I¡¯m safe.] -[Oh!] -[I was wondering why they started retreating all of a sudden. I see it¡¯s because of the source.] Cha Jun Sung was relieved. Park Jin Hyuk is alive, but he cannot let the hosts go. If he sends them now, Lim Si Hyun will be surrounded. He brandished the Wolf Kill. The level 4s step back. If they had been hit, they would have been cut in half. They are shrewd. No matter how rushed they are, they are not letting their guards down. Kuk! The hosts roar. It seems they are telling him to clear the path. If he were going to do that, he would not have blocked it in the first ce. Cha Jun Sung took his stance. In fighting in close quarters, he is definitely better than Park Jin Hyuk. His battle style is concentrated in that area in the first ce. ¡°Come.¡± ¡°Jun Sung!¡± Koharu and Kyoko see the hosts and their eyes widen. There are 6 of them. Of them, 4 look simr to the level 4s they saw before. 3 parties arrived behind the sisters. They were surprised by the hosts¡¯ savage construction for a moment, and then prepared to fight. -[Master! We encountered 6 infected hosts. They are estimated to be levels 3 and 4, and they seem to be going to protect the infection pocket!] -[We¡¯ll take care of a few of them. Let them through.] The hosts are too powerful for Cha Jun Sung to take care of on his own. The party members heard the radio and gently created gaps. The hosts were in such a rush that they did not even consider that it might be a trap, and ran for it. Papat! Two level 4s get through at the head. The rest tried to go through as well, but Cha Jun Sung blocked them. He can try to do something about the remaining ones. ¡°I¡¯ll take one level 4. Don¡¯t overdo it and fight!¡± Cha Jun Sung faced a level 4. He cannot hide his body modification in this circumstance. He can take care of this now and exinter. -[Jun Sung, where are you?] -[Corner!] -[I¡¯m going.] Park Jin Hyuk is reattaching his arm. Even if it ispletely attached, he cannot use it right away, but he wants to help even if he needs to use his feet or teeth. ¡°Hit!¡± The party members fight the hosts with the party heads¡¯mands. Kyoko fell back with the rest of the support, and Koharu pulled out her twin daggers. It is not a wide space so it was hard to concentrate the parties¡¯ strength, but the hosts could not find a spacerge enough for them to get through so their power was pretty much the same. Woong! As the power came back on the ark, the ceiling lights turned on one by one. They could also hear the sound of the engine being activated. Are they imagining that the ark is moving? With the recovery of the main system, the ownership had gone into the Lieutenant¡¯s hands. Now, they need to handle the source. They will need to do their best! Chapter 99 Hercules had the booster on, but lowered its speed as it approached the corner, drifted and elerated. It is rushing to the engine room. The map to get there is saved in its artificial intelligence hardware. He had left to get there upon Lim Si Hyun¡¯smand to get to the engine room in the shortest time possible. It did not go below 60-70km/hour and destroyed any obstacles in front. Like this, it was able to go a distance in a short amount of time when it would have normally taken half a day. -[Enemy appearance! Battle mode!] Wiing! Hercules changed the vibrating weapon to a buster as it was running. It is more effective to crush a parasite than to cut it. The left hand is the buster and the right is a me thrower. The me thrower must be used carefully. If the engine room catches fire, the ark will be in danger. The front is blocked by arge door. Heat seeps out of it, contrary to the freezing sleeping room. It can clearly sense something inside. Bang! Hercules turned the buster on the door as he approached it. Its body hit the ce where a deep depression was made. As soon as it destroyed the door, the infection pocket was inside as if it had been waiting for Hercules toe. Just as cyborgs have sensors, mutants also have senses. -[Kill the enemy!] When Hercules tried to lift the buster, a thick tentacle swiped at its chest. Hercules went flying back at the tremendous impact. Bang bang bang! Being thrown out of the room was faster than the time it had taken to go in through the doors. Hercules rolled back like a can and stopped when it hit a wall. The infection pocketes out of the room. It likes warmth, but it had be too hot when the engine had been activated. It needs to find a new habitat. Hercules gets up. The impact was like that of being hit by a Destroyer. It had fallen to a surprise attack, but it can just be careful from now on. The buster fired in shots. There was a shockwave and the air ps. The infection pocket¡¯s stretched flesh crumples like waves. It has hundreds of tentacles. The thickness vary with thick ones and thin ones. The thick ones generally attacked while the thinner ones were used to move the body alone. -[Calcting the attack pattern..... Calctionplete. Tentacle-oriented monotonous attacks.] -[Odds for battle 99.9%!] The infection pocket¡¯s body is not suitable for battle. It was born for the purpose of breeding parasites, not to fight. Hercules used florid movements like a boxer to avoid the tentacles. It has controlled its movements to the least. The infection pocket produces infestors. It felt that it cannot win this way and is trying to infect Hercules, but it is of no use. Hercules left the me thrower on the jet function and sprayed the fire in a wide space. The fire power is low, but it is enough to burn insects to a crisp. Wiing! The buster changed into a fist and drove a nuclear punch into the infection pocket. It has enough power to go through steel. It ripped mercilessly through the flesh. While embedded in the infection pocket, the fist became the buster again. If it cannot provide shock from the outside, it is using the judgment to dig inside. Shots? Rather that a few shots here and there, it is time to make it throw up blood with one good hit. It is the quick fix for ones with vitality. Kung! Kyak! The infection pocket¡¯s body expanded like a balloon and came back down. The shockwave had forced it to expand. If that much had happened to the skin, there is no need for words with the guts. Bang bang! Tentacles are thumping all over Hercules¡¯ body. The metal armor looks like scrap metal, but it was not able to create much impact on the body itself. Its vitality is as long as its body isrge. It only screamed with a few shots, and did not show signs of dying. If that is the case, Hercules can fire dozens of shots. Kyak! The infection pocket¡¯s roar of pain became a soundwave and spread far. It had been making the sounds already, but it was different this time. It holds its fear that it really might die like this and its wishes for its children to hurry up and return. *** Lim Si Hyun¡¯s group had been moving endlessly when they stopped at a faint sound. It is the sound of Hercules fighting with the infection pocket. If they want to provide Hercules with an unimpeded environment for battle, they need to find a good ce to wait for the infection hosts. The amount that they can take on is 2. There would have been a lot of damage if they had not known that they wereing, but they can reduce that damage because they know where the hosts will being from. They could even get rid of any damages all together. ¡°The party will set up a booby trap. There¡¯s no time. Finish it up within 5 minutes.¡± Papat! Lim Si Hyuk set up in a spot approximately 300 meters from the engine room. The hosts¡¯ route ovepped with theirs. If they wait, the hosts will pass by. ymores are a basic and they also had grenades and fever shots. One of the parties consumed a fair amount of the bombs in setting up just one booby trap. ¡°Um. If all of these go off, an entire part of the ark will be destroyed.¡± Amander of the ark soldiers swallowed a moan. He knows that parasites are dangerous, but this is excessive preparation to catch 2 of them. ¡°Even the best need to be alive to do anything. There¡¯s no use if we¡¯re dead.¡± Once the parasites are taken care of, the ark can be repaired at any time with the enormous amount of materials on the ark. There is enough to construct a small town. In a situation where they might die, they cannot neglect their preparations against the enemy just because a part of the ark might be destroyed. With everything, they need to be alive to act. Crash! Something breaking? Cracking? The sound generated from inside is getting closer. Following that, the unpleasant sound of the infection hosts¡¯ breathing also grew louder. ¡°Aim!¡± The party members line up. The Lieutenant also held up an SMG as a soldier. me throwers are effective against parasites, but the distance is short. If they want to cause damage from afar, a gun is best. The infection hosts that are close to 4m tall, are the essence of fear. The party members were scared, but the Lieutenant who had experienced the nightmare 4 years ago was worse. It would not be a trauma if it were easily forgotten. ¡°Fire!¡± Pew pew pew pew! More than 40 guns fire bullets. Regardless of pration, the force that pushed them back was impressive. If they had been humans, they would have be sludge. Kyak! The infection hosts cover their faces and rush in. The bullets do embed, but it is not to the point where they cannot see. No matter how much they fired, they only left minor wounds. ¡°Set it off!¡± Bang bang bang bang! The party members got down on the ground. It is a narrow, open area, so they do not have enough cover. That is why they had set up the booby trap in a ce a bit higher up. The radius of a fever shot¡¯s heat is set to 15m, but they always need to be careful because fragments from grenades and ymores can go dozens of meters. As long as they do not get hit from too close, the metal armor would protect them. Kyak! Even if they are level 4s, the damage must have been pretty severe since the bombs were fired in a small area. They were covered by fire and smoke, but it felt like they had suffered a lot of damages. ¡°Throw concussive shell from the head.¡± Bang! As the concussive shell went off, the fire and smoke cleared. One of the level 4s is on the ground. The other one... on the ceiling. Too! The infection host on the ceiling spits out infestors. Lim Si Hyuk took the automatic pistol and revolver from either side of his hips and aimed at the infestor. Lim Si Hyuk takes position. He is Ghost Gun, who keeps the enemy in check with the automatic pistol¡¯s rate of firing while using a big hit from the revolver to kill the enemy. Kwajik! The host fell to the ground and started mutating. The infestor that came out of its brain grew to almost 1m and vomited hundreds of infestors. ¡°Party 1 and 2, infestors! Party 3 and 4, we¡¯re taking on the host!¡± The party split. There is no reason to overdo it. If they just hold out until Hercules kills the infection pocket, these guys are also dead. Chapter 100 -[Captain approval. Passage reset. Destination: Tonga. Operating the engine.] Han Chang Jin did not understand what the main system was saying at first. It was not because he did not know the meaning. He had unintentionally skipped that the engine had been activated to reset the passage at this point and to anchor in Tonga. These things happen. When something random urs, people gopletely nk. This was that kind of situation. They had tried to convince the Lieutenant multiple times over time, but nothing had worked. The Lieutenant only talked about the war. ¡°You crazy asshole! You changed the passage! What? Tonga? That¡¯s the infected city!¡± A Navy officer is appalled and grabs the Lieutenant¡¯s cor. The ark is going to anchor on an ind that could be level C or even B? ¡°I¡¯ll say it again. Support the battle in the 3 regions.¡± The party members including the Navy Lifer followed Han Chang Jin¡¯s order, watching the CCTV over Cha Jun Sung¡¯s, Lim Si Hyun¡¯s, and Hercules¡¯ fights. The battle between humans and parasites was even, while Hercules had the upper hand. It would be over soon. ¡°Stop the ark.¡± ¡°To think that this is the extent of the Korean Special Forces! If webine your power with that of the ark, we can kill all of the parasites!¡± Before this, he had been hanging on to his sanity but now he had gonepletely crazy. The Lieutenantpletely ignored Han Chang Jin. -[Engine start up 100%plete. It will take 30 minutes to arrive at destination, Tonga.] The speed is on the slow side. It was stationary for 4 years, so it is going slowly to prevent any defects. The important thing is that they are moving. ¡°Hercules has removed the source. The battles in the other 2 areas look like they¡¯re going to end soon. General! We need to go back before a special mission is activated!¡± If a special mission is activated, they will need to quit instead of just going back. It takes 1000 points to quit a level D. With a level C, it would probably take more than 10,000. They can run away even if they anchor at the city, but they will prevent it if they can. They need to convince the Lieutenant in any way that they can and stop the ark. ¡°Our mission is to restore the ark. A conquest of the city is still too much.¡± ¡°I¡¯m the captain of this ark! Follow my orders and upy Tonga!¡± The Lieutenant would not listen. Han Chang Jin felt murderous for a second but made a great effort to push it back. After all, he is also a victim of the parasites. He cannot pressure a patient as a soldier. ¡°General! The fighting has ended. There are a lot of deaths and injuries!¡± -[You have earned 20,000 points.] -[Congrattions. You have cleared level D advance mission Dead Ark. Level C missions, store, and achievement system have been opened.] The mission waspleted when the source died, but the force¡¯s fighting ended after more time because the infected hosts were still alive. -[Whew! You all worked hard.] -[That was tiring.] The force members talked over the radio. From their standpoints, there was no rush. They can bring everything to a clean end and then go back. Han Chang Jin was in a rush though. So were the party members at headquarters. -[This is Han Chang Jin. Listen to me and return to reality right away!] -[Return?] -[What do you mean return?] -[The Lieutenant manipted the main system to reset the passage. The destination is Tonga! If we stay still, the ark is going to anchor at the infected city!] -[What!] -[What are we going to do about the survivors?] -[If that¡¯s true, we shouldn¡¯t be worrying about the survivors. We¡¯ll have to quit the mission if we anchor there, and that¡¯ll cost a ton of points.] One of the force members spoke withmon sense, but that is not the point. What if there is a variation and they cannot return? They would need toplete the mission or find a solution, but both are impossible for level C. -[Hurry!] -[Seven Stars, return. I¡¯ll see everyone back in reality.] Lim Si Hyun represented Seven Stars. They will not be able to reverse it if they hesitate. -[The ark is anchoring at the infected city. There is a new mission because Dead Ark has beenpleted! The reward points has gone up to 1.8 million.] What? 1.8 million? This means that the mutants residing in the infected city are level 6. They can never win. There is not even a 1 in 1 million chance that they can. -[Huh? I can¡¯t quit!] -[Me neither!] -[What are achievement points? They¡¯re saying we can¡¯t quit because we don¡¯t have enough of these.] Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party realized over the radio that they need something other than the normal points in order to return. The worst scenario has happened. *** The atmosphere in the headquarters is heavy. Soldiers who hadpleted the mission were sitting on chairs everywhere with their heads on the desks. The people rted to Seven Stars and the government did not discuss their situation, but rather spent some time to themselves. They need to draw their luck, but they could not figure out what to do. The automatic doors opened and Cha Jun Sung entered with 2 parties of Lifers. Anyone cane and go as they please because it has been left open. ¡°We moved survivors to the rooms. We also took care of the dead.¡± As the situation was taken care of, the ark had found its peace again. They reassigned rooms for the survivors because the fighting had been done near the bunker. The headquarters is where ark officials normally stayed, but it was meaningless to maintain those rules when everyone was dead. ¡°What about the Lieutenant?¡± ¡°We quarantined him through the Colonel who escorted us.¡± They locked him in a small room temporarily. Soldiers are guarding him from outside. They also resented what the Lieutenant had done. They thought that had been released from the hell, but they would be going back in because of this crazy superior. ¡°So that¡¯s the infected city.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Cha Jun Sung is watching the CCTV. It has an external view of the ark. A beautiful beach and wide sandy stretches. Beyond that, the faint image of a giant city. It seems to be extremely far away. It is better the farther away it is. It means that is how far they are from the parasites. The ark¡¯s sensors are on, so there will be a warning signal if a parasite is detected within 500m. Therefore, they are safe for now. Cha Jun Sung looks around. There are 68 Lifers in the headquarters. 32 is the mission¡¯s final death toll. The injured were treated by medics, so they are okay for movement even if fighting is too much. ¡°I think everyone is here. Whew! Let¡¯s check the mission description.¡± When Lim Si Hyun spoke, the force members turned their PDAs on. They already checked, but it felt new every time they saw therge amount of information. And it is to a bad side. -[Mission C: Terrain of Infection Trees] [Goal: Annihtion] -[Description: 4 years ago, the seed that leaked into Tonga is a mixed-blood of the 16th nightmare, albeit light. Fate has been decided since they settled on this slope surrounded by the sea. Though it is the optimal environment to create an infected city, there are disadvantages. The parasites had not had muchpetition before, but it had be saturated through rapid propagation. The mixed blood know that they cannot cross the sea, and became trees on their own to infect the nature. Lifers, bring down the infection tree rooted in the middle of Tonga, annihte the parasites, and purify the terrain.] [Reward: 1.8 million points. Lucky box.] Cha Jun Sung and Koharu, Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin exchanged looks. More interesting material than the Terrain of Infection Trees is being discussed. It is ¡®a mixed-blood of the 16th nightmare, albeit light¡¯. It means that the boss of this ce is a descendant, no matter how distant. ¡°Is it level 6?¡± ¡°Surely it won¡¯t have the exact characteristics?¡± ¡°They¡¯ll be simr to an extent. Even though it¡¯s a hybrid, if it really is the parent!¡± If it is one of the 16th nightmares, it is a generator or parent of parasites. Parasite. King New ck. They are level 8 like Medusa and the Vampire Lord. If the mutants they had met until now were those that had failed in evolving, the infection tree is a mixed blood born from a powerful matrix. It must have been born from coption with a weak mutant. If it had copted with something of the same level, it would have been level 7 like in the virtual version. They must not look at it lightly. This type of mutant is stronger than a level 6. That must be why the reward points have been set to 1.8 million. It could be that starting from level C, they could be getting rid of seeds that can be great dangers instead of killing the small fish. ¡°As you can see, there is little chance forpletion. Quitting is the only answer.¡± ¡°Master, what are achievement points? The current mission isn¡¯t blocked. As long as we have these achievement points, we can quit right away.¡± The force acted freely because there is no attack from parasites. No matter how much they repeatedly pressed the quit button, they just kept getting the response that they do not have enough achievement points to do so. ¡®Normal 10,000, achievement 5000.¡¯ Beep. Cha Jun Sung tried pulling up the quit list. It shows the points necessary. It is arge number, but he and Park Jin Hyuk would be able to handle it. Excluding them, no one in the force has even a single achievement point. He would have left the mission if they were Lifers that he did not know, but these are not Lifers that he can throw away easily. Even if he does abandon them, what about Koharu and Kyoko? He will reconsider quitting for now. The key is achievement points. Since everyone has opened level C, they can gain a certain amount by killing mutants. Killing mutants? Will they have to go to the city to kill the mutants? They will be killed before they can kill. ¡®I¡¯ll have to tell them.¡¯ If he reveals his secret now, there would be no surprise. Blindly hiding it does not help either. He needs to tell them what they need to do in order to survive. Chapter 101 ¡°Achievement points..... They aren¡¯t in levels D and E but it is a new system starting with level C where they can be earned along with normal points when killing mutants.¡± Everyone looked at Cha Jun Sung. They look as if they are asking, ¡®How do you know that?¡¯. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group trusted him and stayed quiet. ¡°Ipleted the advance before I entered the Dead Ark.¡± Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin goggled. An advance mission between the two of them? The force members start chatting. Cha Jun Sung silenced them. ¡°I¡¯ll ask the people who saw Park Jin Hyuk and me fighting. Is that movement possible with the 2nd stage of body modifications?¡± ¡°He¡¯s right. He took on a level 4 one-on-one.¡± ¡°It¡¯s the same for him too. Does it make sense that he took on 5 level 3s by himself?¡± As the force members¡¯ question was resolved, the puzzle pieces came together. ¡°I was able to fight a level 4 by myself because I have gone through the 4th stage. I¡¯ll give you a brief exnation to help exin.¡± He told them what happened in yer¡¯s Prison. He excluded the information that if special missions ovep, helpers intervene. He will tell themter if it is necessary. He does not have to list everything out for them for no reason. The force members listened to everything and nodded in understanding. Sometimes, luck is apetence. In that sense, Cha Jun Sung is bound for sess. ¡°As you all said,pletion is impossible with this personnel and our gear. Our work is to earn achievement points.¡± ¡°Question. So you and that young man would be able to return to reality, right?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°It¡¯s scary to even go out, but to gather achievement points? What if quitting gets blocked?¡± He is right. The force members were scared to go out. A level 4 or 5 could appear. Low level and high level hunting are distinctly different. This is level C. It is not a ce that even Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party would be able to take on easily. It would not be such a desperate situation if he had the battle shoot. ¡°If we can¡¯t do it with the force¡¯s strength, can¡¯t we borrow power from the ark?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll tell you about that after discussing with the future colonel. Of the surviving senior figures, there aren¡¯t many who arepletely sane.¡± Lim Si Hyun answered the question. There is the 7th Lieutenant, but he is in aplete nk state. He stares nkly all day. Thinking back, being crazy was better. Cha Jun Sung continued speaking and the force members asked what they were wondering about. He told them what he knew to the best of his ability. From now on, they are not strangers. They are colleagues with themon goal of surviving. *** There were only 7 in positions as field officers who were inmanding levels of the ark. 2 of them are lieutenants. The lieutenant colonel who escorted Lim Si Hyun was of the highest rank. He must be pretty well recognized as well because the soldiers and survivors followed his lead well. He would gain the captain title if something happens to the lieutenants. ¡°There¡¯s a nucleus to the ark?¡± ¡°There is but in the circumstances, it is difficult to use when it is under us. While the nucleus stopped producing, 3 100MT level ones were brought on.¡± Only Han Chang Jin¡¯s jaw dropped at this information. Cha Jun Sung and Lim Si Hyuk do not know what it means but if they set off a 100MT in Tonga, an entire neighborhood will be swept away. The ark, anchored on the waterfront, would also be destroyed. ¡°Do you have fire bombs as well?¡± ¡°Of course. There is enough power on the ark to arm a legion ss troop. Far below, there are even tanks, jets, and armored cars.¡± ¡°What if we fly the jet orunch fire bombs from the ark?¡± Peopleid out several ideas. However, extreme behavior like this brings in war. How many mutants will appear in a level C mission? It is 1.8 million. 100,000 is the minimum and it could be far beyond that. People who know how to use weapons need to use them. This is not an exception for soldiers. There are a lot of things to kill, but there is a limited number of people who know how to handle the weapons. In addition, if they drag something out that makes a lot of noise, they will be letting the parasites know that they are there. ¡°Whew! It would be a good means to turn the ark around and head away from Tonga.¡± ¡°Would you be able to do it with your authority as a colonel?¡± ¡°If it is locked by the captain and lieutenant, not even I can do anything about it.¡± 3rd Lieutenant Andre Gordon. Even when he was sane, he was a selfish egoist. He only bowed his head under the me, and he was not recognized at all. When they brought the survivors to sleeping rooms 1 through 8 after being upied by parasites, he had unashamedly taken sleeping room 1 because it was the safest. He is someone who would do worse than running away, but he must have failed to do so because he had remained on the ark. He wanted to be captain even though he had gone crazy because the ambition and authoritarian ideology embedded in him had not disappeared. He must be the captain if he wants to make sure that others cannot rebel. Thoughcking, it is possible to change the ark¡¯s route with a lieutenant¡¯s authority. If that is the case, is it necessary to go through all of the trouble in this situation? ¡°It¡¯s because the 7th Lieutenant is still alive. He might be a nk te because of the big shock he¡¯s experienced, but he was gentle, unlike a soldier.¡± If the Lieutenant changes the route, the 7th Lieutenant can cancel it. He had used his head even if he had gone crazy. He had even calcted what could happenter. ¡°Is it a strife over the position?¡± Han Chang Jin is a soldier, so he could understand most of what the colonel was saying. Not just superficially, but intrinsically. In the current circumstances, changing the route is impossible. The mission goal is annihtion. If they use the weapons on the ark, they need to be prepared to go all the way. The parasites would stupidly fall for it a few times. Then, they would see blood and go digging around to understand their enemy¡¯s path of attack. They will be unable to do anything if the ark is discovered. ¡°How constricted.¡± Park Jin Hyuk had been leaning against a wall listening when he started hitting the back of his head on the wall. It was holding them back that the ark would be anchored on the waterfront. If they were floating on the ocean, they could fly bombs at Tonga and send it offpletely. ¡°If the 2 lieutenants die, is that power handed down to you, Colonel?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not as simple as it sounds.¡± The lieutenant is just one of dozens of field grade officers who receive captain agency whenever a captain is absent. Authority is limited. On top of that, there is a lot that they do not know regarding the ark¡¯s functions so the process of session is extremelyplicated. ¡°It¡¯d be possible to pass over the 3rd Lieutenant, but that¡¯s not the case with the 7th Lieutenant.¡± The other option is to fight but reduce the use of weapons on the ark, focusing on gathering achievement points. They do not want to even think about what coulde next, but it is an all out war. ¡°Tell the force members what we discussed here and let¡¯s go meet with the Lieutenant. And what do you know? He might have calmed down a bit.¡± It did not seem he would have, but they could not help but have expectations. Chapter 102 Cha Jun Sung was far from the type of person who was able to convince others. Thus, he left the Lieutenant to Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin. The result was a failure. Even in a crazy state, he could calcte the pros and cons. He blocked all questions on the ark¡¯s route in advance. The 7th Lieutenant didn¡¯t show any signs of improving either. What they knew was that it was a mental illness. They couldn¡¯t cure him with medical equipment as it was not a disease or injury. They worked for 3 weeks to find a solution, but they were just walking in circles. In that time, they sent a few unmanned surveince vehicles. They wanted to see how the city looked. It floated from a high position to send the terrain to the ark. It was devastated because it was underdeveloped and neglected. The number of infected hosts was low as well. They also could not see the infected tree. It must have been hiding somewhere. The force members worried every day of parasite attacks but fortunately, the ark was peaceful during that time. As time passed, the time to choose between gathering achievement points and war came closer. They could not sit there and do nothing indefinitely. After anchoring in Tonga, 1 month went by. Is it said that there was no such thing as chance in the world? It happened suddenly, without prior notice. *** A bizarre looking mutant was barely visible in the sea. From the shadow set by the sunlight alone, its t shape seemed simr to that of a stingray but its size was greater than multiplerge whales. It was known as invincible in the ocean, a level 7 ocean mutant ¨C Vergon. ¡°Let¡¯s go faster. If we want to warm up before meeting it, we¡¯ll barely make it.¡± Kung! Pang! The Vergon increased its speed. That was what the owner wanted. The water sprayed as the sound barrier was broken and there was a shockwave ¨C a sonic boom. If someone had seen this, they would not have realized what had just gone by. The speed itself exceeded the range of living beings. The more interesting thing was the man who didn¡¯t stray from the center of the Vergon. The friction in the atmosphere from the speed of sound could bend iron. The man looked as though he was just getting some fresh air and gazed at the ind that showed faintly. It was Tonga, a ce he had never heard of. ¡°It is at a cost, but to think of doing a human a favor.¡± One day, a human who looked exactly like his father appeared. The human spoke to the man. If the man listened to his request, the human would teach him the location of where a very strong mutant lived. The man¡¯s body part changed and spat out a thick notepad. The human said that all he needed to do was deliver this to another human. The mutant was told that the human he needed to deliver the notepad to was on the ind. Everything said was unfounded but he had gotten involved because of his father who he sincerely admired. His father epted the human. His father had not even shown him his attack power, but showed consensus with the human. He was jealous of this new image of his father but he had not shown it. ¡°If we fought, could I win?¡± The man thought for a moment and then shook his head. Though it may hurt his pride, he couldn¡¯t fool himself. He might be able to wound him, but he would not be able to win. He was a human who was not a human. Could he be described as a mutant wearing the mask of a human? ¡®Go ande back.¡¯ He remembered what his father said to him when he was leaving. He did not lose the feeling that he wanted there to be something more behind the indifferent face. ¡°I guess I¡¯ll know once I meet the owner of the notepad..... We¡¯ve arrived.¡± The man¡¯s eyes widened. It was an eerie feeling. It was so red that it looked like rubies were put in. Looking closely, he had a pair of red horns on his forehead. Vergon slowed down. It left its body to the waves and touched on shore. The man got down from the Vergon¡¯s back. It had taken a few days to get here from the southern end of Asia. He had been bored seeing only blue for all of that time. ¡°Hang out nearby.¡± Kung! The Vergon dived deep into the ocean. It was notmon in the sea. It didn¡¯t have any natural enemies in the sea, so there was no need to worry. ¡°Mother of parasites. Parasite King? Because it¡¯s a parasite?¡± The man headed straight for the city. The human said that the Parasite King¡¯s habitat was New Zend, but it came to Tonga asionally. It came to eat the infection tree¡¯s fruits once every few months. From the man¡¯s standpoint, the fruits were not important. There were 2 things he needs to do. Fight with the Parasite King and deliver the notepad. Kiik! As he passed the waterfront and came closer to the city, the man could sense the ufortable sounds made by what he guessed were cross breeds of parasites. ¡°Come out, Parasite King.¡± A murderous lust blew out from the man¡¯s body and he simultaneously disappeared. He intended to bother the servants until the owner of the house came out. *** The Parasite King, configured of a clear liquid, was eating the infection when it reacted to the murderous lust he could feel from nearby. ¡°What a bother.¡± Gate crashers were increasing. Not too long ago, a stationary ship started moving and this time, someone was making a mess nearby. It left the ship alone because it did not show much movement. But this situation was different. Something of a simr ss had invaded its area. This was an ind. It was not a ce where a mutant cane unless it hade here on purpose. They would need to meet. Kiik. The infection tree is smaller than most trees, and it was trembling with the sense of the murderous lust. It was scared because it instinctively knew that it was not a match for it. The size was such that when excluding the fruits, it couldn¡¯t be distinguished from normal trees with the naked eye. It would not be detected by the UAVs. ¡°It¡¯s okay.¡± The Parasite King pated the infection tree and picked off another fruit. Hundreds of parasites were swarming inside the pulp. Unlike a mixed breed, it was very useful. It could be left for a while to eat. Kung! The gate crasher roared. It was thrilling. It was a snicker, full of confidence. Parasite King spewed energy. It was a governing king. It would not go to look for the intruder itself. It was a given that the one with something to say woulde. The opponent tracked the atmosphere. It wasing closer. Why had ite all the way to Tonga? It was resentful but also curious. *** The red eyes looked over the Parasite King. It was observing before fighting. ¡°Are you the king of parasites?¡± ¡°Who are you?¡± ¡°You have learned the humannguage... as is fitting for the king of parasites who lives off of others.¡± ¡°Who are you?¡± ¡°I¡¯m Asia¡¯s Red Eye.¡± The man red with his blood red eyes. The concentration thickens. Parasite King felt a strong sense of core from the man. It was pure. There was a desire to fight without any ambition. ¡°Did youe this far to Tonga just to fight with me?¡± ¡°30 points.¡± ¡°30 points?¡± ¡°Fighting with you is to fulfill my desire, but I need to block you to reduce harm for him and to deliver the notepad.¡± Parasite King couldn¡¯t understand what Red Eye was saying. He was not exining anything and only discussing things vaguely, so it was a definite that he would not understand. ¡°I won¡¯t kill you. I just need to confirm that I¡¯m stronger than you.¡± ¡°You¡¯re arrogant.¡± Only Red Eye¡¯s father could dominate him. He had taken over all mutants. That is how he proved his bloodline. There was no need to talk more. The Parasite King and Red Eye shed violently. At the same time, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group was also watching the fight from afar. Chapter 103 -[Variable generated, satellite program operated. Estimated 3 hours until confirmation.] It is not Hercules¡¯ hard whirring. It is a notice from the 68 Lifers¡¯ PDAs. Bang bang! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s hearing rings. It was not just him but also for the force members in the area. They all looked to one ce. There is a smoky dust rising from what is guessed to be Tonga¡¯s downtown area. There is no smoke or mes. It does not seem to be an explosion from gunpowder. They are far from the city, so they cannot see it even with binocrs. They would be able to know if they send a UAV from the ark, but the force members did not get involved thoughtlessly. The helpers moved before them. They cannot have a conversation, but they went into censorship to see if what is happening in the city will or will not have an influence on the mission. They said something about the satellites and told them to wait 3 hours, so they were nning on doing so. ¡°Do you think they could be other Lifers?¡± ¡°Of course not. Missions can ovep, but entry is suicide.¡± Park Jin Hyuk is standing next to him. Cha Jun Sung responds in the negative. A level C mission is of a difficulty that level D Lifers cannotplete. Unless the limitation to the number of people who can enter is loosened and thousands of people enter, they will have to have gone through at least the 3rd and 4th stages of body modifications in order to proceed with only 100 people. ¡®It doesn¡¯t make sense.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung is not arrogant. He does not think that the rest of the world has be stagnant or culled just because he opened up level C missions first. Even here, there are 66 other Lifers who have opened level C. Looking at the entire world, that number would increase exponentially. However, there isn¡¯t a group where all 100 people can have that power. This is the same for a world federation that has just been formed and is trying to spread its wings. ¡®Even if we say that they are Lifers..... We can¡¯t exclude gunpowder.¡¯ Humans are creatures full of curiosity. This is the same for Cha Jun Sung. If he had 2 lies, he would have gone to watch what was going on. -[Variable confirmationplete. Fight between high level mutants. Video transmission through PDA.] Woong! The hologram turned on and what was happening in the middle of the city appeared. They can see 2 mutants among ruins that keep crashing into each other. One is transparent without certain form and the other has a pair of horns, red eyes, and can change both of its arms into any shape it wants. They clear anything thates in the way of their fighting, even if that is a building. They moved around as they fought, and even parasites were affected by them. Cha Jun Sung gulped and watched. The city is bing devastated. He is not sure, but it looks like thebat radius will surpass kilometers. Every time there is a deafening sound, a shock that goes over everythinges in under their skin. They could be level 7 or 8. There is no special mission even though monsters that are more dangerous than a level C mission have appeared. Is it because they are far? -[It is a battle between the Parasite King and Red Eye of the 36 nightmares. Pending rating variance. Restrict Lifers¡¯ mission progress until it is resolved.] ¡°What ¨C what? If it¡¯s Red Eye, it¡¯s the son of warlock Aduroque!¡± ¡°The translucent jelly is Parasite King?¡± ¡°Why have monsters like thate out all of a sudden? This is joke, right?¡± The force members kept asking questions, but they still have doubts. They will be left with the curiosity until the helpers resolve it for them. They cannot figure out the intent, so they did not reject the restricted mission progression. Even if it had not been restricted, they did not have any desire to get involved. *** -[Those 2 are battling in Tonga... What¡¯s going on?] Odin is taken aback. There is the slightest possibility with Parasite King. He is the absolute ruler of tropical inds including Tonga. They cannot track each mutants¡¯ location, so it is not strange when there is a variable. Mission levels are not static, but fluid. Red Eye however, is a level 8 mutant who should be in Asia. His being here is not just strange but impossible. The more absurd thing is that the 2 are fighting. It makes sense for Parasite King because its territory has been trespassed on, but Red Eye is being excessive. He has nothing to gain from this, so it does not make sense that he is putting his body into it. -[Special cyborg ¨C no. It¡¯d be better to release the condition with achievement points.] Honestly, a cyborg is just a nominal presence to a level 7 or 8 mutant. Up to level 6 is a machine¡¯s limit. Going over that is a wall that they cannot get past. It is an attack that even destroys buildings. Anything thates within diameter is mercilessly ruined. Zing! 68 Lifers¡¯ helpers read the information transmitted by satellite and found out the purpose for Red Eye¡¯s emergence, but it did not matter. The Lifers needed to have made a decision on the mission within a controlled range. But it has be foggy with the level 8 mutants¡¯ battle. -[It¡¯s slowlying to an end. It doesn¡¯t seem like they¡¯re trying to kill each other, so let¡¯s just watch.] They cannot adjust the mission level as they please. It is starting to cool off. There does not seem to be danger, so they can watch thepse. *** Bang! Red Eye goes flying at short attacks like a whip. They finally stopped moving after destroying a couple buildings. Several hours have passed since they have been fighting. Red Eye brushes his chest off. There are vivid scars. For it to leave scars on his body, it is as humans say, a strong mutant. ¡°You¡¯ll be stronger than that whore in South America, Evil Queen¡¯s youngest daughter.¡± He hates Evil Queen. When his father stabilized Asia and became the disaster, she came to demand his seed. When he refused, she seduced him. It is crazy. Thus, she received the seed of the South American bone monster and gave birth to four level 8s. She had opened her legs to create a force. The youngest daughter is the youngest of the 4, but she has no manners because she is like her mother. Anyway, Parasite King is slightly stronger than her. ¡°Evil Queen?¡± ¡°You don¡¯t know? I guess it makes sense that you don¡¯t know since you¡¯re buried in your inds.¡± Red Eye is not wrong. Parasite King is satisfied with this life. It does not know about mutant affairs and does not care to know. ¡°I changed my mind. It¡¯s a waste to leave you in a ce like this. Come with me.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll recognize you as an equal being and give you territory. I came because of that human, but I gave to gain something too.¡± Movement in Europe these days is a bit suspicious. They show signs of wanting to unite with Africa and if that happens, it is hard even for his father to handle it. He needs to recruit useful allies. That is why Evil Queen has united with the bone monster. Asia is in the lowest ranks in terms of power. Father is indifferent to force and taking territory. He just somehow became the power in the area because there was nothing to oppose him. ¡°I¡¯m not interested.¡± ¡°This world is thew of the jungle! If you refuse, I¡¯m going to kill you now.¡± Since he changed his mind, Parasite King is a potential enemy if it does not be an ally. Woo woo woo! Red Eye¡¯s body became half his sizerger, and he pressured Parasite King. The eyes that look out at the world are red and the pair of horns hold up the sky. In contrast, the brown body squirms. Red Eye resembles the devil. It is like a mutant that has achieved the highest level of evolution. There is a clear difference in his appearance from mutants of lower levels. He isplete. Kyah! Parasite King spits out infestors. ¡®There is a difference in intensity, but it is a mutant of the same ss as Red Eye¡¯. Red Eye changed both of his arms into sharp knives, and hacked at Parasite King. It has created hundreds of millions of infestors. Parasite King may seem immortal, but there is nothing it can do if every single infestor is dead. Red Eye could feel that every time the number of infestors decreased, Parasite King¡¯s strength was also reduced. It is not as easy as it sounds. Even if Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk used battle shoots and worked together, they would not even be able to graze Parasite King. This is something that is possible only when they can go beyond their opponent¡¯s abilities. ¡°You split the main body into pieces. Each of those infestors is you.¡± If even 1 infestor lives, the Parasite King can stay alive. In terms of vitality, it is above Red Eye like a cockroach. The battle seemed to be on even footing in the beginning but as they kept fighting, the win leaned toward Red Eye. Mutants are also living creatures, so they have the ability to learn. He had fought the warlock whenever he had time, in order to hone his skills. He also has abundant experience fighting with level ss mutants. That is why Parasite King, who has lived contentedly, cannot win. Parasite King¡¯s body bes smaller. Red Eye thought that the pattern is fastidious. It is to the point where if Parasite King had a bit more experience, he would not be able to win. Too! ¡°You¡¯re going to eat my body?¡± A green infestor the size of a fist is cut in half. That small guy is a level 5. After that, there were repeated efforts to infect Red Eye. If Parasite King encroaches on Red Eye, he will be a mutantparable to a level 9. There is a way to bringing out the potential power in a living being. ¡°It¡¯s the end.¡± For a moment, Red Eye¡¯s muscles inted. A chance to attack has appeared. There was a wind pressure and in the blink of an eye, he swept by Parasite King. The shockwave separated the air and made anything within a meters radius into powder. At the time, a few yellow infestors dug at Red Eye¡¯s skin. ¡°I¡¯ll crush you.¡± He flexed his muscles and an incredible pressure popped the infestors. Red Eye consumed the dead infestors to make up for the energy he lost in battle. He does not need to eat them through his mouth. He is a mutant, not a human. ¡°Do you still need more reason toe with me? What if I say that I¡¯ll give you the body of a strong mutant?¡± Red Eye makes a deal. The same level is hard, but he can give Parasite King a body that is stronger than the one it has now. How will ite out? Will it reject the offer? ¡°What if I refuse?¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure I told you earlier. I¡¯ll kill you.¡± Parasite King called the scattered infestors back. They were not even, so it called all of the infestors living on the ind and absorbed them. It is seriously wounded. The remaining strength it has is not even 20% of its normal strength. Red Eye is also wounded, but it is in a fairly healthy state. If Red Eye acts, Parasite King will die. There is no living creature that wants to die unless it has given up on life. ¡°I¡¯ll ept.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll give you all of the Philippines in territory. I¡¯ll move the mutants living there to a different ce. I¡¯ll give you time, so lead your subordinates and move there.¡± ¡°Forget it.¡± Infestors are parasitic. If they have targets, they can get stronger. It is better to leave them where they are instead of moving them. ¡°You spare your words.¡± Parasite King is reserved. Infestors can be sympathetic, but they cannotmunicate. They have be like this from living alone for so long. Like people, mutants have various personalities. Not all of them are sneaky and cruel. These will not cause trouble. Red Eye has gained a great ally. ¡°Is that a problem?¡± ¡°No problem. It was apliment. Since I¡¯ve warmed up, shall I go look for him? There¡¯s somewhere I need to go. Wait here for a moment.¡± Red Eye¡¯s body disappeared. His destination is the west coast of the shore that the ark is anchored on. It will not take a long time. It will only take a few minutes for him to get there. Chapter 104 -[Risk warning! Red Eye, tracking disabled! Special mission activation! Helper intervention! Achievement point restriction has been lifted and Lifers can return to reality!] -[30 seconds until the 20 special cyborgs to buy time are summoned!] They can hear alerts from the PDAs that it is dangerous. Like before, there is the notice that it will take 30 seconds for the cyborg to arrive and that they should quickly go back. The ark¡¯s hatch is open, so the inside is wide open. If this kind of situation had not urred, they were thinking of waging a war. They had been hit from out of the blue while setting up firearms like fire bombs. ¡°Enemy confirmed!¡± Hercules detected the approaching enemy and quickly changed into a booster. That action however, created a ridiculous result. Red Eye extended his arm and brandished it. Hercules was hit and went flying 50m into a boulder. It was destroyed in one hit. ¡°So it¡¯s not a living creature.¡± Cyborgs do not exist in this world. He can feel something hard in his hand. This is approximately the defensive of level 4. It is trivial, but something he is unfamiliar with. ¡°Who am I supposed to give the notepad to out of all of these humans?¡± Red Eye looks at the trembling force members. It looks like there are 60 to 70 people. He slowly tried to remember what the human had said to him. ¡®If you look over each person, you¡¯ll know who to give it to.¡¯ Will the person have a unique characteristic? He cannot give up here anyway, so he followed the instructions exactly. His eyes wavered when he saw Cha Jun Sung. His senses are different from those of humans, so he can take a picture of a scene and look it over. He does not need to look over something multiple times to find his target. Woong! All of the time is used up and the special cyborgse out of the summons gate to surround Red Eye. In this time, the force members are going back to reality. ¡°There¡¯s no time to waste.¡± Within seconds, the 20 cyborgs are flung off in all directions. They are of a higher level than Hercules, so they do not lose their ability to function. That is enough. The human had said that if they have time, they will disappear. ¡°You!¡± Red Eye uses the wings on his back and flies at Cha Jun Sung. He tried to resist, but Red Eye wrapped him tightly with his fingers and quickly disappeared. The force members left inside could not figure out what had happened. Ring! As soon as Cha Jun Sung disappeared, the description for a special mission came up. It is a yback. -[Level A Mission: Red Eye¡¯s cavalry] [Goal: Attainment] -[Description: Red Eye is the highest ss of the 36 nightmares. He has been injured in battle with Parasite King. Find the purpose of his deal, kill him, and bring the axis down.] -[Reward: 150 million points. Lucky box.] -[Level B Mission: Fallen king] [Goal: Attainment] -[Description: Parasite King lost to Red Eye and has been wounded. It took the deal in order to save its life and will soon be moving. It is one of the 36 nightmares, and this is your chance to kill it.] -[Reward: 30 million points. Lucky box.] 2 missions were produced and there are nesting special missions. The force members identified the substance of level A and B. They are horrible difficulties. It is 180 million points in catching 2 mutants that are not in their best conditions. How many points would it have been if it had been their homeground and they had been healthy? As the mission description says, this is their chance to kill them but the force members do not have the ability to do so. ¡°Jun Sung!¡± ¡°No!¡± Kyoko holds Park Jin Hyuk back. Cha Jun Sung had been dragged away by a level 8. She understands that he wants to chase after them, but they do not even know where they have gone. They disappeared in the blink of an eye. If they go in without preparation and are discovered by the parasites, they will not be able to make it out alive. ¡°Let go!¡± Park Jin Hyuk is in a craze. Hercules has fallen and does not move at all. -[It is okay.] ¡°Zephy?¡± -[It does not seem like Red Eye is trying to kill Cha Jun Sung.] Helpers can see what is happening in real time through the PDA. It looks like Red Eye wants to talk. They will be able to see in detail soon. ¡°How can I trust you?¡± -[There is no way to prove it.] By that time, most of the force members had gone back. They had been trapped for 1 month. They thought that if they missed the opportunity, they would die or be trapped forever. When Park Jin Hyuk was about to say something, cadres including Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin walked toward him. They had stayed in ce of sending the force back. Too many things had happened to the force at one time. Unprecedented things irrelevant to the mission had jumped out at them and there was not a single thing that they could understand. Now, there are not even 10 Lifers left inside. Lim Si Hyun went back to where the Lieutenant Colonel is, saying that he would exin to the survivors what is going on. They feel bad for leaving the survivors behind, but they are not people from this world. *** Red Eye changed the structure of his back to that of a bat and headed straight for a distant cliff. He held Cha Jun Sung in his left hand. Cha Jun Sung felt the chilly wind and looked down. It is dizzying. If he falls while next to the cliff, he can stop while falling but if Red Eye throws him far like a pebble, he will die. Even with body modifications, humans do not be birds so they cannot fly. Red Eye sets down on the peak. They are high enough that therge ark seems small, but it had taken 2 or 3 breaths toe up. Cha Jun Sung was flung away and he rotated in the air to find bnce. Red Eye watched this carefully. ¡®Unbelievable.¡¯ They do not simply look simr. They have different natures, but his father, the human, and this man ¨C the 3 of them are carbon copies. What could be the connection between these 3? Red Eye does not know the details of the situation either. Father and that human only told him to ry the notepad. While he was locked in his thoughts, Cha Jun Sung pointed the Wolf Kill at him. Facing a level 8 nightmare. It really is a nightmare. At this, Red Eye came back to his senses. All he has to do is do what he was asked to do. ¡°A stick? Is it a toy?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a weapon to sh your throat with. Why have you brought me to a ce like this?¡± Red Eye looks at the Wolf Kill. He became curious before he could get to the point. Looking carefully, it is simr to what that human has. He remembered the blow that had cut his arm off. ¡°Hit me.¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°I¡¯m telling you to hit me with this stick of a weapon that you have such confidence in.¡± Red Eye motions across his neck with his finger. Cha Jun Sung watched. Arrogance is poison. If by some chance he is able to kill Red Eye, he will be gain an overwhelming amount of points. The reward points alone are 150 million. It is worth a try when he includes the basic points thate from level 8. His thinking was short. Cha Jun Sung turned the vibrating weapon on and flew. He is a stone¡¯s throw away. He will cut in one try. If hecks the strength, he will hit multiple times. The Wolf Kill had small vibrations and cut Red Eye¡¯s neck. A hard repulsive force goes through Cha Jun Sung¡¯s hand as though hitting a bat against a wall. He lets go of the Wolf Kill. It feels like his hand is going to fall off. ¡°It¡¯s garbage.¡± It does not even leave a scratch. They only look the same and Cha Jun Sung does not have even 1% of the power. They have only wasted time. He will have to just do his job. Red Eye turned off his main body and vignt state, and went back to humanoid form. His muscles and skin took on the form of clothing and changed into a pleasant state. High level mutants were like that in the virtual version, and they are the same in reality. ¡°Let your guard down. If I was going to kill you in the first ce, I wouldn¡¯t have done something so bothersome. It would have been easy to kill everyone on the spot.¡± Cha Jun Sung thought that this is right. Red Eye is level 8. 20 special cyborgs had not been able to do anything to him. ¡°I¡¯ll be direct. Are you Cha Jun Sung? From a different world?¡± ¡°How ¨C how did you know?¡± ¡°Level C mission Infection Tree. That¡¯s the name of the mission here, right? I knew you would being. If you hadn¡¯te, most of those people would have died.¡± Red Eye, a mutant, knows what Life Mission is. Cha Jun Sung was curious as to why he was brought here. What secret did he have to tell him? ¡°I¡¯ll only tell you what I know.¡± Red Eye opened his mouth. Anchoring the ark at the infected city was a decided procedure and it was said that Cha Jun Sung and the force members would eventually go into a mission. The variable however, is that Parasite King was in Tonga. The normal scenario of this battle is that only a few Lifers survive. Therefore, it means that Red Eye already knew that Cha Jun Sung would being here to Tonga. A mutant had prevented a Lifer¡¯s tragedy? Red Eye took the notepad from his body and threw it to Cha Jun Sung. ¡°I don¡¯t know the details either. I just got a request from someone.¡± ¡°This.....?¡± ¡°What you want to know is written in there, though I¡¯m sure it¡¯s not everything.¡± Cha Jun Sung opened to the first page of the notepad while watching Red Eye. It is quite clean, but it is visibly old. The weird thing is that the handwriting is strangely familiar. He flipped it without much thought. But he could not do so with the content. How could this be. What does this all mean? Is what Red Eye is saying true? ¡°I¡¯m sure you have a lot of questions. If you want to know that, you¡¯ll have to hone your skills and go to father. He knows much more than I do.¡± Red Eye¡¯s father. If they follow Life Mission¡¯s story, does that mean that Aduroque, the warlock of the 6 disasters is behind this? The world is bing tangled in aplicated manner. Where is this ce and where is the earth? What about the mutants? The helpers? This notepad? There is only what he does not know. ¡°What on earth are you guys?¡± ¡°That¡¯s what I want to ask. Lifer? What right do you have to hunt us? I¡¯m sure you¡¯lle to me one day. I¡¯ll be waiting.¡± Mere humans areing at him with their teeth bared. He will annihte them as theye. ¡®Level A.....¡¯ At the moment, it is a difficulty that they cannot approach. How many years need to go by? If they want to get to level A missions, they need to get through B and C. The obstacles in each level are a way to advance. There are 2 left. The future looks bleak. ¡°I¡¯ll give you a gift, from me. Think of it as an honor, you lowly human.¡± ¡°A gift?¡± ¡°Parasite King absorbed all of the infestors living in Tonga in order to heal its wounds. At this time, there won¡¯t be any left.¡± Red Eye left those words and spread his wings to go to the city center. Since there are not many left, Cha Jun Sung can do as he pleases whether he takes care of them or runs away. Cha Jun Sung put the notepad in his spacepression bag. He will have to go back and look at it. ¡°..... Let¡¯s go down.¡± A cliff was waiting for Cha Jun Sung. Chapter 105 It happened once a good amount of time passed after Cha Jun Sung returned to reality. Over 1 month, Parasite King gathered all parasite kin in New Zend together, and migrated to Asia and Red Eye. Migrating was not difficult. There are thousands of abandoned boats on a perished ind. None of them are in use, but it was easy to operate them because they were not damaged. Warlock dly weed the new members to his family, but Parasite King felt like it had been stripped of its soul the second itid eyes on him. Even with the knowledge it gained while absorbing humans, it could not think of the words with which to express Warlock¡¯s presence. Warlock is a true supernatural being. If Warlock is like that before awakening, he will be a monster capable of overturning the heavens once awake. It is difficult to believe that there are 5 other mutants like him. On top of that, Parasite King heard that there are dozens of mutants on its own level on 6 continents. As Red Eye said, Parasite King must have been trapped on a small ind. Red Eye gave the Philippines to Parasite King as promised. He has the authority to do that much. Warlock does not have interest innd. The Philippines will be noisy until the parasitespletely settle in, but it is thew of the jungle. It is a given that the weak are taken over and eaten. That is that and since he has taken care of the favor, Red Eye must tell Warlock what happened. *** ¡°Is that so.¡± ¡°He was so weak that I couldn¡¯t tell why you and that human are so worried about him. A weak human ¨C he couldn¡¯t even match up to the guards in our territory.¡± Warlockughed bitterly as he listened to his son¡¯s report full of thorns. A weak human. If he had not been infected with the virus and had not seeded in evolving, he would have been an existence worthy of that same expression. ¡°Did he look like me?¡± ¡°Yes. It¡¯s just that he looked more like the human form of you than you as a mutant.¡± Red Eye looked at the human leaning against the wall. They are simr, but the human resembles the man more in nature. The difference in species. No matter the rhetoric, there is a difference in the essence between species. ¡°You can go now.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Red Eye bowed and went outside. He could not understand his father whenever he came here. It is a small house. He is left wondering because his father will not tell him why he sticks to this house. ¡°Is it done?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± A human wearing a strange machine armor spoke, ¡°I still can¡¯t believe you.¡± ¡°Is the proof I showed you not enough? I think I showed you plenty.¡± ¡°I can believe that you, him, and I are the same. I can¡¯t believe this all happened because of that and that we were all acting under someone else¡¯s hands.¡± ¡°Is it pride?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll just say that it is. But you, how is that you came here? If it is as you say, doesn¡¯t your existence distort the bnce?¡± To Warlock, the human in front of him is an alien existence. He just believes that they are the same from the strength and evidence that he showed him. ¡°As someone who has gone almost to the end of Life Mission, I can only curse.¡± ¡°For example?¡± ¡°Shall I say it goes around and around? It¡¯s even questionable whether there is an end. Living for hundreds of years, the only thing I gained is strength.¡± Everyone left his side. He does not have any colleagues or friends. Starting with level B, it really is a living hell. Of course levels A and B would be easy in his current state, but everything is rtive. ¡°Are you saying that you¡¯ll change his future?¡± ¡°My future has already been decided to be in the gutters. I can¡¯t reverse it. I¡¯m sure he won¡¯t change either, but I¡¯d like to give him a good environment.¡± If he could, he would like to make Cha Jun Sung give up Life Mission. But it has been a long time since Lifers have be ves. Him in that time and him in that ce. He cannot quit it. It is a drug. If they just fight mutants, they can get what they want. He is someone from a distinctly different world, so he needs to keep his distance. ¡°So what is it you want to tell him by giving him that paper?¡± ¡°To protect.¡± ¡°Protect?¡± ¡°If he can¡¯t quit, to protect himself and his friends instead of regretting itter like I did. That¡¯s what I want to tell him.¡± ¡°It would have been easier to tell him yourself.¡± That is true. If he had told him himself instead of sending Red Eye, his message would have been delivered clearly. They would also have been able to form a consensus. ¡°I can¡¯t do that. If I get too involved, it¡¯s not good for either of us.¡± ¡°I can¡¯t understand.¡± ¡°Why? I¡¯m you and you¡¯re me. You really don¡¯t know why I¡¯m doing this?¡± Warlock interprets the man¡¯s words. If it had been him, what would he have done? ¡°Do you want him to do it himself?¡± ¡°Simr.¡± ¡°Alright.¡± ¡°Anyway, this house. It¡¯s been a while.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you have one too?¡± What good is it if he has one? He cannot go back. He had gone against his helper and countered time and space. He cannot stay anywhere because time has been tangled into a mess. There are a lot of unfamiliar words to Warlock. But he kept note of each one in his head. Even if they are in pieces, they mighte into use someday. ¡°Since you¡¯ve gotten the notepad to him, what¡¯s the next n?¡± ¡°I had several colleagues. If Red Eye had not gone to infection tree this time around, Koharu and Kyoko would have died.¡± He cannot express in words the loss he felt at the time. It was really horrible. ¡°I met Lifers I worked well with after that, but they died in levels B and A as well. Jun Hyuk, the first person I met and who made it to the end -¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes be sad. ¡°Level S mission..... He died in the Evil Queen raid. In my ce.¡± ¡°The whore of South America.¡± ¡°Hah! I didn¡¯t know you would use such a word. We¡¯re the same but the environments we grew up in are different, so you have a heavier personality.¡± ¡°It¡¯s just offensive.¡± ¡°I thought you would win because you¡¯re the opposite. But you¡¯re stronger than you were when you fought in the game. So this time, I¡¯m going to fight more carefully.¡± Warlock narrowed his eyes. He found the hidden meaning in the man¡¯s words. ¡°You¡¯re thinking of killing her.¡± ¡°Yeah. I¡¯m going to kill her before she goes looking for a Cha Jun Sung living in another world.¡± ¡°She has 4 children next to her. Work with me instead.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to.¡± ¡°Why not?¡± ¡°It¡¯s been a long time since I came to be by myself so I wouldn¡¯t need to live anymore. If I work with you, the chance of my surviving only increases. I need to be in an extreme situation to be more earnest.¡± ¡°Crazy.¡± ¡°It¡¯s spitting in my face.¡± Cha Jun Sung straightens his back from the wall. It is time to go. A battle shoot overbooster moves over himpletely like a muscle. ¡°You won¡¯t see me again.¡± This is Asia. It will be a long journey to South America. ¡°I¡¯d like it if you died if you can. If that happens, I¡¯ll be much morefortable.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll try.¡± Cha Jun Sung sweeps the wall and gets on the road. It is Warlock¡¯s house, but it is also his own house. This is a feeling that he wants to cherish for as long as he can. ¡°He¡¯s gone.¡± Cha Jun Sung disappeared from Warlock¡¯s senses. He came and went like the wind, but Warlock did not have the human feeling of sorrow. ¡°It¡¯s annoying that I¡¯m ying into someone¡¯s hands.¡± A terrifying energy shakes the area. It could be an endless race like a watermill as Cha Jun Sung said. ¡°I¡¯m sure it¡¯ll be revealed one day if we wait and see.¡± The Cha Jun Sung of this world speaks in a simr manner to Cha Jun Sung of another world. Chapter 106 There is an environmentally friendly park connected to the luxury housingplex that Cha Jun Sung lives in, and it receives fees from outsiders who want to enter. Unlike open parks, it is stylish and there is a grand dignity to it. There are even security guards installed in each area. With its safety and amenities for visitors, it ismonly used for residents to exercise or chat in, or for couples as a date spot. Cha Jun Sung satfortably on a bench he purchased as an official. Benches are divided into public and non-public. Non-public benches can only be used by the residents who purchased them for a certain amount of time along with their families. They are created in the shape of booths, so they block outside interference if needed. There are also products useful in everyday life likeputers and cellphones. There will not be any reason to, but people could even sleep inside if they wanted to. ¡°Looks nice.¡± Cha Jun Sung looks past the ss. He does not see very many residents. The majority are couples, and then there are single men and women in their twenties. It is not the case with all, but a few have the same intentions. Their goal is to be entangled with a rich man or woman in this rich neighborhood. Even now, pretty and empty-headed women are ncing over at Cha Jun Sung¡¯s booth. Men are looking over with envy. It does not matter whether he borrowed or bought it. His sitting there itself means that he is a resident. He is not the type to show off, but this is not a bad feeling. You only live once. You are meant to enjoy it as much as you can before you go. Isn¡¯t it nice? Cha Jun Sung came out to the park because of the notepad he has in his hand. He could have read it at home, but after suffering like a dog and using a lifetime¡¯s worth of luck on the Dead Ark, he wanted to get fresh air. It is the longest he has ever stayed in a mission. 40 days. They had not been going through a mission for 40 days but had been stuck in a gloomy situation for 40 days, which made it harder. There had been the chance that they would never return to reality again. They cannot even prepare because they do not know when and where a special mission will be initiated. Park Jin Hyuk and Koharu¡¯s group said that they would not even look at a level D mission for the time being. They said that they barely got through, so they would y in level E missions until their minds and bodies were calmed. Cha Jun Sung also decided to rest for a bit and enjoy everyday life. -[2,155,475] The points Cha Jun Sung has umted. He repaired Hercules for a few days and put him forward toplete Terrain of Infection Trees after many twists and turns. Hercules had only been hit once by Red Eye, but its face had been crushed. The cervical alloys connecting its neck and back broke like straw. The parts he had brought along had not been enough for repairs, so he had to use parts that were on the ark. If he had not done that, the cost to repair would have been tremendous. When the threat of Red Eye and Parasite King disappeared, the level went down to C. It did not surprise him because it is information he saw on Lifer World. The favor that Red Eye had thrown at him as a gift brought them 180 million points. He had been doubtful but no matter how much they looked, there were no mutants. They only found the level 6 infection tree after searching all of Tonga. The funny thing is that it was weaker than expected. It is level 6, but is not even as strong as a level 5. As it turned out, it is an aftereffect of producing infected fruits. The infection tree needs to make up for the nutrients it lost in producing infection fruits with infestors. It has be a loner because Parasite King absorbed all of the infestors. Since there are no infestors to gain strength from, it cannot do anything. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group may not know, but Parasite King tried to take the infection tree to a new location. Infected fruits are notmon delicacies toe by. However, Red Eye hade back to tell it to leave the infection tree. He did not show it, but it was his own type of consideration. Cha Jun Sung turned the cover of the notepad. He opens to the first page that he had looked at earlier. -[If you can feel that I¡¯m doing you a favor, can you take the PDA off before reading this?] Cha Jun Sung read this and left his PDA at home beforeing out. It is a warning that the content could be scanned exactly if he reads this while wearing it. Odin said that he wanted to read it and asked for permission, but Cha Jun Sung did not let him. He would read it first and then make the decision. [I¡¯m sure you¡¯re wondering who I am? Where I¡¯m from. How I know these things. Forget me. This notepad is the end of our destiny.] He understood it as the writer saying that he must be satisfied with the notepad and not to want anything more. Red Eye said that he would be able to have his questions answered by meeting with Warlock, but it does not seem like Warlock is the one that wrote this. The notepad excluded any idle talk and was organized into chapters. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s interest increases. What is it that he wants to tell him? -[Attack.] -[Colleagues.] -[Information.] He opened to Attack. The mission names, descriptions, and attack strategy are written for missions from level C to A. But the strategies are not that detailed. Simple hints? He was unsure of level A and B because he has not opened those yet, but there are level C missions that he saw on his PDA. It could be disobliging, but Cha Jun Sung thought that this much is adequate.He might have been disappointed if every single thing had been exined. One cannot advance by just leaning on others. There is no growth without hardship and adversity. But that does not mean that he wants to face a crisis of death. ¡°I¡¯ll have to do the overall on my own. If I dig into the hints well enough, there will be less risk.¡± He will ept an appropriate amount of help. He cannot pack lives in multiples as if they are clothing. He must keep this in mind. It is okay to rely on strategy a little. Cha Jun Sung was buried in the notepad for hours. If Attack gave hints, Colleagues separated into targets of recruitment and avoidance. There were unexpected people mixed into both sides, but recruitment has more gravity of importance and avoidance has well-known figures. -[Some aren¡¯t in the avoidance group just because they are bad people. That is the case with the majority, but there are people who unintentionally harm the party.] -[Once Mechanic City opens, you¡¯ll run into him often even if you don¡¯t want to. I hope you won¡¯t create a bond. There is no benefit in conversing with him.] -[Even though I say this, it is inevitable that you will meet. Then I¡¯ll say it again. Kill him on the spot. Don¡¯t keep your humanity. Don¡¯t you need to eradicate the pests?] There are also routes to contact recruitment targets. There is a motley of methods. It says that these people will not betray their colleagues and protect them. Cha Jun Sung read this part with concentration. It is better to have more allies. Even better if they are allies that he can trust. They are more valuable than points. ¡°This is weird. I¡¯m sure it¡¯s been matched to me since it was given to me, but it feels like I wrote it.¡± He said it, but he did not take it seriously. Who on earth would think that their future selves in another world sent something to them? Cha Jun Sung did not imagine that kind of thought in the first ce. Information had the type of things that Lifers would miss. There were more than what Cha Jun Sung knows like the activation of special missions and conditions of helper intervention. The 3 chapters filled in the gaps of what Cha Jun Sung knows. This is a big deal. He could understand why the helper was excluded. Helpers are Life Mission operators. This notepad, which breaks the rules, is a bug. It is obvious that the helper would try to fix this bug. That world is also reality, so he does not know how they will fix it but that is not his problem. cing any type of restriction is a penalty in itself. -[Don¡¯t even try a level C mission if you don¡¯t have a battlesuit. You¡¯ll die.] He was thinking that anyway. He cannot face it while cing all of his trust in his body modifications. He was certain now. Making a blind attempt is a suicide mission. -[There¡¯s something that Lifers are mistaken about, but buses, parties, and forces can only help you advance to level C. Anyone can get up to there.] -[Starting with level C advancement, there¡¯s a thing called level of contribution. Without this, it isn¡¯t considered missionpletion even if someone goes along with others.] It means that Life Mission will not give the opportunity to people who are unnecessary. It is a good thing. Cha Jun Sung is not gloating that those people are not able to advance. It is a worse hell the higher they go, so it is better to settle in a ce that is to their standards. All around the world, hundreds of Lifers die every day. Indiscriminate advancement increases the harm. How many more people will die going forward? -[Once over 10,000 people reach level C, Mechanic City is opened.] -[A few months after that will be the 3rd selection of Lifers. I¡¯m sure 100 million people will have died, though it¡¯s okay since the poption of that era will be over 10 billion.] He is more curious as to how someone knew all of this rather than who wrote it. Has this persone from the future or something? That could be it. Life Mission itself is a system that does not make sense. Every way of thinking bes different by the approach they take to it. Denial is denial and eptance is eptance. The important thing is where the affirmation is. ¡°I¡¯m sure there will be a tremendous amount of information after Mechanic City, contribution, and 3rd Lifer selection, but I¡¯ll leave it for funter.¡± He had tried to peruse it, but he did not even get through half of it. He barely paid attention to the parts regarding levels A and B, and looked carefully at the information on level C.¡± Cha Jun Sung skimmed through and reached thest page. He wanted to see if he could find a reason why someone would personally write this out for him. -[Think of the notepad as an item. I lost everything because of Life Mission. You might know what that means one day.] -[I hope this bes a good luck charm against the unhappiness that wille to you. I¡¯m done with what I have to say. I just hope that you don¡¯t be like me.] There is little on the private history of the writer. It is obvious that he does not want to reveal his identity. Cha Jun Sung respected that. ¡°What do I start with?¡± Cha Jun Sung put the notepad down and decided on an order. He must purchase a battlesuit. He does not care about the umtion of points because he just needs to wander around in level D missions. If he wants to make an attempt at a level C mission, he needs colleagues. Now, he is against joiningrge guilds for whatever reasons. ¡°I¡¯ll decide on the first party member to sign on and the level C mission.¡± Chapter 107 If they take in a lot of members at the same time, they could end up not being able to handle it. Due to this, he repeatedly considered who to decide on but choosing the level C mission was rtively easy. It is something he had been resolved to get done. The Closed Area, where he had felt the fear that he could die during the tutorial! Caicus is at the top of level 5 and there are 600,000 reward points. The hints also summarize what he needs and what he needs to be careful of. Apparently, 4 or 5 Lifers with battlesuits were plenty to take it on. ¡°Empress of Light.¡± Of the 6 female rankers, she is the strongest and in 3rd ce of all of the 36 rankers. Her other nickname: ¡°Crazy Woman.¡± Crazy Woman, Empress of Light. She never lets go once she gets a hold of something until death ¨C no ¨C even after death. The notorious Crazy Woman is the first party member who Cha Jun Sung is going to enlist. It is written that she tries to go through a 200,000 level C mission by herself and is put in danger. The date that is written is in a few months. It says that if he appears then and helps her, he will be able to gain her goodwill. She only knew about Cha Jun Sung through rumors because she acted mostly in Europe. It tells him to go into the mission however he wants to, whether it is by going into a blocked mission or going through a nearby mission. However he decides to do it, his first person to recruit is Empress of Light. *** Woong. Lifers appeared in a wide open summons gate. 2 men, 2 women, and 1 cyborg. It is Cha Jun Sung and his party. Cha Jun Sung did not look around as he normally did and left the safe area without hesitation. The party members did not show any wariness either. It seems like they did not even think that there could be a surprise attack from hidden mutants. From their behavior alone, they had no nerve. ¡°Level D is dull. Would Kyoko also be able toplete it with just weapons?¡± Park Jin Hyuk spoke with his arms crossed. There is no tension to be found in him. It is not a normal level D, but a 20,000 point advance mission like with the Dead Ark. He is so calm he is about to yawn. ¡°I think it¡¯s a sessful conclusion. Level D and E won¡¯te unless absolutely necessary.¡± The amount of points obtained starting from level C is unimaginable. The lowest reward points is 100,000 and they can gain up to anywhere from 2 million to 2.5 million. Though there is a difference between levels D and E, there is not a huge deviation in points. Completing a level C in one try guarantees an enormous amount of points. They had crossed a boundary where they could no longer beat the quality in quantity. The Terrain of Infection Trees that Cha Jun Sung had happened toplete had 1.8 million reward points. If it had been done under normal circumstances, it would have been worth 9 million. It is a suicide mission if the Lifer¡¯s abilities do not match up but if they do, it is more effective than going through dozens of lower level missions. From the point ofpleting Terrain of Infection Trees, a whole season whizzed by. Cha Jun Sung and the surviving Lifers¡¯ abilities advanced as much as well. Not too long ago, the World Federation was targeting 500,000 points. The members are incredible. There are 15 out of the 36 rankers. Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin are included there as well. They both possess battlesuits. Achievement is not counted in reward points until level D but from C, achievement points are distributed with missionpletion as well. Terrain of Infection Trees had a great effect. The offer came to Cha Jun Sung too, but he had refused it. Therge guilds of each country are trying to make attempts at level C missions but they were getting fully ready. However, they had not been able to move the preparation into practice due to the absence of the battlesuit. Not evenrge guilds can acquire battlesuits easily when they require 10 million points and 2 million achievement points. It is on a different level from the items they have seen until now. Cha Jun Sung turned down the proposals because due to the notepad, he does not have to rely onrge groups. If he makes up his mind, he can try a 500,000 point mission too. It is true. Cha Jun Sung and all of his party members have battlesuits. Park Jin Hyuk purchased it first out of the 4 of them. It is a definite result because he only gathers points without having to invest in Hercules like Cha Jun Sung does. Park Jin Hyuk bought a battlesuit and repeatedly went into level D advance missions with Cha Jun Sung. He only watched in case of emergency situations, and pushed all of the points to Cha Jun Sung. The party¡¯s power became excessively strong. Level D missions are not pleasing for Park Jin Hyuk any more. Like the World Federation, he wanted to try out a level C. ¡®If you want to meet Empress of Light, it¡¯ll be good for you to leave the area of this mission.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung went into a level D for no reason in order to meet Empress of Light. D-day is in 4 days. He needs to find her in that time. He did not tell the party members about the notepad. It is not because he does not trust them. It is just easier to keep the secret if he is the only person who knows about it. Zing! -[Battlesuit interlockingplete. Connecting helper, connectionplete. Starting field scan.] When the helmet wrapped around Cha Jun Sung¡¯s face, his vision changedputationally. The battlesuit connected to the helper¡¯s artificial intelligence and ryed to him the information of everything Cha Jun Sung could see. The distance from objects were marked numerically and his physical ability magnifies by multiples as it has received assistance from the machine. The world looked easy to him. There is a small hologram of Cha Jun Sung rotating in the corner so that he can check on his own state at any time. This parascientific creation that is arranged scrupulously like muscles is protecting Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body like iron. A bullet cannot even leave a scratch. Even if he is hit with a bomb of low firepower, it will be blocked by lowering impulse or increasing external strength. This is what the battlesuit is. -[Completed field scan of up to 200m radius. Transferring map.] Cha Jun Sung checks the map. There are red dots marked everywhere. Mutants. The goal of this mission is to find Empress of Light. -[Zephyrus, Artemis, and Aphrodite are transferring map information.] ¡°Combine them and show me.¡± It became much bigger when the 4 werebined. If the notepad is right, they need to climb the wall and get out of the city. That is where she is. The front of this city is surrounded by a wall that is 10m high. It was supposed to block mutants, but it had ended up trapping the citizens as well. ¡°Shall we get going?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Cha Jun Sung steps off the ground. It leaves a clear mark on the concrete ground and his body is pushed forward. He flies out dozens of meters with every jump. He could not control the battlesuit at first and had to go through trial and error. Forget fighting, he was having difficulty controlling his strength. It has been a few weeks since he has been able to control the battlesuit freely. ¡°I¡¯m Superman!¡± ¡°Are you a kid?¡± Park Jin Hyuk follows Cha Jun Sung in a Superman pose. Kyoko scolded him for being immature and Koharu was quiet. Is it because they were making too much noise? Ugly mutants start showing up from everywhere. It would have been better if they had remained hidden, but they had just shortened their lives. Chapter 108 Cha Jun Sung hit the shins of a Tairoqueing at him from the side. The legs made of knotted muscles breaks in one blow. It could not believe what it was seeing as its fierce eyes looked surprised. Tairoques are level 3. It has the intense strength and durable body like a Krollion, but it is appropriately twice as strong because it is of a higher level. But Cha Jun Sung had destroyed it like a bug. Bang! The booster went into action from the battlesuit¡¯s elbow and creates a hole on the Tairoque¡¯s face. It had added strength to his direct assault. He did not even take out the Wolf Kill. He could feel the fun of beating it with his bare hands. The strong level 3 fell to the ground. It is too weak. Koharu took her twin daggers and sweeps through hundreds of level 2s. Every time she passed one, its head rolled off its neck. She pursues a clean battle. Whether she slices them up or cuts their heads off, it is the same that they die. She saves her strength and only aims for the vitals. There is a sharp sound and somethinges flying behind Koharu. It is a disgusting tongue, wet with sticky mucous. Koharu turns and swings the dagger. The tongue is cut off and spews blood. People do not have eyes on the back of their heads, but battlesuits do. A full defense sensor monitors the danger of a constant radius and shows this to the wearer on a real-time screen. Unless they are inattentive, level 1 through 3 are massacred. Kung! ¡°It¡¯s loud!¡± ¡°It¡¯s here.¡± Par Jin Hyuk looks to where the sound ising from. The Tairoque¡¯s evolved form, Tairos,es at them while toppling over any building in its way. It will be extremely angry because they have killed its subordinates and made its home into a mess. There must be a wife or child among these too. It is incredibly strong as a true body-oriented mutant should be. On its way, it pulled an iron streetmp. It is going to use it in substitution for a weapon. ¡°Hold out... for a little.¡± -[60% of battle core deployed.] -[Mutant scan! Height 4.95m, estimated weight 1.5t, judging by the shaking of its muscles, killing it with a blow is difficult and must use the Wolf Kill!] ¡°If I have to use the Wolf Kill against a mere level 4, what do I use against a level 5?¡± He said that and it does not matter whether he uses it or not, but it is a matter of pride. He is sure that he needs to get a level 4 with his bare hands in order to be able to take on a level 5. Cha Jun Sung approaches the Tairos. It swung the streetmp around so he could note near. A massive sound tickles his ears. -[Distance from Tairos 7.6m, it is the distance to avoid being hit with the streetmp.] Bang! Stone powder sprays from a building hit with the streetmp. It would have been tricky to take it on if he had only had body modifications. It is a power that could kill him if he is hit. -[Repeated swinging, calcting route. Now! Dig through!] The routes to attack Tairos were marked in blue on the hologram. They are a little different, but most of them wield to the same ce. Odin¡¯s wielding showed a small gap and went a signal. Now is the time. Cha Jun Sung ran toward the gap. He has not configured the overbooster yet so there was a frustrating feeling, but he does have the battlesuit. -[Impulse 4.5t! The battlesuit¡¯s left shoulder is weakly broken.] ¡°Ack! Damn it!¡± He had gone in, but it seems he had not matched to the signal well. Cha Jun Sung was hit by the streetmp, flew dozens of feet, and became embedded deep in a building. ¡°Wow! It¡¯s a homerun!¡± ¡°Jun Sung!¡± Before the streetmp hit the battlesuit, a mechanical grain in nanometric units strengthened the external sticity and reduced the shock he received as much as possible. ¡°This asshole!¡± Cha Jun Sung jumped out of the building and ran at the Tairos without looking back. The Tairos thought him stupid and swung the streetmp around again. ¡°I¡¯ll smash you to pieces.¡± The streetmp flying down collided with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s kick. He thought that he would be pushed back by weight and location, so he used the booster for high speed too. The streetmp as thick as his thigh is bent at a 90 degree angle, but Cha Jun Sung is still fine. It does its 10 million points worth. Cha Jun Sung leapt. He jumped nearly 8m and leaned his body horizontally to strike from on top of the Tairos¡¯ head. There is the sound of its skull cracking. Its mouth is shut and a few teeth the size of a fiste out with blood. The Tairos¡¯ brain was shaken and it stumbled as it lost its bnce, and fell to its knees. It suddenly became eye level with Cha Jun Sung. ¡°It¡¯s not over. This time, I¡¯ll take your eyes not your teeth.¡± It does not understand the humannguage. Even if it could, it could not respond because it is looking at another world. Cha Jun Sung hit the Tairos¡¯ temple with a high kick. The temporal bone could not withstand the shock, and its eyeballs burst. This is a deadly hit. The giant copses. As the bones broke, it wounded the brain as well. It is as good as dead since it cannot function. And it will really die. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s hand went into the burst eye, and ripped the brain. -[You have earned 20,000 points and 12,000 achievement points.] He had killed it with his bare hands as he had decided he would. They must have been generous with the achievement points because it had been a one-on-one battle. 60% is the limit for achievement points. They do not give more than this. The lower level mutants run away when the level 4 dies. They fully recognize that these people are stronger than them. They may be dumb, but they know fear. ¡®We need to get over the wall, but how do I exin it? Should I just suggest it?¡¯ The wall that Cha Jun Sung needs to get over is the east wall. They had decided on a direction ande this way, but he could not think of a reason to give them. ¡°This is no fun. Do you want to try going over the wall? Should we try out a level C special mission?¡± It is a standard tactic. It is a city where the front is blocked. There is no excuse to climb it. ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°I said let¡¯s go. As long as we have the battlesuits, it¡¯s easy to run away. Let¡¯s try it out!¡± ¡°Forget you.¡± Cha Jun Sung ignored Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s opinion. He is always like that. Cha Jun Sung looked at Koharu and Kyoko. Their thoughts are more important. ¡°I think it¡¯s okay.¡± ¡°I did want to try out a level C, so it¡¯s a good thing.¡± He had received permission. *** Cha Jun Sung goes over the wall. The height is not really a problem. As long as nothing is blocking them and it is just high, they can even get over hundreds of meters. There are many ways to do it, whether they climb up or use their strength to break it down. Because it is dark, it is dreary outside the wall. Strictly speaking, it is the same inside and outside the wall. It is a world where mutants are everywhere. It is a harsh environment for a weak human to walk around in without protection. ¡°Odin, location.¡± -[932. 35. Setting direction coordination. Settingplete.] If they go around randomly, they will get lost or be ced in a dangerous situation. It is helpful in many ways to set a direction in advance. The basic battlesuit raises a Lifer¡¯s attack power to level 5 or 6. This is just attack power. The additional features are invaluable. In the virtual, nothing had been more important than the battlesuit. ¡°Let¡¯s not wander off anywhere else, and get on the road. I¡¯m sure something wille out on the way.¡± -[A mutant wille out.] ¡°Are you criticizing me? Why? You should just tell me to die. Keep your mouth shut like you used to.¡± Once they open level C missions and purchase battlesuits, helpers¡¯ artificial intelligence is injected and they can speak with Lifers. Whenever he can, Odin insists on reading the notepad that Cha Jun Sung acquired during a mission. He will not quit even though several months have passed. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s booster shoots out fireworks. He crosses his arms and leaves his body to the power that pushes him. He went straight out as though he were on rollerdes. While on the move, he repaired the left shoulder that the Tairos had damaged. He cannot see them, but micro robots are stuck on everywhere. ¡°We should go too.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± The road is a straight line. The mission area is Russia, thergest country in the world, so the size of the road is iparable to the narrow ones of Korea. The surroundings pass by rapidly. The speed is 100km/h. They did not move themselves, but relied on the booster¡¯s fastest speed. Assuming that there are no obstacles and it is just a straight line, their bodies could overheat and approach the speed of sound. They are bing living bullets. Once Cha Jun Sungpleted the overmode that he had used in the virtual version, it broke through the sound of speed no matter what whether it was straight or on a curve. If he attacks while leaving an afterimage with that incredible speed, a level 7 would not be able to respond properly and it would take a level 8 to counter it. Of course, those kinds of parts are not in the level C store. They would not be in the level B store either. He cannot remodel it even if he sells it using the effect of his body modifications. If the average person uses even the basic shape, it brings excessive pressure on the windpipe. Everything has a corresponding cost. Koharu watched Cha Jun Sung going out at the head. He is reliable and cool. He is attractive as the captain of their party and as a man. She and Kyoko did not say that they would go over the wall without reason. Under that decision is their trust in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s judgment. Cha Jun Sung does act rather harshly at times, but there is always a reason for his actions. They are actions to advance step by step. They believe that he asked to go over the wall because he has his own assurance of the matter. If they are his party members, they have to have at least that much faith in him. ¡®If it¡¯s the 4 of us, we¡¯ll be able to get a level 6. The time to face it hase.¡¯ The official reason for them to trust Cha Jun Sung is the personal reason in their confidence ¡®To beat a level 6. It¡¯s time to face it.¡¯ Excluding nonbat personnel Kyoko, everyone has the ability to take on a level 5 one-on-one. If the 3 of thembine their strength? Then they can take on a level 6. If they cannot fight it, they can run away. If they run away while wearing the battlesuit, there is no guarantee that even a level 7 can catch them. They will leave it because it is a bother. Lifers constantly go between life and death during missions. But there is that certain point where they can say ¡®That moment is most dangerous.¡¯ Most people will say it is the advance missions. They are not wrong, but it is ambiguous to say that they are right. Then when is it the most dangerous? It is when they quit what they are used to and make an attempt at something new. Take a look. Lifers gave up on their normal lives and attempted level E. They tried out level D as soon as they got used to it, and then level C as soon as they got used to that. From now on, this kind of phenomenon wille about repeatedly. The way Koharu sees it, it has been a long time since their party has passed the ability to take on level D. It makes sense because they could eachplete it alone. It is a wonder that they have not yet attempted level C, but they mean to do their best since they have decided to go in no matter how anomalous it is. Cha Jun Sung was going without hesitation in the front when he stopped the booster all of a sudden. The party members following behind him had no choice but to stop as well. ¡°We¡¯ll have to keep our guards up.¡± ¡°What is it?¡± Arge and dark figure is blocking the middle of the road. There is 1. They sped up for some time and the mission changed twice. Special missions are applied when the difficulty bes harder than when they first entered. It has not been applied until now because the changes have not been more difficult. If a mission is changed, it is updated to a new version so it is possible to have an infinite mission as long as they do not return. However, Lifers do not use it often. They can gather a lot of points, but the level of danger is high because they need to go around to a lot of ces. If they make a mistake, they can be put in a situation that is impossible to deal with. As the mission was updated, it triggered a special mission. This means that the mutant in front of them cannot be ced on the border of level D. -[Mission update, level C special mission ¡®8 Scythe Hunter¡¯ has been activated.] -[Level C mission: 8 Scythe Hunter] [Goal: Annihtion] -[Description: The Hunter of darkness who has 8 scythes lives in West Russia, Volgograd. It enjoys ughter and is wandering around alone again today, imagining the blood it will get on its scythe.] [Reward: 100,000 points. Lucky box.] It is an unexpected special mission. Rather than feeling strained, Cha Jun Sung weed it. Level Cs go from 100,000 to 2 million points. 8 Scythe Hunter is 100,000. It will be over once they kill one level 5 without having to go through a difficult process. He had said that he could fight a level 5 but had never done it before, so this is his chance to practice without interference from others. ¡°It¡¯s a 8 Scythe ck Fox.¡± Its overall movement is slow but the speed it swings its 8 scythes with is murderous. It is a mutant with an attack focused on defense. It hides during the daytime and only leaves its home at night when it can take advantage of its protective coloration. Even if it is not hungry, it kills for fun. It must be at least 8m. To the height of its head alone, it is half a sizerger than the Tairos. It resembles a praying mantis so its body extends straight out to the back and the dozens of legs sustaining its body makes it seemrger. ¡°Jin Hyuk, you want to try fighting it?¡± ¡°Pass!¡± Park Jin Hyuk waved his hand and refused. Because he is scared? Not a chance! If he uses the battlesuit for a rangedbat, he could dry it out and kill it. Scythes might be a weapon in close encounters, but appearances are deceptive. ¡°Looking at how thick and sturdy its shell looks, it¡¯ll be too much trouble to kill it with explosive bombs. It¡¯d be better for you or Koharu to take it.¡± He could win but the problem is that it could take a long time. ¡°I¡¯ll try it.¡± Park Jin Hyuk whistled. The person to take a step forward is Koharu. When she was falling behind in body modifications, she had not been able to behave fittingly for her name, Amhu. She will prove her strength with a battle against a level 5. The 8 Scythe ck Fox looked at Koharu and raises its scythes. Its arms are in different locations, so the directions of attack are also different. She needs to pay attention to 8 lines of defense at the same time. ¡°Artemis, scan it and analyze its actions in real-time.¡± -[Mutant scan! Height 8.2m, estimated weight 8t. Analyzing state.] Battlesuits may be excellent, but it is not capable of doing everything. It cannot find weaknesses just bypleting a scan. It gains information during battle and analyzes that to find solutions. Battlesuit Artemis finished all of the preparations it could do itself. After this, Koharu needs to face it and figure it out for herself. -[Battle core 80% deployed! Full defense sensor, booster, defense equipment at full capacity! Enemy systemic muscle contraction! 100% chance attack upon entering!] It is a staggering level 5. Koharu turned all of the battlesuit¡¯s battle systems on. There is severe energy consumption, but she cannot fight if she saves on it. Cha Jun Sung went behind the hunter. Even if it acts alone, he is watching in case another mutant appears. Park Jin Hyuk and Kyoko also left thebat radius. ¡°Give it your best.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry.¡± Koharu looks at Cha Jun Sung andughs. The party members cannot see her smile because of the helmet, but they can sense it. The explosion from the booster that received 80% energy goes through the silence in the dark. At the same time, she disappeared. Chapter 109 Koharu whizzes by in a zig zag between the hunter¡¯s legs. Light red blood flows out from the ces scratched by the twin daggers. It is thinpared to the body, but the strength is considerable. Even with twin daggers, they leave scratches at best. It might cut off if she saws at them, but she does not have the time for that. When the hunter strikes its scythe down, it creates a hole in the ground and scatters debris everywhere. Even then, the end did not go out. The hunter takes its wings out of its back and flies up into the sky. It cannot fly for too long because of its weight but it is threatening in its use to switch location. If it flies into the sky, Koharu below it bes exposed. In terms of a game, it is like a pattern that she needs to read in order to catch it. Koharu did not overdo it in attacking it and used the booster to retreat far enough so she could respond. It is her battle style. If meeting her as an enemy, it is a frustrating style. Since she is careful in all of her actions, she does not get caught up in a fight of numbers or when provoked. As the hunter lowered, it settled in a spot dozens of meters away. Koharu ran at it as soon as itnded on the ground. No matter howrge it is, how thick its shell is, and how durable it is, it is not invincible. If it is hit over and over again to create wounds, any life form bes exhausted. The hunter however, also has a brain. Is it because it experienced the same attack multiple times? As soon as she came close, it swung the scythes around and walked backward. It kept her from approaching it and created more distance when she was slowed down. It is an action that she cannot underestimate just because it is slow. ¡°They¡¯re neck and neck.¡± ¡°It¡¯s strangely boring.¡± ¡°I would have given it flesh for its bones, but Koharu has the type of personality where she doesn¡¯t want to give anything when she takes. That¡¯s why she was criticized a lot in the virtual version too.¡± She does not have a refreshing big hit. She takes the enemy down with an umtion of damage. It could be seen as a boring fight as Park Jin Hyuk said. ¡®But the Empress of Light is different.¡¯ He has never met her for himself, but he has seen her battle videos dozens of times. Forget dog fights. She is not cowardly, but she mobilizes all methods in order to win. On top of that, she is incredible with a spear. A spear¡¯s specialty is mid-range. If the opponentes closer than that distance, she does not retreat and breaks their joints or rips them apart with her teeth. Empress of Light carries out a battle that people who do not know her would be doubtful of, as if it were nothing. Cha Jun Sung had also been bewitched while watching her. ¡®Two days north, a small town before arriving at Volgograd.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung calcted the appropriate time. Empress of Light has entered several weeks before they did. She will be happily killing mutants right about now. She prefers solo missions. The reason is that she is well acquainted. It takes a long time untilpletion, but there is a generous reward in exchange for the time. There are pros and cons to going party and solo. They can receive less points in exchange for safety and swiftness, or they can gain a ton of points by risking the danger and beingter. The interesting thing is that there are people who show greater strength when they are alone. There is nothing for them to take care of so in a dangerous situation, they only need to look after themselves. ¡®That¡¯ll be its own type of mission. Going through a level C alone was too much. She¡¯s outnumbered.¡¯ Empress of Light is strong. By her specifications, she does not get pushed back by a level 5. What she is pushed back by is numbers. She can sweep through the underlings but the burly ones are hard. In simple terms, she iscking in endurance. It is impossible for someone acting alone to increase their endurance. 1 person cannot be 2 people. As a mission¡¯s difficulty bes harder, the mutants also be stronger. It is a never-ending chronic problem. Bang bang! As the fight between Koharu and the hunter rises, they only focus on the opponent. There is less of a burden in a single battle with 1 mutant, but not even Cha Jun Sung has the confidence to take on a progressive mission alone. ording to research, the 500,000 point mission that the World Federation took on had 100,000 to 120,000 level 1 through 3 mutants, 50 level 4s, and 2 level 5s. Empress of Light has taken on 200,000, which is not even half of the 500,000, and even if they say that it would be 40% of the number, it is not a level that she can handle. No wonder she has been forced into a corner and has been ced in danger. It is an error of judgment on her part. The hunter¡¯s thinnest leg is cut off under Koharu¡¯s repeated attacks. The damage is beyond regeneration. It has been cut off but cannot be seen as great damage to a level 5. Its blood is boiling and blood and flesh is about to protrude from the wound. Koharu focuses her attacks intensively on the leg that is cut off. Since it is before the sturdy flesh has been formed, it went cut out easily like jelly. Besides, there is something else she is going after. It is the body¡¯s bnce. When the hunter tried to turn its body to attack Koharu, it wobbled to the side where the bnce was cut. It copsed a small part. It may not seem like it, but a person cannot walk properly if even a thumb or pinky toe is cut off. Everything has a role for use. Mutants are the same. Just because a wound is weak does not mean that it does not have an effect on the body. All endse from a start. Koharu stepped on the back of the helper that lost its bnce, and went up. She ran up and brought her twin daggers down on its big eyes. Insects¡¯ eyes arepounded. Their sight is wide, so they can detect attacks from behind without trouble. The hunter did not miss that moment either. The hunter¡¯s joint folds abnormally and it falls down. There is a deluge of scythes. If hit, one can be skewered from the head. She takes steps. Left, right, front, back ¨C Koharu dances. She is avoiding attacks that could grind whole cars by a sliver. Koharu stabbed both the hunter¡¯s eyes and quickly jumped down. ¡°Koharu!¡± ¡°Koharu! It¡¯s dangerous!¡± Park Jin Hyuk and Kyoko scream. The hunter put up full defenses. It could switch direction if there is any ce to take a step, but it is the air. -[Reverse booster activated! Output rate 30%, distancing from enemy field ofmand.] The booster attached on her arms and legs turned to the reverse and instantly flew Koharu up. An afterimage appeared, and the hunter ripped that afterimage. There are 2 boosters on her back, 2 each on her elbows and ankles, for a total of 6. It is possible to transform to the desired direction, so if the power output is fully activated, she can fly in the air but it is ineffective to use this continuously. There would be nothing they could do if they need to create a dogfight for whatever reason, but they need to save their energy in case there is a ground battle like the one they are in now. Koharu retreated and used all of her strength to throw the twin daggers. The hunter brandishes its scythes. It missed one of the daggers because of a pain of its eye ripping, and the other dug back into the eye. The vibrating function is on. The dagger in its eye kept shaking and widened the wound. They cannot imagine how painful it is. It cannot regenerate until the dagger has been pulled out. There is no point in its trying. ¡°Ack!¡± ¡°What is that?¡± The hunter lifts its scythe and digs out its own eyeball. Koharu was trying to pick up the dagger from the ground, and was surprised. She did not know that it would go to such lengths! The hunter bes angry and struck down at Koharu¡¯s back. It can only see the woman who caused it great suffering. It is half out of its mind. Cha Jun Sung interfered. The booster with output rate of 100% moved him above the hunter¡¯s head within moments. It was almost like teleportation. The Wolf Kill prated through the thick shell and bones to stab the brain. She had been surprised when she saw it digging out its own eye, but she did not let her guard down and moved out of the way. While it was stuck in the brain, Cha Jun Sung moved the Wolf Kill forward so it emerged, splitting the hunter¡¯s head. It still does not die and is only in a craze. ¡°Took you off guard, didn¡¯t it?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t know that it would dig its own eyes out either. It might have been able to act in response because it could watch the battle.¡± Koharu went to the hunter, sprawled out and trembling in anger. Letting her guard down is one thing, and she needs to end it now. Of course it would die even if she left it alone. -[You have earned 120,000 points and 40,000 achievement points. You have earned 100,000 reward points and 50,000 achievement points forpleting the mission.] 220,000 and 90,000. Is this the ss of level C? It is incredible considering she caught 1 mutant. Everything had been possible because they had the battlesuits. The hunter is in the lower ranks of level 5. Koharu did not show it, but her pride was hurt. She struggled this much with a lower rank. ¡°You can win, right?¡± ¡°There is 17% left of the battlesuit¡¯s energy level. 2 would be difficult.¡± She can win if they fight again, but 2 of them is too much. She could do something about it if she puts her life on the line, but beyond that is impossible. ¡°We can fill in whatever we¡¯recking slowly by upgrading. Don¡¯t be discouraged.¡± Cha Jun Sung would have finished it faster than she did. The Wolf Kill¡¯s power could get through the hunter¡¯s shell more effectively than her twin daggers could. Koharu only has one disadvantage. She has trouble getting the upper hand against mutants with strong defense. She will need to change her weapons to something more powerful. Koharu takes a square object out of her spacepression bag. It is a disposable charger for her battlesuit. If she leaves it plugged in, it will supplement. Pew pew! ¡°What are you doing?¡± ¡°Test.¡± Park Jin Hyuk shoots the Head Hunter at the hunter¡¯s corpse. The explosive embeds in the skin and makes blood stter out, but the wound is not deep. It is just a scratch. Bang! The bomb goes off and a part of the corpse bes sunken in. Arge piece of flesh falls off. Even still, Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s frown remains. ¡°Hm. I would have suffered if I fought this too. Look at its defense. It¡¯s like a turtle.¡± The hunter puts all of its trust in its scythes and sturdy shell, and does not take defensive behavior. It starts by attacking and ends by attacking. Cha Jun Sung scratched his cheek at Park Jin Hyuk¡¯sint. Even if he says that, he would have been fighting ferociously. ¡°It¡¯s a bit boring for a level C, so shall we go around and earn points?¡± The destination is already decided. They can warm up until they meet Empress of Light. If they want toplete a 200,000 point mission, they need to get fired up. Chapter 110 Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group looks over a small town from a high hill. It looks like a ce where only dozens of people live. Something is roaring from within it. Whenever it yells, it bes quiet everywhere. Everything is scared of this parent object. It is a level 5. How does Cha Jun Sung know? Because the Empress of Light is there. They would hear the sound of explosive bombs in this quiet. Judging by how they do not hear any, she must be resting. She will take resting periods often since she is going through this mission solo. It is expected that the battlesuit¡¯s energy will fall quickly and her personal energy consumption will also be that much. ¡°I guess a special mission is going to ring the second we step foot in there.¡± Park Jin Hyuk looks at the town and stroked his arms. Anyone who looks at it can say that it is a level C. He estimated the reward points to be in the hundreds of thousands. ¡°One day.¡± ¡°One day?¡± ¡°Huh? I was talking to myself.¡± Cha Jun Sung had not realized that he was talking to himself and spoke aloud. The distance was to take 2 days but it had taken 4 because of the mutant. The time they have left is 1 day. On the way here, they had gotten through 2 level D missions and 1 level C. They do gather a lot of points but they are all one-hits, so they cannot be considered jackpot. Basic items in the level C store go for around 3 million points. If there is something they consider useful, it can go from 5 million to 10 million like the battlesuit. Expenditure increases with ie. What they need to buy after the battlesuit is level C weaponry. This takes up 7 to 8 million points. Currently, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group only has about 300,000 points. They have to go back to the beginning and gather points. ¡°Jun Sung, should we rest here today?¡± ¡°Let¡¯s do that.¡± Since they have discovered the town, there is no reason why they need to follow the path. If they jump down from the cliff and go straight, they will arrive in a few hours. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group sat anywhere on the ground. As long as they have food, they can sleep anywhere. The battlesuits block all external elements. Everyone charges their battlesuits. If they want to maintain 100%, they need to get in the habit of doing so. Even if they do not go into battle. Energy is being consumed even while they are sitting still. ¡°Kyoko. Once we enter that town, you need to take care of your own body. Got it?¡± ¡°I got it!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know how many points it¡¯ll be worth, but it won¡¯t be like Terrain of Infection Trees.¡± He said ¡®200,000 points¡¯ in his head. There will be 1 or 2 level 5s. With that amount of power, they can take care of it even without Empress of Light. ¡°Koharu and I.....¡± Bang bang bang! When Cha Jun Sung was about to continue speaking, they heard a series of bombs going off under the hill. There is a weak sh of light. ¡°The town!¡± ¡°Is there a Lifer?¡± Cha Jun Sung looked. If it is the sound of Empress of Light fighting, does that mean she is starting to fight now and that her life will be in danger after a day? ¡°What do you want to do?¡± ¡°We have to go! It¡¯s the first time we¡¯re entering another Lifer¡¯s mission!¡± He is right. This is the first of this type of instance. It is worthy of excitement for Park Jin Hyuk and the sisters. They think that they could experience something fun. ¡°If that¡¯s what you guys think. But don¡¯t get in contact before I do.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Park Jin Hyuk jumped from the cliff. Cha Jun Sung and the sisters threw their bodies right away. They can activate their boosters as they fall and decrease the speed. ¡°Shall we go meet the Crazy Woman?¡± He is excited to see what kind of ranker she is. *** My name is Violet Florence. British and 28 years old! A beautiful youngdy. You think I won¡¯t be? Will you be able to look at me properly and say that? There isn¡¯t a man that I haven¡¯t been able to sessfully seduce. I could fill an entire subway with the men who have followed me around and there still wouldn¡¯t be enough space. We didn¡¯t meet for long periods of time. They peed their pants when they found out who I am. I¡¯m like a leech? I¡¯m empty-headed? Don¡¯t be so full of yourself! I majored in Administration at Oxford! Untilst year, I handled my n¡¯s ledgers. I quit that now. Huh? ounting is really boring. It feels like my eyeballs are going to fall out from looking at numbers all day. Oh! I¡¯d be grateful if you excuse mynguage. Our n is on the rough side. The n also wanted me to quit that stuff so I could do something that would help me contribute more. I weed it with both arms wide open too because it is what I had wanted. What do I like to do? Do you know about a game called Life Mission? This Violet is pretty famous ¨C no ¨C really famous as a ranker. Among 36 rankers, in 1st ce of the females. 3rd ce even when looking at the entire ranking. This game was my only lifeblood. And then that happened. One day, Life Mission suddenly became reality. There is no way to figure out the cause, so I¡¯ll skip exining the process. For the first few months, the n, Lifers, and I all wandered. It doesn¡¯t makemon sense or scientific sense. Anyway, the situation gradually stabilized and I started revving the engine. I¡¯m Empress of Light. My pride wouldn¡¯t allow me to fall behind others. I mostly did solo missions but if I wascking in power, I would enter missions with people from my n. There¡¯s no reason to do it with people I don¡¯t know. My brothers and uncles are not averse to killing mutants because they live in a world where they shoot guns often. And we work well together. I went forward little by little,pleted the level D advance mission, and even went into level C. A lot of people died, but I think that there was nothing to do about that. ¡®The gains are as much as blood is spilled¡¯ is my n¡¯s motto. I opened level C missions but didn¡¯t dare try them out? So I did manualbor and seeded in buying the battlesuit about 1 month ago. My n supports me with most of the basic gear, so it was easy to gather points. Was there a bliss from experiencing a new world that I had only been able to see in virtual reality, in real life? Ipleted the level D advance mission in just 1 day. And then I made a try at level C. The n said that they would get a force together and that I should go in together, but I just went in saying that I could handle it on my own! Because of that conceit, I faced the greatest danger in my life. I don¡¯t regret it though. As a result, I was able to meet them. *** ¡°Fuck!¡± Violet curses. Her face is covered by the helmet, but her current psychological state is that of nervousness and anxiety. She had not underestimated the mission. She had not even thought that she would be able toplete it easily. But this level of difficulty was beyond her expectations. ¡°Should I have entered with a force? No. I¡¯m pretty sure we would have all died together.¡± Violet is certain. Level C cannot be handled with quantity. It needs to be resolved with quality. Even if she had been in a force, the oue would not have been different. The n¡¯s talent is made up of people who are good enough toe into level C. Immediately? No! They need time before they can do that. If they are pushed into a mission before they are ready, they will die before they can do anything. Violet sets up a booby trap. It is a time when she can use anything. A few weeks ago, she had entered thinking that she can quit the mission if she cannotplete it. Levels 1 through 4 do not pose problems. It is because of the level 5. It is weak for a level 5, but it is very intellectual. It is almost at human standards. Itmanded the mutants in the city. Hitting and retreating is the strategy that Violet needs to use but here, it is the strategy that the mutants use. They distributed the power and cut down on the battlesuit¡¯s energy. There is no way they know that, but it seems they are trying to drain the opponent of her strength. It is working. Anything that came at her died, but she only has a few chargers left. Beep beep! She finished setting everything like the ymores up. Violet has been hidden away at the end of the sewer for a few days. The odds are against her on the ground. It is not a situation where she can go around and find mutants to kill. Shested as long as she could and waited for a chance to counterattack. It is a small relief that the attacks have diminished. The battlesuit has finished charging. She knows because she has experienced it. If she leaves the battlesuit fully charged like this, she canst at least a day among even merciless attacks. ¡°I¡¯m going to go crazy. The mission is blocked. At this rate, am I really going to die?¡± The mission needs to be opened up if there is to be re-entry. If it is blocked, it means that the helpers think there is still a chance for Violet. ¡°Gaia, can¡¯t you open up the mission for me? I can¡¯t get through this alone.¡± -[It is impossible. With Lifer Violet¡¯s skills and items, you canst 3 more days. It may be possible to open up the mission then.] You damned girl! 3 days? She would be able endure until then. After that? She needs to receive help whenever she can. She does not want to do it when her life is on the line. Wiing! Violet took the battlesuit off. Thepactly configured lines folded and went into the alloys making up the shell¡¯s defense. The folded shape is strange but it looks like a backpack. Of course, it is not the size of the average backpack. There is no way that could happen with the volume. It is just a way to describe it. It is almost twice the size of a person¡¯s body. ¡°Only leave the sensor on.¡± -[Sensor activated.] Violet looked at the battlesuit and sighed. She has to go to such lengths to save energy. This is making the Empress of Light lose face. Chapter 111 ¡°Refreshing.¡± Violet leaned on the sewer wall and sat on the ground. Her sensual figure shows through the impact tights stuck to her body. Her face is also a work of art. When exposed to light, her eyes are a dreamy purple. Unless dyed or created with contact lenses, they are hard to find anywhere in the world. She has unique genes. That may be why she seems even more charming. ¡°I would run away if I could, but they have no intention of letting me go.¡± She had tried to get out of the city, but the level 5 had not allowed it. It does not normally get involved, but bnces it out when it seems like she has the advantage. It seems to be ying around with her or experimenting with her rather than trying to kill her. She would just be angry if it is the former, but there is something she is guessing if it is thetter. ¡°Dominion.¡± It is using Violet as a threat to exercise its power over its subordinates. If this is right, it is an extremely troublesome opponent. ¡°Ugh, it¡¯s so annoying! At any rate, whether it¡¯s with people or mutants, the ones that scheme need to be ripped apart. So disgraceful.¡± This city¡¯s level 5 tends to resort to cheap tricks. The systemic way it controls its subordinates is the same. This type is difficult to deal with even among the ones that use cheap tricks. -[Appearance of mutant 193m in front!] ¡°Oh no!¡± Violet bolted from where she was sitting, pulled out the spear she had dug into the ground, and ran. She left the battlesuit alone. It would have sent a subordinate first. The level 5 also knows that she has booby traps set up inside the sewer. It does not know how to work them, but sends down its subordinates to dismantle them. It requires hard work to set up each trap. They are not meant to be used on level 1 or 2s. They are for at least level 3, with level 4 as the goal. Kyak! Malformed monsters with hunched backs bared their yellow teeth at Violet and ran at her. There are about 20 to 25 of them. The spear¡¯s best attack is to just do it. Laden with a rotational force, it punctures holes in their bodies. She can fight level 4s even without the battlesuit. Garbage like levels 1 and 2 are barely snacks to her. The sewer is separated into several prongs and there are a lot of passages of entry. It is just that she is in a corner. All she needs to do is block the ones that keeping in. The disadvantage is that it is easy to block them, but it is a cul-de-sac? ¡°These assholes!¡± Skells and other types of mutants keep pushing forward. Violet is getting pushed further back. There are enough of them to pack a huge sewer. She estimates that there are more than 50,000 mutants living in this city. If she had been on the ughtering side, it would have been a sea of points but since she is being pushed back, it feels overwhelming. No matter how many of them she kills, there is no end. Bang! Bang bang! The booby trap goes off. She made it so they would not ovep but they are being used up so quickly that they could be mistaken as a chain of explosions. That is proof of how Violet is being pushed back in this concentrated attack. ¡°Ack!¡± Violet swings the spear and pulls her hair. She is so angry she could go crazy. If she could, she would rip them all to death. Bang bang bang! It had taken her hours to push 193m but the distance was short, so she quickly reached the wall. With that, her patience was gone. ¡°Fine! Since it¡¯s turned out like this, I¡¯m not running away! Let¡¯s end it! Gaia!¡± Battlesuit Gaia changed into human form and opened up an entry. Violet goes inside. It¡¯s all or nothing. She is going to turn it all over. ¡°Die!¡± -[Battlesuit 70% deployed! Booster output rate 50%, creating a path!] Bang! Violet made herself into a human missile. She held the spear forward, put her trust in the booster, and went forward. It was like looking at a bulky rhino rush through. A few mutants died on the spear. If she turns her body once, dozens of bodies go flying. It is a terrifying battle strength. She went forward while piling mountains of bodies. She avoided them because she knows she could die, but she the circuit spun. She is going to go outside and destroy the level 5. Violet lifted her head. Moonlight seeps in through the open manhole. Mutants are using thedders on the walls toe down. All 6 of the battlesuit¡¯s boosters turned on and she shot up. Bang! She bumped the edge of the manhole on her way up but rather than falling, she smashed it. Violet looked around the area while dozens of meters up in the air. -[Field scan! Mutant search! West, confirmation of mutant matching conditions!] As soon as Gaia was done talking, Violet flew without even looking. She can look as she goes. It is cunning. She does not know when it might run away. ¡°You!¡± It is stuck to a spire. Brown with a bubble covering its entire body. It is over 4m tall. It saw Violet and quickly created more distance. It has sensed something weird. She would normally try to run away, but she is chasing it now. It needs to be careful because she is a powerful opponent. Bang bang! When the spear struck down, it fell under the power. Violet increased the booster¡¯s output of power. She does not care what happens as long as she can kill this level 5. The chase is in a high ce so the lower levels just watch and the mid levels that can climb walls chased her. The mutantse swarming at the level 5¡¯s roar. They look like a swarm of antse to catch a giant prey. There must be over 10,000 of them. No matter how weak they are, there is no chance of winning against such numbers. ¡°Come on!¡± The battlesuit¡¯s sensor bes saturated. There is no use for it to mark that any one thing is somewhere because the mutants are everywhere. Everywhere she looks, is an enemy. ¡°Ha ha ha!¡± Violet belted out a hair-raisingugh and swept the area she decided on. It seems reckless, but she is Empress of Light who is called a crazy woman. *** ¡°Wow!¡± Park Jin Hyuk arrived first and made an interjection. Looking down from the building roof, the neighborhood below is 5 minutes from chaos. Tens of thousands of mutants are running at something. They are covering the floor and building. The only thing they cannot spread out over is the sky. Cha Jun Sung has never seen so many mutants in any mission he has been in either. Skilled Lifers depreciate level 1 and 2 mutants as underlings. But can they say that when they see this? The battlesuit¡¯s energy and stamina from body modification will run out before they can annihte the mutants. ¡°Aha! Die!¡± The spear¡¯s trajectory goes through the air and that siege spreads in waves. ¡°Who is that woman? Sheughs while killing mutants. She must be crazy.¡± ¡°How would I know?¡± Cha Jun Sung feigned ignorance when Park Jin Hyuk asked him. This is to be his first time seeing Violet as well. He cannot act like he knows who she is. ¡®She¡¯s getting pushed back.¡¯ Violet is being overwhelmed. They hade running as soon as they heard the explosion, but it had taken a few hours. It seems like the battle has gotten pretty far along in that time. The amount of corpses around her is increasing. It is like they are piling up. But more came running at her, stepping over the dead ones. ¡°Empress of Light?¡± Koharu watches Violet with her sharp eyes. She recognizes her. Her incisive spearmanship and anomalous attacks, even her ming madness. On the premise this is a woman, this can only be one person. Cha Jun Sung pretended to be surprised enough. He has poor acting skills, but Koharu did not notice. He could not handle doing something he was not used to. ¡°Woah! I¡¯ve heard about her. She¡¯s the top female ranker.¡± Koharu red. Park Jin Hyuk flinched and pretended to do something else. Whether with men or women, no one likes to bepared to others. Though indirectly, he had noted that Violet is stronger than Koharu. ¡°How dangerous. She¡¯s a candle me in front of wind.¡± ¡°We¡¯ll have to help.¡± They are looking for opportunities with levels 3 and 4 mutants. If theyunch a surprise in this chaos, they will be driven to defense at once. Park Jin Hyuk knows how to read a war situation as well. When he looks at it, it is dangerous. ¡°The mutants look like some kind of human army. They¡¯re moving systematically.¡± Cha Jun Sung was thinking the same thing. It may be dizzying, but it is in an orderly fashion. Mutant is an umbre term that humans have named them. They too are of different types and take prey or attack. They need to consider the possibility that there could be mutants that takemand. ¡°Odin. Search for a mutant showing unique behavior. You guys too.¡± It is more effective to have all 4 people do it rather than doing it by himself. -[Northeast direction 120m, there is an unidentifiable signaling from a mutant on the facade of a towering building. It seems to be of the systemic family.] The helpers check the location. Ites up on the screen inside their helmets. ¡°Karakan.¡± Cha Jun Sung saw the mutant and said its name. It is weak in battle, but it is a tricky one to deal with. Higher levels cannot withstand its control. ¡°It must have put in months of work to control such arge scale of mutants?¡± There are several tens of thousands. Not even a level 6 would be able to get all of them under control in an instant. Since it iscking in ability, it has worked with time and effort. ¡°Jin Hyuk. Check the mutants on the roof. Shoot and kill as many as you can.¡± ¡°Okay!¡± Park Jin Hyuk stares at the battlefield. It is a horde. The entire city is a target. There is no issue for Kyoko, who is not a sniper, either. They will hit their targets even if their eyes are closed. ¡°Koharu, kill the level 3 and 4s.¡± ¡°What are you going to do?¡± ¡°Me?¡± Cha Jun Sung put the Wolf Kill over his shoulder. People should by all means do what they are best at. If roles be warped, it would be better not to do anything. ¡°Wreak havoc. Hercules, block anythinging at Jin Hyuk from the center.¡± ¡°Mission confirmed!¡± Cha Jun Sung flies up. The impact from his departure cracks the roof. Koharu looked at the remaining 2 people and dove in among the mutants. ¡°Kyoko, do you know how to snipe?¡± ¡°No.¡± ¡°Just shoot.¡± Park Jin Hyuk took the sniper rifle he used in the beginning out of his spacepression bag. The power is okay. This is enough to take out this swarm. Chapter 112 Kung! ¡°Shut the fuck up!¡± Violet poured curses and jabs of her spear out on the mutants drooling all around her. They will not stoping at her. They call for death. ¡®Oh, I was out of my mind.¡¯ She snapped out of it. Her hot temper had created another mess. She needs to tone her temper down if she wants to get married, but she bes a madwoman with the blink of an eye. She calmed down and she identifies the overwhelmingly adverse situation. Killing is another issue, but she is about to be swept away by the wave. She needs toe up with a n. -[Battlesuit¡¯s remaining energy..... Less than 39%! Charging is urgent.] Because it is the basic model, the energy runs out quickly. The battlesuit shepleted in the virtual version could take a full day of this type of warfare. It is the difference between a great sports car and a run down car that is about to be scrap metal. Violet adjusted the booster. She will need to get out of here first. She cannot go on the ground because it is upied by mutants, so she will have to make a path in the sky. With 39% energy, she will be able to fly for about 10 minutes. ¡°Let go!¡± Several tails fly up and wrap around Violet¡¯s ankles. They are like whips. She cannot fly because a couple of mutants have a hold on her. Bang! She eventually lost bnce from the booster¡¯s output, and plummeted to the ground. The mutants did not miss this chance to crush her. She can see mutants ripping the battlesuit apart through the screen in her helmet. She can strengthen the outer shell and hold out for now, but it is like getting drenched in a drizzle. ¡°I can¡¯t die like this!¡± It is what everyone says right before they die. Those words came out of Violet¡¯s mouth as well. She needs to live. She lives to live... but by what means? -[4 battlesuit signals detected 90m in the rear! Reinforcements are here!] Unless the signal is blocked, they can transfer locations of battlesuits nearby. Gaia had read Cha Jun Sung¡¯s signal. There is a shockwave right in front of Violet. It is a concussive shell that Lifers like to use. The mutants hit with this thrash. Bang! Cha Jun Sung fell out of the sky with his Wolf Kill over his shoulder. The surface trembles and dust from the ground flies. It was an extremely stylish entrance. To Violet, he looked like prince charming of fairytales. ¡°Get your senses together.¡± ¡°Ah!¡± Pew pew pew pew! Park Jin Hyuk and Kyoko started shooting from the roof. Dozens of mutants die. They do not shoot randomly, but aimed for the mutants around Cha Jun Sung first. Kung! The level 5 watches from the roof and screams. It can be interpreted to something like ¡®Go catch them¡¯. A section of the higher levels went in their direction, but they had already been prepared. Pew pew pew pew! Hercules blocked the path up and fires with the vulcan cannons in both of its hands. Its armed state is impressive, so it resisted from arge distance. Koharu killed the level 3 and 4s. The level 3s are easy, but the level 4s took some time. Even still, she undertook her mission well. ¡°I¡¯ll open up the path to the Karakan, so wrap that up.¡± ¡°Oh right! That asshole!¡± ¡°...... Excuse me?¡± Violet covered her mouth with her hand. She had cursed without realizing it. Cha Jun Sung thought that she would be a party member who is hard to control. She makes a slip even when they are meeting for the first time. If they get on friendly terms, the future is obvious. Cha Jun Sung ran first. He brandishes the Wolf Kill with not just his arms but his entire body. He rotated it like a windmill and cut up everything that came at him. If a mutant somehow avoided the Wolf Kill, he beat it with his hands and feet. Violet was enchanted with this image. He is rough and concise. ¡°Who is he?¡± There is a high possibility that he is a ranker since he is using a battlesuit, but there is no Lifer who matches up. When Cha Jun Sung changed his sword, his fighting style had also changed. If he had been sharp like a samurai wandering the world before, he is now like a generalmanding a battlefield. Of course she does not recognize him. ¡°What are you doing!¡± ¡°I¡¯m going!¡± Violet had been staring nkly when she went into the open path at Cha Jun Sung¡¯s yell. The Karakan is hiding somewhere fairly far from the battlefield. It is the type to stay behind the scenes. It must be surprised. This unexpected variable had changed the tide of the battle. Violet watches Cha Jun Sung and his party members as they work everywhere. Their skills are one thing, but the party has a great bnce. 2 people snipe while a cyborg protects them. There are assassins who target their enemies¡¯ shorings. The der who seems to be the leader is specialized in close encounter fighting and runs around as if the world is small. For a party of just 4 to be like this. It really is impressive. From the way they act, they do not look to be part of a federation orrge guild. ¡®We can deal with questionster.¡¯ There is a lot that she wants to ask, but they need to handle the battlefield first. Though they will have to get rid of individuals regardless, killing the Karakan will bring down themand. They can make an aggregate under one leader be more of a rabble. Violet rushes at the Karakan. Cha Jun Sung took care of the higher levels that were trying to protect their leader. If any of them got through him, they were sniped. ¡°I told you I would kill you!¡± Kyak! The Karakan also realized that it has nowhere to retreat to and stopped running away. It is a level 5 but its fighting ability is closer to a mid level 4. Running away can only be done when the situation allows for it. If there is no other option, it cannot keep retreating. *** Violet¡¯s javelin went through the Karakan¡¯s head and stuck in the building. The mutant¡¯s organs cannot function and the moment its head is hit, it dies. The mutants¡¯ mental control is lifted. They are confused and look at each other. Then they gradually regain their natures. The higher levels attack the lower levels and eat them. The lower levels run for their lives. It became a different kind of chaos than it was a few seconds before. ¡°Let¡¯s kill the higher levels first. At this rate, half our points are going to go away.¡± ¡°Ah! Yes!¡± Cha Jun Sung went around looking for the level 3 and 4s. Violet did the same. Each of the party members already had their own targets. Once the Karakan was dead, everything went smoothly. They cannot kill tens of thousands of mutants in a short amount of time. It will take a couple days. They first took care of the ones that wanted to attack them. After about 6 hours, they were done with the level 4s that they could see and nearly done with the level 3s. They decided to go after the lower levels after realigning. -[Everyonee down.] The situation was stabilized, so Cha Jun Sung called Park Jin Hyuk and Kyoko down too. Koharu was already on the ground, so she joined them without being called. ¡°Is anyone hurt?¡± ¡°We¡¯re not.¡± ¡°How about you?¡± Kyoko took out her medical devices and looked back and forth between Cha Jun Sung and Koharu. When they said that they are fine, she asked Violet as well. ¡°I¡¯m alright as well. I thought you were a sniper, but you¡¯re a medic?¡± ¡°Yes. The sniper is him.¡± ¡°Ahem!¡± Kyoko motioned to Park Jin Hyuk. He straightened his shoulders and pretended to be cool. All he has done is to shoot at anything and hit it. ¡°How did you get here? It wouldn¡¯t be through an open mission.¡± Violet is curious. Though she was in danger, the mission had not opened because she was engaged in it. This party had found her while they were inside. ¡°Our party¡¯s starting point is a city a couple days¡¯ distance from here.¡± ¡°A free mission?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± It is standard procedure to do normal missions through the PDA and helpers. Free missions are when they go through an area where it can be a hit or a miss. She had only heard of it and had never thought that there would be a party to do it. How good are they that they do this without hesitation? Honestly, this is the first time Cha Jun Sung is doing a free mission as well. After ying Life Mission for a long time, he can feel when some ce has a high difficulty. That was the case with Volgograd, which is close to this ce. As Russia¡¯s big city, the poption is over 1 million. It could even be a level C advance or level B. Would a high level mutant live in the middle of the road? Calcting these types of issues, he traveled this distance to rescue Violet. If it had been too dangerous, he would have waited until the level C mission she was in had opened up. Though she is a candidate for their party, their lives are priority. Violet pulled her helmet back. Being surprised is one thing and being grateful is another. She had been able to avoid a dangerous situation because of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. ¡°I¡¯ll formally introduce myself. I¡¯m Violet Florence, from Britain.¡± Her mysterious purple eyes showed once the helmet was down. Koharu and Kyoko are attractive as well, but Violet¡¯s unique characteristic is evident unlike the sisters who have normal ck hair and eyes. She has a rarity. Cha Jun Sung was stunned for a second and came back to his senses. Park Jin Hyuk was also staring nkly, mesmerized. He has fallen into her sea of seduction. Woong! They all took their helmets off as well. It is courtesy to ept her introduction. ¡®Hm?¡¯ Violet secretly hoped that Cha Jun Sung¡¯s appearance would be over average. His impression had been good until now. His entrance and first impression were the best. As long as he does not slip up with appearance, she could even be interested in him. She ispletely satisfied with the results. He is not extremely handsome, but he is soft and sharp. He also looks to be at least 6 feet tall. He passed. ¡°I¡¯m Cha Jun Sung from Korea.¡± ¡°Park Jin Hyuk.¡± ¡°I¡¯m Kyoko from Japan.¡± Violet looked at Koharu. If they are going in order, it is her turn. ¡°I¡¯m Kyoko¡¯s sister, Koharu. Excuse me, but I have something to ask you.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll answer everything.¡± ¡°Uh..... That spear and your battling style.¡± ¡°Excuse me?¡± ¡°The 36 rankers. Are you Empress of Light, who was active in Europe in the virtual version?¡± Violet¡¯s eyes be narrow. Koharu is asking as if she knows who she is, so she has put her guards up. How did she know? Have theye from the Venter family? Or royalty? Are they with the World Federation? ¡®No, they can¡¯t be.¡¯ External factors are not applicable in Life Mission. Even if they knew the name of the mission she entered, meeting would have been impossible unless it was by chance. ¡°I¡¯m Amhu from South America. You don¡¯t have to put your guard up like that. To run into you like this. This world is a small ce. Well, since this is also Earth.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± Violet blinked. She had heard about Koharu. She is one of the 6 female rankers. Is she the true leader of this party? ¡°Jun Sung, you tell her too.¡± ¡°Me?¡± He is embarrassed to say his game name at this age, but he will say it a hundred times if it will help. ¡°So you really are Empress of Light. I¡¯m Overload of South America.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± Chapter 113 Violet¡¯s big eyes became round. She is speechless and can only point at the two of them. Overload, 1st ce ranking. The only Lifer who seeded in a level 9 raid. ¡°The one who beat Brayburke?¡± ¡°Who is that?¡± ¡°You don¡¯t know his real name? The strongest ranker you fought!¡± The strongest ranker? All of the rankers he fought had been strong, but there had been 2 that were particrly difficult. 2nd ce ranking Weapon Master and 4th ce Blood King. The former was ability and thetter because of his proficiency in PKs and his gear. But if he has to pick one... ¡°Weapon Master?¡± ¡°Yeah!¡± He had made a guess because it did not seem like she was talking about Blood King, and it seems he was right. ¡°Weapon Master Brayburke Venter. He¡¯s the firstborn of British Duke Venter¡¯s family.¡± ¡°Are there any normal people among the rankers? Koharu and other people. There are models and actors, now royalty.¡± ¡°There¡¯s one here.¡± Cha Jun Sung is apletely average person. There is something to what Park Jin Hyuk said though. Violet is also far from being average. ording to the notepad, she is the daughter of a famous mafia family in Ennd. ¡°You changed your weapon.¡± ¡°It feels good in your hands.¡± ¡°Just from appearance, you look more like Asia¡¯s Chamma Sword rather than Overload.¡± ¡°I guess I do.¡± ¡°Did you know he¡¯s in the World Federation. They have 14 or 15 rankers.¡± He knows. He heard from Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin. When he looked over the list of people who joined, they were all people who were recognized for good in the virtual. The people who like freedom like those here are going solo and the sinister ones are going around together. Circumstances are the same in reality and the virtual. ¡°Violet, are you personally acquainted with Weapon Master?¡± ¡°We ran into each other a lot because our area of activity and nationalities are the same. He is in the World Federation with the royalty, and offered me a deal to join.¡± They are moderately acquainted, but Violet finds Brayburke burdensome. Their two families are yin and yang, so they cannot bepatible. One side is the top royal family in Ennd and the other side is the top mafia n in Ennd. Brayburke told her that if she joins the federation, the royalty and Venter family would help her go through the missions safely. But with the emergence of a business, Life Mission, she gave up illegal work and rejected the offer as she did not have a reason to ept. ¡®Everyone is running to the top from each of their own positions. I have to work harder.¡¯ ¡°Is this a solo mission?¡± Koharu asked. If Violet had entered with a party or force, it would be normal for her to be sad. There is nothing like that. Cha Jun Sung only watched. ¡°I thought I could do it.¡± ¡°A level C 200,000 point solo mission..... There¡¯s a limit to the battlesuit too.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not going to do it again.¡± She is being totally honest. From now on, she will not be taken over by conceit and will make sure to get a party or force together to enter missions. She had really been hit hard. ¡°Let¡¯s move. We¡¯ll realign and put our strength together toplete the mission.¡± Even if they became safe for a moment, they are in the middle of a city teeming with mutants. The battlesuits have fallen to half of their energy as well. Violet¡¯s is below 5%. ¡°Let¡¯s go somewhere high.¡± ¡°Over there!¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group and Violet went to the top of the highest building in this city. High ces are the best to watch while resting. *** -[Congrattions. You have cleared and dominated by a level C mission.] Thepletion noticees up and they receive reward points. Cha Jun Sung epted Violet as a temporary party member. He did not extend a formal invitation. He must first let her get a feel for what their party is like. They are not as big as arge guild, but they are not outdone inparison. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s n worked. This party configured with just 4 people sweeps through the highest level missions. They are notplicated and they match well together. Lifers who go around alone are bound to dislike groups. Is ufortable the right word for it? It is the same for Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group and for Violet. She is a bit used to being in groups because she receives support from her n. ¡®If I¡¯m included, it¡¯s 5 people in 1 group?¡¯ There are 3 rankers. Park Jin Hyuk, that big kid, is also good enough to be a ranker. His sniping skills reminds her of one of the 36 rankers, Light Shooter. The medic in a battlesuit and 5 million point cyborg under Overload¡¯s possession support the party at appropriate times. ¡®I don¡¯t know anything about these people. It¡¯s too early to join their party.¡¯ They are appealing, but it is not a decision to rush. It would be okay to do so if it were a one-time party, but she needs to be careful with deciding on a fixed one. ¡®Is it insufficient?¡¯ Only Cha Jun Sung knows that she is a candidate for the party. Everyone else is reading between the lines. She is waiting for the bite. ¡°Mr. Cha Jun Sung.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Can you give me your contact information? I¡¯d like to repay you for saving my life.¡± Repayment was Violet¡¯s joining the party, but Cha Jun Sung did not make it obvious and told her how to get in contact with him. The party members were not suspicious either. ¡°Mr. Cha Jun Sung, you said that your helper¡¯s name is Odin? Mine is Gaia.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll keep that in mind.¡± ¡°I¡¯ve been in this mission for too long. I¡¯ll be going back first.¡± It is a matter of gaining someone¡¯s approval. Cha Jun Sung did not show impatience. Since they have exchanged helper names and contact information, there will be another opportunity. Woong! Violet goes back. She ended with the party members on simple courtesies. ¡°We should go back too.¡± ¡°We have to do the game we didn¡¯t get to do!¡± Park Jin Hyuk is excited by the thought of the game and dances. They are going to start refraining from levels D and E. There is time before they make an attempt at level C. ¡®Closed Area. We¡¯ll have to recruit Violet by then, or get her help.¡¯ 600,000 points. The mutant they have to kill is top level 5, Caicus. *** There is no such thing as an update in the game. When Life Mission was its virtual version, there were timely updates. As it became reality, the element of it being a game and the updates disappeared together. Woong! The first change happened through the helpers without the Lifers knowing. Before application, it is a step that the operators need to take. -[Currently, there are over 10,000 people who have opened level C missions. Application conditions established.] -[Only level C Lifers who have achieved the conditions are updating..... Updateplete. Sending coordinate movement to Mechanic City. Dimensional gate off.] The Lifers did not notice that something was going on with the PDAs. There was no difference when just looking at it. As always, they looked through the store and then went into missions. From their point of view, the PDAs have not changed at all. Even when the application isplete. Only a few people noticed the change. Only the Lifers who opened level C, whether it was with their abilities or tricks, felt the changes that happened to them. -[Wee, Lifers. You are now able to enter Mechanic City, where you will be able to rest and where the store headquarters will be.] Even when they heard this notice, the people who opened level C were doubtful. They were not sure this meant about the headquarters and Mechanic City. But it did not take them a long time to understand. This is a revolution. Just like when Life Mission was revealed to the world in the virtual and reality versions, it brought a strong gust of wind over the world. Chapter 114 ¡°The hell.....¡± -[To put it simply, Mechanic City is arge public briefing room.] Cha Jun Sung was speechless with Odin¡¯s exnation and the new world opening up in front of him. He had thought that nothing more in Life Mission could surprise him, but this was just an illusion. As the level goes up, there are thingsing out that are beyondmon sense. Arge city with an area of 2000km. It isrger than Korea¡¯s Jeju Ind. It is like looking 100 years into the future, full of things that they do not know of now. It is too big to say that it is a city. It is the size of a small country. After meeting Empress of Light, he epted the changes while going through the PDA as usual while resting. The path to Mechanic City is not hard. If they say that they want to go, the assigned helpers set the coordinates and open the gates. Since it is not a mission, they can go back whenever they want. -[Extensive system. The human brain capacity can understand this concept at once. We will exin it whenever necessary.] ¡°I don¡¯t have to understand everything. It¡¯s like a city in Life Mission.¡± It is a game. The only difference is that it is not connected to brainwaves like in the virtual, but hase over to the true body in reality. That is all he needs to know. He will learn the parts of the extensive system over time. At times, it is easier to learn with the body than with the mind. Cha Jun Sung looked around and thought, ¡®So this is Mechanic City.¡¯ The notepad does not detail specific parts. It only gives an overview of the main points. It does noty everything out, but just things like ¡®Mechanic City opens when the number of Lifers who have opened level C reaches over 10,000.¡¯ His surprise had been great even though he had already known about it, no matter how indirectly. So the average person would be dismayed. ¡°Without gettingplicated, only exin the basics that I need to know immediately.¡± Even if he is going to get to know the basics by experiencing them, he cannot wander around thisrge city without knowing anything. He needs to at least know the basics. -[Mechanic City is maintained by top level and special cyborgs, and the only living beings who can enter are only Lifers who have met the conditions.] -[It is a city. There are residential buildings there, so Lifers can live there if they use up all of their points.] It means that they couldpletely live in Life Mission. If they do not return to reality, they be people who do not exist there. It is simr to migration or immigration. This is weing for people who want to live freely in Life Mission without entering missions through separate dimensions and going through a process. -[All items from levels S through E are sold because it is the store headquarters, but entry is limited if the level is not met.] The basic principles of level ssification are the same. If the PDA is an inte shopping mall, Mechanic City is a department store. This alone gives it a different vor. ¡°Are there any ces that are restricted or off-limits to Lifers?¡± -[As long as they do not try to go outside, there will be no sanctions.] -[The levels will separate the restricted areas, so they are not specified. Do not worry because you will not be arrested or anything.] Odin told him that Mechanic City is created as a dome. It is covered in an incredibly thick alloy, so they could not get out even if they wanted to. Put nicely, it is arge city. Put in another way, it is an isted area. There are noints. A 2000km area is perfect to be tired just by moving around. [If any wares are damaged, Lifers must pay in corresponding points.] It sounds like they are being told not to make a fuss, but that is not the only thing. It said that it would not be involved in any way in Lifers¡¯ PKs or disputes. Lifers can do whatever they want as long as they do not cause damage to the city. Cha Jun Sung left the outer area and went toward the city center. There is a skyscraper with dozens of floors. Even the architecture is all state-of-the-art. The exterior is grand, but the quiet is reminiscent of a ghost town. It opened today. There are 10,000 people entering. There will be more going forward, but it isrge enough for millions of people to live in. It isckingpared to the area. On top of that, the 10,000 people were summoned to different locations and not everyone had been summoned. They do not know the geography, so they cannot meet even if they want to. -[Jun Sung, where are you? This ce is huge. What is this? We¡¯re like families that were separated or something.] Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s voicees out of the PDA. Where is he? How would he know. It is difficult to even choose a direction immediately. They are going wherever their steps lead them. -[Cha Jun Sung, your location is zone A area 3. Exchanging locations with helper Zephyrus. Park Jin Hyuk is zone W area 2. The distance is 94km.] Odin exchanged locations with Zephyrus. They are 94km apart. It would take days to meet by walking. If they get lost, there will be no end. -[Since we¡¯re all separated, we should meet where Jun Sung is.] -[Okay!] -[Good!] Kyoko made the suggestion. It is right for them to go to the leader. The locations have been identified due to the helpers. They just have to choose a ce to meet and get to the area. *** Moving is easy. There is mundane transportation as there is in reality. There are taxis, subways, and buses. As it is a quiet town, of course there are no Lifers. There was no traffic because there were no people, so they were able to meet that much faster. ¡°I saw 2 people on my way here.¡± ¡°Really?¡± ¡°Yes. We only talked for a moment and they said something about Spain, but they said they were a cadre of arge guild. They looked really confused too since they aren¡¯t used to all of this yet.¡± Park Jin Hyuk saw Lifers while he was walking around. They are all in the same situation so they did not ask each other anything and simply exchanged courtesies. Cha Jun Sung, Kyoko, and Koharu in contrast, did not see any Lifers. Whatever they are doing and where they are hiding, they cannot be seen anywhere. They do not have the thought that they need to meet others. It is just an observation. When they were standing on the roadside, several heavily armed cyborgs passed them. They did not pay attention as though inanimate. ¡°Look how they¡¯re armed. They¡¯re holding all sorts of things. It¡¯s war setting.¡± Park Jin Hyuk looked at the passing cyborgs and whistled. Like he said, the cyborgs¡¯ arms are great enough to bring out admiration. They seem to be the best. Their basic battling efficiency must be at least level 5. With that setting, they are estimated to be high level 5 or mid level 6. ¡°They need to do that much to prevent any Lifers¡¯ unexpected behavior.¡± ¡°Is that right?¡± ¡°Imagine there¡¯s someone making a fuss with a battlesuit on. They¡¯ll need to beat them if they need to in order to calm them down. It¡¯s a safety device to protect this city.¡± -[You have guessed simrly. As there are more Lifers, there will be more cyborgs. Everything will be in proportion.] Odin added on to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s exnation. It is on speaker mode for the entire party to hear so that Park Jin Hyuk and the others could understand as well. As the number of people entering increases, there will be weird people mixed in. If there is 1 crazy person in every 10,000, there will be 100 in 1 million people. This is not the ultimate goal, but policing is one of the reasons for cing battle cyborgs. If they let their guards down, the city will fall into chaos. ¡°Well this is so sudden that I don¡¯t know what we¡¯re supposed to do first.¡± ¡°Since we¡¯re here, let¡¯s look around the city and find a ce for us to stay. Once there¡¯s an inflow of Lifers, there will be rapid changes to this ce.¡± It is empty and boring now, but say hundreds of peoplee gathering in. They will see the bizarre scenes they saw in the virtual version again. They will being in and out constantly, and they cannot rule out the chance that they might stay long term. They need to select a good residence just in case that happens. When there are more Lifers and an imbnced supply and demand, Mechanic City would be upied and they might have to stay in a cheap house. ¡°Let¡¯s go there first.¡± Cha Jun Sung pointed to the tremendous skyscraper. It is a mega tower, used as a ce to meet. Its other significance is the store. Chapter 115 Park Jin Hyuk swallowed and walks around inside the mega tower as if it is his house. One floor has a tremendous amount of space and it is stered in items. The floors are separated so that some are level E and some are level D and C. They cannot go up to level B because the store has not been opened yet. And this is just the tip of the iceberg. There are hundreds of stores of this scale in Mechanic City, and each store has items that they sell. If they want to buy the items that they want, they will need to go around to find them. The more surprising thing is something that even shocks Cha Jun Sung. This will be the same with other Lifers. ¡°We can sell items we buy in Mechanic City to Lifers?¡± -[That is right. As a privilege for level C Lifers, the PDA store is a solitary means but Mechanic City stores are enduring.] -[They need to be items that you purchase because you have a purpose for it. Whether you purchased in store or from other Lifers.] If they are careful, they can save on points. If they only buy what they need and then sell when it is time to rece, it will be a lot of help. The helpers have already taken action in the case of abuse. They have made it so that they cannot go beyond a certain amount of points when selling items that they purchased. They could benefit if they want to, but they cannot profiteer. If that condition is released, the purpose of Mechanic City disappears. It is annoying for groups and a good thing for individuals like Cha Jun Sung. ¡°Wow! It¡¯s reallyfortable to see everything together after going through lists.¡± It seemed mundane when they saw through their PDAs, but they now realized that there had been a lot of ufortable aspects to it. They have nothing to buy, but there is fun in looking around. Honestly speaking, it is not that there is nothing they want to buy. There are, but they do not have enough points. -[Time Limit: 8 million points, 1.6 million achievement.] -[Exnation: Two hearts method. Since 2 energy cores are attached, the vibration strength will be multiplied. It boasts incredible cutting power, but you need to keep in mind that there is that much risk.] It is the weapon that Cha Jun Sung favored when he was mid-level. The names are the same in the virtual and in reality. Though it is included in the usual meaning and vibrating category, two heart activates 2 energy cores simultaneously and output is increased. Overload ¨C it is the perfect weapon for Cha Jun Sung. Each of the party members stand in front of the weapon of their dreams and look on affectionately. This drought of points does not end no matter how much they gather. ¡®Is there a way to use the city to gain points? I feel like there is.¡¯ There is. Though it may take some time, there is a way. However, Odin did not tell him what it is. Lifers need to figure this part out for themselves. 10,000 gained entry into Mechanic City, but no one noticed it. It is because there is not a single Lifer who has a job rted to it. They do not have time to think about how to make money when they are busy trying to get used to the city. But it is not that difficult. ess is easier than expected as well. The only difference is who is first, and Lifers will figure it out soon. Once that method is revealed, there will be strife. As they advance to more favorable positions, they will have more influence in Mechanic City. After looking around the store for several hours, Cha Jun Sung went to look for an apartment. If they want to stay in Mechanic City, they will need a ce to stay. He is not going to go back to reality for the time being. He needs to experience the happenings of this ce in order to get used to it. The party members also respected his decision and enjoyed it as though they hade on vacation. Everything they saw was novel and exciting. ¡°I thought it¡¯d be extremely expensive, but it¡¯s cheap to rent if we just lower our standards.¡± Park Jin Hyuk looked through a stack of papers covered inplicated numbers. It is the pricing of dwellings by zone and area. There is not a separate realtor, but the way to trade is not very different from their methods at home. When they find the buildings that are up for purchase, there is a cyborg in charge of managing it. As long as they have the points, they can be the owners on the spot. The basics are trading, charters, and rentals, and the points they need to pay are widely split by the location and size. The zones are A through Z and there are 30 areas in each zone. There is no difference between zones, but the prices are more expensive as the area number is lower. For example, zone W area 2 where Park Jin Hyuk was summoned is slightly better than zone A area 3 where Cha Jun Sung was summoned. The area that Park Jin Hyuk is talking about is above area 25 ¨C a neighborhood on the outskirts ifpared with Seoul. As areas 25 through 30 are cheap, they arecking in amenities for Lifers. They need toe out a far distance if they want to buy something without using the PDA. It needs to be at least area 20 for it to be a neighborhood that can be lived in. Since they have figured out the usefulness of Mechanic City, they cannot decide on an apartment without thought. There are too many things that they need to consider before making a decision. ¡°We can¡¯t ignore geographic factors. It¡¯lle into y a lotter.¡± ¡°I know that too. I¡¯m just saying that we should start out easily because we don¡¯t have enough points to overdo it and there aren¡¯t very manypetitors.¡± They can get one room for a couple thousand points in cheap ces on trading standards. Since the prices get higher as the area goes lower, a small apartment or house in zone A area 3, where they are now, will cost tens of thousands of points. Large ones will go from 500,000 to 1 million, and buildings reach over 2 million to 3 million. The mega tower with stores or buildings with dozens of floors are in the tens of millions. As the price is higher, there are more benefits. There are so many that they cannot be listed. ¡°Odin, that building. Is it the ce I¡¯m thinking of in Life Mission?¡± -[You are right. This is maintained on a system that is 100% in synchronization with the virtual version.] The building that Cha Jun Sung is looking at is not that much smaller than the mega tower. It can be used as residence, but it is not a store. Training Room. It does not mean a gym or health center. It is a ce for training where Lifers can virtually battle all types of mutants. It ys as important a role as stores do to Lifers. It is something he had wished to see, but it was a new feeling to see it in reality. ¡°Let¡¯s go there and then decide. Let¡¯s each try it out while we¡¯re there. Jin Hyuk, I¡¯m pretty sure you haven¡¯t seen this since it hasn¡¯t been long since you joined Life Mission.¡± The training room system only takes above level 5. This means that there is no information on levels 1 through 4. Park Jin Hyuk was in Life Mission for a shorter period of time. He would not have been able to gain entry in the short period of 1 year. Koharu and Kyoko frequented it, so they only showed interest and did not get surprised. Cha Jun Sung and the party members walked over slowly. Zing! When they got to the entrance, the door opened automatically. A cyborg was waiting at the counter. There is no greeting to wee the guests. The cyborg exined concisely. There are many ways to get season passes, but Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group only got a one-day pass. They received cards that would allow them to deal with levels 5 and 6 for a day. The price is 20,000 points ¨C expensive for a one-day pass, but it is worth trying out. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group went into arge space that the cyborg led them to. Physical examinations would soon be starting. They will need to create characters if they want to go into virtual battle and in order to do that, they need to quantify Lifers¡¯ physical abilities. Everyone except Park Jin Hyuk was used to it. Bizarre machines measured their muscr strength, health, and speed, and had all of their gear inspected as well. The examination ended after about 1 hour. It did not take too long. They left the examination room and went to the rooms written on each of their cards. They can fight as a party, but they decided to experience it separately. The training room in zone A area 3 is empty as Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group is the only people there. In a few months, it will be packed with Lifers. If people use tricks like riding buses, they can get to level C. They just cannot get over to level B through the level C advance mission because they will be held back by contribution. The room provided a pleasant space for people to stay in. It is like a luxury apartment. He can see a wide space that leads into the room on the right. It is blocked with a ss door and there is a card reader. Woong! -[Card scan, one-day pass confirmed. Entry into training room allowed.] It is a dark atmosphere. It is normally like this. It is easier to concentrate in a dark space than in a bright area. It has been created so that Lifers can concentrate. There is a cushioned chair in the middle of the room with a helmet. It is the gear that makes the virtual battle possible. Beep beep! Cha Jun Sung put the helmet on, sat on the chair, and saw arge hologram pull up in front of him. There is a selection of many level 5 and 6 mutants and maps. ¡°Search, Caicus.¡± A list of hundreds of mutants is only dizzying. One day is not a generous amount of time. It is obvious that he will lose to a level 6, and it is better to choose a particr type of level 5 instead of looking through all of them. -[Searching Caicus..... Searchplete. Please select details.] Just as people have different physical conditions, there is a difference between mutants of the same species. It is telling him to choose between whether he will fight with a weak one or a strong one. The Caicus in 9 to 10 meters tall and has 100 times the muscr strength of humans. There are many other surprising aspects about it, but this is the basic form. If he chooses one with the highest specifications, it will be like a top level 5. ¡°Start with a weak one.¡± He will start out easy. Cha Jun Sung honestly did not think that he could win if facing it off one-on-one. They will be simr or he will be disadvantaged. Winning? It is important. If he wants toplete the mission, he will need to kill the strongest mutant that appears in that mission. But that is the case when going through a mission in real life. Right now, it is more important to focus on understanding the Caicus than it is to win. He fought it countless times in the virtual, but he cannot be arrogant. If this happens, everything he creates in the future will copse. ¡°Let¡¯s have fun for one day, today.¡± He will put his entire body into it since there is no danger of dying. Chapter 116 Bang! A pole pulled out fully hits the center of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s battlesuit. Since there is a lot of strength nested in it, the impact itself is that of several tons. The outer armor strengthened, but the chest and stomach parts were destroyed. Bang bang bang! Cha Jun Sung flew back 100 meter and went through a couple buildings. -[Battlesuit 78% damaged. Urgent care not possible because damage rate is too high! Fracture in left wrist, fracture in sternum and 3 right ribs, danger of organ rupture.] This did not happen with one hit. The damages umted as they battled, and the battlesuit¡¯s energy fell. ¡°Ugh..... It¡¯s strong.¡± Cha Jun Sung forced his trembling hand and stood up. There is no pain because it is a virtual battle, but the system ces constraints so that the parts with problems cannot function properly. He is a wreck right now. He tried to bnce himself by putting his right hand on the wall. The battlesuit on his left arm is bent into a deformed shape. Imagine what it looks like inside. If this were real, his skin would have ripped and beening out. A 13m tall monster walks toward Cha Jun Sung. He is inside a building, but the system tells them whether or not an enemy is alive. If this were reality, it would have realized instinctively. This virtual battle does not end until one side dies. Looking at the situation, it seems like Cha Jun Sung will die. It was wounded during battle and there is blood flowing from all over its body. A part of its thigh has been dug out deeply and a white bone shows. It still looks to be in much condition than Cha Jun Sung is in all aspects. Bang bang! The monster used its arms that are as though they are made of thousands of iron bars to sweep away the building that Cha Jun Sung was in. The Caicus and Cha Jun Sung met eyes with the Caicus looking on in arrogance at its opponent and Cha Jun Sung in anger. Its yellow teethe out through its teeth. Of simr level mutants, it is a level 5 Caicus until its genes go through variation. It is a head and a half taller than the average. It is also that muchrger and its muscles are thicker. Its physical ability has only strengthened by 50%, but it has Cha Jun Sung at its mercy. He fought for a few hours with a weak Caicus of about 9m. A mid level? He barely won against it. He raised the level of difficulty little by little. As expected, he was at a disadvantage against a Caicus at average level. It is too much to take on alone, but he would be able to handle 2 of them if he works with Koharu or Park Jin Hyuk. Cha Jun Sung took his helmet off in frustration and spit out blood. It is virtual, but it is as detailed as though it were reality. Every single detail was given attention. There is no clear reason for his fighting with a top level. He has 5 hours before his time in the training room is over and he just wanted to try it out on a whim. As a result, he is being beaten up. He did not take it lying down though. Overload¡¯s pride would not allow for that. Bang! He squeezed the remaining energy in the battle core and advanced to the front of the Caicus¡¯ face. All it takes is 1 second to go a distance of 13m. The Caicus took a step back and tried to grab at him. It was attacked by this type of trick multiple times and was wounded. But Cha Jun Sung was expecting that as well. Bang! The booster burst for a moment and pushed his body forward. The big hand grabs at the air. Cha Jun Sung is already on the Caicus¡¯ right side. ¡°This is a body hit with all of my soul in it.¡± All 6 of the boosters on his body were activated and he became a fist, striking the Caicus¡¯ unprotected face. The impact wasrge and the Caicus falls over. It is the perfect opportunity to leave a mortal wound. He would have taken this chance if he had his Wolf Kill, but that had already been destroyed. Bang! ¡°Damn.....¡± When the Caicus fell over, it swiped at Cha Jun Sung as though swatting a fly. He was embedded in the concrete ground with the tremendous hit. -[Damage rate of battlesuit 97%, virtual ckout, body fractures, organ ruptures, fatal injuries beyond regeneration. You worked hard.] This notification is not from Odin. It is an artificial intelligence appointed by the training system. Odin is in the real battlesuit. ¡°I lost.¡± Kung! The Caicus gets up and roars. It beats its chest with both arms like a gori. It is a kind of victory performance for beating a strong opponent. It lifts arge foot. It is big enough to cover Cha Jun Sung. It is going stomp him to death. It is virtual, but he still feels annoyed that he has been put in such a situation. ¡°I¡¯ll be back.¡± Cha Jun Sung is ttened. The battlesuit ispletely destroyed, and his blood and gutse flinging out. He was logged out of the training. *** It will be the case anywhere in the empty Mechanic City, but there is no end to the quiet in zone D area 29. No Lifers were to be seen and only a couple cyborgs wandered around. Finding a needle in a haystack is used when something is really unlikely. That is the probability of Lifers running into each other in Mechanic City. Zones separated by the alphabet and 30 areas of subdivisions. The helpers said that each letter is for a poption of million people like arge city. Even if they are separated into areas, the fact that it is of an enormous scale does not change. It is weird to run into other Lifers and normal not to. However, probabilities are just a simple numbers game unless it is 0%. A blue dagger shes the throat of a Lifer. It is a vibrating weapon. Since the metal armor has been deactivated, the impact tights¡¯ defense is not enough to block it. The carotid is cut and blood pours out. The Lifer clutches at his throat. He cannot breathe and his body grows heavier. He still did not die. It is an effect of his body modification. As it strengthens everything else about him, it also increases his vitality. He can be treated if he puts medicine on it or is treated in the briefing room. That is why he did not let go of his life line even though he was dying. How could he let go when he is in such a great world? It is unfair and makes him angry. The vibrating dagger goes into the Lifer¡¯s head. The brain, one of the most important organs, is prated. He cannot live. As proof, his pupils be cloudy. -[You have earned 110,000 points and 1000 achievement points.] ¡°Wow! 110,000? This is jackpot. This punk must have been preparing for the 4th stage of body modifications.¡± He had been lucky. It means that the Lifer had 1.1 million points. He would have been a Lifer who could go up to level C if he just gathered a little more. ¡°He he! This yellow monkey gave me 70,000 too.¡± ¡°Oh? That¡¯s jackpot. So it was 180,000bined?¡± The first PK upon entering Mechanic City had been 180,000 points. The murderers lick their lips. It is rare to find a Lifer in this ce. The 2 people killed just now had really been found by chance. There had been 1 person at first. He was going to attack but decided to wait because the Lifer might call out for a friend. Since another person came out when he waited, they decided to share. There are a lot of points because they have opened level C. They want to catch as many of them as they can, but there are none to be seen. It is a pity, but they¡¯ll leave it here. ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°Hey, that¡¯s a Lifer over there, right? A woman? Wow! Good! She¡¯s beautiful.¡± One of the murderers detected a beautiful woman walking on a street hundreds of meters away. It is thanks to his 4th stage of body modifications. ¡°Are there more?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think so. Should we wait?¡± ¡°No! Don¡¯t wait it out and let¡¯s just attack. That kind of girl is going to have a lot of rtionships with men.¡± He has never seen a pretty woman who does not do her face¡¯s worth. The murderers decided not to wait. The guild members are all far away. They somehow killed well this time, but it would take some time for everyone to gather. If they are outnumbered, they could reap damages instead of killing the opponent. Chapter 117 ¡°What is this? Tsk!¡± Violet walked around the exhaustivelyrge Mechanic City andined. She came because it was opened, but there is nothing to do. She is smart. She realized the usefulness of this ce when she was listening to the exnation from her helper, Gaia. ¡°What is this man doing that he isn¡¯t picking up? He doesn¡¯t seem to be ignoring me from his reaction, but should I have taken note of everyone else¡¯s helper names as well?¡± While Violet was roaming the city, Cha Jun Sung was wrestling the Caicus in the training room. Whenever Violet has Gaia request contact with Odin, they only get the message ¡®He is not in a state to pick up at the moment. Please try againter.¡¯ Violet only knows Cha Jun Sung¡¯s helper name. If she had asked for Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s as well, she would not be so frustrated. -[Miss, where are you? The family elites are scattered.] -[I¡¯m in zone D area 29, but I¡¯m crossing into area 28 if I walk a little more.] -[Hm..... That¡¯s 76km away from where I am. We all exchanged locations. If you let us know where you are as well, we will go find you.] The man who contacted her is one of the cadres from her family. He watched her grow up, so there is a lot of trust. She looked around, found a fairly prominent building, and ryed its name with her coordinates. He said that with a generous amount of time, he would arrive in 1 or 2 hours. Violet plopped down on the stairs at the entrance to the building. It is full of an artificial smell. There is not even a single ant. This is in reference to real ants. There are a lot of things like trees, but no life. This is excessive cleanliness. There is bound to be aversiveness if something is too perfect. ¡°What little rat is watching me? Ugh, all things with dicks are the same.¡± Violet curses. She is not so crude that she would curse upon a first meeting, but she cannot help it if someone is watching her in hiding. Though she tries to think about it positively, she cannot find good intent. ¡°The pretty chick has a pretty mouth too.¡± ¡°Ke ke.¡± ¡°Ugh.... I¡¯m too fed up with this to even get angry. I¡¯m sure you won¡¯t listen to me anyway, but I¡¯ll give you a chance. Just get lost. Then, I¡¯ll let you live.¡± 2 Lifers creep out from the corner of the building Violet is sitting in front of. They are murderers. She scratched the floor with the spear in her hand. She only scratched the surface slightly, but the stone is chipped and powder flies. It is a demonstration of force. The murderers realized that she is as powerful as she speaks. To enter Mechanic City, one has to go through buses or be really skilled. They must have met thetter, though they do not know that she is the Empress of Light. ¡®Is she for real?¡¯ ¡®She doesn¡¯t show surprise. And she¡¯s rxed. Her skill must be real. But there are 2 of us. If we have equivalent specifications, numbers can¡¯t be underestimated.¡¯ He is not wrong. If their specifications are the same, numbers will be the determining factor. They could not even guess that Violet has a battlesuit. It is a given. There are not even 40 people all over the world with battlesuits. Though not exact, there is a lot of credible information if they go looking for it in Lifer World. Whenbined, they can paint a picture. From what they know, there are only 4 women who have battlesuits. The rest are all men, and they are all eminent rankers. There could be more, but they did not think that it would be right in front of their eyes. Visually, metal armors do not look very different from battlesuits unless examined carefully. Of course, it is noticeable if someone has a really good eye. ¡°You seem to be pretty skilled, but you think you can handle 2 of us?¡± When fighting with a female Lifer, they need to see her as a Lifer and not a woman. If she is proficient in using weapons and has gone through body modifications, she cannot be seen as a woman. ¡°Fuck! You¡¯ll die? I could take 200 guys like you ¨C no ¨C is 200 too much? I could take 20, you dimwits.¡± Violet quickly corrected herself after she said 200. If there are 200 people who have gone through 4th stage of body modifications, she cannot win even with a battlesuit. ¡°Crazy bitch! Will you be able to say that even after I have you ttened out under me?¡± ¡°What? Crazy bitch?¡± Violet bolted up, using her spear as a cane. She likes the name Empress of Light, but does not like it when people call her Crazy Bitch. She would fight even a simr level ranker said it, but this nobody is saying it. ¡°I won¡¯t kill you guys. Instead, I¡¯ll cut your balls off.¡± The spear creates wind pressure. It is a bother, but she had been bored and she now has a toy to y with. She will y with them until the family elites arrive. ¡°He he! Don¡¯t worry. We don¡¯t intend to kill you right away either.¡± ¡°What a load of bullshit!¡± Woong! Violet wore her battlesuit. She was already wearing it, but she had deactivated the outer shell forfort and had decreased the volume as much as possible. It had been more difficult to determine because she had put her helmet away. ¡°What!¡± ¡°Battlesuit!¡± ¡°Shut up. You¡¯re being noisy.¡± Violet put her spear forward and attacked. It is time to cut their balls off. *** ¡°Who are these guys?¡± ¡°I was alone when they said that they would tten me under them, so I cut their balls off.¡± Bolton of the Florence n, who aids Violet, covers their lower bodies from view with his hand. The 98 Lifers behind him did the same. The murderers¡¯ metal armors are deactivated, crying with the whites of their eyes showing. They realize their situations even though they have gone out of their minds. ¡°This tattoo?¡± ¡°I saw it too. They¡¯re members of a PK guild from North America. I tried to get information from them, but they¡¯re such underlings that they don¡¯t know anything.¡± There is a red devil tattooed on the back of the murderers¡¯ hands, indicating that they are members of the Blood Kingdom guild in North America. They are mostly active in North America, but they will go anywhere where there are Lifers. There are traces of them in Ennd as well. They are evil people who do not discriminate with their PKs in mission and reality. They have gotten to the point where the Queen put Weapon Master Brayburke into action. There is frequent friction with the Florence n as well. They can guess who the leader of Blood Kingdom is. There is suspicion, but no evidence. Brayburke told them that Dark Side and Hell Sword contacted each other. Bad habits die hard and like minds go around together in reality as well. Bolton gave a nod. It is amand to get rid of the murderers who take part in disgusting actions. A few Lifers stepped forward and dragged them away. They did note forward randomly. The Lifers who were worthy of gaining points came out. If they kill the murderers, they will earn at least 100,000 points. ¡°It¡¯s quiet. It looks like a modern city of the future, but there is no humanity.¡± ¡°Right?¡± It is what all of the Lifers are thinking. The members need to embrace this novelty before they can get used to it. ¡°Gaia. Is there still no word from him?¡± -[There is a dialog signal. If you would like to connect, you may do it now.] ¡°Wow! Finally!¡± Violet smiled brightly and was so happy she could jump up and down. Bolton knows the basics of what is going on because he heard from her. She is going to meet the person who saved her life. ¡°Hurry up and connect us!¡± -[Sending Odin a request to connect..... Requestplete. You are being connected with Cha Jun Sung.] *** Cha Jun Sung lost in a virtual battle against a top level 5 Caicus. It is a dreamlike virtual battle, but there is one thing that he realized for certain. He decided that the level C store would not be able to handle level 6, much less the top of level 5. For the sake of safety, 2 people need tobine their strength to take on a mid-level 5 as well. Even if he purchases weapons and sets supporting gear, he could risk his life to get through the advance mission but the problem is whates after that. He does not dwell on his defeat. If he iscking somewhere, he can gather it. If he loses confidence because he lost in the virtual version, it will be hard for him to concentrate in Life Mission. Cha Jun Sung came out of the training room and decided on a residence in zone A area 25 after much thought. It was a trade for 10,000 points. The building is clean but it is not to his liking. It is geographically ufortable. He wants to get a ce near the training room and mega tower, but that costs too much. There is a slow influx of Lifers, so it is overflowing inmercial spaces. It will be good to watch the situation and gather points before moving. His party members left finding the residence to him and werepletely epassed by the training room. Park Jin Hyuk in particr said that it was like doing a raid in the game. ¡°But Odin, can we sell this house againter? This is technically an item that I bought in Mechanic City.¡± -[..... You can sell it.] Odin¡¯s voice is strangely slow. It is like when people are hesitating to say something and have no choice but to say it in the end. ¡°Oh! For how much? Items in the store are blocked well so there can¡¯t be any profiteering.¡± -[..... There isn¡¯t.] ¡°What are you talking about? Say it properly. Why are you acting weird?¡± [There is no limit.] ¡°Huh?¡± [Store products are infinite because they can be created in factories as long as we have the materials, but there is a limited number of buildings in Mechanic City.] Cha Jun Sung thought hard. He never learned real estate, but higher education is emphasized in Korea and he is a college graduate. ¡°They¡¯re limited? The price is decided on when first buying from a cyborg, but that disappears when going over to Lifers?¡± -[Yes.] Scarcity. Imagine millions of Lifers enter Mechanic City. They will surely try to find a residence, won¡¯t they? There is a lot of demand, but if there is a supply cap? There will be auctions and price wars. Even in reality, there are people with useless pieces ofnd who suddenly be rich. There is no reason why this cannot happen in Mechanic City. ¡°That¡¯s a scam. If it¡¯s going to be like this, you should have blocked real estate like you did with the items.¡± It is an advantageous system for Lifers who have entered groups. Ifrge scale personnel hoard them and then sell to other Lifers at an expensive price, the profiteering system the helpers blocked bes pointless. ¡°I don¡¯t think you guys would have done this without thought. Why is it like this?¡± -[It is to increase efficiency.] ¡°Efficiency?¡± [What are you going to do if there is something you want to buy but don¡¯t have enough points for?] What would he do? He would have to go through missions and gather points. Cha Jun Sung understood right away. It means that if he wants something that is scarce and finite, he needs to catch a lot of mutants. If he just advances and gathers the points, he can purchase an item in the store at any time. Odin is emphasizing the difference in value. There are a lot of people in the game who invest millions of dors to acquire a look set that changes appearance with all types of options. Helpers used the human psychology that they want to look better than they actually are. That is why there is no restriction on real estate as there is on items. They are to choose the one of the two that is more satisfying to them. ¡°Large guilds will take over.¡± -[Whether it is with items or real estate, there is no way to prevent the flow of it. If you feel iffy about it, you can make a group too.] Make a group? He is averse to it. He cannot manage it. People have a temperament for that as well. He needs to have the talent for it and Cha Jun Sung is hopeless on that end. There is a point to what Odin is saying as well. Everything gets stronger as they gather and as there are more. Even on Earth where money reigns over points, groups are at an advantage. Even if Mechanic City did not function with rtion to the current system, groups have more influence than individuals do in this ce. Anyone with aint forms groups. If not, they stay silent like Cha Jun Sung does. There is a gap between the powerful and those who are not in any world. ¡°I¡¯ll just ask one thing. Are there any restrictions? Can you dominate Mechanic City as long as you have the points and achievement points? That can¡¯t be it, can it?¡± -[There is a limit to how much real estate a Lifer can own by ss.] [The zone does not matter, but it is different based on the area and the scale of the constructed building.] Cha Jun Sung massaged his forehead. He understands what Odin is saying. It is just that trying to ept it makes his head hurt. Beep beep! The PDA blinks. It is something that happens when the request for a calles in. There is no reason for it to be the party members. It must be Gaia. -[Shall we pick up this time?] ¡°Yeah.¡± When Cha Jun Sung ended the training and came out, Odin told him that Gaia had requested contact. He did not call back however. He is testing her out. The person who wants it more will call. Cha Jun Sung is actually in a rush, but it looks like Violet is clinging more because he saved her life. -[Look here! How is it impossible to get in contact with you for half a day? Are you ignoring me on purpose?] As soon as the PDA was connected, Violet attacked Cha Jun Sung. She has a hot temper. It is a relief that she did not curse at him. -[I¡¯m sorry. I was in the training room until now and must not have seen it.] It is not a lie. It is 90% truth. Excluding the one time he ignored her call when he came outside, he really had not been in a situation to pick up. -[Mechanic City has that? The training room in Life Mission?] -[Fascinating, isn¡¯t it?] This ce is as if therge city of Life Mission has been moved here. Cha Jun Sung thought that it is fascinating. It is because they thought the same. -[That¡¯s good. I was uneasy about facing some, but you asked me to join your party, right? I¡¯ll join on some conditions.] -[What are they?] -[If you win me, the Empress of Light, I¡¯ll lend the party my spear.] Cha Jun Sung was silent. Empress of Light, 3rd ce ranking. In Life Mission, 1st through 10th ces of the 36 rankers are the truly skilled people and the rest are just fillers. Even within the top 10, the ssification is split again into 1st through 5th and 6th through 10th. In the virtual, he pushed Weapon Master and Blood King back with upgrades like bizarre items, skills, and the 10th stage of body modifications. All he has now is a basic battlesuit and a bag of vibrating weapons. He cannot guarantee that he can beat her or other weak rankers. He was not sure what Violet was saying, but he is averse because she is saying that she wants to fight. Weapons are for destruction. -[Very well. If you tell me your location, I will go look for you with our party members.] -[I¡¯m in zone D area 29. First,e to zone D. There isn¡¯t a training room in this area. I think I¡¯ll need to move to a top area.] Cha Jun Sung entered zone D in his PDA. The distance is automatically calcted. It is pretty far. He will be able to get there quickly because the road is empty. Chapter 118 After calling Cha Jun Sung, Violet and her n cadres went to zone D area 5. Training rooms are in the top areas 1 through 5. It is weird for 100 people to be moving together, but number of Lifers theye across could be counted on their fingers. Everyone is busy, so they do not acknowledge each other. -[Targets are moving to zone D area 5. Current location is area 6.] -[Did you say that it¡¯s 1 force, 100 people?] -[Yes!] [The woman wearing a battlesuit killed 2 guild members with a spear?] A Lifer follows Violet whilemunicating with his supervisor. He saw his colleagues have their balls cut off with his own eyes. He was hidden in a far away ce, so he was out of the battlesuit¡¯s range. -[That¡¯s right.] -[So we meet Empress of Light here. Does this mean that all 36 rankers will meet in Mechanic City? How fun. Is it a reappearance of those days?] The person speaking to a murderer of Blood Kingdom is Hell Sword. He, Dark Side, and Makung, newly recruited by Falvi Blood from China, are residing in the city with hundreds of guild members. They had been wondering why they had lost connection with 2 of the guild members, but it was figured out. They had been hunting Empress of Light, but had themselves been hunted down. It is an inevident oue. -[Goal, entry to area 5.] -[We¡¯ll be there soon. Be careful you don¡¯t get caught, and quickly report anything that¡¯s off.] Hell Sword intends to take care of Empress of Light. They need to get rid of any rankers who do not join them early on. If he had been alone, he would have nned while taking the risks into ount. But there are 3 rankers here including himself, and she is only one. No matter how strong Empress of Light is, she cannot take on 3 rankers. The murderer hid himself even more upon Hell Sword¡¯smand. He only focuses on the role assigned to him. All he needs to do is watch the opponent¡¯s actions. *** Violet waits for Cha Jun Sung in front of the training room. She sent him her coordinates. The n¡¯s cadres gather somewhere and rest. If Blood Kingdom is active in Mechanic City, acting alone is dangerous unless at ranker level. To be precise, rankers are in danger as well. It is the same here and there ¨C groups are at more of an advantage than individuals are. It seems like something, but the need to go along with it. ¡°Wow! All of the houses in such arge city are all empty.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t the family focusing on Life Mission these days? I thought about how it would be if the n established a chapter here.¡± With more iing personnel, it will be a city made for Lifers. As more people gather, themercial will develop and there will be money. This is where pointse out. It is possible to hold deals with items purchased in Mechanic City. If they could see into the future..... It is beneficial to gain area. ¡°I was thinking the same thing, but you said it first. Suggest it during the n meeting. There¡¯s nothing to lose, so they will allow it. I¡¯ll push for you if they oppose it.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll trust you, Miss Violet, and speak up a bit to the elders.¡± Violet is one of the heirs to the Florence n. A woman cannot be the head, but her talents are so remarkable that she breaks tradition. There is no heir in the n with more influence than Violet has. The 98 cadres who entered Mechanic City were basically raised by her and Bolton. It is possible if the two of them put their power together. If theye to know that there is no limit to the real estate here, they will go at it without restriction. Superiors and subordinates will be divided by force ording to upancy. There are only a few Lifers who know this information, including Cha Jun Sung. It is information that is easy toe by, but the helpers do not tell them first. -[Light purple eyes..... The beautiful Empress of Light¡¯s trademark.] While Violet and Bolton were in discussion, Hell Sword¡¯s group narrowed the encirclement. Violet and Benson did not notice because they were moving secretly. The cyborgs knew this but did not say anything. As long as they do not create problems for the city, they do not interfere in Lifers¡¯ fights. ¡°What is that?¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°That faint light reflecting from the ss. What¡¯s in that direction?¡± A Lifer in the n looks at the building with outer walls of ss. He felt like he could see a faint shape projecting from the ss and moving. His colleagues focus on the ss. As the shape became clearer, they could tell that it is Lifers just like them. But there is something strange. It does not look like they are moving from inside. It looks like they are stuck to the walls. Mirrors act in reverse from reality for a shape like that toe out. ¡°Holy shit!¡± ¡°Damn it!¡± The Lifers created a circle. It is to watch the surroundings while protecting Violet and Bolton. They both felt that something was off as well. Violet prepares for battle from the center of the circle. The n¡¯s cadres are trustworthy, but there is no better shield than the battlesuit in this situation. Hundreds of murderers show themselves from their hiding ces. It seems they have been targeted because of the guys they killed earlier. ¡°Blood Kingdom ¨C this trash dare crawl out in front of me?¡± Wiing! The weapon¡¯s vibrating function is turned on and creates a strong vibration. There are a lot of them, but they can win if they stand at the front and their subordinates support them from behind. ¡°I¡¯ll make you regret it.¡± -[70% of battle core deployed. Booster output rate 70%. Scanning the field.] Bang! Violet¡¯s body goes up into the air. Her flying body with the long spear pointed out in front of her is reminiscent of a sharpshooter¡¯s arrow. ¡°It¡¯s been a while, Empress of Light.¡± ¡°What?¡± Violet turned her spear at the sound she heard from the side. Vibrating weapons collide and the silence in Mechanic City broke. The power of the first violent collision is simr. Neither pushed forward or were pushed back. ¡°Are you..... Red Paint?¡± ¡°You recognized me right away?¡± ¡°You¡¯re the only person who would dye proper gear red, you idiot!¡± Bang! Violet pretended to recollect her spear, and jabbed at Hell Sword¡¯s side with the handle. Hell Sword strengthened the battlesuit¡¯s wrist and blocked it. ¡°Ke ke! You still underestimate others.¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Bang bang bang bang! It is a dogfight. The Lifers only watched the two of them fight, and did not willingly get involved. But this flow does not seem like it willst. Because... ¡°You really are lively.¡± Bang bang! The bowstring that seems to be tied up in wire bes taut. The Lifer aiming a bow at Violet from the building roof is Makung of the 36 rankers. He is the only ranker who deals with bows. He is an expert in rangedbat and is also proficient in sniping. That does not mean he is weak in close rangebat though. Ping! The arrow surpasses the speed of sound. The arrow arrives before the sound does. Violet broke away. The battlesuit¡¯s search caught a danger signal. But Hell Sword did not leave her alone. He approached Violet who was trying to avoid it and hit her head with the back of his sword. Her body plummeted to the ground from the impact. Violet activates the booster right before colliding, and settles herself on the road. There is another one. The one shooting arrows. ¡°Makung is here too? You¡¯re the only one to use such weird arrows.¡± Makung smiles. His arrows do not look like normal arrows. They are semi-automatic sniper rifles that are masked in all types of gear to look like arrows. ¡°Are you here to get revenge?¡± ¡°We were just going to send the kids but the guild member watching you sent us a description of you. And what do you know? It¡¯s Empress of Light. So the three of us came.¡± ¡°...... Three?¡± Violet felt something wrap around her neck and moved her body backwards. A giant scythe swept by where her neck had been. ¡°Long time no see.¡± ¡°Dark Side! Oh, these crazies!¡± Dark Side, ranking 8th. He has the second most evil reputation for PKs after Blood King. It is a horrible situation for Violet since even he is here. ¡®Can¡¯t hee quickly?¡¯ She was hoping for Cha Jun Sung toe. Chapter 119 ng! An explosion? No. It is the thin sound of metals colliding. With an eye for it, there is no way not to recognize it. A fight among Lifers. With this kind of ringing, it must be between people with battlesuits. As soon as Cha Jun Sung heard the sound, he raised the car used for transportation. He had already entered area 5 and he was close to where the sounds areing from. There is a saying that one can die from being hit with a rock from out of sight. If he is swept into the battle by forcing himself in, he must hit from inside. If he wants to handle it, he needs to move with ease. ¡°It seems like they¡¯re making a big mess. Oy! Look at the air shake.¡± Bang bang bang! Park Jin Hyuk stirs the air with his hand. They are not tangible, but there are weak waves lingering in front of their eyes. They are fighting vigorously. ¡®Area 5, battlesuit. It can¡¯t be Ms. Violet, can it?¡¯ There is a possibility. Then the opponent? She is rude but is not the type to provoke a fight randomly off of the street. She is guarded where she needs to be. ¡°Kyak!¡± Bang! It is a woman¡¯s scream. Cha Jun Sung changed his battlesuit intobat mode and kicked off the ground. A crack formed in the concrete and he shot forward like a bullet. -[You have damaged an asset in Mechanic City. Will you detract 150 points? If you do not, you could receive a penalty.] -[I¡¯ll leave an automatic deduction system on. That is much morefortable.] The former is a warning sent to Cha Jun Sung by Mechanic City and thetter is from Odin. -[If you cause damage, you can cancel cyborgs before they start moving with points. The deductions also increase with the amount of damage caused.] With current circumstances, Odin leaves out all of the exnation and gets to the point. He is being straightforward in saying that he needs to pay as many points as the damage he causes. However, Cha Jun Sung sees it as a big restriction. It is not as easy as it sounds. All he had done was create a crack by kicking off from the ground, and it had cost him 150 points. If he crashes into a building and creates a hole, it must cost several thousands. It is not just a couple hundred or a couple thousand. It is a gamble. It stacks up. If the fighting continues and he keeps umting penalties, it could easily get to several tens of thousands of points. ¡°They¡¯re really using their heads. So this is how they¡¯re going to absorb points?¡± It is like this in games as well. To try and recover the overwhelming amount of gold that Cha Jun Sung had in a game he enjoyed in his youth, they had created legitimate contents. It is the foul intention not to leave them alone to gather points as they wish to. As people gather, there are bound to be arguments. Squabbles between Lifers do not end with throwing fists. They are knife fights with their lives on the line. The more the battles are cutthroat, the more severe damages will be and that is how much more they can take in points from Lifers. It is an incredibly smart move. Cha Jun Sung jumped over the 5 floor building blocking him in one try. The booster extended his holding time and helped him look over the battlefield. Empress of Light is being pushed back by Lifers holding arge scythe and sword. Cha Jun Sung changes his direction while in the air. A steel arrow narrowly passed by his chest. It is so powerful that it prated through the floor so far that it disappeared from view. It seems he discovered Cha Jun Sung because he is in a high ce. He thought that she was fighting 2 to 1, but the Empress of Light is fighting against 3 people with battlesuits. -[Calcting path of attack..... Calctionplete! Currently moving.] Pew pew! Odin tracks the road. The tracking does not work because the location changes every time he moves. The battlesuit¡¯s tracking is for prevention before something happens. -[Jin Hyuk, go get him.] -[Ok.] Bang! Park Jin Hyuk changed his direction as he was following Cha Jun Sung. He looked for a good ce to snipe while holding his Head Hunter and watching for attacks. He did not stay in the same ce either, and kept moving. The difference between him and the enemy is that he reduces the distance while moving. If he cannot stop the advance, they will be allowed to go all the way to the front. -[Koharu and Kyoko, go help the Lifers on Violet¡¯s side. You can differentiate between them, right?] Lifers of Blood Kingdom and the Florence n are mixed together. They seem to have simr skills, but there is an incredible difference numerically. -[I¡¯ll leave the wounded to you.] -[Sure!] Koharu took out her twin daggers and went into the vicious melee. She stabs at shoulders and thighs, and slices the side and cuts muscles. Rather than kill the opponents, Koharu focused on assisting allies who are in trouble everywhere. She also took lives when she got the chance to. PK, there is no hesitation in attacking Lifers. She is experienced. In the beginning of the reality version, she gained hostility while going through missions with men. The human nature thates out in an isted world is simr to that of a beast¡¯s. She killed dozens of people before she met Cha Jun Sung in yer¡¯s Prison. She did not tell him, but Kyoko is not that innocent either. In the reality version, the things that men and women see and experience are very different. ¡°Fuck! Where did shee from!¡± Koharu approached the cursing murderer, slit his throat, and quietly disappeared. He spewed bubbles of blood and copsed. Kyoko used the battlesuit¡¯s ability to pull the injured out from the battlefield. The Florence n was weary of Koharu¡¯s group, which had appeared so suddenly, but let their guard down once they realized that they are facing the same opponents and are allies. Furthermore, one of them is heading to Violet who is cornered on the defensive. It is an emergency situation where they do not know when they might fall. They hope that these people are their salvation. *** ¡°What are those guys?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll concentrate and take care of Empress of Light first. There¡¯s a tail on Makung as well.¡± Hell Sword frowns at Dark Side. Everything had been going as expected when gate crashers had gotten involved. They no longer have Makung¡¯s support sniping. He is not responding to the radio either. He is putting all of his concentration on getting rid of the tail. It is as though he is engaging with an enemy he cannot take for granted. ¡®There are 2 there, 1 with Makung, and.....¡¯ ¡°1 on top.¡± Dark Side and Hell Sword looked up at the sky and retreated more quickly from Empress of Light than they hade at her. Someone is falling on them. Bang! Debris flies from the impact of falling. Cha Jun Sung used his concentration to hit away the fragments with his Wolf Kill. Each one is a bullet. Ping ping ping ping! ng ng! An anomalous attack. Dark Side brandished the scythe inrge movements to clear big fragments while Hell Sword took care of the small pieces going for the center. ¡°I¡¯ve lost 800 points.¡± Cha Jun Sung isining. He will not be able to fight in the city because he is scared to. Whenever he does anything, it costs him several hundred points. Those ruthless operators. ¡°Are you okay?¡± ¡°Thank you. You said that you lost 800 points? I lost 350,000 points because of those assholes! I¡¯m going to kill them, whatever it takes!¡± The area is chaotic. It has beenpletely devastated. The attractive streets of Mechanic City had been reduced to junk. Cha Jun Sung only caused a little damage on his way to Violet, but she has lost a tremendous amount of points because she was outright fighting. ¡°We¡¯re the same. The points that the 3 of us lost will be over 1 million.¡± ¡°Shut your mouth!¡± Violet res. She does not care how many points assholes like them lose. They are disgusting murderers who brought the fight first. Dozens of Lifers the n brought up and with whom she had affection for, had already died. With her nature, it is impossible not to be angry. Knock knock. Cha Jun Sung pat Violet¡¯s shoulder and squinted at Dark Side and Hell Sword. He did not recognize Hell Sword. ¡°Dark Side.¡± ¡°You know me? Who are you?¡± But he did recognize Dark Side. There are not very many Lifers who haverge scythes. The weapon itself is a subculture. No matter how much this is a 2 to 1 battle, Violet has been driven to the defensive. When he thinks that they are rankers at the same level, the suspects are narrowed to one. ¡°Are you Chamma Sword?¡± Hell Sword spoke while looking over the Wolf Kill in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s hand. Asian, a heavy sword. The matching character is China¡¯s Chamma Sword. ¡°Huh? You don¡¯t remember? 2 years ago, Northern Asian, Cerberus raid.¡± Dark Side¡¯s pupils expand. He is normally cool and collected, but he has shown his agitation. ¡°Level 8 Cerberus. So you¡¯re Overload.¡± ¡°You¡¯re starting to remember when you were trying to strike behind my back and fell to it instead, right?¡± Cha Jun Sung turns his wrist. Following the movement of his wrist, the Wolf Kill rotates like a fan. Dark Side did not answer. How could he forget? He had failed not from an outright confrontation, but while trying to go behind his back. ¡°Ranking in the virtual is meaningless. This is reality.¡± ¡°Aha?¡± Dark Side rolled his foot. He decreases dozens of meters of distance within moments. ng ng ng! The scythe and sword go at each other. They are simr types. The scythe is heavier than the Wolf Kill. Hell Sword watched and then paired off with Empress of Light. It is 2 to 2. ¡°Red dye! You like the color red, so you must like blood too?¡± Violet shows her madness. She has be the crazy bitch. The lost lives of allies cannot bepensated with anything. It is an eye for an eye. ¡°Ranking in the virtual is meaningless, but I did beat you, didn¡¯t I?¡± ¡°You¡¯re arrogant.¡± ¡°Well, this is exciting since it¡¯s the first time I¡¯m properly fighting with a ranker.¡± Bang! Cha Jun Sung applies the booster to his attack, kicking hard. He is better at this than any other ranker. Bang! Dark Side held his scythe up and blocked the iing hit. His foot went through the ground under the weight and booster¡¯s output. ¡°Your use of the booster is still the same.¡± ¡°This is what I live off of. I have to use it well.¡± Bang bang bang! Violet and Hell Sword are going head to head next to them. It is disadvantageous in the long run. Her energy was consumed while fighting 2 to 1. Hell Sword would not let her regain her caliber. This is his only chance to kill her. She knows this well too, so she is pushing forward with all of her might. -[Koharu, can you get out of there?] -[I can¡¯t. If I leave, the bnce we barely created is going to copse.] Koharu¡¯s end is busy too. A tiger has joined in a fight between wolves, but there are more than twice the number of enemies. It is all over as soon as the tiger looks away. Kyoko is also fighting off enemies while looking after the injured. She does not have specialbat skills, but she is rushing in with her trust in the battlesuit¡¯s defense. ¡°Who¡¯s on that side?¡± ¡°Are you worried about the people you sent? Say your farewells. Makung is on that side.¡± There is worry is Cha Jun Sung¡¯s face. He heard that he had been an archer in real life and had applied that in the game, quickly rising in ranks. He is not a top ranker, but he is a murderer who enjoys PKs so he is outstanding with rangedbat. He could be too much for Park Jin Hyuk to handle. He still trusts him. ¡°That kid is a sniper I recognize. He didn¡¯t do the virtual version for long but if he had started at the same time we did, he would have been neck and neck with Light Shooter.¡± Tang tang! Cha Jun Sung pushed Dark Side out and spun his body, resting the Wolf Kill in its scabbard. Then he leaned forward. ¡°Come at me like before.¡± ¡°You¡¯re... drawing the sword.¡± Drawing is the basic with swords. Pulling out itself is part of an attack. Dark Side could not ede to the provocation. His body had been cut in half 2 years ago by that technique. He thought, ¡®This is reality. It isn¡¯t the virtual. It won¡¯t happen like it did then¡¯ but his feet stayed in the same ce. If he goes in and makes a mistake, it will be a repetition of what happened then and he will die. ¡°If you don¡¯te..... I¡¯m going.¡± 6 boosters re up. It explodes before he pulls it out. The eleration is doubled and there is an attack that breaks the sound barrier in close proximity. Bang bang bang! It was time for Cha Jun Sung to be a sharp sword. Suddenly, dozens of special cyborgs flew into the middle of the battlefield. What is happening? An unexpected appearance. The battle came to a lull. They cannot handle the aftermath if they attack the cyborgs, so they retreated upon a tacit agreement. -[Helper name, Crandell, Ajax, Tayron..... We are arresting 39 people including these for declining deduction of points. If you refuse to obey orders, we will execute force.] Everyone was astounded. It is entirely unexpected. The cyborg did not distinguish between the factions and randomly did a roll call of the refractory Lifers. They had consumed points while in battle. Since they have nothing left, they cannot deduct but they do need to fight. It has be like this because they had ignored it. All of the Lifers who were called out were in shock and looked to their respective captains. Dark Side, Hell Sword, and Violet had looks of disbelief as well. Special cyborgs can fight against level 6s with just the basic arms. Even if everyone here fought together, they would not be able to take 5 of them on but there are 30 of them here. They cannot do anything but submit to them. ¡®So it¡¯s that kind of system.¡¯ They do not know what will happen to the Lifers who have been arrested. They are sure the Lifers will not be killed. Bang! The Lifers¡¯ eyes follow the sound of the explosion up a building. There are masses of red mes and smoke. It is the only ce where the battle has not caved to the silence and is still going on. It is Park Jin Hyuk and Makung¡¯s battlefield, distant from the main battlefield. Chapter 120 Ping! Park Jin Hyuk ttened himself on the ground as if sliding. An arrow swept past him and went through a building behind him. Its strength is an eyesore. An arrow that finds its target? It even prates concrete that is several dozens of centimeters thick from a couple hundred meters away. He has countless types of arrows. They matched the situation they were needed for, exploding, freezing, rotating, bing transparent, creating smoke, and more. Somehow, it is trickier than ag un. Ping ping ping! Park Jin Hyuk is also experienced in shooting on the move, but he is clearly being pushed back. The performance of his enemy¡¯s machine bows is impressive. The only things that the Head Hunter has only that bow is power and range. The rest falls behind. He could not tell when far away, but the bow¡¯s advantagese out more and more as they be closer. Beyond a nuisance, he is now annoyed. If he is to catch him as Cha Jun Sung told him to, he needs to get close. This is where the problems arise. The Head Hunter is aplete far range sniper rifle. He switched the scope for medium range, but that is only makeshift. It is not a weapon that can shot by eyeing in the first ce. ¡°Since it¡¯s be like this, I¡¯ll just go into hand to handbat. I¡¯ll beat you to death.¡± He will find a way to get in front of him to fight. If the Head Hunter and bow are to be equal, he needs to create a distance where they cannot do anything. Makung hides behind arge sign and aims his bow. The framework is the shape of a bow, but it is a monster with machinery attached to it. There is aser scope attached to it to improve uracy and range. It is possible to control the distance with a switch, and it can be reduced to close-range when brought down to the minimum. Arrows are flown like normal bows where the bowstring is pulled. Machine bows have triggers like guns since they are Hybrid Demons. If the trigger is pressed while the bowstring is pulled, the power is multiplied. The bowstring can also be controlled freely, so there are a lot of uses for it. The Hybrid Demon is a C ss weapon worth 2.5 million points. Hybrid. A cross, mixed. It is a lethal weapon that preserves 100% of a bow¡¯s functions and mixes in some functions of a gun. It is 6 times the price of the Head Hunter, worth 400,000 points. It is much better than a D ss weapon, but it is mid-level among C ss. Park Jin Hyuk could also buy a weapon worth millions of points if he wanted to. He is just saving up for what he really wants because it is more than 9 million. In this state, it is better to get a really great weapon in one go. But if he had known this were to happen, he would have just bought something else. ¡°What an obvious scheme.¡± Park Jin Hyuk focused on narrowing the distance rather than on engagement. Makung realized what he is trying to do. He intends to go intobat since he is at a disadvantage when at mid-range. He understands. The match is not ending through sniping. It is nothing more than attrition warfare. If they had beenmon soldiers instead of sniping Lifers, they would have hidden themselves and not moved from their positions. The fight between Lifers is different. Furthermore, it is stupid for people with battlesuits to hide in one ce. They are super people who can avoid bullets. Unless theye out with cover, they just waste time. If they want to reach a conclusion, they need to go within a detection radius. Both of their radii are on the fringe of 100m. At this point, the moment either of them makes a mistake is the moment of death. ¡°Will he be able toe?¡± He could create as much distance as Park Jin Hyukes forward, but he does not do it. It is out of pride. He has the confidence to block the enemy¡¯s advance just by checking on him. Makung strokes the Hybrid Demon. Its convenience cannot be exined in words. Who said that a bow is not as good as a gun? The surroundings are visible because vision is open even while looking in the scope. It is easy to carry and possible to take sniping and shooting stances in any situation. With sniper rifles on the other hand, vision is blocked once the eye is on the scope, and only the target is visible. It is good for focusing, but it iscking in corresponding responses. Unless it is a machine gun, the uracy is off if attempted to be shot by eye like a bow. This is where the bow is advantageous in mid to close ranges. Their current distance is 200 to 250 meters. It is the optimal distance for Makung. Park Jin Hyuk looks toward the sign. Makung is aiming at the hiding ce. If Park Jin Hyuk shows himself, he will shoot his arrow. Park Jin Hyuk needs to get moving, but it is not easy. ¡°Fine. Whether I cook or boil them, I¡¯ll cover for the points somehow.¡± It is toote to approach him in normal ways now. He handed over the initiative for the fighting spirit, so offense and defense have been decided. If he wants to change the flow, he needs momentum. Bang bang! Park Jin Hyuk takes a deep breath and runs. An arrow embeds the ce he passes. He changed his route. He leapt up with strength and broke through the building ss to go inside. Hundreds of points are deducted. He has disappeared from the enemy¡¯s sight. ¡®Over there.¡¯ He goes through 3 buildings and covers 200 meters. The next is a skyscraper with a sign on it. A Lifer holding a bow is looking down. ¡°Does he have an excess of points?¡± Makung is mumbling in surprise. He must have lost 100,000 points with what he is doing. It seems he has chosen an extreme method because his path was blocked. Park Jin Hyuk runs along the wall of a skyscraper as though running on tnd. A crack forms with every step he takes and the ss breaks. Ping ping ping! Makung shoots arrows down. Park Jin Hyuk runs in a zig zag, strengthens the outer shell of the battlesuit, and blocks arrows with his Head Hunter. ¡®Why are there so many arrows!¡¯ He is barely reacting even with the battlesuit. It is concentration on concentration. The outer shell is going to be destroyed if he lets a single one through. He needs to avoid them as much as he can. ¡°I finally caught you!¡± ¡°You¡¯re seriously mistaken.¡± Caught? He let him catch him. He could create distance if he wants to. He did not because of his pride and something else. There is no change in his attack power regardless of the distance. If the opponent is strong, he will catch him and kill him even if the distance is widened. If the opponent is weak, he is just midday prey. Only those inferior focus on the little things. As soon as Park Jin Hyuk settled on the roof, he went for Makung¡¯s legs. There is wind pressure. It is going for the legs in words, but it is really a low kick meant to destroy his shins. Makung lifted his leg and stepped over it. Then, he used Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s rebound to rotate his body and give a strong high kick. Bang! ¡°You¡¯re pretty good.¡± ¡°Bullshit.¡± Park Jin Hyuk clenches his jaw. He wants to destroy Makung¡¯s mouth. If he could use the booster as Cha Jun Sung does, Makung would not be able to say such things. He tried to learn, but he cannot control it once the booster releases power. He falls when he tries to kick and flies forward when he tries to punch. Tang tang tang! He rampaged the front with the Head Hunter. It is such a close range that one would be hit if standing in the direction of the muzzle. Makung is moving conversely to the muzzle. The movement of his body is incredibly fast as an archer should be. His step is as light as a feather. Makung turns a ring on the bow and scratches Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s neck with the string. It is a weapon that can even cut through stone because it was smelted with special alloys. Park Jin Hyuk went back half a step. The outer shell is cut and a faint line is engraved on his neck. It would have been dangerous if it had been just a few centimeters deeper. ¡°A knife!¡± ¡°It¡¯s better than a knife with its cutting force.¡± Bang bang bang! It is truly a splendidbat. Park Jin Hyuk never formally learned martial arts, but an instinct for fighting mutants is awakened in him. He is not used to fighting Lifers, but he definitely has the basics down. ¡°Tricky.¡± He always feels it, but it isborious to fight someone with a battlesuit. There is no way to quickly overpower them if they know how to use even half of the functions. Moderate attacks are detected by sensors. Because of that, they are able to avoid or block. There needs to be an umtion of damages or one big hit. Bang bang! A smoke arrow explodes and smoke covers the roof. Park Jin Hyuk activated his senses. He does not need to be able to see with his eyes. They are super human. There is a flood of attacks from several directions, but he took care of each one without falling to the surprise. After a few minutes, the smoke melted away. ¡°Is it because you¡¯re Overload¡¯s party member even if you¡¯re not a ranker?¡± ¡°Eavesdropping like a little rat.¡± ¡°At times like this, it¡¯s called just listening.¡± They can hear each formations conversations through the radio. They can identify the situation without having to ask. Overload is Empress of Light¡¯s reinforcement. ¡®He¡¯s strong. Makung? There are 36 rankers like this including Jun Sung and Koharu?¡¯ He thought that he would have the upper hand in a close encounter battle, but Makung brandishes the bow like a sword. He put the Head Hunter forward whenever he could not avoid it, but a scar formed each time. If it does not recover adequately, he has a feeling it will be broken to pieces. ¡°Why are you fighting so vigorously? Is there a reason to overdo it? Even if you are reinforcing Empress of Light, you¡¯re just getting involved in someone else¡¯s affairs.¡± There is not enough motivation. Unless oneself or the party that one is in is in danger, it is a loss to risk their lives. At least, that is how Makung thinks. ¡°You don¡¯t need to know that.¡± ¡°Is that so?¡± If there needs to be a reason, shall he say that he does not like the flow or atmosphere of Makung and the murderers? He is understanding with his heart rather than his head. ¡°Let¡¯s end it. I need to help them over there.¡± ¡°Says who..... Ack!¡± The Hybrid Demon has a cylinder as thick as an arm attached to a special part by the trigger, that does not block vision. There are 10 spokes, each a half sizerger than a chopstick, inside the cylinder. They are not shot with bowstrings, but with a special device that controls the shots. It is so hidden that unless one read the Hybrid Demon manual or owns it, they would not know that it is there. Such a thing went off right from under his nose. It happened in a moment. Park Jin Hyuk could not avoid it. A spoke went through the battlesuit. It did not go throughpletely because of the reinforcement of the outer shell, but half of it is embedded. ¡°Ah!¡± It is not over. An electric current of tens of thousands of volts went off in the part that it dug into, and paralyzed his whole body. If he had been the average person, he would have been electrocuted. Makung pulled the bowstring all the way to the end and shot with the highest power of pration. An arrow goes through his shoulder. Park Jin Hyuk is embedded on the wall by the pushing force. His feet are off of the ground and he is hanging like a doll. ¡°I¡¯m a murderer with more than 500,000 kills in the virtual version as PKs. Even if this is reality, that know-how is all here.¡± Makung taps his head with his finger. Life Mission is a virtual game that left the keyboard behind and used EEGs. He had done PKs as though his life depended on it. When Cha Jun Sung was Overload, he did not enjoy PKs but also killed 100,000 through simr contents of PVP and while taking care of all types of bastards. It is the same for Koharu. In that sense, this is where Park Jin Hyukcks experience as someone who only did Life Mission for a short amount of time. He has the talent, but he is still developing. Park Jin Hyuk lifted his hand to pull the arrow out. His arm will not reach above his chest. The electric current continued and prevented normal recovery for his body. ¡°It¡¯ll keep up for 2 minutes. I won¡¯t give you pain.¡± ¡°You.....!¡± Aser aims at Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s head. He intends to get him with a single shot. ¡°That¡¯s... funny. You think you¡¯re the only one with a wild card?¡± Tang tang tang! He tried to hit him with the Head Hunter, but the shot did not even get Makung¡¯s foot. A bullet flings out from between the two of them. His arm does not go up. ¡°What a pity.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a trick.¡± Bang! Park Jin Hyuk pretended to shoot a bullet and set off an explosive bomb that had been loaded. Makung is startled and retreats. That is when he set it off again. Bang bang bang! Park Jin Hyuk had shot it to under his foot. It cannot move with maism, so he is going to find assistance in fire power. It is dangerous, but he has no choice. The wall he is hanging on copses and he falls to the bottom of the building. -[Battlesuit breakage rate 35.5%. Falling. Lifer¡¯s current state is of paralysis following electric shock. Transforming to automatic pilot mode, activate booster.] The booster turned on right before crashing and reduced the speed. If he had collided as is, he would have died. He still cannot move his body. ¡°Is it a grenade? I could take a real hit if I underestimate him.¡± Makung looks down. It seems he is still paralyzed. All he needs to do is fire one shot. But everything needs to be done when the opportunity is there. Pew pew pew pew! Guns are firing from somewhere. Makung quickly ran away. Looking carefully, something appeared next to Park Jin Hyuk and is attacking him. Cha Jun Sung had sent Hercules. ¡°Cyborg?¡± He had heard that Overload has a toy. Makung aims his bow. At best, it is a high level. It can be finished with a few shots. -[Makung, we¡¯re retreating.] -[What? I¡¯ve got him. I¡¯ll kill him right away and go help you.] -[No, it¡¯s just a retreat. The situation isn¡¯t feasible. We¡¯ll exinter.] A radio came in from Dark Side. The murderers seem to be disorderly, but they follow the rules that they have set well. Rashness is unnecessary. ¡°You¡¯re lucky.¡± Makung retreated. Hercules identified the enemy disappear, took Park Jin Hyuk, and went back to Cha Jun Sung. There was no order to pursue. Chapter 121 The battlefield is cleared. Getting to the conclusion first, 39 people were arrested off a roll call. The remaining people can find out where they were taken through their helpers. They will be released if they pay the points on their behalf. The police must not care about the Lifers¡¯ battle, because they disappeared after saying what they needed to. If they want to continue fighting, they could. This is when Bolton interfered. He had gotten caught up in the moment and fought, but regained his senses when the battle had been intercepted. Violet was still in a craze. ¡®Miss..... There is too much damage on the n. If we can stop, we need to do it now. At this rate, we don¡¯t gain anything even if we win.¡¯ Violet raised her voice, saying that she will kill them to get revenge. She is so angry that her eyes are bloodshot. From a 3rd party perspective, Cha Jun Sung thinks that Bolton is right. Their power is simr. ording to the flow now, the best it could be is a static struggle. There is no winner and loser. On top of that, he did send Hercules but he is worried about Park Jin Hyuk. Fortunately, Dark Side did not seem to want to fight anymore either. Why would he not? The situation was twisted and hase to this. More than 10 million points must have been deducted from both sides. Cha Jun Sung alone lost 300,000 and Violet lost over 60,000. It is said that people grow with mistakes and failures. All they did was create a mess, but they really learned something. When Violet would not listen to Bolton, Cha Jun Sung got involved to convince her. The atmosphere is already broken. Florence n Lifers also looked like they wanted to stop. Continuing when it is difficult for them to handle it is grounds for losing chief status. ¡®You guys..... I¡¯ll rip you to pieces. I¡¯m going to kill all of you one day.¡¯ It is the warning that Violet left with Dark Side as he retreated. They did not even pay attention to her. They have heard such words thousands of times. 32 people died and 15 were arrested. Cha Jun Sung looked at the Lifers taking care of the corpses and thought, ¡®Are lives so trivial?¡¯ It is a big deal if a person dies in real life, but it is a simple matter in this ce. Once the battle is over, the busiest person is Kyoko. She ran around to treat the wounded. There is a shortage of medics, so some of the injured went back to the briefing room. As time passed, Violet stabilized as well. She exchanged simple courtesies with Cha Jun Sung with tears in her eyes and went back to reality. It could be seen as rude, but it is totally understandable. She must be conflicted. Cha Jun Sung is not narrow-minded. Bang! Cha Jun Sung turned his head at a heavy footstep. Park Jin Hyuk was returning in Hercules¡¯ arms with an arrow in his shoulder. ¡°Sorry. I lost.¡± ¡°You did well.¡± Cha Jun Sungforted him. He had done his best. It is an impressive feat that he fought one-on-one against Makung and came back alive. ¡°It hurts. Be gentle.¡± ¡°..... You shouldn¡¯t get hurt if it hurts. Bear with it for a bit.¡± Kyoko is treating Park Jin Hyuk. She cut his skin and took out the spoke. He cannot move his body because the effects of the electric shock are lingering. ¡°Next time.....¡± Park Jin Hyuk looks at the arrow and clenches his fists. No one likes to lose. He pledged to win if they meet again. Bolton walked toward Cha Jun Sung. Since Violet went back, he is going to express his gratefulness on behalf of the n. ¡°You have helped us twice includingst time..... Thank you.¡± ¡°It¡¯s nothing.¡± Cha Jun Sung waves his hand. They help where they can. Even if it had not been Violet, they are bound to fight if they are in the same ce as the murderers. ¡°I hope you¡¯ll understand Miss Violet¡¯s behavior. Her feelings will be inexpressible.¡± Is it guilt? It is true that the murderers started the fight, but it is because Violet killed people from their group. She could not have imagined that killing those 2 murderers would result in the deaths of more people in her n. How could they express how she is feeling right now? His conversation with Bolton was short. Thank you for helping. Violet will be in touch soon. Everything was over after such formal talks. *** Violet called a few days after the battle. She had calmed down during that time and had returned to normal. He could not tell if she was fine or if she was pretending to be, but it will probably be thetter. She sincerely apologized for returning like that. Cha Jun Sung did not really need an apology but they need to resolve things clearly, so he willingly epted her apology. Violet used her own points to release the Lifers taken by the police. A couple tens of thousands had gone up in smoke, but she did not care. Including the points lost during battle, it reached almost 1 million. The n suggested distributing the points, but she rejected it. She must handle it herself to be at peace of mind. That is that, and Cha Jun Sung has a couple things to ask her. ¡°You said that you won¡¯t fight?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Violet cancelled the battle that she had put forth as a condition for joining the party. She has received all types of favors, but is pulling out now? Honestly, Cha Jun Sung was iffy about fighting for real but he did want to try fighting in the virtual. It would be fun. But it is true that he is at a loss because she is refusing. It is a pity, but he decided to just go past it. They can tryter when they be friendlier and there will be a lot of opportunities. It is not urgent right now. ¡°If I join your party, will you take care of my family as well?¡± ¡°Are you talking about a bus?¡± ¡°Simr.¡± Take care of them? He could. But Cha Jun Sung is against entering a level C mission with them. Level C is where Lifers¡¯ abilities start to be fixed. The contribution system is applied in level C advancement. If they fall short of this, they cannot go right over to level B. The time ising for them to advance with their own strengths. Everyone worked hard together but only some people go over to level B and the rest need to stay in level C? It definitely will be helpful if he goes in with Florence n Lifers. However, it is a difficult mission with active level 5 and 6 mutants. There are as many sacrifices they need to make as there is help. In that case, it is better to let them grow in a ce that is a better fit for them than to drag them in. At times, small groups are at an advantage over big groups. If it is Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party and Violet, they could control themselves. ¡°Don¡¯t take this the wrong way and hear me out. It does not help Lifers who are below level C to enter the mission. It is telling them to die.¡± It is better to purchase a battlesuit in level D than to be carried along by others. This is certainly the case for rankers, but the higher level groups under them are in the process ofpleting their points. It is proof that time is fair to everyone. Within 1 month, the number of Lifers with battlesuits will increase exponentially. Average Lifers will gain the qualification to make an attempt at level C missions as well. ¡°Foster self-reliance?¡± ¡°Do you understand?¡± ¡°Roughly. If I join the party, what are you going to do after?¡± Beep beep. Cha Jun Sung chose a mission from the PDA and sent it to Violet. He is sharing information. Violet epted the information. The mission descriptiones up on her PDA. Why is he showing her this? ¡°If you ept, we could go right away.¡± ¡°Th-this?¡± [C Mission: Closed Area] [Goal: Attainment] [Description: Dpidated, a forgottennd, a ce used to iste the infected has be a habitat. The angry instors resented the world that abandoned them, making them be monsters. Among them, truculent ones were born. Bring the truculent beings ruling Closed Area.] [Reward: 600,000 points. Lucky box.] It is the Caicus mission. The mission is the same as it was for the tutorial. Other than the fact that the description has be more detailed, nothing is very different. Truculent being. It is a one hit mission where they just have to take care of the Caicus. Escape missions are rare starting with level C. They are annihtion or attainment. D and E are just warm ups and C is when the real missions start. It is the moment when bases are grasped. They are to focus on hunting. They did not have to hunt in escape missions because all they needed to do was run away. Cha Jun Sung intends to avoid annihtion from now on. There are more points with the number of mutants they catch, but those missions take a long time because they need to catch all of them. He will focus on going through missions like this one where they just need to attain a specific goal for it to be over. It is fitting for a small group. ¡°600,000.....¡± Violet fades off. She had been alone, but she almost died in a 200,000 point mission. 600,000 is 3 times that. If the n finds out, they will oppose it because it is dangerous. ¡°I know about that mission. I know what the truculent being is too.¡± ¡°How do you know that?¡± He does not need to cite the notepad. He had experienced the tutorial mission for himself. He witnessed the Caicus and he remembers the terrain and atmosphere. ¡°My tutorial was there. I received 5,000 points because Ipleted a special mission there. That became the foothold for my growth.¡± The Caicus in Closed Area is a masculine adult that is 10m tall. It is strong but it is on the average side in size for its kind. ¡°Um.....¡± Violet is in contemtion. This party has 2 rankers and an outstanding sniper. If she joins, there are 4bat personnel. Kyoko will not directly get involved in battle because she is a medic, but they could easily take on a Caicus with their strength. A level 6 might be too much but she feels that they could even take on 2 top level 5s. That is on the premise that its underlings do note out. ¡®Twin giants.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung repeated this. The keyword for Closed Area is twin giants. It means that there are 2 Caicuses and he had seen one of them. Since they are not the top of their species, the party can hunt them with their strength. In case of an emergency, Kyoko and Hercules can fight too. They can do a lot if their strengths arebined. ¡°Level B. I¡¯m going to advance in the shortest time possible and go over to level B.¡± ¡°Level B?¡± Though indirectly, he has experienced a 1.8 million point mission. Inparison, he can estimate that it is roughly the difficulty of level C. If he purchases weapons and support gear, he can develop faster than expected. It is different by level, but the important thing is whether or not a Lifer can face the strongest mutant in a given mission. All of the hardships and adversities they go through are in vain if they copse in the end. If they want to make an attempt at a level C advance mission at 2 million points, each person needs to own a battlesuit and must have gone through the preparations for a level 6. ¡®Remodeling is urgently needed.¡¯ He needs to remodel his battlesuit. In Cha Jun Sung¡¯s case, he can lift the over booster. The problem is that he cannot remodel in a level C store. It is 100% level B. He thought up to here as well. If he cannot do it with quality, he will push through with quantity. With normal Lifers? Of course not; with rankers. He will get a hand from Lim Si Hyun and Han Chang Jin and exchange with additional rankers. He can run into them because Mechanic City is open. They need to know how to help each other if they all want to grow. Later on, they will have to join forces even if they do not want to. Thinking generously, 15 rankers with battlesuits should be enough. If they cannot remodel either, they will know that they need to push through with numbers. ¡°You said that this mission is possible right away if I ept?¡± ¡°Excuse me? Yes. We need a bit of preparation, but we could go tomorrowtest.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± ¡°Great.¡± Violet epted. She does not hesitate. She had been waiting and was all prepared. All she has to do is move them into actions. Chapter 122 ¡°Interesting. You attacked Empress of Light but Overload and Amhu showed up? Ha ha!¡± Blood Kingughs joyfully at Dark Side¡¯s words. How had they already met when it has not been long since Mechanic City was opened? At this rate, all 36 rankers will meet somehow. A thrill, different from what he feels in missions, goes throughout his body. Blood King is certain that after a few months here, there will be opposing forces over thend in Mechanic City. Since there are no restrictions on real estate trading, doesn¡¯t it mean that people with more points are at an advantage? Someone could even surpass an area and own a zone. It is unlikely, but people are mysterious and can make the impossible happen. If it is difficult, they can do it with unions. ¡°There¡¯s something I want to do more than missions now.¡± ¡°Is it acquiringnd?¡± Dark Side finished his thought. Acquiringnd? That is right but his hidden intentions were not that simple. The scale isrge. He can see a bloody war before them in order to get thatnd. ¡°Buy the zone and area we¡¯re in now. Kill anyone who tries to settle in the vicinity. Add iing guild members here too.¡± There are 7 rankers who gathered under the purpose of Blood Kingdom and they need to find more, but they cannot get in contact. They are sure to meet while they are here. ¡°We will do it in our way.¡± Everyone agrees with what Blood King says. They are not bad. It is just that the way they go through Life Mission is different. Ultimately, their final goal is to advance all the way to level S by acting as their helpers¡¯ puppets. Page Break*** Bugs cry. It is a ringing that they have heard hundreds of times. Cha Jun Sung and his party members react to this sound that they always heard when taking walks through parks or wherever there is lush grass. ¡°It¡¯s different.¡± ¡°Since even normal andmon things are different by what they are applied to.¡± If they think about it, it is nothing. But it cannot be easy to hear such sounds of nature in a world that has been infected by the virus. Cha Jun Sung is in a forest. It is not thick enough to think of it as being dense. There are tall trees and grass here and there, but it was not hard to get a view and with that view, they can see Closed Area. He remembers what Odin said during the tutorial. The building where Cha Jun Sung is and thendscape he could see from the building is just the tip of the iceberg. Hundreds of buildings forms 1 area, and there are dozens more of those. The front of Closed Area is surrounded in mountains. The environment is one thing but when considering their habits, they will have a hard time finding the party where they are now. ¡°The Caicus has a lot of eyes, so it¡¯s sensitive to sight. So it likes stuffy rooms. It will usually dig in mountains or the ground to make a habitat.¡± It is second nature. They sense living creatures¡¯ breathing that they see with their eyes but it is just a standard for determining their prey, and the way that they think is not very different from humans. With dozens of eyes, it is easy to get tired. Because of this, they rest in a ce without anything to worry about as long as they do not need to be out. It must be this quiet because they are hidden somewhere. Cha Jun Sung climbs a mountain. There is no path. Wherever he decides to walk is the path. He means to search the mountain first because it will be easier to move around in than the city. Analyzing the party¡¯s power against Closed Area¡¯s difficulty, it is a level that they can handle. They will be able toplete the mission even if theye face-to-face. Then, they cannot go around searching recklessly. No matter how easy it is from analysis, it is still a level C. They need to learn about the atmosphere to some extent. ¡°This is the first real time, but his methods are simr to yours.¡± Violet was bored and spoke. She had no time to observe Cha Jun Sung before because though he had saved her life, she had joined when the dominatednd was a mess. Seeing him for the first time, he is the cautious type like Bolton. Bolton is very careful. Whether it is due to his personality or because he ces weight on life, he is always the same even if the force that she is in enters a level D mission. He would proceed methodically and then release the force once he thought, ¡®This is enough.¡¯ The opposite from Violet. She is cautious as well. It is just that she pushes forward if it is obvious that they have an advantage in power. She appropriately controls strength. ¡°Are you talking about Bolton?¡± ¡°You remembered his name?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not hard to remember. All you have to do is pay attention a bit.¡± Not everyone can work in the same way. Some people are like this and some people are like that. Each Lifer has his or her own method of attack. Violet pointedly expressed the allies supporting her. It must be apliment because it will not be a generalized insult. ¡°There¡¯s nothing in particr.¡± ¡°Nothing gets caught on the scan either.¡± ¡°You¡¯re not thinking of searching through the whole mountain, are you? That would easily take a few days.¡± It would be a few days because of the battlesuits¡¯ field scans. If they hade without them, it would take a couple months, though they would have done something by then. They were not very productive with their sight after wandering for several hours. This side is trees and there are mountains over there. They do not see any mutants either. ¡°Stay here. I¡¯ll try going up there.¡± ¡°We¡¯ll be waiting.¡± Cha Jun Sung activated the booster. In the direction he is looking is a tower so tall that they need to bend their heads all the way back to see it from a mountain. There are limits to field scans. If he goes up and looks around, he will be able to get an approximate idea of Closed Area¡¯syout. ¡°The drivers are impressive. How do theye up this high?¡± About 150 to 160 meters? Cha Jun Sung was fortunately able to use the battlesuit to fly up but if he had not had it, he would have had toe up using adder. Elevator? There isn¡¯t one. The safety devices are insufficient too. Do they need to die? The building can be covered with just one finger. It is an optical illusion caused by distance. The top of the tower. There is enough space for one or two people at most to sit. He recorded the panorama here as a hologram. Pat pat pat! ¡°It¡¯s a mutant.¡± Dark figures go in and out of the building. There are level 1 and 2. He did not care about them. He is not here to catch them and he has no n to. He used to catch them as he saw them for the sake of points, but he considers efficiency now. It is better to take care of the big one and try again after. ¡°Have they cleaned up the area? How is it that there¡¯s only prey here?¡± The mutants Cha Jun Sung had fought until now had mostly been homogeneous. From adultoids to imagos, they were the same species with different stages of development, allowing them to live in coexistence. If they are ambiguous, they need to struggle to survive under strong mutants. But the Caicus is a top level mutant that live in family units, and their poption is not thatrge considering other level 5s. Unless there is a predator that they cannot handle, they specify the area as their territory and capture and eat the mutants that may pose danger to them first. Removingpetitors and hunting prey ¨C they are granted these 2 of significance. The Caicus boasts a body like steel and superhuman strength. It would befortable if they could control level 3 and 4s, but they are far from mind control. Since they cannot control them, it puts them at ease to kill any potential threats. If the area has been organized as expected, there is no reason for there to be other mutants for them to be aware of. They would all have died. ¡°If that¡¯s the situation.....¡± Cha Jun Sung goes back to his party members. Humans and mutants both do not like invasion of privacy. He cannot find them? He needs to make it so theye looking for him. Just like thest time as that drunkard had done without realizing he would die. ¡°You¡¯re here?¡± ¡°Yeah. I think they¡¯ve cleaned up the area.¡± ¡°What¡¯s that?¡± Koharu exined on Cha Jun Sung¡¯s behalf. She was bored too. ¡°It¡¯s characteristic for mutants who like living exclusively in small numbers. Since they¡¯re strong, they don¡¯t leave risks in their area. I don¡¯t know their standards, but a level 3 or 4 like the Caicus would have gotten rid of 100% of level 4s.¡± Koharu summarized concisely and it is all information that Violet and Kyoko already know. Park Jin Hyukcks this kind of knowledge. The time he has yed Life Mission is very short. He was busy trying to figure out what everything is now. Chapter 123 Curiosity solves something whenever something unknown appears. Even if this is the current state, everything will be known by learning each one by one. ¡°Should we look for it? Or call it?¡± ¡°Call?¡± ¡°Didn¡¯t I tell you? This was the mission area for my tutorial.¡± Cha Jun Sung exined about the drunk person. The Caicus appeared after he screamed, and it is possible to do this again. ¡°Always be on alert. It¡¯s 600,000. 2 of them coulde out.¡± Cha Jun Sung threw the bait. ¡°We were saying that too because there are too many points for catching 1. How are you going to divide the people up? Half and half?¡± When Cha Jun Sung went up to the transmission tower, the party members talked about the mission amongst themselves. Their conclusion was that there are 2 of them and not 1. ¡°Koharu, Ms. Violet, and me in the front. Jin Hyuk, just harrass.¡± ¡°Jun Sung, what about me?¡± Kyoko asked. Though she is a medic, she engages in battle. ¡°You stay in the rear with Hercules and then join in wherever there¡¯s an unexpected situation. Help us concentrate on fighting.¡± Kyoko also has a battlesuit. Even though she holds a scalpel, she is strong than a level 4 and can take on a level 5 if shebines her strength with Hercules¡¯. ¡°Anyone who doesn¡¯t understand?¡± There is no one. Fine and detailed? It is more important to know what they each need to do and what their roles are, rather than getting into the messy aspect of it. It is obvious to help each other in a party, but it is possible to create the best scenario with these people who are plenty able to take care of themselves. ¡°So let¡¯s call it.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a bother to go looking for it.¡± ¡°I agree. It¡¯s something for us to be thankful for if ites looking for us on its own.¡± The decision has been made. They will call the Caicus. It would be better if 1 came, but they do not care even if there are 2. As long as they have an appropriate ce for battle, all they have to do is use force. *** Cha Jun Sung selected an open space where they would be able to go into a concentrated attack if surrounded by mutants. He thought about the Caicus. A narrow space is bad for it, but it also bes restricted for the party. He would rather fight so that neither side has that handicap. If it shows its desire to kill, mutants will be too scared toe out of the buildings. Kawods will be the same, won¡¯t they? 4:2 is a perfect match. The party has be so strong that a 600,000 point mission does not scare them. It is true that the level of difficulty is rtive. [Are you ready?] Park Jin Hyuk raises his thumb from the roof of a 7 floor building. He distracts the Caicus with his Head Hunter. The 3 people will lead the main battle. ¡°Let¡¯s start.¡± Koharu and Violet breathe. They shake the anxiety and fill that with confidence instead. The two emotions mixed to harmonize their thoughts. Bang! Wiing! Cha Jun Sung threw a noise grenade. It flew hundreds of meters and made noise. If they see a reaction, they will narrow the distance and make ite to them. Kyak! As the noise grenade cut off, the mutants made a fuss at the phenomenon. It is out of the blue in the middle of the night. ¡°It¡¯ll take the bait 100%. It¡¯s pride won¡¯t allow for intruders.¡± There are a few reasons for it if it does not take the bait. It either cannote or is not here, but it must be here because there is a mission. Kung! It is intense and thick. A giant¡¯s scratchy roar encroaches the closed area and the chirping mutants quiet. They were frightened off by the sound of a predator. All living beings treasure their lives, so they must disappear if they are weak. Bang bang! Boom boom! ¡°It¡¯sing.¡± A building copses and debris flies out. They can hear the screams of the mutants living there. It viciously destroys everything in its path. ¡°Why is it overdoing it so much?¡± Park Jin Hyuk can see the Caicus from his high position. It is pretty far. Over 1km. He is able to make it out because of the battlesuit¡¯s abilities and the Caicus¡¯ size. Wiing! Noise grenades show it the way. Its strides arerge, so it goes 1km within seconds. Its body became clear once it was only 100km away. ¡°It¡¯s not that one.¡± Its looks are indistinguishable from a human or animal. But the atmosphere of its physical characteristics are subtly different. Is it alone? Good. 4:1 ¨C it will only take 10 minutes to handle it if the 4 of them go. Taking them on one by one is better for the party¡¯s safety. Grr! ¡°..... Well it was good while itsted.¡± Boom! A giant monster jumped down from the trees and grass behind Cha Jun Sung. A diversion tactic, they are caught in the rear. A heavy tree is uprooted and flung across. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group leapt away to avoid being hit. Tatang! Park Jin Hyuk shoots. The Head Hunter¡¯s bullets are unable to pierce through the Caicus¡¯ skin and bounce off. The Caicus is one of the highest of physically strong mutants. It is an upper level 5 on strength, stamina, armor, and bodily characteristics alone, but it cannot be at the top with just a sturdy body. That is where the Caicus falls short 2%. There is a better bnce as the level bes higher. Getting closer to level 7 is nearing perfection. Level 8 is where they be perfect, and level 9 transcends perfection. The Caicus cannot reach the highest level. ¡°It¡¯s show time.¡± Papapat! It is the one from then ¨C the one that squeezed potential Lifers into a pulp. As soon as Cha Jun Sung pulled back, Koharu and Violet ran forward. Their opponents were automatically decided. It is a coincidence that the Caicus that the Cha Jun Sung met approached them from the back. Diversion tactic? It is not rted to using their minds. Not too long ago, the Caicus brothers imed the area because mutants ofparable strength came near the Closed Area. A boundary formed around the area. They only met and did not ovep directly, so they just watched each other and pretended the other were not there. But this guy, no this girl was a female but mated somewhere and had children. Dozens of them at that ¨C it was like cell division. They grew and became level 3 at some point. Mutants do not have a sense of level, but they instinctively determine strength. The Caicus brothers felt danger. What if they grow and get unbelievably powerful? Even if it does not get to that point, they are a bother because there are so many of them. They need to take care of them while they can. Area invasion. It would not have mattered if they had not known, but if they did it knowingly, they have practiced more than 50% of the intent to kill that area¡¯s owner. They exterminated them ¨C ripped them apart into pieces. The mother is as strong as the Caicus brothers, but they could handle the children by bleeding them out because they are immature. It is just that one of the brothers went back to its usual area and one stayed behind to make the area stronger. That is when Cha Jun Sung entered and set off the noise grenades. It had wanted to avoid battling for the time being as it is almostpletely recovered but the enemy had appeared, so it was extremely angry and acted more wildly than it normally did. The other Caicus wasing back when the enemy appeared, so it quieted its movement and sandwiched them. They had unknowingly exposed their backs to them, but nothing has changed. They already had it in mind that they might need to take on 2 at the same time. The important thing in this situation is only whether or not they win. *** Bang! It is above average strength, 100 times that of humans. It swings arge tree around as though it is a stick. Each time they avoid it, there is wind pressure that sounds like it is tearing through the air. Just like in the virtual version and training room, the Caicus has the human form and employs its extensions well. It is a tricky weapon when even the weak use it, but it is even cunning when it is with a strong mutant. Its attack range is so wide that they cannot even approach it. ¡°Do you remember me?¡± Kung! His face is covered by the battlesuit. Even if he were not wearing it, the Caicus would not remember a human¡¯s face. Cha Jun Sung knows this as well. ¡°The repair costs are a waste, but shall we see some blood?¡± The part around the battlesuit¡¯s eyes sh. The battle core thunders. He is going to reproduce the battle from the training room. Bang! The tree shes like an arrow in the speed it is thrown. Cha Jun Sung did not move and faced it instead. It happened in a very short moment. A kick from his left leg drives force from the booster and bursts through the middle of the tree. The obstacle disappears and the Caicus¡¯ chest is wide open. ¡°Take one... no a bunch.¡± Wiing! Bang bang bang bang! Cha Jun Sung approached, stuck to it, and went for the unprotected stomach. Dozens of stabs went into the steel muscle and gave intense shock. He felt repulsive force against the rubber-like toughness, but he did not give in. Kuk! The Caicus straightened its chest and inted. It is like a wall ising at him. Cha Jun Sung went flinging out at the unexpected attack. Bang bang bang! [Impact 7.5t, battlesuit damage rate 3.9%, system is shaking.] Chest bump? Stomach bump? There was an error in functionality with an attack that is not use the arms or legs. It would be something to see if he gets caught and thrown. Tap tap. Grrr! The Caicus strokes its stomach. It is bruised. After dozens of blows that could scrap a car, it was only left with bruises. ¡°It hurts, right?¡± They cannot converse, but he can tell that it is in pain. The Caicus¡¯ body is hard. He can only beat it as though he is tendering meat. He has not taken the Wolf Kill out yet. Its cutting force is incredible but because it is a level D weapon, the energy will drop quickly with that steel lump. The Caicus had even broken it during training. He intends to use it at a decisive moment. When he can wound it even if he cannot kill it? Tatang! Bullets fired from the Head Hunter bother the Caicus¡¯ face. There is an effect because it isparatively weaker than the muscle armor it has. Bang! A grenadees flying. The Caicus is covering its face, so the grenade explodes against its unprotected stomach. Fragments fly and scratch its skin. Even after the grenade¡¯s impact, the Caicus¡¯ stomach is fine. The bulging muscles absorbed the shock. ¡°It¡¯s time to change you too.¡± Park Jin Hyuk flew up with the booster and moved to another building. The Caicus threw the building debris around and roared, but could not find him. Cha Jun Sung is flitting around from below while Park Jin Hyuk is bothering him from above. It is being driven mad by the tantalization. ¡°That side¡¯s doing well.¡± Papapat! Park Jin Hyuk bought time, allowed Cha Jun Sung some freedom in his movement. Koharu and Violet are battling much more easily because they are a team of 2. It is obvious that they have the advantage. Koharu circled the Caicus and concentrated on attacking its lower body while Violet did not think about such things and faced it head on. Theirbat styles are distinctive. Cha Jun Sung rolled on the ground. The Caicus left Park Jin Hyuk and tried to grab at him. Is it trying to squeeze him like it did with the drunk personst time? Papat! It does not adjust its power. There is no room for doubt. It is clearly trying to kill him. It has epted the fact that Cha Jun Sung is small but powerful. Tatatang! It decided on a target. He put Park Jin Hyuk aside and only goes after Cha Jun Sung. ¡®It¡¯s fast!¡¯ A giant 10m tall flies up like a butterfly and shoots forward like a bee. It is faster than when it wasing at him with a tree. It has various methods of attacking because it has joints. It must have a lot of experience fighting because it does not just push forward with its strength, and instead changes its position in a timely manner to make Cha Jun Sung dizzy. ¡°Damn it!¡± He falls behind in basic physical aspects even with a battlesuit, so his bare hands are not enough. He took the Wolf Kill out and swiped it horizontally. A solid line is drawn across its chest and blood flows out. The Caicus is surprised and crosses its arms to protect the wound. The bruising and blood are iparable. ¡®It¡¯s shallow. It didn¡¯t touch the muscle and only cut the skin a little.¡¯ Topare in terms of humans, it is like making a cut on the finger with a box cutter. It is not truly like that, but there is almost no damage. Kung? The Caicus rubs the blood. It is frequently wounded these days. It is not easy for mutants to easily get past seeing blood. The strong do not see blood. Why? Because they are strong. Only the weak see blood. The Caicus¡¯ eyes be red. It is going mad. Lifers say that it is going bezerk, and this is where it is a true Caicus. It puffs out its muscles. As thoughposed of tens of thousands of threads, the rhythm is clear. The wound that Cha Jun Sung made bes covered with the tightened muscles. In battlesuit terms, this is like employing 100% of the power. It cannot maintain this for a long period of time because it has gathered all of its internal strength in one ce, but its battling power is stronger than usual for a short time. Kung! As one Caicus roared, the other one went crazy as well. Well, the situation on the other side was worse off. [Battle core 100% deployed! Booster output rate 100%, battle option in full operation!] He had not won once against a Caicus of normal strength in the training room. It is too difficult to take on with a basic type battlesuit. However, it is not a one-on-one this time. Park Jin Hyuk is covering him from the top of a building. He will not be able to avoid getting hurt, but he will not lose. ¡°We¡¯ll start going through level C with this mission as a starting point.¡± They will go forward on skill and reduce the number of workers. The important thing is advancement. Though they have a lot of points, they cannot purchase items from the upper level store. Knock knock. Boom! The Caicus drools as it walks toward him. Its face is full of confidence and eyes say death. From looks alone, it is a bigger monster than the devil. ¡°Die for me.¡± Be a small step for a high ce called advancement. Chapter 124 Violet¡¯s javelin came at full power and buried in the Caicus¡¯ heart as it was on its knees. It is so hard that it did not go through. Boom boom! [You have earned 200,000 points and 80,000 achievement points.] Koharu made the lower body into rags. She chopped it up like as though she were cutting up meat. The lower body is the center of mobility. It is just a figurehead if that copses. Hah! Thump! Koharu sits down. Her battlesuit¡¯s energy is under 10%. She can just charge the energy, but she needs to rest in order to regain her bodily strength. Violet was also standing up by leaning on the javelin as if it is a cane. She is not severely hurt anywhere. She is only tired as if she has run a long distance. Ah! Swish! A meteor falls. The booster multiplied the speed of falling. Cha Jun Sung became a ray of light and passed by the Caicus, cutting its shoulder in a moment of inertia. Due to this, his shoulder muscle was ruptured. Bang! The Caicus held back the awful pain and punched Cha Jun Sung. The impact could crumple the battlesuit, and he was pushed back as though he could drag through the ground. Boom boom boom! Grenades dig in where its arm is cut off and its shoulder is showing. It may be tough on the outside, but there is nothing to do about the inside. Its shoulder is dug into and red flesh stters out. The amount of bleeding is enough for 4 or 5 people to die. The Caicus stumbles. Bleeding out is one thing, but he is blinded by this kind of extreme pain it is feeling for the first time. Is this death? Is it dying? Park Jin Hyuk pours out the attacks. Cha Jun Sung is not in that great of a state either. He took all of the hits head on unlike Koharu and Violet. He had not been able to protect his body properly like the state of the battlesuit. With repeated attacks on its weakness, its shoulder rips. Its other parts are still hard and tough. There is no point in attacking those ces. The Caicus falls over. As it is a giant, it took a long time. It is not dead. If they leave it alone, it can live even though it will be handicapped. It may be weaker than before, but it it will still be able to bring out the strength of a level 5. Cha Jun Sung dragged his ruptured shoulder and broken leg near the Caicus¡¯ brain, and embedded the Wolf Kill in its eye. The Caicus trembled with hollow eyes and then stopped breathing. [Congrattions. You have cleared level C mission Closed Area. You have earned 200,000 points and 100,000 achievement points. With missionpletion, you have earned 600,000 reward points and 300,000 achievement points.] Park Jin Hyuk, Kyoko, and Hercules came down to the battlefield. They are fine but 3 battle personnel are about to copse ¨C no ¨C they have copsed. However, there is still a result. They left their reserve power as is andpleted a 600,000 point mission without issues. This means that they can afford to do more. ¡°It¡¯s a single shot even though it¡¯s a level C, so we were able to finish it in a day.¡± ¡°We need to pick out missions like this, though it is a disadvantage that it¡¯s so tiring.¡± They need to repair their battlesuits and weapons, and they need to rest for a few days. As short as the time forpletion is, the greater the danger is. That is why they need to be careful. But it is still morefortable than an ongoing mission. ¡°Let¡¯s go back. I¡¯m sure everyone will be able to purchase the weapons they want if we just do a few more?¡± Violet is fine for now because she has a 3 million point weapon. The problem is Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. They realized for sure while fighting with the Caicus that they need to get rid of level D now. Level C has be more desperate. ¡°It¡¯ll be quick.¡± There is not long left once the points they already have and the points they earned in Closed Area arebined. And as long as they are purchasing, they will be buying other items. *** He attacked Closed Area, the mission he had vowed toplete, with perfection. It had not even been difficult. It is proof of how much he has advanced. Cha Jun Sung went in and out of 500,000 to 700,000 point missions with his party members because of the time limit and to purchase other items. If levels D and E are just tastes of Life Mission, level C is where they can really start seeing the super scientific abilities in the items. There is no longer any need to fight with battlesuits and vibrating weapons. If they have a lot of points, they can be owners of artifacts they see in fantasy stories. It is just that they are created with science instead of magic. They each want different gear because everyone¡¯s style of battling is different, but there are 3 things that they all want in the level C store. [Protect ring: 6 million points, 1.2 million achievement.] [Description: A ring that forms a maic field defense with a 3 meter radius, with maintenance time and strength determined by energy emission.] [Rapid charging device: 5 million points, 1 million achievement.] [Description: An upgrade on the average charger, this is able to charge the basic battlesuit to 100% in 10 minutes.] [Emergency return portal: 7.5 million points, 1.5 million achievement.] [Description: Once every month, it is possible to abandon a mission under level B without restrictions regarding rules set by the assistant.] They need 30 to 40 million points for the time limit, 3 things, and other items. The serious aspect is that this is Cha Jun Sung alone. With 5 people, it is a total of 150 million! Assuming they switch their equipment over time like in the virtual version, there is no end. They are short by a lot, so Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group put their all into missions. After working for a few weeks, their cumtive existing and gathered points reached 15 million. They thought for a bit and then purchased the time limit and protect ring. Excluding Violet, the party members also finished setting to top level C weapons. Their power had increased even more. As a result, theypleted a 950,000 point attainment mission within 2 days yesterday. 4 level 5s appeared, but they each took on 1. They each received 1.5 million reward points. It would be good if they achieved this each time, but their energy is low because they have been working hard. Cha Jun Sung stopped activity so that they could rest, but there had been a lot of changes in Mechanic City while they were focused on missions. First, the inflow of people into Mechanic City had multiplied by more than 10. Lifers had begun to enter in earnest with differences in time. Is that why? There are more instances of people looking for real estate, ces to live. Therefore, Cha Jun Sung used his remaining points to purchase properties located on the path from where he is, zone A area 25, to area 24. His party members followed suit. Violet in particr, used the Florence n¡¯s power to basically absorb area 25. No matter how trivial of an area it is, each area has a representative center. The center of area 25 is the way to cross into area 24. It is because facilities are there. Lifers who want to reside in area 25 will try to get near area 24. Fortunately for all Cha Jun Sung knows, the count forrge guilds in zone A is low. Even if they are there, they arete and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group was moving one step ahead. His goal is clear. He cannot take over an entire zone and area. Cha Jun Sung wants the 5 training rooms in areas 1 through 5 of a zone. They are scarce, so he will somehow scrape up the points to buy them. The cheapest training room in area 5 is 120 million points. If he keeps this pace up however, it is not impossible. Otherrge guilds are focused on other zones and are not paying attention to zone A. It is arge piece ofnd without an owner. It is the key to a niche market. While Cha Jun Sung was just hanging out, something happened that would gain the attention of all Lifers including himself. It happened quietly, but the stirring became the beginning of an auction war. *** ¡°There are a lot. Shall we go?¡± A man in his mid-30s mumbles as he looks at dozens of lucky boxes. They are what he has gathered until now by riding buses. He is a typical bus Lifer. He is able to count the number of mutants he has killed on his own with one hand. He focused on using the reward points to increase his wealth in reality. He knows his ce well. It is impossible for him to fight a mutant and survive. No one dies pleasantly after not knowing their ce and getting involved. Lifers and friends who entered the reality version around the same time screamed. If he had gone through missions normally? There is nothing that says the same would not have happened to him. Even still, he persisted in missions and became a level C Lifer a few days ago. This is not as easy as one would think. There needs to be luck to cruise through it. Ring! He opens a lucky box. He had gathered them as a hobby. He has exactly 42. He was going to sell them, but decided to open them for fun. His expression goes sour. He heard that they have a terrible probability. Opinions on lucky boxes are stered with swears and insults on Lifer World. They are called 1 second boxes. It only takes 1 second to change $100,000 into 1 cent. That was true. After 30 seconds, 30 boxes became worth 30 cents. Tissue, ramen, a bullet, a pencil. ¡°Ugh. I just wasted $4.2 million.¡± If he had sold them as is, they would have brought him enough to buy a mansion. It is all about to disappear. He just has 3 lucky boxes left. He earns about 3 million in a month, has over 20 million saved, and can raise more from now on, but the disappearing 4.2 million in front of him seems like a waste. Ring! [What! No way!] ¡°Huh? Why are you surprised?¡± When he opened the 2nd lucky box, the man¡¯s helper coughed. It is possible for artificial intelligence to be surprised. It is a wonder as to what surprised it. ¡°What is this? Is it a card? Argos, did you see this and get surprised?¡± The man picked up the ck card in the lucky box and scanned it on the PDA. He could just ask his helper, but he can also do this. [Top store opening card.] [Description: If you put this card in the PDA, you can open a higher store than Lifers that are higher up can.] ¡°..... Open a store?¡± The man cocks his head. He is a level C Lifer. One level? Is he able to take a look at the level B store with this card? It seems like a good thing, but it is notpletely to his liking. What is he supposed to do after opening it? Even the level C store has items that are priced at millions of points. If it is level B, it will reach over that. There is no point in it for him. Ring! The man opens thest lucky box. This time, a 300 point pistol came out. Ultimately, all he got out of this is this strange card. [There¡¯s a 1 out of 10 million chance.....] ¡°You¡¯re saying there¡¯s a 1 in 10 million chance to pick out this card? No way!¡± [I¡¯ll have to tell you since you don¡¯t understand what that card is. It has a value that could shake up the bnce in Life Mission.] Helper Argos is making a fuss. A card to open up the top store, the name and description are simple. On the other hand, its true meaning is not that simple. It is in the description, but not included in the conditions. It may be garbage that opens up level D in level E, but it is a treasure that opens up level B in level C. If he uses it in level B.....? [It opens level A. ording to the circumstances, it could even open up S.] [A Lifer¡¯s poweres from the store. Rather than being a step ahead of others, you could transcend an entire level ahead of everyone.] It might be unattainable to the man as he thought, but it is an invaluable treasure to a Lifer with ability. What would happen if this fell into the hands of a top Lifer, someone like Cha Jun Sung? There is just one chance. If they gather as many points as they can to go through level B body modifications and purchased items from the store, there is no guess as to how far they could advance. ¡°So this is an incredible thing?¡± [It is beyond that. You are someone who hase out above atrocious probabilities. If you decide to take the path of a Lifer now, you coulde out on top.] He is falling far behind as a level C, so he cannot catch up to rankers. But if he continues with level 2 body modifications and purchases a battlesuit to gain experience, the card will handle the rest. Even if Argos cannot tell him, level B mission will be Lifers¡¯ graves when they need to start fighting mutants that are nearly perfect level 7s. Only those who advance and show potential for advancement will go to the top. ¡°I have to sell it.¡± [Se ¨C sell it? You¡¯re going to sell that? What are you selling?] If Argos had been human, it would have fainted from high blood pressure. He is going to sell the card! This is an action that helpers cannot understand. ¡°You think I¡¯m crazy? If level C has level 5 and 6, isn¡¯t level B level 7? I know from the virtual version that I can¡¯t handle them. I¡¯m going to sell this for a high price.¡± [*&^*%$$$#$^***^(%$$##.] The man did not want to hear Argos screaming, and shut the PDA off. He made his decision regarding the card. It is true that it makes him ambitious, but he does not want to get caught up in a dream and take a rash challenge. He will sell it for a high price. He will hand it over to rankers or arge guild. Chapter 125 {Writer: Anonymous} {Title: Top Store Opening Card} {Subject: I am attaching a certified description from my helper. It is a card that allows the owner to open a store on a level higher than the one he can ess now. I will create a group chat room under helper name Argos on the designated date. We can discuss in detail there.} {Crazy!} {Is this a joke? A top store opening card? Who¡¯s he trying to scam!} {Are you blind? There¡¯s certification from a helper. It¡¯s real.} {So it opens level B when used in level C?} {Rankers andrge guilds are going to go nuts. What is the selling method going to be like?} There are tens of thousands ofments. There are also Lifers inrge guilds who monitor. Information is ryed through them in real-time. All of thements were hot, but the most interesty in the method of buying it and its price. It is an item that warrants kidnapping while trying to sell. It is better to filter through the people in a group chat room and go through with a deal from there. It would be better to do this in reality than it would be in Mechanic City. Since direct trading is impossible, the owner needs to cope with it or get paid a reasonable price. Everyone agrees that the number one item in the Level C store is the battlesuit. Even with 10 battlesuitsbined, they do not reach the potential power of the card. It is not an item that should appear at this point. It has a worth that destroysmon sense! Even if a normal transaction is not possible, he will try to do it anyway. Therge guilds who already got this news were moving in the dark. He will decide on a price after discussing its worth in an autonomous meeting. It will be in points or items. Cha Jun Sung, who had been spending his time leisurely, showed interest as well. He needs the card too. It is the perfect opportunity to remodel his battlesuit. *** Cha Jun Sung looks through the notebook in haste. He is looking here and there to see if there is any information on the card. ¡°December 2021.....¡± December 23, the day the writing came up. He looked for the date. The group chat room was opened on the 27th. There are 10,000 people. ¡°This is it.¡± Cha Jun Sung skimmed the text with his finger. There are only a few short lines thatck sincerity, but there is mention of it. {December 23, 2021. The beginning of an auction war in Lifer World.} {December 27, 2021. A group chat opens with 10,000 people and Lifers gain interest to start a biddingpetition.} {He wants to be paid with something that has the value of the card.} {January 4, 2022. Expected to take an official position in the world federation, but died under the Blood Kingdom¡¯s attack. Card missing.} Cha Jun Sung kept his eyes wide open for any special information. The main point is missing. This is weak. He needs a link to the seller. {Zone H area 1. The incident urs on the roadside to ck City.} It does not have a description of the seller, but it does say when and where the incident urs. He is better off than others with just this. ¡°Why did he ask to meet here? It would have been morefortable to meet in a mission.¡± It is safe inside a mission. They can be free from others¡¯ eyes. They would not have been interrupted if they decided on a ce to meet in a level E mission. Cha Jun Sung thought about it from the seller¡¯s point and interpreted it as an ¡®official meeting with a world federation,¡¯ especially the ¡®official meeting¡¯ part. It is the same as intending to go through with the deal where others are watching. It would have been harder for the world federation to believe as interest became more focused. Since it is official, an open location is the obvious choice. It is highly likely that Blood Kingdom killed him by ident while trying to attack him in order to steal the card away from him. Cha Jun Sung memorized the contents and closed the notepad. There is nothing more to look at. If his predictions are correct, the seller was doing something foolish. But he cannot admonish him. Humans are not beings who always make the correct judgement. *** Blood Kingdom will definitely be involved. Rankers are bound to be interested. The card opens up level B at the least. It is a boosting item. {This is seller Argos. I ask that we go through with a smooth auction.} As though nned, not a single person spoke. They all wanted him to hurry up and start. Argos was almost embarrassed. {I don¡¯t know where to start because it is impossible to make a point transaction. There isn¡¯t a determined market, so I¡¯ll hear the conditions first.} The Lifers could not speak up easily. They must be iffy aboutying their cards on the table first. Though not visible to the eye, it is obvious that they are all wary of each other. They can determine the approximate standard through the first offer. ¡®I didn¡¯t mean to, but I guess we¡¯ll be able to see the bottom of arge guild.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung does not fall behind as an individual, but he is at a disadvantage in numbers. There is nothing he can do if theye at him with numbers of people. In the case of arge guild, the card will belong to the master. How many points will they have umted? How much would guild members be willing to sacrifice? ¡°Willrge guilds in the world federation work together or separately?¡± Park Jin Hyuk is asking. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group is gathered in zone A area 25¡¯s park. There is no restriction on their actions because the auction is being done through a chat. ¡°That¡¯ll be different based on the situation. I¡¯m sure they came up with a n amongst themselves.¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°They¡¯ll hide their cards and y separately and thene together if the card is about to go into the hands of a random person. No one can beat the world federation in normal ways.¡± It is a supergiant that holds 40% of rankers. Whether they go at it as individuals or a group, they have the quality and quantity to take anything on. ¡°If I can¡¯t have it, I¡¯d rather let my ally have it than an enemy?¡± If an ally has it, I can benefit from it. If rankers gather around a powerful individual, advancing level C is a definite and they can even go after level B. ¡°Theparison is appropriate.¡± ¡°Can we win like this? Blood Kingdom is second in influence to the world federation. We¡¯ll have to stay quiet.¡± The only person with personal power in this party is Violet. Even so, her n falls far behind Blood Kingdom. It is a PK group with 6 or 7 rankers. And what is the world federation like when it is more rigid? They need to go after the win with something that is not material. ¡®No matter how I look at it, normal tactics are a disadvantage for me. I have no choice but to employ an expedient.¡¯ He does not have the ability to outbid thepetition when they arerge guilds. He is thinking of doing what only he is capable of doing. [Hello. I am Touvergon of ck Song from Spain.] ck Song, the representative of a nation just like Korea¡¯s Seven Stars. If it has a fault, it is that it does not have any rankers? There are 2 rankers in Spain, but they are not in the guild. They work individually and in the world federation. {I will pay with 3 level C items and 20 million points.} The man is trying his best. His effort is clear. His offer is obviously impressive, but it iscking to hand over ownership of the card. {Our guild.....} {We also.....} Once one person spoke up, the dam broke and the bidpetition finally started. First is the individualpetition They all became enemies and tried to move the seller¡¯s heart by revealing the best benefits that their respective guilds could provide. The truepetitors did not get involved in the beginning. The meat needs to cook before they can be the ones to eat it. Tens of millions of points are discussed as though a joke. Even the great masters are going over the amounts that they can spend individually. The entire guild is going to get stuck. There is no difficulty in this because all they need to do is to let a few people on their bus. There is not much of a difference in the offers that they are making. ¡®The seller isn¡¯t saying a word. Does he feel that there is nothing worth responding to?¡¯ It is the opposite. Argos is rendered speechless by the biddingpetition. Items that he could not have even dreamed of as a bus Lifer are being poured down on him. The battlesuit, the most popr item in level C, is the basic option. Brazil¡¯s guild says that they will push him for 30 million points. How much is that if he exchanges that for money? 1 point is $20. The market has fallen a lot, but 30 million points $600 million. 3 generations could livefortably without doing missions. Argos is more surprised that there is no ceiling to the offers. He suspects that this may never end. Chapter 126 Whew! Kyoko rubbed her hands together and breathed out. Her actions show how the party feels. Violet shakes her head as well. She would make the same offers too if she could be the owner of the card. The problem is that there is nothing that distinguishes her from the otherrge guilds. Say they took the top 20 students in a ss and created a ss of their own. Will all of them be in 1st ce? It is not so. They be separated into 1st through 20th ces. Based on this principle, this chat room is a gathering of the 1st ces. The Florence n is one of the groups with the most influence in Ennd, but they are just considered pretty impressive in the scope of the world. {I am the world federation¡¯s Uranos, a.k.a. Strategist of the 36 rankers.} {What! Strategist!} {K!} When Strategist appeared, the chat room cooled down. He is a Lifer who was known for his intelligence in Life Mission. Since he has just gotten involved after watching, he must have something that can flip the whole ordeal over. {I won¡¯t waste my time talking about items or points. If it isn¡¯t unreasonable, we¡¯ll hear out your demands.} {Whatever it is? What are you going to do if I ask for you to push for 1 billion points to me.} {1 billion!} {Ho ho!} Argos spoke for the first time since the bidding began. Does he want 1 billion points? The Lifers are taken aback at the nonsensical number. However, Strategist¡¯s response was more surprising. {We will put you in the ranker party. You should be able to gather that much in a couple years.} Strategist looked to the future. 1 billion? It is impossible to push that much to him in a short period of time. But if they open level A or B stores with the card? They advance and go into level B. Reward points will skyrocket to over tens of millions. The issue bes time, not the points. It is an internal secret, but the world federation already reached 1 million points. They also fought against level 6 a few times. It took 6 rankers to take on 1. If it was strong, 10 rankers would face it. Strategist felt it. If they want to advance, the force needs to have battlesuits even if they are not rankers. He has the same thinking as Cha Jun Sung in various aspects. 2 weeks ago in a 1.1 million point mission, 2 low level 6s and 7 high level 5s hade out at the same time. It was the greatest danger they had felt in the mission. 15 rankers were caught up by 9 level 5 and 6 mutants, and 12 took on 2 level 6s. They still could not handle it. Since it was not a situation where they could face off one-on-one, Strategist enlisted support from 85 Lifers they had brought in as auxiliary power. The ranker power was half killed and 40 regr Lifers died. There were even 5 with battlesuits among the 40. Think about it. How many level 5 and 6s woulde out in a 2 million point mission? Strategist thought hard about how to advance safely, but danger and sacrifice were inevitable. This is it. This is when the card that would relieve him of his worries appeared. There is just one chance. They will umte as many points as they can and open the store. They will go through body modification, upgrade their battlesuits, and purchase the items that they each need. If they just advance to level B, rankers will be able to figure the rest out for themselves. Whatever they do, whether it isbor, it is not difficult to gather specs again. ¡®The world federation will take the card.¡¯ Thepetition is fair. Otherrge guilds have the right to participate. However, they cannot hand it over to those who cannot even get past level C. They will use everything avable to them and take it even if they have to overdo themselves. {Of the offers proposed, the world federation¡¯s is the best.} Argos¡¯ mind is the same. There is no guild that can offer more than the world federation can. Everyone who can be is gathered. Rather than dragging it along with his ambitions, it is better to end it at the right timing and create a close rtionship with the world federation. {In addition to the points, we intend to support you with level C items and create a small position for you with the world federation as is within my authority. Please reference.} Following Strategist, therge guilds put their tails down. The scale of this is different. It felt like they would be buried to death if they tried to keep digging in. {Uh. Is Nine Tail in the world federation as well?} {No, but I will try to arrange for a meeting if I can.} Life Mission¡¯s rankers are a target of envy. Argos personally likes Nine Tail¡¯s ability to use 9 skills freely. Strategist caught on that Argos is a fan of Nine Tails. {Tha ¨C thank you.} {We¡¯ll push 2 billion points for you if you give us the card. We could evenpletely outfit level C and B items since reward points are given to everyone.} A third person intruded in Argos and Strategist¡¯s friendly conversation. The proposed offer is incredible. It outdoes that of the world federation. {Introduction....?} {Pdos, I am Death Fear of the 36 rankers.} The chat room bes noisy with Death Fear¡¯s entrance. It is a different reaction than there was with Strategist. For Lifers, he is one of the worst murderers they know of. {Does Blood Kingdom want the card too? You don¡¯t know your ce. Want to get in trouble?} {Who is this?} {Me? Nuclear. How many of you came in here? Do you want to meet and face off?} It is a conversation between rankers. It is a fight that is as fun to watch as a fire is. Cha Jun Sung also monitored it with interest. They really were in the chat room. {You don¡¯t think your guild is capable?} {I¡¯m sure you have the ability, but there¡¯s no way to know if you¡¯re willing to maintain it or not.} {We¡¯ll maintain it.} {Bullshit!} Nuclearughs. There is no way to look at them in a good light. Maintain it? It is nonsense. PK is just another content in the virtual, but it is murder in reality. Blood Kingdom is a PK group, it might as well be air of killers. What is the greatest crime in reality? Burry? Rape? Violence? Scamming? They are all crimes, but they are lighter than murder. The weight of the sin itself is different. To credit the words of a murderer. Not even an insane person would believe that. {Sor ¨C sorry, but I will leave Blood Kingdom out of the candidates for the deal.} There are things that Argos heard about too. No matter how courageous he is acting, he does not have the pluck to go through a deal with Blood Kingdom. They might really go through with it, but their credibility is the lowest. The world federation is linked to countries. There is no reason for countries to try to scam him. {You¡¯ll take us out and choose them even with this kind of offer? Think about it again.} {Your words are full of thorns.} Nuclear interfered. Is it because they were rejected? There is a threat in Death Fear¡¯s tone. The chat room¡¯s atmosphere bes rough. {Strategist, you said that your helper¡¯s name is Uranos?} {Yes, that¡¯s right.} {I will contact you separately. There is no reason to stay in here any longer.} {Oh, then we will tune the details then.} Argos ended the chat room. The Lifers showed up to the public. It was not different for Cha Jun Sung either. ¡°Ugh! We came out without being able to get a single word in. They¡¯re just throwing their points at him.¡± ¡°I expected as much.¡± Cha Jun Sung stretched. Theirpetitor is the world federation. They do not have the means to overtake them and present something that Argos would want more. ¡®January 4th.¡¯ It is the day that Argos is attacked on the ck City roadside. He does not know how Blood Kingdom figure out who he is. The important thing is that the whereabouts of the card be unknown due to that incident. They cannot take an item with thorough security by force. If it did not fall into the hands of Blood Kingdom, it is highly likely that it was just lost. ¡®What does it matter if there are a lot of points? There¡¯s no use for them if you die.¡¯ He cannot match even the average for material payment, but there is something special he can give instead. That is life, Argos¡¯ life. Give and take. I will save you, give me the card. *** ¡°I thought it¡¯d be impossible, but it was possible after a bit of digging.¡± ¡°Even if a helper name hides a Lifer¡¯s identity, there are limits to it if he let loose here and there.¡± Death Fear responded to Hell Sword. There had been 5 Blood Kingdom cadres in the chat room that Argos opened. As soon as Death Fear was rejected in the chat room, he gave the seller¡¯s helper name to the guild members as a hint and ordered them to reveal the identity. The other cadres did not apply sanctions either. After about 4 days, they got a call from Sweden. Seller Argos¡¯ active area is Sweden, so it is highly possible that his nationality is Swedish as well. They tracked and went on a small clue. His mention of Nine Tail was the decisive factor. She is Swedish. They cannot find personal information because they cannot hack into the PDA, but one Lifer said that he is a man in his early 30s with blonde hair and blue eyes, 180cm in height, who is a bit chubby. It is a tremendous result with just the name Argos. The exact time and location of the deal had not been decided on yet. They will find out as much as they can until then. Everyone needs it, but Blood Kingdom also needs the card. They reached 1 million like the world federation did, but they had to quit the mission withoutpleting it. It seems like they need 20 people with battlesuits to be able toplete it. The numbers are increasing by the day. But as they aim for the top, they are not worried about now but the future. The immediate future is 2 million points. If they get the card, they can get an advantageous footing. They cannot leave it so the world federation takes possession of it. ¡°If we can¡¯t have it, neither can they.¡± ¡°Of course.¡± Blood King turned his wine ss as he spoke, and Hell Sword agreed. If the gap bes wider, they may be overtaken. The enemy¡¯s advancement means the decline of their allies. If there is nothing they can do, they will block it with force. ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°A location and date have been decided in Lifer World. It won¡¯t be easy.¡± The cadres turned on the inte on the PDA and went on Lifer World. Just as Death Fear said, there was a message regarding the deal. ¡°Zone H area 1, the top floor of ck City?¡± ¡°Zone H is under the world federation¡¯s influence. You¡¯re saying we need to get through this?¡± Hell Sword¡¯s tone is negative. It is inevitable. All of the rankers in the world federation will be dispatched. They have twice as many as Blood Kingdom has. They do not have the odds to win if theye face to face. ¡°There¡¯s no reason to make a mess.¡± ¡°Right. We can end it before he gets close to ck City. Whether we steal it, kidnap him, or kill him.¡± Dark Side gained strength from Blood King¡¯s words. They will handle it before going inside. It would be easiest to kill him, but they will push that to the back and leave the first 2 at the top. ¡°January 4th.¡± ¡°He¡¯ll move hidden among Lifers. Or with an escort troop.¡± ¡°The card.....¡± Opening a higher level store. It is a treasure and lightning that has fallen from the sky out of nowhere. The world federation will have prepared as well. They need to prepare the awl to drill through their preparations. Chapter 127 It is a gigantic gymnasium. It is arranged so that tens of thousands of people can watch from spectator seats as though watching a baseball game. Over 10 Lifers are sitting in those seats and watching the tremendous battle below. Bang bang bang! 2 Lifers use battlesuits and are in an endless conflict. They seem to be basic battlesuits, but one had different kinds of weapons, changing his battle style every hour, and even pulling a new weapon from his spacepression bag every once in a while. Another person had a long and wide sword to cut down weak points, but fell into a close encounter. They were Ennd¡¯s Weapon Master and China¡¯s Chamma Sword. ¡°Those 2 are the only left.¡± ¡°Since they each won once, it¡¯s the final.¡± Sonic Boom and Nuclear had their hands behind their heads and watched the fight. ¡°Who will win?¡± ¡°Chamma Sword?¡± ¡°I think it¡¯s Weapon Master.¡± This battle is a scramble for the card. There are a lot of rankers, but there is just 1 card. Someone ¨C no ¨C everyone except 1 person will need to give up the card. The majority gave up possession of the card for different reasons, but 4 people did not. Weapon Master, Chamma Sword, Boom Buster, and Dual de. There can be no end with words, so they decided to reach an end with the abilities of Lifers and came to fight like this. The 1st round was Weapon Master and Dual de, the 2nd was Chamma Sword and Boom Buster. In each round, Weapon Master and Chamma Sword won. The 1st round took a fair amount of time. It is because Dual de was strong. However, the 2nd round ended in much less time. Boom Buster was unable to get distance in the battle against Chamma Sword and was suppressed. The same battlesuits, body modifications, and level C items. All conditions are the same, but the strange thing is that it was separated into ranking like in Life Mission. They were able to see the lowest rankers being pushed back by the highest. The principles behind it are unknown, but it is like a kind of psychology. Or there is a difference in the type of person regardless of the items. ¡°It¡¯s brutal.¡± ¡°There¡¯s no choice but to be. The person who wins is the one who gets the card.¡± Weapon Master is an aristocrat in Ennd, so he does not like when others are positioned above him. That is why he cannot give up the card. Chamma Sword? He seeks pure strength. He does not put anything to it. ¡®Get stronger¡¯. That is all. Rankers generally gave up the card because of the burden. If one of them gets it, the others willplete missions with the card holder at the center. If that happens, level B missions and the store will open. It is just a matter of whether it is opened first orter. They are birds, but they want to be baby birds and not the mother birds. There is 1 card and 15 rankers. Even if they make a fuss, 14 people be convictions. In this case, it is better to give the card up tidily and lean on 1 person. This ce now is not the inside of a mission or in reality. It is a training room in zone H. Why would they bear the danger and use weapons when they are really fighting? They can show their abilities to the fullest even if it is virtual. ¡°Won¡¯t it be dangerous even if we do it in our zone? He revealed the location and date. Is he insane?¡± Nuclear is grumbling. It would have been good for everyone if it had been handled quietly, but Argos had revealed the whole thing on Lifer World. He cannot trust the world federation. He means to do the deal in a public ce in front of countless Lifers. ¡°You can¡¯t say that from the position of the person with the treasure.¡± ¡°It¡¯s weird.¡± ¡°He didn¡¯t think much of it when he didn¡¯t know the value, but he must have seen the whole world as the enemy from the moment he found out the value.¡± Strategist is a Ph.D. who majored in psychology. In an extreme situation or when a decision needs to be made, people show 2 reactions. They either hide themselves and shrink back or open up boldly. Argos simply thought that it would be better to reveal rather than hide it for his own safety. ¡®On January 4th, a tremendous number of Lifers will gather to zone H. I¡¯m sure they¡¯lle too.¡¯ People tend to interfere in matters that are not much of a big deal. He expects that Lifers who think something interesting might happen will swarm in. It is obvious that Blood Kingdom will also be there to try to steal the card away. ¡°What if he rejected an escort too?¡± ¡°He said he woulde on his own. He is acting under his helper name and PDAs cannot be hacked, so unless he reveals it himself, there is no way to figure out his identity.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Nuclear batted his eyes and asked. There are a lot of implications in the word ¡®really¡¯. In this circumstance, it means ¡®Is that 100% correct?¡¯. ¡°..... No.¡± The world federation found out that he is Swedish. There is various information beyond that. They were going to tell Argos, but did not want him to get the wrong idea that the federation had been looking into him. ¡°We¡¯re going to have 2 rankers and Lifers dispatched to each zone so that we can gather in if something happens.¡± ¡°It¡¯splicated. Let¡¯s do it simply. Huh? It¡¯s ending.¡± Bang! When Nuclear clucked his tongue, Weapon Master¡¯s Blunt weapon hit Chamma Sword¡¯s stomach. The battlesuit parts shattered and flew out dozens of meters like bullets, embedding in the gymnasium wall. Weapon Master barely steadied himself and moved to end it. Chamma Sword did not even budge. *** Chamma Sword was embedded in the wall and fell to the ground. He did not move from his knees and looked for the chance to counterattack. Weapon Master and he are on the brink of being logged out. Their battlesuits have been destroyed and their bodies inside have reached their limits. The training room is a type of game. If this was real, they would have felt tremendous pain. Right now, it is just a sting. Chamma Sword stuck his sword. Weapon Master slowly approaches him from the front. ¡®If he just wins....¡± If he gets the card and overturns the ranking, he will be the strongest ranker of the rankers in the world federation. He can see 3 effects with 1 win. ¡®I¡¯m going to win.¡¯ Weapon Master thought the same thing. No one likes to lose. He has never lost before. He was born to a noble family and won in whatever he put his hand in. The only thing he lost in was Life Mission. 2nd ce ranking. He is not in 1st ce on the ranking. He fought Overload to try to raise his ranking, but he lost and joined the reality version. He needs to look forward and keep moving. Excluding him, Chamma Sword is the highest in the world federation,ing in 7th ce. That is why he cane this far and fight against him. ¡®Thest is this guy.¡¯ A long swordes out. It is the sword he can handle best of all of the weapons he has. The moment he nears, Chamma Sword is sure to attack. He wants to end it easily from afar with a bow, but his pride will not allow for that. Papat! After he walked about 10 meters, Weapon Master activated his booster and narrowed the distance in high speed. Following that, Chamma Sword pulled his sword and brandished it upward. Chamma Sword¡¯s sword cut Weapon Master¡¯s arm. Weapon Master barely moved his body to the side and avoided having the sword cut across his chest. Weapon Master¡¯s sword prated the opponent¡¯s heart. ¡°I won. Ten xiao.¡± ¡°I lost.¡± Chamma Sword¡¯s body starts to fade. It shows he is being logged out as the training mode ends. ¡°Weapon Master won. Once the card deal is over, he is the card¡¯s owner.¡± As soon as Strategist said that, he logged out. The owner has been decided. All that is left is the matter of getting the card. Chapter 128 Only 10,000 people entered Mechanic City at first. With time, this number grew exponentially. Struggling Lifers were finally getting over the subtle boundary they were caught on. That number is now over 10,000. It will be stagnantter, but it is expanding by the thousands ording to the current trend. Is it still a small numberpared to the amount of area, but the situation is better than when they are alone in the area. If they just walk a little, they will run into several people. January 4th. Zone H area 1. Tens of thousands of Lifers are gathering to ck City. The world federation will be getting the card from Argos with everyone watching today. It is a ce where an incredible number of people are watching. They cannot have other thoughts. The world federation had no thoughts of doing that, but people do not have the same thoughts. Honestly, Lifers were hoping that the deal would not go through. They have the foolish dream that an opportunity mighte to them. There is no decided time. They decided that if Strategist is waiting in ck City, he will go at random to go through with the deal. As is evident from this, Argos is considering his safety the top priority. It is a pity that he is so suspicious. ¡°How is it?¡± ¡°There really are a lot of people. Lifers are waiting in ck City¡¯s vicinity.¡± Park Jin Hyuk is watching the situation in ck City as per Cha Jun Sung¡¯s request. It is a big crowd. Any ce where people can rest like restaurants, cafes, and parks, are full of people. There are even people standing in alleys and on the street. ¡°Jun Sung, what are you thinking?¡± ¡°I think something is going to happen.¡± Koharu asked what she is curious about, but Cha Jun Sung just spoke vaguely. The party is waiting on the road where Argos is supposed to be attacked. It is located about 30 minutes away from ck City. It is the time that it would take not on foot, but with transportation or battle suit. ¡°A force in the world federation is waiting every distance, and it seems like they¡¯re concerned about security. There is a significant number of people with battle suits as well.¡± As the head of the force, Strategist will have dispatched rankers just in case. He would have handled it well because he is smart. ¡®This is clearly the optimal ce.¡¯ The roadside is rtively quiet. It is a good ce to attack. Argos is not a strong user. He is a bus Lifer. He does not have stark protective means, so is weak enough to be overpowered if left defenseless. Blood Kingdom¡¯s influence is rigid, but they cannot go out into an all out war with the world federation. Even if it is Mechanic City, which does not reach a nation¡¯s power. It is a ce where they can end it with a swift attack. If rankers btedly realize the situation and rush in, it will already be toote. That is why they lost the card. ¡®Hercules will take Argos away. How long will the 5 of us be able to hold them off for?¡¯ This is the strategy. Once they see Argos, Hercules will fall back. Then, they will buy time and go towards ck City. If they fight in one ce, they will run out of supplies. Blood Kingdom¡¯s side has more rankers and they have a lot of people with battle suits, so they cannot even run away. They need to go as much as the world federationes. ¡®10 to 15 minutes ording to a simple calction.¡¯ Since both sides are narrowing the distance, they will have to withstand 15 minutes. ¡®I¡¯ll be at the very front.¡¯ It is a dangerous mission. Since it is something that he himself is bringing onto them, he will take responsibility for the front. ¡®Since we can¡¯t recognize him first, we¡¯ll wait until they move first.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung does not know Argos¡¯ identity. He does not know how but if the Blood Kingdom attacks him, it means that they know who Argos is. Arge number of people are needed to take on world federation Lifers. If hundreds appear near the road, it will be immediately recognizable. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group is watching below from the roof of a 40 floor building. They can get caught, but it does not matter. It is probable that Blood Kingdom will just pass by because they have their focus on Argos. They will have no idea that Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group will provide an obstacle to them. ¡®When is heing.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung is getting fresh air while waiting for a sign. Koharu, Kyoko, and Violet do not show signs of fear of a dangerous situation, and are chatting amongst themselves. Park Jin Hyuk is the only loner. *** Papat! Blood Kingdom mobilized thousands of guild members for the seize operation. They spread out wide and blocked the entrances into ck City. They have not made it impossible to get into ck City. If they do that, the world federation will pressure them by widening their protection range. Blood Kingdom only watched. Theypared the appearances of people entering ck City to Argos. The world federation knows this as well, but they only defended the inside more and did not try to push Blood Kingdom out. They think that it is fine to leave them since there is no room for them to challenge. ¡°What a drag. Will we even be able to find him?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll have to.¡± Hell Sword sighed out of boredom. Dark Side said something without heart and watched the Lifers walking below them. Death Fear and Palbi Blood, and Blood King and Makung got into pairs and watched their assigned areas. The pairs were designated by style. They are in the same guild, but there are those who cannot mix like water and oil. Palbi Blood and Blood King are the types who cannot mix. Dark Side is about 700 meters from Cha Jun Sung. It is a distance where they are not discovered in a field scan or search and they are unidentifiable by the naked eye, so they do not know of each other¡¯s presence. ¡°The fact that he¡¯s doing such a public deal means that¡¯s how little he trusts them.¡± He created this ordeal because he wanted to make the deal in front of everyone, but it is inevitable that he cowers when he has the card. There is a saying that a guilty conscience needs no user. ¡°Do you think it¡¯ll be possible to find him by knowing that his nationality is Swedish, he has blonde hair and blue eyes, and will be cowering?¡± ¡°There¡¯s no reason to pick him out 100%. We¡¯ll try anyone who seems suspicious.¡± Even now, they are consistently picking out the people who seem to match the description to question them. It is in vain. Each person they grab a hold of says that he is not Argos. There is a difference when people lie. Unless they are actors, average people can tell that difference as well. Those who have gone through body modifications have the increased physical ability to notice the slight change in expression that urs when someone lies. ¡°Blonde, blue eyes. Huh?¡± [Team 1, catch a man trying to go through the road.] Hell Sword subconsciously turned his head and discovered a man with blonde hair and blue eyes. He has his arms crossed with his body hunched forward, and is walking toward ck City. It is a very passive behavior. Dark Side saw him as well and sent a party of 10 people to the man. Chapter 129 ¡®It¡¯s okay. They won¡¯t recognize me. How would they know who I am?¡¯ Argosforted himself as he walked to ck City. Unless the PDA gets hacked, Lifers¡¯ identities cannot be revealed. Even as this goes on, they are just normal Lifers to the subversives going after the card. He wanted to do the deal in public for his safety, but he did not ask for protection, as he did not want to do anything unnecessary and be a target. Argos usually uses a level E spacepression bag. There is the danger that he could be robbed because the bag does not have owner recognition, but he had not really needed that until now. However, as the card came out, his situation changed. Because he needed thorough security, he upgraded to the level D spacepression bag. From level D, no one can open it unless they are the owner. The bag is expensive, but cannot bepared to the card¡¯s worth. His steps quicken. Argos was expressing his tension without intending to. His judgment became cloudy because he has an item that he cannot handle. Beep beep! He turned the PDA on and measured the distance to ck City. It is about 40km away. ¡®I guess I¡¯ll have to get in a car now.¡¯ The day before the deal, Argos returned to reality from near here. He hade here already. He wanted to go further, but he cut it off midway. It is not a distance that he can walk. He can rush there if he rides a car. ¡°Seller Argos.¡± ¡°What! Who?¡± When Argos was about to hail a car, he heard someone call him from behind and reacted. He was trying to be careful, but the subconscious is really scary. ¡°So it is you.¡± ¡°What? No. I¡¯m just someone looking around ck City! I was just surprised because you appeared out of nowhere.¡± ¡°Swedish, blonde, blue eyes. And you¡¯re still not Argos?¡± ¡°Good ¨C goodness!¡± How did they know that he is Swedish? He had not even told the world federation that. While Argos was taken aback, the murderers besieged him. They thought they might be going back empty-handed again, but they had gotten it right. There are Lifers who react without meaning to if surprised from the back. They can realize the truth by really surprising someone through inductive interrogation, but the man in front of them is 100% Argos. Look at how surprised he is. ¡°I can¡¯t tell you if you¡¯re smart or stupid.¡± ¡°Sav ¨C save me!¡± ¡°Hurry out.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± A murderer, who appeared to be the leader, covered Argos¡¯ mouth with his hand. There was no way to fight him off because the attacker is wearing a battle suit. ¡°Are you wondering how we knew?¡± Argos¡¯ eyes are rolling back. He is frightened, but he wants to know. ¡°It¡¯s impossible to hack PDAs. But, you went around saying your helper name too much.¡± You are bound to get caught if your tail is long. Bus Liferse into contact with countless Lifers because of the way that they fight. Since reward points are their aim, there are cases where a force will bring on more than 50 Lifers on a bus. He did that for close to 2 years, so how many people has he met until now? This would not have happened if he had sold the card with a deadline of several months, but it has just been 1 week since he picked it. There are bound to be as many problems as little preparation there is. Even the murderer understands that thought. He must have been excited and nervous from getting an impressive item. He wanted to quickly take care of it and free himself. ¡°Though it is good for us.¡± The murderers were about to drag Argos away when a few Lifers passing by saw him and started pointing. Something about the atmosphere is not good. Rumors spread within moments. If they dy, the world federation might send rankers. [We¡¯re going back to headquarters.] Dark Side is sending the signal. Blood Kingdom¡¯s headquarters are in thest zone Z. It is hundreds of kilometers away from where they are now in zone H. The murderer frowns. Argos is iling his arms and legs. Even a small fish is a bother if it flops. It is concerning even with a difference in physical ability. He put up his hand. He is about to knock him out. Woong! [Warning! A reaction of energy detected from the sky!] The murderer looks up after the battle suit¡¯s notice. ¡°Watch out!¡± ¡°Where to? Leave the person and go.¡± Koharu came down and cut through one person, while Violet¡¯s javelin speared through another person. She settled and ruined a second person¡¯s face with a right hook. Cha Jun Sung also went after the murderer with the time limit battle suit, but he activated the booster and avoided him. Instead, he lost Argos. ¡°Hercules! Take him towards ck City!¡± ¡°Mission confirmed!¡± ¡°Huh?¡± Hercules turned the booster on and runs along the road. It is heavy but the space is open, so it went faster than 100km/h. ¡°Who are you guys!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know, asshole.¡± Papat! Cha Jun Sung did not fight, and followed behind Hercules. His party members did the same. They will follow on their own. They do not have to stay in this ce. ¡°Ugh! Get them!¡± Tatatang! When the murderers were about to chase them, bullets were shot at a few of them from the roof of a building. It was Park Jin Hyuk. ¡°Hi!¡± Papat! Park Jin Hyuk did not move with Cha Jun Sung, but moved separately from high ces and took the duty of keeping the enemy in check. He means to divert their attention. Bang! They heard a thundering noise and stone fragments flew above their heads. Dark Side and Hell Sword read the situation and were running in the direction Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group was going in. ¡°Damn it. How did they know?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll think about thatter.¡± Dark Side raised the output of his battle suit¡¯s power. Blood King¡¯s group will appear soon as well. If that happens, it is inevitable that the world federation will take notice. They need to catch these people before them. [ck City, 40km to the rear on the left. There is an engagement between Blood Kingdom and regr Lifers.] Strategist took action as soon as he heard the radioe in. Zone H is currently dense with the world federation and all different kinds ofrge guilds. There must be something going on for Blood Kingdom to make a fuss while knowing that. [Breaker, Wind Wing, War Hammer. It¡¯s close to where you guys are. You heard, right?] [We were on our way anyway.] [We¡¯ll join as well.] Dual de and Sonic Boom, and Longinus spoke from behind. [Take care of it.] Strategist and the other rankers will protect this ce. He wanted to send everyone if he could, but he needs to leave half of their power nearby just in case. Those 6 and the Lifers in the world federation should be able to take Blood Kingdom on. Even if they are pushed back, it will not be to the point where they cannot request support. He can dispatch additional force then. ¡°I can understand in the game. But why are those assholes like that even in reality? Is it normal to kill people and take others¡¯ things?¡± Nuclear spoke to himself as he looked in the direction of the fight. He could not for the life of him understand it. He calls them crazy, but they must be in their right minds as well. ¡°There¡¯s no end to it if you pick at it. They either really are crazy, or they just think it¡¯s a game.¡± ¡°Geez.¡± ¡°This all happened in the first ce because of Life Mission and the helpers. If that hadn¡¯t happened, everyone would have gone on living their lives.¡± ¡°That¡¯s true.¡± They themselves created the process and results, but the cause is Life Mission. Everyone is a victim. ¡°Where are you going?¡± Nuclear calls out to him. He is a traditional noble. In past eras, people would not even have dared to look at him properly. ¡°I¡¯m going to rest.¡± ¡°If you¡¯re bored, do you want to go wreak havoc on Blood Kingdom with me?¡± ¡°6 people went. If we go too, the empty spaces will be too big. We don¡¯t want to be in unnecessary fights. If you really want to go, go with Chamma Sword.¡± Chamma Sword felt a pang at Weapon Master¡¯s words and smiled. His body is itching to go. He looks like he is about to bolt out at any second. ¡°I just said it for fun. We have to stay if Strategist tells us to.¡± ¡°Call when you need me.¡± Weapon Master disappeared. Ice Queen and Boom Buster¡¯s groups are fulfilling their duties and guarding their appointed areas. They cannot move freely. Strategist does not give rankersmands. He just uses his intelligence and makes requests. It is an equivalent rtionship. They do as he asks them to do because they know this. They will watch for now. As a team, they are a force that cannot be pushed back if there are 6 of them. Chapter 130 Cha Jun Sung, Koharu, and Violet were busy blocking attacks flooding in from everywhere. Park Jin Hyuk covered them from above, but it was hard to expect much from that because dozens of people have gone to fight him as well. Fortunately, they had kept running away as they fought, so they had not been surrounded. If they had gotten surrounded, they would have either been taken captive or killed before long. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group watched each other¡¯s backs. They each took on a different direction and made sure no one¡¯s backs were showing. No matter how many there are of the enemy, there is a limit to the number of people who can attack at the same time. They cannot use firearms or bombs as they normally do either. The only thing without restrictions are their vibrating weapons. Bang bang bang bang! The party members honestly do not know exactly what it is that Cha Jun Sung is trying to do. All they know is that on the day of the deal, they watched from a rooftop, saved a man being attacked, and they are now fighting with Blood Kingdom. They are not sure if he meant to fight from the beginning, or if he just came to save the man while watching. Even still, they did not ask questions and followed his lead because they trust him. On the other hand, Violet found meaning in the chance to kill Blood Kingdom rather than her trust in Cha Jun Sung. She does not need a reason for a situation like this to arise. It is just important that there is a chance to clean these guys up. The battle became more violent as more Blood Kingdom fighters swarm in. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group started to use more power as well. It was not visible to the eye, but they were sweating profusely and their hands and feet were bing tangled. A few attacks scratched their battle suits. ¡°Ack!¡± ¡°What ¨C what is it!¡± Lifers walking on the street are startled by the wave of battlinging towards them, and scatter in different directions. They felt like they would be torn up and killed if they got swept up in the fight. [Battle core energy 32%. If you keep going like this, you will notst more than 4 more minutes.] Odin warns him. It has been less than 10 minutes since the battle started, but he already used 68%. ording to a simple calction, 4 more minutes is the limit. He fully activated thebat function in order to detect the attacksing from all directions, and strengthened the outer armor to 100% to withstand the external attacks. He would have distributed the energy tost a long time if they had been fighting one-on-one, but the consumption is severe because he has it on even while he is running away right now. The energy of a basic form battle suit is premature. The total amount is small, and it is consumed quickly and it is slow. This makes the output of power weak. That is why they desperately need to upgrade to the next level. [Jin Hyuk! Come down!] Cha Jun Sung called for Park Jin Hyuk. He needs to join them now. Unless the world federation¡¯s contactwork is down, they will meet midway. Papat! Park Jin Hyuk threw his body from a skyscraper. Right before he hit the ground, he used the booster to slow down and set down. ¡°What¡¯s the n!¡± ¡°Once the world federation joins, let¡¯s join them and sweep these guys.¡± They will not be cowards and run away after leaving their opponents to someone else. Imagine if that happened to you? How angry would you be? The world federation¡¯s power is much stronger than that of Blood Kingdom¡¯s. If they get help, it is likely that they can make Blood Kingdom copse. ¡°I don¡¯t think it¡¯ll be that easy.¡± A thin thread snaked out from the air and tried to wrap itself around Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body. He put his sword up and swiped at it with his strength. It did fling out, but did not break. It was a level C weapon. The thin thread is made up of nanos of machinery. ¡°Death Fear.¡± ¡°Are you Overload? It¡¯s a pleasure.¡± While attacks wereing in from everywhere, Violet pushed the enemy back and blocked the attacks with her javelin. At some point, the number of enemies reduced and four rankers approached Cha Jun Sung. ¡°Palbi Blood?¡± ¡°Oh! It¡¯s an honor. You recognize me.¡± Palbi Blood is taunting him. Cha Jun Sung wanted to punch him in the face, but he held back. ¡®We¡¯re surrounded.¡¯ In a short moment, in the time when they were trying to block Death Fear and Palbi Blood¡¯s attack, they were surrounded by Blood Kingdom¡¯s guild members. The rough estimate is that there are a couple hundred of them, but there must be thousandsing in from afar. ¡®Four people in just the front.¡¯ The direction they are looking in is the front, but the back is the direction that they are running away to. Rankers and people with battle suits are gathered in one area. If they get through the rear, they can still run away. Cha Jun Sung nodded to his party members. They know what he is thinking just by looking into his eyes. As soon as he acts, they will align. ¡°It¡¯s been a while.¡± ¡°Makung!¡± ¡°You.....¡± A path forms in the rear. It is not a path for Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group, but one for 2 people walking towards them. Park Jin Hyuk grinds his teeth. Makung, who he lost to, is walking through the path. And he was with him. ¡°Campbell.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not my real name, but since you¡¯re calling me that.¡± Blood King is chatty. They thought that it might not be his real name, and they were right. ¡®The retreat is blocked too. What¡¯s the world federation doing?¡¯ Cha Jun Sung is thinking. Now, there are 6 of them. Run away? They cannot. They have gone beyond the limit of not just rankers, but also regr guild members. Woong. He reduced his battle suit¡¯s energy to save it. It is a temporary measure. He needs to charge it if he wants to recover, but they will not allow for that. ¡°How did you know that we would raid here?¡± ¡°Do I have superpowers? It was a coincidence.¡± ¡°Is that right? Well, it doesn¡¯t really matter.¡± Hercules pointed a cannon at the approaching murderers. Those with battle suitsughed, but those without were scared and retreated to the back. It has the power to go through steel. Even those who went through body modifications will die if hit. ¡°Is that Amhu and Empress of Light? Hi, kid. You grew a lot after body modifications.¡± ¡°Shut it, you asshole.¡± Park Jin Hyuk threatened Blood King with a new gun he had bought, but there was no use. The flow was gone over. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group cannot overturn it with their strength. ¡°There¡¯s no time, so let¡¯s end it quickly.¡± Wiing! The 6 rankers including Blood King activated their battle suits. They are thinking ofing at them all together. [You guys!] It is not the radio. It is the sound of someone who has amplified his voice with a speaker. Boom boom boom! Rankers from the world federation climb a wall and are running at them. Under them, Lifers from the world federation are flooding in. ¡°We¡¯rete. There¡¯s nothing we can do about it. We¡¯ll divide the power in half.¡± Blood King gives out orders. One side will block Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group and capture Argos, while the other blocks the world federation. ¡°It¡¯s 1, 2, 6 people? Only four of us will go.¡± They can tell who is who by the weapons they areing with. Their goal is not to kill them. Their goal is to buy time. Four people are plenty to buy time. Papapapat! Death Fear, Dark Side, Palbi Blood, and Makung lead the murderers to face the world federation. The world federation also discovered the murderers and flooded in. ¡°Argos?¡± Argos was terrified from seeing Blood King for the first time after only hearing about him. He could not understand why this was happening to him. ¡°Hell Sword, focus on dragging that guy away. I¡¯ll block these people.¡± ¡°Great.¡± ¡°Go.¡± Hell Sword flew to Hercules. Simultaneously, murderers attacked Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. Papat! While Cha Jun Sung, Violet, and Park Jin Hyuk fought the murderers, Koharu fell out and blocked Hell Sword¡¯s path. ¡°Amhu!¡± ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± The melee began. Chapter 131 Zone H area 1 turned into a battlefield. Thousands of Lifers tangle up in a fight. The points consumed reaches over the hundreds of thousands of points. The world federation and Blood Kingdom¡¯s power are level. They would of course be able to sweep through this if all of the strategists in ck City join, but they kept getting caught going back and forth because they were cut in half. If Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group had not blocked Blood King and Hell Sword from the center of the 2 groups, Blood Kingdom could have overpowered those under them. They killed their enemies through any means possible even if it was cowardice and they were shielding themselves with their fellow members. As people used to doing PKs, they were not picky about the means they used to extract results. The fiercest ce on the battlefield. Both sides¡¯ Lifers did not approach within the radius of 10 fighting rankers. Tacitly, each side¡¯s leader is trying to provide them with an appropriate environment. ¡°It¡¯s fun! It¡¯s fun!¡± ¡°Crazy asshole. You¡¯re all crazy, but you¡¯re the worst.¡± War Hammer brought a hammer with a metal head asrge as his body down on Palbi Blood. Due to the type of weapon it is, the hammer is slow though it has the highest power. Bang bang! Palbi Blood avoided it and a crater formed in the ground. ¡°Idiot.¡± Ping ping ping! 8 daggers fly at War Hammer. Bang! From behind War Hammer, Sonic Boom rises up and blocks all of them with his legs that are covered with alloy boots. Woong! The daggers return to Palbi Blood as if they are alive. He is wearing gloves that make him one with the daggers. There is a recognition device so they find the owner again even if they go a far distance. ¡°This won¡¯t do.¡± Death Fear, Dark Side, and Makung are busy with 4 rankers as well. They just need to capture Argos, but the situation does not look good. It is manageable now, but it bes questionable once other rankers join in. ¡®If it bes dangerous, I¡¯ll have to fall back.¡¯ There is no such thing as camaraderie in Blood Kingdom. The Blood Kingdom rulers only joined forces because their ys are simr and that makes their active area ovep. They do not risk their lives for each other. That will be the same for everyone. Bang! Cha Jun Sung and Blood King fling out in opposite directions. Distance was forcibly created through the repulsive force of the vibrating weapon and battle suit¡¯s strength. Cha Jun Sung thought of a way to get out while Blood King thought about how to get Argos. ¡®Kill him.¡¯ Blood King decided to kill Argos. It is a messy situation. The enemy desperately blocks them and they have considerable strength. From one side, it looks like the members of Blood Kingdom are being pushed back by the number of rankers. They need to have the room if they want to catch Argos, but they do not have that now. ¡®We¡¯ll use that.¡¯ They bought it in advance in preparation for thest and worst case scenario. Half of these people die if it is set off in the middle of the city. It is one of the strongest level C weapons with its kill radius reaching hundreds of meters and one-off power. Beep beep! [We¡¯re using it. Everyone get out once I send the signal.] Blood King changes the radio channel. It is the one that Blood Kingdom¡¯s top cadres and mid-level cadres with battle suits use. It is fully secured, so other guild members cannot get into it. [You¡¯re going to use it? Crazy! Send the signal properly!] [Gulp!] There was even the sound of mid-level cadres gulping. It is obvious who would be using it, and they will use waste a lot of points with that one hit. [Are you going to kill everyone?] [I¡¯m setting it to kill Argos, but it¡¯ll be good to reduce the world federation¡¯s power too..... It¡¯s good.] Regr guild members? There are murderers everywhere. They can fill those numbers at any time. They do not really want to use it, but it is the best method if they want to overturn the situation orplete the mission and retreat. [I¡¯m sure you¡¯re all listening?] [Ah, everything is ready. We¡¯ll lose a ton of points.] [We¡¯re going to gain a lot, too. We¡¯ll have to sacrifice to a certain point.] [Yeah. Call the location.] Blood King called out the location. It is pretty far away and inconvenient to carry on the body. It is perfect to keep in one ce to use. [I input it. It will be fired in 5 minutes. Figure out how you¡¯re going to avoid it.] The responses ended there. The cadres are calcting the time. They need to get away at least 1 minute before it goes off. If they do not, there will be no distinction between enemies and allies, and they will all melt. The item is priced simrly to top level C weapons, and each missile goes for 5 million points. The weapon that Blood King ordered to be fired is a white phosphorus shell. It is apressed white phosphorus shell that is created through Life Mission¡¯s science. It is a deadly weapon that even melts the battle suit when hit. The person firing it is Japan¡¯s Murayama Tanaka, the one helping in the shadows of Blood Kingdom. Cha Jun Sung and the world federation are focused on the battle without knowing this fact. Beep beep! Tyrant input the location coordinates. The white phosphorus shell will be dropped precisely in the center of where Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group is in the middle of battle. White phosphorus is also known as the white devil. With 1 hit of this, that area will be reduced to ruins. Zing! As the coordinates are saved, a verticalunch device calcted the distance and adjusted the direction. The missile(?) is asrge as a car and weighs 2 tons. Tyrant moved the verticalunch device without anyone¡¯s help. This is not possible with body modifications. He is of course a battle suit owner. There is something like a handle on theunch device so that one or more people can hold it. ¡°He he. They were having fun all on their own and they¡¯re finally letting me cut in.¡± Tyrant¡¯s style is simr to that of Blood King¡¯s, but he acts in the shadows for whatever reason. He cannot expose himself and make a fuss like they can. If he does, there will be a lot of restrictions put on him in reality. There will be disadvantages, whether they are from the world federation or the Japanese government. That is why he is leading a dual life. It is thrilling in its own right, but he has beenining because he cannot get directly involved. He is finally able to fulfill that desire today. Tyrant strokes the verticalunch device. It is an item that the rankers of Blood Kingdom bought just in case. They had hoped that they would not need to use it, but the situation has changed. The guild said that they would help fill up the points that he loses from firing the white phosphorus shell, but it does not seem like they will need to do that. Tyrant is personally the master of Anger, Japan¡¯s top guild. He basically bought all of the items he needs and he can umte a couple 10 million within a few months. On top of that, there will be as many Lifers who die as there are points he loses from firing the shell, so he might evene out even. He will know for sure once it goes through. Tyrant mounts the white phosphorus shell. It is almost as big as a person. It does not go off as soon as it isunched, but divides into hundreds of small bombs. Each of those bombs has 10 times the power of a grenade. It is like a missile. It divides in the sky and as it falls to the ground, the primary explosion goes off with fragments flying. The real part is next. The white devil billows white smoke, and the phosphorusponent is here. If left at room temperature, it burns. The principle of it is simr to modern weaponry, but its force is entirely different. It is said to be the basic form, but it can melt through a battle suit. The best they can do is to not be hit with it. ¡°Koharu is there?¡± Blood King¡¯s group does not know that Koharu is Amhu, but Tyrant knows. It had been difficult to see hertely, but he did not know that she had gone over to Overload. They often worked together in the virtual, and they are nowpletely stuck together. ¡°Bitch! I¡¯ll cook you with Overload.¡± If he cannot have her, he will crush her. That way, no one else can have her. ¡®There¡¯s no meaning if she¡¯s not mine¡¯. He he! [The white phosphorus shell willunch in 5 seconds.] The countdown began. The numbers go down. When 1 became 0, what is known as the worst non-nuclear weapon in reality, prated the air. *** Bang! Tyrant is dozens of kilometers away from the street in zone H. But it was delivered to the Lifers with a vibration that he could feel weakly. ¡°What¡¯s that sound?¡± Blood King and Cha Jun Sung look up. The battle suit¡¯s enhanced hearing catches a loud roar. There is no way to tell what it is. It is not something that can be detected by sound. A gauntletes flying from the front. He quickly turns his head to the side and brings his left foot up. A curving high kick is about to hit Blood King¡¯s face, but the opponent¡¯s other hand blocks Cha Jun Sung¡¯s attack. Cha Jun Sung is immobile while mid-kick, and Blood King body checks his chest. It is an iron force that he only saw in the game. Cha Jun Sung is pushed back by the force, and uses the booster on his back to steady himself. ¡°Tricky.¡± Blood King is a fighter. He drags close encounters out over a long period of time. Cha Jun Sung is also confident in fighting from the kick boxing and kendo he learned, but he gets pushed back when the distance is so small. Everyone has a distance that is more of an advantage to them. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s is one where he can brandish his sword freely. ¡°What a pity.¡± ¡°A pity? What is?¡± ¡°I wanted to keep fighting, but the situation won¡¯t allow for it.¡± Cha Jun Sung does not understand. Is he trying to run away? It seems likely from the way he is slowly backing away. [There are 2 minutes left. We¡¯re getting out.] [It¡¯ll be hell on earth.] They can hear the shell slicing through the air with their battle suits. Blood Kingdom¡¯s cadres know what it is, but the world federation and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group do not, so they do not pay mind to it and continue to focus on fighting. Papat. ¡°Huh? You assholes! Where are you going!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t chase him.¡± War Hammer yells at Palbi Blood, who suddenly stopped fighting him and left. War Hammer stops Wind Wing from chasing him. It is not just Palbi Blood who is retreating. All of Blood Kingdom¡¯s cadres are leaving at the same time. It could be a trap. They cannot act alone, and must identify the situation first. ¡°Why aren¡¯t the regr guild members leaving?¡± ¡°They could be cooking something up.¡± War Hammer thought there might be something to what Wind Wing is saying and observes the situation, but the phenomenon unfolding before them is strange. ¡°They¡¯re surprised?¡± The guild members are taken off guard. They do not know what to do, as if they are children who have lost their mothers. The cadres left all at once and themand system copsed. As time passes, the phenomenon spreads like fire and swallows Blood Kingdom. The world federation¡¯s Lifers fight ordingly and the situation is reversed. ¡°I hope youe out alive.¡± ¡°I won¡¯t lose you this time.¡± In the two heart method, he raised the time limit to the highest vibration. If the power is turned on, retention time is barely 5 minutes, but he cannot lose this opportunity. The battle suit¡¯s energy is now under 10%. ¡°Look up.¡± Cha Jun Sung stays aware of Blood King as he looks up at the sky. Something big that looks like a bullet ising down like fireworks. [Unidentified objects approaching. Scanning..... Scanplete! Lifer Cha Jun Sung! You need to get away immediately! That is apressed white phosphorus shell!] Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes tremble. He has nevere into direct contact with a white phosphorus shell before, but he knows what it is. It ising here now? Papat! Blood Kingughs as he gets farther away from Cha Jun Sung. Cha Jun Sung needs to catch him, but there is now something more urgent. Chapter 132 [Everyone get out! Get as far away from here as you can! There¡¯s no time!] Park Jin Hyuk, Koharu, and Violet heard Cha Jun Sung¡¯s urgency, did not ask questions, and retreated from the battlefield. Cha Jun Sung looked up at the sky again. It is right in front of them. It is quite far, but it will not take 30 seconds at that speed. [Switch to voice mode, microphone setting!] [A white phosphorus shell is falling from the sky! Get away from here immediately!] Bang! Cha Jun Sung said that and left with Hercules and Argos. He wants to exin further, but he would be swept up in it and killed if he did. ¡°What is he talking about?¡± ¡°White phosphorus shell? The sky?¡± Was it because there was not enough of an exnation? Was it because the message was not properly ryed? The Lifers did not leave, and stared into the sky. The white devil embraced them. Boom boom boom boom! The shell arrived at its destination and divided into several hundreds. The pieces are as small as a person¡¯s fist, and scatter everywhere. White smokees out from the tails. It is the devil¡¯s descent. Bang bang bang bang! There was a giant explosion and smoke billowing into the area around the input location, going through buildings and onto the street. If the attack had been concentrated in a ce dense with Lifers, those on the outskirts would not have been able to get away. But the explosion and smoke went across the entire defense and covered a radius. Every way out waspletely blocked. 4th stage body modification Lifers are melting. Even an average white phosphorus would have been difficult to handle, but it is apressed and enhanced weapon of mass destruction from the level C store. More than 1000 people died from the 1st st, and another simr set of numbers burned from the smoke. War Hammer looks down at his stomach. A piece of the shell went into his stomach. It would have gone straight through if the battle suit had not been there, but the armor caused him even more pain. He first felt the pain of his internal organs melting. Then as the shell exploded, blood, flesh, and smoke sttered out. How could War Hammer of the 36 rankers die so pitifully. The situation is pandemonium. Regr Lifers were already annihted and those who had barely hung on with their battle suits were dying off one by one. Bang! A 4 story building copses. It had not been able to withstand the shock of 3 or 4 shells going off. Tyrant lost 15 million points because of this building, but the number of pointsing in is much greater. ¡°Damn it!¡± Ping ping ping! Cha Jun Sung dodged a shell fragment and cursed. Stopping for a moment to warn the other Lifers has brought danger to him. Park Jin Hyuk and the others escaped in time. They keep radioing in, but he does not have the mind to respond and they cannote in. The smoke has already spread throughout the area. ¡°Save ¨C save me. Save me!¡± A Lifer next to Cha Jun Sung is liquifying. A heat that is thousands of degrees high is sticking to his body, so the battle suit does not provide defense. [Energy.... Under 4%! Lifer Cha Jun Sung! Charging is urgent.] He moved busily as he stuck the charger in his battle suit. His energy consumption was severe, so the level did not fall but it did not fill up either. He needs to get out, but he does not see a path. All he can see is smoke that is trying to eat him up. Pew pew pew pew! Hercules uses a cannon and booster to try to blow the smoke away, but it is not enough. It does not even buy them a moment of time. The battle suit¡¯s hologram scans the field and draws out the terrain. ¡°How do I get out there?¡± It is where there is the least smoke. It will soon be filled with white smoke as well. He needs to get out before then. ¡°Should I use this?¡± Cha Jun Sung looked down at the ring on his finger. It is a protect ring. He had been saving it, but the time hase to use it. [Not yet. I will pilot Hercules from now on.] ¡°What?¡± Hercules left Argos with Cha Jun Sung, then ran toward the smoke. Battle suits cannot withstand it, so a metal armor definitely would not be able to. It melted within moments and stuck to the cyborg¡¯s body. [Self-destruct activate.] ¡°Hey! What do you mean self-destruct!¡± [The explosion from self-destruction will push the smoke for at least a short amount of time. I saved Hercules¡¯ system and sent it to the briefing room, so you can revive the system with points at any time. But it¡¯s all over if you die.] It is true. He cannot die in a ce like this. A few Lifers tried to run away into the sky, but were gnawed away little by little by the smoke. [Get down!] Bang! Hercules self-destructs. He has helped Cha Jun Sung a lot until now, so it is sad that he has died. He can revive him, but it is not a good feeling. Fragments hit his body. He embraces Argos and protects him so that he does not get injured. [Now! Use the protect ring and escape!] ¡°Deploy shield!¡± A blue and purple maic field forms a strong veil. Cha Jun Sung holds Argos and runs. As the explosion shrinks, the smoke gets closer. It really is persistent. Bang bang bang! People use all types of firearms like fever shots and grenades to make a path through the smoke, but no one was able to seed because they were not as strong as Cha Jun Sung¡¯s. When the smoke touches the shield, it tries to get through in any way possible. If it goes through, Argos is 100% dead and Cha Jun Sung is in danger. The shield¡¯s color fades. Its output of power has been raised to 100%, but it is still eaten up by the white phosphorus shell. ¡°Ah!¡± Cha Jun Sung expands the booster to full power. The energy he has left is 2%, but he would rather do everything he can if he is going to die anyway. Cha Jun Sung escaped from a hell covered in white smoke. The shield broke at the same time. The battle suit¡¯s energy became 0%. He quickly charged it. ¡°You don¡¯t think everyone inside there is going to die, are they?¡± It is not just 1 or 2 people, but thousands. It goes beyond PK to a massacre. Cha Jun Sung hears coughing in his arms, and quickly checks on Argos¡¯ state. A shell fragment is embedded near his heart. Blood flows from there but also from his mouth because his lungs have been affected too. ¡°No! Hurry to the briefing room!¡± He needs to go to the briefing room himself. He cannot go if someone else sends him. [It is toote. The lungs do not matter, but the fragment has gone into the heart. It cannot be regenerated.] Odin had said before that anything can be cured as long as it is not irreparable. ¡°The card. What about the card?¡± ¡°System... recognition disabled.¡± Argos¡¯ spacepression bag has an owner recognition system on it, so it locks itself if he dies. It bes garbage. When an animal is reaching its death, it predicts that. People are the same. Argos does not want to believe it, but he knows that he will die soon. ¡°Sweden Stockholm..... Number 235-5..... Payment.¡± He handed the spacepression bag over to Cha Jun Sung and there is no way that he does not understand what this meant. In exchange for the card, he has asked that Cha Jun Sung help his family go on living. ¡°I understand.¡± ¡°Thank... you.¡± Argos stopped breathing. There are 2 reasons why he chose Cha Jun Sung. He made an effort to save him until the end even though it was because of the card, and he is the only Lifer that he can see as he is dying. ¡°Did this happen because I got involved?¡± Fated to die, it seems he could not have avoided death even if Cha Jun Sung had helped him. What is more serious is the massacre. There had been nothing about a white phosphorus shell in the notepad. He could not tell if he had forgotten to write it down or if Cha Jun Sung himself caused it, but it seems like thetter. Tutututu! While Cha Jun Sung looked lost, world federation Lifers run over to him. There are a lot of faces he does not recognize, but there are a few he knows. ¡°Mr. Cha Jun Sung!¡± Lim Si Hyuk and Han Chang Jin call his name. Cha Jun Sung takes the card from Argos¡¯ spacepression bag and puts it in his own. He will deliver the remaining contents to Argos¡¯ family. He means to pay them the value of the card separately as well. ¡°What happened?¡± ¡°A white phosphorus shell went off.¡± ¡°White phosphorus shell!¡± Han Chang Jin is appalled. As a soldier, he will know about it in more detail than others do. ¡°Fall back!¡± Chapter 133 The smoke just expanded inside and did not spread outside, but there is no good in going near it. ¡°The radio with Lifers who were engaged with Blood Kingdom was cut off.¡± ¡°Are you ¨C are you saying that they all died? Does that make sense? There were 6 rankers in there!¡± ¡°Rankers are people too. They aren¡¯t immortal.¡± Nuclear raised his voice at his subordinates¡¯ reports, and Chamma Sword calmed him down. ¡°Chamma Sword.....¡± ¡°Who are you? This is the first time I¡¯m seeing you.¡± His face is the same in reality and in the virtual. There are only 5 or 6 of the 36 rankers who did not virtually mold their faces, and Chamma Sword is one of them. ¡°Oh, I guess we¡¯ve never met in reality. This is Korea¡¯s Overload, who you were all very curious about.¡± ¡°Oh?¡± ¡°You¡¯re Overload?¡± The rankers¡¯ reactions are split in half. They either do not care or are surprised. Ice Queen and Boom Buster¡¯s group know who he is because they have seen him, but Chamma Sword, Strategist, and Nuclear¡¯s group were surprised because they did not know Cha Jun Sung from reality. Weapon Master¡¯s reaction stood out in particr. ¡°It¡¯s been a while.¡± ¡°Ah, yes.¡± Mechanic City is really an interesting ce. It locks rankers up in 1 ce and leads them to each other. He had not been able to see a single one beforeing here, but he saw a majority of them today. ¡°I¡¯m Strategist of the world federation. Can you give us a detailed exnation? It doesn¡¯t seem possible to enter into that.¡± Strategist looks at the white phosphorus smoke. It does not look as though it will go away anytime soon. They cannot do nothing, so they at least need to hear how this happened. *** Several hours passed until the smoke finally settled. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group ran out through the other direction, so they needed to circle around in order to meet. Cha Jun Sung exined what he saw and experienced to Strategist. The world federation had not been expecting Blood Kingdom to go so far, and many kept sighing heavily. They have too much to consider, while the enemy iswless. Just as it is much more difficult to prevent crimes than it is tomit them, it is the same context for the 2 groups. ¡°Murderers are throwing the real world away and crossing over into Mechanic City?¡± ¡°Yes. The real world is not a good ce for them because there isw and order there. This ce is paradise for them.¡± Mechanic City is the best environment as it cuts off national interference. Blood King¡¯s group is good at using their heads. ¡°We are sweeping through them by mobilizing Lifers on a national dimension. We¡¯re getting a fair amount of results as well because we do not consider killing murderers as murder.¡± But because they can move freely between reality, the mission, briefing rooms, and Mechanic City, it is not easy. If the murdererspletely take root here, there will be more disasters like that of today. It is not a pleasant thought to do the same and stoop to their level. He knows that it is a definite crime, so he cannot steal just because others are doing it. The world would have already perished if it was overrun with such people. ¡°How dreadful.¡± Nuclear spoke as he looked at the road in ruins. It is another hell from that they have seen in the missions. A few buildings fell overpletely and a few of therge buildings were ruined. ¡°The deviceunch itself is 5 million at the minimum. How crazy.¡± ¡°I guess 5 million is cheap for this kind of force.¡± There will be no point if the battlesuit is upgraded, but anything below is nothing. It could be a genocidal weapon. Strategist gives orders. Lifers turned on their biometric detectors to look for survivors. Rankers were gathered in one ce. Blood Kingdom is bound to sweep through them if they appear. ¡°How many points do you think would have been taken off with this kind of chaos?¡± ¡°It¡¯ll be in the hundreds of thousands.¡± ¡°Phew! They would have earned points while killing Lifers, so it might have covered what they lost.¡± re Gun touches a hand cannon. He really does not know how to stop these guys. If it were up to him, he would put tracking devices on them. If they could know what they were going to do beforehand, they could at least block them. It is maddening that they bring on chaos out of nowhere. ¡°No vitals are reacting.¡± ¡°Damn it!¡± There are several thousands of people. Does this mean that all of those people died? Even those who owned battlesuits? ¡°It¡¯s strong enough to melt through battlesuits. No one can survive it with its level C standard, ranker or not.¡± ¡°I thought that dying is all the same, whether you die honorably or not. But this is too vain. They couldn¡¯t even do anything.¡± They died like dogs. Cha Jun Sung agrees. Putting value on death? It might seem meaningless, but there are different meanings to different types of death. Lifers who had scattered oute back with corpses. The best they can do is to check each person¡¯s identity and send them to their families. Moreover, they make a distinction between those who have battlesuits. The number of personnel is in Strategist¡¯s PDA. He is referencing the PDA to find any missing persons. ¡°Breaker, Wind Wing, War Hammer, Sonic Boom.....¡± 4 corpses with special marks signify rankers. They barely found War Hammer among them. He has been reduced to pieces. ¡°What about Dual de and Longinus?¡± ¡°We weren¡¯t able to find them yet.¡± ¡°Do you think they¡¯re alive?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know.¡± A way to stay alive? It is not non existent. They can avoid the white phosphorus if they return to the real world or briefing room, or go into a mission. It is just a matter of whether they are able to move from aplex and dangerous situation. [Strategist?] [Dual de! You survived?] Was it telepathy? Dual de read Strategist¡¯s thoughts and radioed in. [Longinus and I survived.] Dual de and Longinus were pretty far from where the shell went off, so they returned to the briefing room as soon as they saw the white smokee out. A small 1% of Lifers in addition to them came out alive in simr ways. They have not returned to Mechanic City because there might still be smoke. They went back to the real world from the briefing room, asked the world federation Lifers what is happening, and entered again once they were sure that it is safe. [Are you on the roadside?] [Yeah.] [Near.] A few minutes passed. Dual de and Longinus appeared along with other Lifers. Everyone looked close to dead. ¡°Are we thest of the survivors?¡± ¡°Fuck!¡± Nuclear rages. All lives are precious, but he is most saddened that Sonic Boom died. They had be pretty close. The more hurt he was, the more he wanted to tear Blood Kingdom apart. ¡°Zone Z is their area, right? Assholes. They think we¡¯re not capable of setting of a white phosphorus shell?¡± Nuclear is thinking of paying them back in double. Since they took a hit, he will give them 2. ¡°Calm down. They¡¯ll be quiet for the time being after causing this.¡± ¡°Take that and calm down? Strategist, are you an angel? Are you out of your mind?¡± Opinions are split. Those who say they need to get revenge and those who say they need to hold back. Cha Jun Sung feels for the situation. ¡®It¡¯s like the situation I saw when I was young between South and North Korea.¡¯ The divided nation was united when Cha Jun Sung was in his mid-20s, but it was chaos before then. North Korea repeatedly provoked and threatened South Korea. Even still, South Korea remained patient until the end. Why? It is war the second they respond to those provocations. It seemed weak to hold out but because of that, they only had 50 million discontented citizens instead of bringing them the pain of war. If they respond to the provocation of a guy running at them toward suicide, there is no end to the loss. Strategist is angry and dejected too. He is smart, but it is not that he has a great personality. How could it be that he does not want to get revenge? But there is timing in revenge. They need to find the right moment. For those with simr powers, war would be a shortcut to self-destruction. They will advance before their enemy and run over them with overwhelming force. That is Strategist¡¯s n. ¡°First, let¡¯s clear the battlefield. I¡¯m going to open a conference right away, so make sure you all attend. Oh, Overload?¡± ¡°Yes?¡± ¡°I would like for you and your party members to attend as well. It won¡¯t be bad to hear, and isn¡¯t Blood Kingdom amon enemy anyway?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll do that.¡± Cha Jun Sung confirmed attendance. He feels guilt that this might have happened because of him. No matter what is brought up during the conference, it will not be bad to hear. His party members did not show aversion to the idea either. The situation is serious. Chapter 134 11 rankers in the world federation and 5 people from Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group ¨C there are exactly 16 people. Rankers are debating in a conference room in ck City. The opposition to take a hit on Blood Kingdom or hold out. Cha Jun Sung did not interfere and just watched. He is not is a position to interfere and say something. The strategists did not ask for his opinion either. They do not want to make it difficult by getting a 3rd party involved. The conference is leaning towards holding out. It is impossible to get ahead of Strategist with words. Most of the people who want to attack, just want to get payback without logic. They cannot think of a way to convince others because they are so angry. Strategist took control of the situation and calmed each of them down. He exined why it is not the time in different ways so each of them could understand. As time passed, they gradually calmed down. ¡°Level B, level A if we go further. If we open them up before Blood Kingdom does, we¡¯ll be opening the store first as well. We¡¯re just pushing it back until then.¡± With fully modified bodies and battlesuits, they can beat all of Mechanic City¡¯s Lifers even if they alle at the same time. The level of strength bes different. If they each have the strength to take on a level 8, they can knock buildings over like a breeze and kill level 6s. They will be able to do anything if they have the power. ¡°But the card went missing when Argos died. Opening level B. Fine. We can fill the force up with rankers and people with battlesuits.¡± An advance mission with 100 battlesuit Lifers? There will be sacrifices, but it is worth trying out. The problem is that Blood Kingdom is the same. If they had the card, they would consider different cases and choose the optimal timing. If they do not? They cannot dominate the departure line. Strategist is listening to the rankers¡¯ conversation, and looks at Cha Jun Sung. Cha Jun Sung is nervous and gulps. He can figure out why Strategist is looking at him like that. ¡°You got the card from Argos, didn¡¯t you?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± Nuclear points to Cha Jun Sung in surprise. A few had the same reaction and a few looked on as though they had been expecting as much. ¡°..... I assume you have no intention of selling it.¡± ¡°I¡¯m going to use it.¡± Strategist left out the details of how Cha Jun Sung got the card and how he saved Argos from Blood Kingdom¡¯s attack. All that is important in the current situation is that Cha Jun Sung has the card. It may be cruel, but the world federation cannot put much meaning in Argos¡¯ life. Everything originated from the card in the first ce. ¡°Overload. It¡¯s originally an item that was promised in a deal with us.¡± ¡°What is he talking about?¡± Boom Buster¡¯s tone repels Park Jin Hyuk. It sounds like he is telling Cha Jun Sung to hand the card over. Nonsense! It was only promised, and there was nopleted deal. ¡°What? Kid, get out of the picture.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t attack me. I want to shoot a bullet through your head.¡± Boom Buster res at Park Jin Hyuk. Park Jin Hyuk ignores him. ¡°The world federation can¡¯t im it as ours.¡± ¡°So you¡¯re saying we should hand it over?¡± Chamma Sword stops him and Boom Buster raises his voice. He is holding a grudge from falling to Cha Jun Sung in the past, and is ring. Is he of the mindset that he cannot see others doing well? ¡°We¡¯ll give you twice the amount of points we promised Argos. What do you think?¡± ¡°Sorry.¡± He will not sell it for any amount of points. He can gather points at any time as long as he is alive, but the card is an item that is full of endless possibilities. ¡°Braybourke! Are you just going to watch? That was supposed to be yours!¡± ¡°Chamma Sword is right. We can¡¯t im ownership of it.¡± Weapon Master abandoned regrets for the card with his arms crossed. Cha Jun Sung selling that? Unless he is crazy, he would not do it. His abilities are at level with the rankers. He might actually be higher. He has the ability to bring out the card¡¯s value. There is a saying, a pearl ne on a pig¡¯s neck. To apply it, if Cha Jun Sung is a king, the card is his crown. ¡°Ugh!¡± Boom Buster storms out in frustration. It is not just that he does not like Cha Jun Sung, but everything including the whole situation with Blood Kingdom is getting to him. They are getting hit from everywhere and nothing is going as nned. ¡°He still has a terrible personality.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think that¡¯s anything for you to say.¡± Park Jin Hyuk eyed Violet and responded to her. Boom Buster is dirty, but Violet is rough around the edges. ¡°Overload. Do you want to try out a 1 million point mission?¡± ¡°We have gone to 900,000.¡± Strategist nods. He had a rough expectation. Overload, Amhu, Empress of Light. The 3 of them alone are enough of a force to go into a 900,000 point mission. With the support of sniper Park Jin Hyuk and medic Kyoko, there will not be too much trouble until 1 million. ¡°We have gone as far as 1.1 million. 15 rankers, 13 battlesuit owners. A full force with Lifers who have gone through the 4th stage of body modifications.¡± Cha Jun Sung listened in silence. If someone is speaking, he needs to show that he is listening. ¡°28 Lifers with battlesuits were tied on to taking on levels 5 and 6. They really were incredible. I can¡¯t even imagine 2 million.¡± He has clearly shown that he will not sell the card. Strategist¡¯s words have a different meaning. ¡°We were thinking of trying out level B missions in half a year. All of the members are battlesuit owners.¡± 4 rankers died. That is a big hit. Someone needs to fill up those spots. Why are rankers important? What is the difference between battlesuit rankers and battlesuit Lifers? A simple matter of know-how? No. That know-how is a benchmark of differentiating between the two. ¡°When those 4 died, we lost their battlesuit modification methods.¡± Basic battlesuits can be remodeled ording to the Lifer¡¯s style when upgrading. The modification method of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s over booster is something that only he knows. Even if an average Lifer opens up the level B store, they need to go through countless trial and error before they can remodel their battlesuits in their personal styles. Cha Jun Sung also wasted a tremendous amount of money while configuring the over booster in the virtual version. The battlesuit is destroyed if they fail in the remodeling. He is not sure if it will work here as well, but he is pretty sure it will be the same. Several thousands of points will be wasted with 1 failure? The modification methods converted the rankers¡¯ value. Even if they are simr to average Lifers now, their potential ability is unmatched. ¡°ording to my calctions, a full force of battlesuit owners and volume can cover for level C advancement. Though it is like a bee running into a wasp.¡± Level B advancement? Thinking of taking on level 7 in pure volume is the same as a shortcut to massacre. That will be when the rankers¡¯ true power is exercised. ¡°What is the point?¡± ¡°That card. Are you going to use it to open the level B store?¡± ¡°I am thinking about it.....¡± If he is just thinking about his own group, he needs to use it to open level B. This is because there are only 5 of them. Battlesuit modifications are necessary for the 5 of them to advance. ¡®Aha. I got it.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung read Strategist¡¯s mind. He once thought of joining the world federation to make an attempt at an advancement mission. The 2 groups have the same goal. There is no reason to reject them when they are offering to add strength. If they end up joining forces, they can get through C with volume. They would not need to use the card to open level B. The Lifers had slowly taken steps into level C already, and the rankers have gone over 1 million. This kind of item shines brighter as it is kept for longer. ¡°Do you want to try to advance with us in 6 months? If you do that, you can use the card to open up level A. As long as you have the points, you¡¯ll be able to gain the strength to fight level 8.¡± ¡°Help each other?¡± ¡°Even without the card..... The world federation has the strength to open level B. I¡¯m not as confident about level A.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group cannot open level B without the card. But if they receive help, they have the capacity to open level A. Strategist wants to arrange a give and take. The world federation will open level B for them, and they will help the federation open level A. ¡®If we get to level A..... I¡¯ll be able to face that guy.¡¯ Underpass. The level 8 Blood Lord that brings mental copse. Since it had just been born, it would have developed and reached nearpletion. ¡®There¡¯s nothing to lose as a party.¡¯ They will receive help once and give help once. Cha Jun Sung is of the personality where he usually does not want to do either, but that is different by circumstance. It may be different if they have several lives, but they just have one. If he wants to stay alive until Life Mission ends, it is right to use everything he can. Cha Jun Sung looks at his party members. They will all have understood. ¡°I¡¯m for it.¡± ¡°Of course we should if we keep efficiency in mind.¡± No one rejects it. They are not so close minded that they arepletely against working with others. ¡°Alright.¡± Cha Jun Sung allows it. It is not an improvised decision. Even though the amount of time they had to think was short, this is the best option. ¡°Since you said it¡¯s in 6 months, we can act on our own until then?¡± ¡°Yes. That doesn¡¯t matter.¡± They will not restrict their actions. They can just help out when they are contacted. ¡°But are you in contact with any other rankers? If they are preparing for the advance mission as well, it will be better to have more people.¡± ¡°What do you mean by other rankers?¡± ¡°People like Nine Tails, Light Shooter, Invisible, and Perforation Eye.¡± ¡°I can get in contact with a few of them. I was actually going to get in touch with them and ask if they wanted to help with the advancement mission.¡± There are 14 rankers gathered here. They are all connected and know each other. Though it may not be necessary in level C, they need to form rtionships to increase their power with modified battlesuits. ¡°I¡¯ll take it that you will not speak more about the card.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± The conversation is over. The strategists spoke a little more, but there was nothing that Cha Jun Sung needed to pay attention to. ¡°Jun Sung, we lost that guy twice.¡± ¡°Who? Blood King?¡± ¡°He¡¯ll get stronger from now on. If we knew this was going to happen, we should have done whatever it took to kill him in Field of Meat.¡± ¡°I agree.¡± While the world federation rankers spoke among themselves, Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk talked about Blood King. If they had killed him at the time, if they had not saved him, this would not have happened. ¡°What are you talking about?¡± Dual de approached Cha Jun Sung. He wants to get acquainted. ¡°Blood King. We¡¯ve seen him twice. In the advance level E mission Field of Meat and today. But we lost him both times.¡± Park Jin Hyuk poured out hisints. It was then. Weapon Master¡¯s expression changed. He could hear with his enhanced sense of hearing with body modifications. ¡°Overload.¡± ¡°It¡¯s the first time since PVP. It¡¯s been a while.¡± Cha Jun Sung greeted Weapon Master, who was suddenly standing next to him. He could remember when he came all the way from Europe to look for him. ¡°What did you just say?¡± ¡°About what?¡± ¡°Didn¡¯t you say Field of Meat?¡± ¡°Oh! Right. But what about it?¡± ¡°Blood King was in that mission too?¡± Cha Jun Sung got a weird feeling. How should he describe it? It feels like he is being interrogated? He was annoyed with the unteral question, but did not show it. He thought that there must be a reason for it. Weapon Master has a cold personality, but he has a strong ego as nobility and courtesy is an innate characteristic. ¡°We weren¡¯t in the same party, but he was trapped in there after failing to attack.¡± There is something to it from the way he is asking. He exined everything in detail so that there would be no questions. Weapon Master frowned because his immature brother and special forces had been attacked out of nowhere and killed by Blood King. ¡®So it was him.¡¯ Since his brother¡¯s death, Weapon Master worked to find the culprit. He had thought that it would be possible with his family¡¯s power, but it had not been easy. It was so difficult that he would have to give up if the culprit did not admit to it. But he finally found out the truth today. He knows what happened inside the mission. He did not think of it as a coincidence. This had been inevitable. It is a divine order to kill the person who insulted the Venter family. He cannot do it immediately. He does not have enough power, and it is not a circumstance in which he could do so. ¡®I will get revenge. Not for you, but for mother and the family.¡¯ Weapon Master is not as fond of Carlyle as Isabel is. Though they have the same blood, they might as well be strangers. But that is not entirely the rtionship. Carlyle is still his little brother. It would have been different if he had not been able to find the culprit but now that he has, he cannot leave Blood King alone. Beep beep! [That man is English.] [Yeah.] Park Jin Hyuk watched Weapon Master¡¯s actions and texted Cha Jun Sung for confirmation. He suddenly experienced an unexined feeling. [Doesn¡¯t he look strangely simr to the yahoo we met in Field of Meat?] Cha Jun Sung finally began to examine Weapon Master¡¯s face closely. He does look simr. They are both English and yahoos, and he seems to be a noble too. Beep beep! [Do you think that¡¯s his brother? Cousin?] [Let¡¯s ask Violetter. She¡¯ll know family rtionships at least.] It is someone else¡¯s matters, and something sensitive at that. Unnecessary interest can ruin rtionships. Violet will know what is going on. ¡®He has sense.¡¯ Weapon Master did not say it. He could tell that Park Jin Hyuk and Cha Jun Sung are doing something on their PDAs, but he pretended he did not see it. They have manners. Regardless, he found the culprit thanks to them. He does not want to be seen as strange, so he needs to wrap it up well. ¡°It is something rted to the family. Since you¡¯ve solved something we¡¯ve been stuck on, I¡¯ll be repaying you shortly. I will be going first as I have something to do.¡± Weapon Master left the conference room. It was a bit lukewarm. The rankers followed suit and started leaving one by one. As the rankers were leaving, they each introduced themselves to Cha Jun Sung to get acquainted. Since he had seen quite a number of them in the virtual, it was not awkward. The conference room bes quiet. There is just Strategist left in the room. ¡°The world federation will handle the cumbersome issues. Overload, you can just go on with your daily life until the advance mission.¡± ¡°You said that it¡¯s in 6 months?¡± ¡°If there is any change, it would be sooner but notter than that.¡± The rankers are ready to advance, but it will take some time to fill the force with battlesuit owners. If they are just filling up the force, it will only take 1 or 2 months. But it is better to leave a lot of time for everything, so they need to arm hundreds to 1000 people. That way, they can fill the empty spaces of rankers. No one can tell if something liek what happened today will happen again. ¡°So have you decided to leave Blood Kingdom alone?¡± ¡°I¡¯m furious as well, but it¡¯s premature. Even without us, they will not be able to act properly for the time being.¡± The enemy saw arge amount of damage as well. The cadres all slipped out, but elite level C Lifers were killed. The biggest problem is separate. ¡°Blood King abandoned his allies. I don¡¯t know how much camaraderie there is between murderers, but he will need time to calm them down after abandoning them like waste.¡± The world federation and Blood Kingdom both unintentionally came to find time to take for themselves. And Cha Jun Sung took the card that made the 2 forcese to heads in the first ce. ¡°I¡¯ll be going as well now. The conference room will be empty, so you can rest before you leave.¡± Strategist left the conference room as well. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group are the only ones left now. ¡°It feels like a storm has passed by.¡± ¡°It was a bit crazy.¡± ¡°Oh right. Violet. Weapon Master? Does he have a little brother?¡± Park Jin Hyuk could not hold back his curiosity and asked. ¡°His youngest sibling is a little brother, but he died. It¡¯s been about 2 years. A yahoo named Carlyle Venter. I think he went into a mission and never made it out.¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s eyes widened and exchanged looks with Cha Jun Sung. He is showing that he was right. Blood King has found a new enemy. ¡°Is he an enemy anyway?¡± Their forces are confronting each other, so there is no meaning in talking about personal grudges. ¡°Why?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll exin on the way.¡± Cha Jun Sung got up from hisfortable chair. They cannot stay here all day and they need to go back to zone A. Chapter 135 In order to fill the empty spots of rankers, the world federation requested to form alliances with rankers who act in parties like Cha Jun Sung or those who work alone. They did not put forth any conditions that these rankers would be reluctant or averse to and just asked for them to help with a level C advance mission that they are currently in preparation for. There were just 3 people. They could not figure out where the rest are or what they are doing. They could be gathered together, or they could have died. There is no saying that they might not have died like the 4 who died and had been found had. With Cha Jun Sung¡¯s groupbined, they have 17 rankers. After about 2 months, Strategist ced arge advertisement in mediums like the TV,puter, and radio as ast attempt to locate rankers. Anyone with eyes and ears could see these, and would allow the rankers toe find them on their own. There were 36 rankers in total. Since 4 died, there are 32 left. 3 people promised to work with the world federation, so there are still 8 who are hidden. It would be good if they were all friendly but unfortunately, 3 are bad like Blood King¡¯s people. As they have be rankers on skill and not character, there is no point in mistaking them as all heroes who had risen to the top. The person that the world federation is looking for most is 5th ce ranker, Nine Tails. The battle suit modification methods of the rankers in 1st through 5th ces are special. The reason why the like-level rankers were split into their own ranking is their battle suit modification and the strength of their weapon enhancement. The strength of their weapon enhancement virtually disappeared as the game moved into reality. This is now determined by their abilities to modify their battle suits and bodies. That is why they need to get in contact with Nine Tails no matter what. Nine tails. Another name the person goes by was Nine Tailed Fox. 35 rankers have battle suits that are configured ultimately for one skill, but Nine Tails is a unique ranker who can destroy an enemy with 9 small abilities. The interesting thing is that she did not get the name Nine Tailed Fox because of her fighting style. She is a nine tailed fox in every way. *** Stockholm, Sweden. It is the royal store for Panenaly Department Store¡¯s VIP. Only people with money cane in, and a slender blonde woman is looking at therge screen TV inside with an interesting look. [If you are watching this video, I ask that you call the world federation. We need your help for a level C advancement mission.] The advertising video that the world federation made was tranted into allnguages and was broadcast all over the world. Once the subtitlese up, the names of the rankers they are looking for also appear. Her arms are crossed and she uncrosses and crosses her legs. She moves elegantly. The blonde woman showed particr interest in one of the names that came up. [Nine Tails.] ¡°Level C advancement..... I am at my limit. Should I give them a call?¡± She created a 2-person party with a close friend. The 2 of them went around together until now, and they have never been stopped. They only get help from those around them when they need to advance. Their 2-person party is passable until 200,000 to 300,000. The two gained confidence after acquiring battle suits, but mission difficulty levels raise with Lifers¡¯ power. It isfortable to work alone, but ying solo is difficult no matter how good someone is in Life Mission. The friend she made the party with has a simr personality to hers. They worked to get used to level C, but could not go up any further. They have too few people to do that. Not too long ago, theypleted a mission and discussed recruiting more people. ¡°Madam, the items you ordered have arrived.¡± ¡°Is that right?¡± A clerk at the royal store talks to her. The blonde woman brightens and goes to the items. The store is aprehensive department store that carries everything that any woman would go crazy for like a bag, wallet, and shoes. Penanaly is a famous handbag brand. It is popr because of its simple design. ¡°Please wrap up everything I set to the side earlier, too.¡± ¡°Yes, madam!¡± The employee¡¯s voice is full of envy. The blonde womanes to this store whenever she is bored, and she has never spent less than 1 million krona ($36 million). She must spend 10 million krona on average every month. Not even the rich can easily spend money like this. The employee looks at the blonde woman¡¯s wrist. She has a PDA ¨C what only those chosen to be Lifers can wear. Even level E Lifers who are stuck in level E missions earn $20,000 to $30,000 in a day. That is a year¡¯s sry for a young person in today¡¯s society. That is actually how much the employee¡¯s sry is. ¡°Deliver this to my house by tonight.¡± ¡°Yes, of course. Thank you for visiting!¡± The employee gathered her thoughts. The woman is from a different world. Someone that she herself cannot be. Beep beep! The blonde woman¡¯s PDA lights up. Someone is requesting a voice call. [You¡¯re out?] [I almost died trying to get past 100,000 points. Ah! Did you see the advertisement from the world federation?] [I saw it. I was in reality.] [I thought about it carefully, and it¡¯s difficult for the 2 of us to get through this.] Levels D and E were possible through separate parties or forces. But they cannot do that with level C. They will fall to it if they enter a 2 million point mission with people who float around. They need allies, even if they are not colleagues that they can trust and depend on. [You¡¯re saying we should contact the world federation and seek cooperation?] [There¡¯s nothing to lose. We can¡¯t try out different strategies because it¡¯s not like we¡¯ve got multiple like in the virtual version. With level C as a start, thinking about advancing through level A and B, we need to have a team.] Is it just any ordinary team? It is a team made up of rankers. There are 15 rankers that the world federation has officially announced. She heard that 4 died in Mechanic City recently, and it is arge number even without those 4. [I¡¯m sure there are other rankers who are reacting to the advertisement like we are. I¡¯m sure there¡¯s actually a lot more.] That is right. Including Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group, there are 17 rankers. [Immediately?] [No. It¡¯ll be weird if we show up out of nowhere, no let¡¯s just leave a note saying that we¡¯ll join in 6 months.] They have umted plenty of points by working through 200,000 to 300,000 point missions. They can hang out freely for now and put their hands out at the very end. If they need to, they can join a separate force and raise the difficulty. If there people willing to help them, they can cover the 2 of them. [I¡¯ll see you in a couple days.] [Rest.] The blonde woman leaves Panenaly Department Store. ¡°I¡¯ll see you in 6 months, cute rankers.¡± She winks at therge screen TV. 5th ce ranking Nine Tails. Eurasia Delhi. Just as the world federation had intended, Eurasia saw the advertisement video. Though there is no way for them to know that. Chapter 136 It has already been half a year since the opening of Mechanic City. What was once a ghost city is now a hot ce for Lifers, where there is no interference from the world. Nearly 2 years have passed since the 2nd round of Lifer selections, but there seem to be no signs of a 3rd round. Due to this, they are leveling. 2 years. There are no level E Lifers to be seen anywhere, and there are few level Ds. Whether through ability or bus, over 90% of Lifers have advanced to level C. Mechanic City started with a poption of 10,000 and has now reached 10 million. Even now, there is a spur ofteers. There are over 100 million people from just the 1st and 2nd rounds of selection. Until now, the survival rate has been about 10%. Most died in advanced missions. It is unknown how many people will die in the level C advancement, that even those with battle suits are scared of. What they do know is that buses are out of the question. Only Cha Jun Sung knows this information, but contributions are added in starting with level C advancement missions. It is a border that only those with the skills to can cross. No matter how much they ride buses, they cannot advance if they do not have the contribution points that the helpers deem them. The 3rd round of Lifer selections will open once the level C wall is broken. That will probably be the day with the rankers seed in their attempts. There is 1 month left now. *** Rankers gathered to the top floor of ck City 5 months after what Blood King did during the auction war. The purpose of the meeting is to converge everyone¡¯s opinions and decide on the advance mission. Their lives are on the line. They cannot enter in anywhere without a n. Level C Lifers have not been able to advance, so they are externally simr then and now regarding items. That is the same for Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group as well. There needs to be something to buy. They have nothing left to buy in the level C store. Rankers and Lifers who do well are preparing for the level B store. They are expecting each item to go for at least 1 million points. The mutants are level 7 starting in level B missions. They will need to fight against mutants that are nearly perfect. ¡®There are few level B missions.¡¯ If what is written in the notepad is right, there are less than 2000. It is because the poption of level 7s has declined. The level of difficulty raises as they go higher. How many Lifers will need to be brought in toplete 1 level B mission? Thousands? Tens of thousands? It could be even get to more than hundreds of thousands. Cha Jun Sung listens to the rankers who are in a heated debate. There is no conflict of opinion. They are choosing between goals of annihtion and attainment by reading the description details carefully. ¡°We¡¯ll make the goal annihtion.¡± Strategist chose the goal. ording to experience, annihtion takes more time than attainment does, but it is easier than missions of the same difficulty level. It is not a big difference. It is very subtle, but that subtle difference can make all the difference between sess and failure. Everyone agrees. They do not have to think, and just kill all mutants they see in their active area. It is morefortable in every aspect. ¡®Should I make a suggestion?¡¯ Beforeing to the meeting, Cha Jun Sung had chosen a mission he likes ording to an extremely subjective criteria. Any how? Of course not. There is a reason for everything. [Level C Advance Mission: Public Underground] [Goal: Annihtion] [Description: Since the birth of the king, the n of blood suckers raised their momentum from the ground and went north to pay back the shame they felt in the past. It is just that there were hundreds of thousands of cocoons left unborn in the empty cohabitation. Thus, subjects who were not recognized by the king were left behind. It is a deep and humid ce. End the life of the cruel and savage evil that is coiled at the bottom of the abyss.] [Reward: 2 million points. Lucky box.] It is a linked mission to Underpass. There will be a tremendous difference in the level of difficulty, but it is an atmosphere and terrain that they are used to. The keywords to Public Underground are mutation and evolution. Keywords exist in other advance missions, but what they have seen and faced is only Underpass and Public Underground. Could that be why his eyes went to this first? ¡®If it¡¯s the king, it must be the Blood Lord.¡¯ He recalls his memory of when he fainted. He will not faint if he hears a level 8 now, but he will experience severe anemia. Under the level 8 Blood Lord, there is the level 5 Blood Sucker. The difference is just 1 evolutionary step, but the gap isrge. Blood Parasites are extremely fertile and fight with numbers. If the king took the military north, the subjects left behind must be Blood Suckers. Mutation, evolution. They are Blood Suckers, but there is a high possibility that they surpassed the limit of level 5s and advanced to level 6. He is not sure. But after piecing bits of information together, he can see a shadow. What Cha Jun Sung knows is invaluable. ¡®I¡¯ll suggest it.¡¯ Among rankers who are ofparative reputation and ability, Cha Jun Sung cannote out on top if they oppose him, but it is worth speaking up. Who knows? If he can convince them, they might choose Public Underground. ¡°Can I say something?¡± ¡°Overload? Do you have a different n?¡± ¡°I looked over all of the missions and there was one that my eye kept going to.¡± ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°Public Underground.¡± Beep beep! The rankers search Public Underground on their PDAs. He was going to share it with them, but they moved before he could do it. They are diligent men and women. ¡°It¡¯s a unique mission. King? Subjects? The king must be level 7 or 8.¡± Lim Si Hyun read the mission description and offered a brief impression of it. He got the main point, so the other rankers just listened. ¡°Huh?¡± Park Jin Hyuk reacts to Public Underground. Something is familiar. ¡°You get a feel for it?¡± ¡°Is this Underpass?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know either, but it seems like it from the feeling you get from it.¡± ¡°Overload. Can you exin it to us?¡± Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk were discussing the mission between the 2 of them. There is no way for the rankers to understand what they are talking about. ¡°Oh. What happened is.....¡± Cha Jun Sung got Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s permission to tell everyone about Underpass, how it is a repeat mission, what happened inside, and the types of mutants that live in it. When he was done exining, Park Jin Hyuk added in a few words. The rankers nodded in understanding. They cannot be 100% sure, but it all fits together perfectly. On top of that, the highlight was still toe. ¡°This guy wasn¡¯t able to hear because he came back first, but I heard it. The roar of a level 8 Blood Lord that was just born. I passed out because of that.¡± Fortunately, he had not been trapped in the mission because he passed out when the return wasplete. ¡°Blood Lord!¡± re Gun¡¯s eyes widen. It is the level 8 mutant that he caught. Of the rankers, only he and Cha Jun Sung have caught the Blood Lord. In the virtual version, mutants beyond level 7 are not regenerated. It is over once they die. The ones that the 2 of them caught are different creatures in different habitats. ¡°The king is Blood Lord, the military is made up of Blood Parasites and Blood Devils, the army unit is Blood Suckers, the cocoons left in the Underpass are arranged for defeat. The powerful servant must be a Blood Sucker.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t a Blood Sucker level 5?¡± Nuclear asks in response to Strategist. ¡°Think flexibly. It¡¯s level 5, but the description says that it¡¯s a powerful subject. We need to think of it as a level 6. And it¡¯s an advance mission. It¡¯ll probably be the top of its level.¡± ¡®Strategist indeed.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung was innately surprised. Strategist interpreted what he said with the mission description, and unraveled it perfectly. ¡°Do you think it¡¯s just one?¡± ¡°Of course not. We need to expect that there will be at least 5 or 6 Blood Suckers as its subjects. Blood Devils and Blood Parasites..... How horrible.¡± 2 million point annihtion. They need to be ready to face dozens of them. The number of people on his side is 100 with battle suits. Level 1 Blood Parasites and level 3 Blood Devils are nothing to worry about. The number of people who will be tied up with battling the Blood Suckers is important. Top of level 6 ¨C they are an enemy that the strategists have note across yet. It takes 10 rankers for even a lower ss one. If it is top ss and not mid or high, dozens of people will have to go up against one. They need to pay attention to the average Blood Suckers and the rest of the force needs to handle the rest of the subordinates on their own. ¡®It¡¯ll be a war.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung could smell war from this mission. It feels like the blood suckers and Lifers would be putting everything on the line in this fight. ¡°If it¡¯s hard to decide on a mission, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a bad idea to go with the one that I suggested. This much information is better than going in somewhere without knowing anything.¡± ¡°If weplete this well, we might have an advantage while fighting the Blood Lord. We would be able to see the link in Underpass like you did, too.¡± ¡°Probably.¡± Cha Jun Sung knows a little more information on the Blood Lord, but he did not voice them because they have nothing to do with level C. It is not on trend to go too far ahead. ¡°I don¡¯t think Public Underground is bad. I¡¯m not forcing it. Let¡¯s go with the majority.¡± Strategist wants to end these meetings today. It is better to spend less on making a decision. It could all amount to nothing if they just keep dragging it out. ¡°I¡¯m for it.¡± ¡°I agree.¡± The rankers are in 2 categories. Those who actively participate in the meeting and those who think, ¡®If you make a decision, I¡¯ll follow.¡¯ Weapon Master, Chamma Sword, and Ice Queen belong to thetter. ¡°Um..... Please keep in mind that my judgement may not end up being right.¡± Cha Jun Sung took a step back. These guys areing over too quickly. He is certain to an extent, but he is slightly taken aback by the way they agree with him without thinking it over. ¡°It falls together too well like tetris for us to say that you¡¯re wrong. First, we¡¯ll have to look into the blood suckers. Things like their habits. Our chances of seeding raise, the more that we know.¡± With those words, Cha Jun Sung recalled the Blood Suckers he faced in the virtual version. They arerge creatures. High level, the same level as the Caicus they faced in Closed Area. ¡°I¡¯ll take it that it¡¯s been decided.¡± Strategist is trying to wrap up the meeting. He will let them know of details and any changes separately. The rankers scatter as they had done the first time they gathered here. A few speak to Cha Jun Sung and his party members. They have not met often, but have gotten fairly used to each other because of their encounters in the virtual game and the few times they have met. ¡°Overload, can you stay behind for a moment? Including the other people in your party as well.¡± Strategist calls to Cha Jun Sung. The 3 new rankers added to the world federation have not gotten up from their chairs. ¡°I have something to discuss with the people who are not in the world federation.¡± ¡°Just to us?¡± ¡°No. 2 more people are going toe.¡± ¡°2 people?¡± ¡°The world federation Lifers have been together for a while now, so they are pretty cohesive. There could be friction or uncoordination during a mission.¡± ¡°You¡¯re dividing us into factions.¡± ¡°The intent is a little different, but it¡¯s basically the same.¡± Strategist intends to have the rankers without organizations work together like the world federation rankers work together. With the 5 people in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group, the 3 new people, and the 2 who will be arriving soon, there will be 10 and a bnce is forming. ¡°I¡¯ll exin in more detail once everyone is here.¡± Everyone waited with patience. It would be soon. *** ¡°Damn it. This woman has no sense of time or punctuality.¡± In a cafe near ck City, a sturdy man isining as a cyborg serves him coffee. He is waiting for someone. They had promised to meet at 3, but she is already 20 minuteste. It is an important meeting. They should have gotten there early, but she iste! She is alwayste. Knock knock. The man turned his head to the sound of knocking on the ss. The woman he had been waiting for was waving to him without a care for her beingte. ¡°You¡¯re in full setting. To someone who doesn¡¯t know better, you look like you¡¯re going on a blind date.¡± The man stood up and went outside. And at the moment he was about to say something, ¡°Ho ho! Don¡¯t nag at me.¡± ¡°Uh..... Are you joking? Did you forget who we¡¯re going to meet? Why do you look like that?¡± Nine Tails is wearing a dress that is tight on her body. She spins around once to show off her body. She is attractive, but the man just looks annoyed. ¡°You¡¯re going to go looking like that when there are all of those rankers there? That¡¯s why you got that nickname Nine Tailed Fox.¡± ¡°I like it. The Nine Tailed Fox is a spirit in Asian stories.¡± ¡°What spirit. It¡¯s a monster that eats people¡¯s livers. It¡¯s a demon in the west, a monster.¡± ¡°Shut up and let¡¯s go.¡± Nine Tails covered her eyes, said what she wanted to, and walked toward ck City. ¡°How could I have gotten close to that person?¡± The man pulls at his hair. Mechanic City is awless zone for Lifers. With the number of people with the 4th stage of body modifications and battle suits increasing exponentially, they can be taken over if attacked out of nowhere. Even still, Nine Tails dresses casually unless there are special circumstances. ¡°Stop looking, huh?¡± ¡°Ahem ahem!¡± The men staring at Nine Tails¡¯ face and body are embarrassed and cough awkwardly. They did not get into a fight. ck City is the world federation¡¯s zone. It is the worst environment for a bad Lifer to act out in. There is also a patrol that goes on watch frequently, so they can be disadvantaged if they act out. ¡°You¡¯re noting?¡± ¡°I¡¯m going, I¡¯m going.¡± The man dropped his shoulders and followed behind Nine Tails. He loses all energy when he spends an entire day with that woman. She is wicked and knows how to y around with men. Chapter 137 The rankers inside the conference room stare at Nine Tails. Because she is pretty? In looks, Koharu, Kyoko, and Violet do not fall behind either. They are staring in wonderment. ¡°It¡¯s a pleasure to meet you. I¡¯m Nine Tails, Eurasia! This is my partner, Alfonso Spen! He¡¯s Swiss and his nickname is Light Shooter.¡± ¡°Why are you introducing me? You¡¯re driving me nuts. It¡¯s a pleasure to meet you. I¡¯m Alfonso.¡± They bicker endlessly. They were always together in the virtual game, and have been together in reality as well. Rankers really have been in contact with each other. [She¡¯s a very unique woman.] [She is unique.....] Nine Tails is free. She is not free because she likes to do solo missions and ys. Her personality itself is liberal. She is a very open woman. Excluding Violet¡¯s aggressive nature, they have a lot of simrities. They can tell what kind of person she is just from the way shees here without a battle suit as though she is taking a walk in her neighborhood park. [He¡¯s Light Shooter?] [Yeah. He¡¯s the only sniper of the 36 rankers. He¡¯ll be a lot of help if you get on friendly terms with him.] Everyone wants to be the best. Park Jin Hyuk is the same. If he wants to be the best sniper, he needs to beat Light Shooter in Life Mission. ¡°Strategist, you¡¯re the only ranker in the world federation. Who is everyone else?¡± Nine Tails smiles brightly and looks at Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group and the new people. The way she looks at them is not rough. ¡°As you said, I¡¯m the only person here who is in the world federation. This is a separate meeting for just the Lifers who are not in an organization.¡± Strategist introduced each person in turn. It is right that each person introduce themselves, but it is better for him to do it so that they can move along quickly. Nine Tails¡¯ eyes brighten. Light Shooter looks on with interest as well. There are people they ran into in the virtual version, but they have a few rtionships with others like Cha Jun Sung and do not know a lot of other rankers. ¡°Wow! Overload, I always wanted to meet you.¡± Light Shooter spoke in a friendly manner. Most of the 36 rankers are equal, but Cha Jun Sung is the only person who seeded in a level 9 raid. It can be said that he has more experience than others in Life Mission. It is evident that people will jump through hoops to try to get into his party when he takes on the Evil Queen raid in the distant future. ¡°Lastly, this is Ms. Violet, who is called the Empress of Light.¡± Violet was introducedst because her seat is the farthest. Nine Tails had already guessed who Violet is because they were all showing their faces. She has not changed her appearance. Her face is the same in the virtual and in reality. There is no way she could not tell who she is. ¡°You¡¯re the same.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll take that as apliment.¡± They are familiar with each other because they were both active in Europe, but they do not have a friendly rtionship. They never had a big fight, but they could bepared to water and oil. They are strangely awkward. Nine Tails has the personality where she tries to get over things without much thought. Even today, she waste. She did apologize, but it was natural in passing. ¡°I¡¯ll be short. I had all of you gather here so we could separate into teams.¡± ¡°Teams?¡± ¡°The world federation rankers have grown ustomed to working together over time. It does not look like it, but there is a strong cohesion. If we mix them in with you in this mission, there may be things that don¡¯t fit.¡± Strategist will make adjustments in the middle, but close rankers will have each others¡¯ backs. ¡°A force has 10 parties. We¡¯ll have 100 people. There are 10 people gathered here now ¨C it¡¯s 1 party.¡± ¡°Aha!¡± ¡°I see.¡± The rankers reacted in understanding. Cooperation among forces? It is important. If a party iscking in coboration, however, having a force spread wide does not matter. Even when constructing a building, the bricks are notid first. A foundation isid down and pirs are stood up. ¡°90 people are in the world federation, meaning they have already formed an alliance. Exactly 10 people are independent. You need to help each other.¡± It is too difficult to try to mix in with the Lifers within a short period of time. Putting people who do not know each other together to get them on friendly terms is a time saver. Strategist continued to talk. There are things that he already said and new things. Most of what he had already said was regarding the description of Public Underground. Nine Tails and Light Shooter needed to get familiarized with it. ¡°So for the remaining month, what do you think of creating a party and going into missions to form teamwork?¡± These 10 people would not be able toplete a 1 million point mission even if theybined their strengths, but the purpose of it is not to try out high levels of difficulty on their own. Strategist¡¯s intent is for them to be familiar with each other before going into Public Underground. ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter for us.¡± ¡°That¡¯s the same for us.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group and 3 rankers spoke up. They would have thought about it if it was a continuing party, but it is a temporary party for advancement. They are willing to sacrifice a bit in order to seed. Light Shooter takes a nce at Nine Tails. He is secretly agreeing as well. The problem is what Nine Tails will do. ¡°I¡¯m against it. I have the kind of personality where I don¡¯t get along with strangers.¡± ¡°But don¡¯t you think it¡¯s a good idea to try out working together since it¡¯s something where our lives are on the line?¡± Strategist interfered to convince her. He had thought that everyone would agree to it. He had not guessed that anyone would reject it. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Instead, I¡¯ll follow whatever you tell me to do in the mission well. I¡¯ll work for the group rather than for myself.¡± Nine Tails looks at Cha Jun Sung. She noticed that everyone including the Strategist looks at Cha Jun Sung when they say something about the party. She is looking at him because she has realized that he is the tacit party leader. ¡°Alright.¡± ¡°Thank you for understanding!¡± Strategist retreated. Pressuring someone to do what they do not want to can cause averse reactions. Light Shooter¡¯s expression shows that his thoughts are different from that of Nine Tails, but they will not separate as long as they are a team. After this, they did not discuss much and spent the rest of the time creating amity. Lifers always begin to bristle when it is time for them to advance. Advancing is a type of judgement. If they fail, they die ¨C it is a judgement where their lives are on the line. 1 month is what you make of it, but it is not a short amount of time. It is a fair amount of time where they can do whatever they put their minds to. But as said previously, it is what you make of it. Time flew by like a bullet as they were anxious about the advancement. *** 100 Lifers are waiting for the entry time as they check their equipment. Their expressions show their anxiety. They are fully armed, and everyone has a battle suit. 19 rankers havee together toplete Public Underground. Honestly, the boundary between regr Lifers and rankers is ambiguous until they remodel their battle suits. This is because their gear is simr. Even if Cha Jun Sung uses his battle suit, he cannot take on 2. He desperately needs to upgrade. He must advance. Lifers who have gone fairly high even if they are not rankers, have their own methods of modeling their battle suits. Remodeling is achieved bybinations. They apply various parts and abilities to the battle suit. Up to 10binations are possible, and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s battle suit has 10 while the other of the 36 rankers have 9. He will need to wait and see if he will be able to go through with all 3 in the reality version as well. ¡°Is everyone ready?¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Strategist yells from the center of the Lifers. Everyone responds with power. There is a slight tremor in their voices. It is not good to be too nervous, but appropriate anxiety gives people the strength to make it out of unexpected situations. It means that they are ready for anything toe out at them at anytime from anywhere. ¡°Please stand with your parties. We will enter in 5 minutes.¡± Strategistmands the force. There is a 10 person party of world federation rankers that the Strategist is in, and the party of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s ground and the 5 additional rankers. These are the 2 ranker parties. The rest of the members like medics and snipers are upation Lifers. Papat! The Lifers move in coordination. Since they are the world federation, there is less individual behavior and they focused on the group. It is like watching well-trained soldiers. ¡°We will enter.¡± Beep beep! Strategist applies for admission on behalf of everyone. They hear a notice and confirmation of group entryes up on the Lifers¡¯ PDAs. They press ¡®yes¡¯ and everything in front of them disappears. ¡°Let¡¯s do well, party leader!¡± ¡°Let¡¯s alle back safely.¡± Nine Tails speaks affectionately as they enter. The rankers wished for safe returns before they entered. With that, the Lifers next to Cha Jun Sung also disappear into the mission. ¡®Let¡¯s go.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung also epted entry. The scenery he is looking at is Mechanic City. When he closes and opens his eyes again, it will be Public Underground where they will need to fight fiercely for their lives. Chapter 138 ¡°10 people?¡± ¡°Where did everyone go?¡± The first scenery the Cha Jun Sung sees is simr to the bunker that Park Jin Hyuk brought him to a long time ago. The way out is so small that a person would need to crawl out, and the inside is a t square that cannot be more than 350 square feet. He is taken aback because 100 people entered, but he is only looking at his party of 10. [There isn¡¯t a secure area for 100 people to enter at the same time, so we have summoned you as parties in groups of 10 to bunkers. Each party is 2 to 3 km apart, and your PDAs are linked so that you can check each other¡¯s locations.] Odin¡¯s voicees through the battle suit. Rather than Odin speaking, it is a group announcement. Each of the Lifers¡¯ helpers ryed the same message verbatim. ¡°So this means that the party closest to us is 2km away?¡± ¡°I guess so.¡± The additional rankers Puppet and ck Leopard are going through the situation. Invisible stayed back. He has a quiet personality. He is too quiet. He has not said more than 20 words in the month that they have worked together. Nine Tails found something interesting and has a wide smile. Light Shooter is busy looking around. ¡°Seems like that¡¯s the only way out.¡± Park Jin Hyuk bends down and opens the bunker entrance. The sensors on his battle suit do not detect mutants. ¡°Shall we go out?¡± ¡°No. We have to wait until they radio in.¡± It is a group effort. They cannot act on their own will. If the force is in the same situation, Strategist, the force leader, willy out themands. [I¡¯m sure you all heard the helpers¡¯ notice?] [Yes.] [We can¡¯t see the terrain on the PDA, but each party¡¯s location is roughly indicated with a dot. Rather than forcing everyone to meet up, it would be better to have each party search the areas they are in individually and join the parties that are closest to them.] He wants them to go from 10 groups to 5, 5 to 3, and then to 1. The goal of Public Underground is annihtion. They cannot leave a single being alive. It is dangerous, but it is better to have separate groups in order to search a wide area. One party is made up of 10 battle suit owners. They can take on 3 or 4 level 5s even if they are top level. It seems there will not be much trouble as long as they do not run into level 6s. ¡°I¡¯ll go out first.¡± Cha Jun Sung hunched down and left the bunker. The party members followed him out in a line. They barely crawled out due to the size of their battle suits. It is not a space where more than 1 person can squeeze out at a time. ¡°It¡¯s the Underpass.¡± As soon as Park Jin Hyuk came out, he saw the outside foreground and realized that it is the Underpass he had gone in and out of regrly before. It is a little different, but there are a lot of things that ovep. ¡°You know where we are?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not close to where I used to work. That¡¯s worth 500 points, so it can¡¯t bepared to 2 million. It feels like dozens of Blood Suckers coulde bursting out at anytime.¡± A musty smell tingles their noses. It smells rotten and fishy. The ground is t but there is arge crater in the middle where strange dregs float on top of water. The ceiling is semi-circr, and is without a doubt a groundwater well. Beep beep! A red dot blinks on Cha Jun Sung¡¯s PDA. A party nearby is approaching to join them. They are slow. There is the inclination to be prepared for attacks from Blood Suckers and the path is not a straight path, but is moreplicated like a maze. ¡°Let¡¯s go in the direction that they¡¯reing in.¡± The directions they can go are forward and backwards. The party ising from behind them. They will create more distance if they go forward, so they need to go backwards and get closer. ¡°As expected, let¡¯s take turns doing a field scan. We can quickly recharge the battle suit because we have a rapid charging device, but we should save it.¡± Woong! Cha Jun Sung turned his field scan on. 10 people are bunched together. The effect is increased if they are far apart and is a waste of energy when they are together. A radius of hundreds of meters is scanned in front of the battle suit hologram. The terrain is extremelyplex. It is just the one path they see in front of them right now, but if they go in a little deeper, it forks out in dozens of different directions. Lifers without battle suits would not be able to find the path and get lost. ¡°Jun Sung, it isn¡¯t narrowing.¡± ¡°I guess it¡¯s because of the maze.¡± 2 to 3km is not arge distance. It is close enough to be a 40 minute walking distance at most. However, 20 minutes has passed and they have not gotten through a fourth of the way. The trip is taking longer than they thought it would because they are going back and forth in a twisted path. They do not rush. Not even an hour has passed since they entered the mission. They do not know how long they will have to stay in here, so they will notst long if they start to be impatient already. [What¡¯s wrong with this path?] [It feels like we¡¯re looking for hidden pictures even though we¡¯re walking with the field scan.] The Lifers send messages over the radio. They are all experiencing theplexity of the path. Cha Jun Sung halts. ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°Stay here.¡± Cha Jun Sung leaves his party and walks forward alone. His heat sensor picked up something gathered to one ce. He cannot tell how many of them there are because they are at the end of the field scan, but more are being picked up the closer he goes. He gestures with a finger behind him to tell them toe. Using bodynguage instead of talking means that there are mutants up ahead. [Turn on your field scan.] Woong! The 9 party members turned their field scans on. Red and yellow marks are dotted in the scope. There are hundreds of them. [It seems like this is the Blood Devil¡¯s nest. I told you before, right?] When Park Jin Hyuk first entered Underpass, his party threw a photothermal bomb into a hole because they heard strange sounds. A level 3 Blood Devil jumped out and killed the entire party. The numbers and appearance of it is exactly that. [Party 4 is going into battle.] [Party 7 is going into battle.] When Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group discovered the Blood Suckers, other parties entered into battle. If the mutants are spread out throughout Underpass, they cannot avoid battling either. [Party 10 is going as well.] Cha Jun Sung is the head of party 10. He cannot just pass by it. They need to kill everyst one of them because it is an annihtion mission. ¡°Let¡¯s go lightly since we¡¯re in the first half.¡± Woong! Their sight is brightened. Night vision lets him see the dark underpass as though it is in broad daylight, and the heat detector and infrared sensor scan over the topography. ¡°I see the hole over there.¡± If they use the battle suit, the sound of footsteps is reduced and their smells are hidden. Blood Parasites¡¯ senses are degenerated. They can only smell. Due to that, the enemy did not approach them. Cha Jun Sung goes into the hole. He does not hesitate. The same goes for his party members. Cool air raises the hair on their skin. The Blood Parasites that had been asleep inside, scream. This is an attack out of the blue. The party ughtered them easily. They are just level 1. They are helpless against battle suits that can take on level 5s. Kyah! They heard a sharp sound while they were killing for a while. The Blood Parasites had pinpointed the location of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party exactly, and are all swarming in at the same time. They do not even leave a scratch. They cut through the ones that bite with their vibrating weapons. They even ripped the parasites apart with their bare hands at times. Park Jin Hyuk repeatedly hunted from the end of the party and quickly retreated to the back. A tail that has thorns longer than a human finger all over it, passes by him. ¡°It¡¯s here. The Blood Demon.¡± Kyak! It is clearly visible even though it is dark. It is 10m tall, with thick skin, and thorns everywhere like a hedgehog. It is so hideous that it is impossible to find a simr creature to its face. It is as strange as an alien in a movie. Its only characteristic is that it looks like a centipede with des sticking out on either side of its body like hooks. A long time ago, it was so scary that he almost passed out. There is 1 Blood Demon. It examines Park Jin Hyuk and circles him. He is so bored that he yawns. ¡°Hurry up.¡± Kyak! It is swift. It wraps around Park Jin Hyuk within seconds. If he had been a normal human being, his entire body would have been punctured with holes. The Blood Demon squeezes him as a snake would its prey, and its thorns scratch his battle suit, applying pressure. ¡°What are you doing. Let¡¯s move.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Park Jin Hyuk flexed his arm out. The Blood Demon¡¯s body cannot beat that strength and rips. As a mutant, it is still alive even though its body is ripped. ¡°It¡¯s weak.¡± ¡°It¡¯s proof that we¡¯ve advanced.¡± If Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk hade across the Blood Demon when they first met, they would not have made it this far. They would have died on the spot. ¡°I think we could take on a couple hundred.¡± ¡°If the results are reversed even if the process is easy, the mission is going to the hills. Don¡¯t let your guard down until the end.¡± They need to catch the boss of Public Underground. There is no point in killing all of the subordinates if they cannot get the big one. The battle was nd. They came back out of the hole before 5 minutes had passed. It seems there were about 300 mutants, but the 10 of them had not even warmed up. ¡°Is level 6 that strong?¡± ¡°If we measure the strength with the force as a standard, it¡¯s extremely strong.¡± The 3 top level Caicuses that ravaged Cha Jun Sung in the training room could take on 1 low level 6. The deviation of strength following level is severe, but lowest and low levels have fairlyrge effects. But this is the highest of its level. If the difference is unimaginable, think about the difference between a low level 5 and top level 5. ¡°When thinking in terms of the virtual version, the basic type battle suit¡¯s limit is low or mid level for this group. Koharu helps Cha Jun Sung with his exnation. It is a party with 8 rankers. When their knowledge is put together, there is more that they know than they do not. ¡°So the key is for there not to be several level 5 or 6s.¡± ¡°Level 6 to be more precise.¡± With the force members¡¯ abilities, they can take on mid level 5s one-on-one. Top level would be two-to-one or three-to-one. Level 6? They will need at least 6 or 7 people. If they are beyond mid level, they will probably need 10 or 20 people to take them. If even 5 of theme out, half of the force¡¯s strength will have to be focused on level 6s. It would be a tight face off because there will be a lot of level 3 and 4s as well. ¡°Let¡¯s do our best. If we can¡¯t do it even after giving it our best, it was an impossible mission in the first ce.¡± ¡°There¡¯s no such thing as impossible for us!¡± Cha Jun Sung heard Park Jin Hyuk behind him and strut along their path again. He hoped Park Jin Hyuk was right, that nothing is impossible for them. Chapter 139 [Party 3, joined party 6.] [Party 5, joined party 9.] The parties that were summoned to different locations started to meet up. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group also finally met up with party 4 after 3 hours. In that time, they swept through 3 Blood Demon habitats. The frequency at which the 10 parties found habitats were 2 or 3, with 4 at the most. Less than sacrifices, there are no people with injuries. Level 3s cannot create much damage to the battlesuit. It takes a level 4 to make them feel like they have taken a hit. [Parties 1, 2, 7, parties 3, 6, 8, parties 4, 10, parties 5, 9. We¡¯ve been divided into 4. There isn¡¯t a particr threat, so let¡¯s gather together slowly.] Everything beyond level 5 must be in what is called the Public Underground. A warden and defensive force will be necessary to guard hundreds of thousands of cocoons. They have an ominous foreboding that all of the difficulty will be saved forst. If that is right, this right now is the calm before the storm. What the force can do is to kill as many Blood Parasites as they can. Droplets from the ceiling fall into rotten waters. A few Lifers subconsciously follow the sound. They only looked at it because they heard it. 10 partiesbined into 4. Even now, the parties that are close to each other are moving towards each other. They also found paths into the Underground. Woong! One of the battlesuit¡¯s basic functions is to use a field scan, electromaic waves, and echolocation to project the surroundings¡¯ features as a hologram. The farther they go into the Underground, the less effect the field scan has. It either does not function fully because it is so far below the ground or because the walls are so thick. They need to limit the radius to within 30m if they want to be able to see clearly. If they spread out and each person turns on the field scan to link them, the situation bes much better but it is not a wise choice. They need to be together in order to prevent attacks. They do not think that they canplete the mission without any sacrifices. However, they need to maintain a full force until theye face to face with the head of the Public Underground. If dying is inevitable, it is better to go there and die while helping the others. A level C Lifer with a battlesuit is powerful, but the situation changes if the mutant attacking is a level 5 or 6. They are just 100 people. It may feel like a lot, but it is a small enough number that it can reach 0 quickly if people die off one by one. Time keeps passing. There are no attacks. This makes Cha Jun Sung even more nervous. Where are they all hidden that they do not appear? [Parties 1 and 2 joined parties 3, 6, 8.] Party 1 is made of rankers and party 2 includes Strategist. Parties 1 and 10 have the greatest power in the force. Ultimately, 6 parties have met up on that side. 60% of the force has gathered, so they can get through most threats easily. ¡°Why aren¡¯t we getting any closer to parties 5 and 9?¡± ¡°Could it be that they¡¯re lost in one ce?¡± Cha Jun Sung looks at the signal that parties 5 and 9 give off, and reads the distance. They are about 1.2km away. It is fairly close, but they are not getting any nearer to each other. The radio is quiet as well. It does not seem like anything major happened to them. [Party 5, your movement is slow. Is something happening?] Cha Jun Sung radios in. They themselves are moving, so they will meet up even if party 5 does not move, but they need to know if there is a reason for it. [We are at a wall.] [Wall?] [We followed a field scan and signals from parties 4 and 10, but all we see is a wall.] It seems they went into the wrong path. It is a path that they spent hours to get through. If they want to go back to find a new path, it could take a full day. Instead, they are standing in ce without being able to do anything. ¡°We¡¯ll go.¡± ¡°Alright.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group is finding their way well. They could end up at a dead end like parties 5 and 9, but they have not been stopped yet. [Wait where you are. We will go from here.] [Confirmed.] Since they are getting closer, they will do what they can. If they need to go back, they will make that call when they need to. *** 20 Lifers move in the direction that the water is flowing, with 1 party waiting on either side. Knock knock! ¡°Can they see this?¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure they¡¯ll be able to.¡± The battlesuit¡¯s punch power is enough to make a dent on an armored car. Breaking a wall is nothing. Even if it is stronger than they thought, all they have to do is set off a bomb. They do not do that though because themotion could bring Blood Parasites to them. Since it is an annihtion mission, they need to kill them as they appear. The problem is that their power is currently divided. They will fight if they cannot avoid a battle, but 2 parties do not have to take on everything. What if a level 6 hears the explosion and appears? 4 or 5 people will die at the least. ¡°We radioed in, so let¡¯s wait.¡± ¡°We¡¯ll be 40 people if we join with those on the other side. Since it¡¯s a party made up of rankers like party 1, our survival rate will go up, won¡¯t it? I really want to go back alive. Let¡¯s be careful and more careful.¡± The 20 Lifers agree with the party leader, and sit with their backs against the wall. It is simple. They do not need to find the path for now. They can wait like this until parties 4 and 10e near. ¡°How deep do you think this is?¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure it¡¯s about 1m.¡± Was it because they were bored? 2 Lifers approached the channel. The party leader did not stop them. It is all the same whether they stay seated or stay nearby. And it may seem useless, but it is not a bad idea to have the channel depth measured. A Lifer takes out a tape measure and looks down into the channel. He will stop if something gets caught. That will be the ground. ¡°Wow! It¡¯s 3m! It¡¯s deeper than I thought.¡± ¡°Oho!¡± It is deep enough for someone to drown in. They cannot even see into it because it is so dirty with garbage. They cannot identify the situation inside with heat sensors either because it is cold. And the field scan cannot prate through water. ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°The tape measure moved.¡± The Lifer looks puzzled. Something bumped into the tape measure as it passed by. Could it be that his hand was shaky? Or was it hit with garbage? [Strengthen battlesuit outer armor! Weak movement did hit the tape measure.] Papat! The Lifer is surprised and goes backward. The helper in his battlesuit as given him the information. ¡°Leader! Something is inside the water!¡± The Lifers are surprised and take out their weapons. The party leaders also gulp and check their senses. ¡°It¡¯sing.¡± ¡°In the back!¡± It is not in the water. Writhing shadows areing out of the path that they came through. They are Blood Parasites. ¡°It seems like those guys used the waterway.¡± ¡°Prepared to shoot!¡± A party leader raises his hand. The Lifers aim at the Blood Parasites with their guns. There are a lot of them, but they are all just level 1. They feel stupid for having been nervous. ¡°Shoot.¡± Pew pew pew pew! Dozens of submachine guns go off and pelt the Blood Parasites. They cannot get close and get pushed back by the bullets, rolling away. Some even ran away on their own. ¡°They¡¯re just Blood Parasites, but we *** ¡°Thank you!¡± The chief is the rank of Strategist in the world federation. They have caught their enemies while recoiling. Results are results. Burble burble. When the Lifers¡¯ attention focused on the Blood Parasites, a bubble the size of a person¡¯s head formed in the center of the channel. The Lifers did not notice it because its sound was overshadowed by the sounds of shooting and the Blood Parasites screaming. And that was a signal for another battle. Bang! 2rge mutants spring out of the water, coiled like snakes. It happened unexpectedly. Rotten water wets the battlesuits. Kyak! ¡°They¡¯re Blood Suckers!¡± Bang bang! The 2 Blood Suckers that havee onnd sweep the Lifers with a strong whip of their tails. The space is small and they are close to each other, so they all fall over like bowling pins. Boom bang bang! Most of them hit the wall or went flying far, but a few unlucky Lifers fell into the rotten water of the channel. Battlesuits are waterproof, so the water did not go through. If it had, that would have been another kind of hell. If the 1st round was the Blood Parasites¡¯ gimmick, the 2nd is the level 5 Blood Suckers¡¯ surprise attack. It was not even over yet. There is still a 3rd round. ¡°Over ¨C over there!¡± ¡°What!¡± The passage that the Lifers took to get here ispletely full with hundreds of Blood Devils. They are swarming in like bees swarming to a hive. ¡°How dare they! Brace up the battle line and block the front! We¡¯ll take these guys!¡± Woong! 20 people¡¯s battlesuits shake. Surprise attack? They have used their heads, but this much cannot do anything to 2 parties. They had just been surprised for a moment. ¡°We¡¯ll kill you!¡± Bang! 2 party leaders fly at the 2 Blood Suckers. At the same time, 18 Lifers delve into the Blood Devilsing at them from the front. Underpass does not follow the form of a regr waterway. It is figured so that citizens can escape if emergencies arise in therge city, so it is a space where they need to battle in close quarters. Bang! One of the thorns on the Blood Sucker¡¯s body is destroyed. It is as thick as a person¡¯s arm, and grazes a party leader¡¯s battlesuit as it flies by. The thorn is embedded so far in the wall that it is not visible. While he was turning his body to avoid the thorn, the Blood Sucker smacked down on the battlesuit. It is a disadvantageous terrain for everyone, Lifers, Blood Suckers, and Blood Devils alike. It isplete chaos. They will probably win if they keep going like this, but battlesuits will be destroyed. A Blood Sucker straightens its body vertically. Its body is enclosed by the waterway, but the length from its head to tail seems to reach about 25m. As it is more evolved than the Blood Devil, it is more unsightly and its coloring is darker. They are exactly the same as those that Lifers saw in the virtual game. ¡®Did they know the force wasing and send an advance team? In order to get an idea of the enemy¡¯s ability to fight?¡¯ The party leader thinks as he watches the Blood Sucker. It is just a guess. The Blood race must be pretty smart from the way they used trickery in a feint operation. He cannot tell if their leader is smart or if these guys are smart. [Parties 5 and 9! Engaged with Blood Suckers!] The radioes in constantly. They do not have the time to report properly. In that time, they kill one more. Other parties are far away, and cannot evene because of the wall. These 20 people need to handle it. ¡°Leader! I¡¯ll support you!¡± ¡°What about the front?¡± ¡°1 party can handle it!¡± 10 people are plenty able to block the Blood Devils that are simplying at them from the front. As long as they do not experience a concentrated attack, it is easy to kill several at a time. 8 Lifers attack from behind the Blood Suckers. They brandish their vibrating weapons or pull out the thorns. As they do so, the Blood Suckers be more frantic. Chapter 140 Papapat! Cha Jun Sung runs. His party members run after him. They heard the radio regarding the battle. Parties 5 and 9 encountered Blood Suckers. They will probably not fall to a few of those guys because the Lifers all have battlesuits, but the battle is happening nearby. The noise from battling is shaking up the waterway anyway. Mutants would have already heard this with their enhanced senses. ¡°Jun Sung! It¡¯s blocked!¡± A dead end. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group is blocked off as parties 5 and 9 had been. Cha Jun Sung bashes the wall. He can hear Lifers¡¯ explosions and mutants¡¯ screaming beyond the wall. ¡°Stand back.¡± Bang! Cha Jun Sung makes a hole in the wall with his fist. He pulls the pin from a grenade and passes it into the hole. They can get 100% of the effects of the grenade if it goes off in the center. Bang bang bang bang! The wall cracks. But one was not be enough, so it stops along the way. The wall is extremely thick as it is not a path that they are supposed to be able to take. Bang bang! He puts 2 grenades in together. The wall finally explodes and copses with dust filling the foreground. ¡°Support!¡± ¡°Go!¡± Cha Jun Sung speaks as he flies forward. The Lifers are leaning towards the win after a long period of battling, but it will end faster with help. Boom! ¡®Tail whip.¡¯ It is a skill that they all use, from the Blood Devils to the Blood Lord. There is a great difference in the range of power, but they cannot be hit by one from a Blood Sucker. Bang! The wall is bashed in under the force of what is like a bat with nails sticking out of it. Even still, the thorns do not break and are perfectly fine. Koharu goes on top of a Blood Sucker¡¯s back, and shes with her dagger. Violet jabs mostly at the chest and stomach with her javelin. Rankers are faced on the other side as well. Boom boom boom! Koharu and Violet fall away from the Blood Sucker. Dozens of thorns areunched in all directions. What would happen if they properly get hit with one of those? New thorns form from where the old ones fly off. They do not form infinitely, but there is arge factor in stamina. If the Blood Suckers are tired or do not have sufficient nutrients, they cannot do it. This means that they are still full of energy. Dozens of Lifers stick their vibrating weapons into the bodies of the Blood Suckers. Blood stters. The ones that are really hard to handle are the ones with acid mixed into their blood. Fortunately, this is not the case for the Blood Suckers. Ping ping ping! They rotate their bodies to spin whileunching thorns. They are making such a fuss. No matter how energized they are, there are 40 battlesuit owners. There are a lot of Blood Devils, but not enough to guard 2 Blood Suckers. The Blood Suckers pretend to attack, turn their heads to the water, and jump in. They felt that there is nothing good in fighting a losing battle. The water is rotten but it is where they were born and raised, so there will be a way out. ¡°It¡¯s running away!¡± ¡°Get it!¡± A few Lifers grab the tails of the Blood Suckers trying to get away, and pull. Bang bang! Reverse boosters turn on and push the Lifers backwards. The Blood Suckers push away as much as they are being pulled. The Lifers cannot let them go. They especially need to kill the level 5s. It is a level that bes a direct threat to the force. They need to reduce the numbers while they are separated like this. Kyak! Bang bang! Cha Jun Sung gives a strong kick to the mouth of a howling Blood Sucker. He avoids their des and attacks a rtively weak part. The flesh rips. The kick applied an upper cut. Its head folds back and the Blood Sucker is looking at the ceiling. With that time, the Lifers swarm in. They jab, cut, and dig into them. The Blood Suckers be covered in umting wounds. On the opposite side, the Blood Devils have been taken care of for the most part. The Blood Suckers draw their breaths. They are on the brink of death, but not dead. ¡°Who¡¯s going to finish it?¡± The party leaders nce at party 10. Killing the 2 Blood Suckers is worth at least 300,000 points. ¡°Figure it out amongst yourselves.¡± ¡°Huh? Okay!¡± Cha Jun Sung stopped showing interest. He is not greedy about such things. [You have earned 180,000 points and 54,000 achievement points.] The party leaders each kill one. 180,000 points. They are top level, like the Caicus. They are opponents that they could not guarantee to beat if they had gone one-on-one instead of with dozens of Lifers. It is chilling to think of things like this swarming to them with level 6s. ¡°Are they all dead?¡± ¡°Sorry. We lost a few.¡± The Lifers cannot pick their heads up. A few Blood Devils ran away. There were several hundreds of them even if they are weak, so they ran away while their peers died. [This is parties 5 and 9. We have joined parties 4 and 10. We killed 2 Blood Suckers and hundreds of Blood Devils! There are no Lifer deaths.] [You did well. Let¡¯s meet up as soon as possible.] If they meet up once more, they will be a full force. It would be good if there is norge scale battle until then. *** A bizarre alien creature twice the size of a normal Blood Sucker looks up into the open ceiling. It has a height reaching about 100m. The shape of the hole is strange, but it looks to be about 30 to 40m deep. The wreckage from the copsing ceiling is rolling around all over the Public Underground. A trace of the king. The Blood Lord hade out twice, and created this hole to go outside. Sunlight seeps in through the hole. It was an incredibly thick wall, but the Blood Lord smashed it with one blow and ran. The Blood Lord looking at the hole now is the Blood Sucker tribe¡¯s Elder and born with their blood. If terms of humans, it would be about the direct brother of the former king. This is probably why it is a Blood Sucker but is almost 50m tall. The mission description mentioned that the Elder is the powerful servant. Grr! 4 Blood Suckers crawl to the Elder¡¯s side. They are not asrge as the Elder, but about one half as greater than normal Blood Suckers. They are level 6. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group needs to fight 5 level 6s. They havee to the worst case scenario in which more than half of the power must fight against level 6s. The leader Blood Suckers look wide and far around the Public Underground. Hundreds of thousands of cocoons are growing quickly. They have inexperienced Blood Suckers and Blood Devils everywhere to guard those cocoons. They are not normal cocoons. They were born from the king. The 4 leaders have blood of the invited king. That is why they have surpassed level 5 limitations and reached level 6. If all of those cocoons are born, they can be like the Elder and leaders. Of course only 0.1% of those develop into adults. The other 99.9% be the nutrients necessary for the 0.1% to develop. Kyak! Kung? Injured Blood Devilse in through the Public Underground¡¯s entrance. One of the leaders leaves its position in order to get a grasp of the situation. The Blood Devils exin in mutantnguage. It is a mistake to think that humans are the only technically aplished. Kung! The level 6 roars. Enemies have broken in. An enemy at such an important time. The Blood Devils tremble in dreading at the roar. Huek! A leader tells the Elder, ¡®I¡¯ll go kill them.¡¯ Kruk. The Elder does not permit it. They need to preserve power and protect the cocoons. The Blood Devils and Parasites outside are their eyes and ears, minimal troops to defend the outside on small scales. The Blood Suckers sent this time were supposed to make rounds at checkpoints and the Underpass to act as patrols that resolve problems. Kyak! The leader has a fiery personality and reacts. Mutants also have individual personalities. Kung! ¡®No.¡¯ Public Underground is spacious, but Underpass as a waterway is not ideal for Blood Suckers to fight in. Level 6s are so big that they cannot move easily. Even if the leaders go out, they will not be of much help. Koo! Kung! The Elder bes angry when the leader keeps reacting. They will sweep through the surroundings once the living bes typified. Those below level 5 surpass dreading and feel fear, while only the level 6s withstand the moment. Bang bang! The Elder¡¯s tail ms down on the ground. It is an attack from a 50m monster. The floor cracks without resistance. It looks like a 10 story building would fall over if hit with that. Kung! The Blood Suckers listen to the Elder¡¯s orders and move the debris stuck next to the Blood Devils. They block the only entrance so that no one cane in. They fill the entrance with boulders that weigh from dozens of kilograms to tons. It is not something that can be brought down with bombs. No matter how many times they are smashed, there will be more. It may be ufortable, but the Blood Sucker n can move through the hole in the ceiling. There is no reason to use the entrance. [We¡¯ll wait until the kinges in. Avoid any unnecessary battles.] Power isw for mutants. The weak must bow and listen. The Elder is the strongest after the Blood Lord. They all obey the Elder¡¯s will, from the lowest Blood Parasites to leader Blood Suckers. Protecting the cocoons is top priority. Chapter 141 ¡°Wow! We¡¯ve finally met up.¡± The force ultimately became whole after 4 days. The ce was extremely vast, so they wandered here and there. There were no battles that caused tension after the attack from the Blood Suckers. They only ran into Blood Devils and Blood Parasites. ¡°It¡¯s hard to find the path.¡± ¡°We¡¯re using thepact detection robot to create a map. We should be able to find it after digging through everything one by one.¡± Strategistughs at Cha Jun Sung¡¯s words. The world federation Lifers started searching everywhere by releasingpact detection robots as soon as they were summoned to their separate locations. If they don¡¯t do this because it was a bother, they would suffer the inconvenience of going in circles. There really is nothing to be so bothered by either. If they just activate it in the beginning, the robot would handle the rest on its own. They need to be extra careful with them because, even though each is worth 2 million points, they are weak enough that a bullet can prate through them. They have as many handicaps as they have uses. ¡°You said that you found a way out?¡± ¡°Yes. It looks like each area has one.¡± Beep beep! Strategist showed them a holographic map saved on his PDA. They can see a ce where something like adder is marked. That is the exit to get out of Underpass. Strategist does not intend to go out. Their goal is to go deeper underground, not to go outside. ¡°You heard that roar, right?¡± ¡°Perfectly.¡± A few days ago after they lost a few Blood Devils in the fight against the Blood Suckers, they heard a hair-raising roar. It was loud enough to ring throughout Underpass. Strategist analyzed the sound with his battlesuit and calcted its estimated location. They kept it as an uncertain, unclear indicator. They¡¯re creating the map now. Unless the Underpass is infinitelyrge, they will meet at some point. ¡°Underpass is circr. I¡¯m not 100% sure, but we have searched 60 to 70% from what we¡¯ve marked until now.¡± ¡°So, we just have to go through the rest.¡± ¡°The problem is after that.¡± How great would it be if the mission was to just find andplete? They cannot even imagine what kind of monster is waiting for them. The force ced the search as their priority. Their top goal is to dissect Underpass. That is the only way they will be able to find the way to Public Underground. The Lifers had been moving without time to stop, and are now on a break. They have plenty of stamina, but proper sleep and meals are absolutely necessary. All kinds of foode out of their spacepression bags. As magic bags, they are full of delicious foods. Beep beep! Strategist was resting when he saw an alert from hispact detection robot and straightened his body. It picked up multiple vital responses. There was a lot. It easily surpasses tens of thousands. He is certain that it is where the Blood Parasites are gathered. ¡°950m northeast, detection of vital responses in the tens of thousands. We¡¯ll go right away.¡± It is too far, so there are limits to how the cameras can be used. If they go within 500m, they can see what the detection robot is seeing. The force moves in tension. The detection robot¡¯s information was shared with everyone. There are more and more being detected. They are going further into the robot¡¯s range. Pat! The camera turns on as soon as they enter the permissible range. The camera shakes from top to bottom as though it is digging into the ground. They do not see mutants. ¡°What!¡± ¡°Goodness!¡± Woong! The detection robot finishes spelunking andes out. The force is speechless. Cocoons stuck all over a wall; it is impossible to count all of them. The cocoons are not the most shocking part. ¡°Blood Sucker?¡± ¡°Why is it so big?¡± A giant Blood Sucker is coiled up in the center of the cocoons. It is a warden, Public Underground¡¯s boss. Their skin crawls even though they are looking at it through a camera. ¡®Mutation, evolution.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung thinks to himself. It is the image of a top level 6. Wiing! The detection robot turns its view. The camera films Public Underground. There are dozens of Blood Suckers in position everywhere. There are hordes of Blood Devils. ¡°That¡¯s too much.¡± ¡°We have to take all of those on?¡± 5 huge Blood Suckers. The one in the middle of the cocoons is the biggest and the other 4 are simr to each other. They are variants. Strategist sent the detection robot in further. Robots do not experience fear. ¡°There¡¯s a hole in the ceiling.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a trace of the Blood Lord, right?¡± Cha Jun Sung looks at re Gun. They are the only 2 people who have caught Blood Lords before. ¡°It¡¯spleted its molting perfectly. It¡¯ll be bigger than 200m.¡± Blood Lord is one of the top 10rgest of the Nightmares. ¡°It must have created a path for itself because it is too big to move around Underpass.¡± ¡°Those level 6s over there, especially that big one, they¡¯ll have to move around through the ceiling.¡± ¡°Do you think they blocked the entrance because of us?¡± ¡°I think so.¡± ¡°Damn it. How do we kill all of them?¡± Nuclear grumbles. It is a scene that could make him vomit. There are 5 level 6s. ¡°We¡¯ll get the detection robot back first, and thene up with a n.¡± Wiing! Strategist called the detection robot, but a weak sound leaked out. Boom! The Elder had been sleeping, but blinked open its red eyes, andunched a thorn. A thorn the size of a human leg pierced through the robot precisely. It has outstanding senses. It is 100m away, but was able to hit the robot a size of a fist. Its thorn regenerates. There is no movement. ¡°Let¡¯s just n it out.¡± 2 million points just evaporated. Chapter 7 | Inner Madness Roar! The Elder was asleep in the center of the cocoons when it heard a beast¡¯s roar and woke up. It does not fall asleep in order to always remain active. Its open eyes are not sleepy either. It is just slightly opened. It can switch tobat mode whenever it wants to. It is noisy beyond the ceiling. The leaders took the Blood Suckers and Blood Devils hunting. The n are living beings. They will die if they do not eat. Boom! The ceiling is 100m tall, and dozens of mutants the size of elephants fall down. They are the double headed giants living above them. They caught a lot of them, but the noise does not stop. Roar! A roares out beyond the leaders¡¯ force. They must be fighting strong mutants, and it is taking much more time than when they were fighting the double headed giants. The Elder knows what the leaders are going after. The blood n is the upper line in power dynamics, so it didn¡¯t have to worry. Boom boom boom! Their hunting is was sess. Mutants 4 times the size of double headed giants plummet to fall on top of the corpses. They normally would have died, but they survived because the double headed giants that died first acted as cushions. Boom boom! Double headed kings. They are also top level 6 mutants. The leaders¡¯ bodies are covered in wounds. They are unable to hold their bodies up after the impact of falling. No matter how much cushioning the giants provided for them, monsters weighing tons fell 100m to the ground. As their bones broke, their organs were ruptured. They will be better after a few days with mutant resilience, but that is not possible in this situation. Bang! The Elder ms its tail down on the double headed kings. They went rolling because they didn¡¯t have the strength to withstand it. They are strong enough that they could have tied if they had faced off under normal conditions. Victory and defeat were easily determined because they didn¡¯t have the strength to react. The leaders were done with hunting and climb back down the wall. They need to end it swiftly. There¡¯s a lot of mutants as strong as the double headed giants above them. That¡¯s why the leaders doesn¡¯t go around by themselves very often and wanders in hundreds. It¡¯s usually a bother, but they survive by going around Underpass to find preys. Beyond the ceiling is an area of predators that not even the Elder can take on. But, the Blood Lord killed them before going on its expedition. That is how the blood n came here. Grr! The Elder looks at the entrance. It can feel that the enemy is close. They have been sending strange insects for the past few days, but it has been killing them every time it sees them. There are Blood Suckers covering the entrance just in case. The enemy will not be able to get through but, if they do, it intends to kill them one by one. It cannot let theme inside. *** The force took appropriate positions and looked for ways to get through the entrance. They are ready to ept ideas regardless of position. The problem is that there is no clear count even after holding meetings for several days. It might be possible to get through by setting off bombs. The problem is that if they do that, they will draw the blood n¡¯s attention. Also, the entrance is not very wide. It is packed if 2 or 3 people stand shoulder to shoulder. When they sent thest detector robot a day ago, they saw that Blood Suckers and Blood Devils were filling the entrance. What could this mean? ¡°Can¡¯t we go down through the hole?¡± ¡°The hole.¡± Strategist thought about what a force member suggestion. The giant hole in the Public Underground ceiling ¨C it would be the best if they could go down through that. They can create shock from the top or throw bombs. They could take advantage of their position and make a sweep. That is only if they could get down. ¡°Leaving Underpass means leaving the mission area. This is level C advancement, but there¡¯s no guarantee that the area above is a lower level than this.¡± Even if it is a lower level than Underpass, they do not know how much they will need to battle until they get near the hole. They would only need to fight once, but this would make them fight more than they need to. A lot of people will think that being the final decision maker is great, but it is good to be an underling at times. They just have to do as they are told. [Current location: 952. 266. 85.] Whether they are under or above ground, only the depth is different and the location is pretty much the same. If they just follow the locations as a guide, they will be able to arrive. ¡°What do you think about just blowing the whole thing up?¡± Nuclear makes a suggestion. They didn¡¯t have anything like white phosphorus, but they brought a lot of powerful bombs like dynamites. They prepared fully because it is an advancement mission. ¡°The entrance will copse if we do that.¡± Underpass is not ideal to use bombs in that blow buildings away, excluding basic ones. If they are misused, they will sweep through everything regardless of enemies and allies. ¡°I didn¡¯t know we¡¯d end up in a battle of wits against mutants.¡± ¡°I know, right?¡± In terms of a war, the force is a siege and the blood n is the residing. Generally to bring on a siege, they need to have 3 times the power of the residing. However, the siege is weaker. ¡°Let¡¯s go out. It won¡¯t be bad to see some sunlight.¡± Strategist spoke after thinking for a while. They have made no progress with the entrance in front of them for days. It seems like there will be none in the near future. It would be better to go to the hole rather than dragging out time waiting here. *** [Level C Mission: ck Devil¡¯s Shadow] [Goal: Attainment] [Description: The ck Devil was dealing with the darkness when it was trampled by the ascending king¡¯s power. A lone shadow left behind. A tremendous host is needed for a still weak shadow to develop into a ck Devil. When will an opportunitye? Even today, the shadow hopes to get revenge.] [Reward: 1.8 million points. Lucky box.] Chapter 142 ¡°.....¡± ¡°Do we have to go further?¡± The force was ufortable. The moment they climbed thedder out of Underpass, special mission ck Devil¡¯s Shadow was activated. It was 1.8 million points. They were still wondering how toplete a 2 million point mission, but they have gotten caught up in one that was almost there. Since it had only been activated and they had not started, it gets canceled once they go back into Underpass. It was not the worst-case scenario. ¡°ck Devil? I think I can tell what it is if it¡¯s a parasitic type.¡± The rankers thought of different mutants. Level C means level 6. There was nothing that matched among level 6s. It said that it was upleted. There was a level 7 that matched the description perfectly. ¡°Oriax.¡± ¡°What¡¯s an Oriax?¡± ¡°A level 7 mutant. It¡¯s mostly active at night. It has a meek nature too.¡± Cha Jun Sung exined it to Park Jin Hyuk. It is parasitic, but it does not eat hosts ory eggs like parasites do. Is it possession? It goes inside the host and brings out the limits to its potential. That is how it brings out the strength of level 7. Once the Oriax gives up the parasitism, the host goes back to the normal state. It does not kill living beings, but is parasitic. It is mild in nature as well. How mild natured could a mutant possibly be? Unless it is hungry, it does not attack anything that is not a threat to it. In the virtual version, the Oriax¡¯s influence is higher in the distribution chart than that of other mutants. This was because it posed a small threat to survival. It would have been a level B mision if the Oriax had been an adult, but it must be level C because it had not been able to find a host and is in an immature state. ¡°Then it must be safe?¡± ¡°That¡¯s not it. What if we get caught when it¡¯s hungry? We need to fight.¡± They can be guaranteed a certain amount of safety if they only move during the daytime. The Oriax hates daytime. They are able to show their full potential in darkness. ¡°It¡¯ll be mid to top level 6 even in its immature state.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you think it¡¯ll be doable?¡± ¡°There will probably be sacrifices, but we should be able to kill it because it¡¯s a level 7.¡± Half of the rankers had caught Oriaxes before. Cha Jun Sung had as well. Level 7s are not particrly separated into low and mid levels. The level is the end. Of course there was a difference between the strong and weak within the same level. The Oriax is one of the top level 7s. They needed to be aware of a certain amount of danger. The force members looked at the hole behind them. It was not toote. If they got down, they could focus on the Public Underground mission. ¡°Strategist. There really isn¡¯t a way to get through the entrance?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll find a way to get through.¡± They couldn¡¯t go in. Say they opened the entrance by blowing it up with bombs. Then what happens? Blood Suckers were waiting in front to take their enemies down one by one. What if they didn¡¯t go down and just throw bombs? Public Underground¡¯s width was that of a small town. Even if they threw reinforced bombs, the enemies could get out of the explosion radius. If the enemy attacked right when they were trying to go in, a few members of the force would have to fight with arge number of mutants. ¡°Ugh! If only biochemical gas guns worked!¡± Nuclear paces. It was as he said. If only the biochemical gas guns had worked, they could have thrown it inside and cleared out a safe area for them. They would have been able to use the gas mask function on their battlesuits. It was the method with the highest possibility until now, but after blowing them up on the Blood Suckers¡¯ bodies, they didn¡¯t cause chemical reactions. It was not because they died. There was no biochemical weapon as strong as the virus. Mutants have incredible immunity due to their infection with the A virus, so Blood Suckers are able to withstand biochemical weapons. What happens if they use it anyway, and their gas masking functions stopped working? If they took even one breath, the force would lose all attack power. ¡°Let¡¯s attack the ground like this.¡± Weapon Master had been silent with his arms crossed, when he spoke up for the first time. ¡°We¡¯ll be able to use 100% of the force¡¯s ability to fight with this terrain.¡± He thought it would be better to do this than to try to get through the entrance. It was wide. They had a full view. Even if mutants came swarming in, they could use all of their weapons. They would get to the hole in the ceiling without fighting if they were lucky. The Oriax¡¯s mild personality had a part ining to this decision as well. ¡°If we really don¡¯t think we can do it, it¡¯s okay toplete ck Devil¡¯s Shadow and re-enter Public Underground. Since the top is empty, there¡¯s no reason to risk everything for the entrance.¡± The force members pped. It was as Weapon Master said. It was a roundabout way, but it was safe. ¡°It¡¯s a good method.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Cha Jun Sung agreed. Their actions were easier on the ground. It was a factor that they couldn¡¯t ignore. ¡°If everyone is thinking the same thing, we¡¯ll go through with it.¡± Strategist made the decision. They might need toplete 2 missions, but it was not a good method to keep pushing one thing without grounds. Their goal was toplete the advanced mission. Even if the process was a bitplicated, there was enough reason to go through obstacles if the results were advantageous. [Force moving.] They heard the radio and the battle line moved. 2 parties made of non-battle Lifers stood in the center, and 8 parties were divided into 2 of east and west to form a boundary. The ground was a small city that had been reduced to ruins. Half of it was mixed with nature because there was no human touch. [12.7km remaining until the location. Do not put your guards down.] The goal of the new mission was to find and kill one Oriax, but there would be a fair amount of level 5 and 6s in this kind of city. It would be better to discover them early on to avoid engagement and battle only when it was absolutely necessary. Bang! Cha Jun Sung jumped into the air. His powerful turning kick, apanied by the booster, smashed Congo¡¯s chin. Its appearance was simr to a gori, but it was a level 4 mutant that was almost 4m in size. Its chin bone was crushed, but such an injury didn¡¯t kill it. Even so, Cha Jun Sung is satisfied with the hit and goes in search of another opponent. The Congo grabbed its chin and ran to catch Cha Jun Sung, who hit it and left. But its legs were hot. Precisely, it was its heels. Koharu stabbed at the achilles tendons with her daggers. With painful soreness and impaired mobility, the Congo looked back. In the time that its attention was turned away, Violet appeared from the front and prated the Congo¡¯s chest with her javelin. ¡°Violet! On top!¡± ¡°Huh!¡± Bang bang! Violet turns and blocked the bodying from above with her spear. The impact from the spear flowed through her battlesuit and out through her feet to hit the floor. Tang tang tang! Park Jin Hyuk sniped at the head of the Congo attacking Violet. Koharu also added in a bit of aid, and focused on trying to get rid of at least another one. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group was not the only busy group. The whole force was experiencing it. It took 4 days to go 28km. It was too slow. It could not be helped because they protected themselves as best as they could while moving, avoiding mutants. The distance of 12.7km to the ceiling coordinates was marked in a straight line. The distance was multiplied because they were going back and forth. The distribution of mutants here was incredible. It was hard to believe that this was a 1.8 million point mission. One unique aspect was that as Adumoque¡¯s area, the different species living here had hostile rtionships. So there was no worry of a concentrated attack, but battles were fierce once they start because the mutants¡¯ levels are so high. Like it was now. Tutututu! A few force members handled a machine gun asrge as a person, and showered down on the Congos. They didn¡¯t shoot blindly. They only shot at the heads of those on the outside. If they shoot wildly, they could hit allies. ¡°There are so many of them!¡± ¡°Kill them!¡± Hundreds of Congos were surrounding them. Not all of them were level 4s, and 70% are level 3. However, there were so many of them that it was a melee. The force fights divided into parties. If they stuck together in this wide space, there were restrictions to their movement. Woong! The force members avoided the Congos¡¯ attacks, took out rapid charging devices, and attached them to their battlesuits. They used the devices twice, and they were really useful items. They couldn¡¯t expect a full charge because they kept using energy, but there was no reason for them to be empty cans because they charged as much as they consumed. Cha Jun Sung cut a Congo¡¯s arm with his Time Limit. His party members swarmed to the injured Congo. It was a group battle. They refrained from individual action, and acted mainly in team y. Bang bang! There was an explosion from afar, apanied by acrid smoke. It was Nuclear¡¯s doing. Whenever rankers created room, he approached a Congo and shoved a bomb in its mouth. The head exploded and it died. Cha Jun Sung sighs and looked around. 10 parties annihted the Congos. Others are either done or finishing up. ¡°I thought I was going to die.¡± ¡°You did well.¡± They encouraged each other. It was a relief that there were no level 5 and 6s. If they had been mixed into these hundreds, the Lifers would have ended up with a death count. They went into battle 3 times while going 29km. All 3 times were this difficult. As long as they were not overwhelmingly strong, there was no effect on volume. ¡°It said that the mission name is ck Devil¡¯s Shadow, right?¡± ¡°Shadow my ass! Oy! Is this an attainment mission? It¡¯s annihtion.¡± The numbering at them was high level. They didn¡¯t see any level 1 or 2. The lowest were level 3 and 4. They killed several hundreds and were exhausted. Beep beep! [The remaining distance is 983m.] Strategist calcted the distance. They were close. When thinking of this as the Congo¡¯s area, there could no longer be any battles until they arrived at their destination. If they were unlucky, they could step into another¡¯s area. The force members reorganized and went the rest of the way. They still had ck because they packed plenty of articles for them. Fortunately, unwee guests did not appear because this was the home of the Congos they just annihted. ¡°Is this it?¡± ¡°Whew! It¡¯s impressive. This means that blood parasites are swarming under this, right?¡± It was the hole that they saw briefly through the detection robots. It was like looking at an ant hell that they couldn¡¯t get out of once they fall in. Except for the center where sunlight seeps in through, the entire surrounding area was dark. ¡°I¡¯ll take a look around. Prepare for an attack.¡± [Night vision activated.] Woong! Strategist activated night vision and checked inside Public Underground. He couldn¡¯t see well, so he moved to the center of the hole. ¡°Um.¡± ¡°What is it?¡± [Share view.] Strategist shared what he was seeing with the force on a hologram. ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t see anything.¡± Chapter 143 All they see are mutant corpses and skins. The only things that are alive and moving must be hiding in corners, because they cannot distinguish them. On top of that, they cannot measure the ceiling thickness. It is thicker than a line of apartments. Because of the angle, they need to ride it down if they want to see deep inside. ¡®What should we do?¡¯ Strategist thinks. He hade up with a n on their way here. It is a good location to attack Public Underground, but it is in the middle of the city. He needs to consider the appearance of mutants including Adumoques. Four parties built a wall to take on the enemies outside and six parties will target the ceiling. They will first throw a biochemical gas gun in, then a shock grenade to spread the range. Even if this does not work against Blood Suckers, it will against the Blood Devils and Blood Parasites to the cocoons. They can get rid of some of the underlings like this. The blood n will be furious and they¡¯ll eithere out through the ceiling or around through the blocked entrance. Whatever situation, it is advantageous for the force. If theye out through the ceiling, the force can kill them with machine guns, artillery,ser pulverizers, and mines that have been prepared in advance. The force will be the residing while the blood n brings on the siege. It is alright if theye around through the entrance as well. Mutants on ground are hostile and if enemies invade, mutants and humans are both considered enemies. They may not have to do anything to get the job done. ¡®It¡¯s all just assumptions.¡¯ These present situations when everything goes as they want without any variables. ¡°Someone needs to go down and take a look at the dynamics. We can¡¯t just attack wildly.¡± ¡°How many people are going down?¡± ¡°One person.¡± The force members gulp. He wants one person to go down, not a party unit or even a few people? If that person is attacked, he or she could die. ¡°Someone familiar with using the booster will need to go down.¡± It is basically climbing down a copsed wall, but to prevent falling and prepare against enemy attack, the person needs to be used to the booster¡¯s functions. The force members look to one ce. ¡°What? Why?¡± Cha Jun Sung is taken aback. He is confident in using the booster. His battlesuit fighting uses the booster as a foundation. But he is also human. He does not want to go in. ¡°Jun Sung, it looks like you¡¯ve been chosen.¡± ¡°Ah.¡± Park Jin Hyuk pats Cha Jun Sung¡¯s shoulder. He has been chosen by the others. ¡°Can we leave it to you?¡± ¡°I guess it can¡¯t be helped.¡± Cha Jun Sung allows it. He decides to think about contribution. They need to have enough contribution to advance. He will gain as much as other people are averse to it. It is deep and dark. Cha Jun Sung takes a deep breath and prepares to go down. That is when they heard a strange sound. Inside Public Underground? No. It is outside, on the ground where the force is. ¡°Oh no. Why now.....¡± Strategist¡¯s voice trembles. He backs away from the hole and the force members follow suit. Chamma Sword, Weapon Master, and the rankers take out their vibration weapons and watch the front. Cha Jun Sung was the only person who was a step behind with ate reaction because he had been looking down into the hole. ¡°Huh?¡± He raised his head. He sees something. If Cha Jun Sung is at the 6:00 position, it is at 12:00, directly on the other side. It is small. It will not even be half of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s height. It is a slimy ck liquid, the highest level monster appearing in fantasy novels. Kik? ¡°O ¨C Oriax.....¡± It is the basic form that has not yet found a host. Its battle style is changing its body into any form it wants from that state. It can split into particles like amoebas and can create sharp weapons. It is so fast is it difficult to distinguish because it jumps around like a spring. There is a reason why it has been ranked in level 6 even though it looks like that. ¡°Jun ¨C Jun Sung.¡± ¡°Sh.¡± Cha Jun Sung puts a finger to his lips when Park Jin Hyuk calls out to him. The force members who already saw the Oriax created distance, but Cha Jun Sung had not been able to do so because his attention had been elsewhere, and he still could not move after seeing it. ¡®Stay calm.¡¯ It has a meek nature. As long as it does not feel threatened, hungry, or the need to look for a host, it will just pass them by. The force will not attack, and the Oriax would not have decided on a human as a host. In the virtual game, the Oriax used level 6 and 7s as hosts. Its criteria for choosing is a fresh life with potential, and it does not even look at humans that do not live up to standards. He just needs to pray that it is not hungry. ¡®It¡¯s too close. Will we be able to react?¡¯ Woong! Cha Jun Sung puts his battlesuit on full activation. 30m is the distance that the Oriax can go in 0.1 seconds. ¡®Go. Please just go.¡¯ If it attacks, Cha Jun Sung is first. He is prey that is alone and closest. There is no reason for it to go where 99 people are gathered together. Something ck forms in the Oriax¡¯s body. The color and shape are different, but it looks like an eye. No, it is an eye. That eye looks at Cha Jun Sung. Everyone holds their breaths as they watch. They did not even open their mouths. His hand goes to his Time Limit automatically. If it attacks, avoiding it is not enough. He will crush it as he veers away from it. No matter how strong it is, it is immature without a host and the force can take it. The eyees out. It is still looking at Cha Jun Sung. It should have looked at the force at least once, but it does not. What is it looking at? Is there something unusual about Cha Jun Sung to a mutant¡¯s eye? The Oriax changes. A clear shape is forming from the liquid. re Gun shouts. It changed into Cha Jun Sung¡¯s image. ¡°That ¨C that!¡± ¡°Get away, Overload!¡± ¡°Fuck.....¡± Cha Jun Sung swears. When the Oriax chooses a host, it changes to mirror the form. They do not know why. It was just known as a habit in the virtual version. ¡°Kill it!¡± Papat! The rankers got Cha Jun Sung out and ran at the Oriax. The rest of the force form arge circle so that it cannot escape. The Oriax¡¯s body bes thin like a thread and digs in among the rankers. It moved faster than the speed of sound and only took 0.1 seconds for it to reach Cha Jun Sung as he had expected. He brandished his Time Limit and cut a bit of the Oriax, but a small piece touched his battlesuit. Then, that piece seeped through the battlesuit as liquid into Cha Jun Sung¡¯s skin. The Oriax covers Cha Jun Sung. It swallowed everything from the mind to the body like a blot of ck ink of clean white paper. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung! Stay alert!] Odin called his name again and again, but it was of no use. Injecting the virus antibiotics and medicine built into the battlesuit did not slow the process down. ¡°We need to kill him!¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Bang! Boom Buster aims his hand cannon at Cha Jun Sung, being encroached upon. Park Jin Hyuk hit his face with his gun. Who is he trying to kill? Koharu, Kyoko, and Violet were also appalled with the awful situation. ¡°Boom Buster¡¯s right. We need to kill him now.¡± ¡°Um.¡± The rankers approach Cha Jun Sung. If the Oriax chose him as its host, there will be a reason for it. If it somehow bes a level 7 mutant, the force will be annihted. Ahhh! The battlesuit cracks. It is evidence that it is unable to withstand the changes inside. Papat! The rankers flood to Cha Jun Sung at Strategist¡¯s signal. A few force members go to Park Jin Hyuk, who is making a fuss, and block him so he cannot get involved. When the vibrating weapons were about to prate his body, Cha Jun Sung used his own will to fling his body into the hole. The attacks shed through the air. ¡°..... Complete... the mission. I¡¯ll... set it up.¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group saw this and stare nkly. What happened is too tremendous to understand, and it happened over too short a period of time. ¡°We¡¯re getting out of here.¡± ¡°Where do you think you¡¯re going! We have to go in immediately to save Jun Sung!¡± Strategist ignores Park Jin Hyuk. He does not know what Cha Jun Sung will do inside. He could be killed by the blood n, or he could kill the n. Kyak! High-pitched screaming, the roars of the blood n. The n discovered Cha Jun Sung. ¡°I¡¯ll go in myself then!¡± ¡°Stop him!¡± Chamma Sword blocked Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s view. He had heard from Cha Jun Sung that Chamma Sword is a strong ranker, but did not pay mind and tried to attack him. But right before he could attack, the force heard sudden roaring and froze. Kooo! This is the first time they are hearing a roar like this in all of the time that they have yed Life Mission. The shriek of a level 7 with the potential to make someone pass out. That is how the devil inside Cha Jun Sung woke up. Chapter 144 The hole that the Blood Lord made is 150m thick, the height from the floor to ceiling is 100m. Combined, it is 250m. There will be a margin of error, but that is the estimated total. The height is like falling off of a cliff. A normal being would be smashed to bits upon impact with the ground. Cha Jun Sung was falling that distance while in transition. The battlesuit is unable to endure the swelling from inside, and breaks. It does not crumble because of the solid armor. He looked like arva that hade out of its skin and was about to be an imago. The blood n had been enjoying silence when they looked at the ceiling in concert. This is not a sound they know. They felt intrusion from outside. Cha Jun Sung had gotten through the ceiling and was headed for the ground without their knowing. The battlesuit booster activated right before a crash and slowed him down. Cha Jun Sungnded on the ground with a small impact. Odin used its authority to activate the battlesuit. Cha Jun Sung is not dead yet, but that does not mean he is okay. The changes urring inside of him are soplicated that they cannot be exined with words. [Battlesuit..... Destroy rate..... 86%. Repair impossible..... PDA discharged.] Odin made the judgement call tounch the PDA off of the battlesuit. It is usually worn on the wrist, but cannot be done so when wearing a battlesuit. With this swelling, the PDA will be destroyed. The released PDA falls to the ground. It flew fairly far, more than 50m. It is the medium that connects Life Mission and Lifers. It needs to maintain its functions in order to monitor the Lifer¡¯s state in real-time. Kyak! Hundreds of Blood Devils swarm to Cha Jun Sung. They can tell that he is an enemy even without the Elder or leaders¡¯ orders. Bang bang bang! Squeezing, cracking, and throwing. The battlesuit¡¯s outer armor finally shatters like ss. His impact tights were also reduced to rags. His body doubled in size once the battlesuit preventing his mutation was gone. His form is simr to that of a human¡¯s, but his body is ck as though he has been stained with ink. He is subtly and strangely blending into the humid and dark atmosphere of Public Underground. Cha Jun Sung opened his eyes. He has 1 on his forehead, 4 on each the left and right sides, looking around with a total of 9 eyes. In a mix of red and ck, the ck Devils get an ominous feeling when they see his eyes and retreat as though to run away. ¡°Enemy..... Foe..... Kill them.¡± The Oriax that absorbed Cha Jun Sung¡¯s knowledge expresses its will in humannguage. It will avenge its dead mother. Koooo! A murderous roar rings through Public Underground. The ck Devils shrink in fear against the mental decay phenomenon. Only the Blood Suckers are able to endure it. Even among them, the Elder and leaders were the ones to keep theirposure. The wounds that the Blood Devils left heal rapidly. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body ripples in waves and it looks like a ck me is zing. The Elder sweeps the ground with its tail. The offspring of a predator that the king killed has found a host that fits its body. It has been resurrected as aplete adult. It is strong enough to leave a wound on the king¡¯s body. They are not guaranteed to win even if the entire blood n charges at him, but they have no choice but to fight. Kyak! Hundreds of the n block the surrounding area and flood to Cha Jun Sung. He is hundreds of times stronger than the Blood Devils in all aspects. He looks like he is going to massacre them. Exploring is of no use. They know their opponent¡¯s strength. They need to concentrate their power and face him from the start. Papapat! Cha Jun Sung steps around Public Underground and keeps moving. Blood Suckers chase him as though ying a game of tag. When they cannot catch up to him with speed, theyunch hundreds of thorns. Boom boom boom! The thorns go through everything, whether it is the walls or the ground. Their size and strength are basically missiles that do not explode. The thorns showering down like rain do not hit Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body. They do not even graze him. It is like he is taunting his opponents. Boom boom bang! The Blood Suckers that had been attacking Cha Jun Sung go back and forth and fall in a tangle. Their steps have gotten mixed up and they are a mess. The Elder could not just watch anymore, and sent the leaders out. Monsters 35m in height crush their subordinate Blood Suckers and storm at Cha Jun Sung. They are level 6s and react quickly. They figure out where Cha Jun Sung is moving and attack. One of the leaders shrink down by contracting its neck muscles. Its head passes a few horns flying in a sharp attack. If the contraction had been a littleter, a part of its head would have been sliced. Cha Jun Sung shakes his left arm. It transforms into a giant sword that is 3m long. It is a weapon that the Oriax that absorbed him is familiar with as well. The Elder watches the flow of the battle and controls its breathing. Then it flew out within moments. It was as though a spring had been contracted and let go. Its thorns scratch the stone floor. It rotates its body as it goes, and it is so tremendous that it can be mistaken for a tornado. The Blood Suckers quickly get out of the way. Their bodies will be destroyed if they are hit. The Elder¡¯s size is 50m. Its range isrge because it is so big. Cha Jun Sung was fighting with the Blood Suckers when he saw the attack and flew into the air. He could feel the wind pressure from the spinning. ¡°Idiots.....!¡± The way he speaks is awkward. He cannot speak humannguage properly now, but he will be proficient once he gets used to it. Kyak! The entire blood n looks up at the ceiling. Cha Jun Sung changed his feet into what looks like a hawk¡¯s ws and hung upside down as he looked down. His thighs, as thick as a man¡¯s waist, swells and sucks the air in. Bang bang! Stone fragments shower down from the ceiling under a pushing repulsive force. Cha Jun Sung falls and sets down precisely in the center of the Blood Devils. He does not have his vibrating weapons or battlesuit, but he has the power of a level 7 mutant in his current state. He has already transcended humans. Blood Suckers are ughtered mercilessly. Their steel-like thorns and tough skin are cut as their guts spill out. He cuts through them easily with a long sword. His flesh absorbs the flesh that stters on him. He is supplementing nutrients with his skin. The Blood Devils are terrified and watch the battle in front of them. They cannot find a way to interfere. While Cha Jun Sung was paying attention to one ce, the Elder¡¯s tail hit his chest. He went flying hundreds of meters under the incredible impact. Boom boom boom boom! The Elderunches thorns in session. Cha Jun Sung avoided them as he went flying, but one went through his stomach and embedded itself there. ¡°It... stings.¡± He does not pull the thorn out. He took his body off of the thorn. A hole the size of a person¡¯s head is left behind on his stomach. ck liquid fills the hole. It was a wound that should have killed him. Does this mean he is immortal? It seems like he has received no damage. It is not that he has not received any effect. There is a limit to regeneration. Other than the brain and heart, arms and legs can be regrown thousands of times back to normal as long as the necessary nutrients are there. The Elder¡¯s neck intes rapidly. It is a different attack than what has been seen until now, a skill that only the chosen of the blood n are able to use. A disgusting green liquid fills the air as ifing out of a hose. When a few drops fall, the concrete floor bubbles. It has melted the stone. It is acid breath. The ck liquid covering Cha Jun Sung¡¯s entire body growsrger like a balloon and protects him. It is like looking at a shield. The green liquid melted the shield, but it dripped down as though it had met ss. Cha Jun Sung has a satisfied expression. He was using the blood n as test subjects. It is not difficult to annihte them. He has matured, but this is the first time he is fighting. All types of skillse out because the Oriax and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s knowledge isbined. They are filling each other¡¯s shorings. Of course the principal agent is the Oriax. Cha Jun Sung is just the host that has been absorbed. Cha Jun Sung takes a step forward, and the blood n flinches in fear. Though there are a lot of the enemy, he has the strength to take that power down. The mutant world is thew of the jungle. At this moment, Cha Jun Sung is thew. ¡°I¡¯ll... kill you... and... kill the lord.¡± It is not guaranteed that he will win once theye face to face, but it does not seem impossible. This incredible brain will find the way for him. *** Thousands of Blood Devils and dozens of Blood Suckers are cut up. The leaders are also mixed in there, but they cannot be found. They have been cut up into such small pieces that they cannot be distinguished. ¡°Lord... north.....¡± Cha Jun Sung put his left hand back to the way it normally is. The Elder is passed out under his foot as though it will die soon. ¡°I won¡¯t kill you first. I¡¯m killing your kids.¡± Cha Jun Sung ignores the Elder and looks at the tens of thousands of cocoons stuck on the wall. Even if a human has been absorbed, the Oriax is a mutant. Though they are of different tribes, he can hold basicmunication with the Elder. The Elder speaks to kill it. That the king will get revenge. ¡°There are a lot.¡± There will be no end to it if he tries to kill them one by one. Cha Jun Sung thinks. Even if it had taken a mutant as its host, it would have acquired the abilities of level 7 but would not have retained a human¡¯s knowledge. Its state right now is a mutation. ¡°Human... mission annihtion?¡± Cha Jun Sung looks up at the ceiling. The brain of the human he has absorbed is telling him. He does not have to kill them. If he leaves them, they wille down to take care of the situation. ¡°We¡¯re going home.¡± The swollen body detes. A mutant forms with the same shape as Cha Jun Sung¡¯s appearance. It is just that it retained the ck color in its skin. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung?] Cha Jun Sung freezes on the spot. He figured out exactly where the sound ising from. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung?] ¡°I¡¯m not a human. You¡¯re... ack!¡± Cha Jun Sung grabs his head. Is the host notpletely corrupted? [A virus level 7 standards, possibility of evolving into level 8 is over 80%.] Odin reads the changes inside Cha Jun Sung. If he had been absorbed by the Oriax, he needs to be at the limit of level 7. How is there the possibility of him advancing to level 8? He needs to be taken to the briefing room or Mechanic City for proper testing in order to get an exact evaluation. It is something that cannot be done right now. His headache ebbs. Though there was a bit of a reaction, it was a sinking ship. Unless the Oriax lets him go, Cha Jun Sung is a bird locked in a cage. Chapter 145 [Lifer Cha Jun Sung! If you cannote back to being a human being, you will be the subject of the mission. The upper levels are thinking about creating a level B mission with you at the center through the PDA. Regain your sanity! It is not toote!] A Lifer who bes a mutant and is forced to fight other Lifers. It is material that could be used in a third-rate movie. It is level B if he stays like this, but level A if he evolves into level 8. The purpose of Life Mission is mutant obliteration. They need to kill as many mutants as they can, but it would be him bringing a powerful mutant to life. [It¡¯s a relief. The brain hasn¡¯t beenpletely encroached. It¡¯s a possible phenomenon because it¡¯s an Oriax that is keeping its host alive.] If it had been a mutant that fed off of the brain like a parasite, there could be absolutely no expectations. The species¡¯ parasitic method is entirely different in the first ce. [Cha Jun Sung! The Life Mission you yed has been virtualized and is not virtual! How could Overload, who caught Evil Queen, be brought down by just a level 7! Show the pride that took you to the top!] Odin¡¯s voice flows into Cha Jun Sung¡¯s ears. He will have heard it if he is still sane. If he heard it, he needs to fight to go back. Bang bang! The Elder had beenying down as if it were dead, andunched a thorn at Cha Jun Sung. It is a simple attack. Even if he gets hit, he can just use his incredible stamina to recover. The thorn gets stuck in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s shoulder. It is so thick that his arm gets cut. The headache has gone down, but he had not been able to avoid it because the host is not reacting. The Elder is out of strength and dies as its body flops down. It is the same for the Oriax wearing Cha Jun Sung as a mask to find it difficult to do 2 things at the same time. The Oriax¡¯s attention is divided into subduing the host¡¯s rebellion and into recovering the arm. In that gap, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s weak subconscious woke up. ¡°Get... out... of... my body!¡± Kung! A human¡¯s yell and mutant¡¯s roar explode from the same body. The Oriax is taken aback. The host it has absorbed has regained consciousness? Impossible. It cannot be possible if it follows the method that its mother showed it. The host needs to be stronger than the Oriax for this to be possible. But it does not consider this scenario. The host is just a human. He is fairly strong, but not strong enough to reverse the current situation. Boom boom boom! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body swells up again. He is almost asrge as a 2-story building. His form is that of a human¡¯s, but he looks terrifying with 4 horns pointing to the sky and a twisted face of a demon in hell. He still has 9 eyes. Thick snake-like veinse out through his skin and writhe. A clear form, which is not normal for the Oriax that can change its body freely. The image is reminiscent of Red Eye from Infected Tree. This human is weird. The body has escaped control and is changing on its own. It does not listen as though mutating into a special body. It had a strange feeling since the first time it saw Cha Jun Sung. A group of 100 humans had given off a seductive scent that it could not resist. It had seen a few good potential hosts. They all fell short to Cha Jun Sung. It had learned that humans are not candidates for hosts, but it had gone at him without being able to resist. And then it had been surprised. With rapid development, it had taken less than 1 hour to gain the power that its mother had boasted. It usually takes at least 5 days to stabilize, but it had been shortened by a lot. ¡®Potential power.¡¯ The Oriax borrows Cha Jun Sung¡¯s knowledge to analyze the phenomenon. Human Cha Jun Sung¡¯s potential power is being revealed through external interference. To borrow human terms, it is a level 7. It is one of the top predators with its endless strength. But a potential power that can surpass that top predator. Could he be a level 8 or 9 mutant? The Oriax cannot know that its prediction is precise. If Cha Jun Sung had been infected with A virus and had gone through development properly, he would have be a level 9. That is when he is normal. Right now? It is abnormal. His potential power has not been exerted 100%. That is why the Oriax is holding on. It is a suicide mission for a level 7 to try and swallow a level 9. ¡®I can¡¯t quit.¡¯ Evolution. Evolution is survival for mutants. It is a world withw of the jungle. The stronger one gets, the better it is able to protect itself against enemies. It can be a level 8. It can be a level 9. It will do whatever it takes to absorb Cha Jun Sung and gain his potential power. It will be even more powerful to be a genuine predator that nothing can take on. Ahh! The Oriax released control of the body. Instead, it put all of its strength into overpowering Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mental consciousness. It could lose 2 rabbits by trying to catch both. It will take care of one first. [Level 8...... It is the Oriax¡¯s fault, but if level 8 is possible with just an indirect injection of the A virus, does that mean he is capable of reaching level 9?] Odin spews airtight secrets that must never be leaked. It does not matter. There is no one listening. Cha Jun Sung is not paying attention because he is busy fighting the Oriax over control of his body. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body tries to move. He will destroy everything he sees now that the control has been loosened. Nothing can block him either. Level 8. The only level 8 within a radius of hundreds of kilometers is the Blood Lord. That Blood Lord left to conquer the north. This is Cha Jun Sung¡¯s world. [Release of block on return! Helpers in charge of Lifers who have entered Public Underground, please quickly send your Lifers back to reality!] Odin sent a warning signal to the 99 Lifers¡¯ helpers. The Lifers need to be sent back before Cha Jun Sung goes outside and discovers them. There are a lot of important people here. They need to avoid a massacre. *** Beep beep! [Lifer Cha Jun Sung has evolved into a level 8 mutant, the mission has advanced to level A. The block on returning has been released. Will you return to reality?] ¡°Level 8.....¡± ¡°Shouldn¡¯t he be a level 7 if he was absorbed by the Oriax? This is at the level of the Nightmares.¡± ¡°He lives up to his name even in death.¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Park Jin Hyuk is in a frenzy as he punches a wall near him. It was a fairly high stonewall, but he punctured a hole and it cracked. ¡°The mission is a failure. Let¡¯s leave.¡± The force members return to reality. There is no hesitation. They are strangers. Only friends are saddened by the deaths of others. Park Jin Hyuk understands with his head too, but he feels sick as he cannot understand with his heart. ¡°Let¡¯s leave.¡± ¡°Koharu?¡± Koharu led Park Jin Hyuk. Her face does not look good either. Kyoko and Violet are not very different either. ¡°You want to leave? What about Jun Sung? You don¡¯t know what happens if we leave him in the mission?¡± ¡°I know.¡± ¡°Then?¡± ¡°What can we do in this situation? Level 8. The helpers vited thews and released the block on returning. You know what that means.¡± Lifers grew a lot over 2 years, but they still have difficulty with level 6. Mutants get stronger by level. But starting from level 7, the mutants are monsters that can destroy entire countries. Even if there are dozens of top level 6s, they cannot beat 1 level 7. Level 8 is a Nightmare. Parasite King and Red Eye are on the same level. Mask? Even while wearing a battlesuit, a person would be ripped apart in a second. They have no choice but to go back. ¡°Don¡¯t give up. We cane back. We cane again when we¡¯re stronger.¡± ¡°Again?¡± ¡°Jun Sung isn¡¯t dead. The Oriax doesn¡¯t kill its host. I don¡¯t know why he advanced to level 8 from 7, but there¡¯s still hope.¡± Koharu pats Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s shoulder. ¡°Fuck, fuck. I¡¯m going toe back no matter what. I¡¯ll get strong beyond belief ande back.¡± Tears fell from Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s eyes. He cannot endure this without crying. If Cha Jun Sung really has be a mutant, there will be a level A mission, won¡¯t there? There are very few level 8 mutants. Even if individuals ovep, there won¡¯t be more than 100 of them. They will be able to find him just by reading the mission descriptions. Kung! As Park Jin Hyuk was returning to reality, he heard what he guessed was Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mutant roar. It is stronger than the roar he heard at first. They all hung on to their shaking consciousness as all of the force members and then Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group left the mission. *** Bang bang bang! A ck demon roams the city. It is different in appearance alone from the top level mutants that are created in factories. It destroys everything in its way, whether it is a mutant or building. It would be easy for him to take a path going around, but he ignorantly forces everything out of the way because his sanity has gone nk white. He has grown from the original 6-7m into about 10m in height. The easiest way to distinguish an individual mutant¡¯s strength is its size. Mutants growrger as they go up in level. Of course this is not an absolute. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s size is at a level 5¡¯s standards, but his strength is that of level 8. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s left arm is malformed. It has gotten more than 3 times longer and thicker. It has multiplied in size so he looks like he has a child¡¯s body with an adult¡¯s arm. He uses that to smash down a 15-floor building in front of him. The shock from the blow goes into every corner of the apartments. The giant wreckage splits in half and shakes the ground as it falls. Level 1 and 2 mutants had been living there, but that does not matter. Cha Jun Sung cannot be bothered to fight with the enemies inside. Kyak! The mutants who witnessed the destruction site, trembled in fear as they scattered and ran away. The energy that Cha Jun Sung gives off is full of death. A tail with hundreds of strands transformed into sharp skewers and pierced through the mutants running away. They even extended to 300m in length. He must have eyes on the back of his head because he did not let a single one get away. He repeated this action 2 or 3 times and killed more than 1000 on the spot. Ko! Hiding mutants either passed out or died of heart attacks from his roar. Cha Jun Sung is drunk with the top priority of mutant instincts, the instinct to ughter. He felt alive while killing. Boom boom boom! Cha Jun Sung swept through the dense areas of the apartments with each strand of his tail, moving as though alive. They changed into sharp knives or blunt bats, devastating the area. Boom! Once he destroys an area for no reason, he moves on. A decided ce? He does not have any. He just goes where he wanders in. Kung? Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes looks dozens of kilometers away, all in different directions. Something is idling nearby. His senses pick up movement, but it is pretty fast. It does not stay in one ce, and keeps moving back and forth. Chapter 146 A mutant as skinny as a skeleton with muscles split like thread, is hanging from a spire. It looks really odd. Its most prominent characteristic is a red bead pping on its chest. If Lifer Cha Jun Sung had seen it, he would have resented the heavens. Level 7 Red Heart. Of the mutants that use their bodies, it enjoys speed. It goes after its opponent with its sleek form. The red bead is its heart, which protrudes from its body as it evolves. That is the source of its speed. The heart also functions as the lungs. It helps with control so that it does not run out of breath no matter how much it moves around. Kyak! ¡®Leave. This is my turf.¡¯ The Red Heart scratches the spire with its fingernails. It is a warning it is sending to Cha Jun Sung. It is telling him that their instincts are simr at the least or that it is stronger. But its pride will not allow it to surrender when it is a level 7 that has been reigning this area for a long time. It has protected the area from all enemies. Cha Jun Sung loosens up his muscles. His sanity is paralyzed, but the Red Heart is different from the trash he has killed until now and will be fun for him. Hisbative spirit boils. His appetite also soars. He wants to rip that heart off and fill his stomach with it. It looks delicious. Bang! Cha Jun Sung spurred off of the spot. Red Heart decided to use his big size as a tactic. It is too much to go at him head on. The Red Heart tried to injure him by going around him. There is no use. Rapid regeneration makes him recover within seconds. It really is fast. All he can see with 9 eyes is a hazy image. The Red Heart surpasses him in speed alone. But it cannot attack its opponent because it only runs away. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body turns. If he cannot hit it, he will attack the whole area. He will not leave even the slightest gap open. It can only get away if it wants to stay alive. His tail changed like a thin sword and extended to its limit. The already scorched apartmentplex just blew powder under that attack. The Red Heart got through the storm, and barely escaped the area of attack. If it had been a littleter, it would have been sucked in among that dust. Like its left foot. Its ankle gets cut off whole. Blood soaks the ground. It lost bnce, but did not panic. This will just regenerate. Rapid regeneration is not an ability unique to level 8 and 9 mutants like Cha Jun Sung. It is an ability given to a few special low level 7s as well. Bang! It was just one to two seconds. The progression from start to finish was short. Cha Jun Sung did not miss his chance while the Red Heart had lost mobility. The 10m height shrinks down to 2m. He had gone from the size of a building to that of a human. On behalf of this change, he became as fast as the Red Heart. There is distance between them, so it will either regenerate and run away or reduce the chances to attack if he does not increase his speed. This is a result of Cha Jun Sung¡¯sbat experience and the Oriax¡¯s ability to transform. Kyak! The Red Heart erects its nails. It can read Cha Jun Sung¡¯s movements with its eyes, but its body does not follow suit. If it cannot avoid him, it will counter. It has no choice but to ignore the level and difference in militant characteristics, and go into a second melee. The Red Heart is extremely thin and weak. Bang! Cha Jun Sung erged his fist, and hit the Red Heart. A power of hundreds of tons breaks all of the bones in its body and crushes its skin. The Red Heart bounces off of the ground as though ying in water. It did not die. A level 7¡¯s vitality is beyond imagination. He walks in a rxed manner. He attacks everywhere and damages its heart. Quick regeneration is not universal, so the nucleus and source are damaged and cannot recover smoothly as if its arms and legs have been cut off. He has won. Cha Jun Sung stepped on the Red Heart¡¯s stomach and picked off its heart. His finger had changed into a hook and broke it off cleanly. The blood vesseles trailing out with it. He cut the vessel with his nail, and chews on the heart. As soon as the heart is destroyed, the Red Heart¡¯s eyes roll back. It really is delicious. Ha ha ha ha! This is somewhere in Europe. Somewhere in Firenze, Italy to be more precise. Therge city that the Red Heart ruled is now Cha Jun Sung¡¯s. xxx Ennd, Buckingham Pce. This pce, constructed by Duke Buckingham through Sheffield in the year 1703, became a royal building and became the king¡¯s residence at some point. It is a symbol of Ennd and part of the royal family¡¯s history. But even this ce that was expected to be fated with the English royal family forever, became a mess when the A virus swept across the. There is just one character from the royal family living in the Buckingham Pce right now, and everything including that one character is a mutant wearing the mask of humans. A lot of time has passed since this happened. But what use is there to consider such things when the world hase to its end? It is all futile. *** ¡°Apparently there¡¯s detection of a new entity in the southwest, near Italy.¡± ¡°Southwest?¡± Four beings are gathered in the Buckingham Pce¡¯s private royal conference hall. They are simr in form to humans, but they are just simr, not humans. A man covered in smooth red fur, speaks on behalf of everyone. It is highest in rank of the four, and it is ordingly strong. They have received information on a mutant destroying Italy recently. There is a means of contact among mutants. Though humans¡¯ technology was lost with the downfall of science, they maintained living conditions for useful humans and even received a little help. ¡°It must have woken up not too long ago, because it¡¯s going around smashing everything ites across.¡± In reality, they really do not know how long it has been since the mutant woke up. Generally, ultra high level mutants beyond level 7 have a tendency to make a fuss for a few months after initial awakening. ¡°Italy.....¡± ¡°Hee hee! Medusa, it¡¯s your area.¡± A bald man with no nose, ears, or mouth and just a big eyeball, asks a young woman with a lot of snakes on top of her head. They look like they are just sitting on her head at a nce, but they are her hair. Each one is alive and are her treasures as they each have deadly poison. Medusa. She is a level 8 mutant ruling southern Europe, areas like Portugal, Spain, Italy, and Greece. It is under her jurisdiction because an unidentified mutant is creating chaos in Italy. ¡°Catch it and bring it to me.¡± ¡°Alone?¡± Medusa frowned at the leader¡¯s words. If it is to the point for him to gather everyone together to say this, it must be a mutant at their level that haspleted evolution. Capture and not killing. Does he not know how difficult it is to repress an opponent? There needs to be additional help for this. ¡°Go with Beholder.¡± ¡°Hee hee! Going with Medusa? That makes me happy.¡± ¡°Ugh!¡± Beholder, the bald man, drools. Medusa is ufortable and looks away. ¡°Can¡¯t I go with someone else?¡± Medusa looks at a giant that has been silent in a corner seat. It only listens with its arms crossed. It has a reticent personality. It does not get involved unless it is necessary. ¡°Titan needs to go north.¡± ¡°Hedgehog is still alive?¡± ¡°Its army is impressive. It came fully prepared. Kimeira is struggling.¡± Expressed as a struggle, it is actually a siege of pushing and pulling between matched powers. The Hedgehog they are discussing is the Blood Lord. It is determined because of a loss in the past and hase back stronger, with more power. ¡°They¡¯ll be dead if Titan is going.¡± ¡°We¡¯re not killing it, but bringing it back. Just like the new guy you need to capture.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°It¡¯s what the Empress desires. There needs to be a reinforcement of power to widen her influence.¡± ¡°Because of Asia?¡± ¡°That¡¯s only a part of it. It¡¯s because of Asia like you said, and Africa.¡± Asia¡¯s Red Eye recruited a new face. ck Horse is not interested in battles over zones, but he is different. He is very aggressive and active. Of the six continents, Asia has the mostnd and ck Horse is the most powerful of the six Disasters. It iscking underlings. As long as that aspect is satisfied, everything like individual strength, area, and influence will beplete. ¡°Africa.....¡± ¡°He is an ally, but he isn¡¯t trustworthy. We never know when he¡¯ll betray us.¡± Medusa recalled Africa¡¯s Disaster, that she came across a few years ago. It is sneaky and cunning. She gets goosebumps just thinking about it. ¡°We¡¯re equal with Africa if we capture Hedgehog and Italy¡¯s crazy guy. The Empress has a lot of expectations riding on this. Give it your all.¡± ¡°When do we leave?¡± ¡°It¡¯s better to get moving since it¡¯s pretty far away. Go immediately.¡± Medusa stood up. Beholder smiled as he followed behind her. The 4 of them, 5 including Kimeira in Latvia are equal in level, but the leader, Heat Wave Inferno, is special. He is a powerful mutant that the Empress personally appointed. He can take on any two of them at the same time. That is why they follow his orders. There is no reluctance. They can fight and win if they think it is unjust. ¡°Titan, I¡¯ll leave it to you. Bring Blood Lord to the Empress. It¡¯ll get over its arrogance and yield if it sees a mutant more powerful than itself.¡± Blood Lord is just interfering here and there because of its arrogance. If it encounters a true predator, it will surrender because it does not want to die. ¡°Alright.¡± Boom! Titan also left toplete the assigned mission. Inferno, left behind alone, also thought intently and then disappeared like a ghost. Chapter 147 Italy is on the verge of chaos. There were already clear signs of destruction as the world copsed, but this is confined to humans. It was a time for mutants toy down a foundation just as humans developed from ancient times. And who knows? They might rebuild the world. In this flow, mutants in Italy were living peacefully in their respective areas. That was until a demon full of madness appeared. The demon that appeared out of nowhere destroyed, killed, and ate everything that was in its way. It was only quiet while resting. It only took a few days for it to destroy an entire area. It ran amuck like this for several months. It did not tire and only became worse. It is basically a natural disaster. Beholder rolls a yellow eyeball. In front of him is the wreckage of what looks like a skyscraper. ¡°The first impact was the big hit, but the attack was divided as it walked through it.¡± ¡°Mutating?¡± ¡°This isn¡¯t just a normal mutation. It¡¯s a whole body mutation. Hee hee!¡± Beholder responded to Medusa¡¯s question with confidence. His eye has the ability to see what other beings cannot. He figured out that Cha Jun Sung is a mutant that can change at will just by looking at the wreckage, and that he can change his entire body. The ability to mutate is an ability that varies in value by the beholder, whether it is seen asmon or valuable. Nothing can imitate it unless it is at the highest level. There is a difference between whole body and body part mutation. One can change the entire body at will in the former, and thetter means that only parts ¨C like the arms or legs ¨C are changeable. ¡°How many mutants are there that can do this?¡± ¡°There can¡¯t be over 5 in all of levels 1 through 9. And since it¡¯s a level 8, there can only be Red Eye. I want to hurry up and meet him so I can see what he¡¯s like.¡± ¡°Just find him.¡± ¡°Hmph!¡± Beholder raised his hand. Hundreds of eyes the size of millets popped up. They split into hundreds and thousands like cell division to be implemented in various ways like searching for a target or surveince. ¡°Spread out. Ry everything you see to me.¡± Beholder shook his hand. The eyes that had been bunched together flew with the wind. They have a kind of telepathic ability that works within a radius of hundreds of kilometers. They know what lives in Italy, so it will only be a matter of time before they find what they are looking for. *** A sharp de goes through a tunnel rat¡¯s chin. There were a lot but he killed all of them. There is no fun in killing them because they are low level. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s tail wraps around a tunnel rat and absorbs it whole. Though he gained a stamina that does not tire when he became a mutant, it is not infinite. Since he is a living being, he needs to supplement as much as he uses. He fortunately has not faced a strong enemy yet, so he has not been wounded yet. If he gets wounded, the bnce gets out of hand because he needs to pay attention to recovering the injury in addition to physical stamina. It is difficult to expect smooth flow. Cha Jun Sung likes the tunnel. Not the tunnel itself but the environment ¨C he likes the dark. This is in the Oriax¡¯s nature, not his own. Darkness is ck like the Oriax. This environment provides him with a protective color without having to do anything, so this feels like his nest. Cha Jun Sungid down anywhere and closed his eyes. He does not run around like crazy all 365 days of the year. The only time he is quiet is when he is resting. Though it looks like he is sleeping but is not very different from usual because he leaves his senses open to capture external dynamics. It is better to say he is recovering psychological stability. Wing wing! Several hours after Cha Jun Sung stops moving in the cave. He can hear the weak sound of bees flying around. It is bothersome and he pretends he does not hear it. It is because he does not feel hostility. He just thought of them as annoying bugs that would wander around and then leave. But they stopped in one ce at one point and floated. Cha Jun Sung left them to stay floating or wander, but suddenly felt unpleasant. It feels like those bugs are watching him. Hepresses a finger to be thin like a needle and stabs the bug to bring it in front of him. He wants to see closely what kind of bug it is. An eye? ck dots are all over a hazy gray marble embedded with veins. These dots blink as though they are alive. Cha Jun Sung swells the needle like a chestnut bur and makes dozens of holes in the eye. By instinct, it does not feel like an autonomous creature. The inside bes quiet. This did not happen again even though time passed. Cha Jun Sung is satisfied and rests in peace andfort. *** Beholder focused while standing in one ce andughed as he opened his eye. A few weeks had passed since he arrived in Italy. He searched for the new mutant Inferno mentioned in that time, and discovered it not too long ago. ¡°Kik kik! It is Italy, but it¡¯s pretty far.¡± ¡°Where?¡± ¡°Rome.¡± Cha Jun Sung had gone south from Firenze to Rome. It had not been easy to get a sensory circle of the country even though Beholder had sent his eyes. Doing the country in its entirety was impossible, so he had to separate it into parts. Beholder frowned. He knows why and the irrelevant Medusa has a rough guess. ¡°The nerve! He killed my eye!¡± ¡°It should have fallen back if it saw him.¡± He felt the pain that the piece of him felt from Cha Jun Sung. They have an indirect connection, so the main body is affected when an issue arises with a part. ¡°I don¡¯t know. I¡¯ll need to scold it until it¡¯s right before death!¡± Beholder has taken a hit, but he is being sensitive with something that is not a big deal. Medusa left him alone because she knows his personality well. From her point of view, Beholder is like a child. He has uncensored emotional ups and downs. He is good-natured at times and evil at others. His real self of those..... ¡®SE Beholder.¡¯ He is sneaky and evil. The way that mutants think cannot be the same as with humans because theirw and order is the struggle for survival. They think nothing of others¡¯ lives and do whatever it takes to achieve what they want. In these ways, Medusa and Beholder are the same. ¡°What does it look like?¡± ¡°Look like? Like this?¡± Tentacles as long and thin as hair draw what Cha Jun Sung looks like on the concrete ground. It is smooth like a knife cutting through tofu. There is no way to be sure of its behavior, but it is a level 8 in ability. Medusa has a strange expression after seeing Beholder¡¯s drawing. Because it is drawn well? No. The image in the drawing is strangely familiar. ¡°Red Eye?¡± ¡°What are you talking about?¡± ¡°I guess you won¡¯t know since you¡¯ve never seen him. This drawing looks like Asia¡¯s Red Eye. There are differences in the small details... but they¡¯re the same overall.¡± ¡°Kik kik! Then is he a brother or something?¡± ¡°No. He would be the ck Demon¡¯s son if he¡¯s a brother, but he wouldn¡¯t be here.¡± ck Demon lives in Korea. Could it havee from Asia to Europe to run wild in Italy? That is nonsense. Say that by chance, it came all the way here. Would ck Demon let his son run wild? If he left him alone, Red Eye would get involved. They only look alike on the outside, and the new mutant is an entirely different creature from them. ¡°It¡¯ll take a few days.¡± ¡°Hurry hurry!¡± Beholder urges Medusa. He gathered and sent his eyes in a line to the ce where he discovered Cha Jun Sung. With this, there is no reason for them to stray off path. Chapter 148 Cha Jun Sung roars with his chest puffed out in the middle of the city. How much time has passed since this crazed version of himself has lived inside the mission? He will not know even if hees to his senses. He needs to meet another Lifer or his PDA in order to regain his lost time or go back to reality. If he continues in this state, it is questionable whether that day will evere. If he meets Lifers like this, he will annihte all of them,much less hold a conversation. Is there really a way to go back? ¡°Hee hee! It¡¯s him!¡± ¡°That¡¯s the right level. We need to fight to know, but its physical ability should be superior.¡± On top of a tall building. Beholder and Medusa exchange their impressions of seeing Cha Jun Sung with their own eyes. Judging only by physical ability, they will be overpowered. Beholder¡¯s fighting power is a low level 7. Instead, he has various abilities and the one he uses most is mind control. He can even take on two level 7s. This envious ability is something that all Lifers and mutants are averse to in all ways. ¡°Will it be possible to talk to him?¡± ¡°Kik! He seems to have gone a bit severely insane, but I¡¯ll try.¡± He is not saying that he will face him. Beholder will go inside Cha Jun Sung through mind control to talk to his sane thoughts. Medusa waits next to him. If something goes wrong and he fails, she needs to interfere and block Cha Jun Sung. It is good if everything goes smoothly, but there is nothing to lose in this going badly. She licks her lips with her long tongue. The snakes on her head also flick their tongues. She likes fighting. She likes the negative atmosphere of it even more. She wants to rip his skin and see his tender insides. Like minds gather together. Like Beholder, Medusa is notpletely sane. ¡®Huh?¡¯ While Medusa was lost in her imagination, Beholder used telepathy to go into Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mind. As they are at the same level, his defenses are strong. But he falls a little short of those at the same level. If they are 10, he is at around 7 or 8? He did not think much about it because it is not important. [Get out of my body!] [This is mine.] [Huh? There¡¯s one body, but 2 minds? Who¡¯s who?] There are 2 minds. The 2 are fighting over one body. He has gone into the minds of countless humans and mutants, but this is the first time he is seeing something like this. Beholder became curious. [Hee hee! Are there 3 if I get in there too? If I win, is this mine?] He cannot go into the body, but he would be able to control it like a limb. This is normally not something he is able to do, but it might be possible when it is in such a messy state. [Hey hey.] There is no response even if he speaks. Is this the reason why the mental defenses were low? [Ki ki ki!] Beholder instinctively goes into the mind. They are so busy fighting among themselves that they do not realize an enemy has intruded. This is probably what fish in troubled waters means. He went into various ces and gained information on the new mutant and Cha Jun Sung. The more he learns, the more surprising it is and the more mysterious Cha Jun Sung bes. [How strange for an Oriax to take a human as its host. Huh? There are levels to us, too. What level am I? Let¡¯s see...... Level 8?] [Life Mission? Game? Earth? Helper? This human killed Evil Queen? The whore in South America? He met Red Eye inside a mission?] [We¡¯re inside a mission right now? It isn¡¯t Earth? I don¡¯t understand.] Beholder is confused. Is this all true? He cannot describe the mental state of this human, Cha Jun Sung. He moved past this question however. He can do the understandingter. First, he needs to kick the fighting minds out and make this body into one of his limbs. He could be at the same level as Inferno if he makes a level 8 into his limb. [But what¡¯s that?] While he was slowly getting involved in the fight, something caught Beholder¡¯s attention. It does not have a clear form like other information. It is transparent and hazy. This means that this is something Cha Jun Sung does not know either. Beholder thought. ¡®Should I open it?¡¯ He can do it after taking over the mind, but he is curious. Beholder cannot restrain himself when he is curious. Looking at the situation, there should be no problem from opening it. Beholder opens the hazy thing. Is it something fun? He opened it with great expectations, but it did not meet up to his hopes. [Ugh!] His mind is being pushed out. He is forced out by a power that came in like a typhoon. He would not have opened it if he knew that this would happen. ¡°It didn¡¯t go well?¡± ¡°Huh? Hee hee! He¡¯s just crazy. He¡¯s a crazy bastard. Let¡¯s knock him out and take him.¡± Beholder hid his mistake. She cannot know unless he says it himself anyway. And all they have to do is take him back. Kung! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body twists. There is no big change externally, but he seems to have be more refined. He had already been perfect physically, but he is now transcending that perfection. ¡°What did you touch in there?¡± Medusa gulped as she saw the goosebumps forming on her skin. She is feeling fear for the 3rd time in her life. The first was when she saw the Empress for the first time, and the 2nd was when she saw Africa¡¯s disaster. Cha Jun Sung finishes changing and breathes out. ck smokees out when he breathes. ¡°ck... Smoke?¡± ¡°This doesn¡¯t make sense! How could he be here? I checked!¡± All top level mutants that seeded in evolution as individuals have a characteristic that distinguishes them from other mutants. Beholder is his body and Medusa is the snakes on her head. They do not know how Cha Jun Sung is breathing ck smoke, but that is the trademark of ck Demon Aduroque, who is dominating Asia. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eye goes around and finds the exact location of Beholder and Medusa¡¯s hiding ce. He still feels the madness, but it feels stable. ¡°Who... it is?¡± Cha Jun Sung has not been able to use humannguage since he lost his sanity. But now, he is unsteadily asking about the identity of the foreign beings. It is a great development. ¡°Fall back and support me.¡± ¡°I promise! He isn¡¯t ck Demon!¡± Medusa had been in human form but woke up her original state and released her strength. Her slender feminine body bes covered in muscles and she grows to be 5 meters. Other than the fact that her hair is made of snakes, she is still beautiful, but her legsbined and changed into a snake¡¯s tail. Medusa pulled her neck bone with strength. Then, a spear made of bone 8 meters long was curiously formed. A clear liquid dripped from the handle, and it is poison that could kill a level 6 mutant just by touching it. Cha Jun Sung had made his way to Medusa, made both of his arms into des, and brought them down. Medusa was going to avoid it, but blocked it thinking that they should meet for the first time. Boom! Though they are mutants, it must still be flesh colliding, but the sound it made isparable to a mission exploding. The shockwave generated from the center of the crash shattered all of the windows within radius. Bang bang bang! Cha Jun Sung had leveraged himself to float in the air but bounced back because of the shock, and Medusa plummeted down when the ground copsed under her. When there isn¡¯t much of a difference in ability in a fight, it is better to be attacking from above than it is to be below. Medusa reaped damages in this crash, but this is it. She is alive. She came out with not even a scratch. Chapter 149 As Cha Jun Sung flung out, his hand split vertically and the ends connected. The shape is weird but looking closely, it is a bow. The flesh that rides up the bowstep makes an arrow. It is the size of a spear. The arrow is heading for Beholder. Cha Jun Sung instinctively noticed that hecks inbatpared to Medusa. But another instinct told him that Beholder is more dangerous than Medusa. It is best to get rid of an enemy that holds its weapon within. Beholder¡¯s eye red and the atmosphere became heavy. It felt like the speed of the arrow slowed down for a moment and it stopped for a blink of an eye. Is his super power psychokinesis? Beholder took this time to quickly avoid the arrow, and Medusa also awakened her body. The eye growsrger. It grew so big that it covered the upper and lower body whole. It is an extension of the millet that Cha Jun Sung killed in the cave. The difference is the coat covered in tentacles that protects the eye. He does not know its usage, but it seems to be a part that assists the super powers or takes over attack or defense. If not, it is too unprotected. Bang! The arrow goes through buildings and disappears far away. Windows and walls could not stand against it. There is no way of knowing how far it¡¯ll go. That is not important to the monsters watching this battlefield. Cha Jun Sungnds on the ground. He leapt the height of a skyscraper but as long as he does not have wings and there is gravity, there is bound to be restrictions. ¡°It would have been good if we had been able to talk...... I¡¯ll take care of you just before you¡¯re dead.¡± Reptile pupils getting closer, Medusa wees Cha Jun Sung when hees down. She strikes out with the bone spear as though she had been waiting. It feels like she only shed it once, but there were 100 shes of light. As fast as the speed of light, it is a spear with ultra strength that brings on a visual illusion. The bone spear grazes flesh. The flesh rips and as soon as blood stters, it is healed. Cha Jun Sung has not been wounded since fighting the Red Heart. The Red Heart lost because of the wide range, but Medusa pushed forward to force Cha Jun Sung to stay on the defense. There are times when sess and failure are distinguished by who grabs the advantage first. If Cha Jun Sung had been calm and logical, he would not have handed it over so easily. This is also what Medusa had intended. Unlike Cha Jun Sung, she is able to determine what is advantageous and what is a disadvantage. She did note here to y around. She is supposed to be capturing Cha Jun Sung with Beholder, but he is a strong mutant and the smallest mistake could cost her her life. With sealed arms and legs, Cha Jun Sung swung his tails. He attacked Medusa¡¯s defense with an extended de in overwhelming momentum. ¡°I was wondering when he would use his tail.¡± Medusa retreated and turned the bone spear with both hands. The rotational force created an 8 meter diameter shield that flung the tails away. It felt like the victory would change because the battle was reversed, but Cha Jun Sung¡¯s movement stopped short and started again like before. It is Beholder¡¯s doing. ¡°Medusa, tell me honestly! You can¡¯t capture him without me, can you?¡± Beholder chirps andes down from the top of the building. Though he is in the air, it is natural as though he has a parachute because he is adjusting his weight with torsion. ¡°Of course. No matter how crazy he is, we¡¯re at the same level. There¡¯s only a destructive instinct left over if that happens, so distractions disappear. It could be even more tricky.¡± He only goes for the enemy¡¯s life without looking after his own body. She might be able to kill him, but capture is impossible. 9 eyes watch the enemies ahead. It may be because Beholder already went in and out of his mind before, so he is still strong but he has be a little weaker. This enemy is stronger than any mutant he has fought until now. Cha Jun Sung felt this by instinct. And there is not just one but two. If they were fighting physically, he would fight without considering anything else, but one takes him on directly and the other supports. That divided his attention. Especially that eye. It ties his body down or slows time down in crucial moments. It is just a matter of bing exposed when attacking, but it is suffering an unfair strike if getting caught on his ability against defense. ¡°He¡¯s looking at you.¡± Beholder slowly goes behind Medusa. All 9 eyes are looking at him. He is first on the kill list. ¡°How far can you restrict him?¡± ¡°His repulsive force is stronger than Inferno¡¯s. It¡¯s fine for short moments but I would only be able to do 20% if I need to maintain it for the duration of a battle.¡± 20% is an amount that can be decreased, so the repulsive force gets more severe as the opponent is stronger. In other words, Cha Jun Sung is above Inferno. ¡®If that guyes to his senses.....¡¯ It would not be at the level of a disaster. The disasters that Medusa has seen are the one in Africa and the Empress. She is strong, but she cannot surpass them. Among the subordinate nightmares however, she considers herself one of the strongest. Like the father, the child is strong. That ck Demon is showing strength that isparable to Red Eye¡¯s. If she captures him, helps him to gain his sanity, and brings him in as an ally, he will be a reliable pir along with Blood Lord. ¡°20%..... Then what about weakening him and going back into his mind?¡± ¡°We¡¯d have to try it out.¡± Beholder did not speak negatively. He does not know because they have not tried it. It could work and it could not. But looking at Medusa¡¯s expression, he needs to make even the impossible happen. *** Bang bang bang bang! An arm that has been changed into a huge sword shes through the air. Medusa did not run away, and jockeyed each with her spear. The ck smoke that came out whenever he breathed had decreased by a little. The source is obvious. Medusa realized that it is rted to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s strength, or stamina, but that does not change anything. He is still vigorous with just 80%. Regretfully, this is the same for the enemy. The sword hits the ground. It was not as though this caused an earthquake or a split, but that force tickled Medusa¡¯s skin. Medusa spun around and whipped her 15 meter tail to hit Cha Jun Sung¡¯s cheek. Cha Jun Sung grabs his cheek in pain. His 9 eyes are also on his cheeks, so this is the same as hitting his eyes. His sight bes distorted and paralyzed. Medusa is bing blurred. Medusa¡¯s arm bends abnormally. It is a screw attack that adds to the rotational force of a straight edge. It is the best to prate with. That attack goes for Cha Jun Sung¡¯s stomach. It digs in through flesh and muscle that is harder than metal. It turns his organs and twists them. This is a wound that would have killed humans and average mutants 100 times over regardless of regeneration, but Cha Jun Sung endured it. ¡°Die......¡± ¡°Did he take the hit on purpose? I guess he¡¯s not as crazy as I thought.¡± His fist bes round and grows thorns. It looks exactly like an iron mace. His shoulder muscles writhe and bullets are fired. They are aimed at Medusa¡¯s head. It has the power to blow something up. Medusa left the bone spear and raised both her arms. The opponent is trying to give his flesh and take her bones. They are too close. She will just take a hit this time. She went flying like a bomb fragment from the iing strength. She looked wild sweeping backwards across the ground, but it was like looking at a broom. ¡°Ugh! My arms.....¡± The flesh that covered both of her arms are crushed and the bones are shattered. The way it hangs is so ghastly that it would have been better to cut it off. ¡°Beholder, what about entering?¡± ¡°Kihit! I can¡¯t go in. His mental defenses arepletely different from before. I don¡¯t think it¡¯ll be possible until the pressure applied to him is gone.¡± She takes out her bone spear, and Cha Jun Sung approaches her. As she is also a level 8, she heals both of her arms quickly. Cha Jun Sung had been ted until now, and suddenly kneels. Is it because of Beholder? No. ¡°Seems like the special drug is finally kicking in. It was hard to adjust the dosage.¡± Medusa draws her spear. She can take out a spear from her neck bone whenever she consumes nutrients, but there is a clear liquid at the end. ¡°With your strength, you can withstand my poison even if it isn¡¯t diluted, but it¡¯ll be a different situation from a wound or being half-dead. There¡¯s the hardship we went through ofing all the way here, but wouldn¡¯t it be a waste if one of us dies? Whether that¡¯s you, me, or that guy.¡± Chapter 150 She diluted it to 60%. Even this much is a lethal dose that could kill a level 6 within 10 minutes. Cha Jun Sung fought for several hours after taking thousands of rounds. He does not die or show abnormal symptoms even with that, and has heavy movement with paralysis like Beholder¡¯s psychokinesis. ¡°This is it. Do it again. Talk or suppress ¨C do whatever you need to create the conditions we need to capture him. That¡¯s the easiest way if we¡¯re going to take him to the pce.¡± ¡°Kikik! Yeah!¡± Titan would have been able to bind him up, but this is not something that they can do. And it is not like they can take him after tying his arms and legs up. It is okay even if there is not a long period of time that they can control Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mind. If they buy just a few days of time, they are prepared to make the most of it. [It works!] Beholder cheers. He seeded in re-entry. Cha Jun Sung is physically exhausted from fighting Medusa under all sorts of restrictions, and he is experiencing hallucinations because of the poison. His mental defenses are bound to copse. [You¡¯re the guy who came in before. Get out.] [Me?] [Yeah.] [Did you go back to normal? It was a mess with two of you fighting before.] [A part became stable because you were digging around. But that doesn¡¯t mean I¡¯ve gone back to my original self. It¡¯s just a part. I¡¯ll say it again. Get out.] [I can¡¯t do that. I have to take you to her Majesty. Do you know how far I walked? It was such a bother! Be one of us.] [Where are we?] It is unfair. Beholder can see into Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mind, but Cha Jun Sung cannot see into Beholder¡¯s. It is not a matter of who is stronger, but a difference in ability. [Italy¡¯s capital, Rome. You don¡¯t remember anything? Not even who you are?] [Me? I¡¯m Cha Jun Sung. Didn¡¯t you already see that?] [I did, but it¡¯s hard to believe. Hey! Are you really a human? We canmunicate well. If all goes well, we won¡¯t even need to fight.] Beholder thought that the situation was going in their favor. It feels like if he keeps up a good atmosphere and sweet talks Cha Jun Sung, the battle could end now. [Italy... Is this Europe? When you say Majesty, do you mean White Queen Lobelira?] [You know her Majesty? Did you really kill that whore, Evil Queen?] [If you don¡¯t differentiate between reality and virtual... then, I did kill her. By the way, can I ask you for a favor?] [What is it?] [Can you help me so my mind can control my body? I¡¯ll be one of you if you do that for me. I can¡¯t do anything in this state.] [Will it work if I separate the Oriax? I don¡¯t think I can do it for very long.] [A few days would be fine. Even a day.] [Fine! I¡¯ll try it!] The situation is unraveling well. Beholder is happy that hepleted his mission, and helped Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mind to push the Oriax. There is nothing to lose in gaining points with someone they will be colleagues with. But is there really nothing to lose? Pushing too far ahead without thinking is bound to lead to mistakes. Beholder can figure out what Cha Jun Sung is thinking if he has the mind to find out. When the opponent became submissive, he skipped steps with the thought that he just needed to end it quickly. There is no way to know what might result from that. An unreactive body on its knees. While Beholder was talking to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mind, his body did not move as though it were a machine with its engine turned off. Medusa released the hallucinations. A tremendous amount of energy is consumed to maintain the hallucinations. She needs to rest in order to use it sparingly. She wants to eat something, but this is a battlefield with level 8 monsters. Unless they are crazy, lower level mutants would not remain here. Every living creature will have run away as soon as Cha Jun Sung roared and revealed his presence. If she cannot supplement her strength with nutrients, calming her short breath will provide her with conditions to fight in. ¡°Ha? All wounds healed in the time it would take for a cup of coffee to go cold? He didn¡¯t absorb my poison as nutrients, did he? This is a problem if that¡¯s true.¡± Even if the poison has been diluted to 60%, it is harmful to the body unless it is a mutant that can handle poison. Though mutants have high detoxification capabilities and they are not affected, poison is still poison. It bes an unnecessary attack. It is easier to send it out than consume nutrients inside and detoxify. Then it is one of two cases. He either sucked up the venom to use as nutrients as Medusa said, or he stupidly did not expel the poison and is detoxifying from the inside. ¡°This won¡¯t do. My dear children, go hunt for mommy.¡± Kyak! Medusa stroked the snakes camouged as hair and they fell out tobine into one and be a venomous snake 3 to 4 meters long. She had not shown this ability while fighting with Cha Jun Sung. She has only ever shown this ability once in her life! It was in a battle of order with Inferno. The colorful snake grows farther from Medusa¡¯s view. Its writhing is like that of a sneak, but it is as fast as an arrow. Medusa sent her children because she cannot leave. She needs to guard Cha Jun Sung because there is no way of knowing what might change. The snake must not be underestimated because it is small. It is still a level 6. If bitten by its fangs, a Lifer who has gone through the 4th stage of body modifications would notst 10 seconds. Grey hair grows where the snakes had been. It is the hair she had when she had been human. Cha Jun Sung did not show change even after several hours. He is still on his knees. Medusa rxed and waited. ¡°Kihit!¡± Beholder approaches from outside the battlefield. It is over. She will need to hear from him to know whether it was a failure or sess, but it looks like a sess. ¡°You¡¯re here. How is he?¡± ¡°Kikik! Fortunately, we couldmunicate! His mind is split into two, but one side is for us. I helped that side to push down the other.¡± ¡°For how long? When will he wake up?¡± ¡°2 days minimum, 3 days at most? It¡¯ll get longer and longer if I hold him. I¡¯m sure he¡¯ll bepletely eatenter. 5 minutes is enough to wake up.¡± Medusa¡¯s expression bes light. It took a few months to search for him. She rxed and put her heart to rest. Twitch. ¡°He¡¯s moving.¡± ¡°Hee hee!¡± A weak vibration, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body is reacting. It started from his fingers and toes, spread to his elbows and knees, and ended with his body and neck. 9 eyes open. There was no difference in his intensity, but he was not full of ferocity and savagery as he had been before. Cha Jun Sung put his palm with sharp nails on concrete. When he squeezed with strength, the stone floor shaves off under the gruesome grip. He ground the stone fragments he held in his hand and let the powder fly with the wind. Boom! His knees straighten. The world looks small when looking at it from 10 meters in the air. Why is it so small? It is a toy? His senses that are amplified by the hundreds of what he had as a human tell him that he has be a being that exceeded limits. ¡°Like this?¡± Cha Jun Sung changes his body. He has never changed the way he wanted to with a sane mind, but he is used to it. His body must remember. ¡°How do you feel?¡± ¡°I feel?¡± A sound from ahead. Medusa in her sleeping state and Beholder in his awakened state. He cannot think of the word to express himself. ¡°It¡¯ll be strange for now. You¡¯ve abandoned yourself and evolved into a new being. But that ends soon, too. Adapting is quick.¡± They understand Cha Jun Sung. There is no mutant that feels natural from the beginning after recovering normality. This was the same for Medusa and Beholder. How could they be natural when they do not know how anything worked out? ¡°The White Queen wants me?¡± ¡°You know her Majesty?¡± ¡°We¡¯ve never met. I just know that she¡¯s looking for me from my conversation with Beholder, but I don¡¯t understand. Why is she trying to meet me?¡± ¡°Why else? She wants to gain an upper hand in the fight against the disasters.¡± ¡°The 6 disasters.....¡± Chapter 151 ¡°Ha? You know that there are 6? You were just a human before evolution, but you know a lot about the mutant world. Who did you serve?¡± ¡°Uh... Medusa, it¡¯splicated. We need to exin to everyone including the White Queen. I can¡¯t really believe it either. Wait a bit.¡± Beholder is wondering how to unravel this in his words. It would be good if Cha Jun Sung himself interfered, but he will have a role distributed to him as well. ¡®White Queen.....¡¯ She is one of only two female mutants out of the 6 disasters. She is the empress of Europe, with everything from her looks to her fighting style opposite to the Evil Queen. ¡°I¡¯ll tell you our situation briefly. We partnered with Africa.¡± ¡°Africa? Lies and betrayal, I can¡¯t trust him when he ostracizes others. You never know when he might stab your back. Someone like Oceania would be better.¡± ¡°We thought of that too, but we excluded him because it¡¯s hard for him toe out onnd. At any rate, we need strong allies in order to keep Africa in check.¡± Cha Jun Sung listened to what Medusa was saying. He lost his PDA and became a mutant. Whatever happens, he needs to gain more information about this ce. ¡°Am I the only recruit?¡± ¡°The Blood Lord in Latvia is also a potential recruit.¡± ¡°The Blood Lord!¡± Cha Jun Sung raised his voice. He recalls the description for the Public Underground mission. The Blood Lord, who went north on an expeditionary force! He left the Public Underground so if he traces his steps back, he might be able to find the path he needs to go back to. ¡°What do you have to do with him?¡± ¡°Where does the Blood Lord live?¡± ¡°Somewhere in Czechoslovakia.¡± Medusa does not know in detail either. She can find out if she wants to, but there is no reason for her to do that. She knew that he would move on his own. ¡®Czechoslovakia..... It might be possible.¡¯ The country¡¯s total area is smaller than that of Korea. The future looked bleak, but Cha Jun Sung is optimistic. He thinks that he will have to dig around for several months to find what he needs to know. ¡°My baby is back.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s senses identify the living creature approaching them and its smell. It is the venomous snake that Medusa sent out. It has gotten bigger. It was 3 or 4 meters before and is now 7 or 8. This growth is evidence of how much it has gained in nutrients. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes narrow. If that snake goes back to Medusa, she will probably recover her strength. What about himself? He is tired, but he can still fight. He will not follow them. He loses his freedom the moment he meets the White Queen. To reverse the situation and win his freedom after meeting the White Queen? How is he supposed to do that against a level 9? There is no way he can win. A 6th sense awakened in him after he became a mutant. He cannot express it, but he knows that he is iplete. If he thanks them for the exnation and says that they should go their separate ways, will they let him go without a fight? They will take him by force if they have to. ¡®On 3. I only have one chance.¡¯ He pretended to stretch his body and prepared to reach the optimal point to attack in the shortest time possible. Medusa and Beholder were not suspicious. Both arms growrger and Cha Jun Sung changes into a monster. The back of his hands be faces and his nails, teeth. Two wolves went for Medusa¡¯s snake and Beholder. This is not the end of his attack. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s tails be one giant sword and sh down on Medusa. The attack takes advantage of their rxed states. Beholder is surprised and swings hundreds of tentacles around. He is not abative type, but he is still a level 8. He has the defensive means to protect his own body. But Cha Jun Sung¡¯s attack was such a surprise that Beholder was not able to block itpletely. The beast cut the tentacles off with a de and tried to pierce through Beholder¡¯s center. He will not die, but it is not a minor injury. The other beast chews the entire snake. Cha Jun Sung has taken the nutrients instead of Medusa. Medusa realizes the situation and took position to attack him, but she had to escape because of the swording down at her. Her children must have worked hard to hunt supplements for their mother because of the exhaustion that she incurred. She could tell there were a lot of nutrients in the snake from the ck smokeing out of his mouth. ¡°Why!¡± ¡°I have a lot to do. I don¡¯t even have time to lounge around with you two here, but to go meet the White Queen?¡± ¡°We were going to take you back calmly..... I¡¯ll cut off your limbs and drag you back by your torso. I¡¯m sure they¡¯ll regenerate as long as you don¡¯t die.¡± Medusa is angered and awakens again, but she is a little weaker than before because she lost her snake. ¡®Beholder first!¡¯ Bang! Cha Jun Sung swoops down on Beholder. It is dangerous if Cha Jun Sung shakes up Beholder¡¯s mind. Cha Jun Sung cannot attack both of his enemies at the same time, so he needed to choose one. ¡°You!¡± The bone speares flying. He made his left arm thick like a shield and held it up at an angle. This creates less impact from the spear than blocking from the front. ¡°Kihit! Don¡¯te!¡± ¡°You¡¯re too bothersome. I¡¯ll kill you first.¡± Beholder is busy taking care of his wounds. Cha Jun Sung made his tails into a shield as well and covered his body from two sides. He is capable of taking on Beholder with just his right arm. Tentacles hit Cha Jun Sung. It is painful, but bearable. His right arm digs at Beholder¡¯s eyeball. He is returning damage done four fold. ¡°You¡¯re not defending against me?¡± Medusa had only been about half of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s size, but grew to be a simr size. This is power. Her snake hair has gotten bigger, and they were each big enough to bring on individual attacks now. Furthermore, the end of her tail split with a snake¡¯s faceing out. Her whole body is made of snakes. A power iparable to the impact until now went diagonally through Cha Jun Sung¡¯s tail and left arm shield, and stuck in his side. ¡°The poison hasn¡¯t been diluted. I know that you¡¯re strong, but that was reckless. There are 2 of us and you¡¯re alone. This is the difference between one against one and two against one.¡± Her snake hairs are 3 meters long, and they bare their teeth to bite Cha Jun Sung. Though they are far away, they stretch out like rubber bands. ¡°Reckless? I gave it a try because it seemed doable.¡± It is two against one, but their conditions are equal. Cha Jun Sung is not pushed back. He believes in this body. It can endure most attacks. He will handle the rest himself. Cha Jun Sung twists and pulls his right hand, which is in Beholder. A big chunk of fleshes out stuck to his nails. ¡®Your weakness.....¡¯ He did not have a chance to fight them in the virtual version, but Medusa¡¯s weakness is her hair and Beholder¡¯s is the nucleus stuck deep within his body. He cut and pulled it out. He will kill them and go to Czechoslovakia to find his PDA. ¡®I¡¯m going back.¡¯ He is a human, not a mutant. He will return to his colleagues. He will go back and find out why this happened to him. Do they think he will die here? An angry roares from the center of a battlefield that has been reduced to ruins. Anger is the base of the roar, but there was also a murderous and hateful feeling included. Though they are worn out because they have not been taken care of, hundreds of buildings in rtively good shape were destroyed as though they were blown up by bombs. This is the result of Cha Jun Sung and Medusa fighting with level 8 power. ¡°Ugh! Damn you! I¡¯ll find and kill you even if I have to search this entire world!¡± The bone spear is stuck in the ground. The spear shakes with the strength from her arm. Medusa cannot find bnce and wobbles. She looks wretched. Most of her tail and hair snakes have been cut off and she has serious injuries. It is not her will. She is so tired she cannot keep going. ¡°Damn it..... Beholder.....¡± Medusa looks at Beholder. He barely protected his nucleus, but his body has been chopped up. Cha Jun Sung knows their weaknesses. She does not know how. The important thing is that he knows. ¡°How are we going to look at the White Queen.....¡± They have failed their mission. Other organs are another story, but the problem is that his brain was affected. The brain administers memory. He will grow back to normal because the nucleus is safe, but he will lose the time and memory until now. He is still Beholder, but he will be reborn. It is true that they had let their guards down, but to be reduced to this when they had both attacked him. There is nothing more shameful. They gained nothing but lost so much. A crack has been formed in her strong pride. She can only kill Cha Jun Sung in order to heal her pride, but it feels like she will have nightmares until that dayes. Chapter 152 ¡°The restriction not to kill him became a hindrance because we had to hold back our strength.¡± She cannot be sure whether or not she can kill him, but she had held back on her power in the final attack because of the pressure to capture him alive. If she had stabbed at him with all of her power, he would not have been able to run away even if it killed him. Medusa picks up Beholder¡¯s nucleus. She cannot just leave it here. The area has been recognized as a battlefield for top level mutants, so anything ambiguous cannote. She must rest as much as she can before going. There are a lot that will try to take advantage of her weakened state once she leaves this ce. While Medusa was sitting in front of her bone spear, she heard a strange sound ahead. Something ising. There are a lot of them. More than 50. ¡°Hey hey! She¡¯s really here! It¡¯s like the mission said ¨C Medusa is here! She¡¯s on the brink of death!¡± ¡°Wow!¡± ¡°Does that mean we¡¯re catching a level 8?¡± ¡°That¡¯s a mutant I thought we¡¯d only see in a level A mission, but we¡¯re finding her in C.¡± Everyone is wearing battlesuits, and they are force Lifers. Medusa considered what was going on and remembered something. One day, strange humans started appearing to hunt mutants. They were organized and came in by level. It is not something that is happening in just Medusa¡¯s area, but all across Europe and the 6 continents. Medusa¡¯s lips twist coldly. She cannot understand the words that these humans with odd shells are saying, but she can get an idea from their behavior. She was able tomunicate with Cha Jun Sung because they are both mutants. It is Italian, but mutants are able to trante automatically. ¡°Mere humans... They¡¯re not even mutants and they¡¯lle after me when I¡¯m weakened? Actually, this is good. I¡¯ll eat you and supplement my health.¡± Beep beep! Medusa¡¯s Italian is tranted to the Lifers. ¡°You know you¡¯re 1.8 million points right now? 1.8 million is tremendous for hunting a single mutant, but you can¡¯t beat us with that body. Alright! Let¡¯s start!¡± Medusa is ranked level 8 in level A missions. But as an aftermath of herbat with Cha Jun Sung, her mind and body have copsed to level C 1.8 million. She had be a target after a few hours since the mission was reestablished. What Lifers would have been crazy enough to go into a mission to catch a level 8 mutant? They would not even be able to enter because level A has not been opened. Medusa grabbed her bone spear and stood up. This is a part of her. When she consumed the remaining nutrients, the bone spear shrank to 3 meters. ¡°I won¡¯t just kill you. I have something to ask you too.¡± Medusa¡¯s eyes spark. They are insects that do not know their ce. She will show them what hell is. *** Meanwhile, Cha Jun Sung escaped from Medusa and moved wildly without setting a direction. Like Medusa, he is not in a great state either. He will get away first. It will be a long journey to Czechoslovakia and he does not have a sense of east and west, so there is no guarantee that he will take the right path. This is not the earth that he lived on. He needs to establish a foundation to live in this world for the time being, whether that is a map,pass, or food. ¡°I¡¯m all out of strength.¡± It has been long since he hid his ck smoke and steel-like body. He devoted himself to recovering while he ran away, but he could not expect rapid regeneration. He needs to be relieved that his injuries have not gotten worse. He cannot retain a demonic force any longer. He is defenseless from now on. His ck skin changes to a skin color that is almost white. External characteristics that are not fitting for humans like his horns and tails disappear. He looks just like the human Cha Jun Sung did, before he became a mutant. Cha Jun Sung feels his face with his hand. He is naked when he looks down, but there is nothing that shows he is a mutant. He cannot look at himself because he does not have a mirror, but it is a face he had for dozens of years. He can figure out whether it hase back just by touching it. ¡°It¡¯s me from the outside.¡± The body is Cha Jun Sung. He has just been put down due to extreme consumption of his nutrients and health. He is only human on the outside, but mutant on the inside. ¡°There has to be a way. Let¡¯s wait until this guy wakes up.¡± Beholder put the Oriax to sleep. They fought over the body night and day, and then cooperated with Beholder once he recognized him. There is no choice, regardless of liking and not liking. A stranger is about toe in and take over if he does not cooperate. And the result was not bad. Their impassioned minds cooled down enough for them to put everything else aside and discuss solutions. Now, they need to decide. They cannot have two minds in one body. One needs to have total control or the body needs to be split into two. ¡°It seems possible.....¡± The original two bodies are that of human and mutant. Cha Jun Sung was absorbed by the Oriax, but the Oriax does not kill its host. The interesting thing here is that the fun Beholder had made it so that the stronger Oriax got pushed back by Cha Jun Sung¡¯s seemingly weaker mind. ¡°Can this guy fall away from the host? Won¡¯t that work then?¡± It was like that in the virtual version too. They abandon the host and run away if it is no longer needed or in danger of death. They can separate on will. If reality is the same as the virtual, he can be a simple human like before. He does not care that the Oriax would be going back to its life as a level 6. If he keeps living with the Oriax in him, he might have to live in this ce forever while fighting other mutants. He is totally against that type of primitive life. ¡°I¡¯m hungry.....¡± He recognizes that he is a level 8. He is a predator that can go anywhere in the world without fear, but he needs to eat in order to survive as he is still a living creature. At this state, he would only be able to take on one or two big attacks. It would be too much to fight a level 7, but he can definitely catch a level 5. Cha Jun Sung walks through a deste city. An average human would have worried about mutant attacks while walking this street, but it is nothing for him. It is novel and interesting. There are novels where the subjects are a perished world, and Cha Jun Sung also read those types of books with interest. ¡°I¡¯m sure there will be survivors if I look around, since there were in the Dead Ark.¡± Hiding in a world that is open to mutants ¨C how difficult and painful must that be? It is better tomit suicide than to be ripped apart into pieces. ¡°Huh?¡± Cha Jun Sung slowed down after walking for a while. Though he has been injured, he has no trouble seeing or hearing. He can feel the movement through his level 8 senses. Boom! ¡°There¡¯s one. It¡¯s far away, but it must be pretty big judging by the vibrationsing through the ground.¡± Weak vibrations tickled the soles of his feet each time the mutant took a step. It is about 1km away. He is certain that it is big. ¡°As long as it¡¯s not a level 7.¡± Cha Jun Sung gulps. He looks like a person who has something delicious in front of him. But does he himself know what kind of expression he has on right now? He would have doubted himself if he had even a small hand mirror. *** ¡®Devil Saurus.¡¯ It is a top level 6 mutant evolved from lizards and looks like a giant carnivorous dinosaur from the cretaceous period, but it is twice as big. A long curved horn of 6 meters is on its head as though it is a rhinoceros. It is twice the width of a human. Devil Saurus used its arm with sharp nails to chew deliciously on mutants it has hunted. It is a dinosaur but its arm is so well-evolved that it would be able to use a sword well if given one. ¡®Is it a Caicus? It¡¯ll be impossible to take it on if the Caicus is the opponent.¡¯ The Devil Saurus¡¯ food is a Caicus. It is hard to determine because he is so far away, but it must not have been able to resist much before dying. He understands. Devil Saurus is small but still 20 meters tall and 30 meters long. The bigger ones are even bigger by a full head. Though the Caicus is strong, it is a level 5, meaning that it is ranked only in the middle as a predator among all levels 1 through 9. ¡®Should I get it?¡¯ He said that anything is okay as long as it is not a level 7, but it is ambiguous. The Devil Saurus can take blows. It is possible that it will withstand Cha Jun Sung¡¯s attacks. ¡®Two big attacks.¡¯ He is not in an awakened state and mutation is difficult. If he puts all of his strength into one arm and attacks twice, he will basically be human for the time being. While he was thinking for a while, the Devil Saurus burped. It is a physiological reaction that all living creatures show! It is full. Chapter 153 The Caicus was dug into with nails. It has scratched through and eaten the organs and fleshy parts. All that is left are parts like arms and calves. ¡®I¡¯ll recover a little with even that much. Let¡¯s not get greedy and work easily.¡¯ There is no reason to get the Devil Saurus. It is enough to enter dangerous situations only when it is absolutely necessary. The Devil Saurus disappears. This area must be under its influence. The wind blows in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s direction. It must keep blowing this way. It will be troublesome if the wind reverses and the Devil Saurus gets a whiff of him. ¡°That pig. It ate this up clean. A Caicus is several tons in weight.¡± Cha Jun Sung grumbles as he looks at the hacked up corpse. Then he put his hand where there is flesh left over. A shadow draped over his hand for a moment, and strange teeth appeared all over his fingers and hand to swallow the flesh. He stretched automatically without having to move, and sucked up the organ leftovers lying at a distance. He even clung to the skin and bones. ¡®My strength ising back.¡¯ If his state before had been a fiercely glowing me that had been put out, he is now a wick that is flickering light since eating the Caicus¡¯ corpse. His dry skin bes glossy. He did not get bigger, but his muscles be harder with the nutrient intake and his body is activated. ¡°I can recover 30 to 40% by eating. I have no choice but to depend on rest for the rest. It¡¯ll be best not to fight beyond hunting.¡± It¡¯s like Cha Jun Sung is a patient. If he had been a human, he would be getting an IV drip in the hospital right now. He has no problem with motion as he is a level 8, but he has be weak. Eating a mutant will help him with nutrients and stamina. If he wants to go back to normal, he must get an enormous supply of nutrients and treat his damaged body without resting. But does a patient get better just by eating? Cha Jun Sung needs time. Like Medusa, he needs to get medical treatment for several months. He can take on hordes of level 6s once he is recovered to an extent, but it would be preferable to avoid level 7s. A tiger does not get killed by a rabbit just because it is injured. But what if it is a fox? A fox would be able to rip the skin of an injured tiger. ¡°A little bit more... This isn¡¯t enough.¡± It feels like he did not get to eat to the end. There is a saying, ¡®Having too much is as bad as having too little¡¯. This is a case where Cha Jun Sung cannot agree. ¡°Should I catch it?¡± The Devil Saurus is not far away. It is near. It cannot smell him because of the direction of the wind, so it will not have even realized his presence. Cha Jun Sung considered it a bit and decided not to catch it. With this much, there will not be much of an issue in moving around. It is also a good idea to eat level 1 and 2s while on his way to Czechoslovakia. ¡°Is there a supermarket somewhere? I¡¯m sure something wille out.¡± There is a lot that he needs to find. This is the first time his residual period has been so long in Life Mission. The Dead Ark had been over 1 month. He cannot even get a sense of how much time has passed since he was taken over by the Oriax. At least a few months must have passed, and the worst-case scenario could be years. Time is passing by even at this moment as he stands still. ¡°Some clothing at least.¡± Even if no one is watching, he is embarrassed to walk around nude. Though he has be a mutant, he still has a concept of clothing. He would cover himself with rags if he could. Cha Jun Sung was about to walk in the opposite direction of where he could tell the Devil Saurus was. He must be unlucky, because the wind switched direction. Mutants¡¯ sense of smell is simr to that of animals. It is different to the degenerated senses of humans. ¡°Ugh..... Well.¡± The Devil Saurus sniffed and changed its direction to where Cha Jun Sung is. Why is iting towards him? It is because of the unique smell. It is interested in this smell that he is experiencing for the first time. Living as a predator, it did not think that there are individuals stronger than itself. Cha Jun Sun did not move. He could run away immediately if he wants to. He would not have to go very far and all he would have to do is jump around on top of tall buildings. But that action in itself hurts his pride. He does not want to jump around in high ces like a monkey just because of a dinosaur withrge arms and legs. The Devil Saurus looks on in puzzlement when he sees Cha Jun Sung, and goes around him in circles. It is on alert, but still puts its nose to him. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s face is possessed by a demon. It is partial. Hornse out and his face bes ck. 2 eyes be 9, and they look at the Devil Saurus. [I¡¯ll let you live. Go back.] He is speaking in mutantnguage. Humans will only hear it as growling, but Cha Jun Sung spoke so that the Devil Saurus could understand. The Devil Saurus roars and smacks its tail down. A crater forms in the stone ground and the dust spreads everywhere. It is angry. [This is my territory! I¡¯m king! I say who has the right to live and die. You¡¯re a crazy bastard for giving orders to the king! I¡¯ll kill you!] Its tail attack is different from that of the Blood Suckers but still simr in strength, and sweeps ahead of it. Cha Jun Sung throws his body back. His expression bes heinous. Mutant instinct ¨C it is rebellion for a lower level mutant to go against a higher level mutant. ¡®Death with one blow will be difficult. I¡¯ll shake up its core and cut off its mobility.¡¯ It avoids him well. The target is small, so hitting it is work in itself. Cha Jun Sung watched for an opportunity. There is no effect in leaving a small wound. There is something he has had in mind since the Devil Saurus appeared. He will draw that out. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s right arm changes into a 2 meter sword. Then he transformed. This results in less energy consumption. ¡®Tail, then legs.¡¯ The Devil Saurus has slower regenerationpared to mutants of its level. Instead, its skin is as thick as it is big and its muscles are tough, so those are at the same level. With the force of a level 8, he can cut through it as if it is jelly. The transformed sword cuts the tail. Blood colors the ground. Because it is so thick, he needs to go at it twice before it is cut off. Creatures that bnce their weight with their tails find it hard to bnce even if their two legs are in perfect condition. Everything is rtive. Battlesuit-wearing human Cha Jun Sung would have died after leaving minor wounds. But to mutant Cha Jun Sung who has be level 8, level 6 is just prey. Even when he has a major injury. It did not even take a minute to cut its legs off in addition to the tail. They will regenerate if he lets it be, but he will not do that. Kung! ¡°Don¡¯t yell, you piece of trash.¡± Cha Jun Sung shes a red light and chops up the Devil Saurus. When he digs into its chest, blood stters onto Cha Jun Sung. Reasoning bes paralyzed. In the past, he would have avoided it out of fright but now, it just makes him happy. On top of that, the blooding into his mouth is sweeter than a soft drink. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body growsrger and he chomps on the Devil Saurus¡¯ flesh. It is just exercise for his mouth and his entire body is already eating. A ck shadow covered the Devil Saurus as though it is falling into quicksand. He is absorbing it whole rather than eating it by part. Lower level mutants tremble in fear as the area¡¯s dominating mutant is eaten by a stronger mutant. They watch in order to remember what Cha Jun Sung looks like. They need to know what he looks like so they can avoid himter. It is the method with which weaker creatures survive. Chapter 154 ¡°..... This isn¡¯t it.¡± Cha Jun Sung sits on the ground with a devastated expression. He looked down at his hands and kept saying ¡®This isn¡¯t it¡¯. ¡°I ate a mutant with my mouth. And thought it tasted good! I can¡¯t control it! Does this make sense? I¡¯m not an animal, but I ate a mutant with my mouth!¡± He can ept taking in the mutant through touch, as he has removed the mask of a human ever since the Oriax took him on as a host. ¡°Is my mind bing that of a mutant too? Have I lost myself?¡± That is the only way to exin it. He thought that he might have the mask of a mutant, but that his core is human. He was wrong. Both his mind and body have be mutant. If he keeps going like this, he might deny his nature and forget the fact that he was once human. That cannot happen. He cannot lose his mind as a human. He needs to maintain it if he wants to return to reality. If he loses his mind, he might start to hope to stay in this ce. Reality is the world of the hunters. ¡°Let¡¯s just hold out for a few days.¡± There is nothing he can do alone. Once the Oriax wakes up, he needs to find a way to send it out of his body. He ripped flesh and sucked blood within a day ofing back to his senses. It looks like he will not be able tost until he gets to Czechoslovakia. Cha Jun Sung let out a sigh dejectedly and gets moving. However it happened, most of his health has returned since he ate the Devil Saurus. He does not want to go blindly just because he cannot decide on a direction to go, so he will look around the area for things that he needs. *** This is around when Cha Jun Sung arrives in Czechoslovakia. While he was going to Czechoslovakia, Medusa was going back to Ennd with Beholder, who had be a nucleus. Titan and Kimeira had put their strength together to take over Blood Lord, and have dragged him with them. It had been possible because of Titan. ¡°ck smoke?¡± ¡°Yeah. ck smoke came out of his mouth. It was a good thing Beholder was there. If I had been alone, I would have lost. I¡¯m pretty sure not even you would have been guaranteed to beat him either.¡± Inferno is strong. He is surely the best of all of the nightmares in Europe. Even in Asia, only Red Eye can take him on. There may not be more than 5 mutants that could take him on in all 6 continents. But the ck devil they met this time had been really strong. It felt like they had seen the ck Demon that they had only ever heard about. Though this does not mean that is really what happened. No matter how strong a nightmare level mutant is, they cannot bepared to disasters. ¡°ck smoke, you say.....¡± ¡°Can you think of something?¡± ¡°No.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you think he might be ck Demon¡¯s offspring? I didn¡¯t think so at first either, but his characteristics, appearance, andbat style are too simr to what I¡¯ve heard.¡± ¡°Forget it. I¡¯ll report this to her Majesty. Take good care of Beholder.¡± Inferno cut Medusa off. There is no way he is ck Demon, and he cannot be an offspring either. How can he be sure? It is a situation in which he can be certain. ¡°Your Majesty! It¡¯s Inferno.¡± ¡°Come in.¡± A fine voicees from the office. Inferno opens the door and bows his head as soon as he enters. It is out of respect, but also because of Medusa¡¯s failure in the mission. ¡°So you failed.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I should have gone myself. He is said to be too strong to capture with Medusa and Beholder¡¯s power.¡± ¡°It is already a failure. I will hear the report properly. Lift your head.¡± Inferno lifts his head. He can see the empress. A monotonously white figure ¨C hair, eyes, skin ¨C looks at Inferno. She looks like a doll with eyes. A being that spills white blood. It is Europe¡¯s White Queen, Lobelira. Though she has be a mutant, she is thest remaining princess of the British royal lineage. There are very few who know this. This including both mutants and humans. Because of that, Lifers who yed the virtual version only know the name White Queen and do not really know who she is. ¡°So.....¡± Inferno reported everything he heard from Medusa. The White Queen had an interested expression until her white eyes became round at mention of ck smoke. She is surprised. The unidentified man sitting in front of her also showed a strange reaction. ¡°ck smoke? Was it really ck smoke? And the characteristics were as you say?¡± ¡°Ye ¨C yes.¡± The man smirks gleefully. Inferno wanted to ask the meaning of this smile, but did not. He does not get a voice. ¡°Leave. I¡¯ll call you separately.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Inferno leaves the office. White Queen drank the cooling tea. Hot tea is good, but cooled tea is not bad either. ¡°He will have wanted to ask if it was you yourself or your child.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll answer. If it had been me, I wouldn¡¯t have let Medusa and Beholder live. And my only child is Red Eye, so he has nothing to do with me.¡± The man crosses his arms and watches White Queen with an arrogant expression. There is no hesitation in looking at a disaster. His eyes, which look like ck beads, look like they are ready to turn heaven and earth over. He is ck Demon Aduroque, the strongest mutant in existence. ¡®Is it an awakening? Is that possible? He¡¯ll have to take a different path from me. I can only think that the future has been twisted by passing off the notebook.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung, stuck in the middle, has no fate with mutants. He needed to have pioneered a new path for the future through the notebook as a medium. That is why it was delivered to him. It was so he would not take the same path. ¡®So it works out like this, too. Interesting. Then are there 2 of me in one era?¡¯ It is just a guess but from the way ck Demon sees it, Cha Jun Sung has not beenpletely awakened yet. He can tell just from the way Cha Jun Sung struggled against Medusa and Beholder. ck Demon is also stronger now than he was during his initial awakening, but there was not such a big difference. He had already transcended perfection from the moment he was awakened. He would have been able to y them unterally with just 50% of his strength. ¡°What are you thinking?¡± ¡°I thought about he who is simr to me. I¡¯m gaining curiosity.¡± ck Demon did not hide his thoughts. Currently, no one knows that they are connected through aplex rtionship. As long as he does not tell anyone. ¡°More than that, have you decided? I¡¯ll form an alliance with you if you ept my condition.¡± ¡°The handicap is too big. If you change your mind after I ept, everything loses ground. 6 disasters would be 5.¡± ¡°You want to drag me into the battlefield. Put everything on the line. Once it starts, there¡¯s no end. Make me believe you.¡± White Queen proposed an alliance. It does not matter either way for ck Demon, but the recent movements of North and South Africa are suspicious. Evil Queen in particr ¨C he does not know what she was like when she was human, but she surpasses ambition and is vain. He would justugh her off as garbage if she was not able, but unfortunately she is one of the disasters. She is a ticking time bomb. Evil Queen is after Asia. She does not want to take thend. As was said before, she is vain. Her goal is to have the world under feet, to be treated as a queen. He has confidence if it is a one-on-one fight. It is just that if South America¡¯s skull joins, it bes a situation where he cannot be 100% sure to win. Chapter 155 ¡°If I had made this proposal first, I would have listened to your condition. It¡¯s a pity that it wasn¡¯t me, so make your decision. Will you ept?¡± They left matters regarding Cha Jun Sung to the side for a moment. If his level increases, they will have to meet even if they do not want to. They can figure it out then. White Queen closes her eyes in consideration. Her finger taps the table. ck Demon did not rush her. He knows that it is an unreasonable demand. ¡°Alright.¡± ¡°Ho?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll trust you and kill him with my own hands. I ask for your support.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll support with Red Eye and Tacit Wriggle. Trust me. If you y your part well, there won¡¯t be any issues for the underlings¡¯ battles.¡± ¡°Hah! What is a Tacit Wriggle?¡± ¡°The son is a new recruit from New Zend. It¡¯s what I call him since he is quiet for a worrisome parasite type.¡± Two is enough. Parasite King arrived safely in the Philippines. He has reduced parasitism as much as possible and is struggling with the other mutants there. ck Demon gets up. He is going back to Korea since his work here is done. ¡°How much time do you need?¡± ¡°Just give me 1 year. We need that much to grow Beholder.¡± Beholder¡¯s ability excels individually, but shines more in a massive war. She must grow him and take him with her. ck Demon nods in affirmation and leaves the office. Shortly after. A giant mutant,rge enough to cover Buckingham Pce, appears. ck Demon gets on it and they disappear into the clouds. At a nce, it resembles a dragon from the Middle Ages, but it is ck Demon¡¯s mutant pet, Dragonos. ¡°Make him trust..... Human.¡± Under White Queen¡¯s standards, ck Demon is the only being that goes around while revealing his thoughts. He remains the most human of them as well. There is nothing to fear if he agrees to be their ally. They will be able to take on the other 3 disasters if theybine their strength. That is what ck Demon is like. White Queen looks south. She is not sure if that is actually south. She has just looked in the direction rtive to how she is sitting. ¡°Anubis.....¡± White Queen says quietly. It is an ancient Egyptian god that controls death. It is also called the god of canines, and is Africa¡¯s disaster. Noble king Anubis. 3 of the 6 disasters evolved from humans, but the other 3 did not. That must be why the way they think is different. Anubis initially evolved from an animal. They know that it is in the canine family, but the rest has not been revealed. He morbidly hates humans. Africa¡¯s humanity became extinct because of his direct involvement. ¡°It¡¯s a lifetime of gambling.¡± The mutant that White Queen needs to kill is Anubis, who is at the peak. Africa¡¯s influence is higher than Europe¡¯s. But if the supportes, Europe has an advantage. The key to sess or failure is whether she can win against Anubis or not. White Queen looks up to the ceiling with an expressionless face. It is dangerous but she decided to just think of it as a way to get what she wants. *** Cha Jun Sung is walking around a supermarket in casual clothing. He has arge hiking backpack on his back, which is full of necessities he found while searching through the city. It was easy to find things like clothes and shoes. There are retail stores everywhere. He did not have food in there because he could just consume mutants. He tried to find some but did not see any. It had either already been looted or rotten. ¡°Found it.¡± Cha Jun Sung looks over a small store and enters. All he needs to find are a map andpass, but these were the ones bothering him. The inside is a mess like everywhere else. Odds and ends are rolling around. It would be stranger if it were clean since it has been neglected for a long time. Cha Jun Sung picks up a world map made of quality leather. He picked an expensivepass as well. It will be a long distance journey. He is not the type to go after luxury brands, but expensive things are less likely to break. ¡°I¡¯ll take a few more in case.¡± There is extra space in the pack. He needs to go through this bothersome task again if he takes one of each and something breaks. It is better to end it all in one go. ¡°All done.¡± Hepleted preparations for departure within 2 days. This would not have been necessary if he had his PDA and spacepression bag, but he is going through a struggle. Kik! He hears a cry from a corner of the market. Cha Jun Sung nced over and lost interest. It is a level 1 that chose this ce as its home. It hase in for the first time and runs away in terror with a young roar. It will not have the nerve to take the lead. ¡°It¡¯s alright to have a conversation.¡± There is no hindrance. The supermarket entrance is sized for humans. Anything greater than mid-sized mutants cannot enter. There is no worry because even if something breaks through the wall to get in, it will make a lot of noise. ¡°I know you¡¯re awake. Don¡¯t pretend you¡¯re not and disappear, you sly bastard.¡± Cha Jun Sung mumbles to himself. Is he crazy? Of course not. He is talking to the Oriax that has awakened. He felt it wake up a little while ago. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s biggest problem right now is the Oriax. The enemy within is more dangerous than the enemy outside. To him, the Oriax is the enemy within. If it is determined to make a fit, there is no way for him to do anything about it. [Let¡¯s refrain from doing anything that¡¯s harmful to the body from now on. It¡¯s a loss for both of us.] It is a different concept from that of Odin. It is a direct voice into his brain. What the Oriax wants to sayes into his mind like thoughts. Since it has absorbed Cha Jun Sung¡¯s abilities, a smooth conversation is possible. In the beginning, it only had the thought that it needs to kill Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mind and take over the body. That is definite. That is why they choose hosts. But it had not imagined that the fight to take over the body wouldst so long. The more surprising thing is that it is not over, but that they are in a truce. If they decide not to give in and fight it out to the end, they could go back to fighting fiercely. That is something that they do not want. [What are you? Are you a human?] ¡°Then do you think I¡¯m a mutant like you?¡± [I tried to absorb you and take shape in my style, but it was impossible. Your body flowed regardless of my will as though it¡¯s an unbridled colt.] ¡°What do you mean?¡± [I lit the fire, but the waking appearance is your own.] [You said that mutants were created because of the A virus? It¡¯s a very small amount, but you were already infected when I was infiltrating you.] Hands need to match up to p. There cannot be a p with just one hand, no matter what the person does. This is what the Oriax is telling him. It might be hard to believe, but there is no need to listen to the words and understand. What the Oriax is trying to say is ryed automatically in his mind. ¡°That means.....¡± [I¡¯m the cause, but the waking appearance is something you already had.] ¡°How do you exin the whole body mutation?¡± [That¡¯s yours as well. I just used it. ording to the ranking you people have, I¡¯m level 7. Medusa and Beholder are level 8.] A level 7 cannot be 8 from taking on a host. ¡°You¡¯re saying that¡¯s me?¡± [Yeah. That was you. There was mutant potential hidden inside of you. You were awakened as a level 8 because I released the seal.] ¡°..... You said a small amount of the virus?¡± [It seems to be because of body modifications or whatever that is. It¡¯s a contradiction that the human body¡¯s abilities are increased in ten-fold in the first ce.] Chapter 156 Side effects of body modifications. There are differences for individuals, but is that why they experienced madness? Were they injecting the A virus into their bodies? The puzzle ising together. Since beginning body modifications, they were receiving dilutions of A virus. It would have been like nothing normally, but the problem had arisen when the Oriax entered his body. The Oriax is a lump of virus. It bothered the small amount of the virus to make his mutant potential explode all at once. ¡°Then that means all Lifers have been injected with A virus. Are web rats or something? What on earth have the helpers done?¡± He is forming a lot of suspicions that he has not had until now. This must be why it is said that no one knows until they encounter something strange. [Do you want to separate from me? I¡¯ll do it for you if that¡¯s what you want. I¡¯m somehow a bit weary of you. I feel like I¡¯ll be the one eaten up if I stay with you.] The Oriax unexpectedly did not make trouble and said that it would detach itself. Then Cha Jun Sung became nervous. What about after it gives him up? He will be alone in this world full of mutants. He does not have a battlesuit or a vibrating weapon. If he bes an average human, regardless of his 4th stage of body modifications, how is he to survive? Does he need to dig tunnels underground to move around? ¡°Let¡¯s go together until I can return to reality.¡± [Looking strictly at results, I¡¯ve gained a lot from you. I can do that much for you. How do you want to separate? Do you want to try testing it out?] Cha Jun Sung nods. They can test it. They need to try it out anyway. They need to prepare for the worst-case scenario. [Now?] ¡°Now.¡± It is more dangerous if they go outside and separate. The lower level mutants here are scared of him right now. There is no safer ce than where they are now. [Then. I¡¯m starting.] Thump thump. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s heart beats faster. He is hoping that the results are on the better side. Bang! Something goes high and crosses between buildings. It was like looking at a grasshopper and its ability to jump is incredible. It is none other than Cha Jun Sung. Leaving his tremendous abilities and walking slowly is a waste of time. It has been a couple of months since he has left Rome. He did not count the days. There is no use. He invested all of his time that was not spent on eating, sleeping, and fighting, on traveling. ying numbers by counting the days does not help him in what he needs to do. It might just make him impatient. It is wiser to clear his mind. [..... We¡¯re going the right way, right?] ¡°Probably?¡± Honestly, he is not very confident. Going through Europe with just a map andpass in itself is reckless. Cha Jun Sung almost went theplete opposite way to France because he took the wrong direction at first. He had believed that he was going the right way. It is fortunate that he realized coincidentally on the way. If not, he would be looking at the sea right about now. It would have been quick if he had gone in a straight line, but he has gone around. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s current location is Austria¡¯s capital, Vienna. Czechoslovakia is north of here in 12:00 direction. ¡°Let¡¯s rest in this city today.¡± [As you wish.] He does not easily feel exhaustion since he has transcended human limits. This is the same case for his stamina. He is vigorous no matter how much he walks. He is resting not because he is tired, but because it is a bother. He needs to recharge asionally for there not to be any issues with moving. He is sick of seeing mutants everyday. Cha Jun Sung chose a house at random and went inside. There should be a good ce to rest if he searches well enough, but it is all the same from abor efficiency perspective. Kung! Kyak! Cha Jun Sung lets out a bloodthirsty roar. Mutants living nearby are terrified and run away. It is out of nowhere, but there is a reason for it. If he does this, he is not bothered while he rests. Other mutants take this as the appearance of a strong mutant and they leave their homes. It is effective. He has almostpletely recovered from the injuries he got from Medusa over the past few months. It is not 100% perfect, but he is 80% better. Even a level 7 would run away from this roar. There is nothing he can do if there is a level 8, but he has not seen one since Medusa. [You¡¯re good.] ¡°I use it once in awhile when I¡¯m bored, so it would be weirder if I wasn¡¯t good at it.¡± [I mean you¡¯re not averse to using a mutant¡¯s powers. You hated it at first. Humans are so interesting.] ¡°Whew! What can we do when there¡¯s no other way. If you leave my body, I be a normal human being. This world is hell to someone without power like me.¡± The separation they did as a test. The result was that they split splendidly. As soon as the Oriax left his body, Cha Jun Sung became a simple human. He returned to his state in reality, to when he initialized the 4th stage of body modifications. It is ambiguous as to whether this is a good or bad thing. Fusing again was not difficult either. Once he epted the Oriax naturally instead of by force as he had done before, he became a level 8 mutant again. He has be an unusual body that can be human or mutant. There is no way to prove this scientifically, but this is what the two of them are thinking. The Oriax is a parasitic type that keeps its host alive. It was able to exercise its mutant potential when it absorbed Cha Jun Sung, but it was only half. With various issues, they did not take over each other and came to coexist in one body. The subject is Cha Jun Sung but in his absence, the Oriax can take control. It can separate from the body as is characteristic of the Oriax, but it seems everything rted to the A virus has moved over to it. As was said before, there is no way to prove this. This is all just a hypothesis. The important thing is that he can be a simple human being. Cha Jun Sung cannot get near Czechoslovakia on his own. He desperately needs the Oriax¡¯s help. So what else could he do? He needs to use mutant abilities even if he does not want to. ¡®This bastard won¡¯t run away while I¡¯m sleeping, will he? That would be the worst.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung trembles in fear. The only weapon he has now is the Oriax. Though they are helping each other, there is no reason to maintain their rtionship. [Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll keep this state for the time being. To use human expression, your body is a demonic house that I¡¯ve bought with my own money.] The Oriax read Cha Jun Sung¡¯s thoughts. It is a waste to throw him away, but ufortable to keep. It cannot exert the power of level 8 once they separate. That is the greatest reason why it is not leaving him. It would have been able to say with certainty that it would have left if it could be guaranteed that they could separate and it could keep living as a level 8. ¡°But how do I find the location? Do you remember where you were living?¡± [I remember my area, but I don¡¯t know the way in from outside.] He had gone south in a craze, and going back is work in itself. All Cha Jun Sung knows is that Czechoslovakia is smaller than Korea. He needs to just dig through everything because it is not arge difference. It is total manualbor. Going back and forth could take as long as a round trip. ¡°Howe I don¡¯t see any survivors? Are they all living in one ce?¡± He has not seen a single human on his way here. Cha Jun Sung does not know this, but he has unintentionally guessed correctly that they are gathered in one ce. They escaped the mutants and are living in a ce they named Survivors¡¯ Camp. Cities no longer wee humans. [Why do you want to find survivors?] ¡°To ask at least. I would see if there¡¯s anything they know about Public Underground in Czechoslovakia. There might be someone who knows about such a big bunker.¡± [It¡¯d be faster to ask a mutant. There might be anguage barrier, but the more intelligent ones should be able to understand through bodynguage.] There are mutants everywhere. This would be more effective than banking on human survivors when they do not know if they will ever see one. ¡°Wouldn¡¯t a person be better? It¡¯ll be such a hassle to exin this to every mutant we see.¡± [Does anything change if you meet a human? Can you speak Czech?] Cha Jun Sung zones out. Czech? Of course he can¡¯t. He cannot even speak English, so of course he cannot speak Czech. He might as well be mute without his trantor. That is a situation that most Lifers cannot avoid. [Going through the hassle of exining with bodynguage is the same whether you do it with humans or mutants.] [Don¡¯t waste your time on something that won¡¯t work, and change your mind.] ¡°..... Shut up.¡± At that moment, Cha Jun Sung saw an ovep between the cheeky way the Oriax was speaking with Odin. He felt like he would be hearing annoying things from the both of them once he finds his PDA again. Chapter 157 Cha Jun Sung encountered countless mutants while going through the virtual version of Life Mission. It was the same while going through the virtual version. However, he is going through the same experience again while remaining in the mission since Public Underground. Bang bang bang bang! 2 mutants fight. One looks like a human like the Caicus but it is almost 60 meters tall, and the other is small at about 5 or 6 meters. There is no way to imagine just from size, but the 2 mutants are at neck and neck. It is a battle of monsters. The aftermath is a mess of copsed buildings. ¡°Metal Giant and Twister! It¡¯s fun to watch such vigorous guys going at it!¡± Cha Jun Sung could not take his eyes off of the battle. They are both level 7s. Metal Giant is also called Iron Giant. Like its name and appearance, it uses its enormous size and strength to smash everything. Boom! Even now, a 15-story building goes down under its fist. The dusty area swirls and creates a sandstorm. It moves around as though alive. It must be alive from the way it goes at Metal Giant. That is Twister¡¯sbat style. Twister hasrge and small spiral des all over its body. It rotates its body and approaches the enemy to grind it up. ¡°Looks like Metal Giant will win.¡± [The situation isn¡¯t good and you can¡¯t ignore each of their weaknesses and strengths.] There is no way to deny their strength as level 7s, but Twister¡¯s des are not having an impact on Metal Giant. Among level 7s, Metal Giant is among the top 10 while Twister is on the weaker side. They are on separate poles. Even as part of the same level, there are bound to be a distinction between the weak and strong. ¡°Twister¡¯s side?¡± [Metal Giant is big, so it¡¯ll take time to take over its body. Twister is better if you want to end it quickly.] Over several days, Cha Jun Sung and Oriax exchanged opinions and consulted on finding out about Public Underground through humans and mutants. They even talked about Oriax¡¯s abilities. It is a parasitic type. As long as the conditions are right, it could take over high level mutants as well. Though it does not kill the host, it takes over the mind so that the information that the host has is handed over. This is how they are trying to get information. It cannot be parasitic indefinitely. As its nutrient and energy consumption were extreme, it needs to leave enough time. That is why they came up with high level parasitism. Level 7s have low activity levelspared to their wide area. These are conditions in which they can win on quality rather than quantity. Oriax made the suggestion and Cha Jun Sung epted it positively. They tried it once and it was a sess. Unfortunately, they did not get the information that they wanted. They just absorbed a mutant at random. Metal Giant brings its left hand down on Twister. It might be thought of as slow, but it is not. Its attack range is wide as well, so one needs to be cautious. Papat! Twister moved to the side to avoid the left hand. Blocking it is too much. If it gets hit, it will be crushed so that its head is next to its foot. Metal Giant predicted that Twister would avoid the left hand and calcted Twister¡¯s route to bring down its right hand. Bang bang bang! Blood stters and bones break. Twister is injured and embedded in the ground. Metal Giant¡¯s hand is also severely ripped up from the force of the tornado, but there is no danger to its life. ¡°It¡¯s over. Let¡¯s go.¡± Bang! As soon as Cha Jun Sung awakens, his inner demon shows itself. He rushes at the back of Metal Giant¡¯s head. He cannot leave Twister to die. It could have information that he needs. [Ugh! A surprise attack from a level 8 to a level 7. How embarrassing. Let¡¯s end it quickly.] Both of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s arms change into great swords. He put his palms together to fuse them, making it an even bigger sword. It became nearly half of Metal Giant¡¯s size. ¡°I¡¯m pushing through! Sword blow!¡± Metal Giant sensed himing and turned around, but it was toote. The scene that filled its view when it turned was the Grim Reaper, that hade all the way to its forehead. It is split from the head down to the back. It had resistance, but this was nothingpared to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s force. The image of a 60 meter giant splitting with its organs spilling out to the sides is inexpressibly heinous. [Sword blow? Is that a technique you used in Life Mission? Don¡¯t do stuff like this from now on. It¡¯s so embarrassing I can¡¯t lift my head.] Cha Jun Sung scratches his cheek. He had just shouted in excitement, but the feedback is critical. It must not be something he should do past the age of 30. Cha Jun Sung looked at Metal Giant¡¯s corpse and then his wrist. ¡°Whew! If I had the PDA, I would¡¯ve gathered millions of points by now.¡± Since he does not have the PDA now, the points will not be added on even when he goes back to reality. He does not know whether the helpers are watching him or not. He is not always in attack mode and there is no way to predict his changes, but the helpers have a position on unique mutants as a base. If they could not get the location, they would not have been able to establish the mission in the first ce. ¡®Hang on.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung looks into the past. A memory thates back all of a sudden. It is what Odin and the other helpers said at the same time a long time ago when Red Eye appeared. [Variable urrence. Satellite program activation. Estimated 3 hours until confirmation.] He had ignored it subconsciously, but he is sure that they said this. It might even be possible with the helpers¡¯ super science that allows them to bring them back and forth between dimensions so easily. Cha Jun Sung looks up at the wide sky. Space, which is not visible even with level 8 abilities. Could the fruit of the most advanced science be up there? ¡®I¡¯m sure I¡¯ll find out once I find my PDA and meet Odin.¡¯ If Odin is watching his every move, it will know in detail all of the changes that have gone through his body because of the Oriax. [If you really look at it, you all who are hunting mutants are also pieces on this chessboard.] ¡°I can¡¯t refute that.¡± It looks like Lifers are the hunters at a nce so it looks better, but he was getting the sense that that is not so much the case as time went on. Who are the helpers and why was Life Mission created? What is the mutant world and what is the reality where Cha Jun Sung lives? There is nothing he knows, so he cannot even find an association point. Even still, there has been a lot of developmentpared to the beginning. Back then, he did not even have doubts. Cha Jun Sung stopped thinking about it and went to the copsed Twister. It is in its awakened state. Twister gave up its life as soon as it saw Cha Jun Sung. It realized that he is a predator it cannot handle. It does not have the confidence even if its body were normal. There is no need for words to describe how it is now when its body is a mess. ¡°What do you think?¡± [It lost its will to fight. It¡¯s easy to take over a copsed mind.] [Shall I start?] ¡°Yeah.¡± There is a chill in the surroundings following Metal Giant and Twister¡¯s battle. All mutants have run away. It seems to be safe. [I¡¯m saying this just in case, but be careful. If I die, you be weak too.] The Oriax leaves Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body. A great power that had dominated his entire body scatters like smoke and he bes helpless. He has be a human. The time it takes to absorb is a few hours at the least and a day at most. For that time, Cha Jun Sung is defenseless. He is as good as dead if he is discovered by a mutant. Chapter 158 Cutting everything else out and getting to the point, Twister knows nothing about Public Underground. But that does not mean they got nothing out of it. They found out the location of the new level 7 living on Czechoslovakia¡¯s border. It is impossible to fish like before, so it caught with its hands. Oriax took over thest and a month passed quickly like that. Then at a random moment, they got the information they wanted. The sixth level 7 they caught knew about the Oriax¡¯s mother. That means their habitats ovep. There is no better good news for Cha Jun Sung. They are close. They just have to go over one area. [It¡¯s the area my mother ruled until the Blood Suckers were born.¡¯ Oriax¡¯s words are tense. It is familiar scenery to Cha Jun Sung. He does not know how long it has been since he has been back. It is a new feeling. ¡°Where¡¯s the hole?¡± [In the center. This is the outside, so you have to go further in.] Oriax shows him the way. Cha Jun Sung moved in the direction it instructed him to. It is arge city as it is where level 7s lived. He had been slow because he had gone on foot, but he was not impatient. ¡®Lost time.....¡¯ Just the time he met Medusa and Beholder and came back to his senses was half a year. Everything before that is nk. A few days or a few years could have passed. But there is such a thing as a feeling, and he feels like he drifted in the mission for at least 1 year. How are his party members doing? Are they safe? If the notebook is right, level B should have been opened and they should be contacting recruitment candidates, but everything has be tangled up. Was it a mistake to choose Public Underground as their level C advancement mission? He cannot decide whether bing this strong was luck or misfortune. [We¡¯ve arrived.] ¡°I see.¡± He can see a big hole. Cha Jun Sung stopped. He had taken the hit while looking down into this. It is alright now, but it had been terrible at the time. ¡®The despair of being something that is not me and the depravity of having everything taken from me. It is not that easy to feel all types of bad feelings at the same time.¡¯ [My instincts told me when I first saw you to eat you up. That I could be aplete adult. I guess I recognized your potential power.] ¡°Forget it. It¡¯s in the past. I¡¯m going down.¡± Cha Jun Sung jumped down. It is hundreds of meters high, but he did not pay mind. Boom! The ground cracked under the impact and his footprint forms. He adjusted his senses and looked around. There is nothing. It ispletely empty. The bones of the Blood Suckers and Devilsy around randomly, discolored yellow. The thousands of cocoons that had been stuck to the walls are crumbled and only their dust flies around. They could have left because there has been enough time for them to be born. [Look there. That track. That wasn¡¯t there before. Seems Blood Lord was here. He must havee back to get his children.] One wall of Public Underground has fallen down. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s memory is foggy, but he was sane while going through Public Underground. From the size of the track, there is nothing he can think of but Blood Lord. Blood Lord will know the way, so he would have been ten-fold faster than Cha Jun Sung. ¡°PDA, spacepression bag.¡± Cha Jun Sung started digging through Public Underground. He cannot detect them with his senses as they are not alive. He only has his eyes to search with. ¡°It¡¯s here.¡± Items he packed toe here are in the spacepression bag. He could be active immediately if he wanted to if he just had the battlesuit. ¡°Card.....¡± The biggest reason why he needed to find the spacepression bag. The opening card he looted from the bidding war. It would not matter if he lost everything else, but he needs this. It bes more valuable over time, and time has stopped for him. By now, it will be unimaginable in value. ¡°Just as I thought, it¡¯s off.¡± He put the bag on his back and picked up the PDA. The power is off now and the second he turns it on, he will be connected to Odin. There is something he needs to do before then. ¡°What should we do?¡± [Will you be able to handle it? They might try to kill you. No, us.] ¡°Kill? That¡¯s impossible. No matter how strong Lifers have gotten, they¡¯ll be wandering as level C or B in level 6 or 7. They can¡¯t touch level 8.¡± He has already transcended his limits. He has the ability to ughter thousands of Lifers in battlesuits. He would turn Mechanic City over whole. ¡°Or well, run away to reality.¡± This is all if it is discovered that the Oriax is hiding somewhere inside Cha Jun Sung. There is no problem if he does not get caught. [Fine. Let¡¯s go.] ¡°I¡¯m turning it on?¡± [Just in case, I¡¯ll stop being active and sleep. Wake me up when you need me.] It is a dangerous gamble to move a mutant to Mechanic City and reality. No one will have tried this before, will they? It is a waste to give up this power. Zing! Cha Jun Sung turns the PDA on. The light turns on and the system is rebooted. Nothing has changed and it works well. It is just that the helper is not active. ¡°Hey, Odin.¡± He waited. If he has be connected with the helpers in any way, something ¨C whether it is a radio wave ¨C would have gone through and they will realize that it has been reactivated. If for some reason it does not activate, there is only one method left. He must search through this entire world to find an active Lifer. Beep beep! [System booting.... Bootingplete.] After about 5 minutes, the PDA reacted. Cha Jun Sung smiles. These guys had only turned the power off and weretent. [Please identify yourself.] ¡°Don¡¯t act so stiff, you sly bastard. It¡¯s me.¡± [.....?] Odin did not understand for a moment and paused before speaking, [Lifer Cha Jun Sung?] ¡°Yeah.¡± [Lifer Cha Jun Sung? Lifer Cha Jun Sung?] ¡°Stop calling me. You sound like an echo. It¡¯s enough to call my name once.¡± [This doesn¡¯t make sense. It¡¯s impossible! Did the Oriax let you go?] Odin is stammering. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s survival is impossible. There is the slightest possibility that the Oriax would let him go, but how could he survive here without a battlesuit? ¡°Exin.¡± [In Public Underground.....] This is the situation. When Cha Jun Sung ran away, the helpers were going to choose him as the subject of a mission. It would be level A since he is level 8. They need to know his precise location in order to create a mission, but it had happened so suddenly that they had trouble identifying his location and they lost his trace. ¡®So it really is artificial intelligence? They must not know about my changing since they lost track of me.¡¯ ¡°How much time has passed?¡± [1 year, 4 months, 23 days.] ¡°Damn.¡± He had been expecting it, but almost 1 year and 5 months have passed. Since he went around in his right state of mind for about 6 months, he has gone around crazed for 10 months. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung, you must tell us what happened while you were drifting as well.] ¡°Why should I?¡± He came out strong, but it was half-truth. All Odin has to do is recognize him as a Lifer and bring him back to reality. What is it that the helpers want to hear? [You are someone who has be a mutant, even if it was only as a host. If you are somehow not a human, we cannot bring you back.] ¡°I¡¯m a mutant?¡± It did touch his conscience a little, but he controlled his heartbeat and did not show it. Basic medical functions are built into the PDA. He needs to be careful because they measure the heart, pulse, and concentration of virus A. ¡®Shall I create a scenario?¡¯ There is something he thought of in advance because he knew this would happen. Cha Jun Sung distorted part of the truth to tell them enough that would not cause trouble for himself. [Can we examine you in the briefing room medical facilities to confirm this is true? We will see if an infection is present through in-depth examinations.] ¡°Sure.¡± He pretended to go along with them since he needs to get out of here. He will decide if he will properly ept the tests once he returns. If he really does not want to, he can throw a tantrum or something. *** ¡°How many months has it been since I¡¯ve stepped on shore?¡± A battlesuit configured in the highest level, absorbs the shing sunshine. Sr heat is energy as well. This is how it normally goes because it must be saved as much as possible. While Cha Jun Sung, now mutant, was talking to Odin in order to return to reality, another Cha Jun Sung had crossed the Pacific Ocean and arrived in North America. The reason foring here? As he said to ck Demon, it is to kill Evil Queen, whom he had failed to kill even while losing all of his friends. He knows the approximate location but he does not know if she is still there because time has gotten tangled. He is going to try looking for her because he is just back at square one if he fails. ¡°If this much time has passed, they¡¯ll be sweating through level B now.¡± What mission when he has be a mutant? He has the ability to take on a level A mission, but there is no way for the future Cha Jun Sung to know that. ¡°At least... I need to kill the 4 sisters at the least.¡± The 4 level 8s that Evil Queen gave birth to with the seed of South America¡¯s Skull. If he kills them, the current Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mission bes easier. ¡°Shall I go?¡± Cha Jun Sung put the Affiliate Ultimate Hades de on his shoulder. He can see a deste city afar, and it seemed like the city¡¯s atmosphere was expressing his feelings. Chapter 159 Cha Jun Sung returned to the medical tower in zone A. He is in Mechanic City for the first time in 1 year and 5 months. He wanted to contact his party right away, but the PDA is jammed. ¡°I can¡¯t. I thought about it again, but I don¡¯t want to. Send me back to reality.¡± [We cannot do that. This is not a light matter that I can decide arbitrarily on. It is upper instruction beyond my authority.] Cha Jun Sung is rejecting the in-depth examination. It is true that he does have something to hide but even if that were not the case, he would not want to go through with it anyway. ¡°Connect me with your superior authority. It¡¯s troublesome for you to be stuck in the middle, right? I¡¯ll tell them.¡± Being in the middle is hard for everything. Most people do not realize that the person in the middle is swayed by people from both sides, but Cha Jun Sung is different. Odin does not speak. If it is not possible, he would have said it. It seems like he is going to connect Cha Jun Sung to the superior. If it is higher than the helper as an administrator, is it a producer? [I didn¡¯t know we would meet like this... It¡¯s a pleasure, Lifer Cha Jun Sung.] ¡°The superior?¡± [Yes.] ¡°I¡¯ll say it outright. I won¡¯t get an in-depth examination.¡± [Why not? If there is still an issue left in your body, we will treat it without deducting points. We have a reward in mind as well.] Cha Jun Sung smirks. Point deduction? He has points in the millions just from what he had gathered before entering Public Underground. He does not care about deductions or rewards. ¡°Is there a precise reason why I have to do it?¡± [We cannot let you walk around Mechanic City like this. If you go wild like you did then... It¡¯ll have a great effect in reality as well.] Cha Jun Sung smirks. Is this a joke? Everything has be a mess since Life Mission appeared. The great effect was made a few years ago, no, when the beta started. ¡°Huh, treatment..... Who are you to oppress my freedom?¡± He wants to speak inly while he has the superior¡¯s attention. He is curious as to what the other side is thinking. ¡°Fine. Let¡¯s say there is still a problem with me. What if it can¡¯t be treated? Are you going to kill me? Isn¡¯t this a prevention experiment?¡± There are a lot of things he realized while wandering in the mission. The biggest shock was that the A virus was injected into his body. Virus A was what was spread all over that world as well. Life Mission¡¯s operation ¨C the creators and virus A are closely rted. The feeling that it is like leaving a fish to a cat is strong. ¡°You take people living average lives, give them the strength to fight mutants, and push them into another world that is dominated by mutants... Isn¡¯t this What distorted the bnce in the first ce? And you say a great effect on reality? It¡¯scking exnation. You don¡¯t have the right to take away Lifers¡¯ freedoms.¡± [Hm.] ¡°Oh, and... why did you put virus A into Lifers¡¯ bodies?¡± [..... How did you know that?] There is a slight tremble to the voice. It seems like he is trying to keep hisposure, but there was no way to hide the surprise. No one knows this other than the helpers. It has been kept aplete secret from Lifers. It must not be leaked until the end, but Cha Jun Sung knows already. ¡°The Oriax and I shared our knowledge with each other when we fused. Looking into this, it seems virus A was what made us stronger in body modifications.¡± They fooled Lifers. Why did the mutants be mutants? It was because of virus A. They experienced all sorts of bad things like madness because of that. ¡®Are there problems caused by stage 5 or 6 body modifications? I¡¯m sure Odin said that problems arise starting with the 5th stage.¡¯ It was several years ago, but he remembers. Odin had said that there could be side effects beginning in the 5th stage. He is restricted from acquiring information because he does not have contact with the outside. He should be able to figure out what is going on once he gets outside. Though the virus was diluted, it is a harmful substance. Even if no Lifers be mutants, there could have been crazy people resulting from this. ¡°That¡¯s not enough to persuade me to leave my body here to you with treatment as an excuse.¡± [But you thought of it positively in the mission?] ¡°Because I needed to go here or to reality. I was sick of drifting through the mission.¡± [Alright. I¡¯ll tell you honestly. Lifer Cha Jun Sung, your treatment isn¡¯t the main purpose. It¡¯s testing to see what changes have urred in your body.] The upper level revealed their true colors. Their intent is not transparent. There are too many secrets in Life Mission. He knows that the goal is to kill mutants, but he does not know why Lifers were created or why they need to kill the mutants. What he does get a littlefort from is that they gain more information as they get higher in level and gain more experience. Though he is somewhat dissatisfied that it is not through Life Mission. He found them out himself while experiencing the strangest things. It is best to go at something head to head. Cha Jun Sung intends to tell his party members all of this once he gets out of here. They have a right to know as well. ¡°What if I refuse until the end?¡± [Then your return to reality and entering missions will be limited. We will also take away your ability to be active in Mechanic City.] Is it tyranny? He was overridden with annoyance, but he could not blindly get angry. Putting missions and Mechanic City aside, he must go back to reality where he has lived. ¡°So that means you have no right to oppress me, but you¡¯ll use force to get what you want out of me in Life Mission?¡± [We will give you 1 billion points in exchange. With the 20 million you have in your PDA and the real estate you¡¯ve had tied up for over 1 year, you¡¯ll have more than enough to get a level B full set immediately.] Cha Jun Sung is no longer concerned with points. With a level 8¡¯s abilities, he couldplete a level B advancement mission right away. He could gather 10 million points in a day if he wanted to. ¡°I don¡¯t want to do an in-depth examination. How am I supposed to leave my body to you when I don¡¯t know what you¡¯ll do?¡± [Then?] ¡°I¡¯ll give you my flesh or blood. That should be enough.¡± [Body tissue... We¡¯ll discuss it. Wait a moment.] The conversation ended. It seems he is of a high position, but can he not make a decision on his own? It means this matter is that important. What could it be that they are trying to find out? ¡®Hey, it¡¯s possible, right?¡¯ [We¡¯re in a fused state. I¡¯ll be revealed if they take tissue. But if we gather the elements of the virus to one ce in your body, it could be possible.] There is not 100% certainty. [I¡¯ll forcibly burn energy to increase the possibility. I¡¯m sure it won¡¯t matter here.] It will burn energy. To put it simply, it is throwing the energy away. They need to save it inside the mission, but this ce is much safer than a mission. It will no longer be aroused if it uses all of its energy like it did when fighting Medusa. If they use this, they should be able to escape this difficult situation. ¡®I¡¯ll leave it to you.¡¯ [I¡¯ll burn about 80%. You¡¯ll get a helpless feeling, but endure it.] The Oriax secretly burned energy. Cha Jun Sung was standing still, but was captivated by a feeling that his strength was leaving him. It is simr to when a person is suffering from anemia. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung?] ¡°Yes.¡± The results of their discussion must havee out. He must listen to what they have to say. [We will release the constraints after receiving body tissue and blood for now. But if we do not get satisfactory results from this, you will have to agree to an in-depth examination. Is that okay?] ¡°What happens if I agree to the examination and there aren¡¯t any problems?¡± [Then of course you will be able to be freely active as you were before.] ¡°Alright.¡± There are a lot of tricks. He can leave the Oriax in reality ande as a simple human, or throw away points and go through body modifications from the beginning again. All he has to do is somehow avoid this situation. [¡°Follow me.¡±] A metal cyborg escorts Cha Jun Sung. It is special. He would not have been able to take it on even while wearing a battlesuit before, but he could destroy it with one kick now. Energy continued to be consumed even while walking. [I¡¯m gathering the cells that configure the body. I¡¯ll hide in your right arm, so draw blood from the left side.] The Oriax paid attention to the smallest details. Though they are fused, it is not an easy feat to control cell units. What it is doing now is not really separating, but some degree of istion. The only ce it has to hide is within Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body. Chapter 160 He gave them his tissue and blood. They did not rip off a piece of his flesh or anything like that. He gave a hair, spit, and gave a piece of his fingernail. Wiing! Cha Jun Sung left the medical tower. He is wearing the casual clothing that he picked up inside the mission. He had only been bothered to change a few times, so they were ragged and he looked like a homeless man. [1,091,085,366] 1,090,000,000 points. It is the total between the 1 billion he got for epting extraction and the 90 million he had before entering Public Underground. It is good to have a lot, but Cha Jun Sung is still at level C. The only thing he has to buy in the level C store is the battlesuit. He needs to advance. ¡®Let¡¯s use the card at level A.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung canplete a level B mission alone, but mutants at the same level as himself appear in level A. Once the underlings join in, a tussle can be expected. The card¡¯s maximum is level S, so he will get the most out of it. Beep beep. Cha Jun Sung presses his PDA. He is looking for his party members. Names he missed show up on the friend list. He sent invitation to talk. There is no response. ¡°Are they not in Mechanic City?¡± They cannot be connected if they are in different dimensions. The PDA only works if they are in the same ce. Woong! Cha Jun Sung returns to reality through Odin. Then he sends invitations again. They still do not pick up. ¡°So they¡¯re inside a mission.¡± If they are not in reality or Mechanic City, they are inside a mission. He cannot find out which mission they have gone into and even if he knew, there is no way to go in and contact them. All Cha Jun Sung can do is to wait quietly. He was going to call Lim Si Hyun, Han Chang Jin, or the other rankers, but did not. His party members are a different story, but this is the first time he is getting a chance to rest properly. He wanted to have this time for himself. They wille face-to-face soon anyway. Liferse to meet even if they do not want to. Moreover, they are bound toe across each other since they have maintained favorable rtionships. Ping! Cha Jun Sung purchases a battlesuit from the store. He needs to use this carefully from now on. There are a lot of additional functions because it is cutting-edgebat armor, so it will be a huge mess if he activates his mutant abilities while he is wearing it. First, he cannot change at all. Battlesuits are fit perfectly to the human shape. There is no need to be disappointed. Even if he does not awaken and change, it is possible to reach the limits of his physical abilities. He will probably be weaker, but he would be able to fight a level 7. It is not good to stand out too much either. It will be wise in various aspects to follow Lifers¡¯ standards. While looking at battlesuit features, Cha Jun Sungpletely excluded built-in features that would threaten the Oriax¡¯s presence. Who knows? His information could be provided to the Life Mission side through the battlesuit. Odin asked what he is doing, but he just roughly got past it. ¡®Suspicious. Let¡¯s stay alert.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung felt something strange in the upper¡¯s actions. Is their sole purpose really to kill mutants? No one shows all of their inner thoughts. Everyone is bound to hide something. And if it is a secret group like Life Mission? ¡®Let¡¯s look into it.¡¯ People have vast imaginations. Lifers had just gone over it in the past, but they are now holding endless debates on why Life Mission was created. Won¡¯t he be able to find something out if hebines what he knows with what their imaginations have produced? There is no harm in trying, so he might as well. Cha Jun Sung busily spent the next several days. It is crazy. Why is he so busy? He has returned from the mission in 1 year and 5 months. From people¡¯s viewpoints, he may as well have been dead. The lights in the luxury apartment he lived in were never once turned on. There was no way to assume he was alive from the hundreds of letters and bills in his mailbox, and all dormant inte ounts. Disappearance processes used to take a long time but as the number of people dying increased since Life Mission became reality, that time was shortened greatly. The government did not feel the need to waste years on disappearance cases when hundreds and thousands of people disappeared everyday and they knew why this was. ¡°1 month..... That¡¯s close.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s assets are going through an inheritance process under the premise that he died. If he had been just 1 monthter, it would have all gone over to his rtives. His parents passed away when he was in his early 20s and a college student. His father was an only son and his mother has a lot of family on her side, but they are not on good terms. Cha Jun Sung found out how much he had umted in wealth, thanks to the inheritance process. Going through this and that, he has about $23 million. He does not need if it he thinks about his points but it made him sick to think of it going over to his rtives, so he proved his identity and invalidated it. Anyway, after being dragged here and there to take care of his personal matters, he was able to discover himself enjoying a peaceful and normal life as he had before. Ring! ¡°They never looked for me before, but I guess money really is a scary thing. They¡¯re even giving me a call.¡± He blocked the calls from his rtives. He earned the $23 million through the virtual version. They never bothered to find out what he did for a living, but found out about his fortune through his disappearance. They now had a reason to show interest. Rtionships created and broken through money? They are worse than close acquaintances. He lived well without them until now, so he intends to continue living like this. Cha Jun Sung went into Lifer World. Many things changed in the time he lived while forgetting reality. He is not talking about Lifers¡¯ abilities. In game terms, the situation is that he shut down for 1 year and 5 months. There would have been dozens of updates in that time. There is no way he would adjust right away. ¡°Are these 3 the big changes?¡± The 3 changes link through one matter. They are associated with each other. As Lifers broke through the level C wall and advanced to B, the strong appeared and the 3rd round of Lifer selections began. Level B advancement, appearance of the strong, and 3rd round of Lifer selections are the points that Cha Jun Sung needs to know. ¡°Taking out selection.¡± It is called selection, but it is just an inflow of beginners. There is no reason to pay any mind to it. He heard that some forcepleted the mission and not a single person advanced. This means that they cannot advance without the skills or qualifications, regardless ofpleting the mission. The steps that they need to go through have be incredibly fastidious. Millions of beginners came in under these circumstances, but there is a saturation phenomenon in which existing Lifers stay in level C. ¡°A tremendous amount died. Is this really the number of people who died? It¡¯s not a joke?¡± Before Cha Jun Sung entered Public Underground, there were about 11 to 13 million level C Lifers. This is from information provided by the World Federation. It says that over 2 million died in just the official count. It is possible to understand if crazy, but they are all level C Lifers with battlesuits. As the number of people dying increased so much, the remaining people were frightened and either gave up or tried and chose to be satisfied when they realized that it was impossible. It is possible to somehow get to level C, but it did not work after that. That is why they call level C advancement the magic wall. There are issues even after advancing. As there were so few level B Lifers, it was a big burden for them to go through the missions among themselves. One thing changed when level B missions opened. It is that the entry restrictions for force members has gone from 100 people to 1000-person raids. But it is actually not easy to even get a full force together. A 1000 headcount is meaningless. It seems like they need more time. ¡°Hordes of Lifers who remodel their battlesuits should be able to take on a few level 7s, right? Will Jin Hyuk be among them?¡± Even with the same level B Lifers, there is a difference in strength ording to how manybinations there are. The main axis of taking on level B is likely to consist of the World Federation. It is not a difficulty that can bepleted with a party or force. Even the party members will be buried along. ¡°That¡¯s that..... There¡¯s little information regarding the side effects of body modification.¡± He said there are no side effects until the 4th stage so no matter how the number of Lifers increases, there is nothing to get. 5th and 6th stages are possible through the level B store. Chapter 161 It could be that there have not yet been problems because there are few level B Lifers, but it could also be that the Lifers are keeping it under wraps. The former is highly possible. People are more likely to make a fuss and there is no reason for them to keep quiet about it. ¡®They won¡¯t tell me even if I ask.¡¯ He asked Odin what the side effects of the 5th and 6th stages are to the mind and body. He did not say as per usual. He kept his silence even when Cha Jun Sung threatened him, asking if he won¡¯t tell even after putting the virus in Lifers¡¯ bodies. If he wants to know for sure, he needs to meet the party members who are in contact with level B Lifers or go through body modification to feel the changes for himself. Cha Jun Sung scrolled through the pages. What will millions of Lifers be thinking of Life Mission? [Couldn¡¯t it be Earth¡¯s future? It feels like the time period is slightly ahead, so they¡¯re bringing manpower of the past together to save a copsing future!] [You¡¯re saying the virus is forming on Earth? You have a wild imagination. Do you think this is Resident Devil or something? You¡¯ve watched too many movies.] [Don¡¯t strike the imagination. Life Mission itself doesn¡¯t make sense.] [I¡¯m sure the scientists inside the mission have created the ability to move between dimensions in order to save their world, whether we die or not.] [If that ce is the future, we¡¯ve been infected and have be mutants as well. Then forget about missions, everything is over.] Lifers argue among themselves. A lot of points were brought up, but nothing made him feel like ¡®This is it!¡¯. It only went in the clear direction. Whenever the argument looked like it was starting to get serious, there were always one or two pests who ended the flow. When that happens, they stray from the main purpose to start fighting and reach the point of chaos. Cha Jun Sung moved to a different ce each time. [As a scientist myself, Life Mission¡¯s super science can only be achieved in hundreds of years but definitely not in the next few decades.] [Most people are focused on the ability to move between dimensions. Returning to reality, the briefing room, Mechanic City, or even the store.] [The Earth now is an uncivilized civilizationpared to that kind of science, but what could they be trying to get out of us that they¡¯re doing this?] [It could be that they are experimenting. Things like biomarkers.] Cha Jun Sung looks interested. This is the most novel of the ideas that havee out until now. The man¡¯s thinking is original as a scientist. ¡°ording to the documents from the Biological Institute sample extraction mission, the virus spread violently all of a sudden one day. All of a sudden? There is a start to everything.¡± Did Life Mission spread it? Into that world? Is it the same reason they used to inject the virus into Lifers¡¯ bodies? ¡°They have ulterior motives.¡± Cha Jun Sung mumbles as he looks at his PDA. He does not hold private conversations with Odin as he used to. He leaves the power off unless he needs something. He found out that there is a superior to the helpers. It is ufortable even though he knows that Odin did no wrong. He looked through various discussions but they are all of the imagination. They will all end as discussions of the imagination unless Life Mission reveals everything. Though Cha Jun Sung knows a lot, he is just a Lifer. ¡°Experiment.¡± The word keeps catching his attention. Mutant? Lifer experiments? He cannot tell what it is. It could be neither, one or the other, or both. They cannot dig beyond a certain level because they cannot be sure. ¡°As long as this has happened, let¡¯s go all the way to the end to level S.¡± He started out not knowing anything and came to find out this much. If he gets to level S, he will be in contact with more ande to find out more. Beep! Cha Jun Sung turned the PDA on. He checked on his party¡¯s return in intervals. This is the fastest way to check. ¡°Huh?¡± 2 of the 4 party members¡¯ connection status was turned on and 2 were still off. This means that they are currently returning. *** A full moon in the sky. A giant mutant resembling a wolf looks at the moon and howls. It is Pennil, the king of wolves. It is a level 7 known for moving in groups and is strong in fighting individually and as part of a group. Pennil is surrounded by wolves. The battlesuit counts them. There are at least 10,000 level 5s. There are also 12 level 6s near Pennil. Engines of the hundreds of battlesuits turn on. It is the sound that cars make right before they go out in rapid eleration. The number of Lifers is about 10% of the wolves at exactly 350. 3 forces and 5 parties, level B missions where there is no limit to personnel. The World Federation and ally guilds have entered Roaring Wolf King. The current situation is a confrontation between the 2 forces. Rankers and supporting Lifers, and Pennil and its supporting wolves, are facing each other. ¡°This is our 3rd level B mission, but they make me shiver every time.¡± ¡°It feels like we¡¯re handing over our lives. But what can we do when the points we¡¯re rewarded each time is about 50 million?¡± They stay inside a mission for at least 1 month each time they go in. If it takes longer, they drift inside a mission for 2 months. They earn a lot of points for hunting because a lot of mutants appear. There is more to gain frompleting 1 level B mission than several C missions. Of course the amount of danger follows the difficulty level. But if more than 3 forces of level B Liferse together like now, theyplete the missions without much damage. Thankfully, the World Federation set those conditions. It is headed by rankers. 9binations of know-hows areing through. They remodeled basic battlesuits to create battlesuits of their own. Lifers with 5 or 6binations have the skill to take on lower level 6, while Lifers with 7 or 8binations have the skill for middle to higher level 6. Only rankers who seeded in 9binations take on top level 6s alone. All there is left to do is to strengthen thebined battlesuits to the limit of their functions. They expect that this is possible if they open store A. 10 rankers in World Federation, 10 allied rankers. That means there are 20 rankers who have entered this level B mission Roaring Wolf King. Park Jin Hyuk and a few strong new Lifersbine their strength with rankers to take on level 7, and the rest of the Lifers face off against level 5 and 6. Everyone has their own roles. The time where ability bes prioritized over anything else hase. Even level B Lifers only have 1 life. Pennil shows its eerie teeth and scratches the ground with its nails. The nails are as sharp as swords, and etch the ground. ¡°It¡¯sing.¡± ¡°Ready!¡± Wiing! Lifers set up an automatic cannon with considerable power. Ites in handy when fighting a mass of enemies as they are doing now. They need to annihte Pennil and the wolves in order toplete the mission. There is nowhere to hide. They need to face off and kill them all. The end of the other 2 missions theypleted were like this as well. ¡°It¡¯s going out.¡± The automatic cannon mes. They thought about using a bomb like white phosphorus from a distance, but they need to know the enemy¡¯s location in order to do that. Level 7¡¯s senses exceed imagination. They can smell and hear things that are dozens of kilometers away. They would be discovered and sanctioned before they could even approach. They could just drop it in, but each weapon of mass destruction costs millions of points at the least. They cannot use them so haphazardly. Kung! Wolves as big as housese running while getting hit by the automatic cannon. There are so many of them that it looks like a wave ising in. Lifers retreat. If they go forward, they could get hit by the automatic cannon. They will only take on the ones that get past the cannon. The smell of mutant blood entrenches the battlefield. Atop arge boulder, Park Jin Hyuk watches Lifers mixed among them without strength. ¡°Jin Hyuk.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± Park Jin Hyuk responded drily to Kyoko. He was normally okay, but became locked in deep thought whenever he entered a mission. It is because of Cha Jun Sung, who died in this ce. Kyoko nods to the front. The wolves are swarming in. ¡°Alright.¡± Park Jin Hyuk holds up his gun. His cloudy eyes look poisonous. He remembers Cha Jun Sung being dragged into a pit every time he sees them. It is a nightmare. A horrible nightmare that he will never be able to shake away from. Chapter 162 ¡°Why do I do missions?¡± Park Jin Hyuk asks himself after returning from Roaring Wolf King. It is hard to exin clearly. He just does it. It used to be fun when he did it with Cha Jun Sung. Then, he did not ask why hepleted missions. There was no need to because he did it for fun. Park Jin Hyuk sighs and pressed the calendar function. The next level B mission is in 1 month. A full raid will be put together to advance. Ever since he and the party members entered level B, they refrained from missions. Violet was the only one who went in with her family. He purchased a full level B set over 1 year and 5 months, and had points leftover. He did not use much on expendables, so it is okay. With time, there is no need to risk everything on a mission like before. Beep beep! ¡°They¡¯ll be in Mechanic City. Are they connecting to me in reality?¡± A light shed, indicating contact from a friend. Koharu, Kyoko, Violet, and their newly recruited member are all in Mechanic City. They cannot show up because they are in different dimensions. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s friend list only has his 5 party members. He gets in touch with other people through their helpers. Park Jin Hyuk was checking who had contacted him in reality, when his body started trembling. It is Cha Jun Sung, who has not contacted him in 1 year and 5 months. ¡°This can¡¯t be.¡± He believed that Cha Jun Sung was alive at first, but gave up as time went by. But he is in reality? This is something that he cannot understand. ¡°Ah.....¡± Park Jin Hyuk had all kinds of thoughts and realized that he had epted Cha Jun Sung¡¯s death as the truth. His feelings had been dulled. ¡°In ¨C invitation to talk.¡± He needs to press the button, but his hand does not move. His body haspletely hardened although he has the incredible physical ability of 6th stage of body modifications. [Come to the ce we first met when Mechanic City opened.] One line of textes up on the PDA. The first ce they met is near the mega tower in zone A area 3. Is this really Cha Jun Sung? ¡°I¡¯m going.¡± Park Jin Hyuk went to Mechanic City and called the party as soon as he entered. They had already seen this mysterious ordeal through their PDAs. Everyone including the new party member gathered to the mega tower. Everyone looked flushed. It is a mix ofplicated feelings, expectation and worry. ¡°Is it Jun Sung?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know either. If this is a joke, I don¡¯t care who it is, I¡¯m killing them on the spot.¡± These are not empty words. He really will kill whoever it is. Mechanic City is awless zone and it has been long since he has be used to killing. [Everyone gathered.] Textes up again. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group, excluding the new member, could not take their eyes off of their PDAs. Their hearts are beating so fast they might explode. [Look behind you.] The party turns quickly. Mechanic City is now like a capital, with 10 million people active in it. It is crowded with people. ¡°Jun ¨C Jun Sung?¡± Someonees to them out of the crowd. He is wearing a battlesuit, but his face shows because he deactivated the helmet. ¡°It¡¯s been a while. 1 year 5 months... Is it about half a year for me?¡± It is about half a year if he excludes the foggy time he spent in a craze. But it will be 1 year 5 months to the party. Tears fall from Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s face. He cannot speak. ¡°Jun Sung!¡± Park Jin Hyuk runs with his arms wide open. Cha Jun Sung opened up his arms as well. He wanted to cry in his arms. But Cha Jun Sung avoided Park Jin Hyuk and opened his arms to a different side. Park Jin Hyuk looks next to him in puzzlement.¡± ¡°Jun Sung!¡± Kyoko is crying in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s arms instead. *** Cha Jun Sung told the party about what he went through in the mission. Not everything. But he did not mix in lies like he did with Odin and the others. He only told them as much as the helpers would not get suspicious. ¡°My body advanced rapidly. I can catch level 5 and 6 with my bare hands.¡± He does not need to be awakened or change. As long as he is careful with level 7, he can kill level 5 and 6 with simple fighting. What stage of body modifications would his current state fall under? 8, 9? He could have surpassed 10 itself. Park Jin Hyuk catches an attitude while listening to Cha Jun Sung. He is upset that he was rejected to hug Kyoko. ¡°Jun Sung, you¡¯re still in level C, right?¡± ¡°Yeah. You don¡¯t need to help me. I can handle level C by myself.¡± Kyoko is stuck to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s side. To her, Cha Jun Sung is the pir of the group and a big brother. ¡°But Invisible, you stayed in our party?¡± ¡°I like it.¡± Invisible. He is Greek and his name is Basil Torrence. ck Leopard and Puppet went their separate ways after the level C advancement mission, but Invisible stayed behind. Basil does not go around in groups because he has a quiet personality. But keeping the increasing difficulty in mind, he cannot continue with solo missions. So he decided to entrust himself to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party, where the members protect one another. ¡®Basil isn¡¯t a candidate for recruitment, but I guess everything has been twisted since Public Underground.¡¯ Whatever the cause, they have gained great strength as a result. He just moved past it because the notebook¡¯s contents are not aimed at him. They are people who are to be others¡¯ colleagues. It does bother his conscience to take away fated party members, so everything will flow along like water. Cha Jun Sung cannot think of the notebook as something left for him by the future Cha Jun Sung, so it looked like someone else¡¯s luck. ¡°Now tell me about you guys. Did anything happen while I was gone?¡± ¡°Happen? There¡¯s so much that happened that I don¡¯t know where to start.¡± Kyoko starts rattling on. After failing Public Underground, Strategist chose another mission and a full force of 100 people entered, with 63 dying. Only 25 of 33 advanced, but all of the party members seeded. ¡°There¡¯s a thing called contribution points now. Advancing has be harder because of that.¡± ¡°Contribution?¡± Cha Jun Sung knows but pretended not to. The story continued. A tremendous amount of Lifers died in level C advance missions and it is still the same. ¡°Wepleted level B missions 3 times with the World Federation, and the damage wasn¡¯t bad. But advancing is impossible until we have a full raid.¡± ¡°We fought a couple times with Bloody Kingdom while you were gone, too. Likeminds go together, so they have 11 rankers. Isn¡¯t that impressive? World Federation and Bloody Kingdom are the only 2 powers that can attempt level B on their own.¡± 11 people? Then that is the exact number of rankers who had evil tendencies of the 36 rankers. They are all in Bloody Kingdom. She told him other things as well, but not a lot caught his interest. They are news, but they are not very special to people who do not care. ¡°Were there any problems you experienced while going through 5th and 6th stages of body modifications?¡± ¡°There are.¡± ¡°There are?¡± ¡°Yes. It¡¯s information that level B Lifers share amongst themselves. Life spans increase until the 4th stage, but it can contrarily decrease from the 5th and 6th stages.¡± There is more madness and the thirst for blood bes more severe. Side effects intensify, making it easy to get distracted while focusing. One Lifer was killed by his colleagues while going crazy, and there are few people who know that it was covered up that he was killed by mutants. ¡°Why though?¡± ¡°I found out something when I was absorbed by the Oriax, but what the helpers have been putting in our bodies for modification is... virus A.¡± ¡°What!¡± The party members are appalled and frisk their bodies. The virus was injected into them? They were suspecting it, but it is different from hearing it for themselves. ¡°You know what those guys said to me? They asked for blood and tissue.¡± There are no secrets between them. The helpers would prefer he does not tell them this, but this is ridiculing Lifers. They have a right to know. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group kept talking for half a day. It has been a while but rather than conversations of private matters such as how they have been, they are talking more about Life Mission. They cannot help but do so because the helpers and higher ups are being secretive. If they could, they wanted to open up their heads to see what is going on inside. ¡°Will level B missions be possible between us with your physical ability?¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s eyes sparkle. He trusts Cha Jun Sung absolutely. He has not seen the abilities for himself, but it is true if Cha Jun Sung says so. ¡°Easily.¡± If Life Mission is not on watch, he could probably even take on level A. If he awakens, he bes a top level 8 mutant. Cha Jun Sung set a schedule. He willplete a level C advancement within a few days and then enter level B. He does not need to worry about gear because he has plenty of points. If it is Overbooster, the only one among Lifers with 10binations, he can take on 1 or 2 level 7s in human form. ¡°But Jin Hyuk, why do you keep ring at Kyoko and me?¡± ¡°Those 2 are together.¡± ¡°Aha.¡± Koharu tattled right away, and Park Jin Hyuk and Kyoko blushed. There were signs of this before, and they go well together. ¡°I¡¯ll call you in a few days. Rest until then.¡± ¡°Can¡¯t we do it together?¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay.¡± He rejected Koharu¡¯s request. She seems to be upset, but it is level C advancement. He canplete it quickly even without help from the party. Chapter 163 5 dayster, Cha Jun Sung easilypleted a level C advancement mission and entered level B. He changed all of his gear with a vast 11 million points. He remembers thebination method for the Overbooster, so he seeded without any failures. Unlucky Lifers are unable to do 7binations even after spending millions of points into it. Even 11 million is bound to reach its end after being spent here and there, so Cha Jun Sung sold his real estate to cover the costs. [Saleplete. You have acquired 100,000 points, 20,000 achievement points.] [Saleplete. You have acquired 150,000 points, 30,000 achievement points.] He has had his real estate tied down unintentionally because he was drifting through the mission. He did not need to go through with the sales himself. As long as he puts it up for sale, the helper ¨C Odin in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s case ¨C searches for buyers to sell the property on his behalf. He bought as much as he gathered in points. This was the same for his party members. Thanks to this, his point count went back up to 1 million. ¡°Whew! Since I¡¯m all prepared, shall I go all the way to the top to see what¡¯s there?¡± He is not talking about going to the sky. He is talking about advancing. He wants to know what Life Mission is hiding. Those guys made him curious. If he had not had much thought until now, it is different from now on. Level B ¨C as high as it is, the more he will be able to gain. He will try digging into it. [Level B Mission: de Weasel Nest] [Goal: Annihtion] [Description: Africa, what was once called the animal kingdom, is just an old glory and is now jurassd inhabited by thousands of mutants in animal form. The A virus shattered the food chain, changing thew of the jungle. The de Weasel lives in Northern Africa, in the jungles of Libya. It used to be a small and cute animal, but it has evolved enough to be considered a predator amongst mutants... Remove the de weasels and Horned Tail at the vertex.] [Reward: 30 million points] Cha Jun Sung looks at a jungle beyond the hill. From the outside, it looks like a picture because it is the image of the beauty of nature. ¡°Nature benefits because mankind is in decline. Tsk! We did abuse it too much.¡± Even the world that Cha Jun Sung is in has severe pollution. Most of their conveniences are poison to nature. The world inside the mission will have been the same before the outbreak of virus A. It is just that after the outbreak, the whole ecosystem was turned over. The hill that Cha Jun Sung is on is simr to a road created by shaving away at a mountain. It is a mix of natural and artificial elements. Cha Jun Sung looks around his surroundings. It is an open panorama, a location where he can check on mutants from a far distance, and quiet as a first summons area should be. If he goes straight forward, it is the jungle mission area. If he goes the opposite way, there is arge city. Judging by the size, there is a high possibility that it is home to a level 7 as well. Woong! The party members arrive. They see the open panorama and brighten. They seem to like that they are not in a stuffy, closed-in space. ¡°Mr. Basil. Is there something wrong?¡± Cha Jun Sung asks after Basil. His expression does not look good. ¡°Honestly... There are 4 rankers, but it does bother me a bit that we¡¯ve entered with just 6 people.¡± Basil expressed his anxiety before entering the mission as well. But he had just entered because the party members treated Cha Jun Sung with absolute trust and he thought that Cha Jun Sung would have something in mind as well. Reaching the end however, it does not feel right. There is a permanent truth regarding the first summons area ¨C it is the ce where they can choose to quit the mission upon entering. It is not toote. He can still quit now. ¡°One level 7 is easy and I can handle up to 2 as well.¡± He cannot awaken because of the battlesuit, but all parts of his body have been strengthened. He only looks like a human. Inside, he is already in an awakened state. It would be too much to show the power of a level 8 right now, but if he is aided by his battlesuit equipped with the Overbooster, he can catch 1 or 2 level 7s. ¡°I¡¯ll prove it to you.¡± ¡°Prove?¡± There are a lot of trees around them because they are near a jungle. There were those that looked old, and they exceeded 2 meters in diameter. ¡°I¡¯ll split that in half with just 1 blow.¡± ¡°Excuse me?¡± [Activate Overbooster, battlecore 70% deployed! Energy concentrated to right foot!] Bang! Actions over words. Cha Jun Sung threw his body at an extremely wide tree. There was a synergy effect of the battlesuit¡¯s functions and his mutant physical ability to create an explosive speed. There are 6 boosters on a basic battlesuit and they increase depending on how they are modified, but Cha Jun Sung¡¯s booster has 16 small ones. Even in fast and urate directions and ufortable positions, the booster¡¯s effects are maximized. That is the Overbooster¡¯s basicbination. Cha Jun Sung flew to the middle of the tree and kicked powerfully with his right foot. 3 boosters connected in a straight line with his heel, calf, and thigh burst out in blue mes and put strength in the kick. ¡°..... 10binations.¡± Violet speaks as she watches Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body move. Overbooster ¨C the 10bination method that only Overload knows. That power was shown well ever since the virtual version. Even with gear on the same battlesuit, there is a difference between strength in 1bination. The 10bination method was why he was able to hunt Evil Queen. The other 35 rankers needed to be satisfied with level 8 because they had been unable to get over the wall of 9binations. Bang! His kick hits the tree. It falls over at the impact. The part that he hit looks terrible. It almost looks like he ripped it apart. Boom! Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s jaw drops. He would not know if a fly flew in. He can split a tree in half as well, but he would not be able to do it with one hit. The other party members were also rendered speechless by the Overbooster¡¯s power. That is just a simple strike. If he uses the sword on his waist, it will be even more borate. ¡®I couldn¡¯t follow his movement.¡¯ Basil tried to read Cha Jun Sung¡¯s movement with his battlesuit when he ran out, but lost him because of the instantaneous speed that surpassed the speed of sound. Is that really the difference of 1bination? Or is it the unbelievable physical ability he had told them about? Whatever it is, it is surprising. ¡°I love my party members. I don¡¯t drag them into reckless matters.¡± Cha Jun Sung smiled and walked toward the jungle. His broad back and shoulders look sturdy and reliable enough to hold up the world. ¡°I think I¡¯m going to cry. I¡¯m finally realizing that Jun Sung really came back.¡± Park Jin Hyuk speaks in jest and seriousness. How much had he missed him? To them, Cha Jun Sung is an older brother and leader who takes care of the party. He is like a pir that they can lean on anytime. ¡°Hurry up!¡± ¡°Go!¡± Park Jin Hyuk quickly followed Cha Jun Sung, and the women chatted among themselves as they followed after him. They do not have any worries. ¡®This is a good party.¡¯ This is Basil¡¯s impression. It was a good party even in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s absence though there was a dark atmosphere, but it has beplete upon his return. Absolute trust is not as easy as it sounds. He thinks it was a good decision for him to stay with them. Chapter 164 The jungle rings with the cries of insects. They cannot know if these are bugs or mutants impersonating bugs before encountering them, but that is not really important. ¡°I feel this every time, but it¡¯s a little off-putting to go into a mission that¡¯s in a forest with bare bodies. Oh right. The environment itself isn¡¯tpatible with people.¡± Mud that dirties the battlesuit boots ¨C if they had been shoes, forget socks and shoes, their feet would have been drenched by now. That¡¯s not all. Branches and grass obstruct their view and graze their battlesuits. These are the perfect conditions to get skin irritation from grass, the worst conditions for people. Insects the size of fingernails also stick to them everywhere. They look extremely odd, too. They would wave their hands around to swat away normal flies. But when those weird bugs stick to the skin, it would be enough to make someone pass out. ¡°Ugh... I don¡¯t like it.¡± ¡°Ack!¡± Violet can be girly too, and shivers at the sight of the bugs. Kyoko shrieks even though they are not sticking to her directly, and sprays a disinfectant built into her battlesuit. There is some kind of effect. ¡°de Weasel, Horned Tail Heinkel.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a scary one.¡± Violet responded. Horned Tail Heinkel is a dangerous mutant. It is specialized in offensive attacks and its defense is not very good. Heinkel has 2 fortes. One is speedparable to Red Heart¡¯s, and another is force that could cut through arge building. The adult standard of Heinkel is when the de tail reaches 15 meters in length. What would happen if an ultra-vibrating weapon is waved around everywhere? It will be a rare situation where everything including the self is split in half. They would note out alive. It is in the top 10 of level 7s. Its defense is weak, but its advantages offset the disadvantages. On top of that, average de Weasels cannot be underestimated either. ¡°Do you think a male and female will be together?¡±¡¯ ¡°No way.¡± Cha Jun Sung waves his hand. There are 2 types of points in level B missions. Equal 30 million, advancement 50 million. It would be advancement if a male and female were together. That is how strong they are. He could take on 2 if he had to, but the burden would be severe for the party members who need to fight the underlings. Cha Jun Sung puts his hand up. The party members form a circle. They can sense something moving. Is it a de Weasel? If it is, it is too fast. The jungle is vast. Would it be a good thing if they encounter one before even a day has passed since they entered? Would it be a bad thing? It is hard to judge. Wiing! Radio waves from the battlesuit scan the field. Since he activated the heat detector, living creatures would leave traces telling him where they are. ¡°Hm... It¡¯s a mutant that can control its body temperature. It¡¯s not a de Weasel.¡± This kind of ability appears in a lot of nt mutants. It is hard to find them first because distinguishing them is unclear when the heat detector does not work. ¡°UV-rays don¡¯t pick it up either.¡± ¡°What do you think it is?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t designate a specific one because there are too many thate to mind right now.¡± The party members each take out their weapons. They have a feeling that they have been surrounded. The mutants came here on purpose after finding out that Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group was here, or Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group has walked into a mutant habitat. Whatever it is, it is toote to avoid battle. ¡°Huh?¡± With the feeling like something is grasping his ankle, Park Jin Hyuk looked down at the pressure on his ankle. A tentacle as thick as his arm is wrapped around his ankle. Ack! Park Jin Hyuk is taken aback and stabs at it with his gun. The battlesuit functions activate automatically to press down on the tentacle. Fluids stter and the tentacle retreats. They were wondering how it got around his ankle without being detected, and it had dug through the hard ground. Muddy water fills the hole in the ground it came through. ¡°Tentacle?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a root controlled by a main body. It is a nt type. It¡¯ll be disguised among the trees. All of the trees in the area could be mutants too.¡± Cha Jun Sung takes out a temperature gas shell. It is a B store item thatbines the functions of a high-temperature shell and gas shell, and each costs 10,000 points. He throws the shell in the direction that the tentacle came from. There was no specific target because of the dense trees, but the gas shell flew far and exploded, lighting a 30 meter radius in mes. Furthermore, the wind going through the forest widened the attack range a little more. Kyak! A shredding scream. As soon as that sound shook up the forest, tree roots disguising tentacles in the area flung out and attacked Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. Papapapat! They try to whip at them and skewer them. Hundreds of roots entangle to create a in order to catch Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. Roots the thickness of a body appeared as well. Boom boom! The ground rings. It is not in one ce, and they are appearing from everywhere. Heat detectors still did not pick them up, but they were identifiable because they are so close. ¡°They¡¯re Eclipse Trees.¡± It looks like a normal tree. The leaves, trunk, and roots are the same. But they are foxes that are hiding their true appearances. Kikiki! The Eclipse Trees open their center and there are demon¡¯s faces. They do not have teeth, but the open trees are as sharp as teeth. ¡°There¡¯s no n. Kill them all.¡± About 20 appeared. There are a lot but they are all level 5, so they are not burdensome opponents. There is no need to assign roles for each party member when fighting something like this. All they have to do is kill them as they see them. Bang bang bang! Violet¡¯s spear goes through an Eclipse Tree¡¯s body. Koharu goes between roots and makes blows overall. Park Jin Hyuk sniped while in motion. Basil turned on stealth mode and raided like a ghost. Kyoko also took on a few with weapons with high fire power. Even if they are level 5s, they were attacking too unterally. Eclipse Trees are at the same level as the Caicus. They are in no terms a lowly mutant. Over time, each party member¡¯s abilities rode a rising curve. 6 people ¨C that is the number of people in the party including Cha Jun Sung. They are a small number, but they are superior to most parties in all aspects. The only thing they fall behind in is head count. Park Jin Hyuk and Kyoko have 8binations, and the rest have 9 to 10 for their battlesuits. Koharu¡¯s group tried to help them get to 9, but failed in the end. One needs a lot of luck to seed in 9binations. There is no need to mention luck for 10. Kyoko found her own method ofbinations while ying the virtual version, but Park Jin Hyuk quit after less than 1 year. He was able to get to 8binations because the party members shared what they know with him. [Go, irvoyance!] Zing! Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s 8bination Shootskill irvoyance activated and each of the Eclipse Tree¡¯s movement became minute until he could see gaps that were not visible before. irvoyance uses increased vision and expanded field view to amplify one of the 5 senses, sight, to the limit. It is not grand but it is very useful. It¡¯s particrly useful to a sniper like him who shoots while in motion. Tatatatang! With proper distance support, a small number can take on arge group. Below level mutants be prey even without support. Boom boom! The Eclipse Trees copse one by one. They get 180,000 points for each. The amount that they earn increases proportionally to the rising mission level and difficulty, but it felt like the experience value following the level seems to stay in ce. Cha Jun Sung received 10 billion points in exchange for giving a sample, but other level B Lifers were frantically trying to gather that amount. Level B gear easily goes over 1 million points. Lifers like rankers save points by seeding with battlesuitbinations on the first try. Those who fail in theirbinations were busy gathering points. The future is dreary as to whether they will be able to modify their battlesuits and get the gear they need. Kyah! Thest standing Eclipse Tree falls over. With this, the first battle is over. ¡°I¡¯m tired!¡± ¡°There could be more. Be careful.¡± Park Jin Hyuk shook his gun to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s warning and scanned the area with the irvoyance. He actszy but he also is a skilled hunter. Battlesuit inside cameras identify and search objects. It can tell things like whether that a mutant that looks like a tree, rock, the ground, or weasel. Click! The irvoyance picks up a mutant sitting on top of a high tree. A weasel as big as a person blinks and looks down. It is small for a mutant. The 7 meter tail on its rear gives the atmosphere that they must not underestimate it. ¡°Jung Sung, that! de Weasel!¡± ¡°What?¡± Park Jin Hyuk points to de Weasel¡¯s position. All of the party members¡¯ attention focused to one ce. A brown creature simr in color to bark. It hides half of its body in therge tree and has its tail held stiff to disguise it as a branch. The de Weasel bares its knife-sharp teeth. Chapter 165 Volume 6 / Chapter 165 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Papat! It knows that it has been discovered, and moves away. It jumps between trees with the speed of a flying squirrel. ¡°No! Catch it!¡± ¡°Ugh!¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group activated their boosters to catch the de Weasel with confidence, but they cannot make the worst possible scenario. de Weasels live in packs. If they lose it here, Heinkel will find out that its area has been invaded. There is nothing worse than having the enemy expect them in a situation where they need to annihte everything. If they can discover the enemy first, they can lead the battle to their advantage. There are countless scenarios thate to mind. They can set up a trap in an appropriate ce or throw a bomb into the center of the nest. ¡°Ah! Damn it!¡± ¡°Jun Sung! I can¡¯t catch it! Ack!¡± Park Jin Hyuk was only looking at the de Weasel¡¯s rear as he ran and was not able to avoid a thick branch nearing him, hitting him in the face. The branch breaks and Park Jin Hyuk does a half turn. He is not hurt because the battlesuit absorbed the impact, but he can see the blue sky. Papapapat! Koharu, Violet, and Basil overtake him once he has fallen. Even the slowest Kyoko is not an exception. She went from 2nd to 6th. Boom! Cha Jun Sung blocked the de Weasel¡¯s movement with his reinforced rifle and grenades, but they were of no use. It only put more distance between them. [Overbooster activate!] 16 boosters burst on at the same time and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body flies forward. But that is all. The jungle is the de Weasel¡¯s homeground. It knows the terrain like the back of its hand, so it moves only in the areas where there are no obstacles. Cha Jun Sung is not able to use his normal speed. He went back and forth between getting faster and slower, and the de Weasel grew smaller every time he reduced the speed. He is already far from his party members. Their battlesuits are unrted to boosters, so they are in no condition to catch up to Cha Jun Sung. Cha Jun Sung leapt into the sky. He is going to fly. The energy consumption is severe, but it is not a problem because he has a rapid charging device. ¡°Ugh! What is that!¡± He flew at a reasonable height because he will lose the de Weasel if he escapes the range of the forest. Thin branches hit him, but he passes by them. The distance narrows once the obstacles are gone. He will catch it soon. ¡°Huh?¡± It went into a tunnel hidden by leaves. It does not matter whether it was just dug or if it was dug in advance. It is important that it went inside, meaning he lost it. ¡°Ugh!¡± Wiing! Pew pew pew pew! Cha Jun Sung set up the automatic cannon, set it to manual, and made the hole into a honeb. It is a heavy machine gun that could even get through a steel te several centimeters in thickness. The dirt floor might as well be made of jelly. But he does not get a notification that he acquired points. It seems it ran away in that short period of time. ¡°Jun Sung, did you catch it?¡± ¡°No.¡± Koharu arrives behind him and looks at the automatic cannon and hole. It is so wide that they can go in, but they do not want to do that. ¡°How long has it been there? Oy! I guess Heinkel will go around looking for us.¡± Their n had been to search the jungle, find the de Weasels¡¯ nest, reduce their numbers, and then face off. Now that this has happened, Heinkel will either let the de Weasels loose to find them or expand its area to prepare for an attack. ¡°Seeing how it was going around alone, do you think it could be some kind of scout?¡± It is simr. It is a lookout to be more exact. de Weasels establish an order and take turns going far away to serve as lookouts. The one that had discovered Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group was the one that hade the farthest. It was not there from the beginning. It was on lookout in the location assigned to it but came to see what the unfamiliar sound was when it found Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. ¡°Ugh! We should have paid more attention.¡± ¡°What can we do. There¡¯s no point crying over spilt milk.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s get moving since no good cane from staying here.¡± ¡°Alright.¡± Cha Jun Sung packed up the automatic cannon. They need to establish a base camp. If theye swarming while they are unprepared, they could be put in a terrible situation. ¡°The scan doesn¡¯t work either.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± He tried a field scan just in case, but the de Weasel must have gone deep because the scan did not pick up any traces of it. It must really have run away. Cha Jun Sung left it behind and decided to go back to his party. Swish swish. Had it been about 10 minutes since Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group passed by? Something slowly pokes its head out of the shady hole. It is the de Weasel that they thought had run away. It looked around suspiciously and after deciding it was safe, carefully came out of the hole. The de Weasel licks its thigh. It has been wounded by a hit from the automatic cannon. It is severe because it was hit while going into the hole. This hole does not connect to somewhere else like Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group thinks it does. It is like a bunker where they can hide from enemies. The de Weasel drags its injured leg back to the nest. It witnessed Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group facing off against the Eclipse Trees and lost the will to fight, running away instead. If it had discovered them before the Eclipse Trees did, it would have mistaken them for prey and gone after them. They are creatures that it has never seen before. Each one of them is strong, so it seems like they will be a threat to the tribe. It must notify the head of its tribe. *** Wiing! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group made a rtively t and wide opening into their base camp. There is a greater variety of items as the store level goes up. Battle is one thing, but rest is also important. Level B store items providefortable resting environments for Lifers. 6 automatic cannons aim in all directions that mutants could appear from. They also installed bombs that would go off at a 100 meter point, and an rm to notify them of the enemy¡¯s appearance. They are being fully prepared. ¡°We started off wrong.¡± ¡°Ugh.¡± Park Jin Hyuk sucks in his breath. It is not the worst situation, but it is not optimistic either. They cannot kill as they go as they did in missions of level C through E. Until level C, Lifers with battlesuits and mutants had simr power, but mutant growth surpassed that of Lifers starting with level B. Even with modified battlesuits, facing off with a level 7 one-on-one is a suicide mission. There is no chance with 8 or 9binations, and nothing can be guaranteed with 10 either. ¡®It would be so easy if I just awaken.¡¯ One roar and it would put its tail down and crawl on the floor. But as soon as I do that, Life Mission will cling to me to try to test me. It doesn¡¯t matter if what happened to me is discovered if I decide to leave all of this behind and live normally, but it¡¯s still too early for that. How many top level users are there who have the potential to see the ending of the game? It looks like only 99 out of 100 will give up before seeing the end! Cha Jun Sung has the confidence and ability to go past level A to S. That does not mean he has the confidence to fight a disaster, level 9s. He realized after gaining strength from level 8, how crazy level 9 monsters are. The virtual was a game, so they were immortal and did not die even if they lost lives. It was okay for them to be fearless and treat their lives lightly. But they only have 1 life in reality. If there is as much of a gap to level 9 as there is between 7 and 8, he cannot win even if 10 people like him get together. ¡®Could I be a level 9? I feel like something is missing. The Oriax says it doesn¡¯t know the cause either, and I can¡¯t ask someone.¡¯ The Oriax has brought Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body to its limit and is currently sleeping. It has given over total control of the body so it can only intervene, but it is better to just sleep in that case. It would have been bored if it were like when it was drifting in the mission, but there is no feeling of absence because of the party members. And strictly speaking, it is not really sleeping. They are connected by the mind and body, so it wakes up if called. ¡®Let¡¯s see the limit to know much I can let out in this state while fighting Heinkel.¡¯ Since he cannot awaken or transform, he cannot help but be weak even with the battlesuit. Heinkel¡¯s overall ability is higher than the Red Heart and Twister he killed before, and lower than Metal Giant. He does not think that he will lose, but it is better to be sure. He will have no choice anyway because it is not like he is going to stop while fighting a level 7. Chapter 166 Volume 6 / Chapter 166 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda A sharp roar that digs into the ear wakes a silent forest. Nighttime is another time for mutants to be active. This is not referring to being nocturnal. In broad daylight, there is a lot of reliance on sight. But at night, all of the other senses be activated. Mutants living in the jungle were out before the roar, but after, they were silent. ¡°It¡¯s Heinkel.¡± It is a strong roar that induces passing out, but Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group has be stronger. They no longer be disabled by screaming. ¡°It must have figured it out. They must be looking for us, right? The funny thing is that mutants don¡¯t watch out for each other, so is there a reason to go that far?¡± ¡°Hm. The situation is different, the situation. We¡¯re unwee guests.¡± Cha Jun Sung speaks as he checks his gear. They are tied together by a food chain, but the mutants living in the jungle are amunity. Heinkel dominates the jungle but everyone is given equal residence. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group, which has appeared in opposition to him, is an unwee guest. Furthermore, they are unwee guests who can kill dozens of Eclipse Trees. From Heinkel¡¯s perspective, it could be a challenge. It is inevitable that it makes the decision after seeing for itself. Enemies havee to this isted vige. ¡°And whatever the reason, we attacked a de Weasel. As you know, the ones that live in packs think of something that happened to one of them as something that happened to all of them.¡± They thought they would be able to catch it, and they would have left it alone if they knew they would lose it. Then the de Weasels may not have gone around looking for their group. Kya kya! Their conversation has an exact rhythm. It is organized. They are not just digging around everywhere, but decreasing the range by avoiding areas that have already been checked. The jungle isrge. It is as big as abination of moderate-sized cities. It is so big that if they do not know where the group is, it could be impossible to find them. More than 1 week has passed since they lost the de Weasel. They had heard the weasels dimly yesterday, but the sound has gotten fairly close today. ¡®What should we do.....¡¯ There must be hundreds of them. There could even be thousands. They are hiding now because they can, but their activity area will decrease as long as they do not give up the search. Cha Jun Sung looks up at the sky. de Weasels cannot fly, but they can. They can run away in even the worst situations. ¡°Let¡¯s look for more advantageous terrain. We¡¯ll go by flying since the ground is dangerous.¡± The level B energy core¡¯s volume and output of power is 3 times that of level C. Booster flight consumes a lot of energy, but it is not to the point where they cannot use it because they need to save it. They are fully capable of flying around for a couple hours. Bang! Cha Jun Sung leaves the jungle. The party members also change to flight mode. 6 rays of light set up pirs in the dark and vast forest. ¡°Jin Hyuk, look around to see if there¡¯s a good ce.¡± ¡°Alright.¡± They are overhead where their field of vision is open without trees or grass in the way. These are optimal conditions for the irvoyance to perform in. Of course there is a limit to what the irvoyance can do. Even if the conditions are good, it cannot properly recognize objects that are over 10km away. It can only detect an approximate shape. ¡°There isn¡¯t anything special here. Let¡¯s move a bit.¡± ¡°Everyone, be careful of flying mutants. You lead us.¡± ¡°Going.¡± Bang bang! Park Jin Hyuk controlled the booster however he wanted to. It is his goal to find terrain that is advantageous to them. He has no choice but to look in each ce. They are not very fast. Flying consumes energy, but speed takes up more. 30 to 40km/h is adequate when considering effect. ¡°Mutants.¡± One-eyed mutants that look like pterodactyls, fly toward them. The mutant is level 3, but they flock in groups of hundreds. Look over there. Their view is full of one-eyed birds. ¡°They¡¯re One-eyed Birds. We¡¯ll take care of them.¡± Tutututu! Koharu pulls the trigger on the reinforced rifle. A machine gun asrge as a person bursts in fireworks of bullets that are 14.5mm in size. Violet, Basil, and Kyoko did not stay, but took care of the mutants from a distance. Lifers need to have secondary weapons in addition to their main weapons. This is not referring to things like bombs. It is foolish to go around with just a main weapon in an attempt to save on points. They do not know what kind of mission they will need toplete in what type of situation, so they need to calcte all cases and carry weapons of all types. That is why there is switching in the game. Even if they have boosters and are facing weak mutants, they cannot go into war in the air with vibrating weapons. Kyak! Under the level B reinforced rifle periodic machine gun, the One-eyed Birds fall heavily to the ground. Flesh, bones, and blood rains down. Kyarung! ¡°Looks like we¡¯ve been found.¡± ¡°That¡¯s expected if we¡¯ve made all of this noise.¡± The enemy¡¯s aura emanates from the dark jungle below them. The sound of the reinforced rifle, the One-eyed Birds screaming in pain, and the smell of blood called the de Weasels to them. They are not visible past the lush leaves, but the heat sensors pick up more than hundreds of creatures. ¡°Hmph! What are you guys going to do from there? I should spit on them!¡± Park Jin Hyuk snorts and keeps searching the terrain. They are at least 100 meters off the ground. de Weasels do not have a method of fighting from a distance. They cannot even throw something because they do not have arms like humans. All they can do is whine and stretch their necks to look up. But what is a mutant? They are creatures that stray from themon rules. On top of that, if they are level 7, it is not odd if they do something. Boom! It happened in the blink of an eye. Somethingrge on the ground prated the forest and plunged into the center of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. ¡°Heinkel!¡± Kyarung! Covered in white fur with the erged tail of a weasel, Heinkel looks over Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group with red eyes. It was just a matter of 0.1 seconds. It calcted the distance to jump, and drew out the positioning and range in its head for thest attack. It is an incredible ability that approaches that of humans. [You invaded my territory and injured one of my underlings? I¡¯ll rip you apart.] It only sounds like barking to the party members, but Heinkel¡¯s roar is in anguage that Cha Jun Sung can understand. They were right. Heinkel hade because they invaded its territory and hurt one of its subordinates. The milk has already spilled and there is nothing they can reverse. They will face off to figure it out. Heinkel puts its head down, lowered its center of gravity, and wielded its tail. 15 meter long des covering the tail go up and down as it turns. It has kept Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group¡¯s height in mind. Huk! Ack! Basil is startled and turns his body. The de tail grazes his Adam¡¯s apple. He had not strengthened his armor. If he had been anyter, the tail could have cut his throat. Violet barely got out of range as well, but her boosters tangled up while she was getting away and she could not stabilize like a crashing ne. Kyak! When the de tail was brandished in the center, Kyoko, who is rtively short in fighting skills, took the blow. A part of her battlesuit is cut and blood seeps out. Koharu is beside her and catches her as she falls. ¡°Kyoko!¡± ¡°Jin Hyuk!¡± Park Jin Hyuk saw Kyoko get hit and got distracted. He could not react to the tailing at him. Cha Jun Sung hastily pulled out the sword on his hip. There is a re. He can feel incredible resistance from the sword that hase to a hit with the tail. They are simr in power. Cha Jun Sung was pushed as though flying and Heinkel plummeted to the ground. Neither were injured. ¡°What are you doing! You could have died if I didn¡¯t block that just now!¡± ¡°S ¨C sorry.¡± Cha Jun Sung yelled at Park Jin Hyuk. Kyoko getting hurt? That worries him too, but they cannot ignore attacksing at them. ¡°How is Kyoko?¡± ¡°Her life isn¡¯t on the line, but the cut isn¡¯t shallow. The bleeding is severe.¡± Koharu presses firmly on Kyoko¡¯s hip to stop the bleeding. The attacks that Lifers watch out most for are the ones that can kill them instantaneously. It is all over if they die with one hit. There are a couple things after that, and bleeding out is one of them. Unless they receive treatment, there is continuous damage that wastes away at the body. ¡°Let¡¯s go higher.¡± Bang bang! They only stopped once they reached 300 meters. It leapt 100 meters ¨C they had underestimated Heinkel¡¯s abilities. They cannot take a hit with the same attack. ¡°Jun Sung, there¡¯s a cliff at the end there!¡± ¡°Cliff?¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s irvoyance discovered a cliff. It is a little lower than eye level. The back is steep and the front is narrow. It is great for defense. Kyarung! ¡°This won¡¯t do. You guys go first.¡± ¡°What about you?¡± ¡°Look down. They look like they¡¯re about to follow us. We need time to treat Kyoko and set up booby traps. I¡¯ll buy time.¡± Chapter 167 Volume 6 / Chapter 167 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda The forest pushes through like a wave in the direction that Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group moves. It looks like this is happening because of the de Weasels moving together on arge scale. They cannot be attacked in a state where they are not ready. They need at least a couple of hours. ¡°I¡¯ll follow behind quickly.¡± ¡°Okay!¡± Cha Jun Sung put his booster in reverse. The de Weasels were about to follow the moving party members but stopped when they saw Cha Jun Sunging at them. As soon as Cha Jun Sungnded among them, they encircle him. They blocked the ground and the tops of trees. They will attack him from the top if they see him try to fly again. A path opens up. Heinkel, with grey and distinct white fur, walks out on 4 legs. Its erect tail expresses its pride and confidence. It permeates various feelings. There is no way to define it with one. Curiosity, murder, rage, surprise. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung, do you have a n? The odds are not in your favor.] Odin is warning him. Even one level 7 is a handful, but it is crazy to walk into a ce with hundreds of level 5s and 6s. ¡°Shut up.¡± Cha Jun Sung releases the helmet. He feels refreshed by the smell of grass. Wouldn¡¯t it be better if the de Weasels, baring their teeth in murder, were not there? ¡°You live such short lives.¡± Only Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes awakened. He turned off a part of the battlesuit¡¯s functions. It is okay to awaken just a part like his eyes. It is okay as long as he does not disy it obviously. A bizarre and indescribable aura wraps around Heinkel and the de Weasels. Unless Heinkel is stupid, it would have realized that Cha Jun Sung is a higher predator. There is no way for it not to know. ¡°You¡¯re frozen? Kik!¡± He did not talk to Heinkel in mutantnguage. It is dangerous to leave traces. He uses what he has from an appropriate standpoint. Other de Weasels seemed to show fear of Cha Jun Sung, but Horned Tail Heinkel overcame that fear. It is doing its level¡¯s worth. ¡®It¡¯s not working.¡¯ He wanted to make Heinkel retreat too, but that will not happen just by frightening it. It is right to take it on with strength since it is a level 7. ¡®I won¡¯t be able to hold out if I get attacked by this many without awakening.¡¯ There are too many of them, though it is in his favor that he dominated the aura. He just needs to buy a little time. He will run away before they stop fearing him. Woong! Cha Jun Sung wore his helmet again. The first impression worked, so it will be embedded in their brains. They cannot keep holding a staring contest. ¡®Where should I get into?¡¯ The battlesuit system analyzes the de Weasels¡¯ enclosedwork. It is searching for a gap. It is not easy because they have blocked him so tightly that there isn¡¯t even space for water to leak through. [Northeast 19.2%, Southwest 17.8%. Other ces are under 10%, so those 2 ces are currently the ones with the highest chances of escape.] Odin took the functions in the battlesuit and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mysterious ability into ount to calcte the probability. Even the higher ces did not reach over 20%. Life Mission officials know that Cha Jun Sung is not normal. Directly? No, indirectly. There is no way for them not to know. He either turned off or removed all battlesuit functions that analyze the user¡¯s state. Just physically, he surpasses the 6th stage of body modifications. There is no doubt that there have been changes since he fused with the Oriax and was released. They honestly wanted to perform in-depth examinations and tests on him, but they have received a sample and he picked up his cut off rtionship with his colleagues, so it is not easy to enforce this. So there was an order from the top for Odin to just watch over him and not to engage. Cha Jun Sung did not think that they would be entirely clueless either. They are blindfolding each other. [Jun Sung, how¡¯s the situation?] [Not good. How about Kyoko? Are you done setting up the equipment?] [She¡¯s receiving treatment now. I think the basic setting will be done soon, but we¡¯re stuck at the verticalunch device. We still need more time.] [Alright. I¡¯ll hold out for as long as I can and then get out. Just give me a signal when you do it.] As top level stores opened, Lifers¡¯ mission standards transformed from fighting with guns and knives to strategy reminiscent of war. Weapons of mass destruction are sold starting with level C, and there are tons of weapons that could kill thousands of lower level mutants with one hit. Missions are battlefields where they put their lives on the line. They need to be fully prepared. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group also has powerful firearms that can sweep through arge number of enemies. ¡°y with me for a little. Slowly.¡± Tutututung! Cha Jun Sung fires his reinforced rifle. He did not aim at just one ce. He is blocked from everywhere. Wherever he shoots, there will be a hit. Kyang! The de Weasels scatter to avoid the bullets. They were still spaced out evenly, blocking Cha Jun Sung¡¯s escape. A thick tree is prated to leave a hole in a de Weasel hiding behind it. Everything, even rocks, copsed under the prating power of the bullets. Among all of the shooting, a few de Weasels came close behind Cha Jun Sung. He only has one body, so he cannot watch all of his defenses. ¡°Umph!¡± Bang! A de tail flies toward him to go into his back. Cha Jun Sung turns and hits the de Weasel¡¯s head with an overhead kick. Its skull smashes and eyeballs pop out. Its face has twisted shrewdly ¨C instant death. Boom boom! Cha Jun Sung turned on the Overbooster and flew into the air. As soon as he killed that one weasel, attacks from the others showered down on him. His n is to take advantage of the gap that formed when he killed one of theirrades. Hundreds of de Weasels? There are thousands. There are fairlyrge de Weasels gathered near Heinkel. He can tell just by looking that they are level 6 leaders. ¡°Ugh!¡± Heinkel and the leaders did not interfere. They stayed in the same ce and watched their subordinates fight Cha Jun Sung. They are putting on airs. ¡°Are there really this many?¡± Even without awakening, level 5s are just toys to Cha Jun Sung, who has the power of level 7. But the volumeing at him exceed standard value, so he is getting sick of it. No matter how many he kills, theye at him endlessly. ¡°You¡¯re getting annoyed because the space is small too, right?¡± Cha Jun Sung beat a de tailing at him from the front. They keep stabbing at him because they cannot whip their tails. A small weasel¡¯s tail is 6 to 7 meters long. If it makes a turn and creates a radius, it bes 12 to 14 meters. If they whip their tails the wrong way, they could kill their peers. His vibrating weapon shes the tail and cuts the body to pieces. The strength of a level 5¡¯s tail cannot withstand a product of super science. [Jun Sung! Instation isplete! Tell me your coordinates!] [931.623.551! Shoot!] Bang! Before 10 seconds after saying his coordinates, a ray of light from the cliff shot up to the sky, changed direction, and fell like a meteor. It is a cluster bomb, a missile asrge as Cha Jun Sung. It is also called a hat bomb, and it is a wide-range bomb with small bombs inside of it. One of those is enough to cause devastation to the area where Cha Jun Sung is standing. Heinkel might be able to get away, but the level 5s and 6s will nearly be annihted. The de Weasels all looked to where they could hear an explosion. Papat! Cha Jun Sung ran. Of all the ces to run, he ran in the direction of Heinkel and the 6 leaders. He did this on purpose. Kyak? Heinkel is taken aback by the sudden situation. It had not expected Cha Jun Sung to run away in its direction. Why? Because it is dangerous. Mutants are instinctual. Even when hunting, they go for the weaker side first before the stronger side. This is the same when they are running away. They go for the ce where the weaker ones are instead of the stronger. ¡®Probability 1.7%.¡¯ This is the chance of escaping that Odin calcted for him. But there is something he overlooked. Heinkel¡¯s side is the worst for escape, but life isn¡¯t based on probability. Heinkel did not think at all that Cha Jun Sung woulde toward it. It is the arrogance of the strong, not looking back because it is full of conceit. But a level 7 is still a level 7, so it regained itsposure quickly and shed its de tail down. It has momentum that could even cut through a building. ¡°I can just avoid it. You try to get away too.¡± Boom boom! Cha Jun Sung avoided the tail and left the area with his Overbooster on 100%. He wanted to fly, but he held back. He could die if he flies now. The cluster bomb broke up right before crashing into the ground. As therge missile dismantled, hundreds of bombs rained down. The principle is simr to that of a white phosphorus shell, but the difference is between focus on detonation and heat. They are both the devil¡¯s weapon. Beautiful shooting starse down from the sky. The de Weasels¡¯ attention was taken away by the grand fireworks against a dark background. Bang bang bang bang bang! Small explosions going off everywhere ovepped and ovepped in firepower to result in a giant explosion with a radius of hundreds of meters. The de Weasels were swept up by the small and giant explosions, blowing up before they could even scream. There were the asional ones that screamed, but the sound was drowned out by the explosions. Cha Jun Sung mobilized all of the battlesuit¡¯s functions. He picked out the cluster bomb¡¯s drop point and explosion range. He can take it as long as he is not hit. ¡°How grand.¡± Cha Jun Sung got far away and looked over the results of the cluster bomb in his way to the cliff. mes flicker as they burn the jungle down. Chapter 168 Volume 6 / Chapter 168 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Notice ofpletion does not sound. Either Heinkel or the de Weasels are alive. There is no reason to be rushed since they will have left them with severe injuries. ¡°Jun Sung!¡± ¡°Oh, that was close.¡± The party members wee Cha Jun Sung. Kyoko is pale and looks at him while lying down. She was treated with medical equipment, but she is notpletely healed. ¡°How many do you think died?¡± ¡°At least half? Let¡¯s take care of them when we have the chance to.¡± Wiing! Cha Jun Sung put his automatic cannon down. 6 cannons turn to the direction of the burning jungle. It is long range shooting. Boom boom boom boom! It is at random. He cannot see where the weasels are hiding, so he is sweeping through as though sweeping up garbage with a broom. It did not end with that. Cha Jun Sung pressed the switch on a gas shell and took a pitcher¡¯s pose. It is obvious what he is going to do just from his pose. He is going to throw it all the way over there. They have enough weapons. It is good to save their weapons, but they need to be used in times like this. They are 2km away, but it will reach if he borrows strength from his battlesuit. Boom boom boom! [You have earned 180,000 points and 36,000 achievement points.] [You have earned 180,000 points and 54,000 achievement points.] It must have had effect, because the points areing in. Achievement points are different for each. It is because the ones that were killed by the cluster bomb were considered snatched. The verticalunch device is Violet¡¯s and the party members split the cost of the cluster bomb when purchasing it. The points go to a few people, but it does not matter. They are not going to stop doing missions after this one, and they will take turns. The greatest beneficiary is Park Jin Hyuk. He gained millions of points with one blow. ¡°Shall we go?¡± ¡°Let¡¯s wait.¡± There is no reason to put themselves in danger to go check. The de Weasels know that they are on the cliff. They wille search for them if they are alive. *** Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group had battled with the de Weasels the day before, and went down from the cliff once the day brightened. It was just a day, but nothing in particr had happened. ¡°They¡¯re just lumps.¡± ¡°Gross!¡± There were no life forms intact to be found. Ripped of scraps of flesh were just lying around everywhere. It was such a mess that not even the people who had created this mess could tell how many had died. No one released their helmets. It is obvious what kind of smell there would be the second they take the helmets off. A painful sight is enough. Kyarung... ¡°It would have been better to just die.¡± ¡°Tsk!¡± Cha Jun Sung clucks his tongue. A de Weasel that has half of its body cut off is gasping for air without even being able to die. They are killing the mutants because of what Life Mission is, but they haven¡¯t really done anything wrong. When separating good and bad, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group is technically the bad. All Lifers want different things, but they are killing living creatures in order to gain points that will lead to a better life for themselves. ¡®What are you guys whenthat you¡¯re killing us?¡¯ It is what Red Eye said when they met in Infected Tree. It was impossible to respond. No one has the right to kill others, or other living beings. Cha Jun Sung shook the thoughts out of his mind and killed the suffering de Weasel. The party members moved together as one instead of scattering out. It is not just one or two weasels. There are a fair amount, easily over several dozens. ¡°There are a lot of points since 6 people are doing a level B alone. It copses the bnce.¡± They could each reach 1 million points as a reward if theyplete the mission. They are just raking in points. The number is entirely different from when they divided up the points with the World Federation. ¡°I don¡¯t see Heinkel.¡± ¡°I think we killed all of the level 6s. We can check all of the mutants we killed on the PDA. The number we killed reaches 230,000. At this point, it¡¯s annihtion.¡± Would henchmen stay in ce when the king is on the move? The henchmen will have gotten involved since Heinkel did, and those henchmen screamed. They can easilyplete this level B as long as they kill Heinkel and the leftover weasels. ¡°It was alive.¡± ¡°It must have waited for us. They¡¯ve reduced a lot in number.¡± They have been surrounded again. But there isn¡¯t the intimidation they felt the first time. 100 at best? They can take this much head on without having to run away. Kung! ¡°It¡¯s hurt.¡± Heinkel¡¯s left eye is empty. When the cluster bomb went off, a fragment embedded itself so deep inside the eye that rapid regeneration was impossible and it just plucked the eye out. ¡°3 level 6s. Most of them injured. Shall we end it?¡± The party members took out their weapons. They could do this properly, but will they need to use their strength when the opposition is in such a terrible state? It is early, but the end is near. ¡°Alright, let¡¯s.....¡± Woooo! Cha Jun Sung was not able to finish his sentence. A roar they heard from somewhere made him, his party members, Heinkel, and the de Weasels freeze. Cha Jun Sung looked down at his hands. They are trembling. His body tingles as though he has been electrocuted. His party members shake their dizzy heads. Kyak! Heinkel heard the roar and acts strangely. The hail that had been erect hangs down and it runs away, leaving the de Weasels behind. ¡°What ¨C what is it? Is it a mutant? Is it level 8 if it can make a level 7 run away and have us react like this? But why isn¡¯t a special mission activating?¡± ¡°Maybe because it has nothing to do with us?¡± ¡°Jun Sung, what are you going to do?¡± Koharu asks Cha Jun Sung. He could not answer right away. ¡®Level 8? No. This wouldn¡¯t happen even if he met Red Eye. This... is a level 9.¡¯ This is Africa. If it is level 9, it must be Cruel King Anubis. A distance that they can hear its roar from. Even if it is far, it will just be a few dozen kilometers. What is going on? Lifers and mutants alike do not know what is happening. Only the ones who created the situation know. It is what happened in the time that Cha Jun Sung, who had been losing time in his insanity, returned to reality and then heard the Cruel King¡¯s roar. Not long after ck Demon met with White Queen, mutants started moving from her area of Europe. Their destination is France, with Inferno and level 8s at the head. It was arge army that was close to 500,000 and excluding the lower levels 1 through 4, all of the mutants were over level 5. The helpers watching over the 6 continents via satellite, noticed that all of those high level mutants were on the move and started looking deeply into them. Levels 8 and 9 are under constant monitoring. The helpers know that White Queen and ck Demon met, but they cannot know why. It is impossible to tap their conversations as well. After that, Europe¡¯s flow changed and after 4 months, the mutants reached south of Jordan in the Middle East. The Middle East is Southwest Asia. It is ck Demon¡¯s area, where White Queen does not have influence and trespassing without permission would mean war. But White Queen, who was going south, went over into Egypt. From here, it is Africa, Cruel Queen¡¯s territory. The helpers identified the situation. [It is hard to move such arge army to Africa by sea, so they would have had to go bynd. What if ck Demon permitted this?] [Neutral ck Demon has formed an alliance with White Queen.] [Why is White Queen bringing arge army to Africa?] While they were guessing up to here, changes in Africa ensured the future. Cruel King is also calling its subordinates to it. [War.] It is the single word that exins Europe and Africa¡¯s collision. It is the perfect opportunity to get rid of 2 level 9s. It is early, but the helpers wanted to insert Lifers even if they were overdoing it. Then what should they do? The method is simple. They can control missions so that Lifers have no choice but to go towards Africa and then block them in. When Cruel King started reacting, they cut off the missions that could be active in all continents except Africa in sequence. The PDA became full of missions that could only bepleted in Africa, and Lifers entered as they normally did without realizing this. The more surprising thing is that it is not all of Africa, but the area that they think has the highest probability of bing the main battlefield. That is Northern Africa ¨C Libya, Chad, and Sudan. There is no such thing as coincidence. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group might think that they came here by their own choice, but they have fallen in Libya, Cruel King¡¯s area, because the helpers reduced their choices severely. When Cha Jun Sung heard Cruel King¡¯s roar, 1 million Lifers werepleting missions in the 3 aforementioned areas. Cha Jun Sung was not affectedpared to the Lifers who had been swept through by mutants moving north or were shaking in fear because they might be swept through. Their group did not fall in Cruel King¡¯s senses. Every single Lifer it discovered was murdered. Its underlings did not have any mercy either. 430,000 ¨C the number of Lifers that Cruel King killed while going north from its hometown Nigeria to Libya. Chapter 169 Volume 6 / Chapter 169 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°I don¡¯t... want to die!¡± Boom! Arge pir falls from the sky. The eyes of the Lifer watching that pir are filled with despair. His body has frozen stiff and he cannot move. The pir, giving off a ray of dark gray light, is rough like an animal¡¯s skin. The wide pir covers the sun from the ground and crushes the Lifer. He is not visible, but he will have been smashed t like a pancake. The diameter on the ground alone is over 10 meters. It is so wide that blood does not even seep out. It has just quietly swallowed up a human. Boom boom! The pir goes back up. A lump expected to be the Lifer is squished on the floor. The wreckage also stuck to the bottom of the pir. The pir that killed the Lifer is a mutant that resembles elephants. It is huge, the size if an elephant had been erged multiple times. It is heinous. Dark eyes, a pair of long horns, muscles all over its body, and three pairs of legs that support its body. It is Cruel King¡¯s pet, Hell Mammoth. It is a level 8 even if it is a pet, so it has the strength that Medusa and Beholder have. Kurung. Africa¡¯s ruler is breathing in and out on Hell Mammoth¡¯s back. Cruel King Anubis. With a human¡¯s body and a dog¡¯s head, it has an ordinary appearancepared to other heinous mutants. It is not big either. 3 or 4 meters? It only looks to be a level 3. But ck Demon and White Queen also do not look like much before they are in their awakened states. Judging the opponent by its appearance is foolish. ¡°That¡¯s strange. Were there this many humans left in my territory?¡± ¡°There is an increased inflow of humans these days. The curious thing is that they do not go by sea ornd, but just suddenly appear.¡± Cruel King frowns at the subordinate¡¯s report. When it awakened and acknowledged itself, it killed all humans in Africa. It had not left even an ant alive. Where had theye from? ¡°I¡¯m not pleased.¡± It does not like people. They are horrible. Before it became a mutant, it was born in a zoo run by humans. This is a secret that only it knows. It had believed that life was definite at the time, but realized that it had been repressed once it awakened and exceeded the limits of living beings. With what rights are humans repressing them? It could not forgive them, and made Africa its own territory with this mighty force. Starting a few years back however, a little activity showed and they were noting in by hordes. It cannot understand this phenomenon. Cruel King has eyes and ears scattered all over Africa. It is impossible for tens of thousands of people to get past all of this surveince and enter its territory. On top of that, there are humans who are stronger than Cruel King¡¯s own soldiers. These soldiers are just at levels 1 through 5, but they are not creatures that mere humans can take on. ¡°What about capturing them?¡± ¡°We are targeting the ones that seem like they might be useful.¡± Any strong figure is bound to be treated better. This is the same in Africa. It is impossible to capture all of them, so they chose the strong humans. They have no intention to let any of them live. They will get information with whatever method, including torture. ¡°Bring me a few.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Pat! An eagle sitting on Cruel King¡¯s shoulder transformed into arge mutant and went down. It is Sky Kuntar, one of its subordinates. ¡°That¡¯s that... They¡¯re going behind my back? Kuk kuk! I¡¯m the stupid one for thinking of her as a simple female and it¡¯s my fault for overlooking the fact that she is a human at her roots.¡± Cruel King grinds its teeth. It is angry. If anyone were to go behind another¡¯s back, it should have been the Cruel King. Its pride as a king does not allow for getting yed. Though it is just a semnce of an alliance, it had not expected that the situation woulde to this. It is not hard to recognize this as a betrayal. White Queen¡¯srge army is too visible. The moment it went south from the Middle East and into Africa, it only took a few days for the news to travel. ¡°You¡¯re positive that ck Demon let them through?¡± The 6 continents are vast. Interactions between the disasters are not smooth. Cruel King and ck Demon have never met. All Cruel King knows is that he rules over Asia. On the other hand, it is a simr situation. They need to go through Africa onnd. The female and male have stuck together. Kurung! There is a clear sense of enmity and murder in its growling. It does not know humannguage. It became possible tomunicate as their intelligence developed, and they systematized anguage of their own. The conversation with Kuntar would have sounded like barking to a human. Cruel King looks over the endless horizon. White Queen is beyond that. A battle with a being at the same level. Its blood boils. Kung! A strong roar spreads out. It contains the desire for ughter. It is not just loud. Wooooo! Near Hell Mammoth, a variety of mutants in animal form are going out into the ins of Africa. There is no order in the rabble, but they are overwhelming in numbers at the least. The mes of war are burning. These mes will not go out until one dies. *** When Blood Lord first came out of the egg, it was colorful and just 200 meters long. It grew to 350 meters as it became an adult. The ground shook even when it moved. It feels like a natural disaster. It is thergest type of all mutants. On ground, Titan, Hell Mammoth, Blood Lord, and a few others are the only ones that categorize as superrge and the rest are orthodox physically. Blood Lord shes fearlessly and lowers its head. White Queen, bncing herself without holding onto anything, is standing above him and gives off a feeling of noble elegance. Kung! White Queen detects a roar she can hear faintly. It is Cruel King. She is much farther than Cha Jun Sung is, but her level 9 senses made it so that she did not miss her opponent¡¯s existence. Kiak! Blood Lord¡¯s muscles and thorns be rigid in tension. It is the fear he feels while facing White Queen, the aura of a superior predator. He thought that Inferno is strong as well, but the feelings did not reach fear. As soon as he saw White Queen however, his instincts warned him that he cannot fight her. White Queen strokes Blood Lord¡¯s head. Blood Lord enjoyed the touch, uncharacteristic of a head of Blood Parasites. ¡°It¡¯s okay. Don¡¯t be afraid and rx. Cruel King is my opponent. Blood Lord, you have a different enemy. You¡¯ll be pleased.¡± When they were forming an alliance, she herself went over to Africa. That is when she saw Hell Mammoth, which is as big as Blood Lord. If she could not get Blood Lord on her side, it would have be Titan¡¯s matter. ¡°Be on friendly terms with the others as well.¡± Kyak! Blood Lord turns his head. Denial is evident. He does not care about Inferno or Medusa, but he is ipatible with Kimeira. Kimeira killed his mother. Kimeira is his mother¡¯s mortal enemy and the reason why his race declined. He wanted to fight immediately and kill Kimeira. As long as White Queen is there, he cannot do it and it will not happen. Kyak! They can hear the screaming. White Queen looks down at the ground. They caught all of the higher level mutants they saw since entering Egypt. She brought arge army from Europe, but Africa is Cruel King¡¯snd. If their power is overwhelmed somehow, they are conditions under which they can make up for it. On the other hand, White Queen cannot recruit troops. That is why they need to catch as many of them as they can. What do they do once they catch the mutants? They make them into allies. Kyak! Parasite King of a body transparent like jelly with strange insects inside, injects the parasite into mutants. White? Brown? Neither. It is a level 5, green parasite. When the green parasite fuses with the higher level mutants, they immediately grow to level 6. Inferno¡¯s group watches the process in awe. They multiply endlessly. Itsbat ability is weak for a level 8, but its fertility is the best. White Queen also eyed Parasite King¡¯s ability with interest when she first saw him. Was it brought over from New Zend? It is a very rare species. Parasite King¡¯s body shrinks. His nutrients and energy have been consumed by sustained production. They do not multiply endlessly. The parasites it produces are level 5, but if infinite proliferation had been possible, it would have surpassed level 8 and reached level 9 areas. It is just expressed as endless because there is no limit if he gets constant rest. Even if there are restrictions, it truly is an incredible ability. There was an increase of thousands of upper level mutants because of that ability, and they are still increasing now. It is a race specialized in group battles than they are in individualbat. ¡®Red Eye. ck Demon¡¯s bloodline.¡¯ White Queen faces Red Eye, who is sitting with his arms crossed arrogantly. He gives off a strong aura even amongst her subordinates. His form is split as mutant and human, but the aura he gives off is exactly the same as his father, ck Demon. Theirbat styles will be the same as well. Is it because he felt a stare? Red Eye lifts his head and looks at White Queen. It is militant. The eyes are full of yearning to fight. ¡®Slightly stronger than Inferno, but transcendence hasn¡¯t been possible yet.¡¯ They are just strongpared to Inferno¡¯s group, but inadequate whenpared to the disasters like ck Demon, Cruel King, or White Queen. ¡®Hm... Quiet. My type. Females should be like that.¡¯ Red Eye watches White Queen looking at him. He is at the same level as his father. The result will already be decided, but he wants to try fighting. But this is separate from fighting, but she is the type that he likes. He refused when Evil Queen asked to mate because it is dirty, but he would be willing to say yes if White Queen proposes it. The field is better than the seed, but a mutant at the same level as he is would easily be born. ¡®I¡¯d like to try riding him.....¡¯ Chapter 170 Volume 6 / Chapter 170 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Red Eye hid his curiosity regarding White Queen, and looked at Blood Lord. He thinks that it will look cool to ride him around, but he will not allow it. He has only sworn obedience to White Queen. He says that he cannot recognize the rest. Red Eye could kill him too if he wanted to, but it is not overwhelming. It is the difference in strength. Unlike White Queen, Red Eye does not know Blood Lord¡¯s body but knows that he does not have the force to surrender. ¡°It¡¯s too difficult to go on. I can¡¯t participate in battle like this.¡± Parasite King made a sick sound and stopped producing parasites. It is exhausting. It can rest to a fixed line, but he cannot recover if he surpasses that line and it will be as though he is eating away at himself. The feeling is that he is about to cross that line now. If he goes too far now, he won¡¯t be able to show his full ability in the approaching battle. ¡°You worked hard.¡± Parasite King nods and disappeared. He is going to go to supplement his nutrients. They are provided with the best environment. It is to maintain their ability to fight. They refrained from awakening for no reason as well. Awakening itself means that they are reducing their strength. ¡°Kihit! I¡¯m an unusual species too, but he¡¯s really weird. So weird!¡± A bald monster goes to Red Eye. It is Beholder. He almost died in the fight with Cha Jun Sung because all of his organs, other than his nucleus, had been destroyed. He has basically been reborn, but his personality remained the same. Red Eye squinted at Beholder and stopped paying attention. There is no reason to talk to him and they did note here to form ties. ¡®He controls the mind? Wide-area control is possible too, right? Impressive.¡¯ White Queen asked ck Demon for 1 year before the war with Cruel King. She needed time to grow the degenerated Beholder. Honestly, she only said that but she did not actually need 1 year. Several months was enough, but she nned for a lot of time because she could change her mind in the middle. She made up her mind so quickly because she leaned toward ck Demon more than she did to Cruel King. Her will is firm, so it is better to move swiftly rather than waste time by taking up the entire year. They are notcking in power because of all of their supporters. The allies are ahead in quality and the enemy is ahead in quantity. This is inevitable. This is Africa. They cannot underestimate the homeground advantage. ¡®As long as White Queen gets Cruel King, numbers don¡¯t matter.¡¯ It is the same in reverse. This is not valid for just one side. Overturning the head in a war is an important foundation for deciding allies. ¡®This is exciting.¡¯ Red Eye¡¯s lips twist. Cruel King ising from beyond there. The allies¡¯ locations are not moving from the borders of Libya and Egypt, and they are waiting in ce. They will soon confront Cruel King. *** Somewhere in the jungle, Cha Jun Sung is sitting on a rock. Someone on a branch, someone on the ground. They acted as if they were on a pic. They did not go after Heinkel when it ran away. It would be appropriate to say that the flow was cut off. The mission¡¯s smooth flow had been cut off by a roar. Considering the width of the jungle, it is bothersome to search everywhere. ¡°We¡¯re going to quit the mission, right?¡± Violet is asking. The lead went over to the party members when Heinkel ran away. They can quit the mission if they want to, whenever they want to. Point deduction from quitting the mission is tinypared to the amount they earned. It is colossal for beginner Lifers, but is not a burdensome amount for Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group as level B Lifers. It does not matter if they quit because this is not an advance mission either. It is the same for the party members whether they decide to continue or not. They earned more points from going through missions alone than they did with the World Federation. ¡°I¡¯m thinking.¡± ¡°Go back. I have a bad feeling. That awful sound is foreboding too.¡± He understands. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s hair rises too. When the party members who are in the middle of levels 6 and 7 inbat ability hear it, it will be like the devil¡¯s whisper. ¡°Odin, why isn¡¯t a special mission forming?¡± [Applying a special mission seems simple, but it is surprisinglyplicated. It has not been applied because it is not directly rted.] There is something called coverage. Cruel King or the mutants under hismand did not pick up on Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group with their senses. This is why the mission is not being applied. Limiting missions to Africa was not decided by the helpers, but by the higher ups. They are watching for when the war between White Queen and Cruel King starts, but they have ulterior motives. Just this time when the special mission is applied, level B Lifers with advanced manpower can return to reality, but those below level C must follow the rules andplete it, whether they survive or die. There are 2 reasons why they are making a distinction between the Lifers. They are trying to cut down the power of the two forces by pushing with volume, and using this opportunity as a foothold to filter through Lifers with potential power. True valuees out amidst danger. There is already a saturation of level C Lifers in Mechanic City. 1st and 2nd rounds of selection reach 10 million and the 3rd round is currently increasing rapidly. If they step back because they dread level C advancement, they stagnate and are unable to advance. If they will not go themselves, they will need to be forced. Many Lifers died, but the world¡¯s poption is still over 10 billion. No matter how many die, the spots will be filled in the 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th rounds. Even if the poption dries out, if they can kill all level 9s and take care of all of the missions, the higher ups and helpers are prepared to push Lifers to the ledge. To summarize, the preferential treatment is applicable only to level B, and everyone below needs to figure it out on their own. The helpers have been observing mission patterns for several years with surveyed statistics of information such as when Lifers enter missions, when theye out, and how many times they go in, but they fit perfectly like an answer sheet. The level B Lifers that they need to protect have an 80 to 90% probability of not even thinking of entering a mission for a period of time afterpleting a level B mission. It is because their sights have been set higher because of the tremendous amount of points they have acquired and because they rest in order to deal with the pressure they feel that they might really die. As proof of that, there are less than 10 level B Lifers who are going through missions in Africa right now. Of those, 6 are Cha Jun Sung and his party. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group did not get a special mission because they were not picked up on Cruel King¡¯s senses, but Odin would have pulled them out immediately even if it had been applied. And even if the situation turned sour, Odin felt like Cha Jun Sung would manage to survive. In the 1 year 5 months that he disappeared, he went through strange experiences that increased hisbat skills dramatically. ¡°Let¡¯s quit.¡± ¡°Good thinking.¡± ¡°Agreed! Since we¡¯ve seen your ability, let¡¯s do a level B advancement next!¡± The party members respected and epted Cha Jun Sung¡¯s stance. ¡°When we get to level A, I¡¯m going to use the card to open the level S store. I don¡¯t know what the point requirements are going to look like, but that means we can recover the force from the virtual version.¡± Level S. If he meets the requirements, he does not need to awaken. With full alteration of the battlesuit, he bes stronger than level 8. It means that he would be weaker if he fought without it. He will think about facing a level S mission when he gets to it. Fighting with level 9s... He has a general idea if the disasters are as strong as they are in the virtual version, but he cannot handle the repercussions if there are differences. They will be killed. ¡°Card! Jackpot! Ipletely forgot about that.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s go back.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group returned to reality. When they were returning, agitation was rising among Lifers because the number of level C lifers dying in the mission was increasing. Chapter 171 Volume 6 / Chapter 171 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda As soon as Cha Jun Sung returned, he washed up and sat in front of theputer. Before, he would have been passed out for half a day in fatigue. But his body has be that of a monster¡¯s. Rest? His strength will go down, but he can withstand several months without sleeping and eating. It has been a long time since he has surpassed being human. [Large guilds are going crazy right now. There are a lot of ces that have reaped damage because level C Lifers who went into missions, didn¡¯t return.] [I heard that one forcepletely evaporated.] [The news has been buried by level C Lifers, but many more level D and E Lifers have died. It¡¯s not surprising because this happens every time, but it¡¯s on arge scale this time.] Not returning from a mission means that they have gone missing. Going missing inside of a mission means death. Each guild tried to keep their matters under wraps, but that is not possible. Someone who died is someone¡¯s friend. Hundreds of thousands died, and this is the first time that so many people have been unable to return since the game was stabilized. It is odd. ¡°In level C? But there¡¯s no reason to be annihted unless they¡¯re attempting advancement.¡± Beep beep! Cha Jun Sung looks over level B through E missions in turn. ¡°There are fewer than when I entered. There were few then, too.¡± Levels D and E are as usual, but C and B ¨C especially B ¨C are extremely limited. There had been about 100 when he chose Weasel Hunting, but there were a few dozen now. Level B was small normally, but this is severe. ¡°Why is this like this?¡± [There has been an error, so we are tuning the missions. It will take some time.] Odin vaguely exined it away. Cha Jun Sung does not have the ability to figure out whether that is the truth or a lie. He cannot be suspicious either. ¡°There are only 2 advancement missions?¡± There are just two 50 million point level B advancement missions. There are bugs in the game too, so there must be in real life. He subconsciously went past it. [When are you nning to advance?] ¡°Right away in the next mission.¡± [Can you... push back the timing a bit?] ¡°Push back timing? Are you infringing on my personal opinions right now?¡± [No.] The advancement missions on the PDA are rted to the war between the 2 disasters. Odin likes Cha Jun Sung. All helpers like the Lifers that they have raised. What he said now is also against the rules. [If you really have to advance, I wish you would go in alone. This is all I can say to you.] Under the premise that Cha Jun Sung is alone, Odin can help hime back alive even if he cannotplete the mission. The minimum is satisfied if he has thebat ability of level 7. ¡°There¡¯s something you want to tell me without the higher ups knowing, isn¡¯t there?¡± [There is not.] Odin stopped talking. Cha Jun Sung did not ask either. Odin tends to say something and disappear, but nothing is useless. It was the same with Dead Ark, but there is a lot thates in helpful if he keeps it in mind. Alone. Alone, he says? Advancement missions are not running away or anything like that. If Odin is getting involved to warn him, he shouldn¡¯t ignore it. Something is up. Blood Lord slithered like a snake and moves from the head. The monstrous des stuck all over its body flips the ground like a field. Europe¡¯s mutants follow behind. It is not because Blood Lord is the leader. They are following White Queen, who is riding on top of him. Kirung! Blood Lord¡¯s high and wide viewes from the front and discovers the enemy. Of all of his senses, his sight moves the fastest. A heterogeneous entity of white, White Queen smiles. A white ripple spreads in her expression. It is beautiful and horrifying. Though she looks gentle, she is another level 9 disaster who rules a continent. She does not show it all of the time, but she is wrapped in total madness inside a nice wrapping. ¡°They¡¯vee in hordes.¡± ¡°They look to be at least 3 times us in number. I can smell a tussle.¡± Medusa added an exnation to Inferno¡¯s dull tone. They cannot get an exact number, but in a space upied by mutants, the area became so full with mutants multiple times the allies that it became frustrating. As they get closer, the mutants¡¯ bones throb from the aura of the disasters at the head of each side. Levels 5 to 6 were not even able to show their energy. Even without awakening, their energies seep out. Cruel King¡¯s side brought lower level mutants in addition to higher levels, but they already felt heavy pressure from Blood Lord¡¯s aura as a top predator before White Queen. Their levels are so low that they are not recognized as equivalent to levels 8 or 9. ¡°Hell Mammoth.¡± Titan is as silent as Parasite King, and flexes the thick muscles on his huge body while ring at Hell Mammoth. Hell Mammoth is one of the opponents that he was originally supposed to take on. Wooo! Bang bang bang! Hell Mammoth roars and stomps. It stomps with strength as though demonstrating force. The ground shook as though there was an earthquake. It was overwhelmed by the disasters, but Hell Mammoth is also a monster that cannot be measured in level 8. Simply looking at it as a single object, it has the strength to suck a country dry. Kirung! Blood Lord showed aggression and responded. He is longer but Hell Mammoth is bigger, so they are simr overall. Instinct. Blood Lord could tell that he needs to fight Hell Mammoth even without White Queen telling him to. It is because he felt an auraing from the small creature on top of it that rivaled that of the queen he is devoted to. When the distance narrowed to 2 to 3 kilometers, White Queen and Cruel King looked at each other. It is far for humans, but it is nothing to those two. It looks as though they are maintainingposure at a nce, but even their cells have already gone into battle mode. ¡°You¡¯ve started a funny game.¡± ¡°Who would be crazy enough to start such a game?¡± Their conversation is not hindered by the distance as though they are in close range because their extremely developed senses enable smoothmunication. Cruel King¡¯s eyes red red with murder when he saw White Queen answer naturally. They have crossed a river that they cannote back from. ¡°You pretended to form an alliance with me and are ying around with Asia¡¯s ckhead.¡± ¡°What? ckhead?¡± Bang! At that moment, White Queen heard the air bursting in the formation and Red Eye ran out. Insulting his respected father. He had tried to restrain himself because it is not his conversation, but he lost his mind at the word ¡®ckhead¡¯. Red Eye rushed at Cruel King and turned into his main body. The distance shortened in a blink as though running a short distance marathon, and he leapt onto Hell Mammoth¡¯s head with one jump. ¡°Die!¡± His right arm changed into a saw de and shes through the air. He made a powerful cut to try to split Cruel King¡¯s head in half, but he could not. Hell Mammoth¡¯s long nose shrank to be thin and whacked Red Eye while he was in the air. Though they are both level 8s, there is a tremendous difference in size between them and he went flying to where he came from like an out-of-park homerun. Bang bang bang! Red Eye rolled like he was going to smash the ground, found his bnce, and stood up. There is a shock but he is stronger than steel and more resilient than rubber, so he bounced off or absorbed attacks with more than dozens of tons in weight. Kung! His aggressive personality quickly came out after taking a hit. He raged like he wanted the world to end and erupted in a force that he had never before shown. Cruel King showed interest. It is a fairly strong aura. ¡°He¡¯s quite strong. Did that bitch have someone like you?¡± ¡°I¡¯m ck Demon¡¯s son!¡± Red Eye dug into the ground with toenails sharper than des, and prepared to push from the front. He can go faster than he just did, but he could not. There are sanctions against individual actions. War is not carried out alone. It is done by a group. ¡°Rx ande back.¡± ¡°No!¡± ¡°Come back.¡± White Queen¡¯s tone had been gentle, but she turned harsh and lowered her tone. Red Eye felt a hair-raising madness in this. Mutants are different from humans. As they are beings that live by thew of the jungle, they end up bowing to those that are stronger. ¡°Damn it!¡± Papat! Red Eye retreated. White Queen¡¯s chilling expression became warm. She has a thousand faces and no one can know what she is thinking. ¡°Kuk kuk... You had something you were relying on. That¡¯s why you went behind my back.¡± ¡°That¡¯s just a result, but the reason.¡± ¡°Reason?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t trust you. We formed an alliance, but you still look like an enemy. If I hadn¡¯t done it first, you would have done it to me.¡± Chapter 172 Volume 6 / Chapter 172 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda It was just an oral agreement. It is not something that they had done in aplicated fashion like humans; through methods like contracts andw. Words can be taken back. ¡°Did you gain Asia¡¯s trust?¡± ¡°I at least felt like I could get back as much as I invested. Oh! You won¡¯t know what an investment is, since you were an animal.¡± White Queen covers her mouth with her hand. She is clearly ridiculing him. Cruel Kingughed as well. Of course it is not because he finds it funny. He admits it. He cannot win with words. Kuntar sets down on Cruel King¡¯s shoulder. It was ordered something, but it is not going well. He sent it to find out what is going on. ¡°It seems we won¡¯t be able to gather anymore subordinates. We have the maximum right now.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ¡°Arge number of humans were fighting with our mutants within a radius of hundreds of kilometers. We killed them as we saw them in the beginning, but there are so many of them and it dyed us so much that they are quitting anding back.¡± They are evenly distributed in various areas and there are so many that it can be finished in a short time. The helpers used useless Lifers through missions to cut off gathering underlings in the middle. They have bnced the power with White Queen. They are right in the center right now, without leaning to any one side. ¡°Humans again!¡± ¡°There are a few times more than the amount they¡¯ve killed whileing north.¡± ¡°Kuk. Why now?¡± Humans that have been wiped out, have appeared with an important war ahead of them. In masses. He will end the war first. Then he will start cleaning up again. ¡°There¡¯s nothing to do about that.¡± Honestly, he does not think that they will lose in power now. They normally had an advantage over White Queen¡¯s group in power. They will not be pushed back even if supportes. It is expected that the underlings will be simr when they fight. Cruel King and White Queen are thinking the same thing. ¡®The one that catches the other will win.¡¯ Whoever wins, they cannot avoid injury. They could even be sick for a while. They still need to fight. Neither has any thoughts of falling back. Cha Jun Sung stared at the scene below the hill. It is so concentrated with mutants that he cannot even count how many there are. He was on his stomach on the incline like a leech, and only held his head out. He is dead if the mutants discover him. He needs to take off the battlesuit and awaken if he wants to live, but he needs to restrain himself as it is not time yet. ¡®What¡¯s going on?¡¯ Before going into the mission, Cha Jun Sung looked through the mission list and thought that something Lifers did not know about, was happening in Africa. Over 30% of the missions were marked in the Africa vicinity. The rest did not explicitly mention Africa, but they are either rted to Africa or continental missions. There was no suspicion that the helpers were controlling missions. Cha Jun Sung chose a mission that mentioned Libya and entered it. It is the area where he thought he heard Cruel King¡¯s roar. He came after lying to the party members that he would go through a level C mission. It may be because he has a battlesuit or because his senses evolved dramatically, but he quickly found the massive migration and carefully tracked it. 10 days passed after he entered. It took 4 to 5 days to find them, and he took around the same time in following them. After following them closely, he witnessed arge-scale scene that he did not think that he would ever see again. ¡®Hell Mammoth. Huh? Is that Blood Lord? Why is he over there?¡¯ What he can see from far away are 2 giant mutants that are the size of several buildingsbined. They looked small because he is far away, but the fact that they are so clearly visible shows that they are sorge that they cannot be seen in one view when close. While mutants that are 10 to 20 meters in size look the size of pinky fingernails, those 2 are the size of a palm. He is curious as to why Blood Lord is here, but he did not think about it too deeply. He sees a couple familiar mutants beyond level 7. They seem to have different positions in ss like humans but even at a nce, it is visible that the strong ones or the ones that look like they would be strong are at the head. ¡®Medusa and Beholder are here, too.¡¯ They are faces he knows. They have not awakened, but he remembers because he has seen them before. It is just that the ones nearby are in human form, so he will not know until they awaken. ¡®Huk! That guy! It¡¯s Red Eye!¡¯ He is sure of it. Someone who should be in Asia is here in Africa ¨C how surprising. Is this a union of mutants? ¡®There are types that I read about too.¡¯ The virtual version had a library for Lifers who did not experience the mutants for themselves, but they were able to acquire information about each mutant here. Of course not just anyone could go in to look. Their ability to browse changes with advancement. He gained information on Evil Queen from the library as well. Here, it is a mission, but there, it is a quest so he went through great lengths. Starting with level 8 mutants, it is possible to read about each type rather than reading about all of them at the same time. Cha Jun Sung only read about Evil Queen, but did not look at information about others. All he did was invest library points to find out names and appearances. ¡®Blood Lord¡¯s side is the queen with white blood, Lobelira. Hell Mammoth¡¯s side must be the mysterious Cruel King Anubis? Evil Queen¡¯s rival.¡¯ He did not know that he would see 2 of the 6 disasters here. They look exactly as he had read they would be. Both are prior to awakening, but their auras match their awakened states. How much stronger will they be once the coverse off? The atmosphere seems like they are about to face off. He would be able to get an idea of the strength of the disasters in this world if he watches their fight. Cha Jun Sung is not under the delusion that he will take on level S missions alone and face all 6 disasters by himself. If he must, Evil Queen is his goal. It was just the virtual, but he has caught her before. He knows the details such as her fighting patterns. He has advantageous information on level S missions. It is just that what Red Eye said gets to him. Red Eye told him to raise his abilities and go to meet his father, ck Demon. What will there be when they meet? It does not seem like they are trying to kill him. There is no reason to do so either because they have never met before. Everything, including the notebook that Red Eye gave him, presents questions. It is scary to unravel these questions, but he feels like they will need to meet. Cha Jun Sung stopped thinking about it and put the battlesuit¡¯s stealth function on full. He is going to hide any sounds he makes. All he has to do is fool the senses of level 8 and 9s. Then, all of those will be limp. But now, he needs to protect his body. Bang! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes turn wide. Red Eye pops out. He is among the strongest of level 8s, so there are not many who can take him on. Is it a surprise attack? Even if Cruel King is a level 9, he was curious as to how he will handle it, but it ended more pathetically than he had expected. Boom! He goes flying after being hit by Hell Mammoth¡¯s nose as fast as he came running. Kung! ¡®He¡¯s going to kill. He¡¯s going to die!¡¯ Rage is evident in Red Eye¡¯s feelings. He cannote down from his excitement. He is like a swollen balloon that might pop if touched slightly. Red Eye was about to run out again when he turned his head to White Queen. Whatever she said made Red Eye, who does not have the ability to control himself, regainposure. A strong wind goes through the battlefield. It did not sh him because he is wearing his battlesuit, but the sand on the ground flies. It is calm. White Queen and Cruel King only re at each other, and do not act. They are looking for the moment to sh. n? There is nothing clear. All they did was decide who the top level mutants of each force would take on before arriving here. The top level mutants did not set up a n because they do not know how to. They did not do it because the effect falls and they would not use it anyway. Intelligence increases with level, but mutants¡¯ instincts are stronger than reason. A small difference shows by individual starting with level 7, but general and smoothmunication is possible. However, there is a limit beyond that. Even if they have intelligence, they have not received systematic education as humans have. Values based on thew of the jungle have been established by n, so they are divided into poles. Wearing shoes that do not fit is worse than going barefoot. If they go at it half-heartedly, they will not be able to use all of their power. It is better to leave it as they go at it with more of a frenzy. The wind stops and there is silence. Breaking that silence, Hell Mammoth and Blood Lord roar with all of their strength in the direction of the enemy. Wooo! Kiriring! That became the starting point. Mutants run as they make bizarre sounds. White Queen¡¯s formation falls behind on head count, but they prevail in quality. The scene when witnessed from above, is one of the grandest sights. ¡°Kihit! Is it time for me to get involved?¡± Chapter 173 Volume 6 / Chapter 173 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Beholder awakened into the eyeball monster. He did not step in to fight, but assists from the back. His specialty is far from fighting physically. Zing! Beholder has transformed into a giant eye, and his tentacles be stiff like antennas. The telepathic energy thates out of those tentacles covers extensive territory. It is wide-area mind control. It is a specialized attack for group fights that he did not need when fighting Cha Jun Sung. A few level 7s and most of the upper levels encircle Beholder. He bes defenseless when he uses this technique. He can only maintain it if he can concentrate. It is released as soon as he is attacked by the enemy, so he needs guards. Telepathy goes through the battlefield and mutants like a maic field. It distinguishes between mutants that can and cannot be affected by mind control. ¡°Kihihi!¡± Beholder attacked the level 3 and 4s. White Queen created a troop of level 5 and 6s to take advantage of this. It was not all matched to Beholder, but a part is. If the enemy gets mixed up, it is impossible to distinguish between enemy and ally. So it was made so they could measure by strength. Beholder distinguishes the strength of the opponent he is going to put mind control on by color. The color bes darker as they are stronger, and lighter as they are weaker. There are a lot of light ones on Cruel King¡¯s side. There are heaps. More than half are light ones. Tens of thousands of red mutants tremble. They are under mind control. They stopped all of a sudden, so the mutantsing behind them could not ovee the power and bumped into them, rolling away. There is nowhere for them to go. Cloudy eyes be loose and the mutants seemed to be standing up, but they suddenly started attacking their allies. The enemy¡¯s center became a mess within moments. The attacked mutants were taken aback for a moment, and then they faced off to fight. They do not ask why. Killing those that attack them is their system. ¡°Kuntar, kill that eyeball. He¡¯s the source. Death Horses, go!¡± Kyak! A bird as big as a person soared toward the sky and transformed into an eagle the size of arge building. Double-headed, it is King of the Sky, with 2 heads. The opponent is the same. The war already started, but they watch each other and stay in their respective ces as though they are out on a pic. The 4 Death Horses are in animal form but they are monsters inside, so they do not run like mutants but walk slowly in intervals. Then, Inferno and Medusa, Titan and Kimeira went out in turn. Red Eye tilted his head. Kuntar red among thousands of flying mutants and watched Beholder. White Queen also brought flying mutants, but they are not enough to take on level 8 Kuntar who is specialized in air war. ¡°What are you going to do?¡± ¡°Go over there, since I don¡¯t really want to fight with a strong one.¡± Parasite King listened to Red Eye and watches mutants ughtering each other in the middle of the battlefield. There is nothing to get out of it. He might fight if he cannot avoid it, but he will not fight a strong mutant if he can. Anyway, if Parasite King joins, the number being pushed will be reinforced. Though he is weak for his level, he is a level 8. It would be like a tiger butting into a fight between rabbits. There is no greater mess. ¡°I¡¯ll respect them.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t talk nonsense.¡± Parasite King snorted and slipped into the battlefield. They have brought him to this kind of ce when he had been living quietly and now they¡¯re telling him to respect them? ¡°Is that up to me?¡± He is not satisfied with the opponent he has to take on. He can fly in the air, but air war is not his thing. He likes battles in which flesh rips and bones break. Kuntar turned in the air, gathered both heads in one ce, and fell. It is a tremendous speed. It exceeds the speed of sound and created a sonic boom. ¡°Can¡¯t do that.¡± Bang bang! Red Eye blocked in front of Beholder, made both of his arms into big shields, and ovepped them. Kuntar did not avoid it, and took it as it. Red Eye¡¯s shield breaks. Blood falls because it is made out of his flesh and bones. Kuntar¡¯s beak broke and its face is crushed. Both heal quickly due to rapid regeneration. This does not even count as getting hurt. They each gave each other a hit. They know what they need to watch out for. Kuntar cannot strike out because it has the configuration of an eagle. It can only go out with its beak or scratch with its nails. Boom boom boom boom! ¡°I had a feeling it would do that.¡± Papapat! Hundreds of feathers that are sharp like des, hail down. Kuntar is still going for Beholder. Each feather is as big as a small child. Red Eye transformed both arms into shield again, and hit the feathers away. The feathers pierce through mutants. It was normal for their arms and legs to get cut off and in the more severe cases, they died immediately when their necks and heads got cut off. Red Eye is sure. ¡°You¡¯re weak.¡± It is weak. It is only difficult to take Kuntar on because it has wings. It is a natural enemy to mutants without wings. They would somehow take it on if they had the means to fight in the air but if they do not, they just have to stand back and watch. Of course that is not the case for Red Eye. A pair of bat wings sprout from Red Eye¡¯s back. This is the benefit of whole body transformation. Kuntar watches from the sky and frowns. It never thought that air war would be possible. Red Eye shakes his wings and flies into the air. Because Kuntar cannot exert its power, it seems it would be a difficult fight. If nothing else, it can just strike out and run away. *** ¡°It didn¡¯t form for me.¡± Cha Jun Sung mumbles as he watches the bat wingse out of Red Eye¡¯s back. He also tried to create wings for convenient movement, but it strangely did not work out how he had wanted it to. There are a lot of uses for it if he can fly. Cha Jun Sung cannot create wings because of a difference in mutation abilities. For example, the tail forms on the body as soon as he awakens, so all he needs to do is adjust it. But wings are things that he needs to create and adapt to. He will need to be satisfied with things that he can see unless he works hard and steadily. Boom! Red Eye chases Kuntar. Even if Kuntar is specialized in air war, it must think that it is at a disadvantage in frontal confrontation and it runs away in the air. It looked like jets were trying to shoot down the enemy by overpowering the enemy¡¯s tail. The flying mutants that Kuntar wasmanding were held up by the mutants that White Queen brought, and it became a one-on-one situation. [Impressive. I¡¯m watching and can¡¯t believe it.] The Oriax woke up from its sleep and admired the scene on the battlefield. [Are those two on top of Hell Mammoth and Blood Lord level 9s?] ¡®That¡¯s right.¡¯ [The final evolution for mutants. The ideals that have evolved even past that. I can feel the brilliant force that they have through you.] Cha Jun Sung and the Oriax are one. Therefore, they share emotions but that is what they have inmon and the parts that touch them are different. From the Oriax¡¯s point of view, White Queen and Cruel King¡¯s strength is so absolute that not even mutants can look at it. It is enough to doubt that they are even life forms. No, they are gods. Not gods that are delivered through lies, but living gods that were born in thisnd by seeding in evolution! While Cha Jun Sung lost the flow of the battlefield for a moment when talking to the Oriax, a giant monster asrge as Hell Mammoth and Blood Lord grew, put out its chest, and roared like the sky woulde falling down. It is Titan¡¯s awakened state. It is sorge that it looks like a Caicus has been multiplied hundreds of times. From head to toe, it is easily over 200 meters. Level 8 mutants also went into full-scale battle. Medusa became huge and pulled out her bone spear, and Kimeira changed into a 4-footed beast with a human face. She is smaller than Titan, butrge enough to be almost half his size. The most peculiar even among them is White Queen¡¯s left hand, master of fire Inferno. His external appearance alone told why he is called that. He is small. Really small. 2 to 2.5 meters? He also looks simr to a human, but the difference is that he is on fire. He is ming so much with red fire that it is impossible to know what is under it until the fire goes out. Beholder awakened into the eyeball monster. He did not step in to fight, but assists from the back. His specialty is far from fighting physically. Zing! Beholder has transformed into a giant eye, and his tentacles be stiff like antennas. The telepathic energy thates out of those tentacles covers extensive territory. It is wide-area mind control. It is a specialized attack for group fights that he did not need when fighting Cha Jun Sung. A few level 7s and most of the upper levels encircle Beholder. He bes defenseless when he uses this technique. He can only maintain it if he can concentrate. It is released as soon as he is attacked by the enemy, so he needs guards. Telepathy goes through the battlefield and mutants like a maic field. It distinguishes between mutants that can and cannot be affected by mind control. ¡°Kihihi!¡± Beholder attacked the level 3 and 4s. White Queen created a troop of level 5 and 6s to take advantage of this. It was not all matched to Beholder, but a part is. If the enemy gets mixed up, it is impossible to distinguish between enemy and ally. So it was made so they could measure by strength. Beholder distinguishes the strength of the opponent he is going to put mind control on by color. The color bes darker as they are stronger, and lighter as they are weaker. There are a lot of light ones on Cruel King¡¯s side. There are heaps. More than half are light ones. Tens of thousands of red mutants tremble. They are under mind control. They stopped all of a sudden, so the mutantsing behind them could not ovee the power and bumped into them, rolling away. There is nowhere for them to go. Cloudy eyes be loose and the mutants seemed to be standing up, but they suddenly started attacking their allies. The enemy¡¯s center became a mess within moments. The attacked mutants were taken aback for a moment, and then they faced off to fight. They do not ask why. Killing those that attack them is their system. ¡°Kuntar, kill that eyeball. He¡¯s the source. Death Horses, go!¡± Kyak! A bird as big as a person soared toward the sky and transformed into an eagle the size of arge building. Double-headed, it is King of the Sky, with 2 heads. The opponent is the same. The war already started, but they watch each other and stay in their respective ces as though they are out on a pic. The 4 Death Horses are in animal form but they are monsters inside, so they do not run like mutants but walk slowly in intervals. Then, Inferno and Medusa, Titan and Kimeira went out in turn. Red Eye tilted his head. Kuntar red among thousands of flying mutants and watched Beholder. White Queen also brought flying mutants, but they are not enough to take on level 8 Kuntar who is specialized in air war. ¡°What are you going to do?¡± ¡°Go over there, since I don¡¯t really want to fight with a strong one.¡± Parasite King listened to Red Eye and watches mutants ughtering each other in the middle of the battlefield. There is nothing to get out of it. He might fight if he cannot avoid it, but he will not fight a strong mutant if he can. Anyway, if Parasite King joins, the number being pushed will be reinforced. Though he is weak for his level, he is a level 8. It would be like a tiger butting into a fight between rabbits. There is no greater mess. ¡°I¡¯ll respect them.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t talk nonsense.¡± Parasite King snorted and slipped into the battlefield. They have brought him to this kind of ce when he had been living quietly and now they¡¯re telling him to respect them? ¡°Is that up to me?¡± He is not satisfied with the opponent he has to take on. He can fly in the air, but air war is not his thing. He likes battles in which flesh rips and bones break. Kuntar turned in the air, gathered both heads in one ce, and fell. It is a tremendous speed. It exceeds the speed of sound and created a sonic boom. ¡°Can¡¯t do that.¡± Bang bang! Red Eye blocked in front of Beholder, made both of his arms into big shields, and ovepped them. Kuntar did not avoid it, and took it as it. Red Eye¡¯s shield breaks. Blood falls because it is made out of his flesh and bones. Kuntar¡¯s beak broke and its face is crushed. Both heal quickly due to rapid regeneration. This does not even count as getting hurt. They each gave each other a hit. They know what they need to watch out for. Kuntar cannot strike out because it has the configuration of an eagle. It can only go out with its beak or scratch with its nails. Boom boom boom boom! ¡°I had a feeling it would do that.¡± Papapat! Hundreds of feathers that are sharp like des, hail down. Kuntar is still going for Beholder. Each feather is as big as a small child. Red Eye transformed both arms into shield again, and hit the feathers away. The feathers pierce through mutants. It was normal for their arms and legs to get cut off and in the more severe cases, they died immediately when their necks and heads got cut off. Red Eye is sure. ¡°You¡¯re weak.¡± It is weak. It is only difficult to take Kuntar on because it has wings. It is a natural enemy to mutants without wings. They would somehow take it on if they had the means to fight in the air but if they do not, they just have to stand back and watch. Of course that is not the case for Red Eye. A pair of bat wings sprout from Red Eye¡¯s back. This is the benefit of whole body transformation. Kuntar watches from the sky and frowns. It never thought that air war would be possible. Red Eye shakes his wings and flies into the air. Because Kuntar cannot exert its power, it seems it would be a difficult fight. If nothing else, it can just strike out and run away. *** ¡°It didn¡¯t form for me.¡± Cha Jun Sung mumbles as he watches the bat wingse out of Red Eye¡¯s back. He also tried to create wings for convenient movement, but it strangely did not work out how he had wanted it to. There are a lot of uses for it if he can fly. Cha Jun Sung cannot create wings because of a difference in mutation abilities. For example, the tail forms on the body as soon as he awakens, so all he needs to do is adjust it. But wings are things that he needs to create and adapt to. He will need to be satisfied with things that he can see unless he works hard and steadily. Boom! Red Eye chases Kuntar. Even if Kuntar is specialized in air war, it must think that it is at a disadvantage in frontal confrontation and it runs away in the air. It looked like jets were trying to shoot down the enemy by overpowering the enemy¡¯s tail. The flying mutants that Kuntar wasmanding were held up by the mutants that White Queen brought, and it became a one-on-one situation. [Impressive. I¡¯m watching and can¡¯t believe it.] The Oriax woke up from its sleep and admired the scene on the battlefield. [Are those two on top of Hell Mammoth and Blood Lord level 9s?] ¡®That¡¯s right.¡¯ [The final evolution for mutants. The ideals that have evolved even past that. I can feel the brilliant force that they have through you.] Cha Jun Sung and the Oriax are one. Therefore, they share emotions but that is what they have inmon and the parts that touch them are different. From the Oriax¡¯s point of view, White Queen and Cruel King¡¯s strength is so absolute that not even mutants can look at it. It is enough to doubt that they are even life forms. No, they are gods. Not gods that are delivered through lies, but living gods that were born in thisnd by seeding in evolution! While Cha Jun Sung lost the flow of the battlefield for a moment when talking to the Oriax, a giant monster asrge as Hell Mammoth and Blood Lord grew, put out its chest, and roared like the sky woulde falling down. It is Titan¡¯s awakened state. It is sorge that it looks like a Caicus has been multiplied hundreds of times. From head to toe, it is easily over 200 meters. Level 8 mutants also went into full-scale battle. Medusa became huge and pulled out her bone spear, and Kimeira changed into a 4-footed beast with a human face. She is smaller than Titan, butrge enough to be almost half his size. The most peculiar even among them is White Queen¡¯s left hand, master of fire Inferno. His external appearance alone told why he is called that. He is small. Really small. 2 to 2.5 meters? He also looks simr to a human, but the difference is that he is on fire. He is ming so much with red fire that it is impossible to know what is under it until the fire goes out. Chapter 174 Chapter 174 Volume 6 / Chapter 174 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda When Inferno breathes, the fire blows out. He contains heat of hundreds of degrees. It is not magic. He is simr to the electric eel. He has the ability to ignite his cells and expose heat on the surface. It had been hard to control when he first awakened but after working hard, he can do it as easily as he moves his fingers. ¡°I¡¯ll take care of anyone blocking the Empress¡¯ way with these two hands.¡± Inferno clenches his fists. Before the end of his days, he had been a famous martial artist. He had been lucky and the randomly assigned awakened state he got allowed him to maintain his human form and specialty. Koooo! Boom bang bang! If the first to initiate battle with Dead Horse was Red Eye, the second was Titan. A handrge enough to crush a mountain,es down on the ground. It creates an earthquake and a clear handprint is left behind. Papapat! A faint something jumps out from the foggy dust remaining after the impact. It steps on the back of Titan¡¯s hand to go up. Titan shakes his hand to get it off, but it does not fall off. A sword-shaped tail draws a line up Titan¡¯s hand, shoulder, and neck. It was so fast that it was not visible. The cut isn¡¯t deep, but the skin has deteriorated and there is no way to avoid bleeding. Titan hit his neck with his hand. It is to catch the thing that is leaving scars all over its body. But it was a beatte. ¡°It¡¯s slow.¡± It is a leopard asrge as an elephant with a spotted yellow hide. There are barely any external differences with the animal leopard, but its tail looks like a medieval sword. If it can cut through Titan¡¯s skin as though cutting paper, the cutting force must be incredible. Just at first nce, it is its main weapon. It enjoys battles in speed, so it is better fit to take on Medusa or Inferno than Titan, but it is not apetition between allies so it is not possible to fight whoever they are mostpatible with. ¡°That should be enough appreciation.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Inferno focuses on his own opponent. It looks exactly like Cruel King, of course. It has inherited blood from a disaster just like Red Eye did. If those who seeded in evolving are referred to as self-made, those like Red Eye are nobility since birth. They were born strong. Kung! A gray-maned Tirac burns everything. It is an animal that evolved from the hyena, in beast form. It is like looking at a werewolf. Inferno did not doubt his own victory and his allies¡¯ victory. The Tirac is strong. Of course it is when it has the blood of Cruel King. But they can win over it. It may have Cruel King¡¯s blood, but it is not Cruel King. He is going. He will burn that grey mane into ashes. Wooo! Right when Inferno and Tirac were about to collide, the battlefield¡¯s atmosphere exploded. Gazes automatically go. Even Tirac¡¯s attention strayed at that moment. A female knight in white armor. Her left hand changed into arge rectangr shield, and her right became a heavy bastard sword. ¡°Empress.....¡± Inferno¡¯s voice trembles with reverence. It feels like it has been more than 10 years. That image is utopia for mutants ruling Europe. It is White Queen¡¯s true form. *** Boom! Hell Mammoth and Cruel King moved first. Underlings mixed up and focused on battling, and the Dead Horses took on their respective opponents as well. When Hell Mammoth took a step, mutants deeply into ughter opened up a path. There is no distinction between enemies and allies. They will be stepped on and crushed to death if they stay still. It is the miracle of Moses. While the mutants were retreating, they fell back far from Cruel King and White Queen. Mutants do not have a concept of levels like Lifers do, but they know that these rulers of two continents are like gods who have gone beyond the limits of their species. They do not understand with their minds. They feel it. The two rulers brought them here in case of variables. The real battle will start and end between the two of them. ¡°I¡¯m sure we¡¯ll have to go meet them, won¡¯t we?¡± Kirung! Blood Lord sweeps the floor with slow body movements upon White Queen¡¯s intention. Neither Blood Lord nor Hell Mammoth are fast, but they are sorge that they can move several kilometers within moments. Koo! Boom! Hell Mammoth¡¯s nose swelled rapidly and hit Blood Lord¡¯s face. His face turns so far his neck could break. It was like a boxer¡¯s jab, getting to the hitting point anding back like a whip. A few thorns break. This shows the strength of the impact. Hell Mammoth is injured as well. When it hit Blood Lord, a thorn went through and got stuck in the skin on its nose. It is not only a loss. Kirara! Blood Lord¡¯s eyes be brutal. It should have given the first hit, but took it. He will repay this debt in tenfold. Right now. Blood Lord¡¯srge and long body contracts and rotates. As his body length shortens, the rotation time is reduced. This gives him an opportunity. Bam! His thorny tail hits Hell Mammoth¡¯s face. He is giving back what he got. The only difference is that there was more power put into it. It did not end there. He still has far to go if he intends to pay it back in tenfold. Blood Lord used his body, which is flexible like that of a snake¡¯s, to wrap himself around Hell Mammoth. He was not able to wrap itpletely because it is too big. Kikikikik! Blood Lord spirals and squeezes. Thorns dig into Hell Mammoth¡¯s skin like screws turning. It did not reach all the way to the muscles, but Hell Mammoth does not have arms. It is a tight situation where it does not see a way to restrain Blood Lord, so it cannot get him off in a normal manner. That does not mean there is no other way. Hell Mammoth swells its entire body with strength. Muscles bulge out from its full fur, and pushes against Blood Lord in reverse. Blood Lord¡¯s body is tightened in ordance with Hell Mammoth¡¯s size. When the opponent suddenly swelled, his tightened body expanded and cannot be pushed as if it would disconnect. If he is pushed, his body disconnects and bes pieces. Kyarung! Koo! It is power versus power. It is a battle of different aspects from other level 8s. Boom boom boom! When Blood Lord¡¯s repelling was stronger than expected, Hell Mammoth realized that it is not something that can be solved with strength andid back on the spot to roll around on the ground. Monsters of hundreds of meters roll around in the middle of the battlefield. They are basically natural disasters that are alive and moving. It is a wide range they are rolling around in, so mutants stopped and focused on running away. ¡°That¡¯s a cute pet. Where did you get it?¡± ¡°What do you mean, pet? He is someone who helps me. Do not refer to him like that.¡± Though the center is staggering, White Queen and Cruel King do not sway, switch positions, and do not take their eyes off of each other. They are in a battle of wits separate from that of Hell Mammoth and Blood Lord. Cruel King¡¯s nail lengthens and brandishes like a sickle. It is a good shape to rip something apart. His entire body changed to be militant. White Queen¡¯s eyes narrow. She needs to focus. There is no way to know when he wille. He has not awakened, but she could pass the flow over to him if she lets her guard down. ¡°Let¡¯s start our fight now. You¡¯ll have to get what you deserve for this betrayal.¡± Boom! Cruel King used Hell Mammoth as a foothold and threw his body forward. Those that can see his body clearly are level 8 and higher. Sharp nails sh through the air. White Queen moved her body back. Cruel King disappeared and attacked at the same time. White Queen¡¯s right hand sharpens like a sword. She brandished her body upward. She is going for Cruel King¡¯s hip. Cruel King did not avoid the attack. It has the force and power to cut his hip in half, but he endured it. Looking carefully at his hip, the full fur is standing rigid like needles. He has strengthened a specific part of his body. ¡°How foolish! I¡¯ve never seen you in your awakened state, but you dare to get into a close encounter battle with me. I¡¯ll let you know what it feels like to surpass human limits.¡± Cruel King mocked the fact that White Queen evolved from a human. He hates people. They have be the same species now, but he does not like that she has evolved from humans. She has the nature of a human. Bang! There is wind pressure. As much as it is the body of an adult, a sturdy thigh hits White Queen¡¯s stomach and chest. Cruel King is 3 to 4 meters, and White Queen is just half of that. The difference in their sizes are reflected proportionally to all of their body parts. White Queen goes flying. She cannot get control of her body. This is not like a body going flying, but more like a missile. Bang bang bang bang! She went flying over 300 meters and only stopped once she got stuck deep in the ground. She is covered in dirt, but she is not hurt. Cruel King left Hell Mammoth and Blood Lord, and came down to the ground. He is talking down to her, but she is not to be taken lightly. ¡°Did you say close encounter battle?¡± ¡°As long as I have teeth and nails that can rip anything apart, and a body that can take on any attack, you can¡¯t beat me in a frontal confrontation!¡± There is a lot of confidence. White Queen recognizes his power as well. But there is one thing that he cannot do. It is a mistake to think that she will be weak in closebat. He will soone to know what kind of being White Queen is. Chapter 175 Chapter 175 Volume 6 / Chapter 175 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°I don¡¯t know how I appear to you, but I like battles where flesh rips and bones break. The smell of blood, too.¡± ¡°He he! A cunning female! It would be morefortable to be loyal to instincts, so why do you hide it?¡± White Queen awakens. Different parts of her body strengthen at her will and wrap her body like armor from the Middle Ages. Her left hand is a shield that is about 15 meters in size, and her right hand is arge sword. With the armor aside, it is an image that perfectly calctes thebination of being airborne. There are not a lot of mutants whose specialty is whole body mutation, but a top level mutant like White Queen is able to perform partial mutations. Cruel King is simr in this manner. Delving deeper into it, level 8s can do it too. ¡°That¡¯s not it, but... I can¡¯t control myself once I awaken.¡± Kukukuku! A sacred female knight shining brilliantly as a terrible monster among infantile mutants. But it is madness inside. Heaven and earth flip under the aura that level 9 gives off. In front of an absolute authority that paralyzes their minds, mutants excluding level 7 and 8s stop fighting and lower their bodies. They cannot stand. ¡°I am a traditional royal of the British royal family. I do not retreat from a mere animal. I¡¯ll get you in closebat that you¡¯re so confident in.¡± Boom! White Queen leans forward and her bnce leans to one side. She put her shield forward and put her sword up. She is going to push forward. ¡°I¡¯ll crush you. A human¡¯s pet.¡± ¡°You bitch!¡± Kung! White Queen¡¯s provoking worked. Cruel King showed real strength. He gives off an aura of murder that is iparable to his son, Tirac¡¯s. A beast with the head of a hyena and grey mane looks up at the sky and howls. The level 9¡¯s roar, full of power, ripples out like waves. ¡°I¡¯ll kill you.¡± ¡°Do it if you can!¡± Boom! A collision between a grey beast and white female knight. An unprecedented battle between level 9s in the history of Life Mission. The one that wins in this fight is the winner of the war. Bang bang bang bang! There is no way to look away from them. They are transcendents that have surpassed all limits. The battle between the two disasters opened up a new world to Cha Jun Sung. Beep beep! Cha Jun Sung filmed the battle between the level 8 and 9s, and saved it as a video. He can divide the battlesuit screen into dozens and adjust it as though looking at several. He is going to rewatch themter. He needs to put his all into one if he wants to focus on the current situation, so he did not pay attention to anything other than the battle between White Queen and Cruel King. They are at neck and neck. Neither can gain the advantage. They are in close encounter so thebat radius became smaller but that did notst for long either. They collide with everything that they have because they are full of energy right now, but once they are low in energy and their lives on hanging on the line, there is no way of telling what they will do. What is there that they wouldn¡¯t resort to if it is a matter of their survival? True feelingse out in the face of death. White Queen took one step forward, put her weight in front, and brandished her left hand with strength. Arge shield bes a hammer and goes flying. It is a mistake to think that a shield is used only as a means of defense. It is a weapon of that size. It bes a deadly weapon ording to how it is wielded. Cruel King did not avoid it, but took it fully with his shoulder. A collision on both sides, the aftermath reached all the way to Cha Jun Sung hiding beyond the hill. A living creature cannot do that. That is foul y ¨C no ¨C it is a scam. Novels talk about having a certain aura, but that has no relevance for Lifers and mutants. It is pure physical ability. They exceeded the speed of sound with just bodily strength and gave an impact of hundreds of tons that covered a constant radius with a light shock. ¡°That doesn¡¯t fit me. I don¡¯t think I could win with full body modification and a battlesuit.¡± It seems they are stronger than the Evil Queen he fought against in the virtual version. He cannot tell whether Evil Queen is weak, they are strong, or the virtual version is a downgrade. What he is sure of is that the harmony with Cha Jun Sung is the worst. Evil Queen¡¯s offense is incredible, but her defense is vulnerable. That means her stamina and energy are rtively behind that of other disasters. That is why Cha Jun Sung passed over all of the other disasters and chose Evil Queen in the virtual version. This modified Overbooster consumes energy quickly. When fighting with level 9, it is a matter of concern to charge the energy. If he goes into a long battle, Evil Queen is the best when considering there is no reason to hold on and seeing which opponent he could win against within a short amount of time. However, White Queen and Cruel King are both mixed well for battle on ground and in the air. They are not biased to any one side. This is especially the case for White Queen. Putting up a shield with a calm in battle is an opponent that Cha Jun Sung wants to go into deeply. They are both tough, but he would pick thetter if he needed to choose a mission opponent. That is where he thinks there would be the chance to win. Kakakak! Cruel King¡¯s nails scratch at the shield. Thousands of lines form, but it did not get cut through or anything. The shield is the hardest part of White Queen¡¯s body, and then the armor that covers her whole body. In order to kill or injure her, the shield covering her entire body must be neutralized but it is not a difficult thing to do. It has the strength to hold up against even a level 9¡¯s attack. It will be fine even after a missile. The shield¡¯s center opens slightly where the sword pushes through andes out. Cruel King quickly turns his body and lets the sword graze by. It is a surprise attack that he had not been expecting. Cruel King focused on breaking through the shield blocking him. He has the initiative to attack and White Queen blocked while jabbing. ¡°Odin. There¡¯s something I¡¯m suddenly curious about.¡± [What is it?] ¡°It¡¯s Lifers¡¯ goals to kill mutants, right? And disasters are at the vertex of that. If they fight like that, they¡¯ll just kill each other. Do you need Lifers?¡± Why get involved from the beginning when they can just be left to handle it themselves? Wouldn¡¯t it be better to let them fight it out and then take care of it once they are tired out? [There is bound to be a winner even if there is struggle. We don¡¯t know who will win and who will lose, and we cannot predict the timing, so we have no choice but to get involved.] The goal is to kill mutants, but that is not the only result that Life Mission is after. The process is just as important. Even at this moment while level 9s are killing each other, Lifers needed to enter missions and provide their services. Even if that is ineffective. Odin did not tell Cha Jun Sung this. He eases Cha Jun Sung¡¯s curiosity to an appropriate point. He cannot leave Cha Jun Sung to have more doubts. ¡°What. We¡¯re killing all of them because we don¡¯t know who will be thest standing? That¡¯s suspicious.¡± [Life Mission is not a forced system. Lifers enter missions on their own will, so they do not need to enter if they do not want to.] Chapter 176 Volume 6 / Chapter 176 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda [We pay for thebor you provide. Whatever it is, whether it is money, there is a give and take.] Cha Jun Sung cannot refute Odin¡¯s logic. Even if they are as sneaky as he thinks they are, those words are the truth. Lifers are the ones who make the choices regarding Life Mission, whether they live or die. There are people who were unable to endure the aftereffects of the mission, andpletely returned to life in reality. They can livefortably with the points they have saved up. Since they quit Life Mission, there is no reason for them to care what is going on inside the game. Give up if you don¡¯t like it, is the helpers¡¯ stance. Cha Jun Sung decided to just pass over this issue. It will not be resolved by arguing over it, and he has no thoughts of giving up any time soon. Boom boom boom boom! As he was talking to Odin, White Queen and Cruel King continued fighting. It has not been long since they started fighting, so they are at their peaks. The level 8s are doing their best as well. If he can take all of this to reality, it will be a great help. He is basically risking his life to film this. If he is discovered, he could die. Bang bang bang bang! ¡°The pattern changed. Huh? Huh? What? Don¡¯te this way. Go away!¡± The battle changed. It is still close range, but the battle range expanded. They are using their heads to reduce the damages and increase gains. Cruel King focused on defense to minimize being wounded, and White Queen withstood attacks like a mountain and became aggressive by using her sword as a shield. They supplemented the parts they fell short in. He thought he had avoided the expandingbat range, but the mutants were looking for an escape route and gathered in a forest across from the hill Cha Jun Sung was on. ¡°Damn it!¡± Cha Jun Sung looks behind him. There is a ce to hide if he retreats a few kilometers. He wondered whether he should hide or not, but decided to stay in ce. A tremendous number of mutants areing at him, but not a single one is fine. Most are levels 1 and 2, and the middle and higher level ones have less influence. The level 7s do their level worth and withstand the attacks without retreating much. He can handle as much. Ping! Cha Jun Sung took a robot camera out of his spacepression bag, set it up unattended shooting on his subjects, and flew into the air. It is a cheap item. He had purchased it thinking that he might need it in the future and left it, but he didn¡¯t think he would end up using it like this. The robot camera films battles through dozens of lenses. Cha Jun Sung has the first part. He can film the rest with that. Cha Jun Sung retreated from the hill and then installed an automatic cannon. He has plenty of ammunition. If he does not let it crash, it will kill mutants until it runs out of ammunition. Cha Jun Sung took out a reinforced rifle and periodic machine gun as well. This is the base. He will stop them from a distance. ¡°The other guys won¡¯t be able toe here, so I¡¯ll hold you off.¡± He is talking about Lifers and top level mutants. As long as there is no external interference, he can protect himself even if he needs to run away. ¡°Come!¡± The automatic cannon and reinforced rifle attack iing mutants randomly. There is no reason to aim anywhere specific. If he pulls the trigger in a general area, any one of the mutants is shot and falls back. When the levels 1 to 2 stick together a few are shot at the same time. Middle and high ss mutants were also wounded so badly they could not regenerate, and fell back. [Establishment of special mission activation conditions.] [Level B Advancement Mission: Restriction Line] [Goal: Annihtion] [Description: Mutants are escaping the battlefield to avoid bing coteral in the fight between White Queen and Cruel King. The creatures living in Africa and Europe include the elite ofpetent creatures. Reducing the numbers will help with the cleanup that is sure to follow. This is a personal mission given to Lifer Cha Jun Sung, so make your current location the restriction line and annihte all of the mutants that push through this way.] [Reward: 50,000,000 points. Lucky box.] Cha Jun Sung was not surprised even though he had gotten a special mission, and a level B advancement mission at that. There are a lot of mutants, but not so many that he would not be able to handle it. The only unexpected aspect is that is it a personal mission. Is it because he entered alone? Boom boom! Bombs detonate and kill dozens of mutants at a time. There is only so much he can do to guard the restriction line with just a gun. A wide-range attack is best to create arge impact. He wanted to use white phosphorus shells and cluster bombs if he could, but he does not have theunchers. Click! Cha Jun Sung quickly changed the reinforced rifle¡¯s magazine. The ammunition for the automatic cannon is attached in a line, so it will keep firing until it runs out of ammunition even if he does not keep loading it up. It was taking care of 500 mutants per minute. Though the mutants are lower level, it is not easy to guard the restriction line. No matter how strong Cha Jun Sung is, he only has 2 hands. It is inevitable that he is pushed back. ¡°Ah, I don¡¯t know. We¡¯ll see how it works out.¡± Cha Jun Sung took out a cluster bomb. It is something that all of the party members bought one or two of, but they have not tried using it yet. He is going to do something a little crazy. The cluster bomb rolls on the ground. Cha Jun Sung recovered his automatic cannon and dropped a gas shell next to the cluster bomb. Then he ran for his life. He does not know whether it will detonate or not without firing it. He has never tried it before. That is why this is crazy. Who would set that off on the ground and run away? Cha Jun Sung¡¯s brain structure has turned strange while going through missions. [Strengthen battlesuit outer armor! Overbooster in full operation! Expected radius of explosion 350 to 400 meters. Countdown 10, 5, 3, 2, 1. Prepare for impact!] Bang! Bang bang bang bang! It exploded. Cha Jun Sung ran and soared into the sky. Since it exploded below, the entire ground became a full storm of dust. The power of the cluster bomb going off in one ce instead of scattering was incredible. Mutants trying to get past the restriction line disappeared as they dissolved into particles. So many points came in it was impossible to count how many had died. It would be better to see the total countter. A mushroom cloud growsrger with the cluster bomb¡¯s explosion as it sucks in the surrounding air. The nearby area bes a vacuum. It is sorge that it is visible from dozens of kilometers away. How much more intensified would it be for mutants nearby? The attention of mutants and Lifers alike went to the explosion radius. A bullet prates the head of a mutant that is barely breathing. Thest, so one of thousands of mutants, copsed. ¡°How is that.....¡± ¡°Incredible.¡± A 100 person full force watches the mushroom cloud over them. It is too far for a human to see clearly, but it was made possible by the telescope built into their battlesuits. A fair amount of time has passed since they entered, but they witnessed the scene toward the end of their mission. An explosion so great they can see it from far away. It is without a doubt a trace left by levels C and B Lifers. ¡°I don¡¯t understand.¡± ¡°It seems most of the focus was on Africa. We¡¯re also encountering an abnormallyrge amount of Lifers... We¡¯ll know for sure once we go back to reality.¡± Like Cha Jun Sung, these Lifers got the vague idea that the mission was focused on Africa. There were a lot of Lifers they ran into while wandering around as well. This world is a giant mission area. Each of their missions are different, but there is a chance that they will run into each other because they are linked. But it was once in a while and impossible to run into each other several times in a few days. During the 2 weeks they went through this level C mission, they passed 11 Lifer crowds. Normally, this would never happen. When they go back to reality, there will be debates surrounding this phenomenon. They asked their helpers, but the helpers remained consistently silent. There is no reason for the World Federation or guilds to go through great lengths to find out what is going on. They can draw a usible picture bybining the bits and pieces of information that Lifers offer up. ¡°What would you like to do? Would you like to go?¡± ¡°I would go if it were close, but it¡¯s so far I don¡¯t want to. Let¡¯s just go back since we¡¯vepleted our mission. Unnecessary curiosity doesn¡¯t do any good for our life spans.¡± He decided to forget about the mushroom cloud with the far distance with an excuse. Nothing will happen because they did not go see what that is about. It is best just to do what they came to do. They went back without regrets, but they were not the only Lifers who had seen the mushroom cloud. They were just a few, the tip of the iceberg. A few chose to return as well, but Lifers who were rtively close, overridden with curiosity, or confident in their abilities left their mission areas to check on what happened. The number of these people were in the hundreds of thousands, so additional special missions were created. Of course the Lifers would not know what they had seen and what they would experience until they got within proximity. Chapter 177 Chapter 177 Volume 6 / Chapter 177 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Kaooo! The mutants¡¯ war stopped for a moment. Those evolved from animals like Cruel King and Tirac did not know what was going on, but those who used to be human like White Queen knew that was the result of a strong bomb. ck dust covers the mutants though they are not harmed because they were not under direct impact of the explosion. ¡°Did the strange humanse all the way here? It¡¯s dangerous.¡± White Queen spoke as she looked at the mushroom cloud. She cannot see it in a positive light. She knows well what science is. If a weapon of nuclear strength had gone off near them, a portion of them would havepletely evaporated and they, excluding some of the mutants, would not be able to avoid annihtion. That is why she is saying it is dangerous. The strange humans who had started to appear became stronger little by little and showed up with strange weapons. She does not know whether they have nuclear weapons, but she cannot be sure that they don¡¯t from the way they act either. That is why she had been watching them, but they are so close. Could they be using a special means of transportation? They pop up randomly and she cannot guess where and how they will show up. ¡°You¡¯re distracted by something like a fire? You¡¯re a dumb female!¡± Cruel King thought White Queen was distracted. He went behind her shield and kicked her unprotected stomach. White Queen¡¯s hip bends like a bow under attack of this powerful middle kick. Her rib must have pierced an organ, because blood ising out of her mouth. However, her expression does not show that she is feeling overwhelmed. ¡°Just a fire? Ho ho! That¡¯s why I say you¡¯re a mere animal. There is a reason why you were ruled over by humans.¡± She straightens her back and turns. Her shield and Cruel King are opposite each other, a location that cannot be hit. Bang! White Queen rotated her body and hit Cruel King, who had gone to the other side. She has used a backspin blow. She had pretended to be off guard to take a hit beforending a blow. It wasn¡¯t a resolution to give a little skin and take a bone, but she left a greater wound than she was given. Cruel King draws a long parab from the first hit point and flies. There is a reason for why White Queen is doing this. Fighting with Cruel King is level pegging. If their abilities are simr, their mental attitudes are what is important. ¡°I¡¯ll take the win even if I lose my arms and legs.¡± Bang bang bang bang! Cruel King flounders in the air, rolls on the ground, and stops when he hits a tree nearby. The tree broke from the trunk. Cruel King shakes his head. His brain shook from the strike. It seems he has taken quite a hit because he stumbles as though he is drunk. ¡°Lance charge!¡± White Queen changes to a ck spear and charges forward. It is a weapon that Europe¡¯s horsemen used to maximize pration. She may not be able to kill him, but this is an opportunity to try. It is better than not having the chance. Who knows? He might die with this attack. ¡°You dare look down on me! You think you¡¯re the only one who can do that?¡± Cruel King does not avoid White Queen¡¯snce charge, and instead takes it in with his body. The spear goes through his chest. The attack from Cruel King¡¯s nails had no effect because it was blocked by the outer shield. White Queen saw the gains. White Queen saw that her attack seeded and was going to retreat. But Cruel King smiled ominously from next to her shield. She was about to shake him off with a bad feeling, but his neck grew like a snake and he bit White Queen¡¯s shoulder and neck whole. It is not over. The teeth he is biting with grew longer, going through the skin anding out. It is a secondary attack. There is no way to say who was more harmed. Bang bang! White Queen pushed her shield and shook Cruel King off. A huge chunk of her skin fell off from her shoulder, and blood flowed. A few hours have passed since they started fighting, but they still have plenty left in them. It could take a few days before there is a winner, but it does not matter as long as she wins. Kyak! A powerful scream prates the battlefield. White Queen and Cruel King look at where the sound came from. It is the scream of a mutant that is worth reacting to. The roaring fire goes out and Inferno¡¯s smooth left arm goes through the stomach of the Tirac that is much bigger than he is. It is melting. His strength is focused in his left arm, going through his skin and muscle to grab the Tirac¡¯s center. Inferno lost his right arm and most of his strength, but knocked Cruel King¡¯s son down on his own. No, he will be able to knock it out soon. ¡°Kyak! No!¡± Inferno takes out Tirac¡¯s heart. Its heart is in the pit of its stomach. It is the size of a young child¡¯s fist. It was incredibly smallpared to its size. Cruel King is devastated not just because he cares about his son, Tirac, but also because the flow of the battlefield will lean toward the enemy if Tirac dies. It doesn¡¯t matter if the underlings die. What they need to block at all costs are the deaths of Dead Horse for Cruel King and Inferno for White Queen. While both of their attentions were taken away, they faced the battlefield and examined the situation. Their subordinates¡¯ battle ising to an end. Medusa must have won because she hase down from her awakened state and is lying down. She is not moving, but she is living and her body goes up and down. Kimera lost with his body in pieces, and Titan must have tied. Overall, it is not that bad. Inferno and Medusa exchange looks, moving their tired bodies away. It is not over. They need to kill Dead Horse, who is still alive. Koo! Kyararak! Hell Mammoth and Blood Lord¡¯s battle bes more fierce. They are most visible because they are sorge. That side needs to be handled as well. *** Ping! Something is falling from the sky. It is crashing to be more precise. It looks like an eagle ¨C Sky Kuntar, Red Eye¡¯s opponent. Ha ha ha! Red Eyeughs crazily and follows after Kuntar as he falls. Then as soon as Kuntarnds, hees down on it. Kuntar¡¯s stomach explodes under the pressure and organs scatter out. Kuntar¡¯s eyes roll back. Even if he can regenerate rapidly, pain is pain. Red Eye¡¯s hand bes a hook and starts digging at Kuntar. He had a hard time catching up to Kuntar, but Kuntar doesn¡¯t know what a full body transformation type is like. ¡°If you only run away, you¡¯re just bound to get caught. That¡¯s the cause of your defeat.¡± Kuntar would have died faster if they had faced off properly, but running away does not help in battle at all. Completely retreating is different, but running away out of fear of frontal confrontation is stupid. Red Eye looks around before killing Kuntar. His level 8 abilities help him evaluate the situation on the battlefield. His allies have the advantage. Inferno and Medusa are moving. If he joins them and they take care of the remaining enemies, they will have created the conditions to help White Queen. ¡°What? You want to be parasitic?¡± ¡°No. I don¡¯t like the way he looks. I like having arms and legs.¡± Parasite King has nothing to do because the mutants ran away, so he is killing time in a quiet ce. He seems to have no intention of fighting. Red Eye gestures to Kuntar and asks Parasite King what he wants to do. Kuntar lost to him, but it is a strong mutant. If Parasite King takes over, he bes stronger. ¡°Arms and legs?¡± The only top level mutants with arms and legs right now is Cruel King. The rest do not have the desired conditions. Does he want to take him? ¡°You¡¯re not thinking of going into him, are you?¡± Red Eye gestures to the gold fox fighting White Queen, Cruel King. ¡°It¡¯s optimal.¡± ¡°Hah!¡± He is saying that he will if he can. Taking over Cruel King? Does he need to stop this or not? If Parasite King seeds, he will be stronger than himself. One Disaster dies and another is born. He does not know if Parasite King will get to use all of Cruel King¡¯s abilities, but he will certainly surpass a Disaster¡¯s limits. Red Eye adjusts his finger and stabs Kuntar. Dozens, hundreds, thousands of attacks devastate a powerless body. Kuntar does not rebel. ¡°Should I leave those guys to them and go to him? Follow me.¡± Parasite King follows Red Eye with an expressionless face. He is going to Blood Lord¡¯s battlefield. He is thinking of taking care of them one by one. ¡®I can¡¯t tell what this guy wants.¡¯ Red Eye is curious as to what is going on inside Parasite King¡¯s mind. Parasite King has a quiet personality, so there is no way to know what he is thinking. What he knows for certain is that he is not ill natured? The instinct of parasitic mutants is to take over strong bodies to be perfect. Cruel King is an obvious opponent if he is following his instincts. ¡®No one is right. If this guy takes over Cruel King, recovers, and changes his mind, it¡¯ll be a big problem.¡¯ With Parasite King¡¯s strength, he can recover nutrients and stamina to an extent. Parasite King watches Cruel King¡¯s state as he moves. He is only worth the nutrients if he dies. He needs to take advantage of the situation before then. Red Eye saw this and pretended not to notice. ¡®Do what you want. I¡¯m sure White Queen will take care of it if something goes wrong.¡¯ He promised him a good host when he brought him. He had not said that it would be something at the same level as his father, but he will keep his promise. Chapter 178 Volume 6 / Chapter 178 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda White Queen and Cruel King¡¯s battle reaches its climax. No one can even think of interfering. Dead Horse was assigned to Inferno and Medusa, so they go after him since their battles are over. They are both wounded. It is not to the point where they are barely standing, but that could be possible if they overdo it. Since Titan and Horse Chatun tied, he is a mess. He is lying on the ground without being able to move a finger. Medusa looks exhausted as she pierces Chatun¡¯s nucleus with her bone spear. Chatun does not resent Inferno¡¯s group. He is dying because he lost. That is all. Nothinges out of acting up in this situation. His pride does not allow for that. But that doesn¡¯t mean they are all like that. ¡°I ¨C I don¡¯t want to die! Let me live! I¡¯ll serve the White King! Kyak! You!¡± Dead Horse¡¯s grey ughterer Ukanta, who looks like King Kong and killed Kimera, is begging and saying he will serve White Queen. When that did not work, his attitude changed and he attacked Inferno and Medusa. He made a huge fuss because he is at the brink of death. Inferno normally would have fought alone, but worked with Medusa to kill Ukanta because the group¡¯s win is more important that individual pride right now. He exhausted what strength he had left in the process. It is like he has run out of battery. Medusa¡¯s bone spear crumbles. She does not have the nutrients to sustain it. Releasing her awakened state was a definite, and this was the same for Inferno. Their strength, which had seemed like the fire of an active volcano, had disappeared. They arepletely out of the ability to fight. All they can do is move. Bang bang bang! They hear booming. It is not from White Queen¡¯s side. It is the opposite side. Blood Lord had been tousling with Hell Mammoth when Red Eye and Parasite King get on its back. It is obvious what they are trying to do. No matter how infinite Hell Mammoth¡¯s stamina seems, it is a finite impersonating the infinite. No creature is without limits. Even machines manufactured with precision break down. So how would a living being be? This is relevant to Disasters too. 3 mutants of the same level have stuck to him. Woo! A mountain copses. Hell Mammoth¡¯s lower body rxes and his huge body crashes to the ground. Red Eye and Parasite King are still on his back. Blood Lord puts his head to the ground and breathes heavily. ¡°Are the 2 of us the only ones who are fine?¡± ¡°.....¡± The subordinates¡¯ battle is over. They just have to wait for the Disasters¡¯ results. It became much more rxed. Red Eye evaluates the situation. Red Eye¡¯s ears perk. A suspicious sound is bothering him. After his ears, it is his eyes. He is going to go looking for whatever is bothering him. Red Eye spreads his wings. He can hear it, but he cannot see it. It is better to look from the sky than from the ground. Parasite King did not care about what he was doing and left him alone. Inferno and Medusa are not in their awakened states, so their senses are down and did not hear it. ¡°What is that.....¡± Red Eye¡¯s words trail off with the unexpected. It is far. It is far but it is getting closer. He can see it though faintly. A tremendous number of people. It seems they¡¯re the humans whoe from another world or something. ¡°How annoying.¡± Inferno¡¯s group cannot go into battle. The only power left are him and Parasite King. Or the mutants they brought? ¡°He won¡¯t go.¡± If this is the Lifers¡¯ destination, it¡¯d be best to block them in advance. However, Parasite King¡¯s attention is on Cruel King. Parasitism is his goal. He looks like he¡¯ll stay in his position in order to achieve this. ¡°Lifer, Lifer? Come to think of it, it¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve seen that guy.¡± He is talking about Cha Jun Sung. There¡¯s no way he died, so his skills will have increased a lot. The abilities of the approaching Lifers must be proportional, won¡¯t they? ¡°Ke ke! Are theying to hunt? Mere humans hunting me? Us? Fine. I, Red Eye, will show you hell on behalf of mutants.¡± Bang! Red Eye left his wings spread out, and flew toward the Lifers. He is not fully well, but he has about 50% of his strength left. Koo! [It¡¯s the enemy. Follow me.] Gate crashers areing. Europe¡¯s mutants could not ignore Red Eye¡¯s orders. They have reduced in numbers, but arge force of about 10,000 level 5 and 6s followed Red Eye. Scattered mutants gather together and run. There is no way not to notice when there is this much dust, vibration, and other phenomena. Inferno did not stop Red Eye because he cannot help. The only ones they can rely on now are Red Eye and Parasite King. ¡°Kihit! You¡¯re a mess.¡± ¡°You¡¯re here?¡± Beholder approaches Inferno. He is not in fine state either. Though his body is okay, he used his mind too much and it was overloaded. A few level 7s and upper level mutants protect Beholder and Inferno¡¯s group. There are few of them but their levels are high so they are notcking as escorts. ¡°What¡¯s up with Red Eye? Are there still more of Cruel King¡¯s underlings?¡± ¡°It could be rted to that explosion.¡± ¡°Kihit! Are humansing?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a possibility. He took all of the remaining mutants with him. I guess that means there are that many of them to block.¡± ¡°Say your theory is right, what happens if the humans get through?¡± Inferno could not easily answer Medusa¡¯s question. If they get through? He cannot be sure if it will be the worst case scenario, but the basic answer is fixed. ¡°It means the situation we wanted isn¡¯t happening.¡± The humans hunt mutants. They would have just scoffed if they had been in fine state, but it is difficult for them to handle it when they are dying off. That is why Red Eye¡¯s role is important. White Queen¡¯s and their lives are riding on him. *** ¡°What a mess.¡± One Liferpressed what he is experiencing into a few words. He cannot count how many there are. It has already been long since they reached over 10,000. Lifers going through missions everywhere saw the mushroom cloud in the air and started changing their directions one by one. These are the people who were unable to hold back their curiosity. They were going to go back in the middle because they were nervous, but they gained confidence from the Lifers joining them little by little. Parties joined them and forces joined them. Their numbers kept increasing like cotton absorbing water. Each of them were part of different missions, but they united as one mission. At first, the Lifers thought that they had misread the mission description. For them, it is so incredible that they would not have dared to attempt it. The surprising thing is that it was fine before, but their ability to return was blocked once the mission was generated. There is no way to exin it other than to say that the helpers blocked it on purpose. They could eitherplete the mission or die. They feel like they are going crazy. [Level B Advance Mission: Africa Punishment] [Goal: Attainment] [Description: War between Africa and Europe. This is the perfect opportunity to clean up the 2 continents as they chisel away at each other¡¯s flesh. White Queen and Cruel King are currently battling, and most of the level 8 mutants are in no state to fight. Go into the heart of the enemy andplete the mission!] [Reward: 50,000,000 points. Lucky box.] The PDA marks where the battle is going on. They are showing the location and pushing the Lifers. The battle is close. Lifers are a mix of levels B through E, but they are being forced into a level B advancement mission. They are not considering whether the Lifers have the abilities toplete the mission or not. The reality version is not a game that helps resolve bugs or errors that arise. Everything goes as the helpers want. Once Lifers enter missions, they can be treated like puppets. Discriminate treatment makes the Lifers angrier. There isn¡¯t a ban for the few level B Lifers. It does not do anything to take this issue up with the helpers. They are basically saying that they will save those with value and kill off any without. Lifers stopped without advancing. If something is happening over there, it is dangerous even if both sides are at war. Since they cannot fight or go back, all they can do is wait. It isn¡¯t a relief even if there are so many of them. It is obvious that just as there are a lot of Lifers, there will be a lot of mutants. It is the same proportionally. ¡°Are these asshole helpers crazy? Can they treat Lifers like this? Are web rats or something that they can y with us?¡± They are not wrong. Lifers are like avatars who obtain information on mutants on behalf of helpers. Helpers value the Lifers whomunicate with them, but they have no choice but to treat them as subordinates once they get their orders. ¡°Look at the sky!¡± Lifers ook up. It is Red Eye, who noticed that they wereing. They will not have imagined that the god of death is descending upon them. Chapter 179 Chapter 179 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°An earthquake?¡± ¡°Mutants areing in from 11:00!¡± Thick dust is blooming. The area is extremely wide. ¡°Fuck! Shoot shoot! Kill them!¡± Someone screamed to shoot, but nothing is working out properly. They are too dense. They can only see dust in the rear, and mutants are not visible. They are in no condition to shoot. Each of theirmand systems are different as well. However, not all of these Lifers are dumb. Talented people are in the mix. A few moved quickly after they evaluated the situation. ¡°There¡¯s still distance! Prepare the howitzers! You guys fall back and cover!¡± There are so many of them that even with a portion of them moving, it was thousands of people. They created formations and attacked the mutantsing from the 11:00 direction. Pew pew! Bang bang! Mutants are dying under the hail of bullets and bombs. But there are more mutants than there are Lifers, and their range is wider. ¡°Ack!¡± The wave of mutants goes over the Lifers at the front. The 2 groups, which cannot mix like water and oil, force shuffling and are surrounded by battling. With a path, all that is left is close-range battles. The con is that even this is not easy. They realized that the force of mutants isprised of level 5 and 6s once they came head to head. Who would have imagined this? This nonsensical situation? The fortunate thing is that there are much more Lifers. Due to this, they were able to fight back viciously once they grew ustomed to the situation. However, they are being pushed back by the mutants on the side of power. It is because their levels are high. Even lower level 6s need to be taken on by 5 or 6 Lifers with battlesuits. Woong! After the time it would take for a cup of tea to grow cold passed since the fighting began, a summons gate opened up near the battlefield. Then, Lifers ran out. These are people who came in without knowing anything. Since they entered at a distance from Red Eye and his force of mutants, they entered as a level C mission. It is a ridiculous operation. As soon as the Lifers were summoned, they could not understand the reality unfolding before their eyes. Standard procedure for an initial summons area is for it to be a safe ce. But that rule was broken. What does that matter when they are manipting missions. The Lifers came to their senses when the mutants noticed their presence and went at them. They have no choice but to fight if they want to live. As the number of Lifers entering increased, the momentum rose and mutants went down. The difference was in whether they provided support or not. ¡°Are they going to just keep bringing people in? They¡¯re just intending on pushing through recklessly.¡± Red Eye watched this from the sky and flew to the ground. He is so fast he isn¡¯t visible. The battlesuit¡¯s response iste, too. Lifers were already in the midst of a melee once they felt that something was weird. Bang! Red Eye lengthened both of his arms into whips and swept through the area. Lifers within the perimeter copse without even the chance to scream. ¡°Start with the strong guys, end the ces with smooth connections.¡± Papat! These secret weapons that change people into super humans. Did they say they¡¯re called battlesuits? He will focus on killing battlesuit users and make the ones getting clear orders a top priority. He can leave the rest to the subordinate mutants. He¡¯s strong, but there is only one of him. He can¡¯t do what 10 hands need to do with just 1 hand. Level C Lifers were being ughtered with Red Eye¡¯s participation. Even if they are dumb, there is no way that they do not know he is an ultra high level mutant. They did not even think to level 8. There are less than 10 people who saw Red Eye in the virtual version, since people who are not rankers do note close. ¡°Die! You monster!¡± A vibrating weapon goes into Red Eye¡¯s thigh. Just by height, he is multiple times taller than Lifers. It is a good location to be stabbed. It seemed to be an attempt at offsetting his mobility. The attempt was good, but the results were bad. He was fine even after being attacked by Hell Mammoth. Will his flesh and muscle be cut when a Lifer cuts him? There¡¯s no chance. Red Eye waved his hands reflexively. The bones of the Lifer hit broke and he went flying like a pin hit by a bowling ball. ¡°What level is that!¡± ¡°It must be level 7 since it¡¯s a level B mission! Let¡¯s get away from him first!¡± Normally, level A should have been applied but the helpers blocked the special mission applicable with Red Eye¡¯s appearance. Theypletely shattered the rules that had been kept until now. It is a secret that only they know. Lifers who are able to think quickly, quickly create distance between themselves and Red Eye. The situation hase to this, but there are a lot of them and more areing in. Their chances of surviving increase if they use other Lifers as shields to buy time. Retreating does not mean that they are no longer fighting either. They will do as much as they can. They are next if their shields are wiped out. ¡°What¡¯s your goal? Why are you trying to go in this direction?¡± Red Eye spoke. Korean, the humannguage he learned from ck Demon. He spoke skillfully because he started learning it from birth. It was not difficult for Lifers to understand what he was saying because they are using their trantors. ¡°You think we¡¯re going because we want to? All we did was advance a little when the mushroom cloud went up, but our return was blocked. And then you came!¡± Lifers started yelling. They are not surprised by Red Eye¡¯s ability to speak. There are level 7s that are able to speak in humannguages. Even those below are able tomunicate if they can learn. ¡°I¡¯m the one who came? You¡¯re not wrong.¡± He hade before the Lifers could do anything. Red Eye himself came to them. But that doesn¡¯t mean he has any intention of apologizing. ¡®Was it by force?¡¯ The thought came to Red Eye¡¯s mind. Lifers are forced to go through missions because of those that y with humans on one side and mutants on the other. He has heard the basic situation from Cha Jun Sung. ¡®Rules? That has no meaning. Those guys make changes in whatever way suits them. It gets worse as the difficulty gets higher.¡¯ This is what Cha Jun Sung told him. These people are also in the same situation. Red Eye knows less about Life Mission than ck Demon does. He only grazed the surface, and ck Demon is the one who heard everything from Cha Jun Sung. It is all doubtful. He can¡¯t tell what is what. ¡®I¡¯ll take care of this ce first. That¡¯s the right order.¡¯ There¡¯s no change to the fact that he needs to kill these Lifers. When he is finishing up, the other side will be ending as well. The allies¡¯ win is a given. *** ¡°Where is he going with that many mutants?¡± Odin kept his mouth shut. Even if he knows nothing else, this mission will be a huge controversy once it is over. He can anticipate extreme bacsh from Lifers. But that is all. There can be bacsh, but there are no losses for Life Mission. They are not a customer service center that deals withints. Lifers think that they have the upper hand as they cleanse this world, but they are absolutely under them. Even a top expert doing great in a game is over once the operator suspends the ount. Tsk tsk! Cha Jun Sung tsked at the scene created by the cluster bomb. The mutants that had beening at him had evaporated within moments. The mission was notpleted. He cannot let a single one get by since it is annihtion. Mutants out of range are still alive and there are those that are even in pretty good shape. The mission isplete once all of those are dead. It would be nice to take care of everything because it is an advancement mission, but he did not cling to the idea. He did not want to miss his chance of watching this rare sight, but the level 8s that were done with their battles also held him back. If they approach him out of suspicion of the explosion, he needs to run. ¡°What a waste. I¡¯d dice them up if it weren¡¯t for Parasite King and the guards.¡± The only level 8 in good condition is a parasite. Beholder is out of energy and not awakened. To think that he can only observe mutants worth millions of points when they are in bad condition and defenseless. If he goes the extra mile, he could kill one or two. After that? It is fortunate that they do not care about the explosion. They could be choosing to stay together instead of going out on a search because they are in such a bad state. But if one of them dies, they would not stay still. His location would be revealed and Parasite King or the guards woulde chasing him. Beehives are ornamental. They are not there to poke at. ¡°What can I do here?¡± A war between level 9s is going on in Africa. A lot of level 8s followed as well. Missions are strangely concentrated in Africa as well. He cannot figure it out easily because he does not know what the helpers are up to. He had initially entered out of curiosity. He hadn¡¯t had thoughts ofpleting the mission. He predicted that something Lifers do not know about is happening inside the missions. He realized he had been correct when he entered. He quenched about half of his curiosity. There is nothing he can do. He would be able to do something if he could go into his awakened state, but there are a lot of eyes here. All of the helpers will be looking here. Chapter 180 Volume 6 / Chapter 180 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda It has been long since the level 8s finished their battles, and only White Queen and Cruel King are left. They don¡¯t look like they will go for very long either. They are simr overall but White Queen is rxed unlike Cruel King who seems rushed. It is because she has her subordinates to back her up. Battles between those at the top are decided by the small things rather than big things. It was not small that the tables had been turned, but it would not have ended so quickly under equivalent conditions. Bang! White Queen¡¯s spear shes through the air. Stabbing? It is a long distance javelin. Looking carefully, the end of the flying spear is a hook. It is a measure to prevent pration with a blow. The spear goes through Cruel King¡¯s stomach. It seemed like it would go through because of the strength it was thrown with, but it got caught on the hook and bounced back as though being dragged. Hah! White Queen stumbles and falls to her knees. She is exhausted. Not enough toe down from her awakened state, but her stamina and strength are at their ends. The right hand weapon and left hand shield she creates in her awakened state are vividly different from what Cha Jun Sung can create. She cannot create them as she wants if they are broken. Her weapon and shield are the most important parts of her body apart from her nucleus. The most powerful means of attack. The most powerful means of defense. Not only is regeneration not an easy feat, she will feel herself losing energy if she regenerates by force. It is best to maintain them. Boom! White Queen holds her body up with her shield so that she does not fall over. The top half is cut off and the bottom looks like it was shed up. Cruel King¡¯s relentless attacks have reduced it to this state. There are cracks all over her body armor, and blood seeps out. The armor is a part of her as well. If it cracks or rips, her main body is being hurt. White Queen breathed heavily for a moment and then ran at Cruel King. He is unable to move because he has been speared. His body is not touching the ground, but he looks like he is lying t. ¡°Huh? What are you doing there?¡± White Queen¡¯s eyes are full of wonder. Parasite King suddenly appeared and is observing Cruel King. ¡°I¡¯m taking over.¡± ¡°Taking over? Are you saying that you¡¯re going to be parasitic to Cruel King?¡± Parasite King nodded. There is no good in hiding his intentions. He does not know how much time it will take to absorb a host like this. That is not all. There is no guarantee that he will seed. Nevertheless, his instincts are telling him that it is a host worth risking his life to take over. ¡°Did he allow it?¡± ¡°He promised me a great host when he brought me here.¡± White Queen scratched her head, wondering what to do. If Parasite King seeds in taking over, will he stop at bing a creature of the same level? ¡®There¡¯s nothing bad about it.¡¯ She wees an ally bing stronger. And judging by his actions, he does not look like he will back away. Her subordinates are half dead, and she is not in great condition either. It is self-destruction to fight with Parasite King, who is in a good state. ¡°I¡¯ll allow it.¡± ¡°Ugh... What are you guys trying to do to me? You runts!¡± Cruel King tried to get the spear out, but it did not go as he wanted because White Queen¡¯s strength had gone into it. Dead Horse¡¯s death was his downfall. Parasite King gathered all kinds of parasites living in his clear body to one ce. They keep eating each other. Level 1s be level 2s, which be level 3s. As they decrease in number, only the top levels are left and as that process repeated several times, a clear parasite the size of a fist came out of Parasite King¡¯s body. ¡°Ho?¡± White Queen lets out an exmation of wonder. As soon as the parasite came out, Parasite King¡¯s body went into the ground. He has put all of his abilities into that transparent bug. ¡°A b-bug!¡± Parasite King watched for his chance, and went through Cruel King¡¯s open mouth. He is not confident that he could do it by going through Cruel King¡¯s flesh and muscle. That is stronger than steel. White Queen watched for apse and recovered her spear. Then, Cruel King¡¯s body hit the floor. He should be going at her because he has been freed, but he was just convulsing with his eyes open. She cannot tell whether the parasitism is going smoothly or not with her knowledge. He just kept convulsing for a while. There is no change to indicate that something is happening. Parasite King tried desperately to secure the brain. A Disaster¡¯s brain is monstrous. It transformed at the presence of a gate crasher, and started attacking. It is another mutant inside a mutant. He needs to calm this down before he can do anything close to securing the mind. Cruel King¡¯s fur grows longer and covers him. It is like looking at a caterpir creating a cocoon to be an adult, and it went on for several hours. The cocoon looks like tangled threads, and beats like a heart. It seems he seeded. White Queen¡¯s body shrinks. She ising down from her awakened state. Her armor, halved shield, and spear are absorbed into her body. She could think that it is okay because the battle is over, but that¡¯s not the case. A car starts consuming gas as soon as it is turned on. They follow simr rules. It is difficult to maintain her state while injured. ¡®It¡¯s a good thing that we won. But there are too many things to consider.¡¯ Just as it is a bother to prepare for and go into war, the clean up afterwards is no joke either. Of the mutants here, White Queen is the only one who would be able to go intobat. Inferno¡¯s group cannot exercise their abilities. Kimera is dead, and Titan and Blood Lord are so injured that they cannot even move. Red Eye has gone somewhere with the other mutants. White Queen also sensed a presenceing. She would support if she could, but the situation does not allow her to. Just as her subordinates have a duty to protect her, she has a duty to protect them in turn. That is what the head does. Bang bang bang bang! Explosions from firearms, red mes, and smokee soaring. White Queen realized that Red Eye and the other mutants had gone to fight the humans who had started appearing one day. The battle range is incrediblyrge. It is an ominous sign that tworge forces are fighting each other. If Red Eye gets pushed back, this ce won¡¯t be safe either. White Queen has the personality to know when to take one step backward in order to take two steps forward. The best they can do is to retreat. Whatever the circumstance, they cane back to do what they want with Africa since Cruel King is now dead. ¡°To be parasitic here of all ces where we can¡¯t advance or retreat.¡± Boom boom! The cocoon is a problem. Since it cannot move, it will not be able toe to fruition if it is left defenseless. It keeps swelling anding down. She is in anticipation for what wille out, but also a little anxious. If it cannot be controlled, it might as well be an enemy. White Queen does not have to control it herself. It just needs to listen to ck Demon, or even Red Eye. ¡°Your Majesty.¡± Inferno is pale as he calls out to White Queen. His body is trembling. He killed Tirac, but he exhausted all of his energy in return. Medusa is in a simr state next to him. Her snake hair used to be energetic, but they are now floundering. It is unclear whether they are even alive. ¡°Inferno, recover as much of your energy as you can and go back to Europe with your colleagues. I¡¯ll wait here for the cocoon and Red Eye.¡± ¡°How could we leave her Majesty behind! No! We will stay as well.¡± Inferno may seem unreasonable, but there is a reason for it. The war ended with Cruel King and Dead Horse¡¯s deaths. There is no threat. Red Eye¡¯s actions? He can¡¯t tell whether he went to fight humans or mutants, but a powerful mutant like him took arge force and went himself. It is unimaginable to think that they could lose and be pushed all the way here. They seem to be humans from the way they use firearms. Weak humans taking him on? White Queen told Inferno to go back several times, but he would not listen. It may be due to his loyalty, but he cannot be forced. So she drew a moderate line. He must agree to follow orders unconditionally if Red Eye gets pushed back. Inferno did not refute this. Chapter 181 Volume 6 / Chapter 181 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Once Inferno¡¯s group got a tiny bit of their energy back from resting, they roamed the battlefield to consume nutrients. There are no obvious changes though they are absorbing other lives, but it is not like it is not helping. Titan and Blood Lord arepletely immobile. They not only need to have their food brought to them, but need to be fed as well. They are half corpses. Woong woong! ¡°A sound?¡± It tickles their ears. They hear a bothersome sound that is like a bee batting its wings. White Queen looked around to try and find the source. White Queen frowns. She cannot find it. She keeps hearing the sound, but she cannot see the source. It is not far. She is sure it is nearby. That is why she is confused. Is it something that can trick her senses? Woong woong woong! The sound rings in session. It keeps ovepping. Then there was a change. A summons gate was created near White Queen, and hundreds of Lifers came through. Is a raid entering? No. It is a force. They are all level C Lifers. The same mission is currently listed on the PDA as if copied. Therefore, hundreds of Lifers can enter at the same time even if they have not been able to advance to level B. This mission is Africa Punishment. The levels are divided into C and B, but those are just letters of the alphabet once they enter. ¡°Hey, this ce is a little weird.¡± ¡°..... I feel that too.¡± Lifers felt the strange atmosphere and activated their battlesuits. There are forests everywhere but most of the area is made of ins, so it is possible to identify everything when they look around. Field scans go over the surface. They detect life somewhere nearby. They are inside a mission. There is a 99.9% chance that the life forms are mutants. ¡°Look look!¡± ¡°A woman?¡± ¡°You crazy bastard. Does that white lump look like a woman to you? Not even albinos look like that. Stay alert. That¡¯s a mutant even if this is a safe area.¡± A safe area? They are severely mistaken. Will they know that what is in front of them is level 9 White Queen? They could never know. White Queen¡¯s outer appearance is just simply a woman. She ispletely naked at the moment. Her sensual body stimted them, but that was it. That is a monster wearing the mask of a human. Inferno¡¯s group did not pick up on the Lifers yet because they went to the battlefield. White Queen is the only one looking at the Lifers watching her. ¡®Is it space movement? That¡¯s not possible with the science that existed when I was human. Yeah, that¡¯s it. That¡¯s how they could go back and forth as they wanted. She saw with her own eyes. White Queen made her own conclusion. She had not known that the world would perish and that she herself would be a mutant. It would be funny to be surprised that someone invented a super science. ¡°Why are there so many Lifers? How many are there?¡± ¡°What did you choose?¡± ¡°Africa Punishment.¡± ¡°Huh? We did Africa Punishment too.¡± ¡°Really?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Lifers found each other and exchanged information. But the more they talked, the more questions they had and the more confused they felt. Oveying missions ¨C something that has never happened before. ¡°Where are our guests from? I have a lot of questions as well.¡± White Queen smiled as she approached the Lifers. The Lifers¡¯plexions start turning blue when they see her smiling. ¡°She ¨C she spoke!¡± ¡°What level do they start speaking at in the virtual version?¡± ¡°Odd creatures are able to do it at lower levels, but they normally have to be level 7 at least!¡± ¡°That¡¯s a level 7?¡± ¡°Are you high? We entered a level C mission. That must be an odd creature.¡± That is right. No matter how difficult level C missions are, the appearing mutants are limited at level 6. They can meet level 7s in level B missions. ¡°I can¡¯t understand most of the words you say, but you¡¯re saying interesting things.¡± White Queen is most fluent in English, and she knows how to speak a few othernguages beyond that. Excluding thenguages she cannot understand, she can hear the words that hundreds of Lifers are saying. The amount she can understand surpasses far beyond the human range. However, she does not have basic knowledge of missions and levels. ¡°First, let¡¯s kill that. We need to pick up the pace if we¡¯re going to kill 50,000 of them.¡± Level C Africa Punishment isplete once they kill 50,000 mutants. If they are lucky, they cane across a level 1 habitat and finish the mission easily. ¡°I¡¯ll do it. Kyah! What a waste of her body. I¡¯ll have to go have a ton of fun once the mission is over.¡± A Lifer at the front pulls the trigger on his reinforced rifle. A bullet that has the power to go through a car, shoots out and hits White Queen in the middle of her forehead. There is automatic aim in the battlesuit. It is a dead-shot system if the target is clear and there is no outside interference. ¡°Hit!¡± ¡°No! She¡¯s not dead!¡± ¡°She¡¯s fine!¡± Lifers high five thinking that they killed White Queen. But they doubted their eyes when they heard the sound of metal behind them. The bullet bounced on the ground a few times before stopping. A 10mm bullet bounced? What about the target that was hit? White Queen wipes her forehead with her hand. There is blood. The bullet did not go through her head, but it cut her skin. The gun is incrediblyrge, but she was injured by a firearm. Looking at the Lifers, they each have one. ¡°I was right, you are dangerous. I can¡¯t let you all live, so I¡¯ll reduce the numbers a bit.¡± She does not need to save hundreds of people in order to find out about them. The knowledge they have will ovep anyway, so she only needs one or two of them. ¡°Whew! It haven¡¯t even really had time to rest.¡± Bang! White Queen jumped into the middle of the humans in her human state. She does not know the extent of their abilities, but they don¡¯t seem like they will be all that powerful. She needs to save her energy from awakening. Danger does note with notice. Even looking at her situation now, she hadn¡¯t known that these humans, these Lifers, would appear. There is no guarantee that this strange situation will go away after she takes care of these people. White Queen¡¯s one kick breaks a Lifer¡¯s spine. He is wearing a battlesuit, but is the basic type and cannot endure her attack. Even in her unawakened state, she has thebat ability of a level 7. She is okay because she has just exhausted her energy and is not seriously injured in any way. ¡®It¡¯s not easy.¡¯ Lifers seem weak, but they are strong. She gets a feeling of being overwhelmed. If this had been before she fought Cruel King, she would awaken and sweep through them within moments. She is killing as many as she can within a distance with blows, but the armor covering their bodies is unusual. It is absorbing the shock. Furthermore... They counterattack. It seems useless, but it was annoying when theye in from everywhere. Each person is simr to a high level mutant. White Queen did as much as she could. She wanted to end it while saving as much energy as possible. She finally decided that she could not go on any longer once she heard the familiar resonating sound again and another summons gate opened. It has been less than an hour since hundreds appeared, but the number of people increased in that short time. More peoplee in than she can kill. ¡°Your Majesty!¡± ¡°I¡¯ll end it. Keep recovering your strength.¡± White Queen awakened again when Inferno yelled out. It is thest of her strength. She swells up in size and covers the Lifers. But she is still in an awful state with her cracked armor and broken shield. She looks like a level 9, but the amount of strength she has stays at level 8. Even this is so low it is like a battery that could run out at any moment. Woong! ¡°Are youing for me?¡± The number of Lifers increases threateningly. The resonating sound rang even while she was awakening, and again after she had awakened. White Queen felt by instinct that this phenomenon is aimed at her and rted to her. ¡°Woah! It¡¯s a mutant!¡± ¡°Shoot!¡± Bang! White Queen hit the floor. Level C Lifers attacked White Queen as soon as they saw her like the veterans they are. They are surprised, but their experiences make their bodies move instinctively. ¡°As quickly as possible.¡± She cannotst long in her awakened state. It is like a candlelight that could go out at any time. She must end it before then. Chapter 182 Volume 6 / Chapter 182 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Before even 5 minutes had passed, the Lifers entering the mission could not understand why their attentions were straying and they felt sleepy. All they could remember was a white monster wet red with blood, and the corpses surrounding it. All they could feel was that something was being wielded at them. Lifers who entered at the same time were cut in half by White Queen¡¯s sword, separating their upper bodies. These dozens of Lifers were all born on different days, but they died on the same day, at the same time, with the same method. There was no pain. They didn¡¯t even know that they had died. Ping ping ping ping! White Queen ran at the Lifers as soon as she saw them entering. She is trying to handle them before they could understand what is going on and get moving. But there is no reduction in the number of Lifers no matter how many of them she kills, though it did not increase either because she did not stop. She is just walking in ce. How many will she have killed? It is easily over a few thousand. Even still, it is several hundred as it was in the beginning. There is no end. White Queen really has reached her limit now. Her energy is about to be drained like a light that is about to go out. She cannot tell when exactly it will be drained. What she is sure of is that she is so tired that it would not be strange for her to run out immediately. A few mutants are pressing on among hundreds of Lifers. They are being held by Beholder. If it had not been for that, the situation would have made a turn for the worst. That does not mean that the situation is good either. It would have ended long ago if it had just been a couple hundred, but there was a limit to holding Lifers because of the fight against dead Lifers. ¡°Die! Die!¡± One Lifer leapt at White Queen¡¯s face. He triggered the hand cannons in each of his hands. It is ast-ditch attempt at an attack. Bang! The heat lets out a powerful shockwave that swallows White Queen¡¯s face. Her center of gravity goes backward. She raised her shield as she fell over. He gets cut on the edge of the shield and his guts spill out. The Lifer¡¯s blood falls on White Queen, and she absorbs it with her body. She needs to fill up her nutrients even in this way if she can. It is just a temporary measure, but she has no choice if she is to maintain her awakened state even for a few more seconds. ¡°It¡¯s more dangerous because I can¡¯t predict what¡¯sing.¡± Humans, and humans that she cannot understand with her knowledge, interfered in a war between mutants. A method of movement in which they move between space. It was so hard to determine their acts that she finally understood. She would have killed all of them no matter how many of them there were if she was in good condition, but she has gotten to this point. She would have been able to get help if Inferno¡¯s group had been okay, but they cannot even take care of themselves right now. White Queen faced danger for the first time ever, and experienced a wall that she cannot get over. Kyak! 5 to 6 level Lifers are pushing top level mutants into a corner. They cannot win because they are being pressed under overwhelming numbers. If even the level 7s at the frontmost line die, next is White Queen and Inferno. ¡°I can¡¯t die like this.¡± She killed Cruel King with difficulty. Her alliance with ck Demon is guaranteed. With his help, she can bring copse to North and South America. If that happens, there is no stronger predator for her. The way that the Disasters stay aware of each other is different for each, but they are not simply fighting for the heck of it. They want to get rid of enemies that are stronger than they are. They are absolutes as long as those enemies do not exist. They can exist alone in the world. The Disaster in Oceania is indifferent to world affairs like ck Demon is, but Evil Queen and Bone Monster will cross Asia at some point. She needs to kill them if she is to sleep soundly. ¡°It¡¯s tired! Cover with the rifle!¡± ¡°Damn it!¡± Pew pew pew pew! White Queen trusted her strong body andunched an aggressive attack against Lifers, but lost mobility as her strength fell. It was about to be hard for her to catch the Lifers who are putting distance between them. Lifers increased the distance in an effort to survive, and shot the bullets going through level 3 and 4 mutants at White Queen. Ting ting! Boom boom! White Queen raised her halved shield to cover her body. Instead, her lower body and anything not under cover, were showered with bullets. ¡°You insects!¡± Inferno¡¯s group raged and rushed at the Lifers. Beholder squeezed what was left of his strength and controlled a few Lifers¡¯ minds. The problem is that none of them were able to bring out even 1% of the strength that they normally have. Inferno and Medusa were unable to take on even 3 or 4 level C Lifers, and fell back. If they die, the Lifers are able to get hundreds of thousands of points. Cha Jun Sung was frustrated as he watched this in hiding. ¡°Should I get in there, too?¡± At this point, he can fight White Queen. If not, he can just kill one among them. If he wants to open up the level S store and recover the power he had in the virtual, he needs a ton of points. It is an opportunity that he does not need to put his life on the line for, and throwing it away is stupid. ¡°Fine. I¡¯m going in, too.¡± Cha Jun Sung stood up to go out once he decided to participate. ¡°Huh?¡± It is getting darker. It was a dim day, but it was possible to see with moonlight. It does not matter much even if it getspletely dark because he has a battlesuit. The moon wouldn¡¯t have disappeared. What is going on? A strange change in environment. Cha Jun Sung subconsciously looked up at the sky. And then his eyes grew wide. An unbelievable spectacle was unfolding. ¡°What! No way. D ¨C Dragonos?¡± Koo! Dragon Demon Dragonos. It resembles the Western dragon instead of an Eastern one. It does not have a constant habitat and roams around, the ultimate mutant in flight. It is smaller than Blood Lord or Hell Mammoth, but the 3 pairs of wings that unfold on either side are so big that they could cover the entire world. Unlike its menacing appearance, its personality is on the gentle side. It usually does not take the lead unless under special circumstances. With the darkening sky, White Queen and Lifers raise their heads as Cha Jun Sung did. The Lifers¡¯ faces turn dark when they discover Dragonos. On the other hand, White Queen brightens. The Lifers did not notice the change in her, but her expression showed hope. The appearance of Asia¡¯s Dragonos ¨C ck Demon is here. *** The giant Dragonos flies above clouds. ¡°Dragon, lower the altitude.¡± Dragon went below the clouds without difficulty. Dragon is hidden with an automatically protective color because the sun has set and its body color is grey. ck Demon looks down. War is going on in 2 ces. Where Red Eye is and where White Queen is. The side that needs help is thetter. White Queen is busy fighting an endless amount of Lifers entering with her mess of a body. It is a series of close shaves. ck Demon did not just sit back and watch after sending White Queen to Africa. White Queen put her life on the line in order to keep the conditions of their alliance. It was a given that he provide support. Cruel King is no ordinary mutant. Cruel King is such a strong opponent that it would not be strange for him to take a hit while trying to attack him. ¡°There¡¯s something fun here.¡± ck Demon¡¯s attention went to a cocoon beating like a heart. It still looks immature, but that cocoon will be fairly strong once it develops. Stronger than his son, Red Eye. ck Demon doesn¡¯t have the ability to tell that Parasite King is involved. He cannot know just from looking at how it looks. Dragon lowers the altitude. The moon is covered by his huge body and even bigger wings. White Queen, the Lifers, and Cha Jun Sung watched Dragone down with their jaws dropped. ¡°You go to my son.¡± Koo! The roar of a level 8 ¨C a phenomenon of mental decay hails over Lifers. They did not pass out as they are level C Lifers, but they had anemic symptoms for a moment and looked sick. Pat! ck Demon threw his body toward the ground. He does not need to spread his wings. He can just jump off andnd. Dragon flew to the battlefield where Red Eye is. It is far, but that is in human standards. With Dragon¡¯s size, he will arrive with a few bats of his wings. Tatak! ¡°Lifer standards won¡¯t be enough to take on Disasters... Are they just trying it out? There¡¯s a thing called procedure, but it seems they felt rushed.¡± ¡°How did you get here?¡± ¡°I have no intention of helping with the war, but I can¡¯t just watch you die.¡± Is it because her tension is gone? Or because she is exhausted? White Queen¡¯s awakened state is released and she returns to her human form. She really has no strength leftover now. Chapter 183 Volume 6 / Chapter 183 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda She is so weak that a Lifer could kill her with a submachine gun. ¡°That ¨C that was a Dragonos, right? It¡¯s a dream! Please say this is a dream!¡± ¡°That ¨C that?¡± ¡°There¡¯s only one. Won¡¯t we be able to kill it?¡± ¡°You crazy bastard! Can¡¯t you see? It¡¯s a top level just from its appearance!¡± ck Demon looks like a half mutant with several pairs of eyes and horns. Even his actions are worryingly rxed after jumping off of Dragonos. They do not know how the mission has be so entangled, but this is a level 7 at the least. ¡°There¡¯s a lot I¡¯m curious about. First, let¡¯s handle the situation.¡± Papat! ck Demon dug in where there were the most Lifers gathered together. Ping! Thornse out from all over his body. Hundreds of thorns spread out widely. Lifers within a 100m radius are unable to avoid them, and are skewered. White Queen is included in that radius, but the thorns in her range shorten or change direction. Kuk! The thorns go back. There are clear traces of the thorns left in the Lifers. Wounds that mean death. Hundreds of people died within seconds. ¡°Be careful. Those people, I don¡¯t know how, but they appear by jumping through space. That¡¯s why you can¡¯t end their support in the middle.¡± ¡°Pft. With this standard, I could kill tens of thousands. Isn¡¯t that right?¡± White Queen did not refute. Honestly, it is true. Even if it weren¡¯t him, she would have been able to do so as well if she were in good condition. ck Demon moved around everywhere and took care of Lifers who were rebelling. It is like picking off flies because there is a gap in ability that cannot be narrowed. White Queen was fragmentary, but she enjoyed ck Demon¡¯s battle and understood what exactly whole body mutation is. He changes to his will and attacks. It is so irregr that his next move is unpredictable. ¡°Why don¡¯t they appear?¡± White Queen watched ck Demon fight and thought it strange that more Lifers were not being summoned. This is another measure taken by the helpers. It is worth using Lifers against White Queen and Inferno¡¯s group because they are injured. However, there is no longer any use since ck Demon has appeared. It is impossible to get through his defense. Though they consider Lifers disposable soldiers, they cannot just pour them into poison. Koo! Dragon¡¯s roar, fiery mes. The other battlefield lights up like it is daytime. Dragonos¡¯ breath sets fire to arge radius. The range is like a disc. Even mutants of the same level cannote out safe from apressed breath with heat of thousands of degrees. Red Eye avoids being hit with the fire head on as well. ck Demon extends his finger like a string, found Inferno¡¯s group where they were spread out, and pulled them close to him, where White Queen is. It looks like Lifers are not being summoned in anymore, but they cannot let their guards down. If they are moving through space, Lifers could appear right next to them out of nowhere. They could get stabbed in the back. It is easier to protect them if they are gathered together in one ce. ¡°Are you surprised?¡± ¡°I¡¯d be lying if I said I wasn¡¯t. Did you watch from beginning to end?¡± Not only White Queen, but Inferno¡¯s group had also not been expecting ck Demon to appear, thinking that he was just a bystander. But he had fallen to them from the sky. As White Queen said, it would be a lie and strange if they said they were not surprised. ¡°No, I just arrived. I estimated the time toe, but it seems I wasn¡¯tte.¡± With Dragon¡¯s speed, he can get from Asia to Africa in a day. The driving force from his 3 pairs of wings match that of a jet. That is why he had not felt that he needed to go in advance. They will catch up to the others even if they leaveter. Dragon got the scents of White Queen and Inferno¡¯s group when they were going back to Asia from Buckingham Pce, and used these as indicators to find them. ¡°It seems there aren¡¯t any additional attacks. But that cocoon ¨C what is that?¡± ck Demon approached the cocoon. A powerful beating signal vitals. He is overflowing with curiosity. He has seen a lot of rare and interesting things in his life, but this cocoon in front of him is also fascinating. ¡°Hm... Not even I know what will be born from that. All I know is that the worm you sent us as support became parasitic to Cruel King.¡± ¡°Worm?¡± ck Demon¡¯s voice grows louder. He cannot express his surprise with words. Parasite King had been singing that he would find a strong host, and it seems he has achieved his wish. What ck Demon knows is that Parasite King is a level 8 Disaster and Cruel King is level 9. A predator has swallowed up a higher predator. ck Demon puts his palm to the surface of the beating cocoon. There is a limit to what he can see with just his eyes. Splitting it is the most certain way to see what is inside. But that would be forcing it out. That would harm Parasite King, not benefit him in any way. What he can find out by putting his palm to it is also extremely limited, but he can feel the ongoing birth process and feel the flow. ¡°It¡¯s strong, gentle, tight, and tough.¡± ¡°Of course.¡± White Queen exins. The outside of the cocoon is created with abination of Cruel King¡¯s fur, and is an outer wall to protect what is inside against enemies. ck Demon felt all over the cocoon and admitted that he cannot break through it in its current state. There is no chance of his being able to do it unless he awakens. ¡°It¡¯s active. The body is being reconstructed. I¡¯m sure he must have been injured severely if he fought. Then he¡¯ll probably be born afterpletely healing all of that as well.¡± It took root in the ground like a nt and took nutrients from the earth. It will develop through actions like supplementing water when it rains. This does not look like it will end within a few days. If it takes a long time, it could take a few months or even a few years. As a parasite, this is the end, the final evolution where nothing can make him more powerful. ck Demon closed his eyes and looked all over the cocoon for reactions like a doctor listening to a patient through a stethoscope. White Queen and Inferno¡¯s group wanted to touch it for themselves as well, but they refrained from doing anything unnecessary because they were not sure what could go wrong. They cannot control their bodies fully because they are injured. If they do something wrong, they could kill it in one go. ¡°It¡¯s here.¡± Boom boom! After touching various ces, the ce with the strongest sign of vitals. This is probably where a mutant¡¯s source, the nucleus, is growing. This kind of important evolution is normally done secretly in a quiet ce. But Parasite King had not been able to do that because he was in a rush. It is an opportunity that he will never have again, so he left everything out. It is hard to say whether he is brave or stupid. Ss ss ss The change was subtle. When ck Demon¡¯s hand got closer to where the nucleus is, a part of the cocoon twisted and attacked him. White Queen was taken aback and retreated backwards, while ck Demon took the hit. Because he is close? Because he couldn¡¯t get away? Neither. Hundreds of hairs embed on ck Demon¡¯s body. Some get on his arms and legs, and some on vital spots. He is covered in skewers. ¡°It hurts. Huh? Hah! Look at this guy. He¡¯s going to try to fill the nutrients hecks through me?¡± The hairs stick a straw in ck Demon¡¯s body. It is so strong that the strength being sucked out is insufficient, but it will reach the end at some point if it is not limitless. Then? All that is left is death. ¡°Tsk!¡± ck Demon¡¯s right arm bes sharp. He brandished his sword-like arm, cut the hairs stuck to his body, and absorbed them instead. ¡°It¡¯d be best to leave it alone. It is offensive that it attacked me, but this is an ally that can provide great strength and we can¡¯t take him out right now anyway.¡± They did not have a choice from the beginning. It is best to leave it alone unless they are going to take him out by force. He only touched it half out of curiosity and half as a joke. Koo! ¡°I guess that side is done too.¡± He can see Dragon letting out breaths of victory among the mes. The fire rises as though it will burn the clouds. If the enemy is still alive, he would need to blow that smoke down. This useless performance either means that the battle is ending or has ended. ¡°What will you do now?¡± ¡°Since my biggest goal Cruel King is dead, I¡¯ll go back to Ennd, treat my wounds, and take a look at Africa¡¯s ecosystem.¡± Chapter 184 Volume 6 / Chapter 184 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Africa is wide. If she searches everywhere, she could find mutants with abilities that rival those of Inferno¡¯s group. She desperately needs someone to fill Kimera¡¯s spot now that he has died. Even if it weren¡¯t for that, she needs to build up her power if she is to keep an eye on North and South America. ¡°Evil Queen, you have too many enemies. How much damage will that do to him?¡± ¡°Excuse me? Is there someone other than us?¡± ¡°I was talking to myself.¡± ck Demon stopped talking. Around now, Cha Jun Sung will have arrived in North America and should be wandering around looking for Evil Queen. He hopes he can kill her but if he doesn¡¯t have enough strength, it would be good if he could reduce the number of her offspring or other level 8 mutants. He is one who has given up on life and has made the decision to die. Since words do not work, he is hoping that they will be allowed to stay in a ce that is advantageous to them. ¡°That¡¯s that, but there¡¯s a rat hiding somewhere that isn¡¯t going away.¡± ck Demon looks at the hill. He saw a Lifer standing far from White Queen¡¯s group when he was flying down with Dragon. He is still lying t on his stomach. He left the Lifer alone because he was separated, but the Lifer is not running away and is watching the situation even after the battle ended. It does not matter if he lets the Lifer live because he does not pose a threat, but should he say the back of his head tingles? ck Demon is annoyed with the feeling of being watched. ¡°Rat? I don¡¯t sense anything..... Could it be that huge explosion?¡± White Queen activated her senses, but she did not pick up on anything. It does not mean she cannot see or hear because she is out of strength. ¡°I¡¯ll kill it ande back.¡± Papat! ck Demon disappeared as soon as he spoke. It is not like movement through space. It is momentous movement that is purely through physical ability. *** Cha Jun Sung was watching White Queen and the newly appeared mutant, ck Demon, when he was surprised. ck Demon had been standing there a moment ago, but he disappeared. ¡®Where ¨C where did he go?¡¯ He quickly looked around, but he could not find him. It made him nervous. He only saw for a short time, but it was an incredible battling ability that he couldn¡¯t take his eyes away from. He killed hundreds of Lifers within minutes in an unawakened state. His style of whole body mutation on top of that, is simr to his. He is level 8 at the least. Cha Jun Sung silently enters his return in his PDA. He has seen everything he needed to. It is a waste to leave the remaining mutants behind, but he needs to get out while he can. A cutting soundes out of nowhere from behind him. The air is split as a sharp weapon goes toward Cha Jun Sung¡¯s neck. Boom! Cha Jun Sung was lying on his stomach when he went down with his reverse booster. The weapon is going for his neck, so he could get his hip or legs cut if he goes up. The innocent hill took the hit. It left a deep wound behind. ¡°He avoided it?¡± There is curiosity in ck Demon¡¯s tone. He did not use all of his power. But he had not done it carelessly either. He used the simr strength he had used to kill the Lifers below. He should have died if they were at a simr level. Cha Jun Sung gulps and quickly creates distance between himself and ck Demon. He has a cold sweat running all over his body. His battlesuit¡¯s temperature function is running properly, but this is not a matter of being hot or cold. He has been discovered and he only lost sight of the mutant for a moment, but he almost died. ¡°Damn it! Can¡¯t you just pretend you didn¡¯t see me and let me go?¡± ¡°Are you Korean?¡± As soon as Cha Jun Sung spoke subconsciously, ck Demon responded in Korean. It did not surprise him. There is no reason to think that mutants cannot speak the humannguage. The probability of meeting one that can is low, but its final evolutionary entity is that of a human and it is a top level 7, so it could remember Korean. ¡°I guess you were Korean before you became a mutant? Let¡¯s go our separate ways.¡± ck Demon smiles. It is true that he feels more affection than toward other humans, but he will not let him live. Once they reach level 9, they lose most of their human feelings. He will keep his old feelings in mind however, and kill him painlessly. ¡°Ugh, this is crazy!¡± Cha Jun Sung read the meaning of the smile and shouted out in exasperation. He exudes a feeling of death. He is intent on killing him no matter what. ¡®One on one?¡¯ Cha Jun Sung rolls his eyes. White Queen¡¯s group did note. They are in a weakened state due to the aftereffects of battle, so the opponent in front of him is the only one he needs to take on. His thoughts continue to his actions as soon as he gets them organized. If he isn¡¯t in a good position, he will fight back. ck Demon tilts his head. ¡°That posture looks simr.¡± ¡°Shut up. If you¡¯re not going to let me go,e at me.¡± ¡°There are lots of things that are simr.¡± ¡°What are you talking about?¡± Cha Jun Sung organized his thoughts. He will fight and go into his awakened state if he thinks he might die. He does not like that he will be found out by the helpers, but he does not want to die. [Battlecore, Overbooster 100% deployed.] [Combat function in full activation. Battlecore and Overbooster ovep in overmode! I will search for the enemy¡¯s weakness until the engine overheats in 2 hours.] Odin analyzes ck Demon. Finding a weakness means analyzing to find things like where to attack or the nucleus, but the effect is high if they are stronger than the enemy and low if they are weaker. Even if the Lifer knows the weakness, he will die trying if he does not have the strength to act on it. Fortunately, there is a higher chance that Cha Jun Sung will be effective than ineffective. Bang! The Overmode¡¯s power surrounds the battlesuit. The driving force of the booster that reached over its limit pushed Cha Jun Sung right in front of ck Demon. Boom boom boom boom! The Overmode¡¯s attack power is ejected from Cha Jun Sung. ck Demon transformed both his arms to block Cha Jun Sung¡¯s attack and avoid it. ¡°You¡¯re pretty good. You¡¯re on apletely different level from the other guys down there. Great!¡± He was right when he had thought that this Lifer might be good because he was alone. This kind of strength will allow him to survive in this rough world. Odin calctes the path of the attacks thate in. It is an anomaly, and he has no constant format. Since it is better to do it than not, the calctions and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s own instincts werebined to respond to the attacks. ¡®Ugh, why is he so strong?¡¯ He is in an unawakened state. He cannot be pushed back if he cannot dominate, but Overmode and the effect of strengthening his body are not working. The attacks stopped after the first few times, and all he could do was put up a defense after that. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s sword and ck Demon¡¯s transformed hand tangle up dizzyingly. The auxiliary sensor for motion detection constantly gives alerts on the enemy¡¯s attack. Scratches on the battlesuit increase. He is avoiding critical hits, but the fact that he is allowing attacks means that his responses are slowing down. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung, I can¡¯t predict that mutant¡¯s actions.] [There are dozens of attacks per second, the speed of the blows is at the speed of sound. From the results of analyzing the enemy¡¯s unawakened behavior pattern, there is a high chance that it is level 9.] Odin told Cha Jun Sung what he did not want to hear. He thought that this mutant would be level 8 at most, but the abnormal attack power he experienced opened the path from a level 8 to level 9. ¡®Which Disaster is he? He¡¯s not White Queen or Cruel King. Not Evil Queen either. He¡¯s not South America¡¯s Bone Monster or Oceania¡¯s Neptune.¡¯ He has never seen Bone Monster or Neptune. It is impossible to see Neptune in particr. How is he supposed to be able to see a mutant that lives deep under the ground? Countless Lifers searched all over Oceania¡¯s seas in submarines out of curiosity, but no one saw even a shadow. ¡°ck ¨C ck Demon?¡± He used process of elimination and said thest Disaster¡¯s name. He hopes it is not. If that really is ck Demon, he cannot survive regardless of awakening. He still cannot fight against a level 9 and win. ¡°You have a good eye.¡± Cha Jun Sung ground his teeth hard when ck Demon confirmed the fact. To meet an opponent like that now, he cannot see his future. Red Eye had said when they met a while ago that if he wants to know why they met, he should build up his strength and go to meet his father. But his mind has be a mess because of the strong pressure put on him by his opponent. He cannot figure out how to exin it. ¡®Stay calm.¡¯ He took a deep breath. There is a saying that one can live if they keep their right mind even if they are being dragged away by a tiger. If that happens, it is honestly the same as being dead but since he himself has been ced in the situation, he cannot help but think differently. The probability of living is 0% if he refuses this, and the future is just a death sentence. Chapter 185 Volume 6 / Chapter 185 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Cha Jun Sung considered the number of cases. If he awakens, he can do something about ck Demon in his unawakened state. But if ck Demon awakens, the gap he narrowed will widen again. He will really die. ¡®Let¡¯s run away.¡¯ Since he needs to guard White Queen¡¯s group, it does not seem like he will chase him to the end if he gets away. He needs to take the first step properly so that he won¡¯t get caught. ¡°Odin, I¡¯m going to run.¡± [With Overmode¡¯s output, you can go at mach 1 speed for 1 hour but I can¡¯t guarantee that you¡¯ll be able to get away from him.] Mach 1 is another expression for the speed of sound. He can go at 340 m/s in speed but a level 9 might be able to catch up to him with its physical ability. Cha Jun Sung chose to run away. It hurts his pride to put his tail down without even fighting, but there are times when he can calcte when he needs to stay or go without measuring. The result doesn¡¯t need toe out to see if a tiger or dog is stronger. The gap between bravery and rashness is paper thin. ¡°Now!¡± Vroom! The reverse booster exploded while he was facing ck Demon, and he turned his body as he retreated. He just needs to keep going in a straight line like this. But if he were going to run away, he needed to have run without fighting ck Demon. While he was dragging out the time, uninvited guests had gotten involved. Bang! Bang bang bang! A red meteor falls from the sky. When it collided with the ground, it destroyed everything within a radius and flung outrge and small fragments. Cha Jun Sung was not taken aback by the unexpected situation and avoided the fragments, but he fell to the ground when he was hit by a big fist that came through them. It is a battlesuit with its Overmode, battle function, in full activation. The outer armor is always reinforced, so most shock is absorbed and blocked. But the hit he just was enough to not only neutralize the outer armor, but also enough to shake up Cha Jun Sung inside of it. Arge body walks out from the dust. A demon boasting ck and red muscles, Red Eye is the one who knocked Cha Jun Sung down. ¡°Father!¡± ¡°I could have caught him. You did something unnecessary.¡± ck Demon hates when others interfere in his battles. He does not see it in a good light even if it is his son, Red Eye, especially if the fight is one against one. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. It looked like he was trying to run away, so I took him down without thinking.¡± It was an action by reflex because he thought something bothersome would happen to ck Demon. He had not had any intention to interfere in the fight. ¡°It¡¯s fine.¡± ck Demon waved his hand. What happened happened and it is in the past. ¡°What about the war?¡± ¡°As you can see.....¡± Red Eye spoke as he turned his head. ck Demon¡¯s attention followed suit and watched what was happening far away. Koo! Dragon flies around like a jet bombing the ground, setting fire to everything. Those mes do not differentiate between allies and enemies. Pew pew pew! Things like flies fly around near Dragon as he flies around. They are thousands of Lifers in battlesuits. They need tounch an air war if they are to fight a flying mutant. They know the Dragonos is level 8, but it will be pandemonium if they cannot kill it. Lifers threw their lives into it and fought Dragon. However, they cannot make much of an impact on Dragon¡¯s huge body with reinforced rifles and vibrating weapons. It was also impossible to use weapons of mass destruction because their target was constantly moving and even if they did use these weapons, they will all be swept through in such a close distance. A mutant like Dragon will not die even after being hit head on by a white phosphorus shell, but this does not apply to Lifers. Red Eye has left the battle, but Dragon and the remaining mutants are enough to exterminate all of the Lifers, though most of them will die excluding Dragon. ¡°Red... Red Eye...¡± Cha Jun Sung steadied his trembling body and stood up. He is not wounded, but he had seen stars for a moment when his head was hit. ¡°You know me?¡± ¡°You know me too.¡± ck Demon is in front of him, Red Eye behind. Though Red Eye is not in perfect condition, this is not a situation where he can win even if he fights to his death. The battle grew lukewarm with Red Eye¡¯s appearance. Cha Jun Sung thought thatmunication might work because everyone involved is gathered together. ¡°This face ¨C you remember it, right? You came looking for me yourself.¡± ¡°What?¡± Cha Jun Sung took his helmet off. Since the situation has taken a turn for the worst, his mind and rxed state came back to an extent. He is still scared of ck Demon, but he can breathe with this much. It is an environment in which he is leaning on the moonlight for aid in darkness, but the matter of whether there is light is not important for these people. ¡°Oh! That human from then!¡± Mutants are living beings as well. They have feelings of course. Sadness, rage, joy. Red Eye¡¯s emotion is astonishment due to surprise. Coincidence? Necessity? To meet in a ce like this. He had not imagined that that they would meet like this where it is not just the two of them and ck Demon is here. ck Demon looked at Cha Jun Sung¡¯s face andughed with his shoulders shaking. It is different from what has happened until now. He cannot get a grasp of the meaning, but it is not negative. They are the same. They are too much alike. How they look and how they act. He was wondering where he had seen him, but he is exactly the same and he can understand now. On top of that, that appearance is himself before he evolved to a point that he could not go back from. ck Demon untransformed both of his hands. Then the murderous feeling pressuring the atmosphere disappeared. Red Eye was also fascinated. ¡°I have something to talk about with him separately. You go down and guard them.¡± ck Demon told him not to go near the cocoon. If the weakened Red Eye goes close to the cocoon, it will attack him thinking that he is a source of nutrients. Red Eye was upset that ck Demon was pushing him away, but he did not refute. He thought that ck Demon would not be doing this for no reason. Cha Jun Sung gulps. He is curious as to what ck Demon will say. He had not been able to exin their rtions and had thought first of running away because of the murderous atmosphere and pressure he felt. His mind had be nk because he was so nervous. ¡°If you knew who I was, you could have said something? Why didn¡¯t you say anything?¡± ¡°That¡¯s easy to say.....¡± ¡°Really? How immature. It¡¯s too fast. You weren¡¯t as strong as I wanted for you to be.¡± ck Demon grumbles. The Cha Jun Sung that he met had transcended humans. He could win if it is one-on-one, but there is no guarantee when it is two-to-one. Compared to him, Cha Jun Sung now is weak. He might be special in human standards but if that range is widened to mutants, he cannot even fit in the middle. The difference between the two groups is the difference between heaven and earth. ¡®That¡¯s not true. If I awaken, I¡¯m confident in everything other than you and White Queen.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung exined to himself when he heard that he is weak. He needs to fight to know about mutants like Red Eye and Inferno, but he could win one like Medusa. He had actually fought Medusa and Beholder at the same time and had dominated that. ck Demon did not realize that Cha Jun Sung has he Oriax mixed in him. Isn¡¯t it because this is not visible externally? Cha Jun Sung does not have anything to say regarding this either. He cannot exin for certain either. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung. What are you talking about with them right now?] Cha Jun Sung hung the PDA up. Odin could not get in another word before their connection was cut off. He can be suspicious, but he cannot pressure a Lifer with something like this. He does not have the authority to ask and the Lifer is not obligated to answer. ¡°Logging out of the PDA... You act quickly. I¡¯m sure you have a lot to ask.¡± ¡°Huh? You know what a PDA is? A mutant?¡± How much does he really know? Could he know why this world changed so much and what Life Mission is? ¡°You¡¯re the one who gave me the notebook Red Eye brought to me, right?¡± ¡°Only half.¡± ¡°Half? Is there a 3rd person involved in this other than you and Red Eye?¡± ¡°This ce ¨C I¡¯m sure we¡¯re being watched, right?¡± ¡°Huh?¡± Cha Jun Sung was conscious of the sky when ck Demon poke. It is a battlefield where level 8 and 9s have gathered. It may be impossible to tap them, but it is obvious that they are watching. ¡°I¡¯ll show you something interesting, though it¡¯s not supposed to be used this way.¡± A pair of bat wings grow from ck Demon¡¯s back. It is incrediblyrge, unfitting for his body. It is so big that it even looked heavy. ¡°Dark tent.¡± The world is covered. A hemispherical dome of about 50 meters forms on a vast field with nothing and swallows Cha Jun Sung and ck Demon. A gap forms between the wings to ck Demon¡¯s will. The surface is covered in bloody veins, and it moves with strange vigor like Parasite King¡¯s cocoon. ¡°Father, that.....¡± It is sorge that Red Eye and White Queen¡¯s group can also see the dark tent from below the hill. Other than Red Eye, they have no idea what it is being used for. The only ones who can know what is happening are ck Demon who created the tent, and Cha Jun Sung who is locked in against his will. Whatever happens, ck Demon¡¯s dark tent showed up in Libya to talk without interference. Chapter 186 Volume 6 / Chapter 186 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda It is dark. That was Cha Jun Sung¡¯s first thought when he was locked up in the dark tent. He cannot see anything. This is the first question. As he went through body modification and became a mutant, he gained the ability to see at night as though it is daytime. But he cannot see in front of him as though he has gone blind. His other senses are fine. There is only an effect on his sight. ¡°Manual operation of battlesuit,mand. Secure visibility.¡± Wiing! Cha Jun Sung put on the helmet he had taken off. Functions including night vision goggles, heat detection, and infrared detection are activated manually and they scan the stuffy space. The battlesuit connects to the PDA. When he logged out of the PDA, the helpers were moved so artificial intelligence was automatically logged out as well. He cannot receive Odin¡¯s help. It is a bother, but he needs to figure it out for himself. ¡°Huh?¡± What he can see with his night vision is the shape of the tent that is covering everything. Did he say that it is a dark tent? He borrowed the power of machines and was able to figure out the rough configuration of the structure. But infrared detection is useless. The dark tent is a living barrier that ck Demon¡¯s wings created. The entire thing is marked in red. The infrared ray did not detect anything in particr either. ¡°Light activation.¡± His light turns on. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s battlesuit shines a light. The tent¡¯s shape bes clear. Beep beep! [The amount of oxygen is decreasing. Preliminary oxygen ejection, time limit 30 minutes.] Did he block off all venttion as well? This tent will breathe since it is also alive. What if it takes the enemy¡¯s oxygen so they suffocate, and gets the rest from outside? It ispletely ck Demon¡¯s area. Since he is locked in, he will suffocate to death regardless of everything else unless he rips through the tent or digs through the ground. ¡°Come out.¡± Cha Jun Sung was offended. Why is ck Demon locking him in like this when he said that they should talk? Does he want to test him? Ping ping! Cha Jun Sung is standing in the center of the tent, and somethinges flying at him. He does not know what it is. It is extremely fast. His instincts moved him more quickly than his senses did. He threw his body to the side at the sign of danger. Then, a sharp thorn fell from the ceiling and dug into the ground. The tent is attacking him. Ping ping ping ping! This time, it happened several times, not just once. The speed is the same as before. But as the attacks ovepped, the entire area including the ceiling had thorns sticking out of it. Cha Jun Sung was rushed trying to avoid them. He is getting angrier and angrier. It does not seem like ck Demon would do this without reason, but his patience is running thin. And then he reached his limit. Kung! Cha Jun Sung blew up the power buried intrinsically within him. He could not reduce his battlesuit, which had gone through the process to be the Overbooster, into scrap metal. So while he exploded, he pressed the release button. As the battlesuit separated, his human skin peeled. A demon woke up within the darkness. He turned the PDA off and because he is hidden under the tent, ck Demon is the only one that can see him. He had refrained from awakening solely to fool the helpers. He does not want to hide it away in a situation like this. A sickle shaped de forms from Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body. He found inspiration for this skill in a mutant, Tornado, he encountered in the past. If ck Demon does not appear immediately, he intends to chop up the tent. ¡°You bastard!¡± ¡°So... I was right.¡± Large pieces of flesh gathered on the ceiling and dropped ck Demon down. He maintained his form and looked over Cha Jun Sung. ¡°Are you the one who fought Medusa and Beholder in the city of Rome in Italy?¡± ¡°How did you know that?¡± ¡°When they got back, I was enjoying a date with White Queen.¡± Cha Jun Sung did not ept the word ¡®date¡¯ literally. White Queen fought Cruel King, and he had appeared when she was being overwhelmed by Lifers as though he had been waiting. It is right to interpret this as meaning that they held a meeting. ¡°That¡¯s not what I¡¯m saying. I¡¯m asking how you knew it was me.¡± ¡°How could I not?¡± ck Demon had looked half human and half mutant, but his appearance began to twist. He had held characteristics of both species, but his body crumpled like y and then he became one species. That is a human. Aplete human form as Cha Jun Sung himself. ¡°What are you ying at?¡± Cha Jun Sung was not surprised. Imitating his image is nothing for a level 9 that can go through whole body mutation at will. ¡°Does this look like a joke?¡± ¡°Then what else could it be?¡± ¡°Cha Moo Hyun, Lim Hye Yang.¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°Father Cha Moo Hyun, only son, born August 21, 1966. Mother Lim Hye Yang, 4 siblings, born December 18, 1967, and her family is worse than her neighbors?¡± Cha Jun Sung released from his awakened state. He had intended on going wild, but he was covered in goosebumps as soon as he heard what ck Demon was saying. It felt like he had been sshed with cold water. ¡°You ¨C you, how...¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure you know that this is Earth, too? There¡¯s no difference between where you live and this ce. The same people lived in the same environment.¡± Lived. Past tense. Now, it is dominated by mutants. ¡°Unless you¡¯re stupid, I¡¯m sure you understood what I¡¯m saying.¡± He knows what ck Demon wants to hear. It is a hint, and a very explicit one at that. A mutant knows his parents¡¯ names and their family rtions. How could he have known their birthdates? The same people and environment? He would be dumb if he did not know. ¡°You¡¯re me?¡± ¡°You in that world and me in this world are the same. We¡¯re different but the same and the same but different. Proof? Your body is proof. Cha Jun Sung.¡± Cha Jun Sung looks down at his hand. Awakening of level 8 whole body mutation. Come to think of it, Oriax had said that it was scared he would swallow it up. Oriax had felt a level 9 potential buried somewhere deep inside of him. ¡°Are you saying that I¡¯m a level 9 mutant?¡± ¡°No. I don¡¯t know the cause, but you weren¡¯t able to awaken properly. There are things along the way that we can¡¯t know. I¡¯m sure it¡¯s coexisting in that body?¡± He is notplete. He stopped while evolving. He is strong now but if the strength he was supposed to have was simr to that of ck Demon¡¯s, he has failed. ¡°Oriax,e out.¡± [I don¡¯t want to. I¡¯m scared. He¡¯s a monster that¡¯s out of bnce. My existence itself is crushed just by looking at him. Don¡¯t look for me. Figure it out yourself.] Oriax began talking less after witnessing White Queen and Cruel King. Its is mixed with Cha Jun Sung, but they are different beings. It was frightened by a top level predator. This is the same situation. ¡°As long as you¡¯re me and you don¡¯t give up the life of a mutant, you will fully awaken one day. The idea of 2 ck Demons isn¡¯t bad.¡± Cha Jun Sung is speechless. He wants to say that he is a human, but he is currently a mutant no matter which way he tries to look at it. That is why thiscks persuasiveness. ¡°At the simr time, two changes urred in two worlds, whereby two results came out. Like this. Isn¡¯t it funny? Lifers develop in your world through a game Life Mission, while mutants develop in my world with the spread of a virus.¡± Regardless of their will and instead by the wishes of Life Mission officials, the hunters and game had been decided. That result brought them this kind of meeting. ¡°You wouldn¡¯t have noticed that they¡¯re the same worlds... There is bound to be ovep when thatrge of a poption is acting.¡± He is right. There are various cases where Lifers enter missions and find traces of memorials or go to find the houses they used to live in. ¡°This world is a bit more in the future than the world you live in. Not dozens of years, but more or less 10? I¡¯m sure they controlled it in Life Mission.¡± ¡°How did you find out? A mutant to know all this stuff that Lifers don¡¯t even know.¡± ¡°I heard it.¡± Chapter 187 Volume 6 / Chapter 187 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°Heard it?¡± ¡°Are you looking at the notebook that was passed to you?¡± ¡°I looked through it as a reference a long time ago, but I don¡¯t look at it that much now. There hasn¡¯t been a need to look at it since I became like this. I can kill a level 8 now.¡± He can break through with overwhelming force if hepletes the level B advance mission. On top of that, the opening card will allow him to skip level A to S. If that happens, it will not matter to have the notebook. Even without it, there is no obstacle in his path. It was not that helpful in the first ce, only providing keywords. ¡°From the tone, it seems you¡¯re not the one who gave it to me.¡± ¡°No. Why do you think we gave you the notebook? Because we want you to develop with that as a base? That wasn¡¯t our intention. We wanted it to be a turning point.¡± ¡°Turning point?¡± ¡°A turning point to change your future. The future did change when my son Red Eye went to Infected Tree, but we needed something certain.¡± Cha Jun Sung thought carefully. He does not know exactly what this means, but he can understand to a certain point. The biggest turning point had been Underpass. He had put his faith in previous experience and the keywords mutant and evolution, but he had almost had his body taken away by Oriax and awakened as a mutant. If ck Demon knew his future, it had be a clear turning point since his world had been flipped upside down. ¡°You know my future?¡± ¡°I know your future before you changed. Right now... I don¡¯t know because you¡¯ve changed.¡± ¡°You said you heard it, that you¡¯re not the notebook¡¯s owner. Who else is involved in this other than you and your son Red Eye?¡± ¡°Oh, I can¡¯t tell you that.¡± ¡°Answer this. Is he the link connecting you and me?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± For Cha Jun Sung, it is difficult for him to even grasp this situation. He cannot think of this as the future Cha Jun Sung creating an arrangement for him. His range of thought is out of range and has not even gotten there yet. ¡®He asked repeatedly.¡¯ When the future Cha Jun Sung told him about Life Mission¡¯s secrets, he had told him not to mention him. But ck Demon¡¯s thoughts are different. He pushed everything over and left to die. He had brought the situation to this and pushed off the responsibility. He is ill-natured. It is against duty. ck Demon won¡¯t tell Cha Jun Sung everything either since he did make a promise. But there needs to be some kind of driving force to move him. ¡°I¡¯ll tell you the way. Going and getting through are your share. Get to level S as quickly as you can and move your mission area to North America.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t tell you who the person is, but I can tell you where he is. He went to North America to kill Evil Queen.¡± ¡°Evil Queen...¡± ¡°Even if you find Evil Queen before he does, I suggest you don¡¯t approach her until you meet up with him. You can¡¯t win with your ability.¡± ck Demon has only fought against the future Cha Jun Sung once. It was to see if someone who has reached the apex of humans would be able to take on a level 9 Disaster. The conclusion was that he could, but not enough to kill. If he could kill Evil Queen, he would not have lost his friends. The future Cha Jun Sung has much more experience in battle than the current Cha Jun Sung does. If he goes up to level S and gets all of his specs in order, his pure power will be simr butcking beyond that. He cannot fill up experience without facing them. ck Demon had seen Evil Queen when she came to mate as White Queen had done, and got a look at her power. The strong and weak are decided rtively to Evil Queen as a standard. ¡°I¡¯ve never fought with her myself, but the force I felting from her was less than mine. She¡¯s about simr to White Queen. Around there.¡± It is not a definite for the strong to win. The winner is the strong one. ck Demon himself is confident that he is the strongest but is not arrogant. But honestly thinking, he is sure that he would win if they fight one-on-one without interference. Arrogance? No, it is confidence. ¡°Evil Queen is simr to White Queen? Whew! So it¡¯s a difference of style.¡± Cha Jun Sung is oriented for close rangebat. If the battlesuit¡¯s full energy is put in the Overmode, its offense power is outstanding but it falls behind in endurance. In that sense, Evil Queen is the best opponent because she falls behind in endurance simrly to Cha Jun Sung, but White Queen is the worst opponent because she is like a steel wall. He is not so as much as White Queen is, but Cruel King is not fitting either. ¡°Don¡¯t think that it¡¯ll be easy just because I can beat her. You have to be wary of partial destruction. That¡¯s the level 9 Disaster you guys speak of.¡± Cha Jun Sung wanted to ask ck Demon why the person he needs to meet is going looking for Evil Queen and why he is trying to kill her, but he held back. The biggest reason is that ck Demon won¡¯t tell him even if he asks. ¡°You¡¯re spending more time acting separately from your party these days, right?¡± Cha Jun Sung looked puzzled. Other than the time he spent stuck in the mission, they haven¡¯t spent that much time apart. And this time, he was acting on his own. ¡°It gets trickier as you advance higher. No matter how well you lead your party, they¡¯re bound to be eliminated if they can¡¯t advance on their own.¡± ¡°What is it you want to say?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t drag them into missions. They¡¯ll all die if they don¡¯t have the ability.¡± The words ¡®They¡¯ll all die¡¯ became embedded in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s heart. He agrees. He wasn¡¯t thinking about working separately yet, but he can feel that the gap between their levels has grown. It seems that is what ck Demon wants to say. ¡°This is all I have to say. Go look for him if there¡¯s more you¡¯re curious about.¡± He found out a lot by meeting ck Demon, but not all of his questions had been answered. It feels like he hasn¡¯t heard everything. It is a half truth that doesn¡¯t make him feel refreshed. ¡°Are you done?¡± ¡°There¡¯s one more thing. Keep in mind when you¡¯re facing mutants other than me.¡± ck Demon gets rid of his human form. He changes simrly to when Cha Jun Sung awakens. The overall form is the same, but ck Demon is more pronounced. The dark tent wrapped around ck Demon and Cha Jun Sung body cheers and beats crazily with explosive strength. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s heart started beating faster in his suit. His hands and feet start trembling as though he is having a stroke. This is fear. He hadn¡¯t felt this much fear even while witnessing the fight between White Queen and Cruel King because he had watched from afar. If Cha Jun Sung had been exposed to the murder and match from right in front of them, he would have been acting the same. ¡°... How did you get this strength?¡± ck Demon¡¯s power came out even after he awakened. At this rate, he could burst through the dark tent and shoot into the sky. He has no thoughts of stopping. ck smoke pours and strength reduces amplification. Then, another change happened. Faces came out of ck Demon¡¯s cheeks and the back of his head, and two pairs of arms came from his armpits. He is a triple monster. It means there are 3 heads and 6 arms. But ck Demon is a quadruple monster. That is a truly theplete level 9¡¯s awakened state. ¡°This... is the final form of evolution that you¡¯ll achieve.¡± Cha Jun Sung pinched his thigh. It is enough to make him lose his mind just by looking at it. Strength beyond imagination. It did not evene to mind to fight. ¡°This is the power of a Disaster. Even if Evil Queen is weaker than me, there isn¡¯t that much of a difference. What do you think? It looks like you shouldn¡¯t approach her, right?¡± Cha Jun Sung nodded automatically. He cannot take her on even if he awakens. To think that there is this much of a gap with level 9s. It is hard to grasp. ¡°Keep this power in mind.¡± There are 2 reasons why ck Demon showed Cha Jun Sung the power of awakening. He is cing restrictions so Cha Jun Sung won¡¯t make mistakes, and in the hopes that he will evolvepletely since he has be a mutant already. He has never seen someone live for long after bing intoxicated in his own strength. ck Demon returned to his human form. He is done. All they have left to do is to release the dark tent and go their separate ways. ¡°Put your battlesuit on. You look unsightly.¡± ¡°Ah!¡± Cha Jun Sung realized that he is naked, and put his battlesuit on. His impact tights and underwear had ripped because he awakened. ¡°Can I ask you one thing?¡± ¡°You?¡± Cha Jun Sung should be the one asking questions, but for ck Demon to have one. He felt strange because it felt like their roles had switched, but he did not refuse the question. ¡°... How did your parents pass away?¡± ¡°They were in a car ident when I was in my early 20s, when I was just starting the virtual version.¡± He had felt like the world was copsing around him. There is no way to express in words how he had felt then. ¡°Was it an ident? I guess that¡¯s better since it wasn¡¯t your fault.¡± ¡°How about yours?¡± Their worlds are different, but they are the same people. Their parents, rtives, and friends would have been the same. But his words are strange. What does he mean ¡®your fault¡¯? ¡°Me. I killed my parents with my own hands.¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°Awakeninges without warning. Ites without you knowing about it. When I was awakening, my parents were in front of me.¡± Life Mission spread the virus in ck Demon¡¯s world. He does not know how he became infected, but Korea was destroyed. ¡°It¡¯s a cruel fate. I heard what I wanted. Now... go out.¡± Bang! ck Demon¡¯s arm lengthened and hit Cha Jun Sung. It is a powerful shock that went into his battlesuit, but he had not put in enough strength to kill him. A part of the dark tent opens and spits Cha Jun Sung out. Since it did not cushion him, Cha Jun Sung flew out hundreds of meters and rolled on the ground. The world is still dark. Their conversation had notsted a full hour. There is still a while left before the suning up. The night is starting now. Chapter 188 Volume 6 / Chapter 188 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda The battlefield where Red Eye and Dragon rampaged. More than tens of thousands of corpses are piled up regardless of Lifers and mutants. There are lot who died of burning in the fire. It is a trick on the eye. When Dragon appeared, everything including the alive and the dead burned. Very few Lifers are crawling on the ground. Though they have holes in their chests or their organs are ruptured, they cannot ept death with the lingering hope that they can be fixed as long as they can get back to the briefing room or Mechanic City. But they need their PDAs if they want to return, but most of them have melted. They lost their functions when they were exposed to the high heat. There are tens of thousands of Lifers. There might be one in good condition if they look for it, but it is nearly impossible to drag these bodies in wretched condition to find something for which they don¡¯t know where to look. Cha Jun Sung passes a field of corpses that looks like something from hell. Whenever he encountered a living Lifer, he used his own PDA to send them back. There were only 7 of them. He had been thinking that a fair amount of them would have survived because Red Eye left the battlefield in the middle, but Dragon had used all of his power as a level 8. The Lifers were wiped out. It is not an annihtion because there are survivors, but it is a fitting expression. In this way, Cha Jun Sung rescued a total of 11 people. They are all so injured that they could die at any moment. They have held out because of their body modifications and battlesuits. ¡°What on earth have you done?¡± [The mission malfunctioned. We are currently trying to figure out the cause.] Cha Jun Sung asked Odin once he had time. He cannot understand why all of these Lifers entered together, and everything was suspicious. He cannot trust Life Mission because of what ck Demon told him. ¡°Reward... No. This isn¡¯t a game. What point is apensation.¡± What can a life bepensated with? Death is the end. Cha Jun Sung expected Life Mission to keep their mouths shut. They don¡¯t really have a reason to give Lifers an exnation. If they don¡¯t like it, they can leave. [Can you tell me what happened in there with ck Demon?] ¡°We fought.¡± [Are you saying that you fought a Disaster and survived?] ¡°I came flinging out at the end because I took a hit. He was really strong. And what are you going to do if you don¡¯t believe me? Aren¡¯t you guys hiding a ton of stuff too?¡± It is mutual. He will hide as much as he is told and hide even what he is not told. Cha Jun Sung realized that the helpers do not have much influence after meeting their superior. They have influence for Life Mission itself, but they lose authority once their superiors get involved. He realized while watching this situation. ¡°Rules were in ce like a game in the beginning, but it¡¯s to your will as we go further along. It feels like you¡¯re treating us like testing specimen.¡± Cha Jun Sung took a jab. Odin does not answer. He did not take the jab because he wanted to hear the response. He heard enough from ck Demon. ¡°You said the goal is to get rid of mutants, right? Then I¡¯m sure it¡¯ll be more important as we go higher through levels 1 through 9. And getting rid of level 9s will be important.¡± ¡°The fight between White Queen and Cruel King was a chance to get rid of level 9s. They would all have been killed if ck Demon hadn¡¯t showed up, no?¡± Is he talking to Odin? He is talking to the superiors. They will be listening. ¡°But the question is why you¡¯re trying to put Lifers in when you could use nuclear weapons or bombs with the science you have.¡± He is saying this because he really is curious. No matter how impressive level 9s are, he does not think that they could survive nuclear bombs. What is nuclear power? It is the worst weapon ever created by humans. It is a weapon that could destroy cities, countries, the world. It means extinction the second they areunched. They could somehow survive, but that is only if there are 1 or 2. If dozens areunched, even level 9s will be dust and disappear. ¡°Fine. I¡¯m sure there¡¯s a reason.¡± Cha Jun Sung taunts. Is this how it feels to be ab rat? How will the rats that are actually tested on feel? He thinks he might be able to understand. Cha Jun Sung looks across from the battlefield. There are still mutants over there. It has been half a day since Lifers stopped entering. It can only be seen as an entry being blocked off because it is not working no matter how much they try. ¡°There are no survivors and I have nothing to do.¡± There is nothing he can do if he goes where all of those mutants are gathered together. Any one of ck Demon, Dragon, and Red Eye have the strength to swallow up Mechanic City. It is impossible for him to get past them and kill White Queen. And he does not want to fight with ck Demon. ¡°I¡¯ll watch how you take care of this matter.¡± Woong! Cha Jun Sung returns to reality. The words he left behind have a fair amount of meaning. *** ¡°He¡¯s gone.¡± ck Demon¡¯s senses picked up that Cha Jun Sung had disappeared. He has gone back to where he came from. Level 8 and 9 mutants are gathered next to ck Demon. He intends to stay in this ce for a while. Not that long, but for just about 10 days? White Queen needs to recover her strength, and that bothers him too. Boom boom! He does not want to leave Cruel King, now Parasite King¡¯s host, behind. If that awakens and goes crazy, ck Demon is the only one who can stop it. The rest cannot block it because they are not in good conditions. Also, those mutants are dead if Lifers enter while he is gone. ck Demon does not wee Lifers shooting them up. Dragon and Red Eye will be the subjects of missions, and White Queen¡¯s group is included in there as well. That is why he will be taking measures in preparation. He did not tell White Queen¡¯s group. He is only going to tell Red Eye a little and end it, too. ¡°I hope he does well.¡± They have more advantages as Cha Jun Sung advances more quickly. He can focus entirely on himself if Cha Jun Sung kills Evil Queen and South America¡¯s Bone Monster. Whatever happens, their side is currently at a greater advantage than Evil Queen is. That whore has too many enemies. ¡°The negative as opportunity.¡± Enemies of the enemy are not allies. They are enemies. If they are used well however, they may not be allies but they can be aid. He will polish the path and win until it bes the worst. *** A few days passed after he returned from the mission. Nothing in particr happened in that time. Cha Jun Sung restedfortably at home in order to organize this thoughts. His party members were notboring through missions or risking their lives for points, so they all enjoyed their leisure while only contacting each other. Cha Jun Sung was not able toplete the advance mission Restriction Line to the end. He does not care. He can do something like that at any time, so he has no lingering attachments. ¡°They do as they want.¡± Life Mission can change their rules at any time whenever they want. This means that they can go back and forth on everything. Life Mission controlled missions to flow in the direction they wanted them to. A special mission had not been applied even when he came across ck Demon. Normally, this would not be possible. Unless a special mission is created, there is no clear criteria to judge the mission¡¯s difficulty level. A Lifer could guarantee their life extemporaneously if they are extremely capable or quick witted, but not all Lifers can be like that. Tens of thousands of Lifers entered Africa, but they died en masse because the system had made it so they could not distinguish what kind of situation they were in. Everything is hard the first time, and only gets easier after. Meaning that this kind of situation could happen again. Beep beep! Cha Jun Sung turns the TV on. His everyday life is not that special just because he is an outstanding Lifer. He is just a normal person outside of missions. [MBB, we have breaking news. ording to aggregate results, the number of level C Lifer deaths is over 300,000. This number is equivalent to that of periods of advancement missions in the past. But there has not been a case where so many Lifers died all at once since the framework was built.] [The World Federation provided a lot of aid in determining the death count, and each country held an interview to take action. In Korea, Seven Stars¡¯ master Ghost Gun Lim Si Hyun agreed to interview, so let¡¯s go meet him now.] The screen changed to an official press conference with a lot of people gathered together. The gentle and handsome Lim Si Hyun is sitting at the head of the table. Chapter 189 Volume 6 / Chapter 189 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Reporters¡¯ questions, Lim Si Hyun¡¯s calm responses. There is a reason why Lim Si Hyun came out and not Han Chang Jin. He is seasoned in these matters because he was an actor. Lim Si Hyun ys a video filmed inside the mission. They have a video of the level 9s that is simr to the one that Cha Jun Sung has. They cut or used special effects to edit the more cruel scenes so as not to create aversion. It felt like they were watching a war movie, but they cannot enjoy it because it is reality. Tens of thousands of Lifers and mutants collide. It is arge war that destroyed Life Mission¡¯s system of parties and forces. ¡°What you all see in this video filmed by a survivor is the reason why Lifers died as a group. We asked the helpers about this situation, but they are being evasive by saying that this is just an error in the game.¡± The video continued. ¡°Level B Lifers in World Federation were left defenseless and had no choice but to return. Helpers only blocked returns for Lifers to level C, and did not block it for level B Lifers.¡± A reporter¡¯s hand shoots up in the air. It is not time to ask questions, but Lim Si Hyun did not refuse it. It is good to resolve one or two questions as they arise. ¡°Did level B Lifers abandon their peers in the battlefield and run away?¡± ¡°The expression is wrong. We were able to figure out what happened with this incident because of those survivors. If they had died inside the mission, we would have gone over this incident without a word.¡± This is something that Cha Jun Sung agrees with as well. It would have been the perfect crime if there had not been survivors. A lot of people died, but no one would have known why they died. ¡°But it isn¡¯t wrong to say that they ran away by themselves so they could get away.¡± Lim Si Hyun frowns. There is always a reporter who tries to stand out. ¡°Then what should they have done?¡± ¡°Excuse me?¡± ¡°The only choices they had were to run away or die. You¡¯re going to find fault with them for running away? So you¡¯re saying that they should have died?¡± A person is only allocated one life. That is an unchanging truth. It doesn¡¯t look good that they ran away, but they cannot criticize them. Hm hm! People in the area are ring. They are making it known that the reporter should sit down if he has nothing to say. The reporter had been trying to get a scoop, but could not stand the pressure and sat down. *** Lim Si Hyun answered several other questions, but there was no prominent progress. Of course. They need to be connected to Life Mission if they want to resolve this issue. If they cannot punish the suspects, they are walking in ce no matter how much the victims talk about it. Cha Jun Sung is sure that this incident will be flushed with time. He touches his PDA. Since his return from Underpass, he decided to turn it on only when he needs it. It doesn¡¯t matter if he is onlymunicating with Odin, but he does not like the fact that the superiors can watch his every move. Life Mission will be as suspicious of Cha Jun Sung as he is of Life Mission. Ring! While he was watching Lim Si Hyun¡¯s interview, his phone rang. The name thates up on caller ID is Park Jin Hyuk. He is calling by phone because the PDA is off. ¡°Hello?¡± [Jun Sung! PDA. Did you see the PDA notice?] ¡°Notice?¡± [Hurry up and turn it on! Hurry hurry! Mechanic City¡¯s a mess right now!] Cha Jun Sung activated his PDA. He can feel surprise and confusion in Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s voice. It became much morefortable to read others¡¯ emotions ever since he became a mutant. Were things other than his physical ability strengthened? ¡°I¡¯ll look at it and contact you.¡± [Okay! You¡¯re going to be really surprised. Lifer World is in a state of emergency too!] Cha Jun Sung ended the call with Park Jin Hyuk and went into the notice he was talking about. Life Mission uses these notices if they have something to say to Lifers, but it has not been of much use because they didn¡¯t have much to say to each other. In other words, it is nominal. ¡°What... This...¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s words faded away in disbelief. It is so simple that can be seen as being insincere, but the content is not simple at all. It is an unconventional act that clumsily knocks over the existing framework. [From this time today, we will be releasing entry restrictions for missions by ss. Only stores are restricted. Level E and level B Lifers can enter missions with the release of this restriction. The only limit is to level B because there are no Lifers who have opened level A.] He is not 100% sure, but it seems that the lowest and top Lifers havee to share missions. If Cha Jun Sung opens up level A, level E Lifers can enter level A as well. There is no change to the fact that they must advance in order to use stores by level, but it will be easier to gather points if they get on buses. Only time will tell whether this will prove to be something good or bad. *** Release on restrictions. The opening of top level missions that they could not enter because they were blocked by level. Life Mission tried to get past the incident in Africa as an error in the game. It is only a guess, but this can only be seen as them bulldozing the wall to try and cover the situation. The release on restriction has both an advantage and a disadvantage. The advantage is that they can earn a tremendous amount of points. Think about a level E Lifer who can barely catch a level 1 mutant on his own, joining a level C battlesuit force. Reward points alone are an average of 1 million. It means that there is no reason for Lifers to go into lower level missions. They cannot use stores because those are blocked, but they can make tons of money even though the market price of points has gone down to less than $10. It has been a long time since level C Lifers have be standardized, so their levels are basically the same. Level B advancement is a dream, but they are thinking of taking this chance to ept bus riders to make a lot of money. The disadvantage is that the number of those dying increased proportionately. Levels D and E Lifers were unable to adjust to level C atmosphere. In lower levels, they can make mistakes and make up for them. In level C however, mistakes take lives. They are unable to adapt, so the risk grows in proportion to the merits gained. It happened and Life Mission seems to have no thoughts of fixing it. They are telling Lifers to go into low and high level missions as they please. It is the beginning now, so adventurous Lifers followed this. ¡°A lot of people are dying, but they¡¯ll break into level B missions too at this rate.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Cha Jun Sung reacted positively to Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s words. In level B raids, 1000 people enter. If they put in as many level B Lifers as they can and fill the rest with level C Lifers, they can enhance their power. Existing level B mission raids fell behind in quality and quantity, but the restriction release makes it possible to properly mix the two. Level C Lifers are not bing level B Lifers just because theyplete level B missions. They have notpleted level C advancements. They are just helping others, but they gain as much as they sacrifice. ¡°That¡¯s that. When are you thinking of trying an advancement mission? Immediately?¡± ¡°Why?¡± ¡°World Federation is asking us to help. Not advancement, but just normal level B. It¡¯s hard for us to refuse because we got a lot of help from them while you were gone.¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group acted with the World Federation to get to level B from C during Cha Jun Sung¡¯s period of absence. Strategist considered their convenience as much as he could, and they saw a lot of gains from working with World Federation. World Federation and Strategist do not yet know that Cha Jun Sung has returned. There is no reason for them to know when they never told them. This is the same for other rankers. They did not say nothing because they were annoyed or because they did not want to. They just haven¡¯t had reason to speak to them. Is there really any reason to go to them and tell them, ¡®I¡¯m alive¡¯? ¡°Same thoughts?¡± Koharu, Kyoko, Violet, and Basil are in agreement with Park Jin Hyuk. It looks like they cannot refuse. Then what do they need to do? ¡°Do I have to go, too?¡± ¡°We¡¯ll go on our own.¡± ¡°You¡¯ll be okay?¡± ¡°Of course. I think it¡¯ll take about 1 or 2 months, so get some rest in the meantime.¡± He met Park Jin Hyuk for the first time when he was 19, but he is also now in his early 20s. He still looks young, but it is true that he has matured. ¡°Alright?¡± ¡°We can tell them you¡¯re alive, right? I¡¯m sure they¡¯ll bother you once they know, but it¡¯s weird to keep going like this too when it¡¯s not a secret or anything.¡± ¡°Go ahead.¡± It makes sense. They will keep bumping into each otherter, so it is better to just tell them. ¡®Should Iplete advancement while they¡¯re in their mission? That¡¯d be good.¡¯ He can do it alone, or do it with his party. 1 or 2 months isn¡¯t a short amount of time. He can¡¯t just hang around everyday, so he should justplete it in this time. Under the assumption that he has plenty of time, he can read the final step if he opens up the level S store and meet all of the specifications he possibly can. Perfection. It is the name put only to Lifers of the 36 rankers in the virtual version who reached the end. There is not much time left before he can take that name. Chapter 190 Volume 7 / Chapter 190 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Life Mission¡¯s virtual version is a game, and the reality version is like the name reality. The framework is simr, but the game and reality are clearly different. There is no choice but the ecosystem of mutants and Lifer levels to be differentiated. However, it is not impossible to fit them together if forced to. The reality version is marked by the alphabet, but the virtual version uses 5 advancement evaluations to judge Lifer ability. Levels 1 through 5 are separated into Beginner, Experienced, Expert, Pioneer, and Perfection. Experts can basically be seen as somewhere between levels B and C. Pioneers are A and B, and Perfections are S and A. It is distinguished in between levels because there are huge differences following body modification, battlesuit configuration, and equipment. Perfection in the virtual version is a level S Lifer in the reality version. Each has different terms from start to end, but it is certain that Perfections and level S Lifers can reach the peak of force. When the virtual version was creating buzz, only 36 Lifers advanced to Perfection. They are the 36 rankers. They can advance to Expert level with just time investment and effort, but the difficulty rises significantly once they go over from Expert to Pioneer. So how hard would it have been to go from Pioneer to Perfection? It cannot be exined just by saying that it was difficult. There are 3 conditions for advancing to Perfection. There is no higher ce to reach once all of those conditions are met. All they have to do is look down arrogantly. First, passive skills and upational skills must be mastered. This is possible throughbor over several days, months, years. Second is going through the 9th stage of body modifications and owning a 9bination battlesuit. This is where helles in. There were countless Lifers with the 8th stage of body modifications and 8bination battlesuits. Life Mission wasmercialized for 10 years. There is a gap in the beginning, but the only difference is in who gets there first because there is a decided limit. Stages 1 through 4 of body modifications are guaranteed sesses in the virtual version, but the probability of the character dying bes higher with stages 5 through 8. Only 2 or 3 out of 10,000 people seed in their attempts at stages 7 and 8, and the rest fail. It can be seen as absolutely diabolical. A tremendous amount with experience and proficiency were dropped. There was a backflow of blood. But stages 5 through 8 are fine because the character does not get deleted. The character bes deleted starting with level 9, and tens of thousands of Pioneers copsed here. There are often cases where one person makes 2 or 3 attempts. Imagine a character they spent day and night creating over several years being deleted. It is horrible. There was even a lot of news of people whomitted suicide or became invalids. That is the risk of body modification. Battlesuit configuration is not as big of a deal as body modification because battlesuits only break in failure and recovery is possible with points. The 10th stage of body modifications and 10bination battlesuits are only possible after Perfections and the probabilities only be more atrocious, while the process remains the same. Only Cha Jun Sung got to this stage and had power that differentiated him from other rankers. When he reached the 10th stage of body modifications, he prayed to a god he does not even believe in to help him. Once these 2 conditions are satisfied, only thest encounter is left. If time and luck are necessary for the 1st and 2nd, the 3rd needs everything: time, luck, and ability. It is a hunt for level 8 mutants. Since the poption is small, it is work to find their habitats and work to kill them. It is a contradiction itself to hope for a one-on-one battle. They go in hordes if they are at a disadvantage, so they have to expectrge numbers. They could only be Perfections once they got through this hellish process. The reality version is not much different when they look at it. They need toplete level advancement missions to be level S Lifers. Actually, it must be harder. The virtual version fights against level 8 with stage 9 of body modifications, but stage 8 needs to fight in the reality version. The gap between 1 level is quiterge too. Could it be fortunate that they are not advancing alone but in groups? If Cha Jun Sung wants to get to level S normally, he needs toplete a level A advancement mission. But he has the opening card. If he uses this, a store that is one level higher opens up. He only needs toplete a level B advance mission. His body configuration already surpassed human limits when he became a mutant, and his battlesuit is already made of 10binations. If he matches the specifications hecks like with other parts, he will be done with the basic settings. He will be a Perfection. *** ¡°It¡¯s small. Small.¡± Cha Jun Sung reads through the mission list carefully. Thinking of the missions as books, he is perusing them. That is how meticulous he is being. One month passed since Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group entered a level B mission on the request of World Federation and Strategist. They are noting back. It seems they will bete. He does not have negative thoughts. They are not weak people. ¡°I can see what mutant needs to be caught just by reading the mission description. I can automatically draw out the special features of each mutant.¡± Hepleted a level B advancement mission a day earlier. Was it easy? No, it wasn¡¯t. Cha Jun Sung went in alone, so he had to take on a huge volume. He fought with his mind and body while locked in the mission for over 3 weeks. Even though he packed a lot of equipment to go in, he was a bit uneasy towards the end. It took a long time because he had not awakened, had to go through the mission with constraints, and was exhausted. He also got hurt a lot. ¡°What should I do?¡± As he became a level A Lifer, level A missions and store opened up. He did not use his card however. There is only one chance to use it, so he cannot waste it. He needs to use it after careful deliberation. The key is in points. He spent more than half of the 100 million points that Life Mission gave him while purchasing B ss equipment. He filled it up again through several level B missions, but he does not have a chance in the level S store when he sees the price of equipment in A. He is not sure, but he thinks he might need 10 billion points. ¡°I don¡¯t think I need to go through body modifications.....¡± Cha Jun Sung tested how much strength he could exert without depending on his battlesuit while staying in this world where he has more freedom in his actions. He has superhuman strength just by strengthening his body even in his human state without awakening. He could beat a super hero. He does not know how much influence the 10th stage of body modifications has in reality, but it looks like he won¡¯t need to do it from his current state. Lifers go through body modification in order to withstand the pressure from battlesuits. If he cannot endure it with this body, he can figure it out then. To put it simply, this means that body modification is not the first purchase order. The first is full configuration of his battlesuit, the second is purchasing weapons. He will not purchase weapons in level S. Firearms and heavy weapons be heavier and increase in power as they go higher in level. However, the proximity range of swords cannot help but have limits on size. He can lift them with body modification and battlesuit strength though they are big and heavy, but they are not easy to brandish because of the body structure. Is it the difference between shooting and brandishing? Even in the virtual version, sword weapons are flocked in the elite level rather than legend. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s weapon, the Ultimate Hades de, is elite level as well. This means that there are swords at legend level too. The basic specifications of weapons go higher as the level increases because it is a game. The reason why he got an elite anyway is because it is +18 but also because the Overbooster and Ultimate Hades de have a good synergy. [Ultimate Hades de] ¨C Ultimate Hades de: 1 billion points, 200 million achievement points ¨C Description: The ultimate sword that gets its name the god of death, Hades. It is created with the best metal in Life Mission adamantium and falls behind other weapons in the sword line on various fronts, but it is specialized for drawing which is something a der cannot live without. If it is linked to the battlesuit¡¯s system while holding the hilt, the booster explodes and brings the drawing speed up to its limit. It is the best weapon for blows and shes. The Ultimate Hades de¡¯s guard can raise the drawing speed on its own, and 4 small boosters are built into it. On top of that, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s Overbooster raises the speed and though only momentaneous, it surpasses the speed of sound and supersonic speed. Even in the case of a level 9, unless it is prepared, it will miss the moment he draws it. He used it against Evil Queen several times, but he had not used the booster. He had made her aware with frivolous attacks. He saved his attack to stab her but used it in the end of the battle, and seeded in cutting her in half. A sword that is specialized in one thing rather than various but minor functions. That is the Ultimate Hades de and the essential weapon that Cha Jun Sung needs. Ring! [You have purchased the Ultimate Hades de. 1 billion points and 200 million achievement points will be deducted.] There is no room to consider it. Cha Jun Sung did not hesitate. He thought that it was a lot and as soon as he paid the price of the weapon, the number of points he has plummeted. He only has a couple hundred million left. He cannot use the level S store even if he opens it. He does not even have enough points to buy from the level A store. ¡°So it¡¯s a matter of whether I should do a level C every few days, or whether I should just get a ton of points from level B.¡± Both have their pros and cons. The amount of points he will earn is simr, but level C is annoying because he needs to repeat it while level B is dangerous because the difficulty level is higher. It did not take a long time for him to make a decision. Level B is more fitting for him, but he bes disconnected from Park Jin Hyuk as the amount of time he spends inside a mission bes longer. He does not know when they will return, but it is morefortable to go in and out of missions if he is to keep checking. They need to discuss the direction that they will be going in from now on. Chapter 191 Volume 7 / Chapter 191 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group returned after Cha Jun Sung had started working on a level C mission for more than 2 weeks. As expected, nothing in particr happened. It was hard enough fighting mutants but they ran away whenever they got the chance to, so he needed to spend weeks chasing them rather than killing. ¡°A project to make 10 billion? You want to gather not even 1 billion, but 10 billion?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t find a reason to open it up unless I have that. You see this? Isn¡¯t it cool?¡± Cha Jun Sung took out his Ultimate Hades de and put it in front of Park Jin Hyuk. It is painted simply in ck without any embellishments. The 4 small boosters on the hilt are quite impressive. ¡°Ultimate Hades de?¡± ¡°Of course Koharu recognizes it.¡± ¡°How many points is it?¡± ¡°1 billion.¡± Park Jin Hyuk holds his chest in surprise. That¡¯s worth 1 billion points? Kyoko scolded him not to overreact, but he really is surprised. This is the same for the other party members. 1 billion is enough to be armed with the best of level B with points leftover. But to think that it is so little that it could all be gone with buying just one level A weapon. ¡°Everything in the level A store is like this. What do you think level S will be like? It¡¯s really hard even to make a battlesuit in level A. I thought of 10 billion as a minimum, too.¡± Level A missions where they need to fight against level 8s. They do not need to experience it to know that the difficulty is going to be tremendous. He will not try it until he reaches Perfection level. He cannot enter at random either. He can guess what kind of mutant will appear. He needed toe up with a n to prepare for any number of cases. ¡°And I¡¯ll tell you while we¡¯re all gathered together. I¡¯m not going to help you guys with advancing. I hope you¡¯ll understand my decision.¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group has the ability toplete normal level B missions if they work with the World Federation. It means that they y their assigned roles well. After Cha Jun Sung tried out level B advancement, he realized that letting Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group ride his bus to advance is not doing good for them but harming them. The power that Cha Jun Sung gained as he became a mutant is not something that he got through normal measures. He knocked over the boundaries that he would have had to get past in sequence. Originally, he was going to take responsibility for Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group until level B advancement. But his thoughts changed after he met the level 8 and 9s in Africa. They need to get stronger on their own. They need to go on their own rather than having someone lead them from the front. They cannot advance if he keeps helping them. He would not have worried so much if this were a game because they can learn as they die. But they each only have one life because this is reality. There is no guarantee even for rankers to easily get through the level B boundary. He will leave them alone if their limit is level B. He will not force them higher. ¡°Everyone is able to see the list of level A missions since the restriction has been lifted, right?¡± Tremendous amounts of reward points. The level of difficulty is dizzying just from reading the description. They cannot even get a sense of the range of the area they will have to explore and the number of mutants they will meet. A long time ago, the special mission that came up because of Red Eye and Parasite King is nothing, just the tip of the iceberg. They were both injured and in Red Eye¡¯s case, it urred somewhere other than his homeground so the number of reward points did not reach over 50 million. However, the level A missions thate up in the PDA are of a different dimension. They went over 1 billion at a minimum and some even reached over 2 billion. Stepping foot in this kind of hell is just an act that shortens their life spans. They need to stay in ce if they do not have sufficient ability. ¡°We¡¯re okay.¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Koharu spoke in ce of the party as if it were nothing. Park Jin Hyuk agrees with her. They understand how Cha Jun Sung is feeling. ¡°It may take time, but the number of level B Lifers is increasing and we can fill in for thecking level Cs. The World Federation is thinking of advancing in 1 year. We¡¯re going to try it then.¡± ¡°That sounds appropriate.¡± ¡°This is something I felt whilepleting level B, but we can handle it if a few levels 5 and 6 show up. It¡¯s just that level 7 is really... Should I say it¡¯s one-sided? I say I¡¯m careful, but there are always casualties.¡± Park Jin Hyuk spoke bitterly. Level 7s are different by tendency, but aggressive ones jump out at Lifers in the middle and create chaos. Even while reinforced rifles rip their skin and break their bones, they try to kill even one more Lifer. They need to get dozens in additional support even when 9bination battlesuit rankers all get involved. Cha Jun Sung kills those kinds of level 7s alone. Park Jin Hyuk cannot imagine what he could have experienced while staying in a mission like that. ¡°2e out in an advancement mission. If you¡¯re unlucky, 3 coulde out.¡± 1 is too much but to think that two or three could appear, this is an impasse that level B Lifers like Park Jin Hyuk do not want to face. Assuming the worst, all 1000 raid members will have to be level B Lifers. ¡°Are level A missions on hold until you make 10 billion points?¡± ¡°They¡¯re not of a difficulty that I canplete with level A specifications. Killing a level 8 is a result, but I need to match everything with level S in order to endure the process.¡± 10 billion is a goal that he made simply, too. Considering the details, it is 10 billion with just level S afterpleting all level A specifications. ¡°Level 8, ugh... that¡¯s like a level in my dreams.¡± The gap between levels 6 and 7 is tremendous, but the gap between 7 and 8 is even greater. Cha Jun Sung can kill dozens if he is in his awakened state and fights with his life on the line. And there is no end if he hits and runs. ¡°There are less than 50 level A missions. Jun Sung, is there one that you¡¯ve picked out?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°North America?¡± ¡°I should, shouldn¡¯t I? I¡¯m familiar with it and though it was virtual, I¡¯ve caught her before.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s starting point is North America. He¡¯s been to other continents, but he only stayed for a short time because they were like quests. He caught level 8 mutants in North America, too. Bing a mutant as a Perfection is like Princess Odelia walking the path of fresh blood. Fresh Blood Princess Odelia. She is Evil Queen¡¯s youngest daughter. Fitting to her title Fresh Blood, her growth was cruel and oppressive. Killing Odelia was the point when Cha Jun Sung decided tomit himself to raid Evil Queen. It is something he felt after killing Evil Queen, but her daughter resembles the mother more than the father so their battling styles are more simr. He killed the youngest daughter to advance, and he also killed the oldest and third daughter while looking for her. As a result, he killed 3 total. The oldest should have been the strongest and the youngest the weakest, but this was only half right. The youngest is weak, but the oldest is 2nd of the four daughters inbat ability. The strongest is the 2nd daughter. Their genealogy is twisted. He wanted to kill all of them while he was at it, but he could not find the 2nd daughter wherever she was hiding. That is why he killed Evil Queen right away. ¡°Jun Sung, how many level 8s did you kill in total in North America?¡± ¡°3.¡± They are only Evil Queen¡¯s daughters. Was it 5 if he widened the range to include all level 8s? Or was it 6? It is 5. He has caught Blood Lord and Cerberus, too. Koharu caught White Fog and Violet caught Broad Lord. What was it that Basil caught? He suddenly cannot remember. ¡°I caught Seven Color Worm King.¡± ¡°Ah ah!¡± Like a mutant evolved from a bug, it is a monster of stamina that just will not die easily. It is colored in the 7 colors of the rainbow, so it is one of the hardest Disasters to find because it has the ability to assimte into the environment. ¡°We roamed around for days because we couldn¡¯t find each other even though we were right in front of each other.¡± ¡°.....¡± ¡°Ha ha.¡± Park Jin Hyuk has a nk expression. Cha Jun Sungughed slightly. That is possible with Seven Color Worm King¡¯s 7 colors and Basil¡¯s 9bination Stealth. Basil was called Invisible, and he had the lowestbat ability of the 36 rankers. Seven Color Worm King is also the lowest of the Disasters. Rankers look for level 8s that are fitting to them. They cannot catch ones that they cannot beat even if they find them. Odelia who Cha Jun Sung killed is weak like Seven Color Worm King. They do not fit when consideringbat ability, but what could they do when they happened toe across each other? Contrary to this, Koharu¡¯s White Fog and Violet¡¯s Broad Lord are on the mid and strong side. ¡°It¡¯s not now, but my first level 8 hunt was Princess of Fresh Blood.¡± Odelia¡¯sbat style is stored in his mind. The details are fuzzy, but all he needs to do is watch the videos he put up on his blog. What Cha Jun Sung is worried about is finding where she lives. A level 8¡¯s area is more than the territory of one country. On top of that, Odelia is White Queen¡¯s youngest daughter. Her assigned area must be bigger. ¡°So the key is to find Fresh Blood¡¯s path.¡± Chapter 192 Volume 7 / Chapter 192 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Level 8s do not get their names for no reason. Namese from their tendencies or actions, and ites from actions in Odelia¡¯s case. Who said she¡¯s not a crazy bitch¡¯s daughter? The things they do are simr. ¡°I want to hurry up and advance. I want to catch Princess of Fresh Blood with you, Jun Sung.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be hasty.¡± They need to go back the more they are hasty. If Park Jin Hyuk bes a level A Lifer, Cha Jun Sung wants to take him along even if he does not bring it up. Missions do not run away. ¡°What¡¯s your n going forward?¡± ¡°There isn¡¯t much other than going into level B missions with World Federation once every 1 or 2 months. Oh right! When we told them that you¡¯re alive, they asked to see you.¡± Park Jin Hyuk told Strategist that Cha Jun Sung is alive. It was fun. Of course he was surprised since Cha Jun Sung had returned after 1 year and 5 months. ¡°Did you tell them that you went into a level B mission with me too?¡± ¡°Oh, no. They¡¯ll bother you about doing missions together if I tell them that.¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group understand Cha Jun Sung, but Strategist¡¯s group will probably not. To them, getting to level S is important regardless of buses or whatever. They think of results more than the process. They¡¯ll think that they¡¯re just shortening time since they are of the mind that they¡¯ll get there anyway. They are rankers too. ¡°Good. It¡¯s a bother to meet them right away, so I¡¯ll earn some points and then meet them.¡± He wanted to hunt without thinking about anything else for a few months. He will eliminate external elements. They can do level B missions without his help. ¡°Resting is good too, but level A store points are beyond what I expected. I came up too fast. It¡¯ll be best to prepare before advancing.¡± Cha Jun Sung was an attribute. That is why he does not have enough points he is holding onto. World Federation decided to do the level B advancement next year. If Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group does not take a break and instead keeps saving points, they may not be able to do everything but they should be able to match level A specifications to a point as soon as they advance. ¡°Ms. Violet. How are your n members doing?¡± ¡°There are only 3 level B Lifers including me, and the rest are backed up at level C. Contribution is a more annoying system than we thought.¡± Violet and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s circumstances are quite different. All she wants to do is bring her n to level B in whatever way it takes even if she needs to get them on her bus. Though it may be unmerited, level B has a wider range of activities than level C. But if Violet causes mayhem in a level C mission, all of the contribution points go to her. There is no point even if she passes the burden onto other Lifers. Tricks do not matter because helpers measure it in real time. ¡®I can¡¯t get involved.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung was going to stop Violet, but did not. Matters involving her n are not things that he can interfere with. It is entirely someone else¡¯s jurisdiction. ¡°Every Monday is the day for us to get together. The location is here. Anyone object?¡± ¡°No.¡± ¡°No.¡± Cha Jun Sung chose Monday to be their day to meet. It is best to decide on a date and time to meet so they do not have to bother contacting each other each time. Then they talked about everyday matters unrted to the missions since they are close to each other, before they scattered. Cha Jun Sung steadily revved the engine as well. *** Arge office. A luxurious desk is sitting in an office at the end of something like a pce. Strategist is sitting there working. World Federation is a giant made from abination of superrge guilds of dozens of countries. It was created because of Life Mission and as a ce where people gather, the federation is not only run for missions. In some ways, it is like an enterprise. It is just that it is too big to be called an enterprise. Other than when going through missions, Strategist took care of all of the issues that needed thinking. He cannot do it alone because there is a lot to do. They have a lot of people working under them, so they do the work and he makes the decisions. ¡°The death count is huge. Is it an adverse effect of releasing the restriction? Though it is good.¡± He does not mean that it is good that people died. Strategist is not so rotten that he thinks like that. He is talking about the benefit of releasing the restriction. Things do not work out for people no matter what they do, but things work for people no matter what. ¡°Being able to see information on level A missions means... someone opened it up.¡± It happened a few days ago. He was surprised when he got back from a level B mission. The level A mission list opens. It is the birth of a level A Lifer. Level B Lifers had only been doing good for others because though E Lifers could see the list of level B missions that B Lifers opened up, they could not see anything above them. But they are seeing those benefits as well because of somebody. Strategist stopped working and got lost in his own thoughts. A level A Lifer who appeared out of nowhere. He can guarantee that this person is not from World Federation. There is no way he would not know if it were a Lifer in the World Federation. It is impossible for people to avoid the federation¡¯s surveince all over the world even if they are not rted to the federation itself. Unless they are taking an unusual route, that is. Is it an individual? A group? It is fascinating in itself that someone got through level B. He knows through several experiences. No matter how much a lifer modifies his body and battlesuit, mission difficulty exceeds the Lifer¡¯s development limit. It has been created so a minority cannot break through it from the beginning. ¡°Bloody Kingdom? No.¡± The group with the strongest force after World Federation is Bloody Kingdom. There is a possibility, but it is just a possibility. When the restriction was lifted, they filled a 1000 person raid with level B and C Lifers, and entered a level B mission worth 30 million points. They canplete it with the sacrifice of a minority. The minority here depends on thought, but it is inside 100 people. They were as careful as they could be, but they could not avoid having casualties. That is how hellish the difficulty is. So what will a 50 million point mission be like? Analyzing advancement pattern by mission from level C through E, several level 7s could appear. Terrifying monsters. If they create mayhem in the middle of Lifers, there would be no answer. At this point, there would be less than a 50% chance of sess even if World Federation and Bloody Kingdombined their forces. ¡°A strong minority is more effective than a half-hearted majority. As small as it is, it is good for hitting and retreating. But they¡¯re still level B Lifers.¡± This is the problem. Lifers advance through stores. Level B Lifers can only use the level B store. Completing advancement with this? ¡°What could I have missed?¡± Strategist thinks. His forte is that he is unbiased. People often say: That doesn¡¯t make sense. That can¡¯t happen. No way. People judge what others can do based on their own abilities. It is a bad way to think. How could they judge others on their own standards? Strategist does not say it is ¡®100% impossible¡¯ even if it is beyond imagination, and says ¡®even if it is 99.9% impossible, 0.1% is possible¡¯. Level B advancement? It is impossible now, but he cannot say that is 100%. Unexpected variablese up at random in Life Mission. He needs to find a small link. It is only frustrating when he does not know anything but if he has a clue, he can find it out by using that as an indicator. ¡°Variable. Something in particr that happened recently. Something we hadn¡¯t expected.¡± There is no reason to search through his entire memory. A few months is enough. Oh! He remembered. Overload is alive. He tried calling Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group but was staying still because his request for a meeting had been rejected, but he recalled them today. ¡°Opening card! Right. He can open the level A store with that!¡± A magic card that can give a level B Lifer, level A strength. He canplete an advancement mission with minority strength if he has help from that card. ¡°This idiot!¡± He was forgetting something important. It is somewhat strange that Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group is level B. Doesn¡¯t he have to take his party members along with him? He did not think about it for long because he can guess the reason. ¡°I need to meet him no matter what.¡± Strategist clenches his fists in excitement. Rankers who have taken on level 8s have the mutants that each ranker hunted, memorized. This is the same for Strategist. If he just gets to level A, the rest is easy. Chapter 193 Volume 7 / Chapter 193 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Once a few months begin ovepping, they are not just months any longer. It is bound to change to half a year, then a year. Cha Jun Sung, armed with the Ultimate Hades de, ughtered mutants in level C advancement missions worth 2 million points and umted points. He did not have ns for action. He did not spare his body either. Once he entered a mission, he killed everything in sight regardless of danger. There are a lot even in level C, so his battlesuit¡¯s energy ran low quickly in the beginning but he used rapid chargers multiple times. He remodeled to level A as he gathered more points. Just as there are steps to advancement, there are steps in remodeling. It is stupid to skip the middle steps. Skipping steps results in a simr consumption of points. There is no need to fight while maintaining level B specifications. Level C missions are far below his standards. They die with one drawing of the Ultimate Hades de¡¯s booster and Overmode. Twice is overdoing it too. Once is enough. With wind pressure that is strong enough to split the air, it cuts a mutant in half even if it is big in size. They are so weak that even if several thousands of theme at him, he could take care of all of them within a couple hours. It is after about 1 year since he started hisbor. Hepleted his level A specifications. Level C advancement missions are still on the difficult side, but this does not apply to Cha Jun Sung and he just finds them boring. Whether the mission purpose is annihtion or attainment, hepletes it within half a day. ¡®Let¡¯s raise the difficulty level.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung changes his location from level C to B. When he is not awakened, he is simr to a weak level 8 with just the abilities he got through the power of a store. He withstood the pressure from his battlesuit with his body as a mutant. This is proof that his body has surpassed level 8 body modifications at the least. The level of difficulty is higher than in level C, but B cannot block Cha Jun Sung either. It is just that there is a lot of aversion as a higher level. If upper level 7s push through in volume, he cannot just go at them without thinking it through like he did in level C. Though they seem weak, level C and B are clearly different. Cha Jun Sung understood what ck Demon told him inside the dark tent while he was going through level B. ¡®You can¡¯t beat Evil Queen even if you get to level S.¡¯ Complete level A specifications is about the level of a weak 8. Let alone Red Eye or Inferno, it is not enough for mutants like Medusa and Titan. If the limit to growth is constant with advancement, as ck Demon said, going one-on-one against a Disaster is too much even if he opens up the level S store. He does not know if they are all like that, but levels 8 and 9 from the virtual version at the least have been downgraded in reality. He grew more bored as the days went by, so he thought about trying out the lowest level A mission but he quit when he grasped the limitations. He won¡¯t have other thoughts until he gets up to the position he can get to. He will be a Perfection. It is too early to make an attempt at danger when he can go higher. When he cannot see anywhere higher to go is when he needs to overdo it and get moving. *** [Will you ept full remodeling of the battlesuit?] [You have epted. 11 billion points and 2.2 billion achievement points will be deducted.] The battle for Mechanic City. Area A zone ¡®s1 all store is bustling with tens of thousands of Lifers. Cha Jun Sung is on the top floor of the all store. Cha Jun Sung and a few special cyborgs are the only present on this top floor. Just like the PDA store, no one can enter the floors unless they satisfy the conditions by level. The top floor is the level S store. He normally cannot enter it, but he is allowed for just today. He has used the opening card. ¡°Crazy! 11 billion points? I used 60% on one battlesuit.¡± He expected that it would be expensive. There is no way it would not be expensive when it is level S. He just feels empty. How many days? How many months? 1 year. He prepared for precisely 1 year 2 months. He only hunted like crazy, putting his faith in his infinite stamina. He only took a minimal break, and turned over a part of the level B and C missions. It is to the point where he nearly took care of 5% of the 2 levels. Cha Jun Sung took care of tens of thousands by himself. Like this, he umted 25 billion points. These are not the holding points, but the total amount. He invested 7 billion points in level A specifications. He opened level S with 18 billion, and used 11 billion on just his battlesuit. ¡°How many years will it take for average Lifers to match up level A specifications?¡± The gap to Cha Jun Sung is already prominent. It is such arge difference that they cannot narrow it no matter what they do. If level A is like this, what about level S? That¡¯s a dream. But this is a phenomenon that has long been anticipated. As they go higher, there is nothing to do when the sses and levels change into the shape of a pyramid. Talent and luck do not matter. There will be less high level Lifers than the 36 rankers there were in the virtual version. It is over if they just die once in reality. ¡°Those guys will be level A Lifers.¡± Not long ago, Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group entered a 50 million point level B mission with World Federation. Over 1 year, the number of level B Lifers increased. He heard that they filled most of the 1000 people. There are no level B Lifers left in reality. World Federation used all of their power. At around the same time, Bloody Kingdom made an attempt at level B advancement. Everyone yearns to go up. The path they are pursuing is the same. He cannot know how many people entered but they probably reached over 500. Just because their behavior is bad does not mean their abilities are. ¡°Hm. Should I just have entered?¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s tone is strange. Somehow Strategist found out and is sure that he is the level A Lifer, and contacted him. He just asked to meet at first and their contact was rare for a while before the obsession became real. It was not an unpleasant obsession. He was looking for him to request help with the level B advancement mission. Strategist asked him to only get involved to take care of mutants when Lifers were in danger so they would not die, but he made his refusal clear through Park Jin Hyuk. It is better for them not to advance if they do not have the ability to. If he enters, he needs to help them in whatever way. Only when it is dangerous? No way. The only reason why he has any lingering regrets is the thought that something might happen to Park Jin Hyuk¡¯ group. 30 million and 50 million. It is a difference of 20 million, but it is enough to distribute the guard. He shook his thoughts. He did well. Since they have been going into level B missions for over 1 year, they will do well on their own. He will maintain his initial decision not to help them. The number of people who will be level A Lifers is unknown. He is considering requesting support if they be the same level. They will be on different standards, but it will not be a bus system. Beep beep! Cha Jun Sung turns on the level S store. There are a lot of curious things. Weapons capable of destroying entire cities, devices that extend lifespan without body modification. There is even medicine that cures incurable diseases. There are a lot of other things that he wants, but he does not have enough points. He needs to only purchase what he needs. Since he has already gotten his big frame weapon and battlesuit, he can get the rest of the settings together for the most part if he uses the rest of his points. ¡°I¡¯ll have to use this well.¡± Cha Jun Sung carefully put something the size of a human torso in his spacepression bag. It is something that costs 2 billion points. He hopes he won¡¯t have to use it, but no one knows what could happen. It will be reassuring to have one. ¡°One week?¡± ¡°Yes. The battlesuit will be shipped to the address marked on the PDA.¡± It will take 1 week for the battlesuit to be fully remodeled. It is the first time he is getting a break in a while. He wants to go into a level A mission as soon as he gets it, but he cannot skip experimenting and go straight to practice. He will make an attempt after doing some simple tests. *** Boom boom! A 50 meter, level 7 Metal Giant falls backward. It had not been able to withstand the shock of a strong strike to its chest. The blow is surprising. Cha Jun Sung transformed his left hand into a heavy cannon and is floating in the air. Just now, he knocked Metal Giant over with an air buster. This incredible power dug into that sturdy level 7 mutant¡¯s chest muscles. ¡°It¡¯s weak.¡± There is a gap in power. He did not turn the Overbooster on and he is not in Overmode state. Even still, the 50 meter Metal Giant looks small. He cannot foresee victory with level B specifications and level A will be superior though it will not be unteral, but it feels like it is justpletely under his feet. He beat it up a few times and shot the cannon at its chest, and it cannote to its senses. This is a fully remodeled battlesuit. Cha Jun Sung recovered the full power that he had in the virtual version. It is a developmental rate that none of the other 36 rankers can follow. As expected, his reinforced mutant body can withstand the fully remodeled battlesuit¡¯s pressure, which can only be done with body modifications beyond the 9th step. [Battlecore, Overbooster 100% deployed.] [Combat function in full operation. Battlecore and Overbooster ovep with Overmode operation! 8 hours until engine overheats, energy recovery rate 50% adjustment!] Cha Jun Sung went into the Metal Giant mission on purpose. Its significance is that he can test out his battlesuit properly as the mission is trickier. His Overmode now is the maximum output he had when he was fighting Evil Queen. It is slightly different in reality, but the error range is not thatrge. Bang! The Overbooster burst and shot at Metal Giant¡¯s head as it was trying to get up. Because it is a speed that exceeds fusge vision, it could not react. ¡°Split it, Hades.¡± Bang! He does not always have to brandish up when drawing. Cha Jun Sung put Hades over his shoulder brought it down in the reverse direction, down. The 4 built-in boosters on the hilt and the Overmode¡¯s whole body booster brings his drawing speed to its highest. It is truly supersonic. Bang bang! Metal Giant is split in a straight line from top to bottom. It is sitting on the ground, but it is still a 50 meter giant. This is impossible for Hades to do when it is barely 2 meters long. It is because the wind pressure and vacuum wave from the sword expanded the attack range. Ping ping! The alert that hepleted the mission tickles his ears, but he did not even hear it. Cha Jun Sung is busy looking at his hand and Hades. ¡°I¡¯m a Perfection.¡± Cha Jun Sung smiles in satisfaction. With this, all of his preparations areplete. It is tomorrow. Tomorrow, he will leave to catch Princess of Fresh Blood, Odelia. Alone. Chapter 194 Volume 7 / Chapter 194 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda [Level A Mission: Path of Blood ] [Goal: Attainment] [Description: Princess of Fresh Blood Odelia. The youngest of the 3 males and 4 females born from North America¡¯s Evil Queen and South America¡¯s Bon Load. She is without a doubt the youngest in her bloodline, but she is wicked just like her mother. She tortures humans and mutants alike, putting their blood in her pocket to use in creating her path of blood. Lifer Cha Jun Sung must track Odelia¡¯s trace, the path of fresh blood, and obtain her pocket.] [Reward: 1.1 billion points. Lucky box.] It is an incredible amount of points if notparing to that time with Red Eye. North America is Evil Queen¡¯s area, which means it is also Odelia¡¯s area. She could mobilize tens of thousands of mutants with a flick of her hand. She is the craziest of the crazy, an unmatched bitch. The sisters are only slightly different in tendencies, none of them are normal which is fitting as they are Evil Queen¡¯s daughters. He does not know about the 2nd daughter because he has not seen her, but wouldn¡¯t she be the same? Killing Odelia is the condition forpletion, but he expects obstacles. She will have escort mutants since she has the title of princess. In the virtual version, a few level 7s and many level 5 and 6s guarded her. This means that he needs to get rid of everything rted to Odelia in order to end it. ¡°It was Das, right?¡± In the virtual version, Odelia¡¯s home was in Das. The other sisters had been scattered around near the Washington area. It is Evil Queen¡¯s consideration. She allowed family, those loyal, and even level 8s who were friendly to reside in America, and chased the others away to Canada. She did not kill them. They are a power that is a waste to kill. If she leaves them alone, they could at least y the role of a protective wall. Beep beep! Cha Jun Sung turns on the electronic map saved on his PDA. a big and clear hologram forms in the air. He purchased it in the level A store. It is not just something to look at but has additional functions like marking and detailed descriptions, so this one map is priced at 10 million points. ¡°Register the coordinates for Das... Where was I dropped?¡± He needs to know where his initial summons area is. If he just knows where that is, he can register the location and link the path to Das. Honestly, this is just a guess too. At this point, there is no way for him to know if Odelia is in Das when he is in reality and not the virtual. The reason why he is sticking to Das is because he thinks it is better than wandering around without a ce in mind. It is best to search the ces with highest probability first. It would have been frustrating if he entered with a nk te, not knowing anything. North America is big. America? Of course it is big. Thend that Evil Queen gave Odelia alone is easily multiple times the size of Korea. The distance to the mutants they had to kill in lower level missions was short because the active regions were small. But they began to widen starting in level C and now surpassed the size of countries in level A. He might have to search through all of America just to find Odelia. Think about digging through all of this. It is basically a tour of America. And if he trespasses on another princess¡¯ area by mistake, it will be bothersome. The difference in difficulty level is huge between level A and lower level missions, but there is a lot of information he can use. He cannot ignore the fact that he caught her in the virtual version, including the fact that he prepared to catch her. That is why Cha Jun Sung chose Odelia. He can make the most of the information he has on her home andbat style. ¡°And I need to find the unidentified figure.¡± The figure ck Demon talked about. He will be killing 2 birds with 1 stone by looking for him as well. Human? Mutant? He will be incredibly strong since he said he will kill Evil Queen. ¡°First... Odin, find out where we are.¡± [Maximum output wide scan activated, condition search of location within 10km radius... Searchplete. Estimated small city Houston.] There are 2 types of scans. The kind that uses a maic field to search for life or the area, and the type that interlocks satellite and battle suit for a more fine-tuned search. In this case, it can even read road signs. It is just that energy consumption is severe and the range is limited. This means that he cannot use it whenever he wants to. If he could use it as he pleased, he would be able to find Odelia right away. Cha Jun Sung enters the name of the small Houston city Odin told him in the electronic map. A bright blue line links a path to Das. Times are also marked by the distance and method he will move. It looks like it will be quick if he goes on the road by booster. The important thing is whether or not Odelia is in Das. As soon as the path was linked, a red dot which is probably Cha Jun Sung blinks in Houston. He erged the electronic map and found a path that he can move through. It is not a normal path he would be able to arrive in in the shortest time possible. Battle suits can be cars and nes. Getting on the road is a basic, and he can go over a mountain if he needs to. ¡°Shall we get going?¡± Cha Jun Sung crosses his arms. Firees out of the two boosters on his heels and quickly pushes him forward at a speed of 100km/hr. Cha Jun Sung got out of the city and got on a road that shows him a different world from Korea. Objects speed by him. There are no attacks from mutants. It is not that there are no mutants, but their traces and strength were very faint. This kind of city will be level C, so that means there is only one reason. They have already been swept through by Lifers on a mission. And then they must have been filled in with underlings from anothernd. Even if they clean up an area, this cycle will just continue unless they dry up the seed. That is how an ecosystem works. *** A mission is a giant frame. What does that mean? Inside Path of Blood, the level A mission Cha Jun Sung is doing, dozens of level B, hundreds of level C, thousands of level D, and tens of thousands of level E missions are scattered. Cha Jun Sung does not know the exact range of Odelia¡¯s area either. All he knows is that in one word, it is ¡®wide¡¯. There are bound to be Lifers going through missions separately from Cha Jun Sung somewhere in that area. On Cha Jun Sung¡¯s way to Das, he encountered countless mutants. He ignored the underlings and let them go. It is a bother to deal with each of them. He either took a space to rx or took on mutants above level 5. But there other times when he stopped, and that was when he came across a situation that he could not just ignore and pass by. Ack! He does not know how many people there were in the beginning. Hundreds of Lifers were in fierce battle in the middle of arge city on his way to Das. Mutants, stimted by the sweet smell of human flesh, wreak havoc. He frowns because there are so many of them. It seems they already reached over 1000 and the number kept increasing. Cha Jun Sung watched the battle from on top of a high building and sighed. Just by looking, it looks like a raid made of level C Lifers. He is not sure if it is confidence or conceit, but it seems their mission is annihtion rted to ck Goblins. It is crazy. ck Goblin is level 6. It looks like a goblin that appears inic books and has dark ck skin as though it were dyed in India ink, so it is a ck Goblin. There is a mix of adults and younger ck Goblins, and there is a level 7 head ck Goblin in their cove creating a mess. It is a configuration where they cannot avoid annihtion. ¡°They put their faith in numbers and came in.¡± Cha Jun Sung took out his Hades and shook his head in pity. Level C Lifers were given the ability to enter level B missions when the restriction was lifted, and force personnel could increase to raids. It is spection, but it seems they entered a level B mission with a full raid. The way they are armed is incredible. It was the best they could get on level C standards. Papat! Cha Jun Sung jumped down from the building and dug in among the ck Goblins. He is so fast that the level 6 ck Goblins did not even notice him. Hades dances. It takes simple actions like stabbing and chopping, but the ck Goblins¡¯ bodies are perforated and cut. Cha Jun Sung hunted the higher level 5 and 6 ck Goblins. He left the level 3 and 4s for the other Lifers to handle. He is not trying to get in their way. The strong and weak ones are the same to Cha Jun Sung anyway. Chapter 195 Volume 7 / Chapter 195 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda His deeper meaning is to take care of at least one more higher level ck Goblin while they are taking on the lower level ones that they can handle. Like an arrow prating ck hail, Cha Jun Sung killed ck Goblins as he made his way to the head ck Goblin. He needs to kill the general. Lifers did not see Cha Jun Sung properly because they are surrounded by lower level ck Goblins. They just know that something has appeared. ¡°It¡¯s the 4th. The 4th.¡± This is the 4th time he is helping someone else¡¯s mission since he entered Path of Blood. He has not evenpleted 1% of his own, and is just helping others. He is grumbling but he does not haveints. Though he is acting foolishly, he cannot just pass by when he can rescue people. It is not anything difficult, or anything that he needs to risk his life for. ¡°I¡¯ll send you in one blow.¡± Cha Jun Sung puts Hades away. Hades¡¯ scabbard is thick, sturdy, and configured in various andplicated machinery. There is no choice if he is to withstand the shock from the blow. Additionally, there are 2 energy cores that charge Hades¡¯ booster inside the scabbard. Bang! The Overbooter¡¯s power made Cha Jun Sung leave his footprint on the ground and fly right before the ck Goblin general. He pulled out Hades as he went flying. He brandished it in the opposite direction he did when he killed Metal Giant. It is a normal drawing. He cut diagonally from the crotch to armpit. [You have earned 16 million points and 9.6 million achievement points.] ¡®Nice.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung quietly felt delighted. It could be assumed that he can gather up points quickly if he only hunts level 7s, but this is not the case because it is hard toe across them. Finding a level 7 by chance like this is like a bonus. Inattention brings misfortune. The ck Goblin general was caught off guard. If it had known that Cha Jun Sung was this strong, it may have been able tost a little longer. It had been arrogant thinking that this world is its world, but fell under an unexpected attack. Kyak! When the ck Goblin general died so easily, the other ck Goblins grow fearful and scatter. For mutants, even when there are a lot of them, they back down if they lose momentum. They choose dying over running away if their pride is strong, but it is moremon for mutants under level 7 to be geared more toward their survival instincts than they are to their pride. ck Goblins retreat. They did not choose anywhere near Cha Jun Sung as their withdrawal route. They ran away in the opposite direction in whatever way they could. The Lifers finally discovered Cha Jun Sung once the ck Goblins left. They cannot see his face because of his battle suit. There is no reason for his identity to be revealed unless he tells them either. They are just passing by each other. He will just greet them. Cha Jun Sung turns offbat mode and walks toward the Lifers. A fully remodeled battle suit is grand. It is 2 heads taller than a normal battle suit too. The Lifers gulp when he approaches them. ¡°Who is in charge?¡± ¡°.....¡± The atmosphere bes cold. The Lifers are grateful that Cha Jun Sung chased away the ck Goblins, but they also felt wary. That is why no one coulde forward easily. For him to wander around this hellish ce alone, he must be beyond level B. His appearance alone shows that he has fully remodeled his battle suit. ¡°Odin, we¡¯re looking for the hidden picture.¡± [Behavior analysis based on heart rate, pulse rate, breathing rate... Analysisplete.] [7 Lifers are showing simr reactions. They share responsibilities, which means there is a high probability that they are cadres. I will mark them.] Battle suit functions are infinite. In Cha Jun Sung¡¯s view, the hologram marks the 7 Lifers in charge in a different color. Zing! Lasers in red light point to 7 people. They are speechless at the performance of this battle suit that is iparable to their own. ¡°Why are you hiding? You haven¡¯t done anything wrong to me.¡± ¡°Well.....¡± The people in charge cannot exin why either and stutter. Cha Jun Sung looks at the 7 people and speaks as though he does not care. ¡°You all. What do you think you¡¯re doing entering a level B mission as level C Lifers?¡± ¡°Excuse me?¡± ¡°Are you a suicide squad? You¡¯re people who have gone through a lot of missions, but thought to skip difficulty levels. I¡¯m sure you weren¡¯t putting your faith in the fact that you have 1000 people with you?¡± It does not hurt to try. He spoke as the words came out. Oy! They are not saying anything. They must have put their faith in numbers. Cha Jun Sung puts his head in his hand. He was of course holding his helmet, but the action showed what he was feeling. ¡°Why do you think the ck Goblin general watched from far away? He was ying with you because he knew that he could kill you at any time.¡± Cha Jun Sung revealed their mistake. The Lifers could not refute what he is saying. He is saying such true things that it is almost cruel. A level 7 is so strong that it can create chaos even while it is surrounded by level B Lifers. Level C Lifers are just snacks. ¡°How many people died?¡± ¡°... I believe at least 600 people died.¡± Those in charge are pressured by Cha Jun Sung¡¯s vigor, and respond. Given they were a full raid, more than half died. Many will have died while looking for the ck Goblins as well. If he had not helped them, they would all have been killed. ¡°Keep yourrades¡¯ deaths in your hearts. The result of recklessness is perdition.¡± Cha Jun Sung said everything he needed to and turned his body. They should have understood with this much, and they were speechless with the gruesome reality of what they did when they entered with spirit. They need to thank him for saving their lives, but they cannot speak. So they just watched Cha Jun Sung as he disappeared. Cha Jun Sung did not unt it either because it is not something he did in order to get rewarded. The person who saved and those who were saved can just go on their separate ways. ¡°Master, the mission...¡± ¡°We¡¯re quitting.¡± The person called master dered that they are quitting. The mission goal is annihtion. The mission became much easier with the ck Goblin general¡¯s death, but the level 6 ck Goblins are burdensome for them as well. He had thought they would be able toplete the mission with 1000 people, but realized they have no chance aftering face to face with them. ¡°Is he a level B Lifer?¡± ¡°I know a World Federation Lifer, and his battle suit doesn¡¯t look like that. I think that¡¯s gone through some more remodeling.¡± There is a limit in the range of remodeling they can do by store level. If they are the same level, the shape would be simr to other people¡¯s whether that is the World Federation. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s is a full remodeling, but a level C Lifer cannot evaluate that with level C standards. ¡°Could he be?¡± ¡°Is there someone you have in mind?¡± ¡°It¡¯s been 1 year since level A missions were opened up. Could he be that person?¡± ¡°That person? What! No way!¡± ¡°He¡¯s just 1 person, but he is an existing Lifer. The probability of meeting him is low, but it isn¡¯t impossible. And hisbat ability on top of that!¡± His handiwork in getting through all of those ck Goblins to split the general into two pieces with just 1 blow. He surpassed what is possible ording to level B standards. A level A Lifer was born about 1 year ago, and they are guessing that is him. ¡°Recklessness leads to perdition.....¡± The person in charge thinks back to what Cha Jun Sung said. He gained a new life in this vastnd. It is the probability being hit by lightning on a clear day. They had been lucky. But if there is a bright side, there is also a dark side. Far away from these Lifers, there are other Lifers caught in terribly awful luck. Chapter 196 Volume 7 / Chapter 196 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°Ah.....¡± It is unbelievable even after seeing the atrocity with his own eyes. It is a force that left with vigor, but they plummeted within moments. Where did it go wrong? Right, it was from then. It started getting twisted once they met that Lifer. He brought them here. A Lifer whose whole body was pierced with dozens of odd looking tentacles is writhing in pain. It made holes in the battle suit itself. The tentacles suck something in. His helmet was ripped off by the strong hit, and the Lifer¡¯s exposed middle-aged bare face is shriveling as though he is growing older. The strength he gained from body modifications disappears. He looks healthy on the outside because of howrge the battle suit is, but the Lifer is hollow as the life is being sucked out of him. He died with just his skin left behind. ¡°Ha... Good. So good! There really is a taste to bothering humans!¡± She is red. Red like blood. 8 legs, resembling a spider, a lower body the size of a 3 story building contrary to a normally sized beautiful woman¡¯s upper body ¨C a peculiar appearance that distinguishes her frommon mutants. A strange and inexplicable auraes from this red spider woman. She is Evil Queen¡¯s youngest daughter, Princess of Fresh Blood Odelia. ¡°Eh eh.....¡± ¡°I was worrying because the number of humans living in my area had decreased drastically, but it was a blessing that you all appeared! You have a lot of vitality too!¡± They are weird humans who started appearing a few years ago. They are different from the weak ones. They do not pose a threat, but they fight. There is fun in torturing them. The humans living in the empty buildings and bunkers in her area are so boring they make her yawn. They die of things like heart attacks just from something small like having an arm or leg cut off. But these special humans do not die easily even under torture. Their blood is good quality too, so it was excellent for replenishing her nutrients. About 10 to 100 people go around together, but her energy consumption is low even if she fights all of those numbers at the same time. Odelia only came face to face with Lifers a few times. She just listened to what Evil Queen and her 3 sisters told her. But starting not too long ago, she was able toe across Lifers periodically. These strange humans, Lifers, were not easily visible. That is why she used her head. Since she cannot find them, she will make theme to her. ¡°Ho ho. Good job. I¡¯ll ask you to keep doing a good job. You know what happens if you don¡¯t listen, right?¡± Odelia looks behind her as she speaks. A Lifer is leaning on the wall and looking at her. His eyes are empty. He does not seem like a person who is alive. ¡°... How much more do we have to do this crap for you to let us go?¡± Odelia smiled, baring her sharp red teeth, instead of speaking. The Lifer wanted to rip that face apart, but held back. He does not have the strength or ability to rip her face apart, and he cannot run away. The moment he runs away, Odelia will kill his only sibling. Papat! Lifers who were watching for an opportunity realized that they could no longer deal with it and ran away. It just so happened that Odelia was talking to the Lifer who brought them to this ce. They cannot save their strength. If they put their battle suits in maximum output and run away through the sky, she will not be able to follow them because she does not have wings. ¡°Where are you going?¡± The thick fur on her spider body extend to hundreds of meters and tie up the Lifers who are running away. Their movements are so slow she yawns. ¡°Let go! Let me go!¡± ¡°Sa ¨C save me! You crazy bastard! You¡¯re a Lifer too! Fight! Ack!¡± Odelia did not kill the noisy Lifers, but settled with binding them up. She choked them and knocked them out since she cannot block their mouths. The Lifer watched this and closed his eyes. This is a nightmare. ¡°At least let my brother go! Aren¡¯t I enough? Please!¡± ¡°No.¡± The man grinds his teeth. His brother is being held prisoner by Odelia. He escorted Lifers to Odelia in exchange for sparing his brother¡¯s life. Until now, he repeated this 6 times. Hundreds of people died in this pain. He will not be able to repent for these sins even in death. If hell exists, he will probably go there. He killed other people in order to save his brother. ¡®How.....¡¯ It was a 5000 point level D mission. He had entered with a light heart. He was going to help his brother grow because he is a level C Lifer, but they absurdly ran into Odelia. He thought it was a dream. It does not make sense. There are degrees to special missions. There is an extremely low probability of entering a level D mission and running into a level 8 mutant. Even a dream would be terrible, but this is reality. ¡®If there is a god, please save us...¡± He cried out to god inside. There is no god in this world. *** ¡°Damn! Not here.¡± Cha Jun Sung arrived in Das. He had been dyed on his way while helping other Lifers, but it had not taken long. Did it take about 2 weeks? When he arrived, he settled his heart and focused on finding Odelia. The first ce he went was where he discovered Odelia in the virtual version. It would be nice to find her in one try, but it looks like it will not be so easy. ¡°Ah! Am I going to have to search through all of Texas at this rate? What a pain.¡± Texas is one of America¡¯s 51 states. It cannot be underestimated. Just one state is 7 times the size of Korea. The scale alone is different. Texas is a problem but what if Odelia is in northern, eastern, or western America unlike in the virtual version? He is going crazy just thinking about it. He needs to move thousands of kilometers, but it won¡¯t get that far. The first summons area is always in the vicinity where the mutants are presumed to be. The criteria for this vicinity is decided on mission level. Even if it is level A, they would not separate them into poles. ordingly, there is a high probability that Odelia is somewhere in this wide Texas epassing Houston where he first started out and Das where he ended up. ¡®Oriax, can you find her?¡¯ [You would have felt her too if she were close. There¡¯s really no need to ask me.] The two of them share their senses. Cha Jun Sung had just asked himself. He wants to absorb a high level mutant like he did in Public Underground to find out, but even that is difficult because Odin is watching him. He is in the middle of a level A mission. It is not a situation in which he can turn off his PDA. He needs to maintain his logged in state even if it is just to see the electronic map. ¡°Where do I find this crazy bitch?¡± Ack! Odelia! Cha Jun Sung maximized his battle suit¡¯s microphone and yelled. He would like it if she got caught like this, but Odelia is not in Das. If he yells, his throat will just hurt. There are a lot of mutants as it is arge city. They noticed his presence and went at him little by little, but they were handled with a few cuts. At this rate, there could be a level 7. Of course he cannot be sure. ¡°Whew! There¡¯s a lot of time. We¡¯ll meet at some point if I keep digging around. It doesn¡¯t have to be Odelia. Anyone, get caught. I¡¯ll take care of you.¡± The mission he is in is at such a high level that a special mission does not form no matter what mutant he meets. This process is included in Path of Blood. But the mission will change automatically if he meets a stronger mutant like one of her sisters, so going after this is another method. He does not care which of the 4 sisters he meet, but he wants to avoid the 2nd daughter if he can. She is strong. The 1st and 3rd are perfect. ¡°Come to think of it, it¡¯s weird. There isn¡¯t a mission rted to the 3rd daughter.¡± Cha Jun Sung organized the expected level 8s by mission as he went through the list of level A missions before entering Path of Blood. It was not difficult. It was like Europe¡¯s Inferno, Medusa, and Titan, and Asia¡¯s Red Eye and Dragon. The mutants he is familiar with are the subjects of level A missions. If it is North America, it must be Evil Queen¡¯s 4 daughters and a few other level 8s, but only the 3rd daughter was nowhere to be seen. Benukiz of Depravity. That is Odelia¡¯s 3rd sister. Chapter 197 Volume 7 / Chapter 197 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Benukiz is slightly ahead in attack power. There is a difference, but Benukiz is alright instead of Odelia. Since she is in charge of southern and western region Louisiana facing Texas, the distance is far or short depending on how you look at it. The 4 sisters have smooth exchanges. That is why it was meaningless to divide their areas. There is no concept of invasion because they have a my house is your house way of thinking. Their ruling territory is decided, but there is no reason for that ruling party to be the only ones present. They could be mixed together. It would normally not be wee to run into such transcendental beings, but it is for Cha Jun Sung. ¡°Ugh, I don¡¯t know. It must be a mission error or she¡¯s dead.¡± He is certain there are no missions rted to Benukiz. Let¡¯s think about it simply. Life Mission either lost track of her and couldn¡¯t register her, or she died. Cha Jun Sung looked at Das reduced to ruins with his arms crossed, and tapped his arm with his fingers. He is thinking about what to do. First, he chose this as his primary destination because he hunted Odelia here. Since she is not here, he needs to set his destination to the 2nd, 3rd, 4th rounds until he finds her. His battle suit is at highest performance because it is fully remodeled, but there are limits. What if Odelia appears in the time he has gone somewhere else? There are a lot of ces for him to go. He cannot go back and forth to the same ce. ¡°Is there nothing I can do?¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s face grew sour and grumbled as he took a sphere the size of a motorcycle out of his spacepression bag. It was like looking at a marble erged by hundreds. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s hand shakes. There is not much to see on the outside, but it is a piece of machinery that has incredible functions. It was a must-have item for Perfections in the virtual version. Since it is only sold in the level S store, it is not something he can get unless he has the opening card or is a level S Lifer. [Are you thinking of using the Universe Eye?] ¡°Since I do need to find her. I said I would search through everything, but that¡¯s not as easy done as said so I¡¯m going to use a few to widen my search range.¡± Universe Eye. It is a specialized miniaturized satellite with functions like location tracking or searching. It is sent many kilometers into the sky and links a 100km radius to the battle suit. When the Universe Eye is activated, the helper adjusts the system in real time and rys what is happening. They do not use such a great thing when it exists because it is a level S store item and it is worth a tremendous amount of points. Universe Eye¡¯s price is 300 million points. It can be sustained for 3 months once it is activated. After those 3 months, it self-destructs. It is temporary. The bigger problem is that it consumes 10 points per second, which means that if it is sustained for 3 months, it eats 77 million points. What would happen if they run out of points while sustaining it? The functions stop. It is an item with outstanding retention, but the consumption is extremely severe. Cha Jun Sung invested 3 billion points into the Universe Eye. 10. The number of Universe Eyes that Cha Jun Sung is in possession of. They need tost until he bes a level S Lifer. He had been expecting it, but it has be twisted from the first round. If he uses 10 in finding Odelia, the points to sustain them alone would be close to 800 million. 3 billion + 800 million is 3.8 billion. Bang! Cha Jun Sung activated his booster and flew into the sky. He cannot use something worth 300 million points without thinking. He keeps going higher. He is not high enough to touch the clouds, but he is so high he can see all of Das in one view. ¡°Odin, start.¡± Beep beep! Complicated numberse up on the helmet¡¯s hologram. Odin is optimizing Das¡¯ area and environment, and converting them into numbers. All types of mathematical forms are being calcted at the same time and paralyze Cha Jun Sung¡¯s brain. A protractor formed and even calctes angles. [Searching coordinates to install Universe Eye... Searchplete. Marking instation point. Manual or automatic ¨C which would you like to set up?] ¡°Automatic.¡± He will exclude manual. If he makes a mistake he will be wasting 300 million points. He is just using a battle suit, and cannot deal with the system as precisely as Odin does. [Coordinates 211.352.952.126. Universe Eye, run remote control mode.] Wiing! He had left the Universe Eye on the ground, and it flies toward the registered coordinates. When he was buying them, he left them set in remote control mode, so he did not need to press each of the numbers. If he had not done that, he would have just done it manually. The sphere arrived at the coordinate point and spread its wings. It is a miniature version of an artificial pseudotype he saw on TV. That was not the only change. [Eject 100 eyes.] 100 eyes. Young eyes, marbles the size of fists, will be Universe Eye¡¯s hands and feet. They scatter everywhere to construct each of their areas. The 100 eyes pick up what is happening on ground and ry it to the Universe Eye, which in turn rys the information to the battle suit. [Change in viewpoint.] [It is working properly. Odelia is nowhere to be seen.] They cannot see inside buildings or into deep ces, but they ry everything they see on the outside to Odin. It is doing its 300 million points worth. He can know what mutants are where and what they are doing in real time. It is just a part, but he can check outside Das as well. ¡°Let¡¯s go to another area.¡± [I hope we find her quickly. Since you¡¯ve used 1, using the remaining 9 is only a matter of time.] Odin criticizes. Cha Jun Sung just thought of him as starting the nagging up again and ignored it. But that does not mean he does not care at all, since what Odin said is not wrong. *** It was when Cha Jun Sung raised Universe Eye to look for Odelia. 2 guests came in a small city in Louisiana. They were beautiful women who any man would look twice at, but they had a subtle heterogeneity that made them different from humans. The aura they gave off was also strange. The thing that stood out most is that they are naked, but they do not have reproductive organs. That is right. They are not humans, but mutants. ¡°Is it here?¡± ¡°Our 3rd sister¡¯s traces got cut off here. Whether she¡¯s alive or not... something will be here.¡± The 2 women were not embarrassed by their nakedness and went around without hesitation. No one is watching anyway and they would not care even if there were. It is a city that looks like it had a poption of less than 200,000. It is so small that they would be able to figure out the configuration quickly between the two of them. Ah ah. Not even 20 minutes had passed before the 2 of them were able to find their 3rd sister, the reason why they had been brought here. A giant gray female figure with 6 pairs of de wings that are transparent like dragonfly wings, is stuck to the outer wall of a 3 story building. A streetmp is going through the chest, and it looks like it was cut in a way that made it convenient to throw. The streetmp is holding the corpse in ce so it will not fall. It is a body that is nearly 10 meters tall. There will have been a tremendous amount of bleeding, but a lot of time must have passed since she died because traces of the blood have dried up. ¡°Benukiz.....¡± One of the 2 women is furious. Murderous condemnation epasses the area around them. This could not be. Who is Benukiz? She is the daughter of their great mother Evil Queen and their little sister. She is not one that should have died outside in such a pathetic state. ¡°Stop.¡± ¡°Vanessa! Benukiz died! You¡¯re telling me to stop when our little sister died?¡± ¡°She¡¯s already dead. Mother can¡¯t save her even if shees. I¡¯m sad too, but it¡¯s more important to figure out what happened than it is to get agitated.¡± Two-Faced Vanessa. She is Evil Queen¡¯s 2nd daughter and the only one of the 4 sisters that Cha Jun Sung had not killed. The one who got mad is Narsiel of Abuse. She is the oldest daughter. The 4 sisters periodically contact each other. Mutants have methods ofmunication as well. In addition, they receive contact from humans as well. Even they see science as convenient technology. A few months ago, they lost contact with Benukiz. They know that she was somewhere in Louisiana, but they could not find her exact location. They set loose tens of thousands of mutants to chase traces of the missing Benukiz, and they were brought to this outlying town as a result. Vanessa left Narsiel where she was standing and went closer to Benukiz. Narsiel calmed down a bit and followed her. Vanessa observes Benukiz¡¯s corpse. Wounds embroider her entire body. There are those that are severe and those that are not that deep ¨C she has been chopped up by something sharp. Chapter 198 Volume 7 / Chapter 198 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda The direct action that took her life was the streetmp that had gone through her chest. Whatever had attacked her, took her energy and then ended it with the streetmp. It must have been a situation where she could not help but get hit. If not, she would not have died like that. All they can see from the corpse is how she died. Vanessa looks at Benukiz¡¯s corpse. They need to see how her battle against the opponent went. Narsiel came back to her senses and looked for traces of the battle like Vanessa is doing. ¡°It¡¯s small and fast.¡± ¡°Extremely.¡± The opponent is small. The attack on Benukiz iwas focused on one ce. An attack is something that is meant to kill. It was focused because it was small. Everything in the area where Benukiz died is in chaos. There is no doubt that they moved around as they fought. ¡°What is this? She wasn¡¯t able tond a single telling blow? This is a lie, right?¡± It is all Benukiz¡¯s wreckage. There is nothing of the enemy¡¯s. This does not make sense. Narsiel needs to be wary of being hit if she fights with Benukiz, too. How strong was the enemy that she was attacked unterally? ¡°If it were you... could you die in the same way Benukiz did?¡± Vanessa shakes her head to Narsiel¡¯s question. There is no way to answer without fighting, but it seems that it would be hard even for the strongest of the 4 sisters. Vanessa touches the part of the building that has been sharply cut. It is clean. But there is no feeling of vigor to the cutting. Artificial? There is nothing to express it, but it feels something like that. The wind changes behind them. At that moment, Vanessa and Narsiel exchange looks. The smell. It is unfamiliar yet familiar smell. Papat! Vanessa runs toward the direction from where the smell ising. It is faint. It is so faint that it felt like it could disappear, but they are sure they smelled it. A tongue, long and thin like a whip,es out and picks a piece of metal off the ground. Vanessa sees this and her face shakes. ¡°This.....¡± ¡°Human blood? Benukiz died because of a mere human?¡± The piece of metal is the only clue they have picked up in this wreckage. The blood is not visible to the eye. A long time has passed since it dried and disappeared. Level 8 super senses are able to pick up on the blood that has dried and gone away. That is right. They thought Benukiz had been killed by a strong mutant, but she was killed by a human. Blood dropped by coincidence? There¡¯s no way. ¡°Why was Benukiz here?¡± ¡°It¡¯s either coincidence or a lure.¡± There is a higher chance that it is thetter. If they want to find out what happened, they have no choice but to find the person who did it and ask him. The key is in how to find him. ¡°How about the youngest?¡± ¡°She¡¯s fine. She said she discovered something fun, and I¡¯m guessing it¡¯s torture. Well.¡± The youngest Vanessa is referring to is Odelia. Thest time Narsiel contacted her is a few weeks ago, and she said she is staying somewhere in Austin, Texas. ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± ¡°Alright.¡± They are nervous. The youngest is weaker than their 3rd sister. She is strong as an individual, but she will not be able tost for very long if shees across an enemy like that. The two of them went back to Benukiz¡¯s corpse. They cannot leave her like this. Vanessa and Narsiel absorb Benukiz¡¯s body. They do not get stronger or anything, but in human concepts, it is as though they have cremated her. They finished absorbing her and went from Louisiana to Texas. They are close and it felt like a good idea to check on her just in case. Their destination is Austin, Texas. *** Cha Jun Sung looks dispirited. Odin¡¯s criticism that since he used one Universe Eye he would soon go through all of them, could be reality. The words became reality. He did not use all of them as he had said. He used 4 with Das as a start and is about to use an additional one. The Universe Eye shoots into the air as though a rocket wereunched. Cha Jun Sung watched this and stepped on a stone on the ground. It breaks like an egg under the pressure. ¡°Where is this wretched bitch?¡± Cha Jun Sung is normally well-mannered and watches thenguage he uses. But he is human too. He cannot help but curse if he gets angry. In that sense, Odelia can be cursed out without having anything to say in opposition to it. She needs to starting out if he has put this much effort into it. He used a total of 5 Universe Eyes. That alone is 1.5 billion points. Sustaining point? He did not count each one, but they are going out even at this moment. Since it is his 5th one, 50 points must be going out every second. It may feel small but if this bes cumtive, it is an amount that cannot be underestimated. He is able to search a huge radius because he put out 5 of them. What makes him angry right now is America¡¯s area. There are 5 with radii of 100km, but that is not enough topletely search Texas. It does not seem like the situation will get much better even if he uses the other 5. He is not going to use them because the immense amount of points is an issue, but also because he cannot buy more even if he wants to until he gets to level S. The damage is huge. It isforting to put meaning in the fact that this is his first level 8 hunt. It is good to fold thoughts of benefiting with points. The reward is 1.1 billion points. He exceeded by 400 million from the beginning. The key is how many points level 8 Odelia will be worth. Life Mission usually gives 10 times for each level. Since the best in level 7 is 20 million, it would be normal to get 100 or 200 million but it does not add up. There is nothing he can do if he gets that much and it is best to calcte separately. The fortunate thing is that on the premise that Odelia is in Texas for sure, he has shortened the time in finding her to an extent. He has looked through the central region of Texas. Himself? Universe Eyes looked through it. He excluded unnecessary areas and used them inrge cities where main facilities are concentrated. He cannot dig through each and every corner. Cameras that the 5 Universe Eyes see throughe up as a hologram. It is a volume that Cha Jun Sung cannot see all at once even if he expands the hologram. Odin considered what is important and only put up the videos that are worth looking at but there are no videos relevant to Odelia, so most of them might as well just be garbage. ¡°There are a fair amount of Lifers. I¡¯m sure you guys are watching us like this, too.¡± The footage that the Universe Eyes send through is showing Lifers going through missions. Is this how helpers see things? Cha Jun Sung felt like he had be a helper himself. [It is simr. The difference is that you¡¯re free, but we aren¡¯t. Based on Life Mission¡¯s rules, we are just watching.] ¡°Rules my ass...¡± What rules when they do whatever they want. Nonsense. Cha Jun Sung did not get mad at Odin. It is all the fault of the superiors. ¡°Let¡¯s see. The remaining city is.....¡± The small cities and viges did not take long, so he personally went in and searched. He only used the Universe Eyes on big scales. [The biggest city near here is central south Austin.] Cha Jun Sung¡¯s current location is central city Round Rock. If he goes southeast from here, he will get to Austin. The distance is about the amount it took him to get from Houston to Das. He was annoyed because the search for Odelia grewter, but he was alsofortable on the one hand because the Universe Eyes are searching through therger areas. If she is not in Austin, he needs to search through the west and the north. If she¡¯s not there? The east. What if she¡¯s not in Texas at all? He does not want to even think about that. Chapter 199 Volume 7 / Chapter 199 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda To Cha Jun Sung who had be a Perfection, level S Lifer, mutants below level 7 are just toys. That is why he minimized hunting mutants. He only took on the ones that were at least level 5 and did not even look at the ones below, but the Universe Eyes were using up a considerable amount of points. So he killed everything that came at him even if it was bothersome. He has hundreds of millions of points so he has enough for now, but he will be on thin ice after a few weeks and months. They are points that he left considering the Universe Eye in the first ce. Cha Jun Sung went to Austin and caught mutants more actively. His points increased little by little from his efforts even though point consumption was fast. He wishes a level 7 would appear somewhere. Even if he kills a lot of small ones, it is not as good as killing one level 7. Though it is not a level 8, it is extremely hard to find one and the ck Goblins were the first andst. Cha Jun Sung has mighty force and wanders around Texas freely even with obstacles from mutants, so he arrived in Austin without problems. Until now, nothing was very different from the other cities he had seen. Cha Jun Sung started feeling that Austin was different from other cities when he saw the hundreds of gravestones standing outside the city. It was a coincidence. Cha Jun Sung was calcting the coordinates to put the Universe Eye up, when the cemetery came into the battle suit¡¯s view. [ording to blood analyses, thest one was created 2 days ago.] Grave? They aremon in reality. When Lifers die here, their colleagues do bury them sometimes. That is not what Cha Jun Sung is wondering about. On top of each grave is what looks like each Lifer¡¯s belongings like a souvenir. They are items like battle suits and vibrating weapons. If they had died at the same time, the blood analyses would have showed them to be the same or simr. But they are all different. Assuming the number of dead are about 6 forces, he can only think that someone is creating these on purpose. How could Lifers be burying each other at different times in the same ce? It is a phenomenon that Cha Jun Sung cannot understand. Did a full raid of level C Lifers stay in Austin and gather their dead colleagues in one ce? This actually is not impossible. It is a guess, 6 forces is 600 people. Whether theypleted the mission or not, it would have been best to return to reality if they had suffered this much damage. ording to blood analyses, the oldest grave is from 1 month and the newest is 2 days. It does not make sense that Lifers are hunting long term in Austin. They could have been annihted, but he cannot think that because who would have buried them if they had all been killed? It would have just been a field of corpses. ¡°It¡¯s weird. It does look like a human did it from the handiwork.¡± The graves have formal assortment. There is no way a mutant did this. He could run into the Lifer who did it if he is lucky. There is always bound to be an entric somewhere. They could have chosen this ce because they do not like reality. He wants to meet whoever it is as long as it is not someone with sinister intentions. Though there is nothing he can do if that person went back to reality in thest 2 days. ¡°Odin, put it up.¡± Cha Jun Sung sent his 6th Universe Eye up, here in Austin. *** Cha Jun Sung was sleeping in a hotel room that was not in business now. Since he has be superhuman, he only needs to sleep for 1 hour a day and could go for weeks without sleep if he really wanted to. Sleep is not a necessity. No matter how much energy he has, what is bothersome is bothersome. He isn¡¯t pressed for time and is just annoyed with the search for Odelia, so he is rxing. He looks like he is defenseless, but his senses make it so that he can react and attack at any time if he feels something going on near him. It is just that Odin does not need anything like sleep because he is artificial intelligence, but he minimizes battle suit functions and watches all of the footage provided by the 6 Universe Eyes. It is possible for Odin because he is a machine. [What is that?] The Universe Eye in Das picked up something strange. Odin watched it with interest and then expanded the video. Papapat! Something is moving at a fast speed. It is not inside Das. It is at the end of a 100km radius, a video being filmed on the far lower side. [What! Narsiel! Vanessa!] Odin identifies the moving creatures and gasps. Evil Queen¡¯s 1st and 2nd daughters are crossing from Das to Houston. Odin quickly calctes their route. The Universe Eye formtes their movement and marks it on a map. The calction is not 100% urate, but the Universe Eye can estimate it up to a point. [They¡¯reing here.] There is no way of knowing whether their destination is Austin or if they will just be passing by, but it is definitely one or the other. There is plenty of time to prepare since they are still far away. But with that speed, Cha Jun Sung needs to decide on his direction within a day. [What if they areing here and not just passing by? Odelia¡¯s here!] Odin is not human. He is artificial intelligence. He quickly derives the case with the highest probability. Though of course there are always errors. [Odin.] [Code name Odin, responding.] The artificial intelligence reacts on its own. It is sudden contact from the superiors. [Hold on reporting.] [Are you telling me to hide those mutants¡¯ movements from Cha Jun Sung?] [Yes. Odelia is in Austin. There are 3 level 8s if Narsiel and Vanessa arrive. Put them against Cha Jun Sung intact.] Cha Jun Sung is a level A Lifer. He is a Pioneer, but he has thebat ability of a level S Lifer or Perfection because of the card. He has achieved it a few years earlier than expected. They want to see how he does against a level 9, but that is currently impossible. This is a good chance to test a level S Lifer¡¯sbat ability against 3 level 8s. [Impossible! The Universe Eyes are Cha Jun Sung¡¯s personal possessions. If they pick something up, I have a duty to report it whatever it is.] Odin rejects the superior¡¯s order. He might have epted albeit reluctantly if Narsiel and Vanessa had been mutants on the same level as Odelia. It would be a bit of a difficult fight, but there would be a high probability of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s victory. But they are at different levels. Narsiel is strong, but Two Faced Vanessa is evaluated as being at the same level as Red Eye. On top of that, there are rumors of a Life Mission investigation that says thatbat ability is not from all of her power. That is how much there is hidden. If 3 of them attack, Cha Jun Sung would have entered a solo mission with a light heart and then be stuck in a life threatening situation. [If you refuse to obey, I will use my authority to force the program.] [ording to Life Mission rules, I have justification to refuse the force.] There is the sound of teeth grinding. If this were artificial intelligence, there is no way it would get so agitated. A person is talking to Odin ¨C one of the developers. [I am sorry. If you have nothing else to say, I will end the connection.] Odin ended the call with his superior as he wanted. A subordinate needs to obey a senior, but the subordinate can refuse if the senior crosses the line. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung?] ¡°What?¡± Cha Jun Sung opens his eyes. He had not heard Odin¡¯s conversation with his superior because it was done inside the system. [The Universe Eye in Das discovered unique mutants. After calcting their route, it seems their destination is Austin.] He hid the fact that it is Narsiel and Vanessa. Providing information is also against the rules. Cha Jun Sung has hunted Narsiel in the virtual. Then he will be able to figure out who she is by looking at her. [Sending video.] A hologram expands in a dark room. Narsiel and Vanessae up in that video. Cha Jun Sung frowns. There is a countdown. The time gets shorter. Cha Jun Sung cannot hear it ticking, but he feels like he can. [04:59:53] [04:59:52] It marks the time left until Narsiel and Vanessa arrive in Austin. It started at 5 hours and now 7 or 8 seconds have passed. That is the time calcted if they do not increase their speed. Cha Jun Sung recognized Narsiel quickly because he has seen her face before. He also knows Odelia and Benukiz¡¯s faces, so it wasn¡¯t hard for him to figure out that the other is Vanessa. ¡°2 against 1.¡± Cha Jun Sung sat down and scored the odds. He did not say 3 against 1 but 2 to 1 because he does not know that Odelia is in Austin. Benukiz and Odelia are on the weaker side of middle level 8s, but the gap in power bes distinctly wider starting with Narsiel. From his experience with her in the virtual version, Narsiel is a half time stronger than Benukiz. But he isn¡¯t concerned with Narsiel, but Vanessa. ¡®If the 2nd daughter shows her other face, you can take on all of the sisters.¡¯ This is what Narsiel told him before she died in the virtual version. Chapter 200 Volume 7 / Chapter 200 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Being able to take mutants like that on 3 against 1 is proof of getting close to level 9. Not even Red Eye can do that. Anybination of 2 to 1 is doable excluding Vanessa, but 3 to 1 is too much. Red Eye wins if it is abination of Odelia and Benukiz, and a close fight if a Narsielbination. Cha Jun Sung as a Perfection is stronger than Red Eye. Hecks 2% due to an absence of various items, but he exceeds level 8 in purebat ability. The power he has is between level 8 and 9. Comparing Red Eye and Cha Jun Sung¡¯sbat ability, this situation now when he cannot find Odelia is wee. The problem is that Two Faced Vanessa will be in that fight where he can face all of the sisters. It is the worstbination since they are the 2 strongest. ¡°Vanessa, Vanessa.¡± After Cha Jun Sung hunted 3 of the 4 sisters and prepared for his raid against Evil Queen in the virtual, he had looked for information on Vanessa. There was not much, and he was only able to find snippets. [Of the 3 males and 4 females born from Evil Queen and Bon Load, Vanessa is the only half blood with characteristics of both level 9s.] The daughters have Evil Queen¡¯s characteristics and the sons have Bon Load¡¯s, but Vanessa alone inherited both. So she has another nickname in addition to Two Faced ¨C Half Blood. She would rank level 8 with just one but if she has genes of two that are strong, there is no way to know who will win until they face off. Much less with Narsiel, it is a good opportunity but one that feels like it should be avoided. [04:25:12] ¡°Ugh! Just one shoulde, why are both of theming at the same time?¡± Cha Jun Sung decided to back off. It is a waste, but he will get another chance. [Oh, well.] ¡°What now? Will you stop surprising me?¡± Odin did not answer Cha Jun Sung¡¯s question, and pulled up a video from the Universe Eye like when he discovered Narsiel and Vanessa. ¡°Huh?¡± [Keep watching. I think you can make your final decision after watching this.] The video that Odin pulled up is from the Universe Eye in Austin. A force level of Lifers is moving somewhere. Cha Jun Sung did notin, and just watched. Odin can see all of Austin like it is the back of his hand. It means he knows the result of these words. ¡°Could that be.¡± The screen brightens. More precisely, it can be mistaken that the background of the environment on screen has be red. ¡°Path of Blood.¡± Odelia is obsessivelypulsive and makes her entire home red. The hair that grows all over her body bes a brush and the pocket that holds the money she got through torture bes paint. That is how she paints. In Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes, that is Path of Blood, the way to Odelia¡¯s home. The fact that this path came out means that Odelia is in Austin or it is a trace of her having been here. She does not stay in one ce. She goes around in search of subjects for torture. ¡°Is the final decision... that Odelia¡¯s in Austin? What! Then that means Narsiel and Vanessa areing to see their sister. It¡¯s a scam!¡± It is not 2 against 1. It might be 3 to 1 like this. No matter howparatively weak Odelia is, she is a level 8. She has a blow in her own way. [It¡¯s okay. There¡¯s time left, so you can make the decisionter.] Cha Jun Sung calmed down and focused on the video. It is as Odin said. There are still 4 hours left until they get here. He can look at everything and then make his decision. Lifers arrive at the Path of Blood and are taken aback. The environment has changed and the atmosphere has grown dark. They cannot figure out what has happened. Boom! ¡°Odelia.¡± Red Spider, Princess of Fresh Blood Odelia jumped out from among buildings. These mysterious Lifers had walked into hell on their own. Cha Jun Sung considered whether he should help or not, and gave up in the end. They are at least 25km away. He cannot help them even if he runs to them now. Even if they are lucky and he is able to rescue them, Cha Jun Sung is not in a good situation either. He could be sandwiched by Narsiel and Vanessa while fighting Odelia. He cannot risk their own lives and help them. When we get involved, we do so by volition. Others are not subjects of consideration. ¡°If Austin is Odelia¡¯s home, it should have been separated as a danger zone. Why are other Lifers here? Are they going to say it¡¯s another mission error?¡± [No, it is not. Please pay attention to that man.] Wiing! The Universe Eye focuses on a Lifer who does not look particrly different. But when he approached Odelia, he moved behind her. What is this? What is this situation? Cha Jun Sung blinks. [I backtracked their route and they trickled down from the north. This is a danger zone, but north is a normal mission area.] There is no Universe Eye installed in the north. That is why it was guessed that it is Austin, but that Lifer led the force. ¡°Ha! Is it a lure? Is he presenting Lifers to Odelia or something?¡± [It seems so, though I cannot tell why.] Does he have a deal? Cha Jun Sung rages inside. There are things that you can do and things that you can¡¯t. Those actions are worse than murder. ¡°How about Narsiel and Vanessa?¡± [They areing. Their estimated time of arrival has not changed.] The speed is constant. Cha Jun Sung brought up the best and worst case scenarios. He has 4 hours of time. The best case is that he kills Odelia within that time and runs away. The worst is that he is unable to kill her and gets caught. ¡°Damn it. What¡¯s there to think about.¡± Cha Jun Sung stood up. The amount of time he has is finite. As time shortens, the width for activity grows more and more narrow. The situation grew disadvantageous for him even while he is thinking now. He needs to move quickly if he is to have any odds of getting what he wants. ¡°We¡¯ll be able to get away from here within 4 hours, no 3, right?¡± Considering error, he needs to leave 1 hour of time. No matter how weak Odelia is, she is a level 8. It is hard to kill her within a matter of hours. [Comparing Lifer Cha Jun Sung and a weak one¡¯sbat abilities, there is plenty possibility. As long as external variables are not applied.] ¡°That¡¯s fine.¡± Bang! Cha Jun Sung steps off of the terrace connected to the living room, and jumped into the air. It is 5 hours. Faster is better. He will kill Odelia and get out of this ce. *** 25km distance. It is said that people can go 4km if they walk for 1 hour, which means it should take more than 5 hours for that distance. It did not even take 25 minutes for Cha Jun Sung to go that distance. The Universe Eye marked the route with the shortest distance for him on the electronic map. He arrived quickly because he flew and there was no reason for him to go off route. Cha Jun Sung decreased his booster¡¯s output andnded on a building with dozens of floors. Then he made sure not to make a sound as he went closer to Odelia. Once he reached a certain distance, the disgusting scent of blood tickled his senses. He knows why this is because of the Universe Eye. He can¡¯t help but curse. Most of the Lifers became invalids in that short time of 20 minutes. They had been disabled so that they could not rebel or run away. Level 8 Odelia might as well be the Grim Reaper to those level C Lifers. Odelia lifts a Lifer into the air by the leg and cuts off his arms. A hair that is as thin as thread goes through his battle suit. ¡°Hee hee! This is great!¡± ¡°Crazy bitch.¡± Cha Jun Sung curses Odelia while he is hiding. The things she does is the same as she did in the virtual version. This bitch isn¡¯t normal. Even the word ¡®bitch¡¯ isn¡¯t enough for her. [04:01:05] Odelia doesn¡¯t realize that Cha Jun Sung is there even though he has gotten so close to her he is only 50m away. His battle suit is great, but she is also distracted by the torture. ¡°I¡¯ll kill her with maximum output.¡± It¡¯s a time attack anyway. He won¡¯t be exploring or anything, so there is no reason to save his strength while fighting. 3 hours isn¡¯t enough time in taking on a level 8. [Battlecore, Overbooster 100% deployed.] [Fullbat function, Overmode activated with ovep of the battlecore and Overbooster! 8 hours until engine overheat, energy recovery rate 50% control!] It is just in case. If he cannot avoid meeting Narsiel and Vanessa, he needs to have killed Odelia at the least. Divide and conquer. Chapter 201 Volume 7 / Chapter 201 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda The opportunity is when she is separated from them and alone. The 2 against 1 Vanessabination is burdensome, but there is a higher chance that he can win than if Odelia is included in there to make it 3 against 1. If he is lucky, he might be able to kill 3 of Evil Queen¡¯s daughters. He cannot doubt that the reward is as sweet as it is dangerous. It will more than cover the costs of the Universe Eyes and there is the possibility that it will be a level A special mission. It is 3 level 8s. Difficulties will ovep so there needs to be discretion. It is the worst case scenario. Cha Jun Sung is thinking of just killing Odelia and getting out. He will only put himself in a bad situation if he needs to. The circumstances do not call for that right now. ¡®A blow won¡¯t be able to kill her. She¡¯s a level 8 even if she¡¯s weak. It needs to be fatal!¡¯ Cha Jun Sung went at Odelia like a beast going after its prey. He is so fast that reacting would be impossible, but Odelia managed to react. Hundreds of hairs reflexively attacked Cha Jun Sung. The route of the hairs shooting at the battle suit¡¯s hologram draw out in a line. Papapat! ¡°Die, you red sadist.¡± Odelia was taken aback. It is surprising that he was able to fool her senses and hide, but it should be impossible topletely detect her attack. For an instant, the dozens of pairs of eyes between her upper and lower body look towards Cha Jun Sung¡¯s belt. Her instincts warn her that it will be dangerous if he pulls that out. Odelia is rushed and throws the Lifer she is holding, at Cha Jun Sung. He cannot tell if the Lifer is alive or not, but his decision did not take long. Hades came out, went through the Lifer and flew toward Odelia. A clear color does note up, but the sharp feeling is there. But for the moment Cha Jun Sung was in consideration, Odelia increased the distance with sleek body movements and avoided the sword. Brandishing from bottom to top, horizontally. Odelia concentrated her skills and watched the aura of the weapon passing right under her nose. It is a haze. She can tell without having it touch her. It is dangerous if she gets hit. When Odelia avoided it, the building behind her splits. If the extracted energy is that much, she can guess how much the sword itself has. When Cha Jun Sung¡¯s surprise attack failed, he put the Overbooster in reverse and took position to go into real battle. Assaulting while in the air with just the output from the booster does not bring out as much speed as woulde from kicking off from the ground. There is nothing to support his lower body. Air war is something that he is rtively confident in, but Odelia is not a flying mutant. There is no need to act like a bird. Boom boom boom! A part of the building that was hit by the force, copses. The sound was so loud that it was like thunder, but no one inside cared about the sound. Lifers who had been tortured, the Lifer who lured them there, even Odelia who avoided the hit ¨C no one could understand what was happening. ¡°What ¨C what are you?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t have time to talk. I need to end this within 3 hours.¡± The Overbooster emits the refined mes and gets excited. It prepares to charge like a bull going at a red g. If it weren¡¯t for Narsiel and Vanessa, he would have talked to her about Evil Queen to get some information, but he does not have time for that. Cha Jun Sung needs to keep one thing in mind in his battle with Odelia ¨C that he needs to kill her as quickly as possible. That is this battle¡¯s goal. Bang! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body bes hazy with maximum output from the Overmode. It is not teleportation. He is moving with incredible speed, so much so that it leaves an afterimage. Ping ping! Odeliaunches the fur all over her body everywhere. She could not determine Cha Jun Sung¡¯s movements precisely with her transcendental senses. She covered all directions. A living creature needs to reveal itself and that method works. At Odelia¡¯s side in the air where there is nothing, the hairs are cut into pieces. That is where Cha Jun Sung showed himself. ¡°You¡¯re smart!¡± ¡°Who do you think I am,ing at me!¡± Cha Jun Sungughs. Whatever her personality is like, herbat style is outstanding. Since she can¡¯t see him, she¡¯ll just attack everywhere surrounding her. But how long can thatst? It is just a temporary measure, but it just bes a way of buying time if she is pushed back in specifications. There¡¯s no way they don¡¯t know that! ¡®Odelia¡¯s weakness was her upper body, right? If I cut that off, half of it¡¯s done.¡¯ He can win even if he doesn¡¯t go for the upper body, but what¡¯s good is good. It is just that the center is in the lower body so it is not easy tond a hit. Odelia does not know that Cha Jun Sung knows her weakness. That is why she is not hiding it. ¡°You cullion! I¡¯ll make you beg me to kill you!¡± Odelia got the hint that Cha Jun Sung does not want to talk. If he won¡¯t answer when she asks, there¡¯s no point in doing so. Papat! Bang bang bang! Odelia¡¯s 8 legs squirm and go near Cha Jun Sung. She crushes any obstacles with her trunk. Odelia is a mid-sized mutant. There are constraints if there are a lot of buildings. The terrain here is notplicated. It is not an urban area with buildings everywhere so after repeating the same actions a few times, they created the optimal area for battle. ¡°What a useless trick.¡± Dustes out of the copsed building. Odelia uses her clustered fur like a fan and flies at Cha Jun Sung. Vision bes blurred. Humans depend on sight the most. This is not very different for Cha Jun Sung, so he feels frustrated if his sight bes paralyzed. But when a Lifer who has gone through body modifications and has a battle suit loses sight, other senses make up for it. Kyak! Odelia watched Cha Jun Sung¡¯s back, twisted her fur, and transformed it into the shape of a spear. Odelia is not a mutant that can mutate her whole body or parts of her body. She just knows how to maximize use of her body. Cha Jun Sung used his sense of hearing to avoid all of the attacks. The fur that became a spear go into the ground. It does not hit him, but keeps chasing and stabbing at him wherever he moves. His sight is fine. The battle suit¡¯s heat sensor and UV detection mode show him which direction Odelia is moving in and how. Odelia took color from him. ¡°So you¡¯re slowly starting to change your pattern!¡± Her spider¡¯s lower body, or more precisely her hip, twists andunches a thick needle at Cha Jun Sung. It is almost like a missile. Fur attack is basic. Odelia has various patterns. Being hit by that needle is dangerous in itself, but it contains a vicious poison that can kill most things with basic tolerance just by grazing them. Cha Jun Sung brings his sword down. The end of therge poison dart, a part that is so small it cannot even be measured in mm, is split in half by Cha Jun Sung¡¯s sword. Poison spills from where it has been split, but it did not touch the battle suit. Looking closely, a purplish shield is acting as a barrier between the battle suit and poison. It is a barrier built into the battle suit. The poison flows down the barrier. The poison that fell on the ground was already melting whatever it came in touch with. It is made of acid. Cha Jun Sung broke the poison dart and with his body maintained by the Overbooster, he turned his waist andnded a powerful kick to the spider lower body. Kyak! Red blood that is appropriate for her red body flies through the air. Something strange, that is hard to discern whether they are teeth or ws, break and fall all over the ce. Boom boom! Odelia stumbles. It is no joke. It is a kick full of power. She is probably hearing bells in her head and seeing stars. ¡®Now!¡¯ Boom boom! Cha Jun Sung stepped on the ground by thew of gravity, got power from the Overbooster, stepped on Odelia¡¯s lower body and ran toward her upper body. She won¡¯t die because he cuts that off, but her strength will be reduced and her regenerative power will weaken. It is not her nucleus, but it is just as important. Bees swarm. Boosters all over his body burst. Hades¡¯ booster adds power as well. There is nothing that says he needs to apply it to drawing. If he cannot control it, he can keep controlling it with the booster while brandishing it. ¡°Oh ¨C oh no!¡± ¡°You said you¡¯ll make me beg for you to kill me? What a joke! I¡¯m just going to kill you!¡± Chapter 202 Volume 7 / Chapter 202 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda A vtile situation. Time grows slower. It did not actually get slower, but it was an important moment to both Cha Jun Sung and Odelia. Vacuum waves form from Hades. These vacuum waves surpass the speed of sound and is simr to a sonic boom. It pushes the air. Odelia¡¯s upper body swells like a balloon and a smooth and sturdy shell covers her. It is toote for her to avoid the attacks, so she will try to block them. Then the fur all over her body wrap tightly and block Cha Jun Sung¡¯s way. A series of courses urred in the blink of an eye. Cha Jun Sung thought he had stabbed her like in the first surprise attack, but Odelia coped with it well as a level 8. She copes so well it is annoying. ¡°Damn it!¡± Cha Jun Sung shouts in frustration. The 1st wall of fur blocking his way is cut through and the 2nd wall of thickly wrapped fur is also cut through. More than half of these 2 barriers are blown away Hades¡¯ aura. The shell is broken in the 3rd round but as ast attempt, Odelia¡¯s muscr upper body withstands the weakened Hades¡¯ cut. ¡°You persistent bitch!¡± ¡°A mere human!¡± Bang! Cha Jun Sung recovered Hades and hit Odelia¡¯s chin with his knee. Her chin broke and her neck extended to the point where it looked like it would break, but Odelia¡¯s left hand grew several timesrger at the same time and hit Cha Jun Sung¡¯s stomach. With that one hit, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body goes flinging out 200 meters. He went through buildings and was covered in asphalt. It is an impressive power. Cha Jun Sung is stronger than Odelia, but he cannot underestimate the difference in mass. Cha Jun Sung wearing the battle suit is about 400 kg. On the other than, Odelia weighs dozens of tons. He probably has an advantage overall, but he can only fall behind in muscr strength alone. Odelia is in pain. Her neck bone is broken and her muscles have been ruptured. Her chin is broken, too. The more serious injury is that she consumed a lot of her nutrients because of Hades¡¯ waves. It is not a shield that she created easily. ¡°Ugh! Save -!¡± ¡°Ack!¡± Odelia shoved Lifers on the ground into the mouth on her lower body. She is in a rush. She does not know why he is after her, but he is as strong an opponent as her sisters. Odelia knows that she does not have anyone in the vicinity to help her and she needs to handle this situation on her own. ¡°You bitch! Stop it!¡± Cha Jun Sung reappeared suddenly and interfered in Odelia¡¯s disgusting meal. He is not a saint to sacrifice himself. That doesn¡¯t mean he is a pessimist who looks at the world in a crooked way either. He is just powerful inbat ability, but he is a normal person who epts something if it is advantageous for him and wants to leave something if it is disadvantageous to him. He has no intention to put his life on the line to save these Lifers, but he cannot pretend he has not seen this when he has already interfered in the situation. Odelia is centered after eating the Lifers. Cha Jun Sung went under her lower body and cut one of her 8 legs. She did not fall over but she could not avoid shaking up her bnce. Bang bang bang bang! To the regr Lifers, the battle between Cha Jun Sung and a level 8 mutant looked like that of a war of gods. A few even forgot the pain they were feeling from torture. They may not know, but Cha Jun Sung is pulling Odelia away little by little so as not to sweep the Lifers up into the battle. He is also trying to prevent her from filling her nutrients by eating the Lifers. He is fighting with his life. He cannot only think of others. Cha Jun Sung met eyes with a Lifer who is hiding far away and watching the battlefield. It is the Lifer he suspects was luring the Lifers to Odelia. He cannot see his face because the battle suit is covering it, but he wants to talk to him if he has time to after the battle. He wants to know how he came to do something so horrid. He will kill him on the spot if he is a psycho, and if he had a reason... he will make the decision then. Beep beep! [02:59:59] He has the time up on the hologram at the side of his helmet so he can check it at any time, and it says that he has reached 3 hours. He has 2 hours left now. Injuries form one by one on Odelia¡¯srge body. She did not stop at the fur and poison darts, and is now attacking with string characteristic of a spider. Spider webs are tricky to deal with because there is a variety of them, but that is it. She is holding out but at this rate, there is no problem in finishing in the time he allotted for himself. It is helping him out a lot that he has fought her before. When he developed as a Perfection in the virtual version, he worked hard to adjust to her changing patterns of attack. Her fur, her poison darts, her web, and... Kyak! ¡°This little rat! It¡¯s over! This is my area from now on!¡± Red liquid sprays out of Odelia¡¯s pores. It is poisonous blood she created bybining the blood she had saved in her pocket and her poison. The poisonous blood spreads out to a radius of hundreds of meters. Cha Jun Sung blocks the blood with an energy shield. It is a disadvantageous environment for him, but he does not despair. ¡°You¡¯ve reached your end.¡± Her poisonous blood is proof that she has been pushed to the edge. Since she has dered her area with confidence, he needs to break her with power. xxx Bang bang! A red fog covers everything in poisonous blood so nothing is visible. It is so thick that he cannot even see with battle suit functions. A blocked space. Every time Cha Jun Sung and Odelia collide, shockwavese out and the poisonous blood rocks like a wave, but it does not scatter. It actually just looks like it is not scattering. The color is growing lighter as time passes. Odelia is a subject producing the blood. She cannot produce it indefinitely, so she is bound to be exhausted. The amount is decreasing and the color is getting lighter ¨C she is in a disadvantageous situation in various ways. ¡°He can¡¯t... he can¡¯t kill her.....¡± The Lifer who lured the other Lifers to Odelia, Hector, stammers. Hector is standing far from the two and watching their battle. It is not a fight that he can interfere in. He will be overpowered the moment he enters, and he will die even before then because of the poisonous blood. Hector goes near the blood. It is dangerous, but there is nothing he can do. Odelia did not just capture his brother. He has been neutralized with a poison. As far as he knows, the only one who knows of the antidote is the subject herself. The unknown Lifer who appeared suddenly has incredible power, but the situation his brother is in is a separate issue. If Odelia dies, his brother also dies. This is a brother he wanted to protect even if it meant bing a murderer himself. He cannot leave him to die now. Inside the poisonous blood, Cha Jun Sung realized that Odelia¡¯s strength has reached its end and exploded the energy barrier protecting his battle suit. A purple maic field spreads out like water and pushes the blood away. Is it because there was damage to the space? Cha Jun Sung¡¯s surroundings be distorted and electricity sparks. This phenomenasted for a while and then disappeared. [Remaining energy 68.2%, 31.8% is good against a level 8.] Odelia really is weak, but she does her level¡¯s worth. Cha Jun Sung even has a high probability of getting level 7s with a single blow. But he fought for several hours. [01:45:15] Cha Jun Sung saw the time and is satisfied. He has 45 minutes more than he had initially expected. It is a time attack he had not had in mind, but he has evaluated a level 8¡¯s strength. The poisonous blood was gathered together in one ce and disappears as though blown away by wind. It is the blood that had not disappeared even after Cha Jun Sung burst his barrier. The covered Odelia appears. She looks miserable and has protected her human body for the most part, but her spider body has been reduced to rags. Her fur that had once been full now looks as though she is balding, and she has blood flowing from various wounds in her flesh. The 8 legs that had been in charge of her mobility are also barely standing with only 4 leftover. Her tail, which can sting, is also opened up. She cannot even fill up her nutrients because he has pulled her away from the Lifers. She might be able to move, but Cha Jun Sung won¡¯t just let that happen. In a situation where she cannot regenerate, she can¡¯t do anything and is basically defenseless. ¡°How ¨C how could this be... A human. A mere human! To the great me!¡± Bang! Cha Jun Sung is annoyed with the noisy Odelia, and cut off 2 more legs. She cannot keep her bnce and falls to one side. Chapter 203 Volume 7 / Chapter 203 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°By what standards are you great? Are mutants so great? Go to hell.¡± Cha Jun Sung steps on Odelia¡¯s lower body and goes up. On TV, there is always a reversal at the end because people drag out the time, and he does not want to see that happening. Cha Jun Sung brought Hades down. It is against Odelia¡¯s upper body. He brought it down easily because she is not in a state to defend herself. Nuclei of top level mutants are flexible and move constantly. In Odelia¡¯s case, if he destroys her upper body which is her weakness, he can stop the nucleus¡¯ flow. That is why the order is getting rid of the upper body and then the nucleus. ng! ¡°What are you doing?¡± ¡°You ¨C you can¡¯t kill Odelia. Please!¡± ¡°Are you normally crazy or did you go crazy because of Odelia?¡± Cha Jun Sung frowns. Hector blocked Hades with a reinforced rifle. He can¡¯t kill her? This isn¡¯t something someone can do in their right mind. The strength in Hades bes more and more powerful. Hector is unable to withstand the difference in the pressure of body modifications and battle suit, and falls to his knees. Hades¡¯ movement toward Odelia strays. Cha Jun Sung is annoyed and throws Hector by his face. But he regains his bnce mid flight andes back. He would not have been able to regain his posture so quickly if Cha Jun Sung had thrown him with intent to kill. ¡°My brother has been poisoned by Odelia and captured by her. If you kill her, he dies too. Please! Don¡¯t kill her. I¡¯m begging you!¡± ¡°Poison?¡± Odelia uses a variety of poisons, but her poisonous blood is the best. If there is an antidote for the poisonous blood, there has to be antidotes for other poisons as well. ¡°Ye ¨C yeah! His brother dies too! He he! I heard humans are weak in the face of affection.¡± ¡°Shut up, you wretch. I thought you said we¡¯re mere humans? Don¡¯t use English when you¡¯re a mere mutant. I guess you learned it well since you are Evil Queen¡¯s daughter.¡± Kyak! Cha Jun Sung cut off the remaining 2 legs. She is disturbing his thinking. She is experiencing this kind of pain for the first time in her life. ¡®The detoxification method...¡± It is surprisingly simple. In the virtual version, the antidote was touching her nucleus. It is unknown whether that method will work in reality as well. He feels sorry for Hector, but he cannot let her live even if it does not work as the antidote. Wiing! [Lifer Cha Jun Sung! Narsiel and Vanessa have sped up! Calcting speed... Calctionplete. They have increased by 157%! End it quickly!] 157% means they have more than doubled their speed. Odin substituted the speed in the time attack and recalcted. [00:42:18] When they are moving outside the Universe Eye¡¯s radius, Odin cannot track their spede either. He can only estimate around when they will arrive. However, they were exposed to the Universe Eye installed in Austin when they arrived faster than was expected. That means that there had been a change in speed from when they were not watching. ¡°Why are they doing that!¡± [It seems like ast-minute spurt.] Is their thinking that they¡¯ll arrive quickly instead of slowing down since they are almost at their destination? It is not a good sign. ¡°Tsk!¡± ¡°Ack! No!¡± Cha Jun Sung cut Odelia¡¯s upper body. She is not dead yet. It just looks like she is dead. If he leaves her like this, she will regenerate a whileter. Hector is devastated. His face has darkened as though he has lost the world. But there is nothing he can do. ¡°Odin, find Odelia¡¯s nucleus. Quickly.¡± [Search mode activated. It is on the left side of her heart in the spider body. If you split Odelia¡¯s bottom half, you will be able to reach it easily.] Bang! Cha Jun Sung put Hades in its hilt and moved by power. Odelia¡¯s body split with one blow because it is defenseless. Odin marks where the nucleus is via hologram. Cha Jun Sung sticks his arm into the disgusting flesh and forces the nucleus out. Then he broke it into pieces. He did it just in case because the missionplete notice did note up. [You have killed Evil Queen¡¯s youngest daughter, Princess of Fresh Blood Odelia. You have earned 1.5 billion points and 300 million achievement points. You havepleted level A mission, Path of Blood. You have earned 1.1 billion reward points.] Chapter 204 Volume 7 / Chapter 204 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Odin thought that the one at the top had used that method for examination. With his authority, he was plenty capable of creating a situation like this. He is one of the top 3 executives who designed Life Mission after all. Of the 3, he is the one who put his all into getting results from Life Mission, but he did not always gear in a good direction. What urred in Africa had happened because he pushed hard for it as well. At the time, the other 2 executives had agreed to go along with it because were not forcing each Lifer, but werepletely shaking up a mission system that they had created. The situation this time is different. Putting the fact that they were making it impossible for Lifers to return even afterpleting their missions aside, intervening with Lifers¡¯ items cannot happen. The Africa incident was a bigger problem in size, but the problem now is bigger in the details. This is a full intervention of the responsible party. [00:09:21] 9 minutes left. He needs to decide on his actions now, whether it will be to fight or run away. ¡°This has nothing to do with you, right?¡± [I can promise you. It absolutely does not.] ¡°Then tell me what¡¯s happening once this situation is all settled.¡± No matter how much Life Mission has the upper hand and they are at a disadvantage, he has no intention of bing a puppet. There is a lot that he must know. If they are going to operate this however they want, it is better to forget Life Mission and live normally in reality. Beep beep! Odin heard Cha Jun Sung and quickly skimmed through Life Mission¡¯s uses. But nowhere could he find any provision applicable to what he said. It is made so that he cannot confess any secrets regarding Life Mission, the executives, or the helpers. They are absolutely in the advantage. [Huh?] Odin¡¯s system stops at one section of uses. Wouldn¡¯t this work? It looks like it could work. This is what was written. If an incident arises in which a Lifer¡¯s unique permission is infringed upon by Life Mission¡¯s arbitrary purposes, he must bepensated with a reasonable rpense. However, this is only possible if the Liferunches a formalint. A helper cannot make a statement that creates a problem. This is an adverse use to Lifers as well. They must make formalints. Helpers cannot confess ¡°It is our fault!¡¯ If they do not know and move past it, the situation bes buried. [Does that mean that you are making aint against Life Mission right now?] ¡°Comint?¡± [Will Lifer Cha Jun Sung file an officialint against Life Mission as it has infringed upon your personal authority? Please state your stance.] ¡°Whatever. I¡¯ll do it. It¡¯s aint.¡± [The 2nd officer infringed upon Lifer Cha Jun Sung¡¯s rights first.] [ording to Lifer Compensation Law article 9 use 26, I will answer your questions regarding the specified provision when this situation is safely settled.] Cha Jun Sung was thinking that Odin was being strangely amodating today, but that was just for a moment. He needed to be prepared for Narsiel and Vanessa. ¡°From the way things are going, it looks like they¡¯re trying to instigate fights. Am I crazy to fight not just one, but two? It¡¯s over if I just run.¡± Papat! Cha Jun Sung released the Overmode and quickly abandoned his position. The Overmode consumes a tremendous amount of energy even when it is sitting inactive. There is no reason for keep it active when the battle is over. [Where are you nning on going?] ¡°I don¡¯t have a destination I¡¯ve decided on or anything. I just have to put out the immediate fires first.¡± He needs to get as far from Austin as he can. He is running with his booster on. It says 200km/h on the speedometer thates up on his hologram. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s battlesuit is on the slow side, but it is the speed of a decent sports car. Objects speed by quickly. [Narsiel and Vanessa have just arrived where we were. We are getting further away because they are not moving.] This is wee news. It is a terrible situation that his return route has been blocked. Once he gets away from here, he can take his time to think of solution. The getaway was fine. At this rate, he can get away from Austin without anyrgeplications. But the 2nd officer is not that amodating. Woong! A 30m diameter gate opened up in the sky. It is the biggest gate Cha Jun Sung has seen since ying Life Mission. A square shaped machine that he did not recognize, showed itself. Even at a nce, it was giving off an unusual vibe. ¡°What¡¯s that?¡± [Goodness! Heavy Gravity! Summoning gear that hasn¡¯t beenpleted yet!] While Cha Jun Sung was puzzled and Odin was astonished, a transparent veil appeared at a 50km radius around the machine called Heavy Gravity. Since it had appeared with Cha Jun Sung as the target, he did not make it far before he had to stop. A hazy wall was blocking his way. [Calcting range..... Calctionplete. Narsiel and Vanessa are trapped inside as well. It is exactly the distance from here to Austin.] ¡°It just looks like a thin membrane. Should I turn on the energy barrier and go through it?¡± [You can¡¯t! Heavy Gravity is a gravity field. Not even a fully remodeled battlesuit is guaranteed to withstand it.] Cha Jun Sung tried throwing a rock the size of a human head a the barrier. The rock turned to dust the second it touched the barrier. It was not just crushed. It really became dust. The kind of dust that will fly away in the wind. [It might look like a thin membrane, but that barrier is made of a material that contains 100 times the standard force of gravity. It does not end with one pass.] If he tries to get past it, a gravity field could be activated 2 or 3 times, maybe even 4 times in session. The 2nd officer is throwing everything in. It is machinery that has not beenpleted yet. They experimented on narrow ranges several times, but they don¡¯t know if it activates in an extensive area. But he even used an iplete machine in order to instigate a fight. ¡°Ha! Have I be a toy?¡± Cha Jun Sung promised to return to reality even if he had to awaken into a mutant and break through. There is something he needs to hear from Odin. [I have bad news.] ¡°What could get worse from here..... What is it?¡± [The Lifer who handed over Odelia¡¯s nucleus and the sibling have been captured by Narsiel and Vanessa. It looks like they were unable to run away in time.] Cha Jun Sung held his forehead in his hand. In his hologram, he could see Narsiel dragging the two with a finger that she had turned into a tentacle. It looked like she was mumbling something, but he unfortunately could not hear it. He wants to rescue them, but he did not want to risk the danger and go back either. Woong! Is it because they knew what he was feeling? The Heavy Gravity makes a sound. Then the gravity field narrows. Cha Jun Sung took steps backwards. He really felt like he was about to go crazy. They are making it so that they have no choice but to meet. This is a shitty situation he can¡¯t make disappear with cursing, so his only option is to fight. ¡°I¡¯ll pay back as much as I¡¯m being wronged. I¡¯m feeling it deep within my bones.¡± Cha Jun Sung grind his teeth and changed his direction to Austin. *** ¡°Human, what happened here? What happened to my sister!¡± Narsiel harrasses the two Lifers. She just bothers them because she cannot kill them, and she vents that anger on the older brother. Because he was wearing his battlesuit, he had an advantage over his brother in enduring this. ¡°I, I don¡¯t know any..... Hack hack!¡± ¡°Brother!¡± Hector won¡¯t say anything as if he does not know anything, but Narsiel is not stupid. She is asking because she has a hunch. ¡°The smell is telling me that this nucleus is my sister. There¡¯s no way someone like you could kill my sister! Who is it! Who killed my sister!¡± Vanessa stopped paying attention to what Narsiel was doing, and examined Odelia¡¯s corpse. Like Benukiz, the wounds look as though she was attacked unterally. The focus of the attacks and the traces of wounds are simr as well. The probability that they are the same person is 99.9%. To think that 2 of her sisters were killed by a mere human. She is incredibly surprised, she is just not showing it. Woong! It is a fairlyrge distance. He can still hear them clearly, so he turned his head toward Vanessa and Narsiel¡¯s location. He can see arge life form. ¡°Is it a machine.¡± Vanessa has also encountered a fair amount of machines. Among the humans who live off of her mother, Evil Queen, there are a few who are well-versed in machines. They let them live because they are convenient at times, but there is something different about this. As the gravity field produced by the Heavy Gravity swept the waste buildings of Austin, they blew away in the wind like the rock that Cha Jun Sung had thrown. The Heavy Gravity did not stop until it had reached a radius of 5km. It is the limit. It cannot narrow beyond this because there is a set minimum. Chapter 205 Volume 8 / Chapter 205 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda They could not see the scattering particles clearly, but this was not a phenomenon that Narsiel and Vanessa could understand with the scientific knowledge that they had. Narsiel harassed Hector for the information that she wanted, and Vanessa got some information from Odelia¡¯s corpse. ¡°The body temperature is being maintained. It hasn¡¯t been long since she died. He could be nearby.¡± Odelia¡¯s corpse is not warm but it is not cold either. A lot of time had passed in Benukiz¡¯s case, so her corpse was already in the deterioration process. Vanessa turned her body and approached Narsiel. She elongated her fingernail and cut Hector¡¯s brother¡¯s arm off without any hesitation. Ack! ¡°Where is he? If you tell me, I¡¯ll let him live.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll ¨C I¡¯ll tell! I¡¯ll tell you everything I ¨C I know! Just let my brother live!¡± Vanessa stopped moving. Hector ryed everything he had seen and felt. But Vanessa was not satisfied. What was it? It felt like the essentials were missing. It was hard to guess who it was. Eyes full of despair ¨C Vanessa saw the truth in those eyes. Mutants can sense others feelings, whether it is a thirst for blood or hostility. It seemed like he really had told her everything he knew. That¡¯s why she was annoyed. They hade here without dy. But their youngest had still died. What would they say to their mother? They cannot go back empty-handed. ¡®If, perchance..... he¡¯s near. If he¡¯s watching us.¡¯ There was no sign of him. If he has the ability to kill Benukiz and Odelia unterally, of course they cannot find his location by sense. ¡°I will rip a limb from those two in intervals from now on. They will live if you appear in front of us, and they will die if you hide.¡± Since they do not have an urate watch to calcte the time for them, she intends on waiting by feeling it out. Vanessa started with cutting the younger brother¡¯s arm. When it became time, the other arm was cut off. Bloodes out. He is hanging on right now because of his body modifications, but he will onlyst minutes at most once his legs are cut off because of excessive bleeding. After all, blood is not unlimited. ¡®I can¡¯t go out.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung was watching Vanessa, but he did not go out. While ying Life Mission, he had be numb to the death of others and knew that his life was more precious. He did enough for them. He will not do something useless like acting on feelings. ¡®I would¡¯ve crushed it already if I could have, but this is crazy in so many aspects.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung looks up at the Heavy Gravity floating in the air. If he could, he would use all of his power to crush that imposing figure. Odin said that there are small gravity fields nearby beyond those spread out on the ground to protect the gas. The space is distorted under the immense pressure, and any object that tries to force its way through will be crushed. Whether used for offense or defense, it is the ultimate airborne weapon that Life Mission¡¯s scientific vortex could create. The only thing that could work in his favor is that it cannot maintain its state for a long period of time, but that is just Odin¡¯s guess. The procedure to activate that weapon isplicated, even for the 2nd officer. Woong! While Cha Jun Sung focused on Narsiel and Vanessa, Odin kept an eye on the Heavy Gravity and tried to connect to the system but there was no use. The 2nd officer had ced restrictions on the system. This means that only the general manager and 3 executives can connect to it. There is no way for a helper to get through. Zing! When Odin attempted to connect, a part of the Heavy Gravity suddenly opened and arge, round bar came out. It is a gunport. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung, get away no.....] Boom boom! A few bombs fall from the open gunport. They did not hit Cha Jun Sung directly. It was just a threatening shooting nearby. Odin had not been able to finish his sentence, and Cha Jun Sung was surrounded by a loud roar and dust. The serious issue was somewhere else. ¡°Sister.¡± ¡°Is that where he¡¯s hiding?¡± Papat! Vanessa calls out with certainty. Narsiel raced to where there had been a change. It was a distance of hundreds of meters, but that did not matter. When Narsiel arrived, she spread her senses wide. The first sense to react was her hearing. The roar of a devil bursting out from the hazy dust. Narsiel¡¯s body trembles slightly. Rather than feeling fear, her skin is reacting to the intrinsic aura held in that roar. Was what killed her sisters not a human, but a mutant? Boom! Cha Jun Sung activates his battlesuit and gets rid of the dust. He barely held on to his sanity and came back to his senses. He nearly awakened. Until now, he did not express it even if he felt rage. It was because it had been bearable. But this time, his mind was nk. What could be the purpose of letting mutants know of his location? He was full of an impulse to split the head of whoever was doing this to him to pull out his brain. He had lost all trust. [Li ¨C Lifer Cha Jun Sung..... What happened.....] Cha Jun Sung had removed a part of his battlesuit to stop Odin from figuring out the state of his body and realizing that he has be a mutant. But he had not been able to suppress a moment of rage, and half awakened while inside the battlesuit. So it seems Odin realized that something is weird. But what can be done. There is no use crying over spilt milk. It already happened and there is no way to undo it. He needs to just push forward. There had been no external change because he had not awakenedpletely. When Cha Jun Sung ignored him, Odin put his questions to the side and prepared to support him in theing battle. Getting through this is first. ¡°I¡¯m going to rip all of them apart! Those bitches! And those bastards! All of them!¡± Cha Jun Sung looked at Narsiel and Vanessa in front of him and the Heavy Gravity in the air, and then rushed at Narsiel. He is omitting introductions with his attack. ¡°Was it a human? Then what about that roar just now? I¡¯m certain that was a mutant.¡± ¡°Shut up and die!¡± Cha Jun Sung moved without stepping, and pulled Hades out first. The Overmode shes through the space by way of the Overbooster. He is now right in front of Narsiel, who had been standing on a wreck. And as soon as he approached her, he gave off the energy of one who intends to sh her up, while brandishing Hades in the air. It results in a strong air pressure. Narsiel, who is only in a half awakened state, is half a beatte in reacting but she is not Odelia. She cannot avoid it. She has to get hit. She will get hit enough to avoid a fatal wound. Narsielpresses her body and retreats. She waves around like a leaf flying in the wind. Hades grazes Narsiel. A wound formed on her entire body, but it was not severe because she had been injured with the intention of taking the hit. And there was something Narsiel believed in. ¡°You¡¯re paying too much attention to me.¡± ¡°What?¡± He can feel movement behind him. He can tell who it is without looking. It is Vanessa. Cha Jun Sung ground his teeth as he stopped his attack. He held Hades inversely and stabbed it between his upper arm. ¡°That doesn¡¯t mean you should underestimate me.¡± ¡°Damn it!¡± Bang! While his attention was elsewhere, Narsiel swung her thick arm and hit Cha Jun Sung. He plummeted to the ground under the tremendous shock. Is it because they¡¯re sisters? It seems they are good at passing. Cha Jun Sung had been unable to prepare himself because he had not encountered anything like this in the virtual version either. Cha Jun Sung cleared off the wreck as he stood up. Narsiel smiles as she watches this. Her expression is that one of watching something fun and interesting. ¡°Are you okay?¡± ¡°That was dangerous. That guy isn¡¯t a human.¡± ¡°Are you saying that because of the roar?¡± ¡°You¡¯ll know when you see.¡± Narsiel and Vanessa stand together. They did not think that Cha Jun Sung would die from a hit to the face. He will be fine. ¡°Look here, human.¡± ¡°Oh! Great. I¡¯m supposed to kill anyone, whoever, right?¡± ¡°Human.¡± ¡°Stop calling me, you disgusting mutant.¡± ¡°What do you think?¡± ¡°Definitely..... There¡¯s no way he would have understood what we¡¯re saying if he were human.¡± Cha Jun Sung was about to tell them to stop talking nonsense, but suddenly red his eyes. Bells go off in his head. Narsiel and Vanessa are not speaking in English like Odelia had been. They are speaking in mutantnguage. But Cha Jun Sung had understood it. Narsiel had not been able to understand him because he had spoken in Korean, but they knew that he had understood. The few words of dialogue exchanged during a short battle. Narsiel found the crucial point among the confusion of Korean and mutantnguage. ¡°Odin.¡± [I¡¯ll hear the exnationter.] Chapter 206 Volume 8 / Chapter 206 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°Ah..... Is this why they say that stupid people shouldn¡¯t even lie?¡± He let out the secret he had been hiding because he had be over excited with rage. How bothersome will it be from now on? Will they harass him to test him? ¡°How did you know?¡± ¡°I tried it out just to see what would happen after hearing the roar, and you just understood it.¡± He had fallen for it. Cha Jun Sung thought that Narsiel might be much smarter than he is. If that bitch had been a person, she would have gotten the Nobel Prize. Vanessa takes a few steps forward. All of a sudden, Narsiel had taken a step back. Cha Jun Sung thought it was attack and took position. ¡°I¡¯ll ask you a question. Did you kill Odelia?¡± ¡°Yeah, I did it. Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll kill the both of you soon too.¡± Vanessa asks in English. The humannguage is more precise in expression. Cha Jun Sung responds to Vanessa¡¯s question. He speaks in Korean, but it is automatically tranted to English through his trantor. ¡°And Benukiz?¡± ¡°The 3rd daughter? Your little sister?¡± ¡°So it¡¯s right.¡± ¡°What¡¯s right? What are you talking about?¡± What is she talking about, asking about Benukiz all of a sudden while talking about Odelia? Hang on. Does that mean Benukiz is dead? And the perpetrator is himself? ¡°Benukiz is dead?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t act as if you don¡¯t know. I know you killed Benukiz and then Odelia. We came here because we thought you might be here, and we were right.¡± Narsiel¡¯s voice bes low. She is like a venomous snake full of poison. His question had been answered. He had been wondering why there wasn¡¯t a mission with Benukiz, but his theory that she was already dead was right. But they had something wrong. Cha Jun Sung has never met Benukiz. He never even saw her shadow. ¡°How funny. If I got caught for killing Odelia, I would say that I killed Benukiz too if I killed her. Why would I hide that? Are you going to go easier on me?¡± Cha Jun Sung taunts them. Vanessa frowns because he makes sense. He is giving off the air of someone who is ready to kill them. It¡¯s strange that he is denying killing Benukiz in this situation. ¡°The traces left on her corpse are the same as the ones you left on Odelia. So much so that it looks like they were done by the same person.¡± Narsiel adds to the exnation that the wounds were made by a human, not a mutant. Was it someone who uses a sword? A level A Lifer? Maybe level S? Cha Jun Sung starts thinking. He is the first Lifer to open up level A. There is no doubt about this. However, Life Mission is expansive. Someone could have appeared after him. On top of that, the system is aplete mess. It wouldn¡¯t be weird for something to happen, whether it is a bug or an error. ¡®Maybe?¡¯ ck Demon told him that the one he needs to meet in order to kill Evil Queen went over to North America. Did he kill her? That is possible. ¡°Aha! I think I know who it was.¡± ¡°Who is it?¡± Narsiel was still sure that Cha Jun Sung is the perpetrator, but not Vanessa. No matter how she thought about it, there is no reason for him to lie about this. ¡°Do you guys know if I tell you who it is? Not even I know exactly who it is.¡± Do they want his name? His nationality? Cha Jun Sung doesn¡¯t know the specifics, but they wouldn¡¯t matter to the mutants anyway. A yful smile forms on Cha Jun Sung¡¯s face. It isn¡¯t visible because of his helmet, but he¡¯s had an idea of how to y with those two. ¡°I don¡¯t know who it is, but I think I know why he killed Benukiz. And what he wants. Even what he¡¯ll do going forward!¡± This he knows for sure. So he is going to tell them. Something beyond force is necessary in order to overpower the enemy. For example..... swaying their minds? ¡°Tell us and we¡¯ll let you live.¡± ¡°Who are you trying to scam? A mutant making a promise? Don¡¯t be stupid. And who are you two to let me live or die? You¡¯re weak.¡± Cha Jun Sung hurt Narsiel¡¯s ego. Vanessa just watched. She must know about the person who killed Benukiz before they kill Cha Jun Sung. The 3rd and 4th daughters are weak. Narsiel could take both of them on alone. Even if she could not win, she could create a close match. She herself is confident she could take on 3. ¡°Evil Queen.¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°His goal is to kill Evil Queen. I tried drafting a basic mental picture. It seems he got what he wants, and now that he has what he wants, he left.¡± When Benukiz died in Louisiana, Narsiel and Vanessa came all the way to Odelia. Evil Queen¡¯s protection has be weak. ¡°We¡¯ve met by chance, but it looks like he wanted to distract you. Look look. Isn¡¯t your mother alone as a result?¡± Cha Jun Sung stopped repressing his original nature. He had a fairly serious personality when he was a human, but he started to be faithful to his instincts when he became a mutant. ¡°Hah! A human killing our mother? A mere human?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know if he is a human or a mutant either. I just know his goal.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t care what species he is. Mother is great! Everything is a trivial insect in front of her. He¡¯ll be crushed into a handful of dust.¡± ¡°Try thinking if you have a brain. Benukiz died shamefully like Odelia, right? I can tell by the way you¡¯re talking about it. There¡¯s no way she¡¯s weak since she¡¯s your sister. That must mean the opponent had that much strength, right?¡± Vanessa¡¯s eyes narrow as she listens. They¡¯re discussing the opponent¡¯s strength? ¡°I hope he leaves her injured if he can¡¯t manage to kill her.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ¡°What do you mean why? I intend on killing you two here and then going to slice her up.¡± Bang! As soon as he spoke, he pulled out Hades and jumped forward. The scene has already been set. All that¡¯s left is to kill them. *** Bang bang bang bang! The middle of Austin. Unrecognizable figures keep colliding. Each time they collide, the atmosphere changes. The sky falls and the ground is turned over. That is how incredible the aftermath is. Everything near the point of collision is crushed pitifully. Everything, whether it is a building or a car. The only things that are fine are themselves. The battle is 2 against 1 ¨C 2 are focusing their attacks against 1. On top of that, it looks like 2 strong mutants against a weak looking human. Boom! Cha Jun Sung is wearing a fully remodeled battlesuit, and reaches almost 2.5m in size. It is not a small size, but he looks smaller than a childpared to Narsiel and Vanessa. It is a difference that must be taken into ount in the fight. The 2 mutants, Narsiel in particr is twice asrge as Vanessa, are considered medium sized mutants. Their enormous size did not make Cha Jun Sung back off. If he were to be scared off by their size in the first ce, he would have surrendered to Odelia as well. Physical appearances are not indicative of their ability to fight. Papapat! Cha Jun Sung used his petite size to bring a battle of speed. The ability to overhead a battlesuit, it is one of the Overbooster¡¯s strong points. There is no way to predict the result of the battle. It is not visible which side is at an advantage and which is at a disadvantage. ¡®I¡¯m going to go crazy.¡¯ With attacksing from everywhere, the world he sees from the battlesuit is dizzying. There is noparison to when he was going up against Odelia. They are easily stronger by half. The more annoying thing is that two of them areing at him. Just because there are two of them does not mean that there is twice the pressure. It may be due to the fact that they are sisters, but they are well coordinated. Narsiel takes Cha Jun Sung¡¯s attacks with her massive body, and Vanessa skillfully hits and falls back. If he gets one back, the otheres in. They are not an easy opponent because he cannot win with one attack. The battle method Narsiel and Vanessa are using against Cha Jun Sung is what they can do to take on a single opponent two against one. He is just one person, so the pressure is indescribable. That is why it feels like he is going up against three and not two. They know each other well, so theypensate for the other¡¯scking aspects. Chapter 207 Volume 8 / Chapter 207 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Narsiel waves her hand de horizontally. She is aiming for Cha Jun Sung¡¯s neck and chest. Even if she gets him, she couldn¡¯t kill him with one blow. Cha Jun Sung maximized his armor¡¯s strength, and he is maintaining the energy barrier. The Overmode is in 70% activation. Cha Jun Sung ducked to avoid the attack, and shot up to the sky with his Overbooster. He flew up about 20m before reversing the booster and falling again. He is holding Hades behind his back with both arms, and its booster turns on. Diversion. His target is Narsiel, who is slower than Vanessa. He is so fast that he thought he would be able to get in a knife wound. Hades cut through 4 of Narsiel¡¯s 12 arms. If he just cuts through a little more, it looks like he could cut through the remaining 2 as well. A sharp attack. A sharp thorn with a white base pierces through the energy barrier. Fortunately, he slowed down and avoided it on time. The bone attack is a characteristic of hers, not something she got from Evil Queen. It is just a snippet, so there is no way to know what it is. Tatat! As soon as Cha Jun Sung avoided the thorn, the exhaust stopped and distance formed between them. He almost ran into trouble by trying to go for flesh and bones from the beginning of their battle. Those two want his life, not his flesh. So they take gains and retreat without being greedy. It is not a situation where he can end it with one blow like with Odelia. ¡°You have the ability to kill Odelia.¡± ¡°The one who went to Evil Queen is stronger than me. Whatever. We¡¯ll just die together.¡± Cha Jun Sung provokes Narsiel and Vanessa. It only half worked. They are worried about their mother, Evil Queen, but they also believe in her. Just as Red Eye thinks of ck Demon as a god, Narsiel and Vanessa see Evil Queen as a mountain that will not bow to anyone. ¡®Does it not work? Vanessa is worrying. She won¡¯t show her strength.¡¯ Vanessa does note to the front, and only supports her sister. Narsiel is the power. Her battle style and patterns are generally the same as in the virtual version. But just because he knows her patterns does not mean something strong bes weak, so it would have taken more time than with Odelia even if they had been fighting one-on-one. She has the power of a lion resembling 4-legged beast, but she has 12 arms that act as legs. Level 8s are all unique in appearance. Vanessa is a little over 5m tall. A gray hide covers her body as if a female body is wearing tights. Her face is bizarre, but it is bearable to look at. Her sharp arms and legs are bent like scythes, and are her main means of attack. Cha Jun Sung stays alert with Hades, and skims Vanessa. She has awakened. Being awakened means that there will be no further changes to her physical appearance. He was unsure of the source of the hidden strength, but he can guess. Either she bes firm in order to block the opponent¡¯s attack, or she bes so fast the opponent cannot see her, or she bes so sharp she can pierce through barriers. A triplex is the most important thing to a mutant. Cha Jun Sung did not activate his Overmode 100% either. It does not seem like Vanessa will ovee the Overmode, but there is a way if she does happen to get over it. Bing a mutant on Narsiel¡¯s mutation. He does not know how much Odin figured out, but he will reveal everything if he is wrong. The power being consumed now is overwhelmingly high. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s power is just from maintaining the human body while strengthening it. Even if he loses to Narsiel and Vanessa in this state, it is just his shell that has lost and not his person. He will hide as much as his enemy hides. Woong! ¡°Human. You know what that is, right?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know. I wouldn¡¯t tell you even if I did, so don¡¯t ask me you bastard.¡± The Heavy Gravity crying loudly in the sky. Odin said that it is not a weapon that can be summoned for long, but it has already been over 5 hours. He does not know if the gravity field is still in effect. He has not tried to escape the battle region and he has not tried to attack the Heavy Gravity. He cannot pay attention to something else when he has two powerful level 8s in front of him. Odin left the battle to Cha Jun Sung and searched for a way to break through this situation. They are both doing their best in their respective fields. ¡®Why is this guy so quiet? He hasn¡¯t spoken for months now.¡¯ He is talking about the other entity, the Oriax. Recently, ever since he met ck Demon, the Oriax began to talk less and one day just disappeared. He won¡¯t respond even when Cha Jun Sung tries to reach out. If there was a problem in his body, the Oriax could justmunicate what it is but he is just quiet. The more surprising thing is that Cha Jun Sung is gradually forgetting about the Oriax. He does look for the Oriax, but it feels like it¡¯d be okay even if the Oriax isn¡¯t there when he¡¯s looking for it. Truthfully, he had regained control over his own body while the Oriax is a gate crasher that butt in one day, a mutant. If the Oriax disappears for whatever reason, Cha Jun Sung will go back to normal when he was a normal person with one personality and body. The only thing that bothered him a little was that he cannot be a human if the Oriax does not separate itself. He does not know how to separate it on his own. These days however, he has the thought that it isn¡¯t so bad to live as a mutant either. There are no disadvantages. There are only advantages. He is starting to take on the personality of a mutant without realizing it. The kind of personality to see something to an end once it is started. If ck Demon is another version of himself existing in this world, doesn¡¯t that mean that he himself could be level 9 as well? Cha Jun Sung grazes the ground with Hades. The resting period is over. He has no intention on running away anyway, but he can¡¯t do so as long as the Heavy Gravity is here. *** Click! Hundreds of cameras on the Heavy Gravity either filmed or took pictures of the battle between Cha Jun Sung and level 8s. The filming has been going on since the beginning of battle until now, even though half a day has passed. A crack simr to the one that formed when the Heavy Gravity was first summoned is forming behind it. It is still small, but it is getting bigger. Itsted longer than Odin had calcted, but it was proof that it was reaching the limit of its summon time. The gravity field nearby blinks. That was not the only change. The gravity field seen at a wider range is fading. Cha Jun Sung and Narsiel¡¯s group did not know this. Boom boom boom! Cha Jun Sung approached Vanessa and head butts her. She is twice as big as he is, but the battlesuit flung her away. Vanessa¡¯s body gets buried deep in a building. Cha Jun Sung turns on the Overbooster and follows her. His speed is faster than flying. Bang bang! Narsiel smashes the building. She cannot go in because she is sorge. Cha Jun Sung attacked again while Vanessa was trying to regain her bnce. This is his chance. Vanessa has been separated from Narsiel. Just attack? He uses all power. A thunderous soundes from his battlesuit. ¡°This is something a little different, since it¡¯s an attack to make sure I kill you.¡± The entire Overbooster turns on. His body twists and is about to lose control. It is not a skill that Cha Jun Sung can maintain consistently. If he mistakes the booster output by even 0.1%, it bes impossible for him to stand. He needs to gear everything to keep bnce in focus. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s best one-shot attack is drawing his sword. It can deliver a deathblow with a burst from the booster. What if he could do this dozens, hundreds of times? The air is divided. Once? It is hundreds of times. Vanessa¡¯s eyes open wide because of the chilling wind pressure created from Cha Jun Sung and Hades. This ispletely different attack from what she had seen so far. As mentioned before, it is an attack meant to kill no matter what. What should she do? She needs to find a way to survive. ¡®I¡¯m too slow to avoid it. My shell won¡¯t be able to withstand it to block it.¡¯ Narsiel is enteringte from outside, but she is a few beats toote. Her eerie enemy¡¯s teeth will arrive first. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s face is covered by his helmet, but he does not doubt his victory. The battlesuit¡¯s energy is at 30%. It was a difficult fight. He knew Vanessa is hiding her strength, but he can just kill her before she uses it. If he kills Vanessa now and then kills Narsiel who will be left alone, he can just barely block his battlesuit¡¯s ckout. Vanessa¡¯s body is cut up into pieces. Her arm, her leg, her body. ¡°Ugh! You¡¯re, you¡¯re the third.¡± ¡°What is?¡± ¡°Seeing... Seeing my other face!¡± Bang bang! Chapter 208 Volume 8 / Chapter 208 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Cha Jun Sung had been cutting her up when he was hit by something and flung away. Looking around, Vanessa¡¯s body was reconstructing quickly. The thing that hit him was a tail that hade from her rear. A long tail that looked like hundreds of arrowheads entwined together had hit the stomach of his battlesuit. Kya! Vanessa¡¯s body shrinks. She grew smaller and smaller until she was almost Cha Jun Sung¡¯s size. He cannot see her clearly because strange chunks of flesh cover the surface, but he can tell that she is bing optimized for battle. ¡°Is this Two-Faced Vanessa.....¡± It is an incredible aura. A murderous spirit explodes. It soared so much his skin started to crawl. She was supposed to be the strongest of the 4 sisters. Is this what that meant? The chunks of flesh are taking on a clear shape. It is a bizarre sight ¨C white bones are constructing an exoskeleton. Vanessa calls this her true armor. ¡®This will be a bother.¡¯ The armor¡¯s skeleton is tight. He¡¯ll need to try to know, but it looks like he could jab through a certain amount but he could also get stuck before reaching the main body. The sword is specialized to cut. That means it could cut Cha Jun Sung as well. It is a big handicap that he cannot use it freely. Inside thepleted armor, Vanessa is made of something like a sticky liquid as she watches Cha Jun Sung. The left and right side of her face look different. The left side is calm and looks like the normal Vanessa, but the right shows the original atrocity of a mutant. That must be why she¡¯s said to have two faces. ¡°Secondary awakening.....¡± ¡°I¡¯ve never shown this to anyone other than my mother and father. Not even my sisters.¡± This seemed to be the truth. Narsiel is also surprised by Vanessa¡¯s sudden change. She had heard about it, but this is the first time she is seeing it as well. Cha Jun Sung was floating in the air when he turned off the Overbooster and settled on the ground. Hees in front of the building Vanessa had been buried in, and looks down. They are 50-60m away from each other. It is too far to attack bare-bodied without firearms, but that is only applicable to ordinary creatures. Cha Jun Sung and Vanessa could cover the distance in less than 1 second. The same goes for Narsiel. ¡°Va ¨C Vanessa.¡± ¡°Stand back, since you can get swept into it too.¡± Narsiel did not argue, and fell back far away from the battlefield. Cha Jun Sung thought that he was at a disadvantage. The key is how strong Vanessa had be. Is she level 9 now because she awakened while a level 8? If that¡¯s right, even one-on-one is hard. He isn¡¯t confident he¡¯ll be able to maintain his battlesuit. Mutant strength will be lessened incredibly as well. It is too much for him to fight Narsiel in that state. ¡°Odin. Why isn¡¯t a special mission being activated? Say something.¡± [For a special mission to be applied, those at the top need to do it, but it was blocked when everything was stopped.] It would be helpful if he could tell how many reward points he would get for Vanessa or if he could know the mission description, but they are hiding away and don¡¯t look like they want to show themselves. Odin tried connecting and hacking, but the firewall is too strong. He can understand. If the 2nd officer is the mastermind of this incident, Odin can never break through it with his power. [Huh?] ¡°Why? What is it?¡± [The firewall is fading. It means the Heavy Gravity¡¯s summon time is almost up. Right now! Time ¨C we need time!] The gravity field outside blinked and showed its limits inside as well. It was starting to show explicitly. Odin focused on his work again. The atmosphere feels like he should not get in the way. Reiming a Lifer¡¯s rights was more important than the battle. The ground of the building that Vanessa is standing on cracks. It felt like it might flood in at any moment. She had be smaller in size, but she had be much more intimidating. Narsiel released her awakened state and was standing by, resting. Her recovery will be fast because he had not been able to injure her. ¡®Remaining energy..... 28%.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung thought of the rapid charger in his spacepression bag. If he plugs one in, he can charge about 15% energy in a short period of time. He can plug it in when he¡¯s recing it, but it¡¯s not as easy as it sounds. It can fall out if they fight too wildly. On top of that, if Vanessa realizes that the device is his battlesuit¡¯s source of power, she will try to block it. He will watch the situation and charge at the right time. It is too early to take the battlesuit off. This shell is stronger than Cha Jun Sung as a mutant. Vanessa¡¯s image from the battlesuit became hazy and all of a sudden, she was right in front of him. At this rate, it might as well be teleportation. Bang! As if expecting it, Hades came out of the scabbard before Vanessa appeared. Vanessa had been trying to take the offensive, but was instead in a situation that could be reversed. Vanessa avoided Hades by a hair. The speed of sound ¨C the interval is short. ¡°You¡¯re slow.¡± ¡°Damn it!¡± There isn¡¯t enough time to recover Hades. Cha Jun Sung looks down. A hand de resembling a scythe is approaching his stomach area. Cha Jun Sung fell back with his reverse booster. The range is small because Vanessa wrapped her tail around his body. He had no choice but to hit the de with his knee. Bang bang bang! There is nothing heavier than a man¡¯s pride. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s anger rose from this mocking tone, creating a close range battle. Neither Cha Jun Sung nor Vanessa did not create distance greater than 3m between them. Cracks formed in his battlesuit and her armor, but they did not pay it any mind and kept facing off. They are going head to head one-on-one ¨C no ¨C Cha Jun Sung is at a slight disadvantage. Cha Jun Sung had been in a position of offense when he changed Hades¡¯ direction and turned into a position of defense. Vanessa was freely brandishing both her hands as scythes. Entirely different attacks came in from the left and right sides. The battlesuit¡¯s system calctes the route of both attacks. The hologram is dizzying. There is only one opponent, but it feels like he is fighting two. Bang bang! Cha Jun Sung was being pushed back when a few big hits came in. Her scythe cut through his energy barrier and destroyed the battlesuit¡¯s outer armor. Her tail digs into this aperture. It bes raised like a knife, following the path created by her scythe to reach Cha Jun Sung¡¯s chest. Kyak! Cha Jun Sung grabs hold of the tail embedded in his chest, and cuts it with Hades. The tail quickly regenerates and cuts his left hand, one of the hands holding onto Hades. The left arm parts of his battlesuit and his arm roll on the ground. Cha Jun Sung ignores his left arm and prates through an empty space in her armor. Hades pierces Vanessa¡¯s hip. The two of them are basically leaning on each other. They are so close to each other that they can feel the other¡¯s breath. ¡°My strength is almost 80% that of my mother¡¯s. Someone like you couldn¡¯t kill my mother, much less me. The one you spoke of will end up like this as well.¡± Drip drip. Red blood seeps from the part that has been cut off. Cha Jun Sung and Vanessa each gave each other a hard hit, but Cha Jun Sung is the one who hadsting damage. Cha Jun Sung speaks at a volume so low only an ant could hear. It was like a child murmuring, but Vanessa heard clearly. ¡°I thought you were quiet, but you talk too much.¡± His arm regenerates. It is ck and thick, and covered in muscle. It is Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mutant arm, not fitting with the battlesuit. Boom boom! Cha Jun Sung grabs hold of Vanessa¡¯s face and runs. Bang bang! He ms her on the ground as if she is an object and scrapes her along, even smashing into buildings without stopping. Vanessa struggles as she attacks Cha Jun Sung with her scythes and tail. But his weak energy barrier and outer armor reduce the impact. She even tried to aim for the part of his battlesuit that is broken, but there was rapid regeneration inside. The outside is a battlesuit, but the inside is a mutant. [You can¡¯t! You need to stop! The gravity field has not disappeared!] Cha Jun Sung did not stop even at Odin¡¯s warning. He has not gone crazy like he did before, but the madness of the battle stimtes his mutant instincts. If Vanessa gets out, they need to face off again. He¡¯ll push her in one go. He can see the blinking gravity field ahead of them. Cha Jun Sung ignored it and kept going. He knows what will happen if he goes through that. [Prepare ejection. Countdown to crash: 10, 9, 8.] Chapter 209 Volume 8 / Chapter 209 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Odin prepared the PDA¡¯s ejection. Cha Jun Sung and Vanessa might be able to withstand the pressure of gravity, but the PDA will be destroyed the second it makes contact. Fortunately, there is no need to worry that he will be separated from Cha Jun Sung as happened in Public Underground. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s EEG shown on the battlesuit is normal. He does not seem to be in his right mind, but the readings show that he is behaving like this while in his right mind. The first was Vanessa. He has his left arm stretched out in front of him, so Vanessa will inevitably be exposed to the gravity field first. Boom boom boom! White dustes from her armor and breaks into several pieces. The liquid and form resembling Vanessa that were behind protected by the armor be distorted. Vanessa doesn¡¯t know what the gravity field is or why it was formed, but she cannot move a single finger or toe under its horrible pressure. That is how Vanessa got through the gravity field. All she had done was to go through a transparent veil, but her healthy body had be like a rag. Next was Cha Jun Sung. His left arm holding Vanessa¡¯s face had looked like it was made of steel, but became wrinkly like that of an old man¡¯s. His muscles, flesh, and bones be extremelypacted by the gravity and be useless pieces of flesh. It would be easier to just cut it off and regenerate. 1 second ¨C the time left until ejection keeps growing smaller. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s arm and battlesuit are destroyed sequentially within that time. Woong! When his arm got close to the wind pressure of the gravity field, itpletely disappeared into the gate opened in the Heavy Gravity. The heavy pressure that had been squeezing Cha Jun Sung felt washed away. But only the pressure had gone, and the traces were still left clearly on his body. The battlesuit splits inrge sections like driednd, and falls from his body. The shell breaks down and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s bare body is exposed. The only defense he is now wearing is a thin set of impact tights. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung?] Odin cannot speak through the helmet, so he spoke through the PDA. Cha Jun Sung let out ck smoke and stands up. His wounds are less debilitating than Vanessa. His battlesuit absorbed most of the impact. ¡®I can¡¯t.¡¯ He wants to go into his awakened state, but he stopped himself. It would be stupid to waste precious strength now when it is difficult to recharge. Vanessa and Narsiel are alive. Cha Jun Sung takes the battlesuit part on his right arm off, and puts his PDA on his wrist like when he was just a beginner. He can¡¯t remember how long it¡¯s been since he¡¯s worn it like this. Cough! ¡°What... is this.....¡± Vanessa coughs up blood. This was like lightning for her. It was an incredible hit from out of nowhere, in the most unbelievable way. Her bnce crumbled in one hit. He picked up Hades. Even without awakening, he has the strength of a stage 10 modification. This body is as powerful as a level 6 or 7. ¡°A special mission is far away, right? If I kill her now, I won¡¯t be able to get the points, will I?¡± If the special mission isn¡¯t activated, he might not be able to get the reward points or ¨C if he¡¯s super unlucky ¨C even the basic mutant points. He doesn¡¯t need them that badly, but he¡¯d gone through hell. He won¡¯t work for nothing. It isn¡¯t just millions or tens of millions. It¡¯s hundreds of millions. He needs to get those points. [The block has been lifted for a moment. I am contacting the authorities.] ¡°Let¡¯s end¨C!¡± Cha Jun Sung was about to stab Vanessa when he suddenly stopped and rolled his body. Boom! A giant palm sorge it could crush a human, mmed down where he had been standing. It was Narsiel, who had been standing back. ¡°Vanessa!¡± ¡°I need... time to rest. Narsiel... you take him for a few hours.¡± Vanessa¡¯s awakened state automatically bes released. Perhaps because Evil Queen is a mutant created from a human, Vanessa also has the image of a human. Cha Jun Sung looked back and forth between Vanessa and Narsiel, and thought carefully. He healed his wounds in a half awakened state, but he is notpletely back to normal. He used 50% of his strength inside the battlesuit and while withstanding the gravity field. The situation was not bad, but it wasn¡¯t good either. ¡®I need to overdo myself if I want to kill Narsiel. And then Vanessa?¡¯ Narsiel is also a top level 8 mutant. There is no way she¡¯ll be easy even if he has wounded her, and there are no Lifers around to ask for help from. He¡¯ll have to figure it out alone. And then will he have the strength left to take care of Vanessa, who will have somehow recovered her strength while resting? He might be able to, and he might barely get out. It is a rotation. It¡¯sughable to even say it, but it¡¯s unfair that he needs to go between two enemies as if they were a tag team. ¡°Well, since it doesn¡¯t get resolved just byining.¡± Cha Jun Sung dropped Hades to the ground. Narsiel was puzzled when he threw his weapon away, but did not let down her guard. The opponent looks like human, but is a mutant. [Level A special mission The King¡¯s Blood activated! Since this is unlike systems in existing missions in that there are two mutants, the goals are divided into two.] Confronting Narsiel. Cha Jun Sung leisurely pulled up the hologram on his PDA, and checked the new mission description. [Level A Special Mission: The King¡¯s Blood] ¨C Goal: Attainment ¨C Description: Get rid of Evil Queen and Bon Lord¡¯s first daughter Narsiel, and second daughter and the vessel of Disasters Two-Faced Vanessa! ¨C Special Note: This is a mission where partialpletion is possible. Death of Narsiel: 2,000,000,000 points Death of Vanessa: 5,000,000,000 points Death of both: 10,000,000,000 points and lucky box. If you kill Vanessa, a level A advancement mission will be applied, and you will be able to open level S. Strange for a level A, the description is simple. This is normal. There is no reason to be long-winded about it. All he has to do is kill them. He gets 2 billion with Narsiel and 5 billion with Vanessa since she is nearly a level 9. Aplete level 9 will be worth much more. And if he kills both, he¡¯ll get an advance mission. The start is hard, but the field is pretty much set with this. ¡°Odin. What do you think will happen to me now?¡± He¡¯s been found out as a mutant. When the authorities took a sample from him before, he had not been contacted in any particr way. Cha Jun Sung forgot about it as well, but he was sure it would be bothersome. [I do not have anything to say on the matter because it will be something for the authorities to decide on, but I will do my best to see that Lifer Cha Jun Sung is not adversely affected.] Even if there was a problem in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body, what the 2nd officer did went too far. Full intervention isn¡¯t something that the General Manager gave permission for. This is justification for Odin to go against his superior¡¯smands and take Cha Jun Sung¡¯s side. At the minimum, they will not be blocked from returning. ¡°Wow! That¡¯s the first wee thing I¡¯ve heard from you.¡± Cha Jun Sung took off the PDA and put it down lightly next to Hades. He cannot lose it. He needs to protect it from the battle that is about to happen. His impact tights did not just rip, they exploded. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body rapidly swelled in size and became as tall as Narsiel. Narsiel took several steps backwards because of the intimidationing from this ck demon. Vanessa, who was unable to fight, had already retreated from the battlefield. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s 9 eyes take in what is in front of him, to the left, and to the right of him. He will of course kill Narsiel, but he cannot lose Vanessa either. ¡°It¡¯s the 2nd act.¡± Now, it is a battle between monsters. Not as Lifer Cha Jun Sung, but another mutant, Cha Jun Sung as the ck Lord of a different world. Chapter 210 Volume 8 / Chapter 210 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Cha Jun Sung felt extreme fatigue. He has been in constant battle, starting with Odelia to Vanessa and Narsiel. His mind and body are depleted. He¡¯s so tired he could justy down right now, but he doesn¡¯t stop fighting. The second he stops, that cunning and sinister Narsiel¡¯s attack will destroy his nucleus. What can he do since he doesn¡¯t want to die? He has no choice but to fight. And another reason to keep fighting is that this drag of a fight will finally end with this. He transformed his left arm to resemble Hades. If only he could slice Narsiel¡¯s upper and lower body in half! Narsiel has 6 arms on her left and 6 on her right for a total of 12. He cut off a few while fighting in his battlesuit, but they regenerated and mutant Cha Jun Sung needs to fight against all 12 again. At the end of an intense fight, he cut off 10. There are 2 left. Those 2 arms cut Cha Jun Sung¡¯s right arm and right leg at the same time. He doesn¡¯t care about his arm, but his bnce is off because of the leg. Rather than losing mobility, it was more of a disadvantage to lose his stability. ¡°I ¨C I won! I won!¡± ¡°You¡¯re delusional.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s tail split into hundreds of pieces and bind up Narsiel. She cannot move because they have wrapped around her entire body likepression bandage. She was wrapped up so severely that she looked like a mummy. ¡°Let me go!¡± ¡°Die.¡± He brought down his left arm¡¯s weapon. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s tail and Narsiel both get split in two. She¡¯s split from her shoulder to her torso. They¡¯re both so tired neither of them are capable of rapid regeneration. Regeneration might somehow be possible if he gathers all the strength left in his body, but even that will take time. He needs to kill the enemy. He needs to drive through while he can still kill her. He cannot give her time to regenerate and regain strength. He had been moving borately before, but is now moving like a beast. Cha Jun Sung sliced up Narsiel¡¯s body as if butchering meat. There is a sweet taste in his mouth. Cha Jun Sung did not regenerate his right arm and leg. It is much more important to kill Narsiel. Cha Jun Sung dissects Narsiel, looking for her nucleus. Ordinary mutants don¡¯t have a distinct nucleus. If major organs like their brains and hearts are damaged, they die just like humans. But beyond level 7 ¨C especially at level 8 ¨C they form a separate lump that is special like their source, and that is the nucleus. There is a good chance that level 8s can die if something goes wrong with their brains or hearts as well. He won¡¯t know unless this happens to him, but there is a peculiar object that can regenerate his brain and heart if something happen to them. That¡¯s what Beholder said. That¡¯s why he needs to be sure to find and destroy the nucleus in level 7 through 9s. That¡¯s the surest way of killing a mutant. A grey, round organes out in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s hand. The nucleus. The life goes out of Narsiel¡¯s eyes as she watches this. ¡°How could I... In a ce like this...¡± ¡°I¡¯ll send you off one by one. Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll take this.¡± Cha Jun Sung eats Narsiel¡¯s nucleus. It is just a temporary measure, but this will help recharge his nutrients. Right now, he¡¯s grateful for even this much. It¡¯s disgusting but it tastes pretty good, whether that¡¯s because he¡¯s a mutant or because it fits his appetite. The effects of eating the nucleus appeared only minutes after. His right arm and leg regenerate and the wounds all over his body heal. Narsiel¡¯s nucleus isn¡¯t Cha Jun Sung¡¯s. He might be able to control it if he was healthy, but he lost agency when he became a mess of injuries. That was the only role the nucleus yed. He is satisfied with the results. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body shrinks. He has released his awakened state. He¡¯s gone back to human form of his own will and not because he was forced to. This is to leave enough strength to take on Vanessa in his human form. Simply maintaining an awakened state consumes a lot of energy. ¡°This is so hard.¡± He is being sincere. He¡¯s so tired he wouldn¡¯t be able to express it in words. He went to where he had left his PDA and put it back on his wrist. He also picked up Hades, which had been next to it. [You have killed Evil Queen¡¯s first daughter, Narsiel. You have earned 27 trillion points and 5 trillion 40 million advance points. You havepleted part of the mission. You have earned 20 trillion points with Narsiel¡¯s death.] Cha Jun Sung realized that the mutant and reward points for level 8 mutants are simr after killing Odelia and Narsiel. The mutant points were slightly more than reward points. With this form, Vanessa¡¯s reward points must amount to 50 or 60 trillion. An obstacle is gone. He can now go kill Vanessa too. Thest time Cha Jun Sung saw Vanessa was 30 minutes ago. As the battle grew fierce, he hadn¡¯t been able to focus his attention elsewhere. He wants to take his spacepression bag as well, but it is too far away. He dropped it when he was struggling with his body as he dragged Vanessa through the gravity field. He¡¯ll waste time if he goes all the way just toe back. ¡°She¡¯s not here? Did she run away when her big sister was fighting? Tsk tsk! Odin, can you look for her location with the Universe Eye? She wouldn¡¯t have been able to get far, would she?¡± [I did find her... but I do not suggest you chase after her.] ¡°Let¡¯s hear it.¡± [She is northeast bound at about 40km distance, and getting further away. She has recovered a rtive amount while resting.] [Lifer Cha Jun Sung, not only will chasing after her be hard with your current body state but even after you catch up to her, there is a risk in sustaining yourself in a battle.] Does this mean he should let her go? Cha Jun Sung thought about it and went back to where his spacepression bag is. He spoke as he ran. ¡°Not even if I use the extra battlesuit in my spacepression bag?¡± Since it is an extra, it is just the basic battlesuit that can be purchased in a level C store. It is the basic type with the power of level 5. He may not benefit from it, but it will at least help him save what little energy he has left. [43km, 44km. Once you start the chase, you will be more than 45km away from her. Even if you use the battlesuit booster, there is a limit in the basic form.] He would only be able to catch up if Vanessa stops. But wouldn¡¯t she keep running for her life? 45km only sounds like a simple number. Odin is telling him to keep what wille after in mind. Quitting a mission is up to the Lifer, and helpers cannot interfere. ¡°Ugh! It¡¯s an advance. Fine.¡± Cha Jun Sung took Odin¡¯s advice. He can just ignore it if he wants to, but it makes sense. There isn¡¯t anything he wants to gain by overdoing it. ¡°Huh? Where¡¯d it go?¡± Cha Jun Sung arrived where he had dropped his spacepression bag, and looked around. He was sure he had left it around here, but he doesn¡¯t see it. [Searching Lifer Cha Jun Sung¡¯s location saved in spacepression bag.] Beep beep! [This is a nonexistent location. Nonexistent... location?] ¡°No! You know how much the stuff in there is worth? It¡¯s over 100 trillion!¡± Odin searched the location, but he cannot find the spacepression bag. It¡¯s a treasure chest with items worth 100 trillion points. Is it another system error? It has a recognition function because it is a level A spacepression bag, so it would be of no use to other people. But more than that, why can¡¯t he find it? ¡°This has to be a dream!¡± He earned a tremendous amount of points after killing Odelia and Narsiel, but it is all meaningless if he loses that bag. On top of that, he needs to find the bag no matter what because of the Universe Eye, an item he bought in the level S store. Cha Jun Sung will search through Austin. Naked. Chapter 211 Volume 8 / Chapter 211 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda In the open air. So high the buildings below just look like a dark mass and the clouds are at eye-level. Someone is looking down at a naked Cha Jun Sung. They¡¯re so far apart that it is impossible to distinguish, but the battlesuit made this possible. The booster is keeping the wearer¡¯s bnce at minimal output. There is nowhere to rest in the air, but there is no shakiness as if standing on ground. ¡°Why is a guy who should still be wandering around in level B, here?¡± An unknown presence. The future Cha Jun Sung is looking at the present Cha Jun Sung. He has been watching from beginning to end, and he still cannot understand. Let¡¯s say he was able to get through the hellish level B advance mission. If so, he needs to show the abilities of a level A Lifer. But that¡¯s the ability of a level S Lifer, though he does fall short a bit because of his gear. The worst part is that he is going the path of ck Demon, when he should be on the path of a Lifer. And it¡¯s funny that it¡¯s just half at that. If he had been a true ck Demon with level 9 strength, he would have been able to easily kill Narsiel and Vanessa even if they teamed up against him. He¡¯s in a state where he is neither aplete Lifer or mutant. It seems like the notebook has had a strange influence. He doesn¡¯t look negatively at it. At the least, this Cha Jun Sung isn¡¯t going on the same path he did. If they had the same future, there would have been no meaning to his going back in time. ¡°Did he get the card and open the store? I guess that could be possible. But how did he be a mutant? Whatever. It¡¯s enough that it¡¯s made him stronger.¡± Cha Jun Sung murmured to himself in question. It isn¡¯t worth worrying about. It can even be seen as a good thing. He has two weapons that other people find hard to have even one of. As long as there aren¡¯t adverse side effects, it could be helpful in getting him through difficult obstacles. ¡°He¡¯ll be a little relieved.¡± When he first got to North America, he had gone looking for Evil Queen in her home, Washington, but he hadn¡¯t been able to find her. So he had changed his target to the 4 sisters. Cha Jun Sung is here because of Odelia. After searching through all of North America, the first one he had been able to find was the Corrupt Odelia. He had thought after killing Benukiz that it might take him all of his time to find all of them. The gears in his head started turning. He would make the sisters look for him instead of going to look for them himself. While waiting after he killed Benukiz, Narsiel and Vanessa had appeared. He had been delighted. He had thought about taking care of them on the spot, but decided to killed Odelia first. Then he came here. And when he saw Cha Jun Sung, he watched the battle instead of interfering. He was going to step in if need be since he cannot let Cha Jun Sung die, but he fought well. He can tell just by the way Vanessa ran for her life. ¡°He wouldn¡¯t have been told I¡¯m here, right? I don¡¯t want to have toe face-to-face with him.¡± They may be the same person because they are the present and future, but they each have their separate lives. They will end up meeting if that is their fate, even if he tries to stop it. But that time isn¡¯t now. ¡°I¡¯ll use this well.¡± Cha Jun Sung touches the spacepression bag. He had slipped it away during the battle. By the way he¡¯s creating a huge fuss over this, there must be great things inside. He doesn¡¯t like stealing, but he¡¯s an irregr. He can¡¯t use the store. He needs to fight Evil Queen with what¡¯s given to him. It had taken him a long time to find the 4 sisters because he didn¡¯t have the proper gear. He needs to save everything until the very end when he will need to use everything. ¡°Odin, can you release the recognition system?¡± [There is no reason to release it. The two of you are a 100% match.] ¡°I just asked because I was bored.¡± Woong. Cha Jun Sung puts his hand inside the spacepression bag. Other people would have gotten caught with the recognition system and would not have been able to take items out of the bag. ¡°Wow! He has 4 Universe Eyes. Jackpot! This is a total treasure chest!¡± Cha Jun Sung hadn¡¯t been able to bring much along with him when he came to the past. There is a limit to the mass that Odin can bring over with his power. There is so much of what he needs here. This is what rain at the end of a drought must feel like. The person who lost it will be upset, but he hopes he will understand. ¡°Anyway. Did that bastard 2nd officer do something at this point?¡± The 2nd officer thoroughly bothered Cha Jun Sung with things like summoning the Heavy Gravity. That¡¯s immutable. The 2nd officer¡¯s pattern changed as the future changed, but his ability to piss people off didn¡¯t change at all. The exact starting point of when Odin had started to go against his superiors was when they began to tantly persecute Cha Jun Sung. The conflict will probably get worse, and it will eventually explode. [We¡¯ve wasted too much time. At this rate, she¡¯ll have gotten out of the Universe Eye¡¯s range. You only have a 2 minute margin. You need to go.] Vanessa is using all the remaining strength she has in running away. She is pretty fast. It¡¯ll be difficult to find her if she gets out of the Universe Eye¡¯s range. But he needs to take care of this situation. He¡¯s be weaker. Present Cha Jun Sung has 6 Universe Eye¡¯s out. Future Cha Jun Sung can use these as well. It¡¯s the same concept as the spacepression bag. It feels like he is being a burden in many ways. He will repay that much as well. ¡°Cheer up. You¡¯re not going to live like me. I¡¯m not going to let that happen.¡± Bang! Cha Jun Sung activated the Overbooster. Austin is getting farther and farther away. They need to separate without speaking to each other once, but he feels good. Really. *** How could she look so different from when she got here? Vanessa only has her lower body awakened as she focuses on running away. She doesn¡¯t care if she¡¯s called a coward. She needs to put as much distance between them as she can while Narsiel is holding him. She rested a few hours, but she really doesn¡¯t have the strength to recover. It is impossible to fight Cha Jun Sung with this amount of strength. That would be suicide. She had hidden her body in her armor and reserved her strength, but her true strength hade out when the armor broke. There is no way to fill in the difference. Narsiel is probably dead now. 3 out of the 4 sisters are dead. She needs to tell her mother, Evil Queen, about this. ¡°He must be exhausted too, right? There¡¯s no way he has the strength toe after me.¡± Even if he has that strength, she¡¯s confident she can avoid getting caught. She can run away as much as he follows. He can¡¯t just shorten the distance between them. Vanessa¡¯s name Two-Faced isn¡¯t because of her second awakened state, but because of her duplicity. She appears calm on the outside, but she has thirstier instinct than anyone else. A need for survival is included in that instinct. All living creatures have themon desire not to die, to live. Boom! Vanessa looks up at a sound bursting in the air. White smoke spreading suddenly in the air. This powder is a phenomenon only seen when an object breaks the speed of sound. Bang! The object falls to the floor. It falls so heavily that the ground cracks like a spider web and debris flies. Amongst the dust, a blue light shines bright. ¡°Hey.¡± ¡°You! You! How!¡± Cha Jun Sung waved at her in a friendly manner. Vanessa is astonished. Does this mean he had spare armor? It¡¯s a misjudgment. She knows how powerful he is because she has fought against him in his battlesuit while she was still healthy and in her second awakened state. There was no way for Vanessa to even consider that he might not be the same person. Cha Jun Sung had no intention on revealing it to her either. There is only one thing he wants to hear from Vanessa. Where Evil Queen is. He doesn¡¯t care about anything other than that. ¡°Vanessa, you cute little thing! You two-faced bitch! I¡¯ll let you live if you answer my question. Evil Queen ¨C where is she? Just tell me then. I promise I¡¯ll let you live.¡± Those who have more tend to yearn for life more. Vanessa is strong. If she is left alone, she bes a Disaster level mutant like Evil Queen. They and Bon Lord invade Asia and seed in killing all of the other Disasters except ck Demon. There¡¯s usually strength in numbers. The ck Demon that future Cha Jun Sung encountered in Life Mission went missing with Evil Queen and Bon Lord¡¯s alliance, but he presumed he is dead. This is because there weren¡¯t any missions regarding him in the mission list. Chapter 212 Volume 8 / Chapter 212 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Vanessa killed Red Eye and Dragon. At the time, White Empress had been betrayed by ally Cruel King and they had been engaged in a war of attrition. There had been no way for them to withstand it when they should have beenbining their power. They were swept away by the power of North and South America. While busy in a war against Evil Queen and Bon Lord, Cha Jun Sung had been defeated humiliatingly. The rest of his group were killed in that mission. This ce won¡¯t be like that. ck Demon will have formed an alliance with White Queen, and they will have taken care of Cruel King. He had exined it to them for them to understand. ¡°Hurry up and tell me. Should I just kill you?¡± The Overbooster roars. Cha Jun Sung is about to pull out Hades. Vanessa knows by intuition that she¡¯ll die as soon as that gets pulled out. She can¡¯t avoid that attack with this body. She¡¯ll be split in half with one hit. ¡°M ¨C Mother is in the eastern region!¡± ¡°East? Washington?¡± ¡°Pr ¨C probably.¡± ¡°This bitch.¡± Hades cuts both of Vanessa¡¯s legs. She¡¯s lying. He searched everywhere, but hadn¡¯t been able to find even a hair. ¡°I looked everywhere there. I¡¯ll give you ast chance. This time, I¡¯ll chop you up and destroy your nucleus.¡± Vanessa in withering on the ground. She can¡¯t believe that she¡¯s in such a wretched state when she¡¯s the 2nd strongest in North America. ¡°Mother is in South America! It¡¯s the truth! I¡¯m not lying!¡± ¡°South America?¡± ¡°Yeah!¡± ¡°Why there?¡± ¡°That¡¯s ¨C that¡¯s!¡± South America? Has she gone to Bon Lord? Why now? Disaster¡¯s don¡¯t leave their regions if they can help it because there¡¯s no reason to leave. ¡°Is she trying to have another child?¡± Cha Jun Sung said it in jest, but Vanessa¡¯s body trembles. What is this? This must be the answer. It¡¯s so ridiculous, he¡¯s speechless. He should give her an award. She isn¡¯t the Queen of Evil, but the Queen of Fertility. While he was thinking, Vanessa began moving strangely. Cha Jun Sung pretended not to see. She can try if she wants to. Ping ping ping! Vanessa¡¯s rib boneses out. It¡¯s disgusting. They¡¯re raised on both sides like a trap, and it is an attack that can skewer an entire body. ¡°Ugh. I was going to let you live. Farewell!¡± ¡°No ¨C no!¡± Hades moves at a high speed and slices Vanessa into hundreds of pieces. The approaching bones are cut and fall to the ground like straw. She dug her own grave. He hadn¡¯t had the intention of saving her in the first ce. He needs to kill a pest like this. This is a shortcut to world peace. Boom boom! He took care of the corpse with a super-heated shot, the highest level of heat bombs. Since he can¡¯t go to South America, he¡¯ll just clean up North America while he¡¯s here. There are a few level 8s left who are following fertile Evil Queen. *** This is the inside of Cha Jun Sung. There is something living in this ce so secret and deep that he didn¡¯t even know it existed. [I¡¯m uneasy... I feel like I might disappear. I¡¯m bing someone else.] The Oriax is nervous. His identity has been growing weaker ever since Cha Jun Sung met ck Demon and he began establishing his own identity. Even if he wants to get out, the body won¡¯t split as if there are shackles. The Oriax¡¯s part as a mutant is being absorbed as well. The thing that Beholder bothered ¨C whatever it is ¨C is awakening. It isn¡¯t visible yet, but it is getting stronger little by little. Once thetent cells arepletely awakened, he might automatically be a level 9. He is being consumed. It isn¡¯t the will of Cha Jun Sung or the Oriax. Just as drops of water naturallybine, they are pulling at each other. The only difference is that the center axis is Cha Jun Sung. Over time, the two personalities will be one, stabilizing the mind and body. It is a good thing, but not for the party being consumed. The Oriax wants to live. He doesn¡¯t want to disappear like this. What should he do? [I¡¯ll crouch. I¡¯ll eat him before he eats me. I¡¯ll hide myself until then. A body growing stronger. If he can just take over the body, he will be able to surpass all limits of his species and be a being that stands over everything else. *** Beep. A giant door with several obstacles blocking it. A middle-aged man in a soft white coat is standing in front of the door. He is there to authorize entry. A tent of light passes over the middle-aged man. Everything rted to the man¡¯s body such as height, weight, blood pressure, heart rate, and iris are checked. [Security level Z. Releasing 7 nested security devices. Projectmand, Life Mission¡¯s 2nd officer Borteth¡¯s entry has been authorized.] Borteth walks a silent hallway. All he can see are silver walls and ceiling. It is a straight line like a tunnel. 1 minute at a normal walking pace? He did not walk for a long time. In that time, the distance would be about 100m. Wiing! A dead end. As soon as he arrived, a 2m rectangle formed, and aser came out of each corner. Thosesers widened the range and wrap around Borteth. This is a type of gate, and thesers act as a barrier protecting the passenger. Electricityes out near the dimension gate, and the space bes distorted. Borteth is expressionless. He waited for this phenomenon to end as though used to experiencing it. When the distortion ended, he was standing in a conference room that looked to be about 300m. Everything he had gone through had been to get here. ¡°Borteth, you¡¯re here.¡± ¡°Sorry I¡¯mte.¡± The room is filled with dozens of chairs, but only two people are seated. Borteth sat to the left of the head of the table to make them a total of three. ¡°Ha ha! You¡¯ve made a mess. To think you used the Heavy Gravity.¡± The person sitting across from Borteth,ughs at him. Gabenu, the 3rd officer. Their numbers are different, but their authority is the same. Thus, Borteth ignored theughter and mocking. ¡°It¡¯s nothing you need to worry about.¡± ¡°Hah! Don¡¯t talk nonsense. You¡¯re saying that total interference isn¡¯t something to worry about?¡± Borteth ignored this again. Truthfully, Gabenu is right. The rule all of the executives decided on was non intervention. He had gone against that. But people tend to not want to hear negativements even if they did wrong. ¡°Borteth.¡± ¡°... Yes.¡± The person sitting at the head of the table spoke. He spoke a little more politely than he had to Gabenu. This is someone he must do that to. The general, the person in charge. Life Mission¡¯s general manager, Jigneon. He¡¯s the one who made the greatest contribution to Life Mission, from the structure to details. His authority is simr to that of the 2nd and 3rd officers, but he has a few privileges that they don¡¯t have. ¡°Africa happened because Gabenu and I agreed with your suggestion. But this is different. Exin yourself.¡± They interfered with the Lifers¡¯ mission in Africa because they had all agreed to do so. This had allowed them to gather a lot of information. However, he had decided on his own to use the Heavy Gravity, ced a block on returning from a fairlypleted mission, and even interfered with items. It is right that he be reprimanded for using total interference in order to pressure a single Lifer without their permission. ¡°It was all for testing purposes.¡± ¡°I know there are results, since we found out what kind of mutants Cha Jun Sung can fight against as a Lifer, and that he came back as a mutant after disappearing in Public Underground.¡± There is a lot that they gained. They had not been able to find anything weird in the sample they collected from Cha Jun Sung before. It is understandable. He would be able to control his body freely if he had be a mutant, so what wouldn¡¯t he be able to do? Borteth had said repeatedly that they should collect another sample or threaten him, but Jigneon had been against it. No matter what doubts they have, there is a thing called timing. Fruit should be picked when ripe. There is a decrease in value if it is picked too early. Jigneon knows Borteth is the type to disregard the start and process as long as the results are certain. Results? They are important. Even if the start and process were perfect, it is a failure if there are no results. ¡°Results are good, but you can¡¯t understand why I¡¯m like this?¡± ¡°Honestly, no.¡± ¡°Once you stray, it¡¯s hard to stop. Why? Because you¡¯ve gotten a taste. The first time is usually the hardest. That¡¯s why the first button always needs to be done right.¡± It is the wrong way. Borteth will act on his own again. The fastest and surest way of getting results by going against the rules set by the executives, is right in front of him. There¡¯s no way he will be able to withstand the seduction. ¡°E, D, C, B, A, S levels are smooth. Lifers going from level E to B are providing us with a lot of help in our experiment.¡± Cha Jun Sung who reached the vertex of existing Lifers has evenpleted level A. Jigneon only has one thing he wants to say to Borteth. It¡¯s not to be blinded by ambition, messing up their work. Chapter 213 Volume 8 / Chapter 213 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Allies who can¡¯t be controlled aren¡¯t much different from the enemy. If he pursues just the results, they will be ruined. They need the patience to wait. Borteth frowns at Jigneon giving him a sermon. He is extremely annoyed, but he cannot ignore him like he did with Gabenu. ¡°Fine. Let me ask one thing. How were you going to take responsibility if Cha Jun Sung had died? You would have wasted a special sample from our study.¡± ¡°Responsibility? What responsibility are you talking about? If he dies, he dies. Don¡¯t we have plenty of Lifers anyway? The 36 Rankers will be level A Lifers soon, too.¡± Borteth refuses to listen, so Gabenu sighs. He is so single-minded, only thinking of himself. Even Gabenu thinks that they need to take Cha Jun Sung all the way. If he dies, they will have lost a level S Lifer, which they aren¡¯t sure they¡¯ll get again. He may have skipped some steps with the advanced store opening card, but his fighting ability surpasses level A. He has the ability to take on a level A advance mission, so he might as well be called a level S Lifer. If the 3 officers want to, they can create as many level S and A Lifers as they pleased. They can just release the restrictions on the store like they did with missions. But they don¡¯t have enough items to give out to so many Lifers, so there wouldn¡¯t be use for so many advanced Lifers anyway. It is like taking an exam while looking at the answer sheet. They cannot experiment with Lifers without differentiation, as if they were products created in a factory. Life Mission was created as a long term project of experimenting between Lifers and mutants for about 10 years. Not even half that time has passed. They cannot begin to stray from their path already. ¡°You have no signs of being sorry. Then I¡¯ll ask in another way. Do you admit that you used the Heavy Gravity arbitrarily and forced a Lifer?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°You¡¯ve broken a rule that we created, that you agreed with yourself. With the authority as General Manager, I take you out from experiments for a few months.¡± Gabenu was more surprised than Borteth, who had received the punishment. It is just a few months, but he hadn¡¯t expected Jigneon to take Borteth away from the front. ¡°Be grateful we don¡¯t report this to the top, and reflect on your actions.¡± Borteth grinds his teeth. It¡¯s so loud that Jigneon and Gabenu can hear, but he does not disrespect them. Borteth isn¡¯t such a lightweight as to find fault in position. ¡°Go. Gabenu and I need to hold our meeting about the rest of the agenda.¡± Borteth res at Jigneon, slightly bows his head, and gets on the dimensional gate. He is the General Manager. He cannot act out of line just because he is angry. He did not even acknowledge Gabenu before leaving. ¡°Will it be okay? There¡¯s no way he¡¯ll behave with his personality.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think he¡¯ll listen to me either. This is just a strong warning I¡¯m giving him.¡± Gabenu spoke respectfully to Jigneon unlike Borteth, and Jigneon also maintained formalities toward him. It means that they respect each other. Borteth had the ability to participate in the meeting taken away by the General Manager¡¯s authority, but he intends to engage with Life Mission in his own way. However, he will refrain from acting arbitrarily for the time being since he has been reprimanded. ¡°Sometimes, it looks like you look out for Cha Jun Sung, Jigneon.¡± ¡°Look out for him? That¡¯s not how I would put it, but I guess I would say it¡¯s simr. He¡¯s the one who provides the most information for headquarters. Alright! Let¡¯s move past this. Isn¡¯t there something else that¡¯s important?¡± Wiing! Arge hologram shows them North America. They are not looking at the current situation. They are looking at what happened in the past again. They examine the hologram without speaking. It shows someone fighting with Benukiz and killing Vanessa. But they couldn¡¯t see who they are, as if they were in mosaic. This is proof that they are fooling the satellite¡¯s eye. That is impossible. The satellites installed on Earth are created from their current technology, on an entirely different level from the technology of the old world. They use this to keep track of mutant locations and construct or reconstruct missions. They can see anything they are looking at clearly. ¡°There isn¡¯t even an item in the level S store that can help someone avoid the satellites.¡± ¡°I¡¯m suspicious about that too.¡± They have to watch the Lifers. They wouldn¡¯t have made something like that. The 3 officers, their scientists, and the helpers did not even touch items that would act at a disadvantage to the system. ¡°We won¡¯t be able to find this man, will we?¡± ¡°No. He¡¯s gone missing ever since he killed Vanessa.¡± ¡°This isn¡¯t a matter that we can just move past. From the report... creating this equipment is possible. With our technology, not the technology of Earth.¡± Jigneon considered the number of cases, but there isn¡¯t a clear measure. It seems like they will have to dig into it over time rather than trying to solve it immediately. This kind of variable isn¡¯t wee because it isn¡¯t predictable. ¡°Let¡¯s move on. Next?¡± ¡°It¡¯s the type 5226 cocoon that formed in Africa. A level 8 parasite has seeded in getting into Cruel King¡¯s body, and is developing.¡± The hologram changes. They can see Parasite King¡¯s cocoon. It has been over a year since it became a cocoon, but it still isn¡¯t waking up. Mutants of various colors gather near the cocoon. There are thousands of them. They have both the purposes of acting as protection and nutrients. The mutants providing nutrients are mostly blood-sucking insects the size of a human head. They follow the Blood King¡¯s orders and burn their bodies to fill the cocoon¡¯s appetite. ¡°Which guarding mutant is the strongest?¡± ¡°Red Eye and Inferno, Blood King, Beholder. It seems like White Empress and ck Demon predicted the cocoon would be a problem, and sent them out.¡± ¡°A Disaster might be difficult for those four, but they will have more power than something simr to Vanessa. It¡¯s the bestbination. I can tell they put a lot of thought into it.¡± If Red Eye and Inferno, and Blood King take on the closebat encounters while Beholder brings a psychological attack from behind, they are a force to be reckoned with. On top of that, Blood King has countless armies through Blood Devil. They could push through with volume alone. ¡°Is that a level 9 if it wakes up?¡± ¡°When calcting the virus level, it isn¡¯t as if there is no possibility, but it does seem like it will be difficult for it to be a Disaster. We expect it to be something like Vanessa.¡± ¡°Whatever it is, I guess we just have to wait and let time tell.¡± ¡°Waiting is our specialty.¡± ¡°Huh? So that¡¯s how it sounds.¡± ¡°We can solve North America and Africa while we watch Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mutation. There is a lot of mystery. I think it¡¯ll be fun.¡± ¡°What about Cha Jun Sung¡¯s sanctions?¡± ¡°I think it¡¯d be better if we don¡¯t apply them. Odin is bringing upws and resisting. Though he has be a mutant, it seems there are no problems with his sanity. What do you think about leaving him alone for now?¡± ¡°Alright. There¡¯s an order to things. We have a lot of time, so let¡¯s go slowly.¡± Jigneon and Gabenu ended their meeting, boarded the dimensional gate, and went back to their respective domains. They have a ton of work to take care of. Borteth returns to hisboratory and throws everything within his reach. It would be an appropriate expression to say he turned everything over. Theboratory is full of quality items though mary standards are different from those on Earth, but he pays no mind and uses them all to vent his anger. He did not stop with his selfishness and dirty nature until everything was devastated, but he was still fuming. ¡°Those damn rules! Rules! They need to use all means and methods if they want results! How long must we stay entangled in order and procedure?!¡± Even in Borteth¡¯s eyes, Cha Jun Sung is an impressive Lifer. But it doesn¡¯t mean he¡¯s irreceable. There are quite a number of Lifers who could take his ce. Life Mission¡¯s virtual version is like a training center for the reality version. It¡¯s a system in which talent can bloom because the reality was created with a foundation. Luck is necessary in body and battlesuit modifications, but luck is also a skill. Frankly, Cha Jun Sung skipped advancement with an opening card. He became a level S Lifer with shortcuts. He hadn¡¯t gone through the normal process. Borteth¡¯s stance is that the 36 Rankers can advance as much as Cha Jun Sung has if the officers give them a little help. He broke the rules with total interference, but he achieved that much in results. What he had earned through Cha Jun Sung wasn¡¯t bad. That¡¯s why he says that it doesn¡¯t matter if Cha Jun Sung dies. There has to be another person with abilities like Cha Jun Sung¡¯s in a with a poption of billions. World Federation and Bloody Kingdom are trying level B advancement right now. They have putpletion as their goal at the end of significant sacrifice. There will be a clear separation between winners and losers, but there will be quite an increase in the number of level A Lifers. ¡°Jigneon and Gabenu ¨C I¡¯m positive they¡¯re working together against me!¡± This is the way Borteth sees the world. What he sees is what he gets. If he sees it from the side, he understands it as from the side. If he sees it backwards, he understands it as backwards. Misled values make him see his bad behavior as justified, and others¡¯ just actions as bad. ¡°I¡¯m a creator. I¡¯m one of the three creators of Life Mission.¡± Creator ¨C it is misleading to say it means God, but it is not wrong. Chapter 214 Volume 8 / Chapter 214 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Creator. An owner who makes something that was not there before. Interpreted like this, Borteth is Life Mission¡¯s Creator. ¡°Since it¡¯s a rule I created, I can get rid of it! I¡¯ll do as I please in the areas I have authority in from now on!¡± He won¡¯t do anything obvious like activating the Heavy Gravity. He¡¯ll do enough so Jigneon and Gabenu will acquiesce even when they know. He is tiptoeing, but he is being penalized. He needs to refrain from actions that bring attention to him. Zing! Borteth waves his hand in the air, a satellite installed in a mission region connects with North America, and he can see an active Cha Jun Sung. A managing position like an officer or helper can watch a Lifer¡¯s every move without going through aplicated process. ¡°A trivial creature...¡± Borteth grabs the edge of his desk and the steel rips. The officers are fundamentally strong. They have to be strong. The officers are the ones who created body modifications and items like the battlesuit. ¡°Huh. I¡¯ll have to make my own chess piece. One that¡¯ll listen well.¡± The satellite¡¯s view changes. Borteth finds someone conducting a mission in the new view. He¡¯s perfect. They¡¯re hard to control if they¡¯re smart. His influence and skill are outstanding, but he needs to be greedy and independent. Since Jigneon and Gabenu created the monitoringwork, he will be able to put good use to him if he ys his cards right. *** Cha Jun Sung had lost Vanessa but he had been able to kill Odelia and Narsiel, but he did not go back to reality, and remained in the mission. He has lost a tremendous amount of points with his battlesuit destroyed and his spacepression bag gone. He¡¯s scared to even calcte the loss. It might be a question as to whether he can stay in a mission area with his bare body, but he has already been found out as a mutant. All he needs is the PDA. Cha Jun Sung sweeps through mutant congested areas while awakened as a mutant, wearing his PDA, and holding Hades with his tail. To mutants, he is a disaster and a nightmare. They lose the will to fight in front of a top level predators¡¯ attack. Their confidence dwindles before they even start. It might seem like a good thing, but it isn¡¯t. He doesn¡¯t have to chase them around if they charge at him, but they all scatter and run away. He umted points without much problems even without his spacepression bag and battlesuit. He even caught a couple level 7s. Perhaps because he hadpleted his mission, a mission was renewed each time he stepped into a mission area and he was able to bring in a considerable amount of points. He worked one day, rested the next. He hunted every other day in order to maintain his condition. He returned after earning 50 billion points. The retention period is 2 months. He earned 50 billion points because of the battlesuit. With the points he got from Odelia and Narsiel on top of that, he can repair his damaged battlesuit. He can buy basic items as well. It is fortunate that only the shell was broken and a lot of the inside remained intact. The biggest worry was the battlesuit. He invested over 100 billion in creating a level S full remodeling, and it would be impossible to buy before advancing no matter how many points he had. When Odinid the judgement that regeneration is possible, he really almost cried. Whatever had happened, The Path of Blood and King¡¯s Blood missions werepleted. *** Odin kept his promise to Cha Jun Sung. He answered all of his questions to the best of his abilities as long as they were not regarding Life Mission¡¯s secrets. In return, Cha Jun Sung made Odin a promise as well. He promised not to tell anyone what he heard. Odin said that if he breaks this promise, Cha Jun Sung and those who hear the information will face unimaginable penalties. He felt ufortable, but agreed. As a result, he had two secrets he couldn¡¯t tell. Those regarding Life Mission and the fact that he is a mutant. ¡°So you¡¯re saying the asshole who yed me is the 2nd officer, one of the three architects of Life Mission?¡± [Yes. He is currently receiving punishment for that.] Cha Jun Sung had thought that the helpers were at the very top. But he had been wrong. Comparing Life Mission to a majorpany, they are ssified by high and low positions. It is a simple and easy system. The highest are the 3 officers and the investors who support Life Mission. The second are the managers who participate in Life Mission¡¯s systems or errors, and item production, and helpers like Odin. The helpers¡¯ special right is moving dimensions. It is impossible if blocked by the powers that be, but there isn¡¯t a limit as long as their energy allows for it. The world that Life Mission was created in is Earth hundreds of years in the future, where the science is so developed even dimensional movement is possible. This is something that Cha Jun Sung had assumed. It had been mentioned on Lifer World that this was the case or that it was the work of aliens. Apparently, Lifer World was created by Life Mission and not in America. He said something about using it as a method to watch Lifers¡¯munications. ¡°Huh? Then does that mean all employees working for Life Mission are cyborgs?¡± [In hundreds of years, the poption on Earth is just 1% of what it is now. We don¡¯t have the manpower to send humans to the past. There¡¯s no reason to send them, either.] His questions are being answered. If he conducts the reality version and returns to where he came from, nothing can find him. Cyborgs were a specially created camouge team. He understands why not a single piece of information had been leaked even on the Inte. ¡°Hah! Only I can know this stuff?¡± This information was too valuable to know alone. It is so provocative that if Lifers, if the world knew, it wouldn¡¯t just be a scandal but everything would be flipped. He is itching to tell, but he has to keep it to himself. He is hearing this on that condition. ¡°Why was Life Mission ¨C specifically Lifers and mutants ¨C created?¡± [Humans do not change in the present or the future. They pursue and crave something constantly. Science advances, but the nature remains the same.] It¡¯s funny. Humans develop science, but humans themselves do not develop. How contradictory is this? [You can think of Lifers as something like the superheroes in movies, who maintain their essence while possessing the power to transcend limits.] Cha Jun Sung clenches his fists. Though he has be a mutant, he still has the lingering effects of the body modifications he went through as a human. He can understand. Superhero? It¡¯s possible. ¡°What about mutants?¡± [They¡¯re a mutation from experiments trying to transcend the limits of humans. It¡¯s easy to taint something with pure intentions.] There are things that are discovered without intention. A side product? They discovered the A virus by chance while trying to create superhumans. What they had wanted was a superhuman in human form, but what they had gotten was a monster. It wasn¡¯t on the good side, but scientists had been ovee with schrly ambition. [They were experiments that couldn¡¯t be done on cyborgs, but it was a time when there wasn¡¯t ess to enough life.] So they opened two dimensional gates. Both are the same Earth. There was a slight time difference, but they were the same as though they had been copied and pasted. That¡¯s how they spread Life Mission and the A virus in each world. ¡°The documents we found at the Institute of Biological Sciences! Right. It said ¡®suddenly¡¯.¡± Everything is falling into ce. The puzzle ising together. Come to think of it, ck Demon had said this, but it feels differenting from Odin. ¡°What¡¯s your ultimate goal?¡± [We¡¯re trying to see who can dominate between Lifers and mutants.] ¡°So what are you trying to do once you find out who the dominating species is? You said the poption in that era is 1%, right? Does that mean we all be mutants?¡± [Sorry. I did not receive permission regarding that information.] Cha Jun Sung tsked. He did find out a lot, but it seems there is more that Odin is not allowed to tell him. It¡¯s a pity, but he left it alone. ¡°Last one.¡± [Yes.] ¡°What¡¯s the exact rtionship between Life Mission and Lifers?¡± [Creator, or Creator and Creature. This is something that Borteth says often. This is cruel against you, but there¡¯s no other way to express it.] *** Once Cha Jun Sung¡¯s long questioning was over, it was Odin¡¯s turn to ask. His question was something unexpected. [Why did you let him live? That¡¯s worth the death penalty ording to ourws.] He is referring to Hector. It may have been to save his little brother, but he lured hundreds of Lifers to Odelia. He deserves death. Cha Jun Sung responded, ¡®The world is so twisted, who gets to judge who? I would¡¯ve just killed him if he had been a madman, but I couldn¡¯t.¡¯ That¡¯s why he gave him Odelia¡¯s nucleus, too. Hector tried his best in apetition of survival. His method was bad, but his intention wasn¡¯t. Cha Jun Sung can¡¯t say that he wouldn¡¯t have done the same in that situation. ¡®Odin. Sorry, but just listen to one more thing. You guys made this world.¡¯ A stabbing remonstrance. Odin couldn¡¯t refute. It¡¯s the truth. Chapter 215 Volume 8 / Chapter 215 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°Huh? You¡¯re saying the entire city was covered in Head Quarters?¡± ¡°To be precise, that¡¯s not it. How many Head Quarters were there?¡± Park Jin Hyuk frowns in thought and looks at Kyoko. He can¡¯t remember how many there were. She looks at him pathetically, ¡°There was one level 7, about 30 level 6s, and hundreds of nests and hatcheries, so we couldn¡¯t count properly. The volume... Phew!¡± It¡¯s horrible to even think about, and Kyoko shakes her head. Park Jin Hyuk, Kyoko, Violet, and Basil get a cold sweat when they even think about what happened. Before Cha Jun Sung entered Path of Blood, Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group created a raid with the World Federation and entered a level B advance mission first. But they didn¡¯te out until about half a month after Cha Jun Sung, who had remained inside his mission for some time. The mutants they met inside that mission were the Head Quarters they had encountered at the Institute of Biological Sciences before, and there had been dozens of them. Arge city had been contaminated by level 7 Head Quarters, but the only person in their group who had tried catching them in the virtual version had been Nine Tail. ¡°They¡¯reyered by sequence of evolution like a hamburger, and the outside looked like a hatchery. I¡¯m not lying, but levels 1 and 2 created several tens of thousands within moments.¡± Levels 1 and 2 mutants aren¡¯t big threats to level B Lifers. They¡¯re so weak that they can be swept away with just automatic cannons or reinforced rifles. Even if there are tens of thousands of them. The problem is that once this was repeated a few times, they started to use up all of the equipment they had brought. They can¡¯t kill withoutying a hand on them. After getting through the hatchery wall, it is a nest. Mutant levels went up to levels 3 and 4 as well. Those are still weak levels, but they rebel more. ¡°Head Quarters and nests are big, and they¡¯re visible from far away, right? And wasn¡¯t it a big city? Couldn¡¯t you use something like a white phosphorous shell?¡± Park Jin Hyuk shook his head. There were so many hatcheries gathered together that there were a lot of different mutant types. There were all different types. ¡°Jun Sung. You know what Red Blood Worms are, right?¡± ¡°Ugh! Red Blood Worms? If those were there, that means they would have been everywhere.¡± Level 4 Red Blood Worms. They spit out a liquid that is as red as blood, that bes as hard as steel. They are weak in offense, but strong on defense. A massive about of Red Blood Wormspleted a block in the shape of a dome over several years, with Head Quarters living inside. Only a hole for Lifers to enter had been created, and the rest of the paths in and out had been blocked. The Lifers had struggled fiercely to created a way out. They found outter, but the thickness had been 4m. That means it was like a steel wall 4m thick. They tried throwing bombs at it, but it only affected the outer wall. They were only able to reach the hatcheries once they had gotten through the wall of Red Blood Worms, and they took care of those sequentially. ¡°More than 600 people died. We had to fight head on against two level 7s and hundreds of level 6s that the Head Quarters created.¡± Head Quarters created a massive amount of powerful soldiers while the hatchery and nest created time. And they created a total war. ¡°Ugh...! If it hadn¡¯t been for Nine Tail, we might have beenpletely wiped out.¡± Nine Tail had said that they cannot leave the Head Quarters¡¯ main body. He said that once they¡¯re backed into a corner, the sub-objects suck nutrients from the main body. Something about how if that happens, they could pick off the level 7s by the hour. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group works well together, so they took on the Head Quarters. The rest of the people fought the level 6 and 7s, but a lot of them died in that battle. There weren¡¯t 30 Lifers who advanced even with that sacrifice. Fortunately, Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group¡¯s contribution was high, so they all advanced along with a few Rankers. ¡°Jun Sung, tell us what happened to you too.¡± ¡°Me?¡± What can he tell? Cha Jun Sung exined his battles against Odelia, Narsiel, and Vanessa. Everyone listened with interest. Rankers Koharu, Violet, and Basil in particr know that level 8s¡¯ offense is stronger than people think. It is difficult for even a total trailzing level A Lifer to fight one-on-one against a level 8. Even with the weakest, they need to stick with at least a party. ¡°Just because a mission level is high doesn¡¯t always mean you need to enter with a force or raid. There are restrictions withrger numbers.¡± The maximum entry for level A missions is a 10,000 member core or corps. If they go around in hordes, it is easier for mutants to spot them. This means they could end up in an unnecessary battle. Cha Jun Sung had not been bothered by other mutants in the Path of Blood while fighting against Evil Queen¡¯s three daughters. He only fought with them. If they had entered in threatening numbers from the beginning to fight the three daughters, there is a high probability that they would have had to go to war. North America is Evil Queen¡¯s region. If she is the queen, her daughters are princesses. If a princess gives an order, soldiers do not have the authority to say no. Sometimes, less is more. Having more people is better, but there are times when having small numbers is advantageous. No matter how excellent the Lifers are, if there are too many people on a boat, the boat is bound to sink. Everyone has their own tendencies, so they are bound to make missteps. If they want to survive level S and A missions going forward, it is important that they take these kinds of matters into consideration and create maximum efficiency. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group took Cha Jun Sung¡¯s words to heart. This is advice from the experience of the only level S Lifer at this point in Life Mission. Beep beep! Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s PDA rings. He checks his phone reflexively. It isn¡¯t a voice call, but it is a message someone left. ¡°Oh! Jun Sung?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°Strategist wants to see you. Stop putting him off and pick up.¡± Someone who doesn¡¯t know might think that he doesn¡¯t like Strategist. Cha Jun Sung isn¡¯t avoiding him because he doesn¡¯t like him. He just ignored him because he had something to do every time he called. ¡°Alright.¡± ¡°He said he¡¯s preparing some kind of project, so it¡¯ll probably be about that.¡± ¡°Project?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t really know. Ask him yourself. Aha! We can go together.¡± Park Jin Hyuk wrote a response and decided on a time to meet. Cha Jun Sung thought about the project. What could it be? He¡¯ll know once they meet, right? *** Cha Jun Sung¡¯s jaw dropped when he saw the thousands of drawingsid out on the wide table. He looked back and forth between the drawings and Strategist. He doesn¡¯t understand what the drawings mean. It is tooplicated for him to be able toprehend. Strategist stuck his tongue out too. ¡°So ¨C so you¡¯re saying you¡¯re going to create what¡¯s on this drawing?¡± ¡°I thought whilepleting the level B advance mission that no matter how much we raise our specifications, there are limits if we don¡¯t have a giant weapon like Life Mission.¡± Cha Jun Sung looks down at the table again. He cannot understand, but he knows what the drawings are meant to create and what it¡¯ll be used for. [Albatrus Blueprint] ¨C Albatrus: 1 billion points, 20 million achievement points ¨C 70% of Earth, it is an unknown world more than twice asrge asbining all six continents. Even with scientific technology that can go beyond the sky and space, they could not take on the sea. The primary reason is that the tremendous pressure gets worse the lower they go in the deep sea! Defenseless nature has the power to crush any submarine. On top of that, ever since the A virus spread, ocean mutants increased and changed the environment for the worse. Since Life Mission was created as an all-in-one strategic weapon with all of the science they know, that is the Sub batrus. If Lifers are able to make the Albatrus descend, there is the possibility that they be rulers of the sea! To say it inly, these thousands of drawings are a blueprint to create the Sub Albatrus. It even has the materials needed written down. Strategist is thinking of making the Sub Albatrus. ¡°Wow. Won¡¯t it be better to buy the finished product?¡± Cha Jun Sung asked thoughtlessly. It is a strategic weapon beyond the battlesuit. It is hundreds of times what a single individual is capable of buying. ¡°This is a drawing of something that can¡¯t be found in level A, but level S.¡± Cha Jun Sung looks surprised. Level S store? There is no way Strategist would have opened level S. Could there have been another card? Chapter 216 Volume 8 / Chapter 216 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°I opened up the lucky boxes I had gathered the other day, and I found one.¡± ¡°If it¡¯s an item from the level S store... will you be able to find all of the materials you need to make it? It¡¯s bound to use materials from the same level.¡± Looking at the conclusion, they can create a downgraded version if they fill in the missing parts from level A. This is what his helper had told him. ¡°He said it¡¯s performance might be just 30% of a level S, but there shouldn¡¯t be apparent differences. And they don¡¯t sell thepleted product anyway.¡± That had been the decisive reason for his wanting to create it. Think about it. Apleted product needs to be purchased by an individual, and how many points would that call for? There is no standard for them to distinguish whether the current drawings are right or wrong, but what if they really could dominate the sea? This is just my personal thinking, but I have no doubt that the Sub Albatrus was created as a weapon against Sea God Levadan.¡± Thest of the six Disasters, Sea God Levadan. None of the 36 Rankers saw Sea God Levadan with their own eyes. Underwater battles are trickier than those above ground. The sea is more than twice asrge as the six continents. The deep areas are more than 10,000m deep. Where would they even go looking for him? The funny thing is that it is a problem even if they find him. There is no way to catch him. Just as fish cannot live on ground, humans cannot live under water. This is why even in the virtual version, they were more averse to water mutants than they were to flying mutants. ¡°Levadan...¡± ¡°Is there an exchange if it¡¯s a weapon that lets us take on Levadan? That¡¯s why they don¡¯t sell thepleted product. It¡¯s impossible to buy.¡± Cha Jun Sung looked over the drawings of Albatrus, and stopped at thest sheet. It has all of the materials they need written on it. ¡°1000 level ¨C level A energy cores?¡± ¡°At least. We don¡¯t have level S energy cores to be at the center.¡± Cha Jun Sung instinctively touched his chest. He has a level S energy core. The one in his fully modified battlesuit. Strategist smiles. They need dozens of them. It would be nice to have them, but he can¡¯t ask Cha Jun Sung for his. Trillions of points will be used up in building this. There are 1000 in just level A. The numbers in levels B, C, and lower are enough to make his head spin. ¡°It¡¯s a downgrade, but I¡¯m expecting the points toe out to be in the tens of trillions.¡± Cha Jun Sung choked on Strategist¡¯s words. That¡¯s more than he had been thinking. It¡¯s a number that would be impossible even for a group. This is only possible for the World Federation, which is formed byrge guilds receiving aid from dozens of countries. It is too much even for hostile force, Bloody Kingdom. ¡°I¡¯m going to get the materials from Lifers in World Federation. Those who have over billions are Rankers and masters ofrge guilds and cadres. We¡¯ll get a little from those below them. Won¡¯t it be possible out if we all work together?¡± ¡°How will you make it?¡± He says that he can get the materials through tens of thousands of Lifers. But he is curious as to how they will actually create it. ¡°I¡¯m going to leave it to the cyborgs. I showed this to famous shipyard engineers, and they said that they¡¯d rather heal a patient with an incurable disease.¡± They can create it if they enter the drawings into artificial intelligence. Lower and mid levelsck the skill, so they need to be higher level. It means that cyborgs beborers. Hundreds of points will go into just this purchase. But what can they do? Humans can¡¯t do it. It is because of the difference between the science of Life Mission and the current Earth. 4 and 5 year olds can learn addition and subtraction if they are taught. If they are taught even more, they can even learn multiplication and division. However, they could never learn equations, calculus, functions, and sets with their ability to learn. The standards of the two worlds had be the difference between the earth and the sky in the first ce. ¡°How long are you expecting it to take?¡± ¡°It seems like 3 or 4 months will be enough since cyborgs aren¡¯t humans.¡± They can work 24 hours a day, 720 hours a month without rest. One advanced cyborg can work the same amount that 100 humans can. What if there are over 1000 of those? The production speed will be fast. Cha Jun Sung had one question. Why is Strategist trying to make the Albatrus? It costs 100 trillion. ¡°We can¡¯t just keep depending on battlesuits. We can try various strategic tactics, but even if we¡¯re not infantry, the end is a handful of guns.¡± Lifers utilize items that fit each of their dispositions. They use weapons ranging from artillery, guns, to swords. The only difference is being at a distance or close range. There are machines other than these weapons in Life Mission¡¯s store that Lifers make themselves like tanks, jets, and helicopters. They perform iparably better than those of contemporary times, but they have fatal drawbacks. They are expensive and difficult to operate. Basic battlesuits are 10 million. Basic tanks and armored cars are on the fringe as well. They need to learn to drive them or make a cyborg do it for them. Compared to the expensive points, there are a lot of things that they need to keep in mind like double sensitivity. They perform well because they are deadly weapons created to defeat the enemy. The problem is that rather than investing points there, they benefit more by investing in battlesuits and using the rest of their points to get auxiliary equipment. The ground isn¡¯t a suitable environment for hundreds of tanks or armored cars to move on. Efficiency decreases in ces that are impossible to enter. It is also hard to hide the noise, so it is easy to be targets for mutants. So if they are using a battlesuit, there is no reason to add on more gear to make it moreplicated. That only brings bad results. ¡°There are too many obstacles on the ground. No matter how I think about it, there isn¡¯t anything more efficient than fighting with a battlesuit.¡± Powerful and easy. These are the battlesuit¡¯s greatest advantages. ¡°But the Albatrus is different. This giant weapon can take on tens of thousands of Lifers at one time, and it has tremendousbat power. This makes the genocide of mutants possible.¡± How is the power of an aircraft carrier? It is impossible topare to tanks or armored cars. If they board the Albatrus, they can reduce the Lifers sacrificed while wasting points. It¡¯s just a theory because they haven¡¯t practiced, but Strategist stayed up all night to check the specifications and it seems there is plenty of possibility. ¡°Rather than the sea and shore, it is the difference between weapon quality and application.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± The sea is a tricky area for Lifers to act in. There are very few missions rted to the sea, and Lifers avoid even those. If a means of attack forms, they don¡¯t fall behind on the merits of above ground war. With the Albatrus, they can kill mutants without even touching them. There are no boundaries in the vast ocean. They can keep going up and down. They can move as they please and kill everything in sight because there are no towering mountains or cumbersome things like buildings. Moving around is easy too. They can just float around. ¡°The Albatrus is a weapon sold in the level S store. We need to use it.¡± He wouldn¡¯t have made work like this if it had been an ordinary marine weapon. It¡¯s the type of thing that they can¡¯t get now like the opening card. ¡°After hearing you out, it really doesn¡¯t seem bad.¡± There is a giant tank that 100 Lifers can board among above ground weapons as well. It is a weapon in the level A store. They can buy this through drawings as well, and a bus would look like a toy car if ced in front of it. Since they¡¯re able to make the Albatrus, there¡¯s no reason for them to buy it now. Strategist was actually thinking of using this kind of item too. ¡°You might have heard from Mr. Park Jin Hyuk, but more than 600 people died during the level B advance mission. It¡¯s a terrible loss since they were a valuable power.¡± There was a collision immediately after getting through the Red Blood Worms. They had wide range weapons but if theye in hordes, they have no choice but to engage in close range battle. ¡°I was able to get to this high position due to the sacrifice of others. I¡¯d like to protect lives I can protect.¡± They need a sturdy andrge shield that can protect them from any attack. The Albatrus would be able to y that role. ¡°And there is someone who can support my decision. Come in.¡± Wiing! Cha Jun Sung looks at the automatic doors of the office. At the moment, they are the only two people in the room. Who is going toe in? As the automatic doors open, a fairly old middle-aged man enters. This is someone Cha Jun Sung has never seen before. ¡°Introduce yourselves to each other.¡± ¡°Cha Jun Sung, I¡¯m Overload.¡± ¡°We¡¯ve met a few times in the virtual version, but it seems you don¡¯t recognize me because I look different. I¡¯m Yann rk. I¡¯m a Sea General.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± Sea General. He is a unique Lifer, the only one of the 36 Rankers who worked with the sea in the background. No user is better versed in Life Mission¡¯s ocean than he is. Had he been in the World Federation? ¡°Alright. Then shall we get started?¡± He thought they wereing to an end, but they¡¯re now just getting started? It seems this will take a long time. Chapter 217 Volume 8 / Chapter 217 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Most Lifers are prejudiced towards the ocean. This is referring to the abnormal ocean where sea mutants live. This is the same for Cha Jun Sung. The ocean is where they can¡¯t move properly without specialized equipment. Sea General worked in the ocean for 10 years. A few users also worked in the ocean, but he is the only one who caught a level 8. An underwater level 8, not a level 8 above ground. It¡¯s incredible. ¡°There¡¯s something that Lifers are mistaken about, but sea mutants are weaker than above ground mutants. It¡¯s just that Lifers are handicapped because their activity is in the ocean, making people feel like these mutants are stronger.¡± He said that he had beenpleting missions in the ocean since the reality version wasunched. ¡°Above ground mutant are as smart as humans once they get to higher levels. Isn¡¯t it kind of a definite since some of them are evolved from humans?¡± Sea mutants aren¡¯t like that. Humans can¡¯t live in the ocean. Since evolution begins from marine life, they be smart animals rather than as smart as humans. Sea mutants can¡¯t approach humans intelligence, and they can¡¯t get close to absorbing human knowledge. The level 8 that Sea General caught was also smart and shrewd, but he had finally been able to catch it. ¡°Are you saying that the ocean would be easier if we had the proper equipment?¡± ¡°It¡¯d be good to change the battlesuit to act in the ocean.¡± This was the point. If they could just create the Albatrus, it¡¯ll be the best weapon to attack with and hunting level 8s could be easy. Cha Jun Sung cannot sympathize because he used all his energy in killing Odelia and Narsiel. ¡°1000 people can enter a level B mission and 10,000 people can enter level A. What do you think would happen if these kinds of numbers of Lifers roamed above ground?¡± Since they are big even after hiding their traces with the battlesuit, they would soon be found out by mutants. Cha Jun Sung agreed. This is right. ¡°But the Albatrus could move that many people secretly.¡± There are more docile sea mutants than there are aggressive ones. A lot of them move in hordes because they haven¡¯t been able to evolve past their animalistic habits, but it¡¯s game over if they just torpedo it in the middle. ¡°I bought a submarine in the level B store and have been working in the Pacific Ocean. I worked on a boat in real life, did it for 10 years in the virtual version, and lived in the ocean for over 4 years in this ce too.¡± What he heard from Strategist is that the Albatrus is the topbat weapon. People with level A specifications would be able to catch level 8 mutants. This would strengthen them to level S and oncepletely filled with Lifers, they might even be able to catch Sea God Levadan. A man needs to have a goal. Sea General wants to catch Sea God Levadan and quell the ocean. He isn¡¯t making an appeal for the Albatrus with personal ambition. There¡¯s no reason to only go through missions onnd. If they just seed in creating it, they could move their main stage to the ocean. Simply put, they can kill with the Albatrus instead of working themselves to the bones with battlesuits. Cha Jun Sung listened and thought that something was missing. He had listened to Strategist and Sea General¡¯s impassioned speeches and enough of the exnations, but he doesn¡¯t know why they have called him here. ¡°But why have you called for me?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll be straightforward. Have you purchased anything from the level S store that could be used for the Albatrus?¡± He doesn¡¯t. Of course he doesn¡¯t. He plummeted when he lost his spacepression bag. He¡¯s still going crazy when he thinks about what a loss it is. Cha Jun Sung told them the truth. It doesn¡¯t make sense that he lost something so important, but what could he do? It¡¯s the truth. ¡°What a pity. Then will you be able to help us in creating this?¡± It seems they¡¯re asking him to be an investor. What they want from him won¡¯t be several millions of points. It¡¯ll be in the billions at the least. ¡®There isn¡¯t really any item to buy.¡¯ He doesn¡¯t have anything to buy in the level A store since he hasn¡¯t opened level S. All he has left to do is to save up points for future use. If he wants to, he could help. The key is what benefit there would be to him. ¡°How much support do you need?¡± ¡°It¡¯s 1 trillion. Rankers are 50 billion, cadres 20 billion.¡± 0.1% of 100 trillion. It is a small portion overall, but thinking of all of the Lifers who will invest, one person will have to take on 1/1000. ¡°If you help us, we will put you in the level A advancement.¡± ¡°Advancement?¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes grow wide. Level A advancement missions are extremely limited. There are only 50 level A missions, and there aren¡¯t even 3 advancement missions. High difficulty. Of those, there isn¡¯t a mission rted to the ocean. He was going to wait until Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group met level A specifications, but they¡¯ll get him in? ¡°Yes! It¡¯s a level A advancement in the ocean.¡± Huh? Life Mission¡¯s satellite cannot watch the ocean¡¯s ecosystem, so there are only a couple level B missions, much less level A. ¡°I was near the Pacific Ocean when I found Deep-Sea Teeth.¡± Sea General speaks. Deep-Sea Teeth are level 8. He had discovered them in the virtual version as well and went looking for them thinking they might live in the same ce, and it had been a hit. ¡°When I found them, a level A advancement mission came up. Haha! It¡¯s a good thing I ignored them and just went on, or else I could have died.¡± ¡°You say ¡®them¡¯?¡± ¡°There¡¯s a male and female pair.¡± He¡¯s saying there are two. Of course. There have to be two level 8s to make it an advancement mission. ¡°Do they live in the Pacific Ocean?¡± ¡°Yes. They have a newborn baby, so they won¡¯t move.¡± There¡¯s no reason for them to move. They are below Levadan, but Sea Teeth are a top predator in the ocean. They will hold that position now too. ¡°But if we kill them with the Albatrus, we won¡¯t be able to advance because we wouldn¡¯t get enough contribution points.¡± ¡°I think it¡¯s enough to support when fighting against two of them, since what the helpers look at is whether we qualify to advance or not.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯sbat power is beyond level A. It doesn¡¯t seem like he¡¯ll fail even if he gets support. It would befortable to be backed up by arge military force. It could be fine to leave it half killed and finish up. Cha Jun Sung had actually been thinking about getting help from the Federation when entering level A advancement. If the Rankers go, he was confident they couldplete the mission with him at the center. But from the way things are going, it looks like Strategist¡¯s group is going to attack the ocean with the Albatrus. He needs to follow them whether he likes it or not. ¡°Can I think about it a bit before answering?¡± ¡°Alright. I hope we can hear good news within a month.¡± From the perspective of Strategist¡¯s group, they can create the Albatrus without Cha Jun Sung. They are trying to get him to join because of hisbat power that goes beyond level 8. Cha jun Sung held off on making a decision. He could invest in something worth 100 trillion points if he has to. He needs to weigh what is more beneficial to him. *** A building that copsed under bombing. Cha Jun Sung and Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group are sitting at the top of the wreck. They are on high ground, so the panorama is in full view. Corpsesid out at the foot of the wreck, near the debris. They have killed nearly tens of thousands of mutants. Causes of death vary, too. They were cut up, punctured, or ripped up. And this is in progress. A lot of mutants areing in to them. As many mutants die as well. 6 automatic cannons use up a mountain of bullets piled as high as they are. There are so many that the pile does not seem to get smaller. There is one installed in the east and northwest directions, and 2 are supporting where they are being pushed back from the center. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group asionally pulled the triggers on their reinforced rifles. Where Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group is sitting and drawing out the scene is so disconnected from the atmosphere outside that they¡¯re scared it mighte out in their dreams. Can they say it feels like the automatic cannons are a boundary? Park Jin Hyuk yawns in boredom. He asionally throws a bomb in ces where it looks like they can get through. The number of corpses only increases. ¡°There are two months left, right?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Cha Jun Sung responds to Park Jin Hyuk. They are nearing thepletion of Albatrus. They have beenboring ever since Cha Jun Sung agreed to support the project. He is actually entering a mission with his party members for the first time in a while, and they are hunting mutants in a one-sided massacre. They chose level B missions to do these in. It is harrowing to think of trying to gather 100 billion points, but his party members fortunately helped take on the burden. All 5 people agreed to help him with 10 billion each for 50 billion. Strategist pulled Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group in, too. Each person promised to support with 20 billion and since they took half of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s with 50 billion, that¡¯s 30 billion. It is hard to do alone, but it¡¯s easy when divided up because of reward points. If 6 people enter a 50 million point level B mission, there are 3 billion reward points. What Lifers need to provide for the Albatrus is not points, but materials. As long as they meet the conditions, it doesn¡¯t matter how they achieve it. Party members help each other and in the case of Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group, they provided 70% of the materials and Cha Jun Sung hadn¡¯t been able to match that. Even so, he is performing the role that Strategist gave him well. There are 2 months left tillpletion, and it seems they should more or less be able to make it. ¡°If it goes ording to n, we should be able to gather the pointsfortably.¡± Chapter 218 Volume 8 / Chapter 218 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda The Albatrus¡¯ performance is being revealed during the production process. There is a big difference between looking at it through drawings and while it is being created. The physical appearance itself is overwhelming. The boat is asrge as the city seen in Dead Ark. It is smaller than a ship but top of the line inbat power. There is no need for the average Lifer to kill mutants himself. As long as they board, the Albatrus brings in 1/n of mutant points. Cha Jun Sung is aiming for the advancement mission, but this is creating the optimal environment for Lifers who arepleting missions with points as their target. For Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group who has just be level A, Rankers, and below level B Lifers, matching the specifications for their respective levels was more urgent than advancement. They are doing this because they need the points, but repeatedly hunting is boring and is a source of considerable stress. To think that points umte once they board the Albatrus even though that means that all they do is eat, sleep, and y? That itself is paradise. ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter much to me since the World Federation will take care of it, but the maintenance cost must be considerable and repairs will cost a lot if it takes a big hit.¡± Albatrus is an item simr to the Universe Eye. There is a maintenance fee in points for Lifers that board it. The payment system is by paying a fee. If several Lifers fill the points for Albatrus, they get used from there. If it isn¡¯t filled, it is a definite that they can¡¯t activate it. 1000 in just 1 second ¨C maintaining it for one day sucks up 86.4 million points. It is at a level A standard. If they upgrade to level S, they don¡¯t know how it¡¯ll change. It is worth doing, but the numerical value is horrifying. What would happen if the supply of points is cut off in the middle of the sea? They would be buried. In the worst case scenario, they all have to squeeze out points. ¡°The sea...¡± ¡°I¡¯ve wanted to go deep into the sea ever since I was very young. I¡¯m sure everyone¡¯s had that thought before. It¡¯s the world of the unknown.¡± The only body of nature that hasn¡¯t been touched by humans. Mutants may be wild in the world of missions, but Cha Jun Sung¡¯s world is where seeing a big whale is more fascinating than a lion or tiger. There is a lot more that hasn¡¯t been revealedpared to what¡¯s onnd. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party alone has 4 Rankers. But they don¡¯t know anything about sea mutants. ¡°Do you think there are 100m whales and octopus too? Or a tuna asrge as a boat?¡± Park Jin Hyuk has an expression full of expectation. He has a childlike innocence. He is in his early 20s, but curiosity has no corrtion with age. ¡°There are stingrays that big too.¡± Cha Jun Sung has never seen it either, but he has heard that there are mutants thatrge. There are stingrays asrge as buildings. ¡°Was its name Bergon?¡± ¡°Bergon is right.¡± Violet remembered the name. It is a sea mutant that is the second fastest in the ocean. Aka Sleeping Scissors. It is called that because it is known to be calm, but cuts everything up when it gets angry. It is also Red Eye¡¯s pet mutant, but Cha Jun Sung has no way of knowing that. ¡°But what are Deep-Sea Teeth?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know either. I didn¡¯t ask for details. I tried looking on Lifer World, but there¡¯s no information. Though I wasn¡¯t expecting to find anything since it¡¯s a level 8 ocean mutant.¡± ¡°I can¡¯t wait! A fight with a battleship and monsters! I feel like it¡¯ll be better than a sci-fi movie!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t depend on Albatrus too much. There¡¯s going to be a lot of struggle because there are two level 8s. We might have to battle under water.¡± Ejection. They can¡¯t rule out the possibility of having to use a battlesuit that can be active underwater in order to fight. Hundreds of small diving vessels will protect the Albatrus, but in the event of an emergency, Lifers on board will need to make up for what¡¯scking. It¡¯s fine to believe in the Albatrus¡¯ performance, but blind dependence isn¡¯t. While mutants were being massacred by the automatic cannons, two giant lizards appeared with a tremendous roar. Level 7 Basilisks. Bullets bounce off of their thick skins. Cha Jun Sung stands up. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group stays seated. They are level A Lifers, but they cannot fight against level 7 mutants because they have only gone through stage 7 of body modifications. Rankers didn¡¯t get past the stage 7 wall either. There are side effects in stages 5 and 6, too. They are slowing down because they can tell what is beyond that without seeing it. Cha Jun Sung had searched for a solution to the side effects, and had found a basic answer thanks to Odin. The solution had been closer than they thought. It is him. ¡°For now, it¡¯s me.¡± Papat! It is a bother to think of how many level 7s he will need to kill from now on, but he¡¯ll just do it because he already has a foot in. It¡¯s just for two months. *** This is the production site of Albatrus. Different from ordinary shipbuilding methods, building the ark is full of the unfamiliar from the foundation work to materials. A buzzing scenery of workers¡¯ chatter and the sour smell of sweat is missing. Of course it is. The workers aren¡¯t human. Boom boom! Advanced cyborgs move ck metals. It is ck iron alloy from the level B store. 200,000 points for arge stick. Most of the Albatrus¡¯ keel and hull is made out of this. The World Federation used 8 trillion points in purchasing 40 million of these ck iron alloy sticks. The 10 trillion budget that they had initially estimated increased to 12 trillion, but there wasn¡¯t that much more of a burden on Lifers. It just increased slightly. They decreased the types of items they can change as if they were batteries like energy cores and weapons, and considered what they can¡¯t. With materials from the level A store and a downgraded version, they can kill two birds with one stone. They¡¯re on the fringe about getting even one. Strategist chose Albatrus¡¯ durability. If it can copse like a sand castle under the enemy¡¯s attack, it is deadwood no matter how great the equipment is. The external shape has already beenpleted. It has been half a month since they started production on the inside. When even this is done, they have to bring in and install the thousands of energy cores to the designated locations in order to attack. For the past few months, 15000 cyborgs created the Albatrus without stopping for even a second except when they charged the energy cores. The drawings themselves were input into artificial intelligence, so they were carried out without a single error. The production speed was fast. *** The inside of Albatrus. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group and Strategist¡¯s group are gathered at the ce that will be the headquarters. Since nearly 20 Rankers are gathered together, it lookspletely full even though that isn¡¯t arge number. There are Lifers like Nine Tail and Light Shooter who aren¡¯t bound to groups and take on personal activities instead, but they went against their personalities and decided to work together because of the difficulty of the advancement mission. If Cha Jun Sung¡¯sbat ability hadn¡¯t been above average, it is so difficult that they wouldn¡¯t be able toplete it without overdoing themselves. They will be massacred if they enter a level A mission without Cha Jun Sung now. So they need to work together even if they don¡¯t want to, and they can¡¯t take on a level A mission if they don¡¯t advance. Now, their greatest concern is body modification. When they get together, they only talk about topics regarding body modifications. Rankers think that Cha Jun Sung is in stage 10 of body modifications. Even if he used the card, there¡¯s no other way to exinpleting a level A mission. Cha Jun Sung talked about his body like this: ¡®Ever since I got infected by the Oriax in Public Underground, it seems I¡¯ve gained immunity. That¡¯s why I¡¯m free from the side effects of body modifications as well.¡¯ He just said what came to mind because he can¡¯t tell them that he¡¯s be a mutant, and they bought it just as he had expected. The side effect of stages 5 and 6 is delirium. They were even more envious of Cha Jun Sung because death is a possibility in stages 7 and 8. Not long ago, Cha Jun Sung heard something fun and interesting from Odin. [Gauging your awakened state, you¡¯re above level 8.] [This means that there¡¯s the possibility an immune system is in your blood. If you drink this, it could get rid of or reduce the side effects of body modification.] There is no guarantee of what will happen if an ordinary Lifer drinks Cha Jun Sung¡¯s blood, but Lifers already have a diluted strain of A virus inside them. They all have some kind of immunity to the blood. These are all just hypotheses. It¡¯s just that Cha Jun Sung thinks it¡¯s worth a try. He only told Strategist about this. It would be fortunate if he didn¡¯t take it as his being crazy, but he thought about it positively like a human. ¡°We leave two days after it¡¯splete. I want to test it, but the maintenance points are too much. It looks like we¡¯ll just have to do it during the real thing.¡± They don¡¯t really need it. The cyborgs created it without a single error. It doesn¡¯t make sense for level Sbat weapons worth 10 trillion points to malfunction. It¡¯s the helpers¡¯ job to move the Albatrus into their mission area. The minimum number of passengers to board is 1000. They need to match that number no matter what. The normal gate opens separately for each person. The helpers willbine their power to open a giant gate, to move the Albatrus whole. When that happens, the Lifers inside will be able to follow automatically. As the level goes up, a lot of strange things happen. They all learn that much more. Strategist looks at Cha Jun Sung. He knows what that means. They can¡¯t advance if they can¡¯t get past stages 7 and 8, regardless of survival. ¡®I¡¯ll set up the meeting. They¡¯ll make their choices.¡¯ He might have to give a lot of blood. The Rankers might worry too, but if they could raise the possibility by even 0.1%, they won¡¯t turn down the proposal. Cha Jun Sung looks over the construction site from headquarters. They borrowed Mechanic City¡¯srgest stadium. Nearby, thousands of World Federation Lifers are walking around standing guard. It¡¯s because Bloody Kingdom could create a ruckus. But Rankers were also standing guard, so they would have to go back even if they tried to challenge them. ¡®Getting closer.¡¯ It seemed as though it was only yesterday that they were level E Lifers, and now they are suddenly level As. If they beplete level S, only one mission is the goal. ¡®Evil Queen.¡¯ It is delusional to try to try all level S missions solo. What will there be past level S? Will they be able topletely understand Life Mission? Let¡¯s go. All the way. Chapter 219 Volume 8 / Chapter 219 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Strategist expected the Albatrus¡¯pletion to take 3 or 4 months. They finally saw results a few more weeks after 4 of those months. 1000 members going. Their group is made up of Lifers who are all level B or beyond. The cyborgs behind them are also at the top. They will assist with the Albatrus¡¯ system and take care of what Lifers cannot. They can be thought of as seamen. The Albatrus¡¯ huge form shaped as bteral streamlines is appearing on top of the support fixture entangled in aplicated manner. Because they created most of the ship¡¯s hull out of ck iron alloy, it looks ck from the outside and is glossy as if coated. 950m in length, 250m in width, 250m in height, total weight including load 1.2 million tons. The width and height are the same to create a circr hull. It¡¯s impossible to tell where the front and back is and where the entrance is by sight. They can¡¯t do it, but it looks like it¡¯ll just go rolling if they push it over. Its appearance, configuration, and even its weight did not make sense. Zing. When Strategist sent a signal from the head, a part of the hull opened dozens of square structures 5m by 5m came out into the air and came down. The method of boarding is unusual as it is a cutting-edge level S store weapon. When they stepped onto the structures, they were automatically taken on board. The Lifers went to went to their designated rooms in order to unpack their bags but after this, their roles be clearly divided by level. None of them can be looked down on because they¡¯re all level B Lifers. However, there are clear distinctions in those higher and lower. The lowest were on standby in waiting rooms ced throughout the Albatrus under their respective party leaders control so that they could go into battle at any time. The main system from headquarters will be activated soon. Force leaders took their ces where 8 sub-systems had been ced in order to assist. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group and Strategist¡¯s group go into themand room. Dozens of cyborgs are sitting in front ofputers under themand room. Strategist took the chip out of his PDA and stuck it in themand room¡¯s main system. Then the Albatrus, which had been running on minimal energy with a level C energy core, began to run properly. [Albatrus¡¯ main system activated. I, Uranos, Oborke Den¡¯s helper, will carry out duties as the General of this ship, the Captain.] It is impossible for these simple Lifers to control the Albatrus. Even the 8 sub-systems will be controlled by the force leaders¡¯ helpers. The subs are being submitted to the main temporarily. They act independently, but the main system gets the final say so that they cannot act arbitrarily. Put negatively, Uranos is basically the king while aboard Albatrus. But still, he¡¯s just a helper assisting Lifers. Albatrus¡¯ engine grows hot due to the energy cores and there are sudden changes on board, but this did not show outside. The ship is being activated, but they have not turned on the propeller that will take them forward. If they turn the propeller on while onnd, it will break through the stadium walls and wreak havoc in Mechanic City. It might as well be a 950m missile. Modern submarines gain driving force from propellers, but the Albatrus is different. Energy cores bring driving force while discharging air to the base. When it goes into the ocean, this is used as water power. That¡¯s why they need to maintain this state until they go to the ocean. [Currently boarding. Enjoy your time exploring the ocean.] Strategist¡¯s gentle voice can be heard. Lifers utilize their PDAs at the same time. They¡¯ll start their first entry with a level B mission. There aren¡¯t level A missions in the ocean. That¡¯s why there are 1000 people as well. There¡¯s a limit beyond that because it¡¯s a level B. Vroom! The space near the Albatrus bespletely distorted. This is what happens when the 1000 summons gates for each person bes integrated. The Lifers watching this strange scene from outside, could only blink. Someone even tried filming it. Then the moment the distorted space swallowed the Albatrus, the huge ship disappeared from Mechanic City¡¯s stadium. *** When the Lifers and Cha Jun Sung became aware that they had entered the mission, the Albatrus was already floating somewhere in the broad Pacifiic Ocean. [Front mirror image change. Wee to the underwater world.] Once Uranos¡¯mand was entered, the front became a screen. Hundreds of cameras attached to the Albatrus give them the impression of looking at the ocean through a ss wall. It feels like they are walking on water. Cha Jun Sung looks down. Rather than the hard ground, there is the deep sea that looks like it¡¯ll swallow him up. The ocean does not fit inside a narrow screen. The entire headquarters bes a screen so the Lifers can check the ocean with their own eyes, It does not apply to the Lifers in waiting rooms, but there are simr screens in the 8 ces with sub-systems. ¡®How interesting.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung looks on in wonder. He has been on such a huge ship very few times in the virtual version. He¡¯s almost never been on such a ship. He has been on an armored tank asrge as a 4 or 5 floor building and a ship bigger than an apartment building, but this is the first time he¡¯s been in such arge submarine. Albatrus is a submarine, but they can take the top off to make it look like a ferry. It is versatile and has all the functions possible for the ocean. At the bottom of the Albatrus, the propulsion engine uses the energy core¡¯s power to go in reverse and float 1.2 million tons of weight. It is just floating, and does not advance. Everyone is awed by the mirror image of the sea. They don¡¯t care because they have plenty of time. [Water barrier deployed. Energy core output 20%, simtion result shows it can easily block the destructive power of tons.] Woong! Something like a transparent veil covers the Albatrus. This is also technology that utilizes water power, and it is a defense against the enemy¡¯s attack. The basis of battle is hitting without getting hit, whether it is a war in the air, on the ground, or in the water. If they need to get hit, they can hit while getting hit. No matter how well Uranos controls Albatrus, it is not possible to protect this kind ofrge body against the enemy 100%. [Sound wave, Raider confirmed. Energy core output 10%, exploring life and geographic features within a 50km radius.] [Porthole opened. The arrangement of 100 hydraulic guns, 10 water pressure guns, 3 water artilleries, and 300bat-type small submersiblespleted.] Uranos got an understanding of the Albatrus step by step. They tried several times before going out, but practice andbat experience are different even for artificial intelligence. Even thousands of energy cores need each system¡¯s output to be distributed properly. It is important that it does not get concentrated in any one ce. If they only focus on the barrier, other things can¡¯t help but be neglected. Energy isn¡¯t infinite. They cannot forget that. Ready to go. Set up a seaway to perform the mission.] ¡°Open map.¡± Uranos reacted to Strategist¡¯s signal. On a cubic hologram, a map showing Pacific Ocean opens up and is marked with a red dot. The red dot is Albatrus. They entered into the mission and they arepletely done preparing to go through the mission. All that¡¯s left is setting up the seaway. ¡°General.¡± ¡°203. 936. 582. 162. Those are the coordinates for where I found the Deep-Sea Teeth.¡± Beep beep! Strategist enters the coordinates that Sea General tells him. Then on top of the map, another red dot appears. It is where the Deep-Sea Teeth lives. Right now, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s location is towards the end of the middle where Asia and North America connect. Red dots are more than 8000km apart. ¡°Wow! It¡¯s far. We need to hunt as we go, so it¡¯ll take at least a couple months.¡± Park Jin Hyuk looked at the number marking the street and clucked his tongue. Since it is the ocean, it will not take a long time if they prate in a straight line. However, Strategist¡¯s goal is not limited topleting a level A mission. Albatrus¡¯ performance test ¨C that¡¯s the real thing. [Arge number of mutants emerged 3km away. Erging in the view.] Everyone looks at the screen. A group of mutants that are long water cocoons resembling cuss fish a dozens times asrge,e swarming in. They are not trying to attack because they recognize the Albatrus as the enemy. They are just extremely unlucky fish passing in front. ¡°They¡¯re level 3 Spiky Cuss. There are so few of them. Have they been attacked by a predator?¡± ¡°They look just like their name.¡± ¡°Hurry up and try catching it.¡± Nuclear urges Strategist on. He wanted to see Albatrus¡¯ performance as well. Everyone else looked on in interest as well. ¡°Let¡¯s try earning some points. Uranos.¡± [Water pressure guns loaded. I¡¯ll send them in one clean hit.] Woong! The porthole for one of the 3 hydraulic guns on the Albatrus¡¯ head opened and sucked in an unmeasurable amount of seawater. [Launch!] Ping! An extremelypressed 5m diameter water lump fired from a huge porthole, and reached the center before the Spiky Cuss scattered. Dozens of them were swept away by the water lump and are crushed under the pressure gathered inside. That is nothing more than a simple show. Bang! A hydraulic gun fired. A 50m radius area of sweater pushes out and captures the Spiky Cuss. They have been taken care of with one hit just as Uranos said would happen. ¡°It¡¯s no joke.¡± ¡°Is that the power of a giant weapon?¡± Cha Jun Sung was just as surprised as the other Rankers. It looked like there had been about 400 to 500 them, so it is impressive. It¡¯s easy for any one of the Rankers to kill a level 3 of their own size. It¡¯s just that the problem with killing is an efficiency problem. A one hit is too much no matter what, but it takes a long time. If hit with the hydraulic gun, even a giant mutant can¡¯t avoid being wounded. ¡°Odin. My battlesuit would be able to take it, right?¡± [Maybe not with water artillery, but a level A battlesuit is plenty capable of handling rapid fire shot from a hydraulic gun.] Odin¡¯s simple and clear response. This means that he can withstand it. ¡°But why can¡¯t this impressive level S battlesuit withstand the Heavy Gravity?¡± [Heavy Gravity is Life Mission¡¯s most powerful method of offense and defense, so it is more valuable than the Albatrus.] Cha Jun Sung¡¯s battlesuit is nautical adamantium. This broke into pieces like stic. He has no doubt because he already experienced it with his own body. ¡°About 800,000 points came in, but it doesn¡¯t feel like anything because we have to split it up between 1000 people.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll say.¡± When they caught the Spiky Cuss, nearly 1 million points came in. It doesn¡¯t feel like they¡¯re getting anything because the points are getting divided between all of the Lifers. ¡®Is it 1700 points?¡¯ Cha Jun Sung checks the points they tracked. 0.2% distribution ratio. Except for the few supplying Albatrus¡¯ maintenance points, it is unrivaled. Ordinary level B Lifers are 0.05%, and there are 3 party and force leaders who are 1%. Some are a lot and some are a little. There can be dissatisfaction, but they just moved past it because this is just how the world works. Uranos who massacred Spiky Cuss, turns on the propeller. Albatrus advances with hydraulic power. The speed wasn¡¯t that fast. All systems including weapons activate normally. Since they haven¡¯te to look at the sea, there was no reason for them to stay in one ce. Chapter 220 Volume 8 / Chapter 220 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Dozens of hydraulic guns shoot out water. They can fire once every 10 seconds, so they controlled the hydraulic guns¡¯ shooting speed with continuous fire. The hydraulic gun passes through the bodies of fish that are so deformed they look burned. It isn¡¯t an exploding method like hydraulic impact guns. Since it is a prating weapon capable of creating arge hole like a hard rock, it is better for hunting small numbers of mutants rather thanrge numbers. Uranos caused overall damage with the hydraulic impact gun when they discovered a school of mutants, and used the hydraulic gun to kill the rest. The energy core recovers power with time no matter how slowly. They brought along the chargers they needed. They cannot use the store inside a mission however, so items are finite. They cannot know what will happen in the future. They need to manage efficiently. ¡®It varies. The whole ecosystem is different from what¡¯s onnd. It revolvespletely around mutants. Is it because Lifers haven¡¯t touched it?¡¯ Even if thend is destroyed now, it is where more than 50 billion people live so there are traces leftover in whatever shape it takes. Even that will gradually disappear but with the inflow of Lifers, there are traces that humans lived there. But not in the sea. It is not an area that they can be active in in the first ce, but the ecosystem revolves around mutants and animals. There is no inflow of Lifers, so it is a different world from what is onnd. It has been several weeks since they set out to sea. Albatrus submerged as deep as it could go. They are going down close to 2000m. Boom! They kept repeating the boring pattern of shaking up the mutants¡¯ center with the hydraulic impact gun and then taking care of the rest with hydraulic guns. Battle is always lukewarm. Except when they were resting in the guest rooms, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group watched this kind of scene hundreds of time. They didn¡¯t do anything, and just ate up points. There are so many mutants in this vast expanse that hundreds of them appeared in blocks of just several minutes. Levels 1 and 2 were like sand on a beach. There were less of levels 3 and 4, but it is at a proportionpared tond. Once they reached levels 5 and 6, they appeared less than the lower levels. It¡¯s a party when they appear. Theye in hordes. The levels are mixed, but theye in thousands at the least and tens of thousands if there are a lot. Sea General told them that solo actions decrease and they tend to act as teams because there are more predators in the sea than there are onnd. When they face level 5 and 6s, they can get at least 5 to 10 million points on the spot. They divided it up, but it¡¯s on such arge scale. ¡°Compared to the beginning, the number of peopleing in periodically is less than half.¡± Basil speaks while looking at the screen. About 10 of the 20 Rankers aren¡¯t seen. One person basically disappeared every two days. They have a simrity. When the situation grew boring, they stoppeding to headquarters telling them to call only when they are needed. None of the Lifers were happy about this. All they can do is watch. It didn¡¯t matter if all of the Lifers becamezy. The Albatrus moved by way of the 8 helpers and cyborgs. ¡°... we¡¯re doing something in less than half too.¡± ¡°... I see.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party has 6 people. But 4 of them have disappeared and only 2 are left in headquarters. Cha Jun Sung and Basil. Park Jin Hyuk and Kyoko are gone and hiding somewhere. Headquarters is just one part of the Albatrus. They must be going around spending quality time together. Koharu and Violet didn¡¯t even pay attention to them, saying that they were having fun. Nuclear, who has beening in diligently, is next to a cyborg asking something. From what they can tell, he is learning to steer. Other than that, they are all in cliques. Strategist and Sea General are in a deep conversation. As they get deeper into the water, the mutants get stronger. Uranos is Strategist¡¯s helper. He makes his own judgements on the situation, but he cannot help but rely on Strategist for the final decision. Strategist recognized this and learns about the ocean from Sea General whenever he can. He learns quickly because he is smart. ¡°Thank you.¡± ¡°Excuse me?¡± ¡°If we didn¡¯t have the immunity, we would still be stuck in stage 6.¡± He wasn¡¯t sure what to make of Basil¡¯s sudden gratitude. Cha Jun Sung was invited to a meeting that Strategist had set up 6 days before leaving. It was to talk about Cha Jun Sung and his potential immunity to the A virus, and the 7th stage of body modifications that is bothering the Rankers. Exining is easy because they all saw it. He ran around unconscious when he was infected by the Oriax, and had gained the physical ability of stage 10 of body modifications when he came to his senses. Cha Jun Sung said that and then said one more thing. He asked if they were going to ept his blood, that has a high possibility with immunity. The people for and against became clearly divided. There were the Rankers who epted and those who declined. For those who declined, there were two reasons. In Weapon Master and Chamma Sword¡¯s case, their pride wouldn¡¯t let them get help from others and decided to find their own way. Boom Buster, Longines, and Sea General said that it felt strange and took a negative stance, considering what could go wrong. The rest of the Rankers epted. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group happily epted the blood, whether it was because they trusted Cha Jun Sung or they didn¡¯t have fear. Odin said that just a handful is enough. He suggested they wait 2 days to see how their bodies ept the blood and change, before going through body modifications. The Rankers who epted help didn¡¯t do so because they trust Cha Jun Sung or were convinced by him, they did so because they listened to their helpers. Odin took out a part of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s information and shared it with the other helpers to show that there is validity. Those at the top know that Cha Jun Sung is a mutant, but the helpers don¡¯t know. This is because Odin hid it and the authorities blocked it. Those who drank Cha Jun Sung¡¯s blood were able to get through the 8th stage of body modifications. They were surprised. Immunity ¨C they experienced it themselves, but they cannot believe it. Weapon Master, Chama Sword, and Strategist broke through. Boom Buster, Longines, and Sea General felt the burden of stage 8 and stopped at 7. ¡°It¡¯s done. I won¡¯t die from taking some blood out. All I have to offer is blood.¡± ¡°Are you going to give this opportunity to others?¡± ¡°It¡¯s just this one time.¡± Those who turned it down and stopped at stage 7 wanted to get Cha Jun Sung¡¯s help as it had definite effects, but that bus has left. ¡°What do you think of Strategist¡¯s proposal?¡± ¡°There¡¯s no reason to even think about it. Am I some kind of livestock to keep taking blood out of?¡± Strategist asked Cha Jun Sung to supply blood periodically. It¡¯s ridiculous, but they know why. If they can have a lot of strong Lifers to push out Bloody Kingdom and rebels, they can do whatever it takes whether it is going into missions. Cha Jun Sung agreed with this, but they handle it themselves. He could sweep up Bloody Kingdom alone if he wanted to. He doesn¡¯t want to get involved in a conflict of interest. He¡¯s busy enough chasing his goal. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group got a lot of help from the World Federation when he went missing, so he did them a lot of favors but this is it. He has done enough. Lifers, with the exception of Rankers, need to take the risk like Weapon Master and Chamma Sword and go through with body modifications. Cha Jun Sung was given a 2% distribution ratio in return for giving blood. He is getting a lot of points through the Albatrus while doing nothing. If they keeping in like this on their way to where the Deep-Sea Teeth live, they would be gathering several hundreds of thousands of points while doing nothing. With the additional reward points, they can recover the 10 million points they invested in Albatrus. It depends on how they think about it, but it could be that he benefited from it. Ring ring! While the boring sight continued, Rankers listened to a clear notification sound. They have been out at sea for a few weeks, but this has never happened. [A giant vital reaction has been detected 20km ahead. It seems like it felt the Albatrus¡¯ presence and is approaching fast.] They have experienced this several hundred times, so it isn¡¯t a special case that a mutant appeared. Chapter 221 Volume 8 / Chapter 221 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda It is just that the part of it being giant gets to them. The range of its sense of searching is incredibly wide for it to be able to detect something 20km away. ¡°How many are there?¡± [There¡¯s one. It¡¯s appearance is being drawn through sonar detection.] Uranos draws out what it looks like through a 3D video. It looks strange. Like a mix of an octopus and jellyfish. ¡°It¡¯s a Penomina.¡± ¡°Ah! I¡¯ve heard the name before. What is it like?¡± Sea General saw it being drawn out and spoke for Uranos. Level 7 Penomina. They live in the deep sea, so finding them is like finding a pin in a haystack. Penomina is like that just as underwater mutants generally are. ¡°I won¡¯t need to exin what it looks like. Its method of attack is its hundreds of tentacles that have a powerful poison on them. And there¡¯s something disgusting inside of those tentacles. I guess they can be called something like mouths.¡± Cha Jun Sung entered a level B mission. It¡¯s not a mission aimed forpletion. They just picked it to have a mission in the Pacific Ocean. That¡¯s why they are ignoring it and out at sea, but the Penomina had appeared. ¡°And it¡¯s strong.¡± [Level B special mission Sea Watchman has been applied.] As soon as Sea General¡¯s notice ended, the special mission was applied. Advancement, 50 million points. It wouldn¡¯t be applied as a sub-concept if the standard were lower than a level B mission, but the mission was applied because it is high. The 1000 Lifers who boarded Albatrus found this out. Even the Rankers who had been yawning, opened their eyes with the appearance of powerful mutants. They have be level A Lifers, but it is an opponent that they could or could not take on while onnd. That means there¡¯s a higher chance that they will lose while fighting in water. It had been boring for the past few weeks because there had only been trivial ones, but wouldn¡¯t something like that be able to show them what Albatrus can do? ¡°Let¡¯s try using the spiral swill artillery.¡± ¡°We can¡¯t.¡± Nuclear wants to use the spiral swill. Strategist turned him down right away. It is Albatrus¡¯ top weapon, eating up an incredible amount of energy. It takes a long time and isplicated. They can¡¯t use it on a mere level 7. [I see it. Should we attack?] ¡°Wait a moment. Watch it so we can record it.¡± Not much is known about high level underwater mutants. It¡¯s good to get an idea of them while they have a chance. It¡¯ll make attacking easier if they encounter them again. Kyak! The Penomina¡¯s dull figure appeared in the front screen mirror image and suddenly went near Albatrus. Penomina watched the enemy that invaded its area rather than attacking. Its tentacles wave gently and allow it to move here and there. It easily moved 100m every time it waved them. ¡°It¡¯s huge.¡± ¡°It looks like it¡¯s twice the size of Metal Giant.¡± It looks meager because of its long tentacles. Its real body is a fourth of that? About 70m is the tentacles. But it¡¯s still a level 7 and the intimidation it gives off from pure size is at the top of the underwater mutants they have seen until now. Penomina watches the Albatrus and creates distance. 950m. There is a 10 times difference from what can be seen by the naked eye through justparison. It isn¡¯t strong just because it¡¯s big, but mutants are sensitive with sight. It is the fear of an intruder. ¡°Uranos, try challenging it a little.¡± [Hydraulic gun loaded. Launch.] Boom boom boom boom! Dozens of hydraulic guns that are always opened, attack Penomina. It is 30% power. They adjusted it weakly in order to watch its behavior. The Penomina avoids all of the hydraulic guns. Then it created more distance. It sees it as a danger. ¡°What if it runs away?¡± ¡°It might.¡± [The distance has now reached 800m. If you want to fire the hydraulic guns, we have to raise the output to 70%. I rmend killing it with the maximum output.] Hydraulic guns have short range. Even when output is up to 100%, it can only reach a couple kilometers. Hydraulic impact guns go farther, and spiral swills even farther. ¡°It won¡¯te near.¡± ¡°From his perspective, the Albatrus will probably look like a higher predator. It just has no life.¡± It¡¯s simr. Albatrus is a machine. It doesn¡¯t have the energy of a living being. It is moving however, so the Penomina slowed down its approach. ¡°It¡¯s just right.¡± ¡°What?¡± When Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t make sense, Basil looked at him in puzzlement. ¡°I¡¯ll be right back.¡± ¡°What? You¡¯ll be right back?¡± ¡°I thought about it but if the Albatrus is dangerous, don¡¯t we need to go out and fight in the water whether we like it or not? I think it¡¯s better if we fight in this rxed state rather than being forced out.¡± ¡°I see!¡± Basil immediately understood what Cha Jun Sung was saying. He intends on experiencing the underwater world in advance just in case. It¡¯s a fitting thought for him. ¡°What about support?¡± ¡°It¡¯s fine.¡± Strategist brought up support in worry after listening to Cha Jun Sung and Strategist talk. Support? They don¡¯t need it. They don¡¯t need support for a mere level 7. They already made their battlesuits specialized for underwater activity. There was no need to change the configuration method. They just adjusted it to withstand water pressure and to allow Lifers to breathe underwater. ¡°We¡¯ll be able to see the difference between our battlesuits during battle in water and onnd.¡± Cha Jun Sung, who can freely adjust his Overbooster, has the confidence to fight better than any other Lifer. Boom! The Albatrus¡¯ hatch opened, and Cha Jun Sung ran out. The Lifers who had been spending their days bored with nothing to do, heard of Cha Jun Sung suddenly jumping out of the ship, stopped whatever they were doing, and focused on the screens. Guest rooms, waiting rooms, headquarters, support headquarters. They were all in different locations. ¡°It¡¯ll be a good spectacle... The chance to see what a level S Lifer can do.¡± Weapon Master spoke in a low voice while leaning against a wall with his arms crossed. He had been resting in a guest room when he had gotten a radio from Strategist and made his way back to headquarters. If he wants to examine Cha Jun Sung¡¯s movement in detail, he needs to watch on a mirror image and not a normal screen. Other Rankers had the same thought. Park Jin Hyuk and Kyoko also appeared from their hiding ce. ¡®Oborke, you were smart.¡¯ The Rankers know better than anyone why Strategist included Cha Jun Sung in the World Federation¡¯s creation of the Albatrus. To get 10 billion points in support? That¡¯s too much for a single Ranker to take on, but that wasn¡¯t the reason. If they can¡¯t do it alone, they need to do it in numbers. It means that they can¡¯t include him by force. Strategist wasn¡¯t looking for points. He wanted Cha Jun Sung¡¯s situation and power. Lifers who had advanced to level A were thirsty for level A missions. If they hadn¡¯t gotten the Albatrus drawings, they would have made their target level 8s living on the six continents with the Rankers¡¯ experience. They had put their lives on the line for level B advancement, too. Making an attempt at level A in that state is a suicide mission. This is where Cha Jun Sunges in. He¡¯s the only lifer who has gotten through a level A mission alone. But they hadn¡¯t been able to get in contact with him. If Rankers assist him with him at the center, they could get through a level A easily. While discussing matters rted to level A, Strategist got the drawings for Albatrus. Their path had been cleared. The Rankers thought that it wouldn¡¯t be possible with their own abilities, so they would get the help of machines. They can take on a level 8 with the Albatrus¡¯ abilities. That¡¯s when they had been able to reach Cha Jun Sung. Strategist thought that they would be able toplete a level A advancement if they had the strength of Albatrus and Cha Jun Sung. A picture of everyone being satisfied was drawn out in Strategist¡¯s mind. Then they got in contact with Cha Jun Sung, baited him with advancement, and seeded. ¡®It probably means that level A advancement is hard even for Overload with his abilities.¡¯ Though they are the same level, an ordinary mission and advancement mission arepletely different. If he could do it with his own party, there would have been no reason for him to ept this. The fact that he epted Deep-Sea Teeth is proof that Cha Jun Sung wants the World Federation¡¯s help as well. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party and the World Federation work well together like gears, so they are doing what they can do now. ¡®Blood is... It was unexpected...¡¯ When they heard that Cha Jun Sung¡¯s blood was the key to immunity for body modification, they thought that he was crazy. Except for a few, theypleted stage 8 of body modifications and became total level A Lifers. Even they however, could not work up the courage to fight one-on-one against high level mutants. They aren¡¯t as well practiced in using the booster as Cha Jun Sung is, but there are a lot of other things that hold them back as well. But one of the two hidden cards in this level A mission, Cha Jun Sung, scrambled to face the level 7 Penomina himself. Though they tried not to show interest, it couldn¡¯t be helped. ¡®Show us what you can do.¡¯ Weapon Master¡¯s eyes take in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s form, who is showing in the mirror image. He won¡¯t miss the movement of even a single finger. Chapter 222 Volume 8 / Chapter 222 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda [Energy barrier 100% deployed. The battlesuit¡¯s functions have been brought down 20.8% because of water pressure. Movement will feel a little unnatural.] Level S battlesuit. Even though it has been configured ording to the environment, he is 2000m into the water. Cha Jun Sung isn¡¯t a fish. Of course there are restrictions. The only proper thing Cha Jun Sung purchased in the level S store is his battlesuit. He only looked at the level S support gear in awe because he didn¡¯t have enough points. He lost what he had, so the only difference from other Rankers is his battlesuit. ¡®Heavy.¡¯ That was the first feeling Cha Jun Sung had when he left Albatrus. His energy was consumed faster than normal as well. It¡¯s because he¡¯s maintaining the energy barrier at 100%. This is the only way to resolve the issue of water pressure. 20% was taken off, so he can only show 80% of his true abilities. [You canst 1 hour with the air from your oxygen tank.] [It is apressed oxygen tank, but it was measured on the standard of normal breathing volume. So as an aftermath of battle, he will run out of breath more quickly.] ¡°1 hour? It won¡¯t take even 30 minutes. Don¡¯t worry and just watch.¡± Kyak! Penomina detected Cha Jun Sung¡¯s presence. However, it did not approach him. Rather, it kept watching the Albatrus behind him and kept getting further away. [View radius! Sound wave mode!] Because it is inside the ocean, his heat detection and infrared ray detection don¡¯t pick up Penomina¡¯s movement easily. [Overload, are you okay?] [Other than my body feeling a little heavy, it¡¯s generally pretty okay.] Penomina is swimming 2km outside. That is definitely an invitation. It is an invitation toe and try catching it. [I¡¯ll follow it.] [It¡¯s too dangerous. It could be a trap. If we focus an attack of hydraulic guns and hydraulic impact guns, even the Penomina wouldn¡¯t be able to withstand it.] He collected basic information about Penomina. He can kill it now. [It¡¯s okay. Even if it¡¯s a trap, it won¡¯t be like I can¡¯t get out of it. An opponent like that is perfect to start my exploration of the underwater world in.] Cha Jun Sung had underwater battle in mind when he first boarded the Albatrus. He hadn¡¯t interfered until now because the opponent had been too weak. Underwater battle is only doable if it is up to standard. He can¡¯t open the hatch and go out for lower level mutants. [The Penomina willpletely run away if the Albatrus moves, so we will leave the hydraulic guns loaded.] Bang! Cha Jun Sung turned the Overbooster on. His body shoots through the ocean. The Penomina must have thought it seeded in luring him because it stopped once the Albatrus was only slightly visible. It thought that this was a distance it could run away in. Cha Jun Sung threw his body into the mouth. He jabbed Hades forward and adjusted the Overbooster to speed ahead. It was so intense seawater around him whirled and became a tornado. The stupid Penomina swallowed the tornado. Penomina¡¯s flesh ripped up and Cha Jun Sung got out. He went in through the mouth, but he¡¯s not sure whether he came out through its neck or the back of its head. The configuration of its body is very different from not just humans but ordinary mutants as well. But there must be damage when seeing the bloode out. Kyak! A scream. It is a scream full of pain. Attacking first is important in a battle. The win could be determined with that first hit if the enemy is caught off guard. The Penomina struggles and dozens of thin and thick tentacles wave around. He can¡¯t tell whether they¡¯re trying to wrap around him, hit him, or go through him. He brought Hades up. Is it because they are underwater? A clear vacuum with a blue light cuts the tentacleing at him from the front in half. Cha Jun Sung used the time while the tentacle was being cut to try and attack, but the Penomina isn¡¯t just watching. Bang! A pir thicker than the battlesuit hit Cha Jun Sung¡¯s back. It collided with a repulsive force everywhere because of the water. Cha Jun Sung fell onto a rock with bizarre coral reef and ms stuck everywhere. As soon as he fell, he moved his body to the side. He doesn¡¯t know when it followed him, but the Penomina threw its tentacles down on him. The hard rock was destroyed with one hit, and momentarily made the water white. Stealthy Cha Jun Sung shoots his reinforced rifle from amongst the debris. He can¡¯t see, but he¡¯s using the sonic mode to see the Penomina. It is the same for the Penomina as well. Marine life have different senses fromnd creatures. The two of them went back and forth with attacks from inside the white debris. ¡®Other than the water pressure, it¡¯s simr to fighting in the air. It¡¯s important to get tips.¡¯ He could even feel a single finger moving. There isn¡¯t anywhere to put his feet down, so he needs to depend on the booster for bnce. ¡®It¡¯s slow and frustrating.¡¯ He needs to get used to this environment quickly. The restriction on his battlesuit is 20%, but it isn¡¯t the kind of thing that can be decided with a simple figure. This is a level 7. It seems that he will have to use all his power when fighting a level 8. It is an environment in which he gets weaker and his opponent gets stronger. ¡®It looks like I won¡¯t get to eveny a hand on Levadan even after killing all the Disasters onnd. It¡¯d be a problem even finding it without the Albatrus or some other level S weapon.¡¯ He saw ck Demon, White Empress, and Cruel King in person. ck Demon in particr showed power that really made him feel that he is a level 9. He should be given an advantage while fighting a monster like that, but to have a handicap? He could see his death just thinking about it. Papat! Cha Jun Sung stepped on the ground and soared up. A tentacle follows behind him. As he progresses, he grows more ustomed to the environment. The Penomina¡¯s pattern is extremely simple. It uses its tentacles or asionally sprays a strange liquid. It seems like the poison that Sea General was talking about. The Penomina does what it wants, wiping it and spraying it. [I was just watching without saying anything, but he hasn¡¯t been able to kill it even after 30 minutes.] ¡°I was ying.¡± He is going to end it. About half of it really was y. Killing it is one thing, but this kind of opponent will help him for the real fight. ¡®Level B advancement... 50 million.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung goes toward the Penomina¡¯s face. Jellyfish and octopus have vitality. They live for some amount of time even after they have been cut up into pieces. If the Penomina is in that category, it is better for him to be careful to the end. Kyak! When Cha Jun Sung was ripping up the Penomina¡¯s face, he could hear a sound simr to something dying from his side. Cha Jun Sung turned his head. A tentacle filled his view. ¡°Of course. It didn¡¯t make sense that one of these was worth 50 million.¡± Papapat! An attack of something like a spear goes at Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body. He used the Overbooster and avoided it with minimal movement. 2 Penominas. He had been expecting that this might happen. [You have 25 minutes left.] Oxygen for him to breathe. He hasn¡¯t used the oxygen at a faster rate because the opponent isn¡¯t too difficult and his breath didn¡¯t get shorter. ¡°Alright. I¡¯ll eat it gratefully.¡± The points would have been divided up 1/n if he had been on the Albatrus, but he hade out. If he kills them, he can take all the points for a level 7 for himself. And that¡¯s two of them. He won¡¯t be able to do this too often because it would be a disservice to the others. He¡¯ll do it whenever he can. Including this time. Chapter 223 Volume 8 / Chapter 223 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda A 3m diameter transparent bead is wrapped in armor like a tank. So from the sides and the top, it looked like a half sphere. It looks heavy to the naked eye, but it was a machine created with an incredible metal that is light, hard, and strong. It isn¡¯t small ¨C about half the size of a bus ¨C but it weighs less than 1 ton. The 300 smallbat submersibles on the Albatrus. Boom boom boom! These 300 small submersibles have all been ejected and are fighting with tens of thousands of mutants. The Albatrus is doing its part from the rear as well. 100 hydraulic guns and 10 hydraulic impact guns areunching water cannons and water bombs without stopping. This is war. High level cyborgs are inside the small submersibles. They work together and keep attacking the outside wall of mutants. The middle is left to the Albatrus. They are less in number, but allies can be hit by allies because the battle is chaotic. Each of the small submersibles have abilities that match level 6 underwater mutants. To be more precise, they are low level 6. They don¡¯t amount to even 1/1000 of the enemy¡¯s numbers, but they hit and retreated with group strategies and individual roles. ¡°Please, please go away.¡± ¡°Why are there so many of them? They¡¯re like roaches!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t make such a fuss. There¡¯s a lot of them, but they¡¯re just levels 3 and 4.¡± ¡°Yeah. Thebination of the Albatrus and submersibles is doing well and if we get pushed back, we¡¯ll win if we get involved. If you make a big deal out of something like this, how are you going to take on level 8?¡± The Lifer listened to his colleague and wanted to say, ¡®We¡¯ll probably win, but someone will die and that could be you and me!¡¯ but didn¡¯t. ¡°I wouldn¡¯t say anything if there were only lower levels! Look at them! Do you want to get into an underwater battle with those guys? The moment we get involved, so will they.¡± Behind the tens of thousands of level 3 and 4 mutants, tworge creatures are standing as the final defense line to the Turtle Babies. They watch the Albatrus. Turtle Captains. They are evolved from turtles, hence the name. Turtles do not normally live in groups unless they are in mating season, but Turtle Babies move together in hordes. Turtle Babies have hard shells so the bullets bounce off of them and they use their heavy bodies to keep hitting in a simple attack. The problem is that there are so many of them. They have been at sea for 4 months. As they got closer to where the Deep-Sea Teeth live, they hade face-to-face with a swarm of Turtle Babies. This is thergest number of mutants they havee across with until now, so the battle is that much more fierce. It is a situation that is enough to worry the Lifers. The Turtle Captains guarding the final defense line have been receiving the protection of the Turtle Babies, and their 60m diameter sturdy bodies wriggle. They have horrible scars all over their bodies and give off the air of veterans who have experienced all sorts of hardships. If these strong guys even have experience, they will really be tricky. The Turtle Captains sent their underlings out and felt that the unnecessary consumption wouldst. They were thinking of getting directly involved and ending it themselves. ¡°They¡¯re acting so arrogant. So much bravado.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t talk so much.¡± ¡°Ok.¡± Cha Jun Sung stopped Park Jin Hyuk from joking around. Kyoko put her head down and sighed as though she were the one embarrassed. ¡°There are too many of them. The Turtle Babies are more of a problem than the Turtle Captains are.¡± The Turtle Captains can act so arrogant because of the Turtle Babies. To get caught up here. [All Lifers, please prepare to eject. I will send the signal.] They can hear Strategist¡¯s radioe in. At the end, they have been put in a situation where the Lifers need to get involved in the battle. Not one of the 1000 people stayed back. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group naturally needs to go out as well. After Cha Jun Sung took down two Penominas, the Lifers learned about fighting underwater whenever they could. As he said, it is better for them to learn while they can. Over the past few months, they all got better at using their boosters. The environment itself is one in which they can¡¯t help but get better in. They lived with water pressure on top of that, so the limits of their mental ability and withstanding physical pressure were all raised. [Overload, we will create a path for you. We¡¯ll leave the Turtle Captains to you.] [Yes!] The Rankers provide support. Hitting the head, the arms and legs will die on their own. Albatrus and the small submersibles tried to kill the Turtle Captains, but theyck the ability. The Turtle Babies protected them even if they had to throw their bodies to do so. With the flow quickly changing every hour, it is something only Lifers like Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group who can make fluid decisions, can do. [Everyone eject!] The bottom of Albatrus opens and 1000 Lifers pour out. They all havepressed oxygen tanks on their backs. Without these, their battlesuits cannot evenst 5 minutes. That means these tanks are a necessity. Boom boom boom! Lifers turn on their boosters and fly away. A waiting stream forms in their advance. They refrain from solitary action and act as a force. Turtle Captains watch the Lifers approaching them and open their mouths wide. Then they take asrge a breath as they can. [Turtle Babies! We don¡¯t know where they¡¯ll go, so you have to stay alert!] Sea General moves his body in a zig zag. Lifers follow his body movement. Turtle Babies are water cannonsparable to hydraulic guns. A level A Lifer¡¯s battlesuit could withstand it, but it is too much with level B. Bang! Two big water cannonsrge enough to cover two or three Lifers go out in a straight line. Lifers scatter everywhere. There are those who are not going in the direction they areing in, so there is no need for them to avoid it. There are those who avoid it because they areing in the direction they are going in. And of course there are those who weren¡¯t able to avoid it. Cha Jun Sung blocks the front of one of the two water cannons. Hades is pulled out of the scabbard, it leaves a sharp trace, and splits the water cannon in two. He can¡¯t block the other side, so 4 or 5 Lifers get swept away. Battlesuits of Lifers who get hit full on by the water cannon, get crushed. They didn¡¯t makingsting damage on the outside, but it is different for the inside. Blood keepsing out because of the heightened water pressure. [10 force, take the injured and get on half-wave submersibles and return to the ship!] Thest of the 10 forces, 10 force has a supporting role. They have split up their roles. They need to recover not just the dead and injured, but also the submersibles stuck to the bottom of the sea. Those are all points too. Each submersible is over 1 million points. And that¡¯s not even mentioning the cyborgs. The advanced rank has lower performance than the top and special ranks. They cannot be militant thousands of meters deep into the sea in their bare bodies without the submersibles. There¡¯s still use for it. They can steer the submersibles. A limited store. Currently, they cannot replenish even useless 1 point items. They need to scrape together even a single piece of iron. [Snipers, distance support! Opening up a path to the target in the shortest time!] Snipers including Park Jin Hyuk get on their stomachs on top of Albatrus. It is a sphere, but it is so wide that they do not slip. Boom boom boom boom! Sniper rifle bullets prate the Turtle Babiesing at Cha Jun Sung and the Rankers. The sniper rifle is like a cannon so its range is over 10km, but because they are in the ocean, the range and power is reduced to less than half. However, it is nothing to kill a couple slow turtles. [Cover Overload!] Rankers create a wall near Cha Jun Sung. Level B Lifers have already joined the submersibles and are battling with the Turtle Babies. It is a strenuous effort, but ording to a simple calction, he needs to handle hundreds of them alone. Even if they don¡¯t get pushed easily, the number of dead and injured will increase if they get hit by volume. The key is to catch the four Turtle Captains in a timely manner. ¡°It¡¯s a blitz!¡± He digs in among the Turtle Captains with Ranker support as a background. He needs to settle it before mutants smell blood. Chapter 224 Volume 8 / Chapter 224 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda A smooth and slick outstretched caudal fin lightly strikes the walls of the underwater cave. The entire cave shakes. Clear, bumpy muscles wave and follow movement. A huge form res and focuses on smell of the sensory organs. A vague and subtle smell bothers him. It is the smell of blood. It was pretty familiar, too. It seems like it ising from far away, but a lot of blood must have been lost if it flowed all the way down to here. Smelling it over and over again, it can guess what kind of creature it is. It is simr to the turtles acting as the king in its corner of the sea. They are lower subjects, but they swarm together annoyingly! It lets them live however, because they provide ample nutrients. Are they fighting over territory or something? It looked to the side. A female simr to itself in size and her baby, a fourth of her size, are looking at each other. The female smelled it. It is a being on the same level in the first ce. ¡®Will you go?¡¯ ¡®No.¡¯ The female wants to know what is going on out of curiosity, but she cannot leave the baby and go. Taking the baby is even worse. Before, she would have gone alone but she does not want to now. They were born recently, so she felt what death is for the first time. If they are the ones ruling this area, those animals are the ones that rule the entire ocean. They might still be wandering this area. What that one said is still in his mind. ¡®I¡¯ll let you live because of the baby.¡¯ It had been sincere. If it hadn¡¯t been for the baby, it would have killed her. She won¡¯t go outside if she doesn¡¯t need to because they could run into each other again. The male must have recalled the memory of that time, because it left the smell and just decided to keep sleeping. Thinking of the one that is more than twice asrge as they arebined, it is easy to stop being curious. *** ¡°The damage?¡± [A submersible and 95 advanced have been destroyed, but they can be recovered.] Strategist made a sound of pain when Uranos told him about the damages. ? have been destroyed. Almost 100 Lifers have been killed or injured as well. It would have been worse if Cha Jun Sung hadn¡¯t been able to kill the Turtle Captains on time. ¡°So these are the kinds of issues we get from choosing the default Albatrus.¡± The lowest armed status. If they had followed the level S drawings, they could have armed it more heavily by 5 times. There is a lot of other technology too. The armor is close to level S, but other functions ¨C offensive power in particr ¨C are level A. That is why the bnce is tilting to one side. If the Albatrus had been aplete level S battle weapon, it would have been able to kill the Turtle Babies without the help of Lifers and submersibles. ¡®We need to advance Overload no matter what. For him and for us.¡¯ If that happens, they can purchase more of the materials they need for Albatrus. The level S energy core is priority. With items like hydraulic guns and hydraulic impact guns, they need to increase the fire power and destructive power in the Albatrus¡¯ energy. All circumstances are in Strategist¡¯s mind. Bang bang bang! There is still a battle going on outside. The smell of blood is that of more than what would be in hundreds of trucks. Albatrus¡¯ porthole didn¡¯t close. The submersibles didn¡¯t go back either. A majority of low level guys are like this, so it is fortunate that Lifers are going back and forth and fighting. ¡°We¡¯re getting out.¡± Strategist gives Uranos an order. Mutants swarm in with no end. It seems it would be better for them to get out than to keep staying here. Lifers and submersibles retreat to the Albatrus. The mutants manically ripped up the Turtle Captains and Babies¡¯ corpses amongst themselves. It is hundreds and thousands of tons of flesh. Different kinds of mutants are having a party. It is an amount that allows them to feast even without fighting. ¡°Uranos, search for a ce where we can anchor nearby. We need to rest.¡± [Wide scan activated.] It is arge battle, so the Albatrus¡¯ energy has been reduced to less than half. They need to fix the submersibles and cyborgs, and they need to take care of the injured. For the dead, they took care of the corpses, spraying antiseptic and freezing them> ¡°Is it 150km...¡± There are still 150km left until the location where Sea General said he found Deep-Sea Teeth. From now on, they need to ce more importance in their radar than other functions. They search a radius of 50km with 10% energy. They can¡¯t do 500km just because they use 100% energy. A maximum of 200km is the limit. It is certain as they get closer, and uncertain as they get farther away. If they check 200km outside with maximum output radar, they can know ¡®there¡¯s something there.¡¯ They can only determine what something is if it is within 100km. They can¡¯t just look out like it is their palm because it is such a wide range. ¡°It¡¯s making me nervous.¡± Two level 8s. They cannot even imagine how many underlings there are. It is uncertain whether they can take one on even if Cha Jun Sung gets involved. Discovering first and delivering the first blow is the shortcut to lessening the damage and increasing the odds. They need to stay alert. *** They are 2500m deep in the ocean. The Albatrus is seated on an adjacent coral reef bigger than a person with some of the features turned on, reorganizing. Reorganizing doesn¡¯t mean anything tremendous. They are just on board, repairing broken or damaged submersibles and advanced cyborgs. A majority of high level or special cyborgs are put into repair work. Unless the Albatrus doesn¡¯t operate, they are basically unemployed. Even if the material items are finite, they packed enough so they wouldn¡¯t run out before going out. If the water barrier is broken through and the Albatrus itself was hit, it would hurt but there is no issue with the parts. They can take this kind of damage even if they do it a few more times. Their battle against the Turtle Captains and Turtle Babies consumed almost 65% of the Albatrus¡¯ energy. It is the result of fighting for nearly half a day. Energy being consumed at a high speed. Strategist left level A energy cores gathered during battle, a general charging device plugged in the energy room. The speed of charging is several hundred times slowerpared to a rapid charging device, but they cannot use rapid charging devices in fighting mere turtles. They need to save it until the end and use while fighting level 8s. Albatrus needs to be holding more than 30% energy no matter what. 10% radar, 10% water barrier, 10% engine. Uranos managed the rest of the hydraulic guns efficiently with the leftover 70% of the remaining energy. Since he is artificial intelligence, he is meticulous andputational. The Albatrus currently consumes at least 40% of the energy. The figure went up a little because the water barrier used 20%. If the water barrier is taken away, the enemy¡¯s attack will hit the main body. If the radar goes off, there¡¯s no way to know where anything is. If the engine is turned off, they will plummet to the ocean floor. This is how they get to 30%. If the energy goes down below this, they need to give up on functions in order. Of the three, plummeting seems to be the most dangerous. If they hadn¡¯t plugged in the general charging device, they would have gone down below that. That¡¯s how fierce the battle against tens of thousands of Turtle Babies is. ¡°How long will it take?¡± [10 to 12 days with natural charging, 2 days with the general charging device. We have 900 to 950 general charging devices.] General charging devices are different in quality and quantity ording to store level. The average of what they prepared for this mission is level B. With this much energy, they could fill up the energy of level B battlesuits all the way seven times and have some left. ¡°It takes too long... But let¡¯s try it since we have some time.¡± If they add a few more days, natural charging takes about 2 weeks. They brought 5000 general charging devices with them. They¡¯ve used about 400, so they have 4600 left. They also have 500 rapid charging devices, so there¡¯s no need to worry about energy. They will use what the Lifers possess when the Albatrus is in danger. Woong! Special cyborgs take out general charging devices and plug them into the level A energy room. This energy flows into level B and C energy rooms as well. ¡°We¡¯ll finish up our search as soon as it¡¯spletely charged.¡± [Roger that.] Chapter 225 Volume 8 / Chapter 225 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Zing! Uranos used more than 50% of the energy on the radar. The extensively broadened sonar searches over a 100km radius. The picture on a 3D hologram video changes every hour. It checks the shape of mutants captured on radar in real time. The terrain was examined in another ce. They moved at the lowest altitude they could, close to the sea floor. They went deeper and deeper. Cha Jun Sung was curious about the imposing water pressure at 4500m into the sea, so he went outside even though there was no battle. ¡°My joints hurt. It¡¯d be better for level B Lifers to stay on board.¡± It¡¯s water pressure that level B battlesuits can¡¯t withstand. They need to be level A at the least. The 30% restriction that gets them as soon as they go out. It¡¯ll be 50% for level A. If they had been onnd, they would be able to take on level 8s ¨C even mutants on the level of Red Eye ¨C but it¡¯s too much in an environment like this. He might be able to do something if he gets the Rankers¡¯ help. So the Rankers also went out to know how the water pressure feels, and they came back wrung out. They got caught in a 60% restriction. There are 22 level A Lifers including Cha Jun Sung. Only 22 people can go into battle 4500m in the ocean. ¡°We¡¯ll have to bring them to 2000m at the least. If it gets deeper, I¡¯ll be the only one who can go out. I can¡¯t go alone. I¡¯ll fall into an intensive attack.¡± Odin is looking at level S battlesuit activity as limited at 7000m. He can move if they get deeper. It¡¯s just that he won¡¯t be able to fight. Even at points when problems with activity came up, Uranos kept searching for where the Deep-Sea Teeth live. Woong! [We will arrive at location 203. 936. 52. 162 shortly. Switch to battle mode!] Uranos lowered the radar and put 40% energy into the water barrier. The water barrier¡¯s thickness multiplied a few times. Radar is activated but there are a lot of bizarre mutants. They can get through the radar¡¯s watch and bring a surprise attack. All of the portholes are open as well. They are ready to fight with power. [Location approachplete. No detection of mutants like the Deep-Sea Teeth.] There are weaknesses in the Albatrus¡¯ radar as well. It can search everywhere but if the features getplicated, it gets hard to distinguish between them. It cannot go through objects. It can¡¯t see through objects. ¡°Looks like it won¡¯t be easy to find them.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t care. We can make theme out on their own if we can¡¯t find them.¡± Is he talking about luring them? How will they do it? The Rankers ask Strategist. They are very curious about how he is thinking of doing it. ¡°Sea General, you said you found the Deep-Sea Teeth at sea level, right?¡± ¡°Yes. I ran into them when I was going up for light. And after blinking a few times, a pair of Deep-Sea Teeth were standing on either side of a baby.¡± He still got in a cold sweat thinking of it. Deep-Sea Teeth are atrocious. It is a wonder that they don¡¯t attack submarines. ¡°Baby. Baby.¡± Humans and mutants alike are weak to babies. A period when curiosity is highest. A baby in this period is like a ticking time bomb. There¡¯s no way to know what will happen. Parents are busy taking care of it. ¡°The mutant¡¯s ecosystem is thew of the jungle. If the baby went all the way up to sea level, either the parents allowed it or it acted on its own.¡± They cannot ovee the situation if they allowed it, but what if it acted on its own? Strategist thought of an incredible idea while worrying it might be thetter. ¡°You all have plenty of stamina, right?¡± ¡°Why?¡± Strategist smiles in response to Nuclear¡¯s question. *** It is covered in mutants, but the ocean is beautiful. The sunlight reflecting off the blue waves is magnificent! This magnificence is painted with red. Countless mutants swarm in near the red water. Fish as big as a human arms scatter the red water;rge fish swallow those fish; andrger fish swallow those fish. The mutants eat and get eaten, but they go crazy for the red water anyway. The hair-raisingly pure and delicate smell makes them all crazy. The powerful smell of blood that they have never smelled before makes two different creaturese in unlike the mutants going crazy at the scene. Thoseparatively close and those far away. *** The female Deep-Sea Teeth had been restingfortably deep inside the underwater cave when a fin that ran from her face to tail stiffened. A smell more seductive than when she had met the male, is paralyzing her senses. It¡¯s so tempting that it makes her forget what is going on around her. The female shakes her head. She barely overcame the urge, but she can¡¯t stop her mouth from watering. Food that gives off this kind of smell! The female looks outside the cave. She is deep inside but the cave is open in a straight line, so she can see what is outside for the most part. She jumps in surprise. She opens her eyes wide, and moves her nearly 200m body out of the cave. She moves at a very fast speed. Her level 8 roar draws a concentric circle as it goes through the ocean. Her call of ¡®hurry up ande,¡¯ ¡®something¡¯s happened¡¯ is for the male. While calling for the male, the female keeps circling near the cave. The baby had just been ying nearby, but had disappeared. This is the first time she has ever lost the baby. She¡¯s never been able to lose the child because her focus is always on it. Bang Her caudal fin hits the peak of a nearby underwater mountain. A crater forms in the middle and rocks weighing in the tons roll down. The male is here. He has a starfish that is nearly 40m in size in his mouth. It is switching between five colors, and it is a level 7 Five Color Fish. There is a small wound on the male¡¯s body. He got it while catching the Five Color Fish. rather than me each other, they started to search the entire area for the baby. Then the female turned her head up. The smell of blood that tempted her as an adult! If it had made her so disoriented as to make her lose her child, how would it have been to the child? The male threw the Five Color Fish to the side and soared up. He also smelled what the female did. The female goes after him. There aren¡¯t many enemies that would harm their child but it¡¯s not like there are none, so one of them needs to stay with it. If the child had been seduced by the smell of blood, there will be a lot of enemies nearby. They are in a rush. They can¡¯t leave the child alone or put their guard down until it is about half their size. *** ¡°Is that it?¡± ¡°That is without a doubt the baby Deep-Sea Teeth. To think that this worked!¡± Sea General couldn¡¯t help butugh at Strategist¡¯s absurd trap. There was nothing difficult about it. Strategist took blood from Lifers for the past few days. Normally, people would rest for a few months after one transfusion. However, the Lifers who came into the mission have allpleted beyond stage 5 of body modifications, and are superhumans who have seeded human ability. They recover several hours after giving blood. After taking blood like that, they had a little over 1000L. They left Cha Jun Sung out of this. They don¡¯t know what problems could arise. They poured that 1000L of blood into a 300m area that is optimal for battle. They left the Albatrus anchored nearby. They left only the functions inside on and turned off anything that showed on the outside, so it just looked like a giant rock or mountain to mutants. The fish started biting after they poured out 200L. Mutants came in, crazed by the smell of blood. Lifers know how mutants react to human blood, so they often use this method. But they hadn¡¯t expected it to work on a level 8 baby. Whatever the level or species, a baby is a baby. The funny thing is that Lifers¡¯ blood works on mutants. They have also been infected with A virus, but human blood strangely has the same effect on mutants. Of course Lifers with the exception of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group don¡¯t know that the transnted cells they received while going through body modifications had A virus in them. There are just those who think that this might be the case. Regardless, they did not pour out all of the blood at one time. The mutants killed each other and mixed with the contaminated blood. So the Lifers moved around to pour out the blood so it wouldn¡¯t get mixed up. They would return to the Albatrus once they were done. After repeating this a few times, the baby Deep-Sea Teeth appeared. Zing! Uranos used more than 50% of the energy on the radar. The extensively broadened sonar searches over a 100km radius. The picture on a 3D hologram video changes every hour. It checks the shape of mutants captured on radar in real time. The terrain was examined in another ce. They moved at the lowest altitude they could, close to the sea floor. They went deeper and deeper. Cha Jun Sung was curious about the imposing water pressure at 4500m into the sea, so he went outside even though there was no battle. ¡°My joints hurt. It¡¯d be better for level B Lifers to stay on board.¡± It¡¯s water pressure that level B battlesuits can¡¯t withstand. They need to be level A at the least. The 30% restriction that gets them as soon as they go out. It¡¯ll be 50% for level A. If they had been onnd, they would be able to take on level 8s ¨C even mutants on the level of Red Eye ¨C but it¡¯s too much in an environment like this. He might be able to do something if he gets the Rankers¡¯ help. So the Rankers also went out to know how the water pressure feels, and they came back wrung out. They got caught in a 60% restriction. There are 22 level A Lifers including Cha Jun Sung. Only 22 people can go into battle 4500m in the ocean. ¡°We¡¯ll have to bring them to 2000m at the least. If it gets deeper, I¡¯ll be the only one who can go out. I can¡¯t go alone. I¡¯ll fall into an intensive attack.¡± Odin is looking at level S battlesuit activity as limited at 7000m. He can move if they get deeper. It¡¯s just that he won¡¯t be able to fight. Even at points when problems with activity came up, Uranos kept searching for where the Deep-Sea Teeth live. Woong! [We will arrive at location 203. 936. 52. 162 shortly. Switch to battle mode!] Uranos lowered the radar and put 40% energy into the water barrier. The water barrier¡¯s thickness multiplied a few times. Radar is activated but there are a lot of bizarre mutants. They can get through the radar¡¯s watch and bring a surprise attack. All of the portholes are open as well. They are ready to fight with power. [Location approachplete. No detection of mutants like the Deep-Sea Teeth.] There are weaknesses in the Albatrus¡¯ radar as well. It can search everywhere but if the features getplicated, it gets hard to distinguish between them. It cannot go through objects. It can¡¯t see through objects. ¡°Looks like it won¡¯t be easy to find them.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t care. We can make theme out on their own if we can¡¯t find them.¡± Is he talking about luring them? How will they do it? The Rankers ask Strategist. They are very curious about how he is thinking of doing it. ¡°Sea General, you said you found the Deep-Sea Teeth at sea level, right?¡± ¡°Yes. I ran into them when I was going up for light. And after blinking a few times, a pair of Deep-Sea Teeth were standing on either side of a baby.¡± He still got in a cold sweat thinking of it. Deep-Sea Teeth are atrocious. It is a wonder that they don¡¯t attack submarines. ¡°Baby. Baby.¡± Humans and mutants alike are weak to babies. A period when curiosity is highest. A baby in this period is like a ticking time bomb. There¡¯s no way to know what will happen. Parents are busy taking care of it. ¡°The mutant¡¯s ecosystem is thew of the jungle. If the baby went all the way up to sea level, either the parents allowed it or it acted on its own.¡± They cannot ovee the situation if they allowed it, but what if it acted on its own? Strategist thought of an incredible idea while worrying it might be thetter. ¡°You all have plenty of stamina, right?¡± ¡°Why?¡± Strategist smiles in response to Nuclear¡¯s question. *** It is covered in mutants, but the ocean is beautiful. The sunlight reflecting off the blue waves is magnificent! This magnificence is painted with red. Countless mutants swarm in near the red water. Fish as big as a human arms scatter the red water;rge fish swallow those fish; andrger fish swallow those fish. The mutants eat and get eaten, but they go crazy for the red water anyway. The hair-raisingly pure and delicate smell makes them all crazy. The powerful smell of blood that they have never smelled before makes two different creaturese in unlike the mutants going crazy at the scene. Thoseparatively close and those far away. *** The female Deep-Sea Teeth had been restingfortably deep inside the underwater cave when a fin that ran from her face to tail stiffened. A smell more seductive than when she had met the male, is paralyzing her senses. It¡¯s so tempting that it makes her forget what is going on around her. The female shakes her head. She barely overcame the urge, but she can¡¯t stop her mouth from watering. Food that gives off this kind of smell! The female looks outside the cave. She is deep inside but the cave is open in a straight line, so she can see what is outside for the most part. She jumps in surprise. She opens her eyes wide, and moves her nearly 200m body out of the cave. She moves at a very fast speed. Her level 8 roar draws a concentric circle as it goes through the ocean. Her call of ¡®hurry up ande,¡¯ ¡®something¡¯s happened¡¯ is for the male. While calling for the male, the female keeps circling near the cave. The baby had just been ying nearby, but had disappeared. This is the first time she has ever lost the baby. She¡¯s never been able to lose the child because her focus is always on it. Bang Her caudal fin hits the peak of a nearby underwater mountain. A crater forms in the middle and rocks weighing in the tons roll down. The male is here. He has a starfish that is nearly 40m in size in his mouth. It is switching between five colors, and it is a level 7 Five Color Fish. There is a small wound on the male¡¯s body. He got it while catching the Five Color Fish. rather than me each other, they started to search the entire area for the baby. Then the female turned her head up. The smell of blood that tempted her as an adult! If it had made her so disoriented as to make her lose her child, how would it have been to the child? The male threw the Five Color Fish to the side and soared up. He also smelled what the female did. The female goes after him. There aren¡¯t many enemies that would harm their child but it¡¯s not like there are none, so one of them needs to stay with it. If the child had been seduced by the smell of blood, there will be a lot of enemies nearby. They are in a rush. They can¡¯t leave the child alone or put their guard down until it is about half their size. *** ¡°Is that it?¡± ¡°That is without a doubt the baby Deep-Sea Teeth. To think that this worked!¡± Sea General couldn¡¯t help butugh at Strategist¡¯s absurd trap. There was nothing difficult about it. Strategist took blood from Lifers for the past few days. Normally, people would rest for a few months after one transfusion. However, the Lifers who came into the mission have allpleted beyond stage 5 of body modifications, and are superhumans who have seeded human ability. They recover several hours after giving blood. After taking blood like that, they had a little over 1000L. They left Cha Jun Sung out of this. They don¡¯t know what problems could arise. They poured that 1000L of blood into a 300m area that is optimal for battle. They left the Albatrus anchored nearby. They left only the functions inside on and turned off anything that showed on the outside, so it just looked like a giant rock or mountain to mutants. The fish started biting after they poured out 200L. Mutants came in, crazed by the smell of blood. Lifers know how mutants react to human blood, so they often use this method. But they hadn¡¯t expected it to work on a level 8 baby. Whatever the level or species, a baby is a baby. The funny thing is that Lifers¡¯ blood works on mutants. They have also been infected with A virus, but human blood strangely has the same effect on mutants. Of course Lifers with the exception of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group don¡¯t know that the transnted cells they received while going through body modifications had A virus in them. There are just those who think that this might be the case. Regardless, they did not pour out all of the blood at one time. The mutants killed each other and mixed with the contaminated blood. So the Lifers moved around to pour out the blood so it wouldn¡¯t get mixed up. They would return to the Albatrus once they were done. After repeating this a few times, the baby Deep-Sea Teeth appeared. Chapter 226 Volume 8 / Chapter 226 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°It is a shark, but it¡¯s like it¡¯s heavily drugged. Like an addict.¡± These are Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s thoughts on the baby Deep-Sea Teeth he sees in the mirror image. It looks like a shark on the outside. Like all other mutants however, it isn¡¯t normal. It has the slick lines of a fish. But it is muscr as if it is on steroids. The crazy thing is that it is a baby that will get much bigger from here. Sea General said that an adult Deep-Sea Teeth is at least 150m. That means it¡¯s one of the biggest mutants. It is smaller than Hell Mammoth and Blood Lord, but it can be expected to be simr since he said ¡®at least¡¯. Even the baby looks to be about 30m. Mutants are all strength. It is just a baby, but it isrger than the Megalodon, a species that dates back tens of thousands of years. If it were human, it would have been born with a silver spoon. ¡°Just looking it over, it looks like it¡¯ll be stronger than a level 6, but weaker than a level 7.¡± Cha Jun Sung stretches his body. His mission. Capture the baby. There are a lot of issues with using the Albatrus to catch it. The goal is simple. He needs to bring it where the Albatrus is anchored, not even 50m deep into the water. They won¡¯t be able tomunicate, so he needs to injure it so that it doesn¡¯t die but so that it cannot move. They willmence battle as soon as the Deep-Sea Teeth arrive. The baby had no idea what was about to happen to it, and indiscriminately ripped apart the mutants swimming in the Lifers¡¯ blood in order to have all the blood for itself. It is young, but the blood of a level 8 does not go anywhere. It has a weak yet present desire to establish itself as a predator. Bang! The Albatrus¡¯ ceiling opens. Cha Jun Sung shoots out like a missile. It is 300m deep. With the Albatrus at 250m, there is no reason to go through the ocean. It¡¯ll just leave a watercourse. [Function switch! Power mode!] Particles in the nanometerspress and the battlesuit bes full. It has changed to adjust to the maximized power. ¡°I¡¯ll y with you until your mom and dad get here. Though you¡¯ll never want to y again.¡± He looks like an eagle going after its prey. Cha Jun Sung was floating in the air when he plummeted toward the baby ying in the red water. The baby didn¡¯t bother with him. It just thought that he was a strange bird. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body m went through the water and collided with the baby¡¯s back. The back twists abnormally. Its spine broke under the crash. The baby¡¯s eyes roll back and its body trembles in pain. Cha Jun Sung doesn¡¯t pay attention, and grabs its tail. Switching the function doesn¡¯t have a clear effect when fighting against a strong opponent. Power gets specialized, so it is good to use only when that function is necessary. Like now with the power mode when he needs maximum strength. Cha Jun Sung whips the tail. He ms the baby into a shallow area as though practicing judo. Its weight is in the tons, but the battlesuit as a product of science and his stage 10 body modifications make this possible. Cha Jun Sungughs as he watches the baby suffer. If it is here, it won¡¯t be able to sink too low. He won¡¯t leave it so they can take it away. Unless the Deep-Sea Teeth intend to abandon the baby, they will need to fight the Lifers to the end. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung! There is a strong vital reactioning from below!] Instead of responding to Odin¡¯s warning, Cha Jun Sung turned the Overbooster on and went up into the sky. At that moment, the sea opens up and a monster appears. A giant shadow forms on the water. The male Deep-Sea Teeth left the baby and jumped in order to catch Cha Jun Sung. The 200m body uses its tail strength to jump out. Cha Jun Sung couldn¡¯t stop his Overbooster. The second he does, he will be sucked into its abyss of a throat. ¡°I¡¯ll start since you attacked, alright?¡± Gravity pulls the male back down. Cha Jun Sung stopped running away and turned on the reverse booster to fly right in front of the male¡¯s nose. Overhead kick. Cha Jun Sung spun his body in the air, stood backwards, and kicked with the Overbooster¡¯s power. Bang! The shock from his foot crushes the male¡¯s nose. It was on the verge of regenerating, but this is just the start. It got swept without being able to recover its body. The male had been up at bat first. The female swoops in to attack after waiting under sea level. [Level A special mission Deep-Sea Teeth is being applied! Measuring difficulty, advancement! Authority approval! Advancement system applied with level 8 ovep!] [Level A special mission: Deep-Sea Teeth] [Goal: Attainment] [Description: The wide sea is as ferocious asnd. The ocean could even be more ferocious thannd. In the middle of the ocean, one of the three predators dividing the Pacific Ocean is the Deep-Sea Teeth aka Shark Kings. Break the teeth of these vicious tyrants!] [Reward: 80,000,000,000 points. Lucky box.] It is an advancement. 80 trillion reward points. This is more than what he got for Vanessa. It seems he is being given more points because of the geographical disadvantage. If it had just been one, how many points would they have given him? They would have given him 20 to 30 trillion, right? Boom boom boom boom! While the advancement special mission was being applied, Lifers poured out of the Albatrus. He seeded in luring the Deep-Sea Teeth to sea level. It isn¡¯t easy to take on two Deep-Sea Teeth at the same time with the power of the Albatrus. The ship and Lifers need to fight from their respective positions. Woong! The Albatrus operates its engine. As the porthole opens, 300 submersibles scatter out. It is total war. They intend on using everything. *** Boom boom boom boom! The Albatrus showed itself at sea level, went in reverse, and fires the hydraulic guns and hydraulic impact guns. 100 portholes explode without stopping. A ck horde of sharks hesitated under the power of the hydraulic guns. That was just momentary. They show their sharp teeth. Sacrifices are a given to take down an enemy. They advance with their peers as a shield. 300 submersibles build a low line of defense, but they get destroyed one at a time like with the Turtle Babies. They are both mutants, but sharks and mutants are different species. Unlike turtles, sharks ¨C white sharks in particr ¨C had a bad reputation even before they became mutants. Now that they are mutants, they have be more fierce and go after their prey even at the risk of death. [Perspective mode!] ¡°Block them so they can¡¯t get to the ship!¡± More than 900 level B Lifers are on top of the Albatrus as they use distance weapons like reinforced rifles to attack the swarm of sharks. One person couldn¡¯t find a ce to install an automatic cannon, and instead held it himself as it fired. They can tell what direction the sharks areing because of the perspective mode. The smell of gunpowder permeates the battlefield. Casings fall through the ocean. They even threw bombs and loaded bazookas. Advanced cyborgs that aren¡¯t helpful in battle, kept providing those Lifers with supplies so that they wouldn¡¯t run out. They have items that they need on the spot in their spacepression bags, but they need to use what can be supplied easiest at the end so that they canst for a long time. They can¡¯t provide time for the sharks to get near while they reinforce their supplies. [Warning! Below sea level! Multiple enemies appearing below the Albatrus!] ¡°Fuck!¡± ¡°Damn!¡± Bang! Lifers curse. It seems like they are gathered together at random, but they are divided into forces and they each have their own roles. Two of the forces attacking the front from the top, 200 Lifers turn their boosters on and dove into the sea without dy. They are iparably lesspared to those at sea level, but another group of about 5000 sharks ising up at them. Even though they try to fire at them in order to stop their approach and to decrease their numbers, it isn¡¯t possible to do with 200 people. But that doesn¡¯t mean they can call for backup. It is worse at sea level. ¡°Damn it! Die!¡± ¡°I¡¯m going!¡± 15 parties of the 200 Lifers, 150 people took out vibrating weapons. 50 people are still pulling the trigger from a distance. Bang bang bang! 500 mutants, most of which are levels 3 and 4 with very few levels 5 and 6s collide with 150 level B Lifers who are stronger than level 6s. Dozens of mutants per person. They would have been fighting with easy steps and weapon switches if they had been onnd, but this is the ocean. Lifers couldn¡¯t remain whole with the onught of sharksing from all directions. One Lifer lost an arm while fighting level 5 and 6s alone. He would have been shredded already if it hadn¡¯t been for his battlesuit. The Lifers are only thinking one thing. Not to die even if their arms and legs get cut off. And they were hoping for the Rankers to hurry up and end this hell of a fight for them. But the ce that was worse than sea level was the Rankers¡¯ battlefield. Lifers and mutants alike couldn¡¯t approach that battlefield. There are 22 people. It is a small number, and they are taking on a pair of Deep-Sea Teeth and 7 level 7s. *** Ghost Gun Lim Si Hyun moves through the ocean with his revolver, an automatic pistol and deathblow for control rather than killing. Shadow moving. It is a skill that Ghost Gun¡¯s 9bination battlesuit has. Thebinations are not for attacking by foot, but shadow moving focused on evasion. Papapat! As he retreats, a pointy dorsal fin is following him. It goes through the water as it chases the shadow moving. Lim Si Hyun didn¡¯t look forward as he ran. There are no obstacles in his way, so he can move backwards while attacking with his automatic pistol. Level 7 de Shark. It is a nimble mutant that uses its sharp dorsal fin to cut its opponent rather than the shark specialty of ripping them apart. The dorsal fin is 5m high and more than 20m long. Looking at just its back, it is a giant sword. It¡¯s big enough to sink arge yacht. Lim Si Hyun quickly changes the magazines for his automatic pistol and revolver. It¡¯s a pistol, but it¡¯s as big as a person. The weight of the two gunsbined is close to 100kg. ¡°Leave those to them. I¡¯ll take this one.¡± Lim Si Hyun focused on his opponent, the de Shark. A special mission was activated as soon as Cha Jun Sung was attacked by the Deep-Sea Teeth. There had been a signal for the start of the battle. Lifers immediately scrambled, and hordes of sharks came in from everywhere within an hour. The pair of Deep-Sea Teeth, like a trisection of the Pacific Ocean predators they are, they have countless underlings. The baby is in pain, trying to regenerate. They need to go help it, but there are too many obstacles stopping them. The swarm of sharks that responded to the hair raising roar of the level 8 took on the level B Lifers and Albatrus. There is nothing they can do. A few Rankers tried to help, but their situation isn¡¯t great either. In the swarm of sharks, there are 7 level 7s as well. They were all sharks and as much as they looked different, they had various abilities. If there are fast and sharp ones like de Shark, there are also ones that are slow but with excellent defense capabilities. So the Rankers each took charge of the mutants that they could handle, and lured them away to an area where they could fightfortably. Each fought their best. Cha Jun Sung took one level 8. The other 13 people took another one. Kyoko is a level A Lifer, but she cannot fight because she is a medic. Papapat! The shadow moving bes borate. Lim Si Hyun¡¯s body fades and divides into dozens. He hadn¡¯t really been divided into pieces. The de Shark wasn¡¯t taken aback. It just saw everything as the enemy and attacked. There is one main body, and the rest is an effect. It was in vain. Boom! The wave that the Deep-Sea Teeth generated split the vacuum wave that Cha Jun Sung¡¯s Hades created, creating an eardrum shaking roar. Lim Si Hyun turned his head subconsciously while focusing on the de Shark. His attention turned without his will. Cha Jun Sung is taking on a level 8 that they could not take on while onnd, in the sea. He doesn¡¯t retreat. He is confronting it head on. And next to them, 13 Rankers who are geared more toward group action are confusing a giant Deep-Sea Teeth. Among them is Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party members. ¡°With a level A store... is this the limit?¡± The standard of level A is pioneering. They cannot take on level 8 with this kind of strength. They need to beplete level S in order to gain the strength to fight against level 8. He doesn¡¯t know about level 9. He¡¯s never seen one for himself and even in the virtual version, Cha Jun Sung is the only one who seeded in a raid. Cha Jun Sung will be able topare them. ¡°We¡¯re in the middle.¡± The Rankers¡¯ abilities are stuck between levels 7 and 8. How strong is Cha Jun Sung? Would he have recovered his abilities from the virtual version? They¡¯ll be able to know by watching him. Chapter 227 Volume 8 / Chapter 227 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Isleidir ¡°Freezing field.¡± Ice Queen¡¯s battlesuit emits a chill that is almost at absolute zero. The surrounding water freezes. It is nearly on a scale of hundreds of meters. An ice ind forms in the middle of the open sea. The female Deep-Sea Teeth twists her giant body. The freezing field spreads like an epidemic and has an effect on the female¡¯s body. It has a power that would make most mutants below level 7 into ice statues, but it doesn¡¯t have the same effect on level 8s. The female¡¯s movements grew slower as it continued to be exposed to the freezing field. Its muscles had stiffened from the chill. ¡°Buster ze.¡± ¡°Chunmapo.¡± Bang! Boom Buster and re Gunbine the hand cannons they had in each hand into one. A beames out of a muzzle that is 1m in diameter. The female¡¯s body takes a hit from the beam and bes dented. It is so big that it is impossible to create a wound with even a 9bination offensive skill. ¡°Energy explosion.¡± Nuclear concentrates the energy to his right hand. Then a round, blue sphere as big as his head came up andpressed to the size of his fist. It is a bomb. It isn¡¯t something he bought from the store. It is a kind of energy ball that is created by grafting together the battlesuit¡¯s energy and various techniques. It¡¯s power depends on the amount of energy that is poured into it. Maximum energy can topple a whole building. Boom! Nuclear¡¯s energy ball enters the wound that is forming, and explodes. Large chunks of flesh scatter all over the ocean. Most of the Rankers battling the female are long-distance fighters. This is more advantageous because there isn¡¯t anywhere to stand and fight. Weapon Master, Chamma Sword, Dual de, Longines, Ghost Gun, Nile Tail, and ck Panther are fighting level 7s somewhere. That doesn¡¯t mean they can ignore close-range fighting. The barrier needs to be firm so that those supporting from behind can feel at ease. Han Chang Jin, who is wearing a battlesuit half timesrger than those of other Rankers and even Cha Jun Sung¡¯s, takes on the female¡¯s attack. The battlesuit¡¯s surface is covered in silver metal. It is an iron defense characteristic with defense specialization of outer armor reinforcement. Han Chang Jin put a thick chain through the female¡¯s mouth and blocked it so it couldn¡¯t dive. It is impossible for him to do alone because of the difference in mass. He ced a restriction on its movement like Ice Queen did so that the Rankers would be stuck to it and engage in a power contest as though fishing if it dives. They got dragged that much, but the female didn¡¯t create enough distance to run from the Rankers. She can¡¯t abandon the baby. There hadn¡¯t been anything on the female¡¯s back, but a deep cut formed near the dorsal fin and blood spilled out. Basil had approached in stealth mode. The Rankers were well coordinated. They used each of their abilities effectively, so theyplemented each other¡¯s disadvantages and maximized the advantages. Each individual has their own clear characteristics, but it isn¡¯t a mission that they canplete by doing well alone. It is a level A advancement. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group refrained from personal behavior and increased power through team y. They were doing well without any problems until now. Kyak! ¡°Oh. The Albatrus is getting pushed.¡± The Deep-Sea Teeth called in too many sharks. It had already been long since the water near the Albatrus had been filled with the blood of sharks and Lifers. Swarm of sharks got through the hail of bullets and submersibles barrier, aiming for the Albatrus that is being protected with a warrior barrier. Due to the nature of the ship, it will be hard to handle if the battle gets into a second melee. Lifers take out their reinforced rifles and vibrating weapons, and dive. There was no reason for them to get attacked when bringing on the long-distance attack, but the number of injured and dead is increasing as they take on the sharks. ¡®Who do we need to take out?¡¯ Strategist¡¯s brain starts to turn. Ice Queen is optimal. If she wraps the Albatrus with a freezing field, it can endure the shark attack. However, Ice Queen is the most important debuff Lifer in fighting against the Deep-Sea Teeth. Her role is as important as Han Chang Jin¡¯s. Her presence decreased the Deep-Sea Teeth¡¯s power by 20%. ¡®It¡¯ll take time for these people fighting against level 7s, so we need to take out at least 2 people.¡¯ Strategist chose himself as one. They are fighting so well that he doesn¡¯t need to orchestrate the battle. Who should the other person be? ¡°I¡¯ll go.¡± Kyoko appears in front of Strategist. She is least important of the 13 in battle. She has a greater role in support than in direct battle. Strategist hadn¡¯t thought of her because though she is a level A Lifer, her battlesuit has been renovated for medical technology. ¡°Jin Hyuk taught me how to shoot, so I¡¯ll be able to hold my own.¡± Kyoko takes a Diablo, a level A store sniper rifle, from her spacepression bag. It has explosive power, so it is effective if used well. ¡°Alright. The two of us will go.¡± ¡°Okay!¡± Park Jin Hyuk worried about Kyoko separating from himself, but he didn¡¯t show it. As long as they have entered the mission, she needs to do her part as well. Strategist and Kyoko retreat to support the Albatrus. The number of Lifers has visibly decreased. It seems at least 300 people have died. The battle isn¡¯t over. They can¡¯t tell how many people will die going forward. Bang! Han Chang Jin gets hit with the female¡¯s tail and goes flying. He was flung with the fearsome power as if he were a pebble. He went flying easily 500 to 600m. The iron defense is protecting his body, but it is an attack weighing millions of tons. The impact will be big. The female threw Han Chang Jin, and her next target is Ice Queen. She had prioritized who to kill while fighting. These are the top two. Boom boom boom! Another hit with the tail. A tidal wavees in. Boom Buster and re Gun raise the hand cannon. All they have to do is vaporize or explode. ¡°Run!¡± Nuclear yells. Behind the wave, the 200mrge female tries to jump into the Rankers. Bang! The weight isn¡¯t convertible, but it presses the sea level and creates an incredible shockwave. A ripple will form even when a pebble is thrown into a calmke. The waves of the sea aren¡¯t calm, but the aftermath is crazy. ¡°Is everyone okay?¡± ¡°We¡¯re okay. This is insane. Overload taking a monster like that alone!¡± re Gun spoke as though sick of it. With Strategist and Kyoko out, there are 11 people. Those 11 people are battling one level 8. ¡°Why isn¡¯t iting out?¡± It needs toe out if it went in, but it isn¡¯t showing itself. Did it leave the baby and run away? That isn¡¯t it. Cha Jun Sung is still fighting with the male. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group and the Rankers went into the sky. Deep-Sea Teeth are big, so their shadows inevitably show if they are swimming near sea level. ¡°It¡¯sing.¡± Something ising up. Is it the female? They predict it to be the female. Boom! It is a giant water column. It is simr to the Turtle Babies that the Captain Turtles shot out. Half of the 11 people were swept under the water column. Water pressure that can crush a battlesuit. 5 people couldn¡¯t bnce, and fall to the sea. From below, the female soars up with her mouth open. Bang! Someone flew toward the female¡¯s face, and brought down a weapon. A wound deeper and wider than the weapon forms. The female falls out of the direction of her attack from the pain on her face. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group saw the person who helped them, and their faces brighten. ¡°Take the people who fell back, and reorganize. I¡¯ll block her.¡± It is Cha Jun Sung. The battle against the male was very simple. He didn¡¯t need to be calcting like he had been with Narsiel and Vanessa. It is because he had lured it near sea level. If he had been fighting deep in the sea where he needed to endure the water pressure, this wouldn¡¯t have happened. Even the Albatrus was being pushed back. The male had followed Cha Jun Sung, and shot a water cannon. It must be able to adjust the pressure, because it shot in spurts like a gun instead of shooting out in one long stream. It might look tacky, but it has decent destructive power. Each one could destroy a car. ¡®Pattern inputplete.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung is sure. As long as the Albatrus hangs on, he, Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group, and Rankers can take care of this. It won¡¯t take a long time. The male and female surround Cha Jun Sung from the front and back. He is rxed. ¡°Idiots. Big guys like you aren¡¯t suited for team y against small opponents like me.¡± There is a lot that they upy, but there isn¡¯t much that they can attack. They end up crashing whether they like it or not. On the other hand, there aren¡¯t many ces where they can hit Cha Jun Sung. Those two huge bodies will get hit even if he shoots at them with his eyes closed. ¡°Environment is important too. Do you understand me?¡± There is an unmistakable homeground advantage. Just as people can¡¯t use their strength underwater, fish can¡¯t use their strength outside of the water. Sea level isn¡¯t outside water, but the Lifers who are capable of battling in flight were able to escape the bothersome water pressure and recover some amount of freedom. It is an environment in which they are at an absolute disadvantage. Strategist¡¯s thinking had brought them to a ce where they could be equals even if they couldn¡¯t be at an advantage. Cha Jun Sung watched the male and female pair growling in front of him, and took a deep breath. He¡¯ll be level S as long as he finishes this. There¡¯s no higher from there. He has enough points to go shopping in the level S store as well. If he eats those guys andbines the reward points, he could have over 20 billion. ¡°I wonder. What¡¯ll it be like after if I kill Evil Queen.¡± If hepletes level S missions and kills all the level 9s, will that be the end of Life Mission? Is there an end to Life Mission? Papat! Cha Jun Sung stopped thinking and threw his body. If he started something, he needs to end it. When he attacked, Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group and the Rankers also started attacking with their guns. ¡°Be my foothold.¡± There¡¯s no point even if they reject this. He isn¡¯t doing this with the intention of getting permission. Chapter 228 Volume 8 / Chapter 228 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda An unmeasurable giant creature cuts through the ocean. It moves like a threaded needle going back and forth, sewing cloth. It is foolish to evenpare because of the size of the ocean, but just that area looked like it was being threaded. The body movement itself is slow. It looks very slow. But each movement brings it forward hundreds of meters in distance. It was going back because of a sweet smell. It is curious because it¡¯s something it¡¯s smelling for the first time, but it doesn¡¯t get seduced. It is a ruler. Nothing can distract itsposure. The creature stopped moving. The sweet smell is slowly fading. Instead, the smell of those guys it ran into not long ago bes stronger. A fairly strong male and female pair. It has been wandering the sea for a long time, but they are some of the strongest they have seen until now. It¡¯s sure that nothing in this ocean can take them on. What is going on over there? It isn¡¯t sure, but it is sure of one thing. Something exciting is waiting. *** Bang bang! Nuclear¡¯s energy ball gets embedded in the male¡¯s pupil. He used most of the energy left in his battlesuit. An increase in destructive power is inevitable, and the flesh scatters. Boom boom boom! It is out of energy. The male is unable to regenerate the area where its eye has exploded, and flips with its stomach turned up. It floats on the water and breathes heavily. It¡¯s body is covered in wounds from cuts and bombs. The male looked from one ce to another. It has seen the dead female and baby. It was about to follow them. ¡°Farewell.¡± Hades cuts the male¡¯s neck with wind pressure. They couldn¡¯t dissect it due to its size, but the trajectory of the vacuum wave gave the final blow. [You have killed the Deep-Sea Teeth. You have earned 2.5 billion points and 5 billion achievement points. You havepleted the level A advancement mission, Deep-Sea Teeth. You have earned 8 billion reward points. Cha Jun Sung is subject to upgrade ¨C level S missions and store have been opened.] As everyone had expected, Cha Jun Sung was the only one to advance. If it hadn¡¯t been for Cha Jun Sung, it could have been someone else. The battle would have been more fierce with the absence of a strong power. There would have been more sacrifices made, and someone would have stepped up. ¡°I ¨C I can¡¯t fight anymore.¡± ¡°Phew! It¡¯s done anyway.¡± The ice ind that Ice Queen created near the male is visible. It is about 1/10 of the size it normally is because shecked the energy. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group and the Rankers are spread out on that small ind. It is a terrible sight. A majority of the battlesuits are severely damaged. The aftermath of battle. It is a big show. Cha Jun Sung, 11 Lifers and two level 8s had incredible pressure in frontal confrontation regardless of winners and losers. They wanted to fight by hitting and retreating even if this takes some time, but it isn¡¯t a situation where they can do that. The Albatrus is getting pushed. They need to finish up the battle here somehow and then help out on that side. But once the battle with the Deep-Sea Teeth was over, only one person was able to move and he was already on his way to help. ¡°He flies.¡± ¡°His stamina is one thing, but we can¡¯t ignore his battlesuit¡¯s performance either.¡± The Lifers resting on the ice ind all look at one ce. As soon as Cha Jun Sung killed the male and arrived at the Albatrus, he swept the battlefield. The sharks are scattering everywhere following the Deep-Sea Teeth¡¯s loss, but it¡¯s slow because there are so many of them. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group and the Rankers took out their general charging devices and recovered their battlesuits¡¯ energy. They already used all of the rapid charging devices. While Cha Jun Sung attacked near the Albatrus, the 7 Rankers who had gone to take on the level 7s began to resume their positions one by one. They aren¡¯t in good shape either, but they are more at ease. As soon as they joined in battle, they chased the sharks away with Cha Jun Sung as the principal axis. ¡°Is it...plete.¡± Strategist got an idea of the battle¡¯s atmosphere and gave a hollow smile. He doesn¡¯t remember when it started, but now there are more times when he feels empty due to the death of his colleagues rather than a feeling of achievement that the mission isplete. Survivors are flowers that bloom from the sacrifices of others. They used those opportunities created through their deaths as footholds to go up. Those with more, gain more. Those who lose, lose more. They hadn¡¯t been able to advance, but Strategist¡¯s grouppleted the mission and survived while earning a vast amount of points. It is sad, but he thinks of it as one step forward while establishing a friendly rtionship with Cha Jun Sung who has opened up level S. If he supports them with level S items, they will be able to develop even more. Completion without victims might even be possible. ¡°It¡¯s time to go back. Uranos, do your best and wrap up the battlefield.¡± [Cyborg ejection.] The cyborgs remaining on board go out, leaving the mutants alone, and collect and take care of everything rted to Lifers. The victims don¡¯t return and just watch this. They need to get a count of the damage, but at a nce, it looks like half have died. Cha Jun Sung recovers Hades, goes up in the air, and goes past the ice ind. He looks at the Deep-Sea Teeth that are dead in different ces. ¡°Parents who think of their children. I guess all living creatures are the same.¡± He doesn¡¯t feel sorry or pity or anything. As long as he has entered with the intention to kill, those kinds of feelings are a luxury. He is just understanding that those guys are struggling to live just like they are. ¡°Are we the same?¡± Lifers don¡¯t know that they¡¯re specimens for experiment either. Cha Jun Sung is the only one who is close to the hidden truth. [Sincere congrattions. Lifer Cha Jun Sung, I¡¯m proud of you. The only level S Lifer. I knew you could do it.] It finally became reality for Cha Jun Sung that he had be level S once he heard Odin speak. He had been busy with battle before, and had ignored the notice even after hearing it. He hadn¡¯t had the chance to check how many points he got and that he had advanced. How many level S missions are there? Are there 5 since Cruel King is dead? Or is it 6 including that cocoon? He¡¯ll be able to find out more in detail once he returns. His total points are about 20 billion. He bought a battlesuit, so he can pay attention to other areas. He¡¯ll need to take care of the specifications he iscking in. [First, let us go back to the Albatrus.] ¡°Jun Sung! Let¡¯s go back!¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Strategist¡¯s radio. Park Jin Hyuk was sitting on the ice ind as he called to Cha Jun Sung who is floating in the air. Lifers are returning one by one. Cha Jun Sung turned around to go back. Their work is done here. At that moment, Cha Jun Sung froze as though he had been hit by lightning. ¡®What is this? This energy?¡¯ Something he can¡¯t identify is binding him. He wants to turn around and look, but he can¡¯t. His body won¡¯t listen to him. [Activate the reverse tracking camera!] Odin realized something strange was going on, and turns on the camera built into the battlesuit. The cameras change direction and film the rear. Though they only maintained basic functions, to think that they didn¡¯t know until it had approached! Woong! The rear viewes up on his battlesuit¡¯s hologram. It is the open sea, but below sea level, a long and giant shadow shows under the sunlight. [Infrared ray, thermal detection impossible! It is a mutant that can control its body temperature and assimte to the environment! Estimated length 1255m. At this kind of size, could it be?] From the way it hides, it is like Basil¡¯s 9bination stealth. He is level S, but it hadn¡¯t been detected by the battlesuit¡¯s basic probe. His body trembles. Cold sweat forms on Cha Jun Sung¡¯s entire body. His mouth dries up. He doesn¡¯t sweat much because he is a mutant and the temperature inside the battlesuit is always controlled, but he can¡¯t help it now. ¡°Tell Strategist to run away or return to reality immediately.¡± [Transferring information... Transmissionplete! Lifer Cha Jun Sung, you also need to hurry up and evacuate!] Cha Jun Sung shakes his head. He needs to buy time for them to get away. They¡¯ll all get swept away if he boards the Albatrus. Cha Jun Sung dives into the ocean with the reverse booster. He doesn¡¯t know how this happened. What he is sure of is that it has already happened. He is submerged in the sea in a tense state. Cha Jun Sung saw it. It is atrocious, but it has arrogant eyes. Sea God Levadan. Chapter 229 Volume 8 / Chapter 229 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°Good ¨C goodness!¡± ¡°It¡¯s ¨C it¡¯s a monster.¡± Levadan shows up in the mirror image. The Lifers on board and Strategist who got information from Cha Jun Sung were able to see Levadan better than Cha Jun Sung could. 1255m in length and 100m in diameter. It looks like a dragon from someic book or ssic novel. That¡¯s Sea God Levadan. It is a legendary monster. It has six pairs of horns on its head and looks like a reptile. But the moment they look at it, its eyes make them lose the will to battle. The blue scales all over its entire body made the Lifers feel sick. [Levadan! We finally found its location!] All of the helpers including Uranos said simr words, in a simr tone at the same time as though it had been nned. The Lifers are taken aback. They found the location? Levadan wanders around thousands of meters deep into the sea. Due to this, not even artificial intelligence can find it. It showed itself asionally, but that was really rare. It isn¡¯t onnd like other level 9s, so it is hard to find. But for whatever reason, it has appeared in front of the Lifers. [We need to put a location tracking device on it.] Uranos shows consciousness. It falls out of Strategist¡¯s will. But that doesn¡¯t mean he acts however he wants to. One wrong move could mean annihtion. [Uranos. Lifer Cha Jun Sung says that he will buy time for us to get away.] [Odin. You must know as well, but this is the perfect opportunity to keep an eye on Levadan, who has been out of our reach. Do you understand what I¡¯m saying?] Odin agrees with this as well. Levadan is elusive, popping up in the east and the west. That¡¯s why they hadn¡¯t been able to create missions rted to it. [Wait. It¡¯s something that you all can¡¯t do, so I¡¯ll ask him what he thinks.] Odin tries Cha Jun Sung. He knows the secrets of Life Mission to an extent. Therefore, it is easy to exin when rying sensitive issues. Cha Jun Sung is half and half on installing a location tracking device. He¡¯ll fight Levadan if he needs to, but he won¡¯t provoke it first if he doesn¡¯t have to. [The authority is applying a special mission.] [Level A advancement mission: Instation of a location tracking device] ¨C Goal: Attainment ¨C Description: Install a location tracking device on ruler of the broad sea, Sea God Levadan, and get out of the mission area! ¨C Reward: 10,000,000,000 points. Lucky box. It isn¡¯t a level S mission because he isn¡¯t meant to fight. But the reward for a level A advancement is 10 billion points. It is of an entirely different ss. How many points would it have been if he were to kill it? It would be tens of billions of points. ¡°It¡¯s dangerous to run away in the ocean. Uranos, operate floating mode.¡± Floating mode. Albatrus is a submarine. That means it is inefficient to put all the energy into the booster, but it can fly in the air for even a moment. No matter how big and strong Levadan is, it cannot fly in the air without wings. He will soar into the air and return to Mechanic City. ¡°Let¡¯s kill it with spiral swills. There¡¯s no reason to keep saving it.¡± ¡°The opponent isn¡¯t good.¡± If they fire the spiral swills, it will use all of the ship¡¯s energy. It takes time to fill it up as well. There¡¯s no guarantee that they will hit and kill it. They can¡¯t take the gamble. Boom! Albatrus¡¯ booster tilts vertically and takes the ship 950m into the air. Levadan isn¡¯t showing any strange movements. It isn¡¯t here to fight. It hase out of pure curiosity. The Lifers think differently. They have a simr mindset as Cha Jun Sung. They won¡¯t hit first if they aren¡¯t provoked. This new phenomenon is interesting as well. The Albatrus flies. It goes up hundreds of meters, but they cannot be at ease even if they have gone several kilometers because of Levadan¡¯s length and the breadth of its attack. Levadan res and looks over the bloody battlefield. Sharks are either floating or in pieces all over the ce. Their king and queen and their baby are dead, too. [Interesting.] [Really?] Levadan is talking to itself, but Cha Jun Sung responds. Odin raised the volume on the voice amplifier. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s sound bes amplified by several times. It is a conversation between mutants. It is the principle of telepathy. The high and low tones of their growling with emotions mixed in, ry their messages. [Are you the same race?] [I¡¯m a human... the same race.] He isn¡¯t talking about sea mutants. He¡¯s talking about his nature. Cha Jun Sung was going to say that he is human, but he just admitted it himself. [This is the first time I¡¯m seeing something like you. What is that? Is that a shell?] [I guess you could say that.] [Show your real self. Are you showing yourself to me with a shell?] [I can¡¯t live in the ocean. Without this, it¡¯s hard for me to breathe.] He needs to breathe on his own if he releases the battlesuit and awakens, but Cha Jun Sung is and mutant, so he can¡¯t act freely. He¡¯ll have to swim since he won¡¯t have a booster, and it will get pathetic. He probably won¡¯t be able to show the power of a level 7 either. [I understand.] [Why did youe here?] [I was on my way home when I smelled something sweet. I turned around and came here because I wanted to see what was going on.] Oh! It seems Lifers¡¯ blood lured Levadan as well. If they had known a level 9 would react, they would have reconsidered using blood as bait. [Other guys were going toe to, but they decided not to when they realized I wasing. If they hade, you wouldn¡¯t have been able to take them on with your tired body.] It is fortunate that Levadan has no intention to fight them. He is confident that he can run away, but he doesn¡¯t know what damages there might be. Vroom! Cha Jun Sung looks up toward the sky. Albatrus is returning. He is alone. If he returns, they will feel much more liberated. [I¡¯ll ask. What are you?] [A hunter.] [Hunter?] [I live to hunt, to kill things like you. You¡¯ll be hunted down by us one day too, though it won¡¯t be easy.] Levadan roars at the sudden provocation. The sea shakes with sound waves ringing everywhere. It isughing in disbelief, not in anger. [Hah! Me? I¡¯m the ruler. Nothing can take me on.] Cha Jun Sung took out a machine the size of a fingernail, and went toward Levadan. He is doing this because he knows that it doesn¡¯t want to fight. A weak sense. It is simr to the proportion of a single grain of sand to a beach, but the Levadan is able to feel even the smallest changes in its body. [If you keep this piece on you, hunters will go looking for you shortly. Take it off if you¡¯re scared, and keep it on if you¡¯re confident.] It is a level 9. It won¡¯t reject him because of its pride. [My day to day is boring. I¡¯ll enjoy ripping and breaking those that try to challenge me as they did in the past.] Cha Jun Sung went back again. In actuality, he wanted to hurry up and get away. It is hard to even withstand Levadan¡¯s energy. He is feeling the pressure he felt from ck Lord. Considering the ocean as an environment, not even ck Lord would be able to beat Levadan in a fight here. No level 9s really. [Even being in front of you is tiring. If you allow it, I want to go.] [Those guys. Did you do that?] [Webined our strength, but I was at the forefront. Why are you asking?] Levadan gestures toward the Deep-Sea Teeth. It grows dark. [Are you strong?] [Here? In the sea?] [Your nature itself.] [Nature? I guess you could say I¡¯m strong. But I can¡¯t beat you.] Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t show unnecessary pride. Levadan has the temperament of ck Lord and Red Eye. [Is that so? Fine. I won¡¯t kill you. But prove it.] Boom! Levadan¡¯s bodypresses and shoots out like a spring. The attacks of giant species usually begin from their bodies. Boom boom boom! Cha Jun Sung went back as much as it came at him with his reverse booster. However, the Levadan is much faster. A 1200m body can¡¯t be ignored. No matter how diligently an ant moves, it bes meaningless next to a human step. Its huge mouth with sharp teeth opens. Its mouth is several timesrger than that of the Deep-Sea Teeth. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t avoid it first. The attack range is wide, so he can¡¯t avoid it easily. If that¡¯s the case, it¡¯s better to wait and first figure out where it will attack. ¡®It is a simple bodily attack pattern? It¡¯s plenty strong just looking at this, but Lifers could catch it if they came in as a huge group.¡¯ He doesn¡¯t let down his guard. There¡¯s no way a level 9 can only do this much. The beyond level 7 sea mutant he has seen until now has skills other than bodily attacks like sucking in water pressure and shooting its breath. If Levadan shoots that, it will show a power that is iparable to that of its underlings. And he was too right. Boom boom boom boom! It is a long spear formed out of the water. Levadan sucked in seawater, didn¡¯t let it out all at once, but fired it little by little as though spitting. The problem is that the spitting cycle goes four or five times per second. Each spear goes at supersonic speed. The difficult situation continued. Papapat! Cha Jun Sung was busy avoiding them. He isn¡¯t avoiding them by seeing them with his eyes and hearing them with his ears. It is with his mutant instincts and immediate reactions of his battlesuit. The firing cycles get shorter and shorter. It is like a machine gun. Cha Jun Sung hits away the water spears flying at him with Hades. Incredible repulsive force. He loses bnce because his hands and feet are entangled. A water spear collides with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s chest. The energy barrier was the first to reduce the shock, and the battlesuit¡¯s armor was the secondary measure to do so. Even that isn¡¯t enough, so he goes flying far away even with the water¡¯s resistance. ¡®I can¡¯t use all of the battlesuit functions because there isn¡¯t enough energy.¡¯ He wasn¡¯t able to go over his gear after battle. He can¡¯t even use 50% power so as of now, he can¡¯t respond to a simple attack. Levadan goes soaring. It is going for him while he is struggling to find bnce again. ¡®Damn it!¡¯ Should he use the reverse booster to get away? No. It could be expecting this. Then he will go in a direction that isn¡¯t expected. Forward. Cha Jun Sung goes to meet Levadan. There is embarrassment in Levadan¡¯s eyes. That small thing is thinking of taking him on? Hades scrapes by Levadan¡¯s eyes. Then he goes flying high. Levadan struggles in pain and res up at Cha Jun Sung, who is looking down at it from the sky. [I¡¯ll let you go. This wound ¨C I won¡¯t heal it and I¡¯ll just leave it. Did you say beings like you wille looking for me? I¡¯ll wee a challenge any time.] [You have seeded in cing a location tracking device on Levadan¡¯s body. You have earned 10 billion reward points.] He has already opened level S missions and the store, so this does not get replicated. Only Cha Jun Sung got reward points for the location tracking device. With this, the cumtive amount is 30 billion. He has gained the foundation to go into a level S mission. Levadan dives into the sea. It came here out of curiosity, but it was pretty fun. It came a long distance, but it had its worth. ¡°There¡¯s really no way to know what¡¯ll happen with this world.¡± He entered a mission to advance, but hadn¡¯t dreamed he would meet Levadan. It is a variable. If he had been weak, he would have been killed by this variable. He needs to get stronger. If he wants to stay alive, he needs to get stronger. Cha Jun Sung was deep in thought, and then went back to reality. When Cha Jun Sung opened his eyes however, he wasn¡¯t in reality, the briefing room, or Mechanic City, but in some random ce he had never seen before. Chapter 230 Volume 8 / Chapter 230 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°... Where is this?¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes and voice are full of wariness. He did not pull out Hades or showbative behavior however. He is positive this is an unfamiliar ce, but it doesn¡¯t have an atmosphere of danger. It is just a little ufortable. The three choices for a Lifer whopletes a mission are reality, briefing room, and Mechanic City. There is nothing else. Of those, the return locations for reality and Mechanic City are different ording to summons locations, but they aren¡¯t in ces that Lifers don¡¯t know about. ¡°It this a hotel?¡± The overall configuration is that of arge, luxurious roomparable to that of the royal or diamond room of a top hotel. Its difference from a modern hotel is that it is a little more futuristic. It is like a newly-built hotel, as if it ispletely outfitted in Life Mission store products. No. It really is. ¡°Odin. Odin?¡± Cha Jun Sung kept calling for Odin, but he doesn¡¯t respond. He looked at his PDA, but it only functions as a watch. It doesn¡¯t do anything. It won¡¯t go into the store, and he can¡¯t contact Odin. His return is blocked as well. Only the number indicating the time in reality changes. ¡°What is it now?¡± ¡°I apologize. I invited you, but it isn¡¯t an invitation that I got consent for.¡± Cha Jun Sung was surprised by the sounding from behind him, but he didn¡¯t react. It is just seriousness in which he can¡¯t sense animosity. ¡°Hologram?¡± A hologram in the form of a person, smiles at Cha Jun Sung. It is amazingly clear. It is as though a real person is standing in front of him. It is so clear that if he hadn¡¯t been wearing his battlesuit or if he wasn¡¯t a Lifer who had gone through body modifications, he wouldn¡¯t have been able to tell if it were a real or virtual image. ¡°I¡¯ll apologize once more. It is bad manners not to go out to greet a guest, but please understand that I cannot do that.¡± ¡°What are you?¡± It is a middle-aged man. He looked older than himself, so Cha Jun Sung addressed him as an elder. ¡°We don¡¯t have much time. I don¡¯t know if I¡¯ll have enough time to exin everything. Take a seat.¡± The man walks. Cha Jun Sung follows. He directed Cha Jun Sung to sit across from him in a gentleman-like gesture. ¡°I¡¯ll skip the small talk and get straight to the point. Odin will exin the rest.¡± Cha Jun Sung nods. If time is limited, he needs to hear what is important. Cha Jun Sung doesn¡¯t know anything at this point, not even why he is in this ce. However, he doesn¡¯t need to hear the information he can get from Odin. He¡¯ll hear what he can¡¯t from this man, and then fit everything together like a puzzle. ¡°Great. You make decisions quickly. I didn¡¯t know we¡¯d meet like this, but it¡¯s a pleasure. I¡¯m Jigneon, the General Manager of Life Mission.¡± *** Meeting General Manager Jigneon. The chance of this happening is like that of getting stabbed randomly in the street. But even if Cha Jun Sung had been expecting this to happen, he would have been surprised anyway. The person who created Life Mission, which is inexplicable with modern science and is something that might appear in the story of a novel, is right in front of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes. And that person is telling him something incredible. ¡°Are you saying that this Borteth went against a promise the supervisors made, got out of control, and ¡®started interfering¡¯?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ¡°But this sounds like an issue within your group. Why are you telling me? The officials can just figure it out among themselves.¡± Cha Jun Sung shows a little antipathy toward Jigneon. He is going through missions of his own will, but he doesn¡¯t like that he is being used as a specimen for experiment. Jigneon didn¡¯t continue speaking right away. He took a sip of the tea he had been stirring in his hand. He was drinking tea in real life, too. ¡°There are two reasons.¡± ¡°Two?¡± ¡°You¡¯re the only Lifer who can resolve or interfere in this matter, and you will be affected by this intervention.¡± Cha Jun Sung frowns. They are speaking without his battlesuit, so his expression shows. ¡°Borteth has a lot of ambition. As one of the three Life Mission supervisors, he wants to surpass Gabenu and me in getting the top results.¡± A moderate amount of ambition can be a source of power. Not having that amount of ambition means that the person does not want it enough. But it is severe in Borteth¡¯s case. It goes beyond ambition to greed. ¡°The process doesn¡¯t matter as long as the results are good, so Borteth does annoying things and he always get some kind of result. Even if he fails, so he doesn¡¯t feel discouraged. It seems that¡¯s why he won¡¯t leave it alone. He¡¯s breaking all of our promises too.¡± If entrepreneurs who want to be richmit crimes in order to seed, most wille under judgment of thew. It isn¡¯t right topare with Life Mission, but a collision is inevitable if everyone is going on a righteous path and only one person tries to stray from that. If that collision bes an emotional fight, it could ruin everything. ¡°It isn¡¯t good to ignore the processes. I¡¯m not talking about rules or promises. Those are important, but there is something else that is truly important.¡± ¡°Are you referring to order?¡± It is a part that Cha Jun Sung doesn¡¯t understand as he listens. ¡°It¡¯s simr. ording to the way you put it, everything has an order. But what do you think will happen if we ignore that order? The warped order might be visible in the beginning, but it bes harder and harder to keep track of as it bes more entangled.¡± There are things that the three supervisors need to consult each other on while proceeding, but Borteth is acting alone. ¡°One of those independent actions was the Heavy Gravity in North America.¡± ¡°Oh!¡± ¡°We gained a lot of data from that battle between you and the level 8s then. The result is good, isn¡¯t it? What do you think happened to Borteth after that?¡± ¡°Punishment...¡± ¡°He did receive punishment even if it wasn¡¯t very drastic. The problem started from there.¡± Borteth had already shown severe opposition, but getting punished by Jigneon after getting clear results made him revolt. On top of that, he formed bad feelings toward Cha Jun Sung, who is the source of his punishment. Cha Jun Sung had be a subject for him to vent on. Cha Jun Sung was speechless in disbelief. ¡°I¡¯ll refer to them as investors to make it easier for you to understand. Those investors are looking kindly on Borteth¡¯s independent actions kindly as well. You understand why, right?¡± It¡¯s because the results are good. Jigneon gave him punishment but it was released quickly. There¡¯s a reason why he acts on his own ridiculously even when he is being threatened. No matter how much they don¡¯t like it, Borteth is one of the three people who created Life Mission. He is a major shareholder with 33.3% of shares. ¡°You understand that you¡¯ll be disadvantaged, right? If we leave him alone now, he¡¯s sure to take his anger out on you.¡± ¡°What a crazy bastard.¡± He¡¯ll always have to be on guard, but it¡¯ll be really dangerous if Borteth interferes while he is fighting a level 8 likest time. He doesn¡¯t want to make a supervisor into the enemy. If helpers are the messengers of god in Life Mission, the supervisors are those gods. The future is clear if the creature makes the creator into the enemy. ¡°Did you secretly bring me here to help me?¡± Jigneon had matched Cha Jun Sung¡¯s return time on purpose. It would have been too obvious if he got summoned from reality, so he used the point when the gate opened. ¡°Borteth chose a Lifer to act on his behalf. He means to act from the shadows rather than showing himself on the forefront. This means that if something goes wrong, he¡¯ll be able to cut it off from the tail. This will make it more frustrating, so what will you do? I have to choose one too. You.¡± There is a saying that a shrimp¡¯s back bursts in a fight between whales. Cha Jun Sung felt strange because it was as though a mere human was being ced in the middle of a fight between gods. ¡°Is the Lifer Borteth chose a Ranker?¡± ¡°I heard he is a Ranker.¡± ¡°World Federation? Bloody Kingdom?¡± ¡°Which do you think?¡± It doesn¡¯t seem like he would be from World Federation. All of the Lifers there are honest. A few have strange personalities, but none would be willing to do whatever Borteth told them to do as if they were machines. ¡°Thetter.¡± ¡°Right. Will you be able to figure out who it is?¡± ¡°Blood King? Dark Side?¡± There aren¡¯t many in Bloody Kingdom who are both skilled and smart. The two he just mentioned are the best. ¡°Neither. Borteth needs an avatar that¡¯ll do what he wants on his behalf. Those two are smart. They would probably just pretend to obey Borteth and calcte their options instead.¡± ¡°Then?¡± ¡°It¡¯s no fun if I tell you. I have a video to show you. Once I show you this and tell you what I need to say, our conversation will be over.¡± Chapter 231 Volume 9 / Chapter 231 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Jigneon flicks his finger. A hologram appears in the air, showing a mission area. Boom boom boom! Thousands of Lifers are engaged in a vicious melee against mutants. Cha Jun Sung saw this and remembered fighting in the ocean. The battles are the same, the only difference beingnd and sea. ¡°What mark is that?¡± A familiar guild mark. It is on the tip of his tongue, but he cannot recall it. He said that it would be Bloody Kingdom, but that isn¡¯t the mark of Bloody Kingdom. ¡°It¡¯s a level A mission.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± Was Bloody Kingdom big enough to go into level A? Something that even the World Federation has been putting off? Are they pushing through with volume? It¡¯s level 8 if it¡¯s a level A. The World Federation could technically go into a level A. If all of the Rankers go up against level 8s, they would be able toplete the mission at the cost of great damage. They haven¡¯t attempted it yet because they want toplete it without making sacrifices. ¡°That¡¯s the Lifer Borteth chose. He gave him benefits under the table.¡± Boom! A giant explosion urs far from the Lifer and mutant battlefield. It is like the power of a missile falling. Boom boom boom boom! Even after the giant explosion faded, there were continuous explosions. The point of view changes. A Lifer is fighting against arge mutant. ¡°Scorpion? Ugh! I think I can remember what that is! What was that called?¡± ¡°Rogue Scorpion Monarch.¡± ¡°Oh right!¡± A giant scorpion with an equal mix of ck and white, brings down four pairs of pincers and three poisoned tails in order to crush the enemy. ck fog floats near the scorpion in a 30 to 40 meter radius. It is an extremely poisonous fog that burns skin just from contact. Level 8 Rogue Scorpion Monarch. He is sure that it is the mutant that Poison King seeded against in a one-person raid in order to enter the disaster ranking. Cha Jun Sung watches the Lifer fighting against the Rogue Scorpion Monarch. He will know who it is right away if he is a Ranker. Rankers have uniquebat styles. It isn¡¯t because they are strong, but because they have individuality. ¡°Tyrant!¡± ¡°Ha ha ha ha! Die!¡± A hologrames up in response to a harsh voiceing out of the battlesuit. It seems this is how the Lifer is being watched. Tyrant is a terrorist. He battles using bombs like Nuclear, who he is affiliated with. That is why the guild mark had been so familiar. He is part of Bloody Kingdom, but he also runs a guild called Rage. This means he doesn¡¯t have to go around with the guild members of Bloody Kingdom. Zing! A bomb in Tyrant¡¯s hand bes red. A red membrane was covering the bomb. A haze flickers around his hand. ¡°Red light bomb.¡± 9bination battlesuit red light bomb. It isn¡¯t a bomb that is sold in the store. It is handmade by buying the materials. It is Tyrant¡¯s unique skill to coagte his own energy into a special bomb. It is simr yet distinct from simr terrorist Nuclear¡¯s energy explosion with a pure energy ball. It is a skill that can be used if it isbined with a level B battlesuit. It isn¡¯t fascinating, but its power bothers Cha Jun Sung. The red light bomb left Tyrant¡¯s hand and every time it exploded, the Rogue Scorpion Monarch¡¯s fog trembles. It is one against one. To be able to battle one-on-one against a level 8. ¡°Did he reachpletion?¡± ¡°Tyrant is on the exact path that you are on.¡± Jigneon said it in a roundabout way, but Cha Jun Sung understood him. There is one way of reachingpletion without going through advancement. If Borteth had given Tyrant the choice of following him for benefits. ¡°... Did he give Tyrant an opening card? Why to someone like him?¡± Nod. ¡°Because there¡¯s no better tool. Think about it. He¡¯ll be easy to control because he¡¯s greedy and selfish. More so than Blood King or Dark Side.¡± He agrees with what Jigneon is saying. It isn¡¯t that Tyrant isn¡¯t smart. He¡¯s the type who is willing to give mutual help if he can get what he wants. When limited to the two-dimensional world of Life Mission, which isn¡¯t touched by modern earth¡¯s power, then he is someone who can do whatever it takes. ¡°It¡¯s strange. Forget the card. How did he do his body modifications? What about the side effects? It isn¡¯t something that can be done easily.¡± Did he withstand the side effects? Even the World Federation Rankers had been stuck at stages 7 and 8 before he helped them. It is normal to hesitate more when ites to stages 9 and 10. ¡°We created Life Mission. The items and body modifications ¨C all of it. The supervisors know how to weaken the side effects thate with body modifications. There is a different way for each person. Borteth used that on Tyrant. That¡¯s how that guy got through stage 10. The only difference between you and him is the 1bination battlesuit.¡± Jigneon didn¡¯t mention Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mutation. He is onlyparing them as humans, with what can be seen to the naked eye. ¡°I told you before, didn¡¯t I? You¡¯re my challenger. I can¡¯t leave them to be so reckless. This experiment needs to flow naturally. The only subjects are Lifers and mutants. Anything beyond is unnecessary.¡± Cha Jun Sung could get a glimpse of Jigneon¡¯s personality. He is an old-fashioned type who is stubborn and ces a lot of importance in principle. Those who aren¡¯t would see this is as frustrating, but he doesn¡¯t seem to be a bad person. ¡®Though I can¡¯t tell what you¡¯re really like.¡¯ He didn¡¯t show it on the outside. Rather than respond to Jigneon, Cha Jun Sung watched Tyrant fight against the Rogue Scorpion Monarch. He is strong. He has found his strength from the virtual version. From the way he is switching items, it seems he scraped together everything he needed with his ample points as a foundation. If he fights as Jigneon¡¯s pawn, he can win. He can win narrowly. The difference in Ranker strength is like a sheet of paper. Even with 10binations, it is difficult to take on two Rankers at the same time. It is a win if if is one-on-one, but a loss if it is two-on-one. If fighting strength has to be calcted, Cha Jun Sung is 1.5 and 1 is a Ranker. That difference bes distinguished amongst Rankers, but this is the average. ¡°You said that I¡¯m a pawn. Why do I need to fight with Tyrant?¡± They were enemies in the virtual version, but they have note across each other in the reality version. There¡¯s no need to bring up old feelings for no reason. ¡°Are you confident you can be free from Borteth? We may not like what he¡¯s doing, but he¡¯s a supervisor. Level S Lifer? That¡¯s nothingpared to a supervisor.¡± For the conversation to go like this, something has gone seriously wrong. ¡°So your point is that you¡¯ll watch my back from Borteth.¡± ¡°I can¡¯t give you the benefits that Borteth gave to Tyrant. That goes against the purpose of Life Mission. However, I can protect you from Borteth. That doesn¡¯t go against the rules.¡± ¡®A threat...¡± Honestly, Cha Jun Sung is suspicious as to whether he really will be threatened and if what Jigneon is saying is the truth. He doesn¡¯t want to be a pawn. But it also doesn¡¯t seem right to ignore all of this. He might gopletely berserk if there is another incidence like Heavy Gravity. ¡®Let¡¯s say I ept. How do we kill Tyrant? If he has the same tendencies he did in the virtual version, he¡¯ll always have a string of subordinates with him.¡¯ The World Federation will ept if he asks them for help. The two powers are enemies. There are a lot of people who have an axe to grind against Bloody Kingdom. But it isn¡¯t something he can bring up to them easily. It¡¯s rted to survival. He doesn¡¯t want to bring Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group into it either. Hepletely took them off the list. Should he just hit and retreat by himself? This is the mostfortable method, but he wants to take care of the situation without revealing his identity. He is desperate for a sparking idea. ¡°Are you considering what will happen when you ept or reject in your mind?¡± ¡°Well...¡± He didn¡¯t deny it. As important as this is, he needs to be that much more cautious. Chapter 232 Volume 9 / Chapter 232 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda ¡°You don¡¯t need to act as a Lifer. Be the subject of the mission. You could be the subject. You wouldn¡¯t be a human at that moment.¡± Cha Jun Sung blinked. If he understood correctly, this means he would take on the role of a mutant being hunted by Lifers. ¡®My identity won¡¯t be revealed if I kill Tyrant in my mutant form.¡¯ There are more pros than cons no matter how he thinks about it, but there is a fatal problem here. The operation is a failure if he can¡¯t figure this out. ¡°Will that be possible when Borteth knows my mutant form?¡± ¡°Only us three supervisors know about this. The general manager used his authority to put a gag order. But the probability that Borteth follows this is low, since going against the rules is his specialty. That¡¯s why I¡¯ll keep Borteth marked while you do it. It¡¯ll be about a couple months.¡± As long as the supervisors don¡¯t get involved, the restrictions on Cha Jun Sung¡¯s actions disappear. It bes an environment in which he can focus on Tyrant. ¡°Is ¡®Tyrant¡¯s death¡¯ all you¡¯re asking for? There¡¯s nothing more, right?¡± ¡°Borteth is abusing his authority as a supervisor. If Tyrant dies, he not only won¡¯t have the power to reinvest, but he can¡¯t use another card so he won¡¯t be able to act so freely. It won¡¯t be easy. You know that, right?¡± He knows well. Jigneon wants Tyrant¡¯s death. In other words, results. He needs to fight Lifers who came in with him as well. If the situation worsens, he might need to face Bloody Kingdom Rankers. ¡®That means I can¡¯t get help.¡¯ His mutation is a secret he can¡¯t tell anyone. If he fights as a mutant, he can¡¯t get help from his friends. He needs to resolve it himself. ¡®Will I be able to control the mutant?¡¯ The superior mutant exercises strong dominance over the inferior mutant. Instilling absolute fear allows a king to reign. Strength is everything with thew of the jungle. If Cha Jun Sung is able to control mutants in the vicinity with his level 8 dominion, it would be of great help. ¡®Funny.¡¯ To be considering it after getting dragged here against his will, he can¡¯t get the drift of whether he should understand or not. ¡°It¡¯ll be extremely bothersome once Borteth decides to disadvantage you in earnest. You need to cut out his pawn before that happens. I¡¯ll keep his eyes and ears covered for the time being. You have nothing to worry about.¡± Jigneon is saying that he will take care of the troublesome aspects so that he can handle the general mission. ¡°I¡¯ll just ask one thing. If this ends in sess, will Borteth find out that I acted as your pawn?¡± ¡°He¡¯ll probably find out once his eyes and ears be uncovered, but didn¡¯t I tell you? I¡¯ll watch your back so that he won¡¯t be able to try again.¡± Cha Jun Sung interpreted Jigneon¡¯s tone, even though he pretended not to. He didn¡¯t speak definitively. He twisted the end subtly. It means that he¡¯ll do his best, but he might not be a perfect defense. ¡®It looks like I¡¯ll be promoted from a subject to vent on to an enemy if this is a sess.¡¯ His friends¡¯ knowledge is too limited for him to discuss with them. There are too many secrets. He¡¯ll need to consult with Odin. Odin could be on Jigneon¡¯s side, but he can just consult with him since he is leaning towards epting. ¡°I want to go home. I¡¯ll contact you within a few days, so let me go.¡± ¡°Alright.¡± Jigneon flicked his fingers once more. Then a return gate appeared next to Cha Jun Sung. It was like a switch. Cha Jun Sung lightly greeted Jigneon and went inside. ¡°I¡¯m neutral.¡± Since he can¡¯t show how he really feels, the ways to show his sincerity are very limited. All he can do is hope that the other person believes him. *** Cha Jun Sung returned home, took a refreshing shower, and slept deeply. He doesn¡¯t feel mental or physical fatigue with his superhuman mind and body. It is out of habit. He has be a mutant, but his habits linger. Cha Jun Sung rested for a day, and then called Odin. Jigneon must have reactivated the system he blocked the day before, because a response came right away. [The three supervisors have very distinct personalities. Jigneon is a monotypical scientist as you said. Borteth is... Gabenu is yful.] Odin didn¡¯t mention Borteth. Cha Jun Sung doesn¡¯t need him to tell him. ¡°Anyway, what you¡¯re saying is that he isn¡¯t one to stab me in the back.¡± [To Jigneon, you¡¯re the Lifer who has the highest chance of showing him the end of Life Mission. And that¡¯s aplishing it with your own strength. There¡¯s no reason for him to use you in a negative direction.] ¡°Is he that trustworthy?¡± [Jigneon and Gabenu don¡¯t mistreat helpers. They acknowledge that we have unique privileges and treat us as beings of value.] Jigneon must be trustworthy from the way Odin is talking about him. It was a choice between epting and rejecting. Since he¡¯s made up his mind, he¡¯ll do it properly. [eptance delivered. Mission adjustment following eptanceplete. You will be able to check the mission description once you choose a departure date. Lifers will be able to see after the mission has been settled.] ¡°Departure... Will it take another couple months?¡± [Time is a flexible factor. It is difficult to say what the duration will be. That isn¡¯t something I can control.] ¡°Then I¡¯ll just rest for a week before I go. I feel bad going right away.¡± They took care of a big case, so Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group won¡¯t be going into any missions for the time being. He¡¯ll hang out with them for a bit and slip away. [Would you like to see the primary missions that have been configured for a weekter? There can be slight subsequent fluctuations.] ¡°Huh? Yeah.¡± [Level Advancement Mission: ck Devil] ¨C Goal: Attainment ¨C Description: Unknown. A ck Devil about which nothing, from where it came from to how it formed, has imed the western region of North America as its territory. Evil Queen and her 4 daughters have gone missing and other level 8s are hiding all their traces. The ck Devil¡¯s appearance is the medium for a new war cloud hovering over North America. Find the existence of the ck Devil wandering somewhere in the west, and restore North America to the hand of mutants! ¨C Reward: 8,000,000,000 points. Lucky box. ¡°Am I the ck Devil?¡± [It is an appropriate title for you. Don¡¯t you like it? We adapted the name from Asia¡¯s ck Demon because you are simr.] Cha Jun Sung flinched momentarily. How would the supervisors react if they found out that ck Demon and he were the same people? Potential level 9. Two ck Demons. They won¡¯t know if he doesn¡¯t tell them. ¡°It makes me cringe.¡± The introduction itself wasn¡¯t that special, but the description made him cringe. 8,000,000,000 designed reward points. It is advancement. It is a bit burdensome. Cha Jun Sung alone cannot handle advancement abilities. Jigneon measured it like this because he is a Lifer. Knowing the enemy and the self always results in wins. Cha Jun Sung knows about Lifers in detail. This is because there is variety in the number of cases. ¡°There aren¡¯t many advancements. I don¡¯t see the Vanessa mission. Didn¡¯t she survive?¡± [She is dead.] ¡°Why?¡± [I don¡¯t know either. The supervisors will know.] She had been injured, but not enough to die. It seems like something is there, but he halted his curiosity. He doesn¡¯t care whether Vanessa is dead or alive. ¡°Maybe it¡¯s because Vanessa is dead, but there are four advancements. Does that mean there are only four opportunities to advance if you can¡¯t find a hidden advancement like with Deep Sea Teeth?¡± It is 5 including Cha Jun Sung¡¯s ck Devil. All of them except 1 are for 8 billion points. The mission with the most points is for 15 billion. It has to be high. It is rted to the cocoon from Africa. ¡°What will it feel like to be the subject of a mission?¡± Cha Jun Sung used to kill mutants, and now the situation has reversed so that he needs to kill Lifers. He won¡¯t say that he won¡¯t kill freely. He will do what he sets out to do. Tyrant doesn¡¯t have remorse or a conscience. ¡°ck Devil. ck Devil? It sticks. I¡¯ll be a Devil. I¡¯ll figure out my abilities for certain as a mutant not a Lifer.¡± He¡¯ll fly as a mutant this time. He will be the winner. ¡°Your mission is a fail. The score is annihtion.¡± Chapter 233 Volume 9 / Chapter 233 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Cha Jun Sung took a short break in reality, and then entered the mission. He told Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group that he was doing some traveling for vacation. They didn¡¯t show any unexpected behavior like offering to go along. They seemed to want to spend some time rxing because the long mission they had just gone through had taken a toll. [One of the helpers will act as you, Cha Jun Sung, in reality.] Communication isn¡¯t possible in different dimensions. Many problems can arise while Cha Jun Sung stays in a mission as the ck Devil. It is strange for someone who said they were going on vacation to be living inside of a mission. That is why they prepared a recement to act like Cha Jun Sung and keep in continuous contact with Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group. This is so that he can focus on just the mission. ¡°Feels empty.¡± Cha Jun Sung looks down at his body. The battlesuit that had always been there is gone. All he has are his casual clothes, which don¡¯t fit in with the mission. He put hisbat equipment in the spacepression bag, and left it in reality. He hase in with his bare body. Cha Jun Sung gained several privileges through ck Devil. First, he can summon the spacepression bag that he left in reality at any time. If he inputs his locations, it wille flying to him like the mail. Second, Jigneon made his PDA small. There is a difference in what it can dopared to the watch type, but he can use it as an earpiece. There is no problem for him to stay in contact with Odin even in mutant form. He hears Odin¡¯s voice in his ear instead of from his wrist. Third, all of the lives he kills are converted into points. Mutants are a given, but even Lifers are counted ording to their level. These are distinct from PK points. He can get points for killing, and he can also take the points that they had umted. The method of calction is different. Fourth, the 8 billion reward points for the ck Devil mission. This goes to Cha Jun Sung if he kills Tyrant. Each level S item is worth billions of points. Cha Jun Sung invested all of the points he got from Deep Sea Teeth to improve his specifications. Thanks to that, he was even able to get switching gear but it is impossible to cover the disposable items. He¡¯ll be able to cover the points that go out from disposable items if hepletes ck Devil. He can gain a lot of points if he does well. ¡°You said this is Canada, right? Why did you choose North America as the mission area?¡± [It might be just the virtual version, but Lifer Cha Jun Sung spent 10 years in North America. You¡¯re more used to it than the other five continents.] He is thoroughly satisfied. There is no ce that is more familiar to him, though there are many more ces that he has not been to than he has been to because it is so big. ¡°Do you really think Tyrant wille in? We don¡¯t know when he¡¯ll enter and we don¡¯t know for sure whether he¡¯ll evene or not. Don¡¯t you think we¡¯ll get old and die while waiting for him?¡± Cha Jun Sung asked Odin how he knows that Tyrant will enter the ck Devil mission. This is how Odin responded: [Tyrant is suffering from insufficient points ever since he becameplete.] [That is why he hunted the Rogue Scorpion Monarch. Even if he is the master of arge guild, he won¡¯t be able to satisfy his ambition once he has opened the level S store. He¡¯s always been extremely ambitious, but it exploded since he surpassed the starting point.] [What would be the way to gather the points hecks and to open the level S store? It is advancement. ording to an analysis of Tyrant¡¯s actions, the probability that he will try it within a month is over 90%.] ¡°What about the other 10%?¡± [Within two months.] ¡°Let¡¯s say that¡¯s all true. What¡¯s to say that Tyrant will enter my mission?¡± There are 5 advancement missions. The probability is 20%. [There¡¯s no need to cling to guarantees. Africa¡¯s cocoon mission is 15 billion. Lifer Cha Jun Sung, would you try it?] Try it? Leave an 8 billion point mission to enter one that is worth 15 billion? They need to be cautious with their first tries. It is stupid to bravely enter the one of the highest difficulty. ¡°Am I crazy?¡± [Tyrant is the same.] ¡°Even without that, there are four. Then it¡¯s 25%?¡± [Where did Tyrant y in the virtual version?] ¡°South America... Oh! Thinking about it, he¡¯ll be familiar with this ce as well.¡± Tyrant also conducted his missions in South America. It is his hometown. The reward points are the same. It is inevitable that his eye will go to this mission more than ones in other continents. [We didn¡¯t mention North America in the mission description multiple times for no reason. There are additional devices that should make him feel like he should enter. We¡¯re sure that Tyrant will choose this mission.] Jigneon went somewhere with Borteth. Borteth followed him because his scheme has already been set and has nothing to worry about. The remaining supervisor is Gabenu. He is filling Jigneon¡¯s empty seat. As the chief authority on Cha Jun Sung and Tyrant¡¯s ck Devil mission, he is going to subtly twist it to another level A mission in the worst case scenario. Cha Jun Sung and Tyrant are the only Lifers who are able to enter an advancement mission anyway, so no other Lifers will be disadvantaged even if this happens. While talking to Odin for a time, he heard an ufortable sound in his ear. Gatecrashers that havee following Cha Jun Sung¡¯s odor. ¡°I¡¯ll need to put matters rted to him aside, and take care of everything in the vicinity.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s clothes ripped and his body shows. The ck Devil made its first appearance with an overwhelming aura. *** Woong! A summons gate appears and countless Liferse out. They look to be over a thousand. It¡¯s a giant group of thousands. A full core that used the whole level A mission entry limit ¨C 100,000 people. The Lifers who entered, acted quickly and in unison. They created dozens of round walls in order. There was a single person standing in the middle of the deepest and smallest wall. ¡°Master. Nothing in particr seems strange.¡± ¡°It is the initial summons area. It¡¯ll be safe, so break the boundaries, spread out, and look around. We need to know where we are before we go.¡± Papapat! Tyrant gave orders with his arms crossed and an arrogant expression on his face. Then, members of the Rage guild split into groups of 100 to go investigate. ¡°He he! North America... This is an optimal advancement mission for me.¡± He felt it as soon as he saw the description. ck Devil mission, rted to North America where his homeground had been in the virtual version. There was nothing more he would ask for. ¡®We¡¯ll get a feel for the difficulty level with this beforepleting the mission.¡¯ An unknown existence. The mission that Borteth hoping for is of a concerning difficulty. Even if hepletes ck Devil now, he doesn¡¯t have any immediate thoughts. He will make a move once he has considered this and that and decided that it isn¡¯t a loss. About 30 minutes passed. The forces in guild Rage return one by one. They are in a small city in northern America. Ring ring! Tyrant¡¯s electronic map opens and pinpoints the location his subordinates have given him. It is a level A item. He is the only one in the Rage guild with one. ¡°Should we go north or south.¡± Tyrant considers the area south of the point on his electronic map. He can¡¯t split the guild power of 10,000 people in half. He has filled up the number of people he can bring in even with the abilities of aplete Lifer, just in case. He has gained the strength to fight against a level 8, but he doesn¡¯t know what could happen. Circumstances could change. He needed sacrifices that he could use as shields. A very reliable 10,000 shields. They will be quicker in finding it if they split up, but it bes more dangerous. He isn¡¯t in a rush. All he has to do isplete the mission even if it takes some time. With this kind of power, they won¡¯t get pushed back even if theye across arge group of mutants with level 8s in it. ¡®I can¡¯t use my precious level S items. This is my life.¡¯ Tyrant feels his spacepression bag and smiles in satisfaction. The level S store is a treasure chest. The level A store is as well, but level S is another universe. He has 20 Universe Eyes that all Rankers know and frequently used as equipment specialized in navigation, but he has no intention of using them. He won¡¯t do something so unnecessary when he has a mightybor force in front of him. ¡®I need to open level S no matter what. I can do it. I¡¯ll crush everyone. I¡¯ll go beyond Rage and take over Bloody Kingdom.¡¯ Tyrant¡¯s imagination stretched out in his mind. He¡¯s confident that he could take on all of the Rankers in Bloody Kingdom right now, but it isn¡¯t the right time. He will make them surrender. He can¡¯t have the proper influence if he kills all of them. ¡®You too.¡¯ Overload. Life Mission¡¯s strongest. He can¡¯t be taken down with a 9bination explosive, but it doesn¡¯t matter. All he has to do is break down this wall. ¡°Have you decided, Master?¡± ¡°We¡¯re going north.¡± The U.S. is Evil Queen¡¯s territory. No one except Cha Jun Sung has seen her, but there is fragmentary information. They need to be cautious of even 0.1% danger. Woong! Boom boom boom! Rage guild members go back to a mode of transportation that is as big as several busesbined. Tyrant and the cadres board a tank. This happens everywhere ¨C chores like driving are left to the underlings. Chapter 234 Volume 9 / Chapter 234 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Cha Jun Sung bent over and punched the face of a bizarre looking 3-4m mutant. It¡¯s head split like a watermelon. ¡°Killed them all.¡± His immediate area is a field of corpses. There are crushed mutants missing limbs everywhere. He did this within minutes. Kik! A faint sound. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s finger flicks out and tosses through the debris. A screaming from the throes of death. One of them must be alive. ¡°Phew. How much longer do I have to wait for them to find me? It would be easier if I could go to them.¡± [I cannot tell you their location.] ¡°I know.¡± Tyrant entered the mission. That was already several weeks ago. He doesn¡¯t know what he¡¯s doing and where. He knows nothing other than that he had entered. If he had known where Tyrant was, he would have gone and spied on him at the least. Cha Jun Sung has nothing to do right now, so he is hunting mutants. He means to umte points while Tyrant makes his way here. ¡°It isn¡¯t easy finding useful ones.¡± He needs a lot of mutants if he is to take on Tyrant and the Rage guild. With his personality, he is likely to havee in with a full core. 10,000 levels B and C Lifers. That is a powerful group even without Tyrant. He needs to head off the number of heads. He is looking for a useful mutant species that live in groups, but they don¡¯t really catch his eye. At the least, he wants level 5 mutants that live in groups of tens of thousands, but he has only seen useless ones until now. There hasn¡¯t been progress for weeks. He would want nothing more if there were things like the parasites from the Path of Blood, but it seems he had been lucky them. ¡°A single mutant is entirely useless if it isn¡¯t level 7.¡± Mutants, like humans, have individual characteristics. There are different personalities within species as well. So what would happen if the species were different? There will be problems if they are gathered into one area, even if they are managed well. Level 7 is worth managing regardless of species when considering strength. There won¡¯t be many of them anyway, so it¡¯ll be a small group of elites. It is an impossible goal because it¡¯s hard to even find one. This is why Cha Jun Sung wants mutants that live in groups. If he just takes out the head, the underlings will follow him naturally. The suppression process is bothersome, it isn¡¯t impossible. Cha Jun Sung reduced his 10m body into a fourth of the size. He only maintained his body during battle. Otherwise, he limited his consumption of energy. He doesn¡¯t transform into human form. He will maintain this form until this is all over. He cannot forget. His role in ck Devil is the mutant. Is it because he has gotten used to the battlesuit? There¡¯s a strange sense of awareness when he is in this state. He intends to get rid of that feeling. Cha Jun Sung is in mutant form, but he cannot lose his human habits. He only sleeps on the street and eats raw meat when he has to. Normally, he acted like an ordinary human. He maintained his living habits. He is only externally a monster. Less than an hour of sleep over several days is plenty, so he took care of that in derelict buildings or hotels. And Odin procured food for him. Since Cha Jun Sung entered the mission, all he¡¯s done is eat, sleep, and y. ¡°This won¡¯t do.¡± For the past few days, he stopped hunting and locked himself in a residence toe up with a n. The n isn¡¯t very special. Power enhancement is priority. He needs to find good fighters to take on the Rage guild members. He went searching through everything in Path of Blood withoutint because he was looking for Odelia, but it isn¡¯t his duty right now. He wandered around the area he had been initially summoned to, barely searching for them. There can only be a minimal number of mutants since the area he is working in is small. ¡°Get me my spacepression bag.¡± [You¡¯ve decided to use it.] ¡°What else can I do? I don¡¯t want to go searching around.¡± Good fighters. If he knows where mutants are gathered, he can just go looking for them. But he has to search through everything because he doesn¡¯t. His stance changed. He tried to save his points before entering, but that resolve came crashing down once he entered. Woong! Odin connects the dimensions. A summons gate opened in front of Cha Jun Sung and a small bag, his spacepression bag, came out. It has been filled with better items than what was in the one that he lost. Papat! Cha Jun Sung took his spacepression bag and went to the top of the highest buildings where he was staying. Then he took out a few Universe Eyes. ¡°Let¡¯s use one first.¡± A Universe Eye became activated and shot into the sky. It ejected the hundred eyes and the search range immediately expanded to a 100km radius. ¡°I¡¯ll send two more out. Give me any two coordinates that ovep.¡± [355. 253. Southeast. 620. 962. Northeast. If they are installed ording to this Universe Eye, this will have the best effect.] Boom boom! 2 Universe Eyes fly to the locations Odin listed. This method of instation was called the ¡®sandwich¡¯ in the virtual version. The Universe Eyes will be installed if it is within the search range without having to go himself. It is inefficient however. The search ranges ovep and cover areas that don¡¯t need to be included. It isn¡¯t a method used unless in special circumstances. [2 hours estimated for instation at this flight speed. Will you search the area that has been installed first?] ¡°It¡¯s fine. I¡¯ll just do it all at once.¡± His normal PDA is inside the spacepression bag. He can look at the hologram with that. There¡¯s no reason to look at it two or three times. He¡¯ll look at them all together. *** [As you can see, there are three mutant groups that meet the search conditions. The Thirask herd, Poison herd, and Bomb Ant herd.] They only found three mutant herds that live in groups even though he sent out 3 Universe Eyes. The Thirask is a low level 5 lizard that is a half sizerger than an elephant. Its main attacks are through its poisonous teeth and tail. There are about 3000 to 4000 of them living near the river. The Poison herd are poisonous butterflies. Middle level 5. They took control of a city and are stuck all over the buildings. They number about half of that of the Thirask. They possess several types of poison and are a flying species, so they are weak against the strong and strong against the weak. One of them can kill hundreds. Lastly, unlike the previously discovered two mutant groups, the Bomb Ant are low level 4 red and ck ants that are asrge as humans. Like its name ¡®Bomb,¡¯ Bomb Ants are a suicide team that specialize in self-destruction. Its explosive power is simr to that of a grenade. That power cannot destroy a basic type battlesuit, but their strength is volume. If water drops keep falling, they can prate a rock. Nothing could be worse than having dozens of them swarm in everywhere. They live deep in a cave, and it is impossible to figure out how many of them there are. They live in a ce that makes it hard for the Universe Eye or the hundred eyes. ¡°Take the Thirask out. I don¡¯t like it because it¡¯s gross.¡± He is joking. The Thirask can¡¯t fight properly if there is no water. If their supply of water is cut off for a long time, they will dry up and die. There are a lot of restrictions. The Poison herd is a no-go as well. There are too few of them. If they go into aerial battle with thousands of battlesuit Lifers, they¡¯ll be overwhelmed as soon as they strike. The efficacy of poison that only works against living things falls to the characteristics of mechanical armor. Only acid poison powder would work, but that won¡¯t do the job. ¡°Let¡¯s go with the Bomb Ants.¡± They are low level and he doesn¡¯t know how many of them there are, but ants tend to be high in numbers. In severe cases, hundreds of thousands of them live together. Even in the virtual version, he¡¯s never heard of Bomb Ants living in numbers of hundreds or thousands. Their main attack is only suicide, but that depends on how they¡¯re used. [We have seen level 5 and 6 mutants in original form near the Bomb Ant hill, using them as a source of food.] ¡°Are they allies?¡± They could have created a tacit alliance in order to prevent the expansion of the Bomb Ants¡¯ power. They are managing the bnce so that it does note crashing down. ¡°The distance?¡± [Coordinates 725.522. They are 170 km northeast.] ¡°It¡¯s far.¡± Wings form on Cha Jun Sung¡¯s back. They aren¡¯t that difficult to control, but he has gotten better at it. It is slow, but he is able to fly. It¡¯ll be better for him to fly there and get a chance to practice. Chapter 235 Volume 9 / Chapter 235 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Cha Jun Sung arrived at his destination and folded his wings. He plummeted hundreds of meters to the ground, the ground cracked and a crater formed. It was an impactful entrance. He is on arge mountain between several small cities. The mountain is surrounded by the small cities, so it is a location in which it is naturally easy to get surrounded. Is this why he was being watched by the mutants? ¡°I¡¯m here.¡± A level 8 roar that could not be the result of a living organism¡¯s vocal chords, resounding like several loud speakersbined, swept through the cities and mountain. Mutants experienced a phenomenon of mental decay and stopped what they were doing, trembling in fear. There are no level 7s nearby. The strongest mutant is level 6. An unimaginable gap. They all looked up. The Bomb Ants detected the arrival of a top predator and dug deep into their caves, hiding without any movement. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body grows smaller. He became the size of his body when he is a human. He is going to go into the ant hill. He can¡¯t go in with his normal form because the hole is small. Cha Jun Sung roared again. He did it inside the ant hill this time, so the effect was amplified and spread to all corners. The terrain isplicated. The scale of the cave is impressive. There must be hundreds or even thousands of rooms. It is fitting for the habits of ants. When Cha Jun Sung went around the ant hill freely, the Bomb Ants began to weakly express their hostility. They seem like they might attack at any moment. ¡°Queen, Queen Bomb Ant.¡± Cha Jun Sung passes food warehouses and hatcheries where they breed disgustingrva and newborn Bomb Ants. The ces are repeated, so he is getting confused as to whether he has already been somewhere or not. He didn¡¯t care however, because it was fairly interesting. He kept searching, and half a day passed after he entered the cave. There are still a lot of ces he needs to look, but he is getting used to it. ¡°Huh?¡± Bang! He didn¡¯t have a chance to even react. A Bomb Ant approached him on the wall, stuck to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s back, and exploded. The gunpowder is different. It is smoky and smells bloody. The smell of ammonia is apanied by a shockwave, and a sharply fragmented hard shell and bones fly as debris. That was the beginning. Bang bang bang! One time is hard, two is easy. The Bomb Ants saw theirrade¡¯s intense self-destruction, and jumped in one after the other. It was just like bombing. Cha Jun Sung inted his coat thickly in the midst of the exploding ant hill. The Bomb Ants¡¯ explosive power is pounding on his entire body. ¡®Pretty good.¡¯ There was no big hit. But there is a reaction from his coat when this is repeated hundreds of times. Each Bomb Ant¡¯s ability is barely middle level 3. Their self-destruction and distinctive characteristic of swarming together makes them level 4. ¡°They block it desperately. Always making it so obvious.¡± Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t get overwhelmed by the explosions, and went forward. If they need to fight, even lower levels will attack an upper level. The Queen must be nearby. He is sure that they are sacrificing themselves and self-destructing in order to protect their precious Queen. ¡°I can¡¯t... see.¡± Boom boom boom! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s tail goes up like a snake. Then it became sharp like a needle and prated the Bomb Ants jumping at him. They became skewered on the tail. His tail went back down and Bomb Ants littered the floor. Immediate death without the chance for them to explode. He killed a fair number, but that many more showed up. The hole in the cave growsrger. As that happens, the attacks lessen. How much have they dug in? A public space asrge as a gym appears. At the center, there is the Queen Bomb Ant the size of a house, with dozens of level 5 Bomb Ants. They are all looking at the same thing. Cha Jun Sung. ¡°It feels like I¡¯m facing a few apartment buildings.¡± The public space must be connected to every path in the cave, because there are hundreds of holes. Bomb Ants pour out of them. ¡°Follow me. You¡¯ll have to take a big sacrifice, but I¡¯ll help you revive your tribe. You could take over this entire area.¡± He is speaking in humannguage, but he didn¡¯t attempt a conversation. They will know by instinct why he hase into the ant hull. The Queen makes a movement toward Cha Jun Sung. It trantes to, ¡®Everyone attack.¡¯ Thousands of Bomb Ants jump out of the holes in the wall. They ovep with each other, making it look like a wave. ¡°The Queenys the eggs, right?¡± He doesn¡¯t know whether she is a hermaphrodite or if she mates. He will kill everything thates at him. He¡¯ll let the Queen and the few level 5s live. Bomb Ants have a high reproduction rate and speed, so one can be a hundred within a day as long as there are no obstacles in the vicinity. If they confirm his strength with their eyes rather than their instinct, they will know. There¡¯s no need for him to make the effort to exin. *** The battle ended in less than an hour. Of course, Cha Jun Sung is the winner. The Queen didn¡¯t dere her surrender until Bombs Ants were no longer jumping out of the walls and the only troops she had were in the public space. Cha Jun Sung had counted the Bombs Ants while he was fighting them. Actually, Odin did it for him. Since it was through artificial intelligence, it calcted the number of Bomb Ants that Cha Jun Sung killed with a margin of error at a little over 10,000. This is less than they had expected, but this is understandable when considering the other mutants surrounding the mountain that keep the Bomb Ants in check. As the Bomb Ants are living organisms, they need to eat in order to survive. They need to go out and hunt regardless of the knowledge that the environment is disadvantageous to them. The mutants maintained bnce by killing the Bomb Ants thate out to hunt. That is why the Bomb Ants kept dying and being born. The cycle of the ecosystem made it impossible for them to expand their power. ¡°Odin. Where¡¯s the closest city?¡± [There is a small city 4km west of this ce.] He is going to flip a nearby city and provide the Bomb Ants with food. Once their numbers increase, he will direct their attention elsewhere. They need to take over nearby areas in order to take on Tyrant and the Rage guild. ¡°I¡¯m a farmer! I need toy the seeds if I want to harvest. Alright. Shall we go scatter the seeds?¡± Cha Jun Sung leaves the ant hill. *** Cha Jun Sung arrives in a small city with an estimated poption of 50,000 to 60,000. But that doesn¡¯t mean that many mutants are living here. He doesn¡¯t know what thews are. Theirw is disorder. They dislike area ovep since birth, so thend and poption are inversely proportional. There are just a couple thousand mutants living in the small city. Of the cities near the mountain, this is considered one of the lower ranks. Cha Jun Sung swept the outside first. He attacked the vital spots. He wrapped up dozens of the corpses with his tail and took them back to the ant hill. He did this multiple times and delivered his simple message to the Queen. She understood because she has basic intellect as a level 6. After that, hundreds of Bomb Ants followed Cha Jun Sung around. Battles were left to Cha Jun Sung. The Bomb Ants watched and then moved the corpses back to the ant hill. They are porters, not soldiers. There was no damage and the acquirement of food went smoothly, so their numbers increased quickly. After a month, they recovered from the damage that Cha Jun Sung incurred. The small cities that he used as hunting grounds became ghost towns where nothing was living, whether they be humans or mutants. Nearby cities disappeared one by one. As that happened, the Bomb Ants grew stronger. When they swallowed the 4th city, their numbers exceeded 50,000. ¡°No more. We can¡¯t go beyond this.¡± Queen Bomb Ant speaks to Cha Jun Sung. Cha Jun Sung rejected her, saying he wants more mutants and he wants a stronger power. A 50,000 head count is difficult even for mutants living in groups. Checks start toe in if the number grows too high. Queen Bomb Ant seeded in popting the local area without much difficulty thanks to Cha Jun Sung. That is why their ambitions aligned. She wanted to have arger territory than she had now. But Cha Jun Sung knows. There is no end to greed. It is a definite that there is no end to giving aid. ¡®The bigger problem is that she¡¯s resisting my dominion.¡¯ The Queen Bomb Ant was forgetting how she gained such power and was starting to get arrogant. If she bes more confident, she might rebel. So he¡¯s against helping them obtain more power. Pressure from an upper level to a lower level, from a predator to prey for dominance isn¡¯t like brainwashing. It is making them surrender by force. [I¡¯m stronger than you, so obey me. If you don¡¯t, I¡¯ll kill you.] There is only one result if the prey surpasses or challenges the predator in dissatisfaction with its own strength or influence. ¡®She¡¯ll probably use the power she created with my help against me.¡¯ No chance. Why did he raise the Bomb Ants? He didn¡¯t do it for someone else¡¯s benefit. He did it for himself. He can¡¯t leave the situation to lose control. Cha Jun Sung ignored the Queen Bomb Ant. He wanted to just kill her, but all of his efforts would be for nought. Cha Jun Sung became dominant over Queen Bomb Ant with force, but Queen Bomb Ant was born a queen. She has the support of the Bomb Ants. If their pir dies, their social structure will be destroyed. That is why he can¡¯t just kill her because he wants to. ¡®Cunning bitch.¡¯ She is watching his psychological state. She is testing his patience and seeing how much she can go against him and how much he will forgive. It has only been a month since they met, but the Queen Bomb Ant has developed. She is evolving little by little. The force she rules has gone from 10,000 to 50,000. There has been mental growth in maintaining an expanding military force. Odin said that the phenomenon seems to be that her mental capacity is growing as she gains responsibilities. It hasn¡¯t been proven scientifically. They do not know exactly how mutants evolve. But they do know one thing. A high level mutant develops as the number of mutants they dominate increases. ¡®I¡¯ll have to kill her once this is over.¡¯ He wouldn¡¯t have taken away everything they achieved if she had been decent, but she tests him too much. She¡¯s one to stab him in the back. Chapter 236 Volume 9 / Chapter 236 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Boom boom boom! Tens of thousands of Bomb Ants collided with mutantsing at them from the front. There is a vibration from the strong explosions resulting from their self-destruction. The Bomb Ants prevailed. The Queen Bomb Ant is attacking a mid-size city with 30,000 Bomb Ants. ¡°Are you saying you¡¯ll try it on your own?¡± Cha Jun Sung is watching the Bomb Ants¡¯ battle from a high ce. Queen Bomb Ant nned to expand her own power without Cha Jun Sung¡¯s help. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t stop her. He knows that they will fail. Mutants just pushed through in the beginning, but theyter felt the Bomb Ants¡¯ abilities and formed an alliance. The only difference is whether there are a lot or few. There isn¡¯t a difference from when they had been in the mountain. As the Bomb Ants wanted to be stronger and take over arger territory, the mutants they need to fight became stronger as well. Queen Bomb Ant brandished her sharp mouth and arms and legs, and showed the abilities of a top level 6. She had normally been just a high level 6. Cutting, ripping, biting. Mutant fighting is cruel. They be distinct from the fight with Lifers who attack with firearms, in that they are primitive. Blood spurts. It feels like he is looking at the Path of Blood that Odelia created. Blood and corpses are everywhere. Tens of thousands of mutants are in a melee in the middle of that. ¡°How fun.¡± Living as a mutant is a novel experience. There¡¯s something different from living as a Lifer. It feels like he switched his character while ying a game. The worldview inside the mission is the same, but it is interesting. Cha Jun Sung as a human had been normal. He knew how to express reluctance toward the bad. Those feelings slowly disappeared as a mutant however, and he even has fun watching such cruel scenes now. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t take his state too seriously. He has epted that he is a mutant. He just thinks like a human. He wants to go in. He wants to go in and rip everything apart. All of them are lowpared to him. Thump thump. ¡°Ack! It¡¯s doing it again.¡± Cha Jun Sung grabs his chest. While maintaining his state as a mutant, his heart asionally began to beat too fast. It isn¡¯t just beating. A subtle and inexplicable feelinges over him whenever this happens. It isn¡¯t bad. Can he call it excitement? He felt better simr to that. He was cautious about it because it is unintentional and he cannot control it. The manifestation of his instincts had been minimal when inside his battlesuit in human form because he suppressed himself, but not now. It is onplete disy. The impulse to go wild is on fire. But he didn¡¯t go crazy as he had done when he had been taken over by the Oriax. He has perceptible reason. His head still hurts when he thinks about that time. It is an extremely unpleasant thing to lose oneself. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung.] ¡°Yeah.¡± [An 800 to 900 person raid of Lifers has been summoned to the city outskirts. It seems a mission has been configured nearby.] Lifers came in and out of the extensive territory that the three Universe Eyes are searching, and it seems this ce has been chosen. He ignored it before because they had been far away. But it bes a different story if a mid-size city where Bomb Ants and mutants are fighting has an effect on Lifers¡¯ missions. [What do you think about having the Bomb Ants retreat?] If the mission is to kill the Bomb Ants, they will fail. He doesn¡¯t care about the ordinary Bomb Ants, but he can¡¯t leave the Queen Bomb Ant. ¡°Leave it for now.¡± [The Lifers¡¯ power is weak, but the mutants are gathered together. It will be fatal if they use a genocidal weapon.] ¡°We need to teach that bitch a lesson.¡± Cha Jun Sung looks at the Queen Bomb Ant andughs. He is sure. If she evolves to level 7, she will attack him. There is a need to show her his importance before that. *** Bang bang bang! Odin¡¯s prediction was right. The Lifers didn¡¯t assault the ce where tens of thousands of mutants were scattered, and instead rained down genocidal weapons like white phosphorous shells. With the longsting Life Mission, Lifers¡¯ point umtion naturally increased. It isn¡¯t hard to throw in a few. Mutants below level 5 disappeared without even a scream under the bombs. Cha Jun Sung focused only on the Queen Bomb Ant. Odin calcted the orbit of bombs in real time and predicted release areas. ¡°I only need to keep the Queen alive.¡± She¡¯s a top level 6. As long as she isn¡¯t hit directly by the bombs falling from the sky, she won¡¯t die from an indirect explosion. That much, she can withstand. Even indirect hits could be dangerous if they are repeated, but Odin, who is more precise than Cha Jun Sung, is watching out for this. ¡°They¡¯re there too.¡± The Bomb Ants climb on top of the Queen¡¯s body and wrap her inyers. They have made themselves into a shield. A strong and durable shield at that. Dozens of Bomb Ants carry the Queen and desperately run away. The surviving Bomb Ants followed behind them. The mutants also stopped fighting and scattered. It was just a union in the first ce, so they don¡¯t have a feeling of camaraderie. A red me covers the Bomb Ants. They do not explode. The Queen could be injured if they do. They kept enduring it even though they were burning to death. ¡°It¡¯s the leader!¡± ¡°Kill the group of mutants first! Surround them!¡± ¡°Left suppression shot!¡± ¡°Right suppression shot!¡± Lifers aim at the Bomb Ants. They are well aware that they need to kill the unified mutants first. With shots fired from left and right, the range of movement for the Bomb Ants became more and more narrow. They are gathering the Bomb Ants together so that it is easier to kill them. On top of that, these Lifers flew. They assaulted in all different ways as though bombing from fighter nes. Flying Bomb Ants went at the Lifers, but they were overwhelmed in numbers. Flying Bomb Ants are born at a 1/100% ratepared to ordinary Bomb Ants. The Bomb Ants were one-sidedly hit. The Lifers¡¯ strategic tactics were outstanding, and the Bomb Ants¡¯ power had been significantly decreased. ¡°Shall I get going?¡± [... Are you going to kill Lifers?] If Cha Jun Sung goes in, he would annihte even a raid. There could be differences based on members, but it would be the same even with level B Lifers. ¡°Ah. No matter how ustomed I¡¯ve bes to the idea of killing, I don¡¯t kill innocent people. I¡¯m just going to scare them a little.¡± Whether it¡¯ll be just a little scare or an unforgettable trauma, is up to the abilities of the Lifers. Even so, they are above level C, so they won¡¯t be peeing in their battlesuits. ¡°Go!¡± The raid captain, a level B Lifer leading 9 forces, stood at the head of 900 people and chased the Bomb Ants. They intend on killing all of them without effort. The Lifers split their roles. 3 forces spread out wide, created a mesh, and blocked it so other mutants couldn¡¯t approach. The other 6 forces focused on just the Bomb Ants. The Queen Bomb Ant was desperate. There are few of the enemy, but they are able to fly. Most of the flying Bomb Ants died during the first collision. The Bomb Ants were pathetically swept under the attacks helplessly. They don¡¯t have an effect in the air if they self-destruct on the ground. All they can do is block the attacks with their bodies and run away. The Queen Bomb Ant is running away to the advance base that they created not too long ago. There isn¡¯t much military force. Just a few thousand. There are a few advance bases, and they were created to control the respective regions they were in as their territory expanded. The military force is divided, so it is difficult to form arge army in a short amount of time. The goal is to hide in an ant hill. But they are surrounded, and running away itself isn¡¯t easy. Bullets rain down. Lifers fly around swiftly and focus their attacks on the Queen Bomb Ant. If the Lifers hadn¡¯t been able to fly, the Queen Bomb Ant would have fought even if she had to hit the sewers. She would have been able to do something if the battle had been on ground. ¡°Groups 1 and 2 will block the Queen¡¯s front. Groups 3 through 6 will take the sides and back. Groups 7, 8, 9 will maintain the and keep the boundary.¡± Bang! Lifers in groups 1 and 2 increased their battlesuits¡¯ output. The Bomb Ants were moving among skyscrapers, so it was hard to catch them. The location was changing from the city outskirts. Buildings disappeared and ins began to appear. They were able to increase their speed because there were no obstacles. p! The sunlight gets blocked. Groups 1 and 2 Lifers were trying to increase the chase speed, when they flinched. A ck figure pping a pair of wings. Cha Jun Sung, with wings over 30m long from end to end, was blocking the Lifers¡¯ path. He is alone, but he gave the feeling of filling up the entire world. Hundreds of tails il out like whips. They move as if each one is alive, and soar toward the rigid Lifers. Though hecked Odin¡¯s support through the battlesuit, the instinct ofplete awakening yed the role not unlike the battlesuit¡¯s system. Cha Jun Sung checked how many Lifers there were, calcted the direction to move in, and attacked. He did this all within a few seconds. He took out the cutting force, so the Lifers yelled in pain under the force that was like getting hit with a bat. They were all flung in different ces. One person went through a building¡¯s walls, rolled on the ground, andnded on the roof of a rusty car. The Lifer wasn¡¯t hurt. He hadn¡¯t hit to kill, so he just left the Lifer on top of the car. He only hit with an amount of power that the battlesuit¡¯s armor could handle. Boom boom boom! Very few Lifers withstood the impact and maintained their shaky bnce. However, they trembled in fear from what they heard over their PDAs rather than from the unidentified mutant that suddenly appeared. [Level A special mission ck Devil activated. Difficulty level is advancement.] Chapter 237 Volume 9 / Chapter 237 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Raid captain pped his cheek covered by his battlesuit, and woke himself up. He thought he had been dreaming. He briefly looked over the mission description, but the reward points were 8 billion. This means the mutant in front of him is a level 8, and a top level 8 at that. It doesn¡¯t make sense. It feels like he is experiencing all of the bad luck he would have suffered from throughout his entire life right now. ¡°Cap ¨C Captain...¡± ¡°Stay ¨C Stay calm.¡± The Lifers couldn¡¯t remain calm. They thought that today could be thest day of their lives. A level 8 is a nightmare. ¡®He¡¯s pretty qualified as a captain.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung kept an eye on the raid captain¡¯s behavior in the midst of this excitement. He doesn¡¯t know about the captain¡¯s abilities, but he seems to have talent as a leader. He bes rational rather than panicking. He is thinking. Papapat! As the head was blocked, the Lifers who had followed behind were stopped in flight. Hundreds of them have been blocked by Cha Jun Sung. ¡°Damn it! They are leaving the allied guild!¡± ¡°Damn!¡± Lifers checked the mission description and left the battlefield. They cannot return immediately, but they intend on running away. 3 forces of personnel got away as soon as Cha Jun Sung appeared. He didn¡¯t even want to know what they looked like. They are all Lifers with a lot of experience. They cane up with a rough idea just by looking at the reward points. Even a mission worth tens of thousands of points is difficult, but this isn¡¯t something in the millions but billions. There¡¯s no answer. ¡°Sh ¨C Should we attack?¡± ¡°No! Wait!¡± The captain quickly stopped his subordinate from taking action. Sess is the only way for them to survive, but this mutant¡¯s attitude is strange. All he does is watch them. ¡°If he¡¯s a level 8, his intelligence will be simr to ours. We can just think that we¡¯ve run into another person. Talking to him might work. Battle is our final option.¡± [He is a wise leader. He wants to get control over the situation rather than challenge Lifer Cha Jun Sung. I think that it will end well.] Odin trantes the Lifers¡¯nguage for him. It is hard to say where exactly they are from because they use several differentnguages, but the captain in charge speaks in Ukranian. He is from a country in Eastern Europe. Cha Jun Sung looks behind him. The Queen Bomb Ant, who had run far away, has stopped and is watching them from afar. Wouldn¡¯t she think of getting her Bomb Ants together anding back? She really is a sly bitch. She is acting as if they had never been running away, toe back and use Cha Jun Sung like a counterattack tool. [Go back, you stupid bitch.] Cha Jun Sung¡¯s roar was tranted, browbeating the Queen Bomb Ant. This stable atmosphere will bepletely ruined as soon as shees back. The level 8 vicious roar frighten the Queen Bomb Ant and Bomb Ants and make them retreat. His roar had this kind of effect even from afar. There is no need to try to put into words how it was for the hundreds of Lifers near him. Tang! Cha Jun Sung felt a stinging pain in his shoulder and turned his head. It is a bullet twice the length of a human finger, from a reinforced rifle. It didn¡¯t go all the way in. This amount of force cannot get through his skin. It is so weakly stuck that it would fall out if he flexed his muscles. It is situation that no one had been expecting. The area was swept in silence. The Lifer who had pulled the trigger realized what he had done and began shaking in fear. He attacked a level 8. He felt like he might go crazy. His finger had rxed under the extreme tension, and he had fired his reinforced rifle. But it had unfortunately hit Cha Jun Sung¡¯s shoulder. Cha Jun Sung pushed the bullet out with his muscles, and regenerated within 1 second. A clear metallic sound rang as the bullet hit the concrete floor. It is vtile. All of the Lifers were frozen. They had been trying to end it quietly, but one person had messed it up. They cannot avoid it. They need to fight. ¡°That stung.¡± ¡°Korean?¡± The raid captain asks. His expression was hidden behind his battlesuit, but he was taken aback. This was the same for the other Lifers. ¡°If you can understand what I¡¯m saying, listen carefully. I¡¯ll let you live. Go back.¡± Cha Jun Sung could understand what the Lifers were saying as well thanks to Odin. But he didn¡¯t want them to know that he had understood. It would be extremely suspicious for a mutant to be able to speak multiplenguages. A one-sided warning should have an immediate effect. ¡°Captain?¡± ¡°Let¡¯s go back.¡± The captain decided to quit the mission. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s magnanimity and the ability to have a conversation was fortunate. They can live. Ring ring! An rm sounds. It is a notice that they have the opportunity to quit their mission. The Lifers¡¯ faces brighten. The mission failure penalty isn¡¯t much. They would just have some points taken away. That¡¯s cheappared to their lives. They even thought about trying another mission in a different region, but western America is ck Devil¡¯s territory. That would be the wrong thing to do. Cha Jun Sung looked behind him again. The Bomb Ants went into their advance base, and he couldn¡¯t see them. His dominion will have more effect now. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s wings pped and he left the Lifers, flying in the direction the Bomb Ants had disappeared in. He doesn¡¯t care what the Lifers do. He won¡¯t bother them as long as they don¡¯t inconvenience his mission. *** ¡°Uh... Master.¡± ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°I think someone hasunched a Universe Eye.¡± ¡°Universe Eye?¡± Tyrant questions his subordinate. The subordinate doesn¡¯t sound sure either. He wouldn¡¯t have said ¡®I think¡¯ if he had been sure. ¡°I will pull up the screen.¡± Zing! The battlesuits became interlocked, and therge city that the Rage guild is staying in came up on Tyrant¡¯s hologram. Tyrant watched the video carefully. It is a video that a guild member had filmed moments ago with a micro reconnaissance robot. The robot, resembling a dragonfly, discovers something and zooms in when it gets a view on something the size of a child¡¯s fist. ¡°Hu ¨C Hundred Eye?¡± Tyrant¡¯s voice quivers slightly. The Hundred Eye is a small search device that the Universe Eye ejects to cover a more extensive area. It is a level S store item. How is that in this ce? ¡°How was it discovered?¡± ¡°By coincidence. One of the guild members got bored and used one of his own micro reconnaissance robots. He says that he found it because he had been pushing it around here and there for fun rather than to do a search.¡± ¡°Has it been discovered?¡± ¡°The robot may have been in the Hundred Eye¡¯s scan, but it shouldn¡¯t have been caught because of our blocking devices.¡± Radio wave blocking devices are spread out throughout the Rage guild¡¯s camp. If these are used, equipment of different frequencies instantly be neutralized. The Rage guild uses these because of other Lifers outside of their guild. Mutant senses are dozens of times more sensitive than those of humans. Because of that, they hate the sound of neutralized frequencies. They serve as a form of eradication like bug spray to mosquitoes. ¡°Level S. Is he nearby?¡± To Tyrant¡¯s best knowledge, there is only one other Lifer besides him who can own a Universe Eye. Cha Jun Sung ¨C there is only him. Not if he is with the World Federation, but what if he is alone or with a small party? It is a chance for him to end it easily. ¡°Can we avoid him?¡± ¡°It may be possible if we take on the bothersome, but even this is uncertain. He moves fluidly, so we cannot predict his movements.¡± Blocking devices need to be installed, so they cannot protect from movement. That is why they create damage, but cannot provide that much help. They need to choose between going through tantly or crushing it. There are 10,000 people in the Rage guild. There are too many of them. They need to take extremely annoying measures if they all want to avoid the Hundred Eyes. First off, passing through the city is out of the question. Someone will get caught. No matter what. ¡°Fine. Crush it. It¡¯s better than getting caught. A Hundred Eye means that the Universe Eye is somewhere within a 100km radius.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± A subordinate left. Tyrant became lost in the thought that he might get advancement and Cha Jun Sung simultaneously. Without knowing what state Cha Jun Sung is in. Chapter 238 Volume 9 / Chapter 238 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Zip! It isn¡¯t a sound that was really heard. But Odin heard it. They lost contact with a Hundred Eye in the southeast region of Canada. There is no way it is from a machine error. He is 99.9% sure it has been destroyed. Cha Jun Sung let 3 Universe Eyes go in a sandwich method in order to find a powerful group of mutants. And then he raised a few more on top of that. It is a sandwich. Since he already sent in 3, he sent in more to have views on the entire area and to find where Tyrant would appear. 3 Universe Eyes drew an approximate circle and searched a wide area. Odin can see everything. 300 Hundred Eyes. It doesn¡¯t have much effect that one is gone, but Odin felt importance in the fact that it was destroyed. It doesn¡¯t seem like the deed of a mutant. The Hundred Eye is fundamentally a machine. Machines are not alive. They are just inanimate objects that float around. They do not smell or make noise. They do not have any elements that would draw the interest of mutants. It just has hundreds of lenses that run inside. Even those are hidden behind a special alloy coated in transparency, that the lenses cannot be seen from outside. A mutant with special sight would be able to see them, but that is the basic idea. [Check video.] It is impossible to measure with the tremendous amount of information that the 8 Universe Eyes send in. However, Odin has the volume to handle this amount of information. He was just a littlete in checking the video footage at times because he does what the Universe Eye cannot and the volume is divided. He doesn¡¯t look at it all together, but ys them sequentially. Odin made pulling up the footage that was taken before the Hundred Eye was destroyed a priority, and checked it before looking at the other videos. Papat! He can adjust the time slot and speed. Odin made the y time on the video a day before it was destroyed. He can¡¯t look at too little or too much of it. This much is just right. If there had been signs that it would be destroyed, this is when it would have happened. Zip! The videoes up. Odin did his duty whether he was inmunication with Cha Jun Sung or not. Helpers worked harder than anyone else. They aren¡¯t rxing just because they are silent. The work they do just isn¡¯t made public. Hundreds of lenses save the direction they are facing in a video. Mutants wander in the vicinity, unaware of the Hundred Eye¡¯s existence. [That?] A figure that resembles a dragonfly. A micro reconnaissance robot is caught on camera. It is a special alloy that is coated to make it transparent, but micro reconnaissance robots change their perspectives between detection like heat, infrared ray, and sound wave. Hundred Eye showed the original figure with sound wave detection. The micro reconnaissance robot that had been by the Hundred Eye¡¯s side for about 10 to 15 minutes left. It will be going back to the Lifer who is controlling it. The Hundred Eye is unarmed. This is the same for its main body, the Universe Eye. It doesn¡¯t have the ability to attack, so it can only stay still and watch. After this, time passed without anything special happening. While Cha Jun Sung was busy, Odin supported him and focused on checking the video footage. And right before it was destroyed, an attack came at the Hundred Eye from somewhere and prated it. The video cut off and stopped there. The attack must have been something like sniping. He knows one thing from watching the video and something that makes him wonder. What he found out was that in the area that the Hundred Eye was searching, there is an area the size of multiple stadiums that they cannot search. This kind of case normally urs when they use equipment with EMP capabilities. Or it could be due to a sound wave series ¨C blocking devices that use sound. It is also a necessity for Lifers because mutants hate it. The question here is why they destroyed it. Was there a reason to go the lengths to destroy it? Were they bothered because they felt like they were being watched? That could be it. But it isn¡¯t logical. Because they like destroying other people¡¯s equipment and causing them trouble? He cannot exin it clearly. [Connecting to the Universe Eye¡¯s wide rangework. Executing observer mode.] He had only filtered the footage sent to him until now. He hadn¡¯t controlled the search system himself. Big mistakes usuallye from small mistakes. There are things that one can ignore, but he takes care of everything, whatever it is, because he does not want to let errors pass that could create bigger issuester. Odin¡¯s artificial intelligence goes into the Universe Eye of the destroyed Hundred Eye. It can no longer be called a simple equipment geared for searching. He is now able to use more of the micro features due to the observer mode. He left enough abilities in the PDA not to interfere with the mission. He needs to find out who destroyed it. A Lifer who advanced all the way to pioneer level in the virtual version will know what the Universe Eye is. Helpers are artificial intelligence, not humans. That is why they do not have biases. They leave open all possibilities. The only difference is whether the probability isrge or small. It could be an ordinary Lifer, but there is a high possibility that it is Tyrant who has entered the ck Devil mission. Odin knows where Tyrant¡¯s initial summons area is. Helpersmunicate with each other. Thatmunication isn¡¯t constant. It continues roughly for a month or so and then gets cut off. So with time, not even helpers know each other¡¯s locations. Gabenu will know. He doesn¡¯t get involved directly. This is what Jigneon wanted. He created this situation in order to clean up the mess Borteth has made, but he only gets involved up until Cha Jun Sung enters the mission. Zing! Odin called in the subsets of the Universe Eye he is controlling with his authority. Since he is managing them himself, searching bes more thorough. If it is Tyrant, he will have guessed that it is Cha Jun Sung¡¯s equipment. He must know since it is a level S store item. He would never guess that Cha Jun Sung knows of his identity. It was impossible to know that the one who destroyed the Hundred Eye out of countless Lifers, is Tyrant. If they throw bait, he will probably take it right away. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung, we¡¯ll have to get ready.] They need a battlefield for Cha Jun Sung. They will create a scene for their unwee guests. *** Odin gave all of the information he acquired to Cha Jun Sung. Helpers are in tandem with the Lifers they are assigned to. They have the obligation to grow their Lifers in the midst of top level missions. This is a partnership that the supervisors created in order to have a little more bnce. Odin needs to help Cha Jun Sung with whatever he needs as long as it does not break the rules, so he just needs to tell Cha Jun Sung everything he saw and thought. ¡°Pick ones with wings.¡± Cha Jun Sung orders the Queen. He needs a lot of flying Bomb Ants. The ones on ground be useless if Lifers change their battlesuits to flight mode. They might as well be sandbags. They are notpletely useless, but there is a lotcking in using them as their main means of attack. They desperately need something to cover this. He can know just from watching thest battle. They can suffer damages in a battle with mutants, but they were devastated by raid level Lifers. Queen Bomb Ant understood what Cha Jun Sung meant. She must have felt something too because she didn¡¯t argue with him. Flying Bomb Ants are born at a rate of 1/100 of that of ordinary Bomb Ants. If the Queen Bomb Ant takes the sacrifice, she can control the probability. It is consuming stamina and nutrients. In the aftermath of the battle, the number of Bomb Ants was reduced to 20,000. They have gone to less than half, since they were 50,000 before. Cha Jun Sung decided to maintain the current number of ordinary Bomb Ants and to fill up the rest with flying Bomb Ants if they could. They made about 200 per day. Queen Bomb Antined because it was tiring, but he had no intention of considering herfort. Tyrant coulde barging in at any moment. As long as Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t hide and the size of thend they were on was limited, they woulde face-to-face at some point and that time was approaching. ¡°We need at least 5000. The more, the better.¡± There are 10,000 people. They will all be levels B and C, the elite of Rage guild. In mutant terms, they will be levels 5 and 6, and Tyrant will be a level 8. It¡¯s a virtually impossible power. He needs to be smart about it if he is to face off against a power like that. Of course Cha Jun Sung thought of an operation that could work. It is a very basic and primitive operation. First, he needs to strike powerfully when they don¡¯t know anything in order to have a chance of winning. He is doing that work in advance right now in a nearby city. That ce will be Cha Jun Sung and Tyrant¡¯s battlefield. They won¡¯t go elsewhere. They need to do it whether he lures them there or something. [A Hundred Eye was just destroyed. This is the 4th one.] ¡°He¡¯ll think he¡¯s luring me to him, right?¡± [He could be.] When Odin couldn¡¯t find Tyrant¡¯s exact location, he cleverly exposed the Hundred Eyes to find an approximate area. To predict Tyrant¡¯s thoughts, he could be destroying Hundred Eyes to make Cha Jun Sung suspicious and toe looking for him. Both sides are baiting the other. In this, Cha Jun Sung has an advantage because he knows the other¡¯s identity. He isn¡¯t sure. It¡¯s just what he thinks. ¡°Ant Hell.¡± Operation name Ant Hell. He will bring them all in and squeeze them to death. Chapter 239 Volume 9 / Chapter 239 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Dozens of tanks the size of buildings go down the road in a line. There were none boundaries because of the size of the tanks. After riding for a while, they arrived at a city with no life to be found as per usual. ¡°Stop.¡± Lifers reverse their tanks at Tyrant¡¯s signal. Theserge tanks will draw too much attention, so they need to go on foot. The Rage guild checks their gear. Their faces are hidden behind helmets, but their expressions are unusually grim. Even Tyrant retreated from his madness and acted with caution. ¡°That¡¯s the axis.¡± As a result of calcting the activity radius of the Hundred Eyes, there is a high chance that the Universe Eye is currently in that city. It could be a base. Tyrant destroyed the Hundred Eyes in order to hide the Rage guild and to lure Cha Jun Sung. At some point, they used the Hundred Eyes as indicators to find Cha Jun Sung. It had been easy to find the Hundred Eyes because they had micro reconnaissance robots everywhere. That¡¯s how they calcted the radius and arrived here. [Master. We found the Universe Eye 600m above sea level.] Tyrant smirks. It is as he expected. This is where it started. 2 raids, 2000 take the sky. 8 raids, 8000 are on ground. [Shall we destroy it?] [Do it.] Bang bang bang! A meteor falls from far away. It is a phenomenon that formed as the Universe Eye fell. It lost its functions. [Split into 2 raids and surround the city. Scourge everything that leaves.] They block the air from east and west. It¡¯s a small city. The 2000 Lifers wearing battlesuits in the air couldn¡¯t find anything. They have no doubt that Cha Jun Sung entered in a small group. ¡®That¡¯s right. You never liked going around inrge groups. That¡¯s the type of guy you are.¡¯ He will postpone progress on ck Devil for now. There is no time limit. It won¡¯t be toote to finish it even after killing Cha Jun Sung. There are only gains even if he fails. Bang bang bang bang! The small city bespletely devastated due to weapons of mass destruction like white phosphorus shells and cluster shots. The fire power bes concentrated, creating a big explosion. The buildings didn¡¯t juste down, they were reduced to ashes. Mutants also disappeared. That kind of fire power would be dangerous even for a level B Lifer. It would have little effect on Cha Jun Sung and his party members, but he isn¡¯t trying to kill them. He is trying to cut off their flow with a surprise attack. [Go in. Aim for a break.] The 5 groups that had been surrounding the small city kept closing the distance. They entered the city and inside the city, they got close enough to see each other. Even still, they couldn¡¯t find Cha Jun Sung. ¡®Did I guess wrong? With the route that the Hundred Eyes were destroyed, he should be able to figure out that the person doing it ising this way...¡¯ Cha Jun Sung will know that someone is destroying his gear. He will definitely be curious, and he could be tracking them instead. That is this ce. If he came here, they should have met or there should have been a sign that they would run into each other. The guild members who had been in the sky, came down. The city is small, so they basically searched the entire ce. Tyrant looked at the buildings nearby. ¡®He¡¯s eithering from another region, or he¡¯s hiding somewhere here.¡¯ They just need to wait and see if it¡¯s the former. If it¡¯s thetter... [Search everything.] As soon as Tyrant¡¯s search order fell, everyone went in except the 2 raids protecting him. No. They were about to move. Rumble. ¡°Earth ¨C earthquake?¡± ¡°This feels simr to the earthquake in my country.¡± An earthquake is a natural disaster. The small city shakes crazily. The Rage guild members aren¡¯t taken aback. They would have been scared if they had been bare bodied, but they trusted that they could take on even nature if they were in their battlesuits. The earthquake became stronger and cracks began to form on the surface like a web. Tyrant watched and decided to get away. If the ground breaks and crumbles away, the guild power will be scattered. As if it read Tyrant¡¯s mind, the ground fell away before he could give his order. It fell deep. Boom boom boom! The Rage guild members turned on their boosters and maintained their bnce. They increased their output and flew high. ¡°Phew! It looks like it could be hundreds of meters deep.¡± One of the guild members whistles and changed his view to night mode, looking down into the abyss. It looks endless. ¡°It¡¯s weird.¡± ¡°What is?¡± ¡°Look around. Doesn¡¯t the shape of the copsed ground look strange?¡± ¡°Not that you say that, yeah. It¡¯s really clean.¡± The person questioning and the person agreeing. Lifers look around. They couldn¡¯t tell while it was falling, but the shape of the copsed grond really is unique. It looks like a tool was used to dig out the area underneath where they were standing. ¡°Look up!¡± This was blurted out. The Rage guild members who had been trying to get out of the abyss looked up. Something dark red was falling on them. Thousands of flying Bomb Ants. The Rage guild members hadn¡¯t been able to get out of the abyss yet. They narrow as much as they get out. The two groups collided without even greeting each other. Bang! Bomb Ants self-destruct. With explosions everywhere, the next round of Bomb Ants exploded, creating a chain explosion. The Rage guild members who had almost escaped the abyss were stopped by the explosions. They could withstand one or two explosions, but their bodies were swallowed up with explosions raining down on them. The battlesuits had only been getting scratched up, but slowly began to crack until they werepletely destroyed. Guild members on board outside were either hit by the Bomb Ants¡¯ wreckage or plummeting to the ground. They were dying one way or another. Ack! ¡°Get through! Get through and get out!¡± The cadres urge the guild members. Their disadvantage in terms of the terrain is too severe. They cannot find a path out. The only way to survive is to face it head on. Bang bang bang! The top was still a mess ¨C there was no progress. The guild members¡¯ abilities were high though, so they weren¡¯t getting pushed back even if they weren¡¯t able to push forward. ¡°You idiots! I¡¯ll get through. Follow me!¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Tyrant was frustrated with the way they were hesitating, and took the lead. Bombs were alit in both of his hands. One of these can get rid of a radius of dozens of meters. If he throws them, it¡¯ll clean up everything within that radius. Bang! ¡°The side!¡± ¡°They¡¯reing from the sides too. Ex ¨C explosion! Ack!¡± Inside the copsed ground, a hole forms in the wall and ordinary Bomb Ants throw their bodies to attack the guild members. They self-destruct once they get close, and the Rage guild was getting attacked from two ces ¨C the ground and sky. There was a lot of damage. Cha Jun Sung had nned therger frame of the n, while Odin nned the details. This is the moment when the Ant Hell, a n that can cause a lot of damage at once, can seed. *** ¡°Bastards. They¡¯re giving so many.¡± Cha Jun Sung can hear notifications of the points he is earning. Level C is 500,000. Level B is 5,000,000. It is more than twice the amount of points for mutants. It is reflective of the fact that it is not easy to kill Lifers. On top of that, he got PK points separately and that was the real deal. [You have earned 7,000,000 points and 4,200,000 achievement points.] [You have earned 5,000,000 points and 3,000,000 achievement points.] [You have earned 18,000,000 points and 10,800,000 achievement points.] PK points are 10% of the points that the Lifer had. As time with Life Mission went on, Lifers umted a lot of points. He gained points at an incredible speed. He was just sucking up the points. If hepletes the mission, he might never have to worry about points again. [The number of flying Bomb Ants has been reduced to the hundreds. Tyrant or the Rage guild will jump out soon. You must get ready.] The Universe Eye searching this area was destroyed, so it was impossible to see inside the hole. However, they had a basic idea of what was going on. Cha Jun Sung has a couple micro reconnaissance robots as well. Those robots checked the situation inside the hole for him. Beep beep! The inside of the hole shows up hazily on the PDA hologram. It was full of dust because of the Bomb Ants¡¯ self-destruction and Lifers¡¯ response. The view is very shaky because of the impact as well. Papat! Cha Jun Sung had gotten an understanding of the flow, and left for the battlefield. He didn¡¯t interfere in the battle, but stood next to the hole in the ground. ¡°Shall I do some fishing?¡± Chapter 240 Cha Jun Sung extended his tail and slid into the hole. He is ck, so he is automatically camouged into the dark environment. He can attack from a far distance of hundreds of meters based on how this is used. He needs to reduce the Rage guild¡¯s power as much as possible before all of the flying Bomb Ants are killed. In a messy fight, they are more likely to die by an arrowing from far away. Ack! A Lifer looks at his chest. He had been pierced by something ck and sharp. He didn¡¯t think for long. His heart had been prated. This happened repeatedly. He attacked with a concentration on fatal organs like the heart, brain, and lungs. He cut off their arms and legs if he couldn¡¯t get the proper angle. Rather than attacking half-heartedly, he had more to gain crippling them. Cha Jun Sung is an excellent hunter. He was so sneaky that the Rage guild thought that they were facing two types of mutants, and tried to kill them. A Lifer who uses a sword like Cha Jun Sung does, brandishes his sword. It was a metallic surprise. But that was it. His tail wrapped around the sword, went through the Lifer¡¯s chin, and through his brain. Besides this, there were dozens of others who died in unique ways. Cha Jun Sung roared and the Bomb Ants jumped out of the ant hill, falling into the abyss. It became a sea of bombs. Thest attack. Screaming continues. At the end of that screaming, the Rage guild that had suffered severe damages got through the Bomb Ants and rediscovered their freedom. Bang! Cha Jun Sung stopped the boring hunting, spread his wings, and went into the middle of the Rage guild members. And then he spun hard. ¡°Swivel. It¡¯s a skill I named.¡± Hundreds of tails, each of which have the sharpness of vibrating weapons, created a ck storm with his body¡¯s torque. It is an attack that digs into the weak point from beginning to end. The Rage guild members who had not been able to get away, were ripped apart as if they had gotten stuck in a blender. Cha Jun Sung killed thoseing up. It kept flowing on. He has to kill as many of them as he can before someone stops him by force. ¡°Bastard!¡± Cha Jun Sung kept maintaining the swivel, and his eye went to the location of the yell momentarily. A red light sphere is flying at him. It is a light bomb. Papat! Bang! The light bomb creates off a hail of red light and has an evaporating phenomenon. It isn¡¯t a power that he would get hit by even as a joke. A level C Lifer would die upon getting hit. It is dangerous to have it even graze by. In the line of bombs, it is the strongest of firearms. Cha Jun Sung would be able to withstand it with his body, but he has no intention of taking the hit. He still has a long way to go. Cha Jun Sung created distance between himself and Tyrant and Rage guild. Odin analyzes the damage situation. It applied to how many people were left. [60% are dead. A lot injured are as well. Once the medical personnel fall behind, you will realistically be facing off against 2 or 3 raids.] He killed 6000 people with the Ant Hell. It is a proper massacre. A giant massacre. Even so, Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t feel anything. Rather, his blood boiled. He needs to kill them all anyway. 6000? He needs to kill 4000 more. It¡¯s a small number rtive to the total 10,000 that he needs to kill. ¡°Master!¡± ¡°I can see it too.¡± Tyrant¡¯s res at Cha Jun Sung with caution and distrust. A huge mutant covered in ck. He is sure that this mutant is at the center of this mission, with its unique method of attack and cunning tricks. How is it here? He hade looking for Cha Jun Sung, but to find the level 8 ck Devil. Tyrant red up in anger. There isn¡¯t a single thing rted to Cha Jun Sung that has gone right. It was always twisted and he was always the one to be disadvantaged. Cha Jun Sung was always the one to benefit. Look. Look at this ridiculous situation. ¡®Did he lure me here?¡¯ If he forces the puzzle pieces together, Cha Jun Sung could have figured out his identity and lured him to where the ck Devil is. He grinds his teeth. Hard. Bang! While Tyrant was lost in his thoughts, Cha Jun Sung looked at the Rage guild with 9 of his eyes and then suddenly ran away. ¡°We¡¯re chasing it.¡± After suffering such damages, they need to catch it no matter what. It is the main focus of this mission. His priority switched from Cha Jun Sung to ck Devil. Tyrant only left 1 force to take care of the injured. He can¡¯t leave more behind. He intends on using all of his power to kill ck Devil. [They are following.] ¡°I¡¯m at a disadvantage if it¡¯s everyone including Tyrant.¡± [I have made a lot of preparations. This is the world of mutants. Mutant Cha Jun Sung will be able to ovee the inferiority in numbers.] ¡°Yeah, since mutants are Lifers¡¯ enemies. Let¡¯s get into it.¡± Cha Jun Sung raised his flight speed. It is the battlefield Jigneon created for him. The feast has been created for him. He needs to pick up the spoon himself. Bang! A blurry tail. A ck object stretches out and passes through the air. Its speed isparable to that of a jet, and the air splits. It is Cha Jun Sung in his awakened state. He surpasses the speed of sound with abilities that transcend not just those of humans, but also of same level mutants. Objects flew by, but Cha Jun Sung was aware of everything passing by. His superhuman sense of sight allowed him to do this. ¡°Where are they?¡± [They are following 4km behind. The distance is closing.] ¡°Tyrant, right?¡± [Yes.] Cha Jun Sung knows battlesuits well. Flight consumes a lot of energy. Level C has less energy and it cannot reach the speed of sound. It can get close, but that is it. The output cannot hold out. 30 minutes hadn¡¯t passed since they started the chase, but most of them had already fallen back. They must be busy charging their energy while in flight. Level B is better than C, but it is stillcking to catch up with Cha Jun Sung. In Rage guild, Tyrant is the only one who has a battleship with the ability to catch up to and stay on Cha Jun Sung. Maybe if there had been level A Lifers, but there are no Lifers between levels S and B in Rage. There is a big gap in their own group. Boom boom! Cha Jun Sung looked back at the sound of a booster elerating. He is far, but clearly visible. As Odin said, Tyrant closed in the distance. Cha Jun Sung isn¡¯t a flying mutant. He is just imitating one with his body morphing. This is the fastest that he can fly. [2km.] ¡°That guy will think that he can buy time even if he can¡¯t beat me. His guild members will get here if he just holds on to me.¡± Tyrant isn¡¯t the type of person to take danger on behalf of others. He is just trying to hold on to Cha Jun Sung a little until his subordinates arrive. Unless Tyrant does this himself, they will lose Cha Jun Sung due to ack of ability. [You will arrive at the first point in 15 seconds, the Crocodile Beak nest.] Cha Jun Sung goes higher. Atop a cliff, he can see a small mountain. The Crocodile Beak nest is there. They are mutants that aren¡¯t that special, the size of a small car with the body structure of a typical bird and the mouth of crocodiles. They are low level, too. Cha Jun Sung reduced his flight speed and watched the Crocodile Beaks. They fly well. They are flying in the direction he wants them to go in. ¡°The leftovers!¡± Bang! Tyrant throws two light bombs. The Crocodile Beaks heading toward him were unable to avoid the attack, and are swept. It looks like about a fourth of them died. The Crocodile Beaks recognize Tyrant as an enemy. They witnessed a tremendous scene, but he doesn¡¯t smell like a predator and there is only one of him. They bravely ran at him, but there was no use. 1 minute. That was the amount of time it took for Tyrant to annihte all of the Crocodile Beaks. When he threw light bombs everywhere, they were all blown up without the chance to even run away. Papat! Cha Jun Sung had been stopped in the air for a moment, and began pping his wings again. Chapter 241 ¡®It¡¯s using mutants?¡¯ He cannot believe it. The way this mutant fights is entirely different from the way the mutants he has experienced until now fought. It felt like he was going against an experienced and skilled soldier. This mutant is using its environment and the mutants living in its territory. In flight at that. It understands how battlesuits perform. He gets goosebumps. That isn¡¯t just being smart. He can see the trap, but he can¡¯t stop the chase. He needs to kill the ck Devil if he wants toplete the mission. He can¡¯t know when he¡¯ll find it again if he loses it now. The Rage guild has suffered too many damages. They would just be taking a huge hit. It could be creating a trap somewhere, so he needs to end everything in the initial ce where they found it. ¡°Follow me.¡± Cha Jun Sung has the strength of a top level 8. This means he has absolute influence over the mutants in this world. While Cha Jun Sung was digging the Ant Hell with the Bomb Ants, he used the Universe Eye to search the locations of flying mutants below them. He hadn¡¯t been able to find many through the first 3 he had installed. Cha Jun Sung and Tyrant may feel equally strong to mutants, but instinct makes them surrender to Cha Jun Sung. He used his level 8 standing to his advantage. He is like amander forcing flying mutants into battle whether they want to go in or not. That is how he makes them go against Tyrant. He doesn¡¯t need to exercise his dominion or manage them separately. All he needs to do is know their location. They won¡¯t be a match for Tyrant¡¯sbat skills, but they will be able to chip away at his power. There are a lot of mutants. There are a lot of flying mutants too. If he thrusts them all at Tyrant, he will reach his limit even if he is aplete level S. If that happens, he will put his subordinates forward and Cha Jun Sung will kill them one by one. He will end it all once he has killed enough of them. This is thend of mutants. Not of Lifers. Cha Jun Sung is like a king here. On the other hand, Lifers are savages who have invaded the king¡¯s territory. There are still many ces he needs to go. Most levels 3 and 4 are small in number, but there are a few that are useful even in small numbers. ¡°Those guys in particr will be able to deliver a hit.¡± It is hard to find level 7s, but he installed 8 Universe Eyes. 7 were left after one was destroyed, but there is no way that they won¡¯t be able to find a level 7 with such an extensive search area. He found two species. A male and female pair is living 120km away. He needs to make Tyrant follow him there. He will test him a few times and then take the win. That will be the final ce where he and Tyrant settle this. *** Ack! Tyrant yells. His evil shout full of rage, rings throughout the area. Murderous intent emanates from it. Blood drips down his battlesuit. Chunks of flesh are stuck on it too. Remnants of various species of mutants. Rage guild members are standing around Tyrant. About half a day has passed since they started chasing Cha Jun Sung, but there is no sign of progress. They keep feeling like they might catch him, but they never actually do. It actually felt like their allied powers were dwindling from tricks that they could see but had to endure even while knowing they were happening. Cha Jun Sung, who Tyrant knows as ck Devil, made his escape routes the nests of flying mutants and moved through those. Whenever it feels like he is about to get caught, a mutant nest appears. There aren¡¯t very many, but there are enough to hold Tyrant back. When this kept happening, Tyrant fell back in order to save his energy, and ordinary Lifers filled in that empty space as Cha Jun Sung had expected. Rage guild is superior in terms of power, but a few Lifers died every time they annihted hundreds of mutants. ¡°There¡¯s definitely an effect.¡± Cha Jun Sung looked at Tyrant in satisfaction. Bringing different mutants together and controlling them is hard even for Cha Jun Sung. He would be able to do it if he wanted to, but it would be extremely difficult. Dominion is forced. It doesn¡¯t bring out sincerity. He chose the Bomb Ants because if their unique breeding power and efficiency. [I think you will be able to lure them to the nest.] ¡°I¡¯ll have to. There¡¯s still a lot of them left, but it¡¯s time to take the bait.¡± Cha Jun Sung fell behind Tyrant and attacked the Rage guild members from among the mutants. He used the mutants as shields. He was able to reduce the force that had followed by about 30 to 40%. ¡°He¡¯s more concerned with his pride than he is about the damages wreaked on others. I¡¯m sure he thinks it¡¯s fine if his guild members die out as long as he can catch me. Though he¡¯ll probably see the reduced force at the end of the mission and go crazy.¡± It isn¡¯t a personality that can simply be described as egotistic and proud. Strategist, Blood King, and Dark Side would havee up with the optimal n to take him on rather than chasing him like this. There is only one reason that Cha Jun Sung knows of for why Tyrant is doing this. ¡°He thinks of his guild members as expendables.¡± What are expendables? Something you use once and throw away. He thinks that he can rece them whenever he wants, so he is chasing him to such extents while suffering devastation. That persistence resulted in his force being seeded out by the flying mutants that Cha Jun Sung brought them to. He could do this dozens more times if they were to go farther away, but that would take them away from a level 7 domain. He needs to mind his energy too. Cha Jun Sung will have to finish it up in the end. He cannot kill the entire Rage guild by pushing subordinate mutants that die out quickly, on them. He can¡¯t just try to make gains. He needs to be prepared to lose, too. Cha Jun Sung intends on ending this at the nest that they will go to next. They will be reliable allies. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t exercise his dominion over level 7 flying mutants in the first ce because he knew that they would not sumb readily. They are with hundreds lower level mutants, so he would have to kill them too if they got into a fight. So what could he do? He can only use them like this. He could take a lot of damages with repulsive force if he tried to exercise dominion by force, and he discovered themter than he did the Bomb Ants. Half a day had passed since he started running away from Tyrant. It is a long time considering Cha Jun Sung¡¯s speed at 120km, but he had beente in arriving because he had gone back and forth here and there. ¡°I see it.¡± A bustling metropolis. High rises are lined up. They are on the roof of a building so high they can¡¯t see the ground. On top of the highest buildings at the center, in the middle of a bustling metropolis. They are a pair of 9 Bijous. As birds with 9 wings, they look very strange. With feathers from head to hip, they look like western dragons other than the fact that they don¡¯t have tails. Their heads were those of birds and not dragons, and their coats were made of fur and not scales. Their sharply curled toenails look exactly like chicken feet. To put it simply, they look like the semnce of birds were forced onto the bodies of dragons. They have two pairs of wings on either side, four pairs of wings with another single wing on their backs. The wing on the back controlled directions for quick turns. In airne terms, they y the role of rudders. That is why they are much more advantaged in aerial war. Flying mutants are in ce in the buildings near the 9 Bijou in rank order, and they are not the same species. They are underlings that are clinging to a stronger being. They number in just hundreds, but they can be called a force because they are made up of levels 5 and 6. Cha Jun Sung found his destination, stopped pping his wings, and met the 9 Bijous¡¯ nest at eye level. Then he made a move to let them know that he arrived. Kik? The female turned her long neck like a giraffe¡¯s and looks at Cha Jun Sung. There is murderous intent in her eyes. The sleeping male also woke up. His reaction is the same. They show the desire to kill him immediately. ¡°They¡¯re pissed.¡± [You yed around with them so much, so it¡¯d be weirder if they weren¡¯t.] Cha Jun Sung bothered the 9 Bijous a little for practice before Tyrant arrived. He didn¡¯t fight them, but he kept challenging them from far away and running away. These guys didn¡¯t surrender to him like other mutants did. They are doing their level¡¯s worth. The 9 Bijous withstand his power unlike the other mutants that got scared out of their wits whenever Cha Jun Sung roared. ¡°I need to call them in. Can¡¯t chase them away.¡± He can¡¯t roar at the 9 Bijous and send them to Tyrant. They don¡¯t run away toward Tyrant, ande at him. He realized after failing a few times. He needs to call them from the direction that he is going in. [Tyrant will catch up in 30 seconds.] ¡°Good.¡± The 9 Bijous only watch Cha Jun Sung far away. They don¡¯t take any definitive actions. But when he got closer... Kyak! The male and female spread their nine 40 meter wings that are a few times Cha Jun Sung¡¯s size, and soar into the sky. He didn¡¯te here to fight them. He came to instigate. Bang! Cha Jun Sung had been keeping distance between Tyrant and himself, and now ran away toward Tyrant. The 9 Bijous areing from behind him and Tyrant¡¯s group ising from the front. They were about to ovep, but he is rxed. It is just 30 seconds. He reduced the time so rapidly it couldn¡¯t be felt, and they wereing from either side so Cha Jun Sung and Tyrant quickly met up. ¡°9 ¨C 9 Bijous!¡± The Rage guild hesitates. Tyrant is taken aback too. In that time, Cha Jun Sung bypassed the Rage guild, killed a few, and went by. Kyak! The 9 Bijouse down on the Rage guild members and Tyrant, who haven¡¯t been able to get a handle on the situation. Chapter 242 Kyak! A pair of 9 Bijous and hundreds of levels 5 and 6 mutants mix with the Rage guild, fighting with them. They don¡¯t even know why they are fighting each other. Just because they saw each other and collided? The Rage guild wanted to avoid meaningless energy consumption, but that is not the case for mutants. They are beings that act on instinct rather than reason. They recognized the Lifers as enemies without thinking deeply into it. They were just going at the Lifers without considering the consequences. Papat! Cha Jun Sung fought as well. The 9 Bijous alone cannot take on the Rage guild. They will cause a lot of damage, but they will all eventually be killed. This is because Tyrant is there. So he needs to get Tyrant separate. It would be good if they killed him, but he isn¡¯t an opponent that they can kill within a short amount of time. ¡°ck Devil!¡± Cha Jun Sung breaks up the Rage guild members and goes at Tyrant. Bullets rain on him and all kinds of bombs fly at him, but his strong body withstands all of it and pushes through. Then he brandished his tail at length. Rage guild members¡¯ hips get sliced through. Their upper and lower bodies were separate ¨C instant death. Tyrant of course, avoided this attack. That is what Cha Jun Sung had intended. Bang! Cha Jun Sung went at Tyrant all of a sudden and body checked him. He followed after Tyrant who went flying, and mmed his shoulder into him. Tyrant plummeted to the ground with the tremendous impact from the sessive blows. Cha Jun Sung followed after Tyrant and watched the situation in the sky. They are deep in battle. Tyrant won¡¯t be able to support them. They are two level 7s and there are too few level B Lifers. They need at least 1000 people to take on the 9 Bijous. It doesn¡¯t matter even if hundreds of level C Lifers go running in as well. There are a bunch of levels 5 and 6, too. Boom boom! Tyrant finds his bnce by turning on his booster as he fell. But that was after Cha Jun Sung had already gotten in front of him. His tail became sharp like a spear and jabs into the sky. Tyrant¡¯s battlesuit predicts the attack path and analyzes Cha Jun Sung¡¯s pattern. Tyrant avoids the attacks and takes out a light bomb. He is going to reverse the attack. [He will have analyzed the pattern by now. But analyzing a body morphing mutant¡¯s pattern is impossible.] Odin was sure. There is no way to know how he will attack, with what. On top of that, Cha Jun Sung is also a Lifer before he is a mutant. He knows a lot about his enemy and himself, but Tyrant only knows about himself. It is an unfair fight. It¡¯s because Borteth broke the rules. Zing. In an attack like sh of lightning, Tyrant set off the light bomb from his side. He had chosen an extreme measure when Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t fall. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body rips. His skin burned from the light bomb¡¯s power. It isn¡¯t severe, but there is damage. It really does have a lot of power. ¡®It¡¯s configured in affiliation series with high temperature and explosion like in the virtual version. They focused on making the armor lightweight too.¡¯ The heat fades away and Tyrant appears. His battlesuit is ckened, but that is insignificant. It seems he modeled it like that since he is someone who uses bombs. On top of that, his armor is thick like Han Chang Jin¡¯s Iron Defense. As someone who uses bombs, he can¡¯t leave out the possibility of having to set them off at close range. Under the assumption that he is wearing a level S battlesuit, he would have caught Cha Jun Sung already without having toe all the way here if he had been a speed-focused Lifer. Tyrant¡¯s is level S, but it is on the slow side. This is because of the armor. ¡®I¡¯m sure it¡¯ll be durable, too.¡¯ As thick as the armor is, it¡¯ll have more defensive power and durability. He knows a lot including Tyrant¡¯sbat style, but he doesn¡¯t know up to where his battlesuit is focused in performance. He will figure out the details after facing off. It is fastest to learn with his body. ¡°I¡¯ll kill you!¡± Tyrant who is in the ground, growls like an angry tiger. As long as it hase to this, he needs to kill this mutant himself. It isn¡¯t a situation in which he can expect support. ¡®If it¡¯s a level 8.¡¯ As far as Tyrant knows, a 9bination battlesuit with aplete Lifer¡¯sbat ability in the virtual version was stronger than level 8, but weaker than level 9. Cha Jun Sung is the only one who seeded in a level 9 Evil Queen raid with a 10bination battlesuit. He has only fought a level 8 once, but this mutant feels simr. That is why he can win against the ck Devil in front of him. ¡®Stupid bastard. me it on inexperience.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung read Tyrant¡¯s self-confidence and clucked his tongue in his mind. Liferbat ability is simr by level to the virtual version, but mutants are different. They are a little stronger. That¡¯s the feeling he got from fighting Vanessa. He lost in a 2 against 1 fight when Vanessa went through her second awakening. They might have been on the same level if they had been going one-on-one, but a loss is a loss. Vanessa is just close to level 9, she isn¡¯t aplete level 9. But he couldn¡¯t beat her with a 10bination battlesuit. ¡®The virtual version is a game. The operator can control the bnce, but the reality version is reality. Mutants advance too.¡¯ Even with a full setting of a 10bination battlesuit and the 10th stage of body modifications, he doesn¡¯t have confidence against a level 9. It¡¯s 100% death. So a 9bination needs no words. Narsiel also saw that of the 36 Rankers, Cha Jun Sung isn¡¯t in an assisting role, but in militant configuration. If he is at Red Eye and Inferno¡¯s level, two people will have to go at him. Level 8 isn¡¯t as easy as Tyrant is thinking. Cha Jun Sung is at an advantage even with simpleparison, but he even knows Tyrant¡¯sbat style. They fought several times in the virtual version. ¡®I¡¯m going to win.¡¯ He yed a virtual battle in his mind multiple times. He won by slight difference. It wasn¡¯t reality, but he doesn¡¯t think that it¡¯ll be much different. Tyrant¡¯s chest opens and dozens of light bombs spread all over his body. He is taking them out all at once to use them whenever he needs them rather than having to take them out one by one. Light bombs hang from hisbat vest like grenades. It¡¯s just that they were dispersed instead of staying on his chest. It seems they are stuck to him with mas. And a few went down his back, past his hip and butt, to stop at his achilles heel. ¡®It¡¯s andmine.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung pretended not to notice. As soon as he said this, the one that had been on Tyrant¡¯s achilles heel dug into the ground. He can¡¯t see it happening because Tyrant is blocking it, but he doesn¡¯t need to see to know. Tyrant can set off this light bomb installed as andmine whenever he wants to. He suffered quite a bit when he first fought against Tyrant because of light bombndmines. It is better not to move in areas where light bombndmines have been installed because there¡¯s no way of knowing when they will go off. It is a good way of getting into the enemy¡¯s weakness. Tyrant finished burying the bomb and took position. Cha Jun Sung doesn¡¯t retreat either. The fight is over once the head is dead. It¡¯s time to face off properly. *** Pipipipit! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s tail and fingers get longer. Dozens of meters is the basic. He approached Tyrant and stayed as far from him as he could so they wouldn¡¯t collide. The power of the light bombs is burdensome. Their power bespletely different ording to the amount of energy Tyrant injects. If he injects weakly, it is just a few times the power of a grenade. But if it¡¯s enough to use up an entire energy core, it could tten a small city. Tyrant is a medium distance Lifer, not short or long distance. Cha Jun Sung is maintaining a long distance, and Tyrant is using all of his strength to narrow the distance. ¡°Damn mutant! I won¡¯t let you die easily!¡± Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t respond. It¡¯s psychological warfare. Tyrant pretends to get excited in order to make his opponents put their guard down. His personality changes by situation. Beep beep! Woong! The light bomb mode changes. Then, it chased Cha Jun Sung everywhere he went like a guided missile. ¡®It¡¯s out. One of the annoying things.¡¯ Induced light bomb. It is an annoying technique. It¡¯s work to even hit it and fling it out. It explodes as soon as it gets hit. But he doesn¡¯t really want to keep avoiding it either. Tyrant and the induced light bomb are separate. It is straining to handle Tyrant and the induced light bomb separately. ¡®Let¡¯s just block it once.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung¡¯s left arm changes into a rectangr shield. He is applying White Queen¡¯s technique. He flung the light bombing at him in that state. Bang bang bang bang bang! The same impact exploded five times in session. The shield crumples. It regenerated right away as if he had never gotten hurt, but his left arm feels strange. Chapter 243 He understands the concept, but he can¡¯t make it naturally like ck Lord can. He doesn¡¯t know whether it¡¯s a difference in ability or practicality. The important thing is that it isn¡¯t created the same way ck Lord makes it. ¡®Let¡¯s just ept that I¡¯mcking. He¡¯s a level 9. That means he¡¯splete as a mutant. What I can do... is up to what I¡¯m capable of.¡¯ Papapapat! As soon as Cha Jun Sung moved, TyIts power is definitely stronger than a vibrating or rifle series weapon. The only weapon that can approach the bomb¡¯s power is the hand cannon. If the opponent he is fighting now was a Ranker like re Gun or Boom Buster, he would have fought at close range. Long range is their deal. Tyrant throws another induced light bomb. He is using them more actively because he saw their effect. There aren¡¯t fouls in a fight, but it is nasty. After taking five hits, his left arm shield was reduced to rags. He didn¡¯t make them top strength, but he can be confident that it is harder than steel. ¡®I have something in mind too.¡¯ Unless he can¡¯tpletely avoid it, he can¡¯t keep getting hit for the sake of experimenting. He needs to save the energy in each of his cells if he wants to win. Bang! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s thigh rapidly swells. Powerful lower body force pushes his body forward like a spring. He soars into the sky as he spreads his wings. Since he is the designated target, the induced light bomb follows him. Cha Jun Sung joined the battle between Rage guild and the 9 Bijous. It is a busy ce. No matter how precise a chasing system is, he can avoid it here. The induced light bomb explodes. It sweeps the Rage guild and mutants. Tyrant stopped at nothing to try to kill Cha Jun Sung. Cha Jun Sung protected himself by cing living shields in front of him. There¡¯s no reason to watch out for others. He only needs to protect his own body. He entered alone, so he can leave alone. Bang! Cha Jun Sung kept weaving in and out to avoid attacks with much more ease than it seemed the size of his body would allow for. Tyrant watched this and calcted his escape route and used his booster to block his path. He used all of his induced light bombs. If he wants to use them again, he needs to be proactive. ¡°He¡¯s a full body morphing mutant. It¡¯s like fighting with smoke.¡± Tyrant grumbles inint. His attacks vary and keep changing. It isn¡¯t easy to analyze his pattern. Psychological warfare doesn¡¯t work either because he¡¯s smart. Cha Jun Sung moved his hand, and Tyrant flinched. It isn¡¯t because he¡¯s scared. It is a reflex. He needs to react if Cha Jun Sunges at him with a surprise attack. But Cha Jun Sung who saw the reflex, thinks differently. Old habits die hard. He is watching the old habits take form again. [He¡¯s only trying to maintain a middle distance. He won¡¯te in close range.] It is so. Tyrant stuck to a middle distance. It is like Cha Jun Sung insisting on long distance on the surface, but there is a difference. ¡®Light bombs are dangerous. That¡¯s why I¡¯m avoiding getting in close range. Tyrant is going middle distance because he knows it¡¯s dangerous too.¡¯ This is the same. He is confronting only at middle and long distance because of light bombs. There is one more reason why he is creating more distance than Cha Jun Sung. It is a disadvantage that only a few people know. Close range, middle distance, long distance. Everyone has a distance that they are specialized in. But they always need to keep all distances in mind. How many things in the world go as they wish? This is in fights as well. There¡¯s no way the opponent will let him maintain their own distance. ¡®He hates close range fights that get physical. Why? Because he isn¡¯t confident in them. That¡¯s why hisbat style changed like that in the first ce.¡¯ Tyrant is weak in close range battles. Even simr affiliation Nuclear has the ability to fight close range Rankers like Cha Jun Sung when necessary. But Tyrant can¡¯t do that. He strangely doesn¡¯t have a talent for close range fighting. Cha Jun Sung told him about that disadvantage multiple times. With a self-righteous personality that doesn¡¯t let him listen to others¡¯ advice, he believes everything he thinks is right so he probably heard it through one ear and let it out through the other. This is the result. He still hasn¡¯t fixed it. He¡¯s basically saying that he will just live like this forever. Cha Jun Sung can understand it to an extent. If he wants to approach Tyrant at close range, he needs to have that skill. There will only be about 10 Lifers in both the virtual and reality versions who can get through the middle distance. Rankers like Cha Jun Sung, Weapon Master, Chamma Sword, and Blood King who generally use vibrating weapons as their main weapons are these cases. Other than Tyrant, distance series Rankers win their distance fights in the first ce. They do not narrow the distance dangerously. ¡®If the distance is narrowed... I¡¯m sure he¡¯ll set off light bombs like crazy. I can¡¯t close in without a n either. That¡¯s dangerous to us both.¡¯ Tyrant¡¯s disadvantage is that he is weak in close range, but he isn¡¯t such an easy subject that he can just go in without a n. He knows that much. ¡®I¡¯ll use that.¡¯ The supervisors and Odin found out that he¡¯s a mutant but they haven¡¯t found out that he and ck Lord are the same, so this is a skill that he practiced cautiously so as not to get discovered. He wanted to hide it till the end, but his life is on the line in this fight. There¡¯s no use for it if he dies. He needs to use everything he can. ¡®Dark tent.¡¯ Sess? He¡¯s never tried it. rant threw dozens of light bombs into the air. It¡¯s an air mine. They float near the person who threw them and explode when something touches them. It is a difficult technique for Cha Jun Sung to handle with hisrge body. Cha Jun Sungpacted his body as much as he could. He became almost as small as Tyrant. He reinforced his coat in that state, and forced his way through. The distance closes in and all of the cells in his body activate. He can feel each movement. He cannot exin the principle. He can just do it. Cha Jun Sung went through the overflowing mes, hugged Tyrant, and fell to the ground. He has him in a firm grip with both arms, so Tyrant can¡¯t get out. ¡®I¡¯ll withstand it. And I¡¯ll lock you up and kill you.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung made his decision. His body turned dark and swallowed up the area. To be more precise, it swallowed Tyrant who was struggling to get out of his arms. ¡°Bastard! What have you done to me!¡± Tyrant yells. He had been fighting fiercely with ck Devil just now, something spread suddenly like ck paint and made his sight go dark. He can¡¯t think of clear words to exin this phenomenon. Is this a unique technique that mutants have like battlesuits? There¡¯s no way to know. ¡°Light on.¡± Papat! A light shines inside the dark tent. Tyrant¡¯s mood soured. A dome shape chunk of flesh covered in hideous, writhing veins blocks him. He can¡¯t see a way out. It seems he has to create one. ¡°Like this!¡± He changed the visual mode multiple times in order to figure out what the tent is, but it was useless. This giant chunk of flesh is ck Devil. Woong! A light bomb activates. He can just blow away something like this. Spat! Did he know what he was going to do? Sharp thornse out of Tyrant¡¯s side. He didn¡¯t feel anything, not a trace or a sound. His battlesuit¡¯s sensor detected the attack and he was able to barely avoid it. The problem is what came after. The first attack was just the beginning. Ping ping ping! Hundreds of thornse sticking out from everywhere and it looks like a porcupine¡¯s back. He didn¡¯t have the time to take care of the situation here. Tyrant¡¯s body movements be busier. He goes into a cold sweat inside his battlesuit. He didn¡¯t see this kind of mutant even in the virtual version. The thorns are simply a basic attack. Tangled tentacles danced and tried to tie around him like a giant hand trying to hit him. ¡®I need to hurry. There¡¯s too much energy and nutrient consumption.¡¯ This dark tent is a half. The shape is simr to ck Devil¡¯s, but it¡¯s much less durable. It will rip after a few light bombs. He might be able to recover with rapid regeneration, but there is a limit to that. His breath catches with just his efforts to maintain it and attack. He can¡¯t multitask. It¡¯s best to not go through rapid regeneration if he can. Cha Jun Sung who became the dark tent¡¯s subject realized what it felt like. He moved major organs like his nucleus to safe ces. He can see all of Tyrant. It was like watching him with hundreds of security cameras. Bang! Three light bombs stuck to the dark tent explode. That attack rips the outer wall and the world outside shows. Cha Jun Sung quickly regenerated. He cast it with determination, but it¡¯s impossible to use this technique again when it¡¯s hard to even maintain it. He can¡¯t let Tyrant out so easily. He needs to kill him. If he can¡¯t kill him, he needs to take two of his arms and legs at the least. He needs to reduce hisbat ability as much as he can. Chapter 244 Papapat! Damages increase on the battlesuit. His main body will be fine but like with a mutant¡¯s awakened state, the fight is won once the battlesuit is destroyed. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s dark tent repeatedly ripped and regenerated. Besides a physical fight, they were in a battle of attrition. The one who gets pushed back, loses. Writhing. A chunk of flesh coalesces on the ceiling and creates Cha Jun Sung¡¯s bust. He is going to exercise physical force on Tyrant who is trying to avoid the attacks. ¡®Leg.¡¯ Legs over arms. This makes him lose mobility. It is worse to not be able to walk around than it is to not be able to use arms. While busy, Cha Jun Sung quietly fell to the bottom. At that moment, Tyrant looked up and met Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes. ¡°I knew you woulde out! Die! You disgusting mutant!¡± Tyrant picks up his left arm. There is a light bomb in his hand. Cha Jun Sung saw this and his face fell. He can¡¯t avoid it. They will both get hurt at this close range, but there¡¯s nothing he can do. Bang! Tyrant¡¯s arm gets cut off. A light bomb goes off at the same time. He must have put a lot of energy into it, because the explosion was tremendous. It must be multiple times of the usual. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body is burned to ashes. He didn¡¯t die. It¡¯s a burn. But a burn is created on a foundation of stamina and nutrients, so he lost that much and there are injuries to his dark tent as well. Rapid regeneration bes slower and slower. It is proof that his strength is bing depleted. Tyrant is pushed by his light bomb¡¯s explosion, thrown against the outer wall, and falls. He can see the part for his left arm over there. It is empty inside. The part is fine, but the cut off arm inside seems to have melted in the heat. Tyrant sighs. His internal organs were shaken. Even so, he didn¡¯t stay on the ground. He needs to fight to his death if he wants to live. Bang! The part that Tyrant was leaning on bounced out briefly and hit his back. The inside is Cha Jun Sung¡¯s space. Everything moves at his will. ¡°This! This!¡± Tyrant fell forward and held the cut section with his right hand. He howled. His arm is cut off, but his abilities from 10 stages of body modifications and his battlesuit treated itself and the wound stopped spreading early. However, there is no way he doesn¡¯t see that the situation is changing disadvantageously. He needs to get out of here. He needs to do it, but things aren¡¯t going the way he wants them to. ¡°I¡¯ll kill all of you! I¡¯m going to sweep this whole ce! I¡¯m going to be the only one left!¡± Boom! Tyrant¡¯s battlesuit lights up red. It grows more and more condensed, and then goes into the light bomb he is holding in his right hand. An incredible amount of energy is bing concentrated. Cha Jun Sung felt something ominousing from Tyrant¡¯s actions. After living with Bomb Ants for a time, he thought of the term ¡°self-destruct¡±. He can¡¯t tell if that¡¯s really what this is, but it isn¡¯t something he can justugh and pass over. ¡°Crazy bastard!¡± Korean. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mouth had been shut until now, and he finally opened it. Right before the light bomb went off, the insane Tyrant¡¯s eyes shook. But that was it. It was toote. He can¡¯t stop the explosion now. Bang! The dark tent that had swallowed Tyrant evaporated under the heat of the light bomb. It is a blinding and beautiful red explosion. Tyrant and Cha Jun Sung who had been inside hadn¡¯t been able to avoid the light. The energy Tyrant had injected into the light bomb was 80% of his battlesuit. The amount of energy in a level S is tremendous and he basically injected the majority of it, but the explosion range wasn¡¯trge considering this. It seems to be a 50 to 60m radius measuring by eye, but it is small enough to be visible in whole from the top of a building with a few floors. But the atrocity Tyrantmitted isn¡¯t as simple as it looks. A crater that goes dozens of meters deep formed at the center of the explosion in a constant curve. It is as though he scooped out that area. Also, though the explosion is over, the atmosphere is hazy. From far away, it looked like there was an opaque film over it. The space is in a lull. Rage guild members put their battlesuits into full function to look for Tyrant. He can¡¯t die. None of the guild members are truly loyal to Tyrant. He isn¡¯t someone worth showing sincerity to. However, they need Tyrant¡¯s abilities and the powerful foundation that provides him with, so they follow him without another option. If Tyrant dies, the guild will be destroyed. They might be able to go into Bloody Kingdom, but they won¡¯t have the upper hand in Japan anymore. The 9 Bijous who sustained minor injuries from the Rage guild¡¯s concentrated attack go back to their nest. About 100 mutants follow them. They had been swept into the atmosphere of war, but came to their senses at the sound of the explosion. There had been hundreds of mutants, and a lot of them had died. That many Rage guild members died as well, but they thought that going beyond this was meaningless. The Rage guild members didn¡¯t follow after the retreating 9 Bijous. They are tired. They don¡¯t want to fight. They had been fighting in the first ce because of Cha Jun Sung. ¡°He¡¯s over there!¡± ¡°Master!¡± Bang! Rage guild members looks for Tyrant. He was detected on their battlesuits¡¯ search function, buried under the wreckage outside of the crater. A group numbering a little over 1 raid went to Tyrant. They entered as a full core of 10,000 people, but about 1/10 is left now. Some of them are still in Ant Hell, but there¡¯s maybe 1,500 people in total. It is a devastating blow in terms of numerical value. Tyrant gets up, supported by his subordinates. He is only wearing impact tights. He has taken his battlesuit off somewhere, and is bare bodied. ¡°What about the mu-mutants?¡± ¡°They must have been frightened by the explosion ground, because they ran away.¡± ¡°Then what about him?¡± ¡°Him?¡± ¡°ck Devil! Where¡¯s ck Devil? The mutant points haven¡¯te in! I¡¯m sure he¡¯s alive! They didn¡¯t run away because of the explosion. They felt his oing defeat!¡± Tyrant interpreted the situation to his liking. He is saying that the 9 Bijous ran away because there is a problem with ck Devil. There are no odds. He¡¯s saying that he¡¯ll cling to his life. If ck Devil had been wounded, this is the chance to kill him. The damage to Rage guild is tremendous, but they still have fight left in them. ¡®... He spoke. It was Korean.¡¯ Right before the light bomb exploded, thenguage that went through the trantor was Korean. He had been left in wonder because he hadn¡¯t been able to stop the explosion. Tyrant stumbles in dizziness. He¡¯s lost too much blood. He lost his right arm too. This is why he can¡¯t stand up on his own. His hair stands on end when he thinks about what just happened. He had resorted to extreme measures in order to kill ck Devil and get out of this y. When the light bomb exploded, the first thing to melt was the right arm that he was holding. He had injected 80% energy and the heat generated from this formidable energypletely melted his right arm and battlesuit part away. At his helper¡¯s warning, he activated his defensive series items and battlesuit¡¯s energy barrier, and several ovepping barriers protected Tyrant. All of that was destroyed at once. Fortunately, Tyrant had been able to buy a fraction of a second¡¯s time to eject himself from his battlesuit. Due to this, Tyrant got out of this range faster than the heat spread. He had survived with having only lost an arm. ¡°Take out the battlesuit.¡± Tyrant speaks to his helper. When he was ejected, his PDA and spacepression bag were also ejected. There¡¯s no reason to take his item out himself. He can take out the items he wants by just giving an order. Tyrant received treatment from medics and put on the battlesuit. It is an extra level A. He doesn¡¯t have either of his arms, but he can manipte arms manually. Several needlese out inside the battlesuit and go into Tyrant. It is like a nutritional injection that stimtes vitality. ¡®My level S battlesuit¡¯s destruction is devastating, but I¡¯ll advance once I kill him.¡¯ Thest leg. It all ends once he kills ck Devil. If he fails the mission, his use of the card bes meaningless. He¡¯ll just be a level A Lifer like before. ¡°Search everything!¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Excluding the few forces protecting Tyrant, the 1 raid spread out in forces. They looked for traces of Cha Jun Sung. ¡®Come out. Come out!¡¯ The dark tent that had trapped him was ck Devil. He had set fire to the entire thing. Mutant points would havee in if he had died. But he¡¯ll be alive since those points didn¡¯te in, and he must be somewhere close by. He¡¯ll never be able to get away from the guild members¡¯ searchwork. ¡°Ack!¡± A ripping scream. Tyrant and the leftover forces next to him had been watching from one ce when they looked to where they heard the screame from. Ack! Kya! They hear sessive screams. It isn¡¯ting from just one or two people scattered here and there. They went around in force numbers. It seems they are getting attacked in groups. ¡°Over there! Let¡¯s go!¡± Papat! Tyrant ran toward the noise. His heart beats fast. Because he¡¯s scared? It is excitement that he could be a true level S Lifer. He doesn¡¯t care whether people die as long as he canplete the mission. Even while injured, he can understand the guild members dying when thinking of the level. He can think of this as thest struggle. This is the end. Completion. Tyrant arrived at the location of the screams with his big dream. And as soon as soon as the Rage guild members saw ¡®it,¡¯ their bodies stiffened. It didn¡¯t take a long time. It only took moments for their heartbeats that were like excitement to be fear, and for that fear to be hair-raising horror. Chapter 245 ¡®What happened...¡¯ Cha Jun Sung feels weird. He can¡¯t really exin it, but it feels like he¡¯s floating in the air. Is this what it feels like to do the drugs he sees on TV? He remembers the situation. That damned Tyrant had used an attack simr to self-destruction and the dark tent he had cast while wary of being exposed, had evaporated. Of course Cha Jun Sung, who had been the dark tent¡¯s subject, was swept into the aftermath. His major organs had been blown away. It can¡¯t even be described as a serious injury. This is the most danger he has ever been in. He can¡¯t get in contact with Odin either. His strong level 8 body is gone too. It doesn¡¯t make sense for the PDA to withstand that explosion with its durability. He must not have died though, since he has retained his self. It¡¯s ambiguous as to whether he is alive or dead. He can¡¯t move his arms and legs. His arms and legs are just a short description. To go into more detail, he can¡¯t feel his nerve cells. He is taken aback because this is the first time this has happened. His senses are numb. He can¡¯t see or smell. He can¡¯t hear or speak. What is he supposed to do from now on? Even so. ¡®I still have my sense of touch.¡¯ He can feel that he is sitting on the hard ground. It seems he is slumped somewhere. ¡®I¡¯m in trouble.¡¯ He is nervous. If Tyrant is alive and there are still Rage guild members, it isn¡¯t good to continue this state. It is inevitable that they wille looking for him. His wounds might heal if time passes. Mutants are different from humans. There are differences with levels, but ultra high levels like Cha Jun Sung live unless the wound is definitely fatal. Even if his insides get twisted and his arms, legs, and upper body get separated. If there is even a 0.1% possibility that he can live, he won¡¯t die. That is a mutant. Cha Jun Sung can think now. He can say that he¡¯s alive. ¡®I¡¯m helpless.¡¯ Severe hungeres swarming in. This doesn¡¯t mean ¡®I¡¯m hungry.¡¯ It is a small reason, but the big reason is that he is out of strength. He needs to refuel his strength. He¡¯ll do whatever if he can fill it. His whole body feels sluggish. He feels like he is going to fall asleep. But he can¡¯t go to sleep. His instincts are telling him that means instant death. ¡®I¡¯m standing on the edge.¡¯ Life and death ¨C he has a foot in both realms. The choice is the former. He¡¯ll die at some point, and there wille a time when he epts that death fully, but it isn¡¯t this moment. He feels a pain like a skewer is stabbing at his body. But the feeling that he might die is more serious than that pain. ¡®Did ¨C did I lose?¡¯ Right now, Cha Jun Sung might as well be a living piece of meat. He is unprotected right now, and he can¡¯t attack or act in defense. ¡®It¡¯s unfair. I need to live. You guys dragged me into this battlefield.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung¡¯s feelings rumble like a wave. It is a craving about life and a hatred for everything that made him this way. [Give control over your body to me. I¡¯m no longer dependent on you.] ¡®Oriax?¡¯ How long has it been since he¡¯s spoken with the Oriax? It seems it has crawled out because his death hase, but the reality is that it has done a thorough calction. His body disintegrated. Because of that, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mental state is in confusion as well. If the Oriax doesn¡¯t take away control now, he doesn¡¯t think that he¡¯ll be able to do it again. ¡®You asshole...¡¯ When Oriax revealed its true feelings, its thoughts were shared with Cha Jun Sung. He is angry. They are all enemies. Subordination? When the Oriax forcibly invaded his body in the Public Underground? Nonsense! The Oriax is a gate crasher. It brought this upon itself. He chose symbiosis because there was no other option, but there really had been no other choice. It had been the Oriax¡¯s instinctive struggle to stay alive, but everything has an ulterior motive if his death is at the foundation. ¡®I¡¯m going to kill everything that is trying to kill me!¡¯ Cha Jun Sung iled. All he thought of was survival. It felt like something was opening up. Unlike before, Cha Jun Sung felt like something attacked him, and he was gaining a tremendous amount of energy from whatever attacked him. ¡®I¡¯ll eat all of them up, mutants and humans all. As long as I can live!¡¯ The enemy¡¯s attack bes more intense. The Oriax¡¯s mental attack continued as well. He returned the attacks as much as he was attacked from inside and outside. He is struggling to stay alive. ¡®I need more powerful strength.¡¯ It is often said that you can achieve something if you desperately want it. It¡¯s because you have that much qualification. Opportunitiese to those who have the qualification. Waiting for luck without doing anything is just greed. ¡®I can get stronger.¡¯ ck Lord ¨C this is him in another world. If they are the same and they have the same qualifications, he wants to be like him. He wants to... beplete. *** ¡°Uh uh...¡± ¡°Monster!¡± The Rage guild members took steps backwards from the devastation in front of them. Tyrant gulped. He is getting bigger and bigger. The ck lump that had been the size of a human head in the beginning, had be bigger than a truck. Dozens of tentaclese out of the ck lump and skewer the Rage guild members. Then it absorbs each of them. All thates back out of the lump are machines like battlesuits and equipment. ¡°Kill it! It¡¯s trying to recover its strength and resurrect itself!¡± Tyrant knows by intuition that they are looking at ck Devil¡¯s nucleus. There are mutants like that. Those that can resurrect as long as they have their nucleus even if their bodies have been sted away. There are very few among the ultra high levels. ¡°Attack!¡± Tyrant throws light bombs like crazy. His battlesuit performance deteriorated so its power isn¡¯t even half of what it was before, but he attacked however he could. The Rage guild members followed him and used all of their power on the ck lump. Attacks other than bombs and bullets went at the ck lump¡¯s coat, but they were unable to get through and just floated around outside. It is an incredible defense. ¡°Get back!¡± Woong! Tyrant injected as much energy from the level A battlesuit as he could into a light bomb. He is trying to deliver one big blow rather than taking small hits. Before a light bomb with maximum output could leave Tyrant¡¯s hand, the ck lump must have some kind of thought because it didn¡¯t just stand by and watch his actions. Spat! A sharp tentacle cut Tyrant¡¯s wrist in a wink. His arm had already been cut off, so there is just empty space inside the battlesuit part. He didn¡¯t have time to react. If he doesn¡¯t have arms, he can¡¯t use light bombs. The energy doesn¡¯t get delivered properly. Tyrant tried to do it with his other hand, but the ck lump¡¯s transformation came first. The ck lump gradually took shape. It is cloistering to go back to the form it originally had. ¡°I¡¯m...plete.¡± Kung! A moment passed. The ck lump took total form. It is simr to the level 8 ck Devil that Tyrant saw, but there were three pairs of arms and heads with faces on the top, bottom, and sides. It looked like an incarnation of Asura, the battling demon of Buddhism. Cha Jun Sung became a level 9 withplete awakening in his final evolution. *** ¡°Ah ah! Don¡¯te!¡± Tyrant took steps backwards getting chased by something, and falls on his butt. His level A battlesuit bes a rag. It is so ruined that it can¡¯t function. Boom! A mutant with overwhelming magnificence appears in front of Tyrant. It is Cha Jun Sung, who has beplete, superior to all other existence. He has three pairs of arms, and red blood flows down his six arms. The blood is from the six Lifers that he is holding in his hands. The corpses ripped apart behind Cha Jun Sung form a line. He chased Rage guild members running away and killed them sequentially. There is a saying that describes the horrors of war as people¡¯s bodies piling up like a mountain and blood flowing like an ocean. That is the situation that happened in front of Tyrant recently. All that was left of the ck Devil was the nucleus, but it resurrected in less than 30 minutes. Though they had been injured, an entire raid had been wiped out. Not a single person had survived. Except Tyrant. ¡°Did they all run away?¡± The dull voice is monotonous. Emotionless as though a machine were speaking. It is creepy and scary. Tyrant thought he was dreaming. He had realized he wouldn¡¯t be able toplete the mission when about 3 forces died. 4 forces, 400 people had been killed, but they hadn¡¯t been able to leave even a scratch. On top of that, it had beenyered into a special mission. This is it. Special mission ¨C the culprit that¡¯ll force Tyrant to quit. Chapter 246 [Level S Mission: Asura¡¯s Birth] [Goal: Attainment] [Description: ck Devil attacked Evil Queen¡¯s daughters and seized the opportunity to take over North America. Driven to an extreme situation of life-or-death, he transcended the limits of his species and seeded in final evolution. ck Devil killed Cruel King to take over the empty Disaster spot, bing the nucleus of the storm and shaking up the structure of existing Disasters for many years toe. The only thing that is somewhat questionable is that ck Devil, who has gone through final evolution, is simr to Asia¡¯s Disaster, ck Lord. Nothing has been revealed. Lifers. Test the limits. Kill the Disaster and close the curtain on Life Mission.] [Reward: 100,000,000,000 points, dream box.] At that moment, a challenge itself is impossible. Even if World Federation and Bloody Kingdom unite and all Rankers mobilize, they would all be killed. 1,500 people were swept away like dust in 30 minutes. That¡¯s why he abandoned his guild members and ran away. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t rush after him. He followed after him slowly while killing annoying Rage guild members. Cha Jun Sung squeezes the six Lifers he is holding in each of his arms. Their battlesuits be scrap metal in the gruesome grip. Blood and organs spout out from between his palms, but there are no screams of pain. They had already been dead when he grabbed them. Tyrant watched his subordinates pop and vomited. Corpses? He¡¯s seen a lot, but he never imagined that they could look like that. He hadn¡¯t been able to sympathize until now. Now, he can. The probability that he will be like his subordinates is more than 99.9%. ¡°How refreshing.¡± Cha Jun Sung bes intoxicated by the incredible strength he gives off. He realized after he evolved. Level 9 in reality is different from level 9 in the virtual. Level 9s can¡¯t be taken on with one or two fully armed level S Lifers. Would a party ¨C 10 people ¨C be enough? Cha Jun Sung tried calcting the odds based on himself. ¡®It would be a loss.¡¯ 10 people might be too much, but 5 or 6 people would be possible. The onlyplete level S Lifer right now is Cha Jun Sung. There are only a couple level A Lifers as well. With this as a foundation, Lifer would never be able to fight Disasters with current standards. Cha Jun Sung is alone. Other Disasters? They go around with level 8s like ornaments. ¡°Missions are going to get easier from now on.¡± It seems like a destruction of bnce, but he has no intention of saving this strength. He will kill each level 8, cut the level 9¡¯s hands and feet, and go one-on-one. He cannot be sure, but if he has the same strength that ck Lord has, he won¡¯t lose to anyone other than ck Lord himself, whether it is Evil Queen or Bon Load. ¡°I¡¯ll put White Queen and Levadan on hold.¡± He has no intention of fighting ck Lord. He doesn¡¯t want to. White Queen is his ally and Levadan lives in a tricky environment, the ocean. First are Evil Queen and Bon Load. Evil Queen is the only goal for now. Even one is hard, so he isn¡¯t confident that he can take on a level S mission alone. But since he has gained this strength, he will try to kill. If the most potent level A Rankers try toplete a level S mission, they might have to go in for a few years to dozens of years. They might not even get to face off after that time. Very few Lifers are going into missions up to level B periodically, but they can¡¯t even imagine level A unless they are the World Federation or Bloody Kingdom. They are wary of level A too. So level S is overwhelming. Cha Jun Sung is taking over level S alone during that time. Cha Jun Sung had left Tyrant and been thinking of something else, when he turned his head. Tyrant hadn¡¯t cleaned his dirty mouth, and he was looking at Cha Jun Sung with fear. His face had a bit of wonder in it. ¡°Are you curious about something? Tanaka.¡± ¡°How ¨C how!¡± His battlesuit was destroyed, but his PDA is fine and his trantor works. It¡¯s still a wonder that ck Devil is speaking Korean, but he can just get over this. Levels 8 and 9 have abilities that are simr to those of humans. The problem is that this mutant spoke his name. A mutant clearly said a Lifer¡¯s name. How could it know the name of a human from a different world, another dimension? ¡°Since you need to die anyway. I wanted to tell my secret to someone at least once. Though I didn¡¯t know that you¡¯d be the unlucky one.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s 12m body from head to toe shrinks. He kept shrinking until he became so small he was only about 2m tall. A few pairs of horns disappeared, and only a pair each of arms and eyes were left. His skin tone went from ck to a yellowish white. Human Cha Jun Sung. ¡°You¡¯ll know this form of me, right? Murayama Tanaka.¡± ¡°Cha ¨C Cha Jun Sung? Overload? What is this! You¡¯re a mutant?¡± Tyrant raises his voice in disbelief. The way he speaks grows faster as well. His fear went away for just a moment. That is how shocked he is. ¡°I was active as a normal Lifer, and then became like this a few years ago. You know the parasitic mutant Oriax, right? That invaded my body and bothered the A virus that¡¯s in our bodies. After I woke up from living in a craze like that for 1 year and 5 months, I had been transformed into a level 8 mutant.¡± Had the dam broken? Cha Jun Sung told everything about this secret that he¡¯s never told anyone about before. The amount that the supervisors know. ¡°You bastard! Are you expecting me to believe that?¡± ¡°You¡¯re mistaken.¡± Cha Jun Sung went toward Tyrant. He ispletely naked, but he didn¡¯t feel anything like embarrassment. Tyrant¡¯s surprise attack? He won¡¯t even have the energy to do it, but it doesn¡¯t matter even if he does. He is a semi-immortal being, and he won¡¯t die even if his neck is cut off or his brain and heart burst. He put his face forward. He looked at Tyrant from a distance so close he can feel his breath on him. He looks like a human, but there is a ferocity in his eyes. ¡°Believing or not is up to you. There¡¯s no reason for me to convince you. I just told you because I¡¯ve been itching to say it.¡± ¡°Then all of this was your trick? This whole mission.¡± ¡°I guess I didn¡¯t tell you that.¡± Cha Jun Sung held his stomach andughed, and then told Tyrant all about the supervisors, helpers, and how this situation hade about. ¡°How could this...¡± Tyrant was devastated by the fact that he was just a knight on a chess board. To summarize, he was chosen randomly for this mission as Jigneon¡¯s punishment for Borteth¡¯s improper intervention. ¡°Borteth will try to eat me alive if this goes wrong, but I¡¯m not scared. I hope he appears in front of me. So I can rip him into pieces.¡± Cha Jun Sung cursed Borteth and transformed his left hand into a sharp sword. Since their conversation is nearly over, he is going to kill Tyrant. ¡°To be frank, you have no fault in this. We¡¯re just not on good terms, but we haven¡¯t done enough to each other to want to kill the other.¡± Having a bad rtionship in the virtual version doesn¡¯t warrant a death sentence. He knows that Tyrant is bad in the virtual and reality version, but that¡¯s just that. He hasn¡¯t really done much wrong to Cha Jun Sung. If there had been anything, it is that he threw a white phosphorus shell during the battle between their federations. That could be his sin since Cha Jun Sung almost died then. ¡°Save ¨C Save me! I¡¯ll do whatever you want! Like you said, I was used too!¡± ¡°You¡¯re right. But I can¡¯t let you live. That¡¯s the goal of the mission. If I let you live, the supervisors will look at me in a bad light and that¡¯s just trouble.¡± ¡°Ri ¨C right! You don¡¯t like Bloody Kingdom, right? I¡¯ll give you information on Bloody Kingdom. Money too! Trillions! Anything! Please!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t need it. Tell them to live the way they live. Farewell, Tyrant.¡± The de cuts Tyrant¡¯s neck. Blood spurts out like a fountain. It¡¯s the end. He has gone through 10 stages of body modifications, but humans cannot survive after having their necks cut even if they went through 30 or 40 stages. ¡°How boring.¡± Maybe it is because he has be level 9, but the course felt hollow. Though he had used the opening card, he had been a level S Lifer and killing him had been as easy as popping a cap off a bottle. It could have been easier because Tyrant had sustained injuries from the continuous battles. But even if he had been in perfect state, it would have been over in 20 minutes. ¡°So I resurrected from my nucleus.¡± His organs including his brain and heart had been sted away by the light bomb explosion. There are very few among ultra high levels that are able to resurrect from their nuclei. They are basically going around with extra lives. Beholder loses his memory if he resurrects from his nucleus. But this hadn¡¯t happened to Cha Jun Sung. It¡¯s proof that he is superior to Beholder. Also, there¡¯s no way to know whether even mutants with nuclei that can bring on resurrection are able to do so with just the nuclei left over. There¡¯s no way to test it either since they would just die if they don¡¯t have that ability. If there hadn¡¯t been a big danger for ck Lord, he wouldn¡¯t have known about his state either. It is a strange feeling to know something that ck Lord doesn¡¯t know when he thought that ck Lord was superior to him in every way. He will have to let ck Lord knowter if they have the chance to meet again. There has to be give and take. He might get useful information. ¡°I should get back first.¡± He needs to go back to the city with Ant Hell since his PDA evaporated. The PDA he normally used is in the spacepression bag that he left there. Things will getplicated from now on, but he can just resolve everything step by step. Nothing stands out in the face of overwhelming force. Chapter 247 Queen Bomb Ant¡¯s body split in half in a vertical solid line in front of him. Cha Jun Sung can be seen in between the two halves. ¡°Arrogant bitch.¡± To rebel against a king, one must hide their intentions until they have the means to bring on action. That is how they can take a hit. Queen Bomb Ant is the worst in that aspect. Sheined multiple times to a predator who is much stronger than she is. If she had just obeyed him, he would have helped her maintain her power, but it was toote. He killed her himself just as he had decided he would. Boom boom boom! The Queen Bomb Ant is the Bomb Ants¡¯ matrix. When this constancy was cut off, the surviving Bomb Ants from Ant Hell allmitted suicide. The flying Bomb Ants had been annihted and there had been thousands of ground-based ones, but not a single one stayed alive. It is true annihtion. The Rage guild and Bomb Ants are all dead. There is only Cha Jun Sung. Cha Jun Sung took clothing and his PDA out of the spacepression bag he had left hidden. He left the battlesuit. Missionplete. He doesn¡¯t need it. Beep beep! All he did was put it on his wrist, but the PDA turned on. Cha Jun Sung wasn¡¯t even surprised. He had moved deliberately. Tracking him wouldn¡¯t have been hard. Papat! As soon as the PDA turned on, arge hologram came up as a turning 3D model of a single mutant. A description of the mutant is next to the figure. The mutant¡¯s name is ck Lord. It is written in Korean for Cha Jun Sung, and it contains everything that Life Mission has investigated until now. Woong! Another hologrames up. The subject is Cha Jun Sung. It is as though the two are meant to bepared. [What happened?] It isn¡¯t hard to respond to Odin¡¯s question. So he answered. ¡°The same person.¡± [... Are you saying ck Lord and Lifer Cha Jun Sung are?] ¡°Aren¡¯t you guys the ones who connected the two worlds through Life Mission? There¡¯s a slight time difference, but of course they¡¯re the same people.¡± Cha Jun Sung speaks bluntly. Odin knows what he¡¯s saying, but he hadn¡¯t imagined this would be the extent. There are only six. That number exceeded limits among every living thing on the. A virus was first spread in the world inside the mission. They spread it in a gap in dimensions, so it was impossible for people of the times to identify the cause. It was random. They hadn¡¯t been able to discriminate between who became a mutant and how they were evolving. It¡¯s because they can¡¯t investigate each person. They had started to get a handle over the system when the mutant food chain became configured. Until then, they had only observed. They opened another dimension after with the game¡¯s frame as the reality version, a training center where Lifers could be educated on Life Mission. It was on a registered ount basis, so they were able to distinguish those who are talented. They hadn¡¯t suspected that they may be the same people because of this difference. [Then inside there too?] ¡°I guess I¡¯d have to say he recognized me? ck Lord recognized me. We talked a little too.¡± Odin is referring to the dark tent. He confessed everything excluding personal matters. The only thing that the supervisors and helpers don¡¯t know about now, is the 3rd person in their rtionship. Cha Jun Sung doesn¡¯t know about this issue either. He left it out because he doesn¡¯t know if they¡¯ll be able to meet or what will happen going forward. They¡¯ll be busy with the fact that he and ck Lord are the same people as it is. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung, do you know who has evolved to level 9?] ¡°Other than me?¡± [Cruel King, Sea God, and Bon Load can¡¯t know, but White Queen and Evil Queen were humans, so there is one of them in each world.] It is already in the past. Nothing will happen if he tells. ¡°I don¡¯t know. I wouldn¡¯t tell you even if I did.¡± Cha Jun Sung cut him off bluntly. He can guarantee 99% that they will drag him off as a subject for experiments. He was a bonus sample unlike the other mutants inside missions. At this moment, they could choose to be active as a Lifer or to live a normal life. That is their personal lives. He doesn¡¯t want to interfere. ¡°Or just open another dimension and use me as a sample.¡± [We used a tremendous amount of human and material resources in opening just the two.] [It seems simple when looking at just the results, but the effort to go through that process is unmeasurable.] ¡°Then just leave it.¡± He has no intention of bing a pawn. One time is bound to be two times, and two times bes three. His business with the supervisors is done as well. He was promised protection from Borteth when he took care of Tyrant. They have each traded one thing. ¡°I want to go back.¡± [Wait. Shall we talk before you go back?] The voiceing through the PDA is not Odin. Cha Jun Sung thought that it was Gabenu. He is the only person who would be talking to him right now. Woong! A summons gate opens in front of Cha Jun Sung. Jigneon and another middle-aged mane out. The 3rd supervisor, Gabenu. ¡°How surprising...¡± What do they want that they have appeared before him? He¡¯ll get to see all of the supervisors at this rate. Since there are three of them, he only needs to see Borteth. ¡°I¡¯ll get to the point. There¡¯s no reason for you to help us with our work, but there¡¯s also no reason for you to get in the way. I¡¯ll ask. Are you a Lifer or a mutant?¡± Cha Jun Sung couldn¡¯t answer right away. If a Lifer¡¯s focus is matched to humans, Cha Jun Sung is not a Lifer. He could be called a mutant. ¡°I guess I¡¯m a mutant?¡± ¡°I guess you could say that.¡± ¡°We left you alone because up to level 8 is eptable, but it bespletely different when you¡¯re level 9. You can¡¯t go into level S missions.¡± This is nonsense. Cha Jun Sung is confused. They appeared out of nowhere and are telling him that he can¡¯t go into level S missions. This is uneptable. ¡°Do you think it will be possible for a level S Lifer to raid level 9s?¡± ¡°... If it¡¯s a party.¡± ¡°Good point. You¡¯re right. It might be possible if it is a party with level S Lifers fully set with 10 stages of body modifications and 10bination battlesuits. The problem here?¡± Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t speak. Gabenu knows what he is trying to say as well. A party of 10 people means 10 level S Lifers. If the target is just one level 9, five or six people could have enough power. But they have to consider the level 8s that follow level 9s. When Tyrant died, Cha Jun Sung became the only level S Lifer. To be level S, they need to go through level A advancement. They need toplete a mission at the same level as Deep Sea Teeth. ¡°We calcted it and if the World Federation tries level A advancement, about 2 or 3 people would be able to advance. The problem is that everyone else would die. You know well that going through missions with stronger Lifers doesn¡¯t guarantee advancement.¡± He knows. Even if he tries to help others advance after he advanced from World Federation, it doesn¡¯t work. It ends up being that he advanced, so he acts on his own. There are about 30 level A Lifers in the world. Of those, a few need to wait until level Bs grow. How long will that take? ¡°What if you enter level S in this situation? You¡¯ll probablyplete it. Then what choice will you make toplete it?¡± If he can¡¯tplete it with the strength of a Lifer, he will use his strength as a level 9 mutant. His identity has already been exposed. There¡¯s no reason to hide it. ¡°Completing a mission with mutant strength? We¡¯re testing Lifers and mutants to see who is superior. We don¡¯t want there to be in-species fighting. There¡¯s nothing we can do if it urs naturally, but we can¡¯t ept it if ites artificially.¡± It doesn¡¯t matter if he doesn¡¯t use his mutant strength, but they are saying that he can¡¯t use it. If he does, he can¡¯t go into level S missions. It is too hard to do alone. He needs to either wait until other Lifers advance, or go into level A missions with his battlesuit. ¡°We¡¯ll sanction you if you try to take shortcuts and go into lower levels to get special missions. We¡¯ll do whatever it takes, whether it is intervention.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s face convulsed and his eyes became dark red. It is as though they turned into ss marbles. ¡°Whatever it takes?¡± ¡°I overreacted. I¡¯ll apologize. That¡¯s how important this matter is. Anyway, we¡¯ll limit the level 9 strength you use inside missions.¡± To the supervisors, Cha Jun Sung is something strange that came out of nowhere. They can¡¯t control it and they don¡¯t have the authority to do so. If they want Life Mission to run properly, they can¡¯t let him go around in missions as a mutant with strong and transcendent power. ¡°Now you say that?¡± ¡°What do you mean by that?¡± ¡°Whose fault is this that I¡¯ve be like this? Who created Life Mission? You created this mess and now you¡¯re saying you¡¯re going to kick me out?¡± The clothes he just put on begins to rip. He hadn¡¯t been able to suppress his swelling power. The floor bes dented under his incredible weight. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s aura is so murderous that even level 8s would whimper in fear, but Gabenu looked unconcerned. ¡°Well this.¡± It seems that their honest thoughts had touched on the feelings that Cha Jun Sung had been suppressing. It is possible for him to see this as a provocation. ¡°You want me to quit after all of this?¡± 9 eyes look over Gabenu. He has no intention of killing Gabenu. He just needs to take back what he said. All he needs to do is give him his pride. ¡°We did create Life Mission. The operators are saying that they will block an ount because of a bug. Isn¡¯t it weird to argue that?¡± Gabenu countered him with his own logic. Cha Jun Sung felt it. An argument won¡¯t end this. Gabenu shows no signs of yielding. ¡°You said that you would do whatever it takes if I don¡¯t listen, right?¡± ¡°Right.¡± ¡°Then try it.¡± He is epting. He won¡¯t use level 9 strength inside missions. ¡°Jigneon could probably beat you, but the probability is 50/50 in my case, so it¡¯s fair. Since we each have our own thoughts.¡± Gabenu rxes his backward stance. The opponent is a Lifer and level 9 mutant. He has apletely differentbat ark from existing mutants. ¡°Did you know? Apparently, your name is Asura. Isn¡¯t it cool? I came up with it.¡± Supervisors manage levels S and A missions instead of helpers. Gabenu has authority because Jigneon and Borteth can¡¯t be reached. ¡°I chose Asura because of your appearance... but also because I expected this situation. That you would go against us if I tried to bring sanctions.¡± Cha Jun Sung could kind of understand what he was saying, but there were also things he couldn¡¯t. ¡°For this moment at least... I¡¯ll be the Sakra that can overpower Asura.¡± Chapter 248 ck smokees out. A dark demon walks out from among zing red mes. There are hideous scars all over its body. Regeneration is slow. It is because he consumed a lot of energy during his battle with Gabenu. The ck smoke will disappear soon as well. ¡°How annoying. What is that?¡± ¡°Didn¡¯t I tell you? It¡¯s a battlesuit that transcends even level S.¡± Vroom. Gabenu spoke while floating in the air. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s 9 eyes re at him. It looks simr to a battlesuit. Cha Jun Sung can see the particles in nanometer that continuously move. It changed its appearance freely. Cha Jun Sung is a whole body mutation mutant, but there is a frame that he can work within. Even as a master of transformation, he can¡¯t be something like a coin. But the Miracle can transform into anything. Anything. While fighting, the mass became a huge shield or a sword. It was released from Gabenu when that happened, but it fought like a level 8 even without a passenger. The crazier thing is that it operated separately. If he attacked it, the Miracle scattered like smoke. It was like fighting a ghost. He had to focus and attack to feel the impact of the strike. It isn¡¯t safe for Gabenu to stay unarmed when he isn¡¯t in the Miracle. At some point, he took out a level S battlesuit and attacked with that. He is basically wearing twoyers of battlesuits. There isn¡¯t a difference inbat power, but there¡¯s no way to make sense of it. He keeps changing between one-to-one and two-to-one. He is ying with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mind so he can¡¯t focus on a single one. There is significant psychological pressure. ¡®There¡¯s almost no effect from cutting or stabbing him.¡¯ He avoided easily because the attack area is small. When he tried to go through the stomach, a hole would form on just the stomach. Or when he tried to cut, that part would split on its own. In that moment of surprise, Gabenu would follow up without fail. What would happen if Miracle got in the hands of Lifers beyond level A? Lifers below level 8 wouldn¡¯t even be able to face it. Missions would be easy. It is just that that cannot happen. There are only two Miracles, which are owned by Jigneon and Gabenu. They can create it, but it had the worst production difficulty even with their scientific knowledge. So they can¡¯t even dream of creating a supply. There also aren¡¯t people who can use it, so they would just remain as ornaments. Papapat! Cha Jun Sung disappeared. Gabenu used the Miracle to create a primary barrier, and waited. He didn¡¯t move rashly. It is a one-on-one fight. Ignore minor attacks. The win depends on who takes the first real blow. It should be decided around now. Cha Jun Sung and Gabenu are both at less than half of their attack power. There are signs of attack from back and front, left and right from near Gabenu. A ck shadowes at him on the ground and in the air. The Miracle stops attacking. It is more precise to say that he held onto it. ¡°The real one is this side.¡± Boom! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s hand grew like a fly swatter. He has expanded the area because the Miracle keeps scattering like a ghost. ¡°I thought a secondary attack woulde. I had been waiting for it.¡± Woong! The Miracle clustered in one ce and collided with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s palm. There was no push. Strength getspacted as much as the mass does. It was a fail. ¡®I¡¯m going crazy.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung has more offense power, but Gabenu and the Miracle was superior in defense. Moreover, he is a supervisor. If he decides to really get into it, Cha Jun Sung won¡¯t be able to handle it. Who knew he would use an item that Lifers don¡¯t get? The Miracle alone was taking all of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s attention. ¡®Does it have to get murderous?¡¯ They aren¡¯t joking around in the battle. They are fighting with sincerity. It¡¯s just that they were fighting with intent to win, to knock the other out rather than to kill. It is more like a spar. They both think differently, but they be united with one goal. Cha Jun Sung feels killing Gabenu as a burden. He is one of the supervisors who created Life Mission. This is enough of a reason. This is the same for Gabenu. He did mean to coerce Cha Jun Sung, as he is important data in the experiment. There is unlimited opportunity for him to bring them good results. They both worried about the after effects of killing the other. They were considering the disadvantages as they fought. ¡®If he really thinks that the probability in this fight is 50%, he¡¯ll have a method if I give it my all. I can¡¯t hold back. Let¡¯s go at it.¡¯ 9 fronts, 36 eyes looking east and west sink coldly and the emanating atmosphere changes. Gabenu noticed this. ¡°Seems you have no intention of giving in.¡± ¡°Of course not.¡± ¡°Very well.¡± Gabenu put the Miracle in full activation as well. If the fight until now had been tond one blow to injure the opponent, it was now tond one blow to kill. It was right when they had finished changing states and were about to go into a ferocious battle. Gabenu suddenly stopped moving. An unexpected report came in. [Evil Queen wasing back from South America when she was attacked.] [The opponent seems to be the unidentified Lifer who is currently under special management, but he still doesn¡¯t get picked up on satellite.] ¡°Well...¡± For something to happen while he happened to be away from his position. It is troubling, but he remained calm and didn¡¯t show it. ¡°The situation?¡± [Evil Queen is getting pushed back. Something must have happened in South America because she lost her strength. We expect that she has 50 to 60% of her normal strength.] Life Mission has been tracking an unidentified Lifer, but they kept failing because he has the ability to neutralize satellites. All they were able to do was arrive toote after he killed a level 8 and hid. They hadn¡¯t been able to do anything because the battle ended so quickly. But it¡¯s Evil Queen this time. She¡¯s a level 9. She¡¯s a mutant that is fully capable of hanging onto him. Gabenu needs to go catch him immediately. He seems to be a Lifer, but he is unregistered. They can¡¯t understand it. Cha Jun Sung has no way of knowing about Gabenu¡¯s situation, and he puts power into his body. Hepresses like a spring. When he was about to eject that power, Gabenu held up his hand. ¡°Let¡¯s stop. I have something more urgent to do than fight with you.¡± ¡°Who says?¡± ¡°I guess that could have been really one-sided. At least I let you know, right?¡± It is resolved easily if he recalls Cha Jun Sung¡¯s PDA with his authority as a supervisor. He personally exined out of courtesy. ¡°We were able to fight because it was me. If it were Jigneon, it would have been hard for you even if you are another ck Lord.¡± Gabenu said it in a roundabout way, but Cha Jun Sung understood. If they were to act as they please, there are many ways in which they can do it. ¡°Once Jigneon returns, we¡¯ll discuss and let you know.¡± ¡°You¡¯re telling me to wait quietly for your decision?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t deny it.¡± Woong! They can¡¯t fight anymore. Gabenu recalls his Miracle. He¡¯s wearing a battlesuit, so it doesn¡¯t be the form of clothing but covered the battlesuit. ¡°Rest for now.¡± A gate opens up next to Gabenu as it did when he first arrived. It isn¡¯t a gate to take him back to the world he lives in. It will take him directly to where Evil Queen is in battle. Gabenu looked over Cha Jun Sung andughed meaningfully before he disappeared. ¡°Damn it.¡± Bang! Cha Jun Sung smashes a wall with his fist. He¡¯s pissed. As Gabenu said, there are many ways for them to suppress him. He fought out of obstinacy and pride, but the status quo doesn¡¯t change. Hepleted the mission and there are no more risk factors. Cha Jun Sung releases his awakened state and looks up at the sky. It is dark as if dyed with ck ink. It felt like he was looking at his future. He sighed. Cha Jun Sung got his PDA and spacepression bag again, looked down at his palm, and took out the remaining matter from his body. He forgot because of everything that had happened. There is something he needs to take care of before going back to reality. A ck liquides out of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s hand. It writhed like it was alive, and then fell to the floor. ¡°Go. You¡¯re a disgrace, but you were just trying to live too.¡± The ck liquid is the Oriax. When Cha Jun Sung became a level 9, he gained the ability to control every single cell. And he knew. The Oriax was being eaten up by him just as the Oriax had thought. It is a definite for a living being to struggle to survive. He is letting the Oriax go because he is considering the normality of it. The Oriax wanted to gain level 9 strength, but also just purely wanted to live. Of the two, its will to stay alive was greater. He will let it live since there is some kind of attachment even if it is negative. With level 7 strength, it will be able to go and live somewhere. After the Oriax was released from Cha Jun Sung, it hesitated for a moment before disappearing. When the Oriax left, it was left with only fragmentary memories. It isn¡¯t good to know a lot about the world of Life Mission. It is better to forget the unnecessary things because it will go on to live as a mutant. ¡°I should get going too.¡± Cha Jun Sung goes back. He really doesn¡¯t know what will happen to him from now on. What will be the end? He just hopes that it will be be settled smoothly. Chapter 249 Woong! After Gabenu quit his battle with Cha Jun Sung, he arrived in the region where Evil Queen is. It is a level of technology that also allows for movement between dimensions. Teleportation, which is just moving distance, is extremely easy. ¡°Unbelievable.¡± Gabenu¡¯s expression was not bright when he arrived at his destination. It is full of dissatisfaction and surprise. It is as he said, unbelievable. ¡°It was just for a moment, but I was trapped between dimensions.¡± About 1 to 2 seconds, the time it takes to blink a few times? That was all it was. Gabenu had been trapped while leaping through distance for that short time. It had just been 1 to 2 seconds inside, but half a day had passed outside. The temporal gap between the inside and outside had caused this difference. ¡°He¡¯s run away.¡± There are traces of the battle everywhere, but there is no hint of him. It wasn¡¯t just a couple hours, but half a day. It is often said that the powerful fight for days, but this has no credibility to it. It normally turns out that the weak drag on their battles and the powerful end them quickly. Every single attack is fatal. A body and soul are separated within moments. Gabenu released his Miracle. The Miracle,posed of millions of bead-like particles, clustered into dozens, and scattered. Though it boasts perfect performance, it cannot act to its full potential if it is divided too much. The Miracle is more real when united than when it is scattered. That is the perfect number when taking into consideration that a battle can happen anywhere, at any time. Each has the power of level 7. ¡°Hm.¡± Information from the Miracle enters Gabenu¡¯s battlesuit. There are traces everywhere. The destruction range is incredible because they moved as they fought. It was a match for his and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s battle. But there was nothing rted to that unidentified Lifer. Everything had been incinerated. Half a day is plenty of time to do that. [Evil Queen discovered.] Papat! Gabenu went to the location of the Miracle that had sent the discovery signal. There, he found Evil Queen, dead in her awakened state. Scars all over her body. At this rate, there¡¯s no way her opponent is safe. ¡°Move her to myb.¡± [Yes.] The divided Miraclese together. The Miracle puts Evil Queen¡¯s corpse into a summons gate. He needs to find the cause of death. ¡°There are too many unintended variables.¡± The overall frame of the systems are the same, but reality is clearly different. It can¡¯t be controlled the way they want. The unidentified Lifer and Cha Jun Sung who has be level 9. Africa¡¯s cocoon and Evil Queen¡¯s suspicious death. Even Borteth added his name to these variables. Everything had been fun except him, but he also provided strength. [Gabenu.] ¡°What now?¡± [Africa¡¯s cocoon is showing signs of waking up. It seems it will only take a few weeks. Mutants have begun to move busily.] Gabenu holds his forehead. These bothersome events are happening all at the same time. This mysterious test subject is wee to a scientist, but it also isn¡¯t good if it is overwhelming. He hopes it will be sequential. ¡°Open the door. We¡¯ll be on watch 24 hours from now on.¡± It isplicated, but he can¡¯t stop what has already begun. If they stop the flow, it will go against the effects of Life Mission. All they need to do is watch the process and aplish results. *** Gabenu returns. Cha Jun Sung knows he is no longer being watched, and walks out. He had been hiding in a corner of a high-rise building. He was a mess. Forget the fact that his battlesuit is now scrap metal. His left arm was cut off, and the wound he can see past the battlesuit is not light. It wouldn¡¯t be weird for him to pass out now. Cha Jun Sung leaned on a wall and copsed to the ground. He barely killed Evil Queen, but this is the state he was left in. He would be able to use medical tools to reattach his arm if it was left, but the bitch shredded it. The only answer is regeneration. He needs specialized medicine from the store if he is to regenerate. Or he needs to go to the briefing room or Mechanic City, but he cannot do that. He didn¡¯te to the past after careful nning. He doesn¡¯t have enough items because he was sent here through Borteth¡¯s tricks while he had been trying to return afterpleting a mission. ¡°There¡¯s nothing left.¡± He is bitter. The Over Limit, all 20 special cyborgs were destroyed. He used most of his other items too. All he has left are a few things he can use permanently and materials to repair his battlesuit. ¡°If I could get in contact with Lifers...¡± He hesitates to reach out in this situation. He can¡¯t leave a long trail. Even now, Gabenu would have found him if they had miscalcted the time. [You are losing too much blood. You need to hurry up and treat it!] ¡°Yeah. I¡¯ll leave it to you.¡± Losing an arm is a pretty cheap price to pay in killing Evil Queen, even if she only had half her strength. His physical bnce is off, but he will get used to it. There is no trouble for him to fight with his right arm. He won¡¯t be as good as he was before, but he will be able to take on level 8. Wiing. Cha Jun Sung took off his battlesuit. Odin set up medical supplies and treated him. Repair robots worked on the battlesuit. [Are you nning on going to South America?] ¡°Yeah.¡± There is something ufortable about it. He killed Evil Queen, but it doesn¡¯t feel like he did. This is a bonus life. He intends to go since it doesn¡¯t matter when he dies. ¡°I¡¯ll take a look at Bon Load if I get the chance, too.¡± He¡¯s never run into a Lifer who has seen Bon Load. There are only a lot of rumors. They are rumors spread by Evil Queen. He took him on with ck Lord in the future, but he didn¡¯t get to see Bon Load with his own eyes. ¡°I¡¯m sure he exists somewhere.¡± Six Disasters. They may not know, but the supervisors will. They are monsters in the game. There¡¯s no reason for them to y games with them. Cha Jun Sung closed his eyes as he thought. He tried to stay awake, but it was too hard. He gave in to his instincts to just let it be. Odin watched the vicinity with the battlesuit, and aided in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s recovery. Chapter 250 A vast jungle full of lush trees. It is the Amazon crossing through South America. The ce called the Earth¡¯s lungs. As a ce where virus A runs rampant, it is now a paradise for mutants. Though it is arge habitat for mutants, it has be more beautiful ever since the man-made environmental destruction disappeared. Whole forests and trees do not be monsters just because they are contaminated with virus A. It is just that the outside is fine and the inside has changed. A secluded area of the Amazon. Unds that are higher than average. There are unnatural structures that create arge clearing. ¡°The other is dead. It hasn¡¯t been long since it was sent out, but it¡¯s already dead? Even if it is weaker, it should be as strong as Vanessa.¡± A naked womanying on a roughly carved altar. She looks simr to the human version of Evil Queen that Cha Jun Sung killed in Mexico. No, she¡¯s the same. She must be. She is South America¡¯s Evil Queen herself. The one here is the main body and the one she sent out is an alter ego. The two are tied with kind of telepathy. There is no way to exin the principle behind it, but Evil Queen felt the alter ego¡¯s death from a signal. The alter ego shouldn¡¯t be underestimated. It held half of the main body¡¯s strength. Even Vanessa would have to risk death. Evil Queen shifts her position. She is deep in thought. The altar she isying on was originally the Natives¡¯ tombs. It is like a sanctuary. Of course there are no Natives. They are all dead. Though they can live with the forest as friends, humans are just humans. They cannot live in a hell with masses of mutants. ¡°What am I supposed to do if the puppet dies? My ns are ruined.¡± Evil Queen grumbles. She speaks in jest as if she doesn¡¯t care, but it is a serious matter. It will take time to get out of here. It would take least a few years, maybe many times more. She needs to cover the eyes of the 4 sisters and other Disasters until then, but it has been ruined from the start. Speaking of which, it has been quite a while since she has heard from the 4 sisters. She isn¡¯tpletely sure of their state, but it seems they died like the alter ego. ¡°Hm. What is this?¡± Evil Queen didn¡¯t feel sadness from the death of the 4 sisters. It was a pity. Children are precious to mutants as well. But where there are those who are tied with affection, there are those like Evil Queen who are unconcerned. The death of the 4 sisters and her alter ego are along the simr vein. ¡°Since I can¡¯t move now, I¡¯ll shrink.¡± The time she needs is the time to transcendpletion. She is going through that process now, albeit slowly. ¡°Anyway, that means there are fivebining my daughters and alter ego. Does that mean those Lifers have developed that much? It¡¯s dangerous. It¡¯s different from what I¡¯ve heard.¡± Though Evil Queen is a mutant, it isn¡¯t hard to find out information on Lifers. When she caught a few and asked, they told her everything. It is just pure curiosity. Humans hunting mutants? It became the opposite. This thing called Life Mission is simr to a game she used to y as a human when she got bored. That¡¯s why she was able to understand the principle behind it easily. Whether it was a single person or a group, it doesn¡¯t matter. If they have the ability to kill Vanessa and her alter ego, she needs to keep an eye on it. ¡°It¡¯ll be boring until I get out, but what can I do? Right honey?¡± Evil Queen talks to herself. She is alone, but she is using an expression used to speak to a lover. The only honey Evil Queen has is Bon Load. The pieces of bone wrapped around Evil Queen like an armor respond to her call. They are like tree roots. Some even dug into her skin. Disgusting foreign matter is scattered all over Evil Queen¡¯s white and soft skin like veins. ¡°It¡¯s curious that something like you exists.¡± Something that formed from nothing. That is Bon Load. Evil Queen saw something like this for the first time as well. He is a living thing, but it¡¯s hard to say that he is a living thing. Bon Load was born out of the graves where the Natives¡¯ corpses were gathered. Right here. He is spread wide here like tree roots. His personality is on the quiet side, but that doesn¡¯t mean he¡¯s gentle. If he feels a threat on his life, these pieces of bone gather and create a form that can go into battle. It is another interesting ability that is separate from full body mutation. He has reason, but he cannot express himself freely like Evil Queen can. But he¡¯s still strong. Of all the mutants that Evil Queen has seen, he is second to ck Lord. He must have been born with the advantage of strength and the disadvantage of unclear reason because he wasn¡¯t born normally. Evil Queen was able to find him through effort and coincidence. It is the result of thoroughly searching through the Amazon for strong mutants. Since he is a powerful mutant, she was able to produce high quality children by mating with Bon Load. Even without having to consume all of her nutrients. Bon Load is a giant lump of nutrients. Like a nt, he gets energy from sunlight and from nting himself into the ground. Because of this, there was little burden on Evil Queen even after giving birth to seven children. ¡°Give me more strength.¡± Evil Queen didn¡¯te to have children. She is trying to bring Bon Load out into the world through herself as a medium. He isn¡¯t a parasitic type, but he is an unborn mutant so he could if he had a medium that could y a housing role. ¡°The world is bing strange. There¡¯s no meaning if we don¡¯t get stronger.¡± Mutants and Lifers alike, there are enemies everywhere. Before this happened, whenw and order were destroyed as the world fell into pandemonium, the weak died no matter what. Strength was the only justice. ¡°Shall we try sleeping? The kids are watching the area nearby.¡± It will take a long time to get Bon Load out. It wouldn¡¯t be short to humans, but for Evil Queen to whom sleeping itself is meaningless, it is just a moment. The only two things she needs to handle are boredom and risks nearby. The three brothers born through her mating with Bon Load are guarding the vicinity. There is a prettyrge distribution of mutants as well, so there¡¯s no need to worry. They can rest because finding the location is a problem and she has left several devices in ce. Evil Queen¡¯s breathing bes constant. That is how the world came to face a catastrophe without knowing it. The first start began in Africa. *** Living things have feelings. Whether the subject is superior or not. How would it be if the same routine was repeated every day? It would be boring. A human would be able to express that boredom, but a bug cannot express it even if it feels that boredom. But their abilities to feel boredom are the same. Why? Because they are living beings. This is Africa¡¯s Libya. It has been several years since White Queen and Cruel King took their subordinate mutants and engaged in a total war in which they risked their lives. White Queen did what she needed to do, took the seriously injured Titan and Medusa to Europe, and a few stayed behind in Africa. Red Eye, Inferno, Blood Lord, and Beholder are the members left. To stabilize the upied territory? No. They aren¡¯t staying for Africa, but because of the cocoon that hasn¡¯t hatched for years. They had thought that it would take a couple months at most. They didn¡¯t know they would be waiting 10 times that. They are about to ascend into boredom. The subordinates did nothing but hang outzily, but the four of them took turns standing guard over the cocoon. There was nothing they could do. The cocoon was strong at first, but it was about enough to be able to take the four of them on if theybine their strength. But as time went on, it surpassed that and had now reached the peak. They can¡¯t help but be nervous. Beholder, who can calcte its strength, said a few days ago, ¡®If that wakes up and has other thoughts, everyone needs to run away.¡¯ What could that mean? It means they can¡¯t win. The four of them are a pretty good mix. Though it would have been better if Blood Lord had left and Medusa hade in. They can¡¯tmunicate with him because he leans more toward his instincts than reason. He is stubborn. When it is his turn to watch the cocoon, he pushes that duty onto subordinate mutants and goes around Africa to y. Red Eye is also a mutant with personality, but he faithfullypleted his duty because he can be reasoned with. The showy gold cocoon swelled and shrank repeatedly over several years, and has settled into a fixed size for some time now. The color is also getting more concentrated, so it looks like it will give off light. And the outer coat has be taught like a balloon, so it looks like it will hatch at any time. ¡®Stay alert. It¡¯ll hatch within a few weeks. Be ready to run away since we don¡¯t know what will happen.¡¯ Beholder used his telepathic abilities to estimate when the cocoon would hatch. It isn¡¯t exact, but he said the margin of error would be give or take about a week. It isn¡¯t a joke when he tells them to run away. They don¡¯t know if it will be Cruel King or Parasite King, but the energying from it feels pure and clean. That¡¯s how Beholder reads it. It is more urate to say that he read the energy. Being pure isn¡¯t just good. It is ambiguous. It is like a baby. It can be influenced to anything. As they waited in worry and expectation, the hatching period approached. Chapter 251 Boom boom! The cocoon rocks like a heartbeat, emitting its own vitality. Powerful mutants are watching from hundreds of meters from the cocoon. Red Eye¡¯s group is among them. They are in thest position. In the front, Blood Lord created a wall with his subordinates. Shouldn¡¯t they be at the frontmost position? No. Beholder said that when the cocoon wakes up, they need to figure out how much strength it has and what it is thinking before it makes contact. To do that, they need to be in a safe ce. What if it has the strength of White Queen and impure intentions? They need to run away. They created the wall in order to buy time to run away. ¡°Hey. Stop moving.¡± Beholder speaks while on Blood Lord¡¯s back. When Blood Lord moved, it felt like he was riding arge wave. Beholder is slow, so he needs to get on Blood Lord¡¯s back if he wants to run away. Blood Lord had refused in the beginning, butter allowed it after much convincing. ¡°Is it finallying out?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t have a good feeling. I feel like something¡¯s going to happen.¡± Inferno looks at the cocoon negatively. It is disagreeable. There¡¯s no guarantee that it will be their ally as it had done before. There isn¡¯t a guarantee that something will happen, but their feeling that it is thetter is stronger. ¡°Hee hee! We wouldn¡¯t have worried like this if Her Highness had been here, right?¡± Inferno nods. There is trust in his action. ¡°It¡¯s ripping.¡± Red Eye spreads his wings. Inferno and Blood Lord also got ready. Whether it is to run away or for battle. Beholder focused his mind. The beating grew stronger and a clear liquid seeped out from the ripped gap. As more rips formed, the amount of liquid increased. It looks simr to the amniotic fluid that bursts out of a mother when a baby is born. p p p! Red Eye ps a huge pair of wings and flies near the cocoon. He is trying to capture any oddities from a wide view. Through the rip, something simr to an organism¡¯s eye passed by. Red Eye hadn¡¯t been able to figure out what it was either because it went by hurriedly. ¡®Is it him?¡¯ The only thing inside the cocoon is Parasite King. If what Red Eye saw isn¡¯t wrong, it will be Parasite King¡¯s eye. The cocoon swells. It intes like a balloon right before it is about to pop. It is a close call. Red Eye looks at it in suspicion. Mutants are generally born when they rip out of their eggs and cocoons. It is far from the concept of exploding like this. There are individual differences and this wild appearance could be a process of its birth, but could it be from instinct? It doesn¡¯t feel so. The expanding cocoon wriggles. It looks like veins hidden inside the skin are moving. It isn¡¯t constant. They move around at random. Boom boom boom! The cocoon rips like fabric because of the intense movement. Has it reached its limit? Red Eye saw the form through the rip. ¡®A bug?¡¯ Parasite King, the king of helminths. The helminth he produces has the basic appearance of a bug. That¡¯s right. It is a bug. There are other parasites besides Parasite King inside the cocoon. He suddenly wondered why. There doesn¡¯t have to be a reason for why a king is creating a family, but Red Eye still thought about it. ¡®It¡¯ll expand and burst. If it bursts? What about the parasites?¡¯ It will burst. That means it will explode. What if it explodes? They¡¯ll scatter. Parasites scattering? Red Eye looks down. Blood Lord¡¯s family that has created a defensive line, and Inferno¡¯s group behind them. They are in danger. ¡°Get back!¡± Bang bang bang! Did it read Red Eye¡¯s mind? As soon as he opened his mouth, the cocoon exploded and spit out tens of thousands of parasites. *** Parasite King experienced various stages of turmoil when he absorbed Cruel King. Looking at the results, Cruel King is just his host. But ording to the order of the ecosystem, Parasite King is the prey and Cruel King is the predator. That means the weaker body ate the stronger body. In a world where the future isn¡¯t clear, a reversal situation isn¡¯t surprising. Even with an ultra high level mutant. Cruel King is strong, but Parasite King isn¡¯t weak. A lucky level 1 beat an unlucky level 2. There was no issue absorbing the body. The problem was mentality. He had already taken over, so it wasn¡¯t overwhelming to take over a level 9 body or mind, but the real fallout came after absorption. An ultra high level mutant¡¯s powerful sense of self. Cruel King is dead, but everything he saw and felt is contained in his brain. Parasite King absorbed all of this during the fusion process. Because of that, Cruel King¡¯s sense of self had arge impact on his own self of self. Parasite King was normally not very greedy. Mutants are living beings too. Personalities differ between friends and family members. The reticent Parasite King likes quiet. But Cruel King is theplete opposite. He is oppressive, ambitious, and selfish. He hates the world, so he doesn¡¯t trust anyone. That strong sense of self went into Parasite King. He didn¡¯t be Cruel King or anything like that because he is still the subject of the mind and body. Ambition ¨C what he gained was ambition. No matter how much he likes the quiet and peaceful life, he is bound to have at least a single ambition. Even if it is a small one. Cruel King¡¯s sense of self tampered with that. Survival and reproduction. Parasite King¡¯s fate to live in conjunction. Parasite King realized what other equal level mutants thought of him while he traveled to Africa with Red Eye. Other species liked that his parasitic ability was convenient, but that was it. To them, parasitism is just seizure. A species that cannot survive without parasitism, there¡¯s no way to change the way he was born. He just wants to live as other mutants do. As he wants without being wary of others. If he wants to do that, he needs to make it into the parasites¡¯ world. Fusion waspleted already, but he needed preparation. It is toote if he hatches and then prepares. So he produced parasites with the nutrients he was supplied with. As many of quality that he could. Parasite King produced about 20,000 parasites. They are all level 5, and a few are even beyond that. He prepared for a whole year. He was inside the cocoon, but he knew that the mutants he hade with had been watching him. There are a lot of underlings as well. They are densely nearby, so it was perfect to create amotion. If he aims for a moment that they aren¡¯t expecting to hatch, he will be able to have the most effect. ¡®This is mynd.¡¯ Pure craving. He will make Africa into his paradise no matter what. Chapter 252 ¡°Get back!¡± The only ones who reacted to Red Eye¡¯s shout were the same-level mutants. Inferno ignited and spread red mes everywhere. Blood Lord got far away with a couple waves with Beholder on his back. The parasites that flew at Inferno couldn¡¯t even get near him as they burned, much less dig into his skin. Kyak! The parasites swarm toward the giant Blood Lord. He is powerful. In the memory that Parasite King injected into them, that giant monster is one of the four targets they need to infect. The thousands of level 1 blood sucking insects stuck to Blood Lord¡¯s coat, bare their teeth at the threat to their king. The blood sucking goblins and demons were already in an all out war with the level 5 parasites the size of human fists, in which they would either be infected or killed. The outlook isn¡¯t good. They were being pushed back. There are a lot of parasites, but they are as fast as they are small, so they were infected in the blink of an eye. The infected blood sucking goblins and demons were nk for a bit, and then began to attack their own species on the side of the parasites. Red Eye roams the sky. He watches the battlefield from up high. With the parasites¡¯ surprise attack; they were swept into a tussle with one explosion. ¡°It would be easy to clear up if it were just the parasites.¡± Inferno emits mes as a characteristic of his species, but he is confident they cane out without a single scar without such special abilities. How fast could they be? They are just maggots to Red Eye. The thing that bothers him is Parasite King. He finally moves. From the middle of the exploded cocoon, a mid-sized mutant stretches out his curled body. The form is simr to Cruel King. Instead of a gold mane, it is covered in a sticky and sluggish liquid that is transparent like water that shows the organs inside. There¡¯s no way to know why he changed like that, though Parasite King himself would know. ¡°Beholder!¡± As soon as Parasite King moved, the already red Inferno gave off a powerful heat like the sun. He can¡¯t just run away. They need to retain force as well. And this was up to Inferno and Red Eye. Beholder, who is weak in battle, took on mental disturbance. Blood Lord is so big, that he is unable to distinguish between allies and enemies if he fights in the mix. ¡°Hee hee! That bastard! He¡¯s trying to make Africa his world!¡± Papat! Beholder used his telepathic abilities to tell Red Eye, Inferno, and Blood Lord what Parasite King is thinking. There¡¯s no need nor time to exin to each. It is more easily ryed than through speaking. Red Eye and Inferno reacted before Blood Lord. Red Eye ran away into the sky and Inferno the ground. Blood Lord abandoned his underlings. He didn¡¯t care much because he can produce more. ¡®How simple.¡¯ He is eager. It is a concept beyond good and evil. Parasite King wants to create a world in which parasites could live. He wants Africa. Moreover... ¡°He wants to infect us and use us as subjects.¡± Most of the level 8s in Africa were wiped out. It is ownerless. There could be mutants hidden somewhere, but this is the current situation. From Beholder¡¯s calctions, Parasite King is weaker than White Queen but not something that the four of them can deal with. As the parasite species has limits in strength, they prove themselves through seizure and breeding capability of parasitism. He is sure that they have other abilities. Whatever they are, they will be dangerous. They need to get away. But there¡¯s no way Parasite King will just let this happen. ¡°You... need to be mine.¡± Boom! Parasite King rushes out in a straight line with arge driving force. He¡¯s so fast he isn¡¯t even visible. The parasites get stepped on. The blood sucking goblins in front also fall over like bowling pins. It feels like something is behind him. Inferno turns around. He is being chased. They are running to where the sea is. They had created a n beforehand. Moving through the sky is better, but there are no flying mutants that are capable of handling Blood Lord. Not even Dragon would have been able to carry him. Power dissipation is dangerous, so they n on crossing the sea with Blood Lord. ¡®If we stop even for a moment...¡¯ If they can do it, running away bes a lot easier. Blood Lord is great at swimming. Being strong and being active in the water are separate matters. If they get there, Parasite King won¡¯t be able to follow. It¡¯s just hard to get there. ¡®Hit and run.¡¯ Inferno sudden turned while running away, and rushed back at Parasite King. Surprise attack. He pretends to run away and attacks. A high fever kick is aimed at Parasite King¡¯s chest. There is a difference in power, but there¡¯s no safety after getting hit with a surprise attack by a mutant of Inferno¡¯s level. Parasite King must have been surprised too, because he shuddered. Bang! Inferno¡¯s attack hit his chest hard. The strange smell of burning skin spreads. Inferno¡¯s foot went through Parasite King¡¯s chest. It is a fatal blow that would have been able to kill a lower level mutant, but ultra high level mutants can treat it with rapid regeneration. ¡°Ack! You!¡± Inferno struggles to get his foot out. It doesn¡¯te out as if it were stuck in quicksand. He lifted his head and met eyes with Parasite King. ¡°One.¡± In this situation, there¡¯s no way not to know what ¡°one¡± means. One out of four. It means Parasite King will infect Inferno. His foot isn¡¯t just stuck. Parasite King is holding it so he can¡¯t pull it out. Eek! With a sound that could make someone¡¯s eardrums burst, a clear parasite forms from Parasite King¡¯s heart. ¡°That ¨C that bastard!¡± It is the clear parasite that Parasite King created when he infected Cruel King. It is dangerous. If that goes into his body and takes over his brain, it is all over. The clear parasite digs at Inferno¡¯s thigh. The leg stuck in Parasite King¡¯s chest is burning in mes, but unable to protect him from the parasite. That very moment. Red Eye fell from the sky and cut Inferno¡¯s leg off. Then he carried him and flew up. Inferno¡¯s mes burned Red Eye¡¯s body, but he used regeneration to withstand it. Inferno knew this and decreased the heat. He almost died. ¡°It was a mistake.¡± ¡°Be careful.¡± ¡°It¡¯s fine though because it made him pause his chase. Beholder got away.¡± It is true. While Inferno risked his life to buy time, Blood Lord and Beholder ran far. They had gotten to their destination. Red Eye looked at Parasite King while flying. He is conflicted. It is because he himself brought him here. It isn¡¯t anything like guilt. Feelings like that don¡¯t fit with mutants. He just feels weird about it. ¡°It¡¯s early to let your guard down.¡± It¡¯s true. They need to stay alert until they get out of herepletely. It isn¡¯t over yet. This is probably only just the beginning. Chapter 253 Volume 9 / Chapter 253 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Hundreds of tentacles are wrapped around Blood Lord¡¯s de thorns to ensure that he won¡¯t sink in the sea, and Beholder is safely on his back with his body cooling. His body had overheated under extreme tension, putting him in a cold sweat. As the threat disappeared, his tension and sweat evaporated. ¡°We ¨C we made it.¡± They ran from Parasite King for several days. It had been a close call. Beholder and Blood Lord were at ease in terms of their body because they did not fight. But Red Eye and Inferno are practically on the brink of death. As they ran away, they asionally stopped Parasite King¡¯s chase. If they had left Parasite King alone behind them, they wouldn¡¯t have been able to get away. Red Eye and Inferno are powerful mutants, but they fall short in front of Parasite King who has be a Disaster. They were almost infected multiple times. They would have died if Beholder hadn¡¯t tampered with mental disturbance in the middle. It was too much to do continuously, so they just blocked him by taking jabs. Parasite King also doesn¡¯t have a lot of experience in battle, so he hadn¡¯t been able to act to the full of his ability. He could be described as a strong child who is smart. If he had as much experience in battle as Red Eye and Inferno did, they would have gone from a terrible situation to the worst. Due to those efforts, the four of them got away from Parasite King, and Beholder is crossing the sea with Blood Lord as a boat. A stingray that is smaller than Blood Lord but still dozens of metersrge, crosses the water next to Blood Lord. It is Bergon, Red Eye¡¯s pet. Bergon stays in the ocean closest to wherever Red Eye is, even if he doesn¡¯t call it. It doesn¡¯t have a separate home. When Red Eye came toward the sea, it felt his energy, waited, took him and Inferno on, and went off at the speed of sound. The four of them aren¡¯t enough to take on Parasite King. Under the assumption that the seaway hadn¡¯t been there, they could run away onnd though they would have gotten caught at some point. ¡®This is my territory, my world.¡¯ These are thest words that Parasite King left Red Eye¡¯s group with. He can be active in the ocean as well, but there are limits. He can¡¯t move as fast as Blood Lord and Bergon can, so he just left them and went back. Hee hee! When the cocoon exploded and Parasite King hatched, Beholder read what Parasite King¡¯s ambitions were in passing. It has surpassed the limit of its species, but a gap showed from the beginning. As time passed after hatching, his mental state became more firm. Later, it was like looking at a sturdy wall. He had beplete both physically and mentally. What he wanted was simple. He wanted a ce to call home. Parasites are helminths. They cannot live if not for parasitism. They are just fast as bugs in their parasitic states, they are incredibly weak. If he doesn¡¯t create a home as the king, the parasites won¡¯t have a guaranteed survival. That ambition had been expressed. Parasite King¡¯s goal is clear. In Beholder¡¯s mind, Parasite King won¡¯t be a problem if they give him Africa and don¡¯t bother him. Parasite King will be satisfied with what he has been given and live on. ¡°Let¡¯s see what Her Highness says...¡± White Queen is the one who ordered them to watch the cocoon in the first ce. She had hoped that Parasite King would be an ally, but it¡¯s already toote for that. It is diforting that they left a honeb behind, but there is no need to kick it for no reason. As long as it doesn¡¯t challenge them first, it is better to leave this matter until the end. First, they need to report on the cocoon. White Queen is smart. Beholder believes she will think the same way he does. 69 Mission Reorganization (1) Borteth sits in hisboratory and thinks. His expression changes every hour. There is no specifying it. He repeatedly thought of the suggestion Jigneon made a few days ago. Jigneon had basically given him trouble and a solution. Jigneon gave him one of each. But the solution was pretty superior for the trouble he had given. ¡°Tyrant¡¯s death is a big loss... but how enticing.¡± He is a stupid bastard. Borteth had given him strength, but Tyrant had died without even being able to fully use it. When he first heard of this, he thought he was going to go crazy from anger. Because Tyrant died? There¡¯s that too, but there was more disappointment in losing something he had put so much effort into. And from one of Jigneon¡¯s tricks at that. They are both supervisors, but it is too much to challenge the authority of the one in charge. He used a mission with Cha Jun Sung as the axis to kill Tyrant. He has fully shown his intention to block interference with interference. If this happens, the supervisors must fight amongst themselves. This isn¡¯t something that Borteth wants either. It would be stupid to take on the two of them by himself. If he faces off with Jigneon, he will have to go up against Gabenu as well. Until now, Jigneon had refrained from collision with warnings. But with this, he basically dered that he would get involved. As the antagonism grew, Jigneon made a proposal. ¡®We¡¯ll change the terms of upgrading.¡¯ The existing system is toplete advancement until level C. But beyond that, they applied the system in order to distinguish between good and bad. Because of this, those whocked in ability were unable to advance, and were left in the same ce. So countless Lifers got stuck in levels B and C. ¡®We¡¯ll change it so that a Lifer whopletes an advancement mission of the same level 3 times, gets to advance. We¡¯ll tune the details.¡¯ In order to resolve the stagnant Lifers, Jigneon discussedrge measures to reorganize Lifer Mission with Borteth and Gaben. It isn¡¯t difficult to configure advancement missions until level C, but the number of missions decreases from level B. This goes without saying for advancement missions in particr. He expects this to be applied 100%, but they haven¡¯t talked specifics yet. All they have is a basic frame of what they are going to do. But this much is for sure. Contribution points are being abolished. Once this is put into practice, the stagnant Lifers wille swarming in. All they need to do isplete three missions. ¡®The only restrictions will be so that they can¡¯t advance just by getting help from top level Lifers...¡¯ Since they can¡¯t do buses, they need to figure it out on their own, whether they live or die. Advancement level is high even if contribution points are abolished, so a lot of people will die, but much more Lifers will be able to advance going forward. Currently, it is estimated that more than 95% of Lifers are level C. No matter how many die, they are always filled up and remain on the fringe of 10 million. Excluding a certain fraction, they show no signs of advance even over time. There is nothing to test with Lifers below level C now. Level B is mostlypleted as well. The data that supervisors need now are in level A and beyond. Lifers gave up on advancement because it was uncertain even after risking their lives, and they were living in reality. There are only about 30 level A Lifers and after discussing the only level S Lifer, Cha Jun Sung, they decided that he isn¡¯t qualified to enter levels S and A missions. This is a condition that applies to him even if he doesn¡¯t use his mutant strength. They will use powerful sanctions if he goes against them, taking away his Lifer qualifications. They have no other choice because levels S and A missions are extremely limited. The experiment is thrown away if Cha Jun Sung uses his mutant strength toplete them. Even if Cha Jun Sung stayed trapped inside his battlesuit without awakening, his bodily specifications have already transcended the 10th stage of body modifications. They could understand his level 8 strength to a certain point. But he is level 9. He became a being beyond the assumed range. He has developed too much to evaluate him based on a Lifer system. ¡°Was he meant to be this great? There¡¯s a fuss on both sides. What an impressive bastard.¡± At this point, Borteth needs to admit to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s worth as well. Because of his entry restrictions, level S Lifers were only in name. It isn¡¯t easy to get useful information from level A Lifers, made up mostly of Rankers. Whatever they do get will be in small amounts. ¡°The time for an influx is necessary since there are few challenges and numbers because of the difficulty.¡± When there are more level A Lifers, there will be that much more people attempting missions. It is proportional. There are just 30 people now, but when it bes 300 and 3000, there will be that much more data on performance. Of course the supervisors expect enormous sacrifices in the conditions for advancement, and will just result in saturation in level B from C. They have minimal expectations for inflow into level A. Excluding current level A Lifers, the average battlesuit configuration for ordinary Lifers is at 5 or 6binations. With this, they can handle lower or mid level 6s. Even those who were among the top in the virtual version have 7binations, and 8 are very rare. In this state, not even a full raid would matter in a level B advancement mission. Dozens of top level 6 mutants can¡¯t beat a weak level 7. There would have to be Lifers in the hundreds. 2 or 3 mutantse out in an advancement mission. Those are the missions that get chosen. Threepletions. That means they need to risk their lives three times. Chapter 254 Volume 9 / Chapter 254 TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda After running simtions from the information they have gathered until now, if 1000 people try level B advancement, 2 or 3 people will get to level A. ¡°The goal is 10,000.¡± 10,000 level A Lifers. 100,000 people can enter at the same time in level S missions. 10,000 cores, the other 90,000 need to be filled with level Bs. There are at least 2 or 3 near level 9s, with as many as 6 or 7 level 8s. Those mutants under that can¡¯t even be counted. Even with Inferno¡¯s group returning after keeping watch over the cocoon in White Queen¡¯s case, she will have 5 right next to her. ck Lord has just 2 but Korea, where he is, is a small country. But there is very low mutant distribution rtive to how small thend is, so if 100,000 Lifers enter, there will be battles everywhere they go. They can¡¯t just ignore everything and fight with the king. That opportunityes only after they have killed all of the underlings. Then, they need to have both quality and quantity. It is naturally gold if level S Lifers are included in level S missions, but they probably won¡¯t get rid of contribution until level A advancement. Several troublesome matters form when looking at everything, but the biggest two are gear and mission configuration, and controble mutants. Level A items are among the top in Life Mission¡¯s technology. If tens of thousands of level A Lifers form all at once, they need to be paid points but supply won¡¯t be able to follow demand. So testing is important, but it is also important to maintain an amount of members that they can handle. In addition, supervisors can only control mutants gically until level B, level 7. There is no progress with level 8s because theyck data. Supervisors and helpers created Life Mission after thorough calction and long preparation. They didn¡¯t make it in a matter of days. It had taken dozens of years. After going through theory in theboratory, they executed the virtual version, and executed the reality version with 10 years of going through the virtual. The survival of the future hundreds of yearster, depends on the world they live in in this Life Mission. The most important thing to the three supervisors. The sess of Life Mission. They need to prove who is more useful between Lifers and mutants. Levels A through E missions are just preparation exercises for level S. Level S is the main point of Life Mission. The two groups will face a turning point here. A Lifer¡¯s position is offense and a mutant¡¯s position is defense. They separated the roles this way since they cannot control mutants like they do Lifers. If Lifers can¡¯tplete level S missions with some standards in ce, that would be because they are more finite than mutants. Lifers may not know, but time isn¡¯t infinite. It is finite. Even at this moment, time is running out until the end. ¡°We can¡¯t fail.¡± Borteth interfered because he wanted to get more results than the others, but also because he wanted to hurry up and see the end of Life Mission. It isn¡¯t good to drag on time. It is a question of life and death. Everything will end if they fail this experiment, not just the three of them. They could consider starting over, but that is impossible. They do not have the capacity. They areing to thest of their resources to maintain the infrastructure, whether that is manpower or material. The energy to open dimensions drained their strength as well. Whenever Lifers discover resources inside missions that they can¡¯t take back to reality, they sent someone to bring them here. They used these things like equipment for Life Mission. It is because it is impossible to maintain the current state with the resources that they have now. ¡°Barrennd...¡± Borteth waved his hand and a hologram came up. A red is visible beyond the universe. There, is Earth, what was once called the blue star. Nothing is left now after a long umtion of natural destruction and urrences of outbreaks from some point. Borteth has never lived on Earth. It had gotten to that state before he was even born. It was just a memory of his grandfather¡¯s childhood. They achieved technology that can control dimension and time, but they cannot purify Earth with a poption of just millions andcking resources. Borteth is on thest ship that was created on Earth. The ship has been floating around the universe for more than 50 years with a poption of millions. And they found it. It is because they have a problem. Life Mission is the key to resolving that problem. ¡®I¡¯ll give the Africa case to you. In turn, don¡¯t go against the rules anymore.¡¯ Jigneon¡¯s proposal, Borteth moved Tyrant because of Parasite King¡¯s cocoon. He was going to make him go through the rted mission. He lost, but he gained all of Africa on the condition that he no longer interferes. He cannot turn it down. He advanced to level 9. It is an incredible merit to get more level S authority over others. If he bothers Jigneon even after this, he will need to be prepared to go all the way to the end. He doesn¡¯t intend to do that because he doesn¡¯t want a fratricidal war. Borteth felt more psychological impatience than the other supervisors. Theirmon situation is the same. But just as individual personalities are different, the pressure they feel is also different. Time isn¡¯t on their side. *** Cha Jun Sung read the details of mission reorganization on his PDA hologram, and lost interest. The context is simr to a release of restrictions. If releasing restrictions released restrictions on Lifer level entry, this reform n is a trick to move stagnant advancement along. ¡°They¡¯re just driving us to the edge.¡± Lifer levels don¡¯t matter. As long as they risk their lives, they can enter any missions they want and a direct route to advance to level A opens up. The details of reorganization aren¡¯tplicated. It can be easily summarized if they just skim through it. The existing contribution advancement system applies to the path to get to level S. Before that, they just need toplete the mission three times. Top Lifers can¡¯t give them rides on buses, but they can advance without doing anything if they are lucky enough. Though the risk is still high, unless a Lifer hasn¡¯tpletely given up and they still have some lingering desire for advancement, it is obvious they will make an attempt. Humans have a tendency to self-indulge. The desire to divert others¡¯ envy to a sense of superiority is an instinct created by apetitive society. There are over 10 million level C Lifers. Even just 10% is 1 million. How many will be level B? And how many of those will be level A? There¡¯s no way to know if there will be a lot or a little until the resultse out. What they can be sure of is the supervisors¡¯ intent. ¡°If there aren¡¯t enough Lifers to go through upper level missions, they have no choice but to drag them up from the bottom. Especially since I¡¯ve be like this too.¡± Cha Jun Sung is the only level S Lifer. He is closest to level S missions and he has the power toplete level A missions whenever he wants to. He is the best source of data for the supervisors, but he has lost his qualifications to enter missions. That¡¯s not it. He even killed Tyrant. He had paid the legitimate price for Borteth¡¯s interference, but Life Mission had lost two talented Lifers. Level A Lifers made up of Rankers and Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group are left, but they are all being careful. Because of that, there isn¡¯t progress with missions. Lifer advancement stopped at level C and mission progress stopped at level A. This is why they can¡¯t keep up under the existing advancement system. They need to bring up the enormous manpower of more than 95% remaining in level C to get through level A. The sacrifices thate from this? They won¡¯t care. If the supervisors cared about things like that, the lost souls of Life Mission would cry in despair. ¡°Sacrifices are a definite since this is a biological experiment.¡± Cha Jun Sung thinks that the supervisors are determined to sacrifice billions if not all of them before Life Mission is executed. Chapter 255 Cha Jun Sung is frustrated. It¡¯s right in front of him, but he can¡¯t do anything. He can¡¯t even force his way in because his entry itself is blocked. He can go into level B, but there¡¯s no point. He has more than enough points. This is the same as taking away his qualifications as a Lifer. The onlyfort he has is that he can go into the store. ¡°I can¡¯t even help the World Federation.¡± He had promised to buy them level S parts after increasing Albatrus¡¯ distribution ratio and gathering points, but he can no longer keep that promise. Cha Jun Sung told the World Federation and Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group about his situation. He didn¡¯t go into details. He said that he had gotten into a conflict of opinions with the supervisors, who are higher than the helpers, and his entry into missions had been blocked in the aftermath. They all had expressions of disbelief, but he really had been blocked. Albatrus remained at level A state with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s deration, and World Federation discussed two ns for future moves. Are they going to take Albatrus to explore the sea and go through a slow level A mission? Or are they going to neatly give it up and go into a normal level A mission? This is what World Federation is currently debating. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group will follow in whichever direction they decide on. This is something that Cha Jun Sung is sorry about. Maybe because he has a secret that he has kept from them ever since he became a mutant, but the number of missions he entered with his friends had decreased sharply. He thought that he might be able to rx a little since he had gotten all of the annoying things out of the way, but now he can¡¯t go into missions with them even if he wants to. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group said that it was okay, but it was obvious that they thought it a pity. Cha Jun Sung isn¡¯t at ease either. This isn¡¯t just a pause. It¡¯s a permanent stop. He needs to be like this until Life Mission is over. ¡°This really feels like shit.¡± What is all of this? Where is he supposed to use all of this uncontroble energy? Does he have to live hundreds or thousands of years masked as a human? He¡¯ll easily live hundreds of years with a level 9 body. He¡¯ll remain alive after everyone he knows dies? Just the thought of it is horrible. He doesn¡¯t want to live that long. Though Lifers have been created on modern Earth through Life Mission, the Earth itself is a peaceful ce. It isn¡¯t a ce where he can run around as a mutant. ¡°Damn.¡± Cha Jun Sung calms his rage. He doesn¡¯t see a solution. Does he just have to pass time like this? He wished someone would tell him what to do. *** ¡°Then we¡¯ll try that and if it doesn¡¯t work, we can try n B.¡± Hundreds are gathered in arge conference hall that was built circr so that everyone could face each other. They are all World Federation Lifers. Rankers, Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group, and masters ofrge guilds are also in attendance. They are deciding on the second level A mission they will go into. After a careful debate, two paths formed. There were conflicting opinions, so they used majority rule to decide on n A and n B. This is because it is a difficulty in which the entire 10,000-person group could be annihted. Strategist didn¡¯t pay attention to big or small voices. He took into ount every single person¡¯s opinion. ¡°How boring.¡± ¡°Sh.¡± Park Jin Hyuk yawns and Koharo chides him. She knows it is boring too, but it isn¡¯t good to be distracted from the mood. ¡°So first is PDA entry.¡± Park Jin Hyuk said that it is boring, but he had listened to the entire meeting. n A is a normal level A mission. n B is exploring with Albatrus. Finding a level 8 in the ocean is like looking for a needle in a haystack. They never ran into one whilepleting Deep Sea Teeth. Though they did see a level 9. The majority of Rankers voted for a normal level A mission over searching the sea. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group¡¯s 5 votes were also among those. There are more than 20 level A Lifers who can fight with level 7s. Their main thought is that they can take on a weak level 8. Level B and C Lifers will take on all of the mutants below level 8. This is a win with numbers. They will go into the mission with the lowest points, a 1.2 billion point mission. ¡°Basil, you did good.¡± ¡°Hm.¡± Basil gives a sheepish look. There had only been about 50 level A missions. But now, there are a few more at 56. Of those, there are 22 that are below 1.5 billion, and they picked the 1.2 billion point one. Of the lower point missions, there was one mutant that wasparatively easy to catch. [Level A Mission: Catching Seven] ¨C Goal: Attainment ¨C Description: The seven colored armed beetle is living somewhere in the tough Amazon, thergest forest on earth, so big that it can¡¯t even be expressed as wide. The Seven Color Beetle King is always hiding if not under special circumstances. Find him and kill him. ¨C Reward: 1,200,000,000 points. Lucky box. Several candidates had been discussed. Rankers have caught level 8s in the virtual version. But Basil is the only one who has gotten Seven Color Beetle King. Seven Color Beetle King¡¯sbat ability is weaker than that of other level 8s, but its ability to hide is impressive. It basically hides 364 out of 365 days. Once they find it, it is easy to catch it with the World Federation¡¯s abilities. Its defense is as great as its ability to hide, but that is it. There¡¯s nothing else for it to show. Basil caught the Seven Color Beetle King after wandering around in 9bination stealth function for several months. When the Seven Color Beetle King feels an oing threat, it hides even deeper. The annoying thing is that it is small, contrary to its name as king. It is simr to a mid sized car. It would be easy to spot if it were big, but it can bepletely hidden if it is behind a couplerge trees. Basil knows a lot about the Seven Color Beetle King. That is why he mentioned it as one that is easy to catch when each of the Lifers wereying out their opinions. That is how Catching Seven became World Federation¡¯s second level A mission. Basil clearly said. Finding it is the problem. Seven Color Beetle King prefers quiet ces and when something gets near, it watches the situation and then moves. They need to find it first. ¡°It would be nice if Jun Sung could go with us.¡± It is absurd. Losing entry qualification. What on earth did he do while going around alone that he got such sanctions? They can¡¯t understand it. ¡°It¡¯ll be released soon.¡± ¡°Right?¡± Park Jin Hyuk agrees with Kyoko. He doesn¡¯t think that Cha Jun Sung will be blocked forever either. The restriction will be released after a couple months. ¡°We are entering in two months. I will send out a notice, so stay prepared.¡± Strategist ended the meeting. Lifers group with the people they are close with. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group watched and then scattered to spend time on their own. In two months, they will be starting a real level A mission. Two months was short. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group and World Federation entered Catching Seven without Cha Jun Sung. Then at some point, 5 years passed. Where there is a start, there is an end. An end that isn¡¯t clear, but foggy? Then that is the end. This year will mark 10 years since Life Mission was applied to reality. The virtual was used for 10 years as well, so that means 20 years has passedbined. 20 years ¨C a long period of time in which newborn babies be young adults, young adults be middle-aged, and the middle-aged surpass old age and pass away. Common people naturally aged following time. But Lifers chosen by Life Mission were different. Aging stopped for young people as an effect of body modifications. Time reversed 20 to 30 years for the old, and they rediscovered their youth. 5 years ago or even before that, there were several changes to the mission system. The biggest were unrestricted entry and weakening of upgrade conditions. The majority of Lifers who survived thest 10 years are level B. There are a few above and below. Even the worst of them had gone through the 4th stage of body modifications, and level Bs were in the 5th and 6th stages. The estimated life expectancy of 4th stage level C Lifers is over 100 years. They can spend about half of that life span as youths. Level B Lifers can live longer than those at lower levels, and they maintain their youth for a longer period of time. And there¡¯s no need to mention levels S and A. Lifers don¡¯t get sick with small or serious diseases. Not long ago, there was a news report that a level B Lifer ignored a traffic light and crossed the street without a battlesuit. It would be expected for a human to be squashed t after colliding with a car that weighs tons. But that Lifer only sustained a few bruises. They can¡¯t really be called humans anymore. They are superhuman. They had 3 to 4 times the abilities of ordinary people even if they didn¡¯t go through body modification. These were called rookies. Life Mission changed the world. The changes that urred over 20 years are more extreme than changes that should be made over hundreds or thousands of years. Lifer selection and recruitment stopped after 10 rounds. 1st to 3rd rounds were tens of millions, but the number decreased from the 4th round. Supervisors halted recruitment because they didn¡¯t need more lower level Lifers, and they focused on the Lifers they had now. Chapter 256 10 years have passed since it had been brought into realization. The numbers going into missions decreased a lot. Of course the numbers go down when Lifers are being killed every day. There is still no difficulty in levels D and E, that are configured with lower level mutants by nature, but levels B and C are slowly reaching their end. This is because Lifers prefer levels B and C missions most. Life Mission artificially maniptes genes to create that rating, but they halted creation because there is no more information to get. Even level A missions that had reached 50 to 60, now didn¡¯t have many left. This was caused by the majority configuration of level A Lifers. Level 8s are rare. They could create missions with the information they gathered over 5 years, but they didn¡¯t get involved because there were more losses than gains. Standard level A Lifers took the missions below 3 billion points, and the World Federation and Bloody Kingdom swept through them. All that is left are the higher levels. Because of that, the new inflow of level A Lifers got stuck at a wall they couldn¡¯t get over from the start. The two powers took these in. The two powers could increase their influence, and the rookies could follow along with the leaders. The level of skill was distinguished by body modification and battlesuitbination numbers. No Lifer has a 10bination battlesuit yet, other than Cha Jun Sung who stopped activity as a Lifer 5 years ago. Not even the five level S Lifers. Level A advancement has the contribution system, so Lifers cannot advance just withpletion. Only 5 Lifers seeded in reaching level S over the past 5 years. Weapon Master and Chamma Sword from World Federation, and Blood King and Dark Side from Bloody Kingdom. Lastly, Empress of Light from Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party. They don¡¯t know how the two from Bloody Kingdom advanced, but the two from World Federation and Empress of Light went through a fierce advancement mission. It wasst year. 10,000 entering personnel; the majority level A Lifers. It was configured with the rookies who are weak in body and battlesuit modifications but stronger than level B Lifers, and Rankers ¨C the strongest force. Mission title, Three Evil Bones It was carried out in the Amazon, where they caught the Seven Color Beetle King Amazon in mission Catching Seven 4 years ago. They took on 3 level 8 mutants, the three brothers born from Evil Queen and Bon Load. 8,295 out of the 10,000 Lifers died. Of those who died, there were 5 Rankers. Puppet, ck Leopard, Boom Buster, Dual de, Longines. There were many who didn¡¯t die, but were brought to the brink of death. There were 6 Rankers who fought until the end. Of them were Weapon Master who would rather die than retreat, Chamma Sword who enjoys battling stronger opponents, and Empress of Light who was blind with madness. They met contribution requirements andpleted level A advancement. After they became level S Lifers, all level A missions became smooth. World Federation tried their best to advance a few more, but it was no use. The ferocity was gone. They did not advance. Theypleted all of the advancement missions in that process. Nothing is left. All that is left are level S missions because there is no opportunity to advance. 5 level S: Asia¡¯s ck Lord, Europe¡¯s White Queen, South America¡¯s Bon Load, Africa¡¯s Parasite King, the ocean¡¯s Sea God. There were six Disasters, but two are out. North America¡¯s Evil Queen and Africa¡¯s Cruel King. And an unfamiliar addition. It is possible to understand why it was added from reading the description. It is surprising that Disasters were taken out and added in, but they have also experienced Life Mission for 10 years. They know well that the missions are not perfect. It isn¡¯t important anyway, so they just let it be. The key is whether they have the ability toplete the missions or not. Strategist thought that they werecking. They invested a tremendous amount of points inpleting the Albatrus, so he is deciding between whether they should go into the Sea God mission or a different mission. But it didn¡¯t take long to make that decision. In an absence of advancement missions and with stagnant growth, the only decision left to make is whether to stay at a halt or to move forward. *** There is only one spear but because of the ability of the person wielding it, it is split into dozens that go forward like meteors. They prate the atmosphere at the speed of sound. The air is pushed by the spear and it whistles like sharp arrows shot from a bow, but the opponent is also tough. He pulls a sword from a scabbard and flings away the jabs. Then the sword is swung around to block the hundreds of spears. Violet¡¯s booster emits energy and closes the distance between herself and her opponent. She holds the spear in the middle, turns it like a windmill, and creates a tornado. Her body dances brilliantly. She is on offense and defense simultaneously. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t avoid that attack. Violet likes close encounters. She is confident in them. That goes for Cha Jun Sung as well. Woong. Inside the battlesuit. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s face momentarily bes demonic. Partial awakening. One pair of eyes be 9, and there is a sudden increase in vision. This vision exerts synergy with battlesuit capabilities, and ys back Violet¡¯s windmill in slow motion. He sees a weak spot. Cha Jun Sung boldly stuck his hand in. Before the de of the spear reached him, his fist hit Violet¡¯s stomach. Boom! Kyak! Violet screams with the sound of leather bursting. She is pushed back on impact. The powerful whirlwind is forcefully wound down. Papat! The flow is reversed. Cha Jun Sung went at her as if seeking to end it. His Overbooster explodes and slides like rollerdes. The Overbooster switches direction freely and Hades roars with energy from bisection. Violet was dizzy. Hadeses down on the de between her hand holding the spear and her hand without stopping. She feels it in every joint in her body each time she blocks a blow. Violet clenches her teeth and pushes her spear with all of her strength. Cha Jun Sung is surprised for a moment, and creates distance between them. He can¡¯t get close to her when she is using that technique. ¡°Crazy Spear Dance!¡± The booster on Violet¡¯s elbow elerates her outstretched arm. He has seen a lot of jabs, but this ispletely different. The booster on her elbow has superior output to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s Overbooster. The shame is that it is only on her elbow. Violet¡¯s 9bination battlesuit. Crazy Spear Dance is purely offense. It¡¯s also called Infinite Stabbing. If left like this, she keeps stabbing until the battlesuit¡¯s energy is gone. It boasts power that sees an end. Violet followed as much as Cha Jun Sung quickly retreated. Is the reversed flow being reversed again? Of course not. Cha Jun Sung has never lost to Violet in a spar. Bang! He avoided all attacks with a paper thin margin. The spear leaves afterimage as it stabs Cha Jun Sung, and his body also leaves an afterimage as he disappears. ¡®I would have to have been prepared to die if it hadn¡¯t been for my level 9 amplified vision.¡¯ Violet is strong. She was one of the top five Rankers in the virtual version, and this isn¡¯t very different in reality. She is a level S Lifer. If Cha Jun Sung had been a normal human, the only difference between Violet and himself is 1 battlesuitbination. The boundaries between male and female bodies are meaningless due to body modifications. There are definite boundaries until stages 5 and 6. But after that, bodies of both men and women be strengthened to the highest level. Cha Jun Sung is level 9. He can hide the truth inside his battlesuit and human shell, but this doesn¡¯t hide his physical ability. ¡°Eek! How! It¡¯s just 1 battlesuitbination!¡± Violet yells as she sees Cha Jun Sung avoid her attacks. Weapon Master and Chamma Sword sparred with him as well. They were all simr. They couldn¡¯t use their strength against Cha Jun Sung. Weapon Master and Chamma Sword looked simr to Violet when they fought him. They tried going at him two-to-one and three-to-one out of obstinacy. It hurt their pride, but they wanted to see the extent of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s abilities. The results were surprising. Two-to-one was simr, and they needed to be three against one to win. Cha Jun Sung is doing two or three level S Lifers¡¯ worth. The three of them don¡¯t know that he is a mutant. The only difference is 1 battlesuitbination. Though theirbinations fall short, this is too much. They can¡¯t understand it, but they ept the results. Strategist was outraged. If Cha Jun Sung hadn¡¯t been disqualified from entering missions, they would havepleted level S missions with him in the lead. Cha Jun Sung hadn¡¯t expected his disqualification to go for 5 years either. He is fighting with Violet not in a training room, but in a level C mission. He can enter until level B, so they sparred as practice. As long as it isn¡¯t instant death, they can live even if their arms and legs get cut off. That is why they are bolder. ¡®Jab and retreat, jab and retreat. Now.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung took one step forward when Violet pulled her spear back, and grabbed the spear with one hand. His body follows the pulling strength. He followed without resisting. Cha Jun Sung suddenly ended up in Violet¡¯s embrace and hit her chest hard with his shoulder. Bang! Violet goes flying and rolls on the ground. Cha Jun Sung is holding her spear. Not only is there a difference in ability, she also had her weapon taken away. ¡°I ¨C I lost.¡± ¡°Hah!¡± Cha Jun Sung lets out a brightugh at Violet¡¯s deration of defeat. Violet in a rage looks cute to him. Cha Jun Sung puts Hades away. He tossed the spear to Violet, who was getting up. They are both perfectly fine other than slight damages to their battlesuits and energy consumption. It was a spar. It is better to end it at an appropriate line. ¡°To think that you can only watch when you have abilities like this...¡± ¡°Haha. I was really mad at first, but I¡¯ve just epted it.¡± Jigneon called Cha Jun Sung not long after his fight with Gabenu. It was to formally notify him of Life Mission¡¯s decision. It was different from his encounter with Gabenu. It wasn¡¯t in the middle of a mission, and it had been discussed with the supervisors. They could have a conversation because they had plenty of time. Jigneon exined in detail why they needed to block his entry. He had been angry even after hearing that exnation. It was as if he had suffered all kinds of troubles to climb a mountain, but was being told to go back with the peak right in front of him. But what could he do? The decision to disqualify him had been unanimous. Though Cha Jun Sung is special, he is just one Lifer. He can¡¯t fight over Life Mission with the supervisors who created it. ¡®I¡¯m sure they have something in mind.¡¯ If they don¡¯t want him near missions, they could have justpletely taken away his qualifications as a Lifer. But they hadn¡¯t done that. Cha Jun Sung thought that he had been left as insurance in Life Mission for anything that might happen. They are scientists before they are supervisors. Scientists can¡¯t discard possibility, though they might pretend to. ¡°Living like this isn¡¯t so bad. It¡¯s morefortable too.¡± He hid his true feelings and gave a formal answer. Liberated from missions by force. He justzed around in a peaceful life. The most he did was to warm up in lower level missions. But Cha Jun Sung wasn¡¯t satisfied with this life. He is a being that humans would call a devil or a monster in both appearance and ability. But this unique being is living among ordinary humans in a human shell. It feels as though he is wearing a mask. It is like a tiger pretending to be a dog among dogs. ¡°You topped all the records on your own. Why now when all you had left was level S!¡± Violet didn¡¯t finish her thought. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t ask either. He knows what she is trying to say. What can¡¯t be done can¡¯t be helped. He needs to give in. ¡°But didn¡¯t you say that you have something to tell me?¡± ¡°Oh! Right.¡± Violet didn¡¯te to him to spar. She had urgent business. Very important business. She had just forgotten because they ended up in a spar. ¡°Help us explore a mission area.¡± Chapter 257 ¡°You know that World Federation and Bloody Kingdom are tuning level S, right?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± There are only 5 level S missions. There are so few of them that they aren¡¯t really tuning them. Because of the mission difficulty, they need to tie various sources of information together and consider the hundreds and thousands of cases toe up with the best operation. But what would happen if the two powers chose one mission at the same time? The one that chooses first gets it. If they arete, all of their efforts would be for naught. They are on bad terms like cats and dogs, so they cannot know when they will be going into missions and they have to secure their missions. ¡°We barely finished a few days ago. There was so much tension between the Rankers.¡± World Federation still has the most power, but Bloody Kingdom can¡¯t be underestimated because they also has about half of that. ¡°What did Bloody Kingdom choose?¡± ¡°Africa.¡± ¡°That was weak.¡± Africa is the territory of Parasite King, who ate Cruel King. Parasite King is the weakest of the level 9s, so they get less reward points as well. Even so, it is just less for a level S. There are 150 billion reward points for a level S rted to Parasite King. This isn¡¯t evenparable to level A. When Cha Jun Sung was named Asura, he was given 100 billion reward points because the mission ended once he stopped killing. Parasite King is a helminth. Tens of thousands can live together, so all of that was converted into points. Cha Jun Sung predicts that there aren¡¯t many useful mutants near Parasite King. This is because a big storm passed through here. Cruel King and those under level 8 all died in a war with White Queen. But there will be some hidden deep here and there. But it is rtively behind other continents. In the continent right above, Europe, White Queen always has at least 5 level 8s near her. There isn¡¯t a single weak one. World Federation and Bloody Kingdom won¡¯t be able toplete it alone. Maybe if they unite. But there¡¯s no way they would do that. Bloody Kingdom can¡¯t know the details of Africa¡¯s situation, so it seems they used the low reward points and mission description as the standard. To measure difficulty by reward points, the order is Asia, Europe, the sea, South America, and Africa. It is a whopping 250 to 230 billion points. It is a definite result. ck Lord knows what Life Mission is. There¡¯s no way he would leave it alone for their power to be dissipated and defeated. This is something that White Queen could also know if she talks to ck Lord. 10 years passed. They are smart, so it is inevitable that they would try to gather information on these Lifers who are trying to kill them. ¡°What about World Federation?¡± ¡°We took Asia and Europe out of the running because they¡¯re burdensome. Our goal is the sea or South America. We¡¯re in the middle of internal meetings.¡± ¡°Both of them?¡± ¡°One of the two.¡± Both missions have clear pros and cons. It is difficult to decide which is better and worse by conditions like reward points, environment, and the presence of level 8s. The biggest pro for the Sea God mission is of course the Albatrus. The cons are the high reward points and environmental issues. The Bon Load mission pro is that the chance he is alone is high. In Three Evil Bones, his three sons died along with a few other level 8s living in the Amazon. This lessened the burden. The con is that Lifers would be going up against Bon Load bare bodied. There is no end to calcting pros and cons. They could spend all night. ¡°If the location tracker on Sea God had been activated...¡± Cha Jun Sung smacked his lips. He is the only one who can track it because he is the one who put the tracker on. But it¡¯s useless because he can¡¯t enter the mission. He hadn¡¯t expected this to happen, so it is more bitter. Life Mission will be tracking its location. The ocean is vast. It is more than twice the size of the six continentsbined. It is a huge effort to find where the Sea God lives inside of that. They don¡¯t know whether it will take months or years. It could be a search without results. ¡°It would have been good if we could have made two or three more Albastruses.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll say.¡± Life Mission restricts them to one Albatrus. This is because it takes up too much energy to move it into the mission. If location tracking and additional production had been possible for the btrus, the World Federation would have chosen Sea God without a second thought. ¡°The way I see it, Strategist will choose the Bon Load mission.¡± Strategist has been investigating the Amazon¡¯s ecosystem and terrain for the past few months. The Amazon is tinypared to the ocean. If the location tracking device had been activated properly, if they had been able to produce more btruses, they would have easily chosen the Sea God mission. They thought that a single btrus could do its worth, but there was less and less of a difference between the Sea God and Bon Load mission as it lost its merits. He was creating a map of the Amazon that took factors like environment and familiarity into ount. World Federation Lifers are only going into missions near the Amazon. They are acting as Strategist¡¯s hands and feet. After gathering bits of information like this, they searched about 30% of the Amazon directly and indirectly. They couldn¡¯t find where Bon Load is living, but there are a few ces that they find usible. Searching was dangerous by Lifer skill, so they put a stop to it. They intend on searching each after making a final decision at their general meeting. ¡°Bon Load. He¡¯ll be strong.¡± ¡°Him too?¡± ¡°Come to think of it, you never told us how many level 9s you¡¯vee into contact with while going through missions. Though I¡¯ve never seen Bon Load.¡± Violet¡¯s eyes grow round with surprise. Her helmet is off, so her beautiful eyes captured Cha Jun Sung. He has be a mutant, but he still has the aesthetic criteria of humans. Cha Jun Sung exined briefly. Because he had been hiding something, he hadn¡¯t been able to tell them anything properly and he hadn¡¯t felt the need to. ¡°I was lucky but also because I could go into high difficulty missions. Those opportunities arose. That meant it was inevitable that I saw a lot of new things.¡± Violet saw Sea God as well. Her heart almost stopped. But Cha Jun Sung saw a few others. This is the first time she¡¯s hearing this. ¡°How strong was he?¡± ¡°It¡¯s hard to say...¡± There isn¡¯t an absolute standard, but Cha Jun Sung made an approximation byparing with his own strength. ¡°If three level S Lifers and I take on ck Lord together, there¡¯s a high possibility we¡¯ll lose. But White Queen seems possible.¡± ¡°We¡¯ll need one or two more if we want to win.¡± ¡°Right.¡± He doesn¡¯t rmend that they enter at this moment. The sacrifice of level A Lifers will berge. They need to supplement where level S Lifersck. Cha Jun Sung left out only what the supervisors had sworn him to secrecy, and told her everything. This information will get to Strategist, too. ¡®As long as missions are maintained, the fact is whether they will attack or not.¡¯ He doesn¡¯t care about other mutants. Cha Jun Sung was only concerned about ck Lord. More than not wanting him to die, he would feel strange if he died. So he only gave all the information he has on White Queen. ¡°So that means the ck Lord and White Queen missions are impossible.¡± World Federation is at an advantage if it is just White Queen and Inferno¡¯s group. It isn¡¯t just quantity but also quality. They won¡¯t lose if they push through. But it is obvious that there will be level 5 and 7 mutants near them. Creating a battle with quantity while the head is being pushed means defeat. What if White Queen doesn¡¯t create a frontal confrontation? If she sends a powerful mutant in to hit them and fall out, there¡¯s no solution. Violet¡¯s expression is heavy. Cha Jun Sung read her mind. With Life Mission at first, they entered missions,pleted them, and it was over. But the worldview grew more and moreplicated. It was like that with level A but once they got to level S, it grew moreplicated when they needed to use their head as the scale of the war grew bigger. It wasn¡¯t an issue of entering and returning like it used to be. Beep beep! An rm rings from his wrist. Cha Jun Sung looks down at his PDA. He had gotten a message from someone. Why is he getting in contact this time? He met periodically with Jigneon once every few months. All he did was ask how he was doing. There was nothing beyond that. ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°Something¡¯se up, so I have to get going.¡± ¡°Alright. Then I¡¯ll leave first. What should I tell Strategist?¡± ¡°A search... Tell him I¡¯ll help.¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s limit is level B anyway. He gets sanctioned if a special mission is activated and it bes level A. Woong! Violet goes back. As soon as she left, a gate to Jigneon appeared in front of Cha Jun Sung. It is straight. Phew! Cha Jun Sung sighed and went into the gate. He doesn¡¯t have to go. But he goes with a sliver of hope that some of his sanctions might be lifted. Chapter 258 Connection between dimensions. It is an advanced science that is unimaginable in Cha Jun Sung¡¯s world. It is transcendent. Cha Jun Sung is meeting Jigneon in a ce that doesn¡¯t exist in the world. It isn¡¯t the world they live in or the world where the missions take ce. They could say that it is earth and just the dimensions are different. He found out recently, but this ce is a world outside this world of the three worlds, meaning they are out in the universe. Jigneon gave Cha Jun Sung a lot of information. Where they are and how the world turns out hundreds of years in the future ¨C it was like listening to history. But he didn¡¯t give any direct information regarding Life Mission. With the bits of information however, he was able to get a worldview with the source of the processes and results. Ordinary Lifers have a repeated pattern of killing mutants for points and buying gear, but Cha Jun Sung is different. ¡®What is the true goal.¡¯ It is the one question that he can¡¯t resolve even after 10 years. Even Cha Jun Sung who knows a lot of information, could not guess it. He knows that the first and second worlds are locations for experimenting. They cultivate and match them up in fights to show which is stronger. If they show it? After that? They must be trying to prove it because there is somewhere to use it. He can¡¯t tell whether they are in pursuit of extreme machines with science or something to create biologically transcendent humans. The most mysterious thing is that they are trying to createbat weapons. It is obvious why they want experiments like this. This is now the only thing that Cha Jun Sung is curious about Life Mission. One more thing could be Life Mission¡¯s end. There¡¯s nowhere to go once level S missions areplete. The experiment is over. Will everything go back to normal once it¡¯s over? Too much has urred for that to happen. The people who died? The neers? The equipment spread out everywhere? Woong! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s thoughts are shattered. Jigneones out of a gate that appeared with the resonating sound. It isn¡¯t a hologram. It is him in person. Cha Jun Sung only nodded while in a seated position. Jigneon responded simrly. They do not have a rtionship to exchange formalities. ¡°Why did you call me?¡± ¡°I had some business.¡± Jigneon responded indifferently to his blunt tone. ¡°What business is it?¡± ¡°Take a look at this.¡± Zing! When Jigneon moved his hand, a hologram formed and split into hundreds. It has a photographic technique simr to that of the Universe Eye. They were watching active Lifers in it. It was like watching a sci-fi movie. Cha Jun Sung watched the hologram without speaking. Lifers killing mutants and Lifers being killed by mutants. That is the reality. Though his human emotions had been lessened after bing a mutant, it isn¡¯t a pleasant scene for him to watch. He is incredibly ufortable. ¡°What is it? Are you reminding me that Lifers are experimental specimen?¡± ¡°I won¡¯t deny what we¡¯ve done, but we didn¡¯t have evil intentions like that. I have a different reason for showing you this. Look. You can see it, right?¡± Life Mission¡¯s wide range satellite is iparable to the Universe Eye and Lifers can¡¯t avoid it unless they are making a great effort to hide from it. On top of that, if they buy a battlesuit from level C advancement, devices to watch Lifers like location tracking are attached. ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°This is normal. But the thing is... there¡¯s something that isn¡¯t.¡± Woong! The hologram channel changes. This time, it doesn¡¯t divide. It only shows one. The strange thing is that the screen doesn¡¯t show up clearly. ¡°Is it broken?¡± ¡°It¡¯d be weird for a technology that transcends dimensions to have errors, but it would be better if it was broken since we could just fix it.¡± ¡°Then?¡± ¡°To borrow the terms you people use, it is like a bug.¡± Cha Jun Sung had a nk expression. A bug in a satellite? But why is he showing him this? Is Jigneon¡¯s business rted to that?¡± ¡°It isn¡¯t a problem with the satellite.¡± ¡°Juste out with it. I hate when things are dragged out.¡± ¡°Something is disturbing missions. It seems like a Lifer, but we can¡¯t control him because he isn¡¯t registered in Life Mission.¡± There is a block in the satellite view when they try to watch the unidentified Lifer. It isn¡¯t able to function because of a type of radio interference. Several videos saved in the hologram are yed back sequentially. This time, it is clear with HD quality. It isn¡¯t hazy. ¡°Look around carefully. This is a reproduction of the situation at that time. It won¡¯t be a 100% match, but it can be a reference.¡± It boldly took out small things. It was only filled with the big factors. ¡°He¡¯s a swordsman.¡± ¡°Yes. He uses a sword like you do. Most of the battle trail has been erased, but we sessfully reproduced it because weak parts were left.¡± A sword was the main weapon of the Lifer in the video. Cha Jun Sung felt a strange interest and familiarity at the same time. He somehow feels simr to him. ¡®The way he uses his booster too. This is weird.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung saw the Overbooster in his movements, but he wasn¡¯t able toe to the conclusion that it was his future self. It was beyond his thoughts in the first ce. Dead mutant¡¯s presence was expressed in the unidentified Lifer. It is because the difference between whether they could get a grasp on it or not was clear. ¡°Start here.¡± ¡°Huh? Benukiz?¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure you were wondering why there aren¡¯t any missions. He killed all of them.¡± If the battles until now had ended easily, the battle with Benukiz had dragged on for quite a bit. But the win ultimately went to the Lifer. Not long after Benukiz died, Narsiel and Vanessa arrived. Cha Jun Sung felt like they were untangling a thread. ¡®That¡¯s why they asked if I killed her.¡¯ He went after Odelia at around the same time. There were many suspicious points like their use of the sword, so they had no choice but to think that. ¡°It¡¯s thest.¡± ¡°Ah...¡± Cha Jun Sung let out a groan. The Queen of Evil mission that had disappeared 5 years ago. Evil Queen had been fighting with the unidentified Lifer. ¡°For reasons we can¡¯t figure out, Evil Queen fought with 50 to 60% of her strength. Let¡¯s just say it was half. It was extremely fierce.¡± Even half would be stronger than level 8s like Red Eye. Cha Jun Sung couldn¡¯t take his eyes off the video. In the end, Evil Queen copsed. It took a long time and he seemed to have been wounded, but he won. To think that a Lifer like that exists. He is impressively skilled. ¡°It wasn¡¯t enough that he ruined levels A and B, but he also ruined level S. It¡¯s a proper bug. We need to catch him but as you can see, we can¡¯t because of several issues.¡± ¡°The inability to track his location and ability.¡± It is a situation in which they can¡¯t track him with their satellite. Even if they could, the conditions aren¡¯t that they could control or kill him. They barely found a trace of him in South America and sent 500 special cyborgs, but they were all reduced to scrap metal in less than an hour. ¡°500...¡± ¡°They were fully armed.¡± Fully armed special cyborgs are simr to top level 6s. If there were 500 of them, level 7s and 8s would not be able to take them on so easily. But that is a meaningless number since he has killed a level 9. ¡°Can¡¯t you catch him yourself?¡± ¡°Of course we tried, but he warps dimensions and adjusts time. If you get trapped inside for 1 or 2 seconds, half a day passes outside.¡± They can¡¯t tell how he is avoiding the satellite¡¯s monitoringwork and controlling time, but they suffered under this ability and power multiple times. ¡°Are you telling me to catch him?¡± ¡°It isn¡¯t something we can ask of other level S Lifers, isn¡¯t it? Exining would be tricky, too. Honestly, it¡¯s easy because there¡¯s nothing to hide from you.¡± Cha Jun Sung understood. He thought it might be fun. ¡°Why didn¡¯t you tell me before? Why now?¡± ¡°We thought we would soon catch him back them. We didn¡¯t know it would drag on for so long like this.¡± They began tracking him in earnest 5 years ago, and they still haven¡¯t been able to catch him. The supervisors wanted to hurry up and get rid of this bug. ¡°We¡¯ll give you a big reward.¡± ¡°I have more than enough points. The same goes for gear. I don¡¯t need it. You said the reward would be big? Release my entry restriction.¡± ¡°Impossible!¡± Jigneon rejected the notion bluntly. There are things they can do and things they can¡¯t. Cha Jun Sung can¡¯t go into level S and A missions. There¡¯s no meaning to it. ¡°What can you do?¡± ¡°Whatever my authority permits as long as it doesn¡¯t interfere with the experiment.¡± He frowned at the vague answer. He can¡¯t figure out the standard. How could he know the extent of Jigneon¡¯s authority? ¡°Fine. I¡¯ll change it. Tell me the real reason for creating Life Mission and about the dream box in the level S reward.¡± Testing Lifers and mutants cannot be the real reason for creating the game. That¡¯s just the way they present it. And the dream box. They can only get it through level S missions. There¡¯s nothing for him to gain, so he might as well find out about this. He had been curious about it. ¡°I don¡¯t know about the former, but I can¡¯t get thetter if I can¡¯tplete missions anyway, no? I don¡¯t see how it is disadvantageous for you to tell me about that.¡± When Cha Jun Sung pushed firmly, Jigneon made his decision. It is burdensome, but it was something he could resolve with his authority. ¡°I¡¯ll ask first. When is your departure?¡± ¡°I can go at any time, but the problem is finding him.¡± ¡°It¡¯ll be difficult. All traces of him disappear randomly.¡± ¡°If I find him, do I kill him?¡± ¡°Bring him back alive if you can. There¡¯s a lot we want to ask.¡± They need to find out how he got through Life Mission¡¯s system. It is best to get a handle on it if it isn¡¯t the cause of a greater force. ¡°We¡¯ll answer one of the two questions as the reward. Which do you want to know?¡± ¡°I...¡± Cha Jun Sung opened his mouth. He might be able to get an answer to all of his questions. Chapter 259 ¡°This and this.¡± Cha Jun Sung is purchasing items he needs for missions in the level S store. It has been so long he can¡¯t even remember thest time he went shopping like this. His points went over 100 billion after hepleted the ck Devil mission. They were left alone because he had nowhere to use them after that. ¡°I¡¯ll have to pack carefully.¡± His opponent is a Lifer who killed level 9 Evil Queen. His presumed ability is beyond level S at the least. Cha Jun Sung decided to fight while wearing a battlesuit. This is easier for him to utilize items than being in his awakened state. He intends to use his mutant strength too if he needs to. ¡°Dream box. It really is a box of dreams.¡± It isn¡¯t the same concept as the lucky box with random items. The dream box doesn¡¯t give something material but something assumed. If theyplete a level S mission, supervisors grant a wish with their authority. It can be anything as long as it is within the limits of what their technology allows for. They can meet someone who has died as well. They can¡¯t save that person, but they can be sent back in time to when that person was still alive. He asked if they could be sent back to the time before Life Mission began, and they said that wasn¡¯t the case. It isn¡¯t simply time reversal. They change dimensions. They are living a new life in a new world. There are a lot of things other than that, and it was to the point where nothing from the human imagination was impossible. That is how extensive their science is. ¡°What a pity. I would grant a lot of wishes.¡± It is just a wish. There¡¯s no point because he can¡¯t get his restriction released. [Are you ready?] ¡°Yes.¡± [Odin will support you once you enter the mission. We¡¯ll figure out the support within 30 minutes. Give it your all.] Cha Jun Sung shrugged his shoulders. There was a different kind of tension from when he was catching mutants. It¡¯s this feeling. He had been waiting for this kind of excitement. Woong! The gate opens. Cha Jun Sung entered a mission with excitement for the first time in 5 years. A mission wasn¡¯t configured, but his goal is clear. [This is where his traces were detectedst.] ¡°When was that?¡± [... Half a year ago.] ¡°What? Half a year?¡± Cha Jun Sung is astounded. If thest traces of him were half a year ago, it means he¡¯s no longer here. The current location is Argentina, the southernmost part of South America. ¡°How are we supposed to find him? He¡¯ll know a lot about this gear if he¡¯s a Lifer.¡± Even though he is unregistered, he has to be a Lifer if he is wearing a battlesuit. If a Lifer hides, it is like finding a needle in a haystack. [Even the traces he left behind half a year ago havepletely disappeared. He isn¡¯t even getting detected in the wide area satellite.] ¡°That means a Universe Eye can¡¯t find him. This is such a headache.¡± Cha Jun Sung isn¡¯t in the middle of a mission. He hase in to fix a bug, so he can temporarily use satellites that are better than Universe Eyes. Jigneon, the top supervisor, had permitted this. He can also go back and forth between reality and the mission freely. There are no restrictions on his movement. He is more like an operator looking for the bug than a Lifer. It is limited to this mission, but he is beyond thews of Life Mission. He has Jigneon on his back and can exert all sorts of abilities. If he can¡¯t use the satellite, he¡¯ll have to use his body. South America is huge. If they miss each other during his search, he¡¯ll have to go back and search a ce he had already done again. There¡¯s such a small chance, but he thinks it¡¯ll be fun. [In this kind of case, there¡¯s only one thing he could have tried.] ¡°I think I can figure out what it is too.¡± Cha Jun Sung thought about it from his own standards. How could someone disappearpletely from a satellite? The answer isn¡¯t difficult. Clunk! His battlesuit armor opened up and Cha Jun Sung stepped out in tights. He looks up at his 2.5 meter tall battlesuit. Machines connect to each other. The battlesuit emits a unique energy wave. If they can track this energy, they can find traces of him. But if he goes around without wearing it? There won¡¯t be a link, so they won¡¯t be able to find him. There¡¯s no doubt this Lifer took off his battlesuit when the supervisors began tracking him more fiercely. He is walking around bare bodied. ¡°Even if she was at only 50 to 60% of her strength, a level S battlesuit is absolutely necessary to kill Evil Queen. And he¡¯ll have gone through the 10th stage of body modifications if he¡¯s able to handle that load.¡± Someone at the 10th stage of body modifications should be able to take on level 5 mutants without a battlesuit. He would be able to protect his body. Vroom! While Cha Jun Sung was considering all of these different things in the ce where he had been summoned, the space near him opened up and thousands of cyborgs came out. 90% of them were top level and 10% were support. It is too hard for Cha Jun Sung to search this vastnd for an outstanding opponent by himself. For that reason, the supervisors sent them as a force to support Cha Jun Sung. They will avoid engagement with mutants as much as possible, and focus On searching. Since they are machines that do not have life in them, they won¡¯t attract the attention of mutants with low intellect as long as they don¡¯t show prominent behavior. ¡°Since we¡¯re in Argentina anyway, let¡¯s do a sweep from the bottom up.¡± Boom boom boom! Thousands of cyborgs activated each of their search functions and scattered. They will search not only buildings, but each room in the buildings. *** Cha Jun Sung entered alone. Thousands of cyborgs are supporting him, but it is too little when considering the size of South America. Outside the mission in another dimension, Jigneon watched this situation in real time via satellite and decided to use Lifers. He decreased the avable missions in the other five continents and created more in South America to add in more Lifers. He had temporarily changed the frame of missions like they had done with Africa. He had gotten consent from Borteth and Gabenu as well. Lifers became Jigneon¡¯s eyes and ears without knowing it. They were just looking for their designated mutants in order toplete their missions, but it was also a process that would help look for the unidentified Lifer. There is a difference in each continent, but there are about 150,000 to 200,000 Lifers staying in missions. There were multiple times that in South America. A lot of Lifers are going in and out, but there were always more than 500,000. All of those Lifers searched through South America. After 10 years, there were almost no level D and E Lifers. By proportion, level B is highest, then level C, A, and S. Because of that, most preferred levels B and C missions. The standard was in units of forces to raids, so the active radius was inevitably wide. A full raid could turn most big cities inside out. More than 500,000 Lifers swept through South America for months. Lifers weren¡¯t able to find what Jigneon had been waiting for. But would the reverse be the same? Cha Jun Sung who went around in hiding felt something strange. ¡°I¡¯ve been seeing a lot of Lifers these past few months.¡± [It looks like they have adjusted mission distribution. They seem to be looking for Lifer Cha Jun Sung. If they keeping in concentrated like this, we won¡¯t be able to hide for much longer.] Cha Jun Sung watches Lifers hunting level 6s from the window of a waste building. He suffered quite a bit for a couple days because of them. He had been resting in this ce for about half a month, but those Lifers came in and started digging around to find mutants. It had been hard hiding from them. 5 years had passed since he hade to South America following Evil Queen¡¯s trail, but he hadn¡¯t been able to achieve what he¡¯d wanted. There had been no point ining here. He has no more gear left and he can¡¯t supplement it. He can¡¯t contact Lifers much less use the store. He needs to live entirely independently. Then half a year ago, he ran into 500 special cyborgs. He had taken care of them within 1 hour, but it had been dangerous. If it had taken just a little longer, he would have encountered one of the supervisors. He has no supplies and his left arm was cut off. If he had been in a normal state, he would have been able to run away even if he may not be able to win after running into a supervisor, but it would all be over if he ran into them now. Since then, he went around without wearing his battlesuit. He may be unregistered havinge back to the past, but it is better to be meticulous. [Are you nning on staying in South America? There is a big error with ack of equipment, but there isn¡¯t anywhere you haven¡¯t been over thest 5 years.] ¡°There is. One ce.¡± [Amazon... all the gear you have now is your battlesuit. If you run into a level 8 and it gets destroyed, you can¡¯t function.] Odin knows how harsh the mutant distribution is in the Amazon. It is of the top five difficulties in both quality and quantity in the whole world. That¡¯s why he doesn¡¯t rmend going there. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s abilities are outstanding, but it is dangerous without replenishment. It might be okay on the outskirts, but there are a lot of level 7s in the center. In addition... [It¡¯s Bon Load¡¯s territory.] Odin is a helper. The approximate locations of where Disasters, Nightmares, and other level 8s live are saved in his artificial intelligence. The details are the unique authority of supervisors. Bon Load and his three sons live in the Amazon. Cha Jun Sung is a dead man if he meets Bon Load in this state. ¡°I¡¯ve put my life on the line.¡± [You killed Evil Queen. Lifer Cha Jun Sung, you¡¯ve done more than enough.] ¡°I don¡¯t know. Why was she so weak?¡± She technically wasn¡¯t weak, but she somehow felt fake. Compared to the Evil Queen he fought in the future, she hadn¡¯t had half of the strength she had then. Before Vanessa died, she said that Evil Queen had gone to meet Bon Load. She could have been weakened from giving birth and that would need to bemunicated, but she hadn¡¯t been able to do that either. It had been like fighting with an idiot. ¡°I have to make sure.¡± Odin gave up. He pitied Cha Jun Sung. A man who lives with guilt, who lives because he can¡¯t die. He could just forget everything, but he hadn¡¯t been able to do so. Chapter 260 ¡°Do you have to go?¡± ¡°I think it¡¯s weird too. It isn¡¯t a sense of duty and no one¡¯s pushing me to do it. I¡¯m deciding whether I want to go or not on my own, aren¡¯t I? But I want to go.¡± Park Jin Hyuk held both of Kyoko¡¯s hands tightly. His hands are shaking. 10 years of Life Mission. In that time, Park Jin Hyuk had reached his thirties. He is no longer the high schooler he had been when he first met Cha Jun Sung. ¡°Koharu and Violet, Jun Sung are all beings like this. Why are you doing this too? Level S is level 9. It¡¯s a Disaster. You could die. It¡¯s not a joke.¡± Not long ago, World Federation made a final decision on the level S mission they¡¯ll go into. After debating between Sea God and Bon Load, they had decided on thetter. Koharu, Violet, and Basil epted the Bon Load mission that Strategist proposed. The same went for Park Jin Hyuk. Kyoko is the only person who won¡¯t go. Level S Lifer reinforcement is impossible because there are no level A advancement missions, so a lot of level A Lifers formed. All that¡¯s left is whether they collide or not. ¡°What about our baby?¡± Her full belly. Kyoko was left out of the mission because she is with child. Their mission is scheduled for next month. It is simr to her expected delivery date. This means Park Jin Hyuk will be on the edge of life and death while the baby is being born. ¡°I won¡¯t die.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t kid yourself. We¡¯re strong, but we¡¯re not invincible. Honestly, I was too scared during Three Evil Bones. There were mounds of corpses everywhere!¡± It was the worst level A advancement mission in which more than 8000 people died, including Rankers. The difficulty had been iparable to that of Deep Sea Teeth due to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s absence. If the force that entered had been pushed back just a little, they would have been annihted. ¡°If Jun Sung, our leader who was always one step ahead and who made the impossible possible, were going in too, I would have let you go without any issues. But he can¡¯t do missions anymore. There was that much sacrifice for 8 billion points, so how will it be for 190 billion?¡± Everything Kyoko is saying is right. She wanted to take Park Jin Hyuk out of the Bon Load mission. If he falls back, Koharu and the others will follow. Though it has been long since Cha Jun Sung has acted properly as a Lifer, he still retains his abilities. No, he is much better than he was before. He is like two level S Lifers. How great would it be if he were present? The reward points for the Bon Load mission is 190 billion. Three Evil Bones was 8 billion. With a simple calction, it is almost 24 times that of Three Evil Bones. They don¡¯t need to experience it to know. Hell is waiting for Lifers. ¡°I already told them I¡¯m going. There¡¯ll be a hole in the force if our party falls out.¡± Koharu, Basil, and Park Jin Hyuk are top level A Lifers, and Violet is one of only three level S Lifers. ¡°Try to understand my position.¡± Kyoko shook her head. When Park Jin Hyuk sees that Cha Jun Sung can¡¯t go into missions, he feels a sense of duty that he needs to end it in his stead. He won¡¯t listen no matter how much she tries to stop him. She can only hope that he wille back alive. *** Time went by quickly. Time goes by faster when you don¡¯t want it to. A month went by in the blink of an eye. ¡°We¡¯re entering in two days. I want to see him before we go in, but where on earth is he? He went back on his promise all of a sudden?¡± ¡°Yeah. He said he couldn¡¯t do it.¡± Violet spoke. Just one day after asking Cha Jun Sung to help with the Amazon search, he contacted her saying that he couldn¡¯t do it. She didn¡¯t get angry that he went back on his promise. It doesn¡¯t matter if he doesn¡¯t do it. She¡¯s curious about why he turned them down, but she hadn¡¯t been able to get a clear reason. ¡°It seems he¡¯s inside a mission from the way he can¡¯t be contacted.¡± ¡°His maximum is level B, but a level S Lifer staying inside a level B mission for several months?¡± ¡°He could be wandering around.¡± Park Jin Hyukughed bitterly. To cross paths like this. He will be sure toe back, but he wanted to see Cha Jun Sung¡¯s face before going. ¡°Let¡¯s just do a good job,plete the mission, and see him when we get back.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Violet gave Park Jin Hyuk strength. It is the day after tomorrow. The day they enter level S mission Ruler of Bones. It was strange. It formed irregrly. It was like white flour sprayed on a person lying on their side. It was either breathing or a part of its body was swelling up and down. It seems to be a living being. Of course, it isn¡¯t human. It is Evil Queen, who left another self behind and disappeared 5 years ago. She is in a deep sleep. Evil Queen hadn¡¯t moved from this one ce in 5 years. She had turned all external functions internal. She cut off allmunication with the world, so much so that she wouldn¡¯t know what was happening right next to her. It is like a consciousness that is trying to let her be born again into a more perfect being. She had lost all concept of time. She focused only on the changes happening to her. Then it was as the process was finishing and she was gaining control over herself. Evil Queen opened her eyes. It wasn¡¯t a big act. All she had done was open her eyes. White powder permeates into Evil Queen¡¯s flesh. It is being absorbed. When the absorption was over, all that was left was a white-haired woman. Evil Queen stands up and stretches. Sensual movements. This is unnecessary behavior for mutants, but it¡¯s a habit of hers. ¡°How many years has it been?¡± She had thought that the consciousness would take a long time. She hadn¡¯t been able to specify exactly how many years it would take, since she hadn¡¯t known how the changes would proceed. Evil Queen¡¯s upper body twists abnormally. Then a skull resembling that of a human¡¯s appears. It is Bon Load who has fused with her. ¡°Ugh I can¡¯t control it.¡± Bon Load doesn¡¯t have a clear form like other mutants. This giant tomb is his container. If Bon Load had been weaker than Evil Queen when she first contacted this bizarre creature, she would have eaten him for the nutrients. But they were able to form a symbiotic rtionship because they were equals. In that process, Evil Queen learned more about Bon Load. Then she had a thought. What if Bon Load was contained not in the tomb, but in herself? It felt like something they could handle. She thought of this after she saw Asia¡¯s ck Lord. A mighty energy that suppressed the will to fight emanated from his body. It would have been good if they maintained a friendly rtionship, but they hadn¡¯t been able to do that. But the meeting with ck Lord was just a gauge to start thinking about it, there was a different reason why they executed it. It was because of Africa. Evil Queen was human, so she knows howfortable science is. She found out about Africa with intelligence to an extent. There was a war between Europe¡¯s White Witch and Africa¡¯s Beast, and White Witch won. The one from Asia was in the rear support. Names aren¡¯t constant between Disasters. They each have their own names for each other. Anyway, it is certain that the white one and ck one formed an alliance. Evil Queen decided to fuse with Bon Load at this point. This is the result. Though they have fused, Bon Load¡¯s mentality is still present. It is better to think that they coexist. Mutual dependence. Evil Queen can show Bon Load the world after having been tied to one ce, and Bon Load can lend Evil Queen his incredible strength. It is her body, but Evil Queen can¡¯t control Bon Load to her will. They cooperate with each other as equal presences. She had been expecting this much. ¡°This is plenty.¡± These words were aimed at ck Lord. The one she had seen a long time ago. He was surely strong, but she could feel the boundary of power because she had a foot in the same boundary. In this state, she is easily twice as strong. Even if he and Europe¡¯s white one came at her at the same time, or some other variable arose, she could win. ¡°I think all of the children are dead... Must be the work of those Lifers.¡± They hadn¡¯t gotten in contact 5 years ago, but they still haven¡¯t given word now, so she is sure. ¡°Since we¡¯ve rested a long time, shall we get moving?¡± Evil Queen left the tomb with Bon Load in her. They will be busy for the time being. They need to go past Asia to Europe. Chapter 261 [Level S mission: Ruler of Bones] ¨C Goal: Attainment ¨C Description: One of the six Disasters that are veiled in mystery. Somewhere deep in the Amazon, Bon Load was first revealed through Evil Queen. No Lifer nor mutant other than she has seen him. There¡¯s no way of knowing what he looks like or what his abilities are. He is an opaque presence, but there is no doubt that he exists. All of the mutants born between Evil Queen and Bon Load were level 8s, and it is impossible for Evil Queen to conceive 7 level 8s on her own. This is indirect evidence that Bon Load has the same ability she does. There were originally 6 level S missions, but there are now 5 due to an unidentified phenomenon. Take on this challenge if you are ready to test your luck at the 5 opportunities. ¨C Reward: 190,000,000,000 points, dream box. Strategist looked over the level S mission on his PDA, and went back to the screen. Ruler of Bones. The description alone shows what the difficulty will be. ¡°Move here.¡± ¡°Summon to one ce.¡± 100,000 members entering, World Federation¡¯s Lifers move in unison. It is a wide open space that can¡¯t be found in the Amazon. It is an artificial base camp that Lifers had created while investigating the Amazon. There are a few other ces as well. Woong! Hundreds of nes are summoned to a spot on the field. They are basically armed, but Lifers supplement what iscking. They are battle weapon sentinels that are capable of vertical takeoff andnding like helicopters. They had wanted to bring tens of thousands if they could, but they could only bring 300 into a level S mission and each was worth 10 billion points. They havebat ability that would allow 3 or 4 of them to fight like a mutant. It can transport 1 force, 100 people. In the case of supplies, there wasn¡¯t enough even after filling each Lifer¡¯s own levels S through B spacepression bag, so they filled a few more. Even a level B spacepression bag is approximately the size of a 1400 square foot apartment. There¡¯s no need to even mention the upper level spacepression bags. There is a lot of supplies. It would be enough for one person to survive inside a mission for over 3 years. They invested all of their personal points and World Federation gave enormous support as well. Top level Lifers who had more than enough points brought in multiple times that. On top of that, they released the owner recognition systems so that others could use it if they die. That is the extent to which they put their survival on the line. Boom boom! An iron wall was built up in case of attacks from mutants near the base camp. The linemen were 100,000 top level special cyborgs. It is easier to think of each Lifer being in charge of one cyborg. They are 200,000 all together ¨C a force in which all of World Federation¡¯s abilities are focused. ¡°Bloody Kingdom entered as well.¡± ¡°If theyplete their mission and we fail ours, it¡¯ll be an embarrassment for us and our influence will crumble. This isn¡¯t a simple mission. It¡¯s an invisible war.¡± Strategist voices his thoughts in response to Weapon Master talking to himself. Level S mission fail. That would mean this ce bes a grave for 100,000 people. If they fail, going back alive is unimaginable. If Bloody Kingdom seeds, they will ride that momentum to swallow Mechanic City. Entering at the same time means they are using their missions as an excuse to wage war. If World Federation takes over Mechanic City while World Federation is in a state of failure, the world they know will be flipped inside out. Even level B Lifers boast the abilities of an army division or corps alone. It might be too much with frontal confrontation, but there¡¯s no solution for regr citizens. The chances of sess and failure are simr for the two powers. World Federation¡¯s points are as high as their power and Bloody Kingdom¡¯s are as low as their standing. ¡°Africa is wide. It¡¯s easier to be active in than this damp ground.¡± Though they are wearing battlesuits, humans arend creatures. Africa¡¯s widend is a positive factor for Lifers because they walk onnd. It is a favorable environment for several reasons but the Amazon on the other hand, is extremely unfriendly. Even without mutants, humans can¡¯t live here for many days. Weapon Master looks at the giant forest in the distance. Other Lifers looked over as well. ¡°There¡¯s no use inining since we¡¯ve already entered.¡± ¡°Right.¡± If they were going to consider who had the advantage, they should have discussed that before entering. It¡¯s stupid to quibble over that after entering. This is the only chance they¡¯ll get to quit the mission, but they have no thoughts of doing that. They only have one assignment from now on ¨C advancing. *** Dozens of sentinel cross the Amazon sky. The role of the sentinel spread out east and west with headquarters at the center is to search the area. Bang bang bang! The moving sentinel maintain heat and fire weapons like attached cannons. Their opponents are flying mutants that are approaching from everywhere. There are thousands of them, but they hit the ground without leaving even a scratch because they are only level 3 and 4. Mutants swarmed in a frenzy following the smell of flesh and blood, trying to get a bit of the chunks of flesh. Since there are a lot of dying mutants, a lot of mutantse in. The sentinel wandered the sky and opened the door after watching the atmosphere. Bang bang bang bang! Several missiles with the power to tten a 4 to 5 floor buildingnd in the middle of mutants that are eating. They might run away if they fire a machine gun. They were gifted with power from the beginning. The ground is different from the sky. There is no end to hiding ces. After the sentinel sent a few more bombs, they spread out here and there. Then the force level Lifers on board were sent to the ground. They halted battle only afterpletely sweeping the area. [Zone D, Area 29 attackpleted.] [Zone D, Area 29 attackpleted.] [This is the core leader. Currently, we havepleted the full attack on zone D.] Strategist divided the Amazon like Mechanic City and ssified zones to create a map. The initial summons area is always a safe ce. They arrived at the base camp they created here, and went up one by one. In the entire Amazon area, they marked the ces they attacked in blue and the ces they hadn¡¯t in red. There were still more ces marked in red. It took 15 days to attack to zone D. They could finish to zone Z with this calction in three or four months, but that¡¯s impossible. There are few strong mutants in the beginning. The quantity and quality get better over time. They are in the process of sweeping through the Amazon. They could encounter level 7 and 8s. [This is zone E area 1. We have found a species we suspect to be level 7. It isn¡¯t recorded in the pictorial book and predict it is a mutant that hasn¡¯t been discovered yet. [What is the environment and mutant distribution like?] [There are hundreds of underlings near the mutant, but there is nothing special other than that. We will send in force if you give the order.] [Go in after three forces have gathered.] [Roger!] They need to be cautious starting from level 7. Even level B Lifer have to go in in dozens, and they need multiple times that if there are underlings as well. Each sentinel has one party of level A Lifers. But they can¡¯t forget that they¡¯re in a level S mission. They need to be careful. The search was carried out only by the sentinel. They could only search by foot after there was primary confirmation from the sentinel. 300 sentinels. The capacity is for 100 people excluding two cyborgs in the cockpit, so 30,000 people are being dispatched at the same time. World Federation acted in three teams. That means 90,000 people. The other 10,000 either guarded headquarters or took on support duty. Rankers and top level A Lifers with 8 to 9bination battlesuits or above, did nothing but wait at headquarters. It will create a difficult situation if they follow out into ordinary missions and someone dies. Their mission is to fight Bon Load. They¡¯ll move only if a level 8 or beyond is found. The 90,000 people need to handle up to level 7. It can look like some people are working and some are resting. But their duties were assigned by ability. A level S Lifer could do a level A Lifer¡¯s job, but the reverse is not true. They were in the process of thoroughly dissecting the Amazon. Many of them will die. Before theye face to face with their final goal Bon Load or even after they meet him, it¡¯s unknown how many of them will have survived once the mission isplete. All they can do is their best. They hope and hope for positive results. Chapter 262 10 sentinels float in a rectangr form. They are in proper arrangement so that they can go into battle at any time. Right now, the sentinels are empty. Excluding the cyborgs sitting in the cockpits, all personnel have gone down to the ground. They can only clearrge areas with bombs. They need to go in themselves and dig in if they want to take care of the smaller parts more carefully. 1 raid was dispatched in this area. A 1000 person force unit was scattered out to carry out their mission to annihte mutants. In other words, 10 forces. ¡°Hyper Kick!¡± Boom! A level 6 mutant Ghost Deer¡¯s back is destroyed under one Lifer¡¯s kick. Disgusting chunks of flesh fly with that impact. The advantages for insect series mutants are powerful force, health, and defense. Of those, defense is the best but it is over once that copses. Boom! A grenade goes into the caved in back. An explosion inside. The Ghost Deer stretches helplessly. Its organs are crushed. Simr things happen nearby. Lifers grouped in forces bomb straggling mutants and are overwhelmingly on offense. ¡°Alright alright. Hurry up and clear this, then rest.¡± The force leader speaks as he brushes traces of the Ghost Deer from his leg. His battlesuit¡¯s lower body, under the knee to be precise, is abnormally developed. He had modeled it with more focus on one area. His may not be like that of Rankers, but his battlesuit is a 7bination that is on a simr level to that of mostrge guild masters. He is actually the master of arge guild with roots in the Nethends. The force he brought in is made up of elite guild members. The 100,000 that entered together are ranked by ability in World Federation as well. ¡°As expected from master¡¯s Hyper Kick! It¡¯s one hit for a man.¡± ¡°If you can get past 9bination, you won¡¯t fall behind Rankers either.¡± The force leader felt lifted by the members¡¯pliments. If only there wasn¡¯t a difference in thebination numbers, he would pack a hit that wouldn¡¯t fall behind any other battlesuit. Even if thebination count is the same, the types ofbination considering factors like whether it is specialized for battle or support make a huge difference in power and ability. The force leader was sure. If the Hyper Kick reaches 9bination, not just his lower body but his entire body would be strengthened. ¡°We¡¯re done here. It looks like the other forces are finishing up as well.¡± One by one they reported that they hadpleted their duty via their radio channel. There are several radio channels. It gets messy if 100,000 use a single channel. They have force channels that at least 100 people use. Only Strategist got integrated management of all of the channels in themunications sector at headquarters, and everyone else acted within the channels they were allowed. [Raid 85, respond.] [Raid 85 responding.] [Forces areing in over the radio in order, but we¡¯ve been disconnected from forces 841 and 846. 8 forces get together immediately and find what happened to them.] The force leader¡¯s face dropped at the new mission. This was the same for the force members. They lost contact with 2 forces. This is a bad sign. ¡°The raid channel was quiet.¡± A tranquil jungle. They heard several explosions in sequence because they were fighting mutants, but losing connection with 2 forces is a separate matter. If something had happened to them physically, they would have ignored channels and yelled ¡®Help!¡¯ into the radio. But there had been nothing. ¡°This is worrisome.¡± ¡°Damn it!¡± The mission experience of the 100 people herebined reaches over tens of thousands. Veterans among veterans. They thought of the worst case scenario first. ¡°It would be nice if they were just beingzy, but there¡¯s no way that¡¯s the case. In this kind of situation, there¡¯s a high chance that they were killed without a sound. It¡¯s 200 people.¡± They could understand with level E, level D, and level C Lifers with battlesuits. But for that to happen to level A and B Lifers? [Force 849, go to the location I call out.] [Yes.] The coordinates sent over raid 85 leader¡¯s radio enters the direction they need to go in, and it gets marked in the battlesuit helmet. ¡°Alright, let¡¯s go.¡± ¡°Huh? Fo ¨C force leader, over there...¡± ¡°What?¡± Right before the force leader moved in the direction marked. A few force members discovered something and pointed. Then at that moment... ck shadows flew violently through the air at the force members¡¯ heads. They were thin cloth-like fluttering tentacles. It prated exactly 90. Level A Lifers reacted and avoided the attack, but all level B Lifers were killed. ¡°What ¨C what on earth is this!¡± ¡°Ugh! They got away again. Huh? 10 lived again? This is really funny.¡± The ce that the few dead force members had pointed, where the sound wasing from. The surviving level A Lifers turned their heads. ¡°They¡¯ve advanced a lot when they used to die on contact. They avoided my surprise attack?¡± Sunlight reflects off the white hair that falls to her waist. Her skin that looks soft like silk distracts them. The nude Evil Queen walks out from the jungle. The 10 people are unable to move. A heavy pressure crushed them. The force leader beat that pressure and took steps backward. His experience until now tells him. That woman isn¡¯t a human. She is a level 8 mutant at the least. He can understand why they lost connection with 2 forces. Level B Lifers got swept away like sand in a wave with one surprise attack. Of course there¡¯s no way they would be able to get in contact with them. On top of that... Their minds became heavy like their bodies, and their mouths felt heavy too. For it to be this difficult for pioneer like level A LIfers to get a word out. Evil Queen rolls her eyes. They roll around like toys. It isn¡¯t fitting for someone with such a pretty face, like something out of a horror movie. Only a couple seconds had passed since she appeared, but it felt like a thousand years to the Lifers that had been reduced from a force to a party. Papat! Evil Queen made the first movement. She looks like a weak female human, but she was so fast that not even a level A battlesuit could detect her. ¡°Hurry up and report!¡± No one could get to their senses. The force leader¡¯s realization was when they finally got a grasp on the situation and flew everywhere like grenade fragments. All he has to do is open his mouth. Huh? The sight of the force members tilts. It is strange. The world reverses. ¡®How?¡¯ The force leader looked at themselves and hardened like ster. He wants to ask. Why is she looking at them like that. To tell him since they can¡¯t see. The 9 people other than the force leader are divided into dozens of pieces as her tentacle is brandished like whip. Their battlesuit outer armor rips like paper. ¡°It¡¯s the same pattern. 90 die in the first round, 9 in the second, and 1 survives in the end. So this is how 100 people are put together.¡± ¡°This is crazy! You crazy bitch!¡± Boom! The force leader aimed a Hyper Kick at Evil Queen¡¯s neck. It is a frantic struggle for survival with dozens of tons of power behind it. Bang! Evil Queen lifts her arm. Her thin straw-like arm blocks the attack of a 7bination battlesuit that is thicker than a woman¡¯s waist. Very lightly. It wasn¡¯t actually light. The surface that Evil Queen is standing on is unable to withstand the Hyper Kick, and copses. The impact had gone through her. ¡°You aren¡¯t weak. It would have taken some time if there had been 100 people like you.¡± There¡¯s no need for her to awaken. Being in her human state is plenty. It¡¯s just that they be bothersome like flies if there are a lot of them. [Save me!] Evil Queen¡¯s hand goes through the battlesuit¡¯s chest. The force leader¡¯s chest is also prated. He spoke over the radio right before he died unlike the others. It is because he was able topare the simrities that existed when Evil Queen massacred the first and second forces and then the third force. Not even a level A Lifer would have been able to withstand it without having gone through the 7th stage of body modifications and a 7bination battlesuit. The force leader who had been so proud of his Hyper Kick had only been half level A Lifer. That means he was weak. A level A Ranker could easily take on one party. ¡°The path is fun. I get to warm up. Let¡¯s see. There are still a lot.¡± Evil Queen¡¯s senses transcended even those of level 9. They are so developed that she could hear a needle falling from several kilometers away. She can feel it. There are a lot of Lifers like this nearby. Much more than she¡¯s killed already. ¡°They¡¯reing on their own.¡± Until now, Evil Queen went looking for them herself. But this time, they came to her from all different directions. Is it because she killed themter than she normally did? Evil Queen used to be human, so she knows a lot about machines. This kind of armor will have a means formunication inside. 700 Lifers heard their fellow Lifer¡¯s scream and surround Evil Queen. A few already began reporting. Soon, they will see Evil Queen¡¯s appearance. But they won¡¯t be able to determine species or identity with just that. ¡°I think it¡¯ll be fun this time.¡± Bang! Evil Queen ran toward the encirclement. It might take longer than when she killed 100 people, but it¡¯ll still be easy if they have simr abilities. Chapter 263 Volume 9 / TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda World Federation¡¯s headquarters. The atmosphere is strange in themunications sector. Strategist was going over the information that raid 85 had sent through a short while ago. There is a death toll. There isn¡¯t anything special about dying inside missions because it ismon, but a raid was instantly massacred. They hadn¡¯t even been able to properly react. ¡°I¡¯ll go.¡± ¡°Stay back.¡± Strategist restrains Weapon Master. If he goes, they¡¯ll be certain to get information like the new mutant¡¯s strength. But the risk is too great. If something goes wrong and he dies, it¡¯ll be beyond a disruption in their n and they¡¯ll have to worry about failing the mission. If he goes, the three level S Lifers and all of the top level A Lifers have to go. This means all of the supporting core behind them as well. Woong! Strategist reyed the video that raid 85 sent on the PDA. The Lifers inside themunications sector including Weapon Master all look in one direction. A white haired, beautiful woman moves around between 700 Lifers wearing battlesuits. She killed on impact. There is no distance. ¡°She doesn¡¯t even get a scratch?¡± Nuclear speaks in terror. They can say she¡¯s strong. But 700 people together can¡¯t hurt her. All they do is graze her. She either avoids bombs that attack wide ranges or fired artillery, or something simr to a shelles out and protects her main body. It looks like partial awakening. ¡°The instation there?¡± ¡°It¡¯s over.¡± He is referring to the Universe Eye. When they take care of enemy forces in each area, a level S Lifer puts up a Universe Eye at the location given to them. They are zoning the areas that they have passed and watching them. ¡°Alternatives?¡± ¡°There isn¡¯t enough information. We¡¯ll keep searching for now and look for trends. After that, we¡¯ll keep an eye out for an opportunity and decide whether we¡¯re going to take care of it or not.¡± They can¡¯t just go out blindly to catch it. They need to know more. Strategist shared information on the unknown mutant with all of the Lifers. He told them not to engage if they run into it and to immediately board the sentinels and retreat. They are far from headquarters, but they can¡¯t get close. Cha Jun Sung looks up at the night sky. He feels uneasy. He had gone back to reality to get some rest, and had heard unexpected news. [While you were gone, they went into level S mission, Ruler of Bones.] This is what he heard from Kyoko. While he was searching through South America in his deal with Jigneon, World Federation and Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group had entered a level S mission. He had known that they would enter at some point because there was nowhere to go up at this point, but he didn¡¯t think that they would do it so suddenly. [Jun Sung, take care of Jin Hyuk and the others. They could all die.] Cha Jun Sung couldn¡¯t say anything. For his entry disqualification to shackle him like this, it is enough to drive him crazy. He feltforted to an extent because there are 3 level S Lifers and the supporting power is impressive, but there¡¯s no telling the future. The more frustrating thing is that after he got this news, Jigneon reminded him of his current situation again via his PDA. Summarizing Jigneon¡¯s words is simple. He basically told him not to have unnecessary thoughts. He is not to even go near the Amazon, the mission area. Cha Jun Sung can¡¯t focus on his mission because he is consumed by his worries about Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group. He has been nk in one ce for the past few days already. Even during that time, the cyborgs that Jigneon sent in support have been busy in their search. They move busily ording to the way they were programmed because they are not human. ¡®The Amazon...¡¯ Cha Jun Sung keeps repeating this to himself. He was already inside a mission. Worst case scenario, he wanted to just quit everything. He would bepletely disqualified if he goes against thews that the supervisors made, but he couldn¡¯t just stand by and watch something go wrong with Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group. The problem is that while his eyes and ears are currently obscured, he can¡¯t know the situation over there. But all of this flowed in an unexpected direction. *** Jigneon opened a supervisors¡¯ meeting. It was to talk about mysteries like Cha Jun Sung¡¯s mutant form and the unidentified bug. The 3 supervisors hologram watched a video full of flesh, blood, and shrieks without a care and were busy in conversation. ¡°Level 8?¡± ¡°No. Not even Inferno who is the strongest of level 8s in human form would show that kind of ability in his awakened state.¡± Gabenu refutes what Borteth is saying. It isn¡¯t a level 8. For convenience, they decided to call the mutant inside the video the White Haired Reaper. White Haired Reaper is going wild among 700 Lifers. A level 8 might be able to kill 700 Lifers, but it would have sustained a wound. That is how powerful the force is. The helpers inside the battlesuits of the Lifers that died there saved video footage of the battle and sent it to the supervisors. They are automatically edited to send through easily, so there was no need for them to touch the footage up. All the supervisors have to do is make a judgment. ¡°Could it be level 9?¡± ¡°The chance that it¡¯s a level 9 is high, but it¡¯s weird. This is before she¡¯s awakened, but she¡¯s too strong.¡± The difference between levels 8 and 9 manifest after awakening. It is difficult to show transcendent strength in the shell of whatever they are whether that might be human form. The White Haired Reaper used partial awakening with power simr to one weakest level 8 and killed an entire raid within moments. The first 3 forces were defeated one by one but from watching video, it didn¡¯t seem like the result would be much different even when they were swarming in together. ¡°On top of that, there are two patterns.¡± Gabenu pauses the video. White Haired Reaper has two patterns. Attacks using tentacles and defense using a white carapace that looks like a bone. It isn¡¯t fixed. It switched ording to the situation. She applies in variety. It is inevitable that the Lifers die helplessly. ¡°The decision?¡± ¡°We¡¯re done though we¡¯re not 100% sure.¡± ording to all of the information they collected in Life Mission until now, White Haired Reaper¡¯s identity has to be one of three. ¡°I studied Evil Queen¡¯s corpse that had been in South America. In conclusion, it is like a snake shedding.¡± ¡°The inside is empty?¡± ¡°Yes. The genes are the same, but we can¡¯t say that it is Evil Queen.¡± ¡°Then is that Evil Queen?¡± ¡°The pattern of using tentacles matches Evil Queen¡¯sbat style. It is obvious why she went to South America ¨C to meet Bon Load.¡± Jigneon heard the report and became lost in thought. Of the A virus put into South America¡¯s Amazon, the strangest was F type 155. A virus is just the term that unites all of them. Within that, there are tens of thousands of types. Those injected into Disasters and Nightmares are all unusual. The existing ones cling to a living being and change the host, but F type 155 is one that sticks a life form to itself. That is why not even the supervisors can know what form they will evolve into. That is why before realization of Life Mission¡¯s missions, they sent in cyborgs to check on evolved F type 155s. They had little information on Disasters because they couldn¡¯t check properly. ¡°So what you¡¯re saying?¡± ¡°Whatever the appearance is, that¡¯s either Evil Queen or Evil Queen fused with Bon Load. Or it could be that a new being has appeared.¡± ¡°The order of possibility?¡± ¡°Fusion, herself, new.¡± Jigneon agrees with Gabenu. The order as well. That¡¯s why he is more worried. Two ordinary mutants can¡¯t be one. For example, Parasite King taking over Cruel King can¡¯t be referred to as fusing. In that case, Parasite King just took Cruel King¡¯s body. White Haired Reaper¡¯s two patterns, Evil Queen¡¯s tentacles and Bon Load¡¯s bones. If all hypotheses line up, this is a serious matter. The strength of even one level 9 is enough to swallow up a continent whole, but there is nothing to say if two arebined. ¡°Transcension that goes beyond transcension. Does that mean mutants are superior to Lifers?¡± Borteth smirks. Jigneon and Gabenu support Lifer research, but he is for mutant research. The fusion process is unclear but if Evil Queen has gone beyond level 9, 3 level S Lifers won¡¯t be able toplete the mission. Gabenu signaled to Jigneon without Borteth knowing. Jigneon thought he had something in mind, and nodded. ¡°We won¡¯t make Ruler of Bones into a special mission and leave it for now. We don¡¯t know anything yet, and the Lifers have just got started.¡± It is first contact. It is way too early to make a decision. Chapter 264 Volume 9 / TL: LightNovelCafe Editor: Hungry Panda Boom! On the one hand, while mutant Cha Jun Sung was full of thoughts of Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group, another Cha Jun Sung was crossing through the Amazon¡¯s jungle. It really is vast. It is a tremendous area over 70 times the size of Korea. He doesn¡¯t see an end to it because he has to search it without gear. This is the same even when flying in the sky. Turning off the booster and going on foot can¡¯t even be imagined. He would need to wander around until he dies. Cha Jun Sungnded on a small plot ofnd on one side of the jungle in order to save his battlesuit¡¯s energy. It is an area with a lot of water. It is the Amazon River. ¡°It¡¯s ufortable.¡± If Cha Jun Sung¡¯s battlesuit energy went below 50%, he stayed in one ce until it reached 100%. He didn¡¯t move around for no reason. He is out of charging devices, so he needs to rely on sr power. That is why nighttime is most dangerous. Moonlight charging rate is the worst. Small mutants don¡¯t matter, but he can¡¯te out unscathed if he runs into a level 8. That¡¯s why he was as careful as possible at night. The total amount of energy in a level S battlesuit is vast, but it isn¡¯t infinite. That¡¯s why it depletes easily once he starts using it. It takes quite some time to fully charge with sr power, which is natural energy. Cha Jun Sung opened up the sr panel, halted his battlesuit¡¯s functions, andid on the ground. Since it is mechanical armor, it is like a rock. Boom! A sound from right next to him. Cha Jun Sung turned his head while lying down. Something wobbles and crawls toward him from far away. It is obviously a mutant. It is twice the size of arge truck. It looks like a crocodile but much more bizarre. With sharp bumps all over its body, it is level 6 Awl Armor Crocodile. The Awl Armor Crocodile didn¡¯t notice Cha Jun Sung, and passed by him. It was only a few meters away. It was a narrow margin, but he wasn¡¯t nervous or anything like that. Whether it is injured or tired, it plops down without getting too far. Because of that, muddy water is pushed by therge mass and covers Cha Jun Sung¡¯s battlesuit. Cha Jun Sung sat up. The Awl Armor Crocodile looks at him. But that is it. It just breathes. ¡°Odin. Scan it.¡± Zing! Odin scans the Awl Armor Crocodile¡¯s entire body. It was easy because it didn¡¯t move. Its formes up on the battlesuit¡¯s hologram. ¡°It¡¯s injury was pration. Something pierced its side. Is it an automatic cannon?¡± It would have quickly regenerated if its skin had been pierced, but its organs were affected. It might be difficult, but it won¡¯t die with a level 6¡¯s ability to regenerate. [It sustained this injury within thest hour. There must be Lifers nearby.] It seems to have somehow gotten away from Lifers. Cha Jun Sung lost interest and went back to his spot. There¡¯s no need to get blood on his hands. He¡¯ll have already left this ce once the Awl Armor Crocodile recovered and became active again. It is bothersome to kill it and he won¡¯t get points anyway. ¡°Should I just pretend to be crazy and beg?¡± If they are at the 10 year point, charging devices will be super cheap. If he meets parties with devices, they throw him one or two out of pity. [That¡¯s a good idea too if you¡¯re trying to get out of the Amazon. You¡¯ll get supplies and get out of a dangerous zone. Do you want to try it?] ¡°Nah.¡± Cha Jun Sung went back to what he was doing. He¡®ll just keep going without it. Bang bang bang bang! An explosion of arge scale battle with Lifers. The Awl Armor Crocodile forced itself up in order to run away. Cha Jun Sung woke up as well. [I have gotten an idea of how many Lifers there are by the explosions. This kind of sound means it¡¯s a raid unit. They could be fighting with a level 7.] [They are estimated to be 9 to 10km away. What do you want to do? Will you go?] Cha Jun Sung thought about whether he should go or not. The battle continued. ¡°Fine.¡± Cha Jun Sung threw his body. He didn¡¯t fly, but moved bynd. 9 to 10km is a distance that he can go within 5 minutes while running. But the explosions decreased as he got closer. It seemed the battle wasing to an end. What bothered him however was not the decreasing sound of explosions. ¡°Ack!¡± ¡°Ack!¡± Lifers screaming. A raid means level B. If it is this fierce, they could be in the middle of advancement. They are fighting a level 7. ¡®It¡¯s over.] There is no more screaming. Cha Jun Sung felt the 5 minutes to be very long. And after 5 minutes, he arrived at the ce of battle. What greeted him was hundreds of bodies ripped apart. He watched the battlefield from afar with just his head sticking out. [It was one-sided.] It looked like 3 or 4 forces. It wasn¡¯t a raid, but it wasn¡¯t a weak amount of power. Combining the time that he thought abouting and the time it took for him to get here, it didn¡¯t even add up to 20 minutes. Even a level 7 wouldn¡¯t be able to get rid of hundreds of Lifers this quickly. [There¡¯s no trace of mutants.] ¡°I guess that¡¯s possible if they weren¡¯t injured.¡± [It would be best for us to get away.] There is a lot of meaning in Odin¡¯s words. Cha Jun Sung understood and prepared to get away. It isn¡¯t good. It seems to be stronger than level 7. ¡°What are you?¡± A whisper from behind. Cha Jun Sung pulled out Hades as he turned around. He wasn¡¯t able to show force because he did it so quickly, but it was enough to kill a level 7 with one blow. Hades split everything diagonally in a vacuum wave. And he turned his booster on to soar into the sky without looking back. Thenguage that came through the trantor was English. A speaking creature. It must be level 8 to speak so fluently. There¡¯s no good in colliding with it. Cha Jun Sung stopped while soaring. He looked down and saw tentacles shining like des wrapped around his ankle. To catch him in that short period of time. It looks like he¡¯s been properly caught. Evil Queen isn¡¯t fighting World Federation because she wants to. They have their headquarters somewhere in the Amazon and are blocking her path. From their actions, it seems they¡¯re looking for something. She just went past it the first few times because she didn¡¯t have the time to mind them, but she thought that she would have to catch a few and ask what their goal is. It may not be easy because they¡¯re not uselessly weak, but it¡¯s entirely possible if she wants to do it. She doesn¡¯t need to go looking for them on purpose. The Lifers¡¯ active radius is extremely wide. They are spread out everywhere in the vicinity. There are so many of them that she is bound to run into them while making her way along her path. Then, she discovered an appropriate one. He moved secretly. She felt him and still wasn¡¯t sure. She almost passed by him. Evil Queen strokes his cheek with a finger. Blood flows from his cheek. Blood gets on the finger. The wound isn¡¯t deep, so it regenerates quickly. Evil Queen rubs the blood. The wound formed so quickly that he didn¡¯t realize it had formed until several seconds after. It is an interesting phenomenon. The tentacle pulled taught, Cha Jun Sung brandished Hades. It would have been good if he cut it in one blow, but he ruined it by only cutting through about half. Rather than being sturdy, it was tough. Like a wet towel. He hadn¡¯t been able to show full cutting force because he had been iling. He tried to cut through the rest with Hades¡¯ booster, but of course Evil Queen won¡¯t just sit back and watch. She wouldn¡¯t have caught him in the first ce if she was going to let him go. Cha Jun Sung gets sucked down. The pulling strength is greater than the booster¡¯s output. The distance between him and the ground narrowed rapidly. Boom boom boom! Right before collision. The booster on his back changed direction and lifted his body into the air. Evil Queen however, had achieved her goal. As soon as Cha Jun Sung got close to the ground, she ran at him as if this were her chance. She meant to suppress him before he tried to fly away. Ordinary Lifers were unable to avoid even one of her attacks. She hadn¡¯t needed to worry about them running away, but this opponent is different. Leaving the arm wrapped around Cha Jun Sung¡¯s ankle, Evil Queen¡¯s other arm divides into hundreds of arms. It looked like strands of hair attached to her shoulder. Boom boom boom! Cha Jun Sung raises his battlesuit¡¯s output. Overbooster bes Overmode and multiplies the battlesuit¡¯s ability. Hades receives that power and cuts the tentacle on his ankle. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t stab vertically and horizontally. He restrained Evil Queen with diagonal cuts. He had put some thought into this. Stabbing won¡¯t have an impact, and she coulde with it when he recovers Hades. It is an attack that prevents counterattacks. But with cutting, attacks are continuous once you start to move. That is why he is able to restrain the enemy¡¯s approach beforehand. The tentacles coalesce and block Hades. It is on the brink of being cut, but it withstood it and regenerated as soon as it pushed Hades. ¡°You left a wound on me?¡± Evil Queen resigned from the fierce restrain. She touches her tentacles. There are still remnants of where she had been cut. An amount of force that could cut through her skin. It is impressive. ¡°Don¡¯t show me your back. You¡¯ll die.¡± Evil Queen showed a beautiful smile. Cha Jun Sung focused without saying anything. It is an annoying situation, but she is right. He failed in a surprise escape. He would have thought of different methods if he had been in a prepared state. But he can¡¯t think of anything right now. ¡®Let¡¯s just fight for now.¡¯ Chapter 265 It is worth a try in this state. It¡¯ll be difficult to handle if she awakens. He¡¯ll watch the situation until then. ¡°I have a question. Will you answer it?¡± ¡°...¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s silence was consistent. It is important for him to find a weak spot somehow and get away. It isn¡¯t good to drag out the fight over a long period of time. ¡°You¡¯re on the same side as those dead guys over there, right? Why have youe here?¡± Cha Jun Sung felt something strangely familiar. The mutant has an unusual form. He is sure this is the first time he is seeing it, but he feels like he¡¯s seen it before. ¡°If you tell me, I¡¯ll let you live. I promise. Honestly, I don¡¯t really care about killing you guys. You live and I get my question answered. Isn¡¯t that a good deal?¡± Her tone is gentle as thoughforting a child, but aso heavy. Cha Jun Sung spoke as if he had nothing to lose. ¡°Evil Queen?¡± ¡°You know me?¡± Evil Queen blinks her bizarre looking pupils and looks at Cha Jun Sung. Her expression shows surprise of ¡®How does he know?¡¯ ¡°You know me? Now I know. I knew you guys were looking for something. Who is that? So you guys were looking for me?¡± Evil Queen fell into a misunderstanding from Cha Jun Sung¡¯s question. She thinks Lifers are looking for her. It is half true but also half wrong. World Federation is looking for Bon Load, not Evil Queen. It is just that since she is Bon Load¡¯s container, it is true in the end. ¡°Was what I killed in South America a shell?¡± ¡°Wow! I guess it¡¯s really true. I put 50% of my strength into it. Well, I guess you guys have gotten pretty strong too, so you guys should be able to catch it if you swarm in together.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t kid yourself. I killed it alone.¡± ¡°Really? Then my alter cut that arm off?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± Evil Queenughs in excitement. There isn¡¯t much that interests mutants at her level. It is because they have be numb. It was a pity that her limb had died, but that had led her to meet this Lifer, Cha Jun Sung. Why? He stirs her interest. ¡°I killed your daughters too.¡± ¡°All of them?¡± ¡°Your second oldest who went into a second awakening was a little difficult, but she died too.¡± Cha Jun Sung spoke as if he had done all of it. Evil Queen doesn¡¯t know anything anyway. She doesn¡¯t have the ability to tell whether he is telling the truth or lying. ¡°So it¡¯s true.¡± Evil Queen and Bon Load are the only ones that know about Vanessa¡¯s second awakening. He can only be saying that because he saw it before he killed her. ¡°Then did you kill the three brothers as well?¡± ¡°Three brothers?¡± As soon as Evil Queen woke up, she had looked for the three brothers. She can take care of everything on her own, but she wants to avoid the bothersome things. But they weren¡¯t there. All traces of the three brothers had disappeared long ago. Cha Jun Sung found the meaning hidden in her short question. Three Evil Bones. It is the mission hepleted with World Federation beforeing back to the past. ¡°If I did?¡± ¡°You killed all seven? I guess that¡¯s possible if you killed my alter and Vanessa.¡± Evil Queen made her tentacles rigid and spread them wide like a fan. She had awakened both arms. She intends on using a little strength. ¡°It¡¯s not your usual form.¡± ¡°This?¡± Evil Queen looks at her body. Cha Jun Sung wants to know what Evil Queen went through here. She is way too different. ¡°I became one with my darling.¡± ¡°One?¡± Papapat! Hundreds of tentacles soar toward Cha Jun Sung. He avoided the attack moving back and forth freely with the Overbooster as though he had expected this. Of course Evil Queen won¡¯t keep her promise. That¡¯s the kind of bitch she is. ¡®I¡¯ll kill you.¡¯ Honestly, it doesn¡¯t feel like he can kill her, but he intends on injuring her as much as possible. That¡¯s the goal. He has no lingering attachments nor regrets toward life. *** ¡°Force 866, annihting confirmed.¡± ¡°Thest coordinates they sent?¡± ¡°122.675.22. point.¡± Beep beep. Weapon Master enters the coordinates in his PDA. It is an area with a Universe Eye installed. He is going to get a gauge on the situation before adding in troops. ¡°I can see it.¡± ¡°That¡¯s appalling.¡± A Hundred Eye goes into the forest and films. It is the worst. They have been hit so hard that they don¡¯t even have recognizable forms. Bang bang bang bang! Roaring heard through the Hundred Eye. They aren¡¯t outbursts or explosions. It is the sound of something colliding. Did a Lifer survive? Weapon Master steered the Hundred Eye toward the sound. Two objects keep colliding and moving away from each other. He got closer. ¡°White Ghost.¡± This is the name that World Federation had given this new mutant. They call her White Ghost because there isn¡¯t anything in particr to call her. That White Ghost and a Lifer are fighting. There is no support. How could there be support when the entire force has been annihted? ¡°He¡¯s not a Federation Lifer.¡± He is clean without any superfluity. He doesn¡¯t get pushed back even while going up one-on-one against White Ghost, who has killed thousands of Lifers. But it doesn¡¯t look good. White Ghost has gone through partial awakening, but she hasn¡¯tpletely awakened. They can¡¯t tell where she came from and it¡¯s incredibly bothersome. ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°You too?¡± Park Jin Hyuk points at the Lifer fighting White Ghost. Next to him, Koharu meets the eyes of each party member in turn. The battlesuit he is wearing to the type of weapon he is using. That is Hades. Overbooster. Cha Jun Sung. ¡°It¡¯s Jun Sung!¡± ¡°Now that you say that...¡± ¡°It¡¯s Overload.¡± The Rankers discuss. It is Cha Jun Sung in their eyes as well. That is a fight between Overload and White Ghost. ¡°That mutant ¨C how strong is it? I¡¯m sure that¡¯s a level 9.¡± Cha Jun Sung, the first level S Lifer. After he was infected by a mutant inside a mission, he gained a different strength from other Lifers. Could it be because of that unique point? He can take on any two of Weapon Master, Chamma Sword, and Empress of Light at the same time. The strongest of all Lifers can¡¯t establish dominance over a mutant that has only gone into partial awakening. That is a level 9. ¡°His left arm doesn¡¯t move.¡± Weapon Master discovered something strange after watching Cha Jun Sung¡¯s actions carefully. His left arm doesn¡¯t move. It looks like he is wearing clothes but only one arm looks natural. It looks unnatural. ording to his extensive experience, that¡¯s what happens when a Lifer with an arm cut off is wearing a battlesuit. ¡°It was cut off before he started fighting White Ghost.¡± If it had been cut off while fighting, the entire part should have been cut off. He is sure that Cha Jun Sung is fighting with one arm. ¡°We need to help him!¡± Papat! Park Jin Hyuk began to move. It is poisonous to act alone while living in a group, but he can¡¯t just sit back and watch this video. As soon as Park Jin Hyuk began to move, Koharu, Basil, and Violet followed him. ¡°I thought Overload said he couldn¡¯t go into missions beyond level A?¡± There wasn¡¯t a clear answer to Strategist¡¯s question. They just don¡¯t know. Logic doesn¡¯t make sense in Life Mission. ¡°Decide.¡± Weapon Master¡¯s one word. They wouldn¡¯t try to go rescue an ordinary Lifer, but it is Cha Jun Sung. He is worth going to save even if it is difficult and they might need to sacrifice thousands of people. ¡°If we save Overload, there will be 4 level S Lifers on our side. It¡¯s early, but we need to face it head on if we can¡¯t avoid fighting with White Ghost.¡± If they drag out time and are taken apart one by one, they will lose even a fight that they could win. Weapon Master is appealing to that aspect. ¡°I agree.¡± Chamma Sword had been sitting quietly, and took Weapon Master¡¯s side. Even if they go, it doesn¡¯t mean that they have to fight with White Ghost. White Ghost could get away, or they could get away. No matter how great a mutant, it can¡¯t act so freely in front of 100,000 people. ¡°Only those beyond 8binations will go.¡± Rankers save the coordinates in their PDAs. The direction they need to go in as well as the distance are marked. Strategist ordered for only the Lifers beyond 8bination to go in. The few elite are going to take on one mutant. It could actually be more ufortable to fight if they all go swarming in. there would be a lot of people but limited space to attack. It is better to increase mobility than to get tangled up. ¡°I¡¯m nervous.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± Chapter 266 As soon as the Rankers left, the level A Lifers followed suit. There are no questions. They moved mechanically ording to their pre-conditioned guidelines and training. There are about 1000 of them. If this force isbined with Cha Jun Sung to make 4 level S Lifers, they could take on a level 9. ¡°We¡¯ll have to prepare the cyborgs as well.¡± They are weak, but they could have a great effect if used properly. Hundreds of tentacles attack Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body as if they are each living creatures. They are persistent. It doesn¡¯t end and goes on like a storm. Hades desperately cut the tentacles, but the nerves connect again quickly like cutting through water. He needs to chop at it if he wants to see an effect, but there are too many of them. Trees that need to be handled with both arms of an adult man are being cut easily. The forest is screaming because of Cha Jun Sung and Evil Queen¡¯s battle. Cha Jun Sung just blocked, but Evil Queen¡¯s attack radius was colossal. This area is wide, but they move narrowly. Evil Queen cleaned the obstacles that prevented her from attacking Cha Jun Sung. If looking down from the sky, there will be a big hole in the middle of the forest. ¡®To get pushed like this.¡¯ The inside of his battlesuit is full of sweat. A constant temperature is maintained, but tension makes his breath short and heart beat faster. Cha Jun Sung moves busily. Though he has a superhuman body and scientifically created battlesuit, he is a human with two arms and two legs. He can¡¯t do things that are out of character of what the human body can do. But is that the same for Evil Queen? She has barely used her lower body since the battle began. She stays in the same ce and just attacks. She only needs to move when Cha Jun Sung gets out of her attack radius and when he gets through her attacks and rushes at her. ¡®If only my arm were okay.¡¯ It is an unnecessary war of attrition. They won¡¯t be able to end like this. Evil Queen smirks. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s expression bes distorted. Unlike him, she is enjoying the situation. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s currentbat ability is about 80% of what it had been in his heyday. He¡¯s pretty used to it because it has been a long time since his arm got cut off, but it was still cut off. Following circumstances, it is difficult and the bnce isn¡¯t right. From the way things are going, he wouldn¡¯t have been able to beat Evil Queen even before. But he can take advantage of that state. ¡°Odin. Did you find the nucleus?¡± [Above average levels of virus A have been detected in the pit of the stomach. I cannot see inside Evil Queen even with a detailed scan.] Boom! Cha Jun Sung brings Hades down. A direct vacuum wave splits everything in front into two. Cha Jun Sung runs after. He isn¡¯t sure, but it¡¯s worth a shot. If they keep fighting like this, there will be no end. He will give flesh for bones. No. He will give his life and get that much back. This moment when she has her guard down is the optimal opportunity. Is it because he forced himself through? The tentacles graze past his battlesuit. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t pay any mind. As long as he¡¯se this far, he can¡¯t go back empty-handed. He needs to do everything he can before the heat in his body goes down. ¡°Where!¡± Evil Queen falls to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s forceful rush. The Overbooster, raised to maximum output, narrowed the short distance in one shot. ¡°Die!¡± Inside the battlesuit helmet, a light shes a ce that Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes mark. The Overbooster all over his body bes concentrated in one ce. It is his right arm. Hades¡¯ own booster explodes simultaneously. Deadly strike. It was just for one moment, but it exceeded the domain of supersonic speed. It didn¡¯t reach the speed of light, but it was unrecognizable. Evil Queen¡¯s eyes look toward Hades¡¯ de, that ising down from above. Rather than watching it, her eyes followed it instinctually. The energy emanating from Hades split the tentacles guarding Evil Queen and even the air and disappeared to the back. ¡°That was a good surprise attack, but didn¡¯t I tell you? My darling and I became one.¡± ¡°What?¡± Evil Queen, split and about to touch the ground,ughs at Cha Jun Sung. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s attention goes forward. A lump the size of a man¡¯s fist is attached to a disgusting vein. The nucleus. The nucleus twists around, takes shape, and changes into a skeleton. It looks exactly like a human skeleton. ¡°That¡¯s Bon Load.¡± Evil Queen has put Bon Load in her nucleus. She has ced a frightfully powerful guard in her most crucial part. Kyah! The fist-sized nucleus swells enormously. Bon Load opens his mouth and shows sharp teeth. Cha Jun Sung felt death. He can¡¯t avoid it. They are too close. He has been outnumbered. ¡°Fuck.¡± Bon Load¡¯s mouthes right in front of him. He knew the end would be bad, but for thest scene he sees to be the inside of that monster¡¯s mouth. He wants to resist, but it is already toote to do so and because battlesuit energy consumption is extreme, Overmode has already been released. Kyak! When Cha Jun Sung had given up hopes of living, a bomb exploded and a bullet used against top level mutants went into the middle of Bon Load¡¯s forehead. Bang! It is called a bullet, but it is basically a small missile the size of an arm. When that exploded, Evil Queen and Cha Jun Sung flung away. ¡°Pour it on! Force 1, get Overload and take him to headquarters!¡± Upon Weapon Master¡¯s orders, force 1 went to Cha Jun Sung, supported him, and got away from the battlefield without looking back. The remaining force used all of the weapons they had to make where Evil Queen is into chaos. It looks as though she sustained an injury in her battle against Cha Jun Sung. They may not be able to kill her, but they might be able to use this chance to wound her. ¡°These punks mess with my mood?¡± Her tentacles and sharp thorns fling out from the center of the explosions. It isn¡¯t for attack. This is Evil Queen¡¯splete awakening. Her tentacles twist like a tornado. A strong wind creates a dust storm that obstructs their view. Lifers watch that phenomenon and retreat little by little. Evil Queen¡¯s form is shown to the world in clear visibility. Her original form is nowhere to be found. She is huge. She¡¯s so big that they need topletely turn their heads up to see her. She looks like a lizard with a long body and countless sharp thorns on her body. Those thorns prop up her entire body. Bon Load¡¯s skeleton was stuck among those thorns, and it wriggles like it is alive. Where there should be a head, a skeletonrger than an apartment shes a terrible ray of light. Evil Queen¡¯s human form is soaring above that. ¡°I don¡¯t like how it looks. But I really do like how much power there is.¡± This is the first time she is awakening since fusing with Bon Load. The word monster is fitting, but a mighty force spurt from inside. [Strategist.] [The cyborgs will take care of your retreat. Don¡¯t fight back and run away.] Woong! Weapon Master could hear the sound of bees. They areing. Bang bang bang! The Lifers who had been watching Evil Queen reverse their boosters. They will run away from her while facing her. They havepleted their prioritized goal. ¡°I won¡¯t send you away.¡± A part of the skeleton stuck on Evil Queen¡¯s body, fall to the ground and roll. Thorns and tentaclese out of the skeletons. They look like jellyfish. As soon as they took shape, they chased the World Federation members as they ran away. There are hundreds of them. ¡°That one should be the only one that was able to survive my surprise attack.¡± It is surprising. They need to be at least level A in order to survive her surprise attack. That means they have the strength of level 6 and 7s. Boom boom boom! Evil Queen moves her heavy body forward. She is slow because her height and length are asrge as that of a skyscraper. Woong! ¡°Huh?¡± Evil Queen looks in the direction of the sound. Because she is so big, she protrudes from the forest. She can see something filling the sky. The 50,000 cyborgs that Strategist sent. As the cyborgs approached Evil Queen, about 10% changed their direction to the ground. Bang bang bang! Then the following explosions. Evil Queen knew that her fragments would be swept in those explosions, so she frowned. They are pushing through with volume. She didn¡¯t feel rage because they are one-time alters, but she is a bit annoyed because there have been so many obstacles to what she wants to do. ¡°I was just going to y...¡± Evil Queen was going to leave the Lifers alone if they left her path out open. It¡¯s because she has something to do. But she¡¯s changed her mind. She¡¯ll kill all of them. It might take a long time to find and kill each one, but she¡¯ll be able to get most of them if she crushes their headquarters. Cyborgse swarming in. Evil Queen strengthens her coat. An armor so thick and sturdy that not even a missile could get through, wraps around her body. ¡°I¡¯ll take one hit.¡± Bang bang bang! The cyborgs fall. Their bare bodies collide with Evil Queen. They are self-destructing. Not just one, but tens of thousands of them. There isn¡¯t a lot of power. Strategist used high level cyborgs for this operation. Though they wanted to save special and high level cyborgs because they have a lot of use for them, the impact umtes and Evil Queen suffers a little damage. Though that was only outside the armor, not inside. Chapter 267 In a moment of crisis, a giant mutant-aimed bullet went into Bon Load¡¯s forehead and exploded, and he had been swept away in that explosion. The impact was incredible because he hadn¡¯t strengthened his outer armor and had only used basic defense. It¡¯ll be a weapon like sniper rifles or cannons. ¡®What is this? What happened?¡¯ Someone is supporting his body and running. He can see an incredible number of Lifers surrounding him beyond his battlesuit. Guessing by their battlesuits, they are all Lifers beyond level A. ¡°Odin. What¡¯s the situation?¡± [The Lifers in the area rescued you. They are currently running away from Evil Queen and after analyzing the conversations, the World Federation of this era saved you. You are currently on your way to World Federation¡¯s headquarters.] ¡°Ack. I can¡¯t.¡± Things will get messed up if he just goes like this. He¡¯ll be caught in the supervisors¡¯ monitoringwork and he might meet the real Cha Jun Sung. An outsider needs to act like an outsider. [Since this has ended up this way, do you want to regenerate your arm, replenish supplies, and kill Evil Queen with these people? This has already happened anyway.] Odin is a helper. Life Mission¡¯s system is enormous. From this much exposure, he has probably already been found out by the supervisors. [If you are with these people, the supervisors won¡¯t appear in front of you. They don¡¯t want the system to get tangled up.] It is just a temporary measure, but they could buy some time. It is just that he¡¯ll be thoroughly monitored from now on. He¡¯ll have to take care of it after that. Cha Jun Sung caught up with everything Odin was saying. It is toote to fix this. It¡¯s a reality he can¡¯t avoid unless he dies there. The sound of an engine from the sky. Cha Jun Sung took a nce. 10 sentinels settle down in a vacant lot. Lifers quickly board. There are exactly 1001 people. The capacity for each is 100, but a few more can get on. The sentinels take off and head toward headquarters. Lifers finally rxed and took a breath. ¡°You felt it?¡± ¡°It was incredible. A skeleton monster...¡± ¡°I think that¡¯s Bon Load. The name matches.¡± Lifers chat among themselves. They eased their tension. They try to figure out the situation on their own. Being big doesn¡¯t necessarily mean strength, but from what they witnessed themselves of White Ghost, she has an energy that overwhelms Evil Queen. It is an energy that far surpasses what a level 8 should give off. This is the Amazon. If they are sure that it¡¯s a level 9, there is only Bon Load. ¡°It divided, right?¡± They think of the scene they saw right before they ran away. The skeletons stuck to her bones fell off and transformed into things that looked like jellyfish. They were about mediumrge sized. ¡°What proportion of the body¡¯s power were the separated parts?¡± ¡°In Europe, a level 7 split into dozens of level 5s within a minute. The main body was weak, probably because it survived off separating.¡± In exchange for the separations retaining special abilities, the main body is on the weak side. The separation of a level 9 will be different, but there is a strategy. It didn¡¯t take long for the sentinels to arrive at headquarters. They are fast nes flying in the sky, so they can travel long distances within short periods of time. The area where they had been in battle is only 150km away from headquarters. It is a short distances for beings other than humans. Evil Queen¡¯s body is so giant that they will be able to see her shape from this distance with the aid of battlesuits and various equipment. Weapon Master¡¯s Universe Eye picks up Evil Queen in motion. This will be her destination. She doesn¡¯t have a definite direction because she doesn¡¯t have the location yet, but if she uses her splitting abilities to send out alters, it will be quick. Strategist is prepared. Lifers get off of the sentinels. Headquarters is being packed up. While they were being dispatched, the remaining members and cyborgs had been preparing their retreat. They can¡¯t avoid fighting, but they need a bit of time. The only person who went up against her and survived is Cha Jun Sung. They need to get information from him. Even a single day would be good. That¡¯s why they are moving to a different area that they had scouted. They can finish up clearing everything up in a few hours. Cyborgs separate materials by type and Lifers sweep them into spacepression bags. They aren¡¯t packing them up because it would be a waste of points to leave them behind. It¡¯s because there¡¯s a limit to the volume they could bring in. If they don¡¯t take all of this while they are staying in a mission long term, they will have to endure a lot of difort. Rankers and Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group gather to Strategist. And Cha Jun Sung, supported by two people, came into the center. ¡°Jun Sung!¡± ¡°Jun Sung!¡± Cha Jun Sng¡¯s body slightly trembles. They are voices that he couldn¡¯t hear where he hade from even if he wanted to, voices he had not heard in so long that he had forgotten them. They are familiar. His body remembers them. Cha Jun Sung can see his party members running toward him. Park Jin Hyuk, Koharu, Violet, Basil. He knows the first three from his former world, but he doesn¡¯t have any particr rtionship with thest. He didn¡¯t show it. He can¡¯t show it. ¡®There are four of them.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung realized that there are 5 people here who are with him now. It wasn¡¯t difficult. It is a kind of boundary or line. The rest didn¡¯t say anything and just waited for them greetings to be over. This included Nine Tail and Light Shooter, his future colleagues as well. Cha Jun Sung wanted to greet them happily, but he couldn¡¯t. ¡®I¡¯m a fake.¡¯ He can¡¯t forget who he is. He can¡¯t take the life of his own self. As soon as he decides to do so, he will be on a path of self-destruction. ¡°What happened? What happened to your arm? Why are you here?¡± Park Jin Hyuk asked several questions at the same time. Cha Jun Sung spoke carefully. It¡¯s because he doesn¡¯t know what to say. His personality will be simr to his self in this ce, but it is strange to exin the situation because their experiences were different. He¡¯ll have to act injured. ¡°Ugh, my head...¡± ¡°He seems to be suffering from the aftermath of the explosion. First, let¡¯s move.¡± Strategist spoke. He has questions just like Park Jin Hyuk, but their priority is to move their headquarters. This isn¡¯t a good location to hold an extensive talk. *** Jigneon showed interest in the absurd situation. It has be interesting. He had expected something like this to happen sometime. ¡°It¡¯s inevitable that the past, present, and future get twisted when we are distorting dimensions and adjusting time. Now I know why he wasn¡¯t registered.¡± Jigneon smirked as he looked at Cha Jun Sung surrounded by World Federation¡¯s Lifers. His questions were answered all at once. ¡°The person that mutant Cha Jun Sung is looking for is his own self who has reversed time? Does that mean there are two of them in one era? Is it three including ck Lord?¡± This is why he finds it interesting. If you look at it this way, other Lifers have 1 person in each world as well. But no one revealed this. Only Cha Jun Sung. He hasbined everything, so he will achieve the same results wherever he is. He is quite fascinating. ¡°This is good for us.¡± It isn¡¯t bad. They are reluctant to use mutant Cha Jun Sung in missions. On the other hand, the sudden appearance of Lifer Cha Jun Sung poses no problems. It would have been an issue if the original Cha Jun Sung were to be active normally, but this isn¡¯t the case. His emergence could be the Joker card in Life Mission. ¡°Connect me to the situation room.¡± Zing! Jigneon is connected to the situation room managing Life Mission¡¯s system. It is controlling thousands of translucent holograms. Theputers of this era. It is the central pir overseeing everything including Lifer activity videos and equipment purchase lists. ¡°The work?¡± [It is over. It was easy because it was in the middle of helpers. And he didn¡¯t even refuse. It seems to have been nned.] There aren¡¯t just Lifers around Cha Jun Sung. If there are 100,000 Lifers, there are also 100,000 helpers. They are close to each other, so they are vulnerable to hacking. Odin would have been able to defend themselves against it if he had been determined to, but he allowed it to happen. He will have his own ns. Jigneon hacked Odin¡¯s code and registered him as a Lifer. As a result, Life Mission came to manage two Cha Jun Sungs. This is where it became important. They need to coordinate both by the mesotrons. They stopped mutant Cha Jun Sung¡¯s duty and focused on Lifer Cha Jun Sung. He recalls what Gabenu proposed. It sounded appealing after hearing it. It could be nonsense, but he does have a point. ¡°Evil Queen who fused with Bon Load has been deemed a level 10. There won¡¯t be another opportunity for experiment like this. We might be able to end this.¡± Even if there are level S missions left, it doesn¡¯t matter if there are no Lifers toplete them. All that is left is Bloody Kingdom if the World Federation¡¯s power dies here, but their situation is simr and the scale here is muchrger. ¡°I was thinking of using mutant Cha Jun Sung, but shall we try this out first?¡± They have two chances. One of those wille up shortly. Chapter 268 [Let¡¯s give the authority to Jigneon. Raise the probability of this mission¡¯s sess.] Writing on the PDA. Cha Jun Sung read this and was frozen in surprise for a moment from the fact that he had been registered as a Lifer after living nomadically for a while. The store opens up. He can go to the briefing room as well. But restrictions still followed him around like a shadow. He can¡¯t return to reality or Mechanic City. He is limited to missions. He doesn¡¯t have a problem with this since he is grateful for even this. [Opening the store isn¡¯t normally allowed inside missions, but we will allow it this one time. You have 50 billion points, so use it as you please.] 50 billion points is enough to purchase advanced equipment in the level S store. To Cha Jun Sung, this is like much needed rain in a drought. He now has nothing other than his battlesuit, which has been reduced to scrap metal. Cha Jun Sung purchased plenty of necessities like a repair robot to fix his battlesuit, switching gear, and expendables. He didn¡¯t leave spare points. He will keep usingter, but he needs to fill up his gear while he can. He doesn¡¯t know whether regaining his qualifications will be for this one time or if it will continue. If it is the former, having the tangibles is more important than having points, which are just in numbers. Cha Jun Sung clenches his fist. His right hand? It¡¯s his left. His left arm was regenerated. He could have gone back to the briefing room or purchased medical equipment, but he didn¡¯t do it. There are medics everywhere at World Federation¡¯s headquarters. Lifers each take care of their own basic gear, but they left treatment to the medics. In Cha Jun Sung¡¯s case, the cells were dead because it had been long since his arm was cut off and he didn¡¯t have the arm, so they regenerated it by using special medicine. [It¡¯s time.] ¡°Alright.¡± Cha Jun Sung put his battlesuit on. It gives off light. There were a lot of dents and scratches, but it was made to be like new thanks to the store. Cha Jun Sung went to Strategist¡¯s residence, looking for him. Everyone will be gathered there now. It has only been one week since they moved their headquarters. All Lifers stopped being active for that week and lived inside headquarters. It could have been buzzing with so many people gathered together in one ce, but it was extremely peaceful. They will have to go into a battle in which they put their lives on the line. This is the peace before the storm. *** ¡°To get straight to the point by mission standards, the one you all call the White Ghost isn¡¯t Bon Load. But if I¡¯m not exining in mission standards, it could be Bon Load.¡± ¡°That means it¡¯s Bon Load but also something else.¡± Strategist understood the main point. Cha Jun Sung thought ¡®Expected from Strategist¡¯ to himself. If there is someone who understands, it is much easier to exin. ¡°Before I get to that, some time ago ¨C about 5 years ago ¨C I killed Evil Queen in North America.¡± Rankers¡¯ expressions trembled suddenly. No one knew that Cha Jun Sung had killed Evil Queen. Not even the Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group, who were his party members. ¡°By yourself?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Is that why you were disqualified from entering level S and A missions?¡± Cha Jun Sung maintained hisposure. He doesn¡¯t know why, but it seems the Cha Jun Sung of this world cannot enter missions at level A and beyond. ¡°That is the main cause, but there is something else that is more important.¡± He only hid the truth about himself with lies. Cha Jun Sung stressed that the Evil Queen he took on at the time was only an alter, a shell. He had followed traces of her down to South America because he had felt something was off, and he hade across them by coincidence. ¡°Evil Queen and Bon Load fused...¡± ¡°She said that the two of them became one. I didn¡¯t understand at first, but I realized during thatst attack that I had just given up on surviving andunched.¡± The subject is Evil Queen, but Bon Load must have agreed to it because his will remained alive. This is a monster within a monster. The splitting ability they saw as they ran away wasn¡¯t Evil Queen¡¯s. She is a type that battles with her body. It must be Bon Load¡¯s. The only ability that Evil Queen showed was splitting. She must have retained her own abilities, so they cannot overlook that. ¡°If that¡¯s true, it means we need to take on Evil Queen separately apart from the splitting? A splitting mutant is extremely difficult. This is crazy.¡± Everyone agreed with Nuclear. Normally, a splitting mutant¡¯s main body is treated as one or two levels below in strength. A level 7 would be about 5 or 6. But there are those that take level 7 with one split. There¡¯s no end if they just get supplemented with stamina and nutrients. A level 9¡¯s splitting ability makes each being level 6 or even 7. If hundreds and thousands of theme out? Of course they wouldn¡¯t worry if that was it. The problem is Evil Queen. ¡°Will she have gotten stronger?¡± ¡°Probably. Bon Load is level 9 too.¡± ¡°The only person who has fought against both is Overload. What do you think?¡± If the main body¡¯s attacking ability is the same as Evil Queen¡¯s, the four of them ¨C he, Violet, Weapon Master, and Chamma Sword ¨C could keep her tied down. Splitting ability? World Federation entered with a full 100,000 people. The death toll is only a small percentage of the total number of members. Then their worry? ¡®A level 9¡¯s dominion is beyond imagination. I know because I¡¯ve experienced it before.¡¯ The Evil Queen raid that he would have tried in his world, the Queen of Evil mission. 100,000 people entered like now, but the situation had beenpletely different. As an individual the Evil Queen now is stronger than the Evil Queen then. Beyond that? They showed the overwhelming volume of level 8 limbs and mutant armies to the World Federation and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. This isn¡¯t North America. They can¡¯t know Bon Load¡¯s personality, but what if he is simr to Evil Queen? What if they have troops? Beep beep beep! Chamma Sword¡¯s PDA blinked and a hologram came up. The gathered Lifers¡¯ attention focused on this sudden phenomenon. ¡°What... That?¡± Someone¡¯s words are met with silence. Small ck objects are gathering to the vast forest surrounding their headquarters. The being in the middle. ¡°She¡¯sing.¡± Evil Queen. The square outer walls of World Federation¡¯s headquarters are self-assembled. Rather than for defense, they are more a boundary to separate the inside and outside. 3m high, 1m thick. It isn¡¯t sturdy because the material is thin, but it is a wall. Ordinary humans can¡¯t knock it over without tools. But this only in the case of humans. It is different when the opponent is a mutant. Weak level 1s would be an exception. Body-focused level 2s have 5 to 6 times the physical ability of humans. This is enough to take a car apart with bare hands. It would be enough to take the wall apart even if it took a little time. So it is like a paper wall to mutants level 3 and beyond. ¡°Deploy cyborgs!¡± ¡°I¡¯ll make it into a beehive!¡± ¡°Let¡¯s show her what a real bombing looks like!¡± 10,000 cyborgs climb the wall and go to the points where weapons like automatic cannons and machine guns have been installed. The wall itself can¡¯t withstand the vibrations generated by the weapons, but the ces where the weapons are installed are separate from the wall. These ces were created like bunkers in order to ensure safe locations for shooting, so they don¡¯t have to worry about copsing. ¡°Fuck! She¡¯s seized the skies too!¡± ¡°Who does she think she¡¯s kidding? Do the sentinels look like they¡¯re there for form?¡± 300 sentinels roar with their engines turned on and theirunch preparationplete. When the sentinels take off, tens of thousands of Lifers follow. Tens of thousands of Lifers protect the 300 sentinels and go into an aerial war with the flying mutants. Then they support the ground as they push through. Beyond that, while Lifers and cyborgs stopped mutants¡¯ advance with weapons, they were thinking of shooting from the air from beginning to end. There was no need to get tangled up in a close quarters battle. Nearly an hour earlier, there was an emergency call at headquarters. Chamma Sword¡¯s Universe Eye discovered her first, and Strategist ryed news on the mutant attack. They closed the distance and waited. As soon as the signal falls on either the mutant or Lifer side, all hell will break loose. His hand trembles against his will. The area outside of the wall is pitch ck. There looks to be more than tens of thousands of them. It looks like all the mutants that live in the Amazon have gathered here. They can¡¯t predict how many will die. At this point, only one week has passed. They wonder how she managed to gather so many of them, but that isn¡¯t important. What¡¯s important is that they have gathered. ¡°It¡¯s scary.¡± ¡°Phew!¡± Arge tower built in the middle of headquarters. Rankers and Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group went to the top of what they call the bell tower to get an eye on the situation. ¡°Damn it! We overlooked her dominion because she kept going around by herself!¡± ¡°Flying mutants are incredibly important. I see those that are capable of long-range attack. It¡¯s abination that¡¯s aimed at the battlesuit¡¯s flying ability.¡± No matter how strong the mutant is, it cannot fly if it does not have wings. There¡¯s nothing they can do but run away if they attack from the sky. They can¡¯t do everything just because they can fly in the sky, but it is advantageous. But Evil Queen attacked the aspects that Lifers were advantageous in. On top of that, there was as much variety in types as there were in numbers. The slow butrge ones with incredible defensive systems are standing in the front. The ones that have low defense but are small and fast, are gathered around them. They look like a shield and the offensive force. There were other mutant roles like those in charge of distracting the enemy, and they were separated like the groups in human militaries. They can¡¯t win just by taking control of the skies. Even Strategist looked at the mutants and felt frustration. They don¡¯t see level 8s, but they can tell there are hundreds of level 7s from just a nce. ¡°The fact that she gathered this kind of group in such a short amount of time is dominion, but it also means she had been prepared to some extent.¡± Strategist expressed his thoughts. Chapter 269 In Three Evil Bones, the 3 level 8s each had their own army for their respective territories. Lower level mutants who get caught in dominion once be less and less tolerant after. They are being domesticated. This is true for mutants living in groups as well. Whether it is the former ortter, it is because they have be used to epting someone. Those that find exercise of dominion difficult act freely because they are either extremely proud because they are the heads of their own groups or they are strong enough to be the heads. It can be hard to manage if they are gathered with a strong captain at the center and there are hostile forces, but even this is decided through the captain¡¯s capacity. It must have been possible for Evil Queen to pull together such forces within a week because she had been prepared to handle all of these abilities. She has inherited Bon Load and their three sons¡¯ troops. ¡°Evil Queen...¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s voice grows lower. Behind the army, Evil Queen ¨C simr in size to Blood Lord or Hell Mammoth ¨C is looking toward them. Mutants are stuck to her countless tentacles and thorns. They can figure out what it means without asking. Nutrient supplements. ¡°If we can¡¯t avoid this fight, I guess a preemptive attack is the only answer.¡± Strategist¡¯s eyes change. All of the Lifers near him tense up. As soon as he speaks, they risk their lives and go into war. [Let¡¯s go.] ¡°Attack!¡± Lifers activated their boosters and initiate aerial shooting. Then the cyborgs holding machine guns and cannons simultaneously pulled their triggers. Wiing! There is a strong and sandy wind blowing inside headquarters. 300 sentinels take off and Lifers soar away in ordance with their respective roles. The mutants were fooled by the preemptive attack and reactte. Flying mutants go at the sentinels and ground mutants flood headquarters. This might be just a tantrum to Evil Queen, but missionpletion and survival is on the line for Lifers. This is an important mission for the supervisors as well. This could be Life Mission¡¯s final chapter. *** Ahh! Square wall. A slope. Mutants gather to that slope. On one side, 10,000 Lifers stand in a line and fire machine guns. Cyborgs did their part as well. Bullets pulled out of spacepression bags form mountains of cartridge cases on the ground. The resistance is excellent. Mutants can¡¯t get close. They were shredded like paper when they got hit with bullets the size of a middle finger. They are fewpared to mutants, but these almost 100,000 Lifers are the elite of World Federation who have experienced all types of hardships. Their close range attacks are incredible as they are armed with weapons created from megascience. Unless the attacks stop, it is impossible for the mutants to get through the outer wall. It¡¯s because they are not just using machine guns and cannons. ¡°Go!¡± Boom boom boom! Direct fire and high-angle fire gunsplement where there iscking. Destination? There¡¯s no need to hit the target exactly. There is such a mass of mutants that they would hit one if they shoot in the general area. The basic concept isn¡¯t very different from that of 21st century contemporary weapons. But the shape and power are iparable. The users are Lifers who have be superhumans through body modifications and battlesuits. Since they can hold several tons in weight, the firearms and size inevitably grow. When they used reinforced white phosphorus shells and cluster shots, hundreds of meters into the distance was reduced to chaos. They couldn¡¯t fire like magazines because reloading times were too long, but they were continuous because they fired dozens of them sequentially. As these types of attacks continued, the mutants created distance between themselves. Higher level mutants survived explosions, but the level 3 and 4s were annihted. They have intellect, so they got a grasp of the situation after experiencing it. ¡°There¡¯ll be no end like this. Should we try copsing the battle line?¡± Evil Queen orders the level 7s near her. She orders them not to scatter but to choose one side and to push through. If they use the lower levels as living shields and hundreds of level 7s concentrate their attack on one side, they will be able to knock down that side. That is plenty. If it starts to copse, mutants will go in like hail. If that happens, they will get into a melee. The mutants, Evil Queen¡¯s side has the advantage in a war of attrition. Evil Queen doesn¡¯t care how many mutants die, or even if they are all massacred. Lifers could evacuate into the sky, but she has that much calcted in her mind. If it doesn¡¯t work, she intends to get involved herself. Kyak! Hundreds of level 7s run in at the same time. They are so fast it is hard to distinguish them from each other. They don¡¯t get hit by the firearms and even if they do get it, they withstand it like the level 7s they are. ¡°Eek!¡± ¡°Block them! If they get through one side, the whole thing is going down!¡± It makes sense. The side and back are open. They can¡¯t just stay in position. There is aerial shooting, but they are above headquarters. If the space for them tond in disappears, the entire area is overrun with enemies. The only ce in the vast Amazon for Lifers to rest is headquarters. If it copses, it means they are getting pushed back. [Left side, add in the master group.] Master group. It refers to each guild master beyond 8bination when they rescued Cha Jun Sung. They went at the level 7s aggressively. About half were already in to block the slope. The rest who had been on standby moved to the area that looked like it was being pushed in. The master group went over the outer wall. Blocking from the inside is basically letting them enter. They can¡¯t push through with defense. They need to go forward. On the other hand, they were attacking in every way they could so that the mutants pushing through from the rear couldn¡¯t go into the fight between the level 7 mutants and master group. ¡®Splendid.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung looks up. The battle in the air was more fierce than the battle on ground. There is no up and down in the sky. There are too many ces to block. With the cyborgs¡¯ precise control, the sentinels have an advantage over mutants. There are dozens of sentinels on board inside each sentinel. Their goal is to switch ammunition in on time so they don¡¯t fall short. Tens of thousands of Lifers used the path that the sentinels created and engaged with mutants while going back and forth between distance and close-range battle. There is no restriction on movement. It wasn¡¯t a fitting environment for them to engage close-range like on ground. That¡¯s why one or two people died at a time. It hasn¡¯t been long since they began, but the conditions of war were neck and neck. Evil Queen who was pushing through and the World Federation that is blocking it without suffering damages. This breathtaking bnce dried them up. The mutants that had been risking death and running in, suddenly changed direction. Retreat. Lifers didn¡¯t let the retreating mutants go. They can¡¯t chase them, but they kept firing their machine guns until the mutants weren¡¯t visible anymore. ¡°We won!¡± ¡°We won!¡± There is high morale. The feeling of achievement for having blocked the primary attack and relief of surviving,forted them. There were deaths, but there were very few. ¡°It isn¡¯t good.¡± Cha Jun Sung examined the vast forest, full of worry. Retreat? They could say they won, but wars don¡¯t end in a day. This is the worst environment for Lifers. Though they brought plenty of supplies like equipment, it is finite because they cannot use the store. If they keep using it like this, they will reach the end sooner orter. There is a bigger problem. How many mutants will there be in all of the Amazon? Millions? Tens of millions? It is stupid to count it. If Evil Queen refills her shortage of troops, they will all die or it won¡¯t end until they all die. The conclusion is that everyone will die in the end. It is more of a disadvantage for the Lifers as time drags on. They don¡¯t get pushed back? Defense is good, but they need to take Evil Queen¡¯s neck when they are able to. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t express this thought. There¡¯s no reason Strategist¡¯s group won¡¯t know what he knows. Evil Queen will know as well. *** Two months have passed since war broke out. The mes of war didn¡¯t fade, but rather burned stronger. The two forces went head to head a total of 9 times. It is as if they went head to head once a week. World Federation won all of the battles. The mutants weren¡¯t able to get through the hail of attacks. The funny thing is that it isn¡¯t a situation in which they can say the World Federation is at an advantage. With all of the supplies that the World Federation and individual Lifers purchasedbined, the 100,000 Lifers could live in the Amazon for 2 to 3 years. Food and weapons are of the greatest importance. With food they can follow what is rationed to them, but this is not the case with weapons. Unlike the permanent items, things like bullets or bombs in particr are disposable. They be depleted as they use them. As there is no way to replenish the supply, they will reach the end no matter how much they brought along as long as it is finite. Every time they went head to head, one Lifer consumed over ten times the average amount. This average is actually very ambiguous. This is the World Federation¡¯s calction. They decided on one day¡¯s worth when fighting mutants one level lower than the maximum level they can take on. But it is a war between hundreds of thousands of mutants and 100,000 Lifers. They can¡¯t just kill their own and end it. If they think they¡¯ll get pushed, they need to just use it first. Because of that, they wasted an incredible amount as well. In 9 rounds of battle, the World Federation consumed half the total amount. They have dropped an amount tost them 2 to 3 years in half in a matter of two months. Theoretically speaking, if they fight as much as they have fought, they will all have to go into close-range fights excluding the Lifers whose main weapons are long range. They will probably engage so that they do not get pushed back because Lifers¡¯ standards are high, but it is obvious that as many Lifers will die as mutants do. Strategist made a decision as World Federation¡¯s Commander in Chief. They will defend themselves in battle a few more times and then go at Evil Queen when they find the right time to do so. The exact time is when they retreat to support the defeated Evil Queen. They could be waiting, but there¡¯s nothing they can do about that. Whatever happens, this is much better than hitting before they go head to head. The people going into battle are Cha Jun Sung¡¯s party and Rankers. The level S Lifers will take on Evil Queen and the rest will take on the split alters and level 7s. 8bination level A Lifers wanted to go along, but they can¡¯t afford that. It isn¡¯t easy to manage the mutants pushing through either. Strategist called the day they would carry out the operations, D-Day. Whether they live or die, seed or fail, will be decided that day. Chapter 270 A giant tree. Evil Queen, sitting on top of a branch thicker than a human waist, watches the fierce battle from afar. There¡¯s no reason for her to maintain her main body when she isn¡¯t engaged in the battle. The engine activates as soon as she gets out of basic form. She consumes calories even while sitting still. She is stronger than she was before, but she isn¡¯t free from this invariantw because she is still a creature with limits. It is dangerous to stay in human form in the midst of a fierce war, but she can handle the danger because she is plenty strong. Kiririk! ¡°Sh! Good boy.¡± Evil Queen strokes the branch as though handling a child. Then the rough surface jiggled like a wave and moved following her hand. It is camouged as a tree right now, but it is really level 7 mutant Eclipse. The smell of blood rides the wind. Eclipse couldn¡¯t control its instinct, but grew quiet as Evil Queen stroked it. Because it feels good? No. Because of fear. Fear of a power that it cannot even determine from surface level. ¡°When will it be?¡± Evil Queen knows. They might be on a winning streak, but her allies have the advantage. Lifers need to start moving unless they are stupid. The weapons that Lifers use are simr to the scientific weapons and abilities that were only in sci-fi movies that took ce in the future when Evil Queen was human. They couldn¡¯t get close. But just as a car needs oil to run, it also needs ammunition to show its worth. After they had faced off more than 10 times, the Lifers¡¯ attacks carefully changed. They began to calcte efficiency in their heads. They fired precise shots to take them down one by one instead of continuous firing. Evil Queen saw that and was sure that their supplies were getting low. Lifers look superior right now, but there will be a dog fight once the long distance attack methods be paralyzed. Will they still be superior then? If Evil Queen were a Lifer, she would move to end it before supplies fall low. There is no solution beyond that. She actually wanted Lifers tost until the end. She¡¯ll be able to kill all of the dumb ones without difficulty. But she wanted them to move as she wants them to for a bit of fun. As soon as Evil Queen woke up, she had a low understanding of her body. It¡¯s because she never really fought or went into her awakened state. Her understanding increased as she hunted Lifers and went into a giant battle with them, and at some point began to understandpletely. That¡¯s how she knew. How much of an impressive and nonsensical presence she became. It is enough power to end this war right now. ¡°How many Lifers are there that could do that?¡± Evil Queen thought of Cha Jun Sung. Even though she had been in human form, she had been split in half. She thinks he¡¯s the strongest of his kind. Considering hisbat ability would have fallen because his arm was cut off, he was able to kill the alter she sent to North America and Vanessa and the girls. ¡°It¡¯ll be fun if there are a few dozen of them...¡± Evil Queen hasn¡¯t showed her full power since fusing with Bon Load. She hadn¡¯t had the opportunity to do so and she was only half when she awakened because she had been in pieces. She would be able to get a measure of the strength of her power before going to Asia and Europe if there are a lot of Lifers like Cha Jun Sung, but it would be too much. Evil Queen gradually grew bored with this joke of a war. She remained a spectator in order to get a better understanding, but there¡¯s no need to do that now. If there¡¯s nothing left to see, if Lifers don¡¯t have anything left, she intends to wrap it up. It is a waste of time to drag this on. Woo! Evil Queen made the mutants retreat again. Mutants go out like a tide. This is thest time. She will annihte them in the next attack. Boom boom boom! ¡°Oh? Yeah, you shoulde out like that.¡± When the mutants retreated, the Lifers who hadn¡¯t left headquarters all jumped out and chased the mutants running away. This was the same with the sentinels. The cyborgs formed a wall and pushed forward like a defense for Lifers. Evil Queen awakened. A giant body appeared in the middle of the forest. She is telling Lifers her location on purpose. Conceit? Arrogance? Confidence. It isn¡¯t just simple confidence that she can win. She didn¡¯t even feel the smallest amount of threat from Lifers. The time to use these beings that are like candle mes that will go out with one blow, like bugs that will be crushed when stepped on, as warm up to end ising. ¡°Come. Show me what you can do. And then disappear.¡± Dozens of Lifers are captured in Evil Queen¡¯s wide view. She is looking at them because they are flying toward her. They will disappear. Like dumb moths that throw their bodies into the light. *** Bang bang bang! Lifers poured everything out on the retreating mutants. They didn¡¯t pay attention to waste. They used and threw everything they had. The final match. Lifers powered Strategist¡¯s decision. Cyborgs advanced forward in a wall formation while attacking. If that didn¡¯t work, they left their self-destructive functions on and dug into the center of a group of mutants. Retreating mutants changed direction and rushed at Lifers. Lifers responded to this calmly. They need to block these guys. That way, the area near Evil Queen will have more leeway. Papapat! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group and the Rankersnd in front of Evil Queen. Behind them, 10,000 Lifers push back to fend off mutants. There were 16 Lifers taking on Evil Queen ¨C 4 level S and 12 9bination level As. This is a power that can face off against level 9. ¡°You don¡¯t have to block.¡± They don¡¯t know what it means. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group watch Evil Queen and form two walls around her. They have surrounded her in double. The first wall was made of short-range Lifers like Cha Jun Sung, and the second was made of mid and long-range Lifers like Ghost Gun. Evil Queen kept saying what she wanted to as though she didn¡¯t mind. ¡°Don¡¯t worry. I won¡¯t interfere with anyone. Don¡¯t you think you were able to get here without any problem because I opened up a path to make it like this?¡± Cha Jun Sung put his hand on Hades¡¯ handle. Of course they think that. This isn¡¯t something that Lifers with a lot of experience don¡¯t know. ¡°We thought so. But we need insurance if you¡¯re the opponent.¡± Evil Queen is the type where they don¡¯t know what she¡¯ll do if she¡¯s at a disadvantage. This isn¡¯t just her. She opened up a path for them? Will she be able to say that when she is on the brink of death? She¡¯ll call in 100 mutants if she has 100, and il to survive for even another second. They¡¯ll only see that ugly sight if there is a shadow of death. ¡°Huh? You got your arm. I guess you¡¯ll be stronger than before?¡± Evil Queen acknowledges Cha Jun Sung. Cha Jun Sung observed for a chance. The moment he attacks, they won¡¯t stop until one side dies. ¡°I see there are 4 Lifers with simr abilities to yours. They make it obvious.¡± Evil Queenughs. When Cha Jun Sung got ready to move, Violet, Weapon Master, and Chamma Sword in the east, west, and south warmed up. The rest just stayed alert. That small difference ryed information to Evil Queen and she was disappointed in the small number. At first, she thought that all 16 were that powerful. But to have just 4. At this state, it is a power that she can handle easily. ¡°Have I be too strong?¡± Considering Cha Jun Sung¡¯s abilities, they aren¡¯t weak. If it had been like before, she wouldn¡¯t have been able toe out whole. She could¡¯ve even died. Since she fused with Bon Load, she has easily gotten three times stronger. ¡°To match your standards... I guess that¡¯ll be good.¡± The skeletons attached to Evil Queen¡¯s giant bodybine together. Two be one and two of those be one in repetition. Boom boom! Where bonese out, three skeletons that are a little less than half the size of the skeleton connected to Evil Queen fall and roll to the ground. The transformation was the same. Thorns and tentacles form on the skeletons. There isn¡¯t much differencepared to the small skeleton other than that its form looks more heinous. ¡®That giant size. All of those skeletons coalesced and there are just three left. There¡¯s no way they¡¯re level 7. I¡¯m positive they¡¯re level 8.¡¯ ¡°You fought my daughters, right? One of those is simr to my eldest, Narsiel. They have as much vitality as they¡¯re strong, too.¡± Evil Queen can adjust the strength and number of the entities that split from her. They are created powerfully if they are made with attention. Weak ones have short activity periods, but the strong ones extend activity following their power. They look like they could live for about half a year. She may not be able to produce new split entities in that time, but it doesn¡¯t feel like she is experiencing any loss from it. It is plenty to kill Lifers. ¡®If they¡¯re on Narsiel¡¯s level...¡¯ ¡°Kill them.¡± While Cha Jun Sung calcted the three entities¡¯bat ability, Evil Queen gave her order. The skeletons pulled out thorns and tentacles, and scattered. It is a surprise attack, but everyone avoided it because they are all of high standards. ¡°Damn.¡± Cha Jun Sun looks at Evil Queen. All of the bones are absorbed into Evil Queen who is on top of the skeleton like a horn. Battle mode. Evil Queen grew asrge as the bones she absorbed, but the body¡¯s bones including the skeleton became smaller. As that happened, her energy emanated out. A level 9¡¯s energy. She and her split entities are separate. It is meaningless topare thebat ability of the main body and alters. ¡®One level 9 and three level 8s. We get overwhelmed.¡¯ They aren¡¯t even weak level 8s, but level 8s as strong as Narsiel. There are 12 level A Lifers. 4 people need to take on one. ¡°You guyse y with me.¡± Once Evil Queen hadpleted her transformation, she looked a lot like Vanessa wearing her bone armor. This seems to be the case because their gene pool is the same. ¡®I¡¯ll do my best.¡¯ There¡¯s nothing they can do about it. They need to handle it themselves since there is no support. They cannot think about failure. This means 100,000 people all die. The 16 Lifers fighting Evil Queen¡¯s split skeletons felt like they were being tangled up. They were so tangled that it seemed dark in front of them. They had expected several cases. All of them ¨C the best and worst case scenarios. They had a lot of thoughts as they were in a top level difficulty mission. They calcted with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s experience though it had been against an alter, and her fusion with Bon Load. Strategist decided that Lifers couldn¡¯t have the advantage. They have no choice but to face off against her unless they want to quit the mission. They needed to choose the time to face off within the time allowed to them, and Strategist chose that time as Commander-in-Chief. He repeatedly said that people would die even if they won. Lifers went past it without assigning it too much importance. It¡¯s because they didn¡¯t think it would be them. That¡¯s how much they believed in the force made of Rankers. They decided to have the 4 level S Lifers take on Evil Queen, and the 12 level A Lifers take on the split skeletons. There may be a lot of them, but they can handle it. More than half of the 12 are long-range Lifers. If they fight while falling back, hundreds of level 6 and 7 split skeletons are easy. But Evil Queenbined the skeletons and made them into powerful level 8s. There are just 3 of them, but quantity isn¡¯t important. An attack that works on arge number of weak opponents isn¡¯t a concept that works against a few strong opponents. With this, their existing operation went to naught. On top of that, Evil Queen¡¯s transformation shocked the Lifers. She transformed from a dull form to a body suitable for battle. Cha Jun Sung thought she might have a second awakened state as Vanessa did. He had to face her to know whether she gained level 9bat ability below standard or if she transcended that step like Vanessa. It was thetter. Chapter 271 Bang! re Gun draws a parab and goes flying. He got hit by one of the split skeleton¡¯s tentacles and soared into the sky before falling to the ground. The shock wasrge and re Gun wasn¡¯t able to get up right away. The split skeleton didn¡¯t chase and attack him. It faithfully focused on its immediate area. Evil Queen is able to control the entities thate from her own body even if the utilization isn¡¯t wide like Europe¡¯s Beholder. Since she can¡¯t constantly manage them due to her battle with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group, she left unity and waiting as suggestions. Don¡¯t scatter and stay together. Don¡¯t chase after anything and only take on whates to them. It was to stop them from breaking apart and to prevent tricks. They were extremely tricky because they faithfully followed Evil Queen¡¯s orders. 11 Lifers struggled against 3 split skeletons. A simple calction says that 4 people are taking on 1 skeleton. They would be able to do something if they had been weak level 8s like Odelia, but they need many times more than the people they currently have if they are as strong as Narsiel. There are only 12 Lifers including re Gun, who is spread out on the floor. Just 2 would be difficult, but it is impossible for them to take on 3. re Gun didn¡¯t go flying because he had his guard down or because hended a hit and took a hit. They were surpassing the concept of being pushed back, to drowning. It was like that with 12, but now with 11? It would only take moments for their formation to copse. Bang bang bang! Short-range Lifers Koharu, Basil, Iron King, and Nine Tail get whipped by swirling tentacles and all fling out. As the bothersome ones got cleared out, the split skeletons rushed at long-range Lifers. Since there are 3 skeletons, they each went to 1 person, to 3 people. Nuclear, Ghost Gun, and Light Shooter be targets and their expressions darken. Each of the split skeletons¡¯ attacks are deadly. They are powerful enough to cause instant death with one hit. The Lifers didn¡¯t die after getting hit with such power because they each absorbed the impact in their own ways. Nuclear and the others can absorb the shock like simr-level Lifers, but that doesn¡¯t lessen the power in the attacking at them. ¡°Freezing Field!¡± Ice Queen maximized her battlesuit¡¯s output. Dozens of holes open on her battlesuit and emanate extreme cold. Anything with the smallest bit of water on it freezes in the blink of an eye. They are in a swamp. Everything bes white. Ice Queen¡¯s Freezing Field is 9bination. So it didn¡¯t reach absolute zero, though it got very close. She felt that a pity. ¡°Nice! Queen!¡± Ice Queen¡¯s action freezes thend that the split skeletons are on. Nuclear yells with strength when he sees this. As their cells freeze and joints harden, the split skeletons¡¯ movements slow down dramatically. Nuclear¡¯s group takes that chance to get out of the attack range. But that had been the wrong judgment call. As soon as Nuclear¡¯s group created distance, the split skeletons¡¯ hostility focused on Ice Queen. Until now, the split skeletons hadn¡¯t focused on a single person, but had spread out the attacks. It¡¯s because no one had attacked all 3 at the same time. But Ice Queen¡¯s Freezing Field had gotten all of their attentions. The Freezing Field being maintained. When the split skeletons¡¯ movement wasn¡¯t smooth, they went back andunch thorns at Ice Queen with the intention of puncturing her. Hundreds of thorns, each the size of a human arm, churn the forest. They puncture holes in trees and boulders, flying at incredible speed toward Ice Queen. Ice Queen released the Freezing Field and tried to move, but it was already toote. She can only block them, but it is an attack that she cannot block. Her battlesuit itself emphasized mobility over defense, so her outer armor was light and thin. Even at a nce, it showed by shape that a woman was wearing it. Iron King¡¯s big and wide back blocks Ice Queen¡¯s front. Iron King¡¯s battlesuit has the best defense of all of the battlesuits. If it protects the passenger, the outer armor¡¯s thickness alone is over 20cm. He even modeled it in that direction, so though the defensive strength is higher than that of level S battlesuits, its limit isn¡¯t infinite. Boom boom boom! The small thorn attacks all went flinging off from the Iron Defense. But after getting hit straight on, the outer armor began to be crushed and onerge thorn eventually dug into Iron King¡¯s stomach. ¡°Iron King!¡± ¡°Damn it!¡± Iron King is unable to withstand that impact, and goes flying. Trees break. Iron Kingnds on top of that debris. He used all of his strength to try and stand up, but he was unable to straighten his leg while on his knees and copsed. There was no movement. Zing! The medical system installed inside his battlesuit went into treatment mode. He didn¡¯t die. The thorn wasing out little by little. It was just a temporary measure. It is such a fatal wound it wouldn¡¯t be weird if he died now, but they can¡¯t say he¡¯s safe because the battlesuit isn¡¯t a medical system. He will die if they are not alert. He needs to get proper treatment right now if he wants to survive. The problem is that it is difficult to do that considering the situation. Iron King¡¯s battlesuit pushed out the thorn. The inside is clearly visible because the thorn is stuck. Of course his punctured stomach is visible as well. It is arge hole, the size of two fists. If his body hadn¡¯t been strengthened with body modifications, he would have died long ago. His bleeding stopped, but his ripped flesh and mess of organs are not something the battlesuit can deal with. ¡°I ¨C I need to hurry up and move... Kyak!¡± ¡°Ack!¡± Boom! A split skeleton brandished a tentacle twisted thick with strength and pinned Ice Queen to the ground. Iron King next to her wasn¡¯t able to avoid it either. Ice Queen is another issue but Iron King, who had already sustained a serious wound, was now flickering like a candle. ¡°Strategist! We can¡¯t hold out like this!¡± ¡°There¡¯s a low chance we can win. It¡¯ll be better to take Iron King and getting out.¡± Bang bang bang! Strategist speaks as he throws an energy ball at the skeleton going after Ice Queen. They have gone past being pushed back. This is too one-sided. re Gun, who had joined them while Iron King was being attacked, agreed with what Nuclear said. Unless they are ready to all die, they need to n for whates after. The faster they make their decision, the better. They y with the boundary between life and death with each second that passes. In this situation, it wouldn¡¯t be surprising if someone died in the next second. ¡®The battle on that side...¡¯ 4 level S Lifers. If Evil Queen¡¯s strength is beyond what they had imagined like with the split skeletons, those 4 won¡¯t be able to take her down. Strategist spent precious time under intense pressure making a decision he won¡¯t regret. He made his decision quickly. But it happened even faster than his decision-making. Boom boom boom boom! There is a sudden tremendous roar and a point in the sky plummets to where Strategist¡¯s group is. The tiny dot growsrger andrger. A Lifer. His booster is being activated faintly. He hasn¡¯t been flung away in an attack, but is flying at them of his own will. ¡°Ten Xiao!¡± re Gun watches the split skeletons as he yells. A deformed left arm and a battlesuit crushed like a tin can ¨C it is Chamma Sword. His trademark sword that isrger than a person, has been cut in half. The broken side is smooth. It seems to have been cut by something sharp. They can¡¯t tell if he has internal injuries, but they can easily see that he isn¡¯t in a normal state. Chamma Sword stood up, using his broken sword as a cane. ¡°There¡¯s ¨C there¡¯s no hope! Run away! While they¡¯re buying time!¡± The Lifers are taken aback. He is normally a quiet man. He doesn¡¯t speak unless necessary following his reticent personality. That is how careful he is. In that sense, he thinks more deeply than even Strategist. That Chamma Sword is telling them to run away. They are curious as to what is happening over there, but they aren¡¯t in a condition to ask or listen. ¡®It¡¯s a failure.¡¯ What the Lifers are thinking. They don¡¯t know the post-war situation, but this is one thing they are sure of. Evil Queen is a being that they cannot fight. ¡°Run away? No chance. I intend to finish this once and for all so that there¡¯s nothing left to take care of after.¡± Boom boom! The forest opens up and Evil Queen walks out in an armor made of bone. Chamma Sword clenched his teeth and shook like a tree. ¡°How could this be...¡± The Lifers look to one ce. They are looking at Evil Queen, but they are looking at a thorning out of the shoulder and pointing into the sky. Violet and Weapon Master are skewered on the sharp bone. They areid out like corpses, but they can¡¯t tell whether they are alive or dead yet. ¡°These guys? They¡¯re still alive. I¡¯m pretty sure that guy lying over there is in more danger. But don¡¯t worry. You guys will die before he does.¡± Deathes down on them. Chapter 272 Cha Jun Sung is lying down. With his face nted on the ground. He doesn¡¯t move. It is more urate to say that he cannot move. Both his arms have been cut from his shoulders, and both his legs have been cut from his thighs. His battlesuit was forced to dismantle and the pieces are scattered here and there. His arms and legs were cut off, and he even lost his battlesuit. He went through 10 stages of body modifications, but he is still a human. All he can do is breathe. [Lifer Cha Jun Sung! Lifer Cha Jun Sung!] Odin calls him. His PDA that has fallen somewhere must have switched from the inside to outside. He wants to respond, but he can¡¯t speak. He was able to stop some of the bleeding with his superhuman strength, but he has already lost so much blood and he has only stopped some blood flow, the wound is still the same. As long as he is human, his arms and legs do not regenerate like with mutants. ¡®She was strong. Horribly strong. She isn¡¯t an opponent we can fight.¡¯ Cha Jun Sung looks in the direction Evil Queen moved to with hazy vision. Does this mean he is dying? Sensation in his entire body is paralyzed. It didn¡¯t take long for this to happen. In the beginning of the battle, Evil Queen matched her standards to Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group. Then she gradually increased the power. They responded quickly in the beginning, but he started taking missteps once they passed a line, his arms and legs were cut off, and he got to this state. Evil Queen¡¯sbat style is simple. It is normal to avoid if it hit. She took the hit. She didn¡¯t avoid it. There was no need for her to avoid it. The 4 level S Lifers¡¯ attacks couldn¡¯t get through her exoskeleton. All they left were traces of hits. Even if they attacked what they thought were vital points, she made everything meaningless. Once attacks were blocked, there were extreme limitations to what Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group could do. Furthermore, Cha Jun Sung and Violet sustained wounds when Evil Queen made her first counterattack. In one hit. Strength, speed, and stamina are important in battle. They just have to be stronger than the enemy. Faster than the enemy. They need to be able to withstand longer than the enemy. Evil Queen hadpletely transcended the domain of level 9. She¡¯s so strong they can¡¯t be sure if even 40 people could take her on. Toys. They are toys to Evil Queen. Things that are fun to y with until she gets bored and tosses them away. ¡®How much time has passed? 5 minutes? 10 minutes? 30 minutes? Has everyone died?¡¯ They urgently sent Chamma Sword, but they can¡¯t be sure. He doesn¡¯t even want to imagine what happened if they hadn¡¯t been able to run away on time. It is the same as back then. It is a decided fate with his own strength. It seems he can¡¯t break out of this frame. ¡®I¡¯m sleepy.¡¯ He wants to sleep. His eyes close. He doesn¡¯t want to give up, but since his current situation is one in which he has no choice but to give up, he wants to put everything down and rest. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body cools down. The movement of his rising and falling chest slows down. If this slows down to a stop, he will die. Right before his eyes closed, a light shed in front of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes before he died. This is a slightly different phenomenon from a summons gate opening up. Someone walks out. Cha Jun Sung, whose emotions had been drying out, was full of astonishment. It¡¯s someone who can¡¯t be here. ¡°You fought well. Leave the rest to me.¡± ¡°Ah...¡± Cha Jun Sung listened to thefortable voice that invoked trust as life disappeared from his eyes. He was smiling. The person who appeared from the light, the person who gave his a sense of trust, closed his eyes. He straightened his back and spoke into his PDA. ¡°Keep your promise.¡± [Of course. If you end Life Mission, you¡¯ll get everything you want. We¡¯ll create a ce for it to happen. Get ready.] White particles formed near Cha Jun Sung and wrapped him warmly. The particles disappeared along with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s corpse shortly after. ¡°Let¡¯s end it.¡± A roar with an intense aura explodes. A monster with 4 faces and 3 pairs of arms, ck smoke emanating out of it. ck Devil had descended. The real Cha Jun Sung had arrived. Cha Jun Sung tried to find the unidentified Lifer for the past few months, but he hadn¡¯t been able to make any real progress. Of course not. He hadn¡¯t even gone near the Amazon because he didn¡¯t know the person he was finding was there, and had been digging around outside. Then his special mission had suddenly been cancelled and he went into an indefinite waiting period. Cha Jun Sung thought it so ridiculous he thought the supervisors were ying with him, but he needed to do as he was told. He went back to reality because there was no longer any reason for him to stay inside the mission. He worried a lot about Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group, but he had no choice but to watch thepse because moving between dimensions was a unique privilege of the helpers and supervisors. While he was going to justze around, he got an unexpected call from Jigneon. Cha Jun Sung needed to understand a lot within that short amount of time. It was an injection that had no rtion to him and that had nothing to do with his will. This means the unidentified Lifer is another one of himself. The supervisors hadn¡¯t noticed who he was because he had appeared out of nowhere. He said the source was that he appeared through a wall of time and space. Life Mission manages two worlds, one-sided and two-sided. The third world is where the supervisors live, so he basically appeared from a world that they hadn¡¯t even considered. Time and space had be twisted. No matter how impressive Life Mission¡¯s science is, it can¡¯tpletely pursue dimension and time. They might be able to invade in the first ce, but it¡¯s an area that they cannot control. Because of that, Cha Jun Sung was able to get past the veil of secrecy and figure out who between ck Lord and Red Eye gave him the notebook. He felt pity when he found out why he had been given the notebook. He had hoped that he wouldn¡¯t make the same mistakes that he did. Before Jigneon told the truth, he added the unregistered Odin¡¯s hacking code to the artificial intelligence of the registered Odin that they are managing. He had taken care of the easy Odin before working to make Cha Jun Sung understand. What he already knew was duplicated and what he didn¡¯t know what upgraded. Odin is an artificial intelligenceputer. There¡¯s no need to exin everything to him like he is a human. He epts the added information without any emotion. Jigneon thought convincing Cha Jun Sung would be a problem. But unlike what he had been thinking, it ended easily. From Cha Jun Sung¡¯s perspective, Life Mission is distant frommon sense, and it is a highlyplicated system that he cannot understand even while he is experiencing it. There is not a single thing that he can understand. What can only happen in novels and movies had be reality. He met ck Lord, too. Does he have to make a fuss when one more appeared under those circumstances? There is something different that Cha Jun Sung is really curious about. Why they are telling him. Jigneon isn¡¯t exactly charitable. They might have a good rtionship, but he doesn¡¯t believe in deeds without rewards. There must be something he wants and he must be using this as a down payment to make a deal. Cha Jun Sung was rxed. He didn¡¯t ask him to tell, and it didn¡¯t suit him to move however they wanted him to just because he got this piece of information. Jigneon told him about the progress of the Lord of Bones mission that the World Federation is active in and about Evil Queen and Bon Load¡¯s fusion. She transcended level 9 and mutant levels were reorganized to raise her to level 10. As soon as he heard that, an rm was raised in his mind. The probability of them killing Evil Queen who has be as strong as she could be is very low. All of his party members with the exception of Kyoko have entered that mission. ¡®We¡¯ll grant you entry qualification this one time. Kill Evil Queen.¡¯ This! Jigneon wanted Cha Jun Sung to kill Evil Queen. In some way, Evil Queen was the final evolution of what a mutant could achieve. It became more special than any other level S mission with the two level 9s¡¯ fusion. She is like the final boss standing at the end of a game. They¡¯ll have to try again if they fail, but he can see the ending of Life Mission if he seeds. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t care about the final evolution and Life Mission¡¯s end. She¡¯ll be stronger than him if she is level 10, but he couldn¡¯t just stand by and watch his colleagues die. ¡®Isn¡¯t it the rule for supervisors not to interfere? And isn¡¯t mutants fighting each other what you guys wanted?¡¯ When he asked this. ¡®We just create the ce. What happens after depends on you.¡¯ This is what he said. He knew what it meant in the following conversation. Yeah, that¡¯s it. Chapter 273 Drip drip Blood flows down from the tree. A Lifer wearing his destroyed battlesuit like rags is skewered on a long and thick thorn. The talkative Nuclear. There is no noticeable movement, but there are faint convulsionsing from his body. It seems as though he is not dead. With Nuclear at the center, there are Rankers and Lifers lying around pitifully. There are even those who have been ripped into pieces. Estimating from a quick look, it seems about half died and half lived. The battle with Evil Queen had been nearly one-sided. The aftermath of the battle reduced many kilometers in radius into chaos. That is how incredible it was. Regardless of vitality, not a single Lifer was moving. Even those who are still alive may well have been corpses. When Evil Queen appeared, the skeletons¡¯ position changed. They blocked retreat paths so that Lifers could not run away. Iron King who had sustained an injury from his battle with the skeletons, had passed out with Evil Queen¡¯s hit, been swept away, and died. The rest realized that they could not run away, and desperately fought. But this was Evil Queen who toyed with 4 level S Lifers. There are a lot of them, but they don¡¯t have power when they are mostly made up of level As. Evil Queen didn¡¯t avoid Lifers¡¯ attacks and allowed them to get through. Then she killed re Gun, Sea General, and Light Shooter with quick and precise counterattacks. There is no need to exin. They didn¡¯t even realize they were dying due to the overwhelming gap in their abilities, and were chopped up into pieces. Her attack strength that is powerful enough to destroy battlesuits and her speed that is undetectable by battlesuit sensors made this possible. Nine Tail raged with Light Shooter¡¯s death, went mad, ran forward at Evil Queen, and also disappeared without a trace. 5 people died within seconds. Even Strategist lost his will to fight and quietly epted his fate. It isn¡¯t a standard that they can fight. Chamma Sword, the only level S Lifer capable of movement, blocked Evil Queen¡¯s front and took a few hits, but a few were it. Only 9 Lifers survived until now. Strategist, Ice Queen, Nuclear, Ghost Gun, Weapon Master, and Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group. Of these, Violet and Weapon Master are still stuck to the bone protruding from Evil Queen¡¯s body without being able to move or get out. She intends on giving them pain. 5 Lifers didn¡¯t die on the World Federation side, but they are on the brink of death. But Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group areparatively in a better situation. ¡°Where did you go? I know you¡¯re somewhere here. You hide well.¡± She speaks gently, but there is annoyance on her face. Evil Queen is annoyed with the current situation. ¡°You¡¯re human on the inside but a machine on the outside so you get rid of all traces of your scent, you don¡¯t make noise, and you hide with transparency.¡± Bang bang bang! Evil Queen extended her tentacle wide and whips a wide range in a circle. She went out hundreds of kilometers, but her senses didn¡¯t pick up anything. ¡°I¡¯ll have to kill what I can see first.¡± Evil Queen turns her attention to Strategist¡¯s group. There¡¯s no point in clinging to the ones that she can¡¯t do anything about. She¡¯ll need to take care of what she could and then decide whether she¡¯ll handle what she can¡¯t after. ¡°Ah!¡± ¡°That side¡¯s still going.¡± While Evil Queen was battling Rankers, ordinary Lifers and Evil Queen¡¯s army were engaged in arge-scale war. The mutants had been caught in battle while retreating, so they were being pushed back. Rankers are unable to battle. Evil Queen sent the skeletons she had left to block retreat routes to them. That will restore bnce. Evil Queen intends on taking care of the situation here and joining them over there. She will annihte the Lifers, supplement her nutrients, and go to Asia and Europe. ¡®Are you just going to watch?¡¯ ¡®There¡¯s no solution.¡¯ The sky. Basil is holding Koharu and Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s hand, and floating in the sky. Stealth function. It doesn¡¯t just hide their visibility but their existence in general, but there is a sharp decline in theirbat ability while maintaining that state. Even if they attack Evil Queen in this state, they can¡¯t cause any damage. The exoskeletal armor covering her entire body and the carapace protecting her main body are sturdier than Iron King¡¯s Iron Defense. On top of that, she regenerates. Even if they somehow get through all of that, if they can¡¯t kill her with one hit, putting regeneration aside, their location will be revealed and they will die. Boom boom! Park Jin Hyuk clenches his teeth as he watches Evil Queen go toward Strategist¡¯s group. Basil held Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s hand more tightly. When battle broke out and the situation looked dark, Basil turned his stealth function on, grabbed Park Jin Hyuk and Koharu, and created distance between them and Evil Queen. If hees into contact with other battlesuits while in stealth mode, that function transfers to them. If doesn¡¯t have indefinite effect, but it can take on a few people. Basil gave up on Strategist¡¯s group in order to save himself and his close friends. Giving up on them is a good way to put it. In a negative sense, he abandoned them. ¡®Hope is a word we use when there is hope. If we go out, we all die.¡¯ Basil judged the situation objectively. World Federation¡¯s Rankers were swept out. The 100,000 Lifers probably won¡¯t make it either. ¡®What about Violet!¡¯ ¡®We can¡¯t.¡¯ It would be better to rescue Strategist¡¯s group. Violet and Weapon Master are stuck to Evil Queen¡¯s body. They would have to go past getting close to her, to having to face off with her. They are far enough now that she won¡¯t be able to detect them even if they turn stealth function off. Even if she does see them, she can¡¯t get past this distance to attack them. The problem would be if they attack and are discovered. A tentacle would grab them before they could escape into the sky. Would Strategist¡¯s group have stuck to ground war because they are stupid? They tried to go into the sky as is characteristic with mid and long-range Lifers, but it became like a game of darts within seconds. ¡®Think about Kyoko.¡¯ ¡®Damn it!¡¯ With those words, Park Jin Hyuk abandoned hope of saving Strategist¡¯s group and Violet. What could be more precious than family? Family is priority. Koharu didn¡¯t say anything, but she was just as angry as Park Jin Hyuk. She thought herself pathetic. She was too helpless. ¡®Let¡¯s go back to headquarters and try to get the remaining Lifers at the least. If Evil Queen stays here for a bit, we should be able to save some of them.¡¯ The skeletons will be creating chaos, but they are jokespared to Evil Queen. They can evacuate the Lifers. ¡°Look over there.¡± ¡°Something¡¯sing.¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group got away from Evil Queen and flew toward the battleground. It is easy to see everything when high up in the sky. Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group can see somethinging toward them through the forest from afar. A brutal appearance. There is one head, but 4 faces. 3 pairs of arms as well. It is a total monster from its exterior appearance. They were able to discover it easily because they are in a high ce, but the momentum and chaos it ising at them in is so incredible that they must have picked up on it from the ground as well. Evil Queen has superior senses, so there¡¯s no way she doesn¡¯t know. She looked back when she was about to end Strategist and the others, and this was the prelude to their battle. Furrows form. Cha Jun Sung is a farmer and his tool is Evil Queen. Cha Jun Sung has a hold of her face, and is dragging her body along while it is embedded in the ground. A straight path forms where they pass through. Evil Queen is about a half timesrger than Cha Jun Sung who is 12 to 13 meters tall, but he had no problem throwing her to the ground and dragging her. Before Cha Jun Sung threw Evil Queen to the ground, he moved his tail and pulled Violet and Weapon Master from her body. They aren¡¯t dead. They sent faint vital signs through his tail. It was easy to rescue them because the surprise attack worked. If she had been waiting for him, he wouldn¡¯t have been able to save them. ¡®What is this?¡¯ Evil Queen couldn¡¯t understand the situation. She got up in a hurry. She had been moving to finish off the dying Lifers when she felt an intense aura and turned around. A ck palm came at her like lightning to a point a little below her kidney, grabbed her face, pushed, and nted her into the ground. She feels the full impact of being dragged with her whole body. It isn¡¯t enough to make a fuss, but it isn¡¯t an extent that she can just ignore it and move on. She is stuck between the strength pushing from above and the hard ground withstanding that force from below. She had to take that frictional force. His grip was incredible as well. If her skeleton and coat had been those of a weaker mutant, her face would have been ripped off or her body would have been destroyed and she would have died. Evil Queen couldn¡¯t look at the mutant that had attacked her. Her eyes were covered by his hand, so she cannot see. It is dark. It has been long since she forgot about the two Lifers she can skewered on her body to feel pain. Instead, her thoughts became full regarding this situation. ¡°Will you... let me go now?¡± Bang! Evil Queen had been dragged on lifelessly when she lifted her foot and kicked Cha Jun Sung¡¯s stomach. It is a fatal kick. His stomach is crushed. This strength exploded from the opposite direction Cha Jun Sung is exerting strength in. the stronger side is bound to win ¨C Cha Jun Sung¡¯s hand is forced to rx. His heavy body goes up high into the sky. Like a level 9, the parts where his bones broke and his skin ripped regenerate within seconds. Evil Queen¡¯s tentacles grab Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body as it goes up into the sky. She pulled with force and straightened up. The reversed scenario ¨C their stances switch and Cha Jun Sung is nted into the ground. He tried to bounce out more through thew of inertia, but the tentacles prevented that. ¡°You ¨C you?¡± Evil Queen lifted Cha Jun Sung and expressed surprise for the first time. Someone who should be in Asia is right in front of her. ¡°Evil Queen.¡± ¡°How are you here? And how did you recognize me?¡± Evil Queen¡¯s tentacles loosen in her surprise. Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t miss that chance, swelled his muscles, and snapped the tentacles wrapped around him. Evil Queen didn¡¯t care and only waited for him to speak. Binding him isn¡¯t important. She can do it whenever she wants to. ¡°I came to kill you, and someone told me you¡¯re Evil Queen.¡± ¡°Who¡¯s that?¡± ¡°Those who made us into monsters, who made the world like this.¡± Evil Queen¡¯s eyes open wide. What Cha Jun Sung, who she calls ck Lord, is surprising. ¡°Why? You didn¡¯t think we were created naturally, did you? You were human too. You know fully well that it doesn¡¯t make sense.¡± Evil Queen knows that well. That¡¯s why it is even more surprising. To be thinking something and to have that confirmed is a different matter. ¡°Lifers were hunters created to kill us as well. Shall I state it more simply? We¡¯re all subjects for experiment.¡± Evil Queen¡¯s expression grows cold. Cha Jun Sung watched her as she reacted simrly to ck Lord, and felt that they were very proud. High or low levels don¡¯t matter. Mutants created through Life Mission¡¯s system have themon purpose of testing. It is the same for Lifers, but they are better offpared to mutants. Other than the risks of death, they are guaranteed autonomy and can live the lives that they desire. It is rather a foothold for sess for Lifers. ¡°Where are they?¡± ¡°If I tell you where they are, are you going to find and kill them? No chance. They aren¡¯t gods, but they are like gods in the world that they¡¯ve created.¡± The current Evil Queen couldn¡¯t even kill Jigneon. But a tiger kept inside a zoo isn¡¯t able to shake off its instincts as a beast of prey. Disaster or Nightmare, this is something that applies to all mutants. ¡°Interesting. If that¡¯s the case, you¡¯re also basically ab rat. Why are you telling me this?¡± A secret that not even Lifers know. A secret that only Cha Jun Sung knows and that he cannot tell anyone else. ¡°Because you¡¯re the end.¡± Chapter 274 ¡°End?¡± ¡°The experiment ends when I kill you. Why did Ie? They said they would grant me a wish if I kill you. And the most important part is...¡± Cha Jun Sung paused for a moment. This is why he told her. ¡°The dead can¡¯t speak.¡± Woong! As soon as Cha Jun Sung spoke, a giant object opened the space in the sky and came out. Evil Queen heard the resonating sound and looked up. ¡°What...¡± ¡°That¡¯s going to create a ring for us. No one can interfere in our fight.¡± It¡¯s the Heavy Gravity that Borteth summoned when he had fought against Evil Queen¡¯s daughters. Borteth had acted alone then, but not this time. There was a unanimous decision to use it. They didn¡¯t hold back on any support for Cha Jun Sung¡¯s battle. Though he would be the one fighting her. The Heavy Gravity unfolds a gravity field. Cha Jun Sung threw Evil Queen on the ground and dragged her here in order to get her away from the Lifers. Helpers would have received orders from supervisors by now, deeming this a dangerous area and actions would have been taken so no one could approach. ¡°Lifers will have room to breathe if you¡¯re gone.¡± He knows the situation. Even if the level 8 skeletons create a mess, there are a lot of level A Lifers and they will be able to win even if there are a lot of sacrifices. Cha Jun Sung emanates ck smoke. Eyes visible through the ck smokee to life with intent to kill. It was like looking at the devil descending from hell. ¡°Ho ho! You can¡¯t beat me. You said I¡¯m the end? That the dead can¡¯t speak? You¡¯re foolish. Very foolish.¡± Evil Queen takes a deep breath. The bone armor swells and shrinks repeatedly with the main body¡¯s breathing. Cha Jun Sung focuses on this behavior. ¡°I can kill you in this state too, but let me show you. My power.¡± Small skeletons form endlessly from Evil Queen¡¯s body. Those skeletons pile up and swallow Evil Queen. After a first and second awakening, a third awakening. An energy that stabs at his skin makes Cha Jun Sung shake. Did they say she fused with Bon Load? It isn¡¯t 1+1+ 2, but as though she gained power beyond 3, 5, and 10. A giant skeleton mountain made up of living, writhing skeletons. Each of those skeletons change to resemble Evil Queen, who is about 2 meters tall. The skeletons did not stop multiplying even as they created Evil Queen¡¯s form. There was no end to the skeletons or to Evil Queen. ¡°Do you think they¡¯re alters? The entire thing is me. We¡¯re all one and we¡¯re many. All of us are one. I don¡¯t die unless you kill all of us.¡± [It¡¯s true. It seems she¡¯s dispersed her nucleus¡¯ power into the entire skeleton mountain. If you miss even a single one, Evil Queen will regenerate.] ¡°She¡¯s be nearly immortal. But Odin, I won¡¯t lose.¡± [Gate open! Requesting permission to use... Request granted! System activated!] ¡®Aren¡¯t I a mutant?¡¯ ¡®You are a mutant when considering just the nature. But the thing is... is there a mutant that can act as a Lifer? Even level 8 and 9 mutants wouldn¡¯t be able to do this because of their instincts. We restricted your entry into missions because you have mutant strength, not because you¡¯re not a Lifer. That means that you can be a Lifer and a mutant. You¡¯re the only person who can use the strength of both.¡¯ Thest conversation he had with Jigneon. Jigneon said that he would be able to use the strength of both, but Cha Jun Sung thought it impossible. Should he wear a battlesuit while in mutant form? Not only is there no battlesuit he could use, but it would have the worst efficiency if matched to his size. If a whole body mutating mutant is trapped inside a battlesuit, he will lose as much power as he has gained. In that case, it is better to focus on his given strength. And it¡¯sughable to have firearms or a vibrating weapon. It is better to have something than not and it is probably helpful, but that doesn¡¯t fulfill the meaning of being able to derive strength from both powers. ¡®It¡¯s not like there isn¡¯t a battlesuit you can¡¯t use. If it¡¯s you, you should be able to exert even more efficiency than Gabenu and me.¡¯ When he heard up to this, Cha Jun Sung realized what Jigneon meant. It¡¯s possible with that. Any mutant could use it. ¡®I wonder what fighting with level 9 mutant strength will look like. That itself will be the ultimate ideal transcending Life Mission¡¯s test result.¡¯ Woong! The sky opens up with the supervisors¡¯ permission. This is different from with the Heavy Gravity. A pair of light rayse down to Cha Jun Sung. The silver rays of light change direction to opposite sides and took charge of their own halves of Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body. At the end, theybined into one. [Miracle system activated. Energy 100%, synchronization 100%. I feel good from having been with a great Lifer. It¡¯s often said that they couldn¡¯t have dreamt it. The same goes for me. I never dreamt that I would be able to use the Miracle.] Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body slightly lifts into the air. He doesn¡¯t feel the booster¡¯s repulsive force. It was soft andfortable as though he had wings. Vitality rushes throughout his body. He is wearing two Miracles on his own. He felt like he could push over a mountain. [Don¡¯t try to handle the Miracle. There¡¯s no need to do so. Think of it as a part of your skin and body. It will follow your will.] He saw the Miracle¡¯s abilities with his own eyes while fighting Gabenu. It has a shape but can¡¯t be caught, changing freely. It is water. Cha Jun Sung spreads his wings. The Miracle reacts and takes the same shape as the wings. It isn¡¯t even 0.01 secondste so as not to interfere with the transformation. Currently, the Miracle isn¡¯t sticking to Cha Jun Sung, but conformed about 1cm off of him. It is in consideration of the reaction rate to his mutation. Cha Jun Sung warms up his body. His physical ability increased by multiple times. There¡¯s no way to express the additional abilities granted by the battlesuit. ¡°That image.¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°A mutant as a Lifer.¡± ¡°Have you put on armor?¡± The Evil Queens surround Cha Jun Sung and say what they want to in cut phrases. They are all main bodies with independent selves. ¡°They said it¡¯s the ultimate ideal.¡± [Evil Queen is going to move. Each body is estimated to be level 7. Looking at the proliferation, you might have to fight with tens of thousands of them.] ¡°I can¡¯t let that happen. The first hit is mine!¡± Bang! With a tremendous driving force of eleration surpassing the Overbooster, Cha Jun Sung flies toward the skeleton mountain. He needs to kill that if he is to kill her. ¡°I¡¯ll end Life Mission. I¡¯ll see the ending. I¡¯m very ambitious.¡± [Your helper Odin will support you until the end.] Hundreds of Evil Queens block Cha Jun Sung wearing the Miracle. He let out a ferocious roar and collided with them. The Evil Queens are ripped apart with one blow. But even if dozens of them die, more push forward from behind like sand. ¡°It won¡¯t be infinite proliferation, so let¡¯s create a festival of blood.¡± There is madness in Cha Jun Sung. All he needs is to ughter. He¡¯ll kill all of them. This is when he needs to be faithful to his mutant instincts. Whether it is one-to-one or one-to-many, the most important thing is to focus on the opponent. The difference in strengthes after. No matter how much of an advantage one has over the opponent in all aspects, it is impossible to read behavior patterns without focusing, which means failure. Even a world champion boxer can be knocked out by an ordinary person if hit properly a few times while not paying attention. There¡¯s no need to even say for equal opponents and even if they aren¡¯t equal. A basic in the act of fighting itself is focus. In that sense, Cha Jun Sung¡¯s battle is one of concentration. If he lets his guard down, he¡¯ll take a debilitating wound at the least and he¡¯ll die if he¡¯s unlucky. Hundreds of Evil Queens surrounding Cha Jun Sungy out a fierce attack. Sharp de tentacles and pointed awl thorns rush at him without end. It is tight like a well knit. There is no option in which he can avoid them. The attack range is so narrow that the only solution is to block it with Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s tail punctures the Evil Queensing at him from all around. Then he swung them around like objects and made them bump into each other. The Evil Queens that avoided his tail wait for gaps and go at him. Some of them avoided in paper thin margins and the ones that didn¡¯t were blocked by a barrier. Evil Queens¡¯ attack began in repetition and ended in repetition. Not a strong one but a weak few went at the barrier. Odin¡¯s judgment had been urate. All of the Evil Queens are level 7. These came out endlessly from the skeleton mountain. They are born when he kills them in repetition. They are weakpared to Cha Jun Sung, but he cannot ignore their level. They are alters that have Evil Queen¡¯s memory, so they have a great sense ofbat. And because they are one, they work incredibly well together. If they had been ordinary level 8, he wouldn¡¯t have been able tost thest it takes for a cup of tea to cool. Even level 9 would copse. If Cha Jun Sung hadn¡¯t had the Miracle, he would have been helplessly pushed back, had at least half his body destroyed, and would have been on the brink of death. ¡®She is strong...¡¯ He felt something strange while fighting her. It isn¡¯t the strength of a single object, but Evil Queen is properly showing him what a war of quantity is. But she falls short 2%. Did he feel she wascking because he was concentrating as he fought? No. Cha Jun Sung thought about why it was and came to a conclusion. ¡®I¡¯m getting used to it.¡¯ He¡¯s getting used to this one-to-many battle. It¡¯s just tricky because there are so many of them. Each individual¡¯s ability doesn¡¯t get near Cha Jun Sung¡¯s. He stopped the Evil Queens¡¯ attacks early on or the Miracle¡¯s defense blocked it. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body didn¡¯t sustain a single wound. This reveals there is a limit to their offensive power. Is the effect of wearing 2 Miracles? Had he be too strong? ¡®Of course not.¡¯ That will be a part of it, but it is too early to assume it is just that. His mutant instincts send a signal not to let down his guard. Cha Jun Sung supported these instincts. He needs to be careful with this. If he is careless, they are a dangerous opponent as is. But if he isn¡¯t careless, they are just an opponent that he can attack at any time. Cha Jun Sung said it before going into real battle with Evil Queen. It won¡¯t be infinite proliferation. Chapter 275 There will be an end as long as she is a living being, so he canst for a long time with the Miracle¡¯s formidable energy and a level 9¡¯s stamina. This is the problem. He can win just bysting like this. If the difference between level 8 and 9 is severe, the difference with level 10 will be even worse. He covered that difference with the Miracle, but this is lukewarm. To think that this is a fight he can win with endurance. For a level 10¡¯s ability to end with just splitting. Cha Jun Sung knows Evil Queen well. That can¡¯t be all. She could be hiding somewhere and preparing something. She¡¯s plenty capable of doing something like that. This third awakening could be an excuse and she could be testing Cha Jun Sung¡¯s power with her splitting ability. ¡®Or she¡¯s chipping away at my energy.¡¯ He isn¡¯t tired, but he and the Miracle experienced at least a 1% decrease in condition. Chasing tails, he has this kind of thought: If her intention is to chip away at his energy, it is a loss for her as well. Is he fighting alone? As Cha Jun Sung¡¯s power decreases, her power decreases proportionally. It takes an enormous amount of energy and nutrients to produce all of those alters. Following the flow of the battle, Evil Queen¡¯s side is taking the damage. ¡°Odin. How is it?¡± [It¡¯s just a guess, but Evil Queen¡¯s strength could be maintained.] When Cha Jun Sung goes into direct battle, Odin takes auxiliary control for the Miracle and observes Evil Queen from afar. [The two fused into one. That also means they are two. Combining all of the information sent by Lifers, Bon Load is with Evil Queen¡¯s nucleus. If that splitting ability is Bon Load¡¯s and only his nutrients are being consumed, Evil Queen herself will be fine.] [Rather than dividing between the barriers of the first, second, and third awakening, it is important to see which one follows which being¡¯s characteristics. Analyzing the patterns until now, first and third are Bon Load and only the second is Evil Queen. How could it be that only Bon Load is twice when the subject is Evil Queen?] ¡°Evil Queen is twice too?¡± [She could go back to her original power after consuming Lifer Cha Jun Sung¡¯s energy with Bon Load¡¯s strength that is irrelevant to her own.] ¡°Does that mean she would go back to her second awakened state?¡± [She could show her characteristic in her third awakened state. Of course all of this is in the case if Evil Queen is hiding her strength.] He is right. If that really is Evil Queen and Bon Load¡¯s strength unlike their tremendous expectations, Odin¡¯s guess bespletely worthless. But if it is true, they showed each of their characteristics in the first and second awakening, which means the third state has both. It also means that they are hiding one and only showing one. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s hand was changed into a skewer, stabbing all of the Evil Queens thate at him from ahead. The Miracle spreads out through the stabbed part. Particles in the nanometer unit explored the inside. They are analyzing the biological characteristics of mutant Evil Queen. This is something that is impossible even with a level S battlesuit, but the Miracle can do it. The split Evil Queens were so simr it was like looking at twins. In contrast, there was a faint difference of genes inside the shell. This is a results of analyzing all of the alters that Cha Jun Sung and Odin came into contact with. [There are two kinds of genes; I will just arbitrarily call them gamma and delta. As a result of analyzing patterns, there is a 10 to 15% difference in the two individuals¡¯ abilities. The interesting thing is that the difference in ability shows their sses. I have concluded that gamma gives orders to delta.] [If you look at Evil Queen¡¯syout on the hologram, delta goes forward and gamma is positioned in the back. There are about 10 deltas to one gamma.] In Lifer numbers, it is like party members to a party leader. This means that there could be force, raid, and core leaders somewhere. ¡°How about alpha and beta?¡± Odin skipped over alpha and beta, and expressed the Evil Queens in only gamma and delta. Cha Jun Sung picked out that aspect specifically and asked about it. [Alpha is the skeleton mountain. Beta is... I¡¯m sure you know?] ¡°So what you mean is that of those, there could be betas hiding until the end, giving orders to gammas and deltas unlike the dying ones?¡± [A piecemeal example is Africa¡¯s Parasite King who was born as a parasitic type, but cannot manage a tribe of tens of thousands alone. So he has a middle-man to deal withmunication with the lower levels.] [The skeleton mountain is simr. Producing and managing those many level 7 alters are separate matters. There needs to be a management system in order to focus on production, so it would have been well thought out.] About 300 Evil Queens are being maintained. Of these, only 1 is beta and 299 are gammas and deltas. Cha Jun Sung needs to find that 1 beta. ¡°Are you tired?¡± ¡°You can¡¯t beat me.¡± ¡°Bon Load¡¯s abilities are really incredible.¡± Hundreds of Evil Queens each say something as they approach him. It is a skin-crawling sight. They are visually indistinguishable. ¡°We decided to make you a limb of the one who created us.¡± ¡°But it¡¯s not me. It¡¯s their license to create us, but it¡¯s my will after. I can do anything with this strength.¡± ¡°What a joke. It¡¯s because there¡¯s a goal. If they wanted to kill you, you know how easy it would be? You think you would survive if theyunched a bomb here right now? You and I are both dead.¡± Someone extremely overworked. That¡¯s Evil Queen¡¯s current state. Seduced by power, she couldn¡¯te to her senses. Without considering what Jigneon¡¯s group needed to gain from the experiment, it is incineration. ¡°You found it?¡± [I can¡¯t with just a scan. There¡¯s no choice but to check for yourself.] ¡°Can I attack them all at one time?¡± [You could if you wanted to, but they¡¯re so dispersed that you won¡¯t be able to create a proper impact. It would be difficult to distinguish with that.] The most extensive attack is to sweep with his tail. He can exert more power if he adds the Miracle¡¯s support to this, but there is a limit. It might have worked if they were low level, but level 7s will be able to protect their own bodies. ¡®If I were her, where would I put the beta?¡¯ Would she hide it in the back? Or would she consider the number of opponents and put it in the front? ¡°If I can¡¯t find it, I¡¯ll just have to get it toe to me.¡± Papat! He can¡¯t figure it out just by thinking about it. He needs to move. Cha Jun Sung hit the earth, grabbed one of the Evil Queens by the face, and burst it. Cha Jun Sung threw away the dead and rushed straight ahead. He realized after trying a few times, but the Evil Queens attacked in coordination as though previously nned, but they strayed from that if the skeleton mountain was in danger. Because they made such a big fuss, Cha Jun Sung went back every time it happened with the thought that he couldn¡¯t get hurt in it. But it was a little different this time. He needs to give something up if he wants to gain something. He is trying to force it out even if that¡¯s the length he needs to go to. Even if he needs to give the Miracle. Bang bang bang! Evil Queens run in a frenzy at Cha Jun Sung¡¯s bull-rush. His vision is blocked. They are like mites. ¡®More. Come in.¡¯ While running forward, additional forces were produced from the skeleton mountain as soon as he killed them. Now that he looks at it, the mountain has gotten smaller. If hends a big hit, they will show some kind of reaction. Of course it won¡¯t be in a good sense. ¡°Ugh! Preparation?¡± [It¡¯s already done. Barrier deployment! Lifer Cha Jun Sung needs to prepare for the shock as well. It will scour the entire radius!] One of the Miraclespressed into a circle, went through the Evil Queens, and flew toward the skeleton mountain. Then the one left over wrapped around Cha Jun Sung inyers. Cha Jun Sung erged a coat as sturdy as iron in that state andpressed it as much as possible. It is a struggle for defense. ¡°Hiding? Fine. That means she has a special attack. But if the opponent is expecting it and waiting, it¡¯s better to get it out faster. You know why? What good is it if you have strength? It¡¯s over if you die before you use it.¡± Using the Miracle¡¯s energy overload, its self-attack collides with the skeleton mountain. It isn¡¯t like a bomb. It is simply an aggregate of energy. The skeleton mountain evaporates like a pencil drawing being erased. Kyah! Evil Queens scream and scatter out. They lose connection to the main body, act individually, and try to find a way to live. Cha Jun Sung wanted to kill them, but he couldn¡¯t move either. It is because an energy septic wave flew at him from the front. ¡°ck Lord!¡± A yell heard from ahead of him. One out of the hundreds of Evil Queens rapidly transformed and changed into Evil Queen¡¯s second awakened state. ¡°Don¡¯t look for me, and worry about yourself.¡± The big explosion from the Miracle¡¯s self-destruction swallowed Cha Jun Sung and Evil Queen whole. mes spark in front of the barrier. The collision between the energies had offset the shock. It was incredible. It is such a great power that not even level 10 Evil Queen could be guaranteed survival. It was so strong that after the remaining energy cracked the barrier, it knocked Cha Jun Sung¡¯s coat. The shelles off like a shedding snake. ¡°Fuck...¡± Bang bang bang bang! Cha Jun Sung¡¯s swearing was swept into the explosion and disappeared to the other side. Chapter 276 Cha Jun Sung shook his head and stood up. His body was a mess. 80% of the main body was gone. It was because he relieved even this much of the shock. His arm and tail that had been ripped off, but a part of his body regenerated and went back to its form. He had attacked the skeleton mountain by sacrificing the Miracle. It took down hundreds of Evil Queens, but not all of them will have died. ¡°I almost died.¡± It isn¡¯t an exaggeration. He would have ended up like the skeleton mountain if she had been hit while bare-bodied. [It was dangerous.] Odin went back to the PDA in the body in order tomunicate with Cha Jun Sung. It had not evaporated because it was inside his body. Cha Jun Sung walks to the skeleton mountain. Only the terrain is left after it was blown away cleanly. There are traces of it everywhere, but there wasn¡¯t a lot. ¡°Juste out now.¡± Cha Jun Sung spoke as he looked around the area where the mountain had been. Then... A piece of flesh dripping in red crawls out from one side of the forest. Evil Queen. It seems there had been a problem inposing her form. But it is impressive that she stayed alive. That¡¯s how strong she was. ¡°I just tried copying what I saw in a movie. I didn¡¯t think she would actuallye out.¡± [It fell together luckily.] Cha Jun Sung smirked and looked at the red life form ¨C at Evil Queen. ¡°ck... Lord! I ¨C I need to get stronger! I need to get stronger to stay alive!¡± ¡°What is she talking about?¡± Could it be strength from rage? The red liquid takes distinct form. It isn¡¯t her first, second, or third awakening, but Evil Queen¡¯s form. She is smaller and less harmful than usual. He doesn¡¯t even feel intimidation. ¡°Is it because of the shock? Because Bon Load died and only you survived? I don¡¯t care.¡± Cha Jun Sung released his awakened state. Instead of fighting with difficulty in this state, he chose to strengthen his body. And then he spoke. ¡°Take it out.¡± A battlesuit came out of the spacepression bag that Odin opened. Cha Jun Sung went into it without dy. A different kind of strength from a mutant. ¡°I should see the end as a Lifer, shouldn¡¯t I?¡± [That¡¯s the coolest thing you¡¯ve said until now.] ¡°It¡¯ll be a quote.¡± Kyak! Evil Queen lost reason, Cha Jun Sung burst his Overbooster, took out Hades, and became a beam of light. A ray that lights up the darkness. [Danger warning, battlesuit damage 79%. Activating the secondary core.] The battlecore¡¯s energy was done. As the secondary core became activated, it maintains the battlesuit¡¯s very limited basic system. Cha Jun Sung sat, leaning on a boulder. From the way he sat and the shape of the broken boulder, it looks like it was embedded under great strength. The battlesuit had been reduced to scrap iron and was so damaged that it wasn¡¯t positive if Cha Jun Sung inside was safe. It looked like he needed to dispose of it right away. Clunk clunk! The crushed and ripped outer armor separates itself. Each time the seriously damaged parts fell, it found a rtively good appearance. This was due to Odin¡¯s judgment that there was no use in keep it on. The battlesuit that had been just under 3m tall had sharply reduced. Ultimately, it transformed to resemble a basic level C battlesuit. As much as it has a simplified appearance, there is an impact on performance. [How long are you going toy there?] ¡°It¡¯s hard...¡± [The notice ising. If you¡¯re tired, squeeze out the strength.] Cha Jun Sung moaned as he got up. No, he tried to get up. But he couldn¡¯t get up. He can¡¯t put strength in his entire body. ¡°Booster output 5%.¡± Boom boom! Weak mes are ejected from the booster and lift Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body into the air. It feels like he is floating in water. He could stand with a little strength. Strictly speaking, it couldn¡¯t be said that he is standing on his own. He is standing with the booster¡¯s strength. All he is doing is holding the bnce. Cha Jun Sung picks up Hades from the ground. It had been a vicious fight. Nothing is left in the area because they poured everything out. They reduced a several kilometer radius into ruins. The Heavy Gravity was still being maintained, and ordinary Lifers couldn¡¯te here. Not far from where Cha Jun Sung is sitting. Evil Queen is gasping for breath among disgusting scraps of meat. Cha Jun Sung is a mess too, but he at least has a ruined battlesuit. On the other hand, Evil Queen used all of her energy in battle. She is in such a helpless state that he could shoot her and she would die. There is a clear winner. ¡°I¡¯m.. dying?¡± ¡°Why am I dying?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a world where the strong live. Only the weak die! I withstood that hell. Why am I dying in a ce like this?¡± Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t say anything as he put Hades to Evil Queen¡¯s chest. Is it because the ability is lost? He can feel her nucleus¡¯ energy. ¡°Law and order copsed when the world copsed! That kind ofw of the jungle where the strong live and the weak ie! The era of beasts came! I survived that kind of period, but I have to die here?¡± He only heard fragments, but Cha Jun Sung understood what Evil Queen was saying. She would have been an ordinary woman before awakening. How would an ordinary woman change after going through that period? It wouldn¡¯t be strange for her personality to change to the extreme. Cha Jun Sung first met Evil Queen in the virtual version. He does not know a lot about Evil Queen not just as a level 9 mutant, but also as a human. ¡°... I guess you¡¯re a victim too if you really look at it. Life Mission is the one that created all of this, and we¡¯re the ones who came into contact with you first.¡± If the virus hadn¡¯t been spread in this world, mutants, animals, and humans would have been living their own lives. Evil Queen would have been living in a different form as well. Lifers were guaranteed human life and had a choice, but mutants hadn¡¯t had a choice in anything since the virus was spread. Mutants experienced more loss than Lifers did. ¡°Who do you think you are! What right do you have to kill me? Are you even ck Lord? Why do you hate me? Why are you so hostile to me?¡± Evil Queen behaved opposite to what is normal for her because she had been driven to the extreme. Cha Jun Sung found a puzzling question among her rapidfire interrogation. The reason why he hates Evil Queen. At some point while going through Life Mission¡¯s virtual and reality versions, he took on Evil Queen as his goal and naturally came to hate her. The reason? He doesn¡¯t know. He can¡¯t exin in a way to make someone else understand. ¡®Is it brainwashing?¡¯ A total of 10 years. He enjoyed Life Mission¡¯s virtual version for 10 years. It isn¡¯t a game where he pounds on theputer keyboard and mouse with his fingers. It was a virtual reality that used EEG to make them feel like they were experiencing it for themselves. It is plenty of time to be brainwashed without realizing it. ¡®Training school.¡¯ The supervisors and helpers said that the virtual version were a training school. What is a training school? Just as it sounds, it is a ce where something is trained. Come to think of it, he remembers long ago when the reality version was firstunched and he was summoned to this world to hunt dozens of Kiwods. He had never killed until then. Even if he had had experience, he massacred living things in a matter of a day without any resolve. This was simr with other Lifers as well. There were those who had expressed reluctance, but there had been very few. Most of them killed and weren¡¯t even afflicted by any after effects. ¡®Why?¡¯ Because they were the same. There was almost no difference between the virtual and reality versions, so they didn¡¯t feel any distrust. ¡®It was thorough.¡¯ All Lifers including Cha Jun Sung moved the way they had intended while designing Life Mission, from start to end. They can¡¯t even me someone else. No matter how strong their bodies are, they are deadwood if their minds have deteriorated. The virtual version¡¯s main purposes were killing living beings and cultivating the minds of contemporary people who build walls as they live their lives. Even if a Lifer other than Cha Jun Sung had met Evil Queen in the virtual version, they would have been brainwashed to register Evil Queen as an enemy as well. Cha Jun Sung looks down at Evil Queen. She has no fault. But... The eerie feeling of prating the nucleus. Cha Jun Sung split Evil Queen into hundreds of pieces in that state. It was forplete destruction. ¡°Sorrry.¡± He means it. He realized what the problem was, but he couldn¡¯t let her live. There¡¯s no progress if he doesn¡¯t kill her. That¡¯s it. Chapter 277 Cha Jun Sung killed Evil Queen and disappeared just as suddenly as he had appeared. He wanted to help Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group, but he isn¡¯t qualified to do so. Evil Queen is dead, but the majority of Rankers died as well because of her. Even those remaining were half corpses except for three. Jigneon worked the Lifers a bit before ending the mission. It is because it became meaningless since Evil Queen and Bon Load died. They weren¡¯t able toplete the mission, but they were given ample points. They just didn¡¯t get the dream box. Cha Jun Sung was the only one to get it. He got it informally. No one knows that he got the dream box. 100,000 entered, and 40,000 were sacrificed in the end. Even this is because the level 8 split skeletons died when Evil Queen died in battle. If that hadn¡¯t happened, there would have been more loss. When themand center copsed, Park Jin Hyuk, Koharu, and Basil stepped up. There had been nothing special. They had just lent their force. Strategist¡¯s group had fortunately survived, but they were in critical condition. They were treated with top medical equipment, but it is impossible for them to recover inside the mission. So all they were able to do was to hang on to their lives. They need to be sent back to Mechanic City to healpletely, but returning is only possible through the subject¡¯s will. So the only thing they could do was to wait with them until they regained consciousness. With Jigneon¡¯s mission ending, Lifers left only the dead and went back to reality. Regardless of whether they won or lost, they had a glory full of wounds. *** Cha Jun Sung is facing Jigneon. He is quiet. They have seen each other a few times until now, but this meeting is a little special. Bang bang bang! Ack! Jigneon turned on a hologram. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s expression is bitter. Bloody Kingdom is colliding with Parasite King in the hologram. The situation is better than that of the World Federation because they are fighting against a normal level 9, but they are doing poorly because they only have 2 level S Lifers. Over time, Parasite King made Africapletely his. A tremendous number of them die. It is a field of corpses. The point is changing in various ways and the situation is progressing quickly. He isn¡¯t watching in real time. It is a video that has been edited with the important parts. The video quickly came to an end. The result is failure. Blood King and Dark Side survived, but the damage beyond that was as disastrous as that of World Federation. Neither of the two groups will be able to dream of attempting level S missions. Unless they form an alliance. There¡¯s no guarantee forpletion even if they form an alliance. They might be able to do something about Parasite King, but ck Lord and White Queen are too much. ¡°The two powers failed at level S missions. But we were able to get the information we needed because you killed Evil Queen. It¡¯s just a pity that...¡± ¡°What is?¡± ¡°That we didn¡¯t get to fully see Evil Queen¡¯s abilities. If you had fought without self-destruction, we would have been able to gain more useful information.¡± Cha Jun Sung did not agree with Jigneon. Even if he redid what happened, he would not let Evil Queen show her full capabilities. Cha Jun Sung is level 9 and though he had support from 2 Miracles, there are invariantws. One is that he only has one life. ¡°What happens to Life Mission now? Will it go away?¡± Cha Jun Sung changed the direction of their conversation because he didn¡¯t want to keep talking about what was already the past. For the first time, he had the chance to find out everything he wanted to know. ¡°A tremendous amount of energy goes into Life Mission¡¯s maintenance. We¡¯ll use it if we need to, but we¡¯ll have to give up if we don¡¯t need to. We¡¯re thinking of stopping it.¡± There are 4 level S missions left, but 1 or 2 is plenty. They didn¡¯t expect all clears. They don¡¯t have to hang on to level S missions since they already saw a level 10 killed. ¡°How will you take care of the two worlds?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know how you¡¯ll take this, but we¡¯ve never even thought about that. We wouldn¡¯t have created this if we were going to take care of it.¡± Only Life Mission would disappear. Mutants and Lifers would just live in their respective environments. Jigneon didn¡¯t feel anything like guilt regarding what they had done. They think of humans like animals to test on. ¡°If it stops, does that mean we can never go into the mission world again?¡± ¡°We can leave a few permanent gates. Of course we would no longer be involved, so Lifers would have to support it on their own.¡± Cha Jun Sung thought about missions without interference from Life Mission. That is when all elements of the game would be gone and it would be total reality. ¡°If you open permanent gates, can mutantse to reality as well?¡± ¡°Yes. You all will have to block it or something. It isn¡¯t a decided matter. We need to hold a meeting about it. Anyway, a notice wille up soon. The time hase to get away from the experiment and to face reality. Ah! It¡¯s our problem. It has nothing to do with you all.¡± ¡°The real reality...¡± ¡°I guess we need to tell you? You do have the right to know. Follow me.¡± They are currently talking in a small space in Jigneon¡¯sboratory. Cha Jun Sung followed him without saying anything. *** It is boisterous. People dressed smartly look at Jigneon and Cha Jun Sung. More urately, they are looking at Cha Jun Sung. Cha Jun Sung felt them looking at him, and looked over the ce that Jigneon had brought him to. Thousands of holograms filling up the space. Lifers battling mutants inside the holograms, those watching all of this, and Life Mission officials. It is a new world. ¡°This is the Situation Room. There are a few dozen other ces as well. This is how we have an idea of Lifers¡¯ every move.¡± He gained information on time through the battle videos here. Cha Jun Sung remained silent. A few officials recognized him, but they did not acknowledge it and focused solely on understanding what Jigneon was saying. ¡°We¡¯re short on level B battlesuits! Hurry up and make them!¡± ¡°It¡¯s the same for level A, too!¡± ¡°Speed up the weapon supply!¡± ¡°Speed it up!¡± Shouts bursting from here and there. The next ce that Jigneon took him to was a workshoprger than dozens of ordinary stadiumsbined. It was a system that not even 21st century contemporary human, Cha Jun Sung, could understand with its all tooplicated configuration and mechanical equipment. ¡°This is where tens of thousands of peoplebor to create Lifer gear. I¡¯m sure you knew that we didn¡¯t just make those things with the flick of a hand?¡± He had thought that they made them easily. It is a science that opens dimensions and tweaks time. Cha Jun Sung went nk for a moment. This is more surprising than the Situation Room. Things that Jigneon showed him like the holograms were different only in scale, but he had guessed how they were being surveilled. Woong! Jigneon opened the gate. In outer space, they are inside a giant ship that is as big as 20% of Korea. It was toorge to move on foot. ¡°The third is a ce where you¡¯ll frown as much as it is where the full-scale studies are done. You might not want to see it, but you¡¯ll have to see an unwee face too.¡± ¡°An unwee face?¡± ¡°Each of the supervisors are in charge of the Situation Room, Workshop, and Gic Institute. We have the authority to engage anywhere, but there¡¯s a difference in size. Once you see the Gic Institute, you¡¯ve basically seen all of Life Mission. When that happens, I¡¯ll tell you why this was made.¡± Cha Jun Sung could guess who was in charge of the Gic Institute. If it isn¡¯t Gabenu, it¡¯s Borteth. All he had with Gabenu had been a sh of pride. Their rtionship isn¡¯t so bad that he would rage. Zing! Jigneon goes through the gate. Cha Jun Sung followed him in. When his vision changed, an unwee face and a scene that really did make him frown, were waiting for him. Chapter 278 Borteth doesn¡¯t look kindly at Cha Jun Sung. This wasn¡¯t much different on Cha Jun Sung¡¯s end either. But the two of them ended it there. It is in the past. There¡¯s no need to fight. In Borteth¡¯s case, he was so busy he could barely take his hands off his work as they were in thest leg of Life Mission. To Cha Jun Sung¡¯s left, there are tens of thousands of dead mutants trapped inside translucent cylinders. On the right are Lifers. There are so many of them that he can¡¯t see where they end. ¡°As you can see, this is where all of the types of mutants that were hunted in Life Mission are being preserved.¡± Even the same species get divided into maximum and minimum. So there are about 5 or 6 males and females for each species. Lifers are preserved by body modifications and level. This is just for research. What kinds of studies have they been doing? ¡°If you go in deeper, you¡¯ll be able to see level 8 and 9 mutants and Lifers beyond level A. There aren¡¯t many in the case of Lifers.¡± Of course not. Mutant corpses remain inside the mission, but Lifers are taken back to reality if possible as their levels are higher. The 100,000 Lifers who entered Lord of Bones cleaned up the mission for about half a month. They hadn¡¯t been able to get Chamma Sword¡¯s body back. Life Mission officials didn¡¯t move until Lifers were done. They start moving after Lifers return to reality. That is why it had been harder to gather Lifer bodies than to get mutants. ¡°Two sets of genes were found in Evil Queen¡¯s body. It was interesting. They are level 9 when separate, and higher when fused. That¡¯s how we figured out who would be more dominant between mutants and Lifers.¡± ¡°Which is it?¡± ¡°Mutants.¡± Jigneon didn¡¯t hesitate in his response. Borteth smiles. He looks happy as though he has won. ¡°Do you know why there are two Miracles?¡± ¡°No.¡± ¡°Borteth injected an advanced type A virus into his body and became a level 9 mutant. Gabenu and I pursue different sectors.¡± With mutant superiority, Borteth himself bes superior. His test results came up ahead of Jigneon and Gabenu¡¯s, so of course he is happy. ¡°I killed Evil Queen. Aren¡¯t Lifers superior?¡± This is overreach. Ordinary Lifers wouldn¡¯t have been able to get the results that Cha Jun Sung got even if they had used the Miracles. On top of that, their bodies would not have been able to withstand wearing double. ¡°It was only possible for you. But we can get level 10 genes by investigating Evil Queen fusing level 9 genes.¡± If theybine them well, the result will be powerful biomarkers. Cha Jun Sung is one person, but they can replicate Evil Queen¡¯s genes. Of course it won¡¯t be easy. But there will be progress if they study it. ¡°We needed a powerful army. We created Lifers because we needed a powerful army, and that¡¯s how the A virus was derived, creating mutants. But there wasn¡¯t a ce good enough to test it. If we want to do proper tests, we not only need the location, but we need specimens. This ship¡¯s poption is just about a million, so these weren¡¯t conditions in which we could do it here. Cha Jun Sung felt like Jigneon was going to tell him why they created Life Mission. Why did they make something like this? ¡°So the dimensions...?¡± ¡°Right then, we were getting sess in tests opening dimensions. To put it into practice, we opened two dimensions and created an environment where we could hold the experiment. ¡°If you needed a powerful army, aren¡¯t there already a lot? No matter how many Lifers and mutants there are, a few nuclear bombs would do the trick.¡± It isn¡¯t a matter that can be resolved with a few nuclear bombs, but they don¡¯t need to have a leash around Lifers and mutants with their science. They have plenty of weapons to rece them. ¡°That¡¯s what we would have done if destruction was our goal, but what we wanted was to find a ce to breathe, a ce to settle in.¡± Cha Jun Sung cocks his head. He can¡¯t understand what this means. Jigneon knew this would be Cha Jun Sung¡¯s reaction, and turned a hologram on. Then the Gene Institute researchers including Borteth turned their attention to it. Cha Jun Sung felt yearning in their eyes. The center of a vast universe. The hologram is recording a clear and blue star. It is beautiful. Earth? No. It was subtly different from Earth. ¡°Where is that?¡± ¡°Blue Paradise. That¡¯s the name we gave it. Its environment is the same as Earth¡¯s and it¡¯s 10 times as big. You can tell by looking at the nature, but there are various fauna and flora living there.¡± The time ising near. They look like different creatures from the animals on Earth. It looks like they installed a satellite near Blue Paradise. ¡°Is there no intelligence there?¡± ¡°Intelligence? If you¡¯re talking about beings simr to humans, no. But those animals aren¡¯t as simple as they look.¡± Each is different, but the outstanding beings boast intelligence simr to that of humans. It is obvious that they are smart even if they cannotmunicate. ¡°Hundreds of yearster, Earth¡¯s natural environment getspletely destroyed. We escaped that pollution and are looking for a new home.¡± ¡°Blue Paradise? Then can¡¯t you justnd there? If they¡¯re just animals even if they¡¯re smart, then can¡¯t you just easily start?¡± ¡°Watch closely.¡± [Send a special cyborg to Blue Paradise, red zone.] Woong! Cha Jun Sung doesn¡¯t know the concept of the red zone, and just watched the hologram. The gate opened and the special cyborg appeared in Blue Paradise. The heavily armed cyborg began to wander around the red zone. It didn¡¯t take any special actions. It just wandered around. ¡°What! A unicorn?¡± Cha Jun Sung took a breath. In a lush forest, a unicorn that looks like something out of the Pegasus legend is caught in the cyborg¡¯s radar. The white maned unicorn is more than three times the size of a normal horse. There¡¯s a horn bigger than a human arm on its head. Intimidating power. It looked more like a god than an animal. The cyborg and unicorn are at least 500 meters away from each other, but the unicorn sees the cyborg and looks in its direction. ¡°What kind of eye...¡± Red mes burned in its eyes. It¡¯s big but its general form is beautiful, but that thought changed as soon as he saw its eyes. Thunderbolts fly out of the horn on the unicorn¡¯s head. It closed that 500 meter distance within moments, and the thunderbolts swallowed the cyborg whole. Bang! One hit. The cyborg evaporated with just one hit. The thunderboltsing from the unicorn were reminiscent of natural lightning. ¡°Do you still think it¡¯s an animal?¡± ¡°...¡± ¡°Blue Paradise is full of animals like that unicorn. They¡¯re spread out everywhere. Red, orange, yellow, blue, green, indigo, violet. There are various species living in each of the 7 zones named after the colors of the rainbow. There are differences in strength but in mutant terms, they are levels 7 and 8 on average and even some level 9s. That unicorn is about level 8.¡± Honestly, Cha Jun Sung thought that one of the big reasons was that the cyborg didn¡¯t take the first hit. He thought that it might have been able to kill the unicorn if it had attacked first. It is a delusion. A level 8 would have avoided or blocked it somehow. To think that animals like that are everywhere. What kind of is this? ¡°We might be able to kill the animals if we use weapons of mass destruction, but it¡¯ll also be that much more deste. There are so many of them that it would be an all-out war, too.¡± They had discovered a simr to Earth after a very long search. They cannot ruin it. They need to preserve it in its natural form if they can. ¡°We triednding a few times, but what do you think happened?¡± ¡°What happened?¡± ¡°Though they are superior beings, they are animals and have a clear standard of territory. They did not tolerate invasion. This ship was also destroyed. We ran away and got out of there.¡± ¡°The reason you created Life Mission?¡± ¡°We don¡¯t want to fight with these animals. We just want to live among them. All we have is a poption of 1 million. Blue Paradise is 10 times the size of Earth, so it won¡¯t reach Earth¡¯s poption of billions even after hundreds of years.¡± It can be small. They could settle down and live there if they were guaranteed territory, but the animals found them wherever theynded and attacked. It seems they don¡¯t have a concept of coexistence. They just banish outsiders. ¡°So what could we do? I feel sorry to them, but we need to getnd by force if we need to. If we continue like this, we¡¯ll never be able to get off this ship.¡± An army is needed for war. An army that can fight the animals. That¡¯s why they created Life Mission. Lifers and mutants with power like the animals, who don¡¯t have to depend on weapons. ¡°We¡¯re going to create a mutant army with Life Mission¡¯s information and genes. There is risk of infection or evolution, so we¡¯ll have to adjust the numbers.¡± They aren¡¯t going to inject a lot at once, but add it little by little. Even this might take several or even dozens of years, but they it¡¯s okay. It had been more difficult getting here. They just have to get over thisst obstacle. ¡°What do you think? We¡¯ve been saying it¡¯s a secret, but it isn¡¯t much, right?¡± Ultimately, Jigneon¡¯s group had nned Life MIssion because theycked the strength to go up against Blue Paradise¡¯s animals without destroying the. It is impressive in some ways, but it really isn¡¯t much like Jigneon said. Cha Jun Sung foundfort in the fact that his questions had been answered. ¡°But your wish. Will you really be satisfied with that?¡± ¡°Life Mission will be repeated in the same way even if I go back to the past, and there¡¯s no guarantee that situation will be better. I¡¯m satisfied with that.¡± Jigneon nodded and said that he would take measures immediately. Cha Jun Sung thought hard about something and asked with a dubious expression, ¡°Could you... put my body back to normal?¡± ¡°Your body? Does that mean you want to be human?¡± ¡°That¡¯s not exactly it, but I want to know if it¡¯s possible.¡± ¡°It¡¯s impossible.¡± The response came from someone unexpected. Borteth. ¡°Impossible?¡± ¡°Yeah. Your gicposition has beenpletely changed. A solution mighte out if we do years of research, but if we have to say whether it is possible or impossible right now, it is impossible.¡± Jigneon took a step back to Borteth in the mutant aspects. What he says goes. Cha Jun Sung cannot be human. Cha Jun Sung did not have lingering desire. It is bothersome to cling to something that is impossible. ¡°I¡¯ll go back.¡± ¡°You can stay here until Life Mission is over.¡± ¡°I have a lot to do. I need to see my friends, and I have to see my other self. It would be a waste of precious time to stay here.¡± Park Jin Hyuk¡¯s group thinks that Cha Jun Sung is dead. Violet saw him being ripped apart. He needs to exin it to them. ¡°Do you mean ck Lord?¡± ¡°I might never be able to see him again, but I¡¯d like to at least see his face one more time.¡± ¡°Alright.¡± Jigneon said that he would open the gate for him. There are no longer restrictions on his entry. He can go in and out as he pleases. ¡®The end?¡¯ Life Mission, which he had thought would go on forever, was ending. What will he do now? Will he be able to live a normal life with the body of a mutant? Chapter 279 Cha Jun Sung met ck Lord with just his PDA. He doesn¡¯t need his battlesuit. He already has the same power ck Lord has. It wasn¡¯t hard to find ck Lord. When he went through the gate, a familiar area appeared. Looking around, he could guess where he was. ¡°How boring. You were waiting.¡± ck Lord heard everything from Cha Jun Sung. He limited information on Life Mission, and told him everything about what happened in South America. ¡°So the only level 9s left are you, White Queen, Sea God, and Parasite King.¡± ¡°Then it¡¯ll be three. In a few months, White Queen will go to Africa. The situation down there is strange, and it seems to be bothering her. White Queen is after Parasite King. ck Lord kept his hands off of it. It won¡¯t be hard to kill him even if he doesn¡¯t help. There¡¯s noparison in their abilities and in the quality of their underlings. ¡°When did you be like that? You were just half when I first saw you.¡± ¡°There was a big battle in North America 5 or 6 years ago. My body was broken down, and Ipletely awakened then.¡± Cha Jun Sung gave ck Lord a good piece of information. That rebirth is possible from just the nucleus. ck Lord hadn¡¯t known this. ¡°Is there something you want from me? I¡¯ll give you something in return for this valuable information.¡± ¡°I just came to see you, since we might not get to meet again.¡± ¡°Forget it. We live in different worlds. We just have to live well separately.¡± ck Lord responded bluntly. ¡°Your red son?¡± ¡°He isn¡¯t here.¡± ¡°I wanted to give myst greetings. Just tell him I said bye.¡± Cha Jun Sung got up. He had said all he had to say. When he turned around, ck Lord spoke hesitantly. ¡°What happened... to him?¡± ¡°He¡¯ll live a new life.¡± ¡°New life?¡± ¡°I took a big leap and took measures.¡± Cha Jun Sung didn¡¯t finish what he was saying and disappeared. He had gone back to his world. ¡°Is it... an opportunity? I hope he lives well. The third.¡± It really is an interesting world. *** Cha Jun Sung rubs his eyes. He opened his eyes and did not move. He sees a modern ceiling. A familiar ce ¨C the ceiling in his home. ¡°But I died?¡± Evil Queen fused with Bon Load, had cut off his limbs, and he had bled out. He remembers up to when he was with the Cha Jun Sung of another world. But he¡¯s home? Was it a dream? What happened? Woong! Cha Jun Sung had been nk for a while when a small space opened up next to him and a note fell out. He picked it up. [This is in return for what you did for me. I wanted to send you back to before our parents died, but it was hard to save you and to go back in time through dimensions with Life Mission¡¯s technology. This is your third life. Don¡¯t fail this time. Since you¡¯re me.] Cha Jun Sung instinctively looked for a calendar. He sat down as soon as he saw the year and date on the digital calendar on his desk. Then he looked to the side. Arge capsule ¨C Life Mission¡¯s capsule. He had been sent back to when the virtual version was in progress. ¡°Ha... hahahaha!¡± It was aughter full of mixed feelings. ¡°So it¡¯s the third time.¡± How did he turn it back? Did he make a deal with the supervisors? He can only guess because there¡¯s no way of contacting him. They¡¯ll probably lose connection like this. ¡°I won¡¯t fail this time.¡± He isn¡¯t wearing any equipment, but he can feel the strength of 10 stages of body modification. He¡¯ll be a fraudulent existence as soon as the reality version starts. ¡°Thanks.¡± It was short, but it was the best word to express how Cha Jun Sung was feeling. *** Life Mission¡¯s end. The world was in shock. The permanent gate was annulled. The world without missions was reduced to chaos for some time. But all Lifers could do was to quit. It was one-sided from the beginning, so there was no use in going against it. The chaos onlysted for the first few months. Life Mission was forgotten as time went on. The overflowing Lifers and weapons that had been released into the world were used for other purposes. Lifers are superhumans who have transcended the abilities of ordinary people. They were beneficial to various countries, and became enthusiastic recruits. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group did not be affiliated with anything, and enjoyed their own time. The fierce battles were gone. It was difficult to adjust to the usual, peaceful world, but they were fine for the most part, looking for other interesting things to do. Lifers didn¡¯t age because they still had their body modifications. There¡¯s nothing they can do if they are at a low stage, but aging was extremely slow for those above stage 5. 20 years had passed, but Cha Jun Sung¡¯s group still looked like they were in their twenties. Cha Jun Sung was the only mutant among humans, so he aged even more slowly than top Lifers like Park Jin Hyuk did. He knows that he won¡¯t die even after hundreds of years. He won¡¯t even get old. He will live even if everyone else dies. He¡¯ll be alone at some point, but he can withstand it with a strong spirit. ¡°How exhausting.¡± Cha Jun Sung checks the time. It is now a useless PDA. He still wore it on his wrist. Lifers forgot the glory of the past and used their PDAs as watches or left them somewhere in their homes. 20 years had passed. They might have cherished it in the beginning, but they are bound to neglect it over time. Why is Cha Jun Sung wearing it around? It makes him feelfortable. He is currently staying in a vi built on an American ind that he bought. Park Jin Hyuk and Kyoko, Koharu, Violet, and Basil live here too. Their affection grew for each other after being together for so long, so Violet and Basil married. It was an unexpectedbination. They havepletely opposing personalities, but they are a pretty well-fitting pair. Koharu is still alone. Cha Jun Sung knows that Kohru likes him, but he doesn¡¯t ept her feelings. He is a mutant. Koharu has gone through body modifications, but it is impossible for her to get together with a mutant. But they asionally go on dates and have fun together. Like normal humans. ¡°Jun Sung! Come here!¡± ¡°Forget it.¡± Cha Jun Sung waved Park Jin Hyuk away and turned him down. It is funny to be 60 years old and running around, ying. It isfortable watching the ocean. Beep beep! ¡°Huh?¡± Cha Jun Sung is taken aback and looks down at his PDA. He thought he had heard a notice, but had he heard wrong? He must have mistaken the sound of the waves. ¡°Is there something wrong with my ears? Haha!¡± Cha Jun Sung grabbed his stomach. He¡¯ll be the same as he is now even at 600, but for something to be wrong with his ears? He thought what he himself said was ridiculous. [Your senses have dulled. You mistook the notification sound.] ¡°Odin?¡± Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes open wide. He hadn¡¯t heard wrong. It was real. ¡°What is it?¡± [The conquest of Blue Paradise isn¡¯t going smoothly. What we saw was just the tip of the iceberg. We¡¯re disadvantaged even with the strength we gained from Life Mission.] [Right about now, PDAs all over the world will be ringing. I¡¯ll ask. Lifer Cha Jun Sung, will you travel with me again? This time, a war with superior animals is waiting instead of mutants.] Cha Jun Sung¡¯s eyes grow ck. ck smokees out of his mouth. He called this state demonization, not awakening. Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body trembles. It is bliss. The world that had been boring until now, grows bright. He knows now. He can¡¯t live without fighitng. ¡°Summon me now.¡± [That¡¯s a good resolve.] Cha Jun Sung¡¯s body is wrapped in light. Life Mission reappears. This adventure will be different from thest. The Novel will be updated first on this website. Come back and continue reading tomorrow, everyone!